Skip to main content

Full text of "King's handbook of New York City; an outline history and description of the American metropolis"

See other formats


*J    AIL 


^AJXdlhJflki^iJ    k 


Wlrc~<jV 


^H!)fx 


-fO"H)  ^y^^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/kingshandbookofOOking 


Presented  to  the 
library  of  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 

by 

REVo   F.   J.   BAINE 


KING'S 

NEW  VORK 

«*•  CI  TV 


^5) 


•AM  OUTLIME  HISTORY 

AND'DES>CRIPTIOn  •  OP- 

TrtEAttERICAH^ETROPOLl^' 

n 

•WITM-OVER-EIGHT-HUMDRED- 
.    ILLUSTRATIOM^-FRO/^-PHO* 
-T0CRAPN5  MADE  EXPRESS^ 
-IYFORTH15WORK-  @>^U 


THE  MATTHEWS-NORTHRUP  CO.,     COMPUTE  ART-PRINTING  WORKS,   BUFFALO,  N.   Y. 


Copyright,  1SQ2,  by  Moses  King         (^  Q    J^"   '        J^   ^  ^  .        Copyright,  1892,  by  Moses  King. 

PAGES. 

Index.— An  extensive  detailed  list  of  pictures  and  complete  index  to  subjects,  names, 

etc.,  is  at  the  close  of  the  volume 909-928 

Historical.—  New  York  of  the  Past,  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  tne  Present,       .     .     .        5-44 
New  York  of  the  Present.— A  Comprehensive  Outline   Description  of   the  Whole 

City  —  Area,  Population,  Wealth,  Statistics,  etc  , 45-66 

The  Water  Ways.— The  Harbor  and  Rivers  — Piers  and  Shipping  — Fortifications 

and  Quarantine  —  Exports  and  Imports  —  Oceanic  and  Coastwise  Lines,  etc.,     .     .       67-96 

Transportation    and   Transit. —  Railroads,    Steam,     Elevated,     Cable,    Horse    and 

Electric  —  Stages,  etc., 97-126 

Thoroughfares  and  Adornments. —  Streets,  Avenues,    Boulevards,    Alleys,    Ways, 

Parks,  Squares,  Drives,  Monuments,  Statues,  Fountains,  etc., 127-168 

Overhead  and  Underfoot. —  Bridges,  Tunnels,  Sewers,  Water,  Aqueducts,  Reser- 
voirs, Lighting  by  Gas  and  Electricity,  Telegraph,  Telephone,  etc., 169-196 

Life  in  the  Metropolis.  —  Hotels,    Inns,    Cafes,    Restaurants,    Apartment-Houses, 

Flats,  Homes,  Tenements,  etc., 197-220 

The  Rule  of  the  City.  — The  City,  County,  State  and  National  Governments  —  Offi- 
cers and  Buildings,  Courts,  etc., 221-240 

The  General  Culture. — Educational  Institutions— Universities,  Colleges,  Academies, 

and  Seminaries  ;  and  Public,  Private  and  Parochial  Schools  and  Kindergartens,    .  241-272 

The  Higher  Culture. —  Art  Museums  and  Galleries,  Scientific,  Literary,  Musical  and 

Kindred  Institutions,  Societies  and  Organizations, 273-292 

The  Literary  Culture. —  Libraries,  Public,  Club,  Society  and  Private, 293-302 

Shrines  of    Worship. —  Cathedrals,    Churches,    Synagogues,    and    other    Places   of 

Religious  Worship  and  Work, 303-382 

Charity  and  Benevolence. —  Institutions  and  Associations  for  the  Poor  and  Unfor- 
tunate—  Homes  and  Asylums,  and  Temporary  Relief , 383-418 

The  Sanitary  Organizations. —  Board  of  Health  and  Health  Statistics  —  Hospitals, 

Dispensaries,  Morgue,  Curative  Institutions,  Insane  and  other  Asylums,    ....  419-452 

Reformatories  and  Corrections. —  The   Police  Courts,   Prisons,   House   of  Refuge, 

Penitentiaries,  Work-House,  House  of  Correction,  etc., 453-464 

Final  Resting-Places. —  Cemeteries,  Burial-Places,  Crematories,  Church  Yards  and 

Vaults,  Tombs,  etc., 465-482 

Defense  and  Protection. —  Police  Department,  Military  and  Militia,  Army  and  Pen- 
sion Offices,  Fire  Department,  Fire  Patrol,  Detectives,  etc  , 483-502 

Sociability  and  Friendship. —  Clubs  and  Social  Associations,  Secret  and  Friendship 

Organizations, 5°3_532 

Amusement  Places. — Play-Houses,  Opera-Houses,  Theatres,  Public  Halls,  Muse- 
ums, Outdoor  Sports,  etc., 533-564 

Journalism  and  Publishing. —  Newspapers  and  Periodicals,  Book,  Music  and  other 

Publishing 565-592 

Fire  and  Marine  Insurance. —  Offices  and  Companies  for  assuming  losses  by  fires 

and  transit  and  Fire  and  Marine  Underwriters'  Associations, 593-614 

Life-Insurance. —  Companies  for  protection  of  widows,  orphans  and  others,  and  for 

providing  incomes  in  advanced  age,  etc.,  and  Life-Insurance  Associations,     .     .     .  615-634 

Miscellaneous  Insurance. —  Companies  for  providing  against  accidents,  explosions. 

broken  plate-glass,  dishonest  employees,  loss  of  salaries,  and  for  furnishing  bonds,  635-642 
Financial  Institutions. —  United-States  Treasury  and  Assay  Office,  Clearing  House, 

National  and  State  Banks,  Bankers,  Brokers,  etc., 643-702 

Fiduciary  Institutions.— Trust  and  Investment  Companies,  Savings-Banks,  Safe- 
Deposit  Companies,  etc., 703-730 

Financial  and  Commercial  Associations. — The  Custom  House,  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, the  Stock,  Produce,  Cotton  and  other  Exchanges,  Board  of  Trade,  Mercan- 
tile and  other  Agencies,  Warehouses  and  Markets, 731-762 

Architectural  Features. —  Development  in  Architecture — Notable  Office-Buildings 

and  Business  Blocks. 763-786 

Notable  Retail  Establishments. —  Interesting  and  prominent  Retail  Concerns,  nearly 

all  being  unquestioned  leading  houses  in  their  respective  lines, 787-810 

Notable  Wholesale  Establishments. —  Some    gigantic    Firms    and    Corporations, 

whose  yearly  transactions  involve  millions  of  dollars  and  extend  over  the  earth,     .  811-848 

Notable  Manufacturers. —  An  outline  history  of  some  preeminent  industries  car- 
ried on  or  represented  in  New  York, 849-908 


ELECTRONIC  VERSIOi 
AVAILABLE 


PREFACE.  U1Z 


NEVER  before  has  any  one  put  forth  an  illustrated  history  and 
description  of  New-York  City  in  a  single  volume  at  all  compar- 
able with  "  King's  Handbook."  This  volume  contains  exactly  928 
pages,  more  than  850  illustrations,  thirty  chapters,  and  an  index  of 
twenty  pages  with  60  columns,  containing  over  4,600  items  and  about 
20,000  references.  The  text  furnishes  an  elaborate  but  condensed  his- 
tory and  description  of  the  city  itself,  and  also  of  every  notable  public 
institution  and  especially  interesting  feature.  The  illustrations  give 
many  reminders  of  the  past,  and  furnish  an  extensive  series  of  pictures 
of  the  present  city,  to  an  extent  many  times  beyond  that  of  any  volume 
yet  published.  Every  plate  has  been  made  expressly  for  this  book,  and 
so  were  nearly  all  of  the  original  photographs.  The  whole  has  been  care- 
fully printed  on  an  exceptionally  fine  quality  of  paper.  Altogether,  it 
is  the  handsomest,  the  most  thorough,  the  largest,  the  most  costly, 
and  the  most  profusely  illustrated  book  of  its  class  ever  issued  for 
any  city  in  the  world.  Moreover,  at  its  retail  price  of  One  Dollar,  it 
is  the  cheapest  book  of  any  class  ever  offered  to  the  public. 

The  text  has  been  prepared  with  the  utmost  care,  and  is  the  result 
of  the  painstaking  work  of  many  individuals,  chiefly  of  Moses  Foster 
Sweetser,  four  chapters  ;  Henri  Pene  du  Bois,  six  chapters ;  William 
Henry  Burbank,  four  chapters ;  Lyman  Horace  Weeks,  seven  chapters  ; 
Henry  Edward  Wallace,  two  chapters ;  John  Collins  Welch,  two  chap- 
ters ;  and  one  chapter  each  from  Louis  Berg  and  Charles  Putnam 
Tower.  The  manuscript  has  undergone  a  thorough  revision  at  the 
hands  of  several  thousand  people,  each  of  whom  is  an  authority  on  the 
particular  portion  submitted  to  him,  and  the  book  thus  becomes  an 
authentic  volume.  The  text  has  been  amplified,  rectified,  and  verified 
by  Mr.  Sweetser,  the  foremost  American  in  this  special  field  of  litera- 
ture.    Valuable  general  assistance  has  also  been  given  by  Mr.  Tower. 


4  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Historical  works,  newspapers,  special  reports  and  hundreds  of  other 
sources  of  information,  entirely  too  numerous  to  permit  of  specific 
acknowledgment,  have  been  utilized. 

The  illustrations  are  almost  wholly  from  specially-made  photographs, 
upwards  of  fifteen  hundred  negatives  having  been  made  by  Arthur 
Chiar,  who  has  shown  most  remarkable  skill  in  photographing  exceed- 
ingly difficult  subjects.  Some  photographs  were  also  made  by  Frank  E. 
Parshley,  John  S.  Johnston,  C.  C.  Langill  and  others.  The  designs  for 
the  cover  lining  papers  and  the  series  of  bird's-eye  views  were  made 
by  the  New-York  Photogravure  Company,  the  President  of  which  is 
Ernest  Edwards.  The  outside  cover  design  is  by  Ludwig  S.  Ipsen,  of 
Boston. 

The  entire  mechanical  work  from  cover  to  cover  with  slight  excep- 
tions, was  done  by  The  Matthews-Northrup  Company,  the  famous  Art- 
Printers  of  Buffalo,  whose  establishment  is  one  of  the  most  complete  of 
the  kind  in  the  world,  and  whose  President,  George  E.  Matthews,  and 
Art-manager,  Charles  E.  Sickels,  are  entitled  to  much  of  the  credit  for 
the  artistic  effect  of  this  volume. 

If  it  were  usual  to  dedicate  a  volume  of  this  character,  this  one 
would  be  dedicated  to  Charles  F.  Clark,  the  President  of  The  Brad- 
street  Company,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  substantial  aid,  valuable 
suggestions,  and  hearty  encouragement. 

And  now,  after  more  than  a  year's  solid  labor,  and  an  expenditure  of 
nearly  Twenty-five  Thousand  Dollars,  this  first  edition  of  "  King's  Hand- 
book of  New-York  City"  is  submitted  to  the  public,  with  the  hope  that 
it  will  be  found  to  be : 

"Good  enough  for  any  body, 
Cheap  enough  for  everybody," 

and  that  the  appreciation  of  the  public  will  necessitate  many  editions. 

MOSES  KING,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
Boston,  Sept.  i,  1892. 

USF3  Corrections  and  suggestions  for  future  editions  are  invited. 


pi 


New  York  of   the  Past,  from  the  Earliest 
Times  to  the  Present. 


^V^^^^^Wi^     T^HE  HISTORY  of  the  city  of  New  York,  in  its 

^%\  f^^^'S^^^  ^     Dutch,  British,  and  American  periods,  abounds  in 

^v/   £^sf^  "^0^  episodes  of  deep  interest,  illustrating  the  development 

$         \    ^f^^^^\^  °f  a  petty  fur-trading  post  into  the  great  cosmopolitan 

metropolis  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Many  ponder- 
ous volumes  have  been  devoted  to  this  worthy  theme, 
with  a  wealth  of  illustration  and  much  grace  of  literary  style  ;  and  yet  but  a  part  of 
the  wonderful  story  has  been  told.  In  this  brief  chapter  an  attempt  is  made  to  exhibit 
a  few  vignettes  from  the  nearly  three  centuries  of  annals  pertaining  to  the  Empire 
City,  and  to  give  a  few  intimations  of  her  lines  of  advance  and  of  successful  endeavor. 
Manhattan  was  the  original  place-name.  Munnok  was  an  Indian  word  for 
"island";  in  Abenaqui,  Menatan;  in  Delaware,  Menatey;  in  Chippewa,  Minis. 
Thus  Grand  Menan,  in  the  Bay  of  Fundy  ;  and  Manati,  the  ancient  Indian  name 
of  Long  Island  ;  and  Manisees,  the  old  name  of  Block  Island.  Menatan  was  any 
small  island ;  Menates  or  Manisees,  the  small  island.  The  island  on  which  New 
York  stands  was  sometimes  spoken  of  as  tlthe  island,"  Manate,  or  Manhatte ; 
sometimes  as  "a  small  island,"  Manathan,  Menatan,  or  Manhatan y  and  some- 
times as  "t/ie  small  island,"  Man/iaates,  Manattes,  and  Manados.  The  same  root 
appears  in  Manhanset,  Montauk  (Manati-auke),  and  other  Indian  place-names. 
Campanius  speaks  of  "  Manataannng,  or  Manaates,  a  place  settled  by  the  Ditch, 
.who  built  there  a  clever  little  town,  which  went  on  increasing  every  day." 

The  first  recorded  visitor  to  this  jocund  region  was  Verrazano,  a  Florentine 
navigator  and  traveller,  who  was  serving  at  that  time  as  a  French  corsair.  He 
sailed  from  Brittany  in  the  Danphine,  in  1524,  and   cruised  up  the  American  coast 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


DUTCH   MAP  OF  NEW    YORK,   1656. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  7 

from  Cape  Fear  to  New-York  Bay,  where  his  ship  lay  at  anchor  for  a  few  days, 
sending  boats  up  the  river  and  meeting  a  kindly  reception  from  the  natives.  There 
is  a  tradition  that  ships  of  the  Dutch  Greenland  Company  entered  the  North  River 
in  1598,  and  wintered  there,  the  crews  dwelling  in  a  fort  which  they  had  con- 
structed on  the.  shore. 

But  the  first  practical  and  undoubted  discovery  of  our  harbor  and  river  was  due 
to  Henry  Hudson,  an  English  mariner,  at  that  time  in  the  employ  of  a  Holland 
trading  corporation.  In  1609  the  Dutch  East  India  Company  sent  Hudson  out  on 
a  voyage  of  discovery  ;  and  after  making  landfalls  at  Newfoundland,  Penobscot 
Bay,  Cape  Cod  and  Delaware  Bay,  he  entered  the  harbor  of  New  York.  In  his  little 
ship,  the  Halve-Maen  ("Half-Moon "),  with  the  orange,  white  and  blue  flag  of 
Holland  floating  from  the  mast,  the  bold  explorer  ascended  the  Hudson  River, 
through  the  mountains,  nearly  to  the  site  of  Albany,  trading  with  the  native  tribes 


DUTCH    COTTAGE    AT    NEW    YORK,    1679. 


on  the  way.  He  had  hoped  and  fancied  that  the  grand  stream  might  be  the  long- 
sought  northwest  passage  to  the  East  Indies ;  and  when  the  shoaling  water  above 
Albany  indicated  that  it  was  but  an  ordinary  river,  he  turned  about  and  dropped 
down  the  stream  and  spread  his  sails  for  Europe.  He  carried  back  the  report  that 
the  new-found  country  contained  many  fur-bearing  animals ;  and  the  dwellers  under 
the  cold  northern  skies  of  Holland  needed  and  prized  furs  for  winter  clothing.  The 
very  next  year  some  Dutch  merchants  sent  out  a  ship  to  trade  here,  and  in  its  crew 
were  several  of  the  sailors  of  the  Half-Moon.  In  1611  Adriaen  Block  visited  Man- 
hattan, and  carried  thence  to  Europe  two  sons  of  an  Indian  chief,  the  first  New- 
Yorkers  to  visit  the  Old  World.  The  next  year  Block  and  Christiaensen  were  sent 
across  in  the  Tiger  and  the  Fortune,  by  several  enterprising  Amsterdam  merchants, 
to  open  trade  at  Manhattan.  Christiaensen  built  Fort  Nassau,  near  the  site  of 
Albany,  and  started  a  flourishing  trade  with  the  Mohawks  ;  and  erected  a  group  of 
log  huts  near  the  southern  point  of  Manhattan  (45  Broadway)  ;  and  Block  built 
here  a  vessel,  the  Onrust  (or  "Restless"),  in  which  he  explored  the  coast  eastward 


8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


to  Block  Island.  This  brave  little  vessel  was  the  pioneer  of  the  vast  commerce  of 
New  York,  which  has  since  that  day  borne  its  flags  over  all  seas,  and  to  the  remotest 
ports  of  both  hemispheres. 

In  1614  the  States-General  chartered  the  United  New-Netherland  Company,  of 
Amsterdam  merchants,  to  traffic  here  for  three  years  ;  and  under  the  orders  of  this 
corporation  traders  penetrated  far  inland,  and  the  treaty  of  Tawasentha  was  con- 
cluded with  the  Indians.      In  1 62 1  the  Dutch  Government  chartered  the  West  India 


"THE    DUKE'S    PLAN,"      MADE    FOR   JAMES,    DUKE    OF   YORK,    ABOUT    1664. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK.  9 

Company,  with  the  powers  of  making  treaties,  maintaining  courts,  and  employing 
soldiers  ;  and  three  years  later  their  ship  New  Netherland  entered  the  North  River, 
bearing  a  colony  of  1 10  Walloons,  or  people  of  French  origin  from  southern  Holland! 
Some  of  these  stayed  at  Manhattan,  and  others  scattered  throughout  the  country. 

Nearly  all  who  had  come  to  Manhattan  hitherto  were  transient  fur-traders  and 
servants  of  the  company.  The  Walloon  immigration  marks  the  first  real  and  per- 
manent   colonization  of  the   new  land,    as  a  place   of   homes.      The    new-comers 


8* 


■>4M      ;% 


' 

* 

^      S 

*<- 

v^ 

^ 

'   ■* 

•     \ 

1 

V 

•"■V    ' 

,  ,~~ 

;* 

fcg< 

r 

y 

'•* 

" 

\ 

*■ 

— 

It '" 

w 

cjf 

^ 

« 

--, 

x  -. 

■_• 

1 

s 

- 

-  '&• < 

*  ■>**; 

\%\  —     1 

^ 

- 

'  !                  i 

N>     Vi# 


f 


^J^As 


pi  (^ 


y„ 


BRADFORD'S   MAP   OF  NEW  YORK,   1728. 


IO 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


brought  their  families,  and  also  horses  and  cattle,  sheep  and  swine,  and  farming 
implements  and  seed. 

In  1625  came  the  first  specimen  of  the  New-York  girl,  now  the  delight  of  two 
hemispheres,  in  the  diminutive  person  of  Sarah  Rapaelje,  "the  first-born  Christian 
daughter  "  in  the  colony.  The  first  white  male  child  born  on  Manhattan  Island  was 
Jean  Vigne,  who  appeared  in  1614.  His  mother  owned  a  farm  at  the  corner  of  Wall 
and  Pearl  streets,  and  on  the  hill  back  of  it  stood  a  great  windmill.  Vigne  was  a 
farmer  and  brewer,  and  three  times  schepen  of  the  town.      He  left  no  children. 

The  first  director  sent  out  by  the  West  India  Company  to  govern  its  North-River 
trading-post  was  Captain  Mey ;  who  was  succeeded,  in  1625,  by  William  Verhulst. 
A  year  later  four  ships  arrived,  bringing  fresh  relays  of  colonists  and  103  head  of 
cattle. 

In  1626  the  Sea-Mew  arrived  in  the  harbor,  bringing  Peter  Minuit,  the  new 
Director-General,  and  the  first  of  the  four  notable  rulers  of  the  colony.  His  earliest 
official  act   was  the  purchase  of  Manhattan  Island  from  the  savages,  the  payment 

being  in  beads, 
"?1 


buttons  and  other 
trinkets  to  the 
value  of  60  guild- 
ers (or  $24).  This 
policy  of  purchas- 
ing land  from  the 
Indians  was  fol- 
lowed by  all  the 
Dutch  rulers  and 
colonists. 

Manhattan  was 
then  a  forest- 
bordered  island, 
swampy  along  the 
shores,   and  rising 

inland  to  low  hills  crowned  with  oaks  and  hickories.  On  the  line  of  Canal  Street 
tidal  marshes  and  ponds  stretched  from  river  to  river,  and  were  covered  with 
sea-water  at  high  tide.  Wolves  and  panthers  prowled  among  the  rugged  ledges 
and  dense  thickets  beyond,  whence  an  occasional  bear  sallied  forth  to  dine  at  ease 
on  the  Netherland  sheep  ;  and  hungry  deer  ran  swiftly  southward  to  trample  down 
the  settlers'  crops,  and  enjoy  the  taste  of  their  corn  and  wheat.  Near  the  Battery 
stood  a  group  of  the  mean  precursors  of  the  vast  cosmopolitan  civilization  which 
was  destined  to  rise  on  this  site  ;  and  farther  up  the  island,  a  few  groups  of  wigwams 
and  communal  houses  stood  in  the  open  valleys,  near  the  corn  and  tobacco  fields 
of  the  aborigines.  The  houses  of  the  Dutch  trading-post  were  of  one  story,  includ- 
ing two  rooms,  with  chimneys  of  wood,  roofs  of  straw,  furniture  hewn  out  of  rough 
planks,  and  wooden  platters  and  spoons.  In  1626  the  village  had  200  inhabitants, 
which  were  augmented  to  270  by  1628.  About  this  time  it  assumed  the  name  of 
Fort  Amsterdam,  in  memory  of  the  metropolis  of  the  Dutch  Republic. 

The  United  Netherlands  which  thus  bore  Manhattan  as  a  favored  child  was  then 
conspicuous  in  Europe  in  commerce  and  the  mechanic  arts.  Her  dauntless  bat- 
talions had  just  shattered  forever  the  power  of  Spain,  and  her  fleets  defied  the  marin- 
ers of  England  by  cruising  up  and  down  the  English  Channel  with  brooms  at  their 
mast-heads.      Her  cultivation  in  literature  was  exemplified  in  Grotius  and  DeWitt, 


RHINELANDER'S    SUGAR-HOUSE 


WILLIAM    AND    ROSE    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


1 1 


^ 


\H 


C 


v. 


*% 


Avy 


NEW    YORK    IN    1728,    LYNE'S    MAP. 

THE    IRREGULAR    PORTION    OF    THE    CITY,   AS    ORIGINALLY    LAID    OUT. 


12 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Barneveld  and  William  the  Silent,  and  by  the  great  University  of  Leyden,  famous 
throughout  Christendom.  In  art,  her  Rembrandt  and  Rubens,  Van  Dyck  and 
Teniers,  were  painting  those  pictures  which  are  still  the  admiration  of  Europe. 
The  most  adventurous  spirits  of  this  wonderful  nation  sought  new  fields  beyond 
the  sea,  and  made  a  deep  and  enduring  impress  on  the  nascent  city  and  common- 
wealth. 

Most  of  Minuit's  colonists  were  merely  servants  of  the  West    India  Company, 
without   the  rights  of  owning  land,   manufacturing,   or  trading  with  the   Indians. 


?  i  ?  *:  *  3  5     ? 
Si?  i      ? 5 s 


<*,-«X»C'CC 


it ;  r » t  i  \i  1 1 1 1       Mr. 


L  ' 


NEW  YORK    IN    1776.       MAJOR    HOLLAND'S    MAP. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


13 


They  came  to  Manhattan  only  to  work  for  the  company,  and  of  this  they  had  enough, 
building  cabins,  stone  warehouses  and  mills.  Near  the  Bowling  Green  (on  the  site 
of  No.  4  Bowling  Green)  they  also  erected  Fort  Amsterdam,  a  bastioned  earth- 
work with  three  sides,  and  walls  crested  with  red  cedar  palisades.  Minuit  sent  his 
secretary,  De  Rasieres,  in  the  barque  Nassau  to  Manomet,  in  Massachusetts,  whence 


,: 


/  >      II 


Sh^ 


v>?? 


JO 


>^ 


..'!..! 


/i 


"tr- 


ii'f'i  £  ■  l  ii  *  I "  - I 

Lit  ;  1.  t'i/J  miM 


NEW    YORK    IN     1789.        ENGRAVED    BY    P.   R.    MAVERICK. 


14 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


he  journeyed  to  Plymouth,  and  opened  friendly  communications  and  trade  relations 
with  the  Pilgrim  colony.  Boston  had  not  yet  been  founded.  About  the  same  time 
Huyck  and  Krol  came  hither  as  "consolers  of  the  sick;"  and  began  Christian 
observances  in  the  colony  by  reading  the  Scriptures  and  Creeds  in  the  upper  room  of 
the  horse-mill.  Manhattan  in  1629  and  1630  sent  to  Amsterdam  130,000  guilders' 
worth  of  goods,  being  a  large  balance  in  favor  of  the  colony.  In  163 1  the  Manhattan 
ship-yard  built  the  great  ship  New  Netherlands  of  800  tons  and  30  guns,  one  of  the 
largest  vessels  then  afloat. 

In  1633  Director-General  Wouter  Van  T wilier  reached  Manhattan  in  the  frigate 
Zoutberg,  bringing  in  a  prize  Spanish  caravel,  and  having  in  his  company  the  first 
accredited  clergyman  on  these  shores,  Dominie  Everardus  Bogardus,  and  the  first 
professional  schoolmaster,  Adam  Roelandsen.  While  New  England  depended  on 
her  fisheries,  and  Virginia  on  the  tobacco  trade,  New  Netherland  shipped  grain  to 
Boston  and  over-seas,  and  rich  peltries  to  Holland. 

Van  Twiller  brought  with  him  104  Dutch  troops,  the  first  soldiers  to  enter  Man- 
hattan ;  and  for  their  proper  accommodation  he  erected  barracks,  and  enlarged  and 
strengthened  Fort  Amsterdam.  His  colonists  were  never  so  happy  as  when  draining  their 

huge  pewter  tank- 
ards ;  and  to  pro- 
vide means  for  these 
joyous  revels,  he 
erected  a  profitable 
brewery.  The  most 
conspicuous  objects 
on  the  island  were 
the  tall  windmills 
which  he  built,  and 
whose  slowly  re- 
volving arms  re- 
called to  the  burgh- 
ers the  similar 
works  towering  over 

"YE    EXECUTION    OF   GOFF,    YE    NEGER    OF    MR.    MOTHIUS,   ON    YE    COMMONS."  .1         fai"-a\VaV   Uiead- 

ows  of  Holland.  But  Van  Twiller,  fat  and  moon-faced,  low  of  stature  and  dull  of 
wit,  was  a  shrewd  trader  and  self-provider,  and  secured  as  his  own  private  property 
Nutten  (Governor's)  Island  and  Blackwell's  Island  and  other  valuable  properties. 
He  also  granted  to  Roelof  Jans  62  acres  of  land  along  the  North  River,  between 
Fulton  and  Christopher  Streets,  and  reaching  Broadway  near  Fulton  Street.  In 
167 1  the  heirs  sold  this  domain  to  Governor  Lovelace,  and  it  became  incorporated 
with  the  King's  Farm.  This  united  estate  was  presented  by  Queen  Anne  to  Trinity 
Church  in  1703.  Van  Twiller's  successor,  William  Kieft,  little,  fussy,  fiery  and 
avaricious,  ruled  from  1638  to  1647  ;  and  built  a  stone  tavern  near  Coenties  Slip,  the 
stone  church  of  St.  Nicholas,  in  the  fort,  and  a  distillery.  In  his  time  hundreds  of 
New-Englanders,  flying  from  religious  intolerance,  settled  in  the  province,  and  the 
Indian  tribes  of  the  lower  Hudson  swept  the  Dutch  settlements  with  torch  and 
tomahawk,  and  even  shot  guards  on  the  walls  of  Fort  Amsterdam.  Angered  at 
Kieft's  imposition  of  taxes,  and  at  his  unwise  Indian  policy,  the  burghers  united 
against  him,  and  inaugurated  popular  government  here.  Scores  of  unarmed  and 
friendly  Indians  were  massacred  in  their  camp  at  the  foot  of  Grand  Street  by  Dutch 
soldiers,   who  also  slaughtered  80  more  at  Pavonia,   without  resistance,   and  even 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


15 


larger  numbers  at  Canarsie  and  Greenwich.  At  the  end  of  the  Indian  war  in  1645 
there  were  but  100  persons  left  at  Manhattan,  and  1,500  in  the  province.  The  poor 
little  colony,  the  plaything  of  a  foreign  commercial  corporation,  drooped  rapidly, 
especially  after  the  West  India  Company  began  to  lose  money  here,  and  so  its 
officers  planned  to  absorb  the  best  lands  in  the  new  domain  and  to  assume  feudal 


NEW  YORK    IN    1778.       THOMAS    KITCHIN,   SENIOR'S,    MAP.       FROM    THE    LONDON    MAGAZINE. 


i6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF   NEW    YORK, 


prerogatives,  under    the  title  of 
tailed  the  company's  privileges 


"  Patroons. "     The  States-General,  therefore,  cur- 
greatly,  and  colonists  began  to  pour  in   from  all 

parts,  so  that  in  1643 
eighteen  different  na- 
tionalities were  repre- 
sented in  New  Ams- 
terdam alone. 

The  cosmopolitan 
growth  of  the  future 
city  was  prophesied 
early  in  the  17th  cen- 
tury by  the  Amster- 
dam Chamber,  which 
declared  that  when  its 
population  and  navi- 
gation "should  be- 
come permanently  es- 
tablished, when  the 
ships  of  New  Nether- 
land  ride  on  every  part 
of  the  ocean,  then 
numbers,  now  looking 
to  that  coast  with 
eager  eyes,  will  be  al- 
lured to  embark  for 
your  island."  The 
accuracy  of  this  pre- 
diction has  been  veri- 
fied to  an  extent  quite 
more  than  desirable, 
especially  during  the 
last  half  century. 

The  irregular  lines 
of  the  lower  New- 
York  streets  are  due 
to  the  fact  that  the 
colony  grew  for  thirty 
years  before  streets 
were  laid  out,  and  the 
settlers  built  their 
cabins  wherever  they 
liked.  There  were  but 
two  public  roads,  the 
Boston  (or  Old  Post) 
road,  from  the  Battery 
along  Broadway  and 
the  Bowery;  and  the 
ferry  road,  from  the 
fort  along  the  lines 
of    Stone   Street  and 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


17 


Hanover  Square  to  the  Brooklyn  ferry  at  Peck  Slip.  De  Perel  Straat  (Pearl  Street) 
was  on  the  water  side  ;  Water,  Front  and  South  Streets  all  having  been  reclaimed 
from  the  river.  Pearl  Street  is  the  oldest  in  New  York,  and  was  built  upon  in  1633, 
being  followed  closely  by  Bridge  Street.  The  most  ancient  conveyance  of  property 
now  on  record  in  New  York  shows  that  Van  Steenwyck  sold  to  Van  Fees  a  lot  of 
3,300  square  feet  on  Bridge  Street  for  $9.60.  The  first  lot  of  land  granted  on 
Broadway  (then  called  De  Heere  Straat)  was  in  1643,  to  Martin  Krigier,  who 
erected  here  the  celebrated  Krigier's  Tavern,  on  whore  site  rose  the  King's  Arms 
Tavern,  afterwards  the  Atlantic  Gardens  (9  Broadway). 

The  next  (and  last)  Director-General  was  Petrus  Stuyvesant,  a  veteran  of  the 
West- Indian  wars,  wearing  a  wooden  leg  banded  with  silver.  He  was  an  autocratic, 
decided  and  vigorous  ruler  ;  and  sturdily  fought  the  colonists,  patroons,  and  Home 
Government  in  the  interests  of  the  West  India  Company.  Lutherans,  Baptists, 
Quakers  and  other  dissenters   from  the   Reformed    religion  were  persecuted,   and 


■■"■■■■       ^>v-*<$rv 

NEW  YORK  IN  1775.   FORT  GEORGE,  FROM  THE  HARBOR. 

Stuyvesant  forbade  the  mustering  of  the  burgher  guard,  and  ousted  the  municipal 
council  of  the  Nine  from  their  honorary  pew  in  the  church.  Fearful  of  attack  from 
England  and  New  England,  the  gallant  old  soldier  fortified  the  town  in  1653  with  a 
breastwork,  ditch  and  sharpened  palisades,  running  from  the  East  River  nearly  to 
the  North  River,  and  garnished  with  block-houses.  This  defensive  wall  was  2,340 
feet  long.  From  Lombard  Street  it  followed  the  crest  of  the  bluff  along  the  North 
River  as  far  as  the  fort.  Fort  Amsterdam,  on  the  site  of  the  brick  block  southeast 
of  Bowling  Green,  was  built  of  small  Holland  brick,  and  contained  the  governor's 
house,  the  church,  and  quarters  for  300  soldiers.  It  stood  from  1635  until  1790-91. 
The  quaint  little  Dutch  seaport  was  governed  from  its  picturesque  stone  Stadt 
Huys,  in  front  of  which  stood  a  high  gallows.  Here  often  gathered  the  entire  body 
of  the  people,  from  the  black-gowned  schepens  and  the  richly-clad  patroons  and 
merchants  down  to  the  common  populace,  whose  men  were  clad  in  jackets  and 
wide  baggy  breeches,  and  their  women  in  bodices  and  short  skirts.  The  site  of  the 
Stadt  Huys  is  now  occupied  by  No.  73  Pearl  Street.      Pearl  Street  was  then  known 


iS 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


as  "the  Road  to  the  Ferry"  (to  Brooklyn)  ;  and  passed  through  the  wall  at  the 
Water  Gate,  which  was  strengthened  by  a  block-house  and  a  two-gun  battery. 
Before  the  end  of  the  century  these  defenses  were  augmented  by  the  Slip  Battery  of 
ten  guns,  near  Coenties  Slip  ;  the  Stadt-Huys  Battery  of  five  guns  ;  the  Whitehall 
Battery  of  fifteen  guns  ;  a  wall  with  bastions  and  postern  gates  along  the  North 
River ;  and  stone  bastions  near  Broadway  and  Nassau  Street.  An  arched  gate- 
way spanned  Broadway  where  that  avenue  crossed  the  walls  ;  and  other  gates 
and  posterns  occurred  at  convenient  points.  During  the  second  Dutch  dominion 
it  was  the  duty  of  the  Schout  (or  Mayor)  to  walk  around  the  city  every  morning 
with  a  guard,  and  unlock  the  gates,  after  which  he  gave  the  keys  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  fort.  At  evening  he  locked  the  gates  and  posted  sentries  and 
pickets  at  exposed  points. 

Outside  the  town  wall  a  footpath  led  to  the  ponds  near  by,  and  because  this  way 
had  been  made  by  the  Dutch  lasses  going  to  the  ponds  to  wash  clothes,  it  was  called 
T^Maagde  Paatje,  or  the  Maidens'  Path,  and  later  Maiden  Lane.  Inside  the  wall, 
Broad  Street  stretched  its  lines  of  little  gabled  brick  and  stone  houses,  and  a  narrow 
canal  ran  down  its  center.      Farther  down  came  Whitehall,  the  fashionable  quarter, 


VIEW    OF    NEW    YORK    IN    1746--MIDDLE  DUTCH    AND    FRENCH    CHURCHES. 

with  prim,  bright  gardens  of  dahlias  and  tulips,  and  orchards  surrounding  its  quaint 
step-gabled  houses  of  small  black  and  yellow  brick,  and  Stuyvesant's  town  house  of 
Whitehall.  Bowling  Green  was  at  an  early  day  set  apart  for  a  parade-ground  and 
■village-green,  and  for  public  festivities  and  solemnities,  May-poles  and  the  games  of 
the  children  ;  and  here  also  great  Indian  councils  were  held.  It  was  for  many 
decades  known  as  "The  Plain  ";  and  here,  in  1658,  was  established  the  first  market- 
house  in  the  city.  Every  morning  the  village  herdsman  passed  through  the  streets, 
blowing  his  horn,  at  which  the  settlers  turned  their  cattle  out  from  their  yards,  and 
they  were  formed  into  a  common  herd,  and  driven  along  Pearl  Street  to  the  present 
City-Hall  Park,  which  was  then  known  as  De  Viae kte  ("The  Flat").  At  night 
the  herdsman  drove  back   the  cattle,  leaving  at  each  citizen's  door  his  own   good 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


19 


milch  cow.  Sometimes,  perchance,  he  lingered  in  the  great  cherry  orchard, 
near  Franklin  Square,  from  which  the  modern  Cherry  Street  derives  its  name  ;  or 
loitered  along  the  edge  of  Beekman's  Swamp,  now  given  over  to  leather-dealers  ;  or 
rested  under  the  shadow  of  the  barn-like  church,  near  Whitehall  ;  or  watched  the 
whirling  arms  of  the  windmill  on  State  Street.  Stuyvesant  also  founded  (in  1658) 
the  village  of  Niew  Harlaem,  on  the  northern  part  of  Manhattan,  and  began  a  good 
highway  thitherward.  It  was  during  Stuyvesant's  time,  in  1653,  that  the  West 
India  Company  incorporated  Niew  Amsterdam  as  a  city,  with  a  government  mod- 
elled on  that  of  Amsterdam,  and  composed  of  a  schout,  two  burgomasters  and  five 
schepens.  The  city  thus  created  had  1,000  inhabitants  and  120  houses.  Moreover, 
in  1650,  Dirck  Van  Schelluyne,  the  first  lawyer  here,  had  opened  his  practice. 

Between  1656  and  1660  most  of  the  seventeen  streets  were  paved  with  cobble- 
stones, and  provided  with  gutters  in  the  middle.  The  first  to  be  paved  were  De 
Hoogh  Straat  (Stone   Street)  and  De  Brugh  Street  (Bridge   Street).      In  1658  the 


NEW    YORK    IN    1746--LOWER    MARKET    AND    LANDING. 


first  fire-company  came  into  existence,  under  the  name  of  "The  Rattle  Watch. " 
It  numbered  eight  men,  who  were  to  stay  on  watch  and  duty  from  nine  in  the  even- 
ing until  morning  drum-beat.  At  the  same  time  the  equipment  of  the  fire-depart- 
ment was  prepared,  in  the  importation  from  Holland  of  a  supply  of  hooks  and  ladders 
and  250  fire-buckets.  The  gabled  ends  of  the  houses  faced  the  streets,  and  were 
(even  in  the  cases  of  wooden  edifices)  decorated  with  a  checker- work  of  small  black 
and  yellow  bricks,  all  of  which  were  imported  from  Holland  until  Stuyvesant's  time. 
Iron  figures  showing  the  dates  of  their  erection  were  fastened  in  the  gables  between 
their  zig-zag  sides.  The  main  doors  of  the  houses  had  heavy  and  well-polished 
brass  knockers ;  and  over  each  cresting  gable  a  quaint  weather-cock  whirled  with 
the  breeze.  Sitting  on  the  stoops  or  under  the  low  eaves,  or  leaning  over  their 
half-doors,  the  burghers  discussed  the  problems  of  their  day  amid  clouds  of  tobacco 
smoke.  Every  house  had  its  garden,  with  places  for  horse  and  cow,  pigs  and 
chickens,  and  a  patch  of  cabbage  and  a  bed  of  tulips.  The  parlor,  carpeted  only 
with  fine  white  sand,  contained  the  great  camlet-valanced  bed,  with  homespun  linen 
and  grotesque  patch -work  quilts,  the  iron-bound  oaken  chest  of  linen,  the  corner 
cupboard,  with   the   small  but  precious  store  of  plate  and  porcelain ;  the  tea-table, 


20  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

stiff  Russia-leather  chairs,  flowered  chintz  curtains,  quaint  old  pictures,  and  the  fire- 
place, surrounded  with  storied  Dutch  tiles.  The  kitchen  was  the  home-room,  with 
the  large  square  dining-table,  the  vrouw's  spinning-wheel,  the  burgher's  capacious 
chair  and  pipe,  and  the  immense  fire-place,  with  its  hooks  and  iron  pots,  and  chimney- 
corner  seats  sacred  to  children  and  stories.  A  fair  city  lot  could  still  be  obtained  for 
$50,  and  the  rent  of  a  very  good  house  did  not  exceed  $20  a  year.  For  there  were 
many  troubles  still  surrounding  the  good  burghers,  betwixt  the  aggressive  Yankees 
on  the  east,  the  Swedes  on  the-south,  and  the  aboriginal  citizens  of  the  neighboring 
hills  and  valleys.  As  late  as  the  year  1655  the  Indians  attacked  the  town  with  1,900 
warriors,  in  64  canoes,  and  within  three  days  killed  100  Dutch  settlers  and  captured 
150  more,  mainly  in  the  suburbs. 

Under  the  lead  of  Peter  Minuit,  formerly  Director-General  of  New  Netherland, 
and  with  the  aid  of  Queen  Christina,  Swedish  colonies  had  been  established  on  the 
Delaware  River,  in  1638,  and  subsequently  enlarged  and  increased  by  many  expedi- 
tions from  Sweden.  The  Dutch  West  India  Company  claimed  all  this  region  by 
right  of  prior  settlement  ;  and  finally,  in  1655,  Stuyvesant  assembled  600  soldiers  and 
seven  vessels  in  the  harbor  of  Niew  Amsterdam,  and  sailed  around  to  the  Scandina- 
vian forts,  which  he  captured  in  succession.  Thus  fell  New  Sweden.  But  the 
heavy  cost  of  these  hostilities  and  of  the  Indian  wars  drained  the  treasury  of  the 
West  India  Company,  and  paved  the  way  for  the  approaching  fall  of  New  Nether- 
land. 

Great  Britain  had  always  claimed  that  the  Hudson-River  country  belonged  to 
her,  by  virtue  of  Cabot's  discoveries  in  1497,  and  had  made  several  formal  protests 
against  the  Dutch  occupation.  The  claim  was  perhaps  not  well  grounded  ;  but 
Britain  feared  the  fast-increasing  naval  and  commercial  power  of  Holland,  and  deter- 
mined to  reduce  it  wherever  possible.  Gov.  Bradford  of  Plymouth  had  asserted 
Great  Britain's  ownership  of  Manhattan,  in  a  letter  to  Minuit  ;  and  Captain  Argal 
had  planned  to  drive  away  the  colonists,  with  a  naval  force  from  Virginia,  as  early 
as  the  year  16 13.  The  West  India  Company  also  applied  to  King  Charles  I.  for 
permission  to  trade  to  the  ports  of  England  and  her  colonies — a  proceeding  which 
did  not  tend  to  clear  the  Dutch  title.  Calvert,  Lord  Baltimore's  secretary,  informed 
the  Dutch  envoy  that  Maryland  extended  to  the  frontiers  of  New  England.  "And 
the  New-Englanders  claim  that  their  domain  doth  reach  to  Maryland,"  answered 
the  envoy;  "where  then  remains  New  Netherland?"  To  which  Calvert  coldly 
replied:  "Truly,  I  do  not  know."  The  Connecticut  Legislature  in  1663  informed 
Stuyvesant's  commissioners  that  it  "knew  of  no  New  Netherland  province."  The 
New-England  towns  on  Long  Island,  in  1663,  petitioned  Connecticut  to  annex  and 
protect  them,  and  after  several  appeals  from  them,  and  from  Stuyvesant  to  the  Eng- 
lish and  Dutch  governments,  the  Duke  of  York,  Lord  High  Admiral  of  Great  Bri- 
tain, sent  out  a  fleet,  which  in  1664  appeared  before  the  town,  and  seized  it,  subject 
to  negotiations  between  the  home  governments.  Stuyvesant  cried  out,  that  in  pref- 
erence to  surrender,  "I  would  much  rather  be  carried  out  dead;"  but  his  clergy 
and  people  refused  to  permit  a  battle,  and  the  Dutch  garrison  was  allowed  "to 
march  out  with  their  arms,  drums  beating  and  colors  flying."  Since  the  governments 
of  Great  Britain  and  Holland  were  in  profound  peace  at  this  time,  the  successful 
naval  expedition  was  in  reality  a  cold-blooded  and  treacherous  buccaneering  attack  ; 
but  the  Duke  of  York  was  the  brother  of  the  British  King,  who  had  granted  to  him 
all  the  territory  between  the  Connecticut  and  Delaware  Rivers.  Moreover,  he  had 
more  men  and  heavier  guns  at  the  point  of  dispute.  Captain-General  Stuyvesant 
retired  to  his  Bowerie  farm,  where  for  eighteen  years,  until  his  death,  he  dwelt  in 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


21 


22 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


quiet  dignity,  enjoying  a  placid  rural  life.  On  this  lovely  and  tranquil  estate,  and 
on  the  present  site  of  St.  Mark's  Church,  he  erected  a  chapel  wherein  he  was  in  due 
time  buried. 

Thus  closed  the  Dutch  regime  in  New  York.  Its  ruling  impulse,  the  aggran- 
dizement of  a  commercial  company,  differed  widely  from  the  movements  of  religious 
enthusiasm  or  national  pride  which  inspired  the  foundations  of  the  English  and 
French  colonies  in  America.  From  the  start,  it  was  a  business  community,  and  all 
its  development  has  been  near  the  original  lines  of  effort.  In  the  present  era  of 
mercantile  and  industrial  supremacy,  when  the  sagacity  developed  by  business,  and 
the  wealth  created  thereby,  establish  religious  missions,  equip  armies,  create  nations 
and  fill  the  homes  of  the  people  with  comfort,  New  York,  London  and  Paris  are  the 
three  capitals  of  the  world.     The  Dutch  founders,  practical,  sagacious  and  earnest, 

were  influenced  by 
the  refined  and 
vivacious  French 
Huguenots,  who 
settled  among 
them,  and  by  their 
sturdy  and  enter- 
prising fellow-col- 
onists from  New 
England;  while 
the  varied  traits  of 
the  German  Pala- 
tines, the  Swedish 
emigrants  and 
many  other  nation- 
alities tended  still 
further  to  build  up 
here  a  cosmopoli- 
tan   and    tolerant 

community,  broad  in  views,  fearless  in  thought,  energetic  in  action,  and  free  from  the 
limiting  provincialisms  of  Puritan  or  Cavalier,  or  of  New  France  or  New  Spain. 

As  soon  as  the  town  with  its  1,500  inhabitants  had  passed  under  British  rule,  it 
was  officially  named  New  York,  in  honor  of  the  Duke  of  York,  its  new  lord.  Thus 
the  name  of  the  quiet  old  provincial  town  on  the  English  River  Ouse,  the  Eburacum 
of  the  Romans,  where  Constantine  the  Great  was  proclaimed  emperor,  became 
attached  to  the  future  metropolis  of  the  Western  World.  According  to  the  monk- 
ish tradition  the  name  was  derived  from  that  of  King  Ebraucus,  who  ruled  in  York- 
shire at  about  the  same  period  that  David  reigned  in  Israel.  This  ancient  sovereign 
was  said  to  have  had  twenty  wives,  twenty  sons  and  thirty  daughters  ;  and  yet,  in  spite 
of  these  circumstances,  he  ruled  over  his  people  for  three-score  years.  Through  the 
same  change  of  name,  "by  a  strange  caprice  in  history,  the  greatest  State  in  the 
Union  bears  the  name  of  the  last  and  the  most  tyrannical  of  the  Stuarts." 

Holland  entered  the  following  year  into  a  two-years'  war  with  Great  Britain, 
whose  fleets  she  well-nigh  swept  from  the  seas.  By  the  treaty  of  Breda,  however, 
she  yielded  New  York  to  the  British,  receiving  in  exchange  Surinam  and  other  val- 
uable possessions,  which  still  remain  under  her  flag. 

The  first  British  governor  was  Colonel  Richard  Nicolls,  a  wise,  tactful  and  hand- 
some officer,  who  knew  the  Dutch  and  French  languages  as  well  as  he  did  his  own. 


JUMEL   mansion, 


HEIGHTS,    ONCE    WASHIf 


HEADQUARTERS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


23 


This  honest  gentleman  ruled  from  1664  until  1668,  and  happily  conciliated  the 
varied  elements  in  his  little  principality.  Colonel  Francis  Lovelace,  the  despotic 
governor  between  1668  and  1672,  ordered  May  races  at  Hempstead,  bought  Staten 
Island  from  the  Indians,  and  established  the  first  mail  between  New  York  and  Bos- 
ton, to  be  of  monthly  operation.  He  also  founded  the  first  merchants'  exchange  on 
Manhattan.  It  started  its  barteringsin  1670,  when  the  easy-going  Dutch  and  English 
shopkeepers  began  the  cus- 
tom of  meeting  every  Friday 
noon  at  the  bridge  over  the 
Broad-Street  canal.  The 
hour  of  meeting  was  marked 
by  the  ringing  of  the  Stadt- 
Huys  bell  ;  and  the  mayor 
was  required  to  be  at  the 
assembly  to  prevent  disturb- 
ance. .  In  1673  a  Dutch  fleet 
of  twenty-three  vessels  and 
1,600  men  entered  the  har- 
bor and  exchanged  broad- 
sides with  the  fort,  by  which 
serious  losses  were  occa- 
sioned. Then  600  stout 
Dutch  troops  were  landed, 
at  the  foot  of  Vesey  Street, 
and  joined  by  400  burghers. 
The  army  marched  down 
Broadway  to  attack  the  fort, 
but  this  stronghold  prudent- 
ly surrendered,  and  the  ban- 
ner of  the  Dutch  Republic 
once  more  floated  in  suprem- 
acy over  the  city  and  harbor, 
and  up  the  Hudson,  and 
over  New  Jersey  and  Long 
Island.  The  name  New 
York  was  repudiated,  and  in 
its  place  the  Lowland  com- 
modores ordained  that  New 
Orange  should  be  the  title  of  the  city.  The  new  government  lasted  but  little  more 
than  a  year,  and  then  the  province  was  restored  by  the  States-General  to  Great  Bri- 
tain ;  and  Edmund  Andros,  a  major  in  Prince  Rupert's  cavalry,  came  over  as  gov- 
ernor of  the  territories  of  the  Duke  of  York  in  America.  In  Andros's  time,  the 
canal  on  Broad  Street  was  filled ;  the  tanners  were  driven  out  of  the  city  and  re- 
established their  tan-pits  in  the  remote  district  now  between  Broadway,  Ann  Street 
and  Maiden  Lane  ;  the  slaughter-houses  were  also  driven  into  the  country  and  set- 
tled at  Smit's  Vley,  now  the  intersection  of  Pearl  Street  and  Maiden  Lane  ;  all 
Indian  slaves  were  set  free ;  and  the  burghers  secured  the  exclusive  right  of  bolting 
and  exporting  flour  from  the  province.  The  latter  monopoly,  during  its  sixteen 
years  of  operation,  trebled  the  wealth  of  the  city  and  ten-folded  the  value  of  its  real 
estate,  600  houses  having  been  built  and  the  local  fleet  augmented  to  60  ships. 


FRAUNCES'    TAVERN,   CORNER   OF   BROAD   AND    PEARL   STREETS. 


24 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


In  1678,  the  aggregate  value  of  all  the  estates  in  the  province  was  $750,000; 
and  a  planter  with  $1,500,  or  a  merchant  worth  $3,000,  was  accounted  a  rich  man. 
A  considerable  export  trade  in  furs  and  provisions,  lumber  and  tar  was  carried  on 
with  European  ports.  The  slaves  on  Manhattan  were  rated  in  value  at  about  $150 
each,  and  had  been  brought  from  Guinea  and  the  West  Indies.  In  1712,  when  there 
were  about  4,000  negroes  in  the  city,  a  hot  outbreak  of  race  hatred  occurred,  and 
nine  whites  were  slain  by  negro  conspirators  in  Maiden  Lane.  The  wildest  excite- 
ment followed,  and  fears  of  a  general  insurrection  ;  but  the  garrison  and  militia 
quelled  the  outbreak  with  unsparing  hands.  Six  Africans  committed  suicide,  and 
21  were  executed,  most  of  them  by  hanging  or  by  burning  at  the  stake.  One  was 
broken  on  the  wheel,  and  one  hung  in  chains  until  he  starved.      A  similar  panic 


FEDERAL  HALL  AND  PART  OF  BROAD  STREET,  1796. 

broke  out  in  1741,  when  conflagrations  at  Fort  George,  on  the  Battery,  and  else- 
where, were  attributed  to  the  slaves  acting  in  collusion  with  the  hostile  power  of 
Spain.  In  this  wild  popular  frenzy  14  negroes  were  burned  at  the  stake,  18  hanged, 
and  71  transported. 

In  1683  the  governorship  was  devolved  upon  Thomas  Dongan,  an  Irish  Catholic 
soldier,  then  recently  lieutenant-governor  of  Tangier,  in  Africa,  and  subsequently 
Earl  of  Limerick.  This  able  and  prudent  statesman  convened  in  the  old  fort  on  the 
Battery  a  council  and  elective  assembly  which  enacted  "The  Charter  of  Liberties, " 
providing  for  religious  freedom  and  liberty  of  choice  in  elections,  and  forbidding  taxa- 
tion without  the  consent  of  the  people.  The  city  was  now  divided  into  six  wards, 
although  its  entire  assessed  value  of  property  lay  under  ^80,000.  After  five  years 
of  happy  rule,  Governor  Dongan  was  removed,  and  New  York,  New  Jersey  and  the 
Eastern  Colonies  were  united  in  the  Dominion  of  New  England,  with  Sir  Edmund 
Andros  as  Governor-in-Chief,  and  Francis  Nicholson  in  charge  of  New  York. 
After  the  Bostonians  had  deposed  and  imprisoned  Andros,  Jacob  Leisler,  a  German 
captain  of  the  train-bands,  seized  the  government  of  New  York,  and  held  it  for  over 
a  year,  during  which  there  was  one  bloody  fight  between  the  local  train-bands  in  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


25 


fort  and  British  infantry  in  the  town.  After  Governor  Sloughter  had  arrived, 
Leisler  was  tried  for  treason,  and  convicted  ;  and  suffered  the  penalty  of  death  by 
hanging,  on  the  edge  of  Beekman's  Swamp,  where  the  Sun  building  now  stands. 

During  the  period  between  1690  and  1700,  New  York  carried  on  a  large  trade 
with  British  East-Indian  pirates,  sending  out  liquors,  ammunition  and  other  com- 
modities, and  at  the  pirates'  haunts  exchanging  these  for  Oriental  fabrics  and  carpets, 
jewels  and  gold,  perfumes  and  spices.  Some  of  these  freebooters  were  New-York- 
ers, and  several  successful  pirate  chiefs  visited  the  city.  Captain  Robert  Kidd,  "so 
wickedly  he  did,"  recruited  at  this  port  most  of  the  buccaneers  who  sailed  with  him 
on  his  last  three-years'  voyage  to  the  Red  Sea. 

Governor  Benjamin  Fletcher,  a  luxurious  soldier  of  fortune,  and  courtier,  ruled 
New  York  from  1692  until  1698;  and  received  large  gifts  from  the  pirates.  His 
successor  was  the  Earl  of  Bellomont,  a  pure  and  honorable  governor,  who  restored 
the  Leislerian  (or 
people's)  party  to 
power,  and  hung 
all  the  pirates  he 
could  catch.  Next 
came  Lord  Corn- 
bury,  the  nephew 
of  Queen  Anne, 
and  a  silly,  venal 
and  bigoted  de- 
bauchee, who 
ruled  here  from 
1702  until  1708. 

The  Dutch 
Reformed  people 
had  long  been 
content  to  wor- 
ship in  the  stone  church  in  the  fort;  but  in  1691-93  they  erected  on  Exchange 
Street  (now  Garden  Street)  the  finest  church  in  the  province,  a  quaint  and  high- 
steepled  brick  structure.  Next  came  the  Church-of-England  people,  dissatisfied  with 
services  in  the  fort  chapel ;  and  to  this  society  Gov.  Fletcher  in  1696  gave  the  reve- 
nue of  the  King's  Farm  for  seven  years,  which  encouraged  them  to  build  a  new 
chapel  on  the  site  of  the  present  Trinity.  The  First  Presbyterian  Church,  now  on 
Fifth  Avenue,  near  nth  Street,  is  descended  from  the  church  of  the  same  faith 
erected  on  Wall  Street  in  1719.  The  quaint  towers  of  the  French  Huguenot  and 
Middle  Dutch  Churches  rose  high  above  the  gables  of  the  houses  near  Broad  Street. 

From  1 7 10  to  17 19,  the  little  royal  court  at  New  York  was  dominated  by  Gov. 
Robert  Hunter,  formerly  a  Scottish  general  under  Marlborough,  and  a  friend  of 
Addison  and  Swift.  He  founded  the  court  of  chancery  ;  fought  for  religious  liberty  ; 
and  predicted  American  independence  ("The  colonies  are  infants  at  their  mother's 
breast,  but  such  as  will  wean  themselves  when  they  become  of  age. ") 

In  1692  the  municipality  cut  up  the  Clover  Pastures,  and  laid  out  Pine  and  Cedar 
Streets,  and  others ;  and  further  increased  its  dignity  a  year  later  by  appointing  a 
town-crier,  dressed  in  proper  livery,  and  by  building  a  bridge  across  Spuyten-Duyvil 
Creek.  Four  more  years  passed,  and  then  the  night-watch  came  into  existence,  to 
patrol  the  streets  of  lonely  evenings.  The  watchmen  moved  about  on  duty  from 
nine  o'clock  until  the  break  of  day,  traversing  their  beats  every  hour,  with  bells, 


BANK   OF    NEW   YORK. 


MC  EVER'S   MANSIuN. 


WALL   STREET,    BELOW   WILLIAM,  IN    1800. 


26 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


proclaiming  the  condition  of  the  weather  and  the  hour  of  the  night.  The  dark  high- 
ways were  lighted  by  lanterns  put  out  on  poles  from  every  seventh  house.  In  front 
of  the  City  Hall  stood  the  cage,  pillory,  and  whipping-post,  as  terrors  to  thieves  and 
slanderers,  vagrants  and  truants ;  and  the  ducking-stool,  to  cool  the  ardor  of  scolds 
and  evil-speaking  persons.  Now  also  began  the  era  of  street-cleaning,  when  each 
householder  was  ordered  to  keep  clean  his  section  of  street,  and  the  street  sur- 
veyor received  directions  to  root  up  weeds.  In  1696  the  city  made  its  first  appro- 
priation (of  £26)  for  cleaning  the  streets.  At  the  same  time,  "the  street  that  runs 
by  the  pie-woman's  leading  to  the  city  commons"  was  laid  out,  and  became  Nassau 
Street. 

Hunter's  successor  was  another  gentleman  of  Scottish  origin,  William  Burnet, 
the  son  of  the  famous  Bishop  of  Salisbury ;  and  after  a  rule  of  eight  years,  he  in 


T1 


NEW    YORK    IN    1805. 


turn  gave  place  to  Col.  John  Montgomery,  another  Scot,  and  an  old  soldier  and 
member  of  Parliament.  During  this  period,  Greenwich  and  Washington  Streets 
were  made,  by  filling  in  along  the  North  River. 

With  the  dawn  of  the  year  1730  a  fortnightly  winter  stage  to  Philadelphia  was 
established.  A  year  thereafter  the  municipal  authorities  imported  from  London 
two  Newnham  fire  engines,  able  to  throw  water  seventy  feet  high  ;  and  organized  a 
fire-department  of  twenty-four  strong  and  discreet  men. 

From  1743  to  1753  the  city  and  province  were  governed  by  Admiral  George 
Clinton,  the  son  of  an  earl,  who  ruled  with  the  rough  temper  of  a  sailor,  and  retired 
from  his  administration,  enriched  by  plunder,  after  many  a  hot  contest  with  the 
people.  During  this  period,  in  1 752,  the  Royal  Exchange  was  opened,  at  the  foot 
of  Broad  Street,  with  its  spacious  assembly-hall  for  merchants,  and  a  famous  coffee- 
room.  The  Chamber  of  Commerce  received  its  incorporation  in  1770,  by  Royal 
Charter. 

In  1 75 1  the  Assembly  appointed  trustees  to  take  charge  of  funds  raised  for  a 
college  ;  and  the  next  year  Trinity  Church  offered  to  give  the  site  for  the  proposed 
institution.      In    1753   the  entering  class  of  ten   members  began  its  studies  in  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


27 


vestry-room  of  Trinity  ;  and  in  another  year  King's  College  received  its  charter. 
The  building  was  erected  in  1756-60,  on  the  site  long  held  by  the  college,  between 
Barclay,  Church  and  Murray  Streets  and  College  Place. 

The  tremendous  power  of  New- York  journalism  and  publishing,  which  is  now 
felt  all  over  the  continent,  began  in  the  humblest  way  far  back  in  1693,  when  the 
Council  invited  William  Bradford  to  settle  in  the  city  as  official  printer,  for  "^"40  a 
year  and  half  the  benefit  of  his  printing,  besides  what  served  the  public."  He 
issued  the  first  bound  book  in  New  York,  the  Laws  of  the  Colony,  in  1694;  and  in 
1725  began  the  publication  of  The  New^York  Gazette,  a  semi-official  organ  of  Gov. 
Burnet's  administration,  printed  weekly,  on  foolscap  paper.  Nine  years  later  The 
Weekly  Journal  came  into  being,  to  resist   the  Government,  and  Zenger,  its  editor, 


THE    NEW    TRINITY    CHURCH    AND    PART   OF   WALL   STREET. 

was  sent  to  prison,  and  various  numbers  of  the  paper  were  burned  by  order.  The 
Gazette  was  the  organ  of  the  aristocracy,  and  the  Journal  stood  as  the  champion  of 
the  people.  After  Editor  Zenger  had  languished  in  prison  for  nine  months,  he  was 
tried,  and  received  a  triumphant  acquittal,  to  the  immense  delight  of  the  people, 
who  bitterly  resented  this  first  attempt  to  muzzle  the  press. 

The  Brooklyn  ferry  was  started  in  the  earliest  days  of  the  colony,  and  consisted 
of  a  flatboat  worked  by  sweeps,  the  ferryman  being  summoned  by  blasts  of  a  horn. 
It  was  not  until  1755  that  a  packet  began  running  semi-weekly  to  Staten  Island; 
and  the  Paulus-Hook  (Jersey-City)  ferry  began  its  trips  in  1763,  followed  in  1774 
by  a  ferry  to  Hoboken. 

In  the  year  1765  the  Stamp  Act  was  passed,  and  the  disruption  of  America  and 
England  began.  The  New-Yorkers  forgot  their  old-time  local  controversies,  and 
took  sides  in  the  new  contest.  Rivington's  Gazetteer  stigmatized  the  patriots  as 
rebels,  traitors,  banditti,  fermenters  of  sedition,  sons  of  licentiousness,  and  the  like  ; 
and  Game's  Mercury  and  Holt's  Journal  proclaimed  the  Royalists  to  be  ministerial 
hirelings,  dependent  placemen  and  informers. 


28 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


A  congress  of  delegates  from  nine  colonies  met  at  the  New- York  City  Hall  and 
passed  a  Declaration  of  Rights  and  an  address  to  the  King.  When  the  stamped 
paper  arrived  from  England,  under  naval  escort,  the  Sons  of  Liberty  refused  to 
allow  its  use,  and  the  Common  Council  compelled  the  surrender  of  the  paper  to  the 
corporation.  The  city  and  province  were  then  under  the  rule  of  the  venerable 
Lieutenant-Governor  Cadwallader  Colden,  a  Scottish  Jacobite  and  scholar,  who 
lived  in  New  York  from  1708  until  his  death  in  1 7 76.  He  endeavored  to  repress 
the  popular  tumults,  but  prevented  the  fort  from  firing  on  the  rioters.  The  military 
commander  was  Gen.  Thomas  Gage,  who  afterwards  received  from  the  New- 
Englanders  the  brevet  title  of  "Lord  Lexington,  Baron  of  Bunker  Hill."  Major 
James  of  the  Royal  Artillery  had  his  beautiful  estate  of  Ranelagh  near  the  present 
West  Broadway  ;  Sir  Peter  Parker's  estate  of  Yauxhall  was  at  the  foot  of  Warren 
Street  ;  and  Murray  Hill,  the  seat  of  Robert  Murray,  the  Quaker  merchant,  occu- 
pied the  domain  between  Fourth  and  Fifth  Avenues,  and  36th  and  40th  Streets. 

The  Commons,  now  the  City-Hall  Park,  were  often  crowded  by  assemblies  of 
citizens,  to  whom  the  tribunes  of  the  people,  Sears  and  Scott,  McDougall  and  Wil- 


BUILDINGS    IN    CITY-HALL    PARK    IN    1809. 


lett,  Livingston  and  Hamilton,  made  fiery  addresses,  although  strong  detachments  of 
the  16th  and  24th  British  Regiments  lay  in  adjacent  barracks.  Thence  the  populace 
marched  to  the  fort,  at  evening,  bearing  500  lights,  and  beat  against  its  gates,  defied 
its  grape-shot,  insulted  the  officers,  spiked  the  guns  of  the  Battery,  and  burned 
Governor  Colden's  coach,  and  an  effigy  of  the  ruler.  The  Liberty  Pole  was  set  up 
on  the  Commons,  amid  hilarious  festivities,  attended  with  a  barbecue,  and  the  drink- 
ing of  twenty-five  barrels  of  beer  and  a  hogshead  of  punch.  Thrice  the  red-coats  of 
the  24th  Regiment  cut  down  this  emblem  of  popular  sovereignty,  but  when  they 
laid  it  low  for  the  fourth  time,  the  alarm-bells  toiled,  the  shops  were  closed,  and  the 
citizens  made  a  series  of  attacks  on  the  soldiers.  The  hottest  skirmish  occurred  on 
Golden  Hill  f  John  Street;,  where  the  Sons  of  Liberty  beleaguered  and  beat  a  large 
detachment  of  the  16th,  and  themselves  received  many  bayonet-thrusts  and  other 
wounds.  After  this  outbreak,  the  patriots  erected  on  the  Commons  a  lofty  iron- 
bound  pole,  crowned  by  a  vane  bearing  the  word  Liberty.  This  stood  fast  until  the 
city  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  British  army.  In  1770  the  people  erected  an  eques- 
trian statue  of  George  III.  on  Bowling  Green  ;  and  also  a  marble  statue  of  William 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


29 


Pitt,  at  Wall  and  William  Streets.  When  the  British  ships  laden  with  taxed  tea 
arrived  at  New  York,  the  people  seized  the  London  and  emptied  all  her  tea-chests 
into  the  river,  and  compelled  the  Nancy  to  put  about  and  sail  back  to  England. 

On  the  Sunday  after  the  battle  of  Lexington,  a  breathless  horseman  galloped  in 
over  the  Boston  road,  bearing  the  startling  news.  The  citizens  immediately  seized 
the  public  stores  and  colony  arms  ;  over-rode  the  local  authorities  ;  formed  a  govern- 
ing Committee  of  One  Hundred  ;  and  enthusiastically  welcomed  the  New-England 
delegates  to  the  Continental  Congress.  A  few  weeks  later,  the  frigate  Asia  fired  a 
broadside  through  the  city,  injuring  several  people,  and  damaging  the  houses  along 
Whitehall. 

The  Provincial  Congress,  fearing  a  descent  on  the  city  by  royalist  troops  from 
Ireland,  summoned  help   from   New  England  ;  and  Gen.  Wooster  marched  down 


OLD    CUSTOM    HOUSE    AND    VICINITY    IN    1825. 


with  1,800  Connecticut  militia,  and  encamped  for  several  weeks  at  Harlem,  sending 
out  detachments  to  cover  the  coast  from  British  marauders.  Under  this  protection 
the  Sons  of  Liberty  seized  the  Royalist  supply-depots  at  Greenwich  Village  and  at 
Turtle  Bay  (at  the  foot  of  East  47th  Street),  and  removed  thirty  cannon  from  the 
Battery.  The  Tories  included  the  landed  proprietors,  the  recent  English  immigrants, 
and  the  Episcopalians  ;  while  the  patriot  party  was  made  up  of  the  Dutch  and 
Huguenots,  the  New-Englanders  and  Scots,  the  Dissenters  and  the  artisans.  The 
influence  of  the  principal  families  inclined  the  General  Assembly  and  Provincial  Con- 
gress strongly  toward  Royalism  ;  and  caused  the  province  to  move  more  slowly  in  the 
direction  of  independence  than  its  neighbors  had  done.  But  the  great  mass  of  the 
people  were  in  favor  of  freedom,  and  in  time  crushed  out  the  Tory  legislative  influences. 
During  these  troublous  days,  Isaac  Sears,  one  of  the  leading  New- York  patriots, 
rode  down  from  Connecticut,  with  a  band  of  light  horsemen,  and  destroyed  the  press 
and  other  apparatus  of  Rivington's  Royal  Gazetteer,  and  carried  off  the  type  to  be 
made  into  bullets.  Early  in  1776  Gen.  Charles  Lee  marched  into  New  York  with 
1,200  Connecticut  troops,  and  encamped  on  the  Commons,  whence  his  detachments 


3° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


disarmed  the  Tories,  and  began  to  fortify  the  city.  Lee  was  succeeded  by  Lord 
Stirling,  and  he  by  Gen.  Putnam ;  and  the  Third  New- Jersey  Regiment  and  troops 
from  Dutchess  and  Westchester  Counties  and  from  Pennsylvania  entered  the  city. 

Governor  Tryon  took  refuge  on  the  British  fleet,  and  the  garrison  of  the  Royal 
Irish  Regiment  was  sent  away  to  Boston.  As  soon  as  the  New-England  metropolis 
was  delivered  from  the  enemy,  Washington  marched  his  army  to  New  York  ;  and 
here  on  the  9th  of  July,  1776,  the  Continental  troops  were  assembled  by  brigades  to 
have  the  Declaration  of  Independence  read  to  them.  One  brigade  was  drawn  up  on 
the  Commons,  and  in  the  hollow  square  Washington  sat  on  horseback  while  an  aide 
read  the  historic  document.  The  same  day  the  citizens  pulled  down  the  gildeddead 
equestrian  statue  of  George  III.  on  Bowling  Green,  and  sent  it  off  into  Connecticut, 
where  it  was  con- 
verted into  48,000 
bullets  ;  and  thus 
the  Royalist 
troops  had  "melt- 
ed majesty"  fired 
at  them  from  pat- 
riotic  muskets. 
Three  days  later 
the  British  frig- 
ates Rose  and 
Ph<znix  sailed  up 
the  Hudson, firing 
on  the  city  as  they 
passed,  and  tak- 
ing post  above. 
By     mid -August 

the  hostile  fleet  in  the  Bay  numbered  437  sail,  bearing  the  armies  of  Howe,  Clin- 
ton and  Cornwallis,  and  the  King's  Guards  and  De  Heister's  Hessian  division,  num- 
bering 31,000  soldiers  in  all.  Again  the  Rose  and  Phcenix  sailed  past  the  city, 
bound  downward,  and  firing  broad-sides  through  its  streets  and  buildings. 

The  defences  of  New  York  (aside  from  the  Brooklyn  lines)  consisted  of  Fort 
George,  six  guns,  and  the  Grand  Battery,  18  guns;  the  Whitehall  Battery;  and 
field-works  at  Coenties  Slip  and  at  Catherine,  Madison,  Pike,  Clinton,  Broome,  and 
Pitt  streets,  and  Grand  and  Mulberry  streets,  besides  others  near  Trinity  Church, 
and  heavy  barricades  in  the  streets.  In  due  time  21,000  British  troops  landed  at 
Gravesend,  and  shattered  Putnam's  army  of  9,000  men,  holding  the  Brooklyn  lines. 
Almost  a  fortnight  later  five  frigates  demolished  the  American  defences  at  Kip's 
Bay  (foot  of  East  34th  Street),  and  scattered  their  garrisons  in  wild  panic,  which 
was  communicated  to  the  troops  on  Murray  Hill,  as  the  English  grenadiers  advanced. 
Putnam  retreated  from  the  city  by  the  Bloomingdale  Road.  The  Continentals  rallied 
on  Harlem  Heights  ;  defeated  the  enemy  in  some  hot  skirmishes  ;  and  then  retreated 
into  Westchester.  The  military  officers  had  discussed  the  question  of  burning  ihe 
city,  to  prevent  it  being  made  a  winter-quarters  for  the  British  army ;  but  Congress 
forbade  this  extreme  measure.  Nevertheless,  on  the  2i*t  of  September  a  fire  acci- 
dentally broke  out  in  a  low  tavern  near  Whitehall  Slip,  and  destroyed  493  houses, 
obliterating  nearly  all  the  North-River  side  of  the  city  west  of  Broad  Street  and 
Broadway.  The  British  troops  believed  that  the  torch  had  been  applied  by  the 
Americans,  and  bayonetted  or  threw  into  the  flames  a  number  of  citizens.     At  mid- 


RESERVOIR    OF    MANHATTAN    WATER    WORKS    ON    CHAMBERS    STREET,   IN    1825. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


31 


November,  Gen.  Howe  and  9,000  men  stormed  the  outworks  of  Fort  Washington, 
and  compelled  the  surrender  of  that  strong  fortress,  the  last  American  post  on  Man- 
hattan Island.  Thenceforward  for  over  seven  years  New  York  lay  in  the  hands  of 
the  enemy,  a  prostrate  city  under  martial  law,  the  chief  depot  for  the  soldiers  and 
stores  of  the  invading  army,  and  the  place  of  captivity  where  their  prisoners  of  war 
were  confined.  The  Dissenters'  churches  were  turned  into  hospitals  and  prisons, 
and  the  Middle  Dutch  Church  became  a  riding  school  for  cavalrymen.  The  munici- 
pal government  existed  no  longer,  and  about  the  only  commerce  was  that  of  the 
sutlers'  shops. 

In  the  East  River  lay  the  horrible  prison  ships  in  whose  disease-infested  holds  so 
many  American  soldiers  were  confined.      It  is  related  that  in  the  Jersey  alone  over 

10,000  prisoners  of 
war  perished.  The 
American  officers 
and  dignitaries  were 
consigned  to  the 
new  jail  (now  the 
Hall  of  Records). 
Several  of  the  great 
sugar  houses,  in- 
cluding Rhineland- 
er's,  near  William 
Street,  were  also 
used  as  prisons  for 
captives  from  the 
Continental  armies. 

BROADWAY,    FROM    BOWLING    GREEN,    IN    1828.  ^n     the     25th     Ol 

November,  1 783,  the 
rear-guard  of  Sir  Guy  Carleton's  British  army  embarked  at  the  Battery.  The 
American  advance-guard,  composed  of  light  infantry,  artillery  and  the  2d  Massa- 
chusetts Regiment,  marched  down  the  Bowery  and  Chatham,  Queen  and  Wall 
Streets  to  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Rector  Street.  After  these  came  Gen. 
Washington  and  Gen.  Clinton,  the  City  Council,  a  group  of  veteran  generals,  and 
other  functionaries.  A  few  weeks  later,  Washington  bade  farewell  to  his  officers, 
at  Fraunces'  Tavern,  at  the  corner  of  Broad  and  Pearl  Streets. 

The  first  American  Congress  under  the  Constitution  met  in  1789,  in  the  handsome 
old  City  Hall,  at  the  corner  of  Wall  and  Broad  Streets.  Here,  on  the  gallery  over- 
looking Wall  Street,  which  was  packed  with  vast  and  silent  crowds,  Livingston,  the 
chancellor  of  the  State  of  New  York,  administered  the  oath  of  office  to  the  first 
President  of  the  United  States,  April  30,  1789.  For  a  year  thereafter  New  York 
was  the  capital  of  the  Republic  (as  it  had  been  for  five  years  previously)  ;  and  the 
President  and  Cabinet  officers,  Congressmen  and  foreign  ambassadors  and  their 
families  made  up  a  brilliant  and  stately  Court  circle.  The  ruins  of  the  great  fires, 
and  the  squalor  of  the  British  garrison's  "canvas  town,"  were  replaced  by  new 
buildings  ;  the  streets  were  cleared  from  the  rubbish  which  had  for  years  choked 
them  up;  and  new  shops  and  warehouses  showed  tempting  arrays  of  wares.  Wall 
Street,  the  favorite  promenade,  was  brilliant  with  richly  dressed  ladies  and  hardly 
less  showy  gentlemen,  and  the  carriages  of  the  Republican  aristocracy  crowded 
Broadway  down  to  the  Battery.  The  finest  mansion  in  the  city  was  built  in  1790, 
from  the  public  funds,  for  the  occupancy  of  Washington  and  his  successors  in  the 


32 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Presidential  office.  Before  its  completion,  the  seat  of  government  was  moved  to 
Philadelphia,  and  so  the  splendid  house  with  its  Ionic-colonnaded  front  became  the 
official  residence  of  Governors  Clinton  and  Jay.  It  occupied  the  site  of  the  ancient 
fort,  and  was  afterwards  replaced  by  the  Bowling-Green  block. 

The  holiday  of  New  Year's  had  been  introduced  by  the  first  Dutch  colonists  on 
Manhattan,  and  their  descendants  had  kept  it  up  faithfully,  and  with  abundant  good 
cheer.  Washington  thus  advised  a  citizen,  during  one  of  these  receptions  :  "The 
highly  favored  situation  of  New  York  will,  in  the  process  of  years,  attract  numerous 
immigrants,  who  will  gradually  change  its  ancient  customs  and  manners  ;  but,  what- 
ever changes  take  place,  never  forget  the  cordial  observance  of  New  Year's  Day." 

The  Tammany  Society  was  formed  in  1789,  as  a  patriotic  national  institution, 
with  a  government  of  a  Grand  Sachem  (chosen  from  thirteen  sachems),  a  Sagamore, 
and  a  Wiskinskie.      Many  Indian  forms  and  ceremonials  were  adopted  ;  the  months 


NORTH  BATTERY,  AT  THE  FOOT  OF  HUBERT  STREET. 

were  "moons";  and  the  seasons  were  those  of  snow,  of  blossoms,  of  fruit.  With 
a  view  of  conciliating  the  hostile  tribes  on  the  borders,  the  society  took  also  the 
name  of  Tammany,  an  Indian  chief.  In  its  early  years,  some  of  the  most  conspicu- 
ous and  respected  of  New-Yorkers  belonged  to  this  order,  which,  indeed,  did  not 
become  a  political  party  institution  until  the  days  of  the  Jefferson  administration. 

It  was  impossible  for  New  York  to  become  the  permanent  capital  of  the  United 
States,  because  Congress  demanded  that  the  Federal  District  thus  dignified  should 
be  ceded  to  the  Nation.  Neither  the  local  nor  the  State  authorities  would  consent 
to  this  alienation  of  territory  and  wealth.  Washington  made  excursions  on  Long 
Island  and  elsewhere,  in  search  of  an  appropriate  location,  but  without  success.  His 
heart  was  on  the  Potomac,  where,  after  a  ten  years'  sojourn  at  Philadelphia,  the 
National  capital  was  at  last  established. 

The  tract  known  successively  as  De  Vlackte,  the  Commons,  and  City-Hall  Park, 
in  1785  contained  the  Alms  House  and  I  louse  of  Correction,  the  public  gallows,  the 
Bridewell  (on  part  of  the  City  Hall's  site)  and  the  New  Jail  (now  the  Hall  of 
Records).      The  present  City  Hall  was  begun  in  1803,  Mayor  Edward  Livingston 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


33 


laying  the  corner-stone.  The  front  and  sides  were  of  Massachusetts  marble  ;  but 
the  back,  or  northern  side,  was  built  of  red  sandstone,  because  it  was  thought  that 
the  city  would  never  grow  to  any  importance  to  the  northward  of  the  new  edifice. 
As  a  contemporary  writer  said,  the  northern  front  "would  be  out  of  sight  to  all 
the  world."  When  this  building  was  finished,  in  1812,  at  a  cost  of  $500,000,  it 
was  generally  conceded  to  be  the  handsomest  in  the  United  States. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  century,  Broadway  had  a  length  of  about  two  miles, 
paved  for  little  more  than  half  this  distance,  and  lined  with  comfortable  brick  houses. 
Here  and  there  between  the  houses  the  view  passed  down  the  bay,  and  out  through 
the  Narrows.  The  homes  of  the  gentry  and  the  rich  merchants  were  along  lower 
Broadway  and  the  Battery,  where  their  occupants  could  enjoy  the  beautiful  views 


Broadway.  C1TY    HALL   AND    PARK,  AND    PARK   THEATRE.  PARK  R0W- 

and  refreshing  air  of  the  bay.  At  little  over  a  mile  from  the  Battery  the  paving 
ceased,  and  Broadway  became  a  rather  straggling  road,  with  houses  at  intervals,  and 
the  indications  of  streets  planned  for  the  future.  Broad  Street  in  its  width  recalled 
the  old  canal  that  once  flowed  down  its  centre,  but  had  long  since  vanished.  Wall 
Street  possessed  many  fine  residences,  and  the  handsome  Federal  Hall.  The  dry- 
goods  marts  occupied  much  of  William  Street,  which  afforded  a  bright  spectacle  on 
days  favorable  for  shopping.  Most  of  the  other  streets  were  narrow  and  winding, 
and  lined  with  small  red-brick  houses  with  tiled  roofs.  On  the  west  side,  where  the 
great  fire  of  1776  had  occurred,  the  streets  had  been  widened  and  straightened,  and 
provided  with  brick  sidewalks  and  gutters.  The  first  sidewalk  in  the  city  was  on 
Broadway,  between  Vesey  and  Murray  Streets,  constructed  of  brick  and  stone,  and 
hardly  a  yard  wide.  The  numbering  of  houses  began  in  1793.  Broadway  was  built 
up  only  as  far  as  Anthony  Street  ;  the  Bowery  Lane,  to  Broome  Street ;  the  East- 
River  shore,  to  Rutgers  Street  ;  and  the  North- River  shore,  to  Harrison  Street. 
Beyond  the  steep  Anthony-Street  hill,  Broadway  plunged  sharply  into  the  Canal 
3 


34  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

Street  valley,  between  the  Fresh  Water  Pond  and  the  Lispenard  Meadows.  At 
Astor  Place,  Broadway  ceased,  its  line  being  crossed  by  the  wall  of  the  Randall 
farm. 

The  favorite  duelling  ground  was  a  lonely  grassy  glade  in  the  woods  of  Wee- 
hawken,  high  above  the  Hudson,  and  allowing  glimpses  of  New  York  through  the 
surrounding  trees.  The  combatants  were  rowed  across  from  the  city,  and  clambered 
up  the  rocky  steep  to  the  scene  of  their  fight.  The  most  mournful  event  in  Ameri- 
can duelling  annals  occurred  here,  July  II,  1804,  when  the  antagonists  were 
Alexander  Hamilton,  the  first  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  and  founder  of  the 
National  financial  system,  and  Aaron  Burr,  Vice-President  of  the  United  States. 
Hamilton  had  characterized  Burr  as  a  "dangerous  man,"  and  helped  to  defeat  his 
political  schemes  ;  and  Burr  challenged  him  to  mortal  combat.  Hamilton  did  not 
fire  at  his  antagonist,  but  Burr,  with  a  carefully  aimed  shot,  mortally  wounded  him  ; 
and  he  died  the  next  day,  in  the  presence  of  his  wife  and  seven  children.  This 
dreadful  encounter  closed  the  practice  of  duelling  in  the  civilized  States  of  America  ; 
and  at  the  same  time  put  an  end  to  the  public  career  of  Burr. 

The  development  of  the  higher  culture  in  the  Empire  City  received  an  impetus 
in  1784,  by  the  re-chartering  of  the  long-closed  King's  College,  under  the  more 
republican  title  of  Columbia  College.  Twenty  years  later  the  New- York  Histori- 
cal Society  was  organized,  followed  by  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in 
1807,  and  the  American  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  in  1808.  The  education  of  the 
children  rested  in  the  hands  of  parochial,  charity  and  private  schools  until  1806, 
when  a  small  public  school  came  into  existence,  from  the  contributions  of  wealthy 
citizens,  and  small  State  and  city  appropriations.  The  Free  School  Society  in  1809 
erected  a  large  brick  building  on  Chatham  Street ;  and  in  1825,  six  schools  were  in 
operation,  not  as  charities,  but  open  to  all  comers. 

New  York  may  be  called  the  cradle  of  steam  navigation,  which  has  completely 
revolutionized  the  world's  commerce ;  for  although  other  localities  had  seen  at  an 
earlier  day  vessels  propelled  by  steam,  yet  here  occurred  the  first  profitable  and 
successful  ventures  in  this  line  on  a  large  scale.  In  1807  the  Clermont  was  built, 
from  the  designs  of  Robert  Fulton,  the  inventor,  and  with  capital  furnished  by 
Chancellor  Robert  R.  Livingston  ;  and  in  spite  of  all  the  evil  prognostications  of  the 
conservative,  she  made  a  triumphant  run  from  New  York  to  Albany  in  thirty-two 
hours.  As  it  took  the  ordinary  packets  from  four  to  six  days  to  run  between  the 
two  cities,  the  rapid  success  of  steam  navigation  on  the  Hudson  followed  as  a  neces- 
sity, especially  after  181 7,  when  the  time  of  passage  was  reduced  to  eighteen  hours. 

The  navigation  of  Long- Island  Sound  by  steamboats  was  soon  inaugurated  by  a 
line  opened  in  181 8  from  New  York  to  New  Haven,  followed  by  another  to  New 
London,  and  in  1822  by  the  New- York  &  Providence  line.  The  advance  from  the 
ugly  little  Clermont  and  the  slow  and  dirty  vessels  of  her  class  to  the  magnificent 
steamboats  of  modern  days  was  largely  due  to  a  young  Staten- Island  ferryman, 
Cornelius  Vanderbilt,  who  came  to  New  York  in  1829  and  established  new  and  im- 
proved lines  on  the  Hudson  and  the  Sound. 

The  first  steam  vessel  to  dare  the  storms  of  ocean  was  the  Phoenix,  built  by  Col. 
John  Stevens  of  Hoboken,  in  1807,  and  a  year  later  sent  around  from  New- York 
harbor  to  Philadelphia,  by  the  sea  passage.  In  181 1  Stevens  opened  between 
Hoboken  and  New  York  the  first  steam  ferry  in  the  world  ;  and  this  was  followed 
the  next  year  by  Fulton's  lines  to  Jersey  City  and  Brooklyn.  The  first  steam  frigate 
in  the  world,  the  Fulton,  was  built  from  a  Congressional  appropriation  of  $320,000, 
under   Robert  Fulton's  supervision  ;  and   made  its   successful  trial-trip  to  Sandy 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


35 


3* 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Hook  in  1 8 14.  Transatlantic  steam  navigation  was  inaugurated  by  the  Savannah, 
built  at  New  York  in  181 9  and  sent  thence  to  Savannah,  Liverpool,  Copenhagen, 
Stockholm  and  St.  Petersburg.  In  181 2  Col.  Stevens  made  the  plans  for  a  circular 
iron- clad  war-ship,  with  screw  propellers. 

*  About  the  year  1810  the  city  began  a  rapid  development  to  the  northward.  The 
Brevoort  estate,  between  Broadway  and  the  Bowery  road  and  nth  Street;  Henry 
Spingler's  farm,  between  14th  and  16th  Streets,  west  of  the  Bowery  ;  Nicholas 
Bayard's  West  Farm,  covering  100  acres  between  Broadway  and  McDougall  Street, 
and  running  north  from  Prince  Street ;  the  Bayard-Hill  estate,  between  Broadway 
and  the  Bowery  and  Broome  Street ;  the  260-acre  domain  established  by  Sir  Peter 
Warren,   in   the    region  of  Gansevoort   and   Christopher  Streets  ;  and  many  other 

estates  and  farms 
were  invaded  by 
the  City  Commis- 
sioners. Legions 
of  stalwart  labor- 
h^  ers     levelled    the 

hills  and  filled  the 
E3m^^M0f?s     hollows ;  and  new 
iwKaw—  streets  were   laid 

out  with  efficient 
engineering  skill 
and  foresight. 
Oftentimes  the 
irate  landlords  as- 

CORP.    THOMPSON'S   MADISON  COTTAGE,    IN    1852.        SITE    OF   THE    FIFTH-AVENUE    HOTEL.      Sailed    {}}Q    SU1VCV- 

ors  with  dogs,  hot  water,  cabbages  and  other  distressful  methods ;  but  the  work 
went  steadily  on,  especially  above  Houston  Street,  whence  they  laid  out  the  island 
into  parallel  numbered  cross  streets  and  broad  north  and  south  avenues,  distinguished 
by  numbers  or  letters. 

When  Trinity  Church,  in  1807,  erected  St.  John's  Chapel,  in  Varick  Street,  it 
was  regarded  as  quite  beyond  civilization,  and  the  parish  received  much  blame  for 
planting  their  new  mission  opposite  a  bulrush  swamp,  tenanted  only  by  water 
snakes  and  frogs.  About  the  same  time,  the  Lutheran  society  got  into  financial 
straits,  and  a  friend  offered  to  give  it  four  acres  of  land  at  the  corner  of  Broadway 
and  Canal  Street.  This  largess  was  declined  by  the  church  on  the  ground  that  the 
land  was  not  worth  the  cost  of  fencing  it  —  which  was  doubtless  true  at  the  time. 

The  Collect  was  a  broad  and  placid  pond,  favored  by  skaters  in  winter, 
and  boating  parties  in  summer.  But  it  lay  in  the  path  of  the  northward  advance  of 
the  city,  and  therefore,  in  1809,  a  drainage  canal  was  cut  and  bordered  on  either  side 
by  shade  trees  and  a  pleasant  street  (afterwards  Canal  Street).  It  was  proposed  in 
1789  to  make  a  public  park  of  this  beautiful  pond  and  its  shores  ;  but  the  scheme 
came  to  naught,  on  the  ground  that  New  York  would  never  grow  within  accessible 
distance  of  this  lonely  region. 

The  intersection  of  Leonard  and  Centre  Streets  is  not  far  from  the  centre  of  the 
pond,  which  had  a  depth  of  sixty  feet.  On  the  same  site  now  stands  the  gloomy 
prison  of  the  Tombs,  the  abode  of  so  much  misery  and  wickedness.  The  Collect 
was  famous  as  the  place  where  a  steamboat  with  a  screw  propeller  was  first  tried,  in 
1796,  when  John  Fitch,  its  inventor,  steamed  around  the  pond  several  times,  in  an 
eighteen-foot  propeller.     Among  the  spectators  were   Chancellor  Livingston    and 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


37 


other  prominent  New-Yorkers.  About  this  time  Oliver  Evans  aroused  considerable 
popular  amusement  by  saying  that  "The  time  will  come  when  people  will  travel  in 
stages  moved  by  steam  engines  from  one  city  to  another,  at  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  an 
hour." 

When  Great  Britain  declared  the  ports  of  Continental  Europe  to  be  blockaded, 
and  Napoleon  retorted  by  proclaiming  all  vessels  trading  with  Great  Britain  liable  to 
seizure,  American  shipping  suffered  grave  losses;  and  President  Jefferson  (in  1807) 
ordered  all  our  commercial  fleets  to  remain  in  our  ports,  and  forbade  the  shipment 
of  cargoes  on  foreign  vessels.  He  believed  that  warring  Europe,  thus  deprived  of 
American  breadstuffs,  would  hasten  to  acknowledge  our  neutral  rights.      During  this 


OLD    NEW-YORK   POST-OFFICE.      SITE    OF   THE    MUTUAL    LIFE-INSURANCE    BUILDING,    ON    NASSAU    STREET. 

year  of  interdict  the  shipping  of  New  York's  merchant-princes  decayed  at  their 
anchorages,  the  warehouses  were  closed  and  abandoned,  and  the  clerks  were  dis- 
charged because  there  was  no  work  for  them. 

The  War  of  181 2  broke  out  in  the  same  year  that  the  City  Hall  received  its  finish- 
ing touches ;  and  within  a  few  weeks  the  city  had  fortified  her  approaches,  and  sent 
to  sea  26  privateers,  manned  by  2,239  bold  sailors.  Such  a  hornet's  nest  must  needs 
be  closed,  and  so  from  1813  until  the  end  of  the  war  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  was 
blockaded  by  tall  British  ships-of-the-line.  The  naval  headquarters  of  the  enemy 
was  at  Gardiner's  Island,  east  of  Long  Island,  whence  their  squadrons  off  Sandy 
Hook,  or  blockading  New  London,  could  be  reinforced  or  supplied.  In  expectation 
of  a  dash  from  the  enemy,  New  York  was  strongly  fortified  by  the  voluntary  labor 
of  its  citizens,  and  new  lines  of  defence  covered  the  heights  of  Brooklyn  and  Harlem, 
with  forts  on  the  islands  and  at  the  Narrows  and  around  Hell  Gate.  The  city  was 
held  by  a  garrison  of  23,000  men,  mostly  of  the  State  troops. 

The  first  great  trunk  line  of  railway  finished  from  New  York  to  the  West  was 
the  Erie,  which  ran  its  trains  as  far  as  Dunkirk,  on  Lake  Erie,  in  1 85 1.  The  line 
from  Albany  to  Schenectady  was  opened  in  1832,  and  in  1853  became  a  part  of.  the 
newly  organized  New- York  Central,  whose  rails  reached  Buffalo  a  year  later.  The 
Hudson-River  Railroad,  from  New- York  to  Albany,  was  opened  in  1851,  and  in 
1869  became  a  part  of  the  New- York  Central  system. 

The  horse-railroad,  of  such  incalculable  importance  in  street  traffic,  was  inaugu- 
rated in   1832,  when  the  Fourth- Avenue  line  began  its  trips,  running  from  Prince 


32 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Street  as  far  as  Murray  Hill.  The  first  street-car  ever  built  was  made  by  John 
Stephenson,  with  compartments,  roof  seats,  and  the  driver  in  the  roof. 

Another  valuable  modern  convenience,  illuminating  gas,  was  introduced  in  1825, 
with  pipes  traversing  Broadway  from  the  Battery  to  Canal  Street. 

After  the  War  of  181 2,  the  famous  packet  lines  began  their  service,  the  Black  - 
Ball  in  1816  and  the  Red-Star  in  1821,  running  swift  and  handsome  ships  nearly 
weekly  between  New  York  and  Liverpool,  and  making  the  run  across  eastward  in 
from  15  to  23  days.  Depau  put  four  ships  on  the  Havre  packet  service  in  1822; 
and  Grinnell,  Minturn  &  Co.  began  to  send  monthly  packets  to  London  in  1823. 
After  1840  Low,  Griswold  &  Aspinwall  inaugurated  the  sailing  of  clipper-ships  to 
China  and  California,  and  their  vessels  performed  the  most  wonderful  feats — as 
when  the  Flying  Cloud  ran  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco,  making  433^  statute 


FIVE    POINTS    IN    1859,   VIEW    FROM    THE    CORNER    OF    NORTH    AND    LITTLE    WATER    STREETS. 

miles  in  a  single  day;  or  the  Sovereign  of  the  Seas  sailed  for  10,000  miles  without 
tacking  or  wearing ;  or  the  Dreadnought  made  the  passage  from  Sandy  Hook  to 
Queenstown  in  nine  days  and  seventeen  hours. 

The  wonderful  Erie  Canal  was  built  between  1816  and  1825,  and  became  the 
most  prominent  factor  in  the  growth  of  the  Empire  City,  bringing  to  her  docks  the 
illimitable  products  of  the  Great  West  (then  without  railways),  and  carrying  back 
much  of  her  vast  imports.  The  telegraph  was  not  then  known  ;  and  the  news  of 
the  opening  of  the  canal  was  carried  in  81  minutes  550  miles  from  Buffalo  to  Sandy 
Hook  by  the  successive  reports  of  a  line  of  cannon,  ten  miles  apart.  A  group  of 
canal  boats  containing  Gov.  Clinton  and  other  magnates  descended  the  canal  to 
Albany,  and  were  thence  towed  down  the  Hudson  to  New  York,  and  out  to  sea, 
escorted  by  many   flag-bedecked   vessels   and    barges.      At   Sandy  Hook,    Governor 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


39 


Clinton  emptied  into  the  ocean  a  keg  of  Lake-Erie  water,  and  other  unique  ceremonials 
were  solemnly  and  decorously  performed. 

John  Jacob  Astor,  a  native  of  Waldorf,  near  Heidelberg,  came  to  the  New 
World  in  1784,  in  his  twenty-first  year,  and  entered  the  fur-trade  in  the  Empire 
City,  keeping  also  a  stock  of  London  piano-fortes.  He  had  himself  incorporated  as 
the  American  Fur  Company ;  bought  out  the  Mackinaw  Company  and  all  its  forts ; 
established  a  line  of  trading-posts  across  Oregon  ;  and  developed  a  rich  China  trade. 
This  typical  merchant  lived  on  the  site  of  the  present  Astor  House,  and  frequently 
entertained  Irving,  Halleck,  and  other  literary  men  and  scholars. 

In  1834  occurred  the  Anti- Abolition  riots,  in  which  for  the  first  time  the  National 
Guard  was  called  out  to  restore  order  ;  and  a  few  months  later  the  same  potent  peace- 
makers came  into  service  to  quell  the  stone-cutters'  riots,  and  lay  under  arms  .on 
Washington   Square  for   several  days.      In  December,  1835,  a  fire  in  the  lower  part 


VIEW    FROM    THE    SCHOOL-HOUSE    IN    42D    STREET,    BETWEEN    SECOND    AND    THIRD    AVENUES,   IN    1868. 

of  the  city  burned  over  13  acres,  with  700  buildings  and  $20,000,000  worth  of  prop- 
erty, and  was  stopped  only  at  the  wide  gaps  made  by  blowing  up  houses  with  gun- 
powder. This  portentous  calamity  showed  the  need  of  more  water  for  the  growing 
city;  and  the  Croton  Aqueduct,  begun  in  1835,  delivered  water  on  Manhattan 
Island  in  1842,  and  was  completed  in  1845,  a^  a  cost  °f  $9,000,000.  The  old  Man- 
hattan Water  Works,  whose  reservoir  stood  on  Chambers  Street,  were  thus  rendered 
valueless. 

The  University  of  the  City  of  New  York  dates  from  1 83 1  ;  the  Sun  from  1833  > 
the  Herald  from  1835  '■>  t^ie  Tribune  from  1 841  ;  the  Times  from  185 1  ;  and  the 
World  from  i860.  Other  notable  achievements  of  this  period  were  the  opening  of 
the  Croton  Aqueduct  in  1842  ;  the  founding  of  the  Astor  Library  in  1848  ;  and  the 
opening  of  the  World's  Fair  in  the  Crystal  Palace  in  1853. 

In  1825  the  region  north  of  Astor  Place  was  still  devoted  to  farms  and  orchards, 
with  a  gray  old  barn  on  the  site  of  Grace  Church,  and  a  powder-house  on  Union 
Square.  The  fashionable  summer  evening  resort  was  the  Vauxhall  Garden,  stretch- 
ing from  Broadway  to  the  Bowery,  near  the  present  Astor  Library,  and  famous  for 
its  trees  and  flowers,  band-music  and  fire-works,  and  cakes  and  ale.  In  the  triangle 
where  Third  Avenue  and  Fourth  Avenue  come  together,  stood  the  grocery  store  of 


40  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 

Peter  Cooper,  where  the  uptown  lads  exchanged  berries  picked  in  the  Bleecker- 
Street  pastures,  for  taffy  and  cakes. 

Greenwich  village  occupied  the  region  about  the  present  Greenwich  Avenue  ; 
and  to  the  northward,  near  West  23d  Street,  the  roofs  of  Chelsea  Village  peered 
over  the  trees.  In  1797  the  State  Prison  of  Newgate  was  opened  at  Greenwich, 
and  served  as  a  terror  to  evil-doers  during  full  a  quarter  of  a  century. 

For  a  number  of  years  after  1825  the  vicinity  of  St.  John's  Park  was  the  Court 
end  of  the  city,  with  the  mansions  of  the  Lydigs,  Pauldings  and  other  prominent 
families.  In  this  vicinity,  at  the  foot  of  Hubert  Street,  stood  the  frowning  old 
North  Battery,  with  its  empty  embrasures. 

The  old  Potter's  Field,  now  known  as  Washington  Square,  became  fashionable 
about  ten  years  later  ;  and  here  dwelt  the  Rhinelanders  and  Johnstons,  Griswolds 
and  Boormans,  and  other  well-known  families. 

The  convergence  of  several  streets  where  Fourth  Avenue  met  the  old  Bowery 
road  made  it  necessary  to  leave  there  a  broad  common,  which  was  at  times  used  as 
the  Potter's  Field,  much  of  its  area  being  also  covered  with  rude  shanties.  Not 
until  1845  was  tnis  ru&ged  and  filthy  field  improved  into  the  present  Union  Square, 
which  was  soon  surrounded  by  fine  mansions,  and  up  nearly  to  the  time  of  the  War 
for  the  Union  remained  the  Belgravia  of  Manhattan.  Only  a  few  houses  were  to  be 
seen  above  Union  Square  in  1845.  Gramercy  Park  was  laid  out  by  Samuel  B.  Rug- 
gles,  and  presented  to  the  owners  of  the  sixty  neighboring  lots,  to  induce  the  erection 
of  attractive  houses  here.  Where  the  old  Boston  Road  met  the  Bloomingdale  Road 
lay  another  broad  area  of  waste  land,  in  olden  times  a  burial-place  for  the  poor,  and 
from  1806  to  1823  the  site  of  a  United-States  arsenal.  Here  the  first  House  of 
Refuge  was  founded,  in  1825,  with  six  boys  and  three  girls  ;  and  remained  until  it 
burned  down  in  1839.  During  the  mayoralty  of  James  Harper  (one  of  the  famous 
publishers),  between  1844  and  1847,  tn^s  dreary  region  was  cleared  and  beautified, 
and  became  the  famous  Madison  Square.  The  chief  house  here  in  1852  was  the 
little  story-and-a-half  cottage  of  Corp.  Thompson,  on  the  site  now  occupied  by  the 
Fifth-Avenue  Hotel. 

One  of  the  most  wonderful  of  modern  inventions,  the  electric  telegraph,  was 
inaugurated  by  the  experiments  of  Prof.  S.  F.  B.  Morse,  in  the  University  of  the 
City  of  New  York.  A  line  of  telegraph  was  completed  from  New  York  to  Phila- 
delphia in  1845  >  to  Boston  in  1846  ;  and  to  Albany  in  1847. 

In  1849,  Macready,  the  celebrated  English  actor,  played  Macbeth  in  the  Astor- 
Place  Opera  House.  The  populace  supposed  that  Edwin  Forrest's  ill  reception  in 
England,  a  few  years  before,  had  been  due  to  Macready's  hostile  influence  ;  and 
they  attacked  the  Opera  House,  20,000  strong,  during  the  play,  scattering  the 
police,  and  breaking  the  windows  with  paving  stones.  The  Seventh  Regiment 
cleared  the  vicinity,  after  a  pitched  battle,  in  which  150  soldiers  were  severely 
injured  and  70  of  the  mob. 

The  commercial  and  therefore  conservative  spirit  of  modern  New  York  naturally 
held  back  from  the  dread  hostilities  foreshadowed  in  i860;  and  by  monster  petitions 
and  peace  societies  endeavored  to  arrest  the  storm.  Mayor  Fernando  Wood  even 
outlined  a  plan  to  make  it  a  free  city,  like  those  of  mediaeval  Germany,  inviting 
the  trade  of  the  world  by  nominal  duties.  But  after  the  first  guns  were  fired,  in 
South  Carolina,  the  spirit  of  temporizing  vanished  like  a  dream,  and  patriotism  and 
loyalty  possessed  all  classes  with  full  inspiration.  Within  ten  days  8,000  volunteer 
troops  left  the  city  for  the  South,  including  the  7th,  6th,  12th  and  nth  Regiments 
of  militia.     In  this  metropolitan  centre  also  were  organized  the  famous  and  efficient 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK 


41 


THE    BLIZZARD    OF    MARCH    11th,   12th,   AND    13th,   1! 

PHOTOGRAPHS    TAKEN    JUST   AFTER    THE   STORM,   BY_LANGILL. 


42  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

societies,  the  United-States  Sanitary  Commission  and  the  United-States  Christian 
Commission,  and  the  Union  Defense  Committee,  whose  efforts  placed  40,000  soldiers 
under  the  National  colors.  New- York  City  alone  sent  116,382  patriotic  troops  into 
the  field,  besides  raising  scores  of  millions  of  dollars  for  the  needs  of  the  Republic. 

The  terrible  Draft  Riot  of  1863  was  caused  by  popular  discontent  with  the 
impressment  of  citizens  into  the  army,  a  feeling  which  was  intensified  by  the  incen- 
diary editorials  of  certain  Democratic  journals,  and  was  not  sufficiently  discouraged 
by  Gov.  Seymour.  On  July  13th,  a  mob  plundered  and  burned  the  provost- 
marshal's  office,  at  Third  Avenue  and  46th  Street,  and  then  scattered  through  -the 
city,  bent  on  deeds  of  rapine  and  murder.  The  Tribune  office  was  sacked  ;  the  col- 
ored Orphan  Asylum  on  Fifth  Avenue  went  up  in  flames  ;  the  grain-elevators  at  the 
Atlantic  Docks  were  burned;  and  negroes  and  soldiers  were  slain  or  grievously  mal- 
treated wherever  found.  The  closed  shops,  the  streets  clear  of  their  customary 
traffic,  and  even  of  omnibuses  and  horse-cars,  and  many  of  the  houses  prepared  like 
fortresses  for  defence,  gave  the  city  a  singular  and  ominous  appearance,  which  was 
increased  by  the  mad  roars  of  the  mob,  the  clattering  of  cavalry  along  the  pavement, 
the  roll  of  volley-firing,  and  the  heavy  booming  of  artillery,  sweeping  the  riotous 
vermin  from  the  streets.  The  police  behaved  with  extraordinary  valor,  but  were 
unable  to  completely  control  this  vast  uprising  of  foreign-born  anarchists,  until  the 
arrival  of  strong  military  forces,  aided  by  the  personal  efforts  and  appeals  of  the 
Governor,  the  Mayor,  and  Archbishop  Hughes.  More  than  1,000  men  were  killed 
and  wounded  and  $2,000,000  of  property  was  destroyed. 

The  long-continued  supremacy  of  the  degraded  classes  in  municipal  politics 
reached  its  crown  of  infamy  after  the  close  of  the  War  for  the  Union,  when  William 
M.  Tweed,  a  low  ward-politician,  was  elevated  to  one  of  the  chief  offices  of  the  city. 
In  conjunction  with  other  and  similar  conspirators,  he  elaborated  a  shrewd  scheme, 
by  which,  within  a  few  months,  the  city  was  robbed  of  $20,000,000.  The  new- 
County  Court  House  alone  furnished  $7,000,000  of  this  amount.  In  1871,  through 
reason  of  a  disagreement  among  the  municipal  officials,  the  damning  documents  in 
the  case  of  "The  Ring"  passed  into  the  possession  of  the  New-York  Times,  which 
immediately  printed  the  entire  history  of  this  gigantic  robbery,  and  itemized  the 
amounts  stolen.  The  other  leading  newspapers  also  came  out  against  the  detected 
thieves,  the  citizens  organized  a  committee  of  seventy,  and  most  of  the  culprits  fled 
to  Europe  or  Canada.  Tweed  was  imprisoned,  but  escaped  to  Spain,  whence  he 
was  returned  to  the  outraged  metropolis,  and  finally  died  in  jail. 

The  events  of  later  days  in  New  York  are  familiar  to  all  readers  of  the  newspapers — 
that  is  to  say,  to  all  Americans.  The  development  of  education,  of  public  charities, 
of  artistic  and  literary  culture,  of  vast  works  of  public  utility,  have  gone  forward 
mightily,  and  to  the  great  glory  of  the  community.  Occasionally,  a  great  financial 
flurry,  like  the  Black  Friday  of  1869,  or  the  panic  of  1873,  threatens  to  unsettle 
values  and  bring  ruin  to  thousands.  Now  and  then  a  riot  occurs,  like  that  of  1 871, 
when  29  policemen  and  soldiers  were  killed  and  wounded,  and  104  of  their  assailants, 
in  the  attack  of  the  Irish  Catholics  on  the  parading  Orangemen.  Other  years  see 
the  rejoicings  upon  the  completion  of  great  public  works,  like  the  Park-Avenue 
improvements,  costing  $6,000,000,  in  1875  '■>  tne  hlowing-up  of  Hell  Gate,  in  1876; 
and  the  dedication  of  the  East-River  Bridge,  in  1883. 

The  year  1886  saw  the  unveiling  of  Bartholdi's  wonderful  statue  of  "Liberty 
Enlightening  the  World,"  with  its  attendant  civic  and  National  ceremonials.  Then 
also  came  the  trial  of  the  aldermen  bribed  by  persons  seeking  the  franchise  of  the 
Broadway  Surface  Railroad.     The  same  year  saw  the  local  Anarchists  sent  to  prison, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


43 


44 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


the  great   street-car  strikes,    and   the  twentieth  annual   encampment  of  the  Grand 
Army  of  the  Republic. 

The  most  notable  event  of  1888  was  the  great  blizzard  of  March  11-13,  with  its 
stoppage  of  transportation,  food  panic,  the  forming  of  an  ice-bridge  across  the  East 
River,  and  other  unseasonable  phenomena. 

In  1889  the  hundredth  anniversary  of  the  inauguration  of  George  Washington  as 
President  of  the  United  States  was  celebrated  here  by  a  three-days'  festival,  with  a 
naval  review  by  President  Harrison,  a  march-past  of  50,000  soldiers  from  21  States, 
a  civic  parade  of  75,000  persons,  and  other  imposing  ceremonies. 

In  1890  the  Holland  Society  began  to  mark  historical  localities  in  New  York  by 
inscribed  brass  plates  ;  and  the  Washington  Memorial  Arch  was  founded.  Then 
also  occurred  the  centennial  celebration  of  the  organization  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United 
States,  the  unveil- 
ing of  the  Greeley 
statue,  the  con- 
ventions of  iron 
and  steel  manu- 
facturers and  of 
mining  engineers. 

In  1 89 1  the 
chief  events  were 
the  founding  of 
the  Grant  monu- 
ment, the  opening 
of  the  Museum  of 
Art  on  Sundays, 
the  attack  on  Rus- 
sell Sage,  the  visit 
of  Prince  George 
of     Greece,      the 

burning  of  the  Fifth- Avenue  Theatre,  the  decision  of  the  Tilden  will  case,  and  the 
opening  of  the  Carnegie  Music  Hall. 

In  1892  occurred  the  terrible  Hotel-Royal  holocaust,  the  successful  Actors'  Fund 
Fair,  the  great  gathering  of  the  Society  for  Christian  Endeavor,  the  running  of 
cable  cars  on  Broadway  and  Third  Avenue,  the  re-districting  of  the  city  into  thirty 
Assembly  districts,  and  the  publication  of  "King's  Handbook  of  New- York  City." 

Thus  pauses,  for  the  time,  the  record  of  History.  What  may  be  in  store  for  the 
proud  New-World  metropolis,  who  can  say  ?  She  may  be  destined  to  sink  beneath 
the  waves  that  gave  her  life,  like  the  drowned  cities  of  the  Zuyder  Zee  ;  or  to  be 
irretrievably  shattered  by  hostile  armaments,  like  Tyre  ;  or  to  tranquilly  fade  away 
into  commercial  death,  like  Venice.  Yet  such  fates  can  hardly  be  imagined  as 
awaiting  the  Empire  City  of  the  Western  World,  now  in  the  full  flush  of  her 
success  and  power,  and  leading  in  the  van  of  modern  life  and  thought.  She  has 
appalling  problems  to  face  —  the  inflowing  of  half-pauperized  foreigners,  the  menace 
of  the  submerged  tenth,  the  evils  of  municipal  misgovernment,  the  rise  of  a  many- 
millioned  plutocracy,  and  other  serious  and  perilous  questions.  But  public  opinion 
is  awakening  on  all  sides  to  their  consideration,  and  the  grand  old  city  will  doubtless 
meet  the  strong  new  troubles  with  stronger  new  remedies,  just  as  in  the  days  that 
are  past  she  has  faced  and  conquered  so  many  other  threatening  perils. 


THE    LOEW    BRIDGE,    BROADWAY    AND    FULTON    STREET. 


V  t&-*~ 


(?'''/*$ 


*&tl  . 


riStf 


^ai^gpngiiFFr     < 


Mr 


A.     Comprehensive     Outline     Description    of    the    Whole     City — 
Area,    Population,   "Wealth,   Statistics,  Etc. 


TO-DAY  the  City  of  New  York  is  not  only  the  metropolis  of  the  United  States, 
but  in  population,  in  wealth,  in  influence,  in  enterprise,   in  all  that  best  dis- 
tinguishes modern  civilization,  it  is  the  rival  of  the  great  capitals  of  the  Old  World. 

The  Area  actually  within  the  limits  of  the  city  includes  Manhattan  Island, 
Governor's  Island,  in  New-York  Bay  ;  Blackwell's,  Ward's,  and  Randall's  Islands, 
in  the  East  River ;  and  a  considerable  section  of  the  mainland  north  of  the  Harlem 
River,  and  west  of  the  Bronx.  From  the  Battery,  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Man- 
hattan Island,  to  the  northern  line  of  the  city  is  a  distance  of  sixteen  miles.  On  the 
island,  which  is  13^  miles  long,  the  width  of  the  city  varies  from  a  few  score  rods 
to  2^  miles  ;  and  north  of  the  Harlem  its  greatest  width  is  4^  miles.  The  area  of 
Manhattan  Island  is  nearly  22  square  miles,  or  14,000  acres  ;  and  with  the  section  on 
the  mainland,  the  city  has  a  total  of  41^  square  miles,  or  26,500  acres.  In  the 
process  of  growth  and  annexation  New  York  has  absorbed  many  villages,  once  its 
outlying  suburbs,  and  whose  memories  even  now  exist  in  popular  local  designations, 
despite  the  fact  that  they  have  become  parts  of  the  metropolis.  Thus  down-town 
are  Greenwich  and  Chelsea  ;  farther  uptown,  in  the  vicinity  of  Central  Park, 
Bloomingdale  and  Yorkville  ;  above  the  park,  Harlem  and  Manhattanville  ;  then 
Carmansville,  Washington  Heights  and  Inwood  ;  and  on  the  mainland,  that  was 
annexed  in  1874,  are  Port  Morris,  North  New  York,  Claremont,  Fairmount,  Morris- 
ania,  West  Farms,  Spuyten  Duyvil,  Mosholu,  Williamsbridge,  Fordham,  Tremont, 
Mount  St.  Vincent,  Mott  Haven  and  Melrose,  and  other  villages.  The  insular  part 
of  the  city  is  thickly  built  up  and  heavily  populated,  save  in  certain  territories  in 
Harlem,  Bloomingdale,  Yorkville,  and  Washington  Heights  ;  but  even  there  build- 
ing is  going  forward  with  rapidity.  In  the  annexed  district  development  has  been 
retarded  by  the  lack  of  transit  facilities,  but  is  now  proceeding  steadily,  and  this 
section  promises  to  become  an  important  residential  quarter. 

The  Population  has  grown  in  a  phenomenal  manner  during  the  last  half-cen- 
tury; In  1830,  it  was  202,000;  in  i860,  805,000;  in  1880,  1,206,500.  In  1890 
the  United-States  Census  gave  the  city  1,513,501  population;  the  Health-Board 
statistics,  1,631,232;  and  the  police  enumeration,  1,710,715.  In  February,  1892, 
there  was  a  State  enumeration  that  showed  a  population  of  1,800,891.  The  yearly 
vote  of  the  city  is  one  vote  for  every  7|  inhabitants.  New  York  is  thus  the  first  city 
of  the  United  States  in  population,  and  that  too  within  a  more  contracted  area  than 
those  rivals  that  come  nearest  to  her  in  number  of  inhabitants  —  Chicago  and  Phila- 
delphia. The  overflow  of  the  city  goes  out  into  the  surrounding  region  ;  and  has 
built  up  cities,  towns  and  villages  that  would  scarcely  have  existence  were  it  not  for 
the  activity  of  Manhattan  Island. 


46 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


PRUDUCt  EXCHANbE    TUWE 


"times. 


NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    SOUTHWEST    FROM    THE    "WORLD"    DOME. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


47 


POST  OFFICE. 

NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    WEST    FROM    THE    "WORLD 


-%i 


f    >. .     ***"""" 


CITY-HALL  PARK. 


48  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Greater  New  York  comprises  the  city,  with  its  suburban  environs  in  the  State 
of  New  York.  It  takes  in  the  City  of  New  York  ;  the  counties  of  Kings  and  Rich- 
mond ;  the  western  portions  of  the  towns  of  Eastchester  and  Pelham,  in  Westchester 
County ;  and  Long-Island  City,  the  towns  of  Newton,  Flushing,  Jamaica  and  the 
westerly  portion  of  the  town  of  Hempstead,  in  Queens  County  ;  making  a  total  area 
of  318  square  miles,  with  a  population  of  nearly  3,000,000.  A  commission  to  en- 
quire into  the  expediency  of  consolidating  this  territory  into  one  city  was  appointed 
under  an  act  of  the  New- York  State  Legislature,  in  1890,  and  has  reported  in  favor 
of  the  project.  Andrew  H.  Green,  the  father  of  the  movement,  is  also  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Commission.  Greater  New  York  will  thus  be  the  second  city  of  the 
world,  leaving  Paris  behind ;  and  still  provided  with  a  line  of  great  suburban  cities 
pertaining  to  New  Jersey,  and  hence  isolated  from  its  political  life,  though  united 
with  it  socially  and  industrially. 

The  Nationalities  represented  in  New  York  make  it  the  most  cosmopolitan 
city  in  the  world.  It  has  more  Irish  than  Dublin,  and  more  Germans  than  any 
German  city  except  Berlin.  There  are  sections  almost  entirely  given  over  to  people 
of  foreign  birth  or  descent,  each  nationality  forming  a  colony  by  itself.  Thus,  we 
have  the  French,  the  German,  the  Italian,  the  African,  the  Chinese,  the  Hebrew, 
the  Spanish  and  the  Arab  colonies.  The  English-speaking  foreigners,  as  the  Irish, 
the  English  and  the  Scotch,  have  assimilated  more  readily  with  the  native  popula- 
tion ;  and  so  have  the  Germans,  to  a  considerable  extent.  Other  nationalities  have 
kept  themselves  more  nearly  intact. 

The  Surroundings  of  few  cities  are  more  remarkable  than  those  of  New  York. 
The  urban  territory  and  the  surrounding  country  is  historic  ground.  In  the  lower 
streets  many  old  houses  still  stand,  or  localities  are  distinguished  that  recall  Rev- 
olutionary and  pre-Revolutionary  days  ;  and  on  the  hills  of  upper  Manhattan,  and  in 
the  Trans-Val  region,  modern  enterprise  has  not  yet  destroyed  all  the  ancient  land- 
marks. Along  the  west  flows  the  noble  Hudson,  renowned  as  one  of  the  world's 
most  beautiful  rivers  ;  and  on  the  east,  the  East  River  leads  into  Long-Island 
Sound.  Up  and  down  Long  Island  are  numerous  beautiful  and  historic  villages  ; 
and  along  the  south  shore  of  the  island  extend  the  great  popular  summer-resorts, 
Coney  Island,  Rockaway  Beach,  Sheepshead  Bay  and  their  rivals.  The  harbor  is 
one  of  the  largest,  safest  and  most  beautiful  in  the  world.  A  hundred  navies  could 
ride  at  anchor  upon  its  waters.  The  Lower  Bay,  almost  surrounded  by  the  shores 
of  Long  Island,  Staten  Island  and  New  Jersey,  is  a  magnificent  sheet  of  water. 
Coming  up  through  the  Narrows,  between  the  picturesque  shores  of  Long  Island  and 
Staten  Island,  the  view  is  enchanting  ;  and  the  land-locked  upper  harbor,  sheltered 
by  the  hills  of  the  two  islands  and  of  New  Jersey,  with  the  point  of  Manhattan 
Island  reaching  down  into  it  between  the  two  great  rivers,  the  indications  of  a  phe- 
nomenal commercial  energy  exhibited  on  every  hand,  the  Statue  of  Liberty,  and 
the  towering  buildings  of  the  city,  present  a  scene  never  to  be  forgotten. 

The  Municipal  Administration  is  conducted  mainly  by  the  Mayor  and  the 
heads  of  departments,  several  of  whom  are  chosen  by  popular  vote,  and  the  others 
appointed  by  the  Mayor.  Municipal  legislation  is  in  the  hands  of  the  Board  of 
Aldermen,  which  consists  of  one  member  elected  from  each  of  the  twenty-four 
Assembly  Districts  in  the  city  ;  and  a  president,  who  is  elected  at  large,  for  a  term 
vDf  two  years.      In  1893  the  Board  will  include  32  members. 

The  City  Finances,  according  to  the  last  report  of  the  Comptroller,  for  the 
year  ending  January  1,  1892,  shows  the  receipts  were  :  From  taxes,  $32,861,779, 
from  other  sources,   $6,656,255;  moneys  borrowed,  $27,289,497.     Total  receipts, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  49 

$66,848,769.  The  expenditures  were,  by  appropriation,  $35,775>772>  and  on 
special  and  trust  accounts,  $31,072,997.  The  total  funded  debt  was  $150,298,870  ; 
or,  less  the  amount  in  the  sinking  fund,  $97,515,436.  This  debt  is  bonded  at  from 
2^  to  7  per  cent,  interest,  a  considerable  part  of  it  being  at  2\  and  3  per  cent.,  a 
handsome  testimonial  to  the  credit  of  the  city. 

For  the  year  1892  the  final  estimate  of  appropriations  allowed  amounted  to 
$35,881,205.  Of  that  sum  $3,000,000  is  providedfor  by  receipts  from  miscellaneous 
sources,  leaving  $32,881,205  to  be  raised  by  taxation.  Of  this  amount  $5,151,771 
was  for  interest  on  the  city  debt ;  $1, 190,428  for  the  redemption  and  installments  of 
the  principal  of  the  city  debt;  $2,398,505  for  State  taxes  and  State  common  schools  ; 
$3,148,770  for  the  Department  of  Public  Works  ;  $1,003,150,  for  the  Department 
of  Public  Parks  ;  $2, 1 70, 1 25,  for  the  Department  of  Public  Charities  and  Corrections  ; 
$5,045,468,  for  the  Police  Department  ;  $1,978,540,  for  the  Department  of  Street- 
Cleaning  ;  $2,301,282,  for  the  Fire  Department  ;  $4,448,356  for  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion ;  $1,098,810,  for  Judiciary  Salaries  ;  and  $1,232,716  for  Charitable  Institutions. 

The  Judiciary  is  partly  elected  and  partly  appointed  by  the  Mayor.  The 
elected  officials  are  the  seven  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court,  with  a  salary  of  $11,500 
each  ;  the  six  judges  of  the  Superior  Court,  with  a  salary  of  $15,000  each  ;  the  six 
judges  of  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas,  with  a  salary  of  $10,000  each  ;  in  the  Court 
of  General  Session,  one  Recorder  and  three  judges,  salary,  $12,000  each;  in  the 
Surrogate  Court,  one  Surrogate,  $15,000;  in  the  District  Court,  eleven  justices, 
$6,000  each  ;  Sheriff,  $12,000  and  half  the  fees;  and  District  Attorney,  $12,000. 
The  principal  appointed  officials  are  fifteen  Police  Justices,  $8,000  each  ;  six  Assist- 
ant District  Attorneys,  at  $7,500  each  ;  and  one  Commissioner  of  Jurors,  at  $5,000. 
Legal  advice  can  be  secured  from  6,000  lawyers. 

Political  Divisions  separate  the  city  into  thirty  Assembly,  eight  Senatorial 
and  ten  Congressional  districts.  At  the  last  election,  in  1891,  239,898  votes  were 
cast,  or  twenty  per  cent,  of  the  total  State  vote.  Within  ten  or  fifteen  miles  of  the 
New- York  City  Hall  there  is  a  vote  of  about  447,000,  or  over  thirty-eight  per  cent, 
of  the  whole  State. 

The  Police  Department  numbers  3,654  men,  and  has  a  deservedly  high  rep- 
utation for  efficiency.      The  arrests  number  about  90,000  yearly. 

The  Fire  Department  has  1,400  employees,  in  twelve  battalions;  and  over 
200  pieces  of  apparatus,  including  91  steam  fire-engines,  four  water-towers  and 
three  fire-boats.  There  are  1,000  miles  of  wire  and  1,200  boxes  for  the  fire-alarm 
telegraph.      Fire  destroys  over  $4,000,000  of  property  in  this  city  every  year. 

The  Number  of  Buildings  includes  90,000  dwelling-houses  in  the  city,  and 
25,000  business-houses,  making  a  total  of  more  than  115,000.  Over  1,100  new 
buildings,  valued  at  more  than  $13,000,000,  are  erected  yearly.  The  real-estate  val- 
uation for  purposes  of  taxation  is  $1,464,247,820,  which  fixes  the  actual  value  at 
over  $4,400,000,000.  The  assessment  value  of  personal  property  is  $321,609,518, 
making  a  total  of  $1,785,857,338.      The  tax  rate  is  $1.90  per  hundred. 

The  Deaths  in  1890  were  40,103,  at  a  rate  of  24.58  in  a  thousand  ;  and  in 
1891,  43,659,  or  25.97  m  a  thousand  ;  being  lower  than  the  average  for  ten  years  past. 

Streets,  Sewers,  Water,  Etc.  —  There  are  575  miles  of  streets  ;  444  miles  of 
sewers,  constructed  at  a  cost  of  over  $22,000,000  ;  685^  miles  of  water-mains,  and 
8,800  hydrants;  and  16  public  bathing  places,  used  in  1891  by  3,750,000  bathers. 
The  streets  are  lighted  at  night  by  27,100  gas-lights,  1,200  electric  lights,  and  140 
naphtha  lamps.      The   city  has    144  piers  on   the   North   and  East   Rivers;  and  13 

public  markets. 
4 


5° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


ill 


CITV    HALL. 

NEW-YORK    CITY 

LOOK.NG    WEST-NORTHWEST    FROM    THE    "WORLD"    DOME. 


WARREN   STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


51 


COUNTY    COURT    HJUSt 


COURT  OF    GENERAL  SESSIONS 


NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    THE    "WORLD"    DOME. 


52  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  Public  Buildings  belonging  to  New  York  include  the  City  Hall,  a  fine 
example  of  the  Italian  Renaissance  architecture ;  the  County  Court-House,  an 
imposing  Corinthian  structure  of  white  marble,  which  nominally  cost  many  millions, 
and  is  a  memorial  of  the  peculations  of  the  notorious  Tweed  ring ;  the  Jefferson- 
Market  Court-House,  a  handsome  building  of  brick  and  sandstone,  in  the  Italian 
Gothic  style  ;  the  Hall  of  Records,  in  City-Hall  Park  ;  the  Tombs,  a  substantial 
and  grim-appearing  edifice,  in  the  purest  Egyptian  style;  the  new  Court-House, 
just  approaching  completion,  near  the  Tombs  ;  the  famous  Castle  Garden,  at  the 
Battery,  long  used  as  a  receiving  station  for  immigrants  ;  and  many  department 
buildings.  Two  other  imposing  public  structures,  both  works  of  engineering  skill, 
belong  in  part  or  in  whole  to  the  city  —  the  East-River  Bridge  to  Brooklyn,  and 
the  Washington  Bridge,  over  the  Harlem  River. 

The  Water-Supply  comes  from  the  Croton  water-shed,  about  30  miles  from 
the  city.  Besides  natural  lakes  in  that  region,  there  are  artificial  reservoirs  giving  a 
total  storage  capacity  of  17, 150,000,000  gallons.  Work  now  in  progress  in  the  con- 
struction of  new  dams  will  more  than  double  this  storage  capacity.  The  supply  is 
practically  unlimited,  and  with  abundant  storage  facilities  350,000,000  gallons  a  day 
would  be  assured.  Water  is  brought  down  to  the  city  by  the  old  aqueduct,  which 
hasa  carrying  capacity  of  75,000,000  gallons  each  day.  The  new  aqueduct  which  was 
opened  in  1890  has  a  carrying  capacity  of  320,000,000  gallons  each  day.  It  cost  over 
$25,000,000.  In  the  city  proper  there  are  storage  and  receiving  reservoirs  that  will 
hold  1,266,000,000  gallons.  The  daily  consumption  is  110,000,000  gallons,  and  the 
present  storage  capacity  at  the  watershed  would  meet  all  needs  for  three  months. 

The  Militia  constitutes  a  full  brigade  of  the  National  Guard  of  the  State. 
There  are  seven  regiments,  two  batteries,  one  cavalry  troop,  one  signal  corps,  and 
one  naval  battalion,  with  274  officers  and  5,365  men. 

Local  Traffic  is  effected  by  the  elevated  railroads,  horse-cars  and  cable-cars, 
and  the  Fifth-Avenue  stage-line.  There  are  five  lines  of  elevated  roads  (33  miles), 
under  one  management,  four  running  practically  the  length  of  Manhattan  Island, 
from  the  Battery  to  the  Harlem  River  ;  and  the  fifth  extending  out  into  the  trans- 
Harlem  district.  There  are  17  surface  street-car  railroad  companies,  running  cars 
over  42  main  lines  and  branches.  One  line  across  town  in  Harlem  and  up  Washing- 
ton Heights  (seven  miles)  has  been  operated  by  cable  for  several  years  ;  and  cable- 
power  is  about  to  be  substituted  for  horse-power  on  Broadway  and  Third  Avenue. 

The  Ferries  (with  the  exception  of  the  East-River  Bridge  and  the  several 
Harlem-River  bridges)  afford  the  only  means  of  communication  between  Manhattan 
Island  and  the  surrounding  localities.  There  are  38  ferry  lines,  including  thirteen 
to  Brooklyn,  and  thirteen  to  New  Jersey. 

Steam  Railways  to  the  number  of  23  serve  New  York  directly.  Only  four  of 
these  enter  the  city  proper  —  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson- River,  the  New- York 
&  Harlem,  and  the  New- York,  New-Haven  &  Hartford,  which  come  into  the  Grand 
Central  Depot,  at  42d  Street ;  and  the  New- York  &  Northern,  which  has  a  depot  at 
155th  Street  and  Eighth  Avenue.  The  depot  of  the  Long-Island  Railroad  is  at  Long- 
Island  City  ;  and  on  the  New-Jersey  side  of  the  Hudson  River  are  the  depots  of  the 
Pennsylvania,  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio,  the  New-Jersey  Central,  the  Delaware,  Lacka- 
wanna &  Western,  the  Erie,  the  Lehigh- Valley,  the  New-Jersey  Southern,  the  Ontario 
&  Western,  the  West-Shore,  and  many  connecting  lines. 

Steamboats  run  from  New  York  to  Albany,  Troy  and  other  ports  on  the  Hud- 
son River ;  to  Boston,  Newport,  Providence,  Bridgeport,  New  Haven,  Fall  River 
and  other  New-England  ports ;  to  Long  Branch,  Sandy  Hook  and  elsewhere  on  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  53 

New- Jersey  coast ;  and  to  many  places  on  Long  Island.  There  are  over  thirty  such 
lines,  and  not  fewer  than  150  steamboats  thus  employed,  including  the  palatial  boats 
that  are  in  commission  on  the  Sound  routes  to  Boston,  on  the  Hudson  River,  and 
on  the  summer  routes  to  Sandy  Hook  and  Long  Branch.  For  speed,  safety,  beauty 
and  elegance  of  appointments  these  boats  surpass  anything  in  the  world. 

Coastwise  and  Ocean  Traffic  to  and  from  the  port  of  New  York  reaches 
enormous  proportions.  In  the  trans- Atlantic  fleet  there  are  over  120  steamships, 
belonging  to  fourteen  regular  lines  to  Europe,  and  lines  to  Brazil,  Central  America, 
the  West  Indies,  Mexico,  Venezuela,  Trinidad,  Newfoundland  and  other  foreign 
ports,  and  to  the  chief  Atlantic  domestic  ports.  In  the  European  fleet  the  great 
ocean  greyhounds  are  floating  palaces  that  represent  the  perfection  of  modern  marine 
architecture.  From  foreign  ports  the  yearly  arrivals  of  steamships  number  3,000, 
and  sailing  vessels  reach  about  the  same  number.  From  domestic  ports  there  are 
1,700  steamships  and  14,000  sailing-vessels.  The  total  tonnage  of  the  shipping  at 
this  port  is  5,000,000  yearly. 

Federal  Interests  of  paramount  importance  are  concentrated  in  New  York, 
which  is  second  only  to  Washington  in  this  particular.  The  Custom  House,  the 
Assay  Office  and  the  Sub-Treasury,  all  close  together  on  Wail  Street,  represent  the 
Federal  Government  financially.  Here  is  the  main  port  of  entry  for  foreign  trade 
for  the  whole  country.  The  business  transacted  through  the  Custom  House  in  1890 
amounted  to  :  dutiable  imports,  $349,217,107;  free  imports,  $193, 155,771  ;  specie, 
$20,369,499;  total,  $562,735,987  ;  on  which  duties  were  collected  to  the  amount  of 
$163,238,278.  Of  these  imports  $146, 143,028  were  of  dry  goods;  and  all  other 
merchandise  amounted  to  $396,223,460.  In  the  same  time  the  exports  were  : 
Domestic  goods,  $339,458,578;  foreign  goods,  $8,184,783;  specie,  $41,646,121  ; 
making  a  total  of  $389,289,482. 

At  the  Sub-Treasury  during  the  year  1 89 1  the  receipts  were  $1,227,000,000. 
Enormous  quantities  of  bullion  are  annually  passed  through  the  Assay  Office. 

The  Post  Office  is  the  centre  for  the  railway  mail  service  of  the  Eastern  and  the 
Middle  States,  and  the  distributing  point  for  foreign  mail  to  and  from  Europe. 
More  than  3,000  men  are  employed.  The  United-States  Courts  hold  their  sessions 
in  the  Post-Office  building. 

Immigration  pours  a  steady  tide  into   the  United  States  through  the  port  of 
New  York.      Immigrants  were  formerly  received  at  Castle  Garden,  but  they  are  now 
landed  at  Ellis  Island,  where  the  United-States  Government  takes  charge  of  them. 
In  no  year  since  1880  has  the  number  of  immigrants  fallen  below  300,000.      In  1890 
they  reached  358,510;  and  in  1891,  430,887. 

The  Military  Department  of  the  East  has  its  headquarters  here,  and  the 
Major-General  and  his  staff  reside  on  Governor's  Island.  Detachments  of  troops 
are  in  garrison  at  Fort  Hamilton  and  Fort  Wadsworth,  which  face  each  other  across 
the  Narrows  on  the  Long-Island  and  Staten-Island  shores  respectively  ;  at  Fort 
Schuyler,  upon  Throgg's  Neck,  where  the  East  River  and  Long-Island  Sound  meet  ; 
and  at  Willett's  Point,  on  the  Long-Island  shore,  opposite  Fort  Schuyler.  These 
fortifications  would,  perhaps,  be  of  small  avail  against  the  heaviest  modern  naval 
armaments,  but  the  Government  is  improving  the  defences  at  these  stations,  and  pro- 
jecting new  works  at  Sandy  Hook  and  Coney  Island,  so  that  the  city  and  harbor  shall 
have  adequate  protection  in  case  or  war. 

The  United-States  Navy-Yard  (virtually  a  part  of  New  York,  although 
across  the  East  River,  in  Brooklyn)  is  the  most  important  naval  station  in  the 
country;    and  employs   over    2,000    men    continually.       The    dry    dock    cost   over 


54 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


•i:: 


■  ■  1   IHi.  . :  *  r 


COURT    OF    GLNERAL  SESSIONS 


POLICE    CUUBT. 

NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    NORTHEAST    FROM    THE    "WORLD"    DOME. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


55 


»*»  l«        -2  j3 .13' 


STAATS   ZEITUNQ. 


CITY-HALL   BRANCH    ELEVATED   RAILROAD. 

NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    EAST-NORTHEAST    FROM    THE    "  WORLD  "    DOME. 


LLIAM  STREET. 


56  KJNG'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

$2,000,000,  and  is  unequalled  anywhere  in  the  world.  The  Government  property- 
covers  144  acres,  and  has  a  mile  of  water-front.  Besides  the  shops  and  officers' 
houses,  there  are  Marine  barracks  and  a  naval  hospital. 

The  Wealth  concentrated  in  the  hands  of  residents  of  New  York  is  almost 
inconceivable.  Many  vast  fortunes  have  been  made  here  ;  and  many  enormously 
wealthy  Americans  have  come  here  to  live  and  enjoy  the  fortunes  accumulated 
elsewhere.  A  recent  table  of  the  wealth  of  New- York's  millionaires  estimates  that 
at  least  two  New-Yorkers  are  worth  more  than  $100,000,000  each  ;  six  more  have 
above  $50,000,000  each;  more  than  thirty  are  classed  as  worth  between  $20,000,000 
and  $4.0,030,000  ;  and  325  other  citizens  are  rated  at  from  $2,000,000  to 
$12,000,000  each. 

The  Commerce  and  Finance  cannot  be  adequately  measured  in  words  or 
figures.  The  aggregate  transactions  every  day  reach  an  amount  so  stupendous  that 
the  figures  are  beyond  comprehension. 

The  Banks  include  50  National  banks,  with  a  capital  of  $50,000,000,  and 
resources  of  $509,869,109  ;  45  State  banks,  with  a  capital  of  $17,372,700,  and  re- 
sources of  $181,422,000;  25  savings-banks,  with  deposits  of  $324,221,000,  from 
787,506  depositors;  and  19  trust-companies,  with  capital  of  $19,650,000,  or  gross 
assets  of  $255,000,000. 

The  Clearing  House  does  a  business  amounting  to  from  $35,000,000,000  to 
$50,000,000,000  yearly,  and  its  daily  transactions  range  from  $125,000,000  to 
$250,000,000.  Since  it  commenced  in  1853  it  has  transacted  business  to  the  enor- 
mous amount  of  over  $1,000,000,000,000. 

The  Stock  Exchange  has  a  membership  of  1,100;  and  its  aggregate  transactions 
amount  to  many  millions  of  shares  a  year.  The  Produce  Exchange  has  3,000 
members;  and  the  Maritime  Exchange,  1,365.  There  are  2,362  members  in  the 
Consolidated  Exchange,  where  often  in  a  single  day  75,000  shares  of  stock  are 
dealt  in,  and  where  almost  incalculable  quantities  of  petroleum  are  sold  yearly. 
There  are  also  ninety-six  Trade-Associations.  In  and  about  Wall  Street  289  of  the 
leading  railroads  of  the  country  have  their  main  or  important  offices. 

The  Office  Buildings  comprise  many  notable  structures.  In  the  down-town 
business-districts  alone,  there  are  several  hundred  great  office-buildings  which  are 
hives  of  industry.  Many  of  them  have  a  business  population  every  day  more  than 
equal  to  the  population  of  a  large  country  village.  Such  buildings  as  the  Mills,  the 
Equitable,  the  Havemeyer,  the  Bennett,  the  Potter,  the  Pulitzer,  the  Times,  the 
Washington,  the  Columbia,  Temple  Court,  the  Western  Union,  the  Postal-Tele- 
graph-Cable, the  Mutual  Life,  the  Jersey  Central,  the  Lackawanna,  and  a  score  of 
others,  are  notable  for  their  grandeur  and  solidity  and  elegant  appointments. 

The  Manufactures  in  12,000  factories  give  employment  to  over  500,000 
people,  who  make  every  year  $600,000,000  worth  of  goods,  of  which  clothing,  books 
and  papers,  cigars  and  pianos,  constitute  the  largest  amounts. 

The  Publishers  of  the  United  States  are  well  represented  or  located  in  New- 
York  City,  where  more  books  are  yearly  published  than  in  all  the  rest  of  the  country 
combined.  There  are  thirty  leading  publishing  concerns,  and  others  of  lesser 
importance.      In  periodical  publications  there  is  even  more  activity. 

The  Papers  and  Periodicals  comprise  43  daily  newspapers.  Of  these,  one 
is  French,  five  German,  two  Italian,  two  Bohemian,  one  Spanish  and  one  Jewish. 
There  are  eight  semi-weekly  papers,  325  weekly,  nine  bi-weekly,  and  333  semi- 
monthly. Among  the  weeklies  are  papers  for  the  Germans,  the  Hungarians,  the 
Hebrews,  the  Irish,  the  Norwegians,  and  the  Hollanders.     The  monthly  publications 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  57 

lead  off  with  Harpers'  Magazine,  the  Century,  Scribner's,  the  Cosmopolitan,  the  North 
American  Revieiv  and  the  Fornm,  and  run  up  a  list  of  372.  There  are  14  bi-monthlies 
and  21  quarterlies.  All  the  varied  social,  religious,  literary,  political  and  business  in- 
terests are  served  by  these  periodicals.  The  most  important  groups  can  be  classed 
thus:  Religious,  53  ;  commercial,  15  ;  sporting,  8  ;  art,  5  ;  literary,  64  ;  mechanical, 
5;  socialist,  2;  German,  15;  secret  societies,  9;  legal,  3;  theatrical,  6;  scientific, 
7;  medical,  22;  educational,  12;   agricultural,  3;    Spanish,  4;  and  fashions,  7. 

The  Churches  own  and  occupy  more  than  400  church  buildings,  valued  with 
their  land  and  foundings  at  upwards  of  $50,000,000.  They  represent  every  phase 
of  religious  belief,  and  together  they  have  a  seating  capacity  of  nearly  300,000.  The 
Protestant  Episcopal  Church  leads,  with  88  buildings  ;  closely  followed  by  the 
Roman  Catholic,  with  75  ;  then  come  the  Presbyterian,  with  65  ;  the  Methodist- 
Episcopal,  63  ;  the  Baptist,  46  ;  the  Jewish,  44  ;  the  Reformed  Dutch,  27  ;  the 
Lutheran,  21  ;  the  Congregationalist,  7;  the  Reformed  Presbyterian,  5;  the  Afri- 
can Methodist  Episcopal,  6  ;  the  United  Presbyterian,  5  ;  the  Unitarian,  3  ;  the 
Universalist,  3  ;  and  all  others,  including  Swedenborgians,  Moravians,  Christian 
Israelites,  Friends,  Plymouth  Brethren  and  Missions,  45. 

Religious  Work  in  conjunction  with  the  churches  is  served  by  many  societies 
and  associations.  Most  prominent  among  these  is  the  American  Bible  Society, 
which,  since  it  started  in  1816,  has  published  over  56,000,000  copies  of  the  Bible  ; 
has  printed  the  Bible  in  more  than  eighty  different  languages  and  dialects ;  has 
had  receipts  of  nearly  $21,000,000  ;  and  owns  a  large  building,  valued  at  nearly 
$500,000.  The  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  is  housed  in  its  own  building, 
that  cost  $500,000,  and  it  occupies  a  broad  field  of  usefulness  in  promoting  the 
spiritual,  intellectual,  social  and  physical  welfare  of  the  community.  It  supports 
fourteen  branches,  of  which  the  most  important  are  the  Young  Men's  Institute,  in  the 
Bowery,  and  the  Railroad  Branch,  which  occupies  a  house  on  Madison  Avenue, 
built  and  presented  to  it  by  Cornelius  Vanderbilt.  In  local  missionary  work  the 
New-York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society  is  preeminent,  maintaining  churches, 
libraries,  missions,  gymnasiums,  and  Sunday-schools.  Each  of  the  leading  denomi- 
nations supports  one  or  more  missionary  societies,  publication-houses,  and  organiza- 
tions for  the  propagation  of  their  religious  tenets.  Three-score  missionary  societies 
cover  the  foreign  and  home  field. 

The  Charities  (according  to  a  published  directory  of  the  charitable  and  benev- 
olent societies)  number  more  than  700,  not  including  scores  of  small  associations, 
that  never  appeal  to  the  public.  More  than  200  are  prominent,  and  labor  unremit- 
tingly and  effectively  in  relieving  the  poor  and  suffering  of  every  class  and  national- 
ity. Many  of  these  associations  maintain  hospitals  and  homes.  Besides  all  the 
hospitals,  there  are  a  score  of  homes  for  the  poor,  sick  and  convalescent.  Thirty 
asylums  are  provided  for  orphans  and  destitute  children  ;  fifteen  asylums  for  the 
blind,  the  insane,  the  deaf  and  the  crippled  ;  twenty  homes  for  the  aged  ;  and 
numerous  temporary  refuges  for  the  poor  and  friendless.  Some  of  these  are  munic- 
ipal institutions  ;  and  others  receive  municipal  aid.  But,  aside  from  civic  appro- 
priations, charitable  contributions  from  private  sources  yearly  amount  to  many 
millions  of  dollars.  In  addition,  much  is  given  in  the  form  of  permanent  endow- 
ments and  new  buildings.  The  Children's  Aid  Society  alone  maintains  twenty-one 
industrial  and  twelve  night  schools  ;  keeps  open  six  lodging  houses  ;  has  every  year 
under  its  charge  37,000  boys  and  girls  ;  and  spends  nearly  $400,000.  Another 
notable  and  unique  charity  is  the  Fresh-Air  Fund,  through  which  poor  children  are 
sent  into  the  country  every  summer. 


ffJT. 


NEW-YORK    C ' ' 

LOOKitn  woru 


ICING'S  HA XD BOOR'  OF  NEW    YORK. 


59 


NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING   SOUTHEAST    FROM    THE    "  WORLD  -'    DOME. 


60  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

The  Charitable  and  Correctional  Institutions  of  the  city  are  located 
chiefly  on  the  islands  in  the  East  River.  Blackwell's  Island,  120  acres  in  extent, 
has  the  penitentiary,  almshouse,  workhouse,  charity  hospital,  hospital  for  incurables 
and  other  institutions.  Over  7,000  persons,  including  criminals,  charity  patients, 
officials  and  attendants  live  upon  the  island,  which  is  maintained  chiefly  by  convict 
labor.  A  recent  proposition  that  is  being  favorably  entertained  looks  to  the  removal 
of  these  institutions  to  a  location  on  the  main  land,  and  the  transformation  of  the 
island  into  a  beautiful  public  park.  On  Randall's  Island  are  the  Idiot  Asylum, 
the  House  of  Refuge,  Nursery,  Children's  Hospital,  and  Infants'  Hospital  and 
schools.  The  usual  population  of  the  island  is  between  2,500  and  3,000.  On 
Ward's  Island  are  the  Insane  Asylum  for  Males,  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  the 
State  Emigrant  Hospital,  and  other  noble  institutions.  On  Hart's  Island  is  another 
lunatic  asylum  and  a  convalescent  hospital  ;  and  on  North  Brother  Island  is  the 
Riverside  hospital  for  contagious  diseases.  At  Islip,  Long  Island,  is  an  insane 
asylum.  The  city  maintains  the  Bellevue,  Emergency,  Gouverneur,  Harlem, 
Reception  and  Fordham  hospitals  in  the  city  proper.  Municipal  aid  to  the  amount 
of  nearly  $1,250,000  is  given  for  the  support  of  29  private  or  State  asylums,  reform- 
atories and  charitable  institutions,  and  altogether  the  city  pays  out  for  these  purposes 
more  than  $3,300,000  annually. 

The  Hospitals  of  New  York  are  not  surpassed  elsewhere  in  the  world  for 
extent,  completeness  of  appointment,  and  general  excellence  of  management.  The 
most  skilful  medical  service  is  at  the  command  of  the  suffering  ;  and  the  reputation 
of  the  physicians  for  skill  has  travelled  even  to  Europe,  so  that  in  recent  years  Euro- 
pean physicians  have  sent  patients  across  the  water  to  New- York  hospitals  for  treat- 
ment in  special  cases.  Particularly  is  this  true  of  surgery,  in  which  New- York 
practitioners  are  without  superiors.  The  leading  hospitals  are  Bellevue,  established 
in  1826,  and  maintained  by  the  city  ;  New  York,  chartered  by  King  George  III.  of 
England  in  1771,  and  opened  to  the  public  in  1 791  ;  Roosevelt,  opened  ini87i,  and 
supported  by  the  endowment  of  James  H.  Roosevelt  ;  St.  Luke's  (Protestant  Epis- 
copal), incorporated  in  1850 ;  St.  Vincent's  (Roman  Catholic),  1857  ;  Lebanon 
(Hebrew),  1889;  Mount  Sinai,  opened  in  1872  ;  New- York  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary, 
1822;  New-York  Ophthalmic,  1855  ;  Presbyterian,  1852  ;  and  the  Sloane  Maternity 
and  Vanderbilt  Clinic,  endowed  by  the  Vanderbilt  family  to  the  amount  of  $1,000,- 
000.  Other  hospitals  devoted  to  special  diseases  bring  the  number  of  these  institu- 
tions up  to  nearly  seventy.  There  are  dispensaries  and  infirmaries  for  the  free  treat- 
ment of  the  sick  in  all  parts  of  the  city,  to  the  number  of  over  fifty. 

The  Educational  Work  of  New  York  is  preeminent,  and  her  teaching  facili- 
ties yearly  attract  thousands  of  students  from  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  public- 
school  system,  broad  in  scope  and  thorough  in  instruction,  is  in  charge  of  a  Board 
of  Education  composed  of  21  commissioners.  The  number  of  school  buildings  is 
135,  and  in  these  240,000  children  are  taught  by  4,200  teachers.  There  are  108 
grammar  schools,  118  primary  schools  and  departments,  29  evening  schools,  two 
colleges,  one  training  school,  one  nautical  school,  and  48  corporate  schools  in 
reformatories  and  asylums.  The  College  of  the  City  of  New  York  has  a  yearly 
attendance  of  900  young  men  ;  and  the  Normal  College  of  1,600  young  women. 
These  two  institutions  complete  the  system  of  public  schools. 

Advancing  beyond  the  public  schools  we  find  educational  institutions  of  higher 
grade,  that  in  number  and  in  character  combine  to  make  New  York  one  of  the 
great  university-towns  of  the  world.  In  the  front  rank  stands  Columbia  College, 
one  of  the  five  oldest  and  greatest  colleges  of  the  country.    With  its  five  depart- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK  6l 

ments,  Arts,  Mines,  Law,  Political  Science,  and  Medicine,  and  its  Barnard  College 
for  Women,  it  is  in  effect,  as  well  as  in  name,  a  university.  Scarcely  second  to 
Columbia  is  the  University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  which  has  three  well-equipped 
departments.  Both  these  institutions  have  had  brilliant  careers,  and  the  names  of 
scores  of  men  like  Barnard,  Drisler,  Chandler,  Quackenbos,  Dwight,  Morse, 
Mott,  Butler  and  others,  great  in  various  branches  of  professional  attainment,  are 
identified  with  them.  There  are  3,000  students  yearly  instructed  in  these  two 
universities. 

The  Union  Theological  Seminary  (Presbyterian),  and  the  Episcopal  General 
Theological  Seminary  are  the  next  most  prominent  higher  educational  institutions. 
Combined  they  have  a  yearly  register  of  over  2,000  students.  To  these  must  be 
added  the  medical  schools,  Bellevue,  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  University,  Homoeo- 
pathic, and  a  dozen  like  institutions,  in  special  fields.  There  are  several  prosperous 
Catholic  colleges,  like  Manhattan,  St.  John's,  and  St.  Francis  Xavier. 

The  prominent  law-schools  are  those  connected  with  Columbia  College  and  the 
University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  both  unsurpassed  in  facilities  and  thoroughness 
of  training  ;   and  drawing  students  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Private  schools  of  all  grades  are  numerous.  The  Cooper  Union  Schools  for  free 
instruction  in  the  sciences,  mathematics,  art,  engraving,  telegraphy,  and  other 
branches,  is  one  of  the  grandest  philanthropic  institutions  in  existence.  Over  4,000 
students  are  taught  yearly,  most  of  whom  are  young  tradesmen  or  mechanics  who 
attend  the  evening  classes.  The  Trade  School  is  another  institution  on  a  large  scale 
for  practical  instruction  in  common  employments. 

The  Libraries,  special  and  general,  are  numerous  and  large.  The  Aguilar  Free 
Library  and  the  Free  Circulating  Library  have  several  branches  each  ;  and  the 
Apprentices'  Library  contains  nearly  90,000  volumes.  The  millions  left  by  the  will 
of  Samuel  J.  Tilden  provided  a  great  free  library  ;  and  even  now  that  the  will  has 
been  set  aside,  the  generosity  of  one  of  the  heirs  will  in  the  near  future  make  up  a 
part  of  the  loss.  The  Mercantile  Library  is  the  largest  circulating  library  in  the 
city.  It  contains  240,000  volumes.  The  Astor  Library,  richly  endowed  by  the 
Astor  family,  with  a  quarter  of  a  million  volumes,  mostly  valuable  for  reference 
rather  than  for  popular  reading,  is  much  frequented  by  students  and  investigators. 

The  useful  Columbia-College  Library  has  over  100,000  volumes.  At  the  Cooper 
Union  there  are  30,000  volumes  of  a  miscellaneous  character,  and  several  hundred 
newspapers  and  magazines  are  regularly  received.  The  library  of  the  New-York 
Historical  Society  is  valuable  in  Americana.  The  Lenox  Library  contains  more 
rare  editions  of  Bibles,  Shakespeariana  and  Americana,  and  ancient  manuscripts  than 
other  institutions  in  this  country.  It  has  only  a  few  more  than  30,000  volumes,  but 
most  of  these  are  priceless  in  value.  The  libraries  at  the  City  Hall ;  the  Bar 
Association,  35,000  volumes;  the  American  Institute,  15,000;  the  New-York 
Society,  90,000;  the  Bible  Society,  4,000  rare  volumes;  the  Law  Institute,  35,000; 
and  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  40,000,  are  useful  institutions.  There 
are  more  than  a  score  others  of  lesser  importance,  generally  serving  the  needs  of 
some  special  class.  The  libraries  attached  to  the  Art  Museum  and  the  colleges  and 
seminaries,  as  Union  Theological  Seminary  (59,000),  St.  Francis  Xavier  (25,000), 
and  Manhattan  College  (17,000),  are  also*  note-worthy. 

In  Art  and  Architecture,  New  York  leads  the  country.  It  is  the  Mecca 
towards  which  artists  from  all  other  sections  turn.  The  studios  of  America's  greatest 
painters,  sculptors  and  designers  are  here,  and  the  native  school  of  art  has  always 
displayed  its  fullest  and  most  admirable  powers  in  this  city.      To-day  the  names  of 


62 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


SHOT   TOWCR. 


SPRUCE    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 


NEW-YORK    CITY. 

LOOKING    SOUTH    FROM    THE    "  WORLD  »    DOME. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


6j 


'ILLIAM   STREET. 


PROOUCE    EXCHANGE  TOWER. 


NEW-YORK  CITY. 

LOOKING    SOUTH-SOUTHWEST    FROM    THE    "WORLD"    DOME. 


64  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 

such  painters  as  Huntington,  Inness,  Chase,  Millet,  Weir,  Porter,  Parton,  Beck- 
with,  J.  G.  Brown,  Blum,  Crane,  Gay,  Moran  and  Shirlaw,  and  of  such  sculptors 
as  St.  Gaudens,  Elwell,  Ward,  Warner,  Hartley,  and  scores  of  others  not  less 
accomplished,  sufficiently  uphold  the  claim  of  New  York  to  preeminent  distinction 
in  this  respect.  The  general  art  taste  of  the  community  is  revealed  on  every  side, 
especially  in  the  local  architecture,  which  has  attained  to  a  remarkable  degree  of 
excellence  during  the  last  few  years.  The  Vanderbilt  houses,  the  Stewart  mansion, 
the  Union-League-Club  buildings,  the  Madison- Square  Garden,  the  Metropolitan 
Opera  House,  the  Casino,  the  Carnegie  Music  Hall,  St.  Patrick's  Cathedral,  the 
City  Hall,  the  Tribune  Building,  the  Times  Building,  the  World  Building,  the 
Academy  of  Design,  Grace  Church,  the  Produce  Exchange,  the  Mutual- Life  and 
the  Equitable-Insurance  buildings,  the  Imperial,  Astor,  Savoy,  Holland  and  New 
Netherland  hotels,  the  Tiffany  house,  the  new  Court  House,  Trinity  Church  ;  the 
record  might  be  continued  for  pages  without  exhausting  the  list  of  buildings  that 
give  architectural  distinction  to  the  city.  The  Huntington  mansion,  the  Metro- 
politan Club  House,  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine,  the  Havemeyer  Office 
Building,  the  American  Fine-Arts  Building,  and  a  score  of  other  residence  and 
business  structures  are  either  projected  or  in  process  of  erection.  Every  conceivable 
style  and  variation  of  style  is  represented  by  admirable  examples,  Colonial  in  the 
houses  of  old  Greenwich  and  Chelsea  villages,  Gothic  in  Trinity  and  other  churches, 
Doric  in  the  Sub-Treasury  building,  Corinthian  in  the  Court  House,  Ionic  in  the 
Custom  House,  Egyptian  in  the  Tombs,  Italian  Renaissance  in  the  City  Hall  and 
the  Produce  Exchange,  Florentine  in  the  Lenox  Library  and  the  W.  K.  Vanderbilt 
house,  Moorish  in  the  Tiffany  house,  the  Temple  Emanu-El  and  the  Casino,  Vene- 
tian in  the  Academy  of  Design,  Byzantine  in  the  German  Catholic  Church  of  the 
Most  Holy  Redeemer  and  St.  George's  Church,  and  contemporaneous  "Queen 
Anne"  in  the  Union-League  Club  House,  and  many  private  residences  around  about 
Central  Park.  Nor  in  this  connection  can  the  public  statues  and  memorials  be 
ignored.  Among  them  are  many  admirable  examples  of  art,  such  as  the  Farragut 
statue,  by  Augustus  St.  Gaudens  ;  the  equestrian  Washington,  by  H.  K.  Browne  ; 
the  Indian  Hunter,  the  Horace  Greeley,  and  the  Washington,  by  J.  Q.  A.  Ward  ; 
the  Union-Square  Drinking-Fountain,  by  Olin  Warner;  the  Diana  on  the  Madison- 
Square-Garden  tower,  by  Augustus  St.  Gaudens ;  the  Still  Hunt,  by  Edward  Kemys  ; 
the  Egyptian  Obelisk,  in  Central  Park  ;  the  Tigress  and  Young,  by  Augustus  Caine  ; 
the  Washington  Memorial  Arch,  by  Stanford  White  ;  the  Grant  Mausoleum  ;  and 
the  magnificent  colossal  Statue  of  Liberty  on  Bedloe's  Island,  by  Bartholdi. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  easily  stands  at  the  head  of  institutions  of  its 
character  in  this  country.  It  now  has  treasures  valued  at  over  $6,000,000,  housed 
in  a  building  that  has  already  cost  nearly  $1,000,000,  and  is  not  yet  completed.  In 
these  galleries  are  many  famous  pictures  presented  to  the  Museum  from  the  Stewart 
and  other  private  collections,  the  Wolfe  collection  of  pictures  by  modern  masters 
(valued  at  half  a  million),  the  Marquand  old  masters,  the  Di  Cesnola  collection  of 
Cypriote  antiquities,  the  E.  C.  Moore  collection  of  ceramics,  the  Brayton-Ives  Jap- 
anese swords,  the  Marquand,  Charvet  and  Jarves  glass,  the  Stuart  and  Astor  laces, 
the  Drexel  and  Brown  musical  instruments,  the  Baker  Egyptian  mummy  and 
other  cloth,  the  Ward  Assyrian  antiquities,  a  remarkably  large  collection  of  casts 
from  the  antique,  and  other  valuable  and  interesting  possessions.  The  New-York 
Historical  Society  has  a  valuable  collection  of  portraits  of  distinguished  Americans, 
the  Durr  collection  of  old  Dutch  paintings,  the  Abbott  collection  of  Egyptian 
antiquities,  the  Lenox  Nineveh  marbles,  and  other  art-treasures  second  only  in  extent 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  65 

and  value  to  the  possessions  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum.  In  the  Lenox  Library- 
there  is  a  precious  collection  of  pictures,  including  works  of  most  of  the  great 
masters  of  modern  times.  Recent  bequests  bring  this  institution  into  close  rivalry 
with  the  Metropolitan  Museum  and  the  Historical  Society. 

The  private  galleries  in  New  York  are  not  equalled  by  those  in  any  other  Amer- 
ican city.  The  finest  collections  belong  to  the  Vanderbilts,  the  Astors,  the 
Belmonts,  the  Havemeyers,  the  Rockefellers,  H.  G.  Marquand,  J.  A.  Bostwick, 
Thomas  B.  Clarke,  C.  P.  Huntington,  Henry  Hilton,  D.  O.  Mills,  Jay  Gould,  Morris 
K.  Jesup,  J.  W.  Drexel,  Robert  Hoe,  and  many  other  eminent  collectors,  who 
constitute  a  band  of  picture  lovers  and  buyers  such  as  no  other  American  community 
can  boast  of.  The  portraits  in  the  Governor's  room  at  the  City  Hall,  and  in  the 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the  Academy  of  Design's  collection  of  works  by  its 
members  are  interesting.  All  the  leading  clubs  possess  good  paintings,  and  they  make 
exhibitions  of  these  and  loaned  pictures  from  time  to  time.  Nearly  all  the  fashiona- 
ble hotels  show  fine  collections  of  paintings  in  their  saloons,  offices  and  public  rooms. 
Not  much  attention  has  yet  been  given  to  art  in  New-York  church  interiors.  In  St. 
Thomas's,  the  Church  of  St.  Mary  the  Virgin,  the  Church  of  the  Transfiguration, 
the  Church  of  the  Heavenly  Rest,  Grace  Church,  St.  Patrick's  Cathedral  and 
Trinity  Church,  there  are  mural  paintings,  mosaic  and  sculptured  reredoses,  statu- 
ary and  painted  windows.  A  score  of  art-stores  show  the  best  productions  of 
American  and  European  painters,  and  during  the  season  there  are  numerous  exhibi- 
tions. The  National  Academy  of  Design  has  autumn  and  spring  exhibitions  ;  the 
Society  of  American  Artists,  the  Salmagundi  Club,  the  Etching  Club,  the  American 
Water-Color  Society,  and  other  art  organizations  hold  annual  exhibitions. 

The  Parks  of  New  York  are  commensurate  with  its  great  development.  Bowling 
Green  was  the  first  public  park  ;  and  the  fashionable  folk  dwelt  about  it  in  the  old 
Dutch  and  Colonial  times.  In  the  main  part  of  the  city  the  principal  reservation 
for  the  people  is  Central  Park,  one  of  the  handsomest  public  breathing-places  in  the 
world.  It  contains  840  acres,  which  have  been  beautified  at  an  expense  of  over 
$15,000,000,  with  landscape-garden  features,  statuary,  play-grounds  and  prome- 
nades. Part  of  the  park  is  still  left  in  a  state  of  nature.  Morningside  Park  (of  32 
acres)  and  Riverside  Park  (of  178  acres),  the  latter  overlooking  the  Hudson  River 
for  nearly  three  miles,  are  two  of  the  most  beautiful  public  places  in  the  city.  Many 
smaller  squares  and  parks  are  generally  made  attractive  with  shrubbery  and  flowers. 
North  of  the  Harlem  River  are  six  parks  :  The  Van  Cortlandt,  of  1,070  acres  ;  the 
Bronx,  of  653  acres  ;  the  Crotona,  of  135  acres;  St.  Mary's,  of  25  acres;  Clare- 
mont,  of  38  acres;  and  Pelham-Bay,  of  1,740  acres.  At  present  these  properties, 
which  cost  the  city  $10,000,000,  are  unimproved.  They  are  distant  from  the 
populated  part  of  the  city,  but  are  already  much  frequented  by  those  who  wish  a 
rustic  outing  in  the  wild  woods  and  pastures.  In  time  these  parks,  which  are  con- 
nected by  parkways,  will  form  a  system  that  in  extent,  in  natural  beauty  and  in 
adornment  will  have  no  rivals.  A  new  park  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Harlem  River 
at  Washington  Heights  is  also  projected. 

Amusements  numerous  and  varied  enough  to  suit  all  tastes  and  all  purses  range 
in  character  from  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House  to  the  low  concert-saloons  of  the 
Bowery  and  Eighth  Avenue.  The  legitimate  theatres  are  thirty-six  in  number,  and 
at  least  five  others  are  projected  or  building.  Several  of  these  remain  open  the  year 
round,  comic  opera  holding  the  stage  throughout  the  summer  months.  All  of  them 
have  a  season  of  at  least  forty  weeks.  The  Metropolitan  Opera-House  is  the  home 
of  German  and  Italian  grand  opei-a,  and  during  the  last  ten  years  the  productions 


66  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

there  have  been  on  a  scale  of  magnificence  and  musical  excellence  rivalling  the 
most  famous  European  opera-houses.  The  receipts  for  the  opera  season  have 
amounted  to  about  $200,000  annually,  in  recent  years,  leaving  a  deficiency  of  $100,- 
000  to  be  made  good  by  assessments  upon  the  stockholders,  who  are  the  leaders  in 
wealth  and  society.  The  Madison-Square  Garden,  a  large  and  architecturally  beau- 
tiful structure,  has  an  amphitheatre  where  horse-shows  and  dog-shows  patronized 
by  fashion  are  held,  and  where  the  circus  annually  exhibits.  In  addition,  it  has  a 
theatre,  a  restaurant,  a  roof-garden,  a  concert-room,  and  a  ball-room.  The  old 
Academy  of  Music,  once  devoted  to  grand  opera,  but  now  given  over  to  the  spectacular 
drama  ;  the  luxurious  Fifth-Avenue  ;  Palmer's  arid  the  Star,  both  rich  with  memo- 
ries of  Lester  Wallack  ;  the  handsome  Casino,  where  comic  opera  reigns  the  year 
round  ;  Amberg's  and  the  Thalia,  where  performances  in  German  only  are  given  ; 
Daly's,  and  the  Lyceum,  with  their  admirable  stock  companies ;  the  handsome 
Garden  Theatre ;  the  Madison-Square  Theatre,  with  its  permanent  farce  comedy  ; 
these  are  the  most  important.  In  all  the  legitimate  theatres  combined  there  is  a 
seating  capacity  of  nearly  60,000.  The  dime-museums  and  other  low-priced  places 
will  accommodate  at  least  10,000  more.  Even  with  this  total  the  supply  does  not 
exceed  the  demand.  It  is  estimated  that  every  year  there  is  spent  in  New  York  for 
amusements  of  this  character  at  least  $6,000,000. 

In  Chickering  Hall,  Music  Hall,  the  Lenox  Lyceum,  the  Berkeley  Lyceum, 
Hardman  Hall  and  the  concert-room  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera-House  most  of  the 
high-class  musical  entertainments  are  given.  Notable  concerts  of  the  year  are  those 
by  the  Philharmonic  Society,  the  Symphony  Society,  the  Oratorio  Society,  the 
Boston  Symphony  Orchestra,  the  Liederkranz  and  the  Arion  Society. 

Clubs  and  Clubmen  are  legion  throughout  New- York  City.  Every  conceiva- 
ble social,  political,  religious,  professional  and  business  interest  is  concentrated  in 
this  manner.  A  list  of  the  leading  clubs  in  the  city  would  include  the  names  of  over 
fifty,  such  as  the  Union  League,  Manhattan,  Union,  Metropolitan,  Lotus,  Century,  New- 
York,  St.  -Nicholas,  Colonial,  Aldine,  Authors',  University,  German,  Knickerbocker, 
New- York  Athletic,  New- York  Racquet,  Players'  and  Manhattan  Athletic.  All 
these  have  comfortable  homes,  and  the  houses  of  many  are  palatial.  The  purely 
sporting  clubs  and  associations,  such  as  the  American  Jockey  Club,  the  American 
Kennel  Club,  the  Coney-Island  Jockey  Club,  the  yacht  clubs,  the  bicycle  clubs,  and 
so  on  down  to  those  of  minor  importance  will  number  a  hundred  or  more,  and  there 
are  at  least  150  clubs  of  a  miscellaneous  character.  There  are  fully  300  clubs  of 
good  standing  in  New  York,  with  a  membership  of  upward  of  100,000.  Few  men 
of  New  York  do  not  belong  to  at  least  one  club,  and  most  of  them  have  membership 
in  several.      The  desirable  clubs  are  usually  full  to  their  extreme  limit. 

The  Hotels,  comprising  about  a  thousand  of  all  kinds,  include  a  full  hundred 
excellent  hotels,  a  large  proportion  of  them  strictly  first-class,  with  a  world-wide 
reputation.  The  Fifth- Avenue,  Windsor,  Gilsey,  Hoffman,  Imperial,  Brunswick, 
Brevoort,  Plaza,  Murray-Hill,  Buckingham  and  Astor  House  are  notable.  Recent 
important  additions  to  the  list  either  just  completed  or  building  are  the  Holland 
House,  the  Waldorf,  the  Savoy  and  the  New  Netherland. 


The    Harbor    and    Rivers  -  Piers   and    Shipping  —  fortifications 

and    Quarantine  —  Exports    and    Imports  —  Oceanic    and 

Coastwise    Lines  —  The    Ocean    Greyhounds. 


THE  harbor  of  New  York  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting  in  the  world,  for  it 
has  been  the  portal  of  a  new  world  and  a  new  life  for  millions  of  men  and 
women.  It  is  as  beautiful,  furthermore,  as  it  is  interesting,  from  the  hill-girt  gate- 
way of  the  Narrows  up  into  the  broader  spaces  between  Bayonne  and  Gowanus, 
with  the  high  blue  Orange  Mountains  crowning  the  view  to  the  northwest,  the 
rampart-like  Palisades  frowning  down  the  Hudson,  and  verdant  islands  here  and 
there  breaking  the  vivid  blue  of  the  bay.  On  all  sides  the  assembled  cities  encircle 
the  waters  with  their  masses  of  buildings,  the  forests  of  masts  by  the  waterside,  the 
immense  warehouses  and  factories  along  the  pier-heads,  and  the  spires,  domes  and 
towers  of  the  beautiful  residence-quarters  beyond.  At  night,  the  harbor  is  girded 
about  by  myriads  of  yellow  and  colored  lights  and  white  electric  stars,  and  dotted 
with  the  lanterns  of  vessels  in  motion  or  at  anchor. 

The  Lower  Bay  and  its  tributary  Raritan  Bay  and  Sandy-Hook  Bay  are 
formed  by  a  triangular  indentation  of  the  coast,  between  Monmouth  County,  N.  J., 
Staten  Island  and  Long  Island,  partly  protected  from  the  sea  by  Sandy  Hook  and 
Coney  Island,  and  the  long  bar  and  shoals  extending  between  them.  The  channel 
is  devious  and  at  times  difficult,  and  numerous  buoys,  beacons  and  light-houses  mark 
out  the  path  of  the  inbound  ships.  At  the  head  of  the  Lower  Bay  the  maritime 
route  leads  through  the  Narrows,  a  magnificent  water-gate  a  mile  wide,  hemmed  in 
between  the  bold  hills  of  Staten  Island  and  Long  Island,  and  bordered  by  heavy 
batteries.  Beyond  this  remarkable  portal  opens  the  Upper  Bay,  or  New- York  Har- 
bor, an  admirable  land-locked  haven  eight  miles  long  and  five  miles  wide,  the  grand 
focal  point  of  North-American  Atlantic  commerce. 

The  Water-Front  of  Manhattan  Island  available  for  vessels  is  about  25  miles 
l°ng>  J3  miles  being  on  the  North  River,  9  on  the  East  River,  and  the  rest  on  the 
Harlem  River.  There  are  seventy-three  piers  on  the  East  River,  below  East  nth 
Street  ;  and  seventy  on  the  North  River,  below  12th  Street. 

On  one  side  of  the  harbor  is  the  mouth  of  the  magnificent  Hudson  River,  flow- 
ing down  for  300  miles,  from  the  Adirondack  Mountains,  navigable  for  148  miles  to 
Albany  and  Troy,  and  the  outlet  of  the  Erie  Canal,  bringing  down  immense  sup- 
plies of  grain  from  the  West.  On  the  other  side  is  the  entrance  to  Long-Island 
Sound,  "The  Mediterranean  of  the  West,"  giving  an  admirable  marine  route  to  the 
ports  of  New  England  and  the  remote  East.  The  strategic  position  of  the  city,  for 
purposes  of  commerce,  is  one  of  unapproachable  strength  and  excellence,  and  has 
been  skillfully  availed  of  by  the  merchants  and  public  men  of  this  active  community  ; 


68  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

and  the  commerce  of  the  East  and  the  West  converges  here  in  immense  volume,  on 
the  waters  of  one  of  the  finest  American  harbors. 

The  East  River  is  a  deep  and  swift  tidal  strait  twenty  miles  long,  joining 
New- York  harbor,  at  the  Battery,  with  Long-Island  Sound,  at  Willett's  Point. 
Most  of  the  western  shore  is  formed  by  New-York  City  ;  and  the  eastern  shore 
includes  Brooklyn,  and  other  communes  of  Long  Island.  It  is  the  avenue  of  a  vast 
commerce,  and  with  its  many  ferry-boats  and  immense  white  steamboats  flying  to 
and  fro  presents  a  pleasantly  animated  scene.  The  narrow  channel  of  Hell  Gate, 
near  Astoria,  was  for  two  and  a  half  centuries  a  terror  to  mariners,  with  its  swift 
eddies  and  currents,  setting  over  a  reef  of  sharp  rocks.  Between  1870  and  1885  these 
ledges  were  undermined  and  blown  up  with  nitro-glycerine,  by  Gen.  Newton  and  a 
corps  of  engineers,  at  a  cost  of  many  millions  of  dollars  ;  and  since  that  time  navi- 
gation here  has  been  much  less  perilous. 

Harlem  River  is  an  arm  of  East  River,  seven  miles  long,  partly  navigable  for 
small  vessels,  and  connecting  near  its  head  with  the  much-winding  Spuyten-Duyvil 
Creek,  a  shallow  tributary  of  the  Hudson  River.  These  two  streams  separate  Man- 
hattan Island  from  the  mainland,  and  form  the  proposed  route  of  the  ship-canal 
between  them. 

The  North  River,  on  the  western  shore  of  the  great  city,  preserves  a  name 
applied  for  nearly  three  centuries  to  that  stretch  of  the  Hudson  River  extending  in 
front  of  Manhattan.  The  old  Dutch  colonists  named  the  Delaware  the  South  River, 
and  the  Hudson  they  called  the  North  River.  It  is  a  noble  straight-channeled 
reach  of  deep  water,  a  mile  wide  and  a  score  of  miles  long,  and  gave  ample  soundings 
for  the  Great  Eastern,  as  it  does  now  for  the  Majestic  and  the  City  of  New  York. 

The  lower  water-side  streets  are  occupied  generally  by  small  irregular  buildings, 
sail-lofts,  the  haunts  of  riggers  and  outfitters,  ship-owners  and  ship-chandlers,  mys- 
terious junk  shops,  and  a  vast  variety  of  drinking-places,  sailors'  boarding-houses, 
and  shops  for  small-wares.  Street-railways  run  along  the  pier-heads  ;  and  a  contin- 
uous crowded  and  noisy  procession  of  drays  and  carts  pours  up  and  down  the  streets, 
or  entangles  itself  in  hopeless  blocks,  overflowed  by  tides  of  objurgations  and  hearty 
profanatory  expletives. 

The  Piers  and  Wharves  are  for  the  most  part  exceedingly  irregular  and 
rather  unsightly,  being  of  various  lengths,  and  constructed  of  wood,  upon  myriads  of 
piles,"  around  and  between  which  the  free  tides  swirl  and  eddy.  Though  devoid  of 
the  architectural  symmetry  and  structural  massiveness  of  European  quays,  the  water- 
front of  New  York  is  well-fitted  for  its  uses,  and  has  also  a  singular  picturesqueness 
and  diversity  of  outline  and  character.  Some  years  ago  a  well-considered  plan  was 
devised  and  begun,  to  replace  the  crazy-looking  wharves  w'ith  a  systematic  and 
imposing  line  of  stone  piers  and  docks  ;  but  this  transformation  is  a  very  costly 
process,  and  has  made  but  little  advance.  In  1892  the  Legislature  passed  a  bill 
providing  "  for  the  recreation  and  health  of  the  people  of  New  York  by  setting  aside 
certain  piers  along  the  river-front."  The  plan  involves  the  construction  of  very 
large  two-story  pavilions  on  the  pier-ends,  the  lower  stories  being  devoted  to  com- 
mercial purposes,  and  the  high-arched  upper  floors  forming  fresh-air  gardens,  with 
music  and  flowers  and  sea-views,  for  the  pleasure  of  the  people.  The  piers  at  Bar- 
clay and  Perry  Streets,  on  the  North  River,  are  being  fitted  up  for  this  fortunate 
service  ;  and  there  are  to  be  four  similar  roof-gardens  on  the  East-River  front. 

In  going  up  the  North-River  side,  from  the  Battery,  there  is  a  continual  succes- 
sion of  varied  and  busy  scenes,  the  headquarters  of  the  Coney-Island  steamboats;  the 
huge  piers  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  ;  the  trim  vessels  of  the  New-Orleans,  Bos- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


69 


ton,  and  Cuba  steamships  ;  the  huge  white  floating  palaces  of  the  Sound  lines  to 
Fall  River  and  Providence  and  Norwich  ;  the  docks  of  the  Hudson-River  lines ;  the 
Texas  and  Old-Dominion  boats  ;  and  the  resting-places  of  the  unrivaled  ocean-grey- 
hounds of  the  Guion,  Inman,  White  Star,  Cunard  and  French  lines.  Along  the 
East  River  a  long  space  is  given  up  to  the  large  sailing-ships,  bringing  in  cargoes 
from  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  with  their  lofty  masts  and  long  yards  interwoven 
against  the  sky.  Then  come  the  grain-laden  canal-boats  from  the  West,  hundreds 
of  fruiters  from  the  West  Indies,  and  a  line  of  ferries,  above  which  appear  several 
dry-docks,  followed  by  iron-foundries,  lumber-yards,  and  old  steamers  laid  up  in 
ordinary.  Almost  every  variety  of  vessel  is  found  in  these  waters,  the  brilliant 
excursion-steamboats,  melodious  with  band-music,  and  waving  with  flags  and 
streamers ;  ark-like 
canal -boats  from 
the  Great  Lakes, 
distended  with 
wheat  and  corn ; 
the  swift  Norfolk 
schooners,  redolent 
of  fine  tobacco  and 
of  early  vegetables; 
oyster-boats  from 
the  Connecticut 
coast,  small  and 
pert  in  outlines  and 
motion  ;  huge  full- 
rigged  ships  from 
Calcutta,  laden 
with  indigo ;  sooty 
steam-barges  from 
the  Pennsylvania 
coal-regions;  Nova- 
Scotia  brigs,  laden 
with  fine  apples  and 
potatoes;  heavy  old 
whalers,  making 
port  after  long 
Arctic    voyages  ; 

schooners  from  the  West  Indies  and  Honduras,  crammed  with  tropical  fruits ; 
fishermen  from  the  Grand  Banks,  heroes  of  the  saltest  northern  seas  ;  Medi- 
terranean merchantmen,  with  rich  cargoes  from  the  Levant ;  and  hundreds  of 
other  types,  each  full  of  interest  and  attraction.  The  loom  of  the  great  environ- 
ing cities,  the  breadth  and  life  of  the  confluent  waters,  the  intense  and  joyous 
activity  of  motion,  combine  to  give  this  cosmopolitan  picture  an  unusual  breadth 
and  life. 

Space  fails  to  tell  of  the  Barge  Office  at  the  Battery,  and  its  customs  inspectors 
and  sailors'  dispensary  ;  of  the  natty  flotilla  of  the  Battery  boatmen  ;  of  Ellis  Island 
and  its  great  buildings  for  the  reception  of  immigrants ;  of  the  United- States  Navy 
Yard,  at  Brooklyn,  the  chief  naval  station  of  the  Republic  ;  of  the  wonderful  docks 
on  the  Brooklyn  side,  the  home  of  a  universal  commerce  ;  and  of  scores  of  other 
interesting  scenes  which  surround  the  gateway  of  the  New  World. 


UNITED-STATES    BARGE    OFFICE,    BATTERY    PLACE. 


70  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

The  Military   Defences  of  New- York  City  are  formidable,  as  far  as  the  old 

style  of  warfare  goes.  It  remains  to  be  seen  how  efficient  they  may  be  when  confront- 
ing the  untried  and  uncertain  naval  monsters  of  the  new  era;  and  acting  under  the 
support  of  chains  of  torpedoes,  dynamite  guns,  and  the  battle-ships  of  the  new 
American  navy.  New  mortar-batteries  of  great  power  are  about  to  be  constructed 
on  Sandy  Hook  and  near  Long  Island,  to  command  the  remote  Lower  Bay ;  and 
Fort  Lafayette  and  other  points  will  be  occupied  by  immense  steel  turrets. 

Fort  Wadsworth,  the  most  powerful  of  the  military  defences  of  New  York,  is  a 
three-tiered  casemate  work  of  granite,  on  the  Staten-Island  shore  of  the  Narrows. 
On  the  heights  above  stands  the  heavily-armed  Fort  Tompkins;  and  along  the  chan- 
nel-side extends  a  line  of  water-batteries.  From  this  place  a  triple  fire,  water-line 
and  casemate  and  plunging,- -could  be  converged  upon  a  hostile  vessel  in  the  narrow 
channel. 

On  the  Long-Island  shore,  at  the  Narrows,  opposite  Fort  Wadsworth,  and  only 
a  mile  distant,  glower  the  heavy  stone  casemates  of  Fort  Hamilton,  on  a  military 
reservation  of  96  acres.  Just  off-shore,  on  an  artificial  island,  stands  Fort  Lafayette, 
built  in  18 1 2-22,  and  celebrated  as  a  prison  for  political  captives  and  disloyal  per- 
sons during  the  civil  war.  The  inflammable  parts  of  the  fort  were  burned  in  1868, 
and  the  remaining  buildings  are  used  now  only  for  storing  ordnance  supplies. 

Fort  Wood,  on  Bedloe's  Island,  is  a  star-shaped  work,  finished  in  1841,  and 
mounted  then  with  seventy  guns.  The  wonderful  colossal  statue  of  Liberty  Enlight- 
ening the  World  rises  from  a  pedestal  on  the  parade-ground. 

Wiilett's  Point  was  fortified  in  1862,  by  the  National  Government,  to  close  the 
entrance  to  the  East  River  from  Long-Island  Sound.  It  is  the  headquarters  of  the 
Battalion  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.  Across  the  entrance  of  the  East  River  looms  the 
ponderous  casemated  defence  of  Fort  Schuyler,  whose  construction  was  begun 
in  1833. 

Governor's  Island,  within  1,000  feet  of  the  Battery,  and  six  miles  inside  of 
the  Narrows,  is  the  headquarters  of  the  Military  Department  of  the  East,  and  the 
usual  residence  of  the  commanding  general.  It  is  a  beautiful  island,  of  65  acres, 
with  a  far-viewing  parade-ground,  surrounded  by  fine  old  trees  and  the  quarters  of 
the  officers;  an  arsenal  containing  scores  of  heavy'cannon  and  endless  pyramids  of 
cannon-balls  ;  magazines  and  hospitals ;  the  headquarters  of  the  Military  Service 
Institution,  with  its  library  and  picture-gallery  ;  and  the  interesting  Military  Museum, 
rich  in  battle-flags,  weapons  ancient  and  modern,  and  Indian  curiosities.  The 
chief  defence  on  Governor's  Island  is  Fort  Columbus,  a  star-shaped  stone  fort  mount- 
ing 120  guns,  and  with  enclosed  barracks  for  the  artillerists.  On  the  point  toward 
the  Battery  stands  Castle  Williams,  an  old-fashioned  and  picturesque  three-story 
fortress,  circular  in  shape,  built  between  1808  and  18 1 2. 

The  Quarantine  Station  defends  the  port  of  New  York  (and  with  it  the 
entire  continent)  against  the  entrance  of  dangerous  and  pestilential  diseases.  The 
danger  of  epidemics  being  brought  in  by  foreign  vessels  was  guarded  against  as  early 
as  1647;  and  in  I710  the  Council  ordered  that  all  West-Indian  vessels  should  be 
detained  at  Staten  Island.  In  1758  the  Provincial  Legislature  enacted  laws  for  the 
protection  of  the  port  in  this  regard,  and  established  a  quarantine  station  at  Bedloe's 
Island.  One  of  the  first  measures  of  the  State  Legislature,  in  1784,  was  a  re-enact- 
ment of  this  law.  Ten  years  later,  the  station  was  moved  to  Governor's  Island,  but 
the  citizens  of  New  York  were  rather  uneasy  at  having  the  pest-house  so  near  them. 
In  1 801,  therefore,  it  was  again  transferred  to  Tompkinsville,  Staten  Island,  where  it 
remained  for  more  than  sixty  years.      But  in  the  course  of  time,  as  Staten  Island 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  71 

became  thickly  settled,  its  people  made  serious  objections  to  the  continuance  of  so 
undesirable  a  neighbor;  and  in  1857  the  State  Legislature  ordered  the  selection  of 
another  site.  This  was  found  at  Sandy  Hook,  but  the  opposition  of  New  Jersey 
rendered  it  impossible.  The  next  move  appeared  in  the  erection  of  buildings  for 
the  purpose  at  Seguin's  Point,  on  the  south  part  of  Staten  Island.  The  neighbor- 
ing residents  were  incensed  at  the  project,  and  attacked  the  establishment  by  night, 
and  set  fire  to  it.  This  summary  process  approved  itself  to  the  people  of  Tompkins- 
ville,  who  also  made  a  night  attack  upon  the  existing  station,  and  thoroughly 
destroyed  it.  Richmond  County  was  forced  to  pay  for  these  nocturnal  raids,  but 
the  result  justified  the  acts,  and  the  State  gave  up  its  attempt  to  establish  the  quar- 
antine here.  In  1859  a  commission  including  Horatio  Seymour,  John  C.  Green, 
and  Gov.  Patterson  adopted  the  idea  of  a  floating  hospital  ;  and  the  old  steamship 
Falcon  entered  upon  the  duty,  with  an  anchorage  below  the  Narrows.  In  1866-70 
the  artificial  Swinburne  Island  was  constructed,  on  the  sand-bar  of  West  Bank,  and 
now  has  rows  of  hospital  wards,  a  crematory  and  mortuary,  and  a  dock  and  break - 


T    r 


BAY    AND    HARBOR    FROM    BEDLOE'S    ISLAND,   ABOUT    1840. 

water.  Hoffman  Island,  built  in  1868-73,  is  a  quarantine  of  observation  and  isola- 
tion, for  immigrants  who  have  been  exposed  to  dangerous  epidemics.  The  Lower 
Quarantine  is  marked  by  yellow  buoys,  and  has  a  ship  moored  for  a  floating  station, 
where  vessels  from  infected  ports  are  boarded.  Their  arrival  is  signalled  thence  to 
the  main  Quarantine  Station,  six  miles  above,  on  Staten  Island,  from  which  the 
proper  officials  go  down  to  board  them.  The  swift  little  tug-boat  of  the  station 
passes  the  day  in  rushing  from  one  incoming  vessel  to  another,  and  the  health- 
officers  are  kept  busy  in  inspecting  their  passengers  and  crews.  In  a  single  year 
7,600  vessels  and  370,000  passengers  have  been  examined  here.  The  New-York 
quarantine  is  the  most  complete,  thorough  and  efficient  in  the  world. 

The  harbor  is  guarded  from  law-breakers,  and  "wharf-rats,"  mutineers  and  riot- 
ers, river-thieves  and  smugglers,  as  much  as  possible,  by  the  police  of  the  Thirty- 
Sixth  Precinct,  which  has  jurisdiction  over  the  waters  and  wharves  adjoining  the 
city,  along  both  rivers,  and  down  as   far  as  Robin's  Reef.      The  police  headquarters 


72  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

is  on  the  steamboat  Patrol,  and  several  row-boats  are  continually  moving  along  the 
rivers  and  up  into  the  docks,  manned  by  officers  of  the  law,  looking  after  thieves, 
fires,  lost  property,  suicides  and  drowned  persons. 

The  Exports  and  Imports  of  America  find  their  foremost  clearing-houses 
in  this  peerless  harbor,  with  its  rich  adornments  of  Nature,  and  improvements  and 
defences  of  art.  One  hundred  years  ago  the  total  export  and  import  trade  of  the 
United  States  was  below  $50,000,000  annually.  At  present  (including  specie)  it  is 
nearly  $2,000,000,000,  of  which  the  imports  reach  $900,000,000.  The  exports  of 
cotton  are  over  $290,000,000  ;  of  grain,  breadstuffs,  and  provisions,  an  equal  value  ; 
and  of  specie,  $180,000,000.  The  foreign  commerce  for  1890  and  189 1  was  the 
largest  in  the  history  of  the  nation.  Nearly  two-fifths  of  the  exports  of  the  Republic 
go  from  New  York,  which  sends  out  $370,000,000  yearly,  to  $107,000,000  from 
New  Orleans,  $74,000,000  from  Baltimore,  $70,000,000  from  Boston,  and  $37,- 
000,000  from  Philadelphia.  Two-thirds  of  the  imports  to  the  United  States  enter 
at  the  port  of  New  York.  Less  than  one-fourth  the  trade  is  under  the  American 
flag,  which  has  a  tonnage  of  928,000  in  the  foreign  trade,  and  3,409,000  in  the 
coastwise  trade,  besides  87,000  in  the  fisheries.  New  York  owns  2,000  sailing  ves- 
sels, of  409,000  tons;  1,000  steamers,  of  375,000  tons;  and  900  canal-boats  anil 
lighters,  of  167,000  tons. 

During  a  single  year  over  2,000  grain-laden  steamships  sail  from  New  York, 
which  ships  one-third  of  the  American  grain  and  breadstuffs,  in  spite  of  its  heavy 
port  and  storage  charges.  The  hold  is  filled  with  grain  in  bulk  ;  the  between-decks 
with  grain  in  bags.  The  port  has  a  storage  capacity  of  26,000,000  bushels,  in  22 
stationary  elevators  and  31  floating  elevators  ;  and  grain-ships  can  be  loaded  at  the 
rate  of  458,000  bushels  an  hour. 

New  York  receives  every  year  over  200  tramp  steamships,  136  from  transatlantic 
ports,  and  the  rest  from  other  American  harbors.  Many  of  them  come  to  this  great 
maritime  clearing-house  for  orders,  or  enter  in  ballast,  seeking  cargoes.  These 
Avanderers  of  the  seas  have  engines  of  low  power,  with  small  consumption  of  coal, 
and  cross  the  ocean  in  from  fifteen  to  twenty  days,  with  cargoes  of  heavy  character, 
and  including  all  sorts  of  merchandise.  Here  also  are  seen  the  singular  tank-steam- 
ships, partly  owned  by  the  Standard  Oil  Company,  and  carrying  over  seas  from 
30,000  to  35,000  barrels  of  oil,  pumped  into  the  hold,  which  is  divided  into  half-a- 
dozen  or  more  great  tanks.  One  of  these  singular  floating  reservoirs  can  be  filled  with 
petroleum  in  twelve  hours.  On  their  return-voyages  from  Europe  the  tanks  are 
partly  filled  with  water-ballast.  Vessels  of  somewhat  similar  construction  are 
employed  in  transporting  molasses  from  Cuba. 

There  are  several  score  of  fruit  steamers  plying  between  the  Central-American 
and  West-Indian  ports  and  New  York,  bringing  bananas  and  cocoanuts,  oranges  and 
pineapples,  and  mostly  sailing  under  the  Norwegian  flag.  Between  the  outer  hull 
of  steel  and  the  inner  hull  of  wood  opens  a  considerable  space,  which  is  packed  with 
charcoal,  for  refrigeration.  They  have  triple-expansion  engines,  steam  steering-gear, 
and,  in  many  cases,  twin-screws,  and  are  built  for  the  trade,  with  three  open  decks 
and  separated  deck-planks,  to  ensure  free  circulation  of  air,  and  prevent  the  fruit 
from  becoming  heated.  Their  seasons  are  spring  and  summer,  after  which  most  of 
them  go  into  the  grain  and  general  freighting  business  to  and  around  Europe. 

Before  the  days  of  steam,  the  Atlantic  Ocean  was  traversed  by  several  famous 
packet-lines,  like  the  Black  Star  ships  of  Grimshaw  &  Co.,  the  Black  Ball  line  of  C. 
H.  Marshall  &  Co.,  the  old  Black  Stars  of  Williams  &  Guion,  the  packets  of  the 
Tapscot  Line.    The  large-st  accommodations  were  for  30  cabin  and  20  second-cabin, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


73 


and  a  varying  number  of  steerage  passengers  in  a  ship,  the  rates  being  higher  than 
in  the  modern  steamships.  These  ocean  racers  were  built  on  the  finest  and  most 
graceful  lines,  with  vast  expanses  of  canvas  spread  from  their  towering  masts  ;  and 
their  passages  across  were  of  remarkable  swiftness.  The  Red  Jacket  made  the  trans- 
atlantic voyage  in  13  days  and  \\\  hour;  and  the  Dreadnaught  in  i860  made  the 
run  from  New  York  to  the  Irish  coast  in  9  days  and  17  hours.  In  1864  the  clipper 
Adelaide  left  New  York  at  the  same  time  as  the  Cunard  steamship  Sidon,  and 
entered  Liverpool  before  her,  in  12^  days.  At  the  present  time  many  sailing  ships 
ply  to  and  from  the  port  of  New  York,  and  among  them  are  enormous  four-masted 
steel  vessels,  with  a  capacity  of  6,000  tons  of  freight. 

The  science  of  steam  navigation,  which  has  revolutioned  modern  commerce, 
changed  the  aspect  of  naval  warfare,  made  travel  by  sea  speedy  and  pleasant,  and 
united  the  remote  places  of  the  earth,  had  its  beginning  in  the  noble  harbor  of  New 
York.      Various  Spanish  and  German,  British  and  American  inventors  claimed  to 


NEW-YORK    HARBOR,    FROM    EAST-RIVER    BRIDGE,    IN    1S92. 


have  discovered  the  principles  of  marine  engines,  at  periods  running  from  the  Middle 
Ages  down  to  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century  ;  but  it  was  reserved  for  Robert 
Fulton  to  practically  apply  this  idea,  and  to  perfect  and  develop  it,  so  that  his  fleet 
of  vessels  had  an  immediate  economic  value  for  transporting  passengers  and  freight. 
This  successful  demonstration  of  a  great  new  principle  resulted  in  a  rapid  spread 
of  the  discovered  power  all  over  the  maritime  world.  Fulton's  Clermont  was 
launched  at  Jersey  City,  in  1807,  and  ascended  the  Hudson  River  to  Albany. 
Almost  at  the  same  time,  John  Stevens,  of  Hoboken,  built  the  Phoenix,  and  sent  her 
around  to  Philadelphia,  the  pioneer  of  all  ocean-going  steamers.  Following  New 
York's  example,  the  St. -Lawrence  River  received  a  steamboat,  in  1809;  the  Ohio 
and  Mississippi,  in  181 1  ;  and  the  Scottish  Clyde,  in  1812.  The  first  steamship  to 
cross  the  ocean  was  the  Savannah,  built  at  New  York,  and  equipped  with  folding 
paddle-wheels,   which   were  taken  out  and  laid  on   the   deck  when  not  in  use.      In 


74  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

1 819  this  little  380-ton  vessel  steamed  from  Savannah  to  Liverpool,  Cronstadt,  and 
Copenhagen.  In  1838  Brunei's  steamship  Great  Western,  of  1,340  tons,  steamed 
from  Bristol,  England,  to  New  York,  in  fifteen  days;  and  the  Sirins  ran  across  from 
London  and  Cork  to  New  York. 

In  1850  the  Collins  Line  began  its  operations,  and  built  up  a  fleet  of  five  mag- 
nificent American  steamships — the  Pacific,  Arctic,  Adriatic,  Baltic,  and  Atlantic, 
built  at  a  cost  of  $4,000,000,  and  operated  under  a  large  subsidy  from  the  United- 
States  Government.  The  first  two  were  lost* at  sea;  the  cost  of  the  voyages  far 
exceeded  the  receipts  ;  the  subsidy  was  withdrawn  ;  and  in  1858  the  Collins  Line 
ceased  to  run. 

There  are  now  thirty  great  transatlantic  steamship  lines  between  New  York 
and  Europe,  some  of  them  with  several  sailings  each  week.  They  have  eighty-five 
passenger  steamships,  bringing  to  New  York  yearly  nearly  100,000  cabin  passengers, 
four-fifths  of  whom  are  returning  Americans.  Their  eastern  ports  are  Liverpool, 
Southampton,  London,  Newcastle,  Hull,  Moville  (Londonderry),  Queenstown,  and 
Glasgow,  in  the  British  Islands  ;  Havre,  Bordeaux,  and  Boulogne,  in  France  ;  Ant- 
werp, Rotterdam,  and  Amsterdam,  in  the  Low  Countries;  Copenhagen,  in  Denmark; 
Hamburg,  Stettin,  and  Bremen,  in  Germany ;  Christiana  and  Christiansand,  in 
Scandinavia  ;  and  several  Mediterranean  ports.  The  capital  embarked  in  these 
lines  is  $500,000,000.  The  offices  of  most  of  the  steamship  lines  are  on  lower 
Broadway,  or  at  "Steamship  Row,"  on  Bowling  Green,  where  they  occupy  a  block  of 
ancient  brick  houses  once  dwelt  in  by  the  merchant-princes  of  New  York. 

The  Inman  Line  (Inman  and  International  Steamship  Company,  Limited,) 
opened  its  operations  in  1850,  under  the  title  of  the  Liverpool,  New- York  &  Phila- 
delphia Steamship  Company,  running  at  first  only  between  Liverpool  and  Philadel- 
phia. Its  earlier  ships  were  the  City  of  Berlin,  City  of  Chester,  and  City  of  Rich- 
mond, built  in  1873-74;  and  the  City  of  Chicago,  in  1883.  The  City  of  Berlin, 
with  her  520  feet  of  length,  was  for  some  years  the  largest  steamship  in  the  world, 
except  the  Great  Eastern.  She  is  still  running  on  the  line.  William  Inman  of 
Liverpool  was  the  managing  director  of  the  company  from  1854  until  his  death,  in 
1 88 1.  In  1886  the  old  company  dissolved,  and  its  fleet  and  good-will  were 
purchased  by  the  International  Navigation  Company  of  Philadelphia.  As  the  line 
had  nominally  to  be  owned  and  operated  by  a  British  corporation,  the  present 
company  was  formed.  The  new  management  determined  to  mark  a  new  era  in 
ocean-navigation  by  building  two  immense  unsinkable  steamships,  of  unrivalled 
swiftness,  and  provided  with  every  possible  comfort  for  passengers.  In  1887  tne 
enormous  City  of  Paris  and  City  of  New  York,  each  580  feet  over  all  in  length,  with 
a  displacement  of  10,500  tons,  and  over  18,000  horse-power,  were  begun,  at  Clyde- 
bank. The  City  of  Paris  has  made  the  fastest  transatlantic  voyage  on  record,  in 
5  days,  15  hours  and  58  minutes.  The  City  of  New  York  made  her  first  voyage  in 
1888;  the  City  of  Paris,  in  1889.  The  new  Inman  boats  are  provided  with  double 
bottoms,  so  that  the  inner  skin  would  keep  out  the  water  if  the  outer  one  was 
broken  ;  with  twenty  water-tight  compartments  separated  by  solid  bulkheads,  and 
fronted  by  an  immensely  thick  collision  bulkhead,  near  the  bow  ;  and  with  twin- 
screws,  having  totally  independent  triple-expansion  engines  and  mechanisms,  so  that 
if  one  becomes  disabled,  the  ship  can  be  carried  into  port  with  the  other.  Each 
steamship  can  carry  1,200  passengers  and  2,700  tons  of  freight.  The  depth  of  the 
vessels,  from  the  top  of  the  deck-cabins  to  the  keel,  is  59  feet  ;  and  the  extreme 
breadth  is  63^  feet.  Each  ship  carries  many  of  its  first-class  passengers  on  the 
promenade  and  saloon  decks,  some  in  suites  of  sitting-room,  bed-room,  bath-room, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


75 


2 

m 

H 

z  XI 

2      ~ 
O 
-    t> 

3z 

m  O 
x 
z 
>  - 

z  H 
?< 

>$ 

<    T| 

O 


o    5 

u 

'  z 

I 
CO 

o 

3D 

m 


76 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK 


INMAN  LINE.- 

FOR'    LIVERPOOL. 

WTERHATiONAl  HWIWTIOS 

COMPANY. 

2KEJB-AI.  AGEST& 


and  toilet-room,  and  others  in  rooms  arranged  with  berths  folding  up  like  those  of 
a  Pullman  car,  so  that  by  day  the  place  becomes  a  pleasant  sitting-room.  The  other 
first-class  cabins,  on  the  main  and  upper  decks,  are  of  greater  size  than  usual,  and 
elegantly  and  comfortably  furnished.  The  dining-saloons  are  rooms  of  singular 
beauty  and  convenience,  with  high  arched  ceilings  and  choice  architectural  and 
artistic  decorations.  Every  device  calculated  to  increase  the  comfort  of  passengers 
has  been  combined  in  these  splendid  ships,  which  are  at  once  swift,  secure  and 
sumptuous,  as  strong  as  battle-ships  and  as  luxurious  as  Belgravia  drawing-rooms. 
The  kitchens  are  isolated,  and  ventilated  into  the  main  smoke-stacks. 

Hydraulic  power  is  used  instead  of  steam  for  the  daily  work  of  steering,  hoist- 
ing out  supplies,  and  many  other  duties ;  and  its  operation   is  very  nearly  noiseless. 

The  offices  of  the 
Inman  company, 
at  6  Bowling 
Green,  New  York, 
and  3  Cockspur 
Street,  London, 
are  equipped  with 
reading  and  writ- 
ing rooms  and 
ladies'  rooms  for 
the  use  of  travel- 
lers. The  steam- 
ships at  present 
sail  from  Pier  43, 
N .  R .  ,  every 
Wednesday.  But 
the  Inman  com- 
pany has  recently 
acquired  from  the 

city  the  largest  and  finest  pier  in  New-York  harbor,  at  the  foot  of  Vesey  Street,  and 
known  as  New  Pier  14,  or  Washington  Pier.  This  they  are  rapidly  fitting  up  in  the 
most  approved  manner,  and  it  will  probably  be  made,  in  many  respects,  the  most 
commodious  pier  in  the  world  in  its  admirable  provision  for  passengers  and  freight. 
The  rates  of  first-cabin  passage  are  from  $50  to  $650,  depending  on  the  ship,  the 
season,  the  number  in  a  state-room,  and  the  location.  The  former  price  is  for  a 
passage  in  one  of  the  smaller  steamers,  before  April  1st;  the  higher  rate  is  for  a 
summer  passage  on  one  of  the  two  great  racers,  for  one  person  occupying  a  suite  of 
rooms  on  the  promenade  or  saloon  deck.  The  larger  steamers  accommodate  each 
over  500  first-cabin  and  200  second-cabin  passengers  ;  and  have  spacious  state-rooms, 
ventilated  by  electric-driven  fans,  and  containing  scientific  plumbing,  and  other 
modern  improvements.  Since  over  nine-tenths  of  the  Inman  stock  is  owned  by 
American  capitalists,  Congress  in  1892  admitted  to  American  registry  the  City  of 
Pa?-is  and  the  City  of  New  York,  thus  laying  the  foundation  for  a  great  merchant 
navy.  For  this  privilege  the  Inman  Company  is  compelled  to  build  21,000  tons  of 
steamships  in  American  dockyards,  and  they  propose  that  these  new  boats  shall 
surpass  in  swiftness,  luxury  and  ingenuity  of  construction  everything  now  floating 
on  blue  water.  Some  part  of  the  $150,000,000  now  paid  by  the  United  States 
for  transatlantic  traffic  may  thus  be  turned,  by  the  skill  of  our  shipbuilders, 
into    American    channels;    and    the    nation  may   thus   also   acquire    a   strong   and 


PIER    43,    NORTH    RIVER,    FOOT    OF    BARROW    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  77 

useful  auxiliary  navy,  available  in  time  of  war  for  swift  cruising  and  transport 
purposes.  The  placing  of  its  finest  ships  under  the  Stars  and  Stripes  will  attract  to 
the  Inman  Line  an  immense  patronage  from  true  Americans.  The  prosperity  and 
enterprise  of  the  Inman  Line  are  due  to  the  International  Navigation  Company,  of 
Philadelphia,  owners  of  a  controlling  interest  of  the  stock  of  the  Inman  Company, 
and  also  owners  and  managers  of  the  well-known  Red  Star  Line,  plying  between 
New  York,  Philadelphia  and  Antwerp. 

The  White  Star  Line  (or  Oceanic  Steam  Navigation  Company),  founded  in 
1870,  sent  out  in  1875  tne  Britannic  and  Germanic,  steamships  of  a  new  type,  of 
great  length,  and  equipped  with  powerful  compound  engines.  Fourteen  years  later, 
in  1889,  the  magnificent  Teutonic  and  Majestic  were,  launched,  each  of  them  582  feet 
long,  and  of  nearly  10,000  tons  displacement.  In  March,  1891,  the  Majestic  crossed 
from  Queenstown  to  New  York  in  5  days,  18  hours,  and  8  minutes,  and  the  Teutonic 
made  the  same  voyage  in  5  days  and  16^  hours,  the  average  being  20^  knots  an 
hour,  and  the  swiftest  day's  run  reaching  517  knots.  Each  of  these  giants  of  the 
sea  can  carry  1,200  passengers  and  2,500  tons  of  freight  ;  and  each  of  them  cost 
above  $2,000,000.  They  are  built  of  Siemens- Martin  steel,  and  each  is  propelled 
by  two  independent  sets  of  triple-expansion  engines,  with  manganese  bronze  propel- 
lers. They  are  minutely  divided  by  athwart-ship  and  longitudinal  bulk-heads, 
ensuring  rigidity,  strength  and  security.  There  are  family  and  single-berth  state- 
rooms, ivory-and-gold  Renaissance  saloons,  smoking-rooms  decorated  with  embossed 
leather  and  fine  marine  paintings,  a  library-room  with  well-filled  book-cases  and 
luxurious  furniture,  and  many  other  very  comfortable  departments.  The  first-cabin 
rates  are  from  $80  to  $600,  depending  on  the  steamship,  the  season,  and  the  loca- 
tion of  the  state-room.  Among  the  other  vessels  of  the  line  are  the  Oceanic,  its  first 
boat  ;  the  Belgic,  Gaelic,  Adriatic  and  Celtic ;  and  the  Coptic,  Doric  and  Ionic.  All 
these  were  built  at  Belfast,  Ireland.  The  company's  dock  is  at  the  foot  of  West 
loth  Street.  The  twin-screw  steamships  Naronic  and  Bovic,  Tanric  and  Nomadic, 
and  the  Runic  and  Cujic  are  used  for  freight  exclusively,  and  cross  in  ten  days.  In 
a  single  voyage,  the  Nomadic  has  carried  9,591  tons  of  freight;  and  the  Cujic  has 
brought  to  New  York  at  one  time  77,000  boxes  of  tin-plate. 

The  Cunard  Line  was  established  by  Samuel  Cunard,  of  Halifax,  David 
Mclver,  of  Liverpool,  and  George  Burns,  of  Glasgow;  and  began  its  voyages  in  the 
year  1840.  Its  official  title  was  the  British  and  North- American  Royal  Mail  Steam 
Packet  Company.  The  first  Cunarders  were  paddle-wheel  vessels,  of  wood,  and 
bore  the  names — Britannia,  Acadia,  Columbia,  and  Caledonia.  These  four  steam- 
ships carried  the  mads  between  Liverpool,  Halifax  and  Boston,  for  which  the  com- 
pany received  $400,000  yearly.  The  mail  service  has  ever  since  been  an  important 
perquisite  of  the  Cunard  Company.  The  fleet  was  increased  by  the  Hibernia,  in 
1843  '■>  the  Cambria,  in  1845  >  the  America,  Niagara,  Europa  and  Columbia,  in 
1850  ;  the  Asia  and  Africa  ;  the  Persia,  in  1855  ;  and  the  Scotia,  in  1862.  The 
CJiina,  launched  in  1862,  was  the  first  iron  screw  steamship  in  the  Cunard  fleet.  In 
1874,  the  Bothnia  and  Scythia  were  launched;  and  in  18S1,  the  Servia.  In  1884-85, 
appeared  the  Etruria  and  the  Umbria,  each  of  over  8,000  tons,  and  in  their  day  the 
sovereigns  of  the  seas.  The  two  last-named  are  celebrated  for  their  great  comfort 
and  speed  ;  and  each  has  accommodations  for  1,600  passengers.  The  Cunard  New- 
York  fleet  includes  the  Etruria,  Umbria,  Aurania,  Gallia,  Servia  and  Bothnia,  sail- 
ing on  Wednesdays  and  Saturdays  for  Queenstown  and  Liverpool.  The  first-cabin 
fare  from  New  York  to  Liverpool  is  from  $60  to  $125.  The  Cunard  dock  is  at 
Pier  40,  N.  R.,  at  the  foot  of  Clarkson  Street. 


78  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  Guion  Line  dates  from  1864,  when  its  great  new  steamships  succeeded 
its  line  of  wooden  sailing-packets,  established  in  1842.  The  construction  of  the 
Arizona,  in  1879,  inaugurated  the  wonderful  rivalry  which  has  since  stimulated  the 
ocean  lines  to  increase  the  size,  speed  and  comfort  of  their  ships.  The  Arizona  was 
of  5,164  tons,  and  crossed  in  7  days  and  3^  hours  ;  and  her  sister-ship,  the  Alaska, 
built  in  1881,  of  6,932  tons,  and  11,000  horse-power,  made  a  still  better  record. 
These  two  enormous  ships  have  accommodations  for  about  1,200  passengers  and 
2,000  tons  of  freight  each.  The  other  vessels — the  Nevada,  Wisconsin,  and 
Wyoming  were  built  at  Jarrow,  England,  between  1868  and  1870,  and  are  smaller. 
All  the  Guion  boats  are  of  iron,  with  water-tight  compartments.  The  cabin  passage 
rates  vary  from  $50  to  $100,  and  upward,  according  to  the  ship  or  the  location  of 
the  berth.      The  Guion  dock  is  at  Pier  38,  N.  R.,  at  the  foot  of  King  Street. 

The  Anchor  Line,  founded  in  1852,  by  Thomas  Henderson,  has  on  its  service 
between  New  York  and  Glasgow,  six  fine  steamships,  with  weekly  sailings.  The 
Ethiopia,  Devonia,  Circassia  and  Anchoria  are  each  of  between  4,000  and  5,000  tons. 
The  Furnessia,  of  6,500  tons,  is  a  fine  vessel,  with  electric  lights,  water-tight  com- 
partments, and  a  rich  furnishing.  The  City  of  Rome,  built  in  188 1,  at  Barrow,  has 
a  gross  tonnage  of  8,415,  with  four  masts,  three  funnels,  and  a  magnificent  equip- 
ment for  passenger  accommodation  The  Anchor  cabin  fares  from  New  York  to 
Glasgow  are  from  $50  to  $100.  The  Anchor  dock  is  at  Pier  54,  N.  R.,  foot  of 
West  24th  Street.  The  route  is  across  to  the  bold  north  coast  of  Ireland  ;  up 
Lough  Foyle  to  Moville,  where  passengers  for  Londonderry  get  on  a  tender  ;  across 
the  North  Channel  and  the  Firth  of  Clyde  ;  and  up  the  wonderfully  interesting 
River  Clyde  for  25  miles  to  Glasgow.  This  company  also  has  West-Indian, 
Mediterranean  and  Indian  services. 

The  Allan-State  Line,  between  New  York,  Londonderry,  and  Glasgow,  was 
founded  in  1872  by  a  Glasgow  company,  under  the  name  of  the  State  Line.  The 
New- York  fleet  includes  the  Clyde-built  steamships  State  of  California,  State  of 
Nebraska,  and  State  of  Nevada,  strong  and  comfortable  vessels  of  iron  or  steel,  with 
saloons  amidships,  and  electric-lighted  parlors  and  sitting-rooms  and  state-rooms  on 
the  main  deck.  The  California  was  built  on  the  Clyde,  in  189 1,  and  is  400  feet 
long,  with  a  tonnage  of  4,500,  eight  water-tight  compartments,  triple-expansion 
engines,  steel  boilers,  and  accommodations  for  1,000  passengers.  This  line  carries 
large  quantities  of  freight,  and  is  thus  able  to  make  very  low  rates  for  passengers 
who  are  not  in  a  hurry  to  get  across.  Its  first-cabin  rates  are  $40,  or  $75  for  the 
trip  over  and  back.  The  steamships  leave  the  foot  of  West  21st  Street  Thursdays. 
The  Allan  Line  also  sends  out  freight  steamships,  which  bring  back  passengers. 

The  Wilson  Line  owns  thirty  vessels,  with  a  tonnage  of  114,000,  mainly 
devoted  to  freighting.  There  are  four  services  from  New  York,  running  to  Hull, 
London,  Newcastle  and  Antwerp.  The  Hull  steamships  sail  from  Hoboken  (cabin 
fare,  $45),  and  carry  no  steerage  passengers.  The  London  steamships  include 
several  4,500-ton  vessels.      They  are  largely  devoted  to  carrying  cattle. 

The  National  Line,  founded  in  1863,  runs  from  New  York  to  Liverpool  and 
London,  and  has  twelve  large  steamships,  once  favorite  passenger-boats,  but  now 
entirely  devoted  to  freighting.  In  a  single  trip,  one  of  these  vessels  has  carried  over 
1,000  head  of  cattle. 

The  Atlantic  Transport  Line,  running  every  ten  days  between  New  York 
and  London,  is  also  devoted  to  freight. 

The  Bristol  City  Line,  at  the  foot  of  West  26th  Street,  and  the  Manhanset 
Line  for  Avonmouth,  whose  pier  is  at  Jersey  City,   have  a  large  freight  business 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


79 


So 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


with  Bristol  and  South  Wales,  served  by  weekly  steamships  on  each  route.  The 
English  coast  is  also  reached  by  the  Hamburg-American  and  North  German  Lloyd 
splendid  steamships,  calling  at  Southampton,  from  or  for  New  York  every  day 
or  two. 

The  Compagnie  Generale  Transatlantique,  usually  known  as  the  "French 
Line,"  was  founded  in  i860  by  Parisian  capitalists  ;  and  serves  the  route  between 
New  York  and  Havre  with  six  fine  express  mail  steamships,  La  Tonraine,  La 
Bourgogne,  L.a  Normandie,  La  Champagne,  La  Bretagne  and  La  Gascogne.  Each 
of  these  vessels  can  accommodate  1,300  passengers,  and  carries  2,500  tons  of  freight. 
Several  of  them  were  built  at  St.  Nazaire,  France,  by  the  company  ;  and  so  also 
was  La  Touraine,  with  a  tonnage  of  10,000,  and  12,000  horse-power,  and  costing 
$2,000,000.  She  has  made  the  run  from  Havre  to  New  York  in  six  days  and  8^ 
hours.      The  other  ships  are  of  7,000  tons  each.      The  vessels  of  the  French  Line 


"FRENCH    LINE"  '.    COMPAGNIE    GENERALE    TRANSATLANTIQUE.       STEAMSHIP    "LA    TOURAINE." 

are  mainly  commanded  and  entirely  manned  by  officers  and  sailors  of  the  French 
navy,  and  are  equipped  so  as  to  be  convertible  into  armed  cruisers  in  time  of  war. 
Festivals  and  holidays  are  celebrated  on  these  ships  with  peculiar  enthusiasm,  and 
lines  of  bright  flags  adorn  them  from  bow  to  stern  on  such  occasions.  The  table  is 
supplied  with  all  the  variety  and  daintiness  of  the  Parisian  cuisine,  and  the  wines 
served  are  famous  for  their  excellence.  The  saloons,  smoking-rooms,  music-room 
and  other  public  parts  of  the  ships  are  beautifully  and  appropriately  decorated  with 
pink  and  gold  panels,  mahogany  and  marble  pillars,  mirrors,  paintings,  Japanese 
inlaid  work,  embossed  leather  wall-hangings,  and  other  exquisite  adornments. 
These  ships  furnish  the  luxury  of  a  first-class  hotel.  The  French  Line  has  enjoyed 
a  singular  immunity  from  accident,  and  its  ships  are  of  steel,  with  water-tight  com- 
partments and  cellular  bottoms.  Although  they  attain  a  high  rate  of  speed,  and 
make  remarkably  quick  transits,  the  perils  of  the  sea  are  averted  by  unceasing  vigil- 
ance and  admirable  seamanship.  In  the  latter  part  of  the  voyage  the  vessels 
command  pleasant  views  of  the  Channel  Islands  and  the  great  naval  city  of  Cher- 
bourg, and  then  swing  around  the  French   coast   to    Havre   and    the   mouth    of  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


S  -n 


82  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

River  Seine.  Special  trains  meet  the  steamships  on  their  pier  at  Havre,  to  carry  the 
passengers  and  luggage  to  Paris,  whence  their  route  may  be  taken  for  any  part  of 
the  continent.  Trunks  may  thus  be  checked  from  New  York  to  Paris  direct.  The 
first-class  fares  on  this  line  are  from  $80  upward.  The  pier  is  No.  42,  N.  R.,  at  the 
foot  of  Morton  Street.  The  office  is  at  3  Bowling  Green,  Augustin  Forget  being 
the  general  agent  for  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  Compagnie  Generale  Transatlantique  bought  out  several  lines  at  the  time  of 
its  foundation,  and  now  has  75  steamships,  including  Mediterranean,  West-Indian 
and  South-American  services. 

The  "French  Line"  enjoys  the  highest  class  of  patronage,  and  carries  a  full 
proportion  of  the  eminent  people  travelling  between  the  two  continents.  It  is 
specially  popular  from  the  fact  that  its  steamships  run  about  as  promptly  and  as 
reliably  as  to  time  as  railroad  trains,  and  the  general  elegance,  attentive  service, 
exquisite  cuisine,  efficient  management,  and  the  whole  appointments  are  not  sur- 
passed by  any  of  the  ocean  steamship  lines. 

The  Bordeaux  Line,  originating  in  1880,  runs  three  British-built  steamships, 
the  Chateau  lafite,  Panama  and  Tancarville,  making  the  voyage  in  nine  days. 

The  Netherlands  Line  calls  at  Boulogne-sur-Mer. 

The  North  German  Lloyd  Line  (Nord-Deutscher  Lloyd)  was  organized  in 
1857  ;  and  between  1881  and  1886  constructed  the  express  steamships  Elbe,  Werra, 
Fulda,  Eider,  Ems,  Aller,  Trave,  and  Saale,  equipped  with  triple-expansion  engines. 
Since  that  date  it  has  built  the  Lahn,  Spree,  and  Havel,  single-screw  vessels,  with  a 
speed  of  187  knots  an  hour.  The  Kaiser  Wilhelm  II,  launched  at  Stettin  in  1888, 
is  the  largest  of  the  fleet,  with  a  gross  tonnage  of  6,990.  The  Havel  has  crossed 
from  New  York  to  Southampton  in  6  days  and  19^  hours.  These  vessels  have 
German  officers  and  crews,  and  are  celebrated  for  their  capital  accommodations  for 
passengers.  A  special  feature  is  the  music,  furnished  daily  by  a  band  on  each  ship. 
Steamships  leave  Hoboken  semi-weekly  for  Southampton,  thence  traversing  the 
English  Channel  and  the  North  Sea  to  Bremerhaven  (i^-  hours  by  rail  from  Bremen). 
The  first-cabin  rates  are  from  $70  to  $150.  The  express-boats  have  an  average 
accommodation  of  1,150  passengers  and  over  2,000  tons  of  freight.  The  North 
German  line  also  has  services  to  the  Mediterranean  ports,  Australia,  China,  and 
South  America,  employing  seventy  steamships.  The  Ocean  Steam  Navigation  Com- 
pany, between  New  York,  Cowes  and  Bremen,  was  established  in  1847,  with  the 
steamships  Washington  and  Hermann,  each  of  about  4,000  tons.  This  was  an 
American  line,  and  was  abandoned  when  the  mail-subsidy  ceased. 

The  Hamburg-American  Packet  Company,  running  a  weekly  express- 
line  from  New  York  (Hoboken)  via  Southampton  to  Hamburg,  and  a  regular  service 
from  New  York  direct  to  Hamburg,  was  founded  in  1847,  and  sent  out  its  first  steam 
vessel  in  1856  ;  and  now  owns  54  steamships.  It  numbers  among  the  modern  ves- 
sels of  its  fleet  the  magnificent  Fiirst-Bismarck,  Augusta  Victoria,  Normannia,  and 
Columbia,  twin-screw  express  mail  steamships  of  from  10,000  to  12,000  tons  each, 
and  13,000  to  16,000  horse-power,  with  a  speed  of  between  19  and  2of  knots  an 
hour.  The  Fiirst-Bismarck  has  made  the  voyage  between  New  York  and  South- 
ampton in  6  days  and  nf  hours,  the  fastest  time  ever  made  between  those  ports. 
They  take  passengers  from  New  York  to  London  regularly  in  less  than  a  week.  The 
express-boats  are  built  of  steel  and  teakwood,  with  double  bottoms  and  numerous 
water-tight  compartments,  double  keels,  Edison  incandescent  lights,  and  richly 
decorated  saloons,  music-rooms  and  smoking-rooms,  and  large  state-rooms,  some  of 
them  with   connected  bath-rooms,  and  others  en  suite.      The  first-cabin   fares   are 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


83 


from  $75  to  $250.  After  leaving  Southampton,  the  express-boats  make  a  run  of 
twenty-four  hours  to  Cuxhaven,  at  the  mouth  of  the  River  Elbe,  whence  passengers 
are  taken  to  Hamburg  by  railway.  The  four  greater  boats  are  devoted  to  the 
Express  Service  ;  and  the  Regular  Service  employs  the  Bohemia,  Gellert,  Wieland, 
Dania,  Rhcetia,  Rugia,  Suevia,  Scandia,  Russia,  and  other  vessels,  running  to  Ham- 
burg direct,  with  first-cabin  fares  at  from  $45  upward. 

The  Union  Line,  also  managed  by  the  Hamburg  Company,  runs  from  New 
York  (Brooklyn)  to  Hamburg  direct,  but  takes  steerage  passengers  only.  Its 
steamships  are  the  Sorrento,  Amalfi,  Marsala  and  Taormina. 

The  Hamburg-American  Company's  Baltic  Line  sends  its  vessels  from 
New  York  (Hoboken)  to  Copenhagen  and  Stettin  every  three  weeks.  The  cabin 
fare  is  $50.  The  company  has  also  lines  from  Hamburg  to  Philadelphia,  Baltimore, 
New  Orleans,  Venezuela,  Aspinwall,  Cuba,  St.  Thomas,  Hayti,  Porto  Rico,  and 
Mexico;  and  a  winter  express-service  from  New  York  to  Gibraltar,  Genoa,  and  Naples. 

The  Red  Star  Line,  started  in  1871,  plies  between  New  York  (Jersey  City) 
and  Antwerp  direct,  and  Philadelphia  and  Antwerp,  weekly,  carrying  the  Belgian 
and  American  mails.  The  rates  are  from  $50  upward  for  first-cabin  passage,  the 
distance  being  3,457  miles,  and  the  usual  time  from  ten  to  twelve  days.  The  Fries- 
land  was  built  in  1889,  of  Siemens-Martin  steel,  on  a  fine  clipper  model,  and  with 
ten  water-tight  compartments,  and  a  tonnage  of  7,116.  The  Westemland  and 
Noordland  are  sister-ships,  of  steel,  built  by  the  Lairds  at  Birkenhead  in  1883  ;  and 


RED   STAR    LINE   STEAMSHIP    "  FRIESLAND, 


the  sisters  Rhynland  and  Belgenland  were  launched  at  Barrow  in  1879.  The  popu- 
lar PVaesland  dates  from  1880  ;  the  Pennland,  from  1882;  and  the  Switzerland,  from 
1874.  The  Nederland,  Pennsylvania  and  Illinois  are  for  steerage  passengers  only. 
The  Red  Star  boats  are  very  comfortably  arranged,  with  family  rooms,  dining  rooms 
on  saloon  deck,  electric  lights,  isolated  kitchens,  saloons  decorated  with  rare  wood- 
work and  paintings,   perfect  ventilating  apparatus,   and  smoking-rooms  with  tiled 


84 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


floors  and  mahogany  walls.  The  voyage  eastward  leads  first  to  the  Scilly  Islands 
and  the  Lizard,  whence  the  course  is  laid  up  the  English  Channel,  in  sight  of  Eddy- 
stone  Rock,  the  Bill  of  Portland,  the  Isle  of  Wight,  Hastings  and  Dover,  with  the 
French  coast  visible  on  the  right.  Then  the  steamship  heads  across  the  North  Sea, 
passing  Dunkirk  and  Ostend,  and  entering  the  Scheldt  River  at  Flushing,  forty  miles 


RED    STAR    LINE    STEAMSHIP    "  WESTERNLAND. 


above  which  it  reaches  Antwerp.  This  port  was  chosen  as  the  Continental  terminal 
on  account  of  its  central  geographical  position,  within  about  six  hours'  railway  ride 
of  Paris,  Strasburg  or  Frankfort,  and  in  the  very  heart  of  the  quaint  and  fascinating 
Low  Countries. 

The  Netherlands-American  Steam-Navigation  Company  was  founded  in 
1872,  and  runs  weekly  boats  from  New  York  (Hoboken)  to  Rotterdam  or  Amster- 
dam, touching  at  Boulogne-sur-Mer  to  land  passengers  for  Paris,  four  hours  distant 
by  railway.  The  fleet  includes  the  steamships  Spaarndam,  Maasdam,  Veendam, 
IVerkendam,  Amsterdam,  Obdam,  Rotterdam,  Didam  and  Dubbeldam,  the  first  seven 
having  been  built  at  Belfast,  and  the  other  two  at  Rotterdam  (in  1891).  The 
Maasdam  and  Veendam  were  formerly  the  White- Star  liners  Republic  and  Baltic. 
The  Netherlands  boats  are  four-masters,  with  four  decks  and  eight  water-tight  com- 
partments, and  very  commodious  equipments.  The  first-cabin  rates  are  from  $45 
to  $70.  The  route  traverses  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  the  English  Channel,  with 
pleasant  views  of  the  coasts  of  England  and  France  and  the  port  of  Boulogne,  and 
ascends  the  River  Maas,  an  arm  of  the  Rhine,  fourteen  miles  by  Vlaardingen  and 
Delfthaven  to  Rotterdam.  The  steamships  sailing  on  Wednesday  do  not  call  at 
this  port,  but  go  on  to  Amsterdam,  traversing  the  costly  North- Sea  Canal  from 
Ymuiden,  about  fifteen  miles.  Either  of  these  great  ports  has  favorable  railway 
communication  with  Paris,  Vienna,  Berlin  and  all  other  cities  of  Continental  Europe. 

The  White  Cross  Line  runs  between  New  York  and  Antwerp,  with  the 
steamships  Hermann  and  De  Ruyter. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


85 


HELL    GATE,    FROM    GREAT    BARN    ISLAND,   ABOUT    1825. 

The  Thingvalla  Line  in  1879  began  its  voyages  from  New  York  to  Norway 
and  Sweden,  with  Scandinavian  officers  and  crews  and  flag,  and  bearing  the  mails. 
The  run  across  takes  from  eleven  to  twelve  days  ;  and  the  first-cabin  fares  are  $50 
and  $60.  The  steamships  are  the  Hekla,  Thingvalla,  Norge  and  Island,  making 
fortnightly  sailings  from  Hoboken  to  Christiana  and  Christiansand,  in  Norway,  and 
Copenhagen,  in  Denmark. 

The  Insular  Navigation  Company  (Empreza  Insulana  Navegacao)  runs  from 
New  York  to  the  Azore  Islands  in  nine  days  (fare,  $ 60),  to  Madeira  (by  transfer) 
in  eleven  days  ($75),  and  to  Lisbon  in  fifteen  days  ($90).  It  is  a  Portuguese  line. 
The  Vega  is  a  fine- 
ly equipped  4,  - 
000-ton  steam- 
ship. 

Peabody's 
Australasian 
Line  is  owned 
and  operated  by 
Henry  W.  Pea- 
body  &  Co.,  of  58 
New  Street,  New 
York,  one  of  the 
most  important  of 
the  large  mercan- 
tile houses  en- 
gaged in  the  for- 
eign commerce  of 

S  VESSEL   OF   HENRY   W.    PEABODY   &    CO.  >S   AUSTRALASIAN    LINE. 


86 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


the  port  of  New  York.  The  business  of  this  firm  extends  to  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
globe,  but  is  more  especially  with  Great  Britain,  Australasia,  India,  the  Philippine 
Islands,  and  Yucatan,  in  all  of  which  countries  they  have  either  their  own  branch 
houses  or  regularly  established  agents.  They 
are  also  well  known,  and  have  extensive 
dealings  in  Mexico,  Central  and  South 
America,  the  West  Indies,  and  South  Africa. 
It  is,  however,  in  connection  with  the  Aus- 
tralian shipping  and  commission  business, 
which  has  for  a  long  time  been  one  of  the 
most  important  mercantile  interests  of  the 
port  of  New  York,  that  the  firm  of  Henry 
W.  Peabody  &  Co.  is  perhaps  best  known. 
In  this  business,  which  comprises  the  pur- 
chasing and  shipping  to  the  British  colonies 
of  Australia  and  New  Zealand  of  the  pro- 
ducts of  the  United  States  and  Canada  of 
every  description,  Henry  W.  Peabody  &  Co. 
have  taken  a  foremost  place  since  1859. 
They  established  between  the  United  States 
and  Australia  the  regular  line  of  sailing  ves- 
sels known  as  Peabody's  Australasian  Line, 
of  which  the  present  firm  are  still  the  pro- 
prietors. In  this  service  Henry  W.  Peabody 
&  Co.  have  constantly  under  charter  or  load- 
ing, in  New  York,  first-class  ships,  in  which 
they  take  all  freight  offering  for  the  various 
Australian  ports. 

The  Mediterranean  Trade  is  accom- 
modated by  several  lines,  and  by  many 
"ocean  tramps,"  bringing  to  New  York 
yearly  1,500,000  boxes  of  Sicily  oranges  and 
lemons,  600,000  barrels  of  Spanish  grapes, 
and  vast  quantities  of  nuts  and  dried  fruits. 
Many  passengers  for  Southern  Europe  and 
the  Levant  avail  themselves  of  these  routes, 
which  lie  far  south  of  the  storms  and  ice  of 
the  North  Atlantic.  There  are  lines  of 
steamships  running  monthly  from  New  York  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  Suez 
Canal  to  the  ports  of  India,  China  and  Japan.  They  are  usually  laden  with  heavy 
freights,  and  bring  back  valuable  cargoes  of  tea. 

The  North  German  Lloyd  in  1891  inaugurated  a  fortnightly  service  to  the 
Mediterranean,  with  the  first-class  vessels  Fidda  and  Werra,  running  from  New 
York  to  Genoa  in  less  than  eleven  days,  and  calling  at  Gibraltar.  First-cabin 
passages  vary  from  $80  to  $150.  At  Genoa  connection  is  made  with  the  same 
company's  Eastern  steamships,  for  Port  Said  and  beyond. 

The  Anchor  Line  also  sends  steamships  every  ten  days  from  New  York  to 
Gibraltar,  Naples,  Genoa,  Leghorn,  Messina  and  Palermo.  The  fares  are  :  to 
Gibraltar,  $60  to  $80;  to  Naples,  $80  to  $100;  to  Genoa,  Leghorn,  and  Messina, 
$100  to  $120;  and  various  excursion  rates  are  provided. 


MEiNhY  W.    PEABODY  &  CO.  'S  OFFICES,    58  NEW  ST. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK.  87 

The  Florio-Rubattino  Italian  Line  sails  fortnightly  from  New  York  for 
Gibraltar,  Marseilles,  Genoa,  Naples,  Messina  and  Palermo,  connecting  with  steam- 
ships for  Egypt,  the  Black  Sea  and  the  West  Indies.  They  take  a  far  southerly 
course,  below  the  range  of  ice,  fogs  and  gales,  in  twelve  days  reaching  Gibraltar, 
where  a  stop  is  made,  and  connecting  boats  run  east  to  Algiers,  Tangier,  Oran,  and 
Spanish  ports.  A  seventy-hours'  run  thence  leads  to  Genoa,  where  connections  are 
made  with  the  same  company's  daily  steamers  for  Leghorn,  Naples,  Messina, 
Palermo  and  North  Africa,  or  for  Bombay  (in  nineteen  days)  and  Calcutta  and  ports 
in  Ceylon  and  Cochin  China,  Hong  Kong  and  Shanghai,  besides  Levantine,  Greek 
and  Black-Sea,  Egyptian  and  Red-Sea  ports. 

The  Fabre  Line  sends  the  Neustria,  Massilia,  and  other  steamships  from 
Brooklyn  to  Naples  and  Marseilles  every  two  or  three  weeks,  charging  from  $65  to 
$75  for  first-class  passage.      The  time  to  Naples  is  from  16  to  18  days. 

The  Western  Seas,  to  their  uttermost  ends,  are  traversed  by  steamships  and 
sailing  vessels,  loaded  by  or  for  the  Empire  City. 

To  the  Southern  and  Gulf  coasts,  the  West  Indies,  and  the  Central-American  and 
South-American  ports,  there  are  several  first-class  sea-routes,  served  by  fine  vessels, 
and  much  used  for  winter  excursions,  as  well  as  for  freighting.  An  inexpensive 
voyage  of  two  or  three  days  conducts  the  traveller  from  the  snow-bound  northern 
coasts  to  lands  of  perennial  summer,  the  lovely  semi-tropical  Bermudas,  the  ever- 
popular  Bahamas,  the  Lesser  Antilles,  the  summer-lands  of  Cuba,  Hayti  and 
Jamaica,  and  the  coasts  of  Mexico  and  the  Spanish  Main. 

The  Red-Cross  Steamships  Miranda  and  Portia  visit  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia, 
and  St  John's,  Newfoundland,  in  the  cold  and  bracing  North,  every  ten  or  fifteen 
days,  making  the  outward  voyage  in  five  days  (fare,  $34  ;  or  $60  for  the  round  trip 
of  twelve  days).  The  route  lies  through  Long-Island  and  Vineyard  Sounds,  and  re- 
quires fifty  hours  from  New  York  to  Halifax,  and  an  equal  time  thence  to  St.  John's. 
Hence  these  swift  vessels  run  240  miles  northward  along  the  grand  marine  scenery  of  the 
Newfoundland  coast  to  the  pyrite-mines  of  Pilley's  Island,  in  the  Bay  of  Notre  Dame. 

The  Mallory  Line  steamship  Winthrop,  1,143  tons>  leaves  New  York  every 
Saturday  for  Bar  Harbor,  Maine  (arriving  Monday;  fare,  $9.50,  exclusive  of  state- 
rooms and  meals),  Eastport,  and  St.  John,  N.  B.,  (arriving  Monday  afternoon; 
fare,  $10),  connecting  for  all  ports  in  Eastern  Maine  and  the  Maritime  Provinces. 

The  Maine  Steamship  Company  sends  out  its  swift  new  2,000-ton  steam- 
ships Manhattan  and  Cottage  City  thrice  weekly,  at  5  P.  M.,  from  Pier  38,  E.  R. 
(foot  of  Market  Street).  During  the  same  night  they  traverse  Long-Island  Sound, 
and  the  next  morning  they  stop  at  Cottage  City,  Martha's  Vineyard.  Sailing  thence 
eastward  through  Vineyard  Sound,  and  past  lone  Nantucket,  and  up  along  sandy 
Cape  Cod,  the  boat  reaches  Portland  at  nightfall,  twenty-seven  hours  from  New 
York  (fare,  $5  ;  round  trip,  $8).  Thence  railways  diverge  to  all  the  famous 
Maine  resorts,  and  to  the  White  Mountains. 

The  Metropolitan  Line  sends  its  large  and  powerful  freight-steamships 
thrice  weekly,  from  Pier  11,  N.  R.,  to  Boston,  by  the  outside  passage  around  Cape 
Cod.  They  carry  freight  only.  It  was  the  H.  F.  Dimock  of  this  line  that  sank  the 
costly  Vanderbilt  yacht  Alva,  in  July,  1892,  near  Martha's  Vineyard. 

The  Clyde  Steamship  Company  has  lines  of  steamers  running  between 
Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  Washington,  Norfolk,  New  Berne, 
Richmond,  Troy,  Albany,  Wilmington,  N.  C. ;  Georgetown,  S.  C. ;  Charleston,  S.  C. 
and  Jacksonville,  Fla. ;  and  on  the  St. -John's  River  between  Jacksonville,  Palatka 
and  Sanford  and  intermediate  landings  ;  also  between  New  York  and  Turks  Island, 


88 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo,  and  other  West-India  ports.  Their  line  between  New 
York,  Charleston,  S.  C. ,  and  Jacksonville,  Fla.,  comprises  the  following  first-class 
passenger  steamers  :  Iroquois,  Cherokee,  Algonquin,  Seminole,  Yemassee  and  Dela- 
ware, which  sail  from  the  company's  wharf,  Pier  29,  E.  R.,  on  Mondays,  Wednes- 
days and  Fridays. 

The  Clyde  steamships  for  the  far  South  pass  down  the  beautiful  harbor  of 
New  York  in  the  glory  of  the  late  afternoon,  traversing  the  Narrows,  and  rounding 
the  lonely  Sandy  Hook.  In  about  fifty  hours  they  reach  the  historic  city  of  Charles- 
ton, the  pride  of  South  Carolina,  passing  into  the  harbor  by  the  famous  Fort 
Sumter  and  Fort  Moultrie.  Here  the  vessel  sojourns  for  about  eight  hours,  giving 
ample  opportunity  for  an  inspection  of  the  city,  rising  undaunted  from  the  ruins  of 


CLYDE'S    STEAMSHIP    PIER,    AT    FOOT    OF    ROOSEVELT    STREET,     NEW    YORK. 

bombardments  and  earthquakes.  From  Charleston  a  short  and  pleasant  voyage  out- 
side of  the  Sea  Islands  of  Carolina  leads  down  to  the  low  semi-tropical  coast  of 
Florida,  the  land  of  flowers  and  oranges.  The  great  steamship  enters  the  St. -John's 
River,  and  runs  up  its  broad  course  for  25  miles,  to  the  city  of  Jacksonville,  from 
which  railway  or  river  routes  reach  all  parts  of  the  State.  Clyde's  St. -John's  River 
Line  runs  thence  southward  up  this  famous  river  for  193  miles,  by  Green  Cove 
Springs,  Palatka,  Astor,  Blue  Springs,  and  many  other  landings,  to  Sanford,  the 
terminal  point  of  seven  railways,  and  the  main  distributing  point  for  South  Florida. 
The  general  office  of  the  Clyde  Line  is  at  5  Bowling  Green  ;  and  its  dock  is  at  Pier 
29,  E.  R.,  at  the  foot  of  Roosevelt  Street,  under  the  great  Brooklyn  Bridge.  The 
steamers  of  the  West-India  Line  leave  from  Pier  15,  E.  R. ,  as  advertised. 

The  Clydes  have  been  active  in  the  building  and  management  of  steamships  for 
more  than  half  a  century.    Thomas  Clyde,  the  founder  of  the  house,  was  a  co-laborer 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


89 


with  John  Ericsson,  as  early  as  1837,  in  introducing  the  screw-propeller.  He  built 
the  steamship  John  S.  Ale  Kim,  the  first  screw-steamer  ever  constructed  in  the 
United  States  for  commercial  purposes,  and  was  one  of  the  originators  and  owners 
of  the  first  line  of  propellers — the  Ericsson  Line,  which  to-day  has  a  service  between 
Philadelphia  and  Baltimore.  The  John  S.  McKim,  by  the  way,  was  a  twin-screw 
ship.  This  steamer  conveyed  Col.  Jefferson  Davis  and  his  regiment  of  Mississippi 
troops  from  New  Orleans  to  one  of  the  Mexican  ports  during  the  Mexican  War. 
Strange  to  say,  it  was  a  Clyde  steamship,  the  Rebecca  Clyde,  which  brought  President 
Jefferson  Davis,  of  the  Confederacy,  a  prisoner  from  Savannah  to  Fort  Monroe,  in  1865. 
In  187 1  the  Clydes  built  for  their  ship,  George  W.  Clyde,  the  first  compound 
engine  ever  set  up  in  this  country,  and  in  1886  built  the  first  large  triple-expansion 
engines  in  America.  They  were  placed  in  their  ship  Cherokee.  In  1888  the  Clydes 
also  built  the  steamer  Iroquois,  the  first  steel  steamship  ever  built  for  commercial 
purposes  in  this  country. 

The  Old  Dominion  Steamship  Company  has  a  fleet  of  eight  large  steam- 
ships, the  Seneca,  3,000  tons,  Guyandotte  and  Roanoke,  2,354  tons  each,  the  Old 
Dominion,  IVyanoke,  Richmond,  City  of  Atlanta,  and  City  of  Columbia.  Their  sail- 
ings are  from  the  foot  of  Beach  Street,  Pier  26,  N.  R.,  New  York,  at  3  P.  M.,  four 
times  a  week  to  Norfolk,  Old  Point  Comfort  and  Newport  News,  Va.,  in  24  hours 
(fare,  $8,  including  meals  and  state-room  berth) ;  three  times  a  week  to  Richmond 


PECK    SLIP,    EAST    RIVER. 

in  36  hours  (fare,  $9);  and  thrice  a  week  to  West  Point,  Va.  At  Norfolk  connection 
is  made  with  the  company's  auxiliary  steamboat,  Newbeme,  running  through  the 
sounds  to  Newberne  and  Washington,  N.  C.  The  Luray,  Accomack  and  other 
auxiliary  boats  visit  many  landings  on  the  waters  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina. 
The  Savannah  Line  (Ocean  Steamship  Company)  controls  the  handsome 
American-built  vessels  Kansas  City,  City  of  Birmingham,  City  of  Augusta,  Tallahas- 
see, Chattahoochee,  Nacoochee,  and  City  of  Savannah,  nearly  all  of  which  have  a  ton- 
nage of  3,000  or  over.  They  sail  four  times  a  week  from  New  Pier  35,  N.  R.,  at 
the  foot  of  Canal  Street  ;  and  reach  Savannah  in  55  hours  (fare,  $20). 


9° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


The  City  of  St.  Augustine,  freight-steamer,  sails  every  three  weeks  from  the  foot 
of  Clinton  Street,  to  St.  Augustine,  Florida. 

The  Cromwell  Steamship  Company  dispatches  a  steamer  every  Wednesday 
and  Saturday  from  Pier  9,  N.  R.,  New  York,  to  New  Orleans  direct.  The  fleet 
includes  the  largest  and  finest  vessels  in  this  coastwise  trade,  built  of  iron,  exclu- 
sively for  this  route,  and  first-class  in  every  respect.  The  cabin  fare  is  $35  ;  and 
return  tickets  good  for  six  months  cost  $60.  This  is  a  six  days'  voyage,  the  round 
trip,  with  four  days  at  New  Orleans,  taking  sixteen  days. 

The  Morgan  Line  is  devoted  to  freight,  exclusively,  and  runs  semi-weekly 
boats  from  New  York  to  New  Orleans,  handling  a  vast  quantity  of  freight  to  and 
from  New  Orleans,  Texas,  Mexico,  and  the  Pacific  Coast. 

The  Mallory  Line  (New-York  &  Texas  Steamship  Company)  owns  the  iron 
steamships  Concho,  Lampasas,  Alamo,  San  Marcos,  Colorado,  Rio  Grande,  State  of 
Texas,  City  of  San  Antonio,  N'uecesa.nd  Comal,  aggregating  31,000  tons,  running  from 
Piers  20  and  21,  E.  R.,  New  York,  to  Galveston,  Texas,  twice  or  thrice  a  week  ;  to 
Key  West,  every  Saturday  ;  and  to  Brunswick,  Georgia,  and  Fernandina,  Florida, 
every  Friday,  or  oftener.  They  have  light  and  airy  state-rooms,  above  the  main 
deck,  well-supplied  tables,  commodious  smoking  and  bath-rooms,  and  other  com- 
fortable accommodations  for  passengers. 

The  New-York  &  Cuba  Mail  Steamship  Company  (Ward  Line)  owns  the 
Niagara,  Saratoga,  and  City  of  IVas/iiugtou,  running  from  Piers  16  and  17,  E.  R. 
(foot  of  Wall  Street),  New  York,  every  Wednesday.     They  reach  Havana  in  from 


HOBOKEN    FERRY    PIER,    NORTH    RIVER,    FOOT    OF    CHRISTOPHER    STREET. 

four  to  five  days,  connecting  with  steamers  for  all  parts  of  the  West  Indies,  and  for 
Mexico  and  the  Spanish  Main,  England,  France  and  Spain.  Ward's  Wednesday 
Fteamers  from  New  York  go  to  Havana,  and  to  Matanzas,  Cardenas  and  Sagua  la 
Grande,  alternately  visiting  Caibarien  monthly. 

Ward's  Mexican  Line,  including  the  Yumuri,  Yucatan,  Orizaba  and  City  of 
Alexandria,  leaves  New  York  every  Saturday,  and  goes  on  from  Havana  to  Progreso 
(the  port  for  Merida,  in  Yucatan),  Tampico  and  Vera  Cruz,  263  miles  by  rail  from 
Mexico,  returning  by  Progreso  and  Havana.  Every  week  a  Ward  steamer  calls  at 
Tuxpam  and  Campeche,  alternately.  The  company's  steamer  Manteo  runs  between 
Frontera,  Laguna  and  Campeche.  The  Wards  also  send  fortnightly  the  steamships 
Cienfuegos  and  Santiago  to   Nassau,   arriving   in  three  days,    and  thence  running 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  91 

through  the  Bahama  Islands,  and  around  to  beautiful  old  Santiago  de  Cuba,  and  325 
miles  further  to  bright  modern  Cienfuegos.  This  is  a  favorite  excursion-route  in 
winter,  and  affords  various  interesting  combination  and  round  tours.  The  single 
cabin  fares  are  :  from  New  York  to  Havana,  or  to  Nassau,  $40  ;  to  Santiago, 
Cienfuegos,  Tampico,  or  Vera  Cruz,  $60;  with  steerage  at  about  half  these  rates. 
The  Ward  fleet  includes  also  the  steamships  of  the  former  Alexandre  Line,  and  has 
several  very  handsome  and  commodious  vessels,  efficiently  managed. 

The  Compania  Transatlantica  is  a  Spanish  mail  line,  sending  steamships 
every  ten  days  from  Pier  10,  E.  R.,  New  York,  to  Havana,  the  voyage  taking  four 
days.  The  steamer  sailing  on  the  20th  of  each  month  also  goes  on  to  Progreso  and 
Vera  Cruz,  in  Mexico  ;  and  the  steamer  on  the  30th  goes  from  Havana  to  Santiago 
de  Cuba ;  La  Guayra  and  Puerto  Cabello,  in  Venezuela  ;  Sabanilla,  Cartagena, 
and  Colon,  in  Colombia  ;  and  Puerto  Limon.  At  Havana,  close  connections  are 
made  for  Spanish  ports.  The  passage-rates  (from  which  25  per  cent,  is  discounted 
for  excursion-tickets)  are  :  From  New  York  to  Havana,  first-cabin,  $35,  second- 
cabin,  $25,  steerage,  $15;  to  Progreso,  $55,  $35  and  $20;  Vera  Cruz,  $60,  $40 
and  $25  ;  to  Santiago  de  Cuba,  $65,  $45  and  $30  ;  to  La  Guayra,  $80,  $ 60  and 
$45  ;  to  Cartagena,  $93,  $72  and  $54  ;  to  Cadiz,  Spain,  $190,  $145  and  $50. 

The  Quebec  Steamship  Company  has  weekly  sailings  from  mid-January  to 
June,  and  fortnightly  the  rest  of  the  year,  between  New  York  and  Bermuda,  the 
fine  2,000-ton  iron  steamships  Trinidad and  Orinoco  making  the  voyage  in  55  hours. 
The  fares  are  $30  for  the  first  cabin,  and  $20  for  the  second  cabin.  The  dock  is  at 
New  Pier  47,  N.  R.,  at  the  foot  of  West  10th  Street.  The  Quebec  Line  also  sends 
steamers  every  ten  days  from  New  York  to  St.  Croix,  St.  Kitts,  Antigua,  Montser- 
rat,  Guadaloupe,  Dominica,  Martinique,  St.  Lucia,  and  Barbadoes,  at  fares  varying 
at  from  $50  to  $60.  These  vessels  connect  in  the  Windward  Islands  with  steam- 
ships for  the  other  West  Indies,  and  for  England  and  France.  The  Bermuda  Line 
is  much  patronized  in  spring  by  persons  in  search  of  health  or  respite  from  bad 
weather,  who  find  delight  in  the  serene  climate  of  these  beautiful  coral  islands, 
abounding  in  flowers  and  fruits,  and  one  of  the  impregnable  and  strongly  garrisoned 
naval  stations  of  the  British  Empire. 

The  New-York  &  Porto-Rico  Line  sails  from  the  Atlantic  Dock,  Brook- 
lyn, at  regular  intervals,  for  the  famous  Spanish  island  of  sugar  and  coffee,  cotton 
and  tobacco. 

The  Trinidad  Line  has  its  pier  at  the  Union  Stores,  Brooklyn,  and  brings 
from  the  far-away  British  island,  under  the  Venezuelan  Andes,  large  cargoes  of  tropi- 
cal products.  Its  steamboats — the  ^^Arand  Arecuna — sail  every  ten  days,  carrying 
cabin  passengers. 

The  Clyde  West-India  Line  sends  steamships  to  Turk's  "Island,  Hayti, 
Puerto  Plata,  Samana,  Sanchez  and  San-Domingo  City. 

The  Atlas  Steamship  Company,  of  New  Pier  55,  N.  R. ,  dispatches  ves- 
sels twice  weekly  to  the  West  Indies  and  the  Spanish  Main.  The  Atlas  fleet  includes 
twelve  Scotch-built  iron  or  steel  steamships,  of  which  the  Adirondack  and  Alene  are 
of  2,500  tons  each,  and  the  Athos,  Alvo,  and  Ailsa  are  of  2,200  tons.  Each  has 
eight  compartments,  double  bottoms,  triple-expansion  or  compound  engines,  and 
state-rooms  for  sixty  passengers  on  the  main  deck  forward,  the  saloon  being  a 
steel  house  above.  An  Atlas  vessel  runs  from  New  York  to  Hayti,  1,348  miles,  fare 
$60;  and  thence  to  Savanilla  (1,833  miles  from  New  York),  the  old  Spanish  fortress 
of  Cartagena,  and  Puerto  Limon,  ninety  miles  by  railway  from  San  Jose,  the  capital 
of  Costa  Rica.     The  run  thence  to   New  York  is  2,008  miles  ;  fare,  $75.      Other 


02 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


steamships  run  to  Kingston,  Jamaica  (fare,  $50),  connecting  with  the  company's 
coastal-boats  Arden  and  Adula,  for  the  thirteen  outports  on  the  island  of  Jamaica. 
This  coastal  trip  is  very  popular  among  visitors  to  Jamaica. 

The  Honduras  and  Central-American  Company  sends  its  steamships 
"Jason  and  Argonaut  from  Atlantic  Dock,  Brooklyn,  fortnightly,  to  Kingston 
(Jamaica),  Greytown  (Nicaragua),  Belize,  Livingston,  Truxillo,  and  other  tropical 
ports. 

The  Pacific  Mail  Steamships  sail  from  the  foot  of  Canal  Street,  Pier  34, 
N.  R.,  every  ten  days,  for  Colon,  connecting  there  with  the  Panama  Railway  for  the 
Pacific  Coast.  The  distance  by  this  route  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco  is  5,220 
miles  ;  and  the  fare  is  $90,  or  $40  for  forward-cabin  passengers.  The  time  is  about 
25  days.      The  steamships  are  the  Columbia,  City  of  Para,  Newport  and  Colon. 

The  Red  "  D  "  Line,  at  Harbeck  Stores,  sends  out  the  large  American-built 
iron  steamships  Venezuela,  Caracas,  and  Philadelphia  every  ten  days  to  the  chief 
ports  of  Venezuela.  The  fare  is  $80  ;  or  $50  for  second-class.  The  steamships  are 
of  2,500  tons  burden  or  more;  and  have  water-tight  compartments,  electric  lights 
and  bells,  large  smoking-rooms  and  social  halls,  and  other  comforts.      The  route 


SOUTH  STREET  AND  HARBOR. 


leads  from  New  York  through  the  Mona  Passage,  between  San  Domingo  and  Porto 
Rico  ;  and  at  six  days  out  reaches  the  quaint  Dutch  island-colony  of  Curagoa,  1,763 
miles  from  Sandy  Hook.  Thence  a  night's  run  of  1 1 1  miles  leads  to  Puerto  Cabello, 
a  busy  coffee-port,  thirty  miles  by  railway  from  beautiful  Valencia.  Another  night 
voyage  of  seventy  miles  takes  one  to  La  Guayra,  celebrated  in  Kingsley's  IVestzuard 
Ho,  and  27  miles  by  an  Andes-climbing  railway  from  Caracas,  the  mountain-girt 
capital  of  Venezuela.  The  smaller  Red  "  D  "  steamer  Maracaibo  runs  regularly  over 
the  214  miles  from  Curagoa  to  Maracaibo,  a  city  of  35,000  Venezuelans,  exporting 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK.  93 

hides,  coffee  and  cocoa,  and  standing  near  a  great  inland  sea.  The  Merida  runs  from 
Curac,oa  to  La  Vela  de  Coro,  sixty  miles. 

The  Royal  Dutch  West-Indian  Mail  Line  (Koninklijke  West-Indische 
Maildienst)  has  the  Prim  Willem  I.  and  five  other  steamships,  leaving  New  York 
every  three  weeks,  and  running  to  Port  au  Prince,  $60 ;  Aux  Cayes,  Jacmel,  and 
Curacoa,  $75;  Puerto  Cabello,  La  Guayra,  Cumana,  and  Carupano,  $80;  Trinidad 
and  Demerara,  $90;  and  Paramaribo,  $100.  From  the  last  port  the  ships  cross 
the  Atlantic  to  Havre,  France,  and  Amsterdam,  Holland. 

The  United-States  &  Brazil  Mail  Steamship  Company  sends  its  swift 
American-built  steamships  Finance,  Advance,  Allianca,  Seguranca,  and  Vigilancia, 
from  Robert  Pier,  Brooklyn,  about  every  third  week,  from  New  York  to  St.  Thomas, 
6  days  ;  Martinique,  7  days;  or  Barbadoes,  W.  I.,  8  days  ;  lowest  fare  $50  (cabin) 
and  $30  (steerage);  to  Para,  Brazil,  13  days  ;  to  Maranham,  26  days;  to  Pernam- 
buco,  19  days  ;  to  Bahia,  22  days;  to  Rio  de  Janeiro,  26  days  (lowest  fares,  $150 
and  $75)  ;  to  Santos,  29  days ;  and  by  connecting  boats  to  Montevideo,  30  days ; 
and  Buenos  Ayres,  31  days  (lowest  fares,  $190  and  $75).  This  is  the  only  passen- 
ger line  from  the  United  States  to  the  entire  east  coast  of  South  Amei  ica.  The 
Seguranca  and  Vigilancia,  are  first-class  steel  steamships  of  about  4,200  tons,  fitted 
for  180  cabin  passengers  and  ample  steerage,  with  triple-expansion  engines,  electric 
lights,  ice  machinery,  pneumatic  bells,  and  elegant  social  halls  and  state-rooms. 
This  company  also  runs  semi-weekly  freight-steamers. 

The  Sloman  Line  runs  freight-boats  between  New  York  and  the  Brazilian  ports. 

Norton's  Freighting  Vessels  sail  to  the  ports  of  the  River  Plate. 

Busk  &  Jevons  send  occasional  vessels  down  the  South-American  coast. 

The  Booth  Line  sends  a  monthly  steamship  to  Para  and  Manaos  (on  the 
Amazon  River),  and  another  to  Para,  Maranham  and  Ceara,  with  passenger  accom- 
modation at  from  $75  to  $125. 

The  waters  of  the  bays,  rivers  and  sounds  for  a  hundred  miles  about  New  York 
are  traversed  by  great  fleets  of  passenger-steamers,  varying  in  size  from  the  tiny  craft 
which  visit  the  nearer  islands  to  the  immense  and  magnificent  vessels  which  traverse 
Long-Island  Sound  and  the  Hudson  River.  No  other  port  in  the  world  has  such 
noble  boats  as  these  last  mentioned,  which,  with  their  superb  halls,  grand  staircases, 
and  spacious  dining-rooms,  resemble  floating  hotels  of  the  first  class.  In  summer 
an  immense  passenger  and  excursion  business  is  done  by  the  suburban  steamboats, 
especially  by  those  running  to  Coney  Island  and  Rockaway  Beach,  to  Sandy  Hook 
and  the  coast  toward  Long  Branch,  and  to  the  Fishing  Banks  outside. 

The  Fall-River  Line  has  its  headquarters  at  the  foot  of  Murray  Street, 
whence  in  the  pleasant  season  it  dispatches  at  late  afternoon  two  of  the  vessels  of 
its  fleet,  the  Puritan,  Pilgrim,  Plymouth,  or  Providence.  They  arrive  early  the  next 
morning  at  the  Massachusetts  port  and  cotton-manufacturing  city  of  Fall  River, 
whence  connecting  trams  run  to  Boston  in  eighty  minutes.  These  are  undoubtedly 
the  largest,  most  magnificent,  and  most  perfectly-equipped  vessels  in  the  world,  used 
for  interior  navigation.  They  are  lighted  by  electricity,  steered  by  steam,  enlivened 
by  orchestral  music,  and  provided  with  meals  a  la  carte.  In  spring,  autumn  and 
winter  the  Fall-River  line  sends  out  but  one  boat  daily. 

The  Providence  Line  steamboats  leave  from  Pier  29,  N.  R.,  at  late  afternoon 
daily  (except  Sunday),  from  May  to  November,  and  traverse  the  entire  length  of  the 
East  River,  Long-Island  Sound,  and  Narragansett  Bay,  arriving  at  six  o'clock  the 
next  morning  at  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  Parlor-car  trains  connecting  run  to 
Boston,  42  miles,  in  75  minutes  ;  and  to  Worcester.      The  Connecticut  and  Massa- 


94 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


chusetts  are  beautiful  vessels,  decorated  in  white  and  gold,  with  dining-rooms  on  the 
main  decks,  and  fine  orchestras. 

The  Norwich  Line  steamships  City  of  Worcester  and  City  of  Boston  leave  Pier 
40,  N.  R.,  New  York,  at  5  o'clock,  P.  M.,  and  run  eastward  up  the  Sound  to  New 
London,  where  passengers  take  the  trains  at  early  morning  for  Boston,  Worcester 
and  other  New-England  cities.  This  is  a  very  commodious  route,  served  by  large 
and  handsome  first-class  steamboats,  and  giving  easy  access  to  Yankee-land. 

The  Stonington  Line  sends  a  fine  steamboat  at  5.30  o'clock  every  afternoon 
from  New  Pier  36,  N.  R. ,  up  Long-Island  Sound  to  the  quaint  little  Connecticut 
port  of  Stonington,  where  it  connects  with  swift  trains  to  Boston  and  other  New- 
England  cities.  This  route  is  served  by  the  new  steel  steamers  Maine  and  New 
Hampshire  and  other  fine  boats  ;  and  is  especially  desirable  in  winter,  or  when  rough 
sea-winds  make  the  longer  Sound  routes  uncomfortable. 

Other  Eastern  Lines  are  those  to  Saybrook  and  Hartford,  daily,  ascending  the 
picturesque  Connecticut  River ;  to  Bridgeport,  the  busy  manufacturing  city  on  the 
Connecticut  shore  ;  to  New  Haven,  the  seat  of  Yale  University ;  to  Stamford,  South 
Norwalk,  New  Rochelle  and  Port  Chester  ;  and  to  the  towns  on  the  north  shore  of 
Long  Island,  like 
Sea  C  liff  and 
Sands  Point,  Ros- 
lyn  and  Glen  Cove, 
Sag  Harbor  and 
Shelter  Island, 
Southold  and 
Whitestone. 

The  Hudson- 
River  Day  Line 
is  designed  entire- 
ly for  passenger 
service,  and  car- 
ries no  freight. 
The  richly  fur- 
nished private  parlors,  for  parties  ;  the  main-deck  dining-rooms,  commanding  the 
river-scenery  ;  and  other  unusual  appointments,  give  this  line  a  large  popularity. 
The  swift  iron  steamboats  New  York  and  Albany  depart  every  morning  (except 
Sunday)  from  the  Desbrosses-Street  Pier  and  the  22d-Street  Pier,  N.  R.,  from  about 
May  28th  to  October  15th,  ascending  to  Albany  (fare,  $2). 

The  People's  Line  and  the  Citizens'  Line  run  by  night  from  Canal  and 
Christopher  Streets  to  Albany  and  Troy  (fare  $1.50). 

The  Homer  Ramsdell  Transportation  Company  runs  a  nightly  line  of 
steamboats  between  New  York  and  Newburgh,  carrying  large  amounts  of  freight 
and  many  passengers. 

This  company  is  the  successor  of  the  firm  of  J.  &  T.  Powell,  who  established  a 
line  of  sloops  in  1802.  The  freighting  business  was  continued  by  means  of  sailing 
vessels  until  about  1830,  when  steamboats  were  first  employed.  In  1835  Thomas 
Powell  built  the  steamer  Highlander,  and  she  was  run  on  the  route  until  1848, 
when  the  barge  Nexvburgh,  built  by  Powell,  Ramsdell  &  Co.,  replaced  her;  in 
1 85 1  the  barge  Susquehanna  was  built,  and  run  in  connection  with  the  ATewburgh; 
and  in  1870  the  barge  Charles  Spear  was  purchased,  and  with  the  Susquehanna  and 
Minisink  made  a  daily  line,  each  of  the  boats  making  two  trips  a  week. 


FULTON    FERRY,    FOOT    OF    FULTON    STREET,    EAST    RIVER. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


95 


Powell,  Ramsdell  &  Co.  were  succeeded  by  Homer  Ramsdell  &  Co.  in  1865,  and 
the  business  was  carried  on  under  that  name  until  1880,  when  Mr.  Ramsdell  and  his 
sons  (the  grandsons  of  Thomas  Powell)  formed  the  present  company.      In  1886-7 


RAMSDELL  LINE  TO  NEWBURGH   I      HOMER  RAMSDELL  TRANSPORTATION  CO.,   FOOT  OF  FRANKLIN  ST.,    NORTH  RIvtR. 

a  return  was  made  to  the  use  of  steam  in  the  forwarding  business,  and  the  barges 
were  replaced  by  the  handsome  steel  propellers  Newburgh  and  Homer  Ramsdell, 
which  afford  to  the  public  express  freight  accommodations  unsurpassed  by  any  other 
water  or  railroad  line  in  the  country. 

The  distance  between  New  York  and  Newburgh  is  sixty  miles,  and  the  wonder- 
ful expanse  of  the  Hudson  River  between  the  two  cities  include  some  of  the  finest 
scenery  in  the  world,  the  tremendous  rocky  walls  of  the  Palisades,  the  broad  expanses 
of  the  Tappan  Zee,  the  legend-crowned  villages  of  Tarrytown  and  Peekskill,  the 
busy  scenes  around  Haverstraw  and  Nyack,  the  palaces  of  the  millionaires  about 
Yonkers  and  Dobb's  Ferry,  the  magnificent  gateway  of  the  Highlands,  the  State 
National-Guard's  camp-ground  at  Peekskill,  the  gray  old  United-States  Military 
Academy  at  West  Point,  the  far-viewing  summer-hotels  of  Cornwall,  and  then  the 
venerable  and  beautiful  city  of  Newburgh,  the  home-port  of  the  Ramsdell  boats. 
Nearly  two  centuries  ago  a  band  of  Lutheran  exiles  from  the  devastated  Palatinate 
of  the  Rhine  settled  here,  under  the  patronage  of  Queen  Anne  ;  and  since  that  far- 
past  day  the  present  great,  flourishing  and  enterprising  city  has  grown  up  on  these 
pleasant  hills.  The  New- York  pier  of  the  Homer  Ramsdell  Transportation  Co.  is 
at  the  foot  of  Franklin  Street,  North  River. 

Other  Hudson-River  lines  lead  to  Yonkers,  Tivoli,  Nyack,  Peekskill,  Fishkill, 
Fort  Lee,  Sing  Sing,  Tarrytown,  etc. 

Another  fleet  of  white  steamers  ploughs  the  waves  daily  to  the  New-Jersey  ports, 
Elizabethport  and  Keyport,  New  Brunswick  and  Bergen  Point,  Sandy  Hook  and 
Red  Bank,  South  Amboy  and  Perth  Amboy,  Atlantic  Highlands  and  Seabright. 

The  Ferry-Boat,  as  now  in  use  around  New  York,  was  designed  by  Fulton 
and  Stevens,  and  is  remarkably  well  adapted  to  its  uses,  especially  with  regard  to 
the  terminal  floating  bridges  and  the  spring  piles  along  the  slips.  The  first  ferry 
was  established  in    1642,  by  Cornelius   Dircksen,    from  near   Peck  Slip  to  Fulton 


96  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Street,  Brooklyn  ;  and  for  nearly  two  centuries  the  transits  were  made  in  barges, 
row-boats  or  pirogues.  From  1814  to  1824  horse-boats  were  used,  being  propelled 
by  horses  working  a  wheel  by  means  of  a  treadmill  between  twin-boats  ;  and  these 
in  turn  were  succeeded  by  steam  ferry-boats.  Scores  of  these  vessels  now  traverse 
the  waters  around  the  city,  carrying  the  suburbans  to  and  from  their  work,  and  are 
well  crowded  morning  and  evening.  They  are  swift,  staunch  and  powerful  craft, 
much  more  serviceable  than  they  appear ;  and  they  make  quick  and  frequent  pas- 
sages, when  the  fogs  and  floating  ice  of  winter  do  not  hinder.  There  are  dozens 
of  these  routes  to  Brooklyn  and  Long-Island  City,  Jersey  City  and  Hoboken  and 
many  other  localities,  the  fare  being  from  one  cent  upward.  On  account  of  their 
light  draft,  good  speed  and  great  strength,  armed  New-York  ferry-boats  were  found 
useful  as  gun-boats  on  the  Southern  rivers,  during  the  civil  war;  and  Capt.  Zalinski 
thinks  that  they  would  be  valuable  adjuncts  in  the  naval  defence  of  the  Empire  City, 
when  armed  with  pneumatic  dynamite  guns. 

Staten  Island  one  of  the  loveliest  of  suburban  regions,  is  reached  by  large 
ferry-boats  running  in  25  minutes  from  the  Battery  to  St.  George,  whence  rapid- 
transit  railways  diverge  to  the  many  villages  nestling  among  the  hills  and  along  the 
shores  of  this  sea-fronting  island. 

The  waters  about  New  York  are  traversed  by  about  400  tow-boats  or  tugs, 
equipped  with  very  powerful  engines,  and  competent  to  pull  the  heaviest  ships,  or 
strings  of  laden  canal- boats.  Most  of  them  are  below  100  tons  each  ;  but  the  Penn- 
sylvania Railroad  twin-screw  tugs  Amboy  and  Raritan,  the  ocean-tug  Luckenback, 
and  the  mighty  drawers  of  canal-boats  —  the  Vanderbilt  and  the  Oswego  —  reach 
above  250  tons  each.      Some  of  these  tow-boats  have  engines  of  900  horse-power. 

Yachts  and  Yachting,  with  an  endless  number  of  yachting  and  boat-clubs, 
are  conspicuous  features  hereabouts.  Nowhere  else  in  the  world  are  there  such  fleets 
of  white-winged  racing  boats,  flying  like  huge  birds  over  the  harbor  and  rivers,  and 
swooping  away  in  great  bevies  up  the  Sound  eastward  to  Newport.  The  regattas 
and  cruises  of  the  many  local  yacht-clubs  are  events  of  the  liveliest  interest,  and 
eager  tens  of  thousands  follow  them  far  out  to  sea,  beyond  the  Scotland  Light- 
ship. The  patriarch  of  all  these  noble  maritime  amusements  is  the  New-York 
Yacht  Club,  the  oldest  in  the  United  States  (founded  in  1844),  which  has  in  its  fleet 
260  boats.  Many  steam-yachts  also  cruise  about  Manhattan,  varying  in  magnitude 
from  the  puffy  little  naphtha-launch  up  to  the  superb  sea-going  private  steamships  of 
the  Vanderbilts,  Bennetts,  and  other  rich  families. 


NEW-YORK    CENTRAL    &    HUDSON-RIVER    RAILROAD    COMPANY'S    ELEVATOR. 


Railroads  -  Steam,  Elevated,  Cable,   Morse  and   Electric  — 
Stages,    Subterranean    Transit,    Etc. 


THE  need  of  opening  communication  between  New  York  and  the  West  was 
recognized  as  early  as  the  days  of  Queen  Anne,  when  the  first  attempt  was 
made  in  this  direction.  The  Colony  appropriated  ^500  to  certain  men  to  open 
a  route  from  the  Hudson  River  westward,  the  first  section  being  from  Nyack  to 
Sterling  Iron-works,  over  which  a  road  was  ordered  wide  enough  for  two  carriages, 
with  the  overhanging  boughs  of  the  trees  cut  away.  In  1673  Col.  Francis  Lovelace, 
the  second  British  Governor  of  New  York,  established  a  mail-route  between  New 
York  and  Boston.  This  primitive  establishment  consisted  of  a  single  messenger, 
who,  for  the  "more  speedy  intelligence  and  dispatch  of  affairs,"  was  ordered  to 
make  one  round  trip  each  month,  with  letters  and  packages.  The  Puritan  town  to 
the  eastward  having  thus  been  accommodated,  in  1729  certain  enterprising  spirits 
established  a  fortnightly  line  of  stages  to  Philadelphia,  the  Quaker  town  to  the 
southward.  In  the  same  year  (so  sure  was  the  march  of  progress),  proposals  were 
issued  for  a  foot  post  to  Albany.  In  1 793  the  running  time  of  the  "small,  genteel, 
and  easy  stage  carriages"  between  New  York  and  Boston  was  between  three  and 
four  days,  and  three  trips  were  made  weekly  each  way.  The  fare  was  four-pence 
a  mile. 

The  subject  of  intercommunication  between  the  little  fringe  of  settlements  along 
the  Atlantic  Coast  and  the  great  Mississippi-Ohio  Valley  was  one  of  the  most  cher- 
ished projects  of  George  Washington.  As  a  Provincial  military  officer,  or  member 
of  the  Virginian  House  of  Delegates,  or  commander-in-chief  of  the  American  armies, 
or  President  of  the  United  States,  he  always  kept  this  theme  in  view,  and  in  person 
crossed  the  Virginian  mountains,  and  examined  the  valleys  of  the  Potomac  and  the 
Mohawk,  to  find  the  best  route  for  a  canal.  He  regarded  the  West  ("  the  flank  and 
rear  of  the  Union,"  as  he  called  it)  as  likely  to  be  lured  away  from  the  Republic  by 
Great  Britain,  on  the  north,  or  by  Spain,  on  the  south.  As  he  remarked  :  "The 
Western  States  hang  upon  a  pivot.  The  touch  of  a  feather  would  turn  them  any 
way."  The  crops  of  the  West  could  not  be  moved  to  market,  so  great  was  the 
expense  of  transportation.  To  carry  a  ton  of  wheat  from  Buffalo  to  New  York  cost 
$100,  where  it  now  costs  $1.50.  Great  arks  floated  down  the  Delaware,  Susque- 
hanna and  Ohio  Rivers,  laden  with  produce ;  but  the  voyage  was  very  long,  and  the 
returns  were  uncertain.  The  first  attempt  to  relieve  this  blockade  was  made  by  build- 
ing canals,  beginning  with  the  one  opened  in  1802  from  the  lower  Mohawk  to  Oneida 
Lake  and  Lake  Ontario.  The  completion  of  the  Erie  Canal,  in  1825,  revolutionized 
the  commerce  of  America,  and  gave  New-York  City  the  place  of  commercial 
metropolis  of  the  continent.  Pennsylvania,  Maryland  and  Virginia  attempted  to 
7 


98 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


win  the  West  by  similar  constructions,  but  their  canals  reached  only  to  the  foot  of 
the  Alleghany  Mountains.  Ohio,  Indiana  and  Illinois  built  canals  connecting  the 
Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers  with  the  Great  Lakes,  at  Cleveland,  Toledo  and  Chi- 
cago ;  and  by  the  year  1840,  8,500  miles  of  canal  were  in  operation. 

But  a  new  unifying  and  civilizing  agency  was  about  to  enter  the  world's  service. 
In  1826  the  Stockton  &  Darlington  Railway,  in  England,  showed  the  feasibility  of 
moving  trains  by  steam-power.  In  1827  a  tramway  of  three  miles  was  built  near 
Quincy,  in  Massachusetts,  to  transport  granite  from  the  quarries  to  tide-water.  New 
York  had  cut  off  the  Western  trade  of  the  other  Atlantic  ports,  by  its  Erie  Canal ; 
and  Baltimore  hastened  to  avail  itself  of  the  newly  discovered  mechanism  of  the  rail- 


NEW-YORK    CENTRAL    &    HUDSON-RIVER    RAILROAD    TRACKS    ABOVE    98TH    STREET. 

way,  to  offset  the  canal.  Accordingly,  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad  was  char- 
tered in  1827,  and  began  grading  in  1828.  The  first  locomotive  used  in  America 
was  the  Stourbridge  Lion,  imported  from  England,  and  started  on  the  Carbondale  & 
Honesdale  Railroad,  in  1829.  It  was  too  heavy  for  the  unsubstantial  rails  then  in 
use,  and  had  to  be  given  up.  The  second  locomotive  to  run  in  America  was  called 
The  Best  Friend  of  Charleston,  and  was  built  at  the  West-Point  Foundry  Works,  on 
the  Hudson,  in  1830.  It  belonged  to  the  South-Carolina  Railroad,  which  for  some 
years  was  the  longest  continuous  line  in  the  world.  Another  locomotive  from  the 
same  works  was  placed  on  the  Mohawk  &  Hudson  Railroad,  in  1 83 1.  In  the  mean- 
time, the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  line  had  been  using  horses  to  draw  the  trains  between 
Baltimore  and  Frederick ;  and  had  made  elaborate  experiments  to  see  if  the  cars 
could  not  be  propelled  by  sails. 

With  all  the  Atlantic  States  reaching  inland  by  lines  of  iron  rails,  New  York  also 
advanced  in  the  same  direction,  and  the  result  appears  in  a  remarkable  system  of 
railways,  excelled  by  none  in  the  world  outside. 

The  New-York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad  is  the  only  route  which 
runs  from  New- York  harbor  to  the  Great  Lakes  over  the  territory  of  a  single  State. 
Its  main  line,  from  New  York  to  Buffalo,  44 if  miles,  is  one  of  the  most  perfectly 
appointed  and  equipped  railways  in  the  world,  and  for  the  greater  part  of  its  course 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


99 


100 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


has  four  parallel  tracks,  of 
which  two  are  reserved  for 
passenger  trains  exclusively. 
The  company  controls  over 
3,000  miles  of  steel-rail 
track,  and  has  1,130  loco- 
motives, 1,200  passenger 
cars,  40, 500  freight  and  other 
cars,  and  123  steamboats  and 
other  craft.  The  sum  of 
$15,000,000  is  paid  yearly 
to  the  25,000  employees  of 
the  company,  being  more 
than  half  of  the  working  expenses  of  the  road.  The  cost  of  the  road  and  equip- 
ment has  exceeded  $157,000,000,  which  is  mainly  represented  by  capital  stock 
of  $90,000,000  and  a  funded  debt  of  $65,000,000.  In  a  single  year  the  New- 
York  Central  company  has  carried  more  than  16,000,000  tons  of  freight,  equal- 
ling the  movement  of  over  3,000,000,000  tons  for  one  mile  ;  and  20,000,000 
passengers.  The  Grand  Central  Station  on  42d  Street,  enormous,  well-placed  and 
commodious,  covers  257,312  square  feet,  and  contains  19  tracks,  and  the  general 
offices  of  several   railways.      Daily   50,000  persons  arrive  at  or  depart   from  this 


RIVERDALE    STATION,    N.    Y.    C.    &    H.    R      R.    R. 


MOTT-HAVEN    STATION,    138TH    STREET,    NEW-YORK    CENTRAL    &    HUDSON-RIVER    RrtlLhOAD. 

station,  on  245  trains,  of  800  cars.  The  stations  at  Mott  Haven,  at  Riverdalc, 
and  elsewhere  are  very  commodious  and  highly  available.  The  Central  trains  (and 
also  those  of  the  routes  to  New  England)  traverse  Manhattan  Island,  from  the  Grand 
Central  Station  to  the  Harlem  River,  by  a  series  of  sunken  tracks  and  viaducts  whose 
construction  cost  many  millions  of  dollars.  Then  they  follow  for  over  100  miles  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  Hudson  River,  "the  Rhine  of  America, "  crossing  the  inflowing 
streams  on  massive  bridges,  and  passing  the  mountain-promontories  by  rock  tunnels 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


IOI 


Or  broad  artificial  terraces.  Scores  of  famous  villages  and  cities  and  historic  locali- 
ties are  passed  ;  and  along  the  route  the  magnificent  panorama  of  the  Hudson  River 
and  its  enwalling  mountains  and  fruitful  plains  is  unrolled  before  the  delighted  vision. 
Here  is  the  dark  line  of  the  Palisades,  frowning  across  the  placid  Tappan  Zee  ;  the 
classic  region  where  the  names  of  Major  Andre,  Benedict  Arnold,  Mad  Anthony 
Wayne,  Hendrick  Hudson,  Captain  Kidd  and  George  Washington  are  oddly  com- 
bined with  those  of  the  Livingstons  and  Philipses,  with  the  valorous  trumpeter 
Anthony  Van  Corlaer  and  Jan  Peek,  and  Rambout  Van  Dam  ;  the  noble  Highlands 
of  the  Hudson,  the  Dunderberg,  and  Anthony's  Nose,  Storm  King  and  Cro'  Nest  ; 
the  historic  batteries  of  West  Point,  where  the  art  of  war  was  studied  for  years  by 
Grant  and  Sherman,  Sheridan  and  McClellan,  Lee  and  Longstreet ;  Newburgh,  with 
its  triumphal  arch  and  Washington's  headquarters  ;  Poughkeepsie,  the  seat  of  Vassar 
College  ;  and  noble  views  of  the  Catskill  Mountains,  the  home  of  Rip  Van  Winkle. 
At  Albany  the  New-York  Central  line  turns  up  the  great  natural  highway  which 
the  Mohawk  River  cut  through  the  Alleghany  Mountains  ;  and  for  nearly  300  miles 


"EMPIRE-STATE    EXPRESS,"   NEW-YORK    CENTRAL   &    HUDSON-RIVER    RAILROAD. 
FASTEST    LONG-DISTANCE    TRAIN     IN    THE    WORLD.         PHOTO.     BY   A.    P.    YATES,   OF   SYRACUSE,    N.    Y. 

traverses  the  grandest  railway  route  in  the  world,  with  its  continuous  four  tracks, 
side  by  side.  On  this  rosary-chain  are  strung  numerous  important  cities,  like  Schenec- 
tady and  Amsterdam,  Utica  and  Rome,  Syracuse  and  Rochester,  closing  at  thronged 
and  busy  Buffalo,  "The  Queen  City  of  the  Lakes."  On  the  great  highway  of  nature 
between  New  York  and  Buffalo,  some  of  the  most  remarkable  of  railway  runs  have 
been  made,  crowning  the  world's  record  for  long-distance  rapid  transit.  September 
14,  1 89 1,  a  train  traversed  the  stretch  of  436  miles  between  New  York  and  East  Buffalo 
in  425!  minutes,  making  on  some  sections  a  speed  of  78  miles  an  hour.  As  a  result 
of  this  experimental  trip,  the  New- York  Central  established  its  Empire-State 
Express,  which  daily  makes  the  run  between  New  York  and  Buffalo  in  8  hours  and 
40  minutes,  an  average  of  over  52  miles  an  hour.  This  is  the  fastest  long-distance 
train  in  the  world. 


102 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


At  Buffalo  the  through  trains  of  the  New- York  Central  pass  on  to  the  rails  of  the 
lines  for  the  farther  West,  the  Lake-Shore,  or  the  Michigan  Central.  Some  of  the 
finest  trains  in  the  world  serve  this  magnificent  route  to  the  West,  with  Wagner 
drawing-room  cars,   buffet,    smoking,  dining,    cafe  and    library  cars,  and  standard, 


MORRISANIA    STATION,    NEW-YOKK    CthTRAL 


IVER    RAILROAD. 


buffet  and  private-compartment  sleeping-cars.  The  New- York  and  Chicago  Limited, 
the  Southwestern  Limited,  the  North-Shore  Limited,  and  the  Chicago,  St.  Louis  and 
Cincinnati  Express-trains  are  marvels  of  comfort  and  luxury. 

The  old  terminal  station  of  the  Hudson-River  Railroad,  at  30th  Street  and  Tenth 
Avenue,  New  York,  is  mainly  used  as  a  freight  depot,  although  passenger  trains  for 
all  stations  on  the  western  side  of  Manhattan  Island,  up  to  Spuyten  Duyvil,  are  still 
despatched  thence. 

The  northern  connections  of  the  Central  lines  are  made  mainly  at  Albany,  Troy, 
Herkimer  and  Utica,  and  reach  Saratoga  and  the  Adirondacks,  both  shores  of  Lake 
Champlain,  Montreal  and  Ottawa,  the  Green  Mountains  of  Vermont,  and  the  Thou- 
sand Islands  of  the  St.  Lawrence.  Myriads  of  metropolitans  every  year  seek  these 
scenes  of  vernal  beauty  for  their  season  of  summer  rest. 

The  history  of  the  New-York  Central  Railroad  dates  back  to  the  earliest  days  of 
the  railroad  in  America.  Its  first  link  was  the  Mohawk  &  Hudson,  chartered  in 
1826,  and  completed  in  1831,  and  afterward  re-named  the  Albany  &  Schenectady. 
Tnis  was  the  first  railroad  in  New- York  State,  and  for  a  long  time  stationary  engines 
were  used  on  parts  of  its  line.  Another  route  westward  from  the  Hudson,  the 
Schenectady  &  Troy,  received  its  charter  in  1836,  and  began  operations  in  1842. 
Meanwhile,  the  Utica  &  Schenectady  had  been  opened  in  1836,  and  the  Syracuse  & 
Utica  in  1839;  the  Auburn  &  Syracuse  in  1838,  and  the  Auburn  &  Rochester  in 
1841  ;  the  Lockport  &  Niagara-Falls  in  1838,  and  the  Attica  &  Batavia  and  Tona- 
wanda  lines  (afterward  united  as  the  Buffalo  &  Rochester)  in  1842.  All  these  and 
other  roads  were  consolidated  under  the  special  law  of  1853  into  the  New- York 
Central  Railroad   Company,  giving  a  through  route  between  Albany  and  Buffalo. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


103 


Several  other  connecting  lines  were  subsequently  leased,  and  then  merged  into  the 
New-York  Central  system.  The  Hudson-River  Railroad  was  chartered  in  1846,  and 
opened  from  New  York  to  East  Albany  in  185 1.  In  1869  occurred  the  consolida- 
tion which  made  up  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson -River  Railroad. 

The  New-York  &  Harlem  Railway,  operated  by  the  New- York  Central, 
was  chartered  in  1831.  It  reached  14th  Street  in  1832  ;  32d  Street  in  1833  ;  York- 
ville  in  1834;  Harlem  in  1837;  Williamsbridge  in  1842;  White  Plains  in  1844; 
Dover  Plains  in  1848;  and  Chatham  Four  Corners  in  1852.  The  line  cost  $23,- 
500,000  to  build  and  equip,  and  is  127  miles  long,  from  New  York  to  Chatham, 
where  it  connects  with  the  Boston  &  Albany  Railroad.  It  was  leased  in  1873  for 
401  years  to  the  New-York  Central  Company,  which  pays  eight  per  cent,  on  the 
capital  stock,  and  interest  on  the  funded  debt.  This  picturesque  route  to  the  north 
follows  the  Bronx,  Neperhan  and  Croton  Valleys  for  many  miles,  through  the  pleas- 
ant farming  lands  of  Westchester,  Putnam  and  Dutchess  Counties,   and    near  the 


SWITCH    TOWER    CONTROLLING   ALL   TRAINS    ENTERING   THE   GRAND   CENTRAL    DEPOT. 

Taconic  Mountains.  Among  the  charming  summer-resorts  near  the  line  are  Lake 
Mahopac  and  the  Berkshire  Hills,  and  farther  connections  lead  to  the  finest  scenery 
of  the  Green  Mountains. 

The  West-Shore  Railroad  was  organized  in  1880,  and  the  following  year 
became  possessed  of  the  Jersey-City  &  Albany  line,  from  Weehawken  to  Fort  Mont- 


104  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

gomery.  The  first  through-train  between  Weehawken  and  Buffalo  was  run  in  1884, 
but  the  road  passed  into  the  hands  of  a  receiver  during  the  same  year,  and  in  1885 
was  sold  to  a  new  company,  which  leased  it  to  the  New-York  Central  &  Hudson-River 
Railroad  for  475  years.  The  West-Shore  route  thus  became  an  important  and  inter- 
esting division  of  the  Central  system.  It  follows  the  western  bank  of  the  Hudson 
River  nearly  to  Albany,  and  thence  crosses  the  rich  midland  counties  to  Buffalo  on 
a  route  nearly  parallel  with  that  of  the  New-York  Central  line.  The  West-Shore 
trains  may  be  reached  at  the  Pennsylvania  depot  in  Jersey  City,  or  at  Weehawken 
(by  ferry  from  Jay  Street  or  West  42d  Street). 

The  Rome,  Watertown  &  Ogdensburg  Railroad  Co.  was  organized  in 
i860  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  Watertown  &  Rome  Railroad  Co.  and  the  Potsdam 
&  Watertown  Railroad  Co.,  and  has  since  acquired  by  consolidation  numerous 
small  lines  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State,  and  also,  on  April  14,  1886,  the  Utica 
&  Black-River  Railroad,  which,  up  to  that  time,  was  its  chief  competitor.  The 
Rome,  Watertown  &  Ogdensburg  Railroad  and  its  leased  lines  were  leased  in  perpe- 
tuity to  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Company  March  14,  1 89 1.  The 
New- York  Central,  appreciating  the  value  of  this  new  acquisition,  and  its  capabilities 
of  becoming  the  largest  and  most  important  tourist  traffic  route  in  America,  proceeded 
at  once,  with  its  usual  enterprise,  to  raise  to  Trunk-Line  standard  that  portion  of 
the  newly  acquired  property  patronized  by  summer-travel.  This  has  been  accom- 
plished by  hard  work  and  the  outlay  of  a  very  large  sum  of  money, —  nearly  $1,000,- 
000, —  in  permanent  improvements,  and  relaying  the  road  with  heavy  steel  rails, 
renewing  and  reballasting  the  road-bed,  replacing  wooden  bridges  with  strong  new 
ones  of  stone  and  iron,  etc.,  all  of  which  enables  the  company  to  inaugurate  a  new 
era  in  Northern  New-York  passenger  service.  The  improvement  of  the  equipment 
and  service  has  kept  pace  with  the  road-bed.  Standard  locomotives,  capable  of 
hauling  the  heaviest  passenger  trains  at  high  speed,  have  been  added  to  the  motive 
power.  In  carrying  out  the  policy  of  developing  summer-travel,  by  offering  every 
facility,  the  New-York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad  has  placed  in  service  new 
fast  trains,  through  from  New  York  and  from  Buffalo  to  points  on  the  Rome,  Water- 
town  &  Ogdensburg  Railroad,  equipped  with  new  coaches,  new  Wagner  sleeping 
and  drawing-room  cars,  and  buffet  smoking  and  library  cars. 

The  Dunkirk,  Allegheny- Valley  &  Pittsburgh  Railroad,  from  Dunkirk  to  Titus- 
ville,  was  recently  leased  by  the  New-York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad. 

The  Pennsylvania  Railroad  was  incorporated  in  1846,  and  chartered  in 
1847,  to  build  a  line  from  the  Harrisburg  and  Lancaster  route  to  Pittsburgh  or  Erie. 
The  State  system  of  transportation,  built  between  1828  and  1834,  at  a  cost  exceeding 
$14,000,000,  consisted  of  a  railway  from  Philadelphia  to  Columbia,  82  miles;  a 
canal  thence  to  Hollidaysburg,  172  miles;  the  Portage  Railway,  across  the  Alle- 
ghany Mountains  to  Johnstown,  36  miles;  and  the  railway  thence  to  Pittsburgh,  104 
miles.  This  route  resulted  in  great  benefit  to  the  sections  through  which  it  passed, 
but  it  was  a  slow,  costly  and  complicated  system,  and  proved  unremunerative  to  the 
State.  For  years  the  route  between  Philadelphia  and  Columbia  was  served  only  by 
horse-cars,  making  the  transit  in  nine  hours,  with  relays  every  twelve  miles.  The 
superior  facilities  offered  by  New  York  and  Baltimore  threatened  to  leave  Pennsyl- 
vania out  of  the  race,  as  a  competitor  for  Western  trade,  and  therefore  local  patriotism 
was  highly  stimulated  to  construct  a  new  and  first-class  route  across  the  State.  The 
project  was  advocated  by  the  press  and  in  public  meetings ;  and  committees  went 
from  house  to  house  asking  subscriptions  to  stock.  With  the  funds  thus  raised,  and 
under  the  wise  direction  of  Chief  Engineer  J.  Edgar  Thompson,   the  Pennsylvania 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


105 


io6 


KINGXS  HA  AW  BO  OK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


PENNSYLVANIA    RAILROAD  \     FERRY    BOAT. 

Railroad  began  its  construction  works  in  1847,  between  Harrisburg  and  Lewistown  ; 
and  in  1854  the  entire  route,  from  Philadelphia  to  Pittsburgh,  went  into  operation. 
In  1861,  after  a  contest  of  six  years,  the  company  bought  the  State  lines,  for  $13,- 
570,000.  Mr.  Thompson  held  the  presidency  of  the  company  from  1852  until  his 
death,  in  1874,  when  he  was  succeeded  by  Col.  Thomas  A.  Scott,  who  had  been  for 
twenty-four  years  connected  with  the  company,  and  had  been  vice-president  since 
i860.  After  constructing  its  magnificent  trunk  line  across  the  Keystone  State,  the 
company  prolonged  its  routes  farther  westward  by  securing  control  of  several  lines 


PENNSYLVANIA   RAILROAD   DEPOT,   JERSEY    CITY.  INTERIOR    OF   TRAIN-HOUSE. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


107 


to  the  great  trade-centres  of  the  West ;  gained  an  admirable  entrance  to  New  York 
by  acquiring  the  United  New-Jersey  lines  ;  found  an  outlet  at  Baltimore  by  getting 
control  of  the  Northern  Central  Railroad;  completed  and  opened  the  Baltimore 
&  Potomac  line,  to  Washington ;  and  came  into  possession  of  numerous  minor 
routes. 

The  New- Jersey  part  of  the  Pennsylvania  system  includes  the  plant  of  the 
United  New- Jersey  Railroad  and  Canal  Companies,  leased  in  1 871,  for  999  years, 
at  a  deservedly  high  rental.  This  confederacy  was  formed  in  1831,  by  the  prac- 
tical unification  of  two  companies  chartered  a  year  before  —  the  Delaware  & 
Raritan  Canal  and  the  Camden  &  Amboy  Railroad,  both  of  which  were  finished  in 
1834.  Two  years  later  the  United  Companies  got  control  of  the  Philadelphia  & 
Trenton  line  (opened  in  1834),  and  in  1867  they  consolidated  interests  with  the 
line  of  the  New- Jersey  Railroad  &  Transportation  Company  from  New  Brunswick 


PENNSYLVANIA    RAILROAD  '.    CORTLANDT    STREET,    NEW    YORK. 

to  Jersey  City.  The  section  from  Jersey  City  to  Newark  was  opened  in  1834,  and 
for  some  years  was  used  only  by  horse-cars.  In  1836  it  reached  Rah  way  ;  and  in 
1839  its  trains  arrived  at  Philadelphia. 

The  new  passenger  station  at  Jersey  City  is  larger  than  the  Grand  Central  Depot 
in  New  York,  and  has  a  length  of  6535-  ^eet»  with  a  width  of  256  feet,  and  a  height 
of  112  feet.  It  is  reached  from  New  York  by  the  steam  ferry-boats  of  the  com- 
pany, running  from  Cortlandt  Street  and  Desbrosses  Street.  The  Pennsylvania 
Railroad  has  already  bridged  West  Street  at  their  Cortlandt- Street  Ferry,  and  is 
rapidly  putting  into  service  a  fleet  of  double-deck  ferry-boats,  so  that  eventually 
passengers  will  be  able  to  pass  from  Cortlandt  or  Desbrosses  Streets  to  the  upper 
decks  of  the  ferry-boats,  above  the  confusion  of  West  Street,  and  thence  on  the 
same  level  to  their  trains  in  the  Jersey-City  Station. 

The  Pennsylvania  Railroad  has  one  of  the  most  perfect  equipments  in  the  world, 
with  heavily  ballasted  road-bed,  steel  rails,  track  tanks,  block  signals  and  the  very 
best  cf  rolling  stock  in  all  forms.      Every  successful  device  known  to  modern  rail- 


to8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


road  science  has  been  adopted  and  utilized  by  this  vigilant  and  wealthy  corporation. 
The  discipline  of  its  great  army  of  officials  and  men  is  of  such  an  admirable  charac- 
ter that  the  Pennsylvania  has  long  served  as  a  seminary  for  the  most  efficient  railroad 
men  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  grand  route  westward  by  the  Pennsylvania 
line  from  New  York  and  Philadelphia  to  Cincinnati  and  Chicago,  Indianapolis  and 
St.  Louis,  and  remoter  points  in  prairie  land,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  and 


PENNSYLVANIA    RAILROAD  \      DESBROSSES-STREET    TA3SENGER-STATI0N,   WEST    STREET,    NEW    YORK. 

diversified  on  the  continent.  It  leads  across  the  richest  and  most  densely  settled 
part  of  New  Jersey,  past  Newark,  New  Brunswick,  Trenton  and  other  historic 
cities  ;  and  for  a  long  distance  down  the  garden-like  valley  of  the  Delaware.  The 
great  terminal  at  Philadelphia  is  the  model  railway  station  of  the  world,  vast  in 
area,  impressive  in  architecture  and  equipped  with  many  conveniences  devised  by 
the  most  ingenious  minds.  From  the  City  of  Brotherly  Love  the  traveller  south- 
ward-bound passes  down  across  the  State  of  Delaware  and  through  Wilmington,  its 
metropolis,  and  on  to  the  great  city  of  Baltimore,  and  to  Washington,  the  capital  of 
the  Republic,  where  connection  is  made  with  the  great  Southern  lines  for  the  lower 
Atlantic  and  Gulf  States.  The  traveller  westward-bound  from  Philadelphia  trav- 
erses a  rich  and  historic  country,  by  quaint  old  Lancaster  and  picturesque  Harris- 
burg,  and  crossing  the  broad  Susquehanna  River  ascends  the  lovely  glens  of  "The 
Blue  Juniata."  At  Harrisburg  the  track  is  310  feet  above  the  sea,  at  Lewistown 
488,  at  Tyrone  886,  and  at  Altoona  1,168.  Here  begins  the  wonderful  climb  ot 
the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and  the  track  attains  its  highest  point  at  2, 168  feet 
above  the  sea,  where  it  passes  through  a  tunnel,  3,612  feet  long,  and  reaches  the 
western  slope  and  the  ravines  descending  toward  the  Ohio.  Before  reaching  the 
tunnel,  the  train  swings  around  the  wonderful  Horse-shoe  Curve,  a  marvel  of  engi- 
neering skill,  and  overlooking  dim  blue  leagues  of  valleys  and  mountain  ranges. 
At  Johnstown,  of  tragic  memory,  the  line  has  descended  to  1,184  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  at  Pittsburgh  its  elevation  is  only  748  feet.  At  this  point,  the  famous  iron 
and  steel  city,  connections  are  made  for  all  parts  of  the  interior  and  Western 
States,  and  the  through  cars  pass  directly  on  to  the  rails  which  shall  bear  them 
indefinite  distances  along  the  path  of  the  Star  of  Empire,  across  the  fruitful  plains 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


109 


of  the  prairie   States,  and  even  beyond   the  solemn  walls  of  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  the  Sierra  Nevada. 

Never  before  and  nowhere  else  has  betler  provision  been  made  for  the  luxury 
of  travellers.  On  these  great  routes  run  trains  on  which,  while  flying  at  the  rate  of 
forty  miles  an  hour,  the  weary  voyager  may  undress  and  retire  to  rest,  in  a  curtained 
alcove  or  an  enclosed  state-room  ;  and  sleep  in  a  comfortable  bed  while  gliding  over 
500  miles  of  American  land.  At  morning  he  may  arise  and  refresh  himself  by  ab- 
lutions in  running  water,  with  fresh  clean  towels  ;  or  take  a  full  bath  in  a  bath-tub  ; 
or  be  shaven  and  shorn  by  the  train  barber.  At  meal-times,  the  tables  are  set  in 
the  dining-car,  as  daintily  equipped  and  served  and  as  richly  supplied  as  in  a  good 
hotel ;  and  a  leisurely  repast  is  enjoyed,  while  the  train  sweeps  on,  at  nearly  a  mile 
a  minute,  up  the  Susquehanna  or  Juniata  Valley.  When  one  grows  weary  of  looking 
out  at  the  changing  landscape,  through  broad  windows  of  transparent  plate  glass, 
he  may  walk  forward  securely  through  the  cars  and  their  vestibuled  connections,  to 
the  library-car,  with  its  fine  shelves  of  books  and  periodicals,  and  its  desks,  all  sup- 
plied with  stationery,  for  people  who  want  to  write  letters  or  telegrams.  The  train 
also  has  its  comfortable  lounging  places  for  smokers,  who  may  purchase  their  nico- 
tinous  sedatives  there  ;  and  an  artist  in  liquids  stands  ready  to  fabricate  every  variety 
of  the  cup  which  cheers.  The  accustomed  pains  of  travel  have  thus  been  replaced 
by  a  triumphal   course  of  pleasure,   reaching  from  New  York  to  Chicago,  or  St. 


PENNSYLVANIA    RAILROAD  :     FREIGHT    DEPOT,     WEST    STREET. 

Louis,  or  San  Francisco,  or  Mexico  ;  and  the  hospitality  and  good  cheer,  the  freedom 
and  comfort  of  the  Empire  City  project  themselves  over  the  entire  continent. 

Wonderful  system,  admirable  discipline,  and  perfect  mastery  of  all  departments 
of  the  science  of  railroading  characterize  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  in  all  its  his- 
tory, development  and  present  operations,  and  place  it  among  the  pre-eminent  cor- 
porations of  the  world. 

Many  of  the  conspicuous  luxuries  and  conveniences  of  modern  through  travel 
were  devised  by  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad,  and  first  put  to  practical  test  on  its  lines 


I  IO 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


of  travel.  And  this  spirit  of  enterprise,  so  predominent  in  the  past,  is  and  always 
will  be  characteristic  of  the  company,  and  ensures  for  its  patrons  the  latest  and  best 
things  known  in  the  modern  life  of  railroading,  in  respect  to  luxury,  speed  and  safety. 
The  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey  (of  the  Reading  Railroad  Sys- 
tem).    Nowhere  within  easy  distance  of  New  York  are  found  so  many  charming 


CEMTRAL  BUILDING--WEST  STREET,   FOOT  OF   LIEERTY  STREET—CENTRAL   RAILROAD  OF   NEW  JERSEY   DEPOT. 

residential  spots  as  those  reached  by  the  trains  of  the  Central  Railroad  of  New 
Jersey,  whose  system  of  suburban  traffic  is  admitted  to  be  nearly  perfect. 

Operating  1,353  miles  °f  track,  the  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey  offers  a 
greater  diversity  of  travel  to  seashore,  mountain,  lake,  glen,  coal  and  iron  region, 
and  near  by  large  manufacturing  points,  than  any  line  leading  out  of  the  metropolis. 

The  commodious  and  magnificent  depot  at  Communipaw  is  reached  by  ferry  from 
the  foot  of  Liberty  Street,  North  River.  In  conjunction  with  the  Philadelphia  & 
Reading  Railroad  this  line  forms  a  part  of  the  famous  Royal  Blue  Line  from  New  York 
to  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  Washington,  and  the  South  and  West.  It  traverses  the 
entire  length  of  the  garden-like  little  State,  bringing  to  the  New-York  market  the  pro- 
ducts of  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania.  Running  westward,  it  passes  through  Eliza- 
beth and  Easton,  Allentown  and  Mauch  Chunk,  and  the  marvellous  anthracite  coal 
region  between  Tamaqua  and  Scranton,  including  the  whole  length  of  the  Valley  of 
Wyoming  and  the  Lehigh  Valley.  Its  suburban  service  extends  as  far  as  Somerville, 
and  every  evening  conducts  a  vast  peaceful  army  of  business  men  from  the  rush  and 
roar  of  the  metropolis  to  the  flourishing  towns  and  villages  of  Central  New  Jersey. 

What  a  race  of  mortals  we  are  in  this  latter  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  as 
compared  with  our  slow-going  ancestors  of  the  last  century  !  How  they  were  lazily 
jolted  along  till  every  bone  was  almost  unhinged,  in  the  slow  old  stage-coach,  taking 
the  dust  in  pound  doses,  or  traveling  weary  and  foot-sore  over  the  old-time  lonely 
pike.  Some  of  the  modern  railroad  travel  is  not  very  much  better  than  then,  it  is 
true,  and  the  luxury  you  enjoy  on  the  line  of  the  New-Jersey  Central  Railroad,  as  com- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


ill 


pared  with  such,  is  as  superior  as  railroad  travel  is  to  the  old-fashioned  method. 
Think  of  a  cozy,  cushioned  seat,  by  a  broad  plate-glass  window,  on  a  road-bed  over 
which  you  glide  along  almost  as  smoothly  as  over  the  calm  waters  of  an  inland  sea, 
with  a  panorama  of  views  of  hill  and  valley,  of  bustling  town  and  quiet  borough 
and  sleepy  hamlet,  and  conceive  something  better  than  such  a  ride,  if  you  can. 

To  Greenville,  Bayonne  City,  Newark,  Elizabethport,  Elizabeth,  Roselle,  Cran- 
ford,  Westfield,  Fanwood,  Netherwood,  Plainfield,  Dunellen,  Bound  Brook  and 
Somerville,  the  train  service  is  unsurpassed.  Superior  coaches,  lighted  by  gas  and 
steam-heated,  are  sent  flying  on  their  journey  with  such  frequent  regularity  that  the 
suburban  resident  along  the  line  of  the  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey  reaches  his 
home  long  before  the  citizen  on  Manhattan  Island  has  passed  above  23d  Street. 


CENTRAL  BUILDING;      CENTRAL  RAILROAD   OF   NEW   JERSEY,   LIBERTY  AND  WEST   STREETS,    NEW  YORK. 


112 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


To  Budd's  Lake,  Schooley's  Mountain,  Lake  Hopatcong,  Eaglesmere,  Highland 
Lake  ;  to  the  beautiful  valley  of  the  Lehigh,  with  lovely  Glen  Onoko,  bustling  Mauch 
Chunk  and  the  famed  Switchback  gravity  railroad,  to  which  may  be  added  many 
mountain  resorts,  the  service  of  the  Central  Railroad  is  an  incomparable  one. 

To  omit  mention  of  the  superb  steamers  of  the  Sandy-Hook  Route,  owned  and 
operated  by  the  Central  Railroad  Company,   would  be  to  leave  untold  one-half  of 


CENTRAL    RAILROAD    OF    NEW    JERSEY.       DEPOT    IN    JERSEY    CITY. 

the  attractions  of  Jersey  travel.  Three  palatial  steamers,  the  Monmouth,  Sandy 
Hook  and  St.  Jo/ins,  leave  Pier  8,  North  River,  foot  of  Rector  Street,  daily  and  Sun- 
day during  the  summer  season,  at  frequent  intervals,  for  Atlantic  Highlands,  con- 
necting there  for  Highland  Beach;  Navesink  Beach,  Normandie,  Rumson  Beach, 
Seabright,  Low  Moor,  Galilee,  Monmouth  Beach,  Long  Branch,  Elberon,  Deal 
Beach,  Asbury  Park,  Ocean  Grove,  Avon,  Bel  Mar,  Como,  Spring  Lake,  Sea  Girt, 
Manasquan,  Brielle  and  Point  Pleasant.  The  thousands  of  wealthy  cottage-owners 
along  the  New- Jersey  shore  who  daily  travel  by  the  Sandy-Hook  boats  attest  the 
high  standard  of  marine  service  of  this  popular  line,  which  affords  to  the  stranger- 
tourist  a  never-ending  source  of  surprise  and  comment  at  the  perfect  service  enjoyed. 

An  all-rail  route  from  the  foot  of  Liberty  Street,  New  York,  gives  the  traveller 
an  equally  prompt  service  to  the  above-named  coast-resorts,  together  with  quick  tran- 
sit to  Red  Bank,  Lakewood,  Atlantic  City,  Tom's  River,  Bay  Side,  Barnegat  Park, 
Forked  River,  Waretown  and  Barnegat  Bay. 

The  entire  coast-line,  from  Sandy  Hook  to  Barnegat  Inlet,  is  an  almost  continu- 
ous summer-resort,  with  enormous  hotels,  colonies  of  handsome  cottages,  camp- 
meeting  grounds,  and  all  the  other  accessories  of  modern  watering-place  life.  The 
memories  of  Grant  and  Garfield  still  haunt  the  bluff  of  Long  Branch  ;  the  State 
troops  of  New  Jersey  encamp  along  the  plains  of  Sea  Girt ;  the  light-houses  flash 
across  the  sea  from  the  Navesink  Highlands  and  Barnegat ;  the  Methodists  assemble 
their  devout  classes  at  Asbury  Park  and  Ocean  Grove  j  and  the  perfume  of  the  pines 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK  113 

overflows  the  sands  of  Key  East.  In  a  way,  this  strip  of  wave-beaten  coast,  in  win- 
ter "The  Graveyard  of  the  Sea,"  in  summer  becomes  the  most  popular  and  delight- 
ful suburb  of  the  great  city,  abounding  in  piquant  varieties  of  scenery  and  of  humanity. 
The  Delaware,  Lackawanna  &  Western  Railroad  had  its  inception  in 
the  little  Ligett's-Gap  Railroad,  down  in  Pennsylvania,  which  was  incorporated  in 
1832,  and  19  years  later  became  the  Lackawanna  &  Western,  running  from  Scran- 
ton  northwest  to  Great  Bend.  Two  years  later,  upon  consolidating  with  the  Dela- 
ware &  Cobb's-Gap  Railroad,  it  took  its  present  title,  although  the  line  did  not 
reach  the  Delaware  River  until  1856.  A  year  later,  the  company  leased  the  War- 
ren Railroad,  then  just  opened  from  the  Delaware  River  to  New  Hampton  Junc- 
tion, N.  J.  Meantime,  the  Morris  &  Essex  Railroad,  chartered  in  1835,  na<^  been 
built  from  Hoboken  across  the  hill-country  of  northern  New  Jersey  to  Phillipsburg, 
which  it  reached  in  1866;  and  two  years  later  it  was  favorably  leased  to  the  Dela- 
ware, Lackawanna  &  Western,  which  thus  secured  a  terminal  on  New-York  harbor. 
While  thus  triumphantly  planning  its  route  to  the  seaboard,  the  company  also 
turned  its  attention  northward  and  westward,  securing  the  line  to  Owego  and 
Ithaca  in  1855  ;  that  to  Syracuse  and  Oswego,  in  1869  ;  that  to  Utica  and  Richfield 
Springs  in  1870 ;  and  that  from  Binghamton  to  Buffalo,  in  1882.  These  and  other 
annexed  routes  and  new  sections  constructed,  gave  the  company  its  present  splendid 
system,  reaching  from  opposite  New  York  to  Lake  Ontario  and  Lake  Erie  and 
down  through  the  coal-regions  of  Pennsylvania  to  Wilkes-Barre,  Scranton  and  North- 
umberland. These  routes  are  served  by  550  locomotives  and  36,000  cars  of  all 
kinds.     The  eastern  terminal  of  the  Lackawanna  system,  at  Hoboken,  is  reached 


DELAWARE,     LACKAWANNA    &    WESTERN    RAILROAD  '.     DEPOT    IN    HOBOKEN. 

by  ferries  from  Barclay  Street  and  Christopher  Street,  New  York.  The  through 
main  line  from  New  York  to  Scranton,  Elmira  and  Buffalo,  409  miles  long,  is  trav- 
ersed daily  by  several  express-trains,  connecting  at  Buffalo  with  the  routes  for  the 
farther  West.  This  Lackawanna  route  leads  to  some  of  the  most  charming  sum- 
mer-resorts in  northern  New  Jersey,  like  Lake  Hopatcong,  Budd's  Lake,  and 
Schooley  Mountain,  and  the  noble  scenery  of  the  Delaware  Water  Gap  and  Pocono 


114  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

Mountains.  The  Morris  &  Essex  Division  gives  access  to  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
the  suburbs  of  New  York,  the  villages  around  the  Orange  Mountains,  the  Oranges, 
Montclair,  Summit,  Short  Hills,  Madison  and  Morristown,  whose  pure  highland  air 
and  pleasant  scenery  are  widely  celebrated.  The  suburban  traffic  on  this  division 
has  assumed  great  proportions,  and  is  yearly  increasing,  on  account  of  the  desire  of 
New-York  business  men  to  keep  their  families  and  to  spend  their  own  leisure  days 


ELEVATED    RAILROAD    NEAR    COENTIES    SLIP,    EAST    RIVER. 


in  the  beautiful  region  of  New  Jersey,  where  the  climate  is  of  such  sovereign  salu- 
brity that  people  are  sent  hither,  even  by  physicians  in  Europe,  as  to  a  sanitarium. 
The  suburban  train-service  is  kept  up  to  the  highest  point  of  efficiency,  and  affords 
the  best  of  facilities,  whether  one  goes  northward  on  the  route  by  Passaic  and 
Mountain  Yiew,  or  westward  by  Newark  and  Orange,  Summit  and  Madison. 
Largely  on  this  account,  the  region  of  the  Orange  Mountains,  so  richly  endowed 
with  landscape-beauty  and  pastoral  charm,  has  become  perhaps  the  favorite  resi- 
dence-district in  the  outer  suburbs  of  New  York,  and  presents  the  aspect  of  a  great 
park,  adorned  with  hundreds  of  pleasant  country-seats  and  dozens  of  dainty  hamlets. 

The  Delaware,  Lackawanna  &  Western  Railroad  Building,  at  William  Street  and 
Exchange  Place,  completed  and  opened  in  1892,  is  one  of  the  notable  structures  of 
the  financial  district.  It  measures  85  feet  on  William  Street,  and  60  on  Exchange 
Place,  is  ten  stories  in  height,  and  is  in  the  Italian  Renaissance  style  of  architecture. 
The  materials  of  construction  are  granite  for  the  foundation  and  basement,  and 
Indiana  limestone  above.  The  imposing  entrance-arch  on  Exchange  Place  is  sup- 
ported on  piers  of  polished  granite.  A  pleasing  effect  has  been  gained  by  facing  the 
masonry  of  the  lower  two  stories,  and  leaving  that  of  the  upper  stories  rough,  as  the 
blocks  of  stone  came  from  the  quarry.      The  building  is  first-class  in  all  respects. 

The  Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad  has  a  large  interest  in  the  Staten-Island 
Rapid  Transit   Railroad   and  its  warehouse  and  shipping  piers  on  the  Bay  of  New 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


115 


DELAWARE,    LACKAWANNA    &    WESTERN    RAILROAD    COMPANY. 

GENERAL    OFFICES  !     EXCHANGE    PLACE    AND    WILLIAM    STREET. 


n6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


York,  and  turns  its  freight  traffic  to  this  terminal,  reaching  the  Arthur-Kill  Bridge 
to  Staten  Island  by  its  New-York  Division,  from  Cranford,  N.  J.  From  the  bridge 
the  cars  run  over  the  Staten-Island  Rapid  Transit  Railroad  to  St.  George,  whence 
they  are  conveyed  on  floats  to  the  pier  at  New  York.  Passengers  for  the  Balti- 
more &  Ohio  routes  to  the  South  and  West  cross  the  ferry  from  Liberty  Street  to 
the  station  of  the  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey,  at  Communipaw,  and  take  the 
vestibuled  Pullman  trains  of  the  Royal  Blue  Line  for  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore, 
Pittsburgh  and  Cincinnati,  Chicago  and  St.  Louis. 

The  New-York,  Ontario  &  Western  Railway  was  organized  in  1866, 
under  the  name  of  the  New- York  &  Oswego  Midland  Railroad,  and  opened  its  entire 
line  in  1873,  but  passed  into  the  hands  of  receivers  the  same  year,  and  was  after- 
wards sold  and  reorganized.  The  Ontario  &  Western  owns  and  leases  500  miles  of 
track,  and  runs  from  New  York  to  Oswego,  having  branches  to  Scranton,  Ellenville, 
Edmeston,  Delhi,  Rome  and  Utica,  and  a  trackage  right  over  the  West-Shore  road 
from  Cornwall  to  Weehawken.  Ferries  run  from  Jay  Street  and  West  42d  Street  to 
the  terminal  station  at  Weehawken,  whence  for  over  fifty  miles  the  line  follows  the 
Hudson  River,  with  many  beautiful  episodes  of  scenery.  From  Cornwall  it  turns 
westward  through  the  rugged  spurs  of  the  Highlands,  and  beyond  Middletown  it 
crosses  the  Shawangunk  Mountains.  After  passing  Summitville,  the  line  ascends 
the  Delaware  Mountains,  which  are  surmounted  at  Young's  Gap,  1,800  feet  above 
the  sea.  The  Middle  Division  of  the  route  is  celebrated  for  its  picturesque  scenery 
and  for  its  many  trout-streams,  and  great  forests  abounding  in  game.      Next  conies 


ELEVATED    RAILROAD    IN    COENTIES    SLIP.       PRODUCE    EXCHANGE    TOWER. 

the  picturesque  counties  of  Sullivan  and  Delaware,  in  the  outer  ranges  cf  the  Cats- 
kill  Mountains,  and  abounding  in  bright  lakes.  After  a  long  run  across  the  hilly 
farm-lands  of  Chenango  and  Madison,  the  road  bends  around  the  broad  Oneida 
Lake  for  more  than  a  score  of  miles,  and  descends  the  valley  to  Oswego,  one  of  the 
chief  ports  of  Lake  Ontario.  Connections  thence  to  the  northward  and  westward 
are  offered  by  the  Rome,  Watertown  &  Ogdensburg  line,  reaching  from  the  St. - 
Lawrence  Valley  to  Niagara  Falls. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  1 17 

The  New-York,  Lake-Erie  &  Western  Railroad  forms  one  of  the  grand 
routes  between  the  Empire  City  and  the  West,  and,  in  spite  of  its  many  financial 
vicissitudes,  has  an  enormous  business,  and  controls  dozens  of  tributary  lines.  The 
Legislature  in  1825  ordered  the  surveying  of  a  State  road  through  the  southern  tier 
of  counties,  from  the  Hudson  River  to  Lake  Erie  ;  but  the  project  was  soon  aban- 
doned as  impracticable.  In  1832  the  New-York  &  Erie  Railroad  Company  received 
incorporation,  and  Col.  De  Witt  Clinton,  Jr.,  reconnoitred  its  projected  route.  The 
company  was  organized  in  1833,  and  the  route  was  surveyed  the  next  year,  by  Ben- 
jamin Wright,  at  the  cost  of  the  State.  New  surveys  occurred  in  1836,  and  parts  of 
the  line  were  begun.  The  credit  of  the  State  was  granted  to  the  amount  of  several 
million  dollars  ;  and  in  1 841  a  section  of  track  between  Goshen  and  Piermont  went 
into  operation.  Nevertheless,  a  year  later  the  road  passed  into  the  hands  of  a 
receiver  ;  and  it  required  subscriptions  of  $3,000,000  to  the  stock,  by  the  merchants 
of  New  York,  to  energize  the  work.  At  last,  on  May  14,  1851,  the  great  task  was 
completed,  and  two  trains  ran  over  the  entire  line,  from  the  Hudson  River  to  Lake 
Erie,  bearing  the  President  of  the  United  States  and  Daniel  Webster,  and  a  great 
company  of  notables.  It  was  intended  that  the  Erie  line  should  end  at  Piermont, 
on  the  Hudson,  but  the  directors  soon  saw  that  their  terminal  should  be  at  New 
York,  and  therefore  they  arranged  with  the  Union,  Ramapo  &  Paterson,  and  Pater- 
son  &  Jersey-City  Railroads,  to  run  trains  over  their  lines  from  Suffern  to  Jersey 
City.  The  Erie  Company  owns  or  leases  800  locomotives,  450  passenger  cars,  and 
42,000  freight  and  other  cars  and  controls  3,000  miles  of  track.  The  Erie  station 
at  Pavonia  Avenue,  Jersey  City,  is  reached  by  ferries  from  the  foot  of  Chambers 
Street  and  West  23d  Street.  The  line  runs  out  across  northern  New  Jersey  to  the 
Delaware  Valley,  which  it  follows  for  nearly  100  miles  through  a  country  of  great 
landscape  beauty.  Then  it  crosses  the  mountains  to  the  Susquehanna  Valley,  and 
so  reaches  the  cities  of  the  southern  tier,  and  passes  on  to  Dunkirk  or  Buffalo. 
There  it  connects  with  the  main  routes  to  the  West  and  Southwest,  the  Chicago 
Express  and  the  St. -Louis  Express  running  through  with  wonderful  speed  and 
security.      The  Erie  also  has  vestibuled  trains  to  the  Pennsylvania  coal  regions. 

The  Richmond  &  Danville  Railroad,  by  its  famous  "  Piedmont  Air  Line, " 
forms  the  chief  link  in  the  grand  route  from  New  York  to  the  Gulf  States.  Its 
Southwestern  Limited  train  makes  the  run  from  New  York  to  Atlanta  in  less  than 
24  hours,  and  to  New  Orleans  in  less  than  40  hours  ;  and  the  Birmingham  Limited 
passes  from  New  York  to  Birmingham,  the  great  iron-making  city  in  the  heart  of 
Alabama,  in  31  hours.  These  trains,  which  start  from  New  York  over  the  Penn- 
sylvania Railroad,  are  made  up  of  the  most  modern  Pullman  sleeping  and  hotel  cars, 
connected  by  vestibules.  Running  down  from  New  York  by  Philadelphia  and  Balti- 
more, at  Washington  they  pass  on  to  the  rails  of  the  Richmond  &  Danville  Company, 
and  traverse  the  Virginian  country,  so  famous  during  the  Civil  War,  by  Alexandria 
and  Fairfax,  Manassas  and  Culpeper,  Charlottesville  and  Lynchburg,  Danville  and 
Salisbury,  Spartanburg  and  Atlanta.  The  diverging  lines  of  the  company  also  reach 
Richmond  and  Raleigh,  Columbia  and  Augusta ;  and  connect  for  Florida  and  the 
Southwest.  The  Piedmont  Air  Line  is  the  route  from  New  York  to  the  beautiful 
"Land  of  the  Sky,"  that  region  of  the  Western  Carolinas  where  the  Alleghany 
Mountains  reach,  in  scores  of  peaks,  an  altitude  greater  than  that  of  any  other  high- 
lands east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  dry,  pure  air  of  these  plateaus  and  ridges 
has  a  great  and  deserved  repute  for  its  healthy  and  recuperating  excellence  ;  and  the 
remarkably  picturesque  scenery  of  the  French  Broad  River  and  the  North-Carolina 
and  Georgia  mountain-resorts  has  been  a  great  attraction  to  tourists,  who  are  well 


n8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


cared  for  at  the  large  modern  hotels  of  Asheville,  and  other  localities.  Myriads  of 
travellers,  bound  from  New  York  to  the  South  and  Southwest,  avail  themselves  of 
this  grand  route  of  travel.  Among  them  are  men  interested  in  the  great  commercial 
and  industrial  activities  of  the  Alleghany  region  and  the  Gulf  States  ;  invalids  seek- 
ing the  balmy  and  invigorating  air  of  the  Southern  highlands,  the  truest  fountain  of 
health  and  new  life  ;  and  pleasure-tourists  on  their  way  to  the  orange-groves  of 
Florida,  the  magnolias  of  Mobile,  the  little  Paris  of  New  Orleans.  For  all  these, 
and  all  others  southwestward  bound,  there  is  no  route  like  the  Piedmont  Air  Line. 

The  New-York,  New-Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad  was  formed  in  1872 
by  a  consolidation  of  the  New- York  &  New-Haven  and  the  Hartford  &  New-Haven 
Companies.  The  line  begins  at  Woodlawn,  N.  Y.,  and  runs  to  Springfield,  Mass., 
122^  miles,  its  total  trackage,  owned  and  leased,  exceeding  900  miles.     The  com- 


MOTT-HAVEN    CANAL. 

pany  runs  its  trains  from  Woodlawn  to  New  York  over  the  Harlem  Railroad  by 
virtue  of  an  agreement  made  in  1848,  the  tolls  paid  to  the  Harlem  being  about  $1,000 
a  day.  The  company  owns  200  locomotives  and  5,000  cars,  and  has  a  first-class 
road-bed  and  equipment.  The  entrance  to  the  great  gateway  of  land-travel  from 
New  York  to  New  England  and  the  remoter  East  is  the  Grand  Central  Depot,  and 
the  only  route  leads  over  the  rails  of  the  New- York,  New-Haven  &  Hartford  line. 

All  the  railway  trains  between  New  York  and  Boston  pass  over  this  route,  at 
least  as  far  as  New  Haven,  beyond  which  they  may  follow  the  Springfield  Route, 
the  Air  Line  or  the  Shore  Line.  It  also  gives  access  to  many  beautiful  resorts  on 
the  shores  of  Long-Island  Sound,  such  as  New  Rochelle,  with  its  groups  of  patrician 
villas ;  Greenwich,  with  its  famous  Indian  Harbor ;  Stamford,  near  the  sea-viewing 
Shippan  Point ;  tranquil  old  Fairfield,  the  legend-haunted  Thimble  Islands,  historic 
New  London  and  Watch-Hill  Point.  This  company  also  controls  the  New-Haven 
&  Northampton  line,  from  New  Haven  to  Conway  Junction,  Mass.,  95  miles,  leased 
in  1887;  tne  Hartford  &  Connecticut- Valley  Railroad,  from  Hartford  to  Fen  wick, 
Conn.,  on  Long-Island  Sound,  46  miles,  leased  in  1877;  the  Naugatuck  Railroad, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


119 


from  Stratford  Junction  to  Winsted,  Conn.,  61  miles,  leased  in  18S7  ;  the  Shore 
Line,  from  New  Haven  to  New  London,  Conn.,  487  miles,  leased  in  1870;  and 
several  other  minor  lines. 

The  New-York  &  New-England  Railroad  runs  from  Boston  to  Fishkill- 
on-Hudson,  N.  Y. ,  with  branches  to  Providence,  Worcester,  Springfield,  Norwich, 
Woonsocket,  Pascoag,  Rockville,  and  other  Eastern  cities.  ":  Its  trains  enter  the 
Grand  Central  Depot  in  New-York  City  by  passing  over  the  New-York,  New-Haven 
&  Hartford  line  from  Willimantic,  or  Hartford,  Conn.  Every  day  the  famous  ' '  White 
Train"  leaves  New  York  and  Boston  at  3  P.  M.,  always  making  the  run  between  the 
two  cities  in  exactly  5|  hours,  with  only  four  stops  in  the  213  miles.  They  run 
between  Willimantic  and  Boston,  86  miles,  without  a  stop.  This  route  is  shorter 
by  twenty  miles  than  any  other  between  Boston  and  New  York  ;  and  is  served  by 
parlor-cars,  dining-cars,  royal  buffet  smoking-cars,  and  other  fine  coaches,  whose 
colors  of  white  and  gold  are  very  unusual  and  attractive.  The  White  Train  runs  by 
way  of  Willimantic  and  the  Air  Line  ;  and  there  is  also  a   train  leaving   New  York 


NEW-YORK   &    NEW   ENGLAND    RAILROAD;      "THE   WHITE   TRAIN,"    BETWEEN    NEW-YORK   AND  BOSTON. 

and  Boston  at  noon,  and  running  by  way  of  Hartford.  The  New-York  &  New- 
England  Company  also  owns  the  famous  Norwich  Line  of  steamboats,  between  New 
York  and  New  London,  Conn.,  where  it  connects  with  trains  for  Boston.  The 
Quaker-City  Express  runs  between  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  by  way  of  the  Pough- 
keepsie  Bridge  and  the  Reading  system,  in  twelve  hours.  This  line  also  runs  through 
Pullman  trains  between  Boston  and  Washington  without  change  of  cars,  by  the 
ingenious  device  of  taking  them  on  board  a  great  transfer  steamboat  at  the  Harlem 
River,  and  carrying  them  down  the  East  River  and  around  to  the  Pennsylvania-Rail- 
road station  at  Jersey  City. 

The  New- York  &  New-England  Railroad  gives  convenient  access  to  many  of  the 
most  famous  cities  and  towns  of  Connecticut  and  the  adjacent  States,  like  Danbury, 
famous  for  its  hats ;  Waterbury,  whose  watches  are  not  unknown ;  Willimantic, 
where  1,500  operatives  make  the  famous  six-cord  sewing-cotton;  Putnam,  with  its 
score  of  busy  mills  ;  Norwich,  on  the  pleasant  hills  at  the  head  of  the  Thames  ;  New 
London,  always  charming  as  a  summer-resort ;  and  busy  groups  of  manufacturing 
communities  in  Rhode  Island  and  Massachusetts.      The  first-class  equipment  of  the 


120 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


railway  and  its  efficient  and  vigilant  management  give  it  great  value  as  one  of  the 
foremost  avenues  leading  eastward  from  New  York,  and  ensure  its  increasing  success 
and  popularity  in  the  future. 

The  New-York  &  Northern  Railway  has  its  station  at  155th  Street  and 
Eighth  Avenue,  on  the  upper  part  of  Manhattan  Island,  and  runs  thence  northward 
54  miles,  between  the  main  line  and  Harlem  route  of  the  New- York  Central  Railroad, 
to  Brewster,  on  the  Harlem  line.  It  follows  the  valley  of  the  Harlem  River  as  far 
as  Kingsbridge,  and  thence  strikes  across  Van  Cortlandt  Park  and  into  Yonkers,  to 
which  it  runs  many  rapid-transit  trains  daily  for  the  convenience  of  suburban  resi- 
dents. Beyond  this  point  it  reaches  Tarrytown,  Sleepy  Hollow  and  Pocantico 
Hills,  in  the  region  made  classic  by  the  genius  of  Washington  Irving.  Farther 
north,  the  line  passes  near  Croton  Lake,  the  great  reservoir  of  the  New-York  water- 
supply  ;  and  Lake  Mahopac,  a  favorite  summer-resort  among  the  wooded  hills  of 
Carmel.  At  Brewster  the  route  meets  the  tracks  of  the  Harlem  Railroad  and  the 
New- York  &  New-England  Railroad,  crossing  the  latter  on  its  way  from  Boston  to 
the  Hudson  River.  The  stretch  of  51  miles  from  High  Bridge  to  Brewster,  oper- 
ated by  the  Northern  Line,  belongs  to  the  New- York,  Westchester  &  Putnam  Rail- 
way, the  successor  of  the  New- York  &  Boston  Railroad.  It  was  opened  in  1S80, 
and  is  under  a  fifty  years'  lease  to  the  Northern  line.  Various  plans  have  been 
suggested  to  run  through  trains  from  Boston  to  New  York  by  way  of  Brewster  and 
the  New-York  &  Northern,  and  thus  to  secure  for  the  New- York  &  New-England 
Company  an  independent  entrance  to  the  metropolis.  The  terminal  station  of  the 
Northern  line  is  easily  reached  from  lower  New  York  by  the  Elevated  Railroad,  on 
Sixth  Avenue  or  Ninth  Avenue. 

The  Long  Island  Railroad  for  a  long  time  had  its  eastern  terminus  at 
Hicksville,  but  in  184  v  it  reached  Greenport ;  and  the  mails  between  New  York  and 


SOUTH-FERRY   STATION  —  ELEVATED    RAILROAD. 


Boston  were  then  carried  by  this  route,  being  transferred  by  steamboats  from  Green- 
port  to  the  Connecticut  shore.  The  company  was  chartered  in  1834.  By  succes- 
sive consolidations  and  leases  the  company  now  controls  more  than  500  miles  of  track 
on  Long  Island,  including  two  nearly  parallel  lines,  each  about  100  miles  long,  from 
Brooklyn  and  Long-Island  City  to  Sag  Harbor  and  Greenport.  Branches  lead  to 
Long  Beach,  Rockaway  and  Manhattan  Beach,  on  the  ocean  front ;  and  to  Flushing, 
Whitestone,  Great  Neck,  Oyster  Bay,  Northport  and  Port  Jefferson,  on  Long-Island 
Sound.     This  capital  system  of  railways    brings    to  the    metropolis  the  abounding 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


121 


farm-products  of  the  island,  and  gives  access  to  the  scores  of  suburban  villages  and 
famous  seaside  resorts.  The  Hunter's-Point  station  of  the  Long-Island  Railroad 
is  reached  from  New  York  by  the  ferries  from  James  Slip  and  East  34th  Street. 

The  New-York  and  Sea-Beach  Railroad  connects  at  Bay  Ridge  with  the 
boats  of  the  Staten-Island  Rapid  Transit  Company,  from  the  foot  of  Whitehall  Street, 
the  terminus  of  the  elevated  roads  and  the  Broadway  and  Belt-Line  surface  roads. 


ELEVATED    RAILROAD    AT    110TH    STREET    AND    NINTH    AVENUE. 

From  Bay  Ridge  it  runs  down  to  West  Brighton,  Coney  Island.  In  15  minutes, 
Brooklyn  passengers  connect  with  it  by  the  Brooklyn  City  Elevated  Railroad.  It  is 
a  double-track  standard-gauge  line,  six  miles  long,  opened  in  1879. 

The  Brooklyn,  Bath  &  West-End  Railroad,  reached  by  ferry  from  White- 
hall to  39th  Street,  Brooklyn,  leads  in  6|  miles  to  Coney  Island.  It  was  built  in 
1864;  and  in  1892  began  running  to  the  tide-water  ferry-house,  by  the  South-Brook- 
lyn Railroad  &  Terminal  Company's  costly  new  roadway. 

The  Brooklyn  &  Brighton-Beach  Railroad  is  a  double-track  line,  7^  miles 
long,  running  from  Atlantic  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  to  Brighton  Beach,  across  Flatbush. 

The  Staten-Island  Rapid-Transit  Railroad  is  reached  by  ferry  from  the 
foot  of  Whitehall  Street;  and  gives  access  to  all- the  important  villages  on  "the 
American  Isle  of  Wight."  The  Rapid-Transit  Company  was  chartered  in  1880,  and 
in  1886  opened  its  line  from  Arrochar  to  Bowman's  Point,  opposite  Elizabethport. 
In  1884  it  effected  a  ninety-nine  years'  lease  of  the  Staten-Island  Railroad,  chartered 
in  185 1,  and  seven  years  later  completed  from  Clifton  to  Tottenville.  The  lines  of 
this  company  have  a  considerable  value  as  leading  from  the  metropolis  to  the  rising 
suburban  villages  on  the  island.  Their  chief  service,  however,  is  in  handling  the 
enormous  freight  brought  by  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad  hither,  across  the 
Arthur-Kill  Bridge,  and  down  to  tide-water  at  St.  George  and  other  points. 

Local  Transit. — The  immense  population  of  the  metropolis  of  the  New  World 
and  the  necessity  of  moving  myriads  of  men  daily  to  and  from  their  place  of  business, 
have  given  rise  to  many  successive  problems  as  to  transportation,  whose  solutions  have 
been  of  an  interesting  and  ingenious  character.      The  great  length  of  the  island,  and 


122 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


FIFTH-AVENUE    STAGE    AT    THE    CATHEDRAL. 


its  separation  from  the  shores  on  either  side  by  broad  and  deep  tidal  estuaries  have 
given  the  necessary  travel  thereon  a  unique  character,  compelling  successive  devel- 
opments of  the  modes  of  locomotion. 

Stage  Coaches  were  the  first  means  employed  for  local  transits.  Departing 
at  stated  and  infrequent  intervals,  and  with  much  fanfare  of  horns,  they  ran  from  the 
taverns  on  the  lower  part  of  the   island,  over  the   Old  Boston  Post   Road  and  the 

Bloomingdale  Road,  to  the 
little  embowered  hamlets  on 
the  north.  These  vehicles 
went  through  many  evolu- 
tions, and  increased  amaz- 
ingly in  numbers,  until  lower 
Broadway  at  times  was  al- 
most blockaded  with  their 
huge  and  swaying  forms. 
This  main  artery  of  the  city 
retained  its  omnibuses  for 
many  years  after  they  had 
disappeared  from  the  other 
avenues,  and  only  relin- 
quished them  when  the  vast- 
ly more  comfortable  street- 
car system  came  into  use. 
The  modern  development  of 
the  old-fashioned  stage-coach  is  now  seen  on  Fifth  Avenue,  which  is  traversed  every 
few  minutes  by  low-hung  stages,  beginning  their  courses  at  Bleecker  Street  and  run- 
ning north  along  the  elegant  patrician  thoroughfare  to  86th  Street,  at  the  Metro- 
politan Museum  of  Art,  the  last  mile  or  more  being  alongside  Central  Park.  Some  of 
these  conveyances  used  in  pleasant  weather  have  seats  on  their  roofs,  and  it  is  a  favo- 
rite diversion  to  ride  up  the  Avenue  thei*eupon,  especially  in  the  late  afternoon, 
observing  the  splendid  panorama  of  architecture  and  metropolitan  life. 

Street-Cars. —  In  the  course  of  time  the  rattling  omnibuses  of  the  provincial 
era  were  found  ill-adapted  to  the  transportation  of  the  ever-increasing  thousands  of 
urban  travellers,  and  ingenious  inventors  set  to  work  to  discover  some  new  method 
of  transit,  at  once  more  competent  and  more  comfortable.  This  was  found  in  the 
horse-car,  whose  idea  is  a  gift  from  the  city  of  New  York  to  the  civilized  world,  and 
has  been  of  inestimable  benefit  to  mankind.  Nearly  thirty  years  after  their  adop- 
tion here  they  were  first  introduced  in  Europe  by  George  Francis  Train,  a  citizen 
of  New  York,  and  now  they  are  in  constant  use 
in  hundreds  of  cities  of  Europe,  Asia  and  Oceania, 
besides  American  cities  and  villages  from  Seattle 
to  Key  West. 

The  New-York  &  Harlem,  the  first  street- 
railway  in  the  world,  was  chartered  in  1 83 1,  and  in 
1832  opened  its  entire  line  from  Prince  Street  to 
Harlem  Bridge.     The  cars  were  like  stage-coaches, 

balanced  on  leather  springs,  and  each  having  three  compartments,  with  side-doors  ; 
while  overhead  sat  the  driver,  moving  the  brake  with  his  feet.  From  this  germ 
has  grown  up  the  present  immense  and  efficient  street-car  system  of  the  Empire 
City,  which  is   used   by  millions   of  passengers  and  reaches  almost   every  part  of 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  123 

the  island,  with  its  lines  along  both  water-fronts  and  up  nearly  all  the  north  and 
south  avenues  and  across  town  at  a  score  of  points.  It  was  for  a  time  thought 
that  the  introduction  of  the  elevated  railways  would  ruin  the  business  of  the  street- 
cars, but  this  result  has  not  followed,  and  the  surface  lines  are  still  as  fully  employed 
as  ever. 

The  First  &  Second  Avenue  Line  runs  from  Fulton  Ferry  to  the  Harlem 
River,  with  branches  to  Worth  Street  and  Broadway  and  to  Astor  Place  and  Broad- 
way, and  to  the  Astoria  Ferry. 

The  Third-Avenue  Railroad  is  one  of  the  ancient  street-car  lines,  its  charter 
dating  from  1853.  The  company  has  28  miles  of  track,  from  the  City  Hall  to 
Harlem  (130th  Street),  with  branches  from  Manhattan  Street  to  125th  Street,  E.  R., 
and  on  Tenth  Avenue  from  125th  Street,  near  Manhattanville,  to  186th  Street. 

The  Fourth-Avenue  Line  runs  from  the  Post  Office  to  the  Grand  Central 
Depot,  with  a  branch  to  the  Hunter's-Point  Ferry.  The  Madison-Avenue  line  runs 
from  the  Post  Office  to  Mott  Haven. 

The  Sixth-Avenue  Railroad  was  chartered  away  back  in  1851,  and  runs  from 
the  Astor  House  (Vesey  Street  and  Broadway)  to  Central  Park.  The  line  properly 
begins  at  Canal  and  Varick  Streets,  but  the  track  thence  to  Vesey  Street  and  the 
branch  along  Canal  Street  are  owned  in  common  with  the  Eighth-Avenue  Company. 
The  company  owns  120  cars  and  1,100  horses. 

The  Seventh- Avenue  Line  runs  from  Whitehall  to  Central  Park,  and  beyond 
to  Washington  Heights.  It  owns  420  cars  and  1,200  horses.  The  cost  of  construc- 
tion was  $4,500,000. 

The  Eighth-Avenue  Railroad  controls  20  miles  of  track,  from  Broadway  and 
Vesey  Street  to  the  upper  part  of  the  island.      It  was  chartered  in  1855. 

The  Ninth-Avenue  Line  has  16  miles  of  track,  extending  from  Broadway  and 
Fulton  Street  to  Manhattanville  (125th  Street).      It  was  chartered  in  1859. 

The  Cross-Town  Lines  include  those  on  Charlton,  Prince  and  Stanton 
Streets  ;  from  the  Hoboken  Ferry  by  Christopher,  8th  and  10th  Streets  to  the 
Greenpoint  Ferry  ;  from  the  23d- Street  Ferry  by  Grand  and  Vestry  Streets,  to  the 
Desbrosses-Street  Ferry  (to  Jersey  City)  ;  from  the  Grand-Street  Ferry  to  the  Cort- 
landt-Street  Ferry;  along  23d  Street,  from  the  Erie  Ferry  to  the  Greenpoint  Ferry  ; 
and  many  others. 

The  Northern  Wards  also  have  numerous  street-car  lines,  reaching  Morris- 
ania,  Tremont,  Fordham,  West  Farms,  Port  Morris  and  other  villages  north  of  the 
Harlem   River. 

The  Broadway  Line  is  one  of  the  latest-built  of  the  street-car  routes.  It 
traverses  Broadway,  from  the  South  Ferry  to  Central  Park,  giving  admirable  facili- 
ties for  reaching  all  parts  of  this  grandest  thoroughfare  of  the  world.  The  construc- 
tion of  the  line  met  with  a  most  determined  opposition  from  a  great  number  of  citi- 
zens, who  feared  that  their  favorite  commercial  avenue  would  be  ruined  by  the  intro- 
duction of  the  rails;  and  a  charter  was  obtained  only  after  protracted  controversies,  and 
resulted  in  grave  municipal  complications.  But  the  anticipated  annoyances  have  not 
been  realized,  and  the  line  is  now  one  of  the  most  important  and  useful  in  the  city  ; 
and  happy  was  the  day  for  New-Yorkers  when  the  old-fashioned,  slow,  cumbersome 
and  noisy  omnibuses  gave  way  to  the  swift,  quiet  and  neat  horse -cars. 

Cable-Cars,  so  successfully  used  in  many  American  cities,  are  about  to  be  in- 
troduced in  New  York  on  several  of  the  main  lines  of  tramway,  and  notably  on  Broad- 
way and  Third  Avenue,  whose  routes  have  been  constructed  with  this  modern  system 
of  propulsion,  so  that  passengers  may  be,  and  are,  carried  by  them  for  marvelously 


124 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


low  fares.  The  trolley  system  of  electric  railways  will  probably  get  an  entrance 
into  New  York  in  time,  although  it  has  been  unable  to  overcome  a  certain  singular 
prejudice  felt  here  against  it,  in  spite  of  the  success  of  the  trolleys  in  so  many  other 
cities. 

The  Elevated  Railroad  is  the  crowning  achievement  in  solving  the  problems 
of  rapid  transit.  By  its  aid  the  New-Yorkers  fly  through  the  air  from  end  to  end  of 
their  teeming  island  at  railway  speed  and  in  comfortable  and  well-appointed  cars. 
The  simplicity  of  their  structure  and  the  free  gift  to  the  companies  of  the  right  of 
way  enable  these  routes  to  be  built  at  a  fraction  of  the  cost  of  the  urban  rapid- 
transit  lines  in  other  great  cities.  Instead  of  being  whirled  through  the  darkness 
and  monotony  and  poisonous  air  of  almost  continuous  tunnels  (as  in  London), 
the  New-Yorkers  are  borne  along,  swiftly  and  comfortably,  high  up  above  the 
streets,  in  view  of  the  wonderful  changing  panorama  of  the  Empire  City,  and  in 
a  fresh  and  wholesome  atmosphere.  A  ride  on  the  London  Metropolitan  Railway 
is  a  depressing  necessity  ;  but  a  flight  along  the  New-York  elevated  rails  is  a 
refreshment. 

The  movement  for  elevated  railways  grew  very  strong  in  1866,  and  during  the 
following  year  more  than  forty  plans  were  submitted  to  the  Legislature.  The  sys- 
tem of  Charles  C.  Harney  was  accepted,  and  the  inventor  was  allowed  to  build  an 
experimental  track  along  Greenwich  Street  from  the  Battery  to  29th  Street.  If  it 
succeeded  Harvey  was  to  have  permission  to  extend  the  line  to  the  Harlem   River, 

but  if  it  failed  it  must  be  taken 
down.  The  system  was  commenced 
in  1867,  but  the  means  of  locomo- 
tion then  used  was  a  wire  rope 
drawn  by  a  stationary  engine. 
This  method  was  unsuccessful, 
and  the  matter  lay  in  abeyance 
for  several  years.  The  company 
failed  in  1870,  and  was  succeeded 
by  the  New- York  Elevated  Rail- 
road Company,  which  began  the 
use  of  small  locomotives  on  the 
tracks.  The  Manhattan  Railway 
Company  was  formed  in  1875,  anc^ 
in  1879  it  leased,  for  a  term  of 
999  years,  the  New-York  Elevated 
Railroad  and  the  Metropolitan 
Elevated  Railway,  both  of  which 
were  chartered  in  1872  and  opened 
in  1878.  The  lease  was  modified 
in  1884.  The  New- York  line  cost 
$20,500,000  for  construction  and 
equipment,  and  the  Metropolitan 
cost  $23,300,000.  The  Manhattan 
Company  has  about  300  locomotives  and  1,000  cars,  and  carries  215,000,000 
passengers  yearly. 

In  1 89 1  the  Manhattan  Company  secured  control  of  the  Suburban  Rapid-Transit 
Railroad,  running  from  129th  Street  and  Third  Avenue,  in  Harlem,  and  through 
Mott  Haven  and  Melrose  to  Central  Morrisania  (171st  Street  and  Third  Avenue). 


PASSENGER    ELEVATOR    AND    STATION,    ELEVATED    RAILROAD, 
EIGHTH    AVENUE    AND    116TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


125 


This  system  is  in  process  of  extension  to  West  Farms,  Bronx  Park,  Fordham  and 
other  localities. 

The  main  elevated  railway  lines  are  along  the  East  Side,  on  Second  and 
Third  Avenues,  two  parallel  routes  from  the  lower  part  of  Manhattan  Island  to 
Harlem  ;  the  Sixth-Avenue  line,  along  the  middle  of  the  island  ;  and  the  Ninth- 
Avenue  line,  nearer  the  Hudson  River,  from  South  Ferry  to  Central  Park  and  the 
Harlem  River,  at  West  155th  Street.  The  railways  are  carried  on  girders  resting  upon 
wrought-iron  lattice  columns,  usually  along  the  line  of  the  curb-stones,  and  from  37 
to  44  feet  apart.  In  some  cases  each  side  of  the  avenue  has  its  elevated  track,  one  for 
the  up-trains,  the  other  for  the  down-trains.  Elsewhere  the  girders  run  clear  across 
the  narrower  streets,  and  the  two  tracks  are  brought  close  together  over  the  middle 


~1 


CABLE-CARS    ON    THE    EAST-RIVER    BRIDGE,    NEW-YORK    END. 

of  the  street.  On  some  of  the  wider  and  less  crowded  avenues,  the  columns  and 
tracks  are  placed  in  the  middle.  The  stations  are  about  one-third  of  a  mile  apart ; 
and  in  the  busy  hours  of  the  day  trains  pass  them  about  every  minute,  drawn  by 
powerful  locomotive  engines.  The  crowded  junction  points  of  the  lines,  the  stations 
in  mid-air,  the  swallow-flight  of  the  light  trains,  the  perfect  system  and  discipline 
of  the  arrangements,  command  admiring  wonder,  and  make  an  especially  vivid 
impression  upon  foreign  visitors.  The  lofty  curving  trestles  of  iron  near  110th 
Street  were  justly  characterized  by  De  Lesseps  as  one  of  the  most  audacious  of 
engineering  feats. 

Projected  Subterranean  Transit. —  However  rapidly  the  facilities  are  in- 
creased, the  needs  of  the  city  seem  to  increase  even  more  rapidly,  and  the  capacity 
of  the  elevated  lines  is  already  overstrained,  especially  at  certain  hours  of  the  day. 
Consequently,  new  methods  are  in  process  of  being  worked  out,  and  all  possible 
routes  between  the  Battery  and  Harlem  are  being  studied  by  competent  engineers. 


126  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

In  the  belief  that  the  existing  surface  and  elevated  railways  occupy  as  much  of  the 
land  and  air  of  the  city  as  can  properly  be  used,  attention  has  been  directed  to  sub- 
terranean routes,  to  be  bored  under  Broadway  for  its  entire  length.  The  Rapid- 
Transit  System  proposed  in  1891  by  William  E.  Worthen,  the  chief  engineer  of  the 
commission,  provided  for  a  tunnel  under  Broadway  and  the  Boulevard,  from  the 
Battery  to  Spuyten  Duyvil,  containing  four  railway  tracks,  the  outside  ones  for 
local  trains  and  the  inside  ones  for  express  trains,  running  at  forty  miles  an  hour. 
From  14th  Street  the  East-Side  branch  diverges  up  Fourth  and  Madison  avenues  to 
the  Grand  Central  Depot.  The  trains  are  to  be  run  by  electric  power,  and  the 
stations  and  tunnels  ventilated  by  powerful  fans  and  brightly  lighted  by  electricity. 
The  lines  and  plan  of  construction  have  been  approved  by  the  Mayor  and  Common 
Council,  and  the  Supreme  Court  has  authorized  the  condemnation  of  land  for  the 
route.  It  now  remains  for  the  Rapid-Transit  Commissioners  "to  sell  at  public 
auction  the  right,  privilege  and  franchise  to  construct,  maintain  and  operate  such 
railway." 

America  is  the  Temple  of  Liberty,  and  New  York  is  its  Beautiful  Gate.  Other 
portals  there  are  :  Boston  and  Baltimore,  New  Orleans  arid  San  Francisco,  and 
many  more,  but  their  aggregate  of  travel  and  traffic  falls  below  that  of  this  imperial 
city.  In  the  days  of  the  Caesars  all  roads  led  to  Rome  ;  but  in  this  happier  century 
all  routes,  by  sea  or  land,  converge  upon  this  wonderful  harbor.  Millions  of 
European  immigrants  have  first  touched  the  land  of  peace  and  freedom  here  ;  and 
armies  of  travellers  in  search  of  pleasure  or  variety,  or  along  the  lines  of  trade  and 
commerce.  Here  centre  the  routes  of  travel  between  the  rich  and  prosperous  North 
and  the  happy  and  beautiful  South,  and  between  earnest  New  England  and  its 
daughter  States  of  the  West.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of  people  from  all  parts  of 
the  Republic  visit  the  great  city  every  year  for  its  own  sake,  because  nowhere  else 
are  there  such  abundant  facilities  for  pleasure,  for  enlightenment,  for  business. 
Here,  therefore,  is  the  supreme  clearing-house  for  travellers  of  all  kinds,  and  on  all 
errands. 

Along  these  close  converging  tracks  of  steel,  each  more  noble  than  the  Appian 
Way,  hundreds  of  trains  arrive  and  depart  daily,  with  every  variety  of  traveller, 
from  the  Westchester  suburban  to  the  New-Zealand  globe-trotter.  The  White  Train 
and  other  famous  convoys  fly  thence  to  New  England  and  the  remoter  East ;  the 
Empire-State  Limited  and  the  Erie  Flyer  to  the  North  and  West ;  the  Royal  Blue 
and  the  powerful  Pennsylvania  trains  to  the  West  and  South  ;  and  scores  of  other 
routes  have  their  almost  continuous  processions  of  cars,  bound  for  innumerable 
destinations.      Nowhere  else  in  the  world  is  there  such  a  focal  point  of  travel  as  this. 

Another  interesting  feature  in  the  relation  of  New-York  City  to  the  railway 
systems  of  America  appears  in  its  overmastering  financial  control  of  many  of  their 
chief  lines.  It  is  hardly  possible  to  construct  and  equip  a  new  route  anywhere 
without  securing  some  part  of  the  needed  capital  from  this  treasure  city  ;  and  if  the 
enterprise  is  promising  and  feasible  there  is  always  plenty  of  money  at  hand  for  the 
purpose.  The  little  rock-bound  canon  of  Wall  Street  has  furnished  the  means  to 
construct  thousands  of  miles  of  track  in  all  the  country  between  Tampa  Bay  and 
Eastport,  and  between  Senora  and  Seattle.  The  great  trust-companies  of  New 
York  are  the  guardians  of  incalculable  amounts  in  mortgage-bonds  and  other  obliga- 
tions, and  at  their  offices  many  railway  companies,  both  near  and  far,  pay  their 
dividends.  The  Vanderbilt,  Gould,  Corbin  and  other  far-reaching  systems  have 
their  headquarters  here,  and  from  this  impregnable  financial  fortress  control  the 
destinies  of  unnumbered  myriads  of  American  people. 


Streets,   Avenues,  Boulevards,  Alleys,   "Ways,    F*arlts,    Squares, 
Drives,    Monuments,     Statues,    Fountains,    Etc. 


IN  NEW  YORK  all  roads  lead  not  to  Rome,  but  to  the  Battery.  There  the 
city  had  its  beginning  ;  and  to-day,  after  three  centuries  of"  municipal  existence 
and  of  steady  expansion  northward,  the  stupendous  commercial  and  financial  inter- 
ests of  the  metropolis  are  still  in  that  vicinity.  The  trains  of  the  elevated  railroads 
all  run  to  the  Battery,  and  all  the  principal  street-car  lines  trend  in  that  direction. 
Naturally  a  topographic  tour  of  the  city  begins  at  that  point. 

The  Battery  was  once  the  court  end  of  the  town.     Fortifications  were  erected 
here  by  the  first  Dutch  settlers.      Castle   Garden  was  once  a  fort  on  a  ledge  in  the 


BATTERY    PLACE -- WASHINGTON    BUILDING  --  PRODUCE    EXCHANGE. 

bay,  connected  by  a  causeway  with  the  main  land.  As  time  wore  on,  the  Castle 
became  a  peaceful  summer-garden  and  a  concert-hall.  The  Lafayette  ball  was 
given  there  in  1824,  and  there  Jenny  Lind,  the  Swedish  Nightingale,  made  her 
American  debut.  From  1855  to  1891  Castle  Garden  was  the  immigrant-depot,  and 
many  millions  of  persons  from  Europe  have  passed  through  its  portals  on  their  way 
to  make  homes  for  themselves  in  the  New  World.  Now  the  Garden  has  changed 
character  again.  It  is  temporarily  the  headquarters  for  the  Naval  Reserve  Battalion  ; 
and  will  soon  be  devoted  to  a  public  aquarium.  The  United-States  Revenue  Barge- 
Office  is  situated  there,  on  the  water-front.  Battery  Park  contains  about  21  acres. 
It  is  well  kept,  with  green  lawns,  flowers  and  shade-trees,  and  is  a  delightfully  <;ool 
place  in  summer  time.  In  colonial  days  the  homes  of  New- York's  wealth  and  aris- 
tocracy looked  down  upon  this  lovely  spot.      Several  of  the  old  houses  still  remain, 


128 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


but  for  the  most  part  they  have  made  way  for  huge  warehouses  and  gigantic  office 
buildings. 

Bowling  Green,  a  small  triangular  plot  on  the  northern  confines  of  Battery 
Park,  is  rich  with  traditions.  Here  stood  the  equestrian  statue  of  King  George  III. 
Lord  Cornwallis,  Lord  Howe,  Sir  Henry  Clinton,  George  Washington,  General 
Gates,  Benedict  Arnold,  Talleyrand  and  other  famous  folk  lived  in  this  vicinity. 
Just  south  of  the  Green  is  the  site  of  Fort  Amsterdam,  built  by  the  Dutch  in  1626. 
The  Produce  Exchange,  the  Welles  Building,  the  Standard  Oil  Company  Building, 
the  Washington  Building,  the  Columbia  Building  and  other  notable  architectural 
structures  now  distinguish  the  locality. 

Broadway,  which  starts  from  Bowling  Green,  is  one  of  the  longest  and  grand- 
est business  thoroughfares  of  the  world.      It  is  not  always  imposing,  but  it  is  always 


WHITEHALL    STREET,    LOOKING   TOWARDS    BROADWAY.       ARMY    BUILDING. 

interesting ;  and  in  general  appearance,  variety  of  scenes  and  impressive  air  of  busi- 
ness and  social  activities  it  has,  all  in  all,  no  rival  on  either  continent.  It  is  the 
main  business  artery  of  the  city.  On  and  about  it,  down -town,  are  hundreds  of 
great  buildings,  bee-hives  of  industry,  some  of  which  have  a  business  population 
equal  to  that  of  a  country-town.  The  street  is  packed  from  sunrise  to  sunset  with 
processions  of  merchandise,  trucks,  vehicles  and  cars,  and  the  sidewalks  are  crowded 
with  hurrying  thousands,  all  on  business  intent.  There  are  few  loiterers  and  few 
pleasure-seekers  in  this  part  of  the  town.  Financial  institutions,  shipping  interests, 
the  wholesale  dry-goods  and  other  branches  of  business  monopolize  lower  Broadway 
and  the  adjacent  streets. 

"  At  its  inception  Broadway  is  dignified  with  the  great  buildings  that  have  already 
been  referred  to  as  surrounding  Bowling  Green ;  and  the  offices  of  the  foreign 
consuls  and  the  steamship  companies  and  immigrant  boarding-houses  jostle  them. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


129 


At  every  step  northward  appear  tall  buildings,  the  Columbia,  Aldrich  Court,  the 
Tower,  the  Consolidated  Exchange,   the  Manhattan  Life-Insurance  Company,  the 


BOWLING  GREEN,  AND  STATE  STREET. 


Union  Trust  Company,  the  United  Bank,  and  others.  Opposite  Wall  Street  is 
Trinity  Church  and  graveyard,  breaking  the  monotony  of  the  busy  scene.  Once 
Broadway  ended  at  this  point,  and  meandered  beyond  as  a  green  country-lane.    The 


.3 


■M'- 


LOWER    BROADWAY,    LOOKING    NORTH,    FROM    MORRIS    STREET    TO   TRINITY    CHURCH. 

imposing  Equitable  Building,  extending  from  Pine  to  Cedar  Streets,  stands  where  in 
1646  good  old  Jan  Jansen  Damen  lived,  and  shot  the  bears  that  prowled  about  his 
orchards.  More  great  buildings  :  the  Boreel,  the  Williamsburg  City  Fire,  the 
9 


i3o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Mutual  Life,  the  Evening  Post,  the  Western  Union,  the  Mail  and  Express,  the 
Herald, — and  then  Broadway  reaches  Park  Row  and  City- Hall  Park.  There  is 
St. -Paul's  Chapel,  its  back  turned  to  the  great  thoroughfare.  Opposite  is  the 
National  Park  Bank,  and  beyond  is  the  famous  Astor  House,  and  the  Post  Office. 
A  little  farther  on,  not  on  Broadway,  but  within  sight,   across  City- Hall  Park,  are 


ON    SQUARE. 


the  Potter  Building,  and  the  newspaper  buildings  —  the  Times,  Sun,  Tribune, 
World,  and  Staats-Zeitung.  In  the  park  itself  are  the  City  Hall  and  the  Court- 
House,  and  just  beyond  is  the  Stewart  Building.  The  East-River  Bridge  terminates 
at  City-Hall  Park,  in  the  midst  of  these  noble  architectural  piles.  The  Postal- 
Telegraph-Cable  Building,  at  the  corner  of  Murray  Street,  and  its  neighbor,  the 
Home  Life-Insurance  Building,  will  be  imposing  13  and  14-story  structures.  The 
quadrangle  formed  around  the  southern  end  of  the  City-Hall  Park  by  the  newspaper 


BROADWAY  AND  SIXTH  AVENUE,  NORTH  FROM  34TH  STREET. 

buildings,  the  City  Hall,  and  the  Post  Office  is,  without  doubt,  the  grandest  square 
on  the  American  continent. 

From  the  City  Hall  northward  as  far  as  Grace  Church,  at  10th  Street,  wholesale 
business-houses  practically  monopolize  Broadway.  At  Duane  Street  will  be  the 
elegant  twelve-story  building  of  the  Mutual  Reserve-Fund  Life  Association,  a  splen- 
did white-marble  structure.  At  Leonard  Street  the  New-York  Life-insurance 
Building  attracts  attention,  and  near  Lispenard  Street  is  the  fine  edifice  of  the 
Ninth  National  Bank.  Just  beyond  is  Canal  Street,  in  its  name  a  reminder  of  the 
time  when  a  canal  ran  across  the  island.      Farther  north  are  the  Metropolitan  Hotel 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


x3i 


-o  Tl 

O  > 

2  £ 

m  ^ 

2  -v 

h  r 

?  > 

i  o 

>  rn 

F  H 

5  o 

33 

*  o 

X 

> 


132 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


and  Niblo's  Theatre,  the  conspicuous  Rouss  Building,  the  Manhattan  Savings  Insti- 
tution, the  newly  remodelled  Broadway  Central  Hotel,  the  old  New-York  Hotel, 
then  the  Stewart  dry-goods  emporium,  occupying  an  entire  block  between  Broadway 
and  Fourth  Avenue,  9th  Street  and  10th  Street,  and  then  the  beautiful  Grace 
Church.  At  nth  Street  is  the  first-class  dry-goods  establishment  of  James  McCreery 
&  Co.  In  this  vicinity  a  literary  centre  has  grown  up.  The  publishing  house  of  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.  is  a  few  blocks  below  in  Bond  Street  ;  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  in 
Broadway,  opposite  Astor  Place ;  the  Aldine  Club  and  the  Astor  Library,  in  Lafay- 
ette Place  ;  the  University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  in  Washington  Square  ;  the 
Cooper  Union  and  the  Mercantile  Library,  in  Astor  Place  ;  the  American  Book  Co., 
a  monopoly  of  the  school-book   business;  Wm.  Wood  &  Co.,  in   10th  Street  ;  the 


FOURTEENTH    STREET,    BETWEEN    FIFTH    AND    SIXTH    AVENUES. 

United-States  Book  Co.,  in  16th  Street;  Dodd,  Mead  &  Co.,  in  19th  Street;  and 
other  publishing  houses  and  new  and  second-hand  book-stores  are  near  at  hand  in  all 
directions. 
^  At  13th  Street,  leaving  the  Star  Theatre,  where  for  a  generation  shone  the  genius 
of  Lester  Wallack,  Broadway  at  14th  Street  debouches  into  Union  Square,  and,  de- 
flecting slightly  to  the  west,  pursues  the  rest  of  its  course  up-town  diagonally  across 
the  avenues,  instead  of  parallel  to  them. 

Here  is  the  retail  shopping  district,  from  10th  Street  to  above  23d  Street.  In 
Broadway,  14th  Street  and  23d  Street  principally,  the  prominent  retail  establish- 
ments are  the  wonder  and  the  admiration  of  all  who  see  them,  and  in  extent  and  in 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


133 


BROADWAY,    FROM    THE    BROADWAY    CENTRAL    HOTEL    TO    GRACE    CHURCH. 

BOND  STREET  TO  TENTH  STREET. 


134  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

variety  of  goods  they  are  not  surpassed  elsewhere  in  the  world.  It  has  been  esti- 
mated that  the  trade  in  this  district  annually  amounts  to  over  $500,000,000.  A  few 
play-houses  are  still  found  as  far  south  as  14th  Street,  but  the  main  theatre-region 
is  in  Broadway,  or  within  about  a  block's  distance,  between  23d  and  42d  Streets. 
Within  that  distance- — about  a  mile  —  are  Proctor's  23d-Street  Theatre,  the  Mad- 
ison-Square, the  Garden,  the  Lyceum,  the  Fifth-Avenue,  Herrmann's,  Daly's,  the 
Bijou,  Palmer's,"  the  Standard,  Harrigan's,  the  Park,  the  Casino,  the  Metropolitan 
Opera  House,  the  Manhattan  Opera  House,  and  the  Broadway.  The  new  Empire 
Theatre  is  being  built  at  the  corner  of  41st  Street.  Broadway  is  also  an  avenue  of 
great  hotels.  Up-town  it  has  the  St.  Denis,  at  nth  Street ;  the  St.  George,  at  12th 
Street ;  the  Morton,  at  14th  Street ;  the  Continental,  at  20th  Street ;  the  Aberdeen 
and  Bancroft,  at  21st  Street;  the  Fifth-Avenue  and  the  Bartholdi,  at  23d  Street; 
the  Albemarle,  at  24th  Street  ;  the  Hoffman,  at  25th  Street ;  the  St.  James,  at  26th 
Street ;  the  Victoria  and  the  Coleman,  at  27th  Street ;  the  Gilsey  and  the  Sturtevant, 
at  29th  Street;  the  Grand,  at  31st  Street;  the  Imperial,  at  32d  Street;  the  Marl- 
borough, at  36th  Street ;  the  Normandie,  at  38th  Street ;  the  Oriental,  at  39th 
Street;  the  Gedney,  at  40th  Street;  the  Vendome,  at  41st  Street;  the  St.  Cloud 
and  the  Metropole,  at  42d  Street ;  the  Barrett,  at  43d  Street ;  and  the  Gladstone, 
at  59th  Street. 

Above  42d  Street  Broadway  yet  maintains  something  of  the  residential  character 
that  long  ago  disappeared  from  it  below.  Many  large  apartment-houses  face  it  as 
it  nears  Central  Park,  at  59th  Street.  There  with  another  turn  westward  it  broadens 
out  into  a  wide  asphalt-paved  thoroughfare,  with  a  shaded  parkway  in  the  center, 
and  is  henceforth  known  as  the  Boulevard.  It  is  a  long  but  exceedingly  interesting 
walk  up  Broadway  from  Bowling  Green  to  Central  Park  —  about  five  miles. 

The  Boulevard,  virtually  a  continuation  of  Broadway,  beginning  at  the  Park, 
goes  on  for  nine  miles  farther,  through  the  pleasant  upper  part  of  the  city  that  is 
being  rapidly  covered  with  handsome  houses,  apartment-buildings  and  churches.  It 
passes  over  the  hillside  between  Riverside  Park  and  Morningside  Park,  where 
Columbia  College,  the  Protestant-Episcopal  Cathedral  and  the  Grant  Monument  are 
soon  to  rise,  and  down  into  the  ravine  at  Harlem,  and  then  up  again  upon  historic 
Washington  Heights,  still  a  region  of  beautiful  country-homes  of  old  New-York 
families,  and  on  to  the  end  of  the  island  at  Spuyten-Duyvil  Creek,  by  the  old  Kings- 
bridge  road.  The  Boulevard  includes  two  capital  roadways,  separated  by  a  central 
strip  of  lawns,  trees,  and  flowers.  When  finished,  it  will  be  one  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful driveways  in  the  world,  traversing,  as  it  does,  the  remarkably  picturesque 
region  between  Central  Park  and  the  Hudson  River,  much  of  the  way  over  high 
ground,  commanding  beautiful  views. 

Fifth  Avenue  is  celebrated  the  world  over  as  the  grand  residence  street  of  the 
aristocratic  and  wealthy  families  of  the  metropolis.  In  recent  years  business  has 
encroached  upon  its  boundaries,  but  despite  all  it  still  maintains  its  prestige  and  its 
biilliant  character.  There  was  a  time  when  some  people  regarded  residence  in  Fifth 
Avenue  as  an  indispensable  requisite  to  pre-eminent  social  recognition.  In  recent 
years  this  notion  has  been  decidedly  relaxed,  and  grand  residences  of  prominent 
people  arise  on  many  of  the  cross  streets  immediately  out  of  the  avenue,  and  in  Mad- 
ison Avenue,  Park  Avenue,  around  the  various  squares  and  parks,  in  the  newly-laid- 
out  streets,  and  in  other  favored  localities  ;  but  nevertheless  a  luxurious  residence  in 
Fifth  Avenue  is  a  sort  of  stamp,  or  patent  of  rank.  From  Washington  Square  for 
a  distance  of  nearly  four  miles  northward,  Fifth  Avenue  is  lined  with  handsome 
residences,  club-houses,  churches  and  hotels  that  give  abundant  evidence  of  wealth 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


35 


136 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


«r" 


12  3D   STREET. 


MOUNT    MORRIS    SQUARE. 


and  luxurious  tastes.  In  the  lower  part  of  the  avenue  many  of  the  old  New- York 
families  still  hold  their  mansions,  despite  the  proximity  of  trade.  Between  14th  and 
23d  Streets,  business  has  almost  entirely  pushed  out  residences,  and  only  a  few  years 
will  elapse  before  it  will  be  in  full  possession  of  the  usurped  territory.  The  Man- 
hattan Club  has  gone  up-town  to  34th  Street  ;  the  Lotos  is  preparing  to  move  ;  and 
the  Union  must  soon  follow.  The  Judge,  the  Methodist  Book  Concern,  and  the 
Mohawk  buildings,  three  large,  handsome  structures,  have  been  erected  recently, 
and  are  prophetic  of  the  transformation  now  taking  place  in  this  part  of  the  avenue. 


PARK   AVENUE,   LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    55TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


'37 


ST.    BARIHOLuMEW'S  CHURCH.        MANHATTAN   ATHLETIC  CLUB. 
MADISON    AVENUE,    LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    42D    STREET. 


HOLY   TRINITY   CHURCH. 


PRESBYTERIAN    HOSPITAL. 


CHARLES   F.    CLARK.  JOHN    KINS. 

MADISON   AVENUE,   EAST   SIDE,   BETWEEN    69TH   AND    70TH    STREETS. 


i3« 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


At  23d  vStreet,  Fifth  Avenue  crosses  Broadway  and  makes  the  western  border  of 
Madison  Square.  From  this  point  northward  to  42d  Street  business  is  in  the 
ascendant.  Many  of  the  private  houses  that  once  lined  the  avenue  are  gone,  and 
many  of  those  that  remain  are  not  used  for  residences.  Art-galleries,  book-stores, 
bric-a-brac  shops,  fashionable  millinery  and  dressmaking  establishments,  publication 
offices,  clubs  and  hotels  are  rapidly  making  this  an  aristocratic  business  street. 

Above  42d  Street  are  the  palaces  of  some  of  New  York's  millionaires.  The  Van- 
derbilt  houses  are  regarded  as  the  finest  examples  of  domestic  architecture  in  the 
United  States.  They  do  not  stand  entirely  alone,  however,  in  respect  to  beauty. 
The  Stevens  house,  now  owned  and  occupied  by  ex-Secretary-of-the-Navy  William 
C.  Whitney ;  the  C.  P.  Huntington  mansion,  nearly  completed ;  the  houses  of 
Robert   Goelet,  R.   F.    Cutting,  and  others   add  distinction   to  the  mile   of  avenue 


OLD    CLINTON    MARKET,   WEST    AND    CANAL    STREETS. 

between  42d  Street  and  Central  Park  ;  and  in  the  same  district  live  less  pretentiously 
but  none  the  less  elegantly  such  well-known  New-Yorkers  as  Jay  Gould,  Governor 
Roswell  P.  Flower,  Darius  O.  Mills,  Henry  M.  Flagler,  Ogden  Goelet,  Washington 
E.  Conner,  Russell  Sage,  Chauncey  M.  Depew,  and  William  Rockefeller.  Above 
59th  Street,  facing  the  Park,  are  other  splendid  mansions,  among  them  the  homes  of 
Henry  O.  Havemeyer,  and  the  Robert  L.  Stuart  house.  And  on  Madison  Avenue, 
which,  only  a  block  away,  runs  parallel  with  Fifth  Avenue,  is  the  Villard  Florentine 
palace,  part  of  which  is  now  the  home  of  Whitelaw  Reid,  the  editor  of  the  Tribune, 
and  ex-United-States  Minister  to  France.  On  the  same  avenue  stands  the  pictur- 
esque Tiffany  house,  and  others  scarcely  less  notable. 

Fifth  Avenue  is  the  great  hotel  thoroughfare  of  the  city.      In  that  respect  it  sur- 
passes even  Broadway,  its  closest  rival.      It  has  the  Brevoort,  at  Clinton  Place  ;  the 


HARLEM  VIEW,  LOOKING    EAST   FROM    137TH   STI 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


139 


JEANNETTE    PARK,    COENTIES    SLIP. 

Berkeley,  at  9th  Street  ;  the  Lenox,  at  12th  Street  ;  the  Logerot,  at  20th  Street  ; 
the  Glenham,  at  22d  Street  ;  the  Fifth-Avenue,  at  23d  Street ;  the  Brunswick,  at 
25th  Street  ;  the  Victoria,  at  27th  Street ;  the  Holland,  at  30th  Street  ;  the  Cam- 
bridge and  the  Waldorf,  at  33d  Street  ;  the  St.  Marc,  at  39th  Street  ;  the  Hamilton 
and  the  Bristol,  at  42d  Street  ;  the  Sherwood,  at  44th  Street  ;  the  Windsor,  at  46th 
Street;  the  Buckingham,  at  50th  Street;  the  Langham,  at  52d  Street;  and  the  Plaza, 
Savoy  and  New  Netherland  at  59th  Street. 

Fifth  Avenue  is  also  a  street  of  churches.      On  it  stand  Ascension  (Episcopal), 
at   10th  Street  ;  the  First    Presbyterian,  at    12th    Street ;  the  Collegiate    Reformed, 


SOUTH    STREET,    NORTH    FROM    THE    BATTERY. 


at  29th  Street  ;  the  Brick  Presbyterian,  at  37th  Street  ;  the  Jewish  Temple  Eraanu- 
El,  at  43d  Street  ;  the  Divine  Paternity  (Universalist),  at  45th  Street  ;  the  Heavenly 
Rest  (Episcopal),  near  45th  Street  ;  the  Collegiate  Reformed,  at  48th  Street  ;  St. 


140 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


Patrick's  Cathedral  (Roman  Catholic),  at  50th  Street  ;  St.  Thomas  (Episcopal),  at 
53d  Street  ;  the  Fifth- Avenue  Presbyterian,  at  55th  Street. 

Fifth  Avenue,  moreover,  is  the  main  resort  of  the  clubs,  nearly  all  of  which  have 
taken  possession  of  old-time  residences.  Among  them  are  the  following  :  the  Lotos 
and  the  Union,  at  21st  Street;  Sorosis,  near  25th  Street;  the  Reform,  at  27th 
Street  ;  the  Calumet,  at  29th  Street ;  the  Knickerbocker,  at  32d  Street  ;  the  Man- 
hattan, at  34th  Street;  the  New- York,  at  35th  Street  ;  the  St. -Nicholas,  at  36th 
Street ;  the  Union  League  and  the  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon,  at  39th  Street ;  the  Repub- 
lican, at  40th  Street  ;  the  Democratic,  near  49th  Street ;  the  Seventh-Regiment- 
Veteran,  above  57th  Street  ;  the  Metropolitan  and  the  New,  at  58th  Street  ;  and 
the  Progress,  at  63d  Street. 

Among  the  public  and  semi-public  institutions  on  Fifth  Avenue  are  :  Checker- 
ing Hall,  Delmonico's,  St.  Luke's  Hospital,  the  Roman  Catholic  Orphan  Asylum, 
and  the  Lenox  Library.  With  its  handsome  residences,  numerous  hotels,  churches, 
clubs  and  other  institutions,  and  with  Washington  Square  at  its  southern   terminus, 


EDISON    BUILDING.  STOCK   EXCHANGE.  MILLS   BUILDING. 

BROAD    STREET,   NORTH    TO   WALL    STREET. 

# 

Madison  Square  and  the  Reservoir  in  Bryant  Park  breaking  its  course,  and  the  59th- 
Street  Plaza  and  Central  Park  illuminating  its  northern  extension,  Fifth  Avenue  is 
certainly  one  of  the  most  magnificent  thoroughfares  of  the  world. 

Sixth  Avenue  rivals  Broadway,  14th  Street  and  23d  Street  in  its  retail  stores. 
Several  of  the  large  dry-goods  establishments  are  there,  and  hundreds  of  smaller 
shops.  It  contains  the  Jefferson -Market  Court-House,  at  10th  Street  ;  the  Green- 
wich Savings  Bank,  at  1 6th  Street ;  the  Masonic  Hall,  at  23d  Street ;  and  the  Union 
Dime  Savings  Institution,  at  32d  Street ;  besides  which  there  is  little  of  noteworthy 
architectural  character  in  the  avenue.  It  has  a  large  resident  population,  in  apart- 
ments over  the  small  stores,  and  is  the  main  thoroughfare  of  the  Tenderloin 
District. 

Seventh  Avenue,  extending  from  Greenwich  Avenue  to  Central  Park,  is  a 
residence-street  for  people  of  moderate  means,  and  has  many  retail  stores.  The 
State  Arsenal  is  at  35th  Street ;  the  Osborne  Flats,  at  52d  Street ;  Music  Hall, 
at  57th  Street;  and  the  Central-Park  Apartment-houses,  at  59th  Street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


141 


West  Street  and  South  Street  are  the  water-front  thoroughfares,  leading 
from  the  Battery  along  the  North  River  and  East  River  respectively.  Along  the 
former  are  the  piers  of  most  of  the  great  ocean-steamship  lines  and  of  the  Hudson- 
River  and  Long-Island-Sound  boats.      Much  of  the  South-American  shipping  comes 


PRODUCE   EXCHANGE.  STOCK   EXCHANGE. 

BROAD    STREET,   SOUTH    FROM    WALL    STRtET 


to  the  East-River  front,  and  sailing  vessels  predominate  there.  Near  the  mouth  of 
the  East  River,  at  the  Battery,  large  fleets  of  canal-boats  tie  up.  The  piers  on  all 
the  river-fronts,  with  one  exception,  are  wooden  or  iron  structures. 

Eighth  Avenue  is  the  West-Side  cheap  thoroughfare.  The  upper  part  of  the 
avenue  toward  59th  Street  is  respectable,  and  contains  several  notable  public 
buildings. 

Central  Park  West  is  that  part  of  Eighth  Avenue  that  faces  Central  Park 
from  59th  Street  to  noth  Street.  It  is  a  beautiful  street,  and  is  being  built  up  with 
artistic  and  expensive  private  houses  and  handsome  apartment-hotels.  The  Dakota, 
the  San  Remo,  the  San  Carlo,  and  the  La  Grange,  are  among  the  finest  houses  of 
their  kind  in  the  city.  The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  in  Manhattan 
Square,  and  the  Cancer  Hospital  look  upon  Central  Park  West. 

Wall  Street  is  a  short  and  narrow  thoroughfare,  but  it  is  second  only  to  Lom- 
bard Street,  London,  in  the  magnitude,  importance  and  far-reaching  influence  of  its 
financial  operations.  Both  its  sides  are  lined  for  about  half  their  length  with  some 
of  the  costliest  office  and  bank  buildings  in  this  country  ;  here,  too,  are  the  Sub- 
Treasury,  the  Assay  Office,  and  the  Custom  House.     Once  the  outer  wall  of  the  city, 


142 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


surmounted  by  a  stockade,  ran  where  the  street  now  is.  Hence  comes  the  name  of 
the  street.  Times  have  changed  since  that  day  when  watchful  sentinels  paced  this 
wall,  guarding  the  little  village  of  New  Amsterdam  from  the  Indians  and  the  wild 
beasts.  Even  as  late  as  1 697,  when  a  grant  of  land  was  made  to  Trinity  Church,  it 
was  described  as  "in  or  near  to  a  street  without  the  North  Gate  of  the  city,  com- 
monly called  Broadway."  The  Sub-Treasury  stands  on  the  site  of  the  first  City 
Hall,  afterward  called  the  Federal  Hall. 

Nassau,  Broad  and  New  Streets  take  a  great  deal  of  the  overflow  of  Wall 
Street.  In  Broad  Street  is  the  main  front  of  the  handsome  white-marble  building  of 
the  Stock  Exchange,  and  several  elegant  office-buildings — the  Mills,  the  Edison,  and 
the  Morris.  In  Nassau  Street  is  the  Clearing  House,  and  many  banks  and  banking 
houses.  The  majestic  Mutual  Life-Insurance  Building  stands  on  the  site  of  the  Mid- 
dle Dutch  Church,  which  was  used  for  a  riding-school  by  the  British  soldiers  during 
the  Revolution,  and  was  afterwards  the  New- York  Post-Office.  In  1728  the  Dutch 
society  bought  this  land  for  ^575  ;  in  1861  the  United-States  Government  paid  the 
church  $200,000  for  it ;  and  in  1 88 1  the  insurance  company  bought  it  for  $650,000. 
It  is  probably  worth  now  fully  $750,000. 

Printing-House  Square  is  at  the  north  end  of  Nassau  Street.  The  appella- 
tion is  popular  rather  than  official.  It  is  an  open  space,  or  plaza,  at  the  intersection 
of  Park  Row  and  Nassau  and  Spruce  Streets,  abreast   of  the   City- Hall   Park  ;  and 


WALKER   STREET.-- HARRY    HOWARD   SQUARE. -  CANAL   STREET. 


is  bordered  by  the  offices  of  the  great  newspapers.  The  statues  of  Benjamin 
Franklin  and  Horace  Greeley  are  appropriately  placed  as  the  presiding  geniuses  of 
the  locality. 

Franklin  Square  is  only  known  and  only  important  because  the  firm  of  Har- 
per &  Brothers  still  keep  their  publishing  house  there.  A  century  and  less  ago  this 
was  one  of  the  fashionable  quarters  of  the  town.  The  old  mansions  have  dis- 
appeared, and  a  tenement-house  population  and  small  manufacturing  establishments 
now  occupy  the  land.  The  square  is  pretty  well  covered  over  by  the  network  of 
tracks  and  depots  of  the  Elevated  Railroad. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


143 


144 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Bowery  is  historic  ground.  In  the  good  old  pre-colonial  days  it  was  a 
pleasant  country  lane,  running  between  the  "Boweries"  or  farms  of  the  worthy 
Dutch  burghers.  Its  rural  character  departed  years  and  years  ago,  and  for  a  long 
time  its  name  was  synonymous  with  all  the  worst  phases  of  vice  in  the  slums  of  the 
great  city.  The  swaggering  "Bowery  Boy"  tough  then  ruled  the  precinct,  which 
was  redolent  with  depravity.  In  recent  years  the  Bowery  has  risen  from  its  low 
estate,  and  possesses  many  enterprising  business  establishments,  successful  banks, 


'  4    '    /      A$ 


CHINATOWN  "--MOTT    STREET,   WEST    OF    PARK    ROW. 


and  public  institutions.  A  flavor  of  cheapness  from  the  surrounding  tenement 
region  still  clings  to  it,  but  the  decent  German  and  Hebrew  elements  now  chiefly 
dominate  the  neighborhood. 

The  Five  Points,  once  so  infamous,  was  renovated  some  years  ago.  Crime 
and  poverty  no  longer  control  it.  In  their  place  have  come  mission  schools,  chapels 
and  manufactories,  and  industrious  working  people.  New  streets  and  open  squares 
have  been  laid  out  by  the  municipal  authorities,  and  the  district  is  generally  im- 
proved sanitarily  and  socially. 

Mott,  Pell  and  Doyers  Streets  and  vicinity  are  now  given  over  to  the  Chinese. 
There  is  a  large  population  in  the  district  just  west  of  the  Bowery  and  Chatham 
Square.  The  district  is  a  veritable  "Chinatown,"  with  ail  the  filth,  immorality  and 
picturesque  foreignness  which  that  name  implies. 

Second  Avenue  in  its  southern  limits  is  the  great  German  thoroughfare.  A 
large  German  population  exists  to  the  east  of  it ;  and  its  cafes,  gardens  and  other 
places  of  public  resort  are  for  people  of  that  nationality.  About  ioth  Street  was  the 
/arm  of  Peter  Stuyvesant,  the  last  Dutch  Governor  of  New  Amsterdam. 

Baxter  Street  is  still  monopolized  by  the  cheap  clothing-dealers,  who  have  made 
the  name  of  the  street  famous. 

Thompson  Street  is  the  centre  of  one  of  the  largest  negro  colonies  in  the  city, 
and  has  given  rise  to  a  very  readable  book,  "The  Proceedings  of  the  Thompson- 
Street  Poker  Club." 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


145 


Hanover  Square,  at  the  junction  of  Hanover,  Pearl  and  William  Streets,  is  the 
centre  of  the  cotton  trade,  and  here,  too,  is  the  stately  Cotton  Exchange.  In  this 
locality,  in  days  gone  by,  lived  many  of  New  York's  wealthy  merchants,  and  after 
the  French  Revolution  many  notable  French  emigres.  Here  is  an  important  station 
of  the  Elevated  Railroad,  greatly  utilized  by  the  men  connected  with  the  Stock, 
Cotton  and  Produce  Exchanges. 

Lafayette  Place,  a  short  street  between  Astor  Place  and  Great  Jones  Street, 
is  distinguished  as  the  location  of  the  Mission  of  the  Immaculate  Virgin,  the 
Astor  Library,  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Diocesan  House,  the  DeVinne  Press 
(printers  of  The  Century  Magazine),  and  the  offices  of  several  publishing  concerns 
and  religious  societies.  In  the  row  of  houses  opposite  the  Astor  Library,  and 
known  as  "the  Colonnade  Row,"  lived  John  Jacob  Astor  and  other  rich  merchants, 
two  generations  ago.  The  north  end  of  the  Row  is  owned  and  occupied  by  The 
Churchman. 

Astor  Place,  just  north  of  Lafayette  Place,  has  the  Mercantile-Library  Building, 
the  Eighth-Street  (Jewish)  Theatre,  and  the  statue  of  Samuel  S.  Cox.  In  front  of 
the  Opera  House,  which  then  occupied  the  present  site  of  Clinton  Hall  (the  Library 
Building),  occurred  the  "  Forrest-Macready  riot,"  in  1849.  Astor  Place  was  once  a 
fashionable  residence-quarter. 

Parks  and  Squares  are  generously  provided  for  New-York  people.  Large 
public  parks  and  small  open  squares  are  scattered  about  in  all  districts,  especially 


MULBERRY    BEND,   THE    ITALIAN    QUARTER. 


where  they  can  be  readily  availed  ol  for  the  children  of  the  poor.      Few  if  any  cities 

of  the  world  now  have  as  great  an  acreage  of  parks,  and  the  spirit  of  the  people  is 

steadily  favorable  to  even  more  such  open  places,  that  conduce  to  the  general  health 
10 


146 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


and  happiness  of  the  community, 
and  this  too  notwithstanding  the 
high  value  of  every  square  foot  of 
land  in  the  city. 

Central  Park  is  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  and  one  of  the 
most  famous  urban  parks  in  the 
world.  It  covers  the  territory 
between  Fifth  and  Eighth  Ave- 
nues and  59th  and  110th  Streets, 
a  tract  over  2^  miles  long  by  half 
a  mile  wide,  including  an  area  of 
840  acres.  There  are  about  400 
acres  of  wooded  ground,  part  of 
which  is  still  in  the  natural  state, 
while  the  rest  has  been  improved 
II    by  the  planting  of  trees,  shrubs 


CENTRAL    PAKK    AND    FIFTH    AVENUE.    NORTH    FROM    59th    STREET. 


and  vines.  There  are  nine  miles 
of  carriage-ways,  six  miles  of 
bridle-paths,  and  thirty  miles  of  foot-paths.  The  Park  has  been  beautified  with 
handsome  architecture,  landscape  gardening,  statues  and  other  works  of  sculpture. 
There  are  nineteen  entrances,  over  which  it  was  once  proposed  to  erect  imposing 
arches,  a  plan  that  may  yet  be  carried  out.  Transverse  roads  from  east  to  west,  in 
open  cuts  below  the  level  of  the  Park,  accommo- 
date business  traffic,  which  is  not  allowed  within 
the  Park  limits.  Park-carriages  are  run  for  the 
convenience  of  visitors.  The  Park  was  begun  in 
1857,  during  the  mayoralty  of  Fernando  Wood  ; 
and  has  cost  over  $16, 500,000,  inclusive  of  main- 
tenance, which  has  been  over  $300,000  a  year. 
Frederick  Law  Olmsted  and  Calvert  Vaux  di- 
rected the  landscape  design,  and  Calvert  Vaux 
and  J.  W.  Mould  superintended  the  architectural 
features.  Washington  Irving  and  George  Ban- 
croft Davis  were  consulting  members  of  the  first 
Park  Board,  and  General  Egbert  L.  Viele  was  the 
first  engineer.  Central  Park  is  twice  the  size  of 
Regent's  Park  or  Hyde  Park,  in  London  ;  and  in 
the  world  is  exceeded  in  size  only  by  the  Great 
Park  at  Windsor,  the  grounds  at  Richmond, 
Phoenix  Park  in  Dublin,  the  gardens  atVersailles, 
the  Bois  de  Boulogne  at  Paris,  and  the  Prater  in 
Vienna.      None  of  these  equals  it  in  beauty. 

Starting  from  59th  Street,  one  comes  first 
upon  the  Ball  Ground,  a  ten-acre  plot  in  the 
south-west  corner,  where  the  boys  are  privileged 
to  play  base-ball  and  cricket.  Near  this  is  the 
Dairy  ;  and  just  to  the  north-east  is  the  Carrousel, 
with  swings  for  children.  Adjoining  is  the  Com- 
mon, or  Green,  of  sixteen  acres,  where  the  sheep  USk,  in  central  pahk. 


- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


147 


are  pastured.  On  the  east  side,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  64th  Street,  is  the  Menagerie, 
partly  housed  in  the  Arsenal,  and  partly  in  pens  and  wooden  houses.  There  is  a 
large  and  varied  collection  of  wild  animals,  elephants,  lions,  hippopotami,  tigers, 
bears,  camels,  seals,  monkeys  and  birds.  Just  to  the  east  of  the  Green  is  the  Mall, 
a  grand  promenade,  over  200  feet  wide  and  a  third  of  a  mile  long,  overshadowed  by 
rows  of  noble  elms.  Here  are  many  statues ;  at  the  southern  end,  the  beautiful 
Marble  Arch,  over  an  underground  pathway ;  and  near  the  middle  the  Music  Pavil- 
ion, where  concerts  are  given  on  Saturday  and  Sunday  afternoons.  The  goat  car- 
riages for  the  children  are  kept  here ;  and  on  the  cliff  to  the  left  is  the  arbor,  covered 
with  gigantic  wisteria  vines,  that  in  springtime  make  a  wonderful  show  of  purple 
blossoms.  Close  at  hand  is  the  Casino,  a  restaurant  for  this  section.  To  the  north 
the   Mall   terminates   in   the   Terrace,  the   chief  architectural   feature   of  the  Park. 


TERRACE,   FOUNTAIN    AND    LAKE,    IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 

There  is  an  Esplanade  on  the  shore  of  the  lake,  and  the  Bethesda  Fountain  stands 
there.  A  central  stairway  leads  down  to  the  Esplanade  under  the  road,  beneath 
which  is  a  tiled  hall  with  arched  roof.  On  either  hand  outside  are  other  flights  of 
steps.  The  Terrace  is  built  of  a  light-brown  freestone,  with  beautiful  decorative 
details,  and  very  intricate  carvings  of  birds  and  animals. 

The  Lake  covers  twenty  acres,  and  is  given  over  to  pleasure-boats  in  the 
summer  and  skating  in  the  winter.  Beyond  the  Lake  is  the  Ramble,  a  spot  beautiful 
with  sylvan  paths,  waterfalls,  natural  groves,  thickets  of  underbrush  and  exquisite 
bits  of  scenery.  Next  is  the  Receiving  Reservoir  for  the  city  water,  and  on  its  mar- 
gin rises  the  lofty  terrace  of  the  Belvedere,  with  a  picturesque  tower  fifty  feet  high, 
affording  a  magnificent  view  of  Manhattan  Island  and  all  the  surrounding  country. 
To  the  east  of  the  Reservoir  are  the  Obelisk  and  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  ; 
and  to  the  north  again,  the  new  Croton  Reservoir,  which  fills  nearly  the  entire  width 
of  the  Park.  At  the  extreme  northern  section  there  is  less  adornment,  but  none  the 
less  beauty  ;  and,  withal,  much  of  historical  interest.  From  Great  Hill,  with  its 
Carriage  Circle,  there  is  a  view  of  Harlem  and  Washington  Heights.      Harlem  Mere 


148 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


is  at  the  foot  of  the  hill  upon  which  stands  the  old  Block-House  ;  and  McGown's- 
Pass  Tavern  is  near  McGown's  Pass,  the  scene  of  skirmishes  between  the  British 
and  the  Continental  troops  in  1776.  The  North  Meadow,  a  fine  grassy  lawn  of 
nineteen  acres,  is  largely  set  apart  for  tennis-players  and  picnic-parties. 

Other  lakes  than  these  already  mentioned  are  the  Conservatory  Water,  where 
the  boys  sail  little  boats  ;  the  Lily  Pond,  which  has  a  valuable  collection  of  water- 
lilies,  Egyptian  lotus  and  other  beautiful  flowers  ;  and  the  Pond,  where  swans  and 


BOAT-HOUSE    AND    LAKE    IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 

othei   aquatic   birds  disport  themselves. 

The  water   area   of  the  Park  is  :    lakes, 

43^  acres  ;  reservoirs,  143  acres.      The  place  is  much  frequented  in   all  seasons  of 

the  year.      It  is  not  unusual   for  150,000  people  to  visit  it  on  a  single  pleasant  day 

in  summer  ;  and  15,000,000  visit  it  every  year. 

Riverside  Park,  next  in  importance  to  Central  Park,  is  on  the  east  bank  of  the 
Hudson  River,  extending  from  72d  Street  north  to  130th  Street,  a  distance  of  three 
miles,  with  an  irregular  width,  averaging  about  500  feet,  and  an  area  of  178  acres. 
That  part  of  it  farthest  from  the  river,  and  known  as  the  Riverside  Drive,  has  been 
laid  out  in  lawns,  driveways  and  walks,  the  uneven  contour  of  the  land  being  care- 
fully preserved.  Throughout  the  length  of  this  charming  thoroughfare,  which  is  on 
the  crest  of  a  hill,  there  is  a  wide-sweeping  view  of  the  Hudson  River  and  the  Jer- 
sey shore  as  far  north  as  the  Palisades.  On  the  east  line  of  the  Park  is  Riverside 
Drive,  upon  which  are  built  elegant  private  residences,  facing  the  west ;  and  this 
section  is  becoming  one  of  the  favorite  places  of  residence  of  New-York  millionaires, 
whom  the  encroachment  of  trade  is  driving  out  of  the  other  districts.  To  the  west 
a  substantial  granite  wall  borders  the  Drive,  and  below  this,  sloping  to  the  river's 
edge,  is  an  uneven  tract  of  land  as  yet  unimproved,  and  abounding  in  fine  old  trees. 
A  plan  will  probably  be  carried  out  to  fill  in  the  river  to  the  outside  pier  line  for  the 
entire  length  of  the  Riverside  Park,  and  raise  an  embankment  above  the  present 
level  of  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad,  bridges  across  the  tracks 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


149 


SCENES    AND    ORNAMENTAL    STRUCTURES. 

IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 


!5° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


STATUES,    BUSTS    AND    ORNAMENTS. 

IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


i  I  i 


STATUES  AND  ORNAMENTAL  WORK, 

IN  CENTRAL  PARK. 


*52 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


connecting  the  embankment  with  the  hillside.  This  arrangement  would  give  the 
city  a  water-front  park  unequalled  for  beauty  elsewhere  in  the  world.  At  the  north- 
ern end  of  Riverside  Park  is  the  tomb  of  General  U.  S.  Grant. 

Morningside  Park  is  a  strip  of  land  about  600  feet  wide  and  more  than  half  a 
mile  long,  with  an  area  of  32  acres,  extending  north  and  south  upon  the  eastern  slope 
of  Bloomingdale  Heights,  north  of  110th  Street  and  west  of  Eighth  Avenue.  It 
overlooks  Central  Park  and  Harlem,  and  commands  a  view  of  Washington  Heights 
and  the  country  to  the  north  and  east.  The  land  at  the  foot  of  the  hill  has  been 
laid  out  in  a  handsome  landscape  design,  and  against  the  face  of  the  cliff  has  been 
constructed  a  heavy  granite  wall  with  projecting  bastions  and  broad  stairways  lead- 
ing up  to  the  parapetted  promenade  on  the  top. 

Madison  Square,  bounded  by  Fifth  Avenue,  Broadway,  Madison  Avenue,  23d 
Street  and  26th  Street,  is  the  chief  popular  resort  of  the  central  districts.  It  covers 
nearly  seven  acres,  and  in  summer  is  charming  with  shade-trees  and  beds  of  flowers. 
The  Seward  and  the  Farragut  statues  are  inside  the  park,  and  the  Worth  Monu- 
ment is  at  the  northern  corner.      Here  are  ornamental  and  drinking  fountains,  and 


MENAGERIE  IN  CENTRAL  PARK. 


in  the  season  beds  of  beautiful  water-lilies.      The  Square   is   much  frequented  by 
prettily  dressed  children  with  their  nurses,  and  withal  is  thoroughly  delightful. 

Union  Square,  at  Broadway,  14th  Street,  17th  Street,  and  Fourth  Avenue  is  3^ 
acres  in  extent.  Here  are  the  Lafayette,  the  equestrian  Washington  and  the  Lincoln 
statues,  a  pretty  fountain  in  the  centre,  a  large  drinking  fountain  surmounted  by  the 
figures  of  a  woman  and  two  children,  a  small  and  artistic  drinking  fountain  designed 
by  Olin  T.  Warner,  a  paved  plaza  on  the  north  bordered  by  a  row  of  colored  gas- 
lamps,  an  ornamental  structure  and  a  cottage  with  a  reviewing  balcony.  The  plaza 
is  a  favored  place  for  large  outdoor  mass- meetings. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


oo 


Washington  Square  has  a  character  peculiar  to  itself.  It  is  at  the  lower  end 
of  Fifth  Avenue,  an  open  space  of  about  nine  acres,  once  the  Potter's  Field.  New- 
York  society,  driven  successively  out  of  Bowling  Green,  Bond  Street,  Bleecker  Street 
and  elsewhere  down-town,  has  made  a  sturdy  stand  for  two  generations  in  Washing- 
ton Square.  The  north  side  is  lined  by  old-fashioned  red-brick  houses,  with  white- 
marble  trimmings,  in  which  dwell  the  Coopers,  the  Rhinelanders,  and  other  aristo- 
cratic families.  On  the  east  side  is  the  imposing  white-stone  castellated  structure  of 
the  University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  hallowed  by  many  associations.  The  dor- 
mitory of  this  building  has  for  a  generation  at  least  been  the  bachelor  home  of  artists 
and  men  of  letters,  and  many  a  recluse  has  buried  himself  from  the  world  in  its  quiet 


•7^7  *n       f  v 


BOW    BRIDGE,     IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 


precincts.  In  the  next  block  is  the  Asbury  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  the 
modern  Benedict  Chambers,  principally  occupied  by  artists.  On  the  south  side  of 
the  Square  small  shops  catering  to  the  neighboring  tenement  population,  have  crept 
in  to  a  considerable  extent.  Some  of  the  old  historic  houses  remain,  and  several 
apartment-buildings.  The  feature  of  that  side  of  the  Square,  however,  is  the  Judson 
Memorial  Baptist  Church.  On  the  west  side  are  fine  private  residences  and  apart- 
ment-hotels. The  principal  ornament  of  the  Square  is  the  white-marble  Washington 
Memorial  Arch,  where  Fifth  Avenue  begins.  There  is  a  fountain,  a  statue  of  Gari- 
baldi, a  bust  of  Alexander  L.  Holley,  beds  of  flowers,  shade-trees,  and  hundreds  of 
seats  that  are  generally  occupied  by  poor  people  from  neighboring  tenements. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEIV   YORK 


STATUES  AND   BUSTS. 

IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


*55 


THE    CAVE,   LAKE,   OLD     FORT,   AND    ORNAMENTAL    STRUCTURES 

IN    CENTRAL    PARK. 


i56 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


GARIBALDI    STATUE,    IN    WASHINGTON    SQUARE. 


City-Hall  Park  has  been  shorn  of  much  of  its  original  dimensions.  A  century 
and  more  ago  it  was  "The  Open  Field"  outside  the  city  limits,  and  great  mass- 
meetings  were  held  there.     Once  it  was  the  only  park  in  the  city,  and  the  land  now 

occupied  by  the  Post -Office  Building 
was  within  its  limits  twenty-five  years 
ago.  The  City  Hall,  the  County 
Court-House,  the  ancient  Hall  of  Re- 
cords, and  a  fire  engine-house  take  up 
much  of  the  open  space  of  the  Park, 
which  has  about  eight  acres.  There 
are  two  fountains,  plenty  of  shade,  and 
many  flower-beds.  The  asphalt-paved 
plaza  in  front  of  the  City  Hall  is  the 
favorite  resort  of  the  fun-loving  boot- 
blacks and  newsboys  of  the  neighbor- 
hood. 

Bryant  Park  consists  of  five 
acres,  between  Fifth  and  Sixth  Ave- 
nues, and  40th  and  42d  Streets,  on  the 
site  once  occupied  by  the  famous  Crystal 
Palace,  which  was  burned  in  1858.  On 
the  Fifth-Avenue  side  is  the  old  Res- 
ervoir, from  which  until  1884  it  was 
called  Reservoir  Park.  It  preserves  the  memory  of  William  Cullen  Bryant  merely 
in  the  name,  its  only  statue  being  a  bust  of  Washington  Irving. 

East-River  Park  is  on  the  bluff  overlooking  the  East  River,  at  the  foot  of 
86th  Street.  Although  of  limited  area,  it  is  very  airy,  and  commands  a  fine  view  of 
the  river  far  up  toward  Long-Island  Sound.  It  has  been  fitted  up  particularly  for 
the  comfort  of  the  babies  and  young  children  and  their  mothers,  from  the  adjacent 
tenements. 

High-Bridge  Park  is  the  name  given  to  the  23  acres  that  surround  the  Reser- 
voir and  buildings  of  the  city  water- works  at  the  Harlem  River  and  170th  Street. 

Manhattan  Square,  covering  about  15  acres,  at  Central  Park  West  and  77th 
and  81st  Streets,  is  an  annex  to  Central  Park.  It  is  the  site  of  the  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  but  the  grounds  have  not  been  fully  laid  out  nor  cared  for. 

Mount-Morris  Park,  along  Fifth  Avenue,  from  120th  to  124th  Street,  in 
Harlem,  is  over  a  score  of  acres  in  extent.  It  contains  a  rocky  and  well-wooded 
hill,  surrounded  with  pretty  stretches  of  level  land.  There  is  a  plaza  on  top  of  the 
hill  from  which  an  extensive  view  is  obtained  ;  and  shaded  paths,  and  other  natural 
and  artificial  adornments  make  this  one  of  the  handsomest  of  the  city's  smaller 
breathing  places. 

Gramercy  Park  is  a  private  enclosure  of  if  acres,  between  20th  and  21st 
Streets  and  Third  and  Fourth  Avenues.  It  is  a  part  of  the  old  Gramercy  farm. 
Looking  out  upon  it  are  the  homes  of  David  Dudley  Field,  the  late  Cyrus  W.  Field, 
John  Bigelow,  Hamilton  Fish,  ex-Mayor  Abram  S.  Hewitt,  and  other  well-known 
wealthy  New-Yorkers.  There,  too,  was  the  home  of  the  late  Samuel  J.  Tilden  ;  and 
next  to  it  is  the  Players'  Club,  that  Edwin  Booth  established.  In  the  Gramercy- 
Park  Hotel  reside  several  eminent  theatrical  and  musical  artists. 

Stuyvesant  Square,  four  acres  in  extent,  on  Second  Avenue,  between  15th  and 
17th  Streets,  is  a  part  of  the  old  Stuyvesant  farm.      Private  residences  surround  it ; 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


157 


and  on  the  west  side  rise  St.  George's  Episcopal  Church  and  the  Friends'  Meeting- 
House  and  Seminary.  On  the  east  side  is  the  New- York  Infirmary  for  Women  and 
Children.  It  is  an  aristocratic  neighborhood,  but  the  Square  is  mostly  used  by  the 
East-Side  tenement  dwellers. 

Mulberry-Bend  Park  is  a  projected  new  small  park  between  the  Bowery,  Park 
Row,  Canal,  Pearl  and  Elm  Streets.  The  commission  to  acquire  the  property  was 
appointed  in  1888,  and  in  1892  completed  its  work.  The  cost  of  acquiring  the 
property  has  been  about  $ 2,000,000. 

The  New  Park  System  above  the  Harlem  River  has  been  planned  upon  mag- 
nificent proportions.  The  lands  were  selected  by  a  commission,  in  1884  ;  and  were 
acquired  by  the  city  at  a  cost  of  about  $9,000,000.  There  is  a  fraction  over  3,945 
acres  in  the  territory,  which  includes  six  parks  and  three  parkways.  Up  to  the 
present  time  these  breathing-places  have  been  left  in  an  absolute  state  of  nature  and 
it  is  not  proposed  ever  to  "  improve"  them  artificially.  They  are  somewhat  removed 
from  the  popular  sections  of  the  city,  and  mostly  frequented  by  picnic  and  excursion 
parties  in  summer,  and  skating  parties  in  winter. 

Pelham-Bay  Park  is  in  Westchester  County,  outside  the  city  limits.  It  con- 
tains 1,756  acres  on  the  shore  of  Long-Island  Sound,  Hunter's  Island  and  Twin 
Island  being  included  within  its  limits.  The  land  belonged  to  the  Pell  family  two 
centuries  ago,  and  the  old  manor-house  is  still  standing.  Here  Ann  Hutchinson, 
fleeing  from  Puritan  persecutions  in  New  England,  settled,  and  was  murdered  by 
the  Indians.  In  the  Revolution  much  fighting  occurred  over  all  this  ground.  The 
Park  has  a  very  picturesque  shore-line, 
nearly  ten  miles  long. 

Van-Cortlandt  Park  contain; 
1, 132  acres,  and  is  part  of  the  property 
once  owned  by  the  Van-Cortlandt 
family.  The  old  family  mansion  is 
still  preserved,  a  quaint  Dutch  building 
of  stone,  with  terraced  lawns  command- 
ing views  of  the  Palisades  and  the 
I  ludson  River.  There  Washington  had 
his  headquarters  while  carrying  on 
operations  for  the  expulsion  of  the 
British  from  New-York  City.  "Vault 
Hill"  on  this  property  was  the  burial- 
place  of  the  Van-Cortlandt  family  ; 
and  "Indian  Field"  was  an  aboriginal 
place  of  interment,  as  many  graves  in- 
dicate. There  is  a  large  lake,  covering 
sixty  acres  ;  and  a  parade-ground  for 
the  city  regiments  of  the  National 
Guard  has  been  laid  out,  on  a  level 
meadow  of  120  acres. 

Bronx  Park  contains  661  acres, 
lying  on  both  sides  of  the  Bronx  River,  a  shallow  and  narrow  stream  whose  pictui  - 
esqueness  has  made  it  a  favorite  with  New-York  artists.  It  is  proposed  to  establish 
a  botanical  garden  in  this  park. 

Crotona  Park,  135  acres,  lies  between  Tremont  and  West  Farms,  and  is  as  yet 
undeveloped. 


ALEXANDER    L.    HOLLEY    BUST,   IN    WASHINGTON    SQUARE. 


i58 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


*    -\ 


St.-Mary's  Park  occupies  25  acres,  part  of  the  old  Gouverneur-Morris  estate, 
near  Morrisania. 

Claremont  Park,  of  38  acres,  is  between  Inwood  and  Tremont,  beyond  the 
Harlem  River. 

The  Parkways  which  connect  these  parks  will  be  handsome  roads  600  feet  wide. 
Between  Pelham  Park  and  Bronx  Park  is  the  Bronx  and  Pelham  Parkway;  between 

Crotona  Park  and  Bronx  Park,  the 
Crotona  Parkway  ;  and  between  Bronx 
Park  and  Van-Cortlandt  Park,  the 
Mosholu  Parkway. 

Other  Parks  are  simply  small 
open  places  with  walks,  flowers,  shrub- 
bery and  seats,  and  generally  less  than 
half  an  acre  in  extent.  These  are  the 
principal  places  of  the  kind  :  Abing- 
don, Beach-Street,  Boulevard  (2), 
Canal  -  Street,  Christopher  -  Street, 
Cooper-Institute,  Duane-Street,  Five- 
Points  (called  Paradise  Park),  Grand- 
Street,  Jackson,  Sixth-Avenue,  Cedar, 
Jeannette,  Boston-Road  (2),  Fulton- 
Avenue  (2),  and  Tompkins  (with  ic^ 
acres). 

A  new  park  is  to  be  laid  out  on  the 
eastern  slope  of  Washington  Heights, 
overlooking  the  Harlem  River,  from 
155th  Street  to  the  bluff  at  Fort  George, 
a  distance  of  over  two  miles. 

Statues,  Busts  and  Sculpture 
adorn  the  parks  and  public  places. 
There  are  in  the  city  about  fifty  por- 
trait-statues and  busts  and  ideal  works 
of  sculpture,  almost  half  of  which  are  in  Central  Park.  Several  are  very  admirable 
works  of  art,  and  on  the  whole  the  collection  will  compare  favorably  with  that  in 
any  other  American  city. 

The  Washington  Memorial  Arch  had  its  inception  in  the  celebration  in  1889 
of  the  Centennial  anniversary  of  the  inauguration  of  Washington  as  first  President 
of  the  United  States.  The  temporary  arch  which  was  part  of  the  street  decoration 
of  the  occasion  spanned  Fifth  Avenue  on  the  north  side  of  Waverly  Place.  The 
structure,  which  was  designed  by  Stanford  White,  the  architect,  was  so  generally 
admired  that  arrangements  were  perfected  to  perpetuate  it  in  white  marble.  Now  it 
stands  in  Washington  Square,  facing  the  lower  end  of  Fifth  Avenue,  fifty  feet  south 
of  Waverly  Place,  and  spanning  the  main  drive  of  the  Square.  The  Arch  is  the 
finest  structure  of  its  class  in  this  country.  Each  of  the  square  piers  is  64  feet 
around,  and  they  are  30  feet  apart ;  from  the  ground  to  the  centre  of  the  arch  space 
is  47  feet.  With  the  frieze,  the  attic  and  the  coping  the  structure  is  77  feet  high. 
The  frieze  is  carved  with  a  design  showing  13  large  stars,  42  small  stars,  and  the 
initial  "W"  regularly  repeated.  American  eagles  are  carved  on  the  two  keystones; 
in  the  panels  of  the  piers  are  bas-relief  emblems  of  war  and  peace ;  and  in  the  span- 
drils  of  the  arch  figures  of  Victory.     The  roof  of  the  arch  is  ornamented  with  carved 


WASHINGTON    IRVING    BUST.    IN    BRYANT    PARK. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


*59 


WASHINGTON    CENTENNIAL    ARCH. 

WASHINGTON    SQUARE,   AT    THE    BEGINNING    OF    FIFTH    AVENUE. 


i6o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


rosettes  in  panels.  At  the  base  of  the  piers  are  two  simple  pedestals,  on  which  will 
be  placed  symbolical  groups  of  figures.  On  the  north  panel  of  the  attic  is  this  in- 
scription, from  Washington's  inaugural  address:  "Let  us  Raise  a  Standard  to  which 
the  Wise  and  the  Honest  can  repair.  The  Event  is  in  the  Hands  of  God. "  On  the 
opposite  panel  is  this  dedication:  "To  Commemorate  the  one-hundredth  anniver- 
sary of  the  inauguration  of  George  Washington  as  the  First  President  of  the  United 
States."  Below  the  frieze  and  above  the  centre  of  the  arch  are  carved  the  words: 
"Erected  by  the  People  of  the  City  of  New  York."  The  cost  of  the  structure  was 
$128,000,  and  the  amount  was  raised  by  popular  subscription.  The  corner-stone  of 
the  arch  was  laid  May  30,  1889;  and  the  main  work  was   completed  in  April,  1892. 

Garibaldi,  in  bronze,  by  G.  Turini,  is  in  Washington  Square.  It  was  pre- 
sented to  the  city  by  Italians  of  the  United  States,  and  erected  in  1888. 

Alexander  L.  Holley  is  commemorated  by  a  heroic  bronze  bust,  placed  upon 
a  simple  square  column,  upon   which    an  inscription  states  that  the  memorial  was 


BRYANT    PARK  —  SIXTH    AVENUE,    41ST    TO   42d    STREETS. 

erected  by  mechanical  engineers  of  two  continents.  The  bust  is  the  work  of  J. 
Q.  A.  Ward,  and  is  in  Washington  Square,  where  it  was  unveiled  in   1890. 

Washington  Statues  in  the  city  are  three  in  number.  An  important  one  is 
the  colossal  bronze  statue  by  J.  Q.  A.  Ward,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Sub-Treasury 
building  in  Wall  Street,  which  is  on  the  site  of  Federal  Hall,  where  Washington 
took  the  oath  of  office  as  first  President  of  the  United  States,  April  30,  1789.  On 
the  pedestal  is  the  stone  upon  which  Washington  stood  when  he  took  the  oath.  The 
statue  was  unveiled  November  26,  1883. 

Another  statue  of  Washington  in  the  city  is  a  copy  of  the  Houdon  statue  in  the 
Capitol  at  Richmond,  Virginia,  reduced  in  size.  It  stands  in  Riverside  Park,  near 
88th  Street  ;  and  was  a  gift  to  the  city  from  the  children  of  the  public  schools. 

The  Equestrian  Washington,  the  most  satisfactory  of  the  Washington 
statues,  is  in  Union  Square.  It  is  the  work  of  Henry  K.  Browne.  It  is  of  heroic 
size,  and  an  excellent  piece  of  sculpture. 

Liberty  Enlightening  the  World  is  probably  the  best-known  statue  in  the 
United     States.      It    stands    in  New-York   Bay,     on  Bedloe's  Island,   formerly  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


161 


place  of  execution  of  pirates  ;  and  is  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  objects  in  view, 
either  from  the  surrounding  shores  or  from  the  decks  of  ocean  vessels  bound  through 
the  Narrows.  It  is  admired  for  its  magnificent  proportions,  and  by  general  consent 
it  is  admitted  to  be  one  of  the  world's  greatest  colossi  and  the  largest  made  in 
modern  times.  The  draped  female  figure,  of  repousse'  copper,  151  feet  high,  is 
crowned  with  a  diadem,  and  holds  lifted  high  in  the  right  hand  a  torch  that  is  lighted 
by  electricity  at  night.  The  left  hand  clasps  close  to  the  body  a  tablet  bearing  the 
inscription  "'July  4>  1776."  Some  of  the  dimensions  of  the  figure  are  interesting  ; 
the  nose  is  nearly  four  feet  long,  the  right  fore-finger  eight  feet  long  and  five  feet  in 
circumference;  and  the  head  fourteen  feet  high.  The  statue  weighs  25  tons  ;  and 
the  cost  (over  $200,000)  was  defrayed  by  popular  subscription  in  France.  The 
sculptor  Bartholdi,  who  made  the  Lafayette  statue  in  Union  Square,  conceived  the 
idea,  and  modelled  the  figure  (it  is  said)  from  his  mother'.  The  pedestal  upon  which 
the  statue  stands  is  155  feet  high,   a  square  structure  of  concrete  and  granite.      It 


MOUNT    MORRIS    PARK,   FIFTH   AVENUE,   120TH   TO   124th   STREETS. 

was  designed  by  Richard  M.  Hunt,  the  architect,  and  erected  under  the  supervision 
of  General  Charles  P.  Stone,  engineer.  It  cost  $250,000,  and  was  paid  for  by  a 
popular  subscription  in  the  United  States,  the  greater  part  of  which  was  raised  by 
the  efforts  of  The  World.  Surrounding  the  island  is  a  sea-wall,  and  the  statue 
stands  on  an  elevation  in  the  centre  of  an  enclosed  space  made  by  the  double  walls  of 
old  Fort  Wood.     The  statue  was  unveiled  in  October,  1886. 

Benjamin  Franklin,  of  heroic  size,  in  bronze,  keeps  watch  over  the  newspapers 
from  his  pedestal  in  Printing-House  Square.  The  statue  was  designed  by  E.  Plass- 
man,  and  was  given  to  the  city  by  Captain  Benjamin  De  Groot,  an  old  New-Yorker. 
It  was  unveiled  in  1872. 

Horace  Greeley,  in  heroic  bronze,  faces  Franklin,  seated  on  an  arm-chair  on  a 
pedestal  at  one  of  the  doorways  of  the  Tribune  Building,  corner  of  Nassau  and  Spruce 
Streets.  The  statue  was  dedicated  in  1890,  and  was  paid  for  principally  by  the 
Tribune  owners.  It  is  one  of  the  best  statues  in  the  citv,  and  is  the  work  of  John 
Q.  A.  Ward. 
11 


162 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


WASHINGTON    STATUE,   ON    WALL    STREET. 


Samuel  S.  Cox,  when  a  Congressman,  be- 
friended the  letter-carriers  in  National  legislation, 
and  they  remembered  him  in  a  statue  that  stands 
in  Astor  Place,  and  was  dedicated  in  189 1.  It 
is  the  work  of  Miss  Louisa  Lawson. 

William  E.  Dodge,  a  bronze  by  J.  Q.  A. 
Ward,  was  paid  for  by  merchant  friends,  and 
erected  in  1885  at  the  junction  of  Broadway, 
Sixth  Avenue  and  35th  Street. 

Washington  Irving's  bust,  presented  to 
the  city  in  1866  by  Joseph  Weiner,  is  on  a  ped- 
estal in  Bryant  Park. 

Lafayette,  an  animated  figure,  done  in 
bronze,  by  Bartholdi,  stands  in  Union  Square. 
It  was  erected  in  1876  by  French  residents  of 
New  York,  and  bears  two  inscriptions  upon  its 
pedestal  :  "To  The  City  of  New  York,  France, 
in  remembrance  of  sympathy  in  time  of  trial, 
1870-71  "  ;  and  "As  soon  as  I  heard  of  Ameri- 
can Independence  my  heart  was  enlisted,  1776." 
Lincoln  is  commemorated  in  a  bronze  statue  which  stands  as  a  complement  to 
the  equestrian  Washington,  in  Union  Square.  This  fine  work  of  Henry  K.  Browne 
was  paid  for  by  a  popular  subscription,  and  erected  in  1868.  The  martyr  President 
stands  in  the  attitude  of  addressing  an  audience,  and  the  angularity  and  ungraceful- 
ness  of  his  figure  are  expressed  with  painful  exactitude.  A  low  curb  of  granite  sur- 
rounds the  pedestal,  and  on  this  are  inscribed  Lincoln's  famous  Gettysburg  words, 
"With  Malice  Toward  None,  With  Charity  For  All." 

The  William  H.  Seward  Statue  in  Madison  Square  is  from  a  design  by 
Randolph  Rogers.  The  Secretary  of  State  is  represented  seated  in  a  chair,  beneath 
which  are  piles  of  books,  and  upon  the  pedestal  is  the  inscription:  "Governor, 
U. -S.  Senator,  Secretary  of  State,  U.  S."     The  statue  was  unveiled  in  1876. 

The  Admiral  Farragut  Statue  in  Madison  Square  is  by  general  consent  one 
of  the  finest  examples  of  contemporaneous  American  art  in  sculpture.  It  is  the 
work  of  Augustus  St.  Gaudens,  and  a  present  to  the  city  from  the  Farragut  Memo- 
rial Association.  The  brave  admiral  is  repre- 
sented as  standing  on  the  deck  of  his  vessel,  with 
field  glasses  in  hand,  and  coat  blowing  in  the 
breeze.  The  curving  pedestal  is  decorated  with 
bas-relief  female  figures,  ocean  waves,  and  ap- 
propriate bits  of  marine  design. 

General  Worth  is  commemorated  by  a 
granite  obelisk,  in  the  triangle  formed  by  Broad- 
way, Fifth  Avenue  and  26th  Street  (Madison 
Square).  On  the  south  face  of  the  plinth  is  a 
bronze  bas-relief  of  General  Worth  on  horse- 
back. The  east  face  has  the  motto,  "  Ducit 
Amor  Patriae ; "  the  west  face  the  motto, 
"Honor  to  the  Brave;"  and  on  the  north  side 
is  the  name  and  the  dates  and  places  of  his  birth 
and  death.      Raised  bands  are  placed  at  regular    franklin  statue,  in  printing-house  square. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


163 


HhHH 


LIBERTY    ENLIGHTENING    THE    WORLD. 

STATUE,    BY    BARTHOLDI,    ON    BEDLOE'S    ISLAND,    NEW-YORK    HARBOR. 


164 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  Of  NEW    YORK 


GREELEY    STATUE,    IN    P 


■IG-HOUSE    SQUARE. 


Beethoven,  in   Central  Park,  is  co: 
granite  pedestal  near  the  Music  Pavilion 
sculptor    Baerer,    and   was    erected    in 
1884  by  the  Mannerchor  German  sing- 
ing society. 

Robert  Burns  is  also  on  the 
Mall,  in  Central  Park,  a  bronze 
seated  figure  on  a  rock,  modelled  by 
John  Steele,  of  Edinburgh,  and  pre- 
sented to  the  city  in  1880  by  Scottish 
citizens. 

Sir  Walter  Scott,  in  Central 
Park,  also  of  bronze,  of  heroic  size, 
the  work  of  Steele,  and  a  present  from 
resident  Scotchmen,  is  seated  opposite 
the  Burns  statue,  on  an  Aberdeen- 
granite  pedestal.  It  was  unveiled,  in 
1872. 

Fitz-Greene  Halleck,  in  Central 
Park,  of  bronze,  the  work  of  Wilson 
MacDonald,  is  on  the  Mall.  It  shows 
the  poet  seated  in  a  chair,  with  note- 
book and  pen  in  hand.  It  was  erected 
in  1877. 

The  Shakespeare  Statue,  by 
J.  Q.  A.  Ward,  is  a  standing  figure  in 


intervals  about  the  shaft,  and  upon  these 
are  carved  the  names  of  battles  with 
which  General  Worth's  fame  was  identi- 
fied. The  plot  of  land  on  which  the  monu- 
ment stands  is  surrounded  by  an  iron 
fence  ornamented  by  appropriate  military 
designs,  and  the  shaft  also  has  upon  it  a 
bronze  coat-of-arms  of  New-York  State 
and  a  group  of  military  insignia.  The 
monument  was  erected  by  the  city  in  1857. 

Commodore  Cornelius  Vanderbilt, 
in  bas-relief,  is  on  the  facade  of  the 
Hudson- Street  freight-depot  of  the  New- 
York  Central  &  Hudson- River  Railroad. 

Governor  Peter  Stuyvesant,  with 
his  wooden  leg  most  conspicuous,  is  a 
wooden  statue  in  front  of  the  Stuyvesant 
Insurance  Company's  office,  165  Broadway. 

Gutenberg,  the  father  of  modern 
printing,  and  Franklin,  America's  emi- 
nent printer,  both  modelled  by  Plassman, 
adorn  the  facade  of  the  Staats-Zeitung 
Building,  looking  out  upon  Printing-House 
Square, 
nmemorated  by  a  colossal  bronze  bust  on  a 
of  the  Mall.      It  is  the  work  of  the  German 


COX   STATUE,   IN    ASTOR   PLACE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


165 


D0D3E    STATUE,   AT    BROADWAY    AND    SIXTH    AVENUE. 


bronze,  at  the  southern  entrance  to  the  Mall,  in  Central  Park.     It  was  unveiled, 

May  23,  1872,  on  the  300th  anniversary  of  the  great  dramatist's  birth. 

The  Indian  Hunter,  by  J.  Q.  A.  Ward,  a  life-size  ideal  figure  of  an  Indian, 

bow  and  arrow  in 

hand,     bending 

eagerly      forward 

and    holding    his 

dog    in    leash,    is 

just    west    of  the 

Mall,    in    Central 

Park,     and    is    a 

very  spirited  and 

admirable  group. 
The  Eagles 

and    Goat    in 

Central    Park    is 

an   interesting 

bronze      by      the 

French      sculptor 

Fratin,  presented 

to  the  city  in  1863 

by  a  wealthy  resi- 
dent, Gurdon  W. 

Burnham. 

The  Bethesda  Fountain,  the  most  ambitious  work  of  sculpture  in  Central 

Park,  stands  on  the  Esplanade  at  the  foot  of  the  Terrace,  on  the  shore  of  the  Lake. 

The  design,  by  Miss  Emma  Stebbins,  the  New-York  sculptor,  represents  the  angel 

blessing  the  waters  of  the   Pool  of  Bethesda.      The   figure   of  the  winged   angel  is 

poised  easily  upon   a  mass  of  rocks  from  which  the  water  gushes,  falling  over  the 

edge  of  the  upper  basin,  which  is  supported  by  four  figures  symbolizing  Temperance, 

Purity,  Health  and  Peace.      In  her  left  hand  the   angel  holds    a  bunch  of  lilies, 

flowers   of  purity,   and  over  her   bosom  are  the 
cross-bands  of  the  messenger. 

General  Simon  Bolivar,  the  Liberator  of 
South  America,  is  represented  by  an  equestrian 
statue  that  stands  on  the  west  side  of  Central 
Park,  near  8 1st  Street.  It  is  a  replica  of  the 
Bolivar  statue  by  R.  De  La  Cora,  in  Caracas, 
Venezuela  ;  and  was  a  present  from  the  South- 
American  Republic  to  the  city  of  New  York  in 
1884. 

Daniel  Webster  is  an  heroic  bronze  statue 
on  the  West  Drive  in  Central  Park.  It  was 
modelled  by  Thomas  Ball,  and  cast  in  Italy,  at  a 
cost  of  $65,000.  Gurdon  W.  Burnham  pre- 
sented it  to  the  city. 

Mazzini,  a  bronze  bust,  is  on  the  West  Drive 

of  Central  Park.       It   is    of  heroic  size,   upon  a 

high  pedestal.      Turini,  the  Italian  sculptor,  made 

union-square  fountain.  it,   and  Italian  residents  of  New  York,  who  are 


i66 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


WASHINGTON    EQUESTRIAN    MONUMENT,    IN    UNION    SQUARE, 


admirers  of  the  great  Italian  agitator, 
presented  it  to  the  city  in  1878. 

The  Seventh-Regiment 
Monument  is  on  the  West  Drive  of 
Central  Park,  not  far  from  the 
Webster  statue.  It  represents  a 
citizen  soldier  at  parade  rest,  lean- 
ing on  his  musket.  It  was  modelled 
by  J.  Q.  A.  Ward,  and  was  erected 
in  1874,  to  commemorate  the  patriot- 
ism of  those  members  of  the  Seventh 
New-York  Regiment  who  fell  in 
battle  during  the  civil  war. 

The  Falconer,  an  ideal  bronze 
figure,  modelled  by  George  Simonds, 
stands  on  a  bluff  in  Central  Park. 
George  Kemp  presented  it  to  the  city 
in  1872. 
Commerce,  an  allegorical  female  figure  in  bronze,  of  heroic  size,  is  the  work  of 

the  French  sculptor  Bosquet.      It  is  in  Central  Park,  near  the  entrance  at  Eighth 

Avenue  and  59th  Street,  and  was  erected  in  1866,  a  gift  from  Stephen  B.  Guion. 

Alexander  Hamilton,  a  granite  statue  in  Central  Park,   stands  near   the  Mu- 
seum of  Art.      Ch.  Conradts,  the  sculptor,  designed  it  for  the  son  of  Hamilton,  John 

C.  Hamilton,  who  presented  it  to  the  city  in  1880. 

Prof.  S.   F.   B.   Morse  is  honored  with  a  bronze  statue  of  life-size,   modelled 

by  Byron  M.  Pickett,  and  erected  in  187 1  by  the  Telegraph  Operators'  Association. 

It  is  in  Central  Park,  near  the  72d- Street  entrance,  on  Fifth  Avenue.      Prof.    Morse 

was  present  at  the  dedication. 

The  Pilgrim,  an  heroic  bronze  statue  on  the  Grand  Drive,  in  Central  Park,  was 

a  gift  from  the  New- England  Society  of  New  York,  in  1885.     It  is  a  picturesque  and 

noble  statue,  by  J.  Q.  A.  Ward,  to  commemorate 

the  landing  of  the  Pilgrims  on  Plymouth  Rock. 

It  represents  a  strong-faced,  alert,  and  resolute 

hero,  in  the  quaint  English  costume  of  1620. 
The   Alexander  Von    Humboldt  bronze 

bust  in  Central  Park  was  a  gift  from  the  German 

residents  of  the  city,  in   1869.      It  was  designed 

by  Prof.  Gustave  Blaeser,  of  Berlin  ;  and  stands 

near  Fifth  Avenue  and  59th  Street. 

The  Thomas  Moore  bust  near  the  south- 
eastern corner  of  Central  Park,  was  modelled  by 

Dennis    B.    Sheehan,   and    put    in   place   by  the 

Moore  memorial  committee,  in  1 880. 

Schiller,  the  German  poet,  is  remembered  in 

a  bronze  bust  by  C.  L.  Richter,  that  is  set  up  on 

a  sandstone  pedestal  in  the  Ramble,  in  Central 

Park.     It  was  the  first  piece  of  sculpture  to  be 

erected  in  the  Park  ;  and  was  presented  by  Ger- 
man residents,  in  1859,  ^ess  than  three  years  after 

the  Park  was  begun.  ufayette  statue,  in  union  square. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


167 


LINCOLN    STATUE,    IN    UNION    SQUARE. 


The  Still  Hunt,  in  Central  Park, 
by  Edward  Kemeys,  represents  a  crouch- 
ing American  panther  preparing  to  leap 
upon  its  prey.  It  is  on  a  high  ledge  near 
the  Obelisk. 

The  Tigress  and  Young,  a  fine 
bronze  group,  came  from  the  hand  of  the 
French  sculptor,  Augustus  Caine.  It 
stands  west  of  the  Terrace  in  Central 
Park,  and  was  a  gift  in  1867  of  twelve 
New-Yorkers. 

The  Egyptian  Obelisk,  in  Central 
Park,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  his- 
torical relics  in  the  metropolis.  It  was 
presented  to  the  city  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  in  1877,  by  the-  Khedive  of 
Egypt,  Ismail  Pasha.  It  was  transported 
to  this  country  under  the  direction  of 
Lieut. -Com.  H.  H.  Gorringe,  U.  S.  N., 
at  the  expense  of  William  H.  Vanderbilt. 
The  monolith  is  of  granite,  70  feet  high, 
and  weighs  200  tons.  It  is  the  sixth  in 
size  of  the  famous  obelisks  of  Egypt,  and 
was  erected  in  the  Temple  of  On,  3, 500 
years  ago,  by  King  Thothmes  III.  The 
hieroglyphic  inscriptions  upon  it  relate  the  history  of  the  campaigns  and  kingly 
career  of  Thothmes,  and  his  illustrious  descendant,  King  Rameses  II.,  who  lived  300 
years  after  Thothmes.  Until  the  reign  of  Tiberius  it  stood  in  the  Temple  of  On,  and 
then  it  was  removed  to  Alexandria,  where  it  remained  until  it  crossed  the  water  to 
the  New  World.  The  obelisk  was  old  in  the  days  of  the  Roman  Empire  ;  ante- 
dates the  Christian  Era  by  fifteen  centuries  ;  looked  down  upon  the  land  of  Egypt 

before  the  siege  of  Troy  ;  and  was  familiar  to 
the  Israelites  in  bondage.  It  now  stands  on  a 
knoll  near  the  Museum  of  Art,  an  impressive  re- 
minder of  a  far-away  past. 

The  Columbus  Statue,  a  heroic  marble 
figure  by  Miss  Emma  Stebbins,  is  out  of  general 
sight  in  the  Arsenal  Building.  Marshall  O. 
Roberts  presented  it  to  the  city  in  1869.  Colum- 
bus is  represented  as  a  stalwart  young  man, 
and  the  work  of  sculpture  has  been  agreeably 
done. 

Archbishop  Hughes  stands  in  bronze,  of 
heroic  size,  in  the  grounds  in  front  of  St.  John's 
College,  Fordham.  The  prelate  is  represented 
clad  in  a  silken  robe,  addressing  an  audience. 
The  statue,  which  is  the  work  of  W.  R.  O'Don- 
ovan,  is  placed  on  a  granite  pedestal,  and  on  the 
plinth  in  high  relief  are  the  symbols  of  the  four 
seward  statue,  in  madison  square.         Evangelists.      It  was  unveiled  in  June,  1891. 


i68 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


FARRAGUT    STATUE,   IN    MADISON    SQUARE. 


Other  stat- 
ues that  are  con- 
templated for  im- 
mediate erection 
are  the  equestrian 
General  W.  T. 
Sherman,  by  Au- 
gustus St.  Gau- 
dens,  to  be  placed 
at  the  Boulevard 
and  West  72d 
Street;  the  Na- 
than Hale,  by 
MacMonnies,  to 
be  erected  in  the 
City-Hall  Park 
by  the  Sons  of 
the  Revolution  ; 
the  Horace  Gree- 
ley, a  gift  from  the  printers  of  the  United  States,  to  be  set  up  at  Broadway, 
Sixth  Avenue  and  32d  Street ;  the  Columbus  Fountain,  with  life-size  statues,  to  be 
erected  in  Central  Park  by  Spanish  residents  of  the  city  ;  and  the  Columbus  statue, 
by  Russo,  a  gift  from  Italians  in  the  United  States. 

New  York  has  made  a  good  beginning  in  adorning  her  public  places  with  these 
memorials  of  the  great  men  of  the  world.  There  are  many  more  to  be  thus  honored, 
among  her  own  sons,  as  William  Cullen  Bryant,  the  poet ;  Robert  Fulton,  the  father 
of  steam-navigation  ;  Valentine  Mott,  the  foremost  physician  of  his  time  ;  John  Jay, 
the  illustrious  jurist ;  and  scores  of  others.  Thanks  to  Ward  and  St.  Gaudens, 
the  statuary  work  in  New 
York  is  more  worthy  and 
artistic  than  that  of  any 
other  American  city,  and 
includes  some  of  the  choicest 
memorial  work  of  the 
present  century.  The  cos- 
mopolitan character  of  the 
city  is  illustrated  in  this 
phase  of  its  life,  for  the 
statues  include  New-Eng- 
landers,  Virginians  and 
Westerners,  Scots,  English- 
men and  Irishmen,  Germans, 
Italians,  French,  Dutch  and 
South- Americans. 

New  York  is  too  great 
in  spirit  and  in  appreciation 
to  be  confined  by  provincial 
and  parochial  preferences. 
It  honors  valor,  genius,  hon- 
or, wherever  found.  worth  monument,  in  madison  square. 


Bridges,  Tunnels,  Sewers,  Water,  Aqueducts,  Reservoirs,  Light- 
ing by  Gas   and   Electricity,  Telegraphs, 
Telephones,    Etc. 


THE  exigencies  of  life  in  modern  municipalities  compel  the  utilization  of  space 
overhead  and  underground ;  so  closely  are  the  people  crowded  and  restricted 
for  room.  In  New  York,  the  East  River  and  the  Harlem  River  are  bridged  to  allow 
of  quick  egress  to  the  surrounding  country;  and  projects  are -in  hand  for  more 
bridges  and  several  tunnels  across  and  under  the  East  and  North  Rivers,  and  beneath 
the  Narrows  from  Staten  Island  to  Long  Island.  Electric-light,  telephone  and 
telegraph  wires  are  still  suspended  from  buildings  and  poles,  although  many  miles 
of  them  have  already  gone  into  the  subways,  where  it  is  proposed  that  all  shall  fol- 
low in  due  course  of  time.  Beneath  the  principal  streets  there  is  a  network  of  pipes 
of  all  descriptions ;  sewers,  water-mains,  pneumatic  tubes,  gas-mains,  steam-heating 
pipes,  subways  for  wires,  and,  in  Broadway,  Third  Avenue,  Tenth  Avenue  and  125th 
Street  conduits  for  street-car  cables.  Beneath  sidewalks  the  abutting  property-owners 
build  vaults  and  sub-cellars,  thereby  adding  valuable  room  to  the  establishments 
above  ground.  Were  it  not  for  all  these  conveniences  overhead  and  underground,  the 
normal  activity  of  the  metropolis  would  find  itself  hampered  to  a  serious  extent. 

The  Bridges,  aside  from  the  ornamental  structures  in  the  parks,  comprise  four- 
teen which  belong  in  whole  or  in  part  to  New  York.  One  is  across  the  East  River  ; 
and  others  span  the  Harlem,  connecting  Manhattan  Island  with  the  mainland. 

The  East-River  Bridge,  more  popularly  known  as  the  Brooklyn  Bridge,  was 
erected  to  meet  the  pressing  necessity  for  a  better  means  of  communication  between 
New  York  and  Brooklyn  than  was  offered  by  the  ferry-boats.  In  this  generation 
Brooklyn  has  become  essentially  a  part  of  the  great  metropolis  in  the  intimacy  of  its 
business  and  social  relations.  To  a  remarkable  degree  the  population  of  the  Long- 
Island  city  is  made  up  of  those  who  are  employed  or  who  do  business  on  Manhattan 
Island,  and  are  thus  compelled  to  make  the  trip  twice  a  day  across  the  East  River. 
It  was  inconceivable  that  these  two  communities  would  be  willing  always  to  remain 
dependent  upon  ferriage,  which  is  at  times  slow  and  inadequate.  As  far  back 
as  1819  a  civil  engineer  named  Pope  published  a  scientific  paper  in  which  he 
advocated  a  suspension-bridge  across  the  East  River.  The  same  idea  was  taken  up 
in  1829,  when  a  private  corporation  was  organized,  and  elaborated  plans  for  abridge 
from  Brooklyn  Heights  to  Maiden  Lane,  at  an  estimated  cost  of  $600,000.  In  1849 
public  agitation  of  the  matter  was  revived,  and  the  daily  newspapers  urged  that  the 
work  be  undertaken.  John  A.  Roebling,  the  successful  engineer,  had  long  enter- 
tained the  idea  ;  and  in  i860  at  the  suggestion  of  W.  C.  Kingsley,  a  wealthy  con- 
tractor, he  publicly  outlined  his  plan.      It  was  not,  however,  until  after  the  civil  war, 


170 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


which  had  accustomed  the  public  to  big  undertakings  and  lavish  expenditures,  that 
the  scheme  was  definitely  developed.  There  were  several  rival  projects  ;  but  Roeb- 
ling,  who  had  just  finished  the  Cincinnati  Suspension-Bridge  across  the  Ohio  River, 
was  taken  into  consultation  with  Kingsley,  Henry  C.  Murphy  and  others,  and  his 
plans  were  adopted.  A  private  company  was  chartered  in  which  were  Roebling, 
Kingsley,  Murphy,  John  T.  Hoffman,  S.  B.  Chittenden,  John  Roach,  Henry  E. 
Pierrepont  and  others.  This  concern  was  known  as  the  New- York  Bridge  Company, 
and  work  was  at  once  entered  upon.  Roebling  was  chosen  Chief  Engineer  in  1867, 
and  his  son,  Washington  A.  Roebling,  Assistant  Engineer.  The  elder  Roebling 
drew  the  original  plans  and  specifications ;  but  he  died  suddenly  in  1869,  while 
engaged  in  the  preliminary  surveys,  before  the  actual  work  of  construction  had  begun. 


BROOKLYN    BRIDGE    PROMENADE -- LOOKING    TOWARD    NEW-YORK. 

The  son  took  his  father's  place;  and,  beginning  in  January,  1870,  carried  the  enter- 
prise through  to  a  successful  conclusion,  after  thirteen  years  of  difficult  work. 
Through  exposure  and  overwork  he  broke  down  in  health  and  became  an  invalid. 
For  ten  years,  confined  to  his  house  on  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  he,  with  the 
assistance  of  his  wife,  directed  the  work  to  the  end.  From  the  window  of  his  sick 
room  he  watched  the  progress  of  construction  through  a  telescope,  day  by  day,  hour 
by  hour,  supervising  as  thoroughly  and  as  efficiently  as  though  he  had  been  on  the 
spot.  It  was  a  wonderful  display  of  indomitable  will  power  and  of  mechanical 
genius.  But  it  was  rough  sailing  sometimes.  In  1 874  the  Legislature  took  the 
enterprise  out  of  the  hands  of  the  private  corporation  that  had  initiated  it,  and 
empowered  the  twin  cities  to  go  ahead  with  the  project,  Brooklyn  to  pay  two-thirds 
and  New  York  one-third  of  the  cost,  the  control  of  the  bridge  during  its  construe- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


171 


172  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

tion  and  afterwards  to  remain  in  the  same  relative  proportions  in  the  hands  of  the 
authorities  of  the  sister  municipalities.  Many  unforeseen  delays  arose,  of  political 
as  well  as  of  mechanical  character.  New  problems  in  engineering  had  to  be  met  ; 
experiments  made  ;  and  new  devices  and  working  machinery  invented.  For  a  time 
there  was  much  public  distrust  of  the  management,  which  on  the  New-York  side 
was  in  the  hands  of  the  notorious  Tweed  ring,  and  once  the  work  was  entirely 
stopped.  But  the  municipal  plunderers  were  overthrown  before  they  had  succeeded 
in  getting  their  fingers  into  the  bridge  treasury  ;  the  seemingly  well-nigh  insuperable 
mechanical  difficulties  were  overcome ;  and  the  bridge  was  finally  completed  and 
opened  to  general  traffic,  in  May,  1884.  There  was  a  grand  military  procession, 
President  Arthur  and  his  Cabinet,  and  Governor  Cleveland  and  his  staff,  being  present. 
There  were  speeches  by  William  C.  Kingsley,  Hon.  Abram  S.  Hewitt,  and  Rev. 
Dr.  Richard  S.  Storrs  ;  the  bridge  was  illuminated,  and  fireworks  were  displayed  ; 
and  the  creator  of  the  work,  Col.  Roebling,  watched  the  proceedings  through  the 
faithful  telescope  at  his  house,  where  later  in  the  day  the  distinguished  people  who 
had  participated  in  the  celebration  went  to  congratulate  him.  The  estimate  for  the 
construction  of  the  bridge  was  $8,000,000;  but  owing  principally  to  the  amplifica- 
tion of  the  original  plans  it  cost  when  completed  about  $15,000,000. 

Statistics  of  the  bridge  will  be  interesting  even  to  the  unprofessional  reader,  for 
the  structure  is  one  of  the  highest  achievements  of  modern  engineering,  and  ranks 
as  one  of  the  great  wonders  of  the  world.  There  is  a  central  span  across  the  river 
1,595  feet  long  and  135  feet  above  high-water  mark.  At  each  end  this  span 
springs  from  a  tower,  resting  upon  a  caisson.  These  foundations  are  of  solid  con- 
crete, resting  upon  rock,  78  feet  below  the  water-level  on  the  New-York  side  and  45 
feet  on  the  Brooklyn  side  of  the  river.  The  Brooklyn  caisson  is  168  x  102  feet,  and 
the  New- York  caisson  172  x  102  feet  ;  and  each  caisson  contains  over  5,000  cubic 
yards  of  timber  and  iron,  and  over  5,000  cubic  feet  of  concrete,  the  weight  of  the 
caisson  being  about  7,000  tons,  and  of  the  concrete  filling  8,000  tons.  At  the 
water-line  the  towers  are  140  x  50  feet,  and  of  solid  masonry  in  the  lower  part,  being 
hollow  the  rest  of  the  way  up  to  the  bases  of  the  great  arches.  The  arches,  of  which 
there  are  two  in  each  tower,  are  117  feet  high,  and  the  capstones  are  271  feet  above 
the  water.  Travel  passes  through  these  arches,  the  floor  of  the  bridge  being  across 
the  towers  at  the  bases  of  the  arches.  At  their  summits  the  towers  are  narrowed  to 
120  x  40  feet.  In  the  New-York  tower  are  46,395  cubic  yards  of  masonry,  and  in 
the  Brooklyn,  38,214  cubic  yards.  Behind  each  tower  are  the  anchorages,  930  feet 
distant.  They  are  massive  granite  structures,  each  129  x  119  feet  at  base,  117  x  104 
feet  at  top,  89  feet  high  in  front  and  85  feet  in  rear.  On  each  anchorage  is  an 
arrangement  of  iron  bars  to  which  the  cables  are  fastened,  and  an  anchor-plate 
weighing  23  tons.  The  four  cables  upon  which  the  bridge  is  suspended  are  bound 
to  the  anchor-chains,  then  pass  through  25  feet  of  masonry,  and  come  out  of  the 
walls  of  the  anchorages  on  the  water  side,  about  80  feet  above  high-water  mark. 
They  are  then  carried  over  the  tops  of  the  towers  and  in  the  middle  of  the  river-span 
they  drop  to  the  level  of  the  roadway,  135  feet  above  the  water.  From  these  cables 
hang  at  regular  intervals  smaller  steel  cables  that  are  braced  and  tied  together  and 
that  hold  the  floor  beams  upon  which  the  bridge  proper  is  laid.  The  four  large 
cables  are  each  made  of  5,434  galvanized  steel  oil-coated  wires,  which  are  not 
twisted,  but  which,  lying  parallel,  are  pressed  compactly  together  and  then  bound 
tightly  with  other  wires,  the  whole  making  a  solid  cable  15I  inches  in  diameter. 
Each  cable  thus  finished  is  3,578^  feet  long,  and  has  a  supporting  power  of  12,200 
tons  in  the  middle  of  its  sag.     The  cables  were  made  where  they  are,  and  this  part 


ICING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


173 


*74 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


of  the  work  was  not  begun  until  June,  1877.  Steel  wire  ropes  were  stretched  be- 
tween the  tops  of  the  towers,  and  from  these  were  suspended  movable  platforms  for 
the  workmen.  The  steel  wires  were  drawn  across  in  place  and  then  bound  into  a 
cable  as  they  hung  in  mid-air.  Between  the  towers  and  the  anchorages  the  spans 
are  also  suspended  from  these  cables  at  a  height  of  from  68  to  119  feet  above  the 
street  levels.      The  New- York  approach  from  the  terminus  to  the  anchorage  is  1,562 


APPROACH    TO    THE    WASHINGTON    BRIDGE. 


feet  in  length  ;  and  the  Brooklyn  approach,  971  feet.  Heavy  arches  of  masonry 
support  these  approaches,  and  the  streets  are  crossed  by  steel  truss-bridges.  The 
space  under  these  archways  is  utilized  for  storage  and  other  business  purposes. 

The  total  length  of  the  bridge  is  1^  miles;  the  width  is  85  feet.  In  New  York 
the  terminus  is  in  Park  Row,  facing  the  City-Hall  Park,  and  in  Brooklyn  at  Fulton 
and  Sands  Streets,  the  terminus  of  nearly  all  the  elevated  and  surface  railway-lines 
in  that  city.  There  is  an  elevated  promenade  in  the  middle  of  the  bridge,  and  seats 
are  placed  at  the  towers  for  those  who  wish  to  rest  and  enjoy  the  view.  The  fare 
for  pedestrians  was  formerly  one  cent,  but  the  promenade  has  now  been  made  free, 
and  consequently  the  bridge  is  thronged,  especially  in  hot  summer  nights  and  holi- 
days, by  those  who  wish  to  enjoy  the  view  of  the  river  and  harbor  and  the  two 
cities,  and  the  refreshing  river  breezes.  On  each  side  of  the  promenade  is  a  drive 
for  vehicles,  and  a  railway  track,  upon  which  trains  are  run  at  intervals  of  a  minute 
or  less  during  the  entire  day.-  The  cars  are  run  by  cable  from  a  power-house  on  the 
Brooklyn  side.  The  car-fare  is  three  cents,  or  ten  tickets  for  25  cents,  and  the  trip 
over  is  made  in  about  six  minutes.  During  the  construction  of  the  bridge  twenty 
persons  were  killed  by  accidents,  and  many  others  were  injured.  Since  it  was  opened 
to  traffic  several  notoriety-seekers  have  jumped  from  it  into  the  river  below.  One 
of  these  divers,  Stephen  Brodie,  survived  the  ordeal.  The  others,  were  killed.  The 
bridge  has  a  capacity  of  45,000  pedestrians  and  1,440  vehicles  each  hour.  It  is  the 
longest  suspension-bridge  in  the  world.  Bridges  not  suspension  that  exceed  it  in 
length  are  the  Maintenon  aqueduct  of  stone,  13,367  feet  ;  the  Firth  of  Forth  bridge, 
10,321  feet  ;  and  the  Victoria  (over  the  St. -Lawrence),  the  Parkersbuig  (West  Va.), 
and  the  St. -Charles  (Mo.)  iron  bridges.  The  yearly  receipts  from  the  bridge 
exceed  $1,250,000,  and  the  expenses  are  less  than  $1,000,000.  Over  43,000,000 
passengers  are  carried  across  every  year,  and  fully  5,000,000  people  walk  over.  As 
many  as  160,000  passengers  have  been  carried  in  a  single  day,  but  the  daily  average 
is  about  120,000. 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


175 


176  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

The  Washington  Bridge  across  the  Harlem  River,  from  181  st  Street  and 
Tenth  Avenue  on  Manhattan  Island  to  Aqueduct  Avenue  on  a  part  of  the  old  Ogden 
estate  on  the  mainland,  is  another  notable  structure.  It  connects  Washington  Heights 
and  the  so-called  Annexed  District,  two  sections  of  the  city  that  will  in  a  few  years  be 
ranked  among  its  handsomest  and  most  popular  residence-quarters.  The  bridge  was 
completed  in  1889,  and  cost  nearly  $2,700,000.  It  is  a  massive  structure  of  granite 
approaches  and  piers  and  iron  and  steel  spans  ;  and  it  is  much  admired  for  the  beauty 
of  its  proportions  and  lines,  as  well  as  for  its  grandeur  and  substantial  character. 
Its  total  length,  including  the  span  of  the  bridge  proper  across  the  river  and  the 
New- York  Central  Railroad  and  New-York  &  Northern  tracks  on  the  east  bank,  the 
masonry  approaches  and  the  arched  granite  passages,  is  2,384  feet.  The  east  abut- 
ment is  342  feet  long,  with  four  arched  passage-ways  of  masonry.  The  abutment 
on  the  west  shore  is  277  feet  long,  with  three  arches.  The  two  central  spans  are  of 
steel,  and  describe  beautiful  parabolic  curves.  They  are  each  510  feet  long,  and  in 
the  center  135  feet  above  high- water  mark.  Their  construction  was  notable  in 
that  it  successfully  tested  a  new  device  in  engineering.  The  arches  were  made  and 
placed  in  position  by  sections.  One  section  was  firmly  anchored  in  the  abutment, 
and  then  the  next  section  was  sent  out  on  travellers,  to  be  fastened  to  the  extremity 
of  the  first,  and  so  on,  until  the  entire  space  was  spanned,  when  the  arches  were 
keyed  in  the  center  as  stone  arches  are.  The  superstructure  is  very  handsome. 
With  a  roadway  fifty  feet  wide,  and  two  pathways  each  fifteen  feet  wide,  there  is 
abundant  accommodation  for  travel.  There  are  heavy  granite  parapets,  pierced  with 
loop-holes,  polished  buttresses,  artistic  bronze  lamp-posts,  and  many  semi-circular 
niches  in  the  parapet,  with  low  granite  steps  or  seats.  The  bridge  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  places  of  public  resort  in  the  city.  The  view  from  it  is  superb, 
taking  in  the  Harlem  River  to  the  north  and  south,  the  city  farther  in  the  distance, 
the  wide  sweep  of  the  beautiful  Annexed  District,  even  as  far  as  Long-Island  Sound 
to  the  east,  and  Fort  George,  Spuyten  Duyvil  and  Kingsbridge,  and  the  surround- 
ing country  to  the  west  and  north. 

High  Bridge  spans  the  Harlem  River  at  175th  Street  and  Tenth  Avenue,  a 
third  of  a  mile  below  Washington  Bridge.  It  was  built  to  carry  the  old  Croton 
Aqueduct  across  the  river  and  valley  at  that  point,  and  is  1,460  feet  long,  from  bluff 
to  bluff.  Arches  resting  upon  thirteen  solid  granite  piers  support  the  structure. 
The  crown  of  the  highest  arch  is  116  feet  above  high-water  mark.  Large  cast-iron 
pipes  enclosed  in  brick  masonry  convey  the  water  across  the  bridge.  The  structure 
is  not  provided  with  a  carriage-way,  but  there  is  a  wide  walk  for  foot-passengers, 
who  are  numerous  in  summer-time,  attracted  by  the  beautiful  view,  and  the  enjoy- 
ment of  the  park  and  picnic  grounds  at  each  terminus,  and  the  open  country  at  the 
eastern  end.  On  Manhattan  Island  the  water-pipes  terminate  in  the  pretty  High- 
Bridge  Park,  where  there  is  a  reservoir,  a  lofty  stand-pipe,  a  gate-house,  and  other 
appurtenances  of  an  important  water-station. 

The  McComb's-Dam  Bridge  (or  Central  Bridge),  an  old  wooden  draw- 
bridge, has  long  existed  across  the  Harlem  at  the  northern  terminus  of  Seventh 
Avenue.  It  has  had  much  local  celebrity,  for  Seventh  Avenue,  south  of  the  river, 
and  Jerome  Avenue,  its  continuation  north  of  the  river,  have  for  a  generation  con- 
stituted the  favorite  drive  for  New-Yorkers  outside  of  Central  Park.  North  of  the 
river  the  avenue  extends  to  the  Jerome-Park  racing-track,  and  thence  on  to  Yonkers; 
and  it  is  lined  with  many  well-known  road-houses.  A  new  bridge  with  approaches 
is  now  building  to  take  the  place  of  the  old  one,  and  this  will  be,  when  completed, 
one  of  the  greatest  works  of  the  kind  in  the  world.     It  will  consist  of  a  viaduct,  a 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


177 


bridge,  and  steel  approaches.  The  viaduct  on  the  west  side  of  the  Harlem  has  been 
completed.  It  is  in  effect  an  extension  of  155th  Street  from  the  ridge  of  Washington 
Heights  on  a  gentle  decline  to  the  river;  an  ornate  steel  structure  60  feet  wide  and 
1,602  feet  long,  with  a  driveway  and  two  sidewalks.  At  the  Washington-Heights 
abutment  it  is  65  feet  above  the  ground,  and  it  crosses  above  the  elevated  railroad 
at  Eighth  Avenue,  with  which  connection  is  made  by  stairways.  The  bridge  will 
be  731  feet  long,  and  32  feet  above  high- water.  It  consists  of  an  immense  swing 
span,  or  draw,  400  feet  long,  resting  upon  a  cylindrical  pivot-pier  in  mid-river  ;  and 
four  fixed  spans  at  the  ends.  The  terminal  piers  are  of  masonry,  and  there  are 
ornamental  copings  and  watch-towers.  Two  approaches,  50  feet  wide,  have  been 
arranged  at  the  east  end  of  the  bridge.  They  will  consist  of  steel  lattice  spans  rest- 
ing upon  masonry  piers,  carrying  roadway  and  sidewalks  50  feet  wide,  one  approach 
being  350  feet,  and  the  other  1,740  feet  long.  The  total  cost  of  this  pontifical 
improvement  will  be  over  $2,000,000.  The  Department  of  Public  Works  has  built 
the  viaduct,  and  the  Department  of  Parks  has  charge  of  the  construction  of  the 
bridge  and  its  approaches. 

The  New-York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad  Bridge  crosses  the 
Harlem  at  Park  Avenue  and  134th  Street,  a  great  draw-bridge  over  which  come  all 
trains  from  New  England  and  Northern  New  York  that  enter  the  Grand  Central 
Station.  Work  has  begun  upon  a  new  bridge  at  this  point.  It  will  be  a  draw- 
bridge of  iron  and  steel,  elevated  24  feet  above  high-water  mark,  and  it  will  cost 
about  $500,000.  In  connection  with  the  bridge,  elevated  approaches  will  be  con- 
structed, to  supersede  the  present  Park-Avenue  viaduct  for  about  a  mile  south  of  the 
river,  to  106th  Street.      The  approaches  will  cost  about  $500,000. 

Other  Harlem  Bridges  present  no  particular  points  of  interest.  They  include 
the  following-named  :  At  Second  Avenue  is  an  iron  railway  draw-bridge,  with  a  foot- 
way, intended 
mainly  for  the 
trains  of  the  Su- 
burban Transit 
and  the  Harlem- 
River  branch  of 
the  New  -  York, 
New  -  Haven  & 
Hartford  Rail- 
road. At  Third 
Avenue  there  is 
an  iron  draw- 
bridge for  public 
travel,  resting  on 
stone  abutments 
and  iron  piers  in 

the  water.  It  is  usually  known  as  Harlem  Bridge.  At  Madison  Avenue  is  an 
iron  draw-bridge  for  general  traffic.  At  Eighth  Avenue  is  the  iron  railroad  bridge 
of  the  New-York  &  Northern  Railroad,  by  which  connection  is  made  with  the  ele- 
vated railroad  system  of  the  city  proper.  At  Dyckman  Street  is  an  old  wooden  foot- 
bridge, that  from  time  out  of  mind  has  connected  Washington  Heights  with  Ford- 
ham.  At  224th  Street,  on  the  plain  above  Fort  George,  is  the  Farmer's  Bridge,  an 
antique  structure,  the  name  of  which  sufficiently  indicates  its  purpose.  At  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Harlem  River  and  Spuyten-Duyvil  Creek,  where  Kingsbridge  Road  crosses 
12 


THIRD-AVENUE,    OR    HARLEM,    BRIDGE. 


i78 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


the  water,  there  is  another  old  bridge.  The  United-States  Government  is  deepening 
the  creek  into  a  ship-canal,  and  the  old  bridge  is  soon  to  be  torn  down  and  a  new 
structure  that  will  not  interfere  with  navigation  will  take  its  place.  Where  Spuyten- 
Duyvil  Creek  empties  into  the  Hudson  there  is  a  draw-bridge  for  the  New-York 
Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad 

Contemplated  Bridges  and  Tunnels,  and  those  in  process  of  construction, 
respond  to  the  demand  for  additional  and  improved  facilities  for  reaching  New 
Jersey,  Long  Island  and  the  northern  parts  and  suburbs  of  the  metropolis,  a  demand 
created  and  constantly  made  more  urgent  by  the  overcrowding  of  Manhattan  Island, 
both  in  its  business  and  in  its  residence  quarters. 

The  North-River  Bridge  is  the  most  important  of  these  undertakings.  It 
will  be  built  by  the  New- York  &  New- Jersey  Bridge  Company,  and  ground  has 
already  been  broken  for  the  foundations  on  both  sides.  The  bridge  will  be  a  com- 
bined cantilever  and  suspension  structure,  with  a  single  river-span  of  3,200  feet, 
two  side-spans  of  1,000  feet  each,  and  a  short  span  of  300  feet  on  the  New- York 
side,  making  a  greater  length  than  the  present  East-River  Bridge.  The  distance 
above  high-water  mark  will  be  150  feet,  and  at  the  middle  of  the  structure  193  feet. 
There  will  be  two  main  towers,  500  feet   high,  with  bases  120  x  250  feet,  extending 


HARLEM    RIVER    AND    HARLEM    BRIDGE,   AT    130TH    STREET    AND    THIRD    AVENUE. 

about  250  feet  below  the  water  to  hard  rock.  On  the  New- Jersey  side  the  terminus 
will  be  at  Miles  Avenue,  Weehawken,  and  the  New- York  end  will  be  between  70th 
and  71st  streets.  From  the  latter  point  a  viaduct  ico  feet  wide,  with  four  main  rail- 
road tracks  and  three  lines  of  sidings,  will  run  through  private  property  to  a  point 
between  Eleventh  and  Twelfth  Avenues,  and  thence  down-town  to  39th  Street.  This 
viaduct,  running  all  the  way  through  the  blocks  between  streets  and  avenues,  will 
be  built  of  steel  and  stone.  A  Grand  Union  station,  modelled  after  the  St.-Pancras 
Station  in  London,  will  cover  the  blocks  between  Eighth  Avenue,  Broadway,  and 
37th  and  39th  Streets,  400  feet  on  Broadway  and  1,300  feet  back  to  the  avenue. 
Seventh  Avenue  and  38th  Street  will  be  arched  over,  the  grade  of  the  depot  being 
above  the  street  level.  The  railroad  offices  will  be  there,  and  also  a  great  trans- 
ferring mail  station.  The  depot  will  be  laid  with  twenty  tracks,  and  on  the  bridge 
there  will  be  six  tracks,  with  room  to  add  four  more.  The  bridge,  which  it  is  esti- 
mated will  cost  $40,000,000,  is  intended  for  railroad  trains  exclusively,  and  not  for 
general  traffic.  It  will  give  the  great  railroads  which  are  now  compelled  to  bring 
passengers  and  freight  by  ferry  into  New-York  City  a  route  direct  to  the  heart  of 
the  metropolis. 

The  Citizens'  Bridges  between  New  York  and  Brooklyn  will  be  two  in  number. 
Legislation  has  been  granted,  and  the  preliminary  work  entered  upon.     Both  will  be 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


179 


suspension  bridges,  controlled  by  one  company;  and  they  will  cost  about  $25,- 
000,000.  Both  will  have  a  common  terminus  on  the  New- York  side,  between 
Delancy  and  Rivington  Streets,  and  from  that  point  connection  will  be  made  by 
elevated  structures  with  the  present  elevated  railroad  system.  One  bridge  will  ex- 
tend to  Broadway,  in  Williamsburg,  and  the  other  with  a  long  approach  to  Fulton 
Street,  between  Bridge  and  Little  Streets.  They  are  designed  to  connect  the  East- 
ern District  of  Brooklyn  with  the  central  business  section  of  New  York.  They  will 
be  open  to  general  traffic,  and  the  cars  that  cross  them  will  be  run  in  connection 
with  the  Union  Elevated  Railroad  of  Brooklyn. 

The  Corbin  Bridge  has  been  planned  to  cross  the  East  River  from  Long-Is- 
land City  to  a  point  on  the  New- York  side  between  37th  and  42d  Streets.  This  will 
be  for  cars  only, 
so  as  to  give  the 
Long-Island  Rail- 
road entrance  into 
New -York  City. 
A  tunnel  across 
the  city  to  the 
North  -  River- 
Bridge  Depot, 
connecting  with 
the  Grand  Central 
Station  at  42d 
Street  and  Fourth 
Avenue,  is  also 
part  of  this  plan. 
The    bridge     will 

be  built  of  iron  and  steel,  at  a  cost  of  $12,000,000.  Besides  the  terminal  piers,  there 
will  be  a  mid-river  pier,  built  on  Man-of-War  Rock.  The  structure  will  be  135  feet 
above  high-water  mark. 

The  Blackwell's-Island  Bridge  will  extend  from  42d  Street,  New  York,  to 
Long-Island  City.  A  company  was  chartered  to  construct  this  bridge  in  1867.  The 
project  has  been  recently  revived,  and  work  may  be  begun  soon.  There  will  be  cen- 
tral piers  on  Blackwell's  Island,  abutments  in  Long-Island  City  and  in  New  York 
near  42d  Street,  and  two  short  river-spans.  On  the  Long-Island  side  there  will  be 
elevated  approaches  extending  nearly  two  miles  inland,  and  a  branch  running  into 
Brooklyn.  On  the  New-York  side  there  will  be  two  approaches,  one  extending  to 
the  Grand  Central  Station  at  42d  Street,  and  the  other  farther  north.  The  bridge 
will  be  150  feet  above  high-water,  and  will  be  for  general  traffic  and  for  railroad 
trains. 

The  Astoria  Suspension  Bridge  across  the  East  River  from  90th  Street  to 
Astoria,  Long  Island,  has  been  talked  of,  and  will  probably  be  built  in  the  course 
of  time. 

A  Tunnel  under  the  Narrows  between  Staten  Island  and  Brooklyn  has  been 
projected.  The  design  is  to  divert  railroad  traffic  from  New  Jersey  south  of  Jersey 
City  across  Staten  Island  to  Long  Island,  and  eventually  thus  to  make  a  short  route 
from  the  coal  fields  and  the  West  acioss  Long  Island  and  the  Sound  to  New  England. 

The  Hudson-River  Tunnel  has  not  yet  been  a  fortunate  enterprise.  It  was 
planned  to  connect  Jersey  City  with  New  York  for  the  accommodation  of  the  rail- 
roads.     Begun  in   1874,  work  was  soon  suspended,  not  to  be  resumed  until   1879. 


SUBURBAN    ELEVATED    RAILWAY    BRIDGE,    AT    SECOND    AVENUE    AND    129th    STREET. 


ISO 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  shafts  on  the  New- York  side  were  begun  in  1882,  but  again  for  lack  of  funds  all 
work  was  stopped  in  the  same  year.  In  1887  the  work  was  resumed,  only  to  be  sus- 
pended in  1892.  At  the  present  time,  1,550  feet  have  been  opened  from  the  New- 
Jersey  shore,  and  about  550  from  the  New- York  side.  The  entire  width  of  the  river 
at  that  point  is  5,600  feet.  The  plans  provide  for  a  tunnel  of  elliptical  shape,  23^ 
feet  high  and  21^  feet  wide  on  the  outside,  and  i8t  feet  high  and  16^  feet  wide  in- 
side, to  be  lined  with  brick  and  steel  plates,  and  to  rest  in  blue  clay  and  rock  25  to 
50  feet  below  the  river-bed.  In  Jersey  City  the  tunnel  starts  from  the  foot  of  15th 
Street,  and  in  New  York  from  the  foot  of  Morton  Street.  When  completed,  the 
New-York  terminus  will  be  in  the  vicinity  of  Washington  Square. 

The  Park-Avenue  Tunnel  extends  from  49th  Street  to  106th  Street,  and 
through  it  run  all  the  railway  trains  that  come  into  the  Grand  Central  Depot.  From 
42d  Street  to  the  south  end  of  the  tunnel  the  tracks  are  in  the  yards  of  the  railroad 
company,  or  in  open  cuts  ;  and  these  are  bridged  at  the  intersecting  streets.  The 
tunnel  is  brick-arched  ;  is  in  three  parts,  separated  by  walls  ;  and  has  four  tracks  and 
sidings.  The  middle  of  the  avenue  immediately  over  the  tunnel  is  laid  out  in  little 
parkways  with  green  grass,  trees  and  shrubbery,  between  the  streets.  Iron  fences 
enclose  these  spots,  and  in  them  there  are  openings  in  the  roof  of  the  tunnel  by 
which  means  ventilation  is  secured.  The  tunnel  is  owned  and  operated  by  the  Har- 
lem Railroad  Company;  and  at  106th  Street  it  terminates  in  a  viaduct,  which  in 
turn  is  succeeded  by  an  open  cut  to  the  Harlem  River.  What  is  practically  an  ex- 
tension of  this  tunnel  goes  under  Park  Avenue  from  40th  Street  to  34th  Street.  It 
is  used  for  horse-cars  only,  and  has  several  approaches  from  the  street. 

The  Water-Supply  of  New  York  is  of  the  utmost  interest.  A  little  more 
than  fifty  years  ago   the  people   got   their  water  from  private  wells,  and  were  very 


HARLEM    RIVER    AND   SECOND   AVENUE    BRIDGE,   AT    129TH    STREET. 

well  supplied,  for  Manhattan  Island  abounded  in  springs  that  gushed  out  of  the  living 
rock,  pure  and  wholesome.  In  time,  however,  this  source  of  supply  began  to  be 
inadequate,  and  in  1774  a  reservoir  was  built  between  Prince  and  White  Streets,  east 
of  Broadway.  Into  this  water  was  pumped  from  the  wells,  and  distributed  through 
the  city  in  wooden  pipes.  In  1778  a  committee  of  citizens  recommended  that  Rye 
Pond  in  Westchester  County  should  be  made  into  a  reservoir  by  building  a  dam, and 
that  the  water  should  be  brought  down  to  a  city  reservoir  through  iron  pipes,  cross- 
ing the  Harlem  River  on  a  bridge.  To  this  end  the  Manhattan  Water-works  were 
chartered,  but  the  company  got  no   further  than  to   build  a  reservoir  in  Chambers 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


i»i 


Street,  between  Broadway  and  Centre  Streets,  and  to  try  to  support  the  city  with 
well-water  by  the  plan  before  attempted.  The  scheme  failed  for  the  second  time. 
Many  events  served  to  call  attention  to  the  inconvenience  and  danger  resulting  from 
a  continuance  of  this  condition  of  things,  and  several  plans  for  a  better  water-supply 
were  brought  out  from  time  to  time.  The  great  fire  of  1834  was  a  conclusive  argu- 
ment against  the  folly  of  longer  delay  ;  and  in  that  year,  the  Legislature  having  given 
the  needed  authority,  a  survey  of  the  Croton  water-shed  was  made,  and  in  1835  tne 
work  of  constructing  reservoirs  and  an  aqueduct  was  definitely  undertaken.  The 
Croton  water-shed  is  about  thirty  miles  north  of  New-York  City,  on  high  land,  in  a 
remarkably  healthful  region.  The  water  is  exceptionally  good,  and  is  little  exposed 
to  contamination,  while  the  flow  through  thirty  miles  of  conduit  to  the  city  has  a 
tendency  still  further  to  purify  it.  Croton  Lake  is  fed  by  Croton  River  and  other 
smaller  streams,  and  this  was  formed  into  a  reservoir,  five  miles  long,  by  erecting  a 
dam  which  raised  the  water  forty  feet.  Then  a  conduit  of  brick,  stone  and  cement 
was  built  in  the   shape  of  a  horse-shoe,  8^-  feet   perpendicular  diameter  and  7^  feet 


PARK    AVENUE,    NORTH    FROM    98TH    STREET 


horizontal.  This  conduit  begins  at  Croton  Lake,  and  runs  to  the  Central-Park  Res- 
ervoir. It  crosses  25  streams  below  grade  ;  has  16  tunnels  from  160  to  1,263  ^eet 
long  ;  and  it  was  designed  to  carry  about  60,000,000  gallons  each  day.  It  drew  from 
Croton  Lake  and  other  natural  and  artificial  reservoirs,  which  were  then  utilized,  with 
a  storage  capacity  of  9,500,000,000  gallons,  or  about  three  months'  supply  for  the 
city.  The  aqueduct  crosses  the  Harlem  River  upon  the  High  Bridge,  at  the  city 
end  of  which  there  was  built  a  high-service  reservoir,  holding  11,000,000  gallons,  a 
tower,  and  pumping  machinery.  Thence  it  goes  to  the  Central-Park  reservoirs.  On 
Fifth  Avenue,  between  40th  and  42d  Streets,  a  distributing  reservoir  with  a  capacity 
of  20,000,000  gallons  was  constructed.  The  work  of  providing  for  this  system  was 
completed  in  1842.  The  water  was  turned  on  upon  July  4th  of  that  year,  amid  the 
greatest  enthusiasm  of  the  people.  There  was  a  military  and  civic  procession,  eight 
miles  long,  and  other  forms  of  celebration  in  September  of  the  same  year.  In  less 
than  forty  years  the  city  had  outgrown  this  means  of  supply.  The  aqueduct  was 
forced  to  the  point  of  carrying  nearly  100,000,000  gallons  a  day,  but  even  that  was 


l82 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


GATE    HOUSE,    CROTON    AQUEDUCT. 
MANHATTAN    AVENUE    AND    135TH    STREET. 


not  sufficient  for  the  needs  of  the  population.  The  upper  stories  of  high  buildings 
and  even  of  residences  on  high  land  could  get  no  water  at  all,  and  the  storage 
capacity  of  the  reservoirs  was  so  limited  that  a  short  dry  spell  always  made  a  water 
famine  imminent.      Public  agitation   for  an   increased   supply  began  before  the  year 

1880.  Commissioners  were  appointed  to  consider  vari- 
ous plans  for  relief,  and  they  approved  of  Croton  as 
an  ample  and  pure  supply.  An  extension  of  the 
reservoirs  and  the  construction  of  a  new  and  improved 
aqueduct  was  recommended.  This  work  was  at  once 
entered  upon,  under  the  provisions  of  a  special  act  of 
the  Legislature,  passed  in  1883,  and  the  metropolis  is 
being  provided  with  a  water  system  that  will  be  unsur- 
passed in  any  other  city  of  the  world. 
The  construction  of  the  aqueduct 
taxed  engineering  skill  and  financial 
management  to  the  utmost.  Unfore- 
seen difficulties  were  encountered 
that  retarded  progress,  and  the  frauds 
of  contractors,  who  lined  parts  of  the 
tunnel  with  thin  shells  of  brick  instead 
of  with  thick  rubble  walls,  made  it 
necessary  to  have  a  great  deal  of  that 
part  of  the  work  done  over  again. 
But  as  finally  completed  the  aqueduct  is  a  solid,  and  will  be  an  enduring  achievement. 
The  total  length  of  the  masonry  conduit,  from  Croton  Dam  to  the  I35th-Street 
gate-house,  where  the  tunnel  ends,  is  3of  miles ;  from  the  latter  point  to  the  new 
reservoir  in  Central  Park  there  are  2^  miles  of  pipe  line,  making  the  total  length  of 
33  miles.  There  are  38  shafts,  from  28  feet  to  350  feet  deep,  several  of  them  left 
open  to  the  surface  so  as  to  give  access  to  the  aqueduct  for  repairs  when  needed. 
The  average  depth  of  the  tunnel  beneath  the  ground  is  170  feet,  but  at  South 
Yonkers  it  is  on  an  embankment  for  the  distance  of  a  half-mile,  and  also  at  the 
Pocantico  River  and  Ardsley  it  comes  to  the  surface.  At  each  of  these  three  places 
there  are  blow-outs  and  waste  weirs,  by  which  the  flow  of  water  can  be  turned  off  at 
any  time  for  the  purpose  of  making  repairs  and  cleansing  the  aqueduct.  The  tunnel 
begins  at  Croton  Dam,  and  at  its  head  is  a  handsome  granite  gate-house,  set  in  a 
recess  that  was  blasted  for  it  out  of  the  solid  rock,  100  feet  below  the  top  of  the  old 
dam.  The  water  flows  from  the  lake  through  this  house  into  the  tunnel,  and  makes 
its  way  to  the  city  by  the  force  of  gravity,  no  pumping  being  required,  as  the  grade 
of  the  aqueductal,  though  light,  is  continuous  to  the  Harlem  River.  The  flow  is  at 
the  rate  of  about  two  miles  an  hour.  From  the  Croton  Dam  to  Harlem  the  aque- 
duct is  of  horse-shoe  form,  13.53  feet  high  and  13.60  feet  wide;  then  it  becomes 
circular,  12.3  feet  in  diameter.  At  the  Harlem  River  there  is  a  fine  piece  of  engi- 
neering in  the  siphon  by  which  the  water  is  carried  under  the  river  to  the  High-Bridge 
station.  A  circular  tube  of  brick,  10^  feet  in  diameter,  goes  down  into  the  river  for 
307  feet  ;  passes  under  the  river-bed,  and  comes  up  on  the  west  bank  as  a  shaft  400 
feet  high.  Through  this  the  water  flows  and  climbs  the  hill  on  its  way  to  the  gate- 
house at  135th  Street.  At  this  point  the  single  tunnel  ceases,  and  the  water  is  dis- 
tributed by  pipe  lines,  eight  iron  pipes  48  inches  in  diameter,  laid  a  few  feet  below 
the  surface  and  diverging  in  different  directions  carrying  it.  Four  of  these  pipes  go 
direct  to  the  Central-Park  Reservoir,  and  the  others  supply  the  demands  of  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


i83 


Harlem  District.  No  other  tunnel  in  the  world  is  equal  to  this  in  size  or  in  the 
difficulty  of  the  task  that  its  construction  imposed.  The  Hoosac  Tunnel  and  the 
Mt. -Cenis  Tunnel  are  each  five  miles  long,  and  the  St.  -Gothard  Tunnel  9?  miles, 
as  against  the  33  miles  of  this  aqueduct,  which  consumed  ten  years  in  building.  Of 
brick-work  alone  there  were  312,258  cubic  yards,  equal  to  thirty  large  14-story  office- 
buildings.  Material  was  excavated  to  the  amount  of  3,250,000  cubic  yards.  The 
aqueduct  was  completed  and  the  water  turned  on  in  the  summer  of  1890.  The 
cost  of  the  construction,  exclusive  of  lands,  engineering,  superintendence,  etc.,  was 
$19,612,000,  as  against  the  engineers'  estimate  of  $18,957,000. 

The  new  aqueduct  has  a  flowing  capacity  of  318,000,000  gallons  a  day.  A  reser- 
voir will  soon  be  built  on  the  site  of  the  present  Jerome  Park,  in  order  to  provide  for 
the  needs  of  the  growing  annexed  district.  The  aqueduct  will  keep  this  reservoir 
full,  and  after  leaving  there  will  be  able  to  carry  250,000,000  gallons  a  day  down  to 
the  Central-Park  reservoir,  thus  allowing  68,000,000  gallons  a  day  for  the  annexed 
district,  over  two-thirds  as  much  as  the  entire  city  had  under  the  old  service. 
Then  the  old  aqueduct  can  still  be  depended  upon  for  at  least  75,000,000  gallons  a 
day,  and  the  pipe  lines  from  the  Bronx  River  can  bring  down  20,000,000  a  day.  So 
it  is  possible  to  have  a  daily  supply  of  at  least  350,000,000  gallons.  The  present 
demand  is  for  a  little  more  than  160,000,000  gallons  daily.  It  has  been  shown  that 
even  in  dry  weather  the  Croton-River  watershed  can  be  depended  upon  for  fully 
250,000,000  gallons  a  day. 

Now  that  the  aqueduct  has  been  completed,  the  question  of  storage  is  engaging 
the  attention  of  the  municipal  au- 
thorities. The  present  storage 
capacity  of  the  Croton  watershed, 
natural  and  artificial,  is  17,150,- 
000,000  gallons  :  at  Croton  Lake, 
500,000,000;  Boyd's  Corner  reser- 
voir, 2, 700,000,000  gallons  ;  Mid- 
dle Branch,  4,000,000,000  ;  East 
Branch,  4,500,000,000  ;  Bog  Brook, 
4,000,000,000;  Kirk  Lake,  500,- 
000,000  ;  Lake  Mahopac,  500,000,- 
000;  Lake  Gilead,  300,000,000; 
and  Barrett  Pond,  150,000,000; 
total  17,150,000,000.  Tributary 
to  the  above  and  included  in  the 
estimate  are  the  smaller  lakes,  Gil- 
ead, Gleneida  and  Waccabuc,  and 
White  Pond.  The  East  Branch, 
which  has  a  depth  of  67  feet  of 
water,  and  the  Bog  Brook,  with  a 
depth  of  60  feet,  were  finished  in 
the  summer  of  1892.  In  addition, 
three  reservoirs  are  in  process  of 
construction,  and  will  be  completed 
in  1894.  These  are  Reservoir  D  on  the  Western  Branch,  near  Carmel,  capacity 
10,000,000,000;  Titicus  River,  6,000,000,000;  and  Reservoir  A,  on  the  Muscoot 
Branch,  7,000,000,000.  Thus  the  storage  capacity  will  be  increased  to  40,100,000,- 
000  gallons.      Still  another  dam  is  contemplated,  variously  known  as  the  Quaker- 


HIGH  SERVICE  STATION,  98TH  STREET,  NEAR  COLUMBUS  AVEf  UE. 


1 84  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 

Bridge,  New  Croton,  and  Cornell.  The  Aqueduct  Commissioners  have  decided 
upon  undertaking  the  work  of  construction  in  the  near  future.  The  dam  will  be 
located  five  miles  south  of  Croton  Lake.  It  will  be  a  wall  of  solid  masonry,  264 
feet  high  and  1,500  feet  long,  and  will  cost  over  $6,000,000.  By  its  construction 
a  reservoir  16  miles  long  will  be  erected,  with  a  storage  capacity  of  over  30,000,- 
000,000  gallons.  The  water  thus  held  will  set  back  and  submerge  the  present 
Croton  dam  30  feet.  Several  farms  and  houses  now  in  the  valley  will  have  to 
be  abandoned. 

At  High  Bridge  there  is  a  reservoir  with  a  capacity  of  10,000,000  gallons,  and 
with  two  pumping-engines  of   an  aggregate  capacity  of  10,000,000  gallons  a  day. 


RESERVOIR,    FIFTH    AVENUE,    40th    AND    42o    STREETS. 

There  can  be  distributed  to  high  points  on  the  island  20,000,  coo  gallons  a  day. 
In  98th  Street,  near  Columbus  Avenue,  there  is  another  water-tower  and  three 
Worthington  high-service  engines,  with  a  pumping  capacity  of  25,000,000  gallons  a 
day.  The  new  retaining  reservoir  that  occupies  nearly  the  entire  width  of  the 
northern  part  of  Central  Park  will  hold  1,000,000,000  gallons,  and  the  receiving 
reservoir  below  it  150,000,000  gallons  more.  The  reservoir  at  Williamsbridge 
holds  140,000,000  gallons  ;  and  the  distributing  reservoir  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  42d 
Street  20,000,000.  The  new  reservoir  at  Jerome  Park  will  have  a  capacity  of 
1,300,000,000  gallons.  The  total  storage  capacity  at  the  source  of  supply  and 
within  the  city  limits  by  reservoirs  completed,  building,  and  arranged  for  amounts 
to  84,600,000,000  gallons,  sufficient  to  supply  the  city  at  its  present  rate  of  demand 
for  two  years.  It  is  calculated  when  all  this  work  is  completed  the  municipal 
needs  will  be  provided  for,  for  the  next  fifty  or  seventy-five  years.  Water  is  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  city  by  iron  water-mains  beneath  the  street  surface.  Of 
these  there  were  on  January  1,  1892,  685.48  miles,  with  7,129  stop-cocks  and 
8,752  fire  hydrants,  and  this  branch  of  the  water  service  is  being  constantly  extended. 
The  average  daily  consumption  of  water  is  nearly  100  gallons  per  capita.  Con- 
sumers pay  for  the  water,  the  annual  charges  ranging  from  $4  to  $18  for  each  house, 
with  extra  rates  for  special  service,  and  for  houses  more  than  fifty  feet  wide.  In 
hotels,  breweries,  large  office-buildings,  manufacturing  establishments,  stables  and 
other  places  where  water  is  used  in  large  quantities,  meters  are  put  in,  and  the 
water  is  measured  and  charged  for  at  the  rate  of  one  dollar  for  each  thousand  cubic 
feet.  A  fixed  rate  is  charged  to  some  business  establishments.  There  are  24,264 
meters,  and  they  register  an  annual  consumption  of  over  30,000,000  gallons.     The 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  185 

total  water  revenue  from  all  sources  amounted  for  the  year  1891  to  $3,375,140. 
The  annual  receipts  go  to  pay  the  interest  on  the  debt,  and  to  the  sinking  fund, 
which  is  intended  in  time  to  extinguish  the  debt. 

Lighting  the  Public  Streets  in  the  olden  time  was  a  duty  imposed  upon  indi- 
vidual citizens.  The  first  street-lighting  was  ordained  by  decree  of  the  corporation 
in  1697,  when  it  was  ordered  that  every  seven  householders  should  unite  to  pay  the 
expense  of  burning  a  candle  in  a  lantern,  suspended  on  a  pole  from  the  window  of 
every  seventh  house  on  nights  when  there  was  no  moon.  But  even  this  provision 
was  so  inadequate  that  the  worthy  burghers  who  were  out  late  at  night  —  that  is 
until  9  or  10  o'clock  —  continued  to  carry  their  own  lanterns  to  dispel  the  gloom. 
In  1762  public  lamp-posts,  with  lamps  burning  oil,  were  first  maintained  at  city 
expense,  and  this  method  continued  down  to  1825.  Experiments  with  gas  were 
made  as  early  as  181 2,  but  it  was  not  until  1823  that  practical  steps  were  taken  to 
introduce  this  new  illuminating  medium.  In  that  year  the  New- York  Gas-Light 
Company  was  incorporated,  with  a  capital  of  $100,000,  and  given  the  right  to  the 
city  south  of  Canal  Street  ;  and  in  1825  pipes  were  first  laid  down.  In  1830  the 
privilege  of  supplying  gas  to  the  northern  part  of  the  island  was  given  to  the  Man- 
hattan Gas-Light  Company,  which  was  incorporated  with  a  capital  of  $50,000.  The 
people  did  not  take  kindly  to  this  innovation.  They  protested  against  the  use  of 
gas  in  the  streets,  for  fear  of  explosions  ;  and  many  of  the  old  residents  would  not 
allow  it  to  be  introduced  into  their  houses,  holding  to  what  they  considered  the 
safer  use  of  oil-lamps  and  wax-candles.  To-day  the  city  is  served  by  seven  gas- 
companies,  the  Consolidated,  Equitable,  Standard,  New-York  Mutual,  Central, 
Northern  and  Yonkers.  The  Consolidated  is  the  oldest  company,  and  has  795  miles 
of  gas-mains  in  the  streets.  It  is  the  successor  of  the  two  original  gas  companies, 
combined  with  several  others  of  later  existence.  It  has  a  capital  stock  of  $35,430,- 
000,  and  seven  stations,  with  an  aggregate  capacity  of  30,000,000  cubic  feet  a  day. 
Both  coal-gas  and  water-gas  is  manufactured.  The  Equitable  has  133  miles  of  mains 
below  74th  street,  and  manufactures  6,000,000  cubic  feet  of  water-gas  daily.  The 
New-York  Mutual,  with  123  miles  of  mains,  also  manufactures  water-gas,  supplying 
the  lower  half  of  the  city  with  4,000,000  cubic  feet  a  day.  The  Standard  principally 
serves  the  up-town  East-Side  with  water-gas  through  138  miles  of  mains,  at  the  rate 
of  4, 000, 000  cubic  feet  a  day.  The  Central  and  the  Northern  supply  the  trans- 
Harlem  district  with  coal-gas,  the  former  with  800,000  cubic  feet  a  day,  through  59 
miles  of  mains;  and  the  latter  with  250,000  cubic  feet  a  day,  through  37  miles 
of  mains.  The  Yonkers,  a  suburban  company,  has  17  miles  of  mains.  In 
many  cases  more  than  one  of  these  companies  have  mains  in  the  same  street.  The 
total  miles  of  gas  mains  is  1,306,  and  the  total  capacity  of  all  the  companies  is  over 
45,000,000  cubic  feet  daily.  The  Equitable  pays  an  annual  franchise  fee  to  the  city  of 
over  $140,000.  There  are  531  miles  of  streets  and  69^  acres  of  parks  and  public 
squares  lighted,  at  a  cost  varying  from  $12  to  $28  a  year  for  each  lamp,  according 
as  there  is  competition  or  not  in  the  territory  lighted,  or  as  the  company's  charter 
may  have  fixed  the  price. 

Electric  Lighting  of  streets  costs  the  city  from  40  to  50  cents  a  night  for  each 
lamp.  There  are  six  companies,  the  Brush  Electric  Illuminating  Company,  the 
United-States  Illuminating  Company,  the  Thomson-Houston  Electric-Light  Company, 
the  Mount-Morris  Electric-Light  Company,  the  Harlem  Lighting  Company  and  the 
North-River  Electric-Light  and  Power  Company.  On  the  first  of  January,  1892, 
the  city  had  27,083  gas  lamps,  1,199  electric  lights,  and  at  Woodlawn  Heights  140 
naphtha  lamps,  at  a  yearly  cost  of  $759,699. 


86 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


EDISON    ELECTRIC    ILLUMINATING   CO.  .  28th    STREET,  BETWEEN    BROADWAY 
AND   SIXTH    AVENUE. 


The  Edison 
Electric  Illuminat- 
ing    Company     of 

New  York,  the  general 
offices  of  which  are  at 
Pearl  and  Elm  Streets, 
was  organized  in  1880. 
It  was  the  first  company 
to  supply  electricity  for 
incandescent  lighting 
on  a  commercial  basis, 
and  is  the  largest  con- 
cern of  its  class  in  ex- 
istence in  the  world. 
Its  business  is  the  gen- 
eration and  sale  of  elec- 
tric currents  for  all  pur- 
poses, but  especially  for 
incandescent  and  arc 
lighting,  heat  and 
power.  Its  principal 
generating  station  and 
general  offices  are  lo- 
cated in  the  company's 
building  at  Pearl  and 
Elm  Streets.  This  new 
station  is  planned  to 
be  the  largest  and  most 
efficiently  equipped  es- 
tablishment of  its  kind. 
When  completed,  it 
will  have  an  equipment 
for  generating  current 
equivalent  to  over  20,- 
000  horse-power.  The 
dynamos  are  of  the 
multi-polar  Edison  type 
of  the  latest  design. 
The  engines  are  of  the 
marine  multi-expansion 
style,  with  inverted 
cylinders,  and  are  con- 
nected direct  to  the 
dynamos.  The  boilers 
are  of  the  extra  heavy, 
water  tube  safety  type, 
intended  for  200  pounds 
steam  pressure,  and  the 
whole  steam  plant  is  fit- 
ted with  all  the  recent 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


187 


economizing  devices  to  be  found  in  marine  and  stationary  engineering  practice.  The 
general  offices  of  the  Company  occupy  an  upper  floor  of  the  building,  and  are  to  be 
very  extensive. 

The  company  also  operate  stations  at  255  and  257  Pearl  Street,  47  to  51  West 
26th  Street,  and  117  to  119  West  39th  Street,  and  also  an  annex  station  in  the  base- 
ment of  the  Produce-Exchange  Building.  It  is  also  erecting  another  station  on  the 
premises  1 18  to  122  West  53d  Street.  The  up-town  buildings  occupy  lots  measuring 
50  by  100  feet.  That  at  Pearl  and  Elm  Streets,  when  completed,  will  cover  an  area 
75  by  200  feet.  All  the  newer  buildings  are  owned  by  the  company,  and  have  been 
erected  for  its  own  use.  The  company's  oldest  station,  at  255  and  257  Pearl  Street, 
was  built  under  the  direct  supervision  of  Thomas  A.  Edison,  in  1882-83,  and  its  suc- 
cessful operation  was  the  real  inauguration  of  incandescent  electric  lighting  as  a  com- 
mercial enterprise.  In  the 
few  years  of  the  company's 
existence  its  business  has 
grown  rapidly.  The  entire 
plant  now  supplies  current 
for  an  equivalent  of  about 
200,000  incandescent  lamps. 
Its  operations  cover  all  that 
portion  of  the  city  extend- 
ing from  the  Battery  to 
Central  Park,  included  be- 
tween Third  and  Eighth 
Avenues.  Current  is  dis- 
tributed over  this  territory 
by  means  of  over  500  miles 
of  conductors,  which  occupy 
160  miles  of  underground 
three-wire  conduit.  It  is 
led  away  from  the  stations 
to  the  net-work  of  "main" 
conductors  by  a  system  of 
"feeders."  From  the 
"main"  conductors  service 
wires  lead  to  the  premises  of 
the  consumers.  The  sta- 
tion buildings  are  all  con- 
structed on  one  general  plan, 
and  are  absolutely  fire-proof. 
A  peculiar  feature  of  their 
design  is  the  placing  of  the 
boiler-rooms  in  the  upper 
stories  of  the  building,  in- 
stead of  on  the  ground-floor,  while  above  the  boilers  are  placed  large  coal-bunkers 
of  1,000  tons'  capacity  in  the  up-town  stations  and  3,000  tons'  capacity  in  the  new 
Elm-Street  station. 

The  up-town  stations  are  each  capable  of  generating  electric  current  equivalent 
to  6,000  horse-power,  exclusive  of  the  53d-Street  station,  which  may  ultimately  have 
a  capacity  of  possibly  8,000  horse-power.      The  new  Elm-Street  station,  with  its 


EDISON    ELECTRIC    ILLUMINATING    CO.,    PEARL   AND    ELM    STREETS. 


1 88  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

capacity  exceeding  20,000  horse-power,  will  be  able  to  supply  current  for  an  equiva- 
lent of  over  200,000  incandescent  lamps,  all  connected  at  one  time.  Permits  to 
view  the  stations  should  be  applied  for  at  the  general  offices. 

The  Sewer  System  is  on  a  scale  commensurate  with  the  importance  of  this 
branch  of  municipal  economy.  As  early  as  1676  sewers  were  built  on  Manhattan 
Island.  These  were  simply  box-drains  of  wood  or  stone,  and  at  first  were  intended 
only  to  relieve  low  areas  of  storm  water.  Very  soon,  however,  they  were  built  of 
brick,  and  connections  were  made  with  buildings,  so  that  they  could  carry  off  the 
usual  sewage  matter.  It  was  not  until  1849  tnat  ^e  character  and  the  method  of 
construction  of  the  sewers  were  definitely  laid  down  by  the  municipal  authorities. 
The  supervision  of  the  work  was  then  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  city  department.  At 
that  time  about  seventy  miles  of  sewers  of  a  miscellaneous  character  existed.  They 
were  built  four  feet  in  diameter.  Many  of  these  old  sewers  exist  to  the  present 
day.  In  i860  the  egg-shaped  sewer  was  introduced,  with  the  dimensions  of  4  x  3 
feet  or  4  x  2.8  feet.  In  1865  a  Legislative  act  authorized  a  general  sewerage  system. 
There  were  then  in  use  200  miles  of  sewers,  partly  of  vitrified  pipe,  which  was  first 
laid  in  1864.  In  1870  the  Department  of  Public  Works  was  created,  and  put  in 
charge  of  the  sewers  of  Manhattan  Island.  To  the  Department  of  Public  Parks 
were  assigned  the  sewers  of  the  trans- Harlem  territory.  Under  these  arrangements 
the  system  has  been  improved  and  brought  to  its  present  state  of  efficiency. 

The  sewage  is  disposed  of  by  discharging  it  into  tidal  water,  where  it  is  rendered 
innocuous  by  dilution,  and  by  the  natural  flow  of  water  it  is  carried  away  from  the 
city.  Thus  the  sewers  empty  into  the  Harlem,  North  and  East  rivers  along  fifty 
miles  of  river-front.  There  are  about  140  outlets,  most  of  which  are  at  the  ends  of 
piers,  where  swiftly  running  water  takes  the  sewage  immediately  and  carries  it  sea- 
ward. The  entire  city  below  the  Harlem  is  sewered  in  the  most  approved  manner, 
and  the  work  above  the  Harlem  keeps  pace  with  the  growth  of  population  there. 
The  city  is  divided  into  26  drainage  areas  or  districts,  each  of  which  is  practically 
independent,  with  its  own  pipes  and  mains  and  outlets. 

The  sewers  are  laid  in  all  the  principal  thoroughfares.  They  have  all  the  latest 
improvements  for  ventilation  and  flushing,  and  some  of  the  pipes  are  imbedded  in 
concrete.  They  are  on  the  system  for  carrying  off  sewage  and  rain-water  combined. 
The  average  demand  made  upon  them  is  nearly  100  gallons  for  each  head  of  popu- 
lation each  day,  but  their  capacity  is  largely  in  excess  of  that.  The  smallest  pipe  is 
12  inches  in  diameter.  The  largest  sewers  are  in  Canal  Street,  between  Washington 
Street  and  the  North  River,  8x16  feet  ;  in  Canal  Street  between  Washington  Street 
and  Broadway,  7x10  feet  ;  and  in  110th  Street,  between  Fifth  Avenue  and  the  East 
River,  8x12  feet.  All  the  main  sewers  are  entered  and  traversed  by  workmen  for 
the  purpose  of  cleaning  or  repairing  them.  In  1892,  there  were  444  miles  of 
sewers  and  5,314  receiving  basins.  The  total  extent  of  construction  in  189 1  was 
over  six  miles,  three-quarters  of  which  was  of  brick  mains.  The  maintenance  of 
sewers  costs  the  city  yearly  $130,000,  and  the  new  work  completed  in  1891  cost 
over  $500,000. 

Electric  Wires  are  maintained  by  the  various  telegraph,  telephone  and  electric- 
light  companies,  and  the  Police  and  Fire  Departments,  strung  on  poles  and  attached 
to  roofs.  Formerly  there  was  a  vast  and  intricate  net-work  of  wires  over  all  the 
city,  especially  in  the  business  sections  ;  and  the  avenues  and  streets  showed  a  forest 
of  tall  poles,  many  of  them  carrying  several  hundred  wires.  Even  now,  despite 
the  development  of  the  subway  system,  hundreds  of  poles  and  thousands  of  miles 
of  wire  are  still  in  mid-air,  and  over  2,006  miles  are  attached  to  the  elevated-railroad 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  189 

structure.      But  Broadway,  Wall  Street,  and  other  main  thoroughfares  are  now  void 
of  the  erstwhile  objectionable  poles. 

Electrical  Subways  have  been  constructed  in  nearly  all  the  principal  streets 
south  of  Central  Park,  and  to  a  lesser  extent  elsewhere.  They  are  designed  to  ac- 
commodate all  the  wires  that  are  now  hanging  overhead.  This  municipal  undertak- 
ing is  in  charge  of  the  Board  of  Electrical  Control.  It  had  its  inception  in  1884, 
when,  after  nine  years  of  opposition  by  interested  parties,  a  bill  for  the  purpose  of 
compelling  corporations  operating  electrical  conductors  to  place  them  underground 
was  passed  by  the  Legislature.  Legal  delays  hindered  the  inception  of  the  work  ; 
and,  although  subways  were  built,  it  was  not  until  1889  that  the  provisions  of  the 
law  began  to  be  seriously  enforced.  In  that  year  the  municipal  authorities  took 
upon  themselves  the  task  of  compelling  the  companies  to  use  the  subways,  and  to 
that  end  they  proceeded  to  cut  the  wires  and  chop  down  the  poles  in  the  leading 
thoroughfares  where  subways  had  been  built.  Within  a  year  nearly  5,000  poles  and 
6,000  miles  of  wire  were  thus  removed,  and  there  were  over  12,000  miles  of  wire 
placed  underground.  Since  that  time  the  work  of  constructing  subways  and  putting 
the  wires  into  them  has  progressed  without  serious  interruption.  At  present,  there 
are  over  200  miles  of  trench,  containing  several  thousand  miles  of  duct,  and  this  con- 
struction will  accommodate  over  100,000  miles  of  wires. 

The  Postal  Telegraph-Cable  Company  was  organized  in  1881,  mainly  by 
persons  interested  in  the  manufacture  of  compound  steel  and  copper  wire,  and  of  an 
automatic  system  of  telegraphic  transmission.  The  theories  which  led  to  the  con- 
struction of  its  original  lines  were  found  to  be  mistaken.  The  property  was  capi- 
talized upon  a  basis  supposed  to  be  justified  by  the  great  earning  capacity  which  the 
superior  construction  and  the  proposed  machine  transmission  were  believed  to  render 
practicable.  The  company  was  re-organized  in  1885  upon  the  moderate  capital  of 
$5,000,000,  and,  being  largely  controlled  by  John  W.  Mackay,  also  principal  owner 
of  the  Commercial  cables,  was  operated  in  close  connection  therewith.  The  prop- 
erty now  comprises  not  only  the  excellent  plant  of  the  original  Postal  Company,  but 
all  that  was  saved  from  the  wreck  of  the  Bankers'  &  Merchants',  and  several  other 
smaller  telegraph  properties,  which  have  been  rebuilt  and  re-equipped,  together  with 
new  lines  of  much  greater  extent  than  all  the  original  plants  above  mentioned,  cov- 
ering the  South  to  Savannah,  Ga. ,  the  Southwest  to  New  Orleans,  and  the  West  to 
Denver,  covering  the  principal  points  in  Kansas  and  Colorado,  and  the  Northwest, 
to  principal  points  in  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota.  By  its  connection 
with  the  large  telegraph  system  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company,  it 
reaches  the  Maritime  Provinces  —  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  Manitoba,  and  British 
Columbia  ;  and  thence,  in  connection  with  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  owns  an 
extensive  system  of  new  lines,  covering  the  Pacific  Coast  as  far  south  as  San  Diego. 
The  whole  comprises  by  far  the  most  extensive,  best  organized,  and  most  thoroughly 
equipped  system  of  telegraph  that  has  ever  been  in  competition  with  the  Western- 
Union  Telegraph  Company  and  the  Anglo-American  cables,  and  the  best  evidence 
of  its  permanence  is  found  in  the  fact  that  excellence  of  service  and  constant, 
persistent  competition  in  honorable  and  not  destructive  methods,  has  been  its 
policy  from  the  beginning.  The  directors  and  executive  officers  of  the  company 
are  as  follows  :  John  W.  Mackay,  George  S.  Coe,  W.  C.  Van  Home,  J.  W. 
Mackay,  Jr.,  Albert  B.  Chandler,  Charles  R.  Hosmer,  James  W.  Ellsworth,  William 
H.  Baker,  Edward  C.  Piatt,  John  O.  Stevens,  George  G.  Ward  ;  Albert  B. 
Chandler,  President  and  General  Manager  ;  Vice-Presidents,  George  S.  Coe  and 
William  H.  Baker. 


190 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Its  executive  offices  have  for  more  than  four  years  past  been  in  the  Washington 
Building,  No.  I  Broadway,  comprising  about  twenty  rooms  on  the  upper  floor  of  that 
commodious  building.  The  necessity  for  combining  these  offices  with  the  main 
operating  rooms,  and  other  departments  of  the  company  now  occupying  widely 
separated  quarters,  led  to  the  construction  of  a  building  for  the  company,  which  is 
now  in  process  of  erection,  on  Broadway,  corner  of  Murray  Street,  New  York, 
directly  opposite  the  City  Hall,  which  will  be  one  of  the  largest  and  handsomest 
office-buildings  in  the  country.  It  will  be  14  stories  in  height,  exclusive  of  basement 
and  cellar,  and  will  rise  about  175  feet  above  the  street,  with  a  Broadway  front  of 
over  70  feet,  a  Murray- Street  front  of  156  feet,  and  a  wing  30  by  50  feet.  The  first 
four  stories  will  be  built  of  Indiana  limestone,  and  the  upper  portion  of  the  building 
will  be  of  light  gray  brick,  with  terra-cotta  trimmings.  The  Postal  Telegraph  and 
Commercial  Cable  companies  will  occupy  the  eleventh,  twelfth,  and  thirteenth  floors, 
the  corner-office  of  the  first  floor  level  with  the  street,  and  a  portion  of  the  basement 
and  cellar.      The  rest  of  the  building  will  be  rented. 

The  Commercial  Cable  Company  was  organized  in  1884  by  John  W.  Mackay 
of  California,  and  James  Gordon  Bennett,  proprietor  of  The  New-  York  Herald,  for 
the  purpose  of  affording  permanent  competition,  and  affording  an  accelerated  and 
reliable  service  at  a  moderate  tariff,  between  the  Old  and  New  Worlds.  Cables  were 
laid  during  the  same  year,  and  business  was  begun  in  December,  1884.  The  com- 
pany signalized  its  advent  by  reducing  the  cable  rates  twenty  per  cent.  Their  com- 
petitors instituted  a  rate-war  by  reducing  their  rates  to  twelve  cents  a  word,  and  the 
Commercial  met  this  by  coming  down  to  25  cents  a  word,  and  appealing  to  the  pub- 
lic to  sustain  them  in  their  fight  against  monopoly  and  the  excessive  rates  that  had 

previously  exist- 
ed. From  May, 
18S6,  to  Septem- 
ber, 1888,  this 
rate-war  was  con- 
tinued, but  was 
finally  compro- 
mised by  all  the 
companies  agree- 
ing to  hold  to 
the  charge  of  25 
cents  a  word. 
Thus  the  Com- 
mercial Company 
deserves  the  credit 
of  bringing  about 
a  reduction  in 
rates,  fifty  per 
cent,  of  what  they 
had  been,  to  the  lowest  figure  at  which  it  has  been  shown  that  the  service  can  be 
profitably  done.  The  company  has  two  complete  routes  to  Europe,  and  the  duplex 
system  that  is  used  practically  doubles  the  capacity  of  the  cables.  The  cables  are 
submarine  and  underground  from  the  office  in  New  York  to  Paris  and  to  within  100 
miles  of  London,  only  that  short  distance  being  by  overhead  wire.  The  landing- 
places  are  at  New  York,  Rockport  (Massachusetts),  Canso  (Nova  Scotia),  Water- 
ville  (Ireland),    Bristol,    and   Havre.      Nearly  7,000  nautical   miles  of  cable  are   in 


SECTION    OF    ATLANTIC    CABLE    CARRIED    IN    PROCESSION. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


191 


POSTAL-TELEGRAPH-CABLE    COMPANY'S    BUILDING. 

BROADWAY    AND    MURRAY    STREET,    FACING    CITY    HALL    PARK. 


192  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

operation.  To  this  company  must  also  be  credited  the  reduction  of  time  in  the 
transmission  of  messages  beneath  the  Atlantic  ;  and  by  the  adoption  of  automatic 
working,  and  the  introduction  of  typewriters  for  taking  the  messages,  a  point  of 
excellence  in  accuracy,  speed  and  reliability  never  before  attained  has  been  reached. 
It  is  an  interesting  bit  of  history  that  during  the  great  blizzard  of  March,  1 888,  the 
only  means  of  communication  between  New-York  City  and  the  rest  of  the  world 
was  by  the  Commercial  Cable.  Messages  were  sent  to  London,  whence  they 
were  cabled  back  to  Boston.  The  Commercial  Cable  and  the  Postal  Telegraph 
Companies  are  run  conjointly,  the  latter  being  the  land  branch. 

The  Western  Union  Telegraph  Company  occupies  a  handsome  and  well- 
appointed  building  in  Broadway,  corner  of  Dey  Street,  and  has  137  branch-offices 
in  different  parts  of  the  city.  The  main  building  is  at  present  the  finest  equipped 
telegraph  office  in  the  world.  The  company  has  the  largest  telegraph  system  ever 
established.  It  has  21,000  offices  and  750,000  miles  of  wire.  The  company  leases 
the  two  cables  of  the  American  Telegraph  &  Cable  Company  from  Nova  Scotia  to 
Penzance,  England,  which  are  extended  to  New-York  City  direct  by  the  company's 
own  cables  ;  it  also  connects  with  the  four  cables  of  the  Anglo-American  Telegraph 
Company,  Limited,  from  Valentia,  Ireland,  to  Heart's  Content,  Newfoundland,  and 
from  Brest,  France,  to  St.  Pierre,  Miquelon  ;  and  with  the  cable  of  the  Direct 
United -States  Cable  Company  from  Ballinskelligs,  Ireland,  to  Rye  Beach,  N.  H. 
It  has  thus  the  service  of  seven  Atlantic  cables,  as  well  as  direct  connection  with 
the  South- American  cable  at  Galveston,  Texas ;  and  messages  may  be  sent  from  any 
of  its  offices  to  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Pneumatic  tubes  extend  under  Broadway  from  23d  Street  to  Dey  Street.  They 
belong  to  the  Western  Union  Telegraph  Company,  and  through  them  messages  are 
sent  a  distance  of  about  2^  miles.  Similar  tubes  extend  from  Dey  Street  to  Broad 
Street. 

The  American  District-Telegraph  Company  is  an  adjunct  of  the  Western 
Union,  and  its  offices  are  in  the  offices  of  that  concern.  The  company  does  a  mes- 
senger-service business  exclusively. 

The  Mutual  District  Messenger  Company,  with  its  main  offices  at  Broad- 
way and  Grand  Street,  is  the  only  serious  rival  of  the  A.  D.  T.  Company. 

The  Metropolitan  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company  is  the  most  in- 
teresting of  the  scientific  industrial  corporations  in  the  city.  It  conducts  the  entire 
telephonic  communication  of  New  York,  and  its  system  comprises  eight  central  offi- 
ces, upwards  of  30,000  miles  of  underground  wire,  and  about  9,000  subscribers' 
stations.  The  system  is  in  direct  communication  with  those  of  Brooklyn  and  the 
principal  towns  in  New  Jersey,  and  also  with  that  of  the  Long  Distance  Telephone 
Company,  whose  wires  extend  through  the  Eastern  States  in  all  directions,  so  that 
a  New-York  subscriber  can  reach  any  one  of  eighty  thoiisand  other  subscribers  scat- 
tered through  New  York,  the  New-England  States,  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio.  Of 
the  eight  exchanges  in  New-York  City  the  four  more  important,  viz. :  those  at  Broad 
Street,  Cortlandt  Street,  Spring  Street  and  38th  Street,  are  placed  in  fire-proof 
buildings  of  a  special  type,  erected  by  the  company  to  meet  the  risks  and  require- 
ments of  its  business.  There  are  two  reasons  why  a  telephone  exchange  build- 
ing should  be  impregnably  fire-proof.  One  is  the  enormous  cost  of  the  apparatus, 
which  is  equally  susceptible  to  damage  by  water  as  by  fire,  so  that  a  slight  fire  is  as 
much  to  be  feared  as  a  serious  one.  Another  is  that  the  crippling  of  an  important 
exchange  would  result  in  heavy  loss  to  the  many  firms  that  employ  the  telephone 
extensively  in  the   transaction  of  their  daily   business.      It  is  not  generally  known 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


193 


13 


METROPOLITAN    TELEPHONE    AND    TELEGRAPH    COMPANY. 

TELEPHONE    BUILDING,    CORTLANDT    STREET,     BETWEEN    BROADWAY    AND    CHURCH    STREET. 


i94 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


how  great  the  use  of  the  telephone  is  in  large  cities.  There  are  many  subscribers  in 
New  York  who  call  for  from  between  60  and  70  connections  a  day,  while  some  run 
up  to  as  high  as  130  a  day.  In  order,  then,  to  sufficiently  protect  both  its  own  in- 
terests and  those  of  its  subscribers,  the  company  has  been  obliged  to  design  special 
telephone  buildings,  which  are  at  once  thoroughly  fire-proof  and  properly  adapted, 


TELEPHONE  OPERATING  OR  SWITCH-ROOM,   ON  CORTLANDT  ST.  ,  METROPOLITAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  CO. 

from  roof  to  basement,  to  the  requirements  of  a  modern  telephone  central  office. 
The  largest  of  these  new  telephonic  centres  is  at  18  Cortlandt  Street.  It  is  a  hand- 
some eight-story  building,  and  the  only  sign  of  its  special  vocation  is  the  familiar 
blue  bell  hanging  over  the  entrance.  The  cloud  of  overhead  wires  formerly  insepara- 
ble from  a  telephone  exchange  is  entirely  absent,  as  the  wires  are  all  underground. 
In  the  basement  of  the  building  is  a  large  department  where  some  15,000  or  16,000 
wires  enter  from  the  subways.  These  are  all  encased  in  heavy  lead-covered  cables, 
from  the  terminals  of  which  other  wires  extend  up  through  the  building  to  the  eighth 
story,  the  whole  of  which  is  occupied  by  the  operating  department,  or  exchange 
proper.  Here  a  huge  switchboard  extends  around  three  sides  of  the  building  in  an 
unbroken  curve  about  250  feet  long.  This  switchboard  is  the  largest  of  its  kind  in 
the  world.  It  contains  all  the  most  improved  devices  for  metallic  circuit  working, 
and  was  completed  a  few  years  ago  at  a  cost  of  about  $400,000.  It  can  accommodate 
6,000  subscribers'  lines,  and  about  150  operators  are  required  to  answer  the  calls  and 
facilitate  the  conversations  that  are  constantly  passing  through  it.  A  telephonic 
switchboard  is  the  most  complicated  electro-mechanical  device  known  to  science. 
This  particular  one  contains  more  than  260,000  separate  electrical  instruments,  none 
of  which  has  less  than  three  wires  soldered  to  it.  Hundreds  of  miles  of  fine  insu- 
lated wire  pass  through  the  board  and  connect  the  different  parts  together.  All  of 
this  has  to  be  kept  in  perfect  order,  as  a  single  defect  may  throw  more  than  one 
line  temporarily  out  of  service. 

The  other    exchanges  referred  to  are   of  the  same   general  type   as   that  just 
described,  differing  only  in  minor  details  and  in  switchboard  capacity,  each  district 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


'95 


exchange  having  accommodation  for  from  1,200  to  3,600  subscribers'  lines.  A  most 
interesting  feature  of  the  New-York  telephone  service,  is  that,  practically,  the  entire 
system  of  conductors  is  under  ground.  During  the  past  four  or  five  years  the  Metro- 
politan Company  has  expended  several  million  dollars  in  removing  its  pole  lines  and 
replacing  them  by  costly  underground  cables.  It  has  put  down  over  400  separate 
cables,  containing  an  aggregate  of  more  than  30,000  miles  of  wire.  Underground 
cables  radiate  from  every  central  office  to  points  from  which  groups  of  subscribers 
can  conveniently  be  reached.  All  the  exchanges  are  connected  together  by  several 
hundred  underground  wires,  and  some  500  wires,  laid  underground  the  entire  dis- 
tance except  across  the  Bridge,  join  the  various  New-York  exchanges  with  the  prin- 
cipal exchange  in  Brooklyn.  The  wires  are  made  into  cables  containing  generally 
fifty-one  pairs  of  conductors  ;  these  cables  are  covered  with  a  lead  armoring,  and 
are  drawn  into  iron  pipes  laid  under  the  streets.  The  adoption  of  underground 
cables  has  been  accompanied  by  so  many  electrical  and  mechanical  difficulties  as  to 
necessitate  a  complete  remodeling  of  the  company's  plant.  This  work  has  been 
carried  out  during  the  past  four  years,  and  is  typified  by  the  construction  of  the 
model  telephone  build- 
ings already  described. 
The  Metropolitan  Tele- 
phone Company  employs 
a  staff  of  about  800  per- 
sons ;  and  its  pay-roll 
amounts  to  over  $600,000 
a  year.  The  operators, 
who  number  about  400, 
are  nearly  all  girls  ;  they 
pick  up  the  work  very 
quickly,  and  give  good 
satisfaction,  alike  to  the 
company  and  to  the  sub- 
scribers. At  each  ex- 
change a  suite  of  rooms, 
consisting  of  dining- 
roonij  reading  and  work 
room,  wardrobe  and  lava- 
tory, are  provided  for 
the  use  of  the  operators. 
This  department  is  in 
charge  of  a  matron,  who 
serves  light  refreshments 
and  attends  to  the  com- 
fort of  the  girls  generally 
when  they  are  off  duty. 
An  important  part  of  the 
organization  is  composed 
of  the  technical  depart- 
ments that  have  to  do  with  the  construction  and  equipment  of  the  offices,  lines  and 
subscribers'  stations,  the  maintenance  of  the  vast  and  complicated  plant,  and  the 
inspection  of  the  many  thousands  of  lines  and  telephone  sets.  Each  part  of  the 
work  is  done  by  a  special  staff,  working  under  a  responsible    chief,   the    reins    of 


METROPOLITAN    TELEPHONE   AND    TELEGRAPH    CO..   38TH-STREET    BUILDING. 


196 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


METROPOLITAN  TELEPHONE  AND  TELEGRAPH  CO.,  BROAD  AND  PEARL  STREETS. 


authority  gradually  cen- 
tralizing through  the 
general  manager,  ex- 
ecutive committee, 
president  and  board  of 
directors.  Accurate 
record  is  kept  of  the 
work  of  every  individual 
throughout  the  entire 
organization,  so  that 
the  history  of  any  of 
the  tens  of  thousands 
of  wires  and  instru- 
ments belonging  to  the 
company,  and  of  every 
transaction  connected 
therewith,  is  always 
available.  The  volume 
of  business  done  by  the 
company  is  almost  in- 
credible. The  average 
number  of  telephone 
connections  each  day  in 
New  York  City  is  about 
120,000.  Of  these,  99  per  cent,  occur  between  the  hours  of  8  A.  M.  and  6  P.  M. 
A  permanent  service  is  kept  up  at  all  the  offices,  but  the  use  of  the  telephone  at  night 
is  comparatively  slight.  The  busiest  hours  of  the  day  are  from  1 1  A.  M.  to  noon, 
and  from  2  to  3  P.  M.  During  those  two  hours  probably  nearly  one-half  of  the 
entire  day's  business  is  conducted,  and  both  plant  and  staff  are  working  at  high 
pressure.  An  eminent  professor  of  political  economy  has  said  that  the  question  of 
telephone  rates  was  the  most  difficult  problem  that  had  ever  been  submitted  to  him, 
so  complicated  are  the  conditions  involved.  This  opinion  will  be  appreciated  when 
it  is  considered  that  in  a  city  like  New  York  the  entire  plant  and  organization  of 
the  telephone  system  must  be  designed  and  arranged  to  stand  the  strain  of  perform- 
ing almost  one-half  of  the  clay's  work  within  the  short  period  of  two  hours.  This 
is  a  condition  of  affairs  not  met  with  in  any  other  industry. 

The  American  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Company  maintains  long-distance 
telephone  lines  for  direct  communication  with  Boston,  Philadelphia,  Washington, 
Pittsburgh,  Harrisburg  and  intermediate  points,  the  list  altogether  embracing  150 
important  cities  and  towns.      The  company  has  an  extensive  local  service. 

Cable  Conduits  for  street-cars  are  laid  underground  in  Broadway  and  Seventh 
Avenue  for  one  line,  in  125th  Street  and  Tenth  Avenue  for  another,  and  in  Third 
Avenue.  The  conduits  are  of  brick  and  cement,  with  iron  frames  supporting  the 
cable  pulleys.  On  the  Broadway  route,  from  the  Battery  to  Central  Park,  the  two 
conduits  with  their  spurs  are  nearly  twelve  miles  in  length.  In  Third  Avenue  there 
are  over  sixteen  miles  of  conduit,  and  in  125th  Street  and  Tenth  Avenue  ten  miles. 
The  New-York  Steam  Company  supplies  steam-power  and  heat  to  con- 
sumers through  pipes  laid  underground.  The  company  has  been  in  business  since 
1882,  and  has  fifteen  miles  of  pipe  in  use  in  its  down-town  district,  south  of  Duane 
Street.      Six  hundred  business  consumers  and  300  residences  are  supplied. 


Hotels,     Inns,    Ceifes,     Restaurants,    Apartment    Houses,     Flat* 

Homes,  Tenements,  Etc. 


WHEN  travellers  came  to  the  New  Netherlancl  settlement  in  its  early  days  they 
were  entertained  at  the  expense  of  the  Directors  of  the  West  India  Company. 
This  custom  became  in  time  such  a  burden  that  in  1642  Director-General  Kieft 
built  at  the  Company's  expense  a  tavern,  a  quaint  stone  building  near  the  present 
Pearl  Street  and  Coenties  Slip.  This  was  the  first  tavern  on  Manhattan  Island,  and 
in  later  years  it  became  the  Stadt  Iluys.  The  following  year  Martin  Krigier  built 
and  opened  Krigier's  Tavern,  at  Bowling  Green,  and  this  soon  became  the  fashion- 
able resort  for  the  townspeople  as  well  as  for  visitors  from  abroad.  This  house 
subsequently  became  the  King's-Arms  Tavern,  and  in  Revolutionary  days  it  was  the 
headquarters  of  General  Gage.  To  the  generation  of  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  it 
was  the  Atlantic  Gardens,  a  popular  pleasure-resort. 

Many  little  taverns  began  to  spring  up  about  this  time,  and  Director-General 
Stuvvesant  compelled  them  to  be  licensed.  In  1676  six  wine  and  four  beer  taverns 
were  licensed,  with  permission  to  sell  strong  liquors.  The  rates  of  charges  were  regu- 
lated as  follows  :  lodging,  three  and  four  pence  a  night  ;  meals,  eight  pence  and  one 
shilling  ;  brandy  six  pence  a  gill ;  French  wines,  fifteen  pence  a  quart  ;  rum,  three 
pence  a  gill ;  cider,  four  pence  a  quart  ;  beer,  three  pence  a  quart  ;  mum,  six  pence 
a  quart.  There  were  other  restrictions,  especially  in  regard  to  serving  liquor  to  the 
Indians.  If  an  Indian  was  found  drunk  on  the  street,  the  tavern-keeper  who  sold 
him  the  liquor  was  fined  ;  and  when  it  could  not  be  discovered  which  tavern-keeper 
was  guilty,  all  the  residents  of  the  street  were  mulcted  to  make  up  the  amount  of 
the  fine. 

In  Revolutionary  days  there  were  many  public  houses,  the  memory  of  several  of 
which  still  remains  bright.  Fraunce's  Tavern  was  probably  the  most  famous  in  its 
day,  and  is  best  remembered  now.  It  was  originally  the  homestead  of  a  member  of 
the  distinguished  De-Lancey  family,  and  was  a  handsome  brick  building,  erected  in 
1730,  on  the  corner  of  Pearl  and  Broad  Streets.  It  was  sold  in  1762  to  Samuel 
Fraunce,  who  opened  it  as  the  Queen  Catharine.  It  was  well  patronized,  and  many 
receptions,  balls  and  other  social  gatherings  were  held  in  its  assembly-hall.  There 
several  societies  met  for  their  Saturday-night  convivialities,  and  there  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce  had  its  headquarters  for  a  long  time.  Washington  made  his  head- 
quarters there  ;  and  in  the  assembly-room  delivered  his  farewell  address  to  the  offi- 
cers of  the  Continental  Army,  in  1783.  Burns  Coffee-House  was  also  a  De-Lancey 
homestead,  standing  on  Broadway  just  north  of  Trinity  churchyard,  where  the 
Boreel  Building  now  is.      It  had  many  different  names  and  many  changes  of  proprie- 


198  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

tors.  The  Sons  of  Liberty  made  it  their  rendezvous,  and  during  the  British  occupa- 
tion it  was  much  favored  by  the  military  officers.  In  1793  it  was  torn  down,  and 
the  City  Hotel  put  up  in  its  place. 

About  the  same  time  and  later  there  was  the  Bull's  Head,  in  Bowery  Lane,  with 
cattle-pens  and  the  public  slaughter-house  near  it.  The  old  Bowery  Theatre,  now 
the  Thalia,  occupies  its  site.  The  Merchants'  Coffee-House  was  on  the  corner  of 
Water  and  Wall  Streets ;  and  there  were  other  coffee-houses.  Tea-gardens  were 
numerous,  and  opposite  the  present  City- Hall  Park  was  the  famous  La-Montagne 
garden  and  tavern.  In  the  country,  on  the  banks  of  the  East  River,  were  several 
houses,  where  turtle  feasts,  which  were  important  social  events,  occurred  once  or 
twice  a  week.  On  the  North  River  in  Greenwich  Village  were  two  very  popular 
gardens  ;  and  there  was  the  Vauxhall,  near  Broome  Street,  in  Broadway,  once  owned 
by  John  Jacob  Astor.  Nor  was  the  old  Dutch  Vauxhall,  at  the  corner  of  Warren 
and  Greenwich  Streets,  forgotten. 

Since  the  nineteenth  century  came  in,  the  hotel  history  of  New  York  has  been 
mainly  a  record  of  steady  development  toward  the  perfection  of  luxurious  living  that 
prevails  at  the  present  time.  Many  of  the  old  hotels  remain,  although  a  large 
number  have  gone  the  way  of  all  things  material.  French's  Hotel  until  a  few  years 
ago  occupied  the  site  of  the  Pulitzer  Building,  and  was  a  popular  house  of  its  day, 
but  it  is  now  well  nigh  forgotten.  The  Golden  Eagle  Inn  was  another  famous 
place.  The  building  still  stands,  back  of  the  Broadway  Central  Hotel.  It  is  an  old 
frame  house,  redolent  with  memories  of  the  theatrical  folk  and  politicians  who 
frequented  it  half  a  century  ago.  But  for  the  most  part  these  ancient  inns  are  only 
memories  to  the  present  generation. 

Now  New  York  has  over  one  hundred  thoroughly  good  hotels,  with  a  score  stand- 
ing pre-eminently  at  the  head  of  the  list.  There  are  250  more  of  the  second  and 
third  class;  and  of  all  grades  there  are  fully  1,000.  Over  $150,000,000  in  capital 
is  invested  in  them.  Of  the  best  of  these  nearly  three-quarters  are  conducted  on 
the  European  plan,  but  among  those  on  the  American  plan  are  several  of  the  most 
famous.  Prices  in  the  better  American-plan  hotels  range  from  $3  to  $6  a  day  for 
a  single  room  with  board,  and  almost  any  figure  beyond  that  for  extra  accommoda- 
tions. At  the  European-plan  houses  single  rooms  are  charged  at  from  $1  to  $3  a 
day  ;  and  again  in  this  case,  there  are  better  accommodations  for  those  who  want  to 
pay  more.  At  all  these  hotels,  of  either  class,  there  is  every  convenience  for  com- 
fortable living  ;  and  at  the  best  there  is  nothing  to  be  desired  in  the  way  of  luxurious 
furnishings,  charming  surroundings,  perfect  service  and  exceptional  cuisine.  In 
these  respects  several  of  the  leading  New- York  hotels  are  not  surpassed  elsewhere 
in  the  world. 

Not  alone  by  the  travelling  public  are  these  establishments  patronized.  Many 
New- York  families  make  their  homes  in  them  the  year  around,  to  avoid  the 
annoyances  attendant  upon  housekeeping,  and  to  secure  much  more  of  comfort,  lux- 
ury and  freedom.  It  is  this  assurance  of  permanent  patronage  that  has  done  much 
to  promote  the  excellence  of  New-York  hotels  during  the  present  generation,  and 
particularly  during  the  last  decade.  Several  of  the  best  American-plan  hotels  are 
sustained  chiefly  in  this  way,  and  the  tendency  among  many  well-to-do  people  is 
more  and  more  toward  that  style  of  living. 

The  great  hotel  district  is  between  23d  and  59th  Streets,  and  Fourth  and  Seventh 
Avenues.  There  are  admirable  hotels  outside  those  limits,  as  in  Union  Square  ;  in 
Broadway,  below  14th  Street  ;  and  in  Fifth  Avenue,  between  23d  Street  and  Wash- 
ington Square,  and  elsewhere  ;  but  they  are  few  in  number  and  are  overshadowed 


Iv/NGKS   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


199 


200  KING'S   HANDBOOK1  OF  NEW    YORK. 

by  their  modern  rivals  up-town.  In  that  territory,  which  is  a  little  less  than  two 
miles  long  by  nearly  a  half  mile  wide,  are  half  of  the  leading  hotels  of  the  metropolis, 
and  a  census  of  the  district  would  show  half  of  the  hotel  population,  at  any  given 
date,  living  in  them.  There  is  hotel  accommodation  within  this  area  for  from 
10,000  to  20,000  persons,  and  even  that  does  not  meet  the  public  requirements. 

The  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel  (American  plan)  is  a  house  with  a  noteworthy 
history.  For  thirty-three  years  it  has  borne  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  public  life  of 
the  metropolis  ;  throughout  its  entire  career  it  has  been  identified  with  the  most 
notable  and  brilliant  local  and  national  events  of  the  generation.  From  its  guest- 
books  alone  could  be  written  the  story  of  the  city's  "Red-Letter"  days  for  a  third 
of  a  century.  Beginning  with  the  Prince  of  Wales  in  i860,  a  year  after  the  hotel 
was  opened,  a  never-ending  procession  of  the  great  men  of  this  and  other  countries 
has  marched  through  its  corridors. 

No  other  single  hotel  in  the  world  has  ever  entertained  so  many  distinguished 
people  as  have  been  received  at  the  Fifth-Avenue.  Presidents  of  the  United  States, 
United-States  Senators,  Congressmen,  Governors,  Judges,  Generals,  Admirals,  Em- 
perors, Princes,  foreign  Ambassadors,  untitled  men  and  women  of  renown  ;  the  list 
would  fill  a  volume.  During  the  war  period  the  Fifth-Avenue  was  aflame  with 
patriotism.  At  every  moment  of  popular  excitement  its  corridors  were  thronged. 
Army  and  Navy  officers  and  the  civil  leaders  congregated  there,  and  troops  to  and 
from  the  front  were  entertained.  More  peaceful  times  witnessed  other  scenes.  At 
the  famous  Peabody  dinner  there,  in  1867,  the  movement  for  the  nomination  of 
Grant  was  started.  The  Emperor  Dom  Pedro,  of  Brazil,  held  court  there.  Prince 
Nareo,  Crown  Prince  of  Siam,  was  entertained  in  1S84 ;  and  in  1881  Prince 
Napoleon,  son  of  "Plon  Plon,"  and  heir-apparent  to  the  throne  of  France.  Presi- 
dent Arthur  there  received  the  Corean  Embassy  in  1883.  The  Arcadian  Club  gave 
its  great  reception  to  Charlotte  Cushman  on  the  occasion  of  the  tragedienne's  retire- 
ment from  the  stage.  In  1883  Prince  Augustine  de  Iturbide  of  Mexico,  the  Mar- 
quis of  Lome  and  the  Malagasy  Envoys  from  Madagascar  were  there.  In  the  previ- 
ous year  came  the  Chinese  Embassy;  and  in  1887  the  Prince  Devowongse  of  the 
Siamese  royal  family  and  four  sons  of  the  King  were  entertained.  These  are  but  a 
few  names  picked  from  hundreds  equally  distinguished.  At  the  time  of  the  York- 
town  celebration,  the  French  and  the  German  delegations  to  this  country  fraternized 
there.  At  the  Centennial  of  1876,  the  Brooklyn-Bridge  opening,  the  one-hundreth 
anniversary  of  the  institution  of  the  United-States  Supreme  Court,  the  Washington 
Centennial  in  1889,  the  funeral  days  of  Grant,  Arthur  and  Sherman,  the  laying  of  the 
corner-stone  of  the  Grant  monument  — the  story  is  always  the  same,  of  the  concen- 
tration at  the  Fifth-Avenue  of  the  most  distinguished  participants  in  the  event,  from 
the  President  and  his  Cabinet  down.  The  London  Times  in  speaking  of  the  gather- 
ing at  Grant's  funeral  in  1885  said  that  it  was  the  most  noted  assembly  of  distinguished 
Americans  ever  brought  together,  and  the  same  description  would  apply  to  many 
another  occasion  there.  From  all  this  it  has  come  that  the  Fifth-Avenue  is  a  sort  of 
clearing-house  for  the  city,  the  Nation,  and  the  world.  Everybody  who  wishes  to 
keep  in  touch  with  the  men  of  the  day  must  frequent  its  corridors,  and  on  occasions 
of  political  excitement,  financial  crises  and  startling  events,  it  is  the  centre  of  inform- 
ation and  interest.  There  are  other  kinds  of  patronage  to  the  house.  Bankers  and 
men  of  affairs  congregate  there  to  evolve  and  develop  financial  enterprises,  and 
associations  in  many  branches  of  production  and  trade  hold  their  meetings  there. 
And  such  is  the  size  and  arrangement  of  the  house  that  the  quiet  home-like  char- 
acter is  always  maintained,  removed  from  and   undisturbed  by  its  more  public  func- 


king's  rr.ixnnook'  or  new  york 


20I 


202 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NFAV   YORK. 


tions,  and  particularly  agreeable  to  the  many  ladies  and  families  who  come  there. 
Both  location  and  management  have  contributed  to  this  prosperity.  The  house  fronts 
upon  Madison  Square,  the  most  charming  of  the  smaller  parks  of  the  city,  at  the 
junction  of  Broadway  and  Fifth  Avenue,  the  two  great  thoroughfares.  It  covers 
eighteen  city  lots,  more  ground  than  any  other  metropolitan  hotel,  and  is  unequalled 
in  the  number  and  spaciousness  of  its  corridors,  halls  and  public  rooms,  and  the  com- 
modious character  of  its  guest-rooms.  Spread  out  over  so  much  ground,  there  is  an 
agreeable  air  of  roominess  in  the  Fifth- Avenue.  The  second  floor  with  its  magnifi- 
cent arrangement  of  parlors,  foyer  and  grand  dining-room  is  unequalled  elsewhere. 
The  management  of  the  hotel  has  not  changed  since  it  was  first  opened  to  the  public, 
in  1859,  which  is  an  ample  guarantee  for  its  future.  The  house  abundantly  deserves 
the  praise  which  James  T.  Fields  once  recorded  as  having  been  unanimously  bestowed 
upon  it  by  a  party  of  veteran  travellers,  of  being  "the  best  hotel  in  the  world." 

The  Windsor  has  for  many  years  held  a  unique  and  enviable  position  among 
the  hotels  of  New  York.  Its  location  on  Fifth  Avenue  was  considered  somewhat 
"up-town  "  when  the  hotel  was  opened,  but  it  is  now  just  in  the  heart  of  the  city. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  comfortable  and  attractive  hotels  to  be  found  anywhere,  in  all 
that  contributes  in  the  highest  degree  to  the  comfort  and  luxury  of  its  patrons.  It 
has  for  years  numbered  among  its  regular  guests  the  best  people  of  all  the  large 
cities  of  the  country,  and  a  number  of  distinguished  foreigners.  Aside  from  the 
fact  that  families 
coming  to  New 
York  two  or  three 
times  a  year  for 
the  opera  or  so- 
cial seasons  make 
the  Windsor  their 
home,  the  tran- 
sient business  of 
the  Windsor  has 
increased  rapidly. 
There  is  a  refined 
atmosphere  about 
the  house  and  a 
restfulness  that 
makes  it  exceed- 
ingly home-like. 
It  has  long  been 
a  favored  resort 
for  prominent 
railroad     officials 

and  manufacturers,  and  many  important  meetings  are  held  at  the  Windsor.  For 
many  years  it  has  been  the  evening  exchange  for  brokers.  The  building,  which  is 
seven  stories  high,  substantial,  dignified,  and  inviting  in  outward  appearance,  occu- 
pies the  entire  block  on  Fifth  Avenue  between  46th  and  47th  Streets,  extending 
toward  Madison  Avenue  nearly  two  hundred  feet,  overlooking  a  broad  open  space  in 
the  rear  which  affords  the  hotel  magnificent  light  and  ventilation.  No  hotel  has 
been  constructed  in  the  city  since  the  erection  of  the  Windsor  that  can  compete  with 
it  in  these  respects.  The  corridors  are  spacious,  and  the  s'.airs  are  wide,  with  easy 
flights  broken  by  frequent  broad  landings,  and  lighted  from  the  ground-floor  to  the 


■i 


WINDSOR    HOTEL  —  ROTUNDA. 


KING't   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK, 

— ,  ,.,  ,„    . 


203 


H  v : 

w 

k  V" 

^V: 

I  ^ 

V.V\,\ 

\\ 

204  KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW' YORK. 

roof  by  large  windows  opening  to  the  air.  The  appointments  of  the  house  are 
noticeable  for  their  quiet  elegance.  Nothing  is  obtrusively  showy,  but  everything 
is  rich  and  luxurious,  and  the  decorations  and  furnishings  are  in  the  best  of  taste. 
The  Windsor  is  so  well  conducted  and  has  such  an  able  corps  of  employees  that  it 
runs  like  clock-work.  Its  cuisine  is  unsurpassed,  and  the  service  and  all  the 
appointments  of  the  house  are  as  perfect  as  constant  attention  and  discipline  can 
render  them. 

The  house  is  plumbed  with  the  latest  modern  sanitary  plumbing,  absolutely  safe 
in  every  respect,  attention  having  been  paid  to  the  minutest  details.  The  drinking 
water  for  the  hotel  is  filtered  with  the  famous  Pasteur  Germ -proof  Filters,  and 
the  ice  is  manufactured  for  the  hotel  by  the  Hygeia  Ice  Company,  from  distilled 
water.  Taking  it  all  together  the  Windsor  Hotel,  under  the  management  of  its 
proprietors,  Hawk  &  Wetherbee,  is  a  model  American  hotel. 

The  Hoffman  House  is  famous  the  world  over  for  its  magnificent  banquet-hall 
and  its  art -gallery,  no  less  than  for  its  superb  cuisine  and  its  general  excellence  as  a 
hotel.  It  is  on  Broadway,  between  24th  and  25th  Streets,  and  its  front  takes  up 
nearly  the  whole  block.  It  has  a  sightly  and  beautiful  location,  overlooking  Madi- 
son Square  and  the  broad  plaza  where  busy  Broadway  and  exclusive  Fifth  Avenue 
converge.  There  is  no  hotel  in  the  city  more  centrally  located  than  the  Hoffman. 
Half  a  dozen  lines  of  communication  centre  or  intersect  in  the  plaza,  at  its  very  door. 
Almost  all  the  principal  theatres  are  within  sight  and  sound,  and  the  great  retail 
stores  are  within  easy  strolling  distance.  The  Hoffman  House  is  a  famous  rendezvous 
for  men  who  are  prominent  in  financial  and  political  circles.  Its  cuisine  has  the 
approval  of  the  most  fastidious  epicures.  Its  cellars  are  stocked  with  the  choicest 
wines,  and  its  service  is  incomparable.  The  gentlemen's  cafe  and  the  ladies'  dining- 
room  share  with  Delmonico's  the  patronage  of  the  wealthy  and  fashionable  class. 
The  house  stands  on  land  which  was  a  portion  of  the  Hoffman  and  Livingston 
estates.  That  part  of  it  which  faces  Broadway  and  includes  the  main  entrance  was 
built  about  thirty  years  ago,  and  opened  in  1864,  under  the  management  of  Read, 
Wall  &  Co.,  Daniel  Howard  being  the  third  partner.  Two  years  later  Mr.  Howard 
retired,  and  the  firm  became  Mitchell  &  Read.  Later  Edward  S.  Stokes  was  ad- 
mitted to  partnership.  It  has  recently  been  incorporated,  under  the  name  of  the 
Hoffman  House  Company.  In  the  meantime  the  original  hotel  has  been  enlarged 
three  times,  by  the  annexing  and  remodeling  on  24th  and  25th  Streets  ;  and  in  1882 
the  erection  of  an  eight-story  fire-proof  building,  on  25th  Street,  of  size  sufficient  to 
double  the  capacity  of  the  house,  was  begun.  This  was  completed  and  opened  in  1885. 
The  style  of  architecture  is  the  Italian  Renaissance.  The  Hoffman  is  a  very  handsome 
structure,  as  viewed  from  Madison  Square  or  Fifth  Avenue,  but  the  beauty  of  the 
interior  far  surpasses  that  of  the  exterior.  Broad,  high  lobbies,  leading  from  the 
Broadway  and  25th -Street  entrances,  join  in  the  centre  of  the  building  in  front  of  the 
main  office.  The  walls  and  ceiling  are  beautifully  decorated  in  gold,  copper,  and 
silver.  The  banquet-hall,  which  is  in  the  newest  portion  of  the  building,  is  about 
60  feet  square  and  26  feet  high.  It  is  unsurpassed  in  beauty  by  any  similar  apart- 
ment in  this  country.  The  decorations  are  Romanesque,  with  elaborate  carving  and 
painting.  Two  massive  arcades,  with  three  arches  each,  divide  the  room  into  three 
parts,  the  main  portion  of  which  is  about  60  by  30  feet.  A  splendid  feature  of  the 
decoration  is  a  series  of  allegorical  paintings,  upon  a  broad  cove  which  takes  the  place 
of  a  cornice.  The  bar-room  is  a  veritable  art-gallery.  It  occupies  the  lower  floor 
on  the  24th-Street  side.  It  is  70  feet  long  and  50  feet  wide,  and  of  itself  is  hand- 
somely decorated.      Its  great  attraction  for  visitors  lies  in   its  collection  of  works  of 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK, 


205 


: 


206  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

art,  which  includes  Bouguereau's  famous  painting,  "Nymphs  and  Satyrs'1;  Correg- 
gio's  great  painting,  "Narcissus";  Demonceaux's  "Holy  Mother";  Chelmonski's 
"Russian  Mail-Carrier";  and  Etienne's  "Boudoir  of  an  Eastern  Princess";  and 
also  Ball's  statue  of  "Eve,"  in  marble;  Schlessinger's  "Pan  and  Bacchante, "  in 
bronze;  and  "The  Egg-Dancer,"  a  fine  piece  of  old  bronze.  These  works  of  art 
are  as  well  disposed  in  favoring  lights,  and  with  as  harmonious  accessories,  as  if  the 
apartment  had  been  planned  solely  for  an  art-gallery.  Throughout  the  house  there 
arc  many  other  admirable  works  of  art.  There  are  several  private  dining-rooms, 
handsomely  furnished  and  elaborately  decorated,  which  are  sought  by  theatre  parties 
and  small  social  groups.  These  are  named,  because  of  the  styles  of  their  adorning, 
the  Oriental,  Moorish,  Orange,  Blue  Satin,  and  Persian  rooms,  and  the  Salle  des 
Fleurs.  The  finishing  and  furnishing  of  the  guest-rooms  are  in  harmony  with  those 
of  the  public  portion  of  the  house.  A  suite  of  bridal  chambers,  in  the  25th-Street 
portion,  are  marvels  of  beauty  and  elegance. 

The  Gilsey  House  is  regarded  even  by  hotel  men  as  one  of  the  model  hotels 
of  modern  times.  It  has  been  a  notably  successful  establishment  for  nearly  twenty 
years.  The  building  is  a  handsome  structure  of  white  marble  and  iron.  It  stands 
on  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  29th  Street.  It  is  one  of  the  conspicuous  features 
of  the  main  thoroughfare  of  New  York,  and  is  an  ornament  to  the  city.  When  it 
was  erected  it  outranked  all  the  buildings  of  its  class.  Its  location  is  central,  in  the 
busy  portion  of  the  uptown  district,  with  all  the  theatres  near  at  hand,  Fifth  Avenue 
a  few  steps  away,  and  every  other  part  of  the  city  within  easy  reach  by  means  of 
street  and  cable  cars  and  the  elevated  railroad,  that  either  pass  the  door  or  are  only 
a  block  distant.  The  house  is  very  attractive  externally,  with  its  snowy  walls,  that 
are  always  kept  in  a  state  of  immaculate  whiteness  ;  its  picturesque  facade,  broken 
with  fine  Corinthian  columns  and  balconies;  and  its  high  Mansard  roof,  with  a  clock- 
tower  at  the  corner.  It  is  also  much  to  the  advantage  of  the  house  that  there  are 
no  stores  beneath  it,  so  that  its  handsome  restaurant  on  the  ground  floor,  and  the 
large  urns  of  flowers  that  stand  within  the  stoop-line  during  the  summer  time,  are 
pleasing  spots  for  the  eyes  of  Broadway  pedestrians  to  rest  upon.  Within,  the 
house  fulfils  the  promise  of  its  exterior.  Its  main  corridor  is  spacious  and  hand- 
some, without  showiness,  and  always  has  an  air  of  quiet  comfort,  and  the  same 
character  distinguishes  the  arrangement,  the  furnishing,  and  the  conduct  of  the 
house  throughout.  The  Gilsey  is  not  large;  it  has  a  few  more  than  216  rooms. 
But  its  guest-chambers  are  finely  appointed,  and  it  attracts  the  patronage  of  trav- 
ellers who  are  very  wealthy  and  extremely  particular.  There  come  many  leading 
railroad  men  to  hold  their  conferences  over  schemes  of  re-organization  or  develop- 
ment, and  on  important  occasions  like  these  the  Gilsey  becomes  a  centre  of  attrac- 
tion for  the  commercial  world.  Naturally,  the  leading  coal-operators  come  in  with 
the  railroad  men,  and  the  far  West  is  always  sending  its  contingent  of  rich  mine- 
owners  and  speculators.  In  days  gone  by  the  Gilsey  was  popular  with  the  Califor- 
nians,  and  with  scores  of  notable  men  from  all  parts  of  the  Pacific  Coast.  Many 
Congressmen  make  the  house  their  New- York  headquarters.  Officers  high  in  rink 
in  the  army  and  navy  are  registered  on  its  books.  These  patrons  have  been  retained 
through  all  the  changes  of  New- York  hotel  life,  so  that  the  casual  visitor  naturally 
expects  to  find  a  coterie  of  eminent  people  at  the  Gilsey.  The  restaurant  of  the 
house  is  famous  for  its  excellence,  and  has  been  approved  by  many  lovers  of  good 
liying.  It  is  one  of  perhaps  half  a  dozen  which  are  considered  as  standing  abreast 
of  Delmonico's,  and  its  reputation  has  had  much  to  do  with  the  general  popularity 
of  the  house.     The  gentlemen's  cafe  is  a  cheerful  apartment  at  the  Broadway  corner. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


207 


THE    QILSEY    HOUSE.     J.   H.    BRESLIN    &    BROTHER. 

BROADWAY    AND    29th    STREET. 


208  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  main  restaurant  is  on  the  ground  floor,  along  the  29th-Street  side,  and  is  as 
pleasant  as  any  dining-hall  in  the  city.  James  H.  Breslin,  the  senior  proprietor  of  the 
Gilsey,  is  one  of  the  ablest  hotel  men  in  the  country.  He  is  also  the  senior  member  of 
the  firm  which  manages  the  Auditorium  Hotel  in  Chicago,  and  is  the  proprietor  of  the 
Hotel  Breslin,  at  Lake  Hopatcong.  The  Gilsey  House  is  the  property  of  the  estate  of 
the  late  Peter  Gilsey,  which  owns  a  large  area  of  valuable  real  estate  in  the  vicinity. 

The  Plaza  Hotel  (American  and  European  plans),  faces  the  Plaza,  at  the  Fifth- 
Avenue  and  59th-Street  entrance  to  Central  Park,  overlooking  the  main  Park 
entrance,  a  location  of  unsurpassed  beauty.  The  house  was  begun  by  a  firm  of  con- 
tractors, who  failed  ;  and  it  was  finished  by  the  New- York  Life-insurance  Company 
(the  present  owners),  and  opened  to  the  public  in  1890.  It  is  a  palatial  establish- 
ment, having  cost  about  $3,000,000  ;  and  it  is  sumptuously  furnished.  Mahogany 
appears  extensively  in  the  finishing  and  in  the  furniture,  and  there  is  much  carved 
wood,  with  brass  trimmings  in  the  old  Colonial  style.  The  dining-room  is  in  gold 
and  white,  with  stained-glass  windows  and  an  arched  ceiling,  thirty  feet  in  height, 
fretted  in  gold.  There  are  400  rooms.  A  lion  is  the  coat  of  arms  of  the  house,  and 
appears  on  the  mosaic  floor  and  on  the  tapestries,  curtains  and  other  furnishings.  A 
handsome  oil  painting  of  a  lion  by  Alexander  Pope  is  one  of  the  scores  of  notable 
ornaments  of  the  establishment.      It  is  one  of  the  grandest  hotels  in  the  world. 

The  Hotel  Imperial  (European),  belongs  to  the  Goelet  family.  It  is  one  of 
the  newest  and  handsomest  of  New- York  hotels,  and  cost  about  $2,300,000.  Archi- 
tecturally, it  is  as  admirable  as  it  is  conspicuous,  being  built  of  light-colored  brick 
and  richly  ornamented.  The  interior  finishings  and  decorations  are  exceptionally 
rich.  The  main  corridor  is  in  African  marble ;  the  grand  staircase  is  in  marble  and 
Mexican  onyx  ;  the  ceiling  of  the  corridor  is  a  reproduction  from  the  Vatican,  in 
pale  blue  and  gold  ;  the  dining-room  reproduces  the  boudoir  of  Marie  Antoinette,  in 
gold  and  white ;  the  cafe  is  in  white  mahogany,  with  blue,  white  and  gold  ceiling  ; 
the  bar-room  is  in  the  style  of  an  apartment  of  a  French  chateau.  There  are  325 
rooms,  many  of  them  in  suites. 

The  Holland  House  (European)  is  but  recently  opened,  and  in  some  respects 
outranks  any  hotel  in  the  country.  It  is  a  large  building  of  Indiana  limestone,  100 
feet  by  150,  on  Fifth  Avenue  and  30th  Street.  Special  interest  attaches  to  it  for 
the  reason  that  it  is  a  careful  reproduction  of  the  old  and  famous  Holland  House  of 
London,  a  concession  to  the  taste  of  those  who  love  things  English.  There  are  the 
coat-of-arms  of  Henry  Rich,  the  first  Earl  of  Holland,  with  the  decorations  and  all 
the  historic  features  of  the  celebrated  Kensington  mansion.  The  house  is  one  of  the 
architectural  features  of  Fifth  Avenue.  The  facade,  upon  which  there  is  but  little 
decoration,  is  broken  with  a  handsome  portico  fifty  feet  long,  supported  upon  four 
columns,  four  rows  of  bay  windows,  and  other  windows  set  in  embrasures  and 
arches.  Two  features  of  the  interior  are  the  large  dining-room  and  a  long  prom- 
enade in  the  second  story.      The  house  is  ten  stories  high,  and  has  350  rooms. 

The  Savoy  (European)  is  at  the  south-east  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  59th 
Street.  It  measures  75x150  feet,  and  has  an  extension  of  100  feet  more  at  the  rear. 
It  is  an  eleven-storied,  steel -frame  structure  of  Indiana  limestone,  in  the  Italian  Rena- 
issance style  of  architecture.  It  stands  upon  the  site  where  "Boss"  Tweed  pro- 
jected the  Knickerbocker  Hotel,  and  had  spent  $250,000  upon  the  foundations  when 
the  day  of  retribution  came.  There  are  350  rooms  in  the  house  and  125  private 
bath-rooms.  The  house  cost  over  $2,000,000.  It  was  opened  in  1892,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  elegant  hotels  in  the  city.  It  is  equipped  with  sumptuous  Otis  elevators 
and  specially  constructed  Worthington  pumps. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  209 

The  New  Netherland  (European)  was  built  in  1892,  by  W.  W.  Astor,  for 
Ferdinand  P.  Earle.  It  occupies  a  site  100  feet  by  125,  on  the  corner  of  Fifth 
Avenue  and  59th  Street,  and  has  a  cellar  and  basement  below  the  street-level,  and 
17  stories  above,  the  four  upper  stories  being  in  the  picturesque  high  roof.  The 
structure  is  very  beautiful  externally,  in  the  modern  Romanesque  style  of  architec- 
ture. The  four  lower  stories  are  in  rough  brownstone,  and  the  others  are  of  buff 
brick,  with  stone  and  terra-cotta  trimmings.  Halls,  offices  and  staircases  are  in 
marble  and  bronze,  and  the  370  guest-rooms  are  finished  in  hard  wood  and  richly 
furnished.      The  house  cost  about  $3,000,000. 

The  Waldorf  is  a  hotel  now  almost  completed  by  William  Waldorf  Astor,  on 
the  site  of  the  old  Astor  mansion  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  33d  Street.  It  measures  100 
feet  on  the  avenue  and  250  feet  on  the  street,  and  is  twelve  stories,  or  180  feet,  high. 
It  is  an  ornate  structure  in  the  German  Renaissance  style,  with  loggias,  balconies, 
towers  and  tiled  roof.  There  are  500  guest-rooms,  several  dining-rooms,  a  restau- 
rant and  other  public  rooms,  and  as  a  special  feature  a  large  internal  court  for  a 
winter  or  a  summer  garden,  as  the  seasons  change.  It  has  been  built  to  rank  with 
the  best  hotels  in  the  world,  and  there  are  few  to  equal  it. 

The  Cambridge  (American),  on  Fifth  Avenue,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  33d 
Street,  owned  by  Lorenz  Reich,  is  one  of  the  most  notable  hotels  in  New- York  City. 
It  stands  unique  in  its  way.  It  is  not  a  large  hotel,  nor  does  it  cater  to  the  travel- 
ling public,  although  some  favored  transients  are  accommodated.  It  was  planned 
by  Mr.  Reich  for  the  special  patronage  of  the  wealthiest  families  who  spend  a  por- 
tion of  their  time  in  the  metropolis.  In  the  winter  months  they  come  from  the 
North  and  in  the  summer  from  the  South,  and  so  as  the  seasons  change  many  of  the 
guests  change  places,  the  house  being  filled  at  all  times  by  an  exceptionally  wealthy 
class,  who  seek  the  seclusion  and  the  refined  excellencies  and  elegancies  of  this 
establishment.  Mr.  Reich  is  also  the  importer  of  those  delicious  wines  about  which 
Longfellow  wrote  "Neither  Kaiser  nor  King  ever  tasted  better." 

The  Hotel  Brunswick  (European),  eligibly  located  on  Madison  Square,  at 
Fifth  Avenue  and  26th  Street,  is  much  favored  by  English  tourists,  and  is  patron- 
ized also  by  the  wealthy  young  men  about  town.  The  house  has  a  high  reputation 
for  its  admirable  service  and  for  its  restaurant,  than  which  it  is  claimed  by  many 
there  is  none  better  in  the  city.  The  parades  of  the  Coaching  Club  always  start  in 
front  of  the  Brunswick. 

The  Buckingham  (European)  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  50th  Street,  opposite  St.- 
Patrick's  Cathedral,  was  opened  in  January,  1876.  It  is  richly  finished  within,  prin- 
cipally in  mahogany  and  oak.  Many  families  make  their  homes  there,  especially 
those  who  come  from  a  distance  to  spend  the  winter  in  town. 

The  Broadway  Central  (American),  at  665  to  675  Broadway,  opposite  Bond 
Street,  is  the  new  name  for  the  remodelled  "Grand  Central."  It  is  one  of  the  largest 
hotels  (if  not  the  largest)  in  New  York,  having  640  sleeping-rooms,  with  comfort- 
able accommodations  for  over  1,000  guests.  It  is  a  solid  and  spacious  structure, 
with  seven  stories  above  the  offices  and  shops  on  the  ground-floor.  It  was  built  on 
the  site  of  the  La  Farge  House,  which  in  its  day  was  a  famous  hostelrie.  When  the 
present  hotel  was  built,  it  was  one  of  the  finest  hotel  structures  on  the  continent, and 
to-day  represents  an  investment  of  $2,000,000.  In  July,  1892,  its  proprietary 
management  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  Hon.  Tilly  Haynes  of  Boston,  who  for  a 
dozen  years  has  made  the  "United  States  of  Boston"  a  hotel  famous  for  its  admir- 
able management.  He  has  spent  about  $100,000  in  remodelling  and  renovating  the 
Broadway  Central,  and  opens  it  as  an  exceptionally  fine  family  and  transient  hotel 
H 


2IO  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

on  the  American  plan.  He  will  make  it  the  best  hotel  in  the  country  for  its  charges, 
which  are  to  be  $3.00  a  day  for  transient  guests. 

The  Park-Avenue  Hotel  (American  and  European),  on  Park  Avenue,  be- 
tween 32d  and  33d  Streets,  is  a  substantial  and  absolutely  fire-proof  hotel,  elegantly 
appointed  and  admirably  conducted.  It  is  to-day  one  of  the  most  successful  hotels 
in  the  city,  although  for  a  long  time  it  was  run  at  a  considerable  loss.  It  was  built 
by  the  late  A.  T.  Stewart,  as  a  semi-charitable  institution,  but  like  much  of  the  other 
Stewart  property  it  has  been  widely  diverted  from  the  channels  intended  by  the  one 
whose  ability  accumulated  the  wealth.  This  building  was  at  first  announced  to  the 
public  as  a  place  where  working  girls  were  to  be  provided  with  neat  and  comfortable 
homes  at  moderate  figures.      It  accommodates  700  guests,  and  cost  over  $3,000,000. 

The  Murray-Hill  (American  and  European),  on  Park  Avenue,  40th  and  41st 
Streets,  is  a  great  and  handsome  building  of  seven  stories  and  ornamental  towers, 
with  accommodations  for  over  500  guests.  It  is  elegantly  appointed,  and  is  an 
establishment  of  the  highest  class.      Many  New-England  people  go  there. 

The  Hotel  de  Logerot,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  18th  Street,  is  one  of  the  newest 
aspirants  for  public  favor.  The  establishment  occupies  the  grand  old  Fifth-Avenue 
mansion  of  Gurdon  W.  Burnham,  with  two  others  adjoining,  refitted  and  elegantly 
refurnished  for  the  present  use.  It  is  very  fashionable  and  very  aristocratic,  and  the 
landlord  is  a  genuine  nobleman,  Richard  de  Logerot,  Marquis  de  Croisic,  who  has 
a  good  social  standing  in  New  York's   "400." 

The  Victoria  (American  and  European),  at  Fifth  Avenue,  27th  Street  and 
Broadway,  is  a  high  and  roomy  structure,  inclined  to  exclusiveness  in  its  patronage. 
The  hotel  jumped  into  sudden  fame  a  few  years  ago,  when  Grover  Cleveland,  on  his 
election  to  the  Presidency,  made  it  his  headquarters  when  in  New  York. 

The  Clarendon,  on  Fourth  Avenue  and  1 8th  Street,  is  favored  by  English  peo- 
ple who  come  to  make  an  extended  stay  in  the  city.  The  management  does  not 
cater  actively  to  the  general  public. 

The  Westminster,  in  a  retired  location  at  Irving  Place  and  16th  Street,  is  still 
convenient  to  the  shopping  district  and  places  of  amusement.  It  enjoys  the  dis- 
tinction of  being  the  only  hotel  having  an  apartment-house  connected  with  it  ;  and 
is  the  home  of  many  families  of  means.  It  is  much  in  vogue  with  the  English  and 
with  native  and  foreign  members  of  the  diplomatic  force,  drawn  thither  perhaps  by 
the  proximity  of  the  house  to  Gramercy  Park,  the  home  of  statesmen. 

The  Everett  House  (European),  in  17th  Street,  Union  Square,  attracts  many 
professional  people,-  lecturers,  authors  and  actors.  Henry  M.  Stanley  has  been  a 
frequent  guest  there. 

The  Brevoort  House,  in  Fifth  Avenue,  near  Washington  Square,  is  a  quiet 
and  aristocratic  hotel  that  has  long  been  in  favor  with  English  tourists.  The  cuisine 
of  the  Brevoort  has  always  been  considered  one  of  its  attractions.  Sam  Ward,  that 
prince  of  epicures  and  most  genial  of  entertainers,  lived  there  at  one  time  ;  and  his 
nephew,  F.  Marion  Crawford,  the  novelist,  describes  the  house  and  his  uncle's 
favorite  corner  in  his  novel  of  Doctor  Claudius. 

The  St.  James  (European),  at  Broadway  and  26th  Street,  under  successive 
owners  has  been  the  resort  of  the  better  class  of  sporting  men,  especially  those  inter- 
ested in  the  turf.  Many  theatrical  stars  have  been  patrons  of  the  house,  the  restau- 
rant of  which  has  been  one  of  its  features. 

The  Albemarle,  adjoining  the  Hoffman  House,  is  a  quiet  and  exclusive  place, 
numbering  among  its  guests  many  permanent  residents  and  foreigners  of 
distinction. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK  211 

The  Union-Square  Hotel  and  Hotel  Dam,  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  15th 
Street,  are  annexed  and  under  a  single  management.  The  establishment  has  accom- 
modations for  400  guests. 

The  Astor  House  (European),  on  Broadway,  Barclay  and  Vesey  Streets,  is 
the  leading  hotel  down-town,  and  one  of  the  famous  houses  of  the  city.  For  two 
generations  it  has  been  noted,  and  its  solid  granite  front,  nearly  opposite  the  Post 
Office,  makes  it  a  conspicuous  feature  of  that  part  of  Broadway.  It  is  an  old- 
fashioned  and  conservative  establishment,  substantially  furnished  and  kept  -in  good 
style.  On  the  ground  floor  along  the  street  fronts  are  stores,  but  back  of  the  stores 
opens  the  great  rotunda,  which  is  a  much-frequented  eating-place  for  noon-day  meals. 
The  two  great  circular  lunch-counters,  the  big  bar,  and  the  side  counters  are  always 
crowded,  and  here  congregate  at  noon,  hundreds  of  the  best-known  men  of  the  town, 
politicians,  and  professional  and  business  men. 

The  Grand  Union  (European),  at  Park  Avenue  and  42d  Street,  obtains  a  great 
patronage  by  reason  of  its  extensive  advertising  and  its  close  proximity  to  the  Grand 
Central  Depot.  It  is  a  large,  plain  five-story  brick  structure,  and  the  lower  floor 
and  the  parlors  are  well-appointed.  It  is  decidedly  a  "transient"  house,  the  far 
greater  proportion  of  the  guests  tarrying  but  a  night  or  two.  It  has  an  excellent 
restaurant,  and  its  managers  are  thoroughly  practical  hotel  men. 

The  Morton  House  (European),  in  14th  Street,  Union  Square,  has  always  had 
a  large  patronage  from  theatrical  folk,  who  until  within  a  few  years  made  their 
rendezvous  in  Union  Square. 

The  Continental  (European),  at  Broadway  and  20th  Street,  is  mostly  pat- 
ronized by  business  men.  George  Francis  Train,  the  eccentric,  has  made  his  home 
there  for  many  years. 

The  New-York  Hotel,  on  Broadway,  between  Washington  Place  and  Waverly 
Place,  was  a  favorite  with  people  from  the  South  before  the  war,  and  many  still  cling 
to  it  for  old  association  sake.  The  register  of  the  house  can  show  the  names  of 
nearly  all  the  prominent  Southern  families  of  the  last  generation,  and  during  the 
war  period  the  hotel,  its  proprietor  and  its  guests  were  often  closely  watched,  a 
measure  that  subsequent  knowledge  has  shown  was  not  altogether  without  warrant. 
The  building  is  a  plain   brick  structure  with  old-fashioned  wrought-iron  balconies. 

The  Metropolitan  (European  plan),  at  Broadway  and  Prince  Street,  is  still  a 
favorite  with  merchants  from  the  South  and  West.  It  is  near  the  centre  of  the 
wholesale  dry-goods  district,  and  is  a  commodious  six-story  structure.  The  dining- 
room  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  city.       Niblo's  Theatre  has  an  entrance  here. 

Other  Noted  Hotels  might  be  mentioned,  but  out  of  the  thousand  hotels  there 
are  too  many  worthy  of  notice  to  be  described  in  one  brief  chapter.  The  following 
is  merely  a  partial  list  of  the  better  class  :  Earle's,  Metropole,  Normandie,  Gedney, 
St.  Cloud,  Bristol,  Oriental,  Barrett,  Vendome,  Madison-Avenue,  Wellington, 
America,  Sinclair  and  St.  Denis. 

Nationality  in  Hotels  is  represented  by  several  establishments.  The  best- 
known  is  the  Motel  Martin,  in  University  Place,  a  French  house  that  is  also  well 
patronized  by  Americans,  and  is  of  the  better  class.  Another  French  hotel  is  the 
Hotel  Monico,  in  18th  Street;  and  still  another,  the  Hotel  Francais,  in  University 
Place,  that,  oddly  enough,  is  kept  on  the  American  plan.  The  Hotel  Griffon,  in  Ninth 
Street,  is  a  French  hotel,  favored  by  French  and  Spanish  artists,  and  musical  and 
literary  folk.  Spaniards  put  up  at  the  Hotel  Espaiiol,  in  14th  Street ;  and  Italians 
at  the-Hotel  Del  Recreo,  in  Irving  Place  ;  and  there  are  several  Spanish  and  Italian 
boarding-houses  that  are  practically  hotels  on  a  small  scale.     On  the  East  Side  small 


212  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

German  hotels  are  numerous,  but  generally  they  are  no  more  than  lodging-houses 
above  lager-beer  saloons  and  restaurants  ;  and  somewhat  similar  in  character,  with- 
out the  saloon  appendage,  is  a  hotel  exclusively  for  colored  persons. 

Cheap  Hotels  thrive  mainly  down  town  in  the  business  district,  or  among  the 
tenements.  The  best  of  them  are  respectable,  and  quite  up  to  the  requirements  of 
the  class  of  patronage  to  which  they  cater.  On  the  lower  West  Side  there  are  several 
large  houses  of  this  description,  where  rooms  can  be  had  for  75  cents  and  sometimes 
as  low  as  50  cents  a  night.  They  are  considerably  patronized  by  marketmen  from 
Long  Island  and  New  Jersey,  and  clerks  and  porters  in  the  markets  and  wholesale 
stores  thereabouts,  whose  business  requires  them  to  be  on  duty  for  the  early  market- 
ing before  sunrise  in  the  morning.  At  and  around  the  Battery  are  houses  of  about 
the  same  class  and  price  as  the  marketmen's  hotels,  but  designed  especially  for  the 
accommodation  of  immigrants,  who  were  a  good  source  of  profit  when  Castle  Garden 
was  the  immigrant  receiving  station.  In  the  vicinity  of  City-Hall  Park,  where  the 
all-night  work  of  the  newspaper  offices  and  the  Post  Office  naturally  calls  together  a 
large  night  population,  there  are  other  hotels  of  this  description,  and  several,  like  the 
Cosmopolitan  and  Earle's,  that  are  of  a  higher  grade.  These  places  have  but  little 
else  than  their  cheapness  to  commend  them.  Most  of  them  are  restricted  to  the 
accommodation  of  men  only,  and  are  well  patronized  by  poor  respectable  persons. 

Another  step,  literal  as  well  as  metaphorical,  brings  us  to  the  very  cheap  hotels 
that  flourish  in  the  Bowery  and  vicinity,  on  the  East  Side,  and  on  West  Broadway, 
South  Fifth  Avenue,  and  adjacent  streets  on  the  West  Side.  These  establishments 
are  exclusively  for  men,  and  in  them  you  will  find  the  apotheosis  of  misery  and  vice. 
Petty  thieves,  hopeless  drunkards,  toughs  and  reprobates  of  all  kinds,  loafers  and 
unfortunates  whom  fate  has  served  unkindly  in  the  struggle  for  existence  congregate 
there  night  after  night.  Only  the  pencil  of  a  Hogarth  or  the  pen  of  a  Dickens  could 
do  justice  to  this  phase  of  metropolitan  life.  The  general  public  knows  very  little 
about  these  houses  of  despair,  save  as  occasionally  it  may  read  in  the  daily  newspaper 
of  the  death  there  of  some  man  who  was  once  respected  and  influential  among  his 
fellow  citizens,  until  drink  dragged  him  down  to  the  level  of  these  Bowery  dives. 
The  hotel  of  this  class  generally  has  a  high-sounding  name  and  much  glare  of  gas- 
light outside.  Within,  it  is  one  or  two  floors  or  lofts  in  what  was  once  a  business 
building.  Sometimes  plain  wooden  partitions  divide  the  room  into  many  little 
closets,  each  with  a  cot  bed  ;  more  frequently  the  sleeping  apartment  is  a  huge 
dormitory,  with  a  score  or  more  of  cots,  foul  mattresses  on  the  floor,  or  wooden 
bunks,  with  a  single  old  army  blanket  for  the  bed-clothing.  A  single  room  in  the 
most  aristocratic  of  these  places  is  25  cents  a  night,  and  beds  are  put  down  at  10 
and  15  cents,  and  in  the  very  worst  of  the  class  at  7  cents.  Some  of  the  signs  ad- 
vertise that  a  hot  or  cold  bath  is  free  to  all  guests,  and  at  others  the  price  of  a 
night's  lodging  includes  a  glass  of  whiskey.  The  patronage  of  these  establishments 
is  large,  and  the  proprietors  grow  rich.  In  1891  there  were  116  such  houses,'  with 
accommodations  for  14, 172  persons. 

Restaurants  and  Cafes  are  abundant,  of  all  grades,  from  Delmonico's  famous 
establishment,  where  it  will  cost  you  from  $3  upward  for  a  good  dinner,  to  the 
cheap  down-town  eating-houses.  There  are  several  thousand  establishments  of  this 
kind,  and  New  York  has  come  to  be  very  much  like  Paris  in  respect  to  patronizing 
them.  For  the  most  part  men  live  so  far  from  their  places  of  business  that  it  is 
necessary  for  them  to  take  their  luncheons,  and  often  their  dinners,  away  from  home, 
and  for  much  the  same  reason  it  is  the  custom  with  many  people  to  dine  out  when 
they  attend  the  theatres  and  other  places  of  amusement.     More  than  that,  however, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


213 


thousands  of  families  of  all  grades  in  financial  means  find  it  more  economical  and 
convenient  to  go  to  restaurants  for  their  meals  than  it  is  to  maintain  home  estab- 
lishments. They  have  all  the  comforts  of  home  except  the  kitchen  and  dining-room- 
attachment  with  the  consequent  care,  expense  of  rent  and  annoyance  of  servants. 
Add  to  these  the  army  of  other  folk  who  live  in  furnished  rooms  and  take  their 
meals  at  restaurants,  and  the  thousands  of  citizens  of  foreign  birth  who  have  brought 
with  them  from  across  the  water  the  ingrained  national  habit  of  patronizing  cafes, 
and  you  have  the  abundance  of  restaurants  and  cafes  accounted  for.  Nearly  all  the 
large  hotels  have  great  public  restaurants  for  the  accommodation  of  others  than  their 
regular  guests.  Every  nationality  that  helps  to  make  up  the  cosmopolitan  charac- 
ter of  New  York  has  its  own  eating  and  drinking  places. 

Delmonico's  restaurants  are  known  all  over  the  world.     The  name  has  been  a 
familiar  word   among  the  epicures   of  two   continents   for  nearly   three-quarters  of 


DELMONICO'S  :    FIFTH    AVENUE,    BROADWAY    AND    26TH    STREET. 

a  century.  There  are  three  establishments  in  New  York  managed  by  the  Del- 
monicos.  That  with  which  the  public  of  this  generation  is  most  familiar  occupies 
the  entire  building  at  Broadway,  26th  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.  The  gentlemen's 
cafe  is  on  the  Broadway  side,  and  the  public  dining-room  looks  across  Fifth  Avenue 
into  Madison  Square.  On  the  floors  above  are  private  parlors  and  dining-rooms,  and 
the  elegant  banquet  and  ball  room,  which  is  famous  as  the  scene  of  the  Patriarchs' 
balls,  of  innumerable  brilliant  social  events,  and  of  nearly  all  the  grand  banquets  that 
have  been  given  for  a  generation.  Many  of  the  belles  of  the  "Four  Hundred"  have 
made  their  debuts  at  Delmonico's.  The  place  is  the  social  centre  of  the  wealthy  and 
exclusive  portion  of  New  York. 

Of  the  down-town  establishments  the  most  important  is  at  Beaver  and  William 
Streets,  in  a  handsome  eight-story  building,  erected  in  1890.      It  stands  on  the  site 


214  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

of  the  old  Beaver-Street  House,  which  was  erected  in  1836  by  Peter  and  John  Del- 
monico, who  were  as  famous  in  their  day  as  their  successors  are  now,  and  estab- 
lished in  i827/  not  far  from  this  site,  the  business  which  has  been  so  successful  ever 
since.  John  died  in  1843,  anc^  Lorenzo  Delmonico  was  admitted  to  partnership. 
In  1848  Petei  retired.  Lorenzo  died  in  1881,  and  his  nephew  Charles  succeeded  to 
the  business.  Charles  died  in  January,  1884,  and  two  months  later  the  firm  which 
is  now  in  existence  was  organized.  The  members  are  Rosa,  Lorenzo  Crist,  Charles 
Crist  and  Josephine  Crist  Delmonico.  The  other  down-town  restaurant  is  at  22 
Broad  Street,  the  great  resort  of  the  bankers  and  brokers,  and  the  two  collectively 
are  to  the  business  world  what  the  up-town  establishment  is  to  the  social  world. 

Seighortner's  is  a  German  restaurant  in  Lafayette  Place  that  under  the  direc- 
tion of  "  Papa"  Seighortner,  as  he  was  affectionately  called,  gained  a  rare  reputa- 
tion among  bon  vivants. 

Fleischmann's  Vienna  Model  Bakery,  Cafe  and  Restaurant,  at  Broadway 
and  10th  Street,  attracts  many  by  its  specialties  in  Vienna  coffee,  bread  and  ices. 
There  is  a  plaza  in  front  of  the  building,  provided  with  a  canvas  roof  and  growing 
vines,  where  guests  may  dine  in  garden-like  surroundings  during  the  heated  term. 

The  Dairy  Kitchen  in  14th  Street  is  a  curiosity.  It  is  an  enormous  establish- 
ment where  several  thousand  people  are  fed  every  day.  There  is  orchestral  music 
day  and  evening,  and  much  glitter  and  show.  The  prices  are  moderate,  and  the 
food  and  service  correspond. 

The  Columbia,  in  14th  Street,  with  very  showy  and  attractive  appointments, 
and  clean  and  stylish  in  its  service,  is  a  good  example  of  the  popular  second-class 
restaurants  on  a  large  scale. 

Dry-Goods-Store  Restaurants.—  Several  of  the  large  bazaar  stores,  like 
Macy's  and  Hearn's,  have  restaurants.  These  do  a  large  business,  and  are  much  to 
the  convenience  of  shoppers  from  out  of  town,  who  chiefly  patronize  them.  They  are 
not  first-class  in  cooking  or  in  service.  A  peculiar  custom  distinguishes  them  from 
all  other  restaurants.  Elsewhere  prices  are  wholly  in  multiples  of  five  cents.  Here, 
however,  prices  are  in  parts  of  a  five-cent  standard.  You  get  a  cup  of  coffee  for 
six  cents,  and  other  dishes  for  seven,  nine,  thirteen,  nineteen  and  twenty-one  cents, 
and  so  on.  It  is  the  bargain  counter  extended  to  the  lunch  table,  and  you  always 
feel  that  it  is  bargain-day  comestibles  that  you  are  getting. 

Table  d'Hote  Dinners  are  served  at  several  hundred  places,  from  the  Murray 
Hill  and  Hotel  Brunswick  down  through  many  grades  to  the  very  cheap  Bohemian 
resorts,  where  a  dinner  with  wine  costs  35  cents.  Several  restaurants  up-town,  like 
the  Hotel  Hungaria,  Martinelli's,  Moretti's,  and  Riccadonna's  have  more  than  a 
local  reputation  for  good  cooking.  In  the  French  quarter  in  the  vicinity  of  Bleecker 
Street,  and  elsewhere  down  town,  are  several  unique  and  low-priced  establishments 
of  this  character. 

Novelty  in  Restaurants  is  in  abundant  variety.  In  the  Chinese  district  are 
several  Chinese  restaurants,  dirty,  foul-smelling  and  cheaply  furnished.  National 
viands  of  a  mysterious  character  and  national  drinks  are  served  at  reasonable  prices. 
Those  who  go  slumming  take  in  these  restaurants,  but  they  are  not  often  disposed 
to  pay  a  second  visit.  Hebrew  restaurants  are  numerous  on  the  East  Side,  and  even 
in  the  wholesale  business  district.  They  make  a  specialty  of  serving  "strictly 
Kosher"  meat,  and  many  of  them  are  of  a  very  good  character.  There  is  a  cheap 
Japanese  restaurant  on  the  East  Side,  and  meals  in  Japanese  style  are  excellently 
served  at  the  private  Japanese  Club.  In  East  Broadway  and  vicinity  are  several 
Russian  restaurants.      Spanish  cooking  prevails  at  several  places  off  Park  Row.      In 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


DELMONICO'S. 

BEAVER   AND   WILLIAM    STREET,    OPPOSITE   THE   COTTON    EXCHANGE. 


216  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Mulberry  Street  are  Italian  restaurants  of  low  order,  and  in  Division  Street  are 
Polish  eating-places.  Of  a  much  higher  grade  are  the  restaurants,  cafes  and  sum- 
mer-gardens in  Second  Avenue,  below  14th  Street.  They  are  in  effect  public  club- 
rooms,  where  Austrians,  Swiss,  Hungarians  and  sometimes  Germans  spend  their 
evenings.  All  are  liberally  supplied  with  foreign  and  American  periodicals,  and 
they  serve  odd  foreign  eatables,  and  beer,  wine  and  coffee  of  exceptional  quality. 

Cheap  Restaurants  keep  company  with  the  cheap  hotels  in  location  and  in 
general  character.  They  are  feeding-places  of  the  vilest  character,  where  the  staple 
article  of  food  is  hash  or  beans,  with  bread  and  butter,  and  tea  or  coffee,  for  10  cents. 
Other  dishes  are  at  corresponding  prices.  Sidewalk  stands  will  serve  in  their  re- 
spective seasons  an  oyster,  a  little  fish,  an  ear  of  corn  or  some  other  simple  eatable 
for  a  cent;  and  all  the  year-round  at  the  St. -Andrew's  Coffee-Stands  the  poor  can 
get  a  bowl  of  hot  tea  or  coffee  for  a  cent,  and  plain  food  quite  as  cheap.  A,  tour  of 
these  parts  of  the  city  will  reveal  much  gastronomic  atrocity. 

Drinking  Saloons  exist  by  the  thousand  all  over  the  city.  Of  course,  all  the 
hotels  have  their  bar-rooms,  and  most  of  the  restaurants  supply  beer,  wine  or 
liquors,  either  with  or  without  food.  There  are  German  lager-beer  saloons  every- 
where, wine  shops  in  the  Italian  and  French  quarters,  "vodka"  shops  among  the 
Russians,  "  nomadeo"  bars  among  the  Chinese,  and  liquor  saloons  on  every  other 
corner.  The  drinking-places  are  licensed  by  the  Board  of  Excise  Commissioners, 
and  pay  fees  according  to  the  character  of  their  business.  They  are  under  certain 
restrictions  regarding  location  near  a  church  or  school-house,  the  number  permitted 
in  a  single  block,  hours  of  closing,  etc.,  and  they  are  "not  permitted  to  keep  open  on 
Sunday.  It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  these  conditions  are  continually  ignored 
by  the  saloon-keepers.  There  are  9,000  licensed  places  in  the  city,  and  many  more 
that  exist  in  violation  of  the  law.  The  licensed  places  pay  to  the  city  every  year 
$1,500,000,  which  goes  to  the  Police  Pension  Fund,  etc.  Hundreds  of  these  places 
are  very  elegant,  with  heavy  plate  and  cut  glass,  rich  carved  wood,  fine  frescoes  and 
other  decorations,  and  valuable  pictures.  Kirk's,  at  Broadway  and  27th  Street,  and 
Stewart's,  in  Warren  Street,  near  Broadway,  are  particularly  famous  for  their  col- 
lections of  rare  oil  paintings,  the  most  famous  of  all  being  the  saloon  of  the  Hoff- 
man House,  in  24th  Street. 

The  Private  Home  Life  of  the  wealthy  and  middle  classes  of  New-Yorkers 
is  a  measure  of  the  prosperity  and  culture  of  the  community.  Evidences  of  good 
living  multiply  on  every  hand  in  the  handsome  buildings  and  sumptuous  interiors. 

If  old  Peter  Minuit,  the  first  Governor-General  of  the  Dutch  colony  in  New 
Netherland,  could  drop  in  here  to-day  he  would  open  his  eyes  in  wonder,  and  would 
probably  think  himself  bewitched.  He  bought  all  this  Manhattan  Island  from  the 
Indians  for  $24,  which  was  about  ninety  cents  for  one  thousand  acres.  Some  of  the 
land  is  now  worth  several  times  $24  per  square  foot,  and  the  present  market  value 
of  that  original  ,$24  worth  of  real  estate  is  over  $2,500,000,000.  Changes  in  meth- 
ods of  living,  in  the  details  of  food  and  shelter,  have  kept  pace  with  this  wonderful 
development  in  values  of  real  estate.  The  men  and  women  of  to-day  find  it  difficult 
in  their  luxurious,  or  at  least  comfortable,  houses  to  realize  how  their  ancestors  lived 
here  two  centuries  and  more  ago.  The  first  houses  were  of  wood,  generally  of  one 
story,  with  two  rooms  and  a  high  peaked  roof,  thatched  with  straw.  The  chimneys 
were  also  of  wood,  and  there  was  much  danger  of  fire.  Furniture  was  of  the  rudest 
description,  generally  made  of  rough  planks.  Wooden  platters  and  pewter  spoons 
prevailed,  but  there  were  a  few  pieces  of  porcelain  in  the  village,  family  heirlooms 
from  Holland.      Between  that  way  of  existence  and  living  in  the  Vanderbilt  mansion 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK  217 

or  the  Plaza  Hotel  there  is  a  great  gulf.  After  a  time  the  colonists  began  to  build 
their  houses  of  brick,  and  they  bore  the  date  of  the  building  in  iron  letters.  The 
roofs  were  tiled  or  shingled,  and  there  was  always  a  weathercock.  Furnishings 
were  meagre  ;  sanded  instead  of  carpeted  floors,  a  little  solid  silver,  but  more 
wooden  or  pewter  ware,  stiff-backed  chairs  and  settees  and  tiled  mantles.  Home  life 
was  simple.  Around  every  house  was  a  garden  and  pasturage  for  live  stock.  The 
mynheer  smoked  his  pipe  at  the  fire-place  or  under  the  projecting  eaves  of  his  house, 
and  the  good  vrouw  found  her  only  dissipation  in  running  around  the  neighborhood 
to  gossip.  But  even  as  far  off  as  that,  a  custom  was  established  that  has  been  main- 
tained down  to  the  present  time.  All  tenants  intending  to  move  were  compelled  by 
law  to  vacate  by  noon  of  May  1st.  There  is  the  origin  of  New  York's  May  moving. 
Rents  were  then  $25  to  $100  a  year.  Think  of  that  in  contrast  now,  with  $7,000 
for  a  flat.  Houses  were  then  worth  from  $200  to  $1,000.  Few  traces  are  left  of 
that  old  time,  but  when  you  come  down  to  the  Colonial  days,  and  the  early  part  of 
the  present  century,  it  is  different.  Down-town,  where  business  is  in  the  ascendant, 
over  on  the  East  Side  among  the  foreign  population,  in  the  historic  Ninth  Ward,  in 
Greenwich  and  Chelsea  villages,  in  Washington  Square,  you  find  these  houses,  gen- 
erally shabby  enough,  but  with  an  air  of  gentility  even  in  decay,  with  their  fine  old 
wrought-iron  railings,  diamond  window-panes,  arched  doorways,  fan-lights  and 
carved  mantels  and  balustrades;  and  in  the  upper  part  of  the  island  a  few  old  historic 
country  mansions  exist,  redolent  with  memories  of  the  past.  But  the  domestic  life 
of  New  York  is  no  longer  in  that  environment.  Now  you  cannot  buy  even  an  old 
house  in  a  decent  neighborhood,  in  the  city  proper,  for  less  than  $10,000,  and  a 
single  ordinary  lot  is  worth  more  than  that,  even  without  a  house  on  it.  The 
majority  of  the  single  private  residences  are  worth  from  $25,000  to  $50,000  each. 
Below  $25,000  there  is  not  much  to  be  found  of  a  desirable  character,  and  in  good 
neighborhoods.  Above  $50,000  in  value  come  the  houses  of  the  millionaires, 
occupying  several  city  lots,  splendid  examples  of  architecture,  and  decorated  and 
furnished  at  lavish  expense.  A  list  of  these  homes  of  the  wealthy  would  number 
several  hundred  that  might  reasonably  be  called  palaces.  Rents  are  high,  even  for 
ordinary  houses.  It  is  possible  to  rent  as  low  as  $600  or  $800,  but  cither  the  house 
will  be  old  and  without  modern  improvements,  or  the  locality  objectionable.  For  a 
tolerably  decent  house  in  the  heart  of  the  city  from  $1,000  to  $2,000  must  be  paid; 
and  the  figure  must  be  increased  to  $3,000  and  upwards  if  something  desirable  is 
sought.  The  West  Side  above  59th  Street  has  within  a  few  years  developed  into 
the  most  agreeable  residence-quarter.  Rents  there  are  a  trifle  lower  than  farther 
down-town,  while  the  houses  are  in  every  way  more  attractive  architecturally,  and 
more  modern  and  convenient  in  arrangement.  In  all  respects  this  section  of  the 
metropolis  might  justly  be  taken  as  an  example  of  the  perfection  of  attainment  in 
the  contemporaneous  home-life  of  a  great  city.  In  the  country  annexed  district 
across  the  Harlem,  values  and  rentals  are  at  a  lower  figure,  because  municipal 
improvements  have  not  yet  wholly  reached  there. 

Apartment  Houses,  it  has  been  said,  hold  more  than  half  of  the  middle-class 
population  of  Manhattan  Island.  Real  estate  is  so  valuable  and  consequently  rents 
so  high  that  to  occupy  a  house  is  quite  beyond  the  reach  of  a  family  of  ordinary 
means,  and  the  suburbs  on  account  of  their  inaccessibility  are  out  of  the  question. 
Consequently  apartments  and  flats  have  become  a  necessity,  and  a  system  of  living, 
originally  adopted  for  that  reason,  has  now  become  very  much  of  a  virtue.  Apart- 
ment-life is  popular  and  to  a  certain  extent  fashionable.  Even  society  countenances 
it,  and  a  brownstone  front   is   no   longer   indispensable  to  at  least   moderate  social 


218  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

standing.  And  as  for  wealthy  folk  who  are  not  in  society,  they  are  taking  more  and 
more  to  apartments.  There  is  a  great  difference  in  apartments.  You  can  get  one 
as  low  as  $300  a  year,  or  you  can  pay  as  high  as  $7,000  or  even  more  annually ;  in 
the  former  case  you  will  be  the  occupant  of  a  flat,  but  below  that  rental  figure  the 
flats  degenerate  rapidly  into  tenements.  But  even  the  low-priced  flats  have  much 
to  commend.  They  have  generally  five  or  six  small  rooms  with  private  hall,  bath- 
room, kitchen-range,  freight-elevator  for  groceries,  etc.,  janitor's  service,  gas  chan- 
deliers, very  fair  woodwork  and  wall-paper  and  often  steam-heat.  Between  $25 
and  $50  a  month  rental  the  difference  is  chiefly  in  location,  in  number  of  rooms  and 
minor  details  of  finish.  A  small  family  with  refined  tastes  and  no  social  ambitions 
can  have  an  agreeable  home  of  this  kind  for  $50,  or  possibly  $40  a  month,  the 
latter  figure  in  Harlem.  There  are  in  such  flats  many  comforts  that  are  lacking  in 
houses  in  the  suburbs,  and  the  drawbacks  are  only  contracted  quarters,  impossi- 
bility of  privacy,  and  the  chance  of  annoyance  from  other  tenants.  Above  $50  a 
month  the  apartment  may  be  of  seven,  eight  or  nine  rooms,  handsomely  finished, 
and  with  much  luxurious  show  in  the  way  of  tiled  floors,  marble  wainscot  in  the 
public  halls,  carved  over-mantels,  stained  glass  and  other  fine  appointments.  In 
houses  where  the  apartments  rent  for  from  $50  upward  there  are  uniformed  hall- 
bovs  at  the  public  entrance,  and  when  you  reach  the  $1,000  a  year  figure  there  will 
be  a  passenger  elevator  and  other  conveniences.  On  the  West  Side  are  the  majority 
of  the  medium-priced  apartments,  renting  from  $30  to  $75  a  month,  and  also  sev- 
eral of  the  highest  class  houses  of  the  kind.  In  Harlem  the  variety  and  the  num- 
ber is  greater,  with  almost  none  of  the  first  rank.  On  the  East  Side  there  are  more 
of  the  low-priced  flats,  and  on  Fifth  Avenue,  Madison  Avenue  and  adjacent  streets 
a  few  of  the  best  quality. 

Most  of  the  handsomest  apartment-houses  in  the  city  are  in  the  vicinity  of  Cen- 
tral Park.  One  of  the  largest  and  best,  is  the  Dakota,  at  Central  Park  West  and 
72d  Street.  It  is  a  many-gabled  building  in  the  style  of  a  French  chateau,  and  is 
elegant  in  all  its  appointments.  In  59th  Street  near  Seventh  Avenue  are  the  Cen- 
tral-Park, or  Navarro  Flats,  which  include  several  independent  houses  constructed 
as  a  single  building.  Architecturally  they  are  notable  with  Moorish  arches,  numer- 
ous balconies,  grand  entrances  and  highly  ornamental  facades  in  the  Spanish  style. 
In  interior  appointments  the  houses  are  not  surpassed  in  the  world.  The  structure 
cost  $7,000,000.  The  different  houses  in  the  group  are  known  as  the  Madrid, 
Granada,  Lisbon,  Cordova,  Barcelona,  Valencia,  Salamanca  and  Tolosa. 

Other  superior  apartment-houses  on  the  West  Side  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
Park  are  the  Osborne,  Grenoble,  Wyoming  and  Van  Corlaer,  in  Seventh  Avenue  ; 
the  Strathmore,  Windsor,  Rutland,  Albany  and  Pocantico,  in  Broadway  ;  the  Beres- 
ford,  San  Rerao,  La  Grange,  Endicott  and  Rutledge,  in  Central  Park  .West  ;  and 
the  Nevada,  on  the  Boulevard.  In  Madison  Avenue  are  several  elegant  modern 
houses  of  the  highest  class,  with  rents  up  to  $2,000  to  $4,000  a  year,  like  the 
Earlscourt,  St.  Catherine,  St.  Honore,  Hoffman  Arms,  and  Santa  Marguerita.  In 
Columbus  Avenue  are  the  Brockholst  and  Greylock  ;  and  in  Fifth  Avenue  are  the 
Hamilton  and  the  Knickerbocker.  In  the  central  part  of  the  city  are  the  Gramercy- 
Park,  Anglesea,  Chelsea,  Florence,  Westmoreland,  Douglas,  Beechwood  and  many 
others.      The  Croisic,  Benedict,  and  Alpine  are  exclusively  bachelor  apartments. 

Lodging  and  Boarding-Houses  afford  accommodations  for  living  to  a  con- 
siderable per  cent,  of  the  community.  High  rents  have  much  to  do  with  this,  as 
well  as  the  desire  to  escape  housekeeping  cares  and  the  necessities  of  the  thousands 
of  young  unmarried  people  who  find  employment  here  away  from  their  family  homes. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


219 


220  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

Most  persons  of  moderate  means  who  hire  a  house  find  themselves  obliged  to  rent 
rooms  or  to  take  boarders  to  help  pay  expenses,  and  hundreds  go  into  the  business 
of  thus  catering  to  the  needs  of  the  homeless,  purely  as  a  money-making  enterprise. 
These  houses  are  as  widely  diverse  in  character  as  the  people  whom  they  serve.  A 
mechanic  or  laborer  can  hire  a  room  for  $2  a  week,  and  get  board  for  from  $3  to 
$5  a  week  ;  the  wealthy  bachelor  may  pay  $25  or  more  a  week  for  his  suite  of  rooms 
and  as  much  more  for  his  board.  Every  individual  caprice  and  purse  can  find  some- 
thing to  suit.  Broadly  stated,  it  is  not  possible  to  get  board  and  room  in  a  respect- 
able house  in  a  fairly  good  locality  for  less  than  $7  or  $8  a  week.  For  that  there 
will  be  wholesome  food,  but  the  room  will  be  a  small  side-room,  or  a  "cramped  attic- 
room,  under  the  roof.  For  comfortable  sleeping  quarters  with  good  board,  $10  a 
week  is  about  the  lowest  figure.  Of  that  amount  $4  or  $5  a  week  is  reckoned  for  the 
board,  and  the  balance  for  the  room-rent.  The  majority  of  clerks  and  others  on  small 
salaries  bring  their  expenditure  below  the  $10  limit  by  sacrificing  comforts.  These 
figures  can  be  carried  to  any  extreme  that  individual  taste  and  means  shall  dictate. 

The  Tenements  display  the  lowly  side  and  often  the  dark  side  of  New- York 
life.  It  is  not  possible  to  locate  the  tenement-house  population  within  any  closely 
defined  limits.  In  general,  it  may  be  said  to  hold  parts  of  nearly  all  the  streets 
below  14th,  except  a  part  of  the  old  Ninth  Ward,  which  is  distinctively  the  Native- 
American  section  of  the  city,  and  in  and  about  Washington  Square  and  lower  Fifth 
Avenue,  clinging  to  the  river-front  on  either  side,  monopolizing  almost  entirely  the 
East  Side  nearly  over  to  Broadway.  Above  14th  Street  on  the  East  Side  it  is 
supreme  east  of  Third  Avenue  as  far  as  the  Harlem  River,  with  the  exception  of  a 
part  of  lower  Second  Avenue  and  a  few  side-streets  here  and  there.  On  the  West  Side 
it  comes  from  the  river-front  as  far  east  as  Sixth  Avenue,  with  oases  of  better  homes 
here  and  there,  and  this  as  far  north  as  about  59th  Street.  The  territory  above  59th 
Street  to  125th  Street  has  very  little  of  this  population.  Tenement-houses  are  as  a 
rule  great  towering  buildings,  many  of  them  squalid  and  in  bad  repair,  and  devoid  of 
any  but  the  rudest  arrangements  for  existence.  They  are  packed  with  human  beings. 
In  a  single  block  between  Avenue  B  and  Avenue  C  and  2d  and  3d  Streets  there  are 
over  3,500  residents,  and  a  smaller  block  on  Houston  Street  contains  3,000  people, 
which  is  at  the  rate  of  1,000,000  to  the  square  mile.  That  section  is  altogether 
populated  at  the  rate  of  500,000  to  the  square  mile,  which  is  as  if  the  entire  popu- 
lation of  the  city  should  be  crowded  into  a  space  less  than  two  miles  square. 

The  picture  of  life  in  these  quarters  repeats  what  has  been  so  often  written  of  the 
misery  of  the  poor  in  great  cities.  Frequently  half  a  dozen  people  eat,  sleep,'  and 
somehow  exist  in  a  single  room,  and  tenants  who  have  two  or  three  rooms  generally 
keep  boarders  besides  their  own  large  families.  Monthly  rents  range  from  $1  a 
room  upward,  and  $10  a  month  will  sometimes  secure  a  small  stuffy  apartment  of 
three  or  four  rooms.  The  landlords  of  these  rookeries  become  very  rich  out  of  the 
needs  of  the  poor  tenants.  Most  of  these  old  tenement-houses  are  occupied  by  im- 
migrants just  from  Europe.  When  they  have  been  here  a  short  time  they  are  in- 
clined to  seek  better  quarters  in  new  and  improved,  although  still  cheap  enough, 
buildings  that  are  being  put  up  in  recent  years.  But  the  condition  of  living  is  not 
materially  changed  ;  it  is  only  different  in  degree  of  squalor  and  unhealthfulness. 

Of  all  grades,  good,  bad  and  indifferent  there  were  in  1891,  according  to  the  re- 
port of  the  Board  of  Health,  34,967  front  and  2,391  rear  tenement-houses,  contain- 
ing 1,064, 703  persons  above  five  years  01"  age  and  106,708  below  that  age;  about 
two-thirds  of  the  entire  population.  In  this  estimate  150  first-class  apartment- 
houses  are  not  included,  but  the  medium-priced  flats  and  apartments. 


The    City,    County,    State     and     National     Government,    Offices 
and   Buildings,  Courts,  Etc. 


THE  City  and  County  of  New  York  are  identical  in  their  boundaries,  and 
were  consolidated  in  their  governments  by  act  of  the  Legislature,  April  30, 
1874.  The  Mayor,  Aldermen  and  Commonalty  of  the  City  of  New  York  is  the  name 
of  the  corporation  representing  the  city  and  county.  It  is  a  public  corporation,  and 
as  such  its  charter  is  always  subject  to  amendments  or  alterations  by  the  State  Legis- 
lature. All  local  administration  of  both  city  and  county  affairs  is  in  the  hands  of 
this  corporation.  The  city  has  had  a  corporate  existence  since  the  charter  for  the 
town  of  New  Amsterdam  was  granted,  in  1657,  by  Peter  Stuyvesant,  representing 
the  West  India  Company  and  the  States-General  of  Holland.  Other  charters  were 
granted  from  time  to  time  afterward,  superseding  existing  ones,  and  important 
amendments  were  made  to  them.  These  amendments  and  all  other  legislation  per- 
taining to  the  city  were  codified  in  the  New- York  City  Consolidation  Act,  passed  by 
the  Legislature  in  July,  1882.  This  act,  with  later  additions,  makes  a  volume  of 
1, 100  pages.  Since  1882  the  Legislature  has  passed  many  laws  relating  to  New- 
York  City,  some  of  which,  while  not  in  definite  terms  amending  any  of  the  sections 
of  the  Consolidation  Act,  do  so  in  effect. 

General  Provisions  Pertaining  to  Departments  and  Officers  provide  that 
a  majority  of  a  Board  in  any  department  constitutes  a  quorum  to  perform  and  dis- 
charge business.  No  expense  can  be  incurred  by  any  of  the  boards  or  officers  unless 
an  appropriation  for  it  has  previously  been  made  by  the  Board  of  Estimate  and 
Apportionment  ;  and  in  any  year  for  any  purpose  the  expenditures  must  not  exceed 
the  appropriation.  The  heads  of  departments,  except  in  specified  cases,  appoint  and 
remove  chiefs  of  bureaus  (except  the  Chamberlain)  and  clerks  and  employees,  with- 
out reference  to  the  tenure  of  office;  but  the  men  must  be  informed  of  the  cause  of 
the  proposed  removal,  and  be  allowed  an  opportunity  of  explanation.  In  case  of 
removal,  a  statement  showing  the  cause  is  filed  in  the  department.  The  numbers 
and  duties  of  clerks  and  other  employees,  except  as  is  otherwise  provided,  with  the 
respective  salaries,  are  fixed  by  the  heads  of  departments,  subject  to  the  revision  of 
the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment.  The  heads  of  departments  and  the 
commissions  appointed  by  the  Mayor  report  to  him  once  in  three  months,  and  at 
such  other  times  as  he  may  direct,  the  reports  being  published  in  The  City  Record. 
They  must  furnish  him  at  any  time  such  information  as  he  may  demand.  The  heads 
of  departments  and  of  bureaus  (except  the  Police  Department)  are  required  to  furnish 
to  any  tax-payer  desiring  them  true  and  certified  copies  of  books  and  accounts  upon 
payment  in  advance  at  the  rate  of  five  cents  for  every  hundred  words.  Books, 
accounts  and  papers  in  all  departments  and  bureaus,  except  the  Police  Department, 


22  2  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

are  open  at  all  times  to  any  tax-payer,  subject  to  reasonable  rules.  In  every  depart- 
ment or  board  there  is  kept  a  record  of  its  transactions  accessible  to  the  public. 
Once  a  week,  a  brief  abstract  is  made  of  all  transactions,  and  of  all  contracts  awarded 
and  entered  into  for  work  and  materials  of  every  description,  along  with  notices  of 
appointments  and  removals  from  office  and  changes  in  salaries  ;  and  these  are  all 
printed  in  The  City  Record,  a  publication  issued  daily  under  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment,  at  the  city's  expense. 

The  Legislative  Department  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Aldermen,  including 
a  President  and  Vice-President.  Formerly  there  was  a  Board  of  Aldermen,  another 
of  Assistant  Aldermen,  and  another  of  Councilmen  ;  and  collectively  they  were 
known  as  the  Common  Council.  This  name  still  survives,  and  is  applied,  semi- 
officially, to  the  Board  of  Aldermen. 

The  Board  of  Aldermen  to  be  chosen  in  November,  1892,  for  a  term  of  two 
years,  instead  of  one  year,  as  hitherto,  will  consist  of  32  members.  Of  these,  29  will 
be  elected  in  that  part  of  the  city  below  the  Harlem  River  ;  one  in  the  23d  Ward,  and 
one  in  the  24th  Ward.  The  President  of  the  Board,  elected  at  large,  will  be  the 
thirty-second  member.  The  salary  for  members  is  $2,000  a  year  ;  and  that  for  the 
President  is  $3,000.  The  Aldermen  take  office  in  January  succeeding  their  election 
in  November.  A  majority  constitutes  a  quorum.  The  Comptroller,  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works,  the  Corporation  Counsel,  and  the  President  of  the  Board 
of  Commissioners  of  each  department  are  entitled  to  seats  in  the  Board,  and  to  par- 
ticipate in  its  discussions,  but  are  not  members  of  the  Board  nor  entitled  to  vote. 
Every  legislative  act  is  by  resolution  or  ordinance.  No  resolution  or  ordinance  is 
passed  except  by  a  vote  of  a  majority  of  all  members  elected  to  the  Board.  In  case 
any  resolution  or  ordinance  involves  the  expenditure  of  money,  or  the  laying  of  an 
assessment,  or  the  lease  of  real  estate  or  franchise,  the  votes  of  three-fourths  of  the 
members  are  necessary  to  its  passage.  No  money  can  be  expended  for  a  celebration, 
procession,  formal  ceremony,  reception  or  entertainment  of  any  kind,  unless  by  the 
votes  of  four-fifths  of  all  the  members.  Every  resolution  or  ordinance  is  presented 
to  the  Mayor  for  his  approval.  He  should  return  it  approved  or  disapproved  within 
ten  days  after  receiving  it,  or  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  Board  after  the  expiration 
of  ten  days.  It  takes  effect  as  if  he  had  approved  it,  unless  he  returns  it,  with  his 
disapproval  in  writing,  within  the  specified  time.  If  disapproved,  and  again  passed 
by  the  votes  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  members  elected,  but  in  no  case  by  a  less 
vote  than  is  required  by  its  character,  it  also  takes  effect. 

The  Board  of  Aldermen  has  power  to  make,  continue,  modify  and  repeal  such 
ordinances,  regulations  and  resolutions  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  into  effect  all 
the  powers  vested  in  the  corporation  and  for  the  fuller  organization  and  carrying  out 
of  the  powers  and  duties  of  any  department.  It  has  the  power  to  enforce  such  ordi- 
nances by  ordaining  penalties  in  sums  not  to  exceed  $100  for  every  violation.  It  is 
part  of  its  duty  to  regulate  the  use  of  the  streets,  sidewalks  and  other  public  places, 
especially  in  regard  to  traffic,  obstructions,  openings  for  gas  and  water  mains  and 
sewers,  paving,  grading  and  cleaning,  naming,  numbering  of  houses  and  other  needs. 
It  regulates  the  disposition  of  ashes  and  garbage,  the  public  cries  and  noises,  the 
use  of  fire-arms,  the  conduct  of  places  of  public  amusement,  the  management  of  the 
markets,  the  licensing  of  cartmen,  cabmen,  junk-dealers,  pedlers,  intelligence-offices, 
etc.,  and  the  sale  of  meats,  fruits  and  vegetables.  Its  duties  and  powers  are  multi- 
farious. In  general  it  can  exercise  authority  over  everything  that  pertains  to  the 
domestic  economy  of  the  community.  The  municipal  ordinances  of  the  Board  have 
all  the  force  of  statute  law,  and  are  enforced  by  the  police  authorities  and  the  courts. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


223 


The  Board  can  so  far  invade  the  province  of  legislation  that  it  can  establish  meas- 
ures for  the  suppression  of  vice  and  immorality,  for  restraining  and  prohibiting  cer- 
tain kinds  of  business  and  for  preventing  the  obstruction  of  the  North  and  East 
rivers  by  ships  mooring  or  anchoring  in  the  channels  ;  and  the  Board  can  require 
the  public  officials  to  carry  into  effect  its  decrees.  But  there  are  some  things  that 
the  Board  is  especially  prohibited  from  doing.      The  municipality  cannot  deprive 


PARK    PLACE,    FROM    BROADWAY    TO    CHURCH    STREET. 

itself  of  its  legislative  power  over  the  streets  and  their  use.  Any  attempt  to  do  so 
by  contract,  either  expressed  or  implied,  would  not  only  be  revocable  at  pleasure, 
but  would  be  null  and  void.  The  city  has  no  authority  to  grant  to  anyone  the  right 
to  construct  and  maintain  in  the  streets  a  railway  for  private  gain.  The  Board 
has  no  power  to  appropriate  any  portion  of  a  street  to  private  use,  to  the  exclusion 
of  the  public. 

The  Executive  Department  is  vested  in  the  Mayor  and  the  heads  of  the  de- 
partments. The  Mayor  is  elected  at  the  November  general  election,  for  a  term  of  two 
years,  commencing  January  1st  after  his  election.  His  salary  is  $10,000  per  year.  It  is 
the  duty  of  the  Mayor  to  communicate  to  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  at  least  once  a  year, 
a  general  statement  of  the  finances,  government  and  improvements  of  the  city  ;  to 
recommend  to  the  Board  of  Aldermen  all  such  measures  as  he  shall  deem  expedient ; 
to  keep  himself  informed  of  the  doings  of  the  several  departments  ;  and  generally  to 
perform  all  such  duties  as  may  be  required  of  him  by  the  city  ordinances  and  the 
laws  of  the  State.  The  Mayor  is  a  magistrate.  He  appoints  clerks  and  subordi- 
nates to  aid  him  in  the  discharge  of  his  official  duties,  and  renders  every  three 
months  to  the  Board  of  Aldermen  a  statement  of  the  expenses  and  receipts  of  his 
office.  The  aggregate  yearly  expenditure  must  not  exceed  $20,000.  He  regulates 
and  controls  by  appointment  or  license,  auctioneers,  public  exhibitions,  immigrant- 
passenger -agents,  solicitors  of  hotels,  etc.  He  is  by  virtue  of  his  office  one  of  the 
Commissioners  of  Immigration.     The  Mayor  can  be  removed  from  office  for  cause  by 


224 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


the  Governor  of  the  State.  Formerly  the  Mayor's  appointments  were  reviewed  by 
the  Board  of  Aldermen.  Now,  however,  he  holds  (with  a  few  exceptions)  the 
appointing  power  entirely  independent  of  that  body. 

The  Finance  Department  is  in  charge  of  the  Comptroller,  who  is  elected  for 
three  years,  and  has  a  salary  of  $10,000.  The  department,  which  is  in  many  respects 
the  most  important  and  most  influential  branch  of  the  municipal  organization,  has 
control  of  the  fiscal  concerns  of  the  corporation,  and  there  all  accounts  of  other  de- 
partments are  subject  to  inspection  and  revision.  The  Comptroller  furnishes  to  each 
head  of  department,  weekly,  a  statement  of  the  unexpended  balance  of  the  appro- 
priation available  for  his  department.  There  are  five  bureaus  in  this  department. 
1st :  For  the  collection  of  revenue  from  rents  and  interest  on  bonds  and  mortgages, 
and  revenue  arising  from  the  sale  or  use  of  property  belonging  to  or  managed  by  the 
city,  and  for  the  management  of  the  markets.  The  chief  officer  of  this  bureau  is 
called  the  Collector  of  the  City  Revenue  and  Superintendent  of  Markets.  2d  :  For 
the  collection  of  taxes  ;  the  chief  officer  of  which  is  called  the  Receiver  of  Taxes. 
3d  :  For  the  collection  of  assessments  and  arrears  of  taxes  and  assessments,  and  of 
water-rents.  The  chief  officer  is  called  the  Collector  of  Assessments  and  Clerk  of 
Arrears.  4th  :  For  auditing,  revising  and  settling  all  the  city's  accounts,  the  audit- 
ing bureau,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Comptroller.  The  chief  officers  are  two 
Auditors  of  Accounts,  appointed  or  removed  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Comptroller. 
5th  :  For  receiving  all  moneys  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  city,  and  for  the  paying 
of  money  on  warrants  drawn  by  the  Comptroller  and  countersigned  by  the  Mayor. 
The  chief  officer  is  called  the  Chamberlain.  The  Comptroller  publishes  in  The 
City  Record,  two  months  before  the  election  of  charter  officers,  a  full  and  detailed 


CITY-HALL    PLACE  \       CENTRE,    PARK,    CHAMBERS    AND    READE    STREETS. 

statement  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  and  the  cash  balances  or  surplus  of  the 
corporation  during  the  year  ending  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  such  pub- 
lication is  made. 

The  City  Chamberlain  is  appointed  by  the  Mayor  for  a  term  of  four  years.  He 
gives  a  bond  for  $500,000,  and  has  a  salary  of  $25,000  per  year,  out  of  which  he 
pays  his  assistants  and  clerks. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  225 

The  Board  of  Commissioners  of  the  Sinking-Fund  is  composed  of  the 
Mayor,  Recorder,  Chamberlain,  Comptroller,  and  Chairman  of  the  Finance  Com- 
mittee of  the  Board  of  Aldermen.  It  has  power  to  sell  or  lease  at  public  auction,  or 
by  sealed  bids,  any  city  property  except  wharves  or  piers. 

The  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment  is  composed  of  the  Mayor, 
the  Comptroller,  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  and  the  President  of  the 
Board  of  Taxes  and  Assessments.  It  has  meetings  at  intervals  throughout  the  year, 
when  called  by  the  Mayor.  In  October  and  November  it  makes  a  provisional 
estimate  of.  the  amounts  required  to  pay  the  expenses  of  conducting  the  public  busi- 
ness of  the  city  and  county  in  each  department  and  branch  thereof,  and  of  the  Board 
of  Education,  for  the  next  financial  year,  and  to  meet  the  interest  and  debt  account 
and  taxes  due  the  State.  These  estimates  are  scrutinized  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen, 
and  subsequently  revised  by  the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment.  They  are 
finally  determined  late  in  December,  sometimes  on  the  last  day,  and  then  they  be- 
come the  appropriations  for  the  ensuing  year.  The  Comptroller  prepares  and  sub- 
mits to  the  Board  of  Aldermen  before  its  yearly  meeting  a  statement  setting  forth 
the  amounts  authorized  by  law  to  be  raised  by  tax  in  that  year  for  city  purposes,  and 
also  an  estimate  of  the  probable  amount  of  receipts  of  the  treasury  of  the  city  during 
the  current  year  from  all  sources  of  revenue  of  the  general  fund.  A  summary  of  the 
finances  of  the  city  is  as  follows  :  The  entire  amount  of  taxes  levied  by  ordinance 
of  the  Board  of  Aldermen  for  the  year  189 1  was  $33,764,394.  The  rate  of  taxation 
for  the  year  was  $1.90  per  $100,  upon  a  valuation  of  real  and  personal  estate  of 
$1,707,868,828,  and  the  rate  upon  the  assessed  valuation  of  the  personal  estate  of 
such  companies  as  are  subject  to  local  taxation  thereon,  amounting  to  $77,988,510, 
was  $  1 .  68  per  $  1 00. 

The  total  funded  debt  of  the  city  and  county  : 

December  31,  1891,  was $150,298,870 

Deducting  the  amount  held  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  Sinking 

Fund  as  investments,  and  cash, 52,783,434 

Left  the  net  funded  debt, $  97,515,436 

The  general  tax  rate  for  1892  was  $1.85  on  each  $100  of  assessed  valuation,  which 
is  the  lowest  in  thirty  years,  and  lower  than  the  rate  in  any  other  large  city  in  the 
United  States.  The  amount  to  be  raised  by  taxation  in  1892  was  $33,725,556, 
besides  which  the  city  has  and  expends  an  income  of  about  $3,000,000  a  year,  from 
fees,  licenses,  and  other  sources.  The  total  assessed  valuation  of  the  city,  real  and 
personal,  is  $1,828,264,275,  an  increase  of  over  $42,000,000  since  1891.  Of  this 
amount,  $71,306,402  is  corporation  property,  exempt  from  State  taxes,  and  paying 
a  rate  to  the  city  of  $1.71  on  each  $100. 

The  Department  of  Public  Parks  is  under  the  care  of  the  Board  of  Park 
Commissioners,  four  in  number,  who  are  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  for  terms  of  five 
years.  The  president  of  the  Board  draws  a  salary  of  $5,000  a  year.  The  other 
members  serve  without  pay.  The  Board  has  the  care  and  maintenance  of  all  the 
parks  in  the  city,  and  also  of  certain  streets  of  unusual  width  in  the  vicinity  of  Cen- 
tral Park,  such  as  Fifth  Avenue,  72c!,  84th  and  110th  Streets.  It  is  assisted  by  a 
superintendent,  an  engineer  of  construction,  and  a  superintending  gardener. 

The  Police  Department  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Board  of  Police.  It  con- 
sists of  four  persons,  known  as  Police  Commissioners  of  the  City  of  New  York. 
They  receive  their  appointments  from  the  Mayor,  and  hold  their  offices  (unless  sooner 


226 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


removed)  for  six  years,  at  a  salary  of  $5,000  each.  The  Board  is  authorized  and 
empowered  to  make,  adopt  and  enforce  rules  and  regulations  for  the  government, 
discipline,  administration  and  disposition  of  the  police  department  and  police  force 
and  its  members.  The  police  force  consists  of  one  superintendent,  at  a  salary  of 
$6,000;  four  inspectors;  captains,  not  exceeding  one  to  each  fifty  patrolmen; 
sergeants,  not  exceeding  four  to  each  fifty  patrolmen  ;   detective  sergeants,  not  ex- 


BROADWAY,    LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    BARCLAY    STREET.      THE    POST    OFFICE. 

ceeding  forty  ;  surgeons  not  exceeding  fifteen  in  number;  and  patrolmen  to  the 
number  of  3,497.  The  Board  of  Police  appoints  all  the  members,  and  selects  and 
appoints  to  perforin  detective  duty  as  many  patrolmen,  not  exceeding  forty,  as  it 
deems  necessary. 

The  Department  of  Public  Works  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Commissioner 
of  Public  Works,  who  is  appointed  by  the  Mayor  and  holds  his  office  for  four  years, 
at  a  salary  of  $8,000.  The  chief  duties  of  the  department  pertain  to  the  water- 
supply  ;  the  altering,  opening,  paving  and  lighting  of  the  streets  ;  and  the  care  of 
sewers  and  drainage.      These  duties  are  divided  among  eight  bureaus. 

The  Department  of  Docks  is  managed  by  a  board  of  three  commissioners, 
appointed  by  the  Mayor,  each  of  whom  is  paid  $5,000  a  year.  The  board  has  con- 
trol of  all  the  dock  property  of  the  city  —  which  is  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
entire  river-front  at  the  lower  end  of  the  city  —  and  makes  repairs,  improvements,  etc. 

The  Department  of  Street-Cleaning,  the  name  of  which  fully  describes  its 
mission,  is  under  the  control  of  a  single  commissioner,  whose  salary  is  $6,000  a 
year.  He  is  appointed  by  the  Mayor.  He  is  assisted  by  a  deputy  of  his  own  selec- 
tion, whose  salary  is  $4,000  a  year. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


227 


The  Department  of  Health  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Board  of  Health.  It 
consists  of  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Police,  the  Health-Ofhcer  of  the  Port,  and 
two  officers  to  be  called  Commissioners  of  Health,  one  of  whom  must  be  a  practising 
physician.  The  commissioner  who  is  not  a  physician  is  president  of  the  Board. 
They  are  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  independently  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  and, 
unless  sooner  removed,  hold  their  offices  for  six  years.  The  salary  of  the  president 
is  $5,000  a  year  ;  of  the  other  commissioner,  $4,000.  The  authority  of  the  Board 
extends  over  the  waters  of  the  bay,  up  to  and  within  the  quarantine  limits  established 
by  law,  but  not  to  interfere  with  the  powers  and  duties  of  the  Commissioners  of 
Quarantine  or  of  the  Health-Officer  of  the  Port.  The  total  number  of  deaths  in  the 
city  during  1891  was  43,659,  or  25.97  to  eacn  thousand  inhabitants.  The  number 
of  births  registered  was  46,904;  the  number  of  marriages,  15,764.  The  amount  of 
money  expended  by  the  Board  was  $424,620.  The  summer  corps  of  physicians  in- 
spected in  July  and  August  39,164  tenement-houses;  visited  335,293  families;  and 
treated  19,777  sick  persons.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  to  make  a  yearly  report  to 
the  Mayor  of  all  its  operations.  The  Mayor  can  at  any  time  call  for  a  fuller  report, 
or  for  a  report  upon  any  portion  of  the  work  of  the  Board.  The  Mayor  and  one 
Commissioner  from  the  Department  of  Health,  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works, 
one  delegate  from  the  Bureau  of  Inspection  of  Public  Buildings,  and  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  Department  of  Street-Cleaning  meet  yearly  between  November  15th  and 
December  30th  to  consider  the  subject  of  tenement  and  lodging  houses,  and  to  make 


POST   OFFICE.  WORLD,    TIMES   AND    POTTER   BUILDINGS.       PARK    ROW. 


ANN    STREE"! 


such  recommendation  in  the  laws  affecting  them  as  they  deem  best  ;  and  they  cause 
such  recommendation  to  be  sent  to  the  Governor  of  the  State,  and  the  Senate  and 
Assembly,  yearly,  on  or  before  January  15th.  They  also  consider  the  execution  of 
the  laws,  and  recommend  to  the  Board  of  Health  such  changes  as  they  deem  best. 
There  are  two  bureaus  in  the  department.  The  chief  officer  of  one  is  called  the 
Sanitary  Superintendent,     He  must  have  been  for  ten  years  a  practising  physician. 


22. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


HALL    OF    RECORDS,    OR    REGISTER'S    HA  .L 
CITY-HALL    PARK. 


NEAR    PARK    ROW, 


He  is  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the  department.  The  chief  officer  of  the  second 
bureau  is  called  the  Register  of  Records.  In  this  bureau  are  recorded,  without  fees, 
every  birth,  marriage  and  death,  and  all  inquisitions  of  coroners,  which  are  taken 
within  the  city.  The  Board  takes  cognizance  of  the  condition  of  any  building,  exca- 
vation, or  premises  ;  of  any  business  pursuit,  and  of  any  phase  of  city  life,  which  may 

affect  public  health,  or  the 
healthfulness  of  the  city,  and 
has  powers  which  are  vir- 
tually absolute  to  compel 
changes.  The  powers  of  the 
Board  include  the  supervi- 
sion of  the  repairs  of  build- 
ings, in  so  far  as  sanitary  con- 
dition is  concerned  ;  the  reg- 
ulation and  control  of  public 
markets,  in  matters  affecting 
cleanliness,  ventilation  and 
drainage;  and  the  prevention 
of  the  sale  of  improper  arti- 
cles ;  the  removal  of  matter  on  the  public  streets  which  may  lead  to  results  danger- 
ous to  life  or  health  ;  the  prevention  of  accidents  by  which  life  or  health  may  be 
endangered  ;  and  generally  the  abating  of  all  nuisances.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  owner 
or  person  interested  in  every  building  or  premises,  to  keep  it  in  such  manner  that  it  is 
not  dangerous  or  prejudicial  to  life  or  health.  Every  person  violating  or  refusing  to 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  law  in  these  respects,  or  with  the  regulations  of 
the  Board,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor.  The  Board  may  remove  or  cause  to  be 
removed,  to  a  place  designated  by  it,  any  person  sick  with  a  contagious,  pestilen- 
tial, or  infectious  disease ;  and  it  has  power  to  provide  and  pay  for  the  use  of 
such  proper  places.  It  may  enclose  streets  and  passages,  to  forbid  and  prevent  all 
communication  with  houses  or  families  infected  with  disease.  It  may  issue  a  proc- 
lamation, declaring  every  place  where  there  is  reason  to  believe  a  pestilential, 
contagious  or  infectious  disease  actually  exists,  to  be  an  infected  place  within  the 
meaning  of  the  health  laws  of  the  State.  After  such  proclamation  is  issued,  all 
vessels  arriving  in  the  port  of  New  York  from  such  infected  places,  together  with 
their  officers  and  crews,  passengers  and  cargoes,  are  subject  to  quarantine  for  such 
period  as  is  necessary,  and  it  may  regulate  or  prohibit  internal  intercourse  by  land  or 
water  with  such  infected  places.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  to  aid  in  the  enforce- 
ment of  all  laws  of  the  State  applicable  in  the  city  to  the  preservation  of  life  and  the 
care  of  health,  including  the  laws  relative  to  cleanliness  and  the  sale  of  deleterious 
drugs  and  foods.  It  is  authorized  to  require  reports  from  hospitals,  prisons,  schools, 
places  of  amusement,  etc.  It  is  to  omit  no  reasonable  means  for  ascertaining  the 
existence  and  cause  of  disease,  sending  such  information  to  health  authorities  else- 
where, with  such  suggestions  as  it  may  see  fit.  The  Board,  the  Health-Officer  and 
Quarantine  Commissioners  are  to  co-operate  to  prevent  the  spread  of  disease  and  to 
ensure  the  preservation  of  health.  The  Board  is  authorized  from  time  to  time  to 
alter,  annul  or  amend  the  sanitary  code.  It  keeps  a  general  complaint  book,  in 
which  may  be  entered  by  any  person  in  good  faith,  any  complaint  of  a  sanitary 
nature,  giving  the  names  of  persons  complained  of  and  date  of  the  entry,  with  sug- 
gestion of  remedy  ;  and  such  complaints  are  to  be  investigated.  It  is  the  duty  of  all 
boards  and  officers  having  charge  of  any  property  controlled  by  public  authority,  to 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


229 


report  upon  and  give  knowledge  of  anything  affecting  sanitary  conditions  to  the 
Health  Board.  False  reports  on  these  matters  from  any  one  required  to  make 
reports  are  misdemeanors.  Prompt  action  in  such  cases  is  required  of  prosecuting 
officers,  and  police  justices.  The  Sanitary  Code,  consisting  of  219  sections,  is  made 
up  of  the  sanitary  ordinances  adopted  by  the  Department  of  Health. 

The  Board  of  Excise,  with  rooms  at  54  Bond  Street,  corner  of  the  Bowery, 
acts  under  a  law  of  the  State,  the  same  that  applies  in  most  respects  to  cities  of  over 
30.000  inhabitants.  It  is  composed  of  three  members,  who  are  appointed  by  the 
Mayor  and  confirmed  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen.  The  members  are  appointed  for 
three  years,  and  receive  salaries  of  $5,000.  The  Board  issues  licenses  for  the  sale 
of  spirituous  liquors  to  saloons,  hotels,  restaurants,  drug  and  grocery  stores,  and  col- 
lects the  revenue  due  from  them.  The  receipts  of  the  Board  for  1892  were  $1,495,- 
830.  Aside  from  paying  the  expenses  of  the  Board,  this  sum  was  used  as  follows  : 
New- York  Fire-Relief  Department,  $75,000;  police  pensions,  $307,000;  charitable 
institutions  for  the  support  of  children  committed  by  magistrates,  $667,000  ;  general 
fund  of  the  city,  $350,000. 

The  Law  Department  has  at  its  head  the  Counsel  to  the  Corporation,  who 
receives  his  appointment  from  the  Mayor,  for  a  term  of  four  years,  and  draws  an 
annual  salary  of  $12, 000.  The  department  has  charge  of  the  law  business  of  the 
corporation  and  its  departments,  the  management  of  legal  proceedings  relating  to 
the  laying  out  of  streets,  and  the  preparation  of  all  deeds,  leases,  contracts  and 
other  legal  papers  connected  with  any  department,  and  is  at  all  times  the  legal 
adviser  of  the  city  officials.  There  are  two  bureaus  in  the  department,  in  charge 
respectively  of  the  Corporation  Attorney  and  the  Public  Administrator.  Certain 
actions  in  behalf  of 
the  city,  such  as  ' 
for  the  recovery  of 
penalties,  etc.,  are 
conducted  by  the 
Corporation  Attor- 
ney. The  Public 
Administrator  col- 
lects and  takes 
charge  of  the  prop- 
erty of  persons  dy- 
ing intestate,  and  is, 
in  effect,  a  public 
executor.  The  Dis- 
trict Attorney  is  the 
prosecuting  officer 
of  the  city  and  coun- 
ty. He  is  elected 
by  the  people  for  a 

term  of  three  years,  receiving  a  salary  of  $12,000  a  year.  His  six  assistants,  whom 
he  appoints,  receive  salaries  of  $7,500  a  year  each.  The  Recorder  is  elected  for 
fourteen  years.  He  receives  a  salary  of  $12,000.  The  City  Judge  and  the  Judges 
of  General  Sessions  are  elected  for  fourteen  years,  at  yearly  salaries  of  $12,000. 
The  Police  Justices,  fifteen  in  number,  are  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  at  $8,000  a 
year.  The  Courts  of  Special  Sessions  are  held  by  them,  at  the  Tombs ;  and  there 
are  six  police-courts,  in  various  parts  of  the  city. 


JEFFERSON-MARKET    POLICE-COURT,   SIXTH    AND    GREENWICH    AVENUES. 


23° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


MiNeTEENTH-WARD    POLICE-COURT,    191     EAST    57TH    STREET. 


The  Department  of 
Public  Charities  and 
Correction  is  under  the 
charge  of  the  Board  of  Char- 
ities and  Correction,  which 
consists  of  three  persons 
known  as  Commissioners. 
They  are  appointed  by  the 
Mayor,  at  a  salary  of  $ 5,000 
each.  The  department  pos- 
sesses and  exercises  full  and 
exclusive  powers  for  the  gov- 
ernment,  management, 
maintenance  and  direction 
of  the  several  institutions, 
buildings,  premises  and  prop- 
erties belonging  to  the  city,  and  situated  upon  Blackwell's,  Ward's,  Randall's  and 
Hart's  Islands  ;  of  all  places  provided  for  the  detention  of  prisoners  (except  Ludlow- 
Street  Jail,  which  is  under  the  Sheriff) ;  and  of  all  hospitals  belonging  to  the  city, 
except  such  as  are  conducted  by  the  Department  of  Health,  and  especially  of  the 
Alms-house  and  Workhouse  ;  of  the  nurseries  for  poor  and  destitute  children  on  Ran- 
dall's Island  ;  and  of  the  county  lunatic  asylum  and  the  lunatic  asylum  upon  Ward's 
Island  ;  and  of  the  Potter's  Field,  and  especially,  also,  of  the  penitentiary  and  city 
prison.  There  is  in  the  department  a  Bureau  of  Charities  and  a  Bureau  of  Correc- 
tion. The  former  has  charge  of  matters  relating  to  persons  not  criminal  ;  the  latter 
of  matters  relating  to  criminals.  The  Board  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction  also 
maintains  on  Ward's  Island  an  asylum  for  inebriates. 

The  Fire  Department  is  under  the  exclusive  charge  of  the  Board  of  Fire- 
Commissioners,  consisting  of  three  persons  known  as  Fire-Commissioners.  They 
are  appointed  by  the  Mayor  and  Board  of  Aldermen,  and  hold  their  offices  for  six 
years,  unless  sooner  removed.  Their  salaries  are  $5,000  each.  There  are  in  the 
department  three  bureaus.  One  is  charged  with  the  duty  of  preventing  and  ex- 
tinguishing fires,  and  of  protecting  property  from  water  used  at  fires.  The  principal 
officer  is  called  the  Chief  of  the  Fire-Department.  Another  bureau  is  charged  with 
the  execution  of  all  laws  relating  to  the  storage,  sale  and  use  of  combustible  mater- 
ials. The  principal  officer  is  called  the  Inspector  of  Combustibles.  Another  bureau 
investigates  the  origin  and  cause  of  fires,  under  the  Fire  Marshal. 

The  Department  of  Street-Improvements,  Twenty-Third  and  Twenty- 
Fourth  Wards,  is  in  charge  of  a  single  commissioner,  elected  by  the  people  of 
those  wards.  The  jurisdiction  of  the  department  is  confined  to  that  portion  of  the 
city  north  of  the  Harlem  River,  and  corresponds  to  that  of  the  Department  of  Public 
Works  in  the  rest  of  the  city.      The  department  is  a  new  one. 

The  Department  of  Taxes  and  Assessments  assesses  taxable  property, 
real,  personal  and  corporation,  upon  which  is  levied  a  tax  sufficient  to  meet  the  ex- 
penses of  conducting  the  business  of  the  city  and  county  government  in  each  de- 
partment, court,  etc.,  including  the  interest  on  the  City  debt,  the  principal  of  any 
stock  or  bonds  that  may  become  due,  and  the  proportion  of  the  State  tax  for  the 
next  fiscal  year.  It  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  three  commissioners,  appointed  by 
the  Mayor  for  six  years  each.  The  salary  of  the  President  is  $5,000  a  year,  that  of 
the  other   members   $4,000.      The   Commissioners    are   assisted  by   a   Secretary,  a 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


231 


Chief  Deputy,  and  13  Deputy  Tax-Commissioners  ;  a  Board  of  four  Assessors  ;  and 
a  clerical  force.  The  President  is  by  law  one  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Estimate  and  Apportionment,  that  controls  the  financial  affairs  of  the  City  ;  and  of 
the  Armory  Board,  that  is  charged  with  the  purchase  of  land  and  the  erection  and 
equipping  of  Armories  for  the  militia. 

The  Department  of  Buildings  has  charge  of  many  matters  relating  to  build- 
ings and  structures  in  the  city.  The  department  has  full  power,  except  as  is  other- 
wise provided,  in  passing  upon  questions  of  the  mode  of  construction  or  material 
to  be  used  in  the  erection  or  alteration  of  any  building,  to  make  it  conform  to  the 
intent  and  meaning  of  the  law.  The  duty  of  examining  and  condemning  dangerous 
buildings  is  vested  in  this  department.     Its  office  is  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  18th  Street. 

The  Board  of  Education  includes  21  Commissioners,  appointed  by  the  Mayor, 
and  supervises  the  free  public  schools.      The  office  is  at  146  Grand  Street. 

Other  public  duties  in  the  city  government  are  fulfilled  by  the  Commissioners 
of  Accounts,  the  Aqueduct  Commissioners,  the  Board  of  Armory  Commissioners, 
the  Commissioners  of  the  Harlem-River  Bridge,  and  the  Civil-Service  Supervisory 
and  Examining  Board. 

The  City  Hall  has  been  in  its  time  the  finest  piece  of  architecture  in  the 
country,  but  it  is  surpassed  now  by  many  buildings  of  more  imposing  structure,  if 
not  so  classical  in  their  architectural  style.  It  was  built  between  the  years  1803  and 
1S12,  at  a  cost  of  over  $500,000.  Its  front  and  east  and  west  sides  are  of  marble, 
but  sandstone  was  regarded  as  good  enough  for  the  rear,  the  city  being  at  that  time 
mostly  on  its  front.  In  1890  the  rear  was  painted,  making  all  sides  uniform  in  ap- 
pearance. The  city  has  so  outgrown  it  that  many  other  buildings  have  to  be  used 
for  the  public  offices,  notably  very  extensive  suites  of  offices  in  the  Stewart  Building, 
opposite  the  park,  on  Chambers  Street.  A  new  city  hall  will  be  one  of  the  archi- 
tectural attractions  of  New  York  in  the  future.  The  City- Hall  Park,  in  the  very 
midst  of  the  swarming  denizens  of  the  metropolis  of  the  Western  Continent,  and  with 
its  broad  sweep  of  ground,  fountain,  trees,  and  plots  of  grass,  forms  a  redeeming 
feature  to  the  brick  and  mortar,  granite,  marble  and  asphalt,  that  rule  nearly  every- 
where else  for  many  square  miles  on  the  lower  end  of  Manhattan  Island.  The  park 
and  the  City  Hall  to- 
gether have  been  for 
this  century  the  chief 
centre  and  historic 
place  in  the  city.  The 
Brooklyn  Bridge,  ter- 
minating in  such  close- 
proximity,  has  added  to 
the  importance  of  the 
location.  Celebrations 
of  note  have  made  them 
memorable.  October 
23,  181 2,  "The  City 
Hall  was  like  a  Sea  of 
Fire "  in  consequence 
of  Perry's  victory  on 
Lake  Erie.  Here  the 
citizens  became  wild 
with  enthusiasm  on  the 


E-^. 


LUDIOw-street  jail.  essex-wahket  c\ 

ESSEX-MARKET    POLICE-COURT,   ESSEX   ST.   AND    ESSEX-MARKET    PLACE. 


232  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

opening  of  the  Erie  Canal,  in  1825,  and  a  correct  forecast  was  made  of  the  future 
supremacy  of  the  city  above  all  other  cities  of  the  Republic.  It  witnessed  the  return 
of  Lafayette  to  this  country  half  a  century  after  its  independence  was  declared,  the 
Republic  meantime  having  taken  rank  as  one  of  the  chief  nations  of  the  globe.  One 
of  the  greatest  of  modern  events,  the  laying  of  the  Atlantic  Cable,  was  here  cele- 
brated, with  a  keen  appreciation  of  what  it  implied  to  mankind.  The  sorrows  of  the 
Nation  have  been  here  expressed,  when  Lincoln  and  Grant,  the  accepted  leaders  and 
heroes  of  the  century  now  nearing  its  close,  were  viewed  in  their  inanimate  clay  by 
mourning  thousands,  before  going  to  their  final  resting  places.  The  interior  of  the 
building  is  made  memorable  by  its  relics  of  the  past,  and  works  of  art  commemora- 
ting great  events  and  distinguished  statesmen.  The  Governor's  Room  contains 
furniture  that  was  used  by  the  first  Congress  of  the  United  States,  held  in  Federal 
Hall,  in  Wall  Street.  There  are  two  desks  used  by  Washington,  one  while  he  was 
President.  There  are  portraits  of  Washington,  Jefferson,  Hamilton,  Jay,  and  Lafay- 
ette, and  busts  of  Washington  and  Franklin,  by  the  most  distinguished  artists  of 
their  times.      The  portraits  of  many  later  statesmen  adorn  the  walls. 

The  Mayors  of  the  City  have  been  elected  since  the  charter  was  amended 
in  1830.  Previous  to  that  time  they  were  appointed  by  the  Common  Council.  John 
Cruger,  first  president  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  with  a  distinguished  record 
during  the  Revolutionary  War,  was  mayor  of  the  city  from  1739  to  1744,  and  again 
from  1757  to  1766.  De  Witt  Clinton,  before  becoming  governor  of  the  State,  and 
under  whose  administration  the  Erie  Canal  was  opened,  was  mayor  for  several 
terms,  none  succeeding  each  other.  Fernando  Wood  came  into  unenviable  promi- 
nence during  his  second  administration,  by  pursuing  a  conciliatory  policy  toward  the 
criminal  and  corrupt  elements  of  the  city.  It  was  during  the  administration  of  A. 
Oakey  Hall  that  the  Tweed  ring  was  in  full  possession  of  the  reins  of  government, 
and  defiant  of  public  opinion.  Its  power  was  broken  at  the  general  election  in 
November,  1871.  Wm.  F.  Havemeyer  then  came  a  second  time  to  the  chair. 
Tweed  soon  died  in  a  felon's  cell,  while  some  of  his  companions  were  sent  to  prison 
and  others  became  exiles  in  foreign  lands.  Following  is  a  list  of  mayors  with  their 
terms  of  service  since  the  town  has  been  known  by  its  present  name  :  Thomas 
Willet,  1665-1667;  Thomas  Delavall,  1666,  1671,  1678;  Cornells  Steenwyck, 
1668,  1670,  1682,  1683;  Matthias  Nicolls,  1672;  John  Lawrence,  1673,  1691  ; 
William  Dervall,  1695;  Nicholas  De  Meyer,  1676;  Stephanus  Van  Cortlandt,  1677, 
1686,  1687;  Francis  Rombouts,  1679;  William  Dyer,  1680-1681  ;  Gabriel  Min- 
vielle,  1684;  Nicholas  Bayard,  1685;  Peter  de  la  Noy,  1689-1690  ;  Abraham  de 
Peyster,  1692-1695  ;  William  Merritt,  1695-1698;  Johannesde  Peyster,  1698-1699; 
David Provoost,l699-i 700;  Isaac  de  Riemer,  1700-1701;  Thomas  Noell,  1701-1702; 
Philip  French,  1702-1703;  William  Peartree,  1703-1707;  Ebenezer  Wilson, 
1707-1710;  Jacobus  Van  Cortlandt,  1710-171 1-1719-1720 ;  Caleb  Heathcote, 
1711-1714;  John  Johnson,  1714-1719  ;  Robert  Walters,  1720-1725;  Johannes 
Jansen,  1725-1726  ;  Robert  Lurt'ng,  1726-1735;  Paul  Richards,  1735— 1739  ;  John 
Cruger,  1739-1744;  Stephen  Bayard,  1744-1747  ;  Edward  Holland,  1747;  1757; 
John  Cruger,  1757-1766;  Whitehead  Hicks,  1766-1776  ;  David  Matthews  (Tory), 
1776-1784 ;  James  Duane,  1 784-1 789  ;  Richard  Varick,  1789-1801  ;  Edward  Liv- 
ingston, 1801-1803;  DeWitt  Clinton,  1 803- 1 807  ;  Marinus  Willett,  1807-1808; 
DeWitt  Clinton,  1808-1810;  Jacob  Radcliff,  1810-1811;  DeWitt  Clinton,  1811- 
1815  ;  John  Ferguson,  1815;  Jacob  Radcliff,  1815-1818  ;  Cadwallader  D.  Colden, 
1818-1821  ;  Stephen  Allen,  1821-1824  ;  William  Paulding,  1824-1826  ;  Philip  Hone, 
1826-1827  ;  William  Paulding,  1827-1829  ;  Walter  Bowne,  1829-1S33  ;  Gideon  Lee, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


233 


234  KING'S  HA XI) BOOK'  OF  NEW   YORK. 

1833-1834  ;  Cornelius  W.  Lawrence,  1834-1837 ;  Aaron  Clark,  1837-1839  ;  Isaac 
L.  Varian,  1839-1841  ;  Robert  H.  Morris,  1841-1844;  James  Harper,  1 844-1 847  ; 
William  V.  Brady,  1 847-1 848 ;  William  F.  Havemeyer,  1848-49;  Caleb  S. 
Woodhull,  1849-1851;  Ambrose  C.  Kingsland,  1851-1853  ;  Jacob  A.  Westervelt, 
1853-1855;  Fernando  Wood,  1855-1858;  Daniel  N.  Tiemann,  1858-1860; 
Fernando  Wood,  1860-1862;  George  Opdyke,  1 862-1 864  ;  C.  Godfrey  Gunther, 
1 864- 1 866  ;  John  T.  Hoffman,  1866-1868;  Thomas  Coman  (acting  mayor), 
1868;  A.  Oakey  Hall,  1 869-187 1  ;  William  F.  Havemeyer,  1871-1875  ;  William 
H.  Wickham,  1875-1877  ;  Smith  Ely,  1877-1879;  Edward  Cooper,  1879-1880; 
William  R.  Grace,  1881-1882;  Franklin  Edson,  1883-1884;  William  R.  Grace, 
1884-1885;  Abram  S.    Hewitt,  1887-1888;  Hugh  J.   Grant,    1889-1892. 

The  Seal  of  the  City  had  its  origin  in  colonial  and  Dutch  times.  The  com- 
mercial activity  at  first  was  in  the  purchase  of  furs  from  the  Indians,  and  nothing 
was  so  potent  in  bringing  about  a  trade  as  gunpowder,  whiskey  or  flour.  The  con- 
tracting parties  were  sailors  and  Indians.  Hence  we  have  on  the  seal  a  sailor  and 
an  Indian,  representing  the  traders,  and  two  beavers  and  two  barrels,  representing 
the  articles  traded  in  ;  and  the  windmills  of  Holland,  celebrated  in  the  17th  as  well 
as  in  the  19th  centuries,  are  represented,  and  the  four  arms  serve  for  the  quarter- 
ings.  An  eagle  surmounts  the  shield,  and  in  this  we  have  a  more  modern  intimation. 
The  first  seal,  for  New  Amsterdam,  was  granted  in  1654,  the  town  having  been 
incorporated  the  preceding  year.  For  this  the  seal  of  the  Duke  of  York  was  sub- 
stituted under  Governor  Nicolls,  in  1669,  and  was  continued  in  use  until  1686, 
when  one  differing  somewhat  from  the  present  one  was  granted  to  the  city. 

The  Courts  and  Judicial  Powers  and  Proceedings. — The  term  "City 
Hall  of  the  City  of  New  York,"  when  used  in  any  law  of  the  State,  includes,  for  all 
legal  purposes,  all  buildings  designated  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen  for  the  use  of  the 
courts  or  public  offices  within  that  part  of  the  city  bounded  by  Chambers  Street, 
Broadway,  Park  Row,  Centre  Street,  Mail  Street  and  Tryon  Row  ;  but  rooms  used 
by  any  of  the  courts  of  the  city  and  county  of  New  York  are  deemed  a  part  of  the 
City  Hall  for  the  purpose  of  holding  a  court.  The  First  Judicial  District  of  the 
State  consists  of  the  city  of  New  York.  The  library  of  the  Law  Institute  is  in  the 
Post-Office  Building,  under  the  care  and  management  of  the  Justices  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  the  First  Judicial  District,  who  are  its  trustees.  It  is  open  to  the  public. 
The  Justices  of  the  Supreme  and  Superior  Courts  and  the  Judges  of  the  Court  of 
Common  Pleas  have  power  to  commit  to  the  Inebriate  Asylum,  under  the  control  of 
the  Commissioners  of  Charities  and  Correction,  for  a  term  not  to  exceed  two  years, 
actual  inhabitants  of  the  city  who  are  unfit  for  conducting  their  own  affairs  on 
account  of  habitual  drunkenness.  The  Circuit  and  District  Courts  of  the  United 
States  are  held  in  the  Post-Office  Building.  The  original  jurisdiction  of  the  former 
is  in  suits  arising  under  the  revenue,  copyright  and  patent  laws,  and  in  civil  law  and 
equity  suits  between  citizens  of  different  States  ;  its  appellate  jurisdiction  is  from  the 
United-States  District  Court.  The  latter  has  jurisdiction  in  admiralty  and  mari- 
time cases,  in  cases  where  an  alien  sues  on  tort  in  violation  of  a  treaty  or  the  laws 
of  nations,  and  in  suits  instituted  in  the  United  States  by  and  against  foreign  con- 
suls. The  State  courts,  —  the  Supreme  Court  and  the  Court  of  Oyer  and  Ter- 
miner, are  held  in  the  County  Court-House.  The  former  is  the  general  law  and 
equity  court  of  the  State,  and  the  latter  is  the  criminal  branch  of  the  same.  The 
appellate  branch  of  the  Supreme  Court,  known  as  the  General  Term,  passes  on 
appeals  from  the  trial  justices  of  the  court,  the  final  appeal  being  from  the  General 
Term  to  the  Court  of  Appeals,  which  sits  at  Albany.      The  salaries  paid  the  Justices 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK, 


235 


of  the  First  Judicial  District  are  $17,500  each  a  year,  this  being  $7,000  a  year 
more  than  is  paid  to  the  justices  of  the  other  districts  of  the  State,  the  city  and 
county  of  New  York  paying  the  additional  amount.  Of  the  city  courts  the  Court  of 
Common  Pleas  for  the  City  and  County  and  the  Superior  Court  of  the  County  are 
courts  of  record,  and  each  of  them  has  six  judges,  who  are  magistrates.  The  courts 
have  concurrent  jurisdiction  with  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State  within  the  city 
limits.  They  both  hold  general  terms,  final  appeals  being  made  to  the  Court  of 
Appeals.  They  sit  in  the  County  Court-House.  The  jurisdiction  of  these  courts  is 
about  the  same  ;  the  former  has  appellate  jurisdiction  in  cases  from  the  city  and 
district  courts,  its  decisions  being  final.  The  salaries  paid  the  judges  are  $15,000. 
The  City  Court,  formerly  called  the  Marine  Court,  sits  in  the  City  Hall.  It  has  six 
Judges,  who  hold  office  for  six  years,  with  salaries  of  $10,000  a  year  each.  It  is 
the  lowest  of  the  courts  of  record.  It  tries  actions  to  the  amount  of  $2,000.  It 
has  a  limited  maritime  jurisdiction,  and  also  a  general  term.  The  District  Courts 
are  inferior  civil  courts.  There 
are  eleven  of  them,  held  as 
follows:  First,  Chambers 
Street,  corner  Centre  Street  ; 
2d,  corner  of  Pearl  and  Centre 
Streets;  3d,  125  Sixth  Ave- 
nue ;  4th,  30  1st  Street  ;  5th, 
154  Clinton  Street;  6th,  61 
Union  Place;  7th,  151  East 
57th  Street  ;  8th,  200  West 
22d  Street;  9th,  150  East  125th 
Street;  loth,  158th  Street, 
corner  of  Third  Avenue;  I  ith, 
919  Eighth  Avenue.  The 
Surrogate's  Court  is  held  at 
the  County  Court-House.  It 
adjudicates  in  matters  per- 
taining to  wills,  and  adminis- 
trates matters  pertaining  to 
deceased  persons.  The  Court 
of  General  Sessions  of  the 
Peace  is  held  at  32  Chambers 
Street  by  the  Recorder,  the  City  Judge  and  two  Judges  of  the  Court  of  General  Ses- 
sions, each  of  whom  holds  office  for  fourteen  years,  at  $12,000  a  year.  Its  jurisdic- 
tion is  similar  to  that  of  the  Oyer  and  Terminer.  Appeals  are  to  the  General  Term 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  and  finally  to  the  Court  of  Appeals,  except  when  the  judg- 
ment is  of  death,  when  the  appeal  is  to  the  Court  of  Appeals  direct. 

The  Police  Courts  are  inferior  criminal  courts,  having  original  jurisdiction  over 
minor  offenses.  Before  them  are  brought,  every  morning,  prisoners  arrested  and 
held  over  night  in  the  police  stations  and  city  prisons.  Drunkenness,  assault  and 
battery,  and  thieving,  are  the  complaints  most  frequently  dealt  with.  Nearly  all 
cases  in  which  punishment  is  inflicted  are  disposed  of  by  fines  or  short  terms  of 
imprisonment  in  the  city  institutions  on  Blackwell's  Island.  The  police  justices  have 
power  to  examine  and  hold  for  trial  persons  accused  of  serious  crimes.  They  have 
great  latitude  in  the  exercise  of  their  powers,  and  much  of  their  work  is  to  adjust 
minor  neighborhood  differences,  and  dispose  of  petty  offenders,  without  resorting  to 


COURT    OF    GE^ 


IS,    32    CHAMBERS    STKcET, 


2^6  /TING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


o 


actual  legal  proceedings.  They  are  fifteen  in  number,  and  are  appointed  by  the 
Mayor  for  terms  of  ten  years,  at  salaries  of  $8,000  a  year.  Two  police  justices, 
sitting  in  quorum,  constitute  the  Court  of  Special  Sessions  of  the  Peace.  This  court 
has  jurisdiction  over  all  misdemeanors,  and  is  held  at  the  Tombs.  The  locations  of 
the  six  police  courts  are  as  follows:  1st  District,  the  Tombs;  2d,  Jefferson  Market; 
3d,  69  Essex  Street;  4th,  57th  Street,  near  Lexington  Avenue;  5th,  125th  Street, 
near  Lexington  Avenue;  6th,  East  158th  Street  and  Third  Avenue,  Morrisania. 

The  Criminal  Court-House  was  authorized  by  act  of  the  Legislature  passed 
May  18,  1887.  In  it  are  to  be  held  the  courts  of  Oyer  and  Terminer,  General  Sessions 
of  the'Peace,  Special  Sessions  of  the  Peace,  and  one  or  more  police  courts;  and  it 
is  to  provide  the  proper  office-accommodations  for  the  judges  and  clerks  of  these 
courts,  for  juries  and  grand  juries,  for  the  district  attorney,  and  other  officers,  as  the 
commissioners  of  the  sinking-fund  may  designate.  It  occupies  the  square  bounded 
by  White,  Franklin,  Centre  and  Elm  Streets,  with  its  principal  front  on  the  latter. 
It  is  connected  with  the  City  Prison,  the  Tombs,  in  the  adjoining  block,  by  a  covered 
passage-way  over  the  street.  It  will  be  one  of  the  most  imposing  and  costly  public 
buildings,  with  all  modern  improvements,  Otis  elevators,  Worthington  pumps,  etc. 

The  County  Court-House,  adjacent  to  the  City  Hall,  is  in  Corinthian  archi- 
tecture, of  Massachusetts  white  marble,  and  occupies  a  space  of  250  by  150  feet. 
It  was  begun  in  1861,  but  the  dome  is  not  yet  finished.  The  Court-House  is  an  in- 
adequate showing  for  the  $10,000,000  it  cost  the  city.  Its  construction  was  a  basis 
for  a  considerable  part  of  the  peculations  of  Tweed  and  his  associates. 

The  Hall  of  Records,  or  Register's  Office,  is  used  for  courts  as  well  as 
records.  It  is  the  only  public  building  that  dates  back  to  the  times  of  the  Revolu- 
tion. Many  loyal  citizens  were  imprisoned  in  it  while  the  British  held  the  city,  and 
it  was  afterward  used  as  a  debtors'  prison.      It  is  near  Park  Row,  in  City-Hall  Park. 

Jurors. — The  Commissioner  of  Jurors  is  the  judge  of  the  qualifications  of  petit  or 
trial  jurors.  He  hears  and  determines  claims  for  exemption.  The  persons  to  serve 
as  grand  jurors  are  taken  from  the  lists  of  petit  jurors  by  a  board  consisting  of  the 
Mayor  and  certain  designated  judges  of  the  court.  The  board  meets  yearly,  on  the 
first  Monday  in  September,  and  elects  one  of  its  number  as  chairman.  Four  mem- 
bers comprise  a  quorum.  Not  less  than  600,  nor  more  than  1,000,  are  chosen  from 
the  lists  of  persons  qualified  to  serve  as  petit  jurors,  to  serve  as  grand  jurors  of  the 
Courts  of  Oyer  and  Terminer  and  General  Sessions,  until  the  next  list  is  prepared. 
The  names  on  these  lists  are  deposited  in  a  box,  and  the  names  of  persons  to  serve 
as  grand  and  trial  jurors  are  drawn  by  chance.  A  grand  jury  is  drawn  for  every 
term  of  the  Court  of  General  Sessions,  and  may  be  drawn  for  the  Court  of  Oyer  and 
Terminer.  A  trial  juror  is  to  be  not  more  than  seventy  years  of  age,  and  he  is  to  be 
the  owner,  or  the  husband  of  a  woman  who  is  the  owner,  of  personal  property  of 
the  value  of  $250;  and  he  is  to  be  able  to  read  and  write  the  English  language  under- 
standing^. Certain  persons  are  exempt,  as  clergymen,  physicians,  lawyers,  teachers, 
editors,  reporters,  members  of  the  National  Guard,  and  others.  A  person  trying  to 
escape  jury  duty  by  bribery,  false  statement  or  illegal  means,  or  one  who  assists 
another  to  do  the  same,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

The  Court  of  Arbitration.- — The  Governor  nominates  and  with  the  consent 
of  the  Senate,  appoints  an  arbitrator,  to  be  known  as  the  Arbitrator  of  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce.  His  salary  is  fixed  and  paid  by  it.  In  a  controversy  brought  before 
the  arbitrator,  the  parties  to  it  may  each  appoint  an  additional  arbitrator  if  he  de- 
sires. Upon  application  of  parties  interested,  contracts,  written  or  oral,  are  to  be 
interpreted  and  construed.      The  parties  to  any  controversy  or  dispute,  arising  or 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


237 


238  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

being  within  the  port  of  New  York,  or  relating  thereto  in  various  respects,  may 
voluntarily  submit  it  to  the  Court  of  Arbitration.  An  award  being  made,  an  order 
must,  at  the  instance  of  either  party,  be  filed  at  the  office  of  the  County  Clerk.  An 
award  for  the  payment  of  money  or  the  delivery  of  property  requires,  on  request 
being  made,  a  judgment  to  be  entered.  Such  judgment  has  the  same  force  as  a  judg- 
ment of  the  Superior  Court. 

The  County  Officers  are  elected  for  three  years.  The  Sheriff  of  the  county 
and  city  is  paid  a  salary  of  $12,000,  which  is  in  full  for  all  services.  There  is  an 
under-sheriff,  and  deputies  not  to  exceed  twelve  in  number.  The  salary  of  the 
County  Clerk  is  $15,000  in  full  for  all  services.  The  salary  of  the  Register  is 
$12,000  a  year.  There  are  four  coroners,  each  receiving  a  salary  of  $5,000.  When 
a  person  dies  from  criminal  violence  or  casualty,  or  suddenly,  when  in  apparent 
health,  or  unattended  by  a  physician,  or  in  prison,  or  in  any  unusual  or  suspicious 
manner,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  coroner  to  subpoena  a  coroner's  physician,  who  views 
the  body  of  the  deceased  person,  or  makes  an  autopsy,  as  may  be  required.  The 
testimony  of  such  physician,  and  of  other  witnesses,  constitutes  an  inquest.  The 
coroner  may  call  a  jury,  if  he  deems  it  necessary,  or  if  a  citizen  should  so  demand. 
It  is  the  duty  of  a  citizen  who  may  have  become  aware  of  the  death  of  a  person  as 
here  stated,  to  report  such  death  to  a  coroner  or  any  police  officer,  and  a  person  who 
wilfully  neglects  this  is  upon  conviction  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor.  Any  person  who 
wilfully  disturbs  the  body  or  clothing  of  a  person  so  dying  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 
A  coroner  is  the  only  officer  who  has  the  power  to  arrest  the  Sheriff. 

The  Port  Wardens  of  the  Port  of  New  York  are  nine  in  number,  three 
of  whom  are  nautical  men,  appointed  by  the  Governor,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Senate.  They  elect  one  of  their  number  as  president,  and  one  as  vice-president. 
The  appointments  are  for  three  years.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board,  or  some  of  them, 
on  being  notified,  to  go  aboard  of  any  vessel  to  examine  the  condition  and  stowage 
of  the  cargo,  and  if  there  are  any  goods  damaged  to  seek  the  cause,  and  to  enter  the 
same  upon  the  books  of  the  office.  The  members  of  the  Board  are  exclusive  sur- 
veyors of  any  vessel  that  has  been  wrecked,  or  is  deemed  unfit  to  proceed  to  sea. 
They  are  to  specify  what  damage  has  occurred,  and  record  in  the  books  of  the  office 
full  and  particular  accounts  of  surveys  made  on  vessels  ;  and  they  are  judges  of  repairs 
necessary  to  make  vessels  seaworthy  again.  They  have  exclusive  powers  over  the 
survey  of  vessels  and  their  cargoes  arriving  in  the  port  of  New  York  in  distress. 

Quarantine  for  the  protection  of  the  public  health  is  provided  for  by  the  laws 
of  the  State  for  the  port  of  New  York.  The  Quarantine  establishment  consists  of 
warehouses,  anchorage  for  vessels,  hospitals,  a  boarding  station,  burying-grounds, 
and  residences  for  officers  and  men.  The  Health-Officer  is  appointed  by  the  Gov- 
ernor and  Senate  for  two  years.  He  receives  a  salary  of  $12,500  a  year.  He 
appoints  and  dismisses  at  pleasure  two  Assistant  Health  Officers.  There  are  three 
Commissioners  of  Quarantine  at  a  yearly  salary  of  $2, 500  each,  who  with  the  Mayors 
of  New  York  and  Brooklyn,  constitute  a  board  that  erects  hospitals,  docks,  etc.,  and 
has  care  of  the  Quarantine  property.  On  Swinburne  and  Hoffman  Islands,  in  the 
Lower  Bay,  seven  and  eight  miles  from  the  city  and  between  Staten  Island  and 
Sandy  Hook,  are  the  chief  hospitals.  Persons  from  infected  ships  are  taken  there. 
Vessels  from  non-infected  ports  are  boarded  from  Clifton  by  the  Health-Officer  and 
his  assistants. 

Pilots  and  Pilotage. —  The  Board  of  Commissioners  of  Pilots  consists  of  five 
persons,  each  holding  his  office  for  two  years.  Three  are  elected  by  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  and  two  by  the  presidents  and  vice-presidents  of  the  marine-insurance 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


239 


companies  of  the  city,  composing  the  Board  of  Underwriters.  The  commissioners 
license  for  such  time  as  they  think  proper  as  many  Sandy-Hook  pilots  as  they  deem 
necessary,  for  the  port  of  New  York.  Candidates  are  subject  to  examination  per- 
taining to  the  duties  to  be  performed  by  them,  and  are  required  to  give  bonds  in  two 
sureties,  not  exceeding  $500  each,  for  the  faithful  performance  of  their  duties.  Pilots 
for  the  safe  pilotage  of  vessels 
through  the  channel  of  the  East 
River,  known  as  Hell-Gate 
pilots,  are  appointed  by  the 
Governor  with  the  consent  of  the 
Senate,  on  recommendation  of 
the  Board  of  Port-Wardens  of 
New  York.  This  board  makes 
the  rules  and  regulations  under 
which  they  act. 

The  Post  Office  is  the 
chief  architectural  representa- 
tive of  the  Federal  Government 
in  the  city.  It  occupies  a  speci- 
ally favored  site  —  the  lower 
end  of  what  was  once  the  tri- 
angular City- Hall  Park.  More 
people  daily  come  in  view  of  it 
than  of  any  other  building  in 
the  city.  In  its  rear  it  has  the 
City    Hall    and   park,    and    the 


THE    UNITED-STATES    POST   OFFICE,   BROADWAY,   PARK   ROW   AND    MAIL   STREET. 


240  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

western  terminus  of  the  East-River  Bridge ;  and  close  to  it  are  the  two  great 
thoroughfares,  Broadway  and  Park  Row.  A  dozen  streets  converge  towards  it  ; 
the  great  newspaper  offices  with  their  newer  architecture  tower  over  it  ;  and 
the  elevated  cars  and  the  street-cars  carry  hundred  of  thousands  of  people  daily  past 
it,  or  pour  them  out  near  by.  At  night  the  spaces  around  it  are  illuminated  with 
almost  the  brilliancy  of  day.  Here  the  heart-throb  of  the  city  is  more  than  anywhere 
else  evident.  The  building  was  no  doubt  designed  to  reflect  the  power  and  dignity 
of  the  Federal  Government.  Its  cost  was  between  $6,000,000  and  $7,000,000. 
The  architecture  is  Doric  and  Renaissance.  It  extends  340  feet  on  Broadway,  340 
feet  on  Park  Row,  and  290  feet  on  Mail  Street,  facing  the  park.  It  is  made  of  a 
light-colored  granite.  Its  height  is  five  stories.  The  United-States  Circuit  and  Dis- 
trict Courts  here  hold  their  sittings.  In  handling  the  mail  of  New-York  City,  1,525 
clerks  and  1,386  mail-carriers  are  employed.  The  Post-Office  receipts  for  the  fiscal 
year,  ending  June  30,  1892,  were  $6,783,202.  The  expenditures  reached  $2,568,700, 
leaving  a  net  revenue  of  $4,214,502.  There  are  18  branch  post-office  stations,  20 
sub-stations,  and  1,749  street  letter-boxes,  attached  to  lamp-posts,  and  located  in 
hotels,  clubs,  and  large  business  buildings. 

The  Postmaster  of  New- York  City  is  Cornelius  Van  Cott,  who  was  appointed  by 
President  Harrison,  in  1889.  His  predecessor  was  Henry  G.  Pearson,  appointed 
by  President  Garfield,  in  1881.  He  had  been  assistant-postmaster  under  Thomas 
L.  James,  who  was  postmaster  during  President  Hayes's  administration,  and  went 
into  President  Garfield's  cabinet  as  Postmaster-General,  in  188 1. 

The  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  at  18  Broadway,  is  under  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  of  the  United-States  Government.  The  duties  are  the  inspection  of 
all  cattle  intended  for  export  to  Europe,  also  sheep  and  swine.  The  exportation 
of  the  latter  is  very  limited  in  comparison  with  cattle.  The  special  object  of  the 
office  is  to  detect  cases  of  pleuro-pneumonia  in  cattle.  The  chief  is  the  veterinary 
inspector  of  the  port,  who  has  under  him  a  corps  of  assistants  at  the  stock-yards. 
The  inspection  of  the  cattle-carrying  steamers  comes  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
office.  All  cattle  exported  are  tagged,  showing  the  source  of  western  shipments. 
There  are  offices  in  Brooklyn,  Jersey  City  and  at  many  other  points  throughout  the 
country,  for  detecting  cases  of  pleuro-pneumonia. 

The  New-York  State  Fish-Commission,  consisting  of  five  members,  is  ap- 
pointed by  the  Governor.  It  has  its  chief  office  at  83  Fulton  Street.  Its  object  is  to 
disseminate  the  fry  of  food-fish  in  public  waters  throughout  the  State.  There  are  five 
hatcheries  for  the  propagation  of  the  fry  from  the  eggs  of  the  female  fish.  They  are 
as  follows:  The  Adirondack,  Saranac  P.  O.,  Franklin  County;  Cold  Springs  P. 
0„  Long  Island  ;  Fulton  Chain,  Old  Forge  P.  O. ;  Sacandaga,  Newton  Corners  ; 
Chautauqua,  Caledonia  P.  O.  There  is  a  shell-fish  department,  for  the  surveying 
and  granting  of  franchises  to  the  holders  of  oyster  grounds. 

The  United-States  Immigrant  Bureau,  on  Ellis  Island,  New-York  Har- 
bor, is  under  the  charge  of  the  Superintendent  of  Immigration  and  a  staff  of  officers. 
The  principal  function  of  this  bureau  is  to  inspect  and  examine  arriving  immigrants  ; 
and  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  the  laws  forbidding  the  landing  of  certain  prohibited 
classes,  namely  :  convicts,  lunatics,  idiots,  paupers,  persons  likely  to  become  public 
charges,  or  suffering  with  contagious  or  loathsome  diseases,  contract  laborers,  and 
polygamists,  are  carried  out.  All  immigrants  are  landed  at  Ellis  Island,  which  covers 
an  area  of  2j  acres.  For  the  twelvemonth  ending  June  30,  1892,  the  immigration 
was  445,987,  including  81,592  from  Germany,  60,233  from  Austria- Hungary,  59,205 
from  Russia,  58,687  from  Italy,  and  47,635  from  Sweden  and  Norway. 


General  Culture- 


Educational     Institutions  —  Universities,    Colleges,    Academies, 

Seminaries   and    Public,    Private    and    Parochial 

Schools   and    Kindergartens. 


THE  ancient  history  and  traditions  of  New  York,  its  immense  increase  and  con- 
servation of  wealth,  and  the  gathering  here  of  the  brightest  men  and  women  in 
the  Republic,  combine  with  many  other  causes  to  make  of  the  Empire  City  one  of 
the  foremost  educational  centres  of  the  Western  World.  This  leadership  is  not 
dependent  upon  any  single  institution,  or  any  special  line  of  study,  or  any  individual 
group  of  influences.  Besides  its  two  universities,  which  stand  among  the  foremost 
exponents  of  the  German  system,  it  has  schools  of  medicine,  theology,  law,  art,  and 
music  second  to  none  in  efficiency  and  value  of  results.  Students  in  New  York  work 
and  play  with  equal  and  intense  zest,  as  the  merchants  of  the  city  do,  for  the  electric 
air  of  Manhattan  allows  no  place  or  time  for  bucolic  stagnation.  In  the  great  libra- 
ries and  art-galleries,  museums  and  hospitals,  the  scholar  finds  numberless  object- 
lessons,  and  extends  the  bounds  of  his  observation  far  beyond  his  text-books. 

The  first  schoolmaster  in  New  Amsterdam  was  Adam  Roelandsen,  who  enjoyed 
a  monopoly  of  teaching  the  round-faced  little  Dutch  children.  After  a  time  this 
pioneer  of  pedagogues  fell  into  ill  repute,  so  that  his  pupils  all  departed,  and  he  was 
forced  to  earn  a  scanty  living  by  taking  in  washing.  Not  even  as  a  launderer  was 
he  permitted  to  dwell  in  the  New  World,  for  in  1646  he  was  publicly  flogged  and 
banished  from  the  country.  A  year  before  this  exile  began,  Adrien  Jansen  Van 
Olfendam  opened  a  school,  and  met  with  good  success,  his  price  for  a  year's  tuition 
being  two  beaver-skins.  This  lucrative  business  stimulated  Jan  Stevenson  to  open 
another  school  in  1648. 

Four  years  later,  in  response  to  the  earnest  appeals  of  Captain-General  Stuyve- 
sant,  the  first  public  school  was  founded,  to  teach  reading  and  writing  and  the 
knowledge  and  fear  of  God.  The  teachers  were,  successively,  Dr.  La  Montagne, 
William  Verstius,  Harmen  Van  Hoboken  and  Evert  Pietersen,  who  received  $14.50 
a  month,  besides  $50  a  year  for  board.  In  1658  the  burghers  erected  a  new  school- 
house,  and  the  West  India  Company  sent  over  the  learned  Dr.  Curtius,  who  founded 
here  a  flourishing  Latin  school,  using  his  spare  time  in  practising  as  a  physician. 
After  his  return  to  Holland  the  academy  was  conducted  by  Dominie  ^Egidius  Luyck, 
the  private  tutor  of  the  Director's  children. 

The  Free  Public  Schools  of  New -York  are  remarkably  efficient,  and  have  re- 
ceived many  commendations  from  competent  authorities.  They  number  more  than 
300,  including  about  100  each  of  primary  and  grammar  schools,  48  corporate  schools, 
and  29  evening  schools.  The  enrolment  of  pupils  is  in  the  vicinity  of  240,000,  and 
the  average  daily  attendance  exceeds  160,000.  There  are  4,200  teachers;  and  the 
16 


242 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


expense  of  the  schools  to  the  city  is  $5,000,000  a  year.-  The  children  learn  their 
letters  in  the  lower  primary  schools,  and  thence  advance,  after  rigid  and  careful  ex- 
aminations, through  the  various  grades  of  the  grammar  schools,  studying  the  English 
branches,  drawing,  vocal  music,  and  (if  desired)  French  and  German.  All  such 
as  may  desire  a  higher  education,  and  have  passed  the  examinations,  are  provided 

with  collegiate 
instruction,  free  of 
cost ;  the  boys  in 
the  College  of  the 
City  of  New  York, 
and  the  girls  in  the 
Normal  College. 
In  the  evening 
schools,  education 
is  given  to  22,000 
young  people  who 
are  obliged  to  sup- 
port themselves  by 
working  during  the 
day.  The  disci- 
pline in  all  the  pub- 
lic schools  is  strin- 
gent and  rigid,  and 
teaches  the  desir- 
ability of  system 
and  subordination. 
There  are  40  man- 
ual training  schools,  with  430  teachers  and  20,000  pupils,  doing  an  admirable  and 
efficient  practical  work. 

Children  between  eight  and  fourteen  years  of  age  are  compelled  by.  law  to  attend 
school ;  and  a  group  of  twelve  agents  of  truancy  continually  look  up  the  delinquents, 
and  enforce  the  statute.  The  more  vicious  and  incorrigible  truants  are  sent  to  refor- 
matories. Since  this  efficient  organization  has  been  at  work,  many  thousands  of 
loitering  and  unemployed  children  have  been  placed  in  school ;  and  the  number  of 
children  arrested  by  the  police  for  crimes  or  under  suspicion  has  dwindled  from  1,200 
to  500  yearly.  The  public  property  used  for  school  purposes  exceeds  $15,000,000 
in  value.  A  department  of  public  instruction  for  teachers  is  attached  to  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  with  series  of  lectures  on  subjects  illustrated  by  the 
vast  collections  of  that  institution. 

The  College  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  established  in  1848,  under  the 
name  of  the  Free  Academy,  and  in  1866  received  its  present  name,  and  the  powers 
and  privileges  of  a  college.  Instruction  and  the  use  of  text-books  and  apparatus 
are  free  to  young  men  of  New-York  City.  There  are  three  courses  of  study,  classi- 
cal, scientific  and  mechanical,  each  of  five  years'  duration  ;  and  a  two  years'  post- 
graduate course  in  civil  engineering.  The  rather  picturesque  buildings  of  the  college 
are  at  Lexington  Avenue  and  23d  Street,  and  contain  valuable  collections  and  ap- 
paratus, a  large  work-shop,  and  a  library  of  28,000  selected  volumes.  There  are 
about  40  professors  and  tutors,  and  1,100  students.  The  college  costs  the  city 
$160,000  a  year,  and  stands  in  the  place  of  the  usual  city  high  school,  although  its 
range  of  studies  is  much  higher  than  that  followed  in  high  schools. 


GRAMMAR    CCHOOL    NO.    94,   AMSTERDAM    AVENUE  AND    68TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


243 


The  Normal  College  For  Women  occupies  a  great  building,  which  with 
its  grounds  takes  up  the  block  bounded  by  Park  and  Lexington  Avenues,  and 
East  68th  and  69th  Streets.  The  building  was  erected  at  a  cost  of  nearly  $500,000, 
and  contains  a  spacious  hall,  three  lecture-rooms  and  thirty  recitation  rooms. 
About  2,800  students  are  at  work  in  the  college  and  the  adjacent  kindergarten  and 
primary  training  departments.  More  than  5,000  graduates  have  gone  out  from  this 
institution,  and  eighty  per  cent,  of  them  have  become  teachers  in  the  public  schools. 
The  Normal  College  costs  the  city  $100,000  a  year,  and  is  widely  renowned  for  the 
perfect  discipline  maintained  among  its  students. 

The  Board  of  Education,  at  146  Grand  Street,  is  the  supervising  legislative 
body,  and  is  made  up  of  21  Commissioners  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  who  also  ap- 
points three  inspectors  in  each  school  district,  while  the  Board  names  five  trustees 
in  each  ward. 

The  Universities. — The  beginnings  of  the  movement  for  liberal  education  in 
New  York  appeared  in  1703,  and  funds  were  raised  for  the  purpose  soon  afterward 
by  legislative  authority.  The  two  great  institutions  for  higher  education  in  New- 
York  City,  Columbia  College  and  the  University  of  the  City  of  New  York,  pursue 
mainly  the  continental  European  methods.  They  have  relatively  little  under-gradu- 
ate  work,  their  strong  efforts  being  in 
the  direction  of  higher  academic  study 
and  special  professional  work.  Of 
their  3,000  students  fewer  than  one- 
fifth  are  under-graduates,  but  more 
than  one-fourth  are  graduates  of  other 
colleges.      Like  other  first-class  metro- 


COLLEGE    OF    THE    CITY    OF    NEW    YORK,    LEXINGTON    AVENUE  AND    EAST    23D    STREET. 

politan  universities,  they  are  constrained  to  maintain  their  graduate  departments 
at  the  highest  rate  of  efficiency ;  while  their  magnificent  professional  schools 
could  almost  carry  the  entire  organizations  if  needed.  In  these  regards,  they  differ 
from  nearly  all  other  American  universities,  which  mainly  seek  to  house  and  train 
many  young  under-graduates,   and  whose  professional   schools  fail  to  meet   their 


244 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


NORMAL    COLLEGE,    LEXINGTON-AVENUE  FRONT. 


cost.  They  have  no  dormitories,  and  from  this  cause  college  associations  and  inti- 
macies, as  generally  understood,  are  little  known.  There  has  been  considerable  dis- 
cussion, but  very  little  probability,  of  uniting  Columbia  and  the  University  of  New 
York  under  the  same  roof,  each  to  retain  somewhat  of  its  own  corporate  existence, 
traditions  and  special  work,  and  both  to  co-operate  in  a  unified  higher  education. 
Some  form  of  federation  may  in  time  be  adopted. 

Columbia  College  is  the  lineal  successor  to  King's  College,  which  was  chart- 
ered in  1754,  with  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  and  a  number  of  prominent  gentle- 
men of  England  and  New 
York  as  governors.  The 
first  president  was  the  Rev. 
Dr.  Samuel  Johnson,  of  Con- 
necticut, who  convened  the 
earliest  college  class,  num- 
bering eight  young  men,  in 
the  vestry-room  of  Trinity 
Church.  Trinity  was  the 
most  efficient  friend  of  the 
new  institution,  and  granted 
to  it  lands  now  of  enormous 
value.  A  handsome  stone 
building,  one  side  of  a  pro- 
jected quadrangle  overlook- 
ing the  Hudson  River,  was 
opened  in  1760.  After  a 
time  Dr.  Johnson  sought  rest,  feeling  the  weight  of  years  ;  and  the  Archbishop  of 
Canterbury  sent  over  the  Rev.  Myl'es  Cooper,  a  fellow  of  Queen's  College,  Oxford, 
to  succeed  him,  in  1763.  Dr.  Cooper  was  an  ardent  loyalist,  and  wrote  strongly 
against  the  growing  sentiment  of  American  independence,  until  finally  a  mob 
attacked  his  lodgings  in  the  college,  and  he  escaped  with  difficulty  to  England,  in 
1775.  During  the  Revolution  the  library  and  apparatus  were  scattered,  and  the 
college  building  served  as  a  military  hospital.  Among  the  young  men  who  had  been 
educated  here  were  Alexander  Hamilton,  John  Jay,  Gouverneur  Morris,  Robert  R. 
Livingston,  and  other  leading  patriots  of  New  York. 

When  the  war  ceased,  and  the  city  restored  her  waste  places,  this  institution  was 
revived,  under  the  more  appropriate  name  of  Columbia  College.  Among  its  students 
were  De  Witt  Clinton  and  John  Randolph  of  Roanoke.  From  1784  to  1787  Colum- 
bia was  officially  styled  a  university,  with  projected  faculties  of  Arts,  Divinity,  Medi- 
cine and  Law,  although  it  had  but  40  students.  The  president  from  1787  to  1800 
was  William  Samuel  Johnson,  a  son  of  the  first  president,  and  withal  a  friend  of  the 
famous  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson,  of  England,  and  a  United-States  Senator  from  Con- 
necticut. From  him  the  administration  passed  nominally  to  Benjamin  Moore, 
Bishop  of  New  York.  The  presidencies  of  William  Harris  (181 1-29),  William  Alex- 
ander Duer  (1829-42),  and  Nathaniel  F.  Moore  (1842-49)  followed  thereafter.  The 
presidency  of  Charles  King  extended  from  1849  to  1864,  and  witnessed  the  removal 
of  the  college  from  College  Place  to  its  present  location,  the  founding  of  the  Law 
School  and  the  planning  of  the  School  of  Mines,  and  the  nominal  addition  of  the 
Medical  Department.  The  presidency  of  Dr.  F.  A.  P.  Barnard  lasted  from  1864  to 
1890,  during  which  period  the  college  prospered  greatly.  In  1890  the  Hon.  Seth 
Low,  a  graduate  of  the  college,  and   a  well-known  political   reformer  and  business 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


245 


246 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


man,  and  ex-mayor  of  Brooklyn,  was  elected  president.  The  college  chairs  have 
been  occupied  by  such  men  as  Anthon  and  Drisler,  in  the  classics  ;  Adrain,  Ander- 
son and  Van  Amringe,  in  mathematics ;  Chandler,  in  chemistry  ;  McVickar,  in 
political  economy  ;  Boyesen,  in  the  Germanic  languages  ;  and  many  other  illustrious 
scholars  in  various  departments. 

In  1 80 1  Dr.  David  Hosack,  of  the  Medical  School,  bought  for  a  botanical  garden 
the  domain  called  Elgin,  which  the  State  purchased  from  him  and  gave  to  the  col- 
lege in  1814,  to  replace  a  township  of  land  granted  long  before,  and  lost  when  Ver- 
mont (in  which  it  lay)  became  a  State.  Elgin  covered  nearly  the  domain  included 
between  Fifth  and  Sixth  Avenues  and  47th  and  51st  Streets,  then  nearly  four  miles 
from  the  city,  but  now  in  its  very  heart.  When  the  delightful  green  and  the  vener- 
able sycamores  of  the  original  site  on  College  Place  had  become  only  a  little  oasis  in 
a  great  roaring  world  of  commercial  activity,  the  college  resolved  to  move  to  its  up- 
town estate,  and  plans  for  a  noble  group  of  buildings  were  prepared  by  Upjohn,  the 
famous  Gothic  architect.  Pending  their  erection,  Columbia  bought  and  occupied 
the  old  Deaf  and  Dumb  Asylum  and  grounds  ;  and  there  it  still  remains,  for  the 
civil  war  of  1861-65  put  an  end  to  its  ambitious  scheme  of  building.  The  Elgin 
estate  is  of  enormous  value,  and  yields  large  revenues  to  the  college. 

The  college  buildings  form  almost  a  double  quadrangle,  covering  the  block  be- 
tween Madison  and  Fourth  Avenues  and  49th  and  50th  Streets,  with  handsome  and 
commodious  brick  buildings,  in  collegiate  Gothic  architecture.  The  library  is  a 
noble  hall,  with  a  triple-arched  roof  on  iron  trusses;  120,000  volumes,  arranged  by 
subjects  ;  long  lines  of  tables  for  readers  ;  and  an  admirable  system  of  service.  Seven 
hundred  serial  publications  are  kept  on  file  in  the  reading-room.  In  one  of  the 
stack -houses  is   the   precious  Torrey  Herbarium,  with  its  60,000  volumes  ;  and  the 

astronomical  observatory  occupies  the  tower. 

Columbia  has  developed  into  a  great  and  powerful 
university,  with  226  professors  and  officers  and  1,600 
students.      Its  college  under-graduate  department  is 
relatively  small,  the   main  strength  being  given  to 
the  professional  and  advanced  schools.      There  are 
no   dormitories,    or    other  institutions   for   resi- 
dence.     Plans  are  being  actively  developed   to 
augment  the  already  large  endow- 
ments, and  to  move  the  university 
to  a  new  site,  covering  17^  acres, 
at  Bloomingdale,  near  the  incho- 
ate   Protestant-Episcopal     Cathe- 
dral.    The  land  has  already  been 
purchased  ;     and     Charles    A. 
McKim,    Charles   C.   Haight   and 
Richard    M.    Hunt,    the    famous 
architects,   are   serving  as   a  com- 
mission to  lay  out  the  new  site. 

The  University  faculties  of 
Law,  Medicine,  Mines,  Political 
Science  and  Philosophy,  taken 
together,  constitute  the  Univer- 
sity, offering  advanced  study  and 
investigation  in  private  or  munici- 


COLUMBIA    COLLEGE,   SCHOOL    OF    ARTS, 
MADISON    AVENUE   AND    EAST    50TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


247 


pal  law  ;  medicine  and  surgery  ;  mathematics  and  pure  and  applied  science  ;  history, 
economics  and  public  law  ;  and  philosophy,  philology  and  letters. 

The  School  of  Arts  occupies  the  range  of  buildings  along  Madison  Avenue, 
and  has  nearly  50  professors  and  instructors  and  300  students. 

The  School  of  Mines  was  founded  in  1864,  and  ten  years  later  occupied  the 
costly  new  building  erected  for  its  use.  Among  the  earlier  professors  were  Gen.  F. 
L.  Vinton,  Thomas  Egleston,  Charles  F.  Chandler  (now  Dean  of  the  school),  and 
John  S.  Newber- 
ry, the  latter  of 
whom  brought 
hither  his  unri- 
valled geological 
and  palreontologi- 
c  a  1  collections. 
The  seven  courses 
are  :  Mining  engi- 
neering, civil  en- 
gineering, electri- 
c  a  1  engineering, 
metallurgy,  geol- 
ogy and  palaeon- 
tology, analytical 
and  applied  chem- 
istry, and  archi- 
tecture ;  and  the 
students  are  given 
practical  instruc- 
tion in  geodesy, 
mining,  metal- 
working  and  other  departments.  There  are  also  three  graduate  courses,  of  two 
years  each,  in  electrical  engineering,  sanitary  engineering,  and  special  courses. 
The  department  of  architecture,  under  the  charge  of  Prof.  William  R.  Ware,  is  the 
foremost  architectural  school  in  America,  and  has  a  large  number  of  enthusiastic 
students,  under  competent  and  careful  instruction. 

The  School  of  Law,  of  which  Professor  William  A.  Keener  is  Dean,  was  or- 
ganized in  1858  under  the  direction  of  Professor  Theodore  W.  Dwight,  and  is  recog-. 
nized  as  one  of  the  leading  law-schools  of  the  country.  It  has  a  three  years'  course 
of  study  in  private  and  public  law,  leading  to  the  degree  of  LL.  B.  It  has  a  staff  of 
ten  instructors,  with  315  students.  The  famous  commentaries  of  Chancellor  Kent 
are  an  outgrowth  of  lectures  delivered  by  him  at  Columbia. 

The  School  of  Political  Science,  an  outgrowth  of  the  School  of  Law,  was 
founded  in  1880,  under  Prof.  John  W.  Burgess,  "to  prepare  young  men  for  the 
duties  of  public  life."  It  has  already  won  a  high  measure  of  success,  in  teaching 
constitutional  history  and  law,  history  of  political  theories,  political  economy  and 
social  science,  Roman  law  and  comparative  jurisprudence,  administrative  law,  inter- 
national law  and  history. 

The  School  of  Philosophy  was  founded  in  1890,  for  advanced  courses  in 
philosophy,  philology  and  letters. 

The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  the  medical  department  of  Colum- 
bia College,  was  chartered  in  1807  ;  and  six  years  later,  the  School  of  Medicine  of 


COLUMBIA    COLLEGE   :      LIBRARY    AND    ( 
MADISON    AVENUE    AND    49T> 


248 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


the  college,  which  dated  from  1767,  united  with  it.  In  i860  this  college  became 
nominally  a  department  of  Columbia,  and  in  189 1  became  an  integral  part  of  it.  In 
1884  William  H.  Vanderbilt  presented  $500,000  to  the  college,  which  with  this  gift 
purchased  land  and  erected  a  building  at  59th  Street,  near  10th  Avenue.  A  few 
months  later  Mr.  Vanderbilt's  daughter,  Mrs.  William  D.  Sloane,  and  her  husband 
gave  $250,000  for  the  erection  of  the  Sloane  Maternity  Hospital,  under  the  control 
of  the  college  ;  and  still  later  Mr.  Vanderbilt's  four  sons  gave  $250,000  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  Vanderbilt  Clinic  and  Dispensary.  The  college  has  50  instructors 
and  570  students.      It  is  equipped  with  electric  lights,  Worthington  pumps,  etc. 

Barnard  College,  at  343  Madison  Avenue,  has  professors  approved  by  the 
President  of  Columbia,  and  the  same  entrance  examinations  as  Columbia,  and  its 
degrees  are  conferred  by  Columbia.  It  is  practically  a  section  of  the  University, 
where  women  may  secure  an  education  identical  in  quality  and  official  recognition 
with  that  given  to  men.  Barnard  was  founded  in  1889,  and  named  for  the  late  Presi- 
dent of  Columbia  College.  It  has  its  own  botanical  and  chemical  laboratories,  and 
the  use  of  Columbia's  extensive  library.  The  number  of  students  is  45,  mainly 
New- York  girls,  whose  parents  prefer  that  their  daughters  should  live  at  home  dur- 
ing their  college  education. 

The  New-York  College  for  the  Training  of  Teachers,  the  first  of  its  type 
to  be  established  in  America,  has  numerous  elective  courses  in  pedagogy,  scientifically 
studying  the  character  and  teaching  of  children  from  the  kindergarten  to  the  end  of 
the  high  school.  It  has  students  from  eighteen  States,  including  many  teachers  already 
experienced,  and  college  graduates.  The  aim  is  to  bring  modern  life  and  the  modern 
school  more  into  touch  with  each  other,  by  observation,  practice  and  organization  ;  and 
great  things  have  already  been  attained  in  striving  toward  this  ideal.      In  1892  the 

college  entered 
into  negotiations 
looking  toward 
becoming  an  or- 
ganic part  of  the 
university  system 
of  Columbia  ;  and 
George  W.  Van- 
derbilt, one  of  its 
trustees,  gave  it  a 
valuable  building 
site  on  Blooming- 
dale  Heights,  ad- 
joining the  future 
site  of  Columbia 
College.  Since  its 
foundation  in  1889 
the  institution  has 

occupied  the  old  Union  Theological  Seminary  building,  at  9  University  Place.  The 
college  is  empowered  to  confer  the  degrees  of  Bachelor,  Master  and  Doctor  of  Peda- 
gogy. It  has  34  officers  and  215  students,  besides  264  in  the  school  of  observation 
and  practice,  and  1,000  in  the  extension  classes.  The  departments  are  :  psychology 
and  the  history  of  education,  the  science  and  art  of  teaching,  natural  science,  domes- 
tic economy  (cooking  and  sewing),  form  study  and  drawing,  mechanic  arts,  vocal 
music,  vocal  culture,  and  observation  and  practice.     The  course  is  two  years  long. 


COLLEGE    OF    PHYSICIANS    AND    SURGEONS,   437    WEST    59TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  249 

The  University  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  planned  in  1829  and  1830, 
in  several  meetings  of  public-spirited  merchants  and  professional  men,  and  incorpo- 
rated in  1 83 1.  The  idea  was  to  offset  Episcopalian  and  conservative  Columbia  with 
an  undenominational  modern  university.  Until  1883  a  part  of  the  Council  was  elected 
by  the  City  Legislature,  and  it  was  forbidden  that  any  religious  denomination  should 
have  a  majority  in  the  Council.  John  Taylor  Johnston  and  Charles  Butler,  recent 
Presidents  of  the  Council,  have  served  in  it  respectively  forty-six  years  and  fifty-six 


UNIVERSITY    OF    THE    CITY    OF    NEW    YORK,   WASHINGTON    SQUARE,    EAST,  AND    WAVERLY    PLACE. 


years.  The  property  of  the  University,  all  of  which  has  come  from  gifts  and  be- 
quests, amounts  to  about  $2,000,000.  The  University  building,  on  Washington 
Square,  erected  in  1832-35,  is  a  conspicuous  structure  of  light-colored  limestone,  in 
Gothic  architecture,  and  contains  the  Council-room,  with  its  many  portraits  of  dis- 
tinguished members  of  the  Council,  and  the  class-rooms  and  laboratories,  museum 
and  observatory  of  the  Department  of  Arts  and  Science.  In  ancient  days  many 
famous  authors,  artists  and  scholars  dwelt  in  this  noble  building,  where  Prof.  S.  F.  B. 
Morse  discovered  the  recording  telegraph,  Dr.  John  William  Draper  made  the  first 
photographs  from  the  human  face,  and  Theodore  Winthrop  wrote  Cecil  Dreme. 
The  University  has  about  100  professors  and  instructors  and  1,330  students.  The 
Chancellors  have  been  Drs.  James  Matthews,  Theodore  Frelinghuysen,  Gardiner 
Spring,  Isaac  Ferris,  Howard  Crosby,  John  Hall  and  Henry  M.  MacCracken. 

In  1891-92  the  University  took  an  important  step,  in  purchasing  for  $300,000,  a 
new  site,  intended  in  particular  for  the  College  of  Arts'  and  Philosophy,  the  tech- 
nological schools,  and  the  Graduate  Seminary.  The  School  of  Law,  the  School  of 
Pedagogy,  and  part  of  the  Graduate  Seminary  work  will  remain  upon  Washington 
Square,  where  a  new  building  will  be  erected,  of  which   probably  seven  or  eight 


250 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


stories  will  be  rented  for  business  purposes,  while  two  or  three  stories  will  be  reserved 
for  the  schools  named,  and  for  University  offices,  and  popular  lectures.  The  Medi- 
cal School  will  continue  as  at  present.  The  new  site  is  an  elevated  plateau  of  twenty 
acres,  accessible  by  railway  in  less  than  twenty  minutes  from  42d  Street.  It  is  to  be 
known  as  "University  Heights,"  and  is  admirably  adapted  to  University  purposes. 
The  Department  of  Arts  and  Science  dates  from  1832,  and  for  over  half  a 

century  consisted  of  a  college  on  the 
approved  American  plan,  with  from  100 
to  150  students.  University  Colkgj 
now  has  twenty-six  professors  and  lec- 
turers, and  its  classical  and  scientific 
courses  lead  respectively  to  the  degrees 
of  Bachelor  of  Art  and  Bachelor  of 
Science.  Among  its  professors  have 
been  the  Drapers,  Vethake,  Mcllvaine 
and  Robinson  ;  John  Torrey,  the  botan- 
ist;  Tayler  Lewis,  the  philologist; 
George  Bush,  the  commentator;  Nord- 
heimer,  the  Hebraist ;  Henry  P.  Tap- 
pan,  the  philosopher ;  Davies  and 
Loomis,  the  mathematicians,  and  S.  F. 
B.  Morse,  the  inventor. 

The  School  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing and  the  School  of  Chemistry, 
two  well  conducted  institutions  for 
technical  training,  are  controlled  by 
the  Faculty  of  Arts  and  Science,  which 
also  conducts 

The  School  of  Pedagogy, 
founded  in  1890,  to  give  higher  training 
to  teachers,  in  psychology  and  ethics, 
the  theory  and  practice  of  pedagogy, 
and  the  history,  classics  and  systems 
of  education.  There  are  260  students 
in  the  school. 

The  Graduate  Seminary, 
founded  in  1886,  receives  candidates  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  or  Science,  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Over  100  graduate  students  are  in  attendance,  and  thirty 
special  courses  are  provided. 

The  Department  of  Law,  with  its  under  graduate  and  graduate  schools,  has  its 
lecture-room  and  library  in  the  fine  old  University  building.  The  foundation  of  this 
faculty  was  carefully  planned  in  the  year  1835,  ty  ^e  Hon.  B.  F.  Butler,  then  At- 
torney-General of  the  United  States.  The  council  of  the  University  adopted  his  plans, 
and  Mr.  Butler  accepted  the  office  of  Senior  Professor.  The  Law  school  was  soon 
suspended,  and  again  opened  in  1858;  but  it  is  only  during  the  past  few  years  that  it 
has  advanced  to  a  prominent  rank.  As  Prof.  Stoddard  remarks,  in  that  period  "it 
has  changed  its  character  from  a  school  of  law  forms  to  a  school  of  jurisprudence  ; " 
and  develops  at  once  the  systematic  study  of  statute  law  and  the  observation  of  pro- 
fessional methods  of  research  and  practice.  The  Dean  and  Senior  Professor  is  Aus- 
tin Abbott,  LL.  D. ;  and  there  are  three   other  professors  and  six  lecturers.      The 


LOOMIS    LABORATORY,    UNIVERSITY    MEDICAL    COLLEGE, 
414    EAST    26TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


251 


course  is  of  two  years,  with  several  advanced  courses  in  the  graduate  year.  There 
are  240  students  (nearly  half  of  them  college  graduates),  including  also  ten  women. 
The  Graduate  Law  School  was  opened  in  1891,  with  40  pupils,  and  requires  the 
completion  of  five  subjects  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Laws.  The  University  also 
gives  popular  courses  of  lectures  on  law,  in  particular  to  business  women,  every  win- 
ter.     This  lectureship  is  endowed  by  the  Women's  Legal  Education  Society. 

Theology  is  not  taught  by  the  University  ;  but  in  1890  an  alliance  was  formed 
with  the  Union  Theological  Seminary,  by  which  students  of  either  institution  are 
admitted  under  easy  conditions  to  the  libraries  and  lecture-courses  of  the  other.  Also, 
the  graduates  of  Union  Seminary  may  receive  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Divinity. 

The  Faculty  of  Medicine  (University  Medical  College),  founded  in  1841, 
numbered  among  its  earlier  members  Drs.  Valentine  Mott,  Bedford,  Post,  Draper, 
and  Paine.  Its  buildings  are  on  26th  Street,  near  the  East  River,  fronting  Bellevue 
Hospital,  and  near  the  ferry-entrance  to  the  great  city  charities.  They  consist  of 
the  central  edifice,  which  includes  the  offices,  with  the  lecture-room  and  amphi- 
theatre, either  of  which  seats  500  students ;  the  west  wing,  in  which  are  the  Dis- 
pensary, and  eight  "section  rooms"  ;  and  the  east  wing,  to  which  the  anonymous 
giver  of  $100,000  for  its  erection  attached  the  name  of  the  Loomis  Laboratory,  after 
the  senior  professor.  Its  five 
floors  contain  the  five  laboratories 
of  Materia  Medica,  Physics, 
Chemistry,  Physiology,  Biology 
and  Pathology.  There  are  23 
professors,  and  35  lecturers. 
Three  winter  courses,  each  com- 
prising eight  months'  study,  are 
required  for  the  degree  of  M.  D. 
The  University  Medical  College 
has  640  students,  of  whom  30 
came  from  Canada,  30  from  Rus- 
sia, and  many  others  from  Central 
and  South  America,  and  other 
countries.  Among  its  6,000  grad- 
uates have  been  many  illustrious 
physicians  and  scientists. 

The  Medical  Schools  bring 
wide  renown  to  the  great  metrop- 
olis for  their  magnitude  and  their 
very  unusual  opportunities  for  im- 
parting a  practical  education. 
Many  of  the  foremost  of  Ameri- 
can physicians  live  in  New  York, 
and  here  also  are  brought  thou- 
sands of  patients  requiring  the 
care  of  the  most  skillful  specialists.  The  notable  museums,  libraries  and  scientific 
societies  also  afford  rich  stimulus  to  the  student,  and  tend  to  elevate  more  and  more 
the  spirit  of  the  profession.  Here  occur  the  meetings  of  the  laryngological,  derma- 
tological,  clinical,  microscopical,  medico-historical,  medico-legal,  neurological, 
obstetrical,  medico-chirurgical,  surgical,  pathological,  ophthalmological,  therapeutical 
and  other  cognate  societies.      Here  also   are  held  the   fortnightly  meetings  of  the 


UNIVERSITY    MEDICAL    COLLEGE,    410    EAST    26TH    STREET. 


252 


KING'S  HA  NT)  BOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


POST-GRADUATE    MEDICAL    SCHOOL    AND    HOSPITAL,   226    EAST    20TH    STREET. 


New-York  Academy  of 
Medicine,  which  dates 
from  1847,  and  has  for 
nearly  half  a  century 
studied  how  best  to  pro- 
mote the  public  health, 
to  raise  the  standard  of 
medical  education,  to 
advance  the  honor  of 
the  profession,  and  to 
cultivate  the  science  of 
medicine.  The  Acad- 
emy maintains  a  library 
of  more  than  20,000 
volumes,  which  is  open 
to  the  people  all  day 
long.  The  Medical 
Journal  Association 
keeps  on  file  all  the 
current  medical  period- 
icals and  monographs,  showing  the  latest  results  of  professional  research  in  all  coun- 
tries. Students  are  able  to  live  in  New  York  at  an  expense  not  exceeding  that 
attending  life  at  other  educational  centres,  and  also  find  more  frequent  opportunities 
for  partial  self-support.  They  are  broadened  by  the  myriad  influences  of  the  metro- 
politan city,  and  may  become  in  a  sense  citizens  of  the  world,  while  preparing  for  the 
arduous  professional  life  before  them.  If  their  opportunities  and  advantages  are 
fully  availed  of,  they  will  enter  upon  the  practice  of  the  healing  art  with  a  better 
equipment  of  special  and  general  knowledge  than  can  usually  be  acquired  by 
students  in  the  quiet  cloisters  of  secluded  rural  colleges. 

The  noted  medical  schools  of  Columbia  College  and  the  University  have  been 
hereinbefore  described. 

Bellevue-Hospital  Medical  College  owes  its  inception  to  the  construction 
of  an  amphitheatre  for  clinical  lectures  at  Bellevue  Hospital,  in  1849,  followed  eight 
years  later  by  the  erection  of  a  pathological  building.  The  college  began  its  work 
in  1 86 1,  with  lectures  on  military  surgery,  a  theme  of  vital  interest  at  that  time  ; 
and  has  since  developed  into  one  of  the  leading  medical  schools  of  America,  under 
the  lead  of  men  like  Mott,  Flint,  Hammond  and  Doremus.  The  institution  occupies 
a  part  of  the  grounds  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  at  the  foot  of  East  26th  Street,  and  close 
to  the  East  River.  The  contiguity  of  the  great  public  hospital,  with  the  numberless 
opportunities  there  afforded  for  obtaining  a  practical  knowledge  of  both  the  duties 
and  the  resources  of  the  medical  profession,  places  it  in  the  power  of  the  Bellevue 
students  to  enter  upon  their  life-duties  competent  to  meet  intelligently  every  emer- 
gency. Almost  every  physical  ill  which  they  may  encounter  in  future  practice  comes 
under  their  observation  here,  and  also  the  most  modern  scientific  and  skilful  means 
of  relief,  as  given  by  sagacious  physicians.  The  hospital  clinics  afford  object-lessons 
in  every  variety  of  disease  requiring  indoor  treatment  ;  and  the  Bureau  of  Medical 
and  Surgical  Relief  for  the  Outdoor  Poor  at  its  clinics  illustrates  the  best  treatments 
in  minor  surgery,  and  of  commoner  and  less  grave  diseases,  especially  in  disorders 
of  children.  The  bureau  was  organized  and  elaborated  by  the  Faculty  of  the  col- 
lege, and  has  been  of  immense  service  to  the  poor,  whose  profound  respect  for  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


253 


skill  of  the  attendants  is  justly  deserved.  Over  40,000  patients  are  treated  here 
every  year.  The  college  has  graduated  upwards  of  4,000  doctors.  It  has  35  in- 
structors and  550  students  (60  of  whom  are  foreigners,  mainly  from  Canada  and  the 
West  Indies).  A  recent  addition  to  the  college  buildings  is  the  Carnegie  Laboratory, 
a  five-story  building  containing  three  general  laboratories  and  a  large  auditorium. 
The  President  of  the  college  is  William  T.  Lusk,  M.  D. 

The  New-York  Post-Graduate  Hospital  and  Medical  School  has  a  plain 
and  substantial  brick  building  at  226  20th  Street,  near  Second  Avenue.  This  in- 
stitution dates  from  1882,  and  is  intended  to  give  practising  physicians  opportunities 
to  see  and  study  the  newest  discoveries  in  medical  and  surgical  science.  Its  clinics 
diffuse  the  freshest  knowledge. 

The  New-York  Homoeopathic  Medical  College  and  Hospital  received 
its  charter  in  1 861,  and  has  been  very  successful.  Its  building,  at  63d  Street  and 
Avenue  A,  is  well  equipped  for  the  curriculum  of  lectures,  clinics,  and  demonstra- 
tions, which  extend  over  a  period  of  three  years.  The  Dean  is  Timothy  Field  Allen, 
M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  with  whom  serves  a  body  of  28  instructors.     The  pupils  number  130. 

The  New-York  College  of  Dentistry,  chartered  in  1865  and  opened  in 
1866,  is  at  23d  Street  and  Third  Avenue,  and  has  40  instructors  and  250  students. 
The  president  is  Dr.  Frank  Abbott.  It  educates  students  in  the  scientific  and 
chirurgical  requirements  of  the  science,  with  series  of  lectures  on  operative  and 
mechanical  dentistry,  and  daily  practice  and  demonstration  at  operations  in  the  chair, 
and  careful  laboratory  practice. 

The  College  of  Pharmacy  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  founded  in 
1829,  and  gives  instruction  in  chemistry,  materia  medica,  botany,  pharmacognosy, 
pharmacy,  physiology,  and  physics,  by  afternoon  lectures,  quizzes,  and  laboratory 
work.  The  buildings,  on  East  23d  Street,  near  Third  Avenue,  contain  valuable 
museums  and  apparatus,  spacious  laboratories  and  lecture-room,  and  the  largest  phar- 
maceutical library  in  America.  The 
course  includes  thirty  hours  a  week, 
for  two  years  ;  and  converts  druggists' 
apprentices  into  thoroughly  equipped 
and  scientific  pharmacists,  fitted  to 
understand  and  compound  all  manner 
of  medicines.  There  are  400  students, 
including  about  a  dozen  foreigners. 
The  president  is  Samuel  W.  Fairchild. 

The  Women's  Medical  College 
of  the  New-York  Infirmary  for 
Women  and  Children  was  chartered 
in  1865,  as  an  outgrowth  of  a  dispen- 
sary which  was  founded  in  1854,  and 
the  hospital  which  was  added  thereto 
in  1857.  The  sessions  of  the  college 
are  held  in  a  handsome  and  commodi- 
ous new  building  on  Stuyvesant  Square, 
near  the  Infirmary.  There  are  30  pro- 
fessors and  instructors,  and  about  90 
students  (including  16  foreigners),  the 
course  covering  three  years.  Dr. 
Emily  Blackwell  is  the  Dean. 


COLLEGE    OF    DENTISTRY,    205    EAST    230    STREET 
NEAR    THIRD    AVENUE. 


254 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


The  New-York  Medical  College  and  Hospital  for  Women  dates  from 
1863,  and  has  about  40  students  in  homoeopathic  medicine,  at  21.3  West  54th  Street. 
The  Eclectic  Medical  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  founded  in  1865, 
is  composed  of  21  instructors  and  80  students.      It  is  at  239  East  14th  Street. 

The  School  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology  is  connected  with  the  New- 
York  Ophthalmic  Hospital  (201  East  23d  Street),  and  gives   a  complete   course  of 

study  in  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear  and  throat. 
Nurses'  Training-Schools.—  Large 
hospitals  find  their  best  development  in  large 
cities  ;  and  among  their  most  valuable  agen- 
cies are  their  corps  of  trained  nurses.  Con- 
versely, the  training-schools  for  nurses  must 
be  intimately  associated  with  hospitals, 
where  the  students  may  daily  observe  the 
practical  workings  of  their  profession.  There 
are  over  300  pupils  in  the  nurses'  training- 
schools  connected  with  the  Charity,  the 
Bellevue,  the  New-York  and  St.  Luke's 
Hospitals.  One  of  the  largest  of  these  is 
the  one  connected  with  the  New- York  Hos- 
pital, where  60  pupils  are  enrolled. 

The   D.  O.   Mills   Training-School 
for   Male    Nurses   occupies  a   substantial 

f  brick  building  erected  in  1888  in  the  Belle- 

vue-Hospital  grounds,  at  the  foot  of  East 
26th  Street.  It  is  arranged  and  fitted  up  as 
a  home  for  the  nurses  during  their  two-years' 
course  of  study,  which  is  on  the  same  lines 
as  that  of  the  Training-School  for  Female  Nurses,  nearly  opposite.  Two  classes 
have  been  graduated  from  the  school,  and  there  are  now  27  inmates,  all  of  whom 
serve  in  the  male  wards  of  the  hospital.  It  is  a  generous  educational  charity, 
founded  by  Darius  O.  Mills. 

The  Columbia  College  of  Midwifery,  242  West  33d  Street,  is  another  mani- 
festation of  the  healing  art.  It  was  incorporated  in  1883.  Connected  with  it  is  the 
Dispensary  for  Diseases  of  Women. 

The  College  of  Midwifery  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  organized  in  1883, 
and  in  1884  became  connected  with  the  Nurses'  Training-School  of  the  Woman's 
Infirmary  and  Maternity  Home,  247  West  49th  Street. 

The  New-York  College  of  Massage,  also  at  247  West  49th  Street,  was 
organized  in  1S84. 

The  New-York  College  of  Magnetics,  at  4  West  14th  Street,  was  char- 
tered in  1887.  It  teaches  chromopathy,  mind  cure,  patho-mechanism,  magnetic 
massage,  and  solar  magnetics.      E.  D.  Babbitt,  M.  D.,  is  dean. 

Veterinary  Colleges  and  Hospitals  have  arisen  from  the  vast  investments  in 
American  live-stock,  the  annual  losses  of  millions  of  dollars  by  contagious  diseases, 
the  need  of  scientific  inspection  of  meat  and  milk,  and  the  ruin  caused  by  quack 
horse-doctors.  With  its  organized  Veterinary  Society  of  graduates,  its  two  veterinary 
colleges  and  its  two  hospitals,  New  York  is  one  of  the  foremost  educational  centres 
as  to  the  arts  of  healing  domestic  animals.  The  students  are  taught  the  theory  and 
practice  of  veterinary  medicine,   anatomy  (with  dissections)  and  surgery,   pathology 


COLLEGE  OF  PHARMACY,  209  EAST  23D  STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


255 


and  obstetrics,  therapeutics  and  microscopy,   ophthalmology,  and  bacteriology ;  with 
scientific  care,  and  abundant  illustrations  and  experiments. 

The  New-York  College  of  Veterinary  Surgeons  and  School  of  Com- 
parative Medicine,  chartered  in  1857,  is  at  332  East  27th  Street.  It  has  ten 
professors  and  four  lecturers ;  and  over  100  students,  attending  lectures  on  equine 
anatomy,  bovine  pathology,  horse-shoeing,  and  many  connected  subjects.  Many  of 
its  graduates  are  appointed  veterinary  surgeons  for  the  United-States  Army.  The 
hospital  of  the  college  affords  opportunities  of  observing  the  diseases  of  domestic 
animals,  and  their  treatment,  and  also  of  witnessing  surgical  operations.  The  Presi- 
dent is  Dr.    William  T.  White. 

The  American  Veterinary  College  dates  from  1875;  and  has  its  home  at 
141  West  54th  Street,  where  the  American  Veterinary  Hospital  receives  and  treats 
disabled  horses  and  dogs,  admitting  patients  at  all  hours.  The  President  is  Dr.  A. 
Liautard ;  and  there  are  16  instructors  and  130  students. 

Religious  Instruction. — The  Empire  City  has  long  been  recognized  as  an  ad- 
mirable drill-ground  for  students  in  the  fields  of  religion  and  Philanthropy.  Here 
are  thousands  of  the  most  formidable  heathen  in  the  world,  whose  condition  demands 
amelioration;  and  other 
thousands  of  earnest  and 
devoted  Christians,  always 
studying  and  practicing 
methods  of  beneficence. 
Many  of  the  foremost  clergy- 
men in  the  Republic  occupy 
pulpits  here  ;  and  the  head- 
quarters and  conventions  of 
various  denominations  seek 
this  great  metropolitan  focus. 
Large  opportunities  are  also 
afforded  for  students  to  sup- 
port themselves  in  mission- 
work,  teaching  and  parochial 
assistance. 

The  General  Theo- 
logical Seminary  of  The 
Protestant  Episcopal 
Church  was  established  by 
the  General  Convention  in 
181 7  ;  it  began  instructions 
in  1 8 19  ;  and  was  incorpor- 
ated in  1822.  Since  that 
date,  it  has  graduated  1,200 
men,  of  whom  34  have 
become  bishops.  It  is  gov- 
erned by  a  Board  of  Trustees,  composed  of  the  Bishops  of  the  Church,  the  Dean,  25 
appointees  of  the  House  of  Deputies  of  the  General  Convention,  and  25  men  elected 
by  former  contributing  dioceses.  There  are  twelve  professors  and  instructors,  and 
125  students  in  holy  orders.  Ninety  of  these  are  college-graduates,  including  seven 
from  colleges  in  Sweden,  and  others  from  colleges  in  Canada,  Persia  and  Turkey. 
Tuition  is  free,  to  properly  accredited  candidates.     There  are  rooms  for  1 17  students 


D.  O.   MILLS  TRAINING  SCHOOL  TOR  MALE   NURSES,  431    EAST  26th  STREET. 


256 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


in  the  seminary ;  and  each  of  these  pays  $225  a  year  for  the  room  and  its  care,  coal 
and  gas,  and  board.  The  buildings  are  on  Chelsea  Square,  between  20th  and  21st 
Streets  and  Ninth  and  Tenth  Avenues.  In  1880  the  square  was  occupied  only  by  two 
grim  old  stone  edifices  ;  but  since  that  date  there  has  been  erected  a  series  of  hand- 
some brick  and  stone  buildings,  in  collegiate  Gothic  architecture.  The  Memorial 
Chapel  of  the  Good  Shepherd  has  a  melodious  chime  ;  a  reredos  of  exquisitely  carved 


UNION    THEOLOGICAL   SEMINARY,    PARK    AVENUE,    FROM    69Tri    TO    70TH    STREETS. 

alabaster,  adorned  with  the  Good  Shepherd  and  eight  Evangelists  and  Apostles,  in 
statuary  marble;  and  ten  storied  windows  of  English  stained  glass.  The  beautiful 
Hobart  Hall  contains  the  library  of  22,000  volumes,  with  an  open  timber  roof, 
and  many  interesting  portraits.  The  velvety  green  lawns  and  the  groups  of  shrub- 
bery between  the  buildings  and  the  extent,  the  massive  construction,  and  the  quiet 
dignity  of  the  seminary  buildings  make  a  charming  oasis  of  verdure  and  peace  in  the 
vast  whirl  of  the  city's  secular  life. 

The  Union  Theological  Seminary  occupies  a  range  of  handsome  buildings 
on  Lenox  Hill,  along  Park  Avenue,  between  69th  and  70th  Streets.  This  location 
was  occupied  in  1884;  and  the  buildings  form  a  quadrangle,  and  include  offices  and 
lecture-rooms,  chapel  and  gymnasium,  museum  and  reading-room,  and  many  fur- 
nished chambers  for  the  students.  Here  also  is  the  library,  containing  66,000  volumes 
and  50,000  pamphlets,  and  built  up  on  the  basis  of  the  library  of  Leander  Van  Ess. 
The  seminary  was  founded  in  1836;  and  in  1870  the  Directors  voted  to  make  a 
yearly  report  to  the  General  Assembly  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  which  august 
body  was  also  given  the  right  of  veto  in  the  appointment  of  professors.  Its  officers 
give  their  assent  to  the  standards  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  ;  but  the  seminary  is 
open  to  students  from  any  Christian  denomination.      There  are  seven  professors  and 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


257 


'7 


\i*.  •  V  '/^ 


____ 


258 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


MANHATTAN    COLLFGE,    BOULEVARD    AND    WEST    131ST    STREET. 


1 60  students.  Among  the  professors  are  Thomas  S.  Hastings,  George  L.  Prentiss, 
Philip  Schaff,  M.  R.  Vincent  and  Charles  A.  Briggs,  with  W.  G.  T.  Shedd  as  professor 
emeritus.  The  seminary  has  endowed  instructorships  in  vocal  culture,  elocution  and 
sacred  music  ;  and  lectureships  in  the  evidences  of  Christianity,  the  relations  of  the 
Bible  to  science,  and  hygienic  instruction.  The  course  of  study  covers  three  years. 
The  Jewish  Theological  Seminary,  founded  in  1886,  in  1892  occupied 
the  handsome  residence  at  736  Lexington  Avenue ;  and  has  three  preceptors  and 

fifteen  students.  The 
course  lasts  nine  years, 
and  educates  young 
Hebrews  to  be  rabbis, 
or  teachers.  The  sem- 
inary is  maintained 
chiefly  by  the  New- 
York,  Philadelphia  and 
Baltimore  synagogues. 
The  president  of  the 
Faculty  is  Dr.  Sabato 
Morais. 

The  New- York 
Missionary  Train- 
ing College  aims  to 
prepare  persons  devoid  of  an  elaborate  liberal  education,  for  city  and  foreign  mis- 
sionaries and  evangelists,  by  spiritual  and  scriptural  studies  of  the  Bible  and  theology, 
and  a  practical  and  experimental  training.  The  college,  a  fire-proof  five-story 
building  at  690  Eighth  Avenue,  is  occupied  by  the  men-students.  Berachah  Home, 
at  250  West  44th  Street,  and  the  annex  at  453  West  47th  Street,  are  for  the  women. 
The  course  is  three  years  in  length.  There  are  about  a  dozen  instructors  and  200 
students,  of  whom  90  are  women.  A  score  come  from  Canada,  and  there  are  others 
from  Scotland,  England,  Germany,  Switzerland,  Russia,  India,  Japan  and  Hayti. 

The  New-York  Deaconess  Home  and  Training-School  of  the  Metho- 
dist Episcopal  Church,  at  241  West  14th  Street,  has  about  a  score  of  inmates, 
studying  the  Bible,  elementary  medicine,  hygiene,  nursing  and  other  requisites  for 
the  sisterhood  of  service  among  the  poor  and  the  sick.  Graduates  of  the  school 
become  probationers,  and  these  become  uniform  deaconesses,  devoted  entirely  to 
Christian  labor  with  the  wandering  and  sorrowing,  the  poor  and  the  orphan,  the  sick 
and  the  dying. 

The  International  Medical  Missionary  Training  Institute  is  at  118 
East  45th  Street,  with  a  ladies'  branch  at  459  Lexington  Avenue. 

St.  John's  College  was  founded  in  1841  by  Archbishop  John  Hughes,  on  the 
famous  old  Rose-Hill  estate  at  Fordham,  and  its  first  President  was  John  McClos- 
key,  who  became  the  first  American  Cardinal.  In  1846  the  college  passed  into  the 
hands  of  the  Jesuits,  who  have  ever  since  controlled  its  destinies  with  singular  abil- 
ity and  devotion,  preparing  many  young  men  for  high  achievements.  St.  John's 
has  several  massive  and  imposing  stone  buildings,  looking  out  on  a  broad  lawn, 
which  is  adorned  with  a  bronze  statue  of  Archbishop  Hughes.  The  college  con- 
ducts three  courses  of  study,  collegiate,  academic  and  scientific,  and  about  350  stu- 
dents are  engaged  therein.  The  surrounding  country  and  the  St.  John's  estate 
are  very  picturesque  and  attractive,  and  the  avenues  of  ancient  elms  add  beauty  to 
the  grounds. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


259 


The  College  of  St.  Francis  Xavier  is  a  Jesuit  institution,  opened  in  1847 
and  chartered  in  1 861,  and  now  having  twenty  instructors  and  over  300  collegiate 
students.  Its  handsome  and  imposing  buildings  are  at  39  to  59  West  15th  Street 
and  30  to  50  West  1 6th  Street,  near  Sixth  Avenue.  The  library  contains  23,000 
volumes,  and  the  museum  and  herbarium  have  large  and  valuable  collections. 


ST.    FRANCIS    XAVIER    CHURCH    AND    COLLEGE,    ROMAN    CATHOLIC.       36    WEST    16TM    STREET,    BETWEEN 

FIFTH    AND    SIXTH    AVENUES. 


260 


AVNG'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Manhattan  College  is  another  great  Catholic  institution.  Its  stately  build- 
ings overlook  Manhattanville.  It  was  founded  by  the  Christian  Brothers,  in  1853, 
and  received  a  charter  in  1863.  It  has  twenty-two  instructors  and  nearly  300 
students,  about  one-third  of  whom  are  collegiate.  It  possesses  a  fine  library  and 
museum. 

The  Academy  of  the  Sacred  Heart  is  at  Manhattanville  (130th  Street  and 
St. -Nicholas  Avenue),  where  it  occupies  a  group  of  stone  buildings  in  a  pleasant 


ENUE    AND    130TH    STREET. 


park  of  lawns  and  groves.  It  has  about  250  students,  cared  for  by  the  Ladies  of 
the  Sacred  Heart,  who  also  conduct  a  large  academy  at  49  West  17th  Street,  and 
another  at  533  Madison  Avenue. 

The  Academy  of  Mount  St.  Vincent,  under  the  care  of  the  Sisters  of 
Charity,  is  just  above  Riverdale,  on  the  banks  of  the  Hudson  River.  Near  the 
academy  stands  the  stone  castle  of  Font  Hill,  built  by  Edwin  Forrest  for  his  home, 
and  now  a  part  of  the  religious  institution,  whose  domain  covers  sixty-three  acres. 
The  200  girls  studying  here  wear  blue  uniform  dresses,  and  French  is  the  language 
spoken.      The  property  of  this  academy  is  valued  at  nearly  $1,000,000. 

St. -Louis  College,  at  224  West  58th  Street,  has  75  pupils.  It  was  founded  in 
1869,  by  Rev.  Pere  Ronay,  for  Catholic  boys  of  refined  families. 

The  La-Salle  Academy,  at  44  and  46  2d  Street,  has  130  pupils,  under  the 
care  of  the  Christian  Brothers. 

The  Holy-Cross  Academy,  is  at  343  West  42d  Street.  It  has  250  girl- 
students. 

St.  Catharine's  Convent  is  at  Madison  Avenue  and  East  81st  Street. 

St.  Vincent  Ferrers  Convent,  at  Lexington  Avenue  and  East  65th  Street, 
has  fine  buildings,  and  a  capable  body  of  teachers. 

Catholic  Parochial  Schools,  with  large  and  costly  buildings  and  appliances, 
are  numerous. 

The  Catholic  Private  Schools,  of  which  there  are  a  dozen  of  a  high  order, 
are  for  Catholic  children.  Among  them  are  the  Ursuline  and  Villa  Maria  Acade- 
mies, the  Holy  Rosary,  St.  Augustine's  and  St.  Cecilia's. 

Trinity-Church  Schools  include  a  group  of  interesting  Episcopal  institutions, 
such  as  the  parochial  school  for  boys,  on   Trinity   Place  ;  the   girls'   school   of  St. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


261 


Paul's,  on  Church  Street  ;  and  the  night  schools,  for  men  and  women.  The  indus- 
trial schools  of  the  parish  teach  sewing  to  more  than  2,000  women  ;  and  the  Sisters 
of  St.  Mary  conduct  a  training-school  for  girls  to  learn  the  details  of  household 
service. 

The  St.  John  Baptist  and  St.  Mary's  Schools  are  private  institutions  for 
girls,  at  231  East  17th  Street  and  8  East  46th  Street. 

The  Riverside  School,  at  152  West  103d  Street,  is  an  Episcopal  private 
school,  with  100  pupils. 

The  Friends'  Seminary,  at  226  East  16th  Street,  has  125  students. 

St.  Matthew's  Academy,  at  146  Elizabeth  Street,  is  attended  chiefly  by 
children  of  the  Evangelical  Lutherans. 

The  Society  for  Ethical  Culture  was  founded  in  1878  for  the  study  and 
practical  teaching  of  the  science  of  ethics,  based  on  purely  humanitarian  grounds  as 
distinguished  from  the  theological  basis  of  Christian  ethics.  Prof.  Felix  Adler  has 
long  been  prominently  identified  with  the  society,  of  which  he  was  one  of  the 
founders.  Religious  services  are  held  every  Sunday  at  Chickering  Hall,  corner  of 
Fifth  Avenue  and  West  1 8th  Street,  and  the  society  is  actively  engaged  in  benevo- 
lent and  humanitarian  work. 

Art  Education. — New  York  is  the  foremost  of  American  cities  in  regard  to 
art,  and  its  public  galleries,  private  collections,  and  sales-galleries  are  of  more  than 
continental  reputation,  and  in- 
clude many  noble  works,  both 
of  the  old  masters  and  of  the 
best  modern  schools.  It  is 
therefore  natural  that  several 
well-attended  art-schools  have 
grown  up  amid  such  surround- 
ings. Even  the  public  schools 
teach  drawing  to  all  their 
pupils  ;  and  several  famous 
artists  admit  to  their  studios 
promising  students.  The 
American  Academy  of  Fine 
Arts  was  founded  in  1802, 
mainly  by  merchants,  and 
opened  its  collections  to  art- 
students  in  1825.  But  the 
policy  was  narrow  and  churl- 
ish ;  and  in  the  same  year  the 
students  withdrew  and,  under 
S.  F.  B.  Morse  and  A.  B. 
Durand,  formed  the  New- York 
Drawing  Association. 

The  National  Academy 
of  Design,  whose  art-schools 
occupy  a  part  of  the  Venetian  palace  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  23d  Street,  grew  out  of 
the  New- York  Drawing  Association.  The  schools  are  open  both  to  men  and  women, 
in  morning,  afternoon  and  evening  sessions.  There  are  classes  in  sketching,  and 
drawing  from  antique  statuary  and  living  figures,  with  lectures  on  perspective, 
anatomy,  and  composition.     The  pupils  average  250. 


ACADEMY  OF  THE  SACRED  HEART,  49  WEST   17TH  ST.  ,  NEAR  SIXTH  AVE. 


262 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  has  art-schools  which  give  careful  techni- 
cal instruction  in  free-hand  and  mechanical  drawing,  designing,  carving,  modelling 
and  other  branches,  in  evening  lessons  ;  besides  a  day-school  to  instruct  women  in 
decoration. 

The  Art-Students'  League  of  New  York,  founded  in  1875,  is  m  its  ele" 
gant  new  building  at  215  East  57th  Street ;  and  has  day  and  evening  classes  of  men 


MOUNT    ST     VINCENT    ACADEMY,    RIVERDALE,    BEYOND    THE    HARLEM    RIVER. 

and  women  studying  portraiture,  composition,  sketching,  modelling,  and  drawing 
and  modelling  from  sculptures  or  from  live  models.  Among  the  students  here  have 
been  Church,  Remington,  De  Thulstrup,  Howard  Pyle,  and  other  well-known  men. 
Among  the  instructors  are  Beckwith,  Mowbray,  Weir,  Chase,  St.  Gaudens  and  Ken- 
yon  Cox. 

The  Gotham  Art  Students  are  at  17  Bond  Street. 

The  Harlem  Art  Association  at  149  East  125th  Street  affords  art  instruction 
for  the  residents  of  upper  New  York. 

The  Society  of  Decorative  Art,  at  28  West  21st  Street,  has  classes  in  fine 
needle-work,  china-painting,  fan-painting,  water-colors,  and  other  branches  of  art ; 
and  aims  to  thoroughly  train  women,  each  in  one  kind  of  decorative  work. 

The  School  of  Industrial  Art  and  Technical  Design  For  Women, 
founded  in  1 88 1  by  Mrs.  Florence  E.  Cory  is  at  134  Fifth  Avenue,  and  successfully 
teaches  designing  for  carpets,  wall-paper,  cretonne,  calico,  silk,  linen,  portieres, 
carved  and  inlaid  work,  stained  glass,  lace,  decorated  cards,  china,  and  all  industrial 
art  manufactures. 

The  American  Art  School  (A.  L.  Blanchard's),  at  953  Broadway,  near  23d 
Street,  was  established  in  1879,  anc^  teaches  drawing  and  all  branches  of  painting 
and  especially  tapestry  painting. 

The  New-York  Institute  For  Artist-Artisans,  at  140  West  23d  Street, 
is  a  school  founded  in  1888  by  eminent  firms, citizens  and  artists  to  develop  distinctive 
American  art  and  artisanship  combined,  and  to  popularize  art  and  make  it  domestic 
and  national.  A  Times  editorial  says,  "It  is  by  all  odds  the  best,  most  democratic, 
most  thorough*  and  promising  art-school  in  the  country.  It  is  leading  the  van  in 
industrial  art-education."    There  are  departments  in  illustration,  painting,  sculpture. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK', 


263 


architecture,  textiles,  wall-paper,  ceramics,  wood-carving,  metal  and  jewelry  work. 
The  terms  are  $50  a  year,  with  a  few  prize  scholarships.  John  Ward  Stimson,  pre- 
viously at  the  head  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  Art-School,  is  the  superintendent. 

The  Woman's  Art-School  in  the  Cooper  Union  maintains  classes  in 
painting,  oil-color,  drawing  from  the  antique  and  from  life,  photo-color,  photo- 
crayon,  painting  porcelain  photographs,  pen  and  ink  drawing,  retouching  negatives, 
designing  for  silks  and  windows,  and  preparation  for  teaching  art.  It  is  intended 
to  supply  to  women  of  taste  and  capacity,  from  anywhere,  a  free  education  in  some 
one  professional  branch  of  art,  in  morning  and  afternoon  classes.  The  night  school 
of  art  has  over  1,000  pupils  in  cast-drawing,  form-drawing,  decorative  designing, 
ornamental  drawing,  rudimental  drawing,  modelling  in  clay,  perspective  drawing, 
mechanical  drawing  and  architectural  drawing.  The  students  are  instructed  by  able 
artists,  like  Gifford  and  Weir,  and  are  provided  with  lectures  on  various  branches  of 
art.  Over  500  persons  study  in  the  Woman's  Art-School,  and  a  still  larger  number 
in  the  night  school,  and  there  are  always  many  more  applicants  than  can  be  received. 
These  Cooper-Union  schools  are  among  the  very  foremost  enlightening  influences 
in  America,  and  have  disseminated  practical  aesthetic  ideas  for  many  years. 

Music  Instruction  is  well  provided  in  New- York  City,  for  here  is  the  musical 
centre  of  the  Union,  and  all  musicians  depend  mainly  upon  the  New- York  verdict. 
Here  the  German,  English  and  Italian  operas  are  presented  as  nowhere  else  in 
America,  and  the  great  musical  societies  render  the  best  oratorio  and  orchestral  com- 
positions. Music  is  taught  in  the  public  schools ;  and  by  hundreds  of  private 
teachers  throughout  the  city. 


ST.    CATHARINE'S    CONVENT,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    81ST    STREET. 


The  Metropolitan  College  of  Music  was  founded  in  1886,  as  a  vocal 
school,  and  in  1891  received  incorporation  as  a  college.  It  occupies  many  rooms,  at 
Nos.  19  and  21  East  14th  Street;  and  has  20  professors,  among  whom  are  Dudley 
Buck,  Agramonte,  and  other  well-known  musicians. 


264 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


The  New-York  College  of  Music  was  founded  in  1878,  and  has  more  than 
a  score  of  instructors  and  700  pupils.  The  handsome  building  at  128-130  East  58th 
Street  was  erected  for  the  college,  and  has  a  commodious  concert-hall.  Among  the 
instructors  are  Alex.  Lambert,  Mme  Fursch-Madi  and  Walter  Damrosch. 

The  New-York  Conservatory  of  Music  is  at  5  East  14th  Street. 

The  German  Conservatory  of  Music  is  at  7  West  42d  Street. 

The  Liederkranz  Schools  are  free  for  instruction  in  vocal  music  for  young 
men  and  women,  in  the  Liederkranz  building,  on  East  58th  Street. 

Industrial  and  Scientific  Training  is  accomplished  through  numerous  im- 
portant institutions,  like  the  Hebrew  Technical  School,  with  its  140  students  ;  the 
manual-training  department  of  the  College  of  the  City  of  New  York  ;  and  the  Work- 
ingman's  School,  of  the  United  Relief  Works  of  the  Society  for  Ethical  Culture, 
at  109  West  54th  Street,  in  which  Felix  Adler  is  interested. 


MOUNT   SINAI    HOSPITAL.        ChURCH    OF   THE   DOMINICAN    FATHERS.  ST.  VINCENT   FERRERS   CONVENT.  66TH   STREET. 

ST.    VINCENT    FERRERS    CONVENT,    LEXINGTON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    65TH    STREET. 

The  Cooper  Union,  one  of  the  greatest  popular  educators  in  America,  occupies 
a  seven-story  brown-stone  building,  covering  the  block  at  the  intersection  of  Seventh 
Street  and  the  Bowery,  and  Third  and  Fourth  Avenues.  One  of  its  chief  features 
is  the  Free  Night  School  of  Science,  giving  a  thorough  instruction  in  mathematics, 
and  mechanics,  in  a  five-years'  course.  The  night  schools  of  science  and  art  have 
over  3,000  students,  most  of  whom  work  at  their  trades  during  the  day.  The  pupils 
must  be  fifteen  years  old,  and  acquainted  with  the  rudiments  of  education.  The 
Union  costs  $50,000  a  year,  which  is  derived  from  the  rentals  of  stores  in  the  build- 
ing and  from  the  income  of  the  endowment.  Among  its  interesting  features  are 
the  library  of  32,000  volumes  ;  the  reading-room,  with  500  magazines  and  news- 
papers on  file,  and  visited  by  600,000  persons  yearly  ;  the  evening  Elocution  Class, 
with  150  attendants;  the  Literary  Class,  with  200  debaters  and  declaimers  ;  the  free 
Saturday-evening  lectures,  by  celebrated  scholars  and   scientists;  the  free  class  in 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


265 


Stenography  and  Type-writing,  numbering  40  women  ;  the  Free  School  of  Telegraphy 
for  women,  with  40  women  ;  and  the  Woman's  Art-School. 

Peter  Cooper  was  born  when  New  York  contained  27,000  inhabitants,  and 
reached  only  to  Chambers  Street  ;  when  there  was  not  a  free  school  in  the  city  ;  and 
in  the  first  presidency  of  George  Washington.  He  died  in  1883.  He  was  a  plain 
and  practical  man,  and  a  successful  inventor  and  manufacturer  ;  and  a  million  dollars 
of  his  wealth  was  devoted  to  the  construction  and  endowment  of  the  Cooper  Union, 
"dedicated  to  Science,  to  make  life  intelligent,  and  to  Art,  to  make  life  beautiful." 

The  New-York  Trade  Schools,  at  First  Avenue,  67th  and  68th  Streets, 
were  founded  by  Col.  Richard  T.  Auehmuty,  in  1881,  to  enable  young  men  to  learn 


HOLY    CROSS    PAROCHIAL    SCHOOL,    240    WEST    43D    STREET. 

certain  trades,  and  to  give  young  men  already  in  those  trades  an  opportunity  to  im- 
prove themselves.  These  schools  cover  nearly  an  acre  of  ground,  and  are  attended 
by  600  young  men,  coming  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Con- 
nected with  the  schools  is  a  lodging-house,  accommodating  ioo  young  men,  where 
well-furnished  rooms  are  rented  at  a  moderate  cost.  The  average  age  of  the  young 
men  in  the  day  classes  is  19  ;  those  in  the  evening  classes  are  younger.  Until  the 
present  year  the  New-York  Trade-Schools  have  been  supported  as  well  as  managed 
by  Col.  Auehmuty,  but  recently  they  have  received  an  endowment  of  $500,000  from 
J.  Pierpont  Morgan.  The  workshops  at  the  schools  are  always  open  to  visitors.  The 
pupils  are  taught  by  skilful  mechanics  the  right  ways  of  working,  and  also  why  they 


266  ICING'S  II A XD BOOK  OF  NEW    YORK'. 

are  the  right  ways,  by  thorough,  direct  and  friendly  methods.  The  classes  in  Bricklay- 
ing have  erected  several  great  buildings.  The  classes  in  Plastering  work  three  even- 
ings in  each  week.  The  classes  in  Plumbing,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Master 
Plumbers'  Association,  have  a  shop  37  by  115  feet  in  area,  perfectly  equipped.  The 
classes  in  Carpentry  have  built  some  of  the  Trade-School  edifices,  in  admirable  style. 
The  classes  in   House,    Sign,  and  Fresco   Painting  are   supervised  by   the    Master 


NEW-YORK    TFADE-SCHOOL,    FIRST    AVENUE    AND    EAST    68TH    STREET. 

Painters'  and  Decorators'  Society,  and  have  a  wide  reputation.  The  classes  in  Stone- 
cutting,  Blacksmith's  Work,  Printing,  and  Tailoring  are  all  of  great  efficiency  and 
service. 

The  Nautical  School  is  a  very  interesting  department  of  education,  intended 
to  prepare  boys  for  service  in  the  American  merchant-marine.  It  numbers  about 
80  lads,  between  16  and  20  years  old,  who  are  under  the  care  of  United-States  naval 
officers,  the  entire  institution  being  governed  by  the  city  Board  of  Education.  The 
school  occupies  the  old  war-ship  ,57.  Mary's,  sometimes  at  the  foot  of  East  31st 
Street,  or  anchored  in  the  harbor,  and  every  year  making  long  practise  cruises,  to 
Europe  or  the  islands  of  the  Atlantic.  Besides  the  usual  English  branches,  the  lads 
are  taught  orally  and  practically  in  making  knots  and  splices  ;  the  names  and  uses 
of  rigging  and  sails,  bending  and  loosing,  reefing  and  furling ;  the  management  and 
steering  of  boats,  by  rowing,  sculling,  or  sailing  ;  the  compass,  boxing  and  steering 
and  taking  bearings ;  heaving  the  lead  and  marking  log  and  lead  lines  ;  swimming 
and  floating  ;  and  many  other  details  needful  for  sea-life.  There  is  a  post-graduate 
course,  fitting  students  for  the  positions  of  mates.  All  instruction  is  free,  as  the 
St.  Mary's  is  practically  one  of  the  New- York  public  schools.  It  is  in  no  sense  a 
reformatory,  and  only  willing  and  well-accredited  boys  are  admitted. 

Webb's  Academy  and  Home  for  Shipbuilders  was  richly  endowed  by 
William  H.  Webb,  an  eminent  New- York  shipbuilder,  and  incorporated  in  1889. 
It  will  be  opened  in  1893,  to  serve  a  double  purpose  :  As  a  home  for  infirm  and 
unfortunate  shipbuilders,  and  their  wives,  and  as  a  school  for  young  Americans  who 
desire  to  learn  how  to  build  ships  and  marine  engines,  and  have  no  money  to  pay 
for  skilled  instruction.  The  tuition  includes  all  the  details  of  shipbuilding  and 
marine  engineering,  theoretical  and  practical  ;  and  the  students  are  boarded  and 
taught  free  of  cost.  The  great  new  stone  building  is  in  handsome  Renaissance 
architecture,  and  stands  in  a  park  of  thirteen  acres,  on  Fordham  Heights,  overlook- 
ing the  Harlem  River.  Besides  its  dormitories  and  parlors,  library  and  hospital,  it 
has  spacious  draughting-rooms  and  an  immense  laying-out  room, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


267 


Commercial  Schools  have  attained  a  high  rank  as  educational  institutions. 
It  is  natural  that  this  great  metropolitan  centre  of  commercial  activities,  the  chief 
port  of  entry  and  clearing-house  of  the  continent,  should  have  thousands  of  students 
of  business  forms  and  principles.  For  many  years  the  commercial  colleges  of  New 
York  have  been  fitting  great  numbers  of  young  people  for  practical  service  in  the 
counting-rooms  and  offices  of  the  city,  and  preparing  them  to  become  expert  account- 
ants and  book-keepers  in  positions  of  trust  and  responsibility.  The  standard  of 
commercial  honor  is  higher  in  New  York  than  in  London  or  Paris,  and  among  most 
of  its  business  men  their  word  is  as  good  as  their  bond.  In  the  normal  condition  of 
affairs  here,  apart  from  the  infrequent  panic  of  a  financial  crisis  or  the  fever  of  spec- 
ulation, the  rectitude  of  the  commercial  spirit  follows  the  lines  of  absolute  truth. 
Much  of  this  nobility  in  the  life  of  trade  came  from  the  grand  old  merchants  of  the 
early  days  of  New  York,  who  held  honor  as  high  and  stainless  as  the  members  of 
any  learned  or  military  profession  have  ever  done.      Much  of  it  also  is  derived  from 


COOPER    UNION,    IN    JULY,    1892,    JUNCTION    OF   THE   BOWERY,    THIRD   AND   FOURTH   AVENUES   AND   7th   STREET. 

the  teachings  of  the  business  colleges  of  the  city,  where  the  sentiments  of  exactness 
and  precision  are  taught  step  by  step  with  those  of  vigilance  and  enterprise. 

Among  the  foremost  of  these  commercial  universities  is  Packard's  Business  Col- 
lege, founded  in  1858,   and  occupying  a  brick  building  on  23d  Street  and  Fourth 


268 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Avenue.  Here  many  students  are  busily  studying  the  processes  of  modern  counting- 
house  and  bank  methods,  with  a  complete  arrangement  of  daily  practical  illustrations. 
Among  the  most  ancient  schools  of  this  character  is  Paine's  Business  College, 
whose  opening  occurred  in  1849.  Thousands  of  graduates  have  gone  thence  to  posi- 
tions of  trust  and  usefulness  in  the  busy  whirl  of  life  down-town,  to  win  for  them- 
selves positions  of  comfort  and  competence.     The  Paine  Up-town  Business  College, 

a  later  foundation,  has  460  students  in 
its  various  courses. 

Each  of  these  institutions  has  its 
college  bank,  with  president  and  board 
of  directors,  cashier  and  teller  ;  and  its 
jobbing  houses  and  commission  houses, 
insurance  offices  and  real-estate  offices. 
Each  student  has  to  acquire  by  practi- 
cal experience  the  knowledge  of  the 
work  of  shipping  clerks,  salesmen, 
cashiers  and  book-keepers,  buying  and 
selling,  depositing  and  drawing  checks, 
and  studies  commercial  law  and  calcu- 
lations, financial,  insurance  and  real- 
estate  law,  and  all  other  departments 
of  a  business  career,  in  a  manner  that 
is  intelligent,  practical  and  distinct. 

Cooking-Schools,  wherein  is 
taught  the  art  of  preparing  and  cooking 
food  to  the  best  advantage,  comprise 
several  well-equipped  institutions, 
ranging  from  the  simple  cooking-classes  of  the  charity  schools  to  the  scientific  acad- 
emies. Among  the  foremost  of  these  beneficent  institutions  is  the  New- York  Cook- 
ing School  at  18  Lafayette  Place. 

Maillard's  New-York  Chocolate  School  is  an  interesting  development  of 
this  branch  of  education,  at  114  West  25th  Street.  Here  free  lessons  are  given  on 
Monday,  Wednesday  and  Friday  afternoons,  from  October  to  June,  in  the  art  of 
making  a  cup  of  chocolate  or  cocoa,  so  that  these  delicious  and  nutritive  beverages 
may  be  served  in  their  perfection. 

Physical  Culture  is  given  much  consideration.  Among  the  great  gymnasiums 
of  the  city  are  those  of  the  New-York  Athletic  Club,  at  55th  Street  and  Sixth 
Avenue  ;  the  Manhattan  Athletic  Club,  at  45th  Street  and  Madison  Avenue  ;  the 
Racquet  and  Tennis  Club,  at  27  West  43d  Street  ;  the  Young  Men's  Christian  As- 
sociation, at  23d  Street  and  Fourth  Avenue,  and  at  Mott  Haven ;  and  the  Berkeley 
Ladies'  Athletic  Association,  on  44th  Street,  near  Fifth  Avenue. 

The  Turnverein  conducts  a  school  for  1,000  children,  between  the  ages  of  six  and 
fifteen,  in  which,  besides  the  usual  studies,  the  young  people  are  taught  in  calis- 
thenics and  other  branches  of  gymnastics. 

The  Riding  Schools  are  mostly  near  Central  Park,  whose  roads  and  bridle-paths 
afford  fine  opportunities  for  equestrian  practice  and  exercise.  Dickel's  is  the  oldest, 
and  has  appropriate  quarters  at  124  West  56th  Street,  with  lessons  in  leaping  and  ring 
and  road  riding,  and  riding  to  music.  Durland's,  near  the  Eighth- Avenue  entrance  to 
the  Park,  at  the  Grand  Circle,  is  said  to  be  the  largest  equestrian  school  in  the  world. 
Other  riding  academies  are  the  Boulevard,  at  60th  Street ;  the  Central  Park,  at  58th 


PARISH    SCHOOL,   CHURCH 
445    EAST 


OF    OUR    LAD^ 
115TH    STREET. 


MT.    CARMEL, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK, 


269 


Street  and  Seventh  Avenue  ;  the  Belmont,  on  124th  Street  ;  the  West  End,  at  139 
West  125th  Street  ;  and  Antony's,  at  90th  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.  These  insti- 
tutions have  well-equipped  riding-rings  and  saddle-horses,  with  competent  teachers, 
and  some  of  the  evening  classes  are  inspired  by  pleasant  music. 

Dancing  Schools  are  numerous  and  varied,  where  this  graceful  art  is  taught 
to  thousands  of  young  people.  Among  the  foremost  Terpsichorean  academies  is 
Dodsworth's,  whose  patrons  come  from  the  select  circles  of  the  city,  and  are  in- 
structed in  all  the  most  modern  forms  of  dancing. 

Fencing  Classes  are  taught  by  Prof.  H.  Armand  Jacoby,  who  is  affiliated 
with  the  Fencers'  Club,  at  8  West  28th  Street ;  M.  Gonspy,  at  the  Racquet  and 
Tennis  Club  ;  M.  Regis  Senac,  at  the  New- York  Athletic  Club  ;  Frederick  and 
Heins,  at  the  Turnverein  ;  and  several  other  masters  of  swordsmanship. 

Kindergartens  and  other  peculiar  schools  show  the  imperial  beneficence  of  New 
York.  Here  have  been  instituted 
great  numbers  of  schools  for  the 
dependent  and  defective  classes. 
The  New- York  Kindergarten  As- 
sociation has  opened  numerous 
schools  for  the  very  young  children 
in  the  tenement-house  districts. 

The  Children's  Aid  Society 
conducts  22  admirable  day  and 
night  industrial  schools.  Similar 
schools  are  maintained  in  the  Five- 
Points  Mission  House,  with  cook- 
ing classes  and  other  practical 
features.  The  House  of  Industry, 
at  155  Worth  Street,  teaches  type- 
setting, carpentry,  and  other  in- 
dustries, to  about  300  children  ; 
and  has  a  well  appointed  kinder- 
garten. St.  Joseph's  Home,  on 
Great  Jones'  Street,  is  an  enor- 
mous Catholic  mission,  with  indus- 
trial and  other  schools  attached. 
The  Catholic  Protectory  has  large 
trade-schools  for  boys,  and  sew- 
ing-schools for  girls. 

The  15,000  poor  Italians  in 
New  York  are  aided  by  three 
mission-schools  in  Leonard,  Sulli- 
van and  Crosby  Streets,  where 
more  than  1,200  children  and 
adults    are    taught    in    the    ordinary  branches   of  study  and  in  various   industries. 

Besides  these  are  the  great  reform  schools,  like  the  New- York  Juvenile  Asylum, 
founded  in  1851,  with  70  instructors  and  1,100  pupils;  the  House  of  Refuge,  on 
Randall's  Island,  founded  in  1825,  with  50  instructors  and  1,000  pupils  ;  and  the 
New- York  Catholic  Protectory,  with  50  instructors  and  1,500  pupils.  These  enor- 
mous schools  are  liberally  conducted,  and  accomplish  inestimable  good  for  the 
children  of  the  poor. 


WORKINGMEN'S    SCHOOL,    SOCIETY     FOR     ETHICAL    CULTURE, 
109    WEST    54TH    STREET. 


270 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  New-York  Institution  for  the  Instruction  of  the  Deaf  and  Dumb, 

on  Washington  Heights,  founded  in  18 1 8,  has  16  instructors  and  over  300  pupils, 
including  many  in  articulation  and  auricular  perception  ;  and  trade-schools,  with 
instructors  for  the  several  branches. 

The  Institution  for  the  Improved  Instruction  of  Deaf  Mutes,  on  Lex- 
ington Avenue,  between  67th  and  68th  Streets,  has  20  instructors  and  200  pupils. 
It  was  founded  in  1867,  and  teaches  the  oral  method,  by  articulation  and  lip-reading, 
not  using  the  deaf  and  dumb  alphabet.  The  building  is  an  attractive  one  ;  and  near 
it  stands  the  four-story  fire-proof  structure  of  the  Technical  Training  Depart- 
ment and  Art-Studio,  metal-working,  wood-working,  natural  philosophy  and  art- 
studios,  each  having  one  full  floor.      The  children  are  also  taught  sewing,  cooking, 

dress-making    and     other 
^Vi<t^'s,"'n  :>W'MJ^      useful  avocations  ;    and  a 

kindergarten    is   provided 
for  the  younger  pupils. 

St.  Joseph's  Insti- 
tute for  the  Improved 
Instruction  of  Deaf 
Mutes,  at  Fordham,  has 
commodious  modern  build- 
ings, and  a  well-conducted 
industrial  department. 


NEW-YORK    INSTITUTION    FOR    THE    INSTRUCTION    OF    THE    DEAF    AND    DUMB, 
ELEVENTH    AVENUE,    NEAR    162D    STREET. 


The     New-York 
Institution    for    the 

Blind,  at  34th  Street 
and  Ninth  Avenue,  is 
another  beneficence  of 
far-reaching  value, 
founded  in  183 1,  and 
now  occupied  by  30 
instructors  and  240  pu- 
pils. Here  the  unfortunate  who  have  lost  or  never  seen  the  light  of  day  are  educated 
in  literature  and  in  the  essentials  of  a  sound  musical  education,  and  also  in  piano- 
tuning  and  other  useful  avocations,  with  a  view  to  becoming  happy  and  self-support- 
ing members  of  society.  The  library  contains  over  3,000  volumes,  many  of  them  in 
laised  letters.  Since  its  origin,  upwards  of  1,500  persons  have  been  instructed  here, 
a  number  of  whom  have  attained  success  and  distinction  in  the  business  and  profes- 
sional walks  of  life.  The  school  has  been  the  source  of  many  original  improvements 
in  the  methods  and  appliances  used  in  educating  the  blind,  the  latest  and  most 
important  of  which  is  the  New-York  Point  System  of  Tangible  Writing  and  Print- 
ing, for  literature,  music  and  mathematics. 

Private  Schools,  Seminaries  and  Academies  in  great  numbers  are  found 
scattered  throughout  New-York  City,  giving  every  variety  of  education,  and  largely 
patronized  by  the  well-to-do  families  of  the  city. 


K1NCS  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


271 


Rutgers  Female  College,  at  56  West  55th  Street,  was  founded  by  Chancellor 
Ferris,  in  1838,  and  for  many  years  held  a  very  high  rank.  After  it  lost  its  fine 
buildings  on  Fifth  Avenue,  the  institution  declined;  but  of  late  many  influential 
friends  have  risen  to  sustain  it.  Rutgers  now  has  sixteen  instructors.  The  president 
is  George  W.  Samson,  D.  D.,  and  the  lady  principal  is  Mrs.  James  T.  Hoyt,  A.  M. 

The    Berke- 


INSTITUTION    FOR    THE    IMPROVED    INSTRUCTION    OF    DEAF    MUTES, 
LEXINGTON   AVENUE,   EAST  67TH  AND  EAST  68TH   STREETS. 


ley  School  has  a 

magnificent  new 
fire-proof  build- 
ing, at  18  to.  24 
West  44th  Street, 
with  a  front  of 
Indiana  limestone 
and  Roman  brick, 
in  Ionic  architec- 
ture. On  the 
ground  floor  is  the 
armory  and  gym- 
nasium, occupy- 
ing 85  by  ico  feet. 
The  first  floor  con- 
tains a  library, 
large  dining- 
room,  offices,  and 
reception  -  rooms. 
The  library  and 
hall  are  embel- 
lished    with    four 

superb  memorial  windows.  On  the  second  and  third  floors  are  the  school  and  class 
rooms  ;  and  the  upper  floors  contain  a  studio  and  a  laboratory,  with  dormitories  for 
twenty  students.  The  athletic  grounds  of  the  school,  known  as  the  "Berkeley 
Oval,"  cover  ten  acres,  with  thirty  tennis-courts,  a  quarter-mile  running  track,  and 
a  boat-house  with  sixty  boats  upon  the  Harlem  River.  The  Berkeley  School  has 
24  instructors  and  over  300  students. 

The  Collegiate  Grammar  School,  at  241  and  243  West  77th  Street,  is  a 
very  ancient  foundation,  connected  with  the  parish  of  the  Collegiate  Reformed  Protes- 
tant Dutch  Church.  The  new  building,  occupied  in  the  fall  of  1892,  adjoins  the 
new  Collegiate  Church  on  West-End  Avenue.  It  has  boy  and  girl  pupils,  in  separate 
rooms,  with  classical  and  commercial  studies,  Bible  study,  and  military  drill.  There 
are  twelve  teachers,  in  the  Primary,  Intermediate  and  Senior  departments.  Many 
lads  are  prepared  here  for  college. 

The  Lenox  Institute,  founded  in  1888,  at  334  and  336  Lenox  Avenue,  is 
practically  a  German  gymnasium,  or  college  preparatory  school,  with  business,  pri- 
mary, and  kindergarten  classes  also.      It  has  men  teachers,  and  boy  and  girl  pupils. 

Other  well-known  institutions  include  the  following  :  The  Columbia  Gram- 
mar School,  at  34  and  36  East  51st  Street,  near  Columbia  College,  a  preparatory 
school  for  all  colleges  and  scientific  schools  ;  Dr.  Sach's  Collegiate  Institutes  on  West 
59th  Street,  fronting  on  Central  Park;  William  Freeland's  admirable  and  efficient  Har- 
vard School,  578  Fifth  Avenue,  corner  of  47th  Street,  fits  many  lads  for  the  leading 
colleges.      Still  others    are   the  Barnard  .School  for  boys,  at  1 19  West  125th  Street, 


272 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


with  120  pupils;  Callisen's  School  for  boys,  131  West  43d  Street ;  Morse's  English 
and  Classical  School  for  boys,  423  Madison  Avenue  ;  Dr.  Chapin's  Collegiate  School 
for  boys,  721  Madison  Avenue  ;  Cutler's  Private  School  for  boys,  20  West  43d 
Street ;  the  D wight  School  for  boys,  1479  Broadway ;  the  Gibbens  and  Beach 
School  for  boys,  20  West  59th  Street  ;  Halsey's  Collegiate  School  for  boys,  34  West 
40th  Street ;  Lyon's  Classical  School  for  boys,  6  East  47th  Street  ;  McMullen's  Pri- 
vate School  for  boys,  521  West  161st  Street;  Richard's  School  for  boys,  1475  Broad- 
way ;  the  University  Grammar- School  for  boys,  1473  Broadway  ;  the  West-End- 
Avenue  School  for  boys,  208  West-End  Avenue  ;  the  Woodbridge  School  for  boys, 
32  East  45th  Street ;  Madame  Ruel's  Boarding  and  Day  School  for  girls,  26  East 
56th  Street ;  the  Brearley  School  for  girls,  6  East  45th  Street ;  the  Classical  School 
for  girls,  196 1  Madison  Avenue;  the  Misses  Ely's  School  for  girls,  Riverside  Drive, 
near  85th  Street ;  the  Comstock  School  for  girls,  32  West  40th  Street  ;  the  English 
and  French  Schools  for  girls,  148  Madison  Avenue  and  55  West  47th  Street  ;  Miss 
Perrin's  Girl's  School,  244  Lenox  Avenue  ;  the  Van  Norman  Institute  for  girls, 
2  West  62d  Street;  Mrs.  Weil's  School  for  girls,  711  Madison  Avenue;  Misses 
Peebles  and  Thompson's  School  for  Young  Ladies,  32  East  57th  Street ;  Rev.  C. 
H.  Gardner's  School  for  Young  Ladies,  607  Fifth  Avenue  ;  the  Misses  Grahams' 
School  for  Young  Ladies,  63  Fifth  Avenue ;  Miss  Anna  C.  Brackett's  School,  9 
West  39th  Street ;  Miss  Emily  A.  Ward's  Riverside  School,  50  West   104th  Street  ; 

the  Heidenfeld  Institute,  for 
both  sexes,  824  Lexington  Ave- 
nue ;  and  the  Heywood  Insti- 
tute, for  both  sexes,  18  West 
93d  Street. 

A  commanding  advantage 
which  New  York  has  over  other 
American  cities,  for  purposes  of 
education,  is  its  massed  treas- 
ures of  art,  literature  and  hu- 
manity. The  Astor,  Lenox 
and  Mercantile  Libraries,  and 
other  great  collections  of  books  ; 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  and 
several  other  very  rich  collec- 
tions in  art ;  the  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History ;  the 
moving  life  of  the  parks  and 
avenues,  architecture  in  every 
form,  philanthropy  organized  to 
benefit  millions,  oratory  and 
dramatic  art,  consecration  and 
self-sacrifice  —  almost  e  v  e  r  y 
form  of  civic  and  social  life  may 
be  observed  and  entered  into, 
in  the  proud  metropolis  of  the 
New  World.  The  contempla- 
tion of  these  manifold  phases 
makes  versatile  and  many-sided 
Berkeley  school,  20  west  44th  st.ieet.  men  and  women. 


he  Higher  Cult 


ure 


Art   Museums   and   Galleries,  Scientific,  Literary,  ]Vlusical  and 
Kindred  Institutions,  Societies  and  Organizations. 


IN  THE  interest  of  the  United  States  the  New- Yorkers  never  rest.  They  are  at 
work  unceasingly,  in  order  that  they  may  give  to  the  Americans  all  the  types 
of  beauty  and  of  elegance.  Even  the  least  lavish  among  them  —  those  who  do  not  buy 
miniatures,  vignettes  of  the  eighteenth  century,  art-objects  of  Japan  —  pay  cheerfully 
for  perfection,  the  price  of  which  is  fabulous.  In  their  estimate  of  value,  it  is  not 
the  actual  worth,  but  the  art  truer  than  truth,  that  counts. 

Elsewhere  there  are  skies,  fields,  plains,  forests,  brooks  under  dark  leaves,  delici- 
ous corners  of  shade  ;  but  in  New  York,  there  are  flowers  that  are  living  jewels  made 
of  light.  In  New  York,  myriads  of  periwinkles,  forget-me-nots,  rose-bushes  and 
geraniums,  uniformly  embroidered  on  miles  of  lawn,  are  as  if  cut  out  of  an  endless 
cloth,  regularly  woven  and  inexhaustible. 

Elsewhere  there  are  Queens,  Princesses,  great  ladies,  and  peasants ;  but  in  New 
York  there  are  women  prodigiously  dressed,  young  and  beautiful  —  not  only  because 
they  are,  but  because  they  wish  to  be  young  and  beautiful  —  and  representing  plasti- 
cally the  ideal  of  thoughts  human. 

Elsewhere  intelligent  men  read  journals,  books,  scientific  pamphlets,  everything  ; 
and  in  comparison  with  New-Yorkers,  most  of  whom  are  too  busy  to  read,  are 
little  informed  and  provincial,  because  ideas  are  in  New  York  in  the  air  that  one 
breathes.  In  London  and  Paris,  the  only  cities  in  the  world  that  New  York  might 
not  surpass  in  higher  culture  if  it  ceased  to  labor,  art-galleries,  literary,  scientific 
and  artistic  societies,  museums,  are  in  the  charge  of  the  government. 

The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  in  Central  Park,  near  Fifth  Avenue  and 
82d  Street,  in  a  stone  and  brick  building  on  the  site  formerly  called  Deer  Park,  was 
formed  as  the  result  of  a  meeting  instigated  chiefly  by  the  art-committee  of  the 
Union  League,  in  October,  1869,  wholly  in  reliance  upon  the  public  spirit  of  New- 
Yorkers.  It  was  incorporated  in  1870,  and  soon  thereafter  purchased  a  collection 
of  pictures,  which  it  exhibited,  together  with  loaned  objects  of  art,  in  a  leased 
building  at  681  Fifth  Avenue.  In  1873,  before  its  lease  had  expired,  it  rented  the 
Douglas  mansion,  126  West  14th  Street ;  having  in  1872  purchased  from  General  L. 
P.  di  Cesnola  the  antiquities  unearthed  by  him  in  Cyprus.  Gifts  were  received,  in 
money  and  objects  of  art,  with  members'  subscriptions,  and  an  offer  from  the  Park 
Commissioners  to  furnish  a  building  in  the  Park  if  the  museum  should  be  transferred 
thither.  In  1 87 1  the  Legislature  had  passed  an  act  authorizing  the  Department  of 
Public  Parks  to  erect  a  building  for  the  purposes  of  a  museum,  and  to  enter  into  an 
agreement  for  its  occupancy  by  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  The  first  portion 
of  the  proposed  building  was  finished  and  inaugurated  in  1 880.  By  the  agreement 
18 


274 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


just  mentioned  the  museum  was  opened  to  the  public  without  charge  four  days  in  the 
week.  The  second,  or  south,  wing  of  the  building  was  completed  and  occupied  in  1889; 
the  third  is  now  in  progress.  In  1890  petitions  were  circulated  in  the  city  requesting 
that  the  museum  be  opened  to  the  public  on  Sundays  without  charge.  The  Trustees 
complied, at  the  cost  of  large  pecuniary  sacrifices,  and  submitting  to  an  inevitable  deficit, 
in  1891,  of  $7,376.84.      Out  of  901,203  visitors,  nearly  200,000  came  on  Sundays 

(from  May  31st,  the  first 
Sunday  opening,  to*  the  end 
of  the  year). 

The  Cyprus  collection 
has  no  parallel  anywhere  for 
extent  and  value.  It  com- 
prises stone  sculptures,  sar- 
cophagi, inscriptions,  alabas- 
tra,  ivories,  lamps,  pottery, 
terra-cotta  statuettes, 
bronzes,  glass,  gems,  jewelry 
and  other  objects  in  gold  and 
silver  ;  Assyrian,  Egyptian, 
Phoenician,  Greek  and  Ro- 
man in  character,  and  of  dates 
from  the  earliest  times  to  later 
than  the  Christian  era;  many 
of  its  objects  and  classes 
of  objects  are  unique.  The 
museum's  collection  of  glass 
was  increased  by  a  purchase 
from  Charvet  by  Henry  G. 
Marquand,  and  by  him  pre- 
sented to  the  Museum  ;  also 
a  later  collection  presented 

INTERIOR   OF    THE    METROPOLITAN    MUSEUM    OF   ART.  |jy    T       T       TarveS  .     making   tllC 

entire  collection  of  glass  the  most  valuable  known.  There  are  magnificent  collections 
of  Babylonian,  Assyrian,  and  other  ancient  cylinders,  seals  and  inscribed  clay  tablets  ; 
Egyptian,  Greek,  Roman,  Indian  and  American  antiquities,  the  last  in  gold  and  silver, 
as  well  as  pottery  and  stone;  modern  sculptures  and  bronzes;  the  Huntington  collection 
of  memorials  of  Washington,  Franklin  and  Lafayette  ;  the  E.  C.  Moore  collection  of 
ancient  terra-cotta  statuettes,  ancient  and  modern  glass,  Oriental  enamelled  and  other 
pottery,  and  objects  of  art  in  metal,  ivory,  etc. ;  the  Coles  collection  of  tapestries  and 
vases;  the  Lazarus  collection  of  miniatures,  enamels,  jewelry  and  fans;  the  Drexel  col- 
lection of  objects  of  art  in  gold  and  silver  ;  the  C.  W.  King  collection  of  ancient  gems, 
purchased  and  presented  to  the  museum  by  John  Taylor  Johnston  ;  the  collection  of 
Oriental  porcelain  purchased  from  S.  P.  Avery ;  the  Japanese  swords  from  the  Ives 
collection  ;  the  unique  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all  nations,  presented  by 
Mrs.  John  Crosby  Brown,  with  a  smaller  collection  presented  by  J.  W.  Drexel;  the 
Baker  and  other  collections  of  ancient  textile  fabrics  from  the  Fayoum,  in  Egypt  ; 
the  pictures,  gold  medals  and  other  objects  commemorative  of  the  laying  of  the 
Atlantic  Cable,  presented  by  the  late  Cyrus  W.  Field  ;  the  models  of  inventions  by 
the  late  Captain  John  Ericsson,  presented  by  George  H.  Robinson  ;  the  reproduc- 
tions of  ivory  carvings,  exhibiting  the  mediaeval  continuance  of  the  art  ;  the  collec- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


275 


276  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

tion  of  Renaissance  iron  work,  the  Delia  Robbia  altar-piece,  the  metallic  reproduc- 
tions of  gold  and  silver  objects  in  the  imperial  Russian  museums,  all  presented  by 
Henry  G.  Marquand  ;  the  McCullum,  Stuart  and  Astor  laces;  the  collection  of 
architectural  casts,  made  from  a  fund  bequeathed  by  the  late  Levi  H.  Willard, 
amounting  to  $100,000;  the  sculptural  casts,  presented  by  H.  G.  Marquand  ;  and 
the  beginning  of  a  series  of  casts,  purchased  by  subscription,  intended  to  illustrate 
progressive  art  from  the  earliest  examples  to  the  later  Christian  ;  drawings  by  the 
old  masters,  collected  by  Count  Maggiori  of  Bologna,  Signor  Marietta,  Professor 
Angelini  and  Dr.  Guastala,  purchased  and  presented  by  Cornelius  Vanderbilt ;  with 
another  smaller  but  equally  fine  collection  presented  by  Mrs.  Cephas  G.  Thompson  ; 
a  large  collection  of  paintings  by  old  Dutch  and  Flemish  masters  ;  another  exceed- 
ingly important  and  valuable  collection  of  paintings  by  old  masters  and  painters  of 
the  English  school,  presented  by  Henry  G.  Marquand  ;  the  noble  galleries  of  modern 
paintings  bequeathed  by  the  late  Catharine  Lorillard  Wolfe  ;  other  galleries  of 
masterpieces  by  modern  artists,  including  the  most  famous  works  of  Rosa  Bonheur 
(presented  by  Cornelius  Vanderbilt)  and  Meissonier  (presented  by  Henry  Hilton). 
The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  would  be  a  museum  of  the  first  class  even  if  it 
were  limited  to  any  one  of  the  collections  that  it  includes  ;  but  its  symmetry  and  ex- 
tent are  as  remarkable  as  its  rapid  growth,  especially  when  we  reflect  that  its  creation 
and  increase  are  due  wholly  to  private  enterprise.  Besides  the  advantages  furnished 
to  artists,  artisans  and  art-students  in  copying  and  designing  from  its  collections,  the 
museum  has  also,  during  the  greater  period  of  its  existence,  maintained  an  institu- 
tion called  the  Art-Schools,  in  which  the  fine  arts  and  decorative  arts,  in  their  chief 
branches,  are  taught,  and  lectures  on  art  are  given. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  in  Central  Park  (77th  Street 
and  Eighth  Avenue),  was  incorporated  in  1869,  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  and 
maintaining  in  New- York  City  a  museum  and  library  of  natural  history.  The  first 
president  was  John  David  Wolfe,  who  was  succeeded  by  Robert  L.  Stuart,  now 
both  deceased.  The  present  officers  are  :  Morris  K.  Jesup,  President  ;  James  M. 
Constable  and  D.  Jackson  Steward,  Vice-Presidents  ;  Charles  Lanier,  Treasurer  ; 
John  H.  Winser,  Secretary ;  William  Wallace,  Superintendent  of  Buildings. 

The  museum  held  its  first  exhibition  in  the  old  arsenal,  where  the  Verreaux  col- 
lection of  natural-history  specimens,  the  Elliot  collection  of  North-American  birds, 
and  the  entire  museum  of  Prince  Maximilian  of  Neuwied  were  displayed.  It  was 
not  until  June,  1 874,  that  the  corner-stone  of  the  first  building  in  Manhattan  Square 
was  laid.  A  new  portion  has  recently  been  added  which  greatly  strengthens  the 
effect  of  the  architectural  design  —  a  not  very  pronounced  tendency  to  the  Roman- 
esque. The  building  proper  is  of  brick,  with  a  front  of  red  granite  from  New  Bruns- 
wick and  Canada.  The  imposing  and  ornamental  entrance  is  of  Massachusetts 
granite.  The  seven  arches  resting  on  short  polished  pillars  of  stone  make  a  com- 
manding and  dignified  front.  The  structure  is  so  designed  that  it  can  be  extended 
to  occupy  the  whole  of  Manhattan  Square,  which  has  been  set  aside  for  that  pur- 
pose ;  wings  will  be  added  as  the  collections  require  them,  and  the  liberality  of  the 
city  allows.  The  current  expenses  of  the  institution  are  paid  by  the  city,  the  board 
of  trustees  and  private  subscriptions. 

In  birds,  mammals,  insects,  fossils,  minerals,  shells,  and  implements  of  the 
aborigines  of  our  own  and  foreign  lands,  the  collections  are  extremely  rich  and  note- 
worthy ;  the  library  on  many  subjects  is  unequaled  by  any  other  in  the  country. 
The  collections  of  woods  and  building  stones  of  the  United  States,  presented  by 
Morris  K.  Jesup,  are  far  the  most  extensive  and  valuable  in  America  and,  possibly, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


277 


278  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

in  the  world.  Most  conspicuous  in  the  other  departments  are  :  The  American 
gems  and  gem  minerals,  exhibited  at  the  Paris  Exposition  by  Tiffany  &  Co.  (these 
brilliant  and  precious  stones  were  purchased  for  and  presented  to  the  museum  by  J. 
Pierpont  Morgan,  one  of  the  trustees)  ;  the  collection  of  Prof.  James  Hall,  the  State 
Geologist ;  the  Spang  collection  of  minerals  ;  the  Jay  collection  of  shells,  pre- 
sented to  the  museum  by  Catharine  L.  Wolfe  ;  the  D.  J.  Steward  collection  of 
shells  ;  and  a  series  of  specimens  on  Mammalian  Palaeontology,  the  result  of  original 
research  and  investigation  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  H.  F.  Osborn.  Prominent 
in  the  department  of  Ethnology  and  Archceology  are  the  collections  of  Lieut. 
Emmons,  H.  R.  Bishop,  Jones,  Terry,  Sturgis,  and  the  private  collection  of  Andrew 
E.  Douglass. 

The  different  departments  of  the  institution  are  designated  as  : 

Public  Instruction — Prof.  Albert  S.  Bickmore,  Curator. 

Geology,  Mineralogy,  Conchology  and  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  —  Prof.  R.  P. 
Whitfield,  Curator. 

Mammalogy,  Ornithology,  Herpitology  and  Ichthyology  —  Prof.  J.  A.  Allen, 
Curator. 

Mammalian  Palaeontology  —  Prof.  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn,  Curator. 

Archaeology  and  Ethnology  —  James  Terry,  Curator. 

Taxidermy  —  Jenness  Richardson,  Taxidermist. 

Entomology       William  Beutenmuller. 

library  —  Anthony  Woodward,  Ph.  D. ,  Librarian. 

Every  object,  however  small,  is  labeled  with  its  scientific  and  common  appella- 
tion, its  description  and  its  history.  The  catalogues  record  the  investigations,  the 
researches  and  the  studies  of  ages.  The  trustees  encourage  the  use  of  the  halls  and 
study-rooms  for  the  holding  of  receptions,  exhibitions  and  business  meetings  of  the 
different  scientific  societies  of  the  city  and  country.  The  aim  of  the  institution  is  to 
establish  a  post-graduate  university  of  natural  science,  that  shall  be  as  complete  in 
all  its  appointments  as  any  similar  institution  in  London  or  Paris. 

The  National  Academy  of  Design,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  23d  Street 
and  Fourth  Avenue,  has  doubtless  received  the  quickest  direct  advantage  from  the 
models  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  and  the  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
Formed  in  1826,  of  the  New-York  Drawing  Association,  it  is  the  American  Ecole 
des  Beaux-arts,  the  American  equivalent  of  the  Royal  Academy  and  of  the  Salon. 
Its  act  of  incorporation,  passed  April  5,  1828,  was  in  the  names  of  Samuel  F.  B. 
Morse,  Henry  Inman,  Thomas  S.  Cummings,  John  L.  Morton,  Asher  B.  Durand, 
Charles  Ingham,  Frederick  S.  Agate  and  Thomas  Cole.  It  has  in  its  list  of  stu- 
dents names  of  the  most  eminent  artists.  The  schools  directed  by  the  Academicians, 
instructed  by  the  ablest  professors,  are  opened  the  first  Monday  in  October  and 
closed  in  the  middle  of  May.  There  are  composition  classes,  costume  classes, 
sketching  classes  from  casts,  from  the  living  model,  draped  and  undraped,  painting 
classes,  lectures,  prizes  to  deserving  students,  exhibitions  of  works  by  artists. 
The  students  have  access  to  the  books  of  an  art  library,  the  value  of  which  is  in- 
estimable. The  spring  exhibition  of  the  National  Academy  of  Design  introduces 
their  work  to  the  critics  and  to  the  public.  There  is  another  Academy  exhibition 
in  the  autumn.  The  instruction  is  free.  The  building  of  gray  and  white  marble  and 
blue  stone,  with  a  double  stairway  to  the  entrance,  is  graceful.  It  was  built  by 
popular  subscription.  Artists  in  need  of  living  models  may  always  count  on  obtain- 
ing them  at  the  National  Academy  of  Design,  or  at  the  Art-Students'  League. 
The  spring  and  autumn  exhibitions  of  the  National  Academy,  in  May  and  November, 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


279 


are  the  leading  art  events  of  the  year.  The  pictures  exhibited  are  approved  by  a 
jury  elected  by  the  Academicians. 

The  Art-Students'  League,  at  215  West  57th  Street,  was  organized  in  1875, 
and  incorporated  in  1878.  There,  every  day,  are  life,  portrait,  sketch,  modelling, 
composition  and  costume  classes.  There  are  frequent  lectures,  art-receptions  and 
exhibitions. 

The  Kit-Kat  Club,  at  61  Lexington  Avenue,  founded  in  1881,  and  incorporated 
in  1884,  is  a  working  club  of  artists.  There  are  classes  three  times  a  week  at  night, 
without  professors.      The  members  criticise  the  work  of  each  other.      There   are 


NATIONAL    ACADEMY    OF    DESIGN,    FOURTH    AVENUE    AND    23D    STREET. 


CYCEUM    THEATRE. 


informal  receptions  called  smoking  parties,  and  annual  exhibitions  of  tableaux  vivants. 
The  latter  defray  the  expenses  of  the  club.      The  dues  of  the  members  are  trivial. 

The  American  Water-Color  Society,  at  52  East  23d  Street,  founded  in 
1866,  makes  a  yearly  exhibition  at  the  National  Academy  of  Design  of  the  works  of 
painters  in  water-colors,  members  of  the  society,  and  awards  the  William  T.  Evans 
prize  of  $300  to  the  painter  of  the  picture  adjudged  by  a  vote  of  the  society  to  be 
the  most  meritorious  of  the  exhibition. 

The  New  Etching  Club  is  at  49  West  22d  Street.  Its  catalogues  contain  an 
etching  and  a  portrait  of  every  member  of  the  club,  and  short  essays  on  the  art  of 
the  etcher. 

The  American  Fine-Arts  Society  is  a  union  of  the  Society  of  American 
Artists,  the  Architectural  League  of  New  York,  and  the  Art-Students'  League. 
They  jointly  own  and  occupy  the  exquisite  building  erected  by  them  at  215  West 
57th  Street,  between  Broadway  and  Seventh  Avenue. 

The  Architectural  League  of  New  York,  at  215  West  57th  Street,  was 
organized  in  1881,  and  has  monthly  meetings,  lectures,  an  annual  banquet,  an  annual 
exhibition  and  prizes. 


280  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  Society  of  American  Artists,  at  215  West  57th  Street,  was  founded 
in  1877,  by  artists  dissatisfied  with  the  National  Academy  of  Design.  Several 
Academicians  are  members,  and  one,  W.  M.  Chase,  is  President  of  the  society.  Its 
purposes  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  National  Academy  of  Design.  Practically 
the  Art-Students'  League  schools  are  its  schools. 

The  Society  of  Decorative  Art,  at  28  East  21st  Street,  organized  in  1877, 
incorporated  in  1878,  exhibits  and  sells  art-work  of  women,  pottery,  china,  tiles, 
plaques,  embroideries,  hangings,  curtains,  book-cases,  cabinets,  table  and  other 
house  linen,  articles  for  wardrobes  of  infants,  panels  for  cabinet  work,  painting  on 
silk  for  screens,  panels  and  fans,  decorated  bills  of  fare,  and  works  of  like  descrip- 
tion. A  subscriber  of  $100  may  nominate  a  pupil  for  one  year  in  any  of  the  free 
classes  taught  by  the  society.  A  subscriber  of  $10  may  place  one  pupil  unable  to 
pay  for  tuition  in  the  china,  water-color  or  fan-painting  classes,  for  five  free  lessons. 
A  subscriber  of  $5  may  nominate  one  pupil  for  six  free  lessons  in  art-needlework, 
the  pupil's  ability  to  be  determined  by  the  first  two  lessons.  The  society  charges 
10  per  cent,  commission  on  its  sales,  and  it  sells  nothing  that  its  committees  have 
not  approved. 

The  Cooper-Union  Free  Night  Schools  of  Science  and  Art,  at  the 
Cooper  Institute,  are  open  to  all  applicants  at  least  fifteen  years  of  age,  whether 
they  are  or  are  not  residents  of  the  city.  In  the  scientific  department  are  taught 
mathematics,  chemistry,  astronomy,  electrical  measurements,  mechanics,  mechan- 
ical drawings.  In  the  art  department  are  taught  mechanical,  architectural,  per- 
spective, cast,  form,  ornamental,  figure  and  rudimental  drawing,  decorative  design- 
ing and  modelling  in  clay.     There  are  lectures,  exhibitions,  prizes  and  diplomas. 

The  Cooper-Union  Woman's  Art-School,  at  the  Cooper  Institute,  is  open 
to  all  applicants  at  least  sixteen  and  not  over  thirty-five  years  of  age.  There  are 
classes  in  oil-painting,  life  and  cast  drawing,  designing  and  normal  drawing,  pen 
and  ink  illustration,  crayon  photograph,  lectures  on  art  and  on  anatomy,  exhibitions, 
diplomas.  There  are  supplementary  afternoon  classes  for  women  who  study  art  as 
an  accomplishment,  or  have  the  means  to  pay  for  tuition.  An  endowment  fund  of 
$200,000  from  the  estate  of  Daniel  B.  Fayerweather  came  in  189 1  to  supplement 
the  provision  of  Peter  Cooper's  trust-deed  for  the  admirable  Cooper-Union  Woman's 
Art-School. 

The  New-York  Institute  for  Artist-Artisans,  at  140  West  23d  Street, 
founded  in  1889,  and  directed  by  John  Ward  Stimson,  former  director  of  the  Metro- 
politan Museum  of  Art  Schools,  is  a  training  school  for  all  the  arts,  kept  constantly 
in  touch  with  the  various  trade  guilds  and  associations.  The  arts  are  taught  in  their 
application  to  various  branches  of  trade.  The  school  is  under  the  patronage  of  in- 
fluential men  and  women  of  the  city,  and  interests  every  person  who  cares  for  the 
progress  of  American  industrial  art. 

Everybody  in  New  York  is  interested  in  the  industrial  phase  of  the  arts,  if  one 
may  judge  by  the  attraction  which  the  shop-windows  have  for  the  crowds,  the  in- 
creasing taste  for  beauty  being  displayed  everywhere,  the  popularity  of  exhibitions 
of  handicraft,  and  the  interest  displayed  to  learn  the  value,  the  history,  and  the 
names  of  buyers  of  works  of  art. 

The  Art  Stores  of  the  American  Art  Association,  in  East  23d  Street  ;  of 
Moore,  in  West  17th  Street;  of  Thomas  B.  Clarke,  in  East  34th  Street;  of  S.  P. 
Avery,  Jr.,  W.  C.  Baumgarten  &  Co.,  Boussod,  Valadon  &  Co.,  Cottier  &  Co., 
L.  Christ  Delmonico,  Durand  Ruel  Brothers,  H.  J.  Duveen  &  Co.,  Knoedler  &  Co., 
Reichard  &  Co.,  Herman  Schaus  and  A.   W.  Conover  (successors  of  Wm.   Schaus), 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'  OF  NEW    YORK. 


281' 


ASSOCIATED  ARTISTS,  115  EAST  23D  STREET. 


Frank  Hegger,  and  Sypher  &  Co., 
in  Fifth  Avenue  ;  of  H.  B.  Herts 
&  Co.,  Tiffany  &  Co.,  and 
Wunderlich,  on  Broadway ;  of 
Frederick  Keppel,  Wernicke  and 
many  others,  have  in  their  books 
records  of  private  collections  only 
a  little  less  interesting  than  their 
wares,  to  the  public  of  New  York. 
But  these  records  are  sealed.  It 
is  not  by  them  that  one  may 
know  what  treasures  are  hidden 
behind  many  severe,  ordinary, 
uninviting  brown-stone  fronts  of 
New- York  houses.  However, 
they  may  be  known,  for  many  of 
these  treasure,  appear  at  loan  exhi- 
bitions frequently.  When  known, 
they  are  not  difficult  of  access. 

The  Private  Art  Collec- 
tions of  New  York  include  those 
of  Mrs.  Astor,  Samuel  P.  Avery, 
J.  A.  Bostwick,  Heber  R.  Bishop, 
James  B.  Colgate,  R.  L.  Cutting, 
Charles  A.  Dana,  W.  B.  Dins- 
more,  Sidney  Dillon,  Jay  Gould,  Henry  Hilton,  C.  P.  Fluntington,  G.  G.  Haven, 
Henry  G.  Marquand,  J.  Pierpont  Morgan,  Levi  P.  Morton,  Darius  O.  Mills, 
Oswald  Ottendorfer,  J.  W.  Pinchot,  Charles  Stewart  Smith,  Mrs.  Paran  Stevens, 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Vanderbilt,  Cornelius  Vanderbilt,  W.  K.  Vanderbilt  and  C.  F.  Woeri- 
shoffer.  The  most  valuable  collection  is  the  one  formed  by  William  H.  Vanderbilt. 
Not  one  is  limited  to  paintings.  Samuel  P.  Avery  has  paintings,  bronzes  of  Barye, 
and  the  greatest  private  collection  of  etchings  extant  ;  Heber  R.  Bishop  has  an 
unsurpassable  collection  of  jades  ;  Charles  A.  Dana,  of  vases  of  china  ;  and  Henry 
G.  Marquand  has  classified  in  appropriately  designed  rooms,  Persian,  Japanese, 
Arabic  and  Hispano-Moresque,  the  most  valuable  antique  tapestry,  porcelain,  arms 
and  art-objects.  The  value  of  the  private  art-collections  in  New  York  is  calcu- 
lated at  $8,000,000.  In  1885  the  paintings  collected  by  George  I.  Seney,  285  in 
number,  brought  $650,000.  Meissonier's  "  1807,"  presented  by  Henry  Hilton  to 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  cost  the  late  Alexander  T.  Stewart  $67,000. 
The  portrait  by  Rembrandt,  which  Henry  G.  Marquand  bought  from  the  Marquis 
of  Lansdowne  and  presented  to  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  cost  $25,000  and 
expenses.  The  paintings  shown  at  one  of  the  annual  receptions  of  the  Union 
League  were  insured  for  $400,000.  In  1883  a  loan  collection  of  paintings  and 
various  objects  of  art  at  the  National  Academy  of  Design  was  insured  for  more 
than  $1,000,000.  The  sales  at  one  exhibition  of  the  National  Academy  of  Design 
aggregated  $40,000.  Mr.  Drewry,  secretary  of  the  Kit-Kat  Club,  and  art-editor  of 
the  American  Press  Association,  estimates  at  4,000  the  number  of  professional 
artists  in  New  York.  Among  these  are  the  foremost  painters  and  sculptors  of 
America,  enriching  the  Empire  City  with  the  art  of  Paris,  the  statuary  of  Athens, 
the  architecture  of  Italy. 


282  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  American  Art  Association,  at  6  East  23d  Street,  was  organized  by 
James  F.  Sutton,  Thomas  E.  Kirby  and  R.  Austin  Robertson,  men  of  business  and 
ardent  art-lovers.  For  the  advancement  of  American  painting  it  gave  exhibitions, 
fortunes  in  premiums  to  painters,  and  its  time  and  labor.  It  was  a  Salon,  an  Acad- 
emy, but  independent  of  government,  schools,  classes,  clubs  and  cliques.  For  its 
maintenance  it  is  a  dealer  in  paintings,  sculpture,  vases,  objects  of  art ;  and  an  auc- 
tioneer of  art-collections  and  libraries  —  the  exhibitions  of  which  are  always  artistic 
sensations  and  ever  advance  American  appreciation  of  art.  The  galleries  of  the  asso- 
ciation are  themselves  a  masterpiece  of  American  art.  They  are  formed  of  a  large 
gallery,  from  which  a  double  stairway  leads  up  to  another  large  gallery,  flanked  by 
smaller  ones,  whence  another  stairway  leads  you  to  another  gallery  flanked  by  smaller 
ones,  from  which  another  stairway  leads  to  the  large  galleries.  There  are  quaint 
curio  rooms,  picturesque  passages,  interesting  corners.  The  woodwork  is,  with  ex- 
quisite harmony,  early  English,  German,  Renaissance,  late  Moorish  and  Empire  in 
styles.  The  fire-places  are  charmingly  effective.  There  are  carpets  of  Asia,  rich  rugs, 
magnificent  paintings  ;  in  cases  of  ebony,  vases  of  China,  ivories  delicate  and  compli- 
cated as  if  carved  by  a  thin  epileptic  tool ;  ancient  stuffs  ;  impressive  object-lessons 
in  interior  decorations.  The  galleries  are  in  three  stories,  and  extend  from  23d  Street 
to  22d  Street,  with  windows  on  Broadway  ;  but  one  loses  in  them  the  sense  of  dis- 
tance, the  sense  of  fatigue.  The  ablest  art-critics  have  called  them  ideal.  They 
have  given  to  New  York  the  distinction  of  possessing  the  most  spacious,  best  lighted, 
best  ventilated,  most  graceful,  of  art-galleries.  Their  architect  was  H.  Edwards 
Ficken.  They  are  admirably  situated ;  they  face  the  lilacs  and  roses  of  Madison 
Square  and  occupy  a  central  place  in  the  distinctive  quarter  of  New  York  which 
begins  at  the  Astor  Library  and  ends  at  Murray  Hill.  It  is  the  special  quarter  of 
New  York  where  one  may  meet  the  world  ;  the  men  of  wealth  and  the  students  ;  the 
protectors  and  the  producers  of  art.  The  studio  of  Chase  is  in  Tenth  Street,  and 
the  Vanderbilt  houses  are  near  50th  Street.  There  are  pupils  of  the  Academy,  the 
League  and  the  Artisans  ;  men  of  Science,  stealers  of  fire  and  of  light  ;  chemists, 
physiologists,  anthropologists,  truth -seekers ;  poets  and  historians,  who  under- 
stand the  meaning  of  myths  and  symbols,  the  harmonies  of  color,  and  the  every- 
thing of  human  beauty.  There  are  men  of  business  who  have  turned  time  into 
money,  and  repay  in  dollars  the  minutes  Corot  spent  in  painting  trees,  simplified 
as  they  appear  to  us,  but  wherein  every  leaf  trembles  nevertheless.  These  men 
and  the  platonic  art-lovers  are  reunited  by  every  exhibition  at  the  American  Art- 
Galleries. 

Here  were  shown  and  sold  the  extraordinary  art-collections  and  libraries  formed 
by  Mary  Jane  Morgan  ($1,205, 153),  George  I.  Seney  ($648,900),  A.  T.  Stewart 
($575,°79),BraytonIves($275, 160), Samuel  L.  M.  Barlow  ($138,904),  and  the  Amer- 
ican Art  Association.  The  latter  was  the  first  part  of  a  collection  which  the  death 
of  Mr.  Robertson  unfortunately  forces  into  a  partition  sale.  There  were  shown  the 
Angelus  of  Millet  and  the  bronzes  of  Barye.  There  have  appeared  works  of  all 
the  great  modern  masters  in  painting :  of  many  old  masters ;  vases  of  all  epochs,  of 
King-Te-Tekin  ;  treasures  of  all  countries  in  statuary,  in  jewelry,  in  books  ;  all  the 
decorative  art  of  Japan  in  its  most  precious  examples.  At  sales,  when  pass  in  re- 
view books  bound  for  great  collectors,  paintings,  or,  on  a  little  table  covered  with  a 
cloth  of  Peruvian  gold  velvet,  all  the  hallucinatory  art  of  the  extreme  Orient,  in 
marvellous  forms  of  vases,  jades  and  crystals,  the  American  Art-Galleries  are 
crowded  with  beautiful  women  and  great  men.  Then,  if  the  lights  in  the  American 
Art-Galleries  went  out,  all  the  artists  and  art-lovers  of  New  York  would  be  in  the  dark. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


283 


284 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  stranger  in  New- York  City  will  always  find  at  the  galleries  of  the  American 
Art  Association  an  exhibition  of  paintings  and  works  of  art  well  worthy  of  a  visit. 

Frank  Hegger's  Photographic  Depot,  at  152  Broadway,  is  the  best-known 
and  most  popular  establishment  of  its  kind  in  America.  This  spacious  store  is  a 
magazine  packed  with  everything  that  is  choice  in  water-colors,  etchings,  en- 
gravings, photographs  of  every  possible  description,  and  unmounted  views  from 
all  parts  of  the  globe.  "If  you  can't  get  them  at  Hegger's,  you  can't  get  them  in 
this  country,  "  is  a  well-deserved  compliment  and  literally  true.      Hegger's  is  always 


HEGGER'S    ART    ESTABLISHMENT,    152    BROADWAY. 

abreast  with  the  time,  and  the  selections  which  continually  replenish  his  stock  are 
made  with  the  taste  and  judgment  of  a  man  of  travel  and  a  knowledge  of  the  best- one 
sees  as  a  traveler.  It  is  a  case  of  a  man  fitted  by  every  natural  inclination  and  gift 
to  his  vocation,  and  who  has  become  conspicuous  among  us  by  the  natural  devel- 
opment and  vast  public  utility  of  his  business.  The  absence  of  the  Hegger  estab- 
lishment from  New  York  would  leave  an  aching  void  to  the  eyes  of  thousands  to 
whom  his  show-windows  and  port-folios  are  a  perpetual  source  of  intellectual  refresh- 
ment and  sesthetical  delight.  The  Broadway  sidewalk  is  often  blockaded  by  the 
throng  attracted  by  his  ever  freshly  renewed  and  ever  novel  and  interesting  displays, 
and  brokers  and  business  men,  hot  with  the  fever  of  mid-day  business,  break 
suddenly  away  from  their  drive  for  gain  to  "run  in  and  see  what  Hegger  has  new," 
and  jostle  grave  divines  and  college  professors  in  their  investigations  of  the  huge 
sample  books. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


285 


The  Tiffany  Glass  and  Decorating  Company  of  New  York. — It  is  with- 
out doubt  evident  to  every  careful  observer  that  a  strong  artistic  taste  is  rapidly 
developing  among  us,  and  that  the  American  people  are  ultimately  destined  to  be- 
come deeply  imbued  with  an  unprecedented  love  for  all  forms  of  material  beauty, 
architectural,  pictorial  and  decorative.  The  phenomenal  growth  and  expansion  of 
the  Tiffany  Glass  and  Decorating  Company,  of  333-341  Fourth  Avenue,  are  suffi- 
cient evidence  of  this  fact,  as  such  an  organization  could  not  exist  without  a  large 
clientage  of  art-loving  people.  Take  the  subject  alone  of  colored  glass  windows, 
and  it  is  in  the  memory  of  all  that  only  a  few  years  ago  most  Americans  were  con- 
tented with  imported  windows,  or  with  poor  imitations  made  here.  In  both  cases 
the  windows  were  but  copies  of  mediaeval  work,  seldom  equalling  the  originals,  and 
never  showing  an  advance,  either  in  artistic  qualities  or  improvement  of  method,  or 
even  mechanical  skill,  over  the  windows  of  the  Middle  Ages.  All  this  is  now  a 
thing  of  the  past.  To-day  America  leads  the  world  in  the  making  of  colored  glass 
windows  ;  a  result  brought  about  mainly  through  the  investigations  and  experiments 
of  Louis  C.  Tiffany,  an  artist  of  rare  ability,  having  a  most  exquisite  appreciation  of 
color  values  and  their  relations,  one  to  another.  He  intuitively  took  up  the  subject 
where  the  medievalist  left  off,  viz. :  The  study  and  the  unfolding  of  the  inherent 
properties  of  the  glass  to  their  fullest  extent,  both  in  color  and  in  texture,  in  order 
to  obtain  in  the  glass  itself  light  and  shade,  through  depth  and  irregularity  of  color, 
in  union  with  inequality  of  surface,  in  that  way  hoping  to  avoid  the  dullness,  opacity 
and  thinness  which  invaribly  accompany  the  use  of  paint,  and  are  marked  character- 
istics of  European  glass-work.  Moreover,  he  endeavored  to  obtain  effects  in  this 
obstinate  material  which  were  hitherto  deemed  impossible.  Among  other  things  he 
introduced  the  use  of  opalescent  glass.  He  softened  the  hard  lead  lines  by  plating 
glass  over  glass, 
and  he  developed 
the  mosaic  system 
of  work,  substitut- 
ing it  for  glass- 
painting. 

In  a  word,  he 
originated  a  sys- 
tem of  work  which 
requires  the  strict- 
est attention  of  the 
artist,  a  method 
founded  on  the 
most  perfect  prac- 
tice of  the  mosaic 
system,  an  artistic 
method  par  excel- 
lence. The  result 
is  that  a  Tiffany 
window  made  by 
the    company   that 

bears  his  name  is  indeed  a  thing  of  beauty,  and  for  which  the  demand  is  growing 
from  day  to  day,  and  so  fast,  that  the  company  is  compelled  to  carry  constantly 
in  stock  over  a  hundred  tons  of  glass  in  the  raw  state,  and  employ  a  large  corps  of 
artists  exclusively  for  this  branch  of  its  business.      Just  as  the  Glass  Department 


TIFFANY    GLASS    AND    DECORATING    COMPANY,    FOURTH    AVENUE    AND    25th    STREET. 


286 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


has  grown,  in  the  same  way  every  other  one  has   developed,  until   in  the  studios 
of  the    company   all    forms    of   artistic    handicraft   are  found.      Churches,   houses, 

hotels  and  theatres  are  decorated 
and  furnished  throughout.  In  fact, 
both    domestic    and   ecclesiastical 


work  of  every  description  is  under- 
taken by  the  company.  The  de- 
mand for  its  work  has  been  so  great 
that  an  increase  of  capital  became 
a  necessity,  and  the  company  now 
has  a  paid-up  cash  capital  of  $400,  - 
000.  The  artistic  department  is 
under  the  immediate  direction  of 
Louis  C.  Tiffany  ;  the  general  man- 
agement is  under  the  care  of  Pringle 
Mitchell  ;  while  the  Board  of  Di- 
rection is  composed  of  a  number 
of  well-known  men,  viz. :  C.  T. 
Cook,  John  C.  Piatt,  John  DuFais, 
Henry    W.     de     Forest,     George 

BEETHOVEN    MAE.NNERCHOR,   2.0   F.FTH    STREET.  HolmeS   aild   Voil    Beck   Canfidd. 

The  Music  in  New  York  shows  this  city  to  be  far  in  advance  of  any  other 
capital  city.  It  knew  and  appreciated  all  Wagner  before  Paris  accepted  Lohen- 
grin.     It  has  inimitable  orchestras,  choral  societies,  music-clubs,  and  professors. 

The  Philharmonic  Society,  organized  in  1842  by  Uriah  C.  Hill,  a  violinist, 
native  of  New  York,  who  had  studied  with  Spohr  at  Cassel,  is  composed  of  pro- 
fessional orchestra  players  and  a  non-professional  president.  It  gave  at  the  first 
concert,  December  7,  1842,  the  Symphony  in  C  Minor  of  Beethoven,  which 
seemed  far  above  the  faculty  of  appreciation  of  a  public  so  little  educated  musically 
as  the  public  of  New  York  was  then  ;  but  it  had  a  high  aim  and  never  faltered.  It 
led  the  public  taste.  In  1867  the  membership  was  increased  to  100  players.  At  that 
time  Carl  Bergman  was  its 
conductor,  and  remained  in 
office  until  1876.  Dr.  Leopold 
Damrosch  was  conductor, 
1876-77;  Theodore  Thomas, 
1877-78;  Adolph  Nehendorff, 
1878-79;  Theodore  Thomas, 
1878-91  ;  and  Anton  Seidl. 

The  Symphony  So- 
ciety was  organized  in  1880 
by  Theodore  Thomas,  who 
had  been  the  conductor  of 
the  Philharmonic  Society. 
The  rivalry  between  these 
two  societies  has  been  an 
invaluable  advantage. 

The  Oratorio  So- 
ciety, organized  in  1873,  ls 
now  under  the   direction  of  new-york  maennerchor,  203  east  56th  street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'   OF  NEW    YORK. 


287 


his  son,  Walter  J.  Damrosch.  Its  predecessors  in  the  place  that  it  occupies  were 
the  Church  Music  Association,  the  Mendelssohn  Union  and  the  Harmonic  Society. 
Like  the  Harmonic  Society,  it  gives  every  year  during  Christmas  week  a  perform- 
ance of  the  Messiah.  It  has  given  and  continues  to  give,  with  perfect  art,  works 
like  Bach's  Passion  Music,  Berlioz's  Messe  des  Morts,  Handel's  Judas  Maccabeus, 
Haydn's  Creatioti  and  Seasons,  Schumann's  Paradise  and  the  Peri,  Liszt's  Christus, 
Grell's  Missa  Solemnis,  and  the  cantatas  of  Dr.  Damrosch. 

The  Mendelssohn  Glee  Club  was  organized  in  1866  by  Joseph  Mosenthal, 
a  violinist,  a  pupil  of  Spohr,  and  a  native  of  Cassel,  who  became  an  influen- 
tial organist  of  the  Episcopal  Church  in  New  York,  and  resigned  from  Calvary 
Church  not  to  yield  to  a  fashionable  craze  for  boy  choirs.  The  club  gives  concerts 
invariably  excellent. 

The  Manuscript  Society,  organized  in  1889  for  the  performance  in  public  of 
unpublished  works  of  American  composers,  has  for  president  Gerritt  Smith. 

The  Rubinstein  Society,  devoted  exclusively  to  part  songs  for  women's 
voices,  is  under  the  direction  of  William  R.  Chapman. 

The  Metropolitan  Musical  Socisty,  a  mixed  choir,  is  also  under  the  direc- 
tion of  William  R.  Chapman. 

The  Musurgia,devoted 
exclusively  to  part  songs  for 
men's  voices,  is  under  the 
direction  of  William  R. 
Chapman,  who  also  directs 
the  Rubenstein  and  Metro- 
politan Musical  Societies, 
and  who  has  done  much 
towards  the  making  of  the 
study  of  music  fashionable. 

Maennerchors,  com- 
posed of  Germans,  are 
numerous. 

Orpheons,  composed  of 
Swiss  and  French,  are  repre- 
sented by  several  organi- 
zations. 

Church  Choral  Socie- 
ties, which  Trinity  Church 
encouraged  so  effectively 
when  New  York  had  no 
other  music  than  the  music  of 
churches,  have  been  organ- 
ized in  various  sections. 


liederkran: 


'ri  AVENulS. 


53TH  STREET,  BETWEcN   LEXINGTON  AND  FOUf 

The  Deutscher  Liederkranz,  at  the  north  side  of  East  58th  Street,  between 
Park  and  Lexington  Avenues,  gave  to  New  York  the  fervor  of  German  lyrism.  It 
was  organized  in  1847,  a11^  incorporated  in  i860,  and  it  has  steadily  given,  in  con- 
certs, in  cantatas,  in  courses  of  instruction  that  have  powerful  influence,  the  best 
works  of  the  German  composers.  It  has  admirably  produced  works  like  Mozart's 
Requiem,  Liszt's  Prometheus,  and  Mendelssohn's  Walpurgisnacht.  Its  membership 
is  composed  of  active  members  who  are  musicians  or  students  in  the  perfect  school  of 
vocal  music  provided  by  the  club,  and  others  to  whom  the  seductive  social  features 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


only  of  the  club  have  appealed.  Its  membership  is  largely  American,  or,  to  be  pre- 
cise, Anglo-Saxon.  There  are  female  choruses.  The  conductor  is  Heinrich  Zoll- 
ner,  of  Cologne,  whom  the  club  called  to  New  York  in  1890.  The  festivals  of  the 
Liederkranz,  especially  the  annual  Carnival,  are  thoroughly  artistic.  The  club-house 
of  the  Liederkranz  is  a  large,  brown-stone  building  in  the  style  of  the  German  Re- 
naissance.    The  president  is  Hubert  Cillis. 

The  Maennergesangverein  Arion,  at  the  corner  of  Park  Avenue  and  59th 
Street,  was  organized  by  fourteen  dissatisfied  members  of  the  Liederkranz  in   1854. 

They  gave  their 
first  concert  in  the 
Apollo  Rooms,  at 
Broadway  and 
Canal  Streets ; 
produced  an  ope- 
retta, Mordgrun- 
brnck,  in  1855 ; 
another,  Der 
Gang  Zum  Eisen  - 
hammer,  in  1856  ; 
furnished  the 
choruses  in  the 
first  Wagner  opera 
performed  in 
America,  Tann- 
hauser,    August 

27.  l859  5  Per- 
formed Der  Frei- 

ARION    SOCIETY,    PARK    AVENUE    ANO    EAST    59th    STREET.  ScJlUtZ       in        i860   * 

and  gave  brilliant  Carnival  meetings  that  are  still  maintained.  In  1 87 1,  the  Arion 
brought  Dr.  Leopold  Damrosch  from  Breslau.  In  September,  1887,  it  removed 
from  St.  Mark's  Place  to  its  present  home,  and  the  following  month  gave  a  concert 
under  the  direction  of  Frank  Van  der  Stucken,  its  present  conductor.  It  is,  unlike 
the  Liederkranz,  almost  exclusively  German.  It  has  no  chorus  of  mixed  voices.  It 
gives  concerts,  balls,  and  operettas  in  the  large  hall  on  the  third  floor  of  its  graceful 
building.  The  lower  story  is  of  Berea  sandstone,  the  rest  of  buff  brick  and  terra 
cotta.  The  style  is  early  Italian  Renaissance.  The  groups  of  heroic  size  at  the 
roof  are  Arion  on  the  back  of  a  dolphin,  on  the  Park- Avenue  side,  and  Prince  Car- 
nival and  two  female  figures  dancing,  on  the  59th-Street  side. 

The  Music  Hall  founded  by  Andrew  Carnegie  at  the  corner  of  57th  Street 
and  Seventh  Avenue,  has  a  main  hall  or  auditorium  for  concerts,  smaller  rooms  for 
chamber  music,  studios,  rehearsals,  fairs,  and  a  gymnasium.  The  building,  opened 
in  May,  1 89 1,  is  of  mottled  brick  and  terra  cotta,  in  the  style  of  the  Venetian  Renais- 
sance. The  house  decoration  is  of  pale  salmon  color,  produced  by  a  stencilling  of 
white  on  a  background  of  old  rose.  Music  Hall  is  the  home  of  the  Oratorio  Society. 
The  Symphony  and  other  societies  play  there. 

The  Lenox  Lyceum,  on  Madison  Avenue,  near  59th  Street,  on  the  site  of 
the  Old  Panorama,  has  the  most  beautiful  but  not  the  best  in  acoustics  of  the  New- 
York  music  halls.  The  stage  is  under  a  shell-shaped  building.  The  facade  is  of 
colored  marbles.  The  style  is  early  Italian  Renaissance.  The  building  was  opened 
in  January,  1890,  and  is  fitted  for  concerts,  fairs,  banquets,  balls  and  other  festivals. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


289 


Music  Halls,  conservatories  of  music,  private  performances  of  great  works  at 
receptions,  lectures  by  Krehbiel,  Henderson  and  Damrosch  furnish  a  perpetual 
local  education  in  harmony. 

The  New-York  Historical  Society,  at  170  Second  Avenue,  southeast  cor- 
ner of  nth  Street,  founded  in  1804,  incorporated  in  1809,  has  a  library  of 
75,000  volumes  of  reference,  in  large  collections  of  scarce  pamphlets,  maps,  news- 
papers, manuscripts,  paintings  and  engravings,  records  of  every  phase  in  the  pro- 
gress of  New  York.  Egbert  Benson,  DeWitt  Clinton,  William  Linn,  Samuel  Miller, 
John  N.  Abeel,  John  M.  Mason,  David  Hosack,  Anthony  Bleecker,  Samuel  Bayard, 
Peter  G.  Stuyvesant  and  John  Pintard  were  its  founders  ;  and  it  never  lacked  the 
liberality,  the  public  spirit,  the  influence  and  the  labor  of  men  like  these.  John 
Pintard  gave  paintings,  books  and  manuscripts  ;  James  Lenox,  marbles  of  Nineveh  ; 
Luman  Reed,  Thomas  J.  Bryan,  Louis  Durr,  the  New-York  Gallery  of  Fine  Arts 
and  the  American  Art  Union,  paintings,  books  and  statuary ;  Isaiah  Thomas, 
$300;  Elizabeth  DeMilt,  $5,000;  Seth  Grosvenor,  $10,000;  David  E.  Wheeler, 
$1,000;  Thomas  Barron,  $10,000;  Richard  E.  Mount,  $1,000;  Edward  Bill, 
$5,000  ;  Augustus  Schell,  $5,000  ;  Mary  Rogers,  $1,000  ;  John  D.  Jones,  a  special 
fund  now  amounting  to  $2,287  ;  tne  Sons  of  Rhode  Island,  $600;  Stephen  Whit- 
ney Phoenix,  $15,000.  The  home  of  the  society  was  in  the  City  Hall  from  1804  to 
1809,  in  the  Government  House  from  1809  to  1816,  in  the  New- York  Institution 
from  1816  to  1832,  in  Remsen's  Building  in  Broadway  from  1832  to  1837,  in  the 
Stuyvesant  Institute  from  1837  to  1841,  in  the  New-York  University  from  1841  to 
1857.  It  could  not  be  predicted  in  1857,  when  the  society  took  possession  of  its  pres- 
ent edifice,  that  in  less  than'  half  a 
century  the  rooms  would  be  over- 
crowded. They  are  a  solid  mass  of 
books  and  paintings  and  statuary  and 
antiquities.  In  the  Department  of 
Antiquities,  the  larger  collections  con- 
sist of  the  celebrated  Abbott  Col- 
lection of  Egyptian  Antiquities,  pur- 
chased for  the  institution  in  1859  ;  the 
Nineveh  Sculptures  ;  and  a  consider- 
able collection  of  relics  of  the  American 
aborigines.  The  department  compares 
in  interest  with  many  celebrated  Euro- 
pean cabinets.  The  Gallery  of  Art 
embraces,  in  addition  to  the  society's 
early  collection  of  paintings  and 
sculpture,  the  largest  and  most  im- 
portant gallery  of  historical  portraits 
in  the  country,  together  with  the 
original  water-colors,  474  in  number, 
prepared  by  Audubon  for  his  work  on 
Natural  History  ;  the  famous  Bryan 
Gallery  of  Old  Masters,  presented  to  the  society  by  the  late  Thomas  J.  Bryan  in  1857; 
and  the  extensive  Durr  Collection,  presented  in  188 1.  The  society  is  to  erect  a  new 
building  on  a  site  which  it  has  purchased,  facing  Central  Park  and  Manhattan 
Square  (that  is,  the  Museum  of  Natural  History),  on  Eighth  Avenue,  Central  Park 
West,  between  76th  and  77th  Streets.  It  will  have  a  fire-proof  building  for  its 
l9 


ARYAN    THEOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY,    144    MADISON    AVENUE, 
BETWEEN    31ST    AND    32D    STREETS. 


90 


AV.YG'S  HAXDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


AMERICAN    INSTITUTE    HALL,    1079    THIRD    AVENUE,    BETWEEN 
63D    AND    64TH    STREETS. 


invaluable  library,  gallery  and 
museum,  and  a  large  hall  for  its 
meetings  and  lectures.  Tt  will 
continue  its  publications,  which 
have  general  appreciation. 

The  American  Institute, 
for  the  promotion  of  domestic 
industry,  at  ni-115  West  38th 
Street,  gives  every  year  in  the 
fall,  for  two  weeks,  in  the  large 
building  on  Third  Avenue,  be- 
tween 63d  and  64th  Streets,  an 
exhibition  of  the  latest  inventions 
for  advancing  commerce,  agricul- 
ture, manufactures  and  the  arts.  It 
awards  premiums  and  certificates 
of  merit,  and  publishes  reports  of 
its  proceedings.  Its  library, 
interesting  to  scientific  men,  is 
freely  opened  to  all  the  members 
and  friends  of  the  Institute. 
The  American  Geographical  Society,  at  11  West  29th  Street,  founded  in 
1S52  and  chartered  in  J.S54,  had  for  its  first  President  the  historian  George  Bancroft. 
It  has  a  library  of  23,000  volumes,  an  extensive  collection  of  maps,  a  treasury  of 
valuable  information  not  easily  accessible  elsewhere,  and  here  well  classified.  It 
gives  lectures  by  famous  travelers  and  geographers,  and  issues  a  quarterly  bulletin. 
Its  privileges  and  advantages  are  for  members,  whose  annual  dues  are  $10. 

The   Academy  of  Sciences  was  founded  in   1S17,   under   the   name  of  the 
Lyceum   of  Natural   History,  which  was  changed   in    1876.      It  began  in  1S14  the 

publication  of  Annuals,  and  in  1SS1  of 

Transactions,  wherein  its  labors  are  re- 
corded. It  has  a  valuable  library  of 
8,000  volumes;  and  meetings  once  a 
week  in  Hamilton  Hall  of  Columbia 
College.  Its  membership  is  about  300. 
The  American  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers,  founded  in  1S52,  has  an 
active  membership  of  about  1,600, 
composed  of  engineers  of  good  stand- 
ing, and  at  least  ten  years'  experience. 
Its  house,  at  127  East  23d  Street,  con- 
tains a  large  lecture  hall,  a  library  of 
16,000  volumes  —  the  finest  and  most 
comprehensive  library  on  civil  en- 
gineering in  the  country  —  and  various 
other  apartments.  There  are  meet- 
ings of  the  society  twice  a  month  at 
its  house,  and  an  annual  convention, 
which  is  held  in  the  larger  cities  in 
rotation.        The     transactions    of    the      American  geographical  society,  11  west  29th  strlet. 


KING^S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


291 


society  are  published  monthly,  and  are  of  such  breadth  and  scope  as  to  make  two 
large  volumes  a  year.  The  President  is  Mendes  Cohen ;  the  Secretary,  Francis 
Collingwood ;  and  the  Treasurer,  John  Bogart. 

The  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  organized  in  1880, 
with  40  members,  now  has  on  its  membership  roll  the  names  of  1,500  mechanical 
engineers  of  good  standing.  Among  the  honorary  members  are  Prof.  Francis  Reu- 
leux  of  Berlin,  and  Sir  Henry  Bessemer  of  England.  There  arc  two  stated  meetings 
of  the  organization  a  year  —  the  annual  meeting  in  November,  which  is  held  in  a 
large  hall  in  the  society's  house  at  12  West  31st  Street,  and  an  annual  convention  in 
the  spring,  which  may  meet  in  any  city.  The  society  has  a  library,  purely  techni- 
cal, of  about  5,000  volumes.  The  Presi- 
dent is  Commander  Charles  H.  Loring, 
U.  S.  N. ;  the  Secretary,  Prof.  Frederick 
R.  Hutton  of  Columbia  College;  and 
the  Treasurer,  William  H.  Wiley. 

Other  learned  bodies  are  :  The 
New-York  Mathematical  Society,  41 
East  49th  Street ;  The  American 
Chemical  Society,  University  Building; 
The  Microsopical  Society,  64  Madison 
Avenue  ;  The  Ethnological  Society,  60 
Wall  Street ;  The  American  Numis- 
matic and  Archaeological  Society,  101 
East  20th  Street ;  The  New-York 
Genealogical  and  Biographical  Society, 
23  West  44th  Street  ;  The  Electric 
Club,  17  East  2 1st  Street;  Sorosis,  a 
society  of  women ;  and  the  Goethe 
Society,  comprised  of  men  and  women, 
not  limited  to  the  study  of  Goethe 
but  interested  in  all  art  and  literature. 

Debating  and  other  Societies; 
clubs  of  authors,  artists,  newspaper 
men  ;  informal  meetings  in  modest  rooms  of  lovers  of  poetry,  worshippers  of  the  beau- 
tiful, searchers  of  light  and  truth,  merchants  who  are  art-lovers  ;  artists  who  are  not 
Bohemians  :  exalted  dilettantism,  are  contributors  to  the  greatness  of  New  York  as 
active,  as  indefatigable  as  its  famous  men  of  business. 

The  Fowler  &  Wells  Company  is  a  scientific  institution  that  has  a  world- 
wide reputation.  For  fifty-seven  years  its  founders  and  owners  have  maintained  an 
office  in  the  city  of  New  York,  and  have  been  the  recognized  leaders  in  the  phreno- 
logical, physiological  and  hygienic  sciences,  and  for  half  a  century  they  have  been 
the  main  educators  in  these  branches  of  useful  study.  They  are  classed  in  a  busi- 
ness way  as  phrenologists  and  publishers,  but  they  might  well  be  called  a  scien- 
tific and  educational  institution.  Their  present  quarters  are  at  27  East  21st  Street, 
near  Broadway,  New  York,  where  is  carried  on  the  work  inaugurated  by  Orson  S. 
Fowler  and  Lorenzo  N.  Fowler  in  1835.  These  men  were  the  first  in  America  to 
give  the  science  of  phrenology  a  practical  value  by  making  special  delineations  of 
character.  They  began  work  in  a  small  way,  but  steadily  increased  its  scope.  In 
1843  they  were  joined  by  Samuel  R.  Wells,  who  subsequently  married  Charlotte 
Fowler,  the  sister  of  his  partners.      In  the  course  of  time  both  the  Fowlers  with- 


SOCIETY    OF  MECHANICAL    ENGI 
12   WEST    31ST    STREET. 


2C)Z 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


drew  from  the  house.  Orson,  who  was  one  of  the  most  famous  phrenologists  of  the 
world,  died  in  1887.  Lorenzo  still  practices  his  profession  in  London.  Mr.  Wells 
conducted  the  business  of  the  original  house  until  his  death,  in  1875,  and  his  widow, 
Charlotte  F.Wells,  assumed  the  management  until  1884.  Then  the  Fowler  &  Wells 
Company  was  incorporated,  with  Charlotte  Fowler  Wells,  President  ;  Nelson  Sizer, 
Vice-President  and  phrenological  examiner;  Dr.  H.  S.  Drayton,  Secretary  and 
editor  of  the  company's  publications  ;  and  Albert  Turner,  Treasurer  and  business 
manager.  The  company  publishes  The  Phrenological  "Journal,  of  which  the  ninety- 
third  volume  has  just  been  completed,  a  number  of  serial  publications,  and  a  large 

list  of  standard  works  on 
phrenology,  physiognomy, 
ethnology,  physiology,  psy- 
chology and  hygiene.  Early 
in  1892  the  house  took  pos- 
session of  its  present  quarters 
at  27  East  21st  Street.  It 
has  handsome  business  offices 
and  spacious  editorial 
rooms,  lecture-rooms  and 
phrenological  parlors,  where 
examinations  are  made  and 
charts  given  daily.  An  out- 
growth of  the  business  of  the 
concern  is  the  American  In- 
stitute of  Phrenology,  which 
was  incorporated  as  an  edu- 
cational institution  in  1866. 
Among  the  original  in- 
corporators were  Horace 
Greeley,  Rev.  Dr.  Samuel 
Osgood,  Judge  Amos  Dean, 
Henry  Dexter,  Samuel  R. 
Wells,  Edward  P.  Fowler, 
M.  D.,  and  Nelson  Sizer. 
Each  year,  beginning  on  the 
first  Tuesday  in  September, 
a  course  of  instruction  in 
practical  phrenology  is  given 
by  a  corps  of  experts,  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  Sizer,  the  President  of  the  Institute. 
An  interesting  feature  in  the  lecture-room  of  the  Fowler  &  Wells  Company's  building 
is  a  large  collection  of  casts  of  the  heads  of  people  who  have  been  prominent  in 
various  ways  in  past  years  ;  also,  skulls  from  many  nations  and  tribes,  as  well  as 
animal  crania,  illustrative  of  phrenology,  and  constituting  a  free  public  museum, 
and  material  for  instruction  in  the  Institute. 


FOWLER    &    WELLS    CO.  ,    27    EAST    21ST    STREET. 


The  Literary  Culture, 


Libraries    and    Reading    Rooms.       Public,    Clu.t>,    Society 

and    IPri-^ate. 


THE  libraries  of  New  York  are  nearly  perfect.  They  have  not  only  quantity 
and  quality  ;  they  have  availability.  In  this  respect  they  are  easily  in  ad- 
vance of  those  of  the  great  cities  of  Europe.  There  books  accumulate,  while 
librarians,  literary  men  whom  the  government  has  rewarded  with  sinecures,  study 
special  works,  or  write  on  special  subjects.  The  American  business  education  has 
admirably  mingled  book-lore,  literary  tact  and  commercial  order  in  the  formation 
and  management  of  libraries.  Here  books  are  classified,  catalogued,  inventoried, 
better  than  was  ever  imagined.  If  the  treasures  be  not  as  rich  as  in  countries  that 
have  lived  ages,  the  service  of  such  treasures  as  there  are  is  quicker,  surer  and  more 
gratifying.  At  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale  one  may  obtain  any  books,  but  the  pro- 
cess is  slow,  and  at  the  end  of  it  one  is  in  a  doubt  that  may  not  be  solved,  for  there 
is  no  way  of  telling  if  the  books  obtained  were  not  less  valuable  than  others  obtain- 
able.     The  libraries  of  New  York  are  without  secrets. 

The  Astor  Library,  on  the  east  side  of  Lafayette  Place,  is  an  ideal  public 
library  of  works  of  reference.  As  it  has  no  artificial  light,  the  building  must  be 
closed  at  sunset.  As  it  has  a  perfect  system  of  classification,  book  catalogues,  card 
catalogues,  and  the  quickest  and  ablest  of  librarians  and  assistants,  its  hours  count 
double.  There  are  not  all  the  treasures  of  the  British  Museum  and  the  Bibliotheque 
Nationale,  but  the  fact  is  not  easily  discovered.  ' '  He  gives  twice  who  gives  quickly, " 
says  the  ancient  proverb.  The  Astor  Library  gives  quickly.  Suggested  by  Wash- 
ington Irving  and  Dr.  J.  C.  Cogswell  to  John  Jacob  Astor,  the  library  was  founded 
by  virtue  of  a  codicil  of  Mr.  Astor' s  will,  which  bequeathed  for  the  purpose  $400,000. 
It  was  incorporated  January  I,  1849.  The  trustees  were  Washington  Irving,  Wil- 
liam B.  Astor,  Dr.  Cogswell,  and  others.  Then  there  were  20,000  volumes,  the  cost 
of  which  had  been  $27,000.  In  1854  the  library  was  opened  to  the  public.  In 
1859  William  B.  Astor  built  a  second  hall  in  Lafayette  Place,  and  added  $550,000 
to  the  library-fund.  In  1864  Dr.  Cogswell  made  a  printed  catalogue  of  the  library, 
which  then  numbered  100,000  volumes.  In  1881  John  Jacob  Astor,  grandson  of 
the  founder,  erected  the  third  hall  of  the  library. 

The  building,  of  brown-stone,  has  200  feet  of  front  and  100  feet  of  depth.  The 
exterior  is  graceful,  the  interior  is  as  bright  as  a  house  of  glass.  The  entrance  is 
through  a  Pompeian  vestibule,  bordered  with  pedestals  of  colored  marble,  on  which 
are  busts  in  white  marble,  sculptured  by  a  Florentine  artist,  of  the  great  and  wise 
men  of  ancient  Greece  and  Rome.  There  is  a  wide  stairway  to  the  Middle  Hall, 
where  are  the  librarians  and  the  catalogues,  tables  for  women,  a  department  for 
students  of  patents,  alcoves  for  special  students,  and  in  glass-covered  cases  curious 


294 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


autographs,  specimens  of  missals,  books  of  hours,  early  typography  and  marvels  of 
the  art  of  book-binding.  The  south  building  is  the  hall  of  science  and  art ;  the 
north  building  is  that  of  history  and  literature.  There  are  90  alcoves  ;  each  al- 
cove has  20  presses;  each  press  has  7  shelves,  with  a  capacity  for   175  volumes. 


ASTOR    LIBRARY,    LAFAYETTE    PLACE,    BETWEEN    ASTOR    PLACE    AND    GREAT    JONES    STREET. 

The  ground  floor,  yet  unused  for  books,  may  hold  250,000  volumes.  There,  in  the 
south  room,  used  by  the  trustees  for  their  meetings,  is  a  collection  of  paintings, 
presented  to  the  library  by  William  Waldorf  Astor,  comprising  works  of  Saintin, 
Madrazo,  Toulmouche,  Knaus,  Gifford,  Leioux,  Muller,  Meissonier,  Schreyer,  Berne- 
Bellecour  and  Lefebvre.  There  are  marble  busts  of  John  Jacob  Astor,  Dr.  Cogs- 
well and  Washington  Irving  ;  a  portrait  of  William  B.  Astor,  by  Eastman  Johnson  ; 
of  Alexander  Hamilton,  by  Huntington  ;  of  Daniel  Lord,  by  Hicks  ;  and  of  Fitz- 
Greene  Halleck,  by  Prof.  S.  F.  B.  Morse.  This  collection  is  open  to  the  public 
every  Wednesday.      Frederick  Saunders  is  the  librarian. 

The  library  numbered,  at  the  end  of  1891,  238,946  volumes.  There  were 
180,505  books  read  by  52,977  persons  in  1891.  The  trustees,  or  any  trustworthy 
citizen,  may  recommend  special  students  to  the  librarian  for  admission  into  the  al- 
coves containing  works  of  reference.  There  were  9,205  visits  in  the  alcoves  last 
year.  The  trustees  are  the  Mayor  of  the  City  of  New  York,  ex  officio,  Hamilton 
Fish,  Dr.  Thomas  Masters  Markoe,  Prof.  Henry  Drisler(president),  John  Lambert 
Cadwalader  (secretary),  the  Rt.  Rev.  Henry  Codman  Potter,  Stephen  Van  Rensselaer 
Cruger,  Stephen  Henry  Olin,  Edward  King,  Charles  Howland  Russell  (treasurer), 
and  the  Superintendent  of  the  Library,  Robbins  Little. 

The  Lenox  Library,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  between  70th  and  71st  Streets,  is  a 
curiosity  of  the  world.  It  is  the  library  of  a  bibliophilist,  made  public.  The  gift  of 
James  Lenox,  a  retired  merchant  of  New  York  who  loved  books  immeasurably,  it 
was  incorporated  January  20,  1870.      It  was  the  private  collection  of  Mr.  Lenox,  a 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


295 


mysterious,  fabulously  beautiful  and  valuable  collection,  guarded  in  a  house  which 
was  a  fortress  ;  it  became  a  public  collection,  as  free  as  the  trees  in  the  Central 
Park.  Mr.  Lenox  would  not  show  his  books  to  his  friends  ;  braved  public  opinion 
by  refusing  to  let  Prescott  consult  his  Mexican  manuscripts  ;  barred  the  great  book- 
binder, Matthews,  between  two  doors  of  a  vestibule,  that  he  might  neither  quit  nor 
catch  a  glimpse  of  the  sacred  library  room  ;  and  at  one  stroke,  in  the  gravest  deliber- 
ation, gave  his  treasures  to  the  world.  He  named  nine  trustees,  including  himself, 
gave  the  land,  the  books,  and  funds  for  a  building  ;  and  in  1875  the  Lenox  Library 
was  a  dream  realized.  The  building  is  of  white  stone,  a  solid  and  graceful  struc- 
ture, with  two  projecting  wings.  The  entrance  is  by  two  massive  gateways,  a  court, 
wide  stairs,  and  a  vestibule  laid  in  tiles  of  white  marble,  between  walls  skirted  with 
a  dove-colored  marble  base.  The  stairs  to  the  upper  stories  are  of  stone,  and  have 
balustrades  in  iron  scroll-work.  The  rooms  have  vaulted  ceilings,  the  walls  priceless 
paintings,  the  cases  for  books  inestimable  works.  There  are  missals,  Bibles,  incun- 
abula, Americana,  master-pieces  of  ancient  and  modern  literature  in  original  editions, 
curiosities  of  printing  that  most  book-lovers  have  heard  of  and  never  seen  elsewhere. 
There  are  autographs,  ceramics,  glassware.  There  are  paintings  by  Landseer,  Gains- 
borough, Bierstadt,  Turner,  Ruysdael,  Peale,  Delaroche,  Stuart,  Reynolds,  Munkacsy. 
There  are  marble  busts  of  great  sculptors.     There  are  the  marvelous  Drexel  musical 


LENOX    LIBRARY,   FIFTH    AVENUE,   70TH    AND    718T    STREETS. 

library,  and  the  Robert  Lenox  Kennedy  collection.  There  are  the  admirable  books 
of  the  R.  L.  Stuart  legacy,  and  those  of  Evert  A.  Duyckinck.  There  is  in  the 
Lenox  Library  the  cavern  of  hieratic  knowledge,  and  the  key  by  which  it  may  be 
opened. 


296 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK 


The  Mercantile  Library  is  at  the  junction  of  8th  §treet,  Astor  Place  and 
Lafayette  Place,  on  the  sixth  and  seventh  floors  of  a  substantial  building  of  buff 
brick  and  red  sandstone,  erected  by  the  trustees  of  the  library  and  the  Clinton-Hall 
Association.      It  is  a  reference  library  and  a  circulating  library  for  members,  whose 

annual  dues  are  $5. 
Works  of  art  and 
other  costly  publi- 
cations must  remain 
in  the  library  rooms 
as  books  of  refer- 
ence, but  standard, 
instructive,  popular, 
historical  and  scien- 
tific books  are  kept 
in  circulation.  The 
library  was  founded 
November  9,  1820, 
by  clerks  of  mer- 
chants. In  1821, 
in  one  room  at  49 
Fulton  Street,  it  had 
150  members  and 
700  volumes.  In 
1826,  in  the  build- 
ing of  Harper  & 
Brothers,  in  Cliff 
Street,  it  had  6,000 
volumes.  In  1828 
the  merchants, 
made  enthusiastic 
by  the  achievement 

MtKCANTILE    LIBRARY,   ASTOR    PLACE,    8TH    STREET    AND    LAFAYETTE    PLACE.  of  the  dd'ks     OrPaJl- 

ized  the  Clinton-Hall  Association  for  the  purpose  of  giving  a  building  to  the  library. 
This  association,  in  1830,  erected  the  first  Clinton  Hall,  on  the  corner  of  Nassau 
and  Beekman  Streets,  where  Temple  Court  now  stands,  In  1854  the  association 
and  its  books  were  removed  to  the  Astor-Place  Opera-House,  which  had  been  re- 
modelled for  the  purpose.  In  1891  the  historic  opera-house  was  taken  down,  and 
in  its  place  was  built  the  present  Clinton  Hall.  The  library  rooms  have  shelf  space 
for  475,000  volumes.  There  are  50,000  volumes  in  the  department  of  works  of 
reference.      The  librarian  is  W.  T.  Peoples. 

The  New-York  Society  Library  is  the  oldest  in  the  city.  It  was  at  first 
the  Public  Library,  founded  in  1700  during  the  administration  of  the  Earl  of  Bello- 
mont ;  augmented  in  1729  with  the  library  presented  to  the  Society  for  the  Propaga- 
tion of  the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts,  by  Dr.  Millington,  Rector  of  Newington,  Eng- 
land ;  and  until  1754  in  the  inefficient  charge  of  the  corporation  of  the  city.  Then 
several  citizens  united  with  it  their  private  libraries,  and  placed  the  entire  collection, 
which  they  called  the  City  Library,  in  the  charge  of  trustees.  In  1772  George  III. 
granted  a  charter  to  the  trustees,  in  the  name  of  the  "New- York  Society  Library. " 
The  establishment  is  still  the  property  of  a  corporation,  the  shares  in  which  have  a 
market  value,  but  any  person  may,  with  the  approbation  of  the  Board  of  Trustees, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


297 


become  a  member  of  the  corporation  and  be  entitled  to  one  right  in  the  library  for 
every  sum  of  $25  paid  to  the  treasurer.  There  are  yearly  dues  on  all  shares,  except 
the  free  shares.  The  amount  has  been  increased  at  various  times  since  1 819,  when 
it  was  $4.  Now  the  maximum  is  $10.  These  annual  dues  may  be  commuted  by 
the  payment  of  $125  for  the  annual  payment  of  $10,  $75  for  the  annual  payment  of 
$6,  and  $50  for  the  annual  payment  of  $4,  on  the  respective  rights  subject  to  these 
payments.  Until  1795  the  library  was  in  the  City  Hall,  and  it  was  in  reality  the 
first  Library  of  Congress.  Then  a  building,  large  and  remarkable  for  its  time,  was 
erected  especially  for  the  library  in  Nassau  Street,  opposite  the  Middle  Dutch 
Church.  In  1836  this  building  was  sold.  The  books  were  removed  to  the  rooms 
of  the  Mechanics'  Society,  in  Chambers  Street,  and  remained  there  until  1840,  when 
a  new  building  of  the  library,  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Leonard  Street,  was 
finished.  In  1853  this  edifice  was  sold,  and  the  books  were  kept  in  the  Bible  House 
until  1856,  when  the  present  library  building,  at  67  University  Place,  was  finished. 
In  1793  there  were  5,000  volumes;  in  1813,  13,000;  in  1825,  16,000;  in  1838, 
25,000  volumes.  There  are  at  present  90,000  volumes.  Many  valuable  gifts  have 
been  made  to  the  library.  The  most  notable  one  was  made  by  Mrs.  Sarah  II. 
Green,  a  gift  of  $50,000  from  the  estate  of  her  husband,  John  C.  Green.  The  in- 
come is  used  for  the  purchase  of  books,  one  half  of  which  circulate  among  the  mem- 
bers. The  other  half  are  costly  illustrated  works  and  are  placed  in  a  department 
called  the  "John  C.  Green  Alcove."  The  librarian  is  Went  worth  S.  Butler.  He 
was  appointed  in  1856,  and  is 
the  sixth  incumbent  since 
1793.  A  list  of  persons  hold- 
ing rights  in  the  Society  Li- 
brary includes  nearly  all  of 
the  most  ancient  and  wealthy 
families  of  the  city. 

The  Apprentices'  Li- 
brary, at  18  East  1 6th  Street, 
circulates  its  books,  without 
charge,  among  persons  ap- 
proved by  the  General  Society 
of  Mechanics  and  Tradesmen. 
This  society,  founded  in  No- 
vember, 1785,  and  chartered 
March  14,  1792,  for  the  relief 
of  unfortunate  widows  and 
orphans,  gave  free  instruction 
to  apprentices,  when  there 
were  no  free  schools.  It  con- 
tinues this  admirable  work. 
When  its  exclusive  benevo- 
lence in  that  respect  was  a  little 
impaired  by  the  establishing  of 
public  schools,  the  society  began  to  circulate  freely  the  books  of  its  library.  The 
library  was  formed  in  1820,  in  rooms  of  the  Free-School  Building.  In  1821  it  was  in 
the  society's  building  in  Chambers  Street ;  in  1832,  in  a  building  in  Crosby  Street,  ex- 
tending to  472  Broadway.  The  present  building  was  adapted  to  library  purposes  in 
1878.     In  the  cases  on  the  walls  are  interesting  relics,  old  books,  deeds,  flags,  the 


NEW-YORK    SOCIETY    LIBRARY,   67    UNIVERSITY    PLACE. 


298 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


APPRENTICES'   LIBRARY,    18    EAST    16th    STREET. 


skull  (yellow  as  ivory)  of  a  famous  pirate, 
an  iron  key  of  the  Bastile,  old  newspapers 
and  playbills.  There  are  93,000  volumes, 
having  a  yearly  circulation  of  250,000, 
absolutely  free,  with  the  exceptions  of  books 
of  the  De  Milt  bequest,  the  charge  for 
which  is  trivial.  William  Wood,  who 
originated  the  idea  of  forming  the  Ap- 
prentices' Library  of  New  York,  established 
the  one  in  Boston.  He  also  signed  the 
first  call  for  a  meeting  which  resulted  in 
the  establishment  of  the  Mercantile  Library. 
J.  Schwartz  is  the  librarian. 

The  New-York  Historical  Society 
maintains,  at  170  Second  Avenue,  an 
establishment  that  is  at  once  a  library,  an 
art-gallery  and  a  museum.  It  has  been 
in  existence  since  1804.  There  are  in  the 
library  75,000  books,  2,700  bound  volumes 
of  newspapers  and  large  collections  of 
pamphlets  and  manuscripts.  On  American 
history  and  genealogy  a  vast  quantity  of  information  is  available.  The  art-gallery 
contains  many  works  of  the  earliest  American  artists,  such  as  Benjamin  West,  the 
Peales,  Stuart,  Trumbull  and  Durand,  and  also  a  large  number  of  paintings  by  old 
Italian  masters.  The  Abbott  collection  of  Egyptian  antiquities,  the  Lenox  collection 
of  Assyrian  sculptures,  rare  and  curious  medals  and  coins  and  specimens  of  natural 
history  constitute  the  museum.  The  establishment  is  open  for  eleven  months  of  the 
year,  daily  excepting  Sundays.  Admission  may  be  had  by  means  of  an  introduction 
by  a  member  of  the  society. 

The  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  Library  occupies  a  rectangle 
in  the  magnificent  building  of  the  Association,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  23d  Street 
and  Fourth  Avenue.  There  are  three  tiers  of  books,  on  three  sides.  The  books  in 
the  upper  tiers  are  reached  by  winding  stairways  and  balconies.  William  Niblo 
bequeathed  $150,000  to  the  Association  for  the  purchase  of  books  and  the  support  of 
the  library.  In  1870  there  were  3,500  volumes;  there  are  at  present  40,000.  The 
northern  end  of  the  room  is  occupied  by  the  librarian,  Reuben  B.  Poole,  and  his 
assistants.  He  has  classified  the  library  in  accordance  with  the  Dewey  decimal  sys- 
tem and  Cutter's  dictionary  catalogue.  The  library  is  varied  and  valuable.  It  has 
43  early-printed  Bibles  which  antedate  1700,  including  the  Koburger  Bible  of  1477, 
Luther's  Bible  of  1 541,  the  Bishop's  Bible  of  1568,  and  one  in  French  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  bound  in  marvellous  covers  of  mosaic  leather.  A  relic  of  great 
interest  is  a  musical  manuscript  of  the  thirteenth  century,  containing  the  Ambrosian 
ritual  for  the  entire  year.  The  manuscript  is  decorated  with  brilliant  miniatures  and 
initial  letters.  It  has  an  autotype  of  the  Codex-Alexandrinus,  a  printed  fac-simile 
of  the  Frederico-Augustanus  Codex,  and  a  photographic  fac-simile  of  the  Codex- 
Vaticanus  (1889-90).  It  has  many  works  on  art  useful  to  architects  and  decorators, 
and  representative  works  in  different  languages.  The  collected  portraits  number 
about  17,000,  including  one  unique  collection  of  8,000,  in  35  volumes,  formed  mainly 
by  John  Percival,  Earl  of  Egmont,  A.  D.  I  to  1 736.  This  library  is  almost  the  only 
one  that  is  open  evenings  and  holidays.     The  hours  are  from  8.30  A.  M.  to  10  P.  M. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


299 


Membership  in  the  Association  includes  the  privileges  of  the  library  ;  and  all  reputa- 
ble persons,  male  or  female,  are  admitted  to  its  use,  whether  members  or  not. 

The  Cooper-Union  Library,  in  the  Cooper  Institute,  is  one  result  of  the 
work  of  the  six  intelligent,  benevolent  and  public-spirited  trustees,  to  whom  Peter 
Cooper  deeded  in  fee  simple,  on  April  29,  1859,  an  extensive  property,  with  the  in- 
junction that  it,  "together  with  the  appurtenances  and  the  rents,  issues,  income  and 
profits  thereof,  shall  be  forever  devoted  to  the  instruction  and  improvement  of  the 
inhabitants  of  the  United  States,  in  practical  science  and  art."  There  are  32,000 
bound  volumes,  besides  471  newspapers  and  periodicals  on  file,  and  a  complete  set 
of  the  Patent-Office  reports.  All  are  accessible  to  the  public  every  day,  including  a 
part  of  Sunday.      There  were  last  year  1,650  readers  daily. 

The  Maimonides  Library,  203  East  57th  Street,  corner  of  Third  Avenue, 
was  founded  by  District  Grand  Lodge  No.  1  of  the  Order  of  B'nai  B'rith,  in  accord- 
ance with  its  law  that  commands  intellectual  advancement.  It  contains  about 
40,000  volumes.  The  library  is  general  in  character  and  contents.  Its  depart- 
ments of  political  and  social  science  and  education  are  very  full.  Special  inter- 
est is  devoted  also  to  Jewish  literature.  There  are  books  written  by  Jews  and  other 
writers  on  Judaic  topics,  in  all  languages,  besides  books  in  every  branch  of  knowl- 


HISTOBICAL  SOCIETY.  bAfTIST    TABERNACLE. 

NEW-YORK    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY,   SECOND    AVENUE    AND    EAST    11TH    STREET. 

edge.     The  library  is  easily  accessible  to  the  public  every  day  except  Saturdays  and 
Jewish  holidays.      The  librarian  is  Max  Cohen. 

The  Free  Circulating  Library  has  four  library  buildings,  situated  at  49 
Bond  Street,  135  Second  Avenue,  226  West  42d  Street  and  251  West  13th  Street, 
and  a  distributing  station  at  2059  Lexington  Avenue,  near  125th  Street.  The 
library  was  incorporated  March  15,  1880,  and  re-incorporated  under  special  charter 
April  18,  1884.  Its  object  is  clearly  defined  in  its  title.  In  March,  1880,  it  occu- 
pied two  rented  rooms  at  36  Bond  Street,  and  circulated  1,004  volumes.      In  May, 


3°° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


NEW-YORK  FREE  CIRCULATING  LIBRARY,  251   WEST  IciTH  a  I  Ktt  I . 


1883,  it  had  a  new  library  building 
at  49  Bond  Street,  and  then  gave 
circulation  to  6,983  volumes.  It 
has  a  special  Woman's  Fund, 
founded  in  1882,  for  the  employ- 
ment of  women  and  the  purchase 
of  books.  In  1884  Oswald  Otten- 
dorfer  founded  the  Second-Avenue 
Branch,  in  the  centre  of  the  Ger- 
man district.  It  is  called  the 
Ottendorfer  Library,  and  is  main- 
tained with  the  aid  of  a  special 
fund  of  $10,000  and  of  frequent 
contributions  of  the  founder.  In 
1SS7  Miss  Catharine  Wolfe  Bruce 
founded  the  42d-Street  Branch,  and 
gave  $30,000  for  its  maintenance. 
The  building  was  opened  in  1888. 
It  is  called  the  George  Bruce  Me- 
morial Library.  The  I3th-Street 
Branch,  founded  by  George  W. 
Vanderbilt,  was  opened  July  6, 1888. 
There  are  among  the  founders  of  this  library  Andrew  Carnegie,  Henry  G.  Mar- 
quand,  Jacob  H.  Shiff  and  Mrs.  C.  F.  Woerishoffer,  who  have  made  contributions 
of  $5,000  and  over.  There  are  also  patrons  who  have  made  individual  contribu- 
tions amounting  to  $1,000,  life  members  who  have  contributed  $200,  associate 
members  who  pay  $25  annually,  and  annual  members  who  pay  $10.  John  Jacob 
Astor,  Mrs.  Benjamin  H.  Field  and  Julius  Hallgarten,  deceased,  were  founders.' 
The  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment  has  awarded  to  the  library,  in  accord- 
ance with  an  act  to  encourage  the  growth  of  free  public  libraries  and  free  circulating 
libraries  in  the  cities  of  the  State,  passed  in  1886,  $10,000  in  1889,  $12,500  in 
1890  and  $15,000  in  1891  ;  small  sums  in  comparison  with  the  expenses  that  the 
admirable  management  entailed.  The  total  circulation  of  the  library  in  1891 
amounted  to  412,178  volumes.      There  were  eleven  volumes  lost. 

The  Columbia-College  Library,  at  41  East  49th  Street,  has  145,000  vol- 
umes, beside  the  libraries  of  the  Huguenot  Society,  the  New- York  Academy  of 
Science,  and  Townsend's  Civil  War  Record.  The  Avery  Architectural  Library  has 
5,000  volumes,  richly  illustrated,  in  architecture,  decoration  and  the  allied  arts. 
Over  900  different  serials  are  currently  received.  The  library  includes  all  the 
standard  works  of  reference  indispensable  to  students,  the  costly  classics,  the  master- 
pieces of  literature,  the  scientific  works  and  books  of  law.  The  library  is  open  to 
all  students  and  scholars.      George  H.  Baker  is  librarian. 

The  Law  Libraries  include  the  noble  collection  of  the  Law  Institute,  in  the 
Post  Office;  the  38,000  volumes  of  the  Bar  Association's  Library,  at  7  West  29th 
Street,  between  Broadway  and  Fifth  Avenue  ;  and  the  admirable  and  extensive  col- 
lections of  the  law-schools  of  Columbia  and  the  University.  The  Harlem  Law 
Library,  on  West  Street,  near  Lenox  Avenue,  is  for  reference.  The  Law  Library 
of  the  Equitable  Life- Assurance  Society,  at  120  Broadway,  is  intended  for  the  use 
of  the  officers  of  the  society,  the  tenants  of  the  building,  and  members  of  the  Law- 
yers' Club.      It  has  13,000  volumes. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


301 


Theological  Libraries  of  great  value  are  found  at  Union  Theological  Semi- 
nary (66,000  volumes)  and  the  General  Theological  Seminary  (22,000  volumes),  in- 
cluding several  special  collections  of  historical  interest.  There  is  also  one  in  the 
Methodist  Book-Concern  building. 

Medical  Libraries. — The  Mott  Memorial  Library,  at  64  Madison  Avenue,  has 
3,000  medical  and  surgical  books,  mainly  collected  by  Dr.  Valentine  Mott,  and  free 
to  medical  students  and  physicians.  The  library  of  the  New- York  Academy  of 
Medicine  is  at  17  West  43d  Street;  that  of  the  New- York  Hospital,  6  West  16th 
Street,  founded  in  1 796,  and  open  free  daily.  The  great  medical  schools  have  very 
extensive  and  valuable  libraries. 

Special  Libraries  include  those  of  the  American  Numismatic  and  Archaelogi- 
cal  Society,  at  17  West  43d  Street  ;  the  American  Geographical  Society  (20,000 
volumes  and  8,000  maps),  at  11  West  29th  Street;  the  Gaelic  Society,  at  17  West 
28th  Street  ;  the  New-York  Biographical  and  Genealogical  Society  (3, 500  volumes), 
at  19  West  44th  Street  ;  the  American 
Institute  Library  (14,000  volumes),  at 
113  West  38th  Street;  the  Museum 
of  Natural  History  Library  (22,000 
volumes),  in  Central  Park  West  ;  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
(15,000  volumes),  at  127  East  23d 
Street  ;  and  the  American  Society  of 
Mechanical  Engineers  (6,000  volumes), 
at  12  West  31st  Street.  There  is  a 
Free  Circulating  Library  for  the  Blind 
at  296  Ninth  Avenue. 

The  Produce  Exchange  and  the 
Maritime  Exchange  have  good  libraries 
for  their  members. 

The  Masonic  Library  is  at  Sixth 
Avenue  and  23d  Street  ;  and  the  Odd 
Fellows'  Library  is  at  2374  Park 
Avenue. 

The  Young  Women's  Christian 
Association,  at  7  East  15th  Street,  has  a 
library  of  13,000  volumes;  and  there 
are  other  libraries  for  women  at  .19  Clin- 
ton Street,  and  16  Clinton  Place. 

Seamen's  Libraries  are  pro- 
vided by  benevolent  persons,  to  be 
carried  away  on  ships  for  the  diver- 
sion and  solace  of  the  mariners. 
The  headquarters  of  this  work  of  the  Seamen's  Loan 
Street,     under     the     care    of     the    American     Seamen's 


MOTT    MEMORIAL    FREE    MEDICAL    LIBRARY,    64    MADISON 
AVENUE,    NEAR    EAST    27th    STREET. 


Wall 

The 

Slip  ; 


Libraries  is  at    76 
Friend     Society. 
Protestant  Episcopal  Mission  Society  Library  for  seamen  is  at  21   Coenties 
the  Seamen's  Library,  at  34  Pike  Street ;  the  New- York  Port  Society  Library,  46 
Catherine  Street. 

Miscellaneous  Libraries  include  the  First-Ward,  at  135  Greenwich  Street  ; 
the  Broome-Street  ;  the  Five-Points  Mission  at  63  Park  Street  ;  the  Benjamin- 
Townsend,  at  the  foot  of  East  26th  Street  ;  the  Children's,  at  590  Seventh  Avenue; 


3°2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


the  Harlem,  at  2,238  Third  Avenue;  St.  Mark's  Memorial,  at  228  East  10th  Street ; 
Washington-Heights,  at  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  156th  Street  ;  St.  Barnabas,  at 
38  Bleecker  Street ;  the  Lorraine,  at  41  West  31st  Street. 

The  Aguilar  Free  Library  was  established  in  1886,  and  has  departments  at  197 
East  Broadway,  721  Lexington  Avenue,  and  624  East  5th  Street. 

The  libraries  of  clubs  like  the  University,  Century,  Lotos  and  Press  Clubs  have 
invaluable  standard  and  reference  books.  The  Grolier  Club  has  an  inimitable  collec- 
tion of  books  about  books  ;  the  Players'  Club,  a  valuable  collection  of  books  about 
the  drama  ;  the  Aldine  Club  is  forming  a  collection  of  books  about  book  making. 

The  Private  Libraries  of  Robert  Hoe,  missals,  manuscripts  and  general  liter- 
ature ;  of  William  Loring  Andrews,  typographical  curiosities,  New- York  City  relics 
and  books  bound  by  Roger  Payne  ;  of  Samuel  P.  Avery,  master-pieces  of  book- 
binding ;  of  George  Beach  de  Forest,  Elzevirs,  books  with  Vignettes  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  books  with  original  illustrations  ;  of  C.  Jolly-Bavoillot,  Roman- 
ticists of  France  ;  of  Marshall  Lefferts,  Americana  ;  of  C.  B.  Foote,  works  by 
modern  English  and  American  authors  ;  of  Rush  C.  Hawkins,  first  books  printed 
everywhere,  Incunabula  ;  of  Beverly  Chew,  works  of  the  Elizabethan  era ;  are  easily 
accessible  to  serious  students. 

Three  hundred  members  of  the  Grolier  Club  are  men  who  have  formed  libraries. 
Every  literary,  artistic  or  simply  social  circle  has  its  library.  In  New  York  where 
men  have  the  distinctive  business  air  of  the  ancient  Venetian  merchants,  the  fate  of 
a  man  in  search  of  a  fortune  may  not  be  enviable,  but  the  fate  of  a  man  in  search  of 
knowledge  is  the  fate  of  a  favorite  of  the  gods. 


FIFTH   AVENUE,    LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    42D   STREET. 


Shrines  of  Worship- 1 


VSW 


Cathedrals,    Churches,    Synagogues    and    Other    Places    of 
ReligicJus    Worship    and    Work. 


NEARLY  all  religious  creeds  are  represented  in  New  York.  The  ecclesiastical 
annals  of  the  city  form  a  most  interesting  chapter  in  its  history,  and  the 
churches  have  played  an  important  part  all  through  its  development.  Earnest  men 
have  filled  its  pulpits.  Many  of  its  charitable,  educational  and  reformatory  institu- 
tions owe  their  origin  to  the  labors  of  the  clergy,  nobly  seconded  by  zealous  laymen. 

The  multiplication  of  churches  has  kept  a  fairly  even  pace  with  the  increase  in 
population.  From  1 638  to  1697  the  Reformed  Dutch  Church  was  the  only  place  of 
worship.  The  coming  of  the  British  in  1664  gave  the  Church  of  England  a  foothold 
on  the  island,  and  in  1697  its  first  house  of  worship  was  erected,  on  the  site  of  the 
modern  Trinity.  From  1697  to  1770  the  number  of  churches  increased  but  slowly, 
and  in  the  latter  year  fifteen  ecclesiastical  edifices  sufficed  for  the  ten  different  de- 
nominations. The  outbreak  of  the  Revolution  temporarily  suspended  all  thoughts 
of  church  extension,  and  it  was  not  until  the  coming  of  more  peaceful  times  that  the 
churches  began  to  multiply.  In  1 845  there  were  245  houses  of  worship  in  the  city. 
Now  there  are  500,  with  nearly  an  equal  number  of  Sunday-schools.  The  average 
attendance  is  150,000.  These  500  churches,  representing  nearly  all  religious  faiths, 
and  many  styles  of  architecture,  provide  sittings  for  nearly  half  a  million  worship- 
pers, and,  with  the  land  on  which  they  stand,  have  a  valuation  of  $50,000,000. 
Their  yearly  disbursements,  including  salaries,  amount  to  $5,000,000.  The  com- 
bined membership  of  all  the  religious  societies  of  the  city,  including  Protestant, 
Catholic  and  Hebrew  organizations,  is  not  far  from  700,000,  not  quite  one-half  the 
total  population.  This  includes,  however,  the  large  claims  made  by  the  Catholic 
Church,  whose  method  of  including  baptized  infants,  as  well  as  adults,  in  estimating 
church-membership,  differs  wholly  from  that  of  the  Protestant  Church. 

The  religious  history  of  New  York  is  remarkably  free  from  the  bitter  persecu- 
tions that  characterized  the  early  history  of  many  of  the  other  colonies.  The  early 
Dutch  settlers  were  a  kindly  and  tolerant  folk,  in  the  main,  and  the  English  had 
not  been  long  in  possession  of  the  Province  when  the  outbreak  and  successful  issue 
of  the  War  of  Independence  gave  liberty  of  conscience  and  faith  to  all  religious 
opinions.  The  early  law,  forbidding  the  holding  of  public  worship  other  than 
that  allowed  by  the  authorities,  never  very  strictly  enforced,  and  easily  evaded  ;  the 
brief  imprisonment  of  a  few  Quaker  refugees  from  Massachusetts  ;  the  hanging  of 
a  Roman  Catholic  for  alleged  complicity  in  the  Negro  Riot  of  1 741,  with  the  added 
accusation  of  being  a  Catholic  priest  ;  a  Baptist  and  a  Presbyterian  clergyman 
imprisoned  for  brief  periods,  and  a  Lutheran  minister  forbidden  to  preach  in  the 
Province  —  these  form  the  scanty  annals  of  religious  persecution. 


3°4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  churches  have  shared  in  the  northward  migration  of  the  citizens.  The  early 
edifices  were  in  the  extreme  southern  portion  of  the  island  ;  but  when  the  city  began 
its  journey  to  the  north,  they  began  to  desert  the  old  historic  sites,  and  seek  new 
ones  in  the  up-town  districts,  leaving  scarcely  a  score  in  their  old  locations.  To-day 
the  finest  of  the  city's  churches  stand  where  forty  years  ago  were  green  fields  and 
the  pleasant  country-seats  of  the  magnates  of  the  city. 

The  Collegiate  Reformed  Protestant  Dutch  Church  was  the  first  eccle- 
siastical organization  in  New  York.  In  1628  the  Rev.  Jonas  Michaelius  reached  the 
"Island  of  Manhattas,"  and  immediately  organized  a  church,  with  the  worthy 
Director  Minuit  as  one  of  the  elders.  The  meetings  were  held  in  the  loft  of  a 
horse-mill  until  1633,  when  a  small  wooden  church  was  built  in  Broad  Street.  In. 
the  same  year  the  Rev.  Everardus   Bogardus   came  over  from  Holland,  with  Adam 

_________________^  Roelandsen,      a      schoolmaster,     who 

opened  the  first  church-school  in 
America,  the  latter  still  in  existence 
as  the  Collegiate  Grammar  School. 
In  1642  a  small  stone  church  was 
erected  within  the  walls  of  Fort  Am- 
sterdam, and  called  St.  Nicholas,  in 
honor  of  the  patron  saint  of  Manhat- 
tan, and  here  for  half  a  century  the 
early  Dutch  settlers  met  for  worship. 
The  first  Dutch  church  outside  the 
walls  of  the  fort  was  built  in  1693  in 
Garden  Street  (now  Exchange  Place). 
The  Old  Middle  Church  was  built  in 
1729,  in  Nassau  Street,  and  the  North 
Church  in  1769,  in  William  Street. 
For  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  these 
three  churches,  forming  but  one  parish, 
then  and  now  called  the  Collegiate 
Protestant  Dutch  Church 
the  name  does  not  appear 
records,  and  has  no  legal 
were  the  only  Reformed 
Dutch  churches  in  the  city. 

The  Collegiate  Church  received  a 
royal  charter  from  King  William  III.  in 
1696;  and  now  has  four  churches  and 
as  many  mission  chapels,  all  under  the 
control  of  a  central  body  called  the 
Consistory,  composed  of  the  ministers 
of  the  four  congregations,  with  twelve 
elders  and  twelve  deacons,  chosen  from 
the  congregations.  During  the  264 
years  of  its  existence  the  church  has 
had  twelve  different  houses  of  worship 
and  thirty-one  ministers,  many  of  the  latter  widely  known  for  eloquence  and 
commanding  influence,  including  John  Henry  Livingston,  William  Linn  (who 
was    chaplain    of    the    first    Congress    of    the    United     States),    Jacob    Brodhead, 


Reformed 
(although 
upon  the 
authority), 


COLLEGIATE  CHURCH, 


EST  48TH  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


3°5 


Philip   Milledoler,  John  Knox,  Thomas  De  Witt,   Joseph  T.  Duryea 
and  William  Ormiston. 

The  consistory  of  the  parish  meets  monthly,  in  the  consistory-room 
of  the  church  at  48th  Street,  and  the  congregations,  beside  holding 
their  own  communion  services,  join  in  the  reception   of  the   Lord's 
Supper  once  yearly,   in  the  church  at  29th  Street.      The  parish  has 
1,936  communicants.     The  Reformed  Dutch  churches  in  the  city  num- 
ber 22,  besides  several  missions  and  chapels.     Of 
these,  the  four  churches  mentioned  as  under  the 
control  of  the  consistory  of  the  Collegiate  Church 
constitute,  technically,  a  single  parish,  as  is  the 
case  in  the  Episcopal  Church  with  Trinity  and 
its    chapels.      These  four   are  the  Fifth-Avenue 
Collegiate,   the  Middle,  the  Marble,  and  a  new 
church,  as  yet  without  a  specific  title,  at  West- 
End  Avenue  and  77th  Street. 

The  Fifth-Avenue  Collegiate  Reformed 
Protestant  Dutch  Church,  at  Fifth  Avenue 
and  48th  Street,  is  a  strikingly  beautiful  edifice, 
of  Newark  sandstone,  in  the  decorated  Gothic 
architecture  of 
the  fourteenth 
century,  with  a 
lofty  spire,  fly- 
ing buttresses, 
numerous  ga- 
bles, and  a  col- 
on naded  en- 
trance-porch on 

the  avenue.      A  flying  buttress  on  the  northern  cor- 
ner   supports    a    small    spire,    which    adds    to    the 

symmetry  of  the  front.      The  interior  has  a  lofty 

groined  roof,  resting  upon  exquisitely  carved  stone 

and  marble  pillars.      The   organ-gallery  is  pictur- 
esque,  and  the  walls  are    delicately  tinted.      The 

church  was  dedicated  in  1872.      The  minister,  Dr. 

Edward    B.    Coe,    is    one    of    the    most    esteemed 

preachers  in  the  city. 

The   Middle    Dutch   Church   built  its  first 

shrine  in  1729,  on  Nassau  Street, 

on  the   site  now  occupied   by  the 

Mutual    Life-insurance    Company. 

Its    second    church,    from    1839    to 

1887,  was  m  Lafayette  Place.      In 

1891-92  a  third  edifice  was  erected, 

at  Second  Avenue  and  7th  Street, 

to  hold  a  site  for  religious  worship 

well  down-town.      It  is  a  handsome 

structure  in  the  Gothic  style  of  arch- 
itecture,   built    of   limestone,    with      collegiate  church,  fifth  avenue  and  west  29th  street. 

20 


COLLEGIATE    CHURCH,    7th    STREET    AND 
SECOND    AVENUE. 


3°6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


elaborate  stained-glass  windows  and  a  graceful  spire.  The  minister  is  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Talbot  W.  Chambers,  who  is  the  senior  acting  minister  of  the  Collegiate  Church, 
and,  as  such,  has,  in  some  sense,  general  oversight  of  the  whole  parish. 

The  Marble  Church,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  29th  Street,  is  a  massive  marble 
building,  erected  in  1851-1854,  in  the  simple  type  of  Gothic  architecture.  The  large 
auditorium  is  attractively  decorated,  and  contains  a  triple  organ,  with  electric  wires 
connecting  the  different  parts.  The  old  bell  which  hung  in  the  belfry  of  one  of  the 
Collegiate  churches  stands  at  the  left  of  the  entrance,  bearing  an  inscription  stating 
that  it  was  cast  in  Amsterdam  in  1768.  A  special  feature  of  the  church  is  its  work 
among  the  apartment-houses  and  large  hotels  in  the  vicinity.  The  Rev.  Dr.  David 
].  Burrell  is  the  minister. 

The  West-End  Avenue  Church,  the  eleventh  built  on  Manhattan  Island  by 
the  Consistory  of  the  Collegiate  Church,  and  the  twelfth  which  it  has  owned,  was 


COLLEGIATE    REFORMED    CHURCH,   77th    STREET    AND    WEST    END    AVENUE. 

founded  in   1891,  at  77th  Street.      It  is  a  large,  imposing  edifice  of  Flemish  style 
of  architecture.      To  it  is  attached  the  ancient  Collegiate  Grammar  School. 

The  Fulton-Street  Prayer-Meeting  is  the  outcome  of  a  missionary  enter- 
prise of  the  Collegiate  Reformed  Church,  and  the  meetings  have  been  held  in  the 
Consistory  building,  at  113  Fulton  Street,  since  they  were  begun,  in  1857,  with  no 
deviation  from  the  original  plan,  which  was  "to  give  merchants,  mechanics,  clerks, 
strangers  and  business  men  generally,  an  opportunity  to  stop  and  call  upon  God 
amid  the  daily  perplexities  incident  to  their  respective  avocations."  The  meetings 
are  held  daily,  at  noon,  and  continue  for  one  hour,  but  the  visitor  is  at  liberty  to 
leave  at  any  time.  When  the  desire  is  expressed,  prayer  is  offered  for  individual 
needs  and  perplexities,  and  the  meetings  have  been  a  source  of  comfort  and  encour- 
agement to  thousands. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'   OF  NEW   YORK. 


3°7 


The  First  Collegiate  Reformed 
Church  of  Harlem  began  with  the  election 
of  John  LaMontagne  as  deacon,  in  the  year 
1660,  when  Harlem  was  a  venturesome  jour- 
ney from  the  little  burgh  of  New  Amsterdam. 
For  the  long  period  of  105  years  the  good 
burghers  of  Harlem  were  compelled  to 
depend  upon  their  "Vorleser, "  or  reader, 
and  the  help  of  neighboring  clergymen,  for 
their  Sunday  instruction  in  the  Scriptures. 
Good  old  Dominie  Selyns  occasionally  used 
to  ride  over  to  the  little  settlement  on  the 
Harlem  from  his  Brooklyn  charge,  in  the 
days  of  Peter  Stuyvesant ;  and  later,  Domi- 
nies Drisius  and  Niewenhuysen  came  now 
and  then  from  the  lower  end  of  the  island 
for  a  Sunday  service  ;  but  it  was  not  until 
just  before  the  outbreak  of  the  Revolution 
that  a  minister  was  settled  over  the  church, 
Rev.  Martinius  Schoonmaker,  who  has  had 


SOUTH    REFORMED    CHURCH,    MADISON    AVENUE   AND 
38TH   STREET. 


COLLEGIATE  REFORMED  CHURCH  OF  HARLEM  (SECOND 
CHURCH  ),  LENOX  AVENUE  AND  WEST  122D  STREET. 

eight  successors.  The  present  church, 
a  plain  building  with  pillared  front,  on 
121st  Street,  near  Third  Avenue,  was 
dedicated  in  1835.  Its  minister  is  Rev. 
Dr.  Joachim  Elmendorf. 

The  Second  Collegiate  Re- 
formed Church  of  Harlem  has  its 
beautiful  Gothic  house  of  worship  at 
267  Lenox  Avenue,  at  the  corner  of 
I22d  Street. 

The  South  Reformed  Dutch 
Church,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  East 
38th  Street,  is  one  of  the  oldest  ecclesi- 
astical organizations  in  the  city.  Its 
earlier  history,  previous  to  the  year 
1812,  is  connected  with  that  of  the  Col- 
legiate Church,  of  which  it  formed  a 
part.  The  first  South  Church,  erected 
in  Garden  Street,  in  1693,  was  a  solid 
and  substantial  building,  with  an  impos- 
ing belfry  and  round-arched  windows. 
The  old  church  was  torn  down  in  1807, 
to  make  room  for  a  larger  building, 
destroyed  by  fire  in  1835.  Previous  to 
this,  in  1812,  the  South  Church  had 
become  independent  of  the  North  and 
Middle  Collegiate  Churches,  and  as- 
sumed   the    title    of    "The    Ministers, 


3o8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK:  OF  NEW    YORK. 


MADISON-AVENUE    REFORMED    CHURCH,    MADISON    AVENUE 
AND    EAST    57TH    STREET. 


Elders  and  Deacons  of  the  Reformed 
Protestant  Dutch  Church  in  Garden 
Street  in  the  City  of  New  York,"  which 
is  still  the  legal  title  of  the  Society. 
Differences  of  opinion  regarding  the 
advisability  of  rebuilding  on  the  old 
site  led  to  the  formation  of  a  new  soci- 
ety, which  built  the  church  now  owned 
by  the  Asbury  Methodists,  in  Washing- 
ton Square,  while  the  old  society  erected 
a  church  in  Murray  Street,  followed  in 
1849  by  a  larger  and  more  imposing 
building  on  Fifth  Avenue.  This  was 
sold  in  1890,  and  the  present  Gothic 
stone  church,  formerly  Zion's  Episcopal 
Church,  was  purchased  and  re-decor- 
ated. The  large  memorial  window  in 
the  west  end,  representing  the  Nativity, 
Baptism  and  Resurrection  of  Our  Lord, 
is  the  work  of  the  Tiffany  Company. 
The  first  minister  of  the  South  Church 
after  its  separation  from  the  Collegiate 
Church  was  Dr.  James  M.  Matthews, 
who  became  Chancellor  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  the  City  of  New  York  in  1834. 
The  Rev.  Roderick  Terry,  D.  D.,  is  now  in  charge,  and  the  parish  is  prospering. 

The  Madison-Avenue  Reformed  Church, 
Street,  an  imposing  Gothic  brownstone  building, 
The  society,  formerly  known  as  the  Northwest 
organized  in  1808,  and  worshipped  in  a  church  on 
1850,  when  it  moved  to  a  more  eligible  location  on 
Madison-Avenue  Church  has  a  seating  capacity  of 
1,000,  and  with  its  galleries,  groined  roof  and  pic- 
turesque arrangement  of  round  arches,  the  interior  is 
extremely  attractive  and  commodious.  The  min- 
ister is  Rev.  Dr.  Abbott  E.  Kittredge. 

The  Thirty-Fourth- 
Street  Reformed 
Dutch  Church,  at  307 
West  34th  Street,  was 
organized  in  1823,  and 
its  first  church  was  a 
modest  brick  structure 
at  Broome  and  Greene 
Streets.  Under  the  min- 
isterial care  of  Dr.  Jacob 
Brodhead  and  Dr.  Sam- 
uel A.  Van  Vranken  it 
attracted  large  and  fash- 
ionable     congregations.         bloomingdale  reformed  church,  boulevard  and  west  68th  street. 


at  the  corner  of  57th 
was  erected  in  1870. 
Reformed  Church,  Was 
Franklin  Street  until 
East   23d    Street.      The 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


3°9 


TRINITY    CHURCH -PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL. 

BROADWAY,   BETWEEN    RECTOR    AND    LIBERTY    STREETS,   AT    THE    HEAD    OF    WALL    STREET. 


3io  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Dr.  Brodhead  was  one  of  the  most  eloquent  preachers  of  his  day,  and  Dr.  Van  Vran- 
ken  possessed  pulpit  talents  of  a  high  order.  Later,  the  ministerial  charge  was 
assumed  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  George  H.  Fisher  and  the  Rev.  Henry  V.  Voorhees,  both 
noted  preachers.  In  i860  the  present  large  Gothic  church  was  built.  It  is  of  brick, 
with  yellow  stone  front  and  double  towers,  and  the  interior  is  plain  and  comfortable, 
with  free  pews  and  a  very  sweet-toned  organ.  Previous  to  the  building  of  the  new 
church,  the  members  of  the  Livingston  Reformed  Church,  then  worshipping  in  a  hall 
on  33d  Street,  united  with  the  34th-Street  parish,  adding  materially  to  its  strength 
and  influence.  The  minister  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  Peter  Stryker,  a  writer,  lecturer  and 
active  worker  in  the  temperance  cause. 

The  Bloomingdale  Reformed  Church  is  at  68th  Street,  where  it  crosses  the 
Boulevard.  It  is  one  of  the  most  impressive  and  stately  of  all  the  churches  in  this 
region,  and  has  a  noble  Gothic  spire. 

The  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  maintains  the  prestige  that  it  secured  as 
the  State  Church  two  centuries  ago,  and  in  wealth  and  influence  easily  distances  all 
rivals.  Bishop  Henry  C.  Potter  is  at  the  head  of  the  diocese,  and  the  church  is 
ministered  to  by  men  of  wide  fame. 

Trinity  Church  is  the  second  oldest  religious  organization  in  the  city  proper. 
It  was  organized  under  the  provisions  of  an  Act  passed  by  the  Colonial  Assembly  of 
1693,  but  the  royal  charter  establishing  The  Parish  of  Trinity  Church  was  not  granted 
until  1697.  The  services  of  the  Church  of  England  had  been  introduced  immedi- 
ately after  the  arrival  of  the  British  fleet  in  1664,  and  were  held  in  old  St.  Nicholas' 
Church,  within  the  Fort,  until  March,  1697,  when  a  small  wooden  building  was 
opened  on  the  site  of  the  present  Trinity  Church.  This  stood  unchanged  for  nearly 
forty  years,  when  it  was  virtually  rebuilt.  The  close  of  the  Revolution  left  the 
Episcopalians,  many  of  whom  had  remained  loyal  to  King  and  Parliament,  in  small 
favor  with  the  patriots ;  but  with  the  restoration  of  order  came  wiser  counsels.  The 
ritual  was  revised  by  omitting  the  obnoxious  prayer  for  the  King,  and  with  the  conse- 
cration of  the  first  American  Bishops  in  1784,  and  the  General  Convention  in  1785, 
which  organized  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  in  the  States  of  America,  officially 
declared  to  be  loyal  to  the  new  government,  came  the  beginning  of  a  growth  that 
has  made  that  church  the  most  powerful  Protestant  denomination  in  New  York. 
St.  George's  and  St.  Mark's  remained  the  only  other  Episcopal  churches  in  the  city 
until  1794,  when  the  increasing  population  necessitated  a  second  parish,  and  Christ 
Church  was  organized.  As  the  population  has  increased,  other  parishes  have  been 
formed,  and  new  churches  erected  ;  and  there  are  now  84  Episcopal  churches  and 
chapels  in  the  city,  with  35,000  communicants,  and  a  vast  network  of  parochial 
charities.  Trinity  still  remains  the  wealthiest  single  church  corporation  in  the  United 
States.  Most  of  its  annual  income  of  half  a  million  dollars,  comes  from  what 
remains,  after  many  generous  gifts,  of  the  royal  grant  of  the  Queen's  Farm,  made  in 
1705,  and  comprising  a  large  tract  of  land  along  the  North  River,  between  Chris- 
topher and  Vesey  Streets,  now  in  the  heart  of  the  business  part  of  the  city.  Its 
property  is  valued  at  $9,000,000.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  Revolution  Trinity  was 
closed  for  a  time,  owing  to  the  persistent  refusal  of  the  clergy  to  omit  the  prayer 
for  the  King.  It  was  re-opened  after  the  British  occupation,  only  to  be  destroyed 
a  few  days  later,  in  the  great  fire  of  1776.  The  second  church  was  built  in  1788,  on 
the  same  site  on  Broadway,  opposite  the  head  of  Wall  Street.  The  third,  that  is  to 
say,  the  present  Trinity  Church,  was  finished  in  1846,  from  designs  of  Richard  M.  Up- 
john. It  is  a  stately  Gothic  edifice,  with  an  exquisite  sharply  pointed  ornate  spire, 
rising  to  a  height  of  284  feet,  and  carrying  a  melodious  chime  of  bells.      On  either 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


3" 


ST.   PAUL'S    CHAPEL—PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL. 

BROADWAY    AND    CHURCH    STREET,    FROM    FULTON    STREET    TO    VESEY    STREET. 


312 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


side  is  a  quiet  graveyard,  with  many  interesting  memorials  of  men  and  women  of  the 
past.  The  interior  is  lofty  and  spacious,  with  a  groined  roof  borne  aloft  by  sand- 
stone columns.  The  pews  are  of  carved  oak.  The  chancel  is  enriched  by  a  fine 
altar  and  reredos  of  white  Caen  stone,  with  mosaics  and  cameos,  a  memorial  to 
William  B.  Astor  from  his  sons.  Of  the  many  benefactions  of  Trinity,  from  its 
early  gift  of  a  communion-service  and  an  altar-cloth  to  a  church  at  Rye,  down  to 
the  present  time,  none  has  been  of  greater  service  to  the  city  than  the  numerous  chap- 
els which  she  has  erected  and  still  maintains.  The  first  was  St.  George's,  now  an 
independent  parish,  opened  in  1753,  and  endowed  by  Trinity  with  a  generous  gift  of 
over  a  quarter  of  a  million  dollars  in  lands  and  money ;  then  came  St.  Paul's,  in 
1766  ;  St.  John's,  in  1807;  Trinity  Chapel,  in  1856;  St.  Chrysostom's,  in  1869;  St. 
Augustine's,  in  1877  ;  and  St.  Agnes',  in  1892.     Trinity  has  over  6,000  communicants. 

Of  the  large  income  enjoyed  by  Trinity  not  a  cent  is  hoarded.  The  expenses 
of  keeping  up  the  estate  ;  the  support  of  the  chapels  ;  the  large  yearly  grants  to 
twenty-four  parishes  ;  the  payment  of  taxes  and  assessments ;  and  the  maintenance 
of  the  several  parochial  schools  and  other  parish  charities  exhaust  the  yearly 
income.  Of  the  former  rectors  of  Trinity  three  have  been  made  Bishops  of  the 
Church,  and  one  was  banished  from  the  State  for  his  royalist  proclivities,  and  became 
Bishop  of  Nova  Scotia.      The  Rev.  Dr.  Morgan  Dix  is  now  the  rector  of  the  parish. 

St.   Paul's  Chapel  is  the  oldest  church  edifice  now  remaining  in  the  city,  and 


the  oldest  of  the  chapels  of  Trinity  Parish.  It 
location  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Vesey 
name  of  the  first  rector  of  the  mother  church.  It 
before  the  troublous  times  of  the  War  of  Inde- 
simple  but  impressive  architecture  of  the  style  of 
ago  ;  its  tower,  a  partial  copy  of  one  of  Sir  Chris- 
ing  where  seemingly  it  ought  not,  on  what  is  now 
building ;  and  its  quiet  God's  Acre  surrounding 
turesque  features  of  lower  Broadway.  The  spa- 
esting,  not  so  much  for  its  architectural  or  decora- 
tive beauties  (of  which  indeed  it  makes  but  scanty 
show),  but  for  its  old-fashioned  look,  and  the 
hints  it  gives  of  the  simple  taste  and  moderate 
ideas  of  splendor  which  belonged  to  the  men  of  the 
past.  Many  interesting  events  have  taken  place 
within  St.  Paul's,  but  none  surpass  in  impressive- 
ness  the  solemn  service  of  thanksgiving 
there,  which  Washington  and  the  civic 
authorities  attended  in  simple  state,  after 
the  inauguration  ceremonies  in  1 789 
of  the  first  President  of  the 
United  States,  in  the  old  City 
Hall,  hard  by.  The  centennial 
anniversary  thereof  was  cele- 
brated within  these  walls  in 
1889.  A  tablet  in  the  rear 
wall  of  the  chapel,  facing 
Broadway,  commemorates  the 
bravery  of  General  Richard 
Montgomery,     the     hero     of 


stands    in    its    ancient 

Street,  Vesey  being  the 

was  built   in    1764-66, 

pendence,  and  with  its 

a  century  and  a  half 

topher  Wren's,  stand- 

the    rear    end   of   the 

it,  it  is  one  of  the  pic- 

cious  interior  is  inter- 


ST.    JOHN'S    CHAPEL,    PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL,   VARICK    STREET, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


3*3 


TRINITY    CHAPEL,   PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL,   WEST    25TH    STREET,    BETWEEN 
BROADWAY    AND    6TH    AVENUE. 


Quebec ;  and  in  the 
churchyard  are  monu- 
ments to  Emmet,  the 
Irish  patriot ;  George 
Frederick  Cooke,  and 
others.  The  Rev.  Dr. 
James  Mulchahey  is  in 
charge  of  the  chapel. 

St.  John's  Chap- 
el, on  Varick  Street, 
was  built  by  Trinity 
Parish,  between  1803 
and  1807,  in  a  region 
then  just  beginning  to 
be  fashionable  for 
homes.  It  is  a  quaint 
and  venerable  edifice, 
surrounded  by  factor- 
ies and  tenements,  and  the  only  church  within  a  great  area.  The  front  presents  a 
high  Corinthian  porch,  supported  by  four  massive  columns  of  sandstone.  The 
church-yard,  in  effect  like  a  diminutive  park,  with  trees  and  shrubbery,  lies  on 
either  side.  The  position  which  St.  John's  occupies  makes  it  a  conspicuous  as 
well  as  a  picturesque  object,  as  seen  from  the  Sixth- Avenue  Elevated  Railroad,  just 
below  Canal  Street.  Its  quaint  spire,  with  a  tower  clock,  rises  high  above  the  sur- 
rounding buildings.     The  Rev.  Philip  A.  H.  Brown  is  in  charge. 

Trinity  Chapel,  on  25th  Street,  near  Broadway,  was  erected  in  1851-56  by  Old 
Trinity,  for  the  accommodation  of  the  up-town  communicants  of  the  parish.  It  is  a 
pleasing  brownstone  Gothic  edifice,  of  the  most  substantial  construction  ;  and  is  prob- 
ably the  only  one  of  the  chapels  of  Trinity  which  could  support  itself  if  the  aid  of  the 

mother-church 
were  withdrawn. 
The  plans  of  the 
building  were 
made  by  Richard 
M.  Upjohn,  and 
the  interior  is  pe- 
culiar in  being 
simply  a  lofty 
nave,  with  arcades 
along  the  sides  to 
indicate  the  posi- 
tion of  the  aisles, 
if  they  had  not 
been  omitted. 
This  causes  the 
building  to  seen 
very  long  and  nar- 
row; but  the  great 
height  of  the  walls 

8T.   CHRYSOSTOM'S   CHAPEL   (TRINITY    PARISH),   SEVENTH   AVENUE   AND  „nJ    i.1,-.   nnen    rnnf 

WEST    39th  STREET.  *"U    U1C       ^  ' 


3i4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


make  an  impressive  and  satisfactory  interior.  The  spacious  chancel  ends  in  an  apse 
of  seven  bays,  and  paintings  fill  the  tympanums  of  the  sanctuary.  The  interior  is 
chastely  decorated,  the  corbel  pillars  in  the  nave  being  ornamented  with  gold  leaf. 
The  reredos  is  of  Caen  stone  and  alabaster.  Adjacent  to  the  church  are  the  vestry- 
room  and  the  parish-school  building.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Swope  was  a  long  time  in  charge 
of  Trinity  Chapel,  which  is  now  ministered  to  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  William  H.  Vibbert. 
St.  Chrysostom's  Chapel,  at  the  corner  of  Seventh  Avenue  and  West  39th 
Street,  is  a  commodious  Gothic  edifice,  of  brownstone,  equipped  with  auxiliary  schools 

and  mission  and  guild  rooms. 
It  dates  from  1869,  and  is  a 
power  for  good  in  a  crowded 
poor  district.  Rev.  T.  H. 
Sill  is  the  clergyman. 

St.  Augustine's  Chap- 
el is  one  of  the  striking  arch- 
itectural features  of  the  city. 
One  of  the  chapels  of  Old 
Trinity,  erected  in  1876-77, 
it  stands  on  East  Houston 
Street,  near  the  Bowery,  in  a 
region  where  vice  and  poverty 
abound.  It  has  two  main 
parts,  a  mission-house  and 
the  church  proper,  the  en- 
trance to  the  latter  being 
through  a  broad  archway 
with  tiled  walls  and  floor  and 
timbered  roof.  The  church 
is  large,  and  richly  decorated 
in  warm  colors.  The  five 
floors  of  the  mission-house 
contain  a  large  hall,  school 
and  guild-rooms,  a  parish- 
room  and  various  offices. 
The  work  is  almost  entirely 
among  the  poorer  classes  of 
the  neighborhood,  and  the 
parish-school  has  a  large  at- 
tendance. In  addition  to  a 
large  Sunday-school,  there 
are  a  day-school  for  boys,  a 
night-school  for  young  men 
and  women,  a  sewing-school, 
a  house-school  for  young 
girls,  a  cooking-school  and 
numerous  guilds.      The  Rev.  Dr.  A.  C.  Kimber  is  in  charge,  with  two  assistants. 

St.  Cornelius  Chapel,  on  Governor's  Island,  is  maintained  by  Trinity  Church, 
under  an  arrangement  with  the  War  Department,  for  army  officers  and  soldiers  who 
may  desire  to  attend  divine  services  ;  and  for  baptisms,  burials,  weddings  and  other 
ceremonials  in  the  garrison. 


AUGUSTINE'S    CHAPEL,    PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL, 
107    EAST    HOUSTON    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


315 


St.  Agnes'  Chapel,  near  the  Boulevard,  on  West  92c!  Street,  is  the  newest  and 
most  magnificent  of  Trinity's  chapels.  Its  cost  was  about  $800,000,  and  it  was 
opened  for  public  services  in  1892.  St.  Agnes'  is  a  cruciform  Romanesque  building,  of 
striking  design  and  treatment.  The  main  front  is  of  brownstone,  flanked  and  crowned 
by  plain  granite  walls.  The  lower  stage  is  occupied  by  a  portal  of  three  deep  and 
heavily  moulded  arches.  The  upper  stage  is  pierced  by  a  large  arched  window, 
and  the  intervening  frieze  is  decorated  with  emblems  of  the  four  Evangelists.  The 
tower  is  a  straight  shaft  of  granite,  with  belts  of  brownstone ;  and  the  belfry 
stage  is  ornamented  with  arches  and  spandrils  of  the  same  material.  A  large  square 
lantern  rises  above  the  roof-line,  .at  the  intersection  of  the  nave  and  transepts,  and 
forms  the  dominating  feature  of  the  exterior.  The  interior  treatment  is  elaborate 
and  costiy,  the  richest  effects  centering  in  the  apsidal  chancel,  which  has  a  massive 
rad  of  white  marble,  filled  with  rich  inlaid  work  in  green  marble.  The  same  material 
is  used  in  the  construction  of  the  pulpit,  lectern  and  altar.  The  ceiling  has  a  back- 
ground of  gold,  upon  which  are  painted  in  rich  colors  heroic  figures  of  the  Apostles, 
each  bearing  an  emblem. 
In  the  center  is  a  large 
representation  of  Christ 
the    Triumphant     King, 


ST.   AGNES'  CHAPEL,    PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL,    NEAR    THE    BOULE- 
VARD,   ON    WEST    91ST    AND    WEST    920    STREETS. 

seated  upon  a  throne.  The  walls  of  the  chancel  are  broken  by  window  openings, 
arches  communicating  with  the  vestries,  and  recesses  backed  with  glass  mosaics,  hav- 
ing ornamental  work  in  relief.  The  side  walls  are  attractively  decorated  in  a  lower 
color-key  than  the  chancel.  The  beautiful  Morning  Chapel  is  on  the  west  side,  open- 
ing into  the  transept  and  nave  by  two  large  archways.  In  the  rear  of  the  church  are 
the  parish-house  and  the  rectory.  The  chapel  seats  about  1,200  people.  All  the  in- 
terior decorative  work,  including  the  windows,  was  done  by  the  Tiffany  Glass  and 
Decorating  Company.  The  rector  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  Edward  A.  Bradley.  The  grounds 
surrounding  St.  Agnes'  are  effectively  adorned  with  lawns,  trees  and  shrubs. 


316 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


Grace  Church,  on  Broadway,  near  ioth  Street,  is  with  the  exception  of  Trinity, 
the  wealthiest  Episcopal  corporation  in  New  York.  The  parish  was  organized  in 
1808,  and  the  first  church  stood  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Rector  Street,  then 
a  fine  residential  quarter.  The  present  location  was  selected  in  1844,  an(l  was 
thought  to  be  very  far  up-town.  The  graceful  white  limestone  church,  in  the  Deco- 
rated Gothic  style,  is  one  of  the  architectural  features  of  Broadway,  and  its  spire, 
once  of  wood,  but  now  of  marble,  is  one  of  the  most  exquisite  in  the  city.  The 
group  of  buildings  belonging  to  Grace  Church  comprises  the  rectory,  on  the  north, 
connected  with  the  church  by  Grace  House,  erected  in  1880  by  Miss  Catharine  L. 
Wolfe,  and  containing  the  vestry  and  clergy-rooms,  library  and  reading-room ;  the 
Chantry,  adjoining  the  church  on  the  south,  also  the  gift  of  Miss  Wolfe  ;  and  Grace 
Memorial  House,  in  the  rear,  on  Fourth  Avenue,  erected  by  the  Hon.  Levi  P.  Morton 
in  1880  in  memory  of  his  wife,  and  used  as  a  day-nursery  for  small  children.  Grace 
Chapel,  at  132  East  14th  Street,  was  erected  by  the  parish  in  1876  to  replace  the  for- 
mer chapel,  built  in  1852,  and  de- 
stroyed by  fire  in  1872.  Grace-House- 
by-the-Sea,  at  Far  Rockaway,  Long 
Island,  was  opened  in  1 883  as  a  summer 
home  for  poor  women  from  tenement- 
houses.  Liberal  support  is  given  to 
this  and  the  many  other  parochial  chari- 
ties, and  generous  contributions  are 
made  to  aid  benevolent  work  outside  the 
parish  limits. 

Few  if  any  of  the  churches  surpass 
Grace  in  beauty  of  interior  design  and 
decoration.  It  is  impressive  and  magnifi- 
cent. In  the  eastern  end,  a  large  chancel 
window,  the  gift  of  Miss  Wolfe  (as  are 
also  the  altar  and  the  lofty  reredos),  is 
filled  with  English  stained  glass.  The 
groined  roof  of  the  nave  is  supported  by 
graceful  columns ;  and  the  clere-story 
and  side  windows  contain  some  of  the 
finest  examples  of  the  glass-worker's  art. 
A  beautiful  memorial  porch  forms  the 
entrance ;  and  the  chime  of  bells  in  the 
belfry,  rivals  that  of  Trinity  in  sweetness. 
Grace  has  long  been  noted  for  fashion- 
able weddings.  The  Bishop  of  New 
York,  the  Rt.  Rev.  Henry  C.  Potter,  was 
long  rector  of  the  parish.  He  was  succeeded  in  1883  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  William  R. 
Huntington. 

Christ  Church  was  the  second  parish  of  the  Episcopal  Church  organized  in 
New  York,  dating  back  to  1794,  when  a  church  was  built  on  Ann  Street.  Here  a 
goodly  congregation  soon  gathered,  under  the  Rev.  John  Pillmore,  one  of  the  first  Wes- 
ieyan  itinerants  sent  over  from  England,  who  labored  for  a  time  with  the  brethren 
of  the  John-Street  Church,  but  later  joined  the  Episcopalians.  The  parish  grew 
rapidly,  and  in  1823  its  former  accommodations  became  too  straitened  for  its  needs, 
and  a  largei  church  was  built  on  Worth  Street,  where  the  parish  remained  in  peace 


GRACE    MEMORIAL    HOUSE,    FOURTH    AVENUE,   NEAR    10TH 
STREET     IN    REAR    OF   GRACE    CHURCH. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'  OF  NEW    YORK'. 


317 


GRACE    CHURCH  — PROTECTANT    trlbOOPAL. 

BROADWAY,  NEAR    10TH    STREET;   AT    THE    HEAD    OF    LOWER    BROADWAY. 


3*8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


ST.  MARK'S  CHURCH, 
STUYVESANT  STRF.ET 
AND  SECOND  AVENUE. 


and  prosperity  until  it  migrated  up-town  in  1854,  building  and  occupying  the  present 
St.  Ann's  Church,  on  West  i'8th  Street.  In  1859  a  church  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  35th 
Street  was  purchased  from  the  Baptists,  and  here  again  the  parish  rested  and  throve 
for  more  than  thirty  years.     In  1890  Christ  Church  removed  to  its  present  site,  at  the 

Among  the  prominent  rectors  of  the  parish 

of  the  ritualistic  church  of  St.  Ig- 

a  preacher  of  nervous  and  pictur- 

Dr.  J.  S.  Shipman  is  the  rector. 

Church    began    its    independent 

first  church,  a  chapel  of  Trinity, 

Beekman  and  Cliff  Streets.      The 

erected    in    1849,    ^s    a    graceful 

ture,   in  the  Gothic  style,   and  a 

on  the  East  Side,   in  Stuyvesant 

it  had  two  noble  spires,  but  they 

as  the  result  of  a  fire.      They 

and  have  never  been  replaced. 

Rev.  Dr.    Stephen  H.  Tyng, 

and   his   sturdy  preach- 

church  well  to  the  front 

body.      The    Rev.     Dr. 

ford    became    rector    in 


corner  of  71st  Street  and  the  Boulevard. 
have  been  Dr.  F.  C.  Ewer,  the  founder 
natius;  the  Rev.  Hugh  Miller  Thompson, 
esque  force  ;  and  Dr.  William  McVickar. 

St.      George's 

existence  in  1812.      The 
was    built    in    1752,    at 
more    modern  building, 
brownstone    st  rue- 
prominent  landmark 
Square.       Formerly 
became     weakened, 
were    taken    down, 
For  many  years  the 
the  elder,  was  rector, 
ing    brought    the 
in    the     Episcopal 
William    S.    Rains- 
1883,  an(l  since  then 
many    changes    and 


ST.    GEORGE'S    CHURCH,  STUYVESANT    SQUARE 
AND    EAST    16TH   STREET. 

improvements  have  been  made  in  the 
working  methods  of  the  parish,  which  is 
one  of  the  most  active  in  the  city,  and  the 
largest  in  the  country,  having  2,600  com- 
municants. One  of  the  most  important 
of  its  parochial  agencies  is  St.  George's 
Memorial  House,  adjoining  the  church. 
It  was  erected  in  1888,  the  gift  of  J.  Pier- 
pont  Morgan,  in  memory  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Charles  Tracy.  It  is  built  of  red  sandstone, 
and  contains  school-rooms,  club-rooms,  clergy-rooms,  gymnasium,  library  and  read- 
ing-room, and  is  the  centre  of  much  philanthropic  work  among  the  poorer  classes 
in  the  neighborhood. 


CHURCH    OF    THE    HEAVENLY    Ht.Hl,   Fit- I  H    AVtNUt, 
ABOVE   45TH   STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


3*9 


St.  Mark's  Church  was  organized  in  1791.  The  present  church  at  Second 
Avenue  and  10th  Street  was  consecrated  in  1829,  and  is  one  of  the  few  survivors  of 
the  old  colonial  style  of  ecclesiastical  architecture,  with  lofty  pillared  porch  and 
a  sharply  tapering  steeple.  The  interior  preserves  its  olden  quaintness,  and  is  pleas- 
ingly decorated.  Many  memorial  tablets  adorn  the  walls  ;  and  on  the  east  side  of  the 
outer  wall,  an  ancient  stone  bears  witness  to  the  fact  that  Governor  Petrus  Stuyve- 
sant  lies  buried  in  the  vault  below.  When  the  doughty  Dutch  Captain-General 
retired  from  office,  after  the  surrender  of  the  province  to  the  English,  he  withdrew  to 
his  "Bouwerie,"  or  farm,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  present  Stuyvesant  Square,  then  two 
miles  from  the  centre  of  the  city.  He  built  a  small  chapel  adjoining  his  manor- 
house,  and  here  the  Rev.  Henry  Soleyns  was  wont  to  preach  on  Sunday  afternoons. 
Tn  a  vault  underneath  the  chapel 
the  Governor  was  laid  to  rest,  after 
his  death  in  1682,  to  be  followed, 
in  1691,  by  Henry  Sloughter,  the 
English  royal  governor,  and  still 
later,  by  Daniel  Tompkins,  an 
early  governor  of  the  State.  At 
one  time  the  Methodists  held 
meetings  in  the  chapel,  commonly 
called  the  "Two-Mile-Stone 
Meeting  House,"  from  its  distance 
from  the  centre  of  the  city.  It 
was  taken  down  in  1793,  and  the 
offer  of  Petrus  Stuyvesant,  a  de- 
scendant of  the  Governor,  to  pre- 
sent the  ground  and  800  pounds 
in  money  to  Trinity  for  a  church, 
was  accepted.  The  church  was 
built  in  the  following  year,  and 
long  bore  the  name  of  "St.  Mark's 
in  the  Bowery."  It  is  still  the 
spiritual  home  of  many  descend- 
ants of  the  old  families.  The  Rev. 
Dr.  J.  H.  Rylance  is  the  rector. 

The  Church  of  the  Heav- 
enly Rest,  at  551  Fifth  Avenue, 
was  built  through  the  efforts  of 
Dr.  Robert  S.  Howland,  then 
rector  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Apostles.  The  parish  originated  in  services  held 
in  the  hall  of  Rutgers  Female  College,  in  1865.  The  narrow  front  of  the  church, 
ornamental  in  design  and  surmounted  by  angelic  figures,  gives  little  promise  of  the 
spaciousness  of  the  interior,  which  is  cruciform  in  shape,  and  contains  some  of  the 
finest  wood-carving  in  the  country.  Polished  marble  pillars  support  the  roof;  the 
walls  are  richly  frescoed  and  adorned  with  beautiful  paintings ;  and  Ary  Scheffer's 
Christus  Consolator  forms  the  altar-piece.  The  entire  effect  of  the  interior  is  one  of 
extreme  and  satisfying  richness,  refinement,  beauty  and  peace.  The  Church  of  the 
Heavenly  Rest  is  one  of  the  fashionable  shrines  of  the  city,  and  the  wealth  of  its 
members  is  shown  in  their  liberal  support  of  public  and  parochial  charities.  The 
rector  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  D.    Parker  Morgan. 


ST.    GEORGE'S    MEMORIAL    HOUSE,    207    EAST    16th    STREET, 
IN    REAR    OF    ST.    GEORGE'S    CHURCH. 


320 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


St.  Thomas's  Church,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  53d  Street,  was  organized  in  1823  ; 
and  its  first  church  stood  at  Broadway  and  Houston  Street,  then  a  rural  suburb. 
The  parish  attained  to  a  high  degree  of  prosperity  under  the  rectorship  of  Dr. 
Francis  L.  Hawks,  but  as  early  as  1843  tne  need  of  a  location  farther  up-town  began 
to  be  felt,  and  in  1870  the  present  magnificent  edifice  was  opened  for  worship.  The 
church  is  one  of  the  most  imposing  architectural  features  of  the  city,  and  was 
regarded  by  the  architect,  Upjohn,  as  the  masterpiece  of  his  long  career  as  a  church 
architect.  The  church  and  the  adjoining  rectory  are  built  of  brownstone,  in  the 
Gothic  style  ;  and,  with  the  grounds  and  furnishings,  represent  a  value  of  nearly 
one  million  dollars.  The  interior  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  city,  with  monolithic 
columns  supporting  the  nave,  a  central  dome  at  the  intersection  of  the  nave 
and  transept,  an  apsidal  chancel  adorned  with  a  series  of  cartoons  by  LaFarge, 
and  a  reredos  in  old  gold  by  St.  Gaudens,  representing  the  Adoration  of  the 
Cross  by  cherubs  and  angels.  The  chancel  is  flanked  by  shallower  recesses,  in 
which  is  built  the  great  organ,  in  two  parts,  for  a  double  choir,  whose  rendering 
of  church  music  is  famous  throughout  the  country.  The  entire  decoration  of 
the  chancel,  including  the  costly  works  of  LaFarge  and  St.  Gaudens,  is  a  memorial 
from  Charles  H.  Housman  to  his  mother  ;  and  to  his  generosity  the  church  also 
owes  the  angelic  figures  with  musical  instruments,  after  Fra  Angelico,  by  LaFarge, 
which  form  the  decorations  above  the  organ.  Other  memorials  are  the  chime  of 
bells  in  the  tower,  rivalling  those  of  Trinity  in  sweetness,  the  cross  surmounting  it, 
and  many  stained-glass  windows  and  other  fittings  of  the  interior.  While  St. 
Thomas's  is  a  church  for  the  wealthy,  it  is  by  no  means  neglectful  of  the  claims  of 
the  poorer  classes.  In  addition  to  its  numerous  benevolent  societies,  it  maintains 
St.  Thomas's  Chapel,  on  60th  Street;  a  German  mission;  and  St.  Thomas's  House, 
in  the  rear  of  the  chapel,  erected  in  1872  by  Hon.  and  Mrs.  Roswell  P.  Flower  as  a 
memorial  to  their  son,  Henry  Keep  Flower.  The  rectors  of  St.  Thomas  have  been: 
Rev.  Cornelius  Duffie ;  Rev.  Dr.  George  Upfold,  later  bishop  of  Indiana  ;  Rev. 
Henry  J.  Whitehouse,  some  time  bishop  of  Illinois  ;  Rev.  Dr.  Edmund  Neville  ; 
Rev.  Dr.  William  F.  Morgan  ;  and  the  present  incumbent,  Rev.  Dr.  John  W.  Brown. 

St.  James's 
Church  grew  out 
of  a  chapel  erected 
in  1 8 10  at  69th 
Street  and  Park 
Avenue,  for  the 
convenience  o  f 
those  New- York 
families  whose 
country-seats  were 
in  the  vicinity  of 
Hamilton  Square 
(now  Lenox  Hill). 
This  was  suc- 
ceeded by  an  edi- 
fice erected  in 
1869  on  the  north 
side  of  72d  Street, 
between    Lexing- 

6 T.  JAMES'S  PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH,  MADISON  AVENUE  AND  EAST  71st  STREET.         tOU       and      Third 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEIV    YORK, 


321 


n\V«vo\V^  V52.\Ne$U7 


21 


PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL   CHURCH    EDIFICES. 

ST.    LUKE'S.       ST.    MICHAEL'S.       ST.    THOMAS'.       ZION    AND   TIMOTHY.       ST.    MARY    THE    VIRGIN. 


;22 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Avenues, —  the  present  church  having  been  built  in  1884  at  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Madison  Avenue  and  71st  Street.  It  is  an  imposing  Gothic  building,  de- 
signed to  have  a  lofty  tower  in  the  Florentine  style,  with  an  apsidal  chancel  at  the 
side  of  the  tower  ;  a  smaller  round  tower  ;  and  a  loggia,  with  bold  projections,  form- 
ing with  the  two  gables  a  very  beautiful  and  picturesque  effect.  The  interior  is  ex- 
tremely pleasing.  A  tower-room,  with  a  notable  stairway,  opens  upon  the  chancel, 
which  is  very  deep,  with  two  arches  and  an  apsidal  sanctuary.  At  the  east  end  is  a 
large  gallery.  The  interior  finish  is  oak,  and  the  entire  scheme  of  decoration  is 
chaste  and  harmonious.  There  is  a  vested  choir ;  and  the  building  contains  two 
choir-rooms,  a  large  parish-room,  a  library,  a  guild-room,  and  a.  kitchen.  In  the 
tower  are  three  large  brass  tablets,  having  representations  of  the  two  former  build- 
ings of  the  parish,  and  inscribed  with  the  names  of  former  vestrymen.  The  rector, 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Cornelius  B.  Smith,  began  his  work  in  1867. 

St.  Luke's  Church,  at  483  Hudson  Street,  is  one  of  the  older  Episcopal  shrines. 
It  was  built  in  182 1,  and  became  the  parish-church  of  a  quiet  rural  village,  well  out  on 
the  old  Albany  Post  Road,  with  a  semi-daily  stage  to  the  city,  then  closely  cluster- 
ing about  the  Battery.  Local  changes  have  left  it  in  the  midst  of  a  dense  population 
of  the  poorer  class,  and  depending  for  its  existence  upon  a  yearly  grant  of  $10,000 
from  Trinity.      It  is  now  strictly  a  mission-church  ;  and  the   old  building,   in  the 


quaintly  simple  style  of 
interesting  landmark  of 
not  many  traces  beside 


the  early  years  of  the  present  century,  is  an 
what  was  once  Greenwich  Village,  of  which 
St.  Luke's  remain. 

Calvary  Church  was  organized  in   1835, 
and    its    first    church    was    built    in    1837,    on 
Fourth  Avenue,  near  35th  Street.      The  loca- 
tion  proved    to   be   too   far   up-town    for    the 
prosperity  of  the  parish,  and  in   1842 
the  church  was  moved  to 
the  corner  of  2ist 
Street.     Five  years 
later   it  was  taken 
down,  and  the  pre- 
sent     brownstone 
building      erected, 
in  the  old  English 
style    of   architec- 
ture.    The  interior 
arrangements    and 
decorations  are  ex- 

CALVARY  CHURCH,  PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL,  FOURTH  AVENUE  AND  EAST  21ST  STREET.  tremelv      good. 

The  lofty  groined  roof  is  supported  by  slender  columns  springing  out  in  graceful 
pointed  arches  ;  the  side  walls  are  panelled  ;  and  the  arched  windows  are  filled 
with  richly  colored  glass.  Calvary  has  long  been  one  of  the  leading  Episcopal 
parishes,  and  with  Calvary  Chapel  and  the  Galilee  Rescue  Mission  on  East  23d 
Street,  and  a  goodly  number  of  parochial  charities,  it  is  the  centre  of  much 
beneficent  activity.  There  are  1,600  communicants.  The  rector  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  H. 
Y.  Satterlee.  The  congregational  singing  at  Calvary  is  very  fine,  trained  singers 
being  scattered  throughout  the  congregation.  The  new  building  which  is  to  be 
occupied  by  the  Diocesan  Church  Missions  House  is  slowly  rising  into  view,  on 
Fourth  Avenue,  just  north  of  Calvary  Church. 


6 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


323 


The  Church  of  the  Ascension,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  ioth  Street,  was  built 
in  1850.  It  is  a  brownstone  Gothic  edifice,  with  a  number  of  fine  stained-glass 
windows,  and  a  large  painting  of  The  Ascension  as  an  altar-piece.  The  parish  was 
organized  in  1 838,  and  the  first  church  was  in  Prince  Street.  For  many  years  Dr. 
John  Cotton  Smith  was  in  charge,  and  the  parish  became  widely  known  for  its 
generous  gifts,  including  a  hall  at  the  Theological  School  near  Alexandria,  Va. ;  a 
hall  and  church  for  Kenyon  College,  at  Gambier,  Ohio  ;  and  the  Church  of  the  As- 
cension, at  Ipswich,  Mass.      Dr.  E.  W.  Donald  is  the  rector. 

St.  Andrew's  Church  was  organized  in  1829,  and  built  its  first  ecclesiastical 
home  during  the  following  year.  The  early  growth  of  the  parish  was  feeble,  owing 
to  its  remote  situation,  far  up-town  ;  and  it  was  not  until  the  year  1873  that  the  need 
of  large  accommodations  became  sufficiently  urgent  to  cause  the  erection  of  a  more 
spacious  church,  which  remained  in  use  until  the  opening  of  the  present  edifice,  in 
1889,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  127th  Street.  The  exterior  is  picturesque  in  appearance, 
with  a  stately  corner  tower  carrying  a 
sweet  chime  of  bells,  gabled  entrances, 
and  a  pleasing  roof-line.  The  interior 
is  churchly  and  impressive  in  the  best 
sense,  with  lofty  nave,  lower  side  aisles, 
transepts,  baptistery  and  apsidal  chancel. 
Slender  shafts,  surmounted  by  a  clere- 
story pierced  with  many  windows,  and 
spanned  by  graceful  pointed  arches,  sup- 
port the  lofty  arched  roof.  Two  narrow 
lancet  windows  light  the  chancel,  and 
between  them  is  a  large  painting  of  The 
Call  of  St.  Andrezv,  the  patron-saint  of 
the  church.  The  chancel  and  transepts 
open  out  into  smaller  spaces  through 
pointed  arches,  adding  greatly  to  the 
perspective  effect.  The  color  scheme 
is  in  terra  cotta,  relieved  by  lighter 
lines  on  the  faces  of  the  arched  ribs  of 
the  roof.  The  first  rector  of  the  parish  was  the  Rev.  George  L.  Hinton.  Later  in- 
cumbents have  been  the  Rev.  Dr.  James  R.  Bailey,  who  withdrew  to  join  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church,  and  became  Archbishop  of  Baltimore  ;  the  Rev.  Dr.  Francis  Lob- 
dell  ;  and  the  present  rector,  the  Rev.  Dr.  George  R.  Van  De  Water,  one  of  the 
strongest  preachers  and  leading  organizers  in  the  city.  The  communicant  list  num- 
bers 1,500;  and  St.  Andrew's  is   noted  for  the  variety  and  liberality  of  its  gifts. 

The  Church  of  the  Holy  Communion,  at  Sixth  Avenue  and  20th  Street, 
was  erected  in  1846  by  Mrs.  Anna  C.  Rogers,  in  obedience  to  the  dying  request  of 
her  husband,  that  "a  church  might  be  built  to  the  glory  of  God,  where  rich  and 
poor  might  meet  together."  Mrs.  Rogers's  brother,  Dr.  William  A.  Muhlenberg, 
the  founder  of  St.  Luke's  Hospital,  became  the  first  rector.  It  was  a  free  church  from 
the  beginning,  and  the  first  in  the  country  to  establish  early  communions,  weekly 
celebrations,  daily  prayers,  and  a  vested  choir,  and  the  first  to  organize  a  sisterhood. 
The  group  of  buildings  includes  the  church  and  rectory,  in  brownstone,  after 
designs  by  Upjohn  ;  a  Sisters'  House  ;  a  home  for  aged  women  ;  and  a  Babies' 
Shelter.  The  church  is  cruciform  in  shape,  and  the  interior  is  plain  but  churchly 
in  its  decorations.      The  Rev.  Henry  Mottet  is  rector. 


ANDREW'S  CPROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL}    CHURCH, 
AVENUE    AND    EAST127TM    STREET. 


324 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


CHURCH    OF    THE    TRANSFIGURATION  (THE    LITTLE    CHURCH    AROUND    THE   CORNER),    EAST    29TH    STREET, 
BETWEEN    FIFTH    AND    MADISON    AVENUES. 

The  Church  of  the  Transfiguration,  at  5  East  29th  Street,  is  better  known 
"The  Little  Church  Around  The  Corner,"  from  the  fact  that  its  rector  once 

read  the  funeral  service  of  the 
Church  over  the  body  of  an  actor, 
after  a  neighboring  clergyman  had 
refused,  telling  the  friends  of  the 
deceased  to  go  to  "the  little 
church  around  the  corner."  This 
simple  incident  has  made  the 
church  an  object  of  affectionate 
regard  to  the  whole  dramatic 
profession,  many  of  whom  have 
shown  their  interest  in  a  sub- 
stantial manner.  The  parish  was 
organized  in  1849  by  the  present 
rector,  Dr.  George  H.  Houghton, 
and  early  in  the  following  year  a 
part  of  the  rambling  but  pictur- 
esque church  was  erected.  The 
building  has  grown  by  degrees, 
as  need  arose  and  funds  were 
forthcoming,  and  is  now  a  long 
low  structure  with  a  single  tran- 
sept and  many  beautiful  and  costly 
decorations.  The  church  has  600 
communicants.  A  clergy -house 
adjoins  the  church  ;  and  there  is  a 
Transfiguration  Chapel  on  West 
69th  Street,  between  the  Boule- 
bartholomew's  parish  house,  205  east  42o  street.         vard  and  Columbus  Avenue. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


325 


St.  Ann's  Church  is  engaged  in  an  interesting  field  of  work  among  the 
deaf-mutes,  in  whose  behalf  the  parish  was  organized  by  the  present  rector, 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Thomas  Gallaudet,  in  1852.  For  several  years  the  services  were 
held  in  the  chapel  of  the  University  of  the  City  of  New  York  and  the  lecture-room 
of  the  New-York  Historical  Society.  The  church,  on  18th  Street,  near  Fifth  Ave- 
nue, was  purchased  in  1859.  The  main  interest  attaching  to  the  parish  is  its  peculiar 
field  of  work  among  the  deaf-mutes,  of  whom  there  are  more  than  100  among  the 


communicants.     This  free  church 
other  day,  and  is  open  all  day  for 
also  a  goodly  congregation  of  the 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Edward  H.  Krans, 
gies  to  his  special  field  of  work, 
with  Dr.  Gallaudet  in  the  Church 

St.  Bartholomew's 
fashionable  in  the  city,  was 
many  years  worshipping  in  a 
ing  building  at  Madison  Ave- 
It  is  a  fine  example  of  the 
ated  front  and  a  campanile 
handsomely  treated  in  poly- 
umns,  carrying  a  triforium 
lofty  nave  roof,   and  all  the 


has  five  services  on  Sunday,  and  two  on  every 
private  prayer  and  meditation.  There  is 
more  fortunate,  for  whom  a  special  pastor, 
is  provided,  Dr.  Gallaudet  devoting  his  ener- 
The  Rev.  John  Chamberlain  is  a  co-laborer 
Mission  to  Deaf-Mutes. 

Church,  one  of  the    largest   and    most 
organized  in   1835,  *ne  congregation  for 
church  in  Lafayette  Place.      The  impos- 
nue  and  44th  Street  was  finished  in  1876. 
Lombardo-Gothic  style,  with  lofty  decor- 
tower  with  open  belfry.      The  interior  is 
chrome.      Polished    Scotch   granite    col- 
gallery    and    a    clere-story,    support    the 
appointments  bespeak  the  wealth  of  the 
congregation.       The    rector    is 
the  Rev.   Dr.  David  H.  Greer. 
Aside  from  the  usual  be- 
nevolent   and    missionary 
activities  of  a  well-or- 
ganized parish,  there  is 
St.  Bartholomew's  Par- 
ish House,  on  East  42d 
Street,  near  Third  Ave- 
nue, erected  in  1 891,  the 
gift  of  Mrs.  William  H. 
Vanderbilt  and  Corne- 
lius Vanderbilt.     It  is  a 
costly  stone  and  brick 
building,   and  is  made 
the  centre  of  an  impor- 
tant religious  and  hu- 
mane work  among  the 
poor  of  the  East  Side. 

All  Souls'  Church, 
at  Madison  Avenue  and 
66th  Street,  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  Episcopal  temples  in  the  city,  and  is  the 
home  of  the  parish  ministered  to  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  R.  Heber  Newton,  the  somewhat 
iconoclastic  preacher.  The  parish  was  organized  in  1859,  and  early  in  186 1  its  first 
edifice,  on  West  48th  Street,  was  consecrated  as  a  memorial  to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Henry 
Anthon.  In  1890  the  parish  bought  the  property  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Spirit, 
selling  its  former  place  of  worship,  and  taking  possession  of  the  beautiful  stone 
church  which  it  now  occupies.      The  building  is  in  the  Romanesque  style,  with  a 


ST.    BARTHOLOMEW'S    CHURCH,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    44TH    STREET 


326 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


massive  tower  and  an 
imposing  front  on  Mad- 
ison Avenue  ;  and  the 
interior  is  quaint  and 
attractive,  with  richly 
tinted  walls  and  a  series 
of  fine  paintings  on 
the  rear  wall  of  the 
chancel. 

The  Church  of 
the  Holy  Trinity, 
at  Madison  Avenue 
and  East  42d  Street, 
was  erected  in  1873. 
It  is  near  the  Grand 
Central  Depot,  and  its 
variegated  brick  and 
ivy-covered  walls  and 
lofty      corner       tower 

ALL   SOULS'  CHURCH,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    66TH    STREET.  make     it     a   COnSDicUOUS 

object.  The  parish  was  founded  in  1864,  by  the  younger  Stephen  H.  Tyng,  and 
the  result  of  his  early  labors  was  a  remarkable  growth  in  many  directions.  In 
1888  the  Rev.  E.  Walpole  Warren,  an  English  "missioner,"  was  called  to  the 
rectorship.  He  has  introduced  many  new  agencies  for  increasing  the  effectiveness 
of  the  parish.  Holy  Trinity  has  always  been  marked  by  the  co-operation  of  its 
laymen,  the  practical  character  of  its  preaching,  and  its  adherence  to  the  "evan- 
gelical" school  of  churchmanship.      It  has  a  specially  commendable  boy  choir. 

The  Church  of  Zion  and  St.  Timothy  was  formed  in  1890  by  the  union  of 
the  two  Episcopal  parishes  of  Zion  and  St.  Timothy,  the  latter  having  an  organiza- 
tion dating  back  to  1853,  while  the  former  was  formed  in  1810,  when  the  English 
Lutheran  Church  Zion  conformed  to  the  Episcopal  Church.  The  new  Church  of 
Zion  and  St.  Timothy,  at  332  West  57th  Street,  was  erected  in  1891.  It  is  early 
Gothic  in  design,  treated  in  a  simple  and  massive  manner,  and  with  an  avoidance  of 
carving  and  minute  detail,  in  order  to  bring  the  design  within  the  rightful  use  of 
brick  and  stone,  the  latter  being  employed  only  when  needed  to  strengthen  the 
walls.  A  massive  tower,  with  strongly  marked  pier-braces  at  the  corners,  is  placed 
in  the  north  of  the  main  front,  the  plainness  and  severity  of  the  latter  being  relieved 
by  the  staircase  pinnacle  and  the  deeply  recessed  doors  and  windows.  On  the  57th- 
Street  elevation  three  sharply  pointed  gables  relieve  the  monotony  and  give  charac- 
ter to  the  design.  The  same  simplicity  of  treatment  marks  the  interior.  The  level 
of  the  sanctuary  is  several  feet  above  the  choir  floor,  giving  greater  dignity  to  altar 
and  reredos,  and  the  use  of  the  customary  chancel-arch  has  been  avoided.  The 
roof  and  side  walls  are  on  the  same  lines  as  those  of  the  nave,  but  greatly  enriched 
by  extra  braces  in  the  open  timber-work  of  the  roof.  A  system  of  double  trusses, 
supported  by  clustered  stone  columns  at  the  four  transept  angles,  divides  the  nave 
from  the  aisles  and  chancel,  giving  an  appearance  of  greater  length  to  the  interior. 
The  roofs  are  constructed  entirely  in  open  timber-work,  in  natural  hard  pine,  col- 
ored to  suit  the  expression  of  the  interior,  the  walls  of  which  are  finished  in  red 
brick,  relieved  by  gray  brick  in  wide  bands.  Connected  with  the  church  there  is  a 
large  parish-house,  of  similar  construction.      The  combined  parish  is  in  charge  of  the 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


327 


Rev.  Henry  Lubeck,  with  the  rector  of  Zion  Church,  Dr.  Charles  C.  Tiffany,  as  rec- 
tor emeritus. 

The  Church  of  St.  Mary  the  Virgin,  at  228  West  45th  Street,  is  the  most 
ritualistic  of  the  Episcopal  churches  of  New  York,  with  a  daily  celebration,  an  elab- 


advanced     Anglo-Catholic 
and  the  church  was  opened 
the  interior  is  chiefly  nota- 
altar-screen  ;    the   hanging 
ures    of    Christ,    the    Vir- 
founder     of     the      British 
and    Festal     services     are 
and     beautiful     character, 
among  the  poor,  support- 
other  agencies  for  charita- 
Brown    is    rector    and 

at  Madison  Avenue  and 
temple,  in  a  pleasant  resi- 


orate  ceremonial,  and  all  the  usages  of  the 
school.      The  parish  was  organized  in  1868, 
in  1870.     It  is  a  small  Gothic  building,  and 
ble  for  its  white  marble  altar,  tabernacle  and 
sanctuary  lamps,     and    the  sculptured    fig- 
gin  and  St.   John  ;    and  of   St.    Paul  (as 
Church),    on    the    pulpit.       The    Sunday 
largely  choral,  and  of  the  most  elaborate 
The    parish    is    active    in    good    work 
ing  mission   house,    schools,  guilds,  and 
ble   work.      The    Rev.   Thomas    McKee 
founder. 

The  Church  of  The  Incarnation, 
East   35th   Street,    is  a  modern    Gothic 
dence  -  quarter.      The    Rev.    Dr.   Ar- 
thur  Brooks  is  the  rector  ;    and  the 
Rev.  Newton  Perkins  has  charge  of 
the  Chapel  of  the  Reconciliation,  at 
246    East    31st 
Street.        The 
church    is    a    pic- 
turesque structure, 
built  of  dark  sand- 
stone, with    many 
buttresses,a  quaint 
entrance  porch  on 
the  Madison-Ave- 
nue front,   and    a 
solid  -looking 
square    tower,    at 
the  corner  nearest 

,i         •      ,  ,  •  r  CHURCH    OF    THE    HOLY    TRINITY,    MADISON    AVENUE   AND    EAST    42D    STREET. 

the  intersection  01  ' 

the  street  and  avenue.  The  spire,  which  for  some  years  has  remained  in  the  condi- 
tion shown  in  the  illustration,  is  being  carried  in  1892  to  its  intended  height.  The 
front  of  the  church  is  literally  covered  with  ivy.  It  grows  thickly  around  the  bases 
of  the  buttresses  at  the  side  of  the  building,  and  gives  the  appearance  of  an  English 
suburban  church  to  the  edifice. 

All  Angels'  Church,  at  the  corner  of  West-End  Avenue  and  West  81st  Street, 
was  built  in  1890.  The  society  came  into  existence  about  the  middle  of  the  century, 
and  had  its  first  building  in  what  is  now  Central  Park.  It  occupies  a  corner-lot  of 
100  by  102  feet,  and  is  140  feet  long,  the  builders  having  adopted  the  shrewd  device 
of  placing  it  diagonally.  Dr.  Charles  F.  Hoffman  is  the  rector,  and  Rev.  S. 
De  Lancey  Townsend,  associate-rector. 

The  Church  of  the  Holy  Trinity,  at  Lenox  Avenue  and  I22d  Street,  is 
one  of  the  recently  erected  Episcopal  shrines.  The  building  was  consecrated 
in  1888,  and  is  Italian  Gothic  in  style,  and  substantially  constructed  of  rough-faced 


328 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Indiana  lime- 
stone, with  brown- 
stone  trimmings. 
A  massive  tower 
with  long,  narrow 
openings  sur- 
mounts the  main 
entrance  on  I22d 
Street,  and  the 
long  frontage  on 
Lenox  Avenue  is 
agreeably  diversi- 
fied by  two  gables 
and  a  small  spire, 
breaking  the  mo- 
notony of  the 
roof- line.  The 
main  feature  of 
the  spacious  in- 
terior, which  has 
a  seating  capacity 
of  1,200,  and  is 
cruciform  in 
shape,  with  lofty 
arched  roof,  is  the 


CHURCH    OF    THE    INCARNATION,    MADISON    AVENUE   AND    EAST    35th    STREET. 

chancel,   which  is   extremely   decorative   in  its  treatment.      An 
~    -^        oaken    communion    table,    surrounded    by   the   chancel 
rail,  occupies  the  center,  and  the  Bishop's  chair  is 
behind   it.      The   walls  are   finished    in    polished 
variegated  marble,  above  which  the  effect  of  small 
galleries    is    produced    by    arched    openings. 
There  are  two  transept  galleries,  and  the  walls 
are  decorated  in  terra  cotta  and  buff.      On  the 
first  floor  of  the  Lenox-Avenue  side  are  the 
parish  parlors,   and  above  them,  the  Sunday- 
school  rooms.      The  parish  was  organized  in 
1868,  and  the  Rev.  William 
N.    McVickar    became    the 
first  rector.       He  was    suc- 
ceeded in  1884  by  Dr.  Ran- 
dolph   H.    McKim,    during 
whose    term    of  office    the 
parish   grew  rapidly,  estab- 
lishing in  1884  Holy  Trinity 
Chapel    and    Holy    Trinity 
Mission     House    and     Day 
Nursery,     on     East      112th 
Street.       The    first    church 
was  built  in   1870,  on  Fifth 
Avenue,    at    the    corner    of 
125th    Street.       Under    its 


CHURCH  OF  THE  HOLY  TRINITY,   LENOX  AVENUE  AND  WEST  1220  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


329 


successive  rectors,  Holy  Trinity  has  enjoyed  a  continually  increasing  measure  of 
prosperity,  culminating  in  the  present  beautiful  edifice,  and  a  communicant  list  of 
nearly  1,000.      The  Rev.  Dr.  C.  W.  Bridgman  is  the  rector. 

St.  Michael's  Church,  at  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  99th  Street,  is  one  of  the 
five  picturesque  and  impressive  ecclesiastical  buildings  which  the  Episcopalians  have 


St.  Michael's 
having  been 
was  erected  in 
feeble  growth, 
recent  years 
and  the  in- 
prosperity,  to- 
t  i  o  n  s.  The 
in  the  Italian 
in  1891,  and  it 


recently  erected  in  the  upper  part  of  the  city, 
parish  was  organized  in  1807,  the  first  church 
built  the  previous  year.  The  second  church 
1854,  and  for  many  years  the  parish  had  but  a 
owing  to  its  situation  far  up-town.  But  in 
the  city  has  stretched  out  in  this  direction, 
crease  in  population  has  brought  increasing 
gether  with  the  need  of  larger  accommoda- 
present  stately  structure,  of  Indiana  limestone, 
style  of  the  twelfth  century,  was  consecrated 
is    a    noteworthy    in-  -...,,, 

stance  of  modern  in- 
telligent ecclesiastical 
architecture.  As  seen 
from  the  street,  the 
sides  of  the  nave, 
aisles,  and  outer  clois- 
ter porch  rise  one  be- 
hind the  other  in  three 
successive  groups,  all 
surmounted  and  dom- 
inated by  the  massive 
corner  tower,  rising 
to  a  height  of  1 80  feet, 
and  carrying  a  chime 
of  bells.  The  win- 
dows and  arcades  are 
round-arched.  The 
interior,  in  the  shape 
of  a  Latin  cross,  is 
spacious  and  impres- 
sive. Massive  square  columns  separate  nave  from  aisles,  and  support  the  lofty  roof, 
which  is  panelled  in  wood.  The  wide  round  arches  have  ornamental  faces,  and  the 
side-walls  are  treated  in  terra  cotta.  The  windows  are  filled  with  Cathedral  glass, 
and  there  are  two  large  windows  in  the  transepts.  The  apsidal  chancel  is  spacious, 
and  lighted  by  five  windows.  The  church  has  sittings  for  1,600  people.  The  total 
cost  Of  the  building,  which  is  the  crowning  success  of  the  48  years'  toiling  of  the 
rector,  the  Rev.  Dr.  T.  M.  Peters,  in  the  upper  part  of  the  city,  was  nearly  $200,000. 
The  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine. —  In  1885  the  authorities  of  the 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  Diocese  of  New  York  began  to  agitate  the  subject  of  a 
cathedral,  worthy  of  the  increasing  growth  of  the  Church,  and  for  a  centre  of  its 
numerous  religious  and  charitable  activities.  The  result  of  the  preliminary  meetings 
and  the  public  agitation  of  the  subject  was  the  receipt  of  subscriptions  sufficient  to 
warrant  the  purchase,  at  $850,000,  of  an  eligible  site  between  110th  and  113th 
Streets  and  Morningside  and  Tenth  Avenues,  then  occupied  by  the  Leake  and  Watts 


ALL  ANGELS'    CHURCH,    WEST-END    AVENUE    AND   WEST    81ST    STREET. 


33° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Orphan  Asylum.  Designs  were  then  invited  from  the  leading  architects  of  the  world  ; 
and  after  careful  examination  of  the  plans  submitted,  four  were  chosen  for  a  second 
competition.  Those  of  Heins  &  LaFarge  were  finally  accepted,  and  it  is  expected 
that  the  corner-stone  will  be  laid  in  1893.  In  the  amended  drawings  the  ground- 
plan  has  the  shape  of  a  cross,  the  arms  of  which  are  formed  by  the  nave  and  tran- 
septs and  chancel,  with  central  and  side  aisles.  The  general  exterior  design  is  that 
of  a  group  of  seven  towers ;  two  at  the  west  front ;  a  large  central  tower  or  lantern 
over  the  crossing  of  the  transepts  and  nave  ;  and  four  smaller  flanking  towers  at  the 
angles  of  the  cross.  There  are  to  be  entrances  in  each  of  these  flanking  towers,  as 
well  as  in  those  on  the  west.  The  central  tower  alone  is  crowned  by  a  spire, 
which  is  to  dominate  the  group.  Around  the  chancel  will  be  seven  apsidal  chapels, 
each  capable  of  seating  150  persons;  and  a  high  arcaded  balustrade  will  crown  the 
cornices  of  the  side-aisles,  whose  buttresses  will  be  surmounted  by  figures  of  angels 
with  folded  wings.  The  cathedral  will  face  toward  the  west,  and  the  chapels  will 
appear  to  rise  abruptly  from  the  retaining  wall  of  Morningside  Park. 

The  principal  dimensions  of  the  cathedral,  as  proposed,  are  as  follows  ;  total 
length  outside,  520  feet.  Width  across  the  front,  192  feet ;  across  the  transepts,  290 
feet.  Width  of  the  front  towers  57  feet,  and  their  height  248  feet.  The  width  of 
the  four  flanking  towers  will  be  43  feet,  and  their  height  158  feet.  The  total  ex- 
terior diameter  of  the  central  tower  is  to  be  116,  and  its  interior  diameter  96  feet, 
with  a  height  of  253  feet  for  the  vaulting,  and  445  feet  from  the  floor  of  the 
cathedral  to  the  top  of  the  cross.  The  chancel  will  have  a  depth  of  120  feet, 
feet,  and  the  nave  will  be  60  feet  in  width,  with  a  length  of  180  feet  and  a  height  of 
105  feet,  while  the  front  gable  will  tower  aloft  to  the  height  of  164  feet.  The  build- 
ing will  be  constructed  in  the  most  substantial  manner,  and  its  total  cost  will  proba- 
bly reach  $6,000,000  or  more,  of  which  it  is  proposed  to  expend  $200,000  yearly 
until  the  construction  is  completed.      As  seen  from  the  streets  of  Harlem  the  spire 


of  the  cathe- 
Cathedral, 
of  the  Eiffel 
when  meas- 
completion, 
Divine  will 
rivalling  the 


FIRST    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,   FIFTH    AVENUE,   bETVvtt 
11th    AND    12th   STREETS. 


dral  will  appear  35  feet  higher  than  that  of  the  Cologne 
which  has  a  height  of  510  feet,  and  with  the  exception 
Tower,  it  will  be  the  highest  structure  in  the  world 
ured  from  the  street-level.  Years  will  elapse  before  its 
but  when  finished  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the 
be  the  noblest  ecclesiastical  building  in  America,  and 
grand  cathedrals  of  England  and  the  Continent. 

The  First  Presbyterian  Church  is  the  oldest 
local  society  of  that  denomination.  It  was  formed  in 
1 716,  and  the  early  meetings  were  held  in  the  City  Hall. 
In  1 7 19  the  famous  Wall-Street 
Church  was  opened,  and  here 
George  Whitefield  preached,  in 
1740.  The  church  now  occupied 
by  the  parish,  on  Fifth  Avenue, 
between  West  nth  and  12th 
Streets,  was  erected  in  1845.  ^ 
is  a  plain  brownstone  building,  of 
graceful  proportions,  and  with  a 
roomy  auditorium.  The  first  pas- 
tor was  James  Anderson,  a  Scotch 
clergyman,  installed  in  17 16.  Dr. 
John    Rodgers,    "the    Father    of 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


33* 


332 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Presbyterianism  " 
in  New  York,  was 
another  early  min- 
ister. Dr.  Howard 
Duffield  is  now  in 
charge. 

The  Presbyter- 
ians began  their 
services  in  1706, 
with  private  meet- 
ings at  the  houses 
of  a  few  families 
of  Presbyterian 
sympathies.  In 
1 707  the  Rev. 
Francis  McKen- 
nie  preached  to  a 
small  congregation  in  a  private  house,  and  baptized  a  child.  He  was  arrested  by 
order  of  Lord  Cornbury  and  thrown  into  prison,  but  was  soon  released.  From  1719 
to  1809  there  was  but  one  Presbyterian  church,  the  Wall- Street,  with  the  church  in 
Beekman  Street,  erected  in  1 768,  and  that  in  Rutgers  Street,  built  in  1797,  as  Col- 
legiate charges.  The  Collegiate  relation  was  dissolved  in  1809.  The  Presbyterian 
churches  of  the  city  are  divided  among  the  Presbyterians  proper,  the  Reformed  Pres- 


BRICK  MEETING-HOUSE.    PARK  ROW,   NASSAU  AND  BEEKMAN  STREETS,   IN  1800. 


byterians  and  the  United  Presbyterians, 
fifty-three  churches,  while  the  others 
have  but  five  each.  The  Presbyterian 
Church  is  to  New  York  what  Congre- 
gationalism is  to  New  England,  a 
strong  and  aggressive  religious  force. 
It  has  a  membership  of  30,000. 

The  Scotch  Presbyterian 
Church,  at  53  West  14th  Street,  was 
organized  in  1756  by  a  party  of  seced- 
ers  from  the  old  Wall-Street  Church, 
under  the  name  of  the  First  Associate 
Reformed  Church.  The  chief  cause  of 
the  formation  of  the  new  society  was 
difference  of  opinion  regarding  the  use 
of  musical  instruments  in  the  church. 
The  first  pastor  was  the  Rev.  John 
Mason,  a  Scottish  clergyman,  and  the 
first  church  stood  on  Cedar  Street.  In 
1837  the  congregation  removed  to  a 
church  on  Grand  Street;  and  in  1853 
the  church  on  West  14th  Street  was 
opened.  It  is  a  large  stone  building, 
in  the  Italian  Gothic  style.  Rev.  Dr. 
David  G.  Wylie  is  the  pastor.  The 
church  is  about  to  build  a  new  edifice, 
at  96th  Street  and  Central  Park  West. 


The  first  is  much  the  strongest,  having 


BRICK    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,    NORTHWEST    CORNER    OF 
FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    37TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


333 


The  Brick  Presbyterian  Church,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  37th  Street,  one  of 
the  most  important  Presbyterian  churches  in  the  city,  was  erected  in  1858,  sup- 
planting the  old  Brick  Church,  which  had  stood  since  1767  on  the  corner  of  Beekman 
and  Nassau  Streets.  The  new  church  is  an  exact  reproduction  in  brick  and  brown- 
stone  of  the  older  edifice,  on  a  much  larger  scale  ;  and  its  interior,  recently  re-decor- 
ated by  LaFarge,  is  very  attractive. 


The  parish  was  formed  by  mem 
bers  of  the  First  Presbyterian 
Church,  and  for  forty-two  years 
the  two  branches  continued  their 
organic  connection,  with  one  ses- 
sion and  the  same  trustees.  The 
first  pastor  was  the  famous  Dr. 
John  Rogers.  He  was  succeeded 
in  1 810  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Gardiner 
Spring,  who  remained  in  office  for 
sixty-two  years.  The  Rev.  Dr. 
Wm.  G.  T.  Shedd,  late  of  Union 
Theological  Seminary,  was  one  of 
his  colleagues.  The  present  pastor, 
the  Rev.  Henry  Van  Dyke,  was  in- 
stalled in  1883,  and  his  ability  as  a 
pulpit  orator  has  attracted  a  large 
and  representative  congregation. 
Its  Christianity  is  simple,  practical, 
and  non-sectarian. 

The  Fifth-Avenue  Presby- 
terian Church  was  organized  in 
1808,  and  its  first  church  was 
erected  on  Cedar  Street  in  that 
year.  The  Rev.  John  Brodhead 
Romeyn  became  the  first  pastor, 
retaining  his  connection  with  the 
parish  until  his  death,  in  1825. 
In  common  with  all  the  earlier 
churches,  the  Cedar-Street  parish 
made  several  removals  farther  up- 
town ;  in  1834,  to  Duane  Street; 
in  1852,  to  its  first  Fifth-Avenue  church,  at  the  corner  of  19th  Street,  when  the 
corporate  name  was  changed  to  the  present  title;  and  again,  in  1875,  to  ^ts  present 
location,  at  the  corner  of  56th  Street.  It  is  an  ornate  Gothic  structure  of  imposing 
proportions,  and  the  interior  differs  widely  from  the  traditional  simplicity  and 
plainness  of  the  older  Presbyterian  churches.  There  is  an  abundance  of  rich 
coloring  and  elaborate  carving  ;  light  woods  are  effectively  used  in  the  panelling 
of  the  walls;  and  the  floor  slopes  gradually  down  from  the  entrance  to  the  pulpit, 
giving  something  of  the  effect  of  a  public  hall.  The  pastor,  Rev.  John  Hall,  D.  D., 
LL.  D.,  was  installed  November  3,  1867.  The  church  is  foremost,  probably,  in  its 
gifts  to  missionary  and  benevolent  work  in  the  Presbyterian  denomination,  if  not 
in  the  United  States  ;  and  occupies  a  position  of  noble  prominence  among  the 
Christian  societies  of  the  world. 


FIFTH-AVENUE    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,   FIFTH    AVENUE    AND 
56TH   STREET. 


334 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  University-Place  Presbyterian  Church  was  organized  in  1845,  by  a 
colony  from  the  older  Duane-Street  Church.  The  present  substantial  stone  church, 
on  University  Place,  at  the  corner  of  East  10th  Street,  was  erected  in  1844  by  private- 
subscription.  In  1870  the  congregation  received  a  large  and  important  addition  to 
its  numbers  from  the  Mercer-Street  Church,  which,  after  a  prosperous  existence  since 
1835,  nad  been  so  greatly  weakened  by  the  building  of  up-town  churches  that  it 
was  compelled  to  sell  its  place  of  worship  to  the  Church  of  the  Strangers,  and  unite 
with  the  University-Place  congregation.  Thus  strengthened  and  invigorated,  the 
parish  has  enjoyed  continued  prosperity. 

The  West  Presbyterian  Church  was  organized  in  1829,  with  eighteen  mem- 
bers, and  its  first  house  of  worship  was  erected  on  Carmine  Street,  in  1832.  There 
for  many  years,  under  the  efficient  pastorate  of  the  Rev.  David  R.  Browning,  the 
congregation  grew  and  prospered.  The  present  ecclesiastical  structure,  on  West  42d 
Street,  near  Sixth  Avenue,  was  erected  in  1862.  It  is  a  noble  example  of  the  deco- 
rative Gothic  style,  with  lofty  roof  and  gabled  entrance  and  tapering  spire.  The 
auditorium,  seating  1,200,  is  striking  and  attractive.  Four  broad  and  sweeping 
arches  span  the  interior,  one  at  either  side  and  end,  crossing  near  their  spring  from 
the  gallery  floor.  The  large  round  arch  at  the  pulpit  end  is  supported  by  massive 
pillars  of  polished  stone,  and  roomy  galleries  sweep  in  a  circle  around  three  sides  of 
the  auditorium.      A  large  chapel  and  spacious  parish-rooms  are  connected  with  the 

church.  Under  the  care  of 
the  Rev.  Dr.  John  R.  Pax- 
ton,  one  of  the  best-known 
preachers  in  the  city,  the 
West  Church  has  gathered  a 
large  and  fashionable  con- 
gregation, with  a  goodly 
record  of  practical  charities 
to  attest  its  Christian  zeal. 

The  Fourth-Avenue 
Presbyterian  Church,  at 
286  Fourth  Avenue,  corner 
of  22d  Street,  was  long  in 
charge  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  How- 
ard Crosby,  so  well  known 
as  a  reformer  and  earnest 
worker  in  the  temperance 
cause.  The  church  was 
built  in  1856,  and  Dr.  Cros- 
by, in  virtue  of  his  promi- 
nence in  public  affairs,  as 
well  as  his  solid  merits  as  a 
pulpit  orator,  attracted  a 
large  and  influential  congre- 
gation. The  Fourth-Avenue 
Church  became  one  of  the 
most  noted  in  the  city,  active 
in  reform  movements  and 
greatly    given    to    practical 

MADISON-SQUARE   PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,   MADISON    AVENUE  °  .  . 

and  24th  street.  Christian  work    among   the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


335 


ADAMS    MEMORIAL    CHURCH  (  PRESBYTERIAN  ), 
211    EAST    30th    STREET. 


poor  and  wretched.  The  church  is  sub- 
stantially built,  after  the  Gothic  man- 
ner, and  has  an  attractive  interior,  but 
its  chief  claim  to  public  notice  is  its 
goodly  record  in  the  past.  It  adjoins 
the  23d-Street  Branch  of  the  Young 
Men's  Christian  Association,  and  a 
view  of  the  church  is  shown  elsewhere 
with  the  Association  Building. 

The  Madison-Square  Presby- 
terian Church,  at  Madison  Avenue 
and  24th  Street,  was  organized  in  1853, 
in  response  to  the  growing  demand  for 
churches  in  what  was  then  the  up-town 
portion  of  the  city.  Its  original  mem- 
bership was  drawn  mainly  from  the  Cen- 
tral Presbyterian  Church,  in  Broome 
Street,  and  the  Rev.  Dr.  William  Adams 
left  the  pastorate  of  the  Central  Church 
to  assume  that  of  the  new  organization. 
Public  worship  was  begun  in  the  chapel 
of  the  Union  Theological  Seminary  ; 
and  subsequently  the  services  were  held 
in  Hope  Chapel,  on  Broadway,  until 
the  present  building  was  ready  for  oc- 
cupancy, in  December,  1854.  The  church  is  built  of  brownstone,  in  a  simple  style 
of  Gothic  architecture  ;  and   contains,  besides  the  auditorium,  which  has  a  seating 

capacity  of  1,200,  a  large  Sunday-school 
room  and  lecture-room.  In  November, 
1873,  after  a  long  and  fruitful  pastorate 
of  more  than  twenty  years,  Dr.  Adams 
tendered  his  resignation,  in  order  to  as- 
sume the  duties  of  the  Presidency  of  the 
Union  Theological  Seminary.  In  1875 
the  Rev.  Dr.  William  Tucker  was  in- 
stalled as  pastor.  He  resigned  in  1879, 
to  assume  the  chair  of  sacred  rhetoric  in 
Andover  Theological  Seminary.  The 
present  pastor,  the  Rev.  Dr.  Charles  H. 
Parkhurst,  was  installed  in  1880.  The 
history  of  the  church  has  been  a  record 
of  continuous  progress,  and  its  present 
membership  is  nearly  800.  A  mission 
Sunday-school,  started  in  1858,  has  grad- 
ually grown  into  the  Adams  Memorial 
Church,  at  211  East  30th  Street,  which 
is  now  ecclesiastically  independent,  and 
dependent  financially  only  in  a  slight 
degree.  The  resources  of  the  parent 
church,     no     longer    required     in     this 


WESTMINSTER    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,   210   WEST 
230   STREET. 


33^ 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


direction,  are  now 
devoted  to  the 
maintenance  of  the 
Mission  and 
Church  House  at 
30th  Street  and 
Third  Avenue, 
where  there  is  be- 
ing carried  on  a 
variety  of  religious 
and  humane  work. 
The  Church 
of  The  Cove- 
nant was  founded 
in  1 860  by  the  Rev. 
Dr.  George  L. 
Prentiss,  in  the  in- 

THE    CHURCH    OF    THE    COVENANT,    PARK    AVENUE    AND    35TH    STREET.  tereSt     of    the     New 

School  of  liberal  Presbyterians.  For  some  time  the  services  were  held  in  the  chapel 
of  the  Home  for  the  Friendless,  in  East  23d  Street.  The  church  was  formally 
organized  in  1862,  and  the  graceful  stone  building  at  Park  Avenue  and  35th  Street 
was  dedicated  in  1865.  Few  of  the  more  modern  structures  surpass  it  in  beauty  of 
design,  spaciousness  and  attractiveness. 

The  Westminster  Presbyterian  Church,  at  151 
is  one  of  the  interesting  meeting-houses  of  the  central  sec- 
with  a  large  work  amid  a  permanent  and  floating  population 
It  is  near  7th  Avenue. 

The  People's  Presbyterian  Church  was  organized  in 
took   possession  of  the  Gothic  building  which  had    been 
son  Avenue  and  53d  Street,  to  meet  the  need  of  a  Presby- 
that  vicinity.      It    is  a  lofty  brownstone    structure,   in  the 
style  so  much  affected  in  the  ecclesiastical  architecture  of 
the  present  century,  which  was  largely  imitative  in  charac-  j 
auditorium,  seating  nearly   1,600,  is  decorated  in  neutral 
church  has  enjoyed  the  services  of  a  succes- 
sion   of    powerful    preachers.       Under    the 
pastorate  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Charles  L.  Thomp- 
son it  has  become  one  of  the  most  influential 
of  the  Presbyterian  churches  in  the  city.      In 
1892    it    was    converted    into    a    People's 
Church,   with  free  pews,   and    a  variety  of 
educational,  philanthropic  and  religious  en- 
terprises. 

The  Central  Presbyterian  Church, 
at  230  West  57th  Street,  was  built  in  1878. 
It  is  a  large  and  sightly  stone  structure, 
with  tower  and  pinnacles,  and  a  spacious 
auditorium,  decorated  with  light  colors. 
The  society  was  formed  by  the  Rev.  William 

J        _  J  CENTRAL    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH, 

Patton,  who  in  1820  began  preaching  to  a  220  west  57th  street. 


West  22d  Street, 
tion  of  the  city, 
of  great  numbers. 


1844,  and  in  187 1 
erected  at  Madi- 
terian  church  in 
simple  Gothic 
the  middle  of 
ter.  The  large 
tints.       The 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK* 


337 


handful  of  people  in  a  school-room  on  Mulberry  Street.  A  church  was  built  on 
Broome  Street  in  1821.  Dr.  Patton  continued  with  the  parish  until  1834,  building 
up  a  strong  and  zealous  congregation  of  nearly  1,000  members.  During  all  its 
changes  of  location  and  ministers  the  church  has  prospered,  becoming  one  of  the 
prominent  Presbyterian  societies.     Its  pastor  is  Rev.  Dr.  W.  Merle  Smith. 

The  Phillips  Presbyterian  Church,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  East  73d  Street, 


built  in   1858,   is  a  lofty  brick   edifice  in  the 
ture.      The  auditorium  is  nearly  square,   with 
ing  decorative  work  on  the  walls.      The  organ 
sition  at  the  east  end  of  the  church  and  is 
by    two    small   galleries.      The    parish    was      J 
its  churches,  erected  by  the  generous  gifts  of 
East    15th    Street.       Rev.    Dr.    George    L. 
The  Park  Presbyterian  Church,  at 
sterdam  Avenue,  was 
founded  in  1853,  and 
called  the  84th-Street 
Presbyterian  Church. 
Francis     L.     Patton, 
President   of   Prince- 
ton   University,    was 
pastor  for  awhile.     In 
1879  tne  present  pas- 
tor,   Rev.   Anson    P. 
Atterbury,     took 
charge.      In    1882    a 
new  location  was  pur- 
chased; and  two  years 
later    the    society 
moved  into  the  new 
building.   The  church 
is  prospering  greatly. 


Gothic  style  of  architec- 
arched  ceiling  and  pleas- 
occupies  an  elevated  po- 
flanked  on  either  side 
formed  in  1844,  and 
James  Lenox,  stood  in 
Spining  is  the  pastor. 
86th  Street  and  Am- 


—*£Z?Z. 


' 


PARK    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,   AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST    86TH    STREET. 


The  West-End 
Presbyterian 

Church,  at  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  105th  Street,  is  an  example  of  the  rapid  multi- 
plication of  new  and  beautiful  church  edifices  in  the  upper  part  of  the  city.  The 
church  was  organized  in  1888,  and  for  two  years  worshipped  in  its  attractive  chapel 
in  the  rear  of  the  church,  pending  the  completion  of  the  latter.  The  corner-stone 
was  laid  June  22,  1891.  The  church  is  constructed  of  yellow  pressed  brick,  with 
ornamental  line  work,  in  the  Romanesque  style,  and  presents  an  extremely  pictur- 
esque external  appearance,  with  its  stately  corner  tower  and  highly  decorated 
round-arch  entrances  on  the  avenue.  The  auditorium  is  spacious  and  tastefully 
decorated,  and  a  large  gallery  extends  around  three  sides.  The  Rev.  Dr.  John 
Balcom  Shaw  is  the  pastor. 

The  Church  of  the  Puritans,  at  15  West  130th  Street,  is  one  of  the  leading 

churches  of  the  upper  West  Side,  and  has  grown  with  great  prosperity  and  vigor. 

The  Church   of  the   Puritans  was  founded  in    1846,   by   the   Rev.  George   Barrell 

Cheever,  a  learned  and  popular  New-England  clergyman,  and  author  of  scores  of 

books.      The  first  services  were  held  in  the  chapel  of  the  University  of  the  City  of 

New  York,  and  here  the  admirers  of  Dr.  Cheever  and  his  opinions  were  formed  into 
22 


33* 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


CHURCH    OF    THE    PURITANS,    15    WEST    130th    STREET. 


a  Congregational 
church,  which 
erected  a  handsome 
house  of  worship  on 
Union  Square,  at 
the  corner  of  15th 
Street.  The  influ- 
ence of  this  church 
was  for  many  years 
a  power  for  right- 
eousness, especially 
during  the  contro- 
versies about  slav- 
ery, intemperance, 
the  Bible  in  the 
schools,  the  sanctity 
of  Sunday,  and  the 
Mexican   War.      In 

1870  Dr.  Cheever  retired  from  the  pastorate,  at  the  age  of  63  years,  and  was  long 
retained  as  pastor  emeritus.  The  Church  of  the  Puritans  retains  the  strength  and 
enthusiasm  of  its  early  history,  and  is  a  power  in  the  community.  Its  new  edifice, 
in  upper  New  York,  is  a  very  attractive  Gothic  structure,  of  recent  construction,  and 
exemplifying  the  beauty  of  ecclesiastical  architecture,  the  material  being  a  fine  quality 
of  stone,  with  broad  portals,  and  a  high  clere-story.     The  church  is  now  Presbyterian. 

The  Washington-Heights 
Presbyterian  Church,  at  155th 
Street  and  Amsterdam  Avenue, 
was  built  in  i860.  The  Rev.  Dr. 
Charles  A.  Stoddard  was  its  pas- 
tor for  25  years,  during  which 
time  the  church  was  built  and 
paid  for.  He  resigned  to  become 
editor  of  the  New-  York  Observer. 
The  Rev.  Dr.  John  C.  Bliss  is  the 
present  pastor.  Shepherd  Knapp, 
George  B.  Grinnell,  William  A. 
Wheelock,  F.  N.  DuBoice,  and 
other  officers  of  the  Deaf  and 
Dumb  Institution,  the  Juvenile 
Asylum  and  the  Colored  Orphan 
Asylum,  and  many  others  have 
been,  or  are,  members  of  this  con- 
gregation. The  building  occupies 
ground  which  once  formed  part  of 
the  estate  of  Audubon,  the  natura- 
list, and  over  which  the  battle  of 
Harlem  Heights  was  fought ;  and 
some  mementoes  of  this  battle 
were  found  in  digging  for  founda- 

rp,  1  ,        .         r  r  WASHINGTON-HEIGHTS    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH, 

tions.       ine   cliurcn    is    tree  irom  Amsterdam   avenue  and  west   issth   street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


339 


RIVERDALE    PRESBYTERIAN    CHURCH,    RIVERDALE,    EEYOND    HARLEM    RIVER. 


debt,  and  is  in  a  pros- 
perous and  healthful 
condition. 

The  Riverdale 
Presbyterian 
Church  was  organ- 
ized in  1863,  and  the 
present  church-build- 
ing, a  very  pretty 
Gothic  structure,  de- 
signed by  Renwick, 
was  completed  the 
same  year.  The  first 
pastor  was  Rev.  Dr. 
George  M.  Boynton. 
He  was  followed  in 
1867  by  Rev.  Dr.  H. 
H.  Stebbins,  in  1874 
by  Rev.  Charles  H.  Burr,  and  in  1879  by  Rev.  William  R.  Lord.  Rev.  Ira  S. 
Dodd  was  installed  in  1883,  and  is  the  present  pastor.  For  many  years  the  River- 
dale  Church  has  maintained  a  mission  at  Spuyten  Duyvil.  In  1889  a  beautiful  new 
chapel,  called,  after  the  old  one,  the  Edgehill  Chapel,  was  completed  at  Spuyten 

Duyvil,  where  it  is  the  only  house  of 
worship.  The  evening  service  of  the 
church  is  now  held  there.  There  is 
also  a  flourishing  Sunday-school  and 
Society  of  Christian  Endeavor  at  Spuy- 
ten Duyvil.  The  morning  service  is 
held  at  the  church  at  Riverdale.  The 
Riverdale  Church  is  the  most  northerly 
in  the  New-York  Presbytery.  The 
gray  stone  church  and  parsonage  are 
among  the  most  picturesque  and  beau- 
tiful in  suburban  New  York. 

The  First  Reformed  Presby- 
terian Church,  at  123  West  12th 
Street,  was  opened  in  1849.  The  so- 
ciety, organized  in  1798,  was  the  first 
Reformed  Presbyterian  organization  in 
America.  The  early  meetings  were 
held  in  school-rooms,  shops  and  other 
humble  places  until  the  building  of  a 
small  church  in  Chambers  Street,  in 
1 80 1.  In  1845  tne  Union  Presbyterian 
Church  on  Prince  Street  was  purchased. 
For  nearly  three-quarters  of  a  century 
the  church  had  but  two  pastors,  Dr. 
Alexander  McLeod  and  his  son,  Rev. 
first  methodist  place  of  worship  in  new  York,  John  McLeod,  who  labored  faithfully 
120  william  street.  for  this  devoted  flock. 


34° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


JOHN-STREET    METHODIST-EPISCOPAL    CHURCH, 
44    JOHN    STREET. 


as  a  private  dwelling.  A 
second  church  was  erected 
on  the  same  site  in  181 7  ; 
and  in  1 84 1  the  third  and 
present  structure  was  built, 
somewhat  smaller  than  the 
earlier  building,  with  two 
brick  houses,  one  on  each 
side,  as  a  source  of  income. 
The  external  appearance  of 
the  church,  which  is  Doric 
in  its  style,  is  simple  and 
plain,  and  the  interior  is 
devoid  of  any  striking  feat- 
ures. The  only  relics  of  the 
old  John-Street  Church 
which  have  been  preserved 
are  its  venerable  clock,  the 
gift  of  John  Wesley,  and 
its  library.  The  site  of 
the  church,  44  John  Street, 
has  been  called  "the  cradle 
of  American  Methodism." 
The  John-Street  Church 
has    been    the    mother   of 


The  John-Street  Metho- 
dist-Episcopal Church,  the  first 
organized  society  of  that  denomina- 
tion in  America,  was  formed  by 
Philip  Embury  in  1 766,  with  four 
or  five  members.  The  meetings 
were  held  in  Embury's  house,  and 
later  in  a  rigging  loft  on  William 
Street,  until  1768,  when  a  stone 
church,  60  feet  long  and  42  in 
width,  was  built  in  John  Street, 
and  called  Wesley  Chapel.  The 
exterior  walls  of  the  church  were 
covered  with  blue  plaster,  and  for 
some  years  the  interior  was  left 
unfinished,  the  only  means  of  as- 
cent to  the  galleries  being  by 
means  of  ladders.  At  that  period 
in  the  colonial  history  no  public 
services  could  be  performed  in 
churches  except  such  as  were  estab- 
lished by  law,  and  a  fire-place  and 
chimney  were  among  the  internal 
fittings  of  the  building,  in  order 
that  it  might  legally  be  regarded 


ASBURY    METHODIST-EPISCOPAL    CHURCH,   WASHINGTON    SQUARE    AND 
WASHINGTON    PLACE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


341 


many  churches.  It  has  long  been  the  Mecca  of  American  Methodists.  Its  pastor  is 
the  Rev.  F.  G.  Howell.  The  Methodist-Episcopal  Church  was  formally  organized  in 
America,  in  1773.  In  181 7  there  were  five  churches  of  that  denomination  in  New 
York  :  the  John-Street  ;  the  Forsyth-Street,  consecrated  in  1789  ;  the  Duane-Street, 
in  1797  ;  the  Two-Mile-Stone  (now  Seventh-Street);  and  the  Allen-Street.  The  de- 
nomination now  ranks  among  the  foremost  in  the  city,  with  57  churches  and  14,000 
members. 

The  Seventh-Street  Methodist-Episcopal  Church  was  formed  in  1786 
by  the  Rev.  William  Veloe,  a  zealous  local  preacher  from  the  John-Street  Church. 
The  earlier  meetings  were  held  in  a  private  residence,  and  were  known  as  the  "Two- 
Mile-Stone  Meetings."  Later  the  Village  Academy  on  the  Bowery  was  used  for 
the  meetings,  and  here  Bishop  Asbury  preached.  The  first  church  edifice  was 
erected  in  1818,  near  the  Academy,  and  became  known  as  the  Bowery  Village 
Church.  The  building  was 
soon  removed  to  7th  Street, 
near  Second  Avenue,  and 
here  the  tumult  of  a  long  re- 
vival so  troubled  the  wealthy 
families  who  had  colonized 
St.  Mark's  Place,  that  they 
gladly  offered  to  give  two 
lots  near  Third  Avenue  and 
other  considerations  to  have 
the  church  removed.  The 
offer  was  accepted,  and  the 
church  was  moved  to  the 
present  site.  The  more 
modern  edifice  was  erected 
in  1836,  and  is  a  plain  brick 
structure  of  the  Grecian 
temple  style,  with  large  col- 
umns at  the  front.  The 
interior  presents  nothing 
worthy  of  note.  The  chief 
interest  of  the  church  is  its 
age. 

The  Asbury  Metho- 
dist-Episcopal Church, 
at  the  corner  of  Washington 
Square  East  and  Washing- 
ton Place,  is  one  of  the 
strong  societies  of  the  leading  American  denomination.  Its  two  battlemented  towers 
are  familiar  features  in  the  picturesque  environment  of  Washington  Square,  on  the 
edge  of  the  French  and  Italian  quarters. 

The  Madison-Avenue  Methodist-Episcopal  Church,  an  impressive  brown- 
stone  building  in  the  Romanesque  style,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  East  60th  Street, 
was  built  in  1882.  Its  most  striking  external  features  are  the  graceful  tower  and  the 
pleasing  variation  of  its  lines.  The  auditorium  is  large  and  tastefully  decorated.  This 
was  General  Grant's  spiritual  home  during  his  last  years,  and  the  large  and  fashion- 
able congregation  sustains  many  practical  and  beneficent  charities. 


MADISON-AVENUE    CHURCH,    METHODIST-EPISCOPAL,    MADISON 
AVENUE    AND    EAST    60TH    STREET. 


342 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'   OF  NEW    YORK. 


ST.    ANDREV 


METHODIST-EPISCOPAL    CHURCH,   WEST    71ST    STREET, 
NEAR    COLUMBUS    AVENUE. 


St.  Andrew's  Methodist-Episcopal  Church,  on  76th  Street,  near  Colum- 
bus Avenue,  has  grown  out  of  a  prayer-meeting  held  25  years  ago,  on  West  69th 

Street,  by  Town- 
send  H.  Harring- 
ton. Under  the 
auspices  of  the 
New- York  City 
Sunday-School 
and  Missionary 
Society  it  began, 
i:i  1882,  to  occupy 
a  neat  stone  chapel 
at  West  71st 
Street,  near  Col- 
umbus Avenue. 
The  present 
church  was  com- 
pleted and  dedi- 
cated June  8,  1890. 
It  is  in  the  early 
Romanesque  style, 

the  front  being  of  Indiana  limestone;  and  is  one  of  the  handsomest  Methodist 
churches  in  the  city.  Besides  the  church,  there  is  a  chapel  and  parsonage.  The 
interior  is  novel  and  charming  as  a  place  of  worship,  and  has  several  exquisite 
stained-glass  windows ;  and  the  whole  is  admirably  lighted  and  ventilated. 

The  Swedish  Methodist-Episcopal  Church  is  a  plain  and  spacious  struc- 
ture at  the  corner  of  Lexington 
Avenue  and  East  52d  Street,  and 
has  a  large  and  devout  constitu- 
ency among  the  Scandinavians  of 
the  city. 

Calvary  Methodist  Church 
is  said  to  have  the  largest  congre- 
gation of  any  church  of  that  de- 
nomination in  the  city,  although  it 
is  of  recent  formation,  the  organi- 
zation having  been  effected  in 
1883.  The  rapid  growth  of  the 
upper  portion  of  the  city  brought 
increasing  prosperity  to  the  church, 
and  in  1887  the  commodious  brick 
edifice  at  Seventh  Avenue  and 
129th  Street  was  erected,  largely 
through  the  generosity  of  J.  B. 
Cornell.  It  is  Romanesque  in 
style,  with  a  massive  tower,  im- 
pressive from  its  size,  but  not 
strikingly  picturesque  in  treat- 
ment.     The    main   auditorium    is 

SWEDISH    METHODIST-EPISCOPAL    CHURCH,    LEXINGTON    AVENUE 

among  the  largest  of  the  Protes-  and  east  520  street. 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


taut  churches  in  the  city,  seating  2,200  people.  It  is  attractively  furnished  and  dec- 
orated, and  abundantly  lighted  from  the  three  large  Catharine-wheel  windows  and 
numerous  smaller  ones,  and  from  the  stained-glass  opening  in  the  flat  panelled 
roof.  A  spacious  gallery,  with  graceful  horse-shoe  curve,  sweeps  around  three 
sides  of  the  auditorium,  and  there  is  a  feeling  of  roominess  and  light  which  adds 
to  the  general  attractiveness.  A  large  chapel  and  several  class-rooms  are  connected 
with  the  church. 

The  First  Baptist  Church,  organized  in  1762,  has  been  a  mother  to  many 
of  the  Baptist  churches.  Its  first  ecclesiastical  home  was  in  a  small  stone  building 
erected  on  Gold  Street  in  1762  ;  and  here,  both  before  and  after  the  Revolution,  the 
Rev.  John  Gano  labored  zealously  and  successfully.  In  1802  a  larger  church  was 
built  on  the  old  site,  and  this  answered  the  needs  of  the  congregation  until  1842, 
when  a  still  larger  building  was  erected,  at  Broome  and  Elizabeth  Streets.  In  1868 
this  edifice  was  sold  to  St.  Matthew's  German  Lutheran  Church,  and  the  fourth 
meeting-house  of  the  society  was  erected,  at  Park  Avenue  and  39th  Street.  This 
was  an  imposing  Gothic  structure,  with  a  large  and  beautiful  auditorium  ;  and  here 
the  congregation  rested  and  prospered,  until  the  encroachments  of  trade  made  the 
locality  no  longer  suitable  for  religious  work.  In  1890  the  Park- Avenue  property 
was  sold,  and  the  services  are  now  held  in  the  brick  chapel  in  West  81st  Street, 
pending  the  erection  of  a  splendid  house  of  worship  at  the  corner  of  79th  Street  and 
the  Boulevard,  which  it  is  proposed  to  make  one  of  the  finest  edifices  in  the  city.  The 
first  church  has  had  nine  regular  pastors  since  its  foundation  in  1762.  Its  first 
pastor,-  the  Rev.  John  Gano,  did  yeoman's  service  during  the  Revolution,  and  when 
the  successful  issue  of  the  struggle  was  celebrated  at  Newburgh  he  was  called  upon 
to  offer  the  prayer  of  thanksgiving.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Spencer  H.  Cone,  eloquent  in 
oratory,  and  for  many  years  President  of  the  American  and  Foreign  Bible  Society, 
and  afterwards  of  the  American  Bible  Union,  and  a  prime  mover  in  the  work  of  the 
re-translation  of  the  Scriptures,  was  a  former  pastor.  Dr.  Thomas  B.  Anderson, 
once  President  of  Rutgers  Female  College,  served  the  church  from  1862  until  1878, 
and  added  greatly  to  its  prosperity  and  influence  by  his  commanding  oratory  and  his 
genial  presence. 
The  present  pas- 
tor is  the  Rev. 
Isaac  M.  Ffalde- 
man.  Previous  to 
the  organization 
of  the  First  Bap- 
tist Church,  ser- 
vices had  been 
held  in  a  rigging- 
loft  on  William 
Street,  and  one  of 
the  early  ministers 
was  imprisoned 
for  three  months 
for  preaching 
without  a  license. 
A  second  Bap- 
tist church  was 
organized  in  1 7 7 1 ,        judson  memorial  baptist  church,  Washington  square  and  Thompson  street. 


344 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


owing  to  dissensions  in  the  first  church.     There  are  now  44  Baptist  churches  in 
the  city,  with  14,000  members. 

The  Judson  Memorial  Baptist  Church,  on  Washington  Square,  succeeds  the 
old  Berean  Baptist  Church,  organized  in  1838,  and  formerly  worshipping  in  Down- 
ing Street.  The  noticeable  group  of  buildings  in  Washington  Square  was  com- 
pleted in  1892,  at  a  cost  of  $500,000,  as  a  memorial  to  Rev.  Dr.  Adoniram  Judson, 
the  first  American  foreign  missionary.  The  main  building,  Greco- Romanesque  in 
style,  is  a  handsome  structure  of  ornate  buff  brick,  with  a  conspicuous  tall  square 
tower,  surmounted  by  a  cross  which  at  night  is  illuminated  by  electricity.  It  con- 
tains a  large  auditorium,  with  massive  columns  and  marble  wainscoting  ;  a  spacious 
Sunday-school  room ;  a  day-school,  where  children  under  ten  years  of  age  receive 
religious  and  secular  instruction  ;  and  the  young  men's  apartments,  including  a 
social  room,  reading-room  and  library,  and  gymnasium.  A  house  for  children  and 
other  apartments  occupy  the  square  tower,  and  adjoining  is  the  Judson,  a  large 
apartment-house.  The  work  of  the  society  is  among  the  poorer  class  who  live  in 
the  neighborhood.     The  Rev.  Dr.  Edward  Judson  is  pastor. 

The  Church  of  the  Epiphany,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  64th  Street,  is  the 
home  of  a  strong  religious  organization.      It  is  one  of  the  oldest  Baptist  societies 

in  the  city,  with  a  history 
running  back  in  un- 
broken succession  to  the 
year  1 791,  when  a  few 
members  of  the  Second 
Baptist  Church  organ- 
ized the  Fayette-Street 
Baptist  Society,  and  in 
1795  erected  a  small 
wooden  meeting-house, 
on  the  corner  of  Oliver 
and  -Henry  Streets. 
There  the  congregation 
remained  until  1 860, 
when  a  new  church  was 
built  in  33d  Street.  Still 
later  a  larger  and  finer 
church  was  occupied,  on 
53d  Street,  but  a  trouble- 
some lawsuit  led  to  the 
dispossession  of  the  con- 
gregation, and  the  erec- 
tion of  the  present  brownstone  Gothic  edifice  in  1882.  The  Madison- Avenue  front 
is  quite  imposing,  with  its  lofty  gable  and  double  towers.  The  attractively  deco- 
rated auditorium  has  a  high  open  roof,  and  seats  about  1,000. 

Calvary  Church  is  one  of  the  strongest  Baptist  congregations,  as  its  ecclesias- 
tical home  is  one  of  the  finest.  The  parish  was  organized  in  1846  ;  its  first  pastor  and 
many  of  its  members  coming  from  the  old  Stanton-Street  Baptist  Church.  Its  first 
place  of  worship  was  Hope  Chapel,  on  Broadway  ;  but  so  great  was  the  success  of  the 
work,  under  the  Rev.  Dr.  John  Dowling,  that  in  1854  a  large  brownstone  edifice 
was  erected  on  23d  Street.  One  of  the  noted  pastors  of  the  church  was  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Gillette,  who  acted  as  the  spiritual  adviser  to  the  conspirators  who  mur- 


CHURCH    OF   THE    EPIPHANY,    MADISON    AVENUE   AND    EAST    64th    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


345 


dered  President  Lincoln.  The  present  pastor  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  Robert  S.  MacArthur, 
one  of  the  most  eloquent  preachers  in  the  city.  The  church  was  erected  in  1883. 
It  occupies  a  commanding  position  on  West  57th  Street,  near  Seventh  Avenue,  and 
close  by  the  new  Music  Hall.  It  is  Gothic  in  style,  substantially  built  of  Albion  red 
sandstone  and  Lockport  stone  ;  and  with  its  tall  steeple,  smaller  tower,  and  long 
extended  front  it  makes  an  imposing  show.  Above  the  central  doors  is  a  magnifi- 
cent Catharine-wheel  win- 
dow, twenty  feet  in  diameter, 
filled  with  richly  stained  and 
jewelled  glass.  The  interior 
appointments  are  beautiful 
and  complete.  The  main 
auditorium,  sloping  down 
from  the  entrance  toward  the 
pulpit,  has  a  seating  capacity 
of  nearly  1,500,  and  is  abun- 
dantly lighted  by  many  win- 
dows of  richly  colored  glass, 
some  of  them  being  memor- 
ials. In  the  centre  of  the 
lofty  ceiling  is  a  large  lan- 
tern, whose  central  part  is 
carried  up  into  a  dome,  with 
sides  and  top  filled  with 
painted  glass,  producing  a 
very  rich  effect.  Galleries, 
in  a  horseshoe  curve,  are  car- 
ried around  three  sides  of 
the  auditorium,  and  behind 
the  imposing  bronze  pulpit 
and  over  the  baptistery,  a 
triplet  of  richly  carved  panels 
with  central  medallions  form 
an  effective  background. 
The  organ  is  one  of  the  larg- 
est and  finest  in  the  city,  containing  41  speaking  registers,  divided  among  three  man- 
uals. On  the  east  of  the  auditorium  is  a  beautiful  chapel  for  special  services.  The 
membership  is  over  1,900,  and  the  parish  is  the  centre  of  much  religious  and  humane 
work,  one  of  its  adjuncts  being  a  mission  on  68th  Street,  near  the  Boulevard,  which 
is  doing  a  valuable  work  in  that  vicinity. 

The  North  Church,  at  234  West  nth  Street,  was  erected  in  1882,  to  replace 
the  former  church  on  Christopher  Street,  which  had  been  built  in  1828  It  is  an 
attractive  Gothic  building,  with  a  large  and  pleasant  auditorium.  The  society  was 
organized  in  1827,  with  twelve  members,  and  the  early  meetings  were  held  in  the 
Reformed  Dutch  Church  on  Bleecker  Street.  The  congregation  afterwards  removed 
to  the  old  Greenwich- Village  Watch-house,  where  the  Rev.  Jacob  H.  Brouner  began 
a  long  and  successful  pastorate.  Dr.  J.  J.  Brouner,  the  present  pastor,  was  installed 
in  1869. 

Trinity  Baptist  Church  was  founded  in  1868,  by  Dr.  J.  Stanford  Holme,  who 
began  preaching  in  a  small  hall  on  West  52d  Street.    A  large  congregation  was  soon 


CALVARY    BAPTIST    CHURCH,   57TH    STREET. 
SEVENTH   AVENUES. 


BETWEEN    SIXTH    ANO 


346 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


gathered,  and  in  1870  the  church  of  the  Eleventh  Presbyterian  Society,  at  141  East 
55th  Street,  was  purchased,  and  here  the  congregation  has  remained  and  prospered. 
The  Baptist  Tabernacle,  at  166  Second  Avenue,  adjoining  the  Historical 
Society,  was  formed  in  1839  by  members  of  the  older  Mulberry-Street  Church.  In 
1850  the  church  left  Mulberry  Street,  and  erected  the  present  Gothic  edifice  during 
Dr.  Edward  Lathrop's  pastorate.      In    1886  the  present  pastor,  Dr.  D.  C.   Potter, 

remodelled  the  interior,  making  it  an 
amphitheatre.  He  also  added  the  large 
parish-house  adjoining.  The  church 
has  important  missions  and  country 
houses,  and  one  of  the  largest  and 
finest  organs  in  the  city.  The  late  Dr. 
A.  C.  Kendrick  and  Dr.  Wayland  Hoyt 
were  among  its  pastors. 

The  Madison-Avenue  Baptist 
Church  is  another  of  the  leading  socie- 
ties of  this  denomination.  It  was 
organized  in  1839,  as  tne  Rose-Hill 
Baptist  Church.  Its  first  meeting- 
house, on  Lexington  Avenue,  is  now 
occupied  by  the  Moravian  Brethren. 
The  substantial  stone  edifice  at  Madi- 
son Avenue  and  East  31st  Street  was 
erected  in  1858.  The  large  auditor- 
ium, seating  nearly  1,200,  is  tastefully 
decorated.  Dr.  Henry  M.  Saunders  is 
the  pastor. 

The  Fifth-Avenue  Baptist 
Church,  at  6  West  46th  Street,  was 
erected  in  1861.  It  is  a  plain  brown- 
stone  building,  with  a  large  and  tastefully  decorated  auditorium.  Its  pulpit  was 
acceptably  filled  for  forty  years  by  Dr.  Thomas  Armitage,  who  resigned  in  1888. 
The  society  was  organized  in  1S41,  and  before  the  removal  to  46th  Street  it  wor- 
shipped in  a  church  on  Norfolk  Street.  Because  of  its  prominent  and  wealthy 
members,  it  is  regarded  as  one  of  the  foremost  Baptist  congregations  of  the  city. 

St.  Matthew's  Church,  at  354  Broome  Street,  is  the  oldest  Lutheran  society 
in  the  city.  In  1841  the  church  in  Walker  Street  was  purchased  from  the  English 
Lutherans,  and  in  1868  the  church  in  Broome  Street  was  bought  from  the  Baptists, 
and  has  ever  since  remained  the  ecclesiastical  house  of  the  German  Lutherans  in  its 
vicinity.  The  Lutherans  were  early  comers  to  New  York.  They  first  attempted 
to  hold  services  in  1653,  about  the  time  of  the  Indian  massacres  at  Pavonia  and 
Hoboken  ;  but  Governor  Stuyvesant  issued  a  proclamation,  the  first  in  New  York 
against  freedom  of  conscience,  forbidding  the  people  to  assemble  for  any  public 
service  contrary  to  that  of  the  Reformed  Church.  He  was  rebuked  by  the  Dutch 
West  India  Company  for  his  intolerance,  and  the  Rev.  Ernestus  Goetwater  was  sent 
out  from  Holland  to  organize  a  Lutheran  church.  But  he  was  ignominiously  sent 
back,  and  the  members  were  heavily  fined.  According  to  the  old  Dutch  records, 
still  extant,  and  in  the  custody  of  this  church,  the  congregation  again  sought  recog- 
nition in  1656,  but  it  was  again  refused.  The  Lutheran  Church  was  formally 
recognized  by  the  English  Governor,  Richard  Nicolls.      The  document  bears  date 


MADISON-AVENUE    BAPTIST    CHURCH,    MADISON    AVENUE 
AND    EAST    31ST    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


347 


1664.  Their  first  church-edifice  stood  near  where  now  Bowling  Green  is.  Accord- 
ing to  an  order  of  the  Dutch,  who  had  again  taken  possession  of  the  island,  it 
was  razed  to  the  ground,  with  many  other  buildings,  because  it  was  deemed  an 
obstacle  to  a  proper  defence  in  case  of  an  attack.  But  the  government  paid  the  con- 
gregation 45  guilders  in  cash,  and  gave  it  a  new  plot  of  ground  to  build  on.  The 
documents  bearing  on  this  transaction  bear  the  signatures  of  A.  Colve,  Governor, 
and  N.  Bayard,  Secretary.  The  property  which  the  government  gave  in  lieu  of  the 
former  ground  and  church  is  designated  as  "No.  5,  west  of  Broadway,  between  the 
property  of  George  Cobbet  and  the  City-wall";  date,  "May  22,  1674."  It  was 
four  rods  square.  Up  to  1749  the  services  were  held  entirely  in  the  Dutch  language, 
although  the  Germans  preponderated  as  eight  to  one.  From  that  time  the  Germans 
demanded  services  in  their  own  tongue.  When  this  was  refused,  they  separated, 
and  organized  as  the  Lutheran  German  Christ  Church,  and  bought  an  old  brewery 
on  what  is  now  Cliff  Street.  In  1767  they  built  the  "Swamp  Church,"  at  the 
corner  of  Frankfort  and  William  Streets.  In  the  year  1789  the  two  congregations 
united  again,  under  the  name  "United  German  Lutheran  Churches  in  the  City  of 
New  York."  In  the  year  1866  their  name  was  changed  by  an  act  of  the  Legislature 
to  "German  Evangelical  Lutheran  Church  of  St.  Matthew."  The  pastor  of  this 
venerable  and  historic  church  is  the  Rev.  J.  H.  Sicker. 

St.  James's  Lutheran  Church,  at  870  Madison  Avenue,  corner  of  73d  Street,  is 
the  home  of  the  first  English  Lutheran  congregation  organized  in  the  city.  The 
society  was  formed  in  1827,  and  its  first  church,  the  gift  of  Pierre  Lorillard,  was  in 
Orange  Street.  Following 
the  constant  up-town  move- 
ment, it  has  made  three 
removals  ;  in  1843  to  Mul- 
berry Street  ;  then  to  Stuy- 
vesant  Square  ;  and  in  1890 
to  its  present  location.  The 
church  is  an  excellent  exam- 
ple of  the  Gothic  Roman- 
esque. It  is  built  of  pink 
Milford  stone,  with  brown- 
stone  trimmings.  A  portico, 
with  a  balcony  and  carved 
pillars,  surmounted  by  a 
stone  cross,  forms  the  Madi- 
son-Avenue entrance.  Stone 
pillars  with  embossed  capi- 
tals separate  the  nave  from 
the  aisles,  and  lofty  Gothic 
arches  span  the  chancel  and 
transepts.  The  richly  dec- 
orated chancel,  with  a  beau- 
tiful marble  altar  ;  the  great 
rose  window  on  Madison  Avenue,  representing  Christ  in  Glory  ;  the  baptismal 
font,  modelled  after  Thorwaldsen's  Angel  of  Baptism,  in  the  Copenhagen  Cathedral  ; 
and  other  works  of  art,  make  the  interior  attractive.  All  the  interior  decorations 
and  the  memorial  window  are  the  work  of  the  Tiffany  Company.  The  Rev.  Dr. 
J.  B.  Remmensnyder  is  the  pastor. 


FIFTH-AVENUE    BAPTIST    CHURCH,   6    WEST    46TH    STREET. 


348 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


The  Evan- 
gelical Lutheran 
Church  of  the 
Holy  Trinity,  at 
47  West  2 1  st 
Street,  was  organ- 
ized in  1 868  by  a 
few  members  of  St. 
James's  Church,  to 
provide  an  English 
service  for  the  Luth  - 
eran  residents  cf 
the  West  Side.  The 
Rev.  G.  F.  Krotel, 
then  pastor  of  St. 
Mark's  Lutheran 
Church,  in  Phila- 
delphia, accepted  a 
call  to  the  pastor- 
ate ,  ana  tne  Ke-  ST_  PETER,S  CHURCHj  Lutheran,  Lexington  avenue  and  east  46th  street. 
formed  Dutch 
Church,  formerly  the  scene  of  the  ministry  of  the  celebrated  Dr.  Bethune,  was  leased, 


and  named  the 
original  Trinity 
hundred  years  be- 
warranted  the  pur- 
1872  the  adjoining 
history  it  has 
gation  in  the  city, 


SVENSKA    LUTHERSKA   GUSTAV   ADOLPH    KYRKA,  22D   STREET, 
NEAR   THIRD   AVENUE. 


Church    of  the    Holy   Trinity,   in   memory   of  the 
Lutheran  Church,  built  on  Manhattan  Island  two 
fore.      The    immediate    success    of    the    enterprise 
chase  of  the  building  in  the  following  year,  and  in 
parsonage  was  built.      During  the  24  years  of  its 
grown  to  be  the  largest  English  Lutheran  congre- 
and    has   contributed    liberally   to    general   church 
work.      The   building  has  recently  been  re-decor- 
ated.    Dr.  Krotel  still  retains  his  position  as  pastor. 
St.  Peter's  Lutheran  Church,  at  Lexington 
Avenue  and  East  46th  Street,  is  a  sombre 
structure  in  appearance,  with  its  high 
gable,   fronting  on  the  ave- 
nue,   and    its   severe   square 
tower  rising  from   the  cen- 
tre of  the  front.      It  is  the 
IP^  oldest  Lutheran  church,  ex- 

■'-"  cepting    St.    Matthew's,    in 

h.  the  city. 

The  Gustavus  Adol- 
phus  Church  (or  Svenska 
Lutherska  Gustav  Adolph 
Kyrka,  as  it  is  called  in  the 
Swedish  tongue),  is  in  East 
22d  Street,  near  Third  Ave- 
nue. It  is  attended  by  a 
considerable  number  of 
Swedish  people,   and   the 


\ . 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


349 


affairs    of    the  congregation 
are  in  a  flourishing  condition. 

The  Broadway  Tab- 
ernacle Church  (Congre- 
gational) was  organized  in 
1840,  and  until  1857  wor- 
shipped in  the  Tabernacle 
built  in  1836,  by  an  earlier 
Congregational  society,  on 
Broadway,  between  Leonard 
and  Worth  Streets.  During 
the  long  pastorate  of  Dr. 
Joseph  P.  Thompson,  a  great 
anti-slavery  preacher  a  n  d 
worker,  many  stirring  scenes 
were  enacted  within  its 
walls.  The  present  church, 
a  large  perpendicular  Gothic 
building  of  stone,  at  Sixth 
Avenue  and  34th  Street,  was 
completed  in  1859,  and  re- 
modelled in  1872.  The  pas- 
tor, the  Rev.  Dr.  William 
M.  Taylor,  was  installed  in 
1872. 

The  first  Congregational 
minister  to  hold  services  in 
the  city  was  the  Rev.  John  Townley,  about  1804,  and  a  Congregational  church  was 
formed  in  1805.  Its  first  building  was  erected  in  Elizabeth  Street,  in  1809,  but  after 
a  few  years  of  fruitless  struggle,  under  a  heavy  debt,  it  was  sold  to  the  Asbury  col- 
ored Methodists,  and  the  congregation  disbanded.      An  Independent  Congregational 


BROADWAY    TABERNACLE  (CONGREGATIONAL),   SIXTH    AVENUE    AND 
WEST    34th    STREET. 


ALL   SOULS'  UNITARIAN    CHURCH,   FOURTH    AVENUE   AND    EAST   20th   STREET. 


15° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Church  was  organized  in  1817,  but  in  182 1  it  was  united  with  the  Presbyterians. 
Other  organizations  were  made  later,  but  the  strength  of  the  closely  related  Pres- 
byterian denomination  has  acted  unfavorably  upon  the  growth  of  New-England  Con- 
gregationalism in  New  York,  and  there  are  only  seven  churches  in  the  city. 

All  Souls'  Church,  at  245  Fourth  Avenue,  was  the  first  Unitarian  organization 
in  New  York.  The  society  was  incorporated  in  1819,  as  the  "First  Congregational 
Church  of  New  York,"  from  the  outcome  of  a  few  services  held  by  William  Ellery 
Channing.  Edward  Everett  preached  at  the  dedication  of  the  church,  in  Chambers 
Street,  in  1820.  The  Rev.  Henry  Ware,  Jr.,  was  the  first  pastor,  and  his  successor 
was  Dr.  Henry  W.  Bellows,  the  President  of  the  Sanitary  Commission  during  the  war. 

The  present  church 
was  erected  in  1855 
by  J.  Wray  Mould, 
the  famous  and  ec- 
centric  architect. 
It  is  of  brick, 
trimmed  with  Caen 
stone,  in  the  form 
of  a  Greek  cross, 
and  was  the  first 
experiment  made 
in  this  country 
toward  a  Byzantine 
style  of  architec- 
ture, though  the 
remarkable  tower 
drawn  in  the  origi- 
nal  design  was 
never  completed. 
The  full-length 
bronze  bas-relief  of 
Dr.  Henry  W.  Bel- 
lows, by  Augustus 
S  t.  Gaudens,  i  s 
considered  one  of 
his  best  works  ;  it 
can  be  seen  by  ring- 
ing the  bell  at  the 
north  door.       The 

entrance-porch  is  effective  in  treatment,  and  the  large  auditorium  is  unobstructed  by 
pillars.  A  central  lantern  rises  above  the  roof,  and  the  transepts  are  spanned  by 
lefty  round  arches.  A  large  parish-house  adjoins  the  church.  Rev.  Theodore  C. 
Williams  is  the  pastor.  All  Souls'  was  the  church  of  the  poet  Bryant  and  of  Peter 
Cooper,  and  among  its  present  attendants  are  Joseph  II.  Choate,  Dorman  B.  Eaton 
and  Daniel  II.  Chamberlain. 

The  Church  of  the  Messiah  is  a  well-proportioned  brownstone  building  in 
the  Gothic  style,  with  a  large  and  attractive  interior.  The  parish  was  formed  in 
1825  by  a  few  members  of  the  older  Chambers-Street  society.  The  first  church,  in 
Prince  Street,  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1837  ;  and  two  years  later  another  was  built 
on  Broadway,  near  Washington  Square,  and  called  the  Church  of  the  Messiah.      In 


CHURCH    OF    THE    ME 


PARK    AVENUE    AND    EAST    34TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


351 


1867  the  present  church  was  erected,  at  the  corner  of  Park  Avenue  and  East  34th 
Street.  Orville  Dewey  was  once  pastor  of  the  church,  which  is  now  in  charge  of 
Robert  Collyer,  the  impressive  and  beloved  blacksmith-preacher. 

The  Lenox-Avenue  Unitarian  Church,  the  youngest  Unitarian  society  in 
New  York,  has  a  handsome  new  building  at  Lenox  Avenue  and  121st  Street,  Har- 
lem, with  numerous  clubs  and  charities. 

The  Church  of  the  Divine  Paternity  is  the  strongest  Universalist  congre- 
gation.     The   building  is  a  brownstone   Gothic  edifice  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  45th 
Street,  and  dates  from  1865.      The  society  was  formed  in  1839,  an(^  the  first  church 
stood  in  Elizabeth  Street,  running  through  to  the  Bowery, 
between  Hester  and  Canal  Streets.      In   1845  tne  society 
moved  to  more  commodious  quarters,  in  Murray  Street, 
just   west   of  Broadway.      In   1848   a   third  building  was 
erected,  on  Broadway,  between  Prince  and  Spring  Streets  ; 
and   here,  under  the   Rev.   Dr.    Edward   H.   Chapin,   the 
parish  increased  rapidly  in  strength  and  influence.      The 
Rev.  Charles  H.  Eaton  is  the  present  pastor. 

The  society  was  the  fourth  Universalist  organization  in 
the  city.  Towards  the  close  of  the  last  century  the  Rev. 
John  Murray  and  other  preachers  of  Universalism  held 
services,  and  induced  several  promi- 
nent members  of  the  John- Street 
Methodist  Church  to  unite  in  the 
"Society  of  United  Christian 
Friends  of  New  York,"  formed  in 
1 796.  The  next  year  a  small  church 
was  built,  in  Vandewater  Street,  and 
Edward  Mitchell,  a  member  of  the 
congregation,  was  installed  as  pas- 
tor. He  was  an  eloquent  preacher, 
and  in  181 8  a  large  brick  church  was 
erected  in  Duane  Street,  between 
Chatham  and  Centre  Streets.  Mr. 
Mitchell  died  soon  afterward  ;  and, 
deprived  of  his  inspiring  leadership, 
the  congregation  gradually  dimin- 
ished and  finally  disbanded.  A 
second  society  was  organized  in 
1824.  There  are  now  three  Univer- 
salist churches  in  New  York. 

The  Church  of  The  Strangers,  at  299  Mercer  Street,  was  purchased  by  Com- 
modore Vanderbilt  in  1870,  and  presented  to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Charles  F.  Deems,  as  a 
token  of  interest  in  his  work.  Dr.  Deems,  who  had  been  a  Methodist-Episcopal 
clergyman,  in  North  Carolina,  came  to  the  city  in  1866,  and  began  to  preach  in  the 
chapel  of  the  University  of  New  York.  His  practical  and  independent  presentation 
of  the  truths  of  Christianity  attracted  large  audiences,  and  in  1868  a  church  was 
organized  and  called  The  Church  of  The  Strangers,  on  account  of  its  special  field  of 
work  among  sojourners  in  the  city.  It  has  no  organic  connection  with  any  of  the 
denominations,  and  remains  faithful  to  its  original  work,  which  is  a  source  of  great 
blessing  to  the  strangers  within  our  gates. 


CHURCH    OF    THE    DIVINE    PATERNITY,  (UNIVERSALIST), 
FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    WEST    45TH    STREET. 


352 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Broome-Street  Tabernacle,  at  395  Broome  Street,  is  a  station  of  the 
New-York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society,  and  the  center  of  an  important  work 
among  the  60,000  English-speaking  people  in  its  vicinity,  for  whom  there  is  no  other 
Protestant  church.      It  is  a  substantial  brick  building,  with  a  large  auditorium,  a 

reading-room  and  library,  a 
gymnasium,  and  numerous 
smaller  rooms.  The  Lodg- 
ing-House  Missionary  Soci- 
ety carries  on  an  aggressive 
missionary  work  in  the  lodg- 
ing-houses in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Tabernacle,  and  numer- 
ous other  societies  are  ac- 
tively engaged  in  philan- 
thropic work.  The  minister 
in  charge  is  the  Rev.  C.  H. 
Tyndall. 

The  Church  of  the 
New  Jerusalem,  at  114 
East  35th  Street,  a  substan- 
tial stone  building  in  the 
Doric  style,  was  erected  in 
1859.  The  founder  of  the 
New  Church  (often  called 
Swedenborgian )  in  New 
York  was  Edward  Riley, 
who  came  from  England  in 
1805.  The  society  was  or- 
ganized in  1 81 6,  with  the 
name  of  The  Association  of 
the  City  of  New  York  for  the 
Dissemination  of  the  Heav- 
enly Doctrines  of  the  New 
church  of  the  strangers,  299  mercer  street.  Jerusalem  ;    and    in    1 82 1    a 

small  church  in  Pearl  Street  was  purchased,  and  the  Rev.  Charles  I.  Doughty 
installed  as  pastor.  The  Pearl-Street  church  was  sold  to  the  Zion  Baptist  society  in 
1838,  and  the  services  were  held  in  various  places  until  the  erection  of  the  35th-Street 
building  ;  and  this,  and  a  mission  on  West  44th  Street,  and  a  German  church  on 
Chrystie  Street,  are  the  only  New-Church  places  of  worship  in  the  city.  The  Rev. 
Samuel  S.  Seward  is  pastor. 

The  Church  of  the  Disciples  of  Christ,  323  West  56th  Street,  a  substan- 
tial brick  building  in  the  Gothic  style,  was  erected  in  1883,  and  is  the  spiritual  home 
of  the  oldest  local  congregation  of  that  denomination.  Its  pastor  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  B. 
B.  Tyler.  At  different  periods  in  its  history  the  society  has  worshipped  in  halls  and 
churches  on  Hubert,  Greene,  17th  and  West  28th  Streets,  and  it  has  grown  and  in- 
creased with  gratifying  certainty. 

The  Disciples  date  from  about  the  year  1827.  Their  purpose  is  to  unite  Christians 
in  a  visible  fellowship  on  the  basis  of  Primitive  Christianity,  as  described  in  the  New 
Testament  —  its  creed  —  its  ordinances  —  its  life.  They  number  nearly  1,000,000. 
Their  greatest  strength  is  in  the  West  and  South,  where  they  are  known  as  "Chris- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


353 


tians,"  or  "Christian  Church." 
They  are  sometimes  called 
"  Campbellites  "  (which  name, 
however,  they  repudiate),  from 
Alexander  Campbell,  one  of  their 
early  preachers.  There  are  three 
churches  of  Disciples  in  New- 
York. 

The  Catholic  Apostolic 
Church  is  a  handsome  structure, 
at  417  West  57th  Street.  The 
congregation  was  organized  in 
1850,  and  the  early  services  were 
held  in  a  small  room  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  City  of  New  York. 
About  1855  a  church  was  pur- 
chased in  West  1 6th  Street.  This 
was  sold  to  the  French  Presby- 
terian society  in  1886,  when  the 
present  edifice  was  opened.  The 
Catholic  Apostolic  people  are  bet- 
ter known  as  Irvingites,  from  the 
Rev.  Edward  Irving,  a  Scottish 
clergyman,  who  is  popularly 
regarded  as  the  founder  of  the 
movement.  (This  name  they 
themselves  repudiate.)  One  of 
the  distinctive  features  of  the  sect 
is  a  return  to  apostolic  methods 
and  principles;  another  is  "the 
preparation  of  the  church  as  a 
body  for  the  coming  and  kingdom 
of  the  Lord."  Daily  services  are  held  at  6  A.  M.  and  5  P.  M.,  and  the  Holy  Com- 
munion is  celebrated  every  Sunday  morning.     There  are  about  400  members.     There 

is  also  a  small  German 
congregation,  which 
meets  at  127  East  10th 
Street. 

The  Swedish 
Free  Evangelical 
Bethesda  Church  of 
New  York  is  a  small 
congregation,  worship- 
ping in  a  former  He- 
brew synagogue  at  240 
East  45th  Street.  The 
church  was  organized 
in  1878,  by  a  few  mem- 
bers   of    the    Swedish 

CHURCH  OF  THE  NEW  JERUSALEM  (  SWEDENBORGIAN  ),  114  EAST  35TH  STREET.  Lutheran    CllUrch,    who 

23 


BROOME-STREET    TABERNACLE,   BROOME    STREET    AND 
CENTRE    MARKET    PLACE. 


354 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


CATHOLIC    APOSTOLIC    CHURCH,   WEST    57TH    STREET,   BETWEEN 
NINTH    AND   TENTH    AVENUES. 


left  that  body  by   reason  of  differences 
of  opinion  on  matters  of  doctrine  and 
.     discipline.       There    are    250    mem- 
bers.    The  pastor  is  the  Rev.  K. 
Erixon. 

The  Reading-Room 
and  Church  for  Seamen 
is  a  picturesque  structure 
at  the  corner  of  Houston 
and  West  Streets,  in  the 
midst  of  the  busy  North- 
River  traffic  district.  It  is 
maintained  by  the  Society  for 
Promoting  the  Gospel  among 
Seamen. 

The  Friends'  Meeting 
House,  on  Stuyvesant 
Square,  a  plain,  but  substan- 
tial brick  building  with  a 
large  school-house  con- 
nected, was  erected  in  i860, 
and  is  one  of  the  two  Quaker 
places  of  worship  in  the 
city,  the  other  being  an 
equally  plain  building  with  a 
brownstone  front,  on  Gram- 
ercy  Park.  The  first  Quakers 
came  to  New  Amsterdam 
in  1657,  fugitives  from 
New  England,  and  received 
welcome 

i 


but   scanty 
from  Peter  Stuyvesant,  who  arrested  two  of  the  women  for  preach- 
the  streets.      One  of  the  men,  Robert  Hodgson,  was  arrested  at 
stead,  Long  Island,  whither  he  had  gone  intending  to  preach,  and 
fore  Gov.  Stuyvesant,  who  used  him  harshly  until  Mrs.  Ba- 
yard, the  Governor's  sister,  prevailed  upon  him  to  al- 
low the  unwelcome  visitor  to  depart  in  peace. 
The  first  meeting-house  was  built  in  Little 
Green  Street   in    1700,   and  in   1775  a 
second  was  erected  in  Pearl  Street. 
After  the   great  schism  of  1827, 
the  Orthodox  Friends  built  a  third 
meeting-house    in    Henry   Street, 
leaving  the  Hicksite  party  in  pos- 
session   of  the    others.      Later, 
these  were  sold,  and  the  two  now 
in  use  were  erected. 

The    First    Moravian 
Church,    at    Lexington    Avenue 

»  .*»  READING    ROOM    AND    CHURCH    FOR    SEAMEN, 

and    30th    Street,    is    the    fourth  west  streets. 


ing      in 

Hemp- 
haled  be- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


355 


FRIENDS'   CHURCH    AND    SEMINARY,   STUYVESANT    SQUARE,    EAST    16TH 
STREET,    CORNER    OF    RUTHERFORD    PI  ACE. 


edifice  occupied  by  this  congregation  since  the  corner-stone  of  its  first  church  was 
laid,  June  1 6,  1 75 1,  at  the  corner  of  Fulton  and  Dutch  Streets,  by  Bishop  Peter 
Boehler  and  the  pastor,  Rev.  Owen  Rice,  a  native  of  Wales.  Its  present  pastor  is 
Rev.  Edward  T.  Kluge.  The  society  was  formed  in  1741.  The  present  pastor  of 
the  German  Moravian  Church,  636  Sixth  Street,  between  Avenues  B  and  C,  is  Rev. 
William  H.  Rice,  a  great-great-grandson  of  the  pastor  of  1 751.  This  second  Mora- 
vian congregation  was  organized  in  1853. 

The  First  Reformed  Episcopal  Church,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  East  55th 
Street,  is  the  only  church  of  that  denomination  in  the  city.  It  is  a  handsome  stone 
structure,  with  a  large 
and  simply  decorated 
auditorium.  It  was 
built  in  1876,  soon  after 
the  formation  of  the 
Reformed  Episcopal 
Church,  which  was  or- 
ganized by  a  number  of 
Episcopal  clergymen 
and  laymen,  under  the 
leadership  o  f  Bishop 
G.  D.  Cummins,  who 
objected  to  what  they 
considered  the  Roman- 
izing tendencies  of  the 
Prayer  Book.  Rev. 
Dr.  William  T.  Sabine,  a  former  Episcopal  clergyman,  is  in  charge  of  the  parish. 

The  Hebrew-Christian  Church,  the  first  of  its  kind  in  America,  began  in 
1882  with  its  present  pastor,  the  Rev.  Jacob  Freshman,  a  converted  Jew,  who  had 
resolved  to  devote  himself  to  evangelizing  the  Hebrews  of  New  York.  For  some 
time  the  meetings  were  held  in  a  small  room  in  the  Cooper- Union  building,  and  in 
the  lecture-room  of  the  Fourth- Avenue  Presbyterian  Church  ;  but  in  the  year  1885  a 
private  house,  at  17  St.  Mark's  Place,  was  purchased  and  fitted  up  for  the  work.  The 
audience-room,  seating  about  150,  and  lighted  by  stained-glass  windows,  is  on  the 
ground  floor,  while  the  remaining  rooms  are  used  by  the  missionary  for  various  pur- 
poses connected  with  the  work,  which  has  met  with  a  fair  degree  of  success. 

Roman  Catholics  visited  Manhattan  Island  as  early  as  1629,  but  when  Father 
Isaac  Jogues,  the  first  priest  to  visit  the  island,  came  here  in  1643,  after  his  escape 
from  the  Mohawks,  he  found  only  two  of  his  co-religionists.  Jesuit  fathers  labored 
here  at  intervals  between  1683  and  1785,  when  the  first  congregation  was  formed. 
Severe  laws  were  enacted  against  the  Catholics,  but  with  no  serious  results  until  the 
execution  of  John  Ury  for  alleged  participation  in  the  Negro  Riot  of  1 741,  and  on 
suspicion  of  being  a  Catholic  priest.  Governor  Dongan  was  an  ardent  Catholic,  as 
was  his  royal  master,  King  James,  and  during  his  administration,  in  the  closing  years 
of  the  seventeenth  century,  a  number  of  Catholic  families  of  repute  settled  in  the 
city,  and  a  college  was  founded.  In  1785  Sieur  de  St.  Jean  de  Crevecceur,  the 
French  consul,  and  three  others  were  incorporated  as  the  Trustees  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  in  the  City  of  New  York,  and  from  that  time  the  Church  has  stead- 
ily grown  in  numbers  and  power,  largely  through  the  immense  foreign  immigration. 
There  are  83  Catholic  churches  and  a  long  list  of  homes,  asylums  and  schools. 
There  are  400,000  Roman  Catholics  in  the  city,  and  besides  the  churches  for  English- 


356 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


speaking  persons,   there  are   others  for  Germans,   Italians,    Frenchmen,  Poles  and 
other  nationalities. 

St.  Patrick's  Cathedral,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  between  50th  and  51st  Streets,  is 
one  of  the  grandest  ecclesiastical  buildings  in  the  country,  and  has  cost  the  greatest 
sum  of  money.  It  was  projected  by  Archbishop  Hughes,  in  1850,  and  soon  after- 
ward the  plans  were  drawn,  by  James  Renwick,  the  architect  of  Grace  Church.  The 
corner-stone  was  laid  in  1858,  and  the  cathedral  was  opened  in  1879.  The  building 
is  now  nearly  completed,  according  to  the  original  plans,  only  the  Lady  Chapel  re- 
maining to  be  constructed.  The  style  of  the  cathedral  is  the  Decorated  Gothic  of 
the  thirteenth  century,  of  which  the  cathedrals  of  Rheims  and  Cologne  are  ex- 
amples ;  and,  with  the  mansion  of  the  archbishop  and  the  rector's  residence,  it  occupies 


ST.   PATRICK'S    CATHEDRAL,    MAD'SON-AVENU  E    AND    51ST-STREET    SIDES. 

the  entire  block  bounded  by  Fifth  and  Madison  Avenues,  and  50th  and  51st  Streets. 
It  is  built  of  white  marble,  and  its  leading  dimensions  are  :  length  306  feet ;  breadth, 
including  chapels,  120  feet  ;  breadth  of  nave  and  choir,  96  feet  ;  length  of  transepts, 
140  feet ;  height  of  nave,  108  feet ;  height  of  aisles,  54  feet.  The  principal  front, 
on  Fifth  Avenue,  consists  of  a  central  gable,  156  feet  in  height,  flanked  by  twin 
spires,  330  feet  high.  The  grand  portal  is  richly  decorated,  and  buttresses,  pinnacles 
and  carved  ornamentation  abound  in  rich  profusion. 

The  interior  is  particularly  impressive.  Massive  clustered  marble  columns  sup- 
port the  lofty  groined  roof;  the  organ-gallery  in  the  nave,  between  the  towers,  has  a 
richly  moulded  front  and  ceiling ;  and  a  magnificent  rose  window,  26  feet  in 
diameter,  filled  with  costly  glass,  dominates  the  western  end,  and  forms  a  fitting  pen- 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


357 


ST.    PATRICK'S    CATHEDRAL,    ROMAN     CATHOLIC. 

FIFTH    AVENUE,   50TH    AND    51ST    STREETS. 


358 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


ARCHBISHOP'S    RESIDENCE,    ST.    PATRICK'S    CATHEDRAL, 
MADISON    AVENUE    AND    50TH    STREET. 


dant  to  the  high  altar  in  the  sanc- 
tuary, in  the  eastern  end.  The 
altar  was  made  in  Italy  of  purest 
Carrara  marble,  and  its  front  is 
inlaid  with  alabaster  and  precious 
stones.  The  lower  front  is  divided 
into  niches  and  panels ;  the  for- 
mer containing  statues  of  the  four 
Evangelists,  and  the  latter  present- 
ing in  bas-reliefs  the  Last  Supper, 
the  Carrying  of  the  Cross,  the 
Agony,  and  the  Betrayal.  The 
tabernacle,  above  the  altar,  was 
carved  in  France,  and  its  three 
niches  contain  statues  of  Our  Lord, 
St.  Peter,  and  St.  Paul.  The  altar 
of  the  Blessed  Virgin,  at  the  eastern 
end  of  the  north  aisle,  is  made  of 
French  stone,  delicately  sculptured 
in  panels,  on  which  are  carved 
scenes  connected  with  the  life  of 
Christ.  At  the  eastern  end  of  the 
south  aisle  is  the  bronze  altar  of  the  Sacred  Heart,  with  four  statues,  representing 
the  sacrifices  of  the  old  dispensation  and,  in  the  central  niche,  Jesus  holding  a 
chalice.  The  columns  on  each  side,  surmounted  by  statues  of  St.  Peter  and  St. 
Paul,  were  the  gift  of  Pope  Pius  IX.  West  of  the  sacristy  is  the  elaborate  bronze 
altar  of  St.  Joseph,  and  in  a  side  chapel  is  the  altar  of  the  Holy  Family,  above 
which  hangs  a  fine  painting  of  the  Holy  Family,  by  Costazzini.  The  cathedral  is 
seated  for  2,600  people,  and  nearly  as  many  more  can  be  accommodated  in  the  aisles. 
The  interior  is  lighted  by 
70  windows,  the  majority 
being  memorial  windows 
made  in  Chartres, 
France,  at  a  cost  of  over 
$100,000.  The  total  cost 
of  the  building  has  been 
not  far  from  $2,000,000, 
and  $500,000  will  be 
necessary  to  complete  it. 
St.  Peter's  Church, 
at  Barclay  and  Church 
Streets,  is  the  oldest  Ro- 
man -  Catholic  organiza- 
tion in  the  city.  The 
first  church,  a  brick 
building,  48  feet  wide 
and  81  feet  long,  was 
erected  in  1 786,  and  torn 
down  in  1836,  when  the 
present   stone  church  in 


PETER'S   CHURCH,   BARCLAY   AND   CHURCH    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


359 


ST.    PATRICK'S     CATHEDRAL. 

THE    HIGH    ALTAR    IN    THE    SANCTUARY,    AT    THE    EASTERN    END. 


3<5° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NFAV    YORK. 


the  Ionic  style  was  erected 
in  its  place.  The  interior 
is  spacious,  and  contains  a 
fine  marble  altar.  The  ceil- 
ing is  frescoed,  and  there 
are  12  large  stained-glass 
windows. 

St.  Patrick's  Church 
is  the  oldest  existing  Catho- 
lic church-building  in  the 
city.  It  was  built  in  1815, 
at  Mott  and  Prince  Streets, 
and,  until  the  opening  of  St. 
Patrick's  Cathedral,  in  1879, 
it  was  the  cathedral  church 
of  the  See  of  New  York. 
In  earlier  days  the  massive 

ST.    PATRICK'S    CHURCH,    MOTT    AND    PRINCE    STREETS.  Gothic       building         with       itS 

richly  decorated  auditorium,  was  one  of  the  sights  of  the  city  ;  but  with  the  depart- 
ure of  the  Archbishop  it  lost  much  of  its  ancient  fame,  and  is  now  merely  the 
parish-church  of  the  Catholics  who  live  in  the  neighborhood. 

The  Church  of  St.  Benedict  the  Moor  is  an  impressive  classic  building,  at 
210  Bleecker  Street,  in  one  of  the  ancient  and  crowded  quarters  of  the  city.  The 
congregation  is  mainly  composed  of  colored  people. 

St.  Stephen's  Roman  Catholic  Church  was  organized  in  1850,  and  a  por- 
tion of  the  large  Italian  Renaissance  building,  on  28th  Street,  between  Third  and 
Lexington  Avenues,  was  opened  in  1855.  This  was  enlarged  and  richly  decorated 
in  1865.  It  extends  through  to  29th  Street.  It  is  cruciform  in  shape,  and  the  interior 
is  extremely  beautiful. 
Above  each  of  the  tran- 
sept galleries  are  large 
rose -windows,  and  the 
side  windows  of  the 
nave  are  filled  with 
richly  stained  glass. 
A  fine  painting  of  the 
Crucifixion  surmounts 
a  lofty  marble  altar  in 
the  sanctuary.  The 
beautiful  high  altar 
and  the  two  rich  side  al- 
tars cost  $40,000.  St. 
Stephen's  has  long  been 
one  of  the  fashionable 
Catholic  churches,  and 
for  many  years  its  choir 
has  been  acknowledged 
as  one  of  the  finest  in 
the  country.  The  Rev. 
Dr.    J.    W.    Cummmgs  church  of  st.  benedict  the  moor,  210  bleecker  street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


361 


ST.    ANDREW'S    CHURCH  (ROMAN    CATHOLIC),    DUANE 
STREET    AND    CITY-HALL    PLACE. 


founded  this  church,  and  Dr.  Edward  McGlynn  held  the  pas- 
torate from  1866  until  1887.  During  his  term  of  office  a  large 
Orphan's  House  and  an  Industrial  School  for  girls  were  built. 
Father  Colton  is  now  the  rector. 

St.  Francis  Xavier's  Church,  at  36  West  16th  Street, 
near  Sixth  Avenue,  was  erected  in  1882,  and 
is  in  charge  of  the  Jesuit  Fathers.  It  is  a 
massive  stone  structure  in  the  Roman  Basil- 
ica style,  and  is  constructed  in  the  substan- 
tial manner  which  characterizes  the  work  of 
the  Jesuits.  A  lofty  porch,  with  massive 
stone  pillars  and  a  vestibule,  both  with 
vaulted  stone  ceilings,  give  entrance  to  one 
of  the  grandest  church  interiors  in  the  city. 
The  church  is  cruciform  in  shape  ;  and  the 
lofty  vaulted  and  richly  decorated  ceiling  of 
the  nave  is  supported  by  stone  columns  car- 
rying a  triforium  gallery,  pierced  with  round- 
arched  openings.  The  prevailing  tone  of 
the  decorations  gives  an  effect  of  luminosity, 
and  there  is  a  profusion  of  ornamentation  in  relief.  The  high  altar  is  a  costly  mar- 
ble structure,  and  on  either  side  of  the  sanctuary  stand  the  altars  of  the  Blessed 
Virgin  and  St.  Joseph.  In  the  transepts  are  the  altars  of  St.  Aloysius  and  the 
Sacred  Heart,  all  in  marble,  with  statues  and  carvings.  The  walls  are  filled  with 
large  paintings  of.Scriptural  scenes.  Twelve  hundred  electric  lights  have  just  been 
placed  in  the  church.      The  effect  is  beyond  description. 

The  Church  of  St.   Paul  the  Apostle,  at  Ninth  Avenue  and  59th  Street,  is 

one  of  the  greatest 
Catholic  churches 
in  the  city,  second 
only  to  the  Cathe- 
dral in  size  and 
magnificence.  It 
is  in  charge  of  the 
Paulist  Fathers,  a 
missionary  order 
founded  in  1858 
by  the  late  Very 
Rev.  Isaac  Heck- 
er,  who,  with  four 
other  converts 
from  Protestant- 
ism, began  a  re- 
markable series. of 
missions  through- 
out  the  United 
States.  The  com- 
munity then  es- 
tablished has  since 

ST.   BERNARD'S   CHURCH    (ROMAN    CATHOLIC),   332   WEST    14th   STREET.  increased  tO  twen- 


362 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK, 


ty-five  priests  and  sixteen  theological  students.  The  Paulist  Fathers  devote  all  the 
time  they  can  spare  from  the  missions  to  the  preparation  and  spread  of  Catholic 
literature.  In  connection  with  the  great  Church  of  St.  Paul  they  have  a  large  con- 
vent and  school-house,  and  lately  built  a  printing-house,  from  which  they  issue 
their  monthly  publications,  The  Catholic  World,  The  Young  Catholic,  calendars, 
sermons,  tracts,  etc.  The  corner-stone  of  the  first  church  was  laid  in  1859,  and 
of  the  present  church  in  1873,  while  the  solemn  opening  took  place  in  18S5.  It 
is  the  second  largest  church  edifice  in  the  country,  being  284  feet  long  and  132 
feet  wide.  The  walls  are  constructed  of  rough  stone,  and  there  is  very  little 
attempt  at  mere  ornament,  the  architect  aiming  to  obtain  simplicity  and  dignity  by 
the  size  and  massiveness  of  the  building,  correctness  of  detail  and  harmonious  group- 
ing. The  main  facade,  on  Ninth  Avenue,  approached  by  a  double  flight  of  granite 
steps,  is  132  feet  wide,  with  a 
central  compartment  flanked  by 
two  towers  38  feet  square, 
and  with  a  total  height  of 
300    feet    when    the    spires  y   , 

are    built. 
The    style 


ACADEMY  OF  THE  HOLY  CROSS  FOR  YOUNG   LADIES,   AND  CHURCH  OF  THE   HOLY  CROSS,    335-343  WEST  42D  STREET. 

of  architecture  is  the  Thirteenth-Century  Gothic,  adapted  to  meet  the  special  needs 
of  the  Fathers.  The  spacious  and  impressive  interior,  with  its  side  aisles  and  pas- 
sages, has  a  seating  capacity  of  nearly  5,000.  The  lofty  nave  arches  are  carried  by 
columns  of  polished  Syracuse  limestone,  four  feet  in  diameter,  alternately  square  and 
octagonal,  with  carved  caps  and  moulded  bases  over  each  arch  ;  the  tracery  windows 
of  the  clere-story  give  ample  light  from  above,  leaving  a  large  expanse  of  wall  space 
for  effective  decorative  work.  The  windows,  twenty-seven  feet  in  length  and  twelve 
in  width,  are  of  the  finest  workmanship.  Those  in  the  sanctuary  represent  the 
Queen  of  Angels  surrounded  by  hundreds  of  angels  in  the  centre,  and  flanked  on 
either  side  by  the  four  great  archangels,  all  in  adoration  of  the  Blessed  Sacrament  on 
the  altar.  These  were  made  in  Munich.  The  fourteen  tracery  windows  in  the  nave, 
the  work  of  the  American  artist  LaFarge,  are  unrivalled  for  richness  of  color.      The 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


363 


sanctuary  floor  is  well  elevated  above  that  of  the  nave,  and  contains  the  high  altar, 
of  variegated  marble,  with  a  lofty  baldichino,  whose  canopied  roof  is  supported 
by  polished  columns  of  Numidian  marble.  The  great  organ  stands  behind  the  high 
altar,  and  on  each  side  are  the  stalls  for  the  choir  and  the  dignitaries  of  the  church. 
On  the  left  of  the  sanctuary,  at  the  head  of  the  south  aisle,  is  the  altar  of  the  Blessed 
Virgin,  constructed  of  Sienna  marble  and  beautiful  Mexican  onyx,  and  surmounted 
by  a  lofty  canopy,  beneath  which  is  a  large  marble  statue  of  the  Virgin.  At  the 
head  of  the  north  aisle  is  the  altar  of  St.  Joseph,  similar  in  treatment,  with  a  marble 


statue  of  the  saint.     At  the  end  of  the  south 

a  beautiful  baptistery,  with  marble  font, 

ble  rail.      In  the  side  chapels  of  the 

Agnes,  The  Annunciation  and  St 

chapels    of   the    north    aisle 

Sacred  Heart,  St.  Catharine 

The  total  cost  of  all  the  altars 

and    of    the    whole    church 

tude  of  the  interior  is  best 

The  length  of  the  nave  and 

width  60  feet,  and  the  height 


aisle,  and  near  the  entrance,  is 
enclosed  by  a  substantial  mar- 
same  aisle  are  altars  of  St. 
Justinus  the  Martyr.  The  side 
contain  the  altars  of  the 
of  Genoa  and  St.  Patrick, 
was  not  far  from  $50,000, 
$500,000.  The  magni- 
shown  by  a  few  figures : 
chancel  is  257  feet,  the 
96  feet,  while  the  aisles 
have  a  combined  width  of 
50  feet,  giving  an 
auditorium  of  im- 
mense size  and  strik- 
ing and  impres- 
sive perspective 
effect.  The  im- 
pression of  im- 
mense space, 
height  and  soli- 
tude of  the  inter- 
ior is  increased 
by  the  treatment 
of  the  ceiling, 
which  is  painted 
a  deep  blue  and 
studded  with 
stars.  It  is  con- 
cave in  form,  and 
the  stars  and  con- 
stellations which 
thickly  stud  its 
surface  are  ar- 
ranged from  exact  maps,  made  by  one  of  the  Paulist  Fathers,  to  represent  their 
positions  on  January  25,  1885,  the  festival  of  the  conversion  of  St.  Paul,  the  patron- 
saint  of  the  church.  The  decoration  of  the  church  is  in  the  hands  of  the  well-known 
artist  LaFarge,  and  looks  its  best  when  lighted  at  night.  At  this  church,  every  Sun- 
day evening,  can  be  heard  the  best  congregational  singing  of  English  hymns  in  New 
York.  The  singing  at  the  other  regular  services  is  done  by  a  surpliced  choir  of  men 
and  boys,  about  100  strong.  The  group  of  buildings  of  which  St.  Paul's  is  the  cen- 
tre forms  one  of  the  strongest  fortresses  of  Catholicism  in  New  York. 


CHURCH    OF   ST.    PAUL    THE    APOSTLE,    ROMAN    CATHOLIC,    NINTH    AVENUE   AND 
WEST    59TH    STREET. 


364 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  *0F  NEW    YORK 


The  Church  of  Our  Lady  of  Good  Counsel,  at  236  East  90th  Street,  is 
one  of  the  youngest  of  the  Catholic  churches.  The  building,  a  handsome  structure 
in  the  decorated  Gothic  style  of  architecture,  with  a  front  of  Rutland  marble,  was 
completed  in  1892,  and  dedicated  on  September  18th.  There  are  two  entrance- 
porches  recessed  into  the  front  of  the  church,  with  steps  which  turn  toward  each 
other  and  unite  in  an  outer  lobby,  which  is  screened  from  view  by  the  front  main 
wall.  There  are  a  number  of  handsome  stained-glass  windows,  which  were  made 
in  Munich.  The  high  altar  of  marble  came  from  Venice,  and  four  smaller  altars 
were  made  in  the  quarries  of  Carrara.  Five  paintings,  over  the  high  altar,  are  the 
work  of  Sig.  Rossi,  a  prize-winner  of  the  Paris  Salon.      The  parish  is  a  new  one, 

established  in  1886,  and  the 
corner-stone  of  the  church 
was  laid  in  May  of  that  year. 
Rev.  William  J.  O' Kelly  is 
the  rector,  and  he  has  four 
assistants. 

Other  Interesting 
Catholic  Churches  are  St. 
Andrew's,  away  down-town, 
at  City-Hall  Place  and  Du- 
ane  Street ;  St.  Bernard's,  a 
noble  Gothic  building  on 
West  14th  Street  ;  the  Holy 
Cross,  on  West  42d  Street ; 
and  St.  Cecilia's,  on  East 
106th  Street. 

The  B'Nai  Jeshurun, 
"Children  of  Jeshurun,"  is 
the  oldest  Anglo-German 
Hebrew  congregation  in  the 
city.  It  was  founded  in  1825 
by  a  few  German  and  Polish 
Jews,  who  left  the  Spanish 
synagogue  on  Stone  Street, 
and  adopted  the  Polish  or 
German  ritual,  in  place  of 
the  Portuguese,  in  use  in  the 
former  congregation.  The 
early  meetings  were  held  in 
a  small  hall  in  White  Street, 
but  in  1826  the  African  Presbyterian  Church  in  Elm  Street  was  purchased  and 
remodelled.  In  1850  a  large  synagogue  was  erected  on  Greene  Street,  followed  in 
1866  by  a  second  in  West  34th  Street.  In  1885  the  large  and  impressive  edifice 
on  Madison  Avenue,  near  East  65th  Street,  was  erected,  at  a  cost  of  $200,000.  It 
is  built  of  stone  and  pressed  brick,  in  the  Spanish-Moresque  style,  with  twin  towers 
and  an  imposing  facade.  The  auditorium  is  decorated  in  white  and  gold,  and 
harmonizes  with  the  Moorish  exterior.  Its  seating  capacity  is  1,200,  and  the  con- 
gregation is  the  leading  orthodox  Hebrew  body  in  the  city,  holding  conservatively 
to  the  old  Mosaic  standards,  and  paying  little  regard  to  the  changeful  spirit  of  the 
nineteenth  century.     Dr.  Henry  S.  Jacobs  is  the  Rabbi. 


CHURCH    OF    OUR    LADY    OF   GOOD    COUNSEL,    ROMAN    CATHOLIC, 
236    EAST    90TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK, 


36; 


The  Jews  were  early  settlers  in  Manhattan,  and  in  1695  there  were  twenty 
Hebrew  families  in  the  city ;  but  their  petition  for  permission  to  establish  a  place 
of  worship  was  refused  by  the  Provincial  authorities.  A  Jewish  congregation  was 
formed  early  in  the  last  century,  and  in  1729  the  first  synagogue  was  opened,  in 
Mill  Street,  near  Beaver.  The  Crosby-Street  Synagogue  was  a  spacious  and  elegant 
building.  With  the  rapid  increase  in  the  Jewish  population,  others  have  been 
erected,  and  there  are  now  47  synagogues  and  temples,  many  of  them  magnificent 
edifices. 

The  Temple  Emanu-El,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  East  43d  Street,  is  one  of  the 
finest  and  most  costly  Jewish  synagogues  in  the  world.  The  congregation  was  formed 
in  1845,  as  a  re" 
formed  Hebrew 
congregation.  It 
was  ' '  a  day  of 
small  things"  with 
the  infant  congre- 
gation for  some 
years,  and  the 
earlier  meetings 
were  held  in  the 
Grand-  Street 
Court-room.  In 
1850  a  church  on 
Chrystie  Street, 
which  had  been 
deserted  by  its 
Christian  congre- 
gation, was  pur- 
chased and  remod- 
elled. The  first 
Rabbi  w  a^s  the 
Rev.  Dr.  Leon 
Merzbacher,  one 
of  the  early  Jew- 
ish reformers.  In 
1856  the  Baptist 
church  on  East 
1 2th  Street  was 
secured    for    the       ST"  CECILIA'S  church,  roman  catholic,  east  106th  street,  near  Lexington  avenue. 

congregation,  and  here  they  remained  until  1868,  when  their  modern  magnificent 
temple  was  completed,  at  a  cost  of  nearly  $600,000.  Like  all  the  finer  Jewish 
synagogues  of  the  city,  it  is  Moorish  in  design  and  decoration,  with  twin  towers 
and  an  impressive  front  on  Fifth  Avenue.  The  auditorium  will  seat  nearly  2,000 
people.  The  decorations  are  of  the  most  elaborate  character,  conceived  and  carried 
out  in  the  Moorish  manner,  with  massive  columns  spanned  by  the  peculiar  Saracenic 
arch,  a  lofty  clere- story,  and  a  fine  pulpit  and  ark.  The  Rev.  Dr.  Samuel  Adler, 
father  of  Felix  Adler,  was  long  the  Rabbi  of  the  congregation,  which  is  one  of  the 
most  radical  in  the  city,  as  it  was  the  first  established  ;  and  it  is  now  the  only  one 
maintaining  regular  Sunday  services,  in  addition  to  the  usual  Saturday  service. 
The  present  Rabbis  are  the  Rev.  Drs.  Gustave  Gottheil  and  Joseph  Silverman. 


366 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The    Temple    Beth-El,  at    Fifth  Avenue  and    76th 
costliest  and  most  imposing  religious  buildings  in  the 
structed   of    Indiana    limestone,    and    its   architec 
show  a  blending  of  the  Byzantine  and  Moorish 
styles.      Its   front    is    102  feet    long  on  Fifth       Si 
Avenue,  and  it  extends  back    150  feet   on 
76th  Street.     The  land  and  building  cost 
$750,000.      The  main  entrance  takes  , 

the  form  of  a  massive  arch,   with   a 
screen   of   columns  and  small  i&ggff 

arches,  and  richly  foliated 
bronze  gates.  The 
dome  is  enriched 
with  lines  of  gild- 
ed ribbing.  The 
main  audience- 
hall  has  a  lofty 
arched  ceiling  and 
galleries  sur- 
mounted by  large 
round  arches.  Be- 
neath the  great 
arch  at  the  eastern 
end  is  an  apsidal 
recess,  containing 
the     organ  -  loft, 


Street,  is  one  of  the 
city.  Itiscon- 
tural    features 


TEMPLE    BETH-EL,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    76th    STREET,   OPPOSITE    CENTRAL    PARK. 


TEMPLE    EMANU-EL,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    430    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


367 


pulpit  and  shrine,  the  latter  a  magnifi- 
cent structure  of  onyx  columns  and 
arches  with  capitals  of  gold,  all  richly 
decorated.  The  Congregation  Beth-El 
was  formed  in  1874  by  the  union  of  the 
.Congregations  Anshi-Chesed  and  Adas- 
Jeshurun,  the  former  being  the  first 
German  Jewish  congregation  in  the 
country,  dating  back  to  1828.  The 
Adas- Jeshurun  Congregation,  under  the 
ministry  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  D.  Einhorn, 
became  the  leading  Jewish  reformed  syn- 
agogue, and  when  the  Beth-El  congre- 
gation was  formed,  it  worshipped  in  the 
Lexington-Avenue  synagogue  until  the 
Temple  Beth-El  was  completed  in  1891. 
Under  Dr.  Einhorn's  successor,  the 
Rev.  Dr.  K.  Kohler,  the  reforming  ten- 
dencies of  the  congregation  have  steadily 
strengthened,  and  it  is  now  the  leading 

exponent  of  modern  liberal  Judaism.  shaarai  tephila  synagogue,  127  west  44th  street. 

The  Shaarai  Tephila,  "Gates  of  Prayer,"  at  127  West  44th  Street,  was 
erected  in  1865.  It  is  a  magnificent  building  in  a  modified  Moorish  style  of  archi- 
tecture, of  Newark  freestone,  with  trimmings  of  Dorchester  stone.  The  spacious 
interior,  seating  1,200,  is  richly  decorated  in  contrasting  colors.  Four  slender  iron 
columns  support  the  roof  on  transverse  and  longitudinal  arches,  and  all  the  interior 

fittings  are  of  the  most  costly 
character.  Above  the  richly  inlaid 
and  carved  ark  or  shrine  is  a 
large  rose  window.  The  syna- 
gogue cost  $200,000.  The  con- 
gregation was  formed  in  1845  by 
members  of  the  Elm-Street  Syna- 
gogue. The  Rabbi  is  the  Rev.  F. 
De  Sola  Mendes. 

The  Rodoph  Sholom,  "Fol- 
lowers of  Peace,"  organized  in 
1842,  and  formerly  worshipping  in 
Clinton  Street,  now  owns  the  for- 
mer Beth-El  Synagogue,  erected 
in  1873  at  a  cost  °f  $250,000.  It 
stands  at  Lexington  Avenue  and 
63d  Street,  and  is  a  lofty  stone 
building  in  the  Spanish-Moresque 
style.  The  interior  is  elaborately 
decorated  in  the  Oriental  manner 
prevailing  among  the  Jewish  syna- 
gogues. The  congregation  is  large 
and  influential.  The  Rabbi  is  the 
and  east  64th  street.  Rev.  Aaron  Wise. 


368 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


TEMPLE    SHEARITH    ISRAEL,   5    WEST    19TH    STREET,    NEAR    FIFTH    AVENUE 

arches  and  tall  pillars.      The  Rabbi  is  the  Rev.  Alexander  Cohnt. 

The  Temple  Shearith  Israel,  in  West  19th  Street,  close  to 
Fifth  Avenue,  is  one  of  those  structures  of  unfamiliar  appearance 
which  makes  New  York  cosmopolitan  in  architecture.      The  front 
presents  the  appearance  of  two  very  high  stories,  each  with  its  capita 
supported  by  double  columns.     The  entrance  is  broad  and  high, 
and    the   windows   are  capped    with    semi-circular 
arches.      The  temple  is  surmounted  by  a  Moorish 
dome,  which  is  prominent  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance.     The  Temple   Shearith   Israel  looms  high 
over  the  houses  of  West  19th  Street,  with  its  clas- 
sic front  and  ponderous  dome. 

The  congregation,  which  is  of  the 
orthodox  type,  and  is  composed  mainly 
of  English-speaking  Hebrews,  is  in  a 
sense  an  offshoot  from  a  very  old  Portu- 
guese Congregation  of  Newport,  R.  I., 
and  as  such  it  claims  to  be  the  oldest 
Jewish  Congregation  now  existing  in 
New  York.  Rev.  H.  Pereira  Mendes  is 
the  pastor  and  Rev.  Abraham  H.  Niets, 
assistant. 


The  Ahavath 
C  h  e  s  e  d  "  Neighborly 
Love,"  was  founded  in 
1 850  by  some  of  the  mod- 
erate reform  Hebrews. 
For  some  years  it  occu- 
pied a  former  Christian 
church  on  Avenue  C. 
The  stately  synagogue, 
at  652  Lexington  Avenue, 
was  erected  in  1872.  It 
is  built  of  stone,  in  the 
Moorish  style,  and  the 
front  has  five  elevations  ; 
a  central  one  for  the  main 
entrance,  with  a  tower 
and  a  stairway  wing  on 
each  side.  The  towers 
are  122  feet  high,  square 
at  the  base,  changing  to 
octagons  near  the  top, 
and  crowned  by  gilded 
metal  cupolas.  The  in- 
terior is  very  beautiful, 
with  arabesque  decora- 
tions and 
graceful 
Moorish 


mi  iufn'iliil 
CONGREGATION    SICHRON    EPHRAIM,   EAST    67TH    STREET, 
NEAR    THIRD    AVENUE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


369 


The  Sichron  Ephraim  synagogue,  on  East  67th  Street,  near  Third  Avenue, 
is  a  handsome  piece  of  Saracenic  architecture,  with  a  North-African  sentiment  in  its 
tail  and  unique  tower  and  the  arcades  along  its  front. 

The  synagogue  was  built  in  1890,  by  Jonas  Weil,  a  wealthy  Hebrew,  and  a  new 
congregation  was  organized  from  the  orthodox  Hebrews  residing  in  the  vicinity.  A 
portion  of  the  work  of 
the  organization  is  the 
maintenance  of  a  relig- 
ious  school,  which 
holds  sessions  on  Tues- 
day and  Thursday  af- 
ternoons and  Sunday 
forenoons.  Rev.  Dr.  H. 
Drachman  is  the  pastor. 

The  Beth  Israel 
Bikur  Cholim  syna- 
gogue, in  the  same 
neighborhood,  at  Lex- 
ington Avenue  and  72d 
Street,  is  a  spacious  and 
commodious  temple, 
with  a  rich  and  vivid 
interior.  The  society 
was  formed  in  1 859,  by 
the  union  of  the  Con- 
gregation Beth  Israel 
and  the  Society  Bikur 
Cholim;  and  wor- 
shipped in  White  Street 
and  then  in  Chrystie 
Street  until  1887.  It  is 
one  of  the  foremost  of 
the  orthodox  Jewish 
congregations. 

Other  forms  of  worship  abound  in  the  great  metropolis,  in  many  sects,  and  with 
hundreds  of  societies,  conclaves,  missions  and  chapels.  The  services  of  the  Greek 
Church  and  of  the  Armenian  Church  have  been  celebrated  here. 

The  First  Society  of  Spiritualists,  the  only  organized  Spiritualistic  society 
in  the  city,  holds  weekly  meetings  in  Music  Hall,  on  West  57th  Street.  "Seances" 
and  meetings  of  the  Spiritualists  are  also  held  in  private  houses. 

The  Chinese  Joss  House  occupies  the  upper  floor  of  a  house  at  16  Mott 
Street.  It  is  a  small  room  containing  the  shrine,  before  which  lights  are  kept  con- 
stantly burning.  The  shrine  is  a  magnificent  specimen  of  Chinese  carved  work, 
adorned  with  many  curious  specimens  of  Chinese  decorative  art. 

Religious  Societies  and  Associations,  devoted  to  the  advancement  of  the 
cause  of  religion,  in  charities,  preaching,  literature,  and  many  other  ways,  abound 
throughout  this  great  city. 

The  magnificent  system  of  the  Catholic  hierarchy  is  exemplified  here  in  a  per- 
fect manner,  and  all  the  vast  interests  connected  with  the  Papal  Church  are  governed 
with  the  precision  and  security  of  an  ancient  province  of  Rome. 
24 


BETH    ISRAEL    EIXUR    CHOLIM,    LEXINGTON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    72D    STREET. 


i7o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Bishops,  a  large  reception-room, 
a  reading-room,  sleeping-rooms 
for  the  members  of  the  Clergy 
Club,  and  a  large  hall,  called  Ho- 
bart  Hall,  in  memory  of  the  great 
Bishop  of  that  name,  in  which  is 
kept  the  Diocesan  library. 

The  New-York  Protest- 
ant Episcopal  City  Mission 
Society  was  founded  in  1830, 
and  chartered  in  1833  "to  preach 
the  Gospel  to  the  poor,  and  to 
relieve  the  unfortunate."  Acting 
under  its  charter,  the  society  led 
the  way  in  the  establishment  of 
free  churches  for  the  middle  and 
poorer  classes  of  the  city  popula- 
tion. Later,  when  this  need  no 
longer  existed,  it  inaugurated  a 
mission  work  among  the  public 
institutions  of  the  city  and  adja- 
cent islands,  and  out  of  this  work 
have  grown  many  of  the  best  be- 
nevolent institutions  of  the  city, 
such  as  the  House  of  Mercv ;  St. 


The  Diocesan  House, 

29  Lafayette  Place,  was 
opened  in  1888,  as  a  See 
House  for  the  Episcopal 
Church  in  the  Diocese  of  New 
York.  The  house  originally 
belonged  to  Miss  Catherine  L. 
Wolfe,  the  munificent  bene- 
factor of  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art  and  of  Grace 
Church ;  and  was  given  by 
her  for  its  present  purpose. 
Extensive  alterations  were 
made  in  the  original  building, 
and  the  Diocesan  House  is 
now  an  ecclesiastical-looking 
edifice,  conveniently  arranged 
for  the  purpose  for  which  it 
is  intended,  containing  the 
offices  of  the  Bishop  of  the 
Diocese,  Arch-deacon  of  New 
York,  Presiding  Bishop  of  the 
Episcopal  Church,  Standing 
Committee  of  the  Diocese, 
Secretary    of    the    House    of 


DIOCESAN    HOUSE,    EPISCOPAL    CHURCH,   29    LAFAYETTE    PLACE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


371 


Barnabas'  House;  the  Midnight  Mission;  the  New-York  Infant  Asylum;  the  Shel- 
tering Arms  ;  the  House  of  Rest  for  Consumptives  ;  and  many  others.  The  society 
now  employs  eleven  clergymen,  two  lay  readers,  and  a  woman  visitor  in  its  work  at  its 
mission  stations,  the  city  jails,  hospitals  and  courts.  The  missions  of  the  society  are 
St.  Ambrose  Chapel,  on  Thompson  Street ;  the  Rescue  Mission,  on  Mott  Street ;  St. 
Barnabas  Chapel,  mission-house  and  schools,  on  Mulberry  Street ;  and  the  Chapel  of 
the  Messiah,  on  Second  Avenue.  The  yearly  expenditure  is  about  $50,000.  The 
Mission-House  is  at  38  Bleecker  Street,  where  there  is  a  free  reading-room  for  boys. 


PRESBYTERIAN    HOUSE,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    EAST    12TH    STREET. 

The   Protestant   Episcopal   Church    Missionary   Society  for   Seamen 

in  the  City  and  Port  of  New  York,  at  79  Houston  Street,  was  founded  in  1841. 
It  supports  three  chapels,  as  many  reading-rooms,  and  a  sailors'  boarding-house. 

The  Domestic  and  Foreign  Missionary  Society  of  the  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America,  at  22  Bible  House, 
was  founded  in  1820.  It  supports  16  bishops  and  1, 100  missionaries,  besides  mis- 
sions, hospitals,  schools  and  colleges  in  Africa,  China,  Japan,  Greece  and  Hayti ; 
and  gives  financial  aid  to  twelve  bishops  and  543  clergymen  in  the  United  States, 
in  34  dioceses,  including  also  work  among  the  Negroes  and  Indians.  It  disburses 
$500,000  yearly. 

The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  at  the 
Presbyterian  House,  53  Fifth  Avenue,  was  established  in  1834,  and  received  its  charter 
in  1862.  The  Foreign  Board  sustains  missions  in  China,  India,  Siam,  Japan,  Korea, 
Africa,  Central  America,  Brazil,  Chile,  Columbia,  Mexico,  Syria,  Persia,  and  among 
the  Indians,  Chinese  and  Japanese  in  the  United  States,  expending  $1,000,000  yearly. 
The  Presbyterian  House,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  12th  Street  is  the  former  residence 
of  the  Lenox  family. 

The  Board  of  Home  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  U.  S.  A., 
began  its  work  in  1802,  and  received  its  present  charter  in  1872.      It  employs  about 


372 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEIV    YORK 


2,000  missionaries  and  teachers,  in  nearly  every  State  and  territory  of  the  Union, 
including  Alaska,  maintaining  missions  among  foreign  populations,  Indians,  Mexi- 
cans, Mormons,  Alaskans  and  mountain-whites.  Its  yearly  appropriations  are 
$950,000. 

The  Methodist  Book  Concern,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  20th  Street,  is  the 
eldest  auxiliary  of  American  Methodism.  It  was  established  in  1779,  when  the  Rev. 
John  Dickins  was  appointed  book  steward,  and  began  publishing  books  for  the  Meth- 
odist Church,  with  a  borrowed  capital  of  $600.  The  first  New-York  office  of  the 
Concern  was  in  Church  Street.  Later  the  business  was  transferred  to  Mulberry 
Street;  still  later  to  Broadway  and  nth  Street;  and  the  modern  stone  and  brick 
building,  located  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  20th  Street,  eight  stories  in  height,  was  erected 
in  1889,  at  a  cost  of  $1,000,000.  It  contains  the  offices  and  salesroom  of  the  Publish- 
ing Agents,  the  press-rooms,  composing-rooms  and  bindery,  where  thousands  of  books 
and  pamphlets  are  manufactured  yearly  ;  the  offices  of  the  missionary  society  ;  a  large 

chapel;  the  library; 
Board-room  ;  Bish- 
op's room  ;  and  a 
number  of  private 
offices.  The  profits 
of  the  Concern  are 
used  for  the  support 
of  old  and  disabled 
ministers,  widows 
and  orphans',  and 
during  the  century 
of  its  existence  it  has 
paid  the  Methodist 
Church  for  these 
purposes  more  than 
$1,500,000. 

The  N  e  w- 
York  City  Church 
Extension  Soci- 
ety of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal 
bible  house,  fourth  avenue  and  astor  place.  Phnrrh    was  char- 

tered in  1866  to  plant  and  support  Sunday-schools,  churches  and  missions  in  the 
city  of  New  York.  It  extends  financial  aid  to  23  churches  and  missions,  at  an 
annual  expense  of  nearly  $40,000. 

The  Board  of  Domestic  Missions  of  the  Reformed  Church  in  America, 
at  28  Reade  Street,  was  formed  in  1832  to  promote  the  extension  of  trie  Reformed 
Dutch  Church  in  America.  At  present  the  Board  aids  97  missionaries,  and  supplies 
ministers  to  137  churches  and  missions,  at  a  yearly  expense  of  $50,000. 

The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Reformed  Church  in  America, 
at  25  East  22d  Street,  was  organized  in  1852.  It  has  missions  in  China,  India  and 
Japan,  where  it  maintains  400  missionaries  and  native  assistants.  About  $115,000 
are  disbursed  yearly. 

The  Baptist  City  Mission,  at  41  Park  Row,  was  founded  in  1870  to 
establish  Sunday-schools,  to  provide  Gospel  preaching,  to  aid  in  building  meeting- 
houses, and  to  disseminate  Baptist  literature,  within  the  city  limits.     Its  yearly  income 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK  373 

of  $15,000  is  expended  in  the  support  of  20  mission  stations,  including  one  Chinese, 
one  Swedish  and  six  German  missions,  and  a  Summer  Home  for  Children,  at  Peeks- 
kill-on-the- Hudson. 

The  Bible  House,  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  Astor  Place,  was  erected  in  1852  by 
the  American  Bible  Society.  It  is  a  plain,  substantial  brick  building  and  occupies 
the  entire  block  between  Third  and  Fourth  Avenues,  and  between  Astor  Place  and 
9th  Street.  It  is  six  stories  in  height,  and  cost  $300,000.  The  building  contains 
the  offices,  library,  and  publishing  departments  of  the  society,  and  is  the  local  head- 
quarters of  the  following  societies  :  American  Sunday-School  Union ;  American 
Home-Missionary  Society ;  Congregational  Church  Building  Society ;  American 
Missionary  Association  ;  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions  ; 
Domestic  and  Foreign  Missionary  Society  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church ; 
American  Church  Building  Fund  Commission ;  New-York  Sabbath  Committee ; 
New- York  Bible  Society ;  Christian  Aid  to  Employment  Society  ;  Evangelical 
Alliance  of  the  United  States  of  America  ;  National  Women's  Christian  Temperance 
Union ;  Women's  Union  Missionary  Society ;  Willard  Tract  Repository,  and  a 
number  of  religious  publications. 

The  American  Bible  Society,  Bible  House,  was  organized  in  1816  to  encourage 
a  wider  circulation  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  "without  note  or  comment."  During  the 
76  years  of  its  history  it  has  received  $21,000,000,  and  has  distributed  55,500,000 
copies  of  the  Bible,  printed  in  over  eighty  languages  and  dialects.  Four  times  it 
has  sought  to  place  a  copy  of  the  Bible  in  every  home  in  the  United  States,  and  its 
present  aim  is  to  place  a  copy  in  the  hands  of  every  child  in  the  country  who  is  able 
to  read.  The  library  of  the  society,  consisting  of  over  4,000  volumes,  contains  many 
rare  specimens  of  early  typography,  Bible  translations,  and  commentaries  in  various 
languages. 

The  New-York  Bible  Society  was  organized  in  1823,  and  incorporated  in 
1866,  as  an  auxiliary  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  to  distribute  copies  of  the  Bible 
in  the  city  and  harbor  of  New  York,  and  to  raise  funds  in  aid  of  the  former  society. 
Its  office  is  in  the  Bible  House.  During  1891  it  distributed  nearly  100,000  copies  of 
the  Bible. 

The  New-York  Sabbath  Committee,  31  Bible  House,  was  formed  in  1857, 
by  prominent  laymen  of  different  denominations,  to  protect  and  promote  the  observ- 
ance of  Sunday,  by  securing  and  enforcing  just  and  wise  Sunday  laws,  and  by  cul- 
tivating a  sound  public  sentiment  by  documents,  addresses  and  the  press.  The  com- 
mittee was  incorporated  in  1884.  It  has  exerted  a  wide  influence  over  our  land,  and 
a  number  of  its  documents  have  been  reprinted  in  Europe. 

The  New-York  City  Mission  and  Tract  Society,  Bible  House,  was  estab- 
lished in  1827  and  incorporated  in  1866.  It  is  the  leading  city  missionary  society, 
and  its  field  of  work  is  New  York  below  14th  Street.  It  sustains  five  mission 
stations  and  five  Sunday  Schools,  at  a  yearly  expense  of  $70,000. 

The  American  Home  Missionary  Society,  34  Bible  House,  was  organized 
in  1826  and  incorporated  in  1871,  "to  assist  congregations  unable  to  support  the 
Gospel  ministry,  and  to  send  the  Gospel  and  the  means  of  Christian  education  to 
the  destitute  within  the  United  States."  It  is  the  home  missionary  society  of  Con- 
gregationalism, and  now  employs  1,500  missionaries,  expending  yearly  not  far  from 
half  a  million  dollars  in  its  religious  and  educational  work. 

The  American  Tract  Society,  at  150  Nassau  Street,  was  organized  in  1825 
for  the  publication  and  circulation  of  religious  literature.  It  is  undenominational, 
and  has  issued  more  than  8,000  distinct  publications,  books,  tracts,  wall-rolls,  etc., 


374 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


COLLIS   P.    HUNTINSTON. 


THEORAL.  DR.     HALL'S    CMURCH.  WM .     C.     WHITNEY 

FIFTH    AVENUE,    LOOKING    SOUTH    FROM    58th    STREET. 


CORNELIUS    VANDEPBlLT. 


ENTRANCE  TO   CENTRAL   PARK. 

FIFTH    AVENUE,   LOOKING    NORTH    FROM    58th    STREET. 


THE   NEW   NETHERLAND. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


375 


THE  NEW   NETHERLANDS  THE  SAVOY.  THE   PUZA. 

69TH    8TREET,   LOOKING    EAST    FROM    SIXTH    AVENUE. 


SAUE   INSTITUTE 


DEUTSCHE   VEREIN.  DR.    SACHS'S  SCHOOL.  CATHOLIC  CLUB 

59TH    STREET,   LOOKING   WEST    FROM    SIXTH    AVENUE. 


CENTRAL  PARK  APARTMENTS. 


376 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


including  supplies  for  immigrants  in  many  languages.  The  work  is  carried  on 
largely  through  colporteurs,  of  whom  there  are  now  174  working  in  different  States. 
It  has  published  thousands  of  books  and  tracts  at  foreign  mission-stations.  The 
society  expends  over  $300,000  yearly. 

The  American  Seamen's  Friend  Society  was  established  in  1828  to  pro- 
mote the  spiritual  and  temporal  welfare  of  seamen.  It  supports  missionaries  and 
homes  in  numerous  home  and  foreign  ports,  and  provides  loan  libraries  for  ships, 
besides  rendering  aid  to  suffering  and  needy  seamen.  Its  annual  expenditures  are 
about  $40,000,  and  it  has  an  office  at  76  Wall  Street. 

The  Society  for  Promoting  the  Gospel  Among  Seamen  in  the  Port  of 
New  York  is  better  known  as  the  New-York  Port  Society.  It  was  founded  in 
1818,  and  its  headquarters  are  at  46  Catherine  Street,  where  it  maintains  the  Mari- 
ner's Church,  a  library  and  a  reading-room  at  a  yearly  cost  of  $15,000. 

The  Salvation  Army  has  been  working  in  this  city  for  nearly  twelve  years. 
The  national  headquarters  of  the  Army  are  at   in  Reade  Street.      There  are  large 


FOURTH-AVENUE    PRtSBYTEBIAN    CHURCH.  ASSOCIATION    HALL.  23D   STREET. 

YOUNG    MEN'S    CHRISTIAN    ASCOCIATION,    23D    STREET    AND    FOURTH    AVENUE. 

"barracks"  at  122  West  14th  Street,  where  nightly  and  Sunday  meetings  are  held, 
which  are  largely  attended.  Nightly  and  Sunday  meetings  are  also  held  at  45th 
Street  and  Broadway,  72d  Street  near  Third  Avenue,  and  at  the  corner  of  Bedford 
and  Downing  Streets.  There  is  a  large  Food  and  Shelter  Depot,  and  three  Slum 
Posts.  The  Army  is  doing  energetic  work  in  its  peculiar  fashion  among  classes  of 
people  who  need  help. 

The  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  was  organized  in  1852  for  the 
mental,  social,  physical,  and  spiritual  improvement  of  young  men.  The  main  Asso- 
ciation Building,  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  East  23d  Street,  is  a  large  stone  edifice  built 
in  1869,  at  a  cost  of  $500,000.  It  contains  the  offices  of  the  Association,  reception- 
room,  parlors,  reading-room,  a  lecture  and  concert  hall,  seating  1,300  people,  a 
smaller  lecture-room,  numerous  class-rooms,  a  library  of  40,000  volumes,  a  gymna- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


377 


HARLEM    BRANCH,    YOUNG    MEN'S    CHRISTIAN 
ASSOCIATION,  5  WEST   125TH  STREET. 


sium,  bowling-alleys  and  baths.      To  aid  in  its 

work  among  the  young  men   of  the   city,    the 

Association  has  established   fourteen   branches 

in    different    sections,   and    employs    the  entire 

time  of   77    young    men    in   superintending  its 

work.    Six  fully  equipped  gymnasiums,  in  charge 

of  competent  men,  afford  facilities  for  physical 

culture  ;    the  well-stocked  libraries,  containing 

over    50,000    volumes ;    the    various    reading- 
rooms,    where    more    than    1,000    newspapers, 

magazines  and  reviews  are  kept  on  file  ;  and  the 

class-room  instruction  in  23  different    lines  of 

practical   study ;    provide   mental  food    for   the 

studious  minded.      Frequent  religious  meetings, 

Bible-classes,  and  public  addresses  minister  to 

the  spiritual  needs  of  the  members  and   their 

friends ;  while  the  social  element  is  fostered  by 

frequent  entertainments,  lectures  and  receptions. 

The  total  membership  of  the  various  branches 

is  7,000,  and    the  average  daily  attendance  for 

1891  was  nearly  4,000.      A  prominent  feature  of 

the  Association  work  is  aiding  deserving  young  men  to  obtain  situations  ;  and  recently 

a  students'  movement  has  been  organized,  to  maintain  religious  meetings  and  Bible- 
classes  in  the  colleges  in  the  city.      The  general  offices  of  the  Association  are  at  40 

East  23d  Street,  just  west  of  the 
main  Association  Building,  which  is 
now  designated  as  the  23d- Street 
branch.  It  was  organized  as  a 
branch  in  1887,  and  is  the  center  of 
Association  work  in  the  city,  and  of 
many  noble  and  civilizing  influences. 
The  Bowery  Branch,  153  Bow- 
ery, was  organized  in  1872  for  the 
special  purpose  of  aiding  young  men 
out  of  employment  and  in  tempor- 
ary destitution. 

The  Harlem  Branch,  formed  in 
1868,  has  an  attractive  building, 
at  5  West  125th  Street,  containing 
a  reading-room,  parlor,  library  and 
gymnasium. 

The  East  86th-Street-Branch, 
was  organized  in  1884  and  occupies 
two  houses  at  153-155  East  86th 
Street,  with  a  well-equipped  gym- 
nasium, bowling  alleys,  lecture-hall 
and  bath-rooms.  The  buildings 
also  contain  a  reading-room,  libra- 
ry, parlor,  reception-room,  bicycle 
222  bowery.  room  and  other  departments. 


YOUNG   MEN'S    INSTITUTE 


378 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


The  Young 
Men's  Institute, 
220  Bowery,  is  a 
branch  of  the 
Young  Me  n's 
Christian  Associa- 
tion, and  was  built 
in  1885,  at  a  cost  of 
$150,000.  The 
building  is  in  the 
style  of  the  En- 
glish Renaissance, 
with  a  frontage  of 
50  feet  on  the  Bow- 
ery, and  a  depth  of 
90  feet.  The  first 
story    is    trimmed 

GERMAN    BRANCH,    Y.    M.    C.    A.,    142    SECOND   AVENUE,    NEAR    9th    STREET.  with      Nova-Scotia 

sandstone,  and  special  prominence  is  given  to  the  entrance  vestibule.  An  impres- 
sion of  height  is  conveyed  by  the  gables  and  the  mansard  roof,  on  which  has  been 
constructed  a  flooring  for  summer-evening  meetings  and  entertainments.  There  are 
six  stories  in  the  front  and  two  in  the  rear,  and  the  interior  is  conveniently  divided. 
On  the  ground  floor,  at  the  right  of  the  spacious  vestibule  of  tiled  brick  and  oak,  is 
the  large  reception-room,  attractively  finished  and  furnished,  with  a  wide-mouthed 
fire-place  and  cushion-seats.  A  well-equipped  gymnasium  is  in  the  rear  of  the  recep- 
tion-room ;  and  beneath  are  the  bowling-alleys,  locker-rooms,  and  baths.  The 
second  story  contains  a  large  reading-room  and  the  library,  finished  in  mahogany,  a 
lecture-hall,  and  other  rooms.  On  the  third  story  are  several  large  class  and  com- 
mittee rooms,  finished  in  cherry,  and  connected  with  each  other  by  sliding  doors. 
Several  large  class-rooms  and  the  secretary's  private  room  occupy  the  fourth  story, 
and  on  the  fifth  floor  there  are  private  bath-rooms,  a  large  class-room  and  the  jani- 
tor's apartments.  The  object  of  the  Institute  is  to  provide  for  the  physical,  intel- 
lectual and  spiritual  welfare  of  the  young  men  living  in  its  vicinity-     Its  membership 

is  over  600,  with  an  average __ 

daily   attendance    of   nearly 
200  young  men. 

The  German  Branch,  on 
Second  Avenue,  was  organ- 
ized in  1 88 1  for  work  among 
the  East-Side  Germans,  by 
whom  it  is  greatly  appreci- 
ated. 

The  French  Branch,  at 
128  West  23d  Street,  was 
formed  in  1889  ;  and  it  offers 
the  attractions  of  a  reading- 
room,  library,  and  parlor  to 
the  French-speaking  young 
men  in  its  vicinity,  of  whom 
there  are  great  numbers.  railroad  branch,  y.  m.  c.  a.  ,  madison  avenue  and  45™  street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


379 


The  Railroad  Branch  was  organized  in  1875,  and  occupies  the  beautiful  and 
elegantly  equipped  Railroad  Men's  Building,  erected  for  it  in  1887  by  Cornelius 
Vanderbilt,  at  a  cost  of  $75,000.  The  building  is  on  Madison  Avenue  and  45th 
Street.  It  is  unique  in  many  respects,  and  is  the  outgrowth  of  Mr.  Vanderbilt's  desire 
to  provide  the  employees  of  the  railroads  which  enter  the  Grand  Central  station  with 
a  modern  club-house,  suited  to  their  needs.  It  contains  a  reading-room,  a  library 
of  7,000  volumes,  social  rooms,  a  gymnasium,  bowling-alleys,  sleeping-rooms,  and 
a  lunch-room. 

The  \Vest-72d-Street  Branch,  was  organized  in  1889,  and  provides  a  reading 
room,  library,  sleeping-rooms  and  lunch-room  at  the  round-house  of  the  New- York 
Central  &  Hudson- River 
Railroad. 

The  Association  Boat- 
House  is  on  the  Harlem 
River ;  and  the  athletic 
grounds  are  at  Mott  Haven. 

The  Young  Wom- 
en's Christian  Associa- 
tion was  founded  in  1870, 
and  incorporated  in  1873,  to 
aid  self-supporting  young 
women  by  providing  special 
training  in  such  industries 
as  are  adapted  to  them  ;  to 
assist  them  to  obtain  em- 
ployment, and  to  provide 
opportunities  for  self-cult- 
ure. The  rooms  of  the 
Association  are  at  7  East 
15th  Street,  and  comprise 
a  library,  containing 
12,000  volumes,  a  reading- 
room,  and  numerous  class 
and  lecture  rooms.  Relig- 
ious and  social  meetings 
are  a  feature  of  the  work ; 
and  there  is  an  employment  bureau,  board  directory,  and  free  classes  in  type-writing, 
stenography,  needle-work  and  art,  and  a  salesroom  for  the  work  of  consignors.  The 
Association  owns  and  conducts  a  seaside  cottage.  There  is  a  branch  at  I5°9 
Broadway,  where  classes  in  cooking  and  physical  culture  are  held.  The  associa- 
tion is  in  charge  of  the  Margaret  Louise  Home,  at  14  East  16th  Street  (adjoining 
its  own  beautiful  building),  where  temporary  board,  at  moderate  prices,  is  provided 
for  Protestant  young  women,  amid  pleasant  surroundings. 

The  Young1  Men's  Hebrew  Association  was  founded  in  1873  to  advance 
the  moral,  social,  intellectual  and  religious  welfare  of  Hebrew  young  men.  It 
adopts  the  general  methods  of  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  and  occupies 
the  building  at  721  Lexington  Avenue,  with  a  branch  at  East  Broadway  and  Jeffer- 
son Street. 

The  Young  Women's  Hebrew  Association,  at  721  Lexington  Avenue, 
and    the   Hebrew  Institute,   corner   of  Jefferson   Street   and    East    Broadway,   was 


YOUNG    WOMEN'S    CHRISTIAN    ASSOCIATION,   7    EAST    15th    STREET, 
NEAR    FIFTH    AVENUE. 


38o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


TRINITY    CHURCH 

BROADWAY,  OPPOSITE  WALL  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


38i 


382 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


founded  in  1888.  The  rooms  are  open  for  conversation,  games,  and  dancing  for 
members,  as  well  as  for  instruction.  Entertainments  of  a  musical  and  literary 
character  are  frequently  given  for  members  and  their  friends.  During  the  summer 
of  1 89 1  the  association  opened  a  summer-home  for  working  girls  at  Sea  Cliff,  Long 
Island,  at  nominal  rates.  During  the  summer  of  1892  the  Y.  W.  H.  A.,  in  con- 
junction with  four  other  so- 
cieties, kept  Vacation  House, 
at  Bedford  Station,  for  He- 
brew working-girls. 

It  is  difficult  to  estimate 
the  enormous  continual  out- 
lay of  money,  talent  and  toil 
in  the  behalf  of  religious  work 
on  Manhattan  Island,  and 
especially  among  the  poor 
and  degraded  classes,  who 
stand  most  in  need  of  eleva- 
tion and  up-building.  Cer- 
tainly the  religious  people 
of  the  city  do  not  withhold 
from  giving  most  liberally, 
not  only  of  their  funds,  but 
also  (and  of  greater  import- 
ance) of  their  own  individual 
and  personal  efforts.  The 
splendid  churches  from  the 
Battery  to  Harlem  River 
have  all  been  erected  by 
voluntary  contributions,  and 
the  immense  cost  of  their 
maintenance  is  similarly 
borne.  In  like  manner,  con- 
tinuous streams  of  money  are 
flowing  through  the  treasur- 
ies of  the  great  missionary 
and  philanthropic  societies,  to  do  good  all  over  the  wide  world.  However  sordid 
some  aspects  of  New  York  may  appear,  there  is  certainly  much  in  its  civic  character 
of  the  heroic,  the  beautiful,  and  the  noble.  This,  however,  is  not  much  in  evidence, 
in  obedience  to  the  injunction  of  the  Divine  Teacher,  and  its  intense  and  benevolent 
are  conducted  quietly,  in  the  secret  shadow  of  humility. 


MARGARET    LOUISE    HOME,    14    EAST    16th    STREET. 


Institutions   and  Associations   for  the  Poor  and  Unfortunate — 
Homes,  Asylums,    and   Temporary    Relief. 


THE  many  public  and  private  organized  charities  of  the  city  are  bewildering  in 
their  variety  and  all-comprehensive  in  their  work.  The  useful  New-  York  Chari- 
ties Directory,  published  yearly  by  the  Charity  Organization  Society,  summarizes  the 
benevolent  resources  of  the  city  as  follows :  Public  charities,  28  ;  for  temporary 
relief,  83  ;  for  special  relief,  51  ;  for  foreigners'  relief,  26  ;  for  permanent  relief,  67  ; 
for  medical  relief,  101  ;  for  defectives,  16;  reformatory,  16;  miscellaneous,  116; 
making  a  grand  total  of  upwards  of  500  charitable  and  benevolent  institutions,  of 
every  sort  and  variety,  receiving  and  dispensing  yearly  large  sums  of  money  in 
relieving  suffering  and  destitution. 

The  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction,  three  Com- 
missioners appointed  by  the  Mayor,  have  charge  of  all  the  charitable  and  correc- 
tional institutions  of  the  city,  and  receive  all  applications  for  relief,  or  admission  to 
the  hospitals  and  other  public  charitable  or  reformatory  institutions.  The  office  of 
the  Board  is  at  66  Third  Avenue.  The  appropriations  for  this  department  for  the 
current  year  considerably  exceed  $2,000,000. 

The  Charity  Organization  Society  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  21  Uni- 
versity Place,  was  inaugurated  in  1882,  to  secure  the  concurrent  action  of  the  vari- 
ous public  and  private  charities  of  the  city,  and  to  act  as  a  source  of  information  on 
all  matters  relating  to  benevolent  work.  It  aims  to  raise  the  needy  above  want,  to 
prevent  begging  and  imposition,  to  diminish  pauperism,  to  encourage  thrift,  self- 
dependence  and  industry,  and  to  aid  the  poor  by  teaching  and  enabling  them  to 
help  themselves.  At  the  main  office  a  central  registry  is  kept  of  all  applicants  for 
and  recipients  of  charitable  relief,  with  a  record  of  all  that  is  known  of  their  past 
history.  To  this  registry  more  than  300  churches  and  societies  and  upwards  of 
1,000  private  families  contribute  information  concerning  their  beneficiaries.  To 
systematize  the  work,  the  city  is  divided  into  districts,  in  charge  of  local  committees 
for  investigation  and  relief.  The  society  bestows  no  alms  from  its  own  funds,  but 
obtains  the  needed  relief  from  the  proper  existing  sources.  Its  affairs  are  controlled 
by  a  Central  Council,  and  in  addition  to  its  regular  work  it  maintains  a  penny  provi- 
dent fund,  a  laundry  and  a  wood-yard.  A  magnificent  seven-story  stone  and  brick 
edifice,  to  be  called  the  United  Charities  Building,  now  in  course  of  erection  at  the 
corner  of  Fourth  Avenue  and  22d  Street,  will  be  occupied  by  this  society  and  others 
with  which  it  is  affiliated. 

The  New-York  Association  for  Improving  the  Condition  of  the  Poor, 
at  79  Fourth  Avenue,  organized  in  1843  an<^  incorporated  in  1848,  aims  by  system- 
atic and  scientific  management  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  working  classes,  and 


3*4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    PUBLIC    CHARITIES   AND    CORRECTION, 
AVENUE    AND    EAST    11TH    STREET. 


to  elevate  their  physical 
state.  Its  plan  is  to  pro- 
mote whatever  tends  to  the 
permanent  improvement  of 
the  condition  of  the  working 
people  ;  to  uplift  their  home 
life  and  habits ;  to  improve 
the  sanitary  condition  of 
their  dwellings ;  to  supply 
baths  in  convenient  localities 
and  at  small  cost ;  to  pro- 
vide fresh-air  benefits  for 
those  who  cannot  supply 
such  for  themselves ;  and 
whenever  the  necessity  arises 
to  get  relief  for  the  destitute 
and  deserving,  making  em- 
ployment its  basis.  It  fur- 
ther endeavors  to  prevent 
indiscriminate  and  duplicate 
almsgiving ;  to  secure  the 
community  from  imposture;  and  to  reduce  pauperism  by  ascertaining  and  rectifying 
its  accidental  causes.  It  is  controlled  by  a  board  of  managers  and  executive  com- 
mittee, and  supported  by  voluntary  contributions.  It  is  non-sectarian  in  character, 
and  recognizes  no  distinction  of  race  or  nationality.  It  supports  the  People's  Baths, 
at  9  Centre-Market  Place,  where  baths  at  any  temperature  can  be  had  the  year 
round  for  five  cents.  It  maintains  a  Harlem  Branch ;  and  covers  the  entire  city. 
It  conducts  six  branches  of  work,  registration,  relief,  sewing,  sanitary,  fresh-air  and 
public  baths.  It  has  the  co-operation  of  the  responsible  charitable  agencies  of  the 
city.  In  1 89 1  there  were  37,626  beneficiaries  ;  17,518  aided  by  the  Fresh- Air  de- 
partment;   19,000  bathers  at  the  People's  Baths  ;  and  906  aided  by  work.      There 

were  16,051  visits 
to  and  for  the 
poor;  and  the  sum 

of  $44,333  was 
disbursed.  The 
offices  are  to  be 
removed  to  the 
new  Charities 
Building. 

The  Trinity- 
Church  Asso- 
ciation, at  209 
Fulton  Street, was 
organized  in  1 879, 
and  incorporated 
in  1887,  to  carry 
on  general  chari- 
table work  in  the 
lower  part  of  the 


CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY,   21   UNIVERSITY  PLACT.   COR 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'  OF  NEW    YORK'. 


385 


city.  It  maintains  the  Trinity  Mission  House,  at  209  and  211  Fulton  Street,  as 
headquarters  for  work  among  the  poor,  where  they  may  apply  for  relief;  a  kinder- 
garten for  young  children  ;  a  kitchen-garden,  where  25  young  girls  receive  general 
instruction  in  house-work  ;  a  Down-Town  Relief  Bureau  ;  a  Provident  Dispensary  ; 
a  Seaside  House  for  Children,  near  Islip,  L.  I.,  and  a  Training- School  for  young 
girls  in  household  work.      The  yearly  expenditures  are  about  $10,000. 

The  Down-Town  Relief  Bureau,  at  209  Fulton  Street,  was  founded  in 
1882  for  general  out-door  relief  work  among  the  poor  in  the  lower  wards  of  the  city. 
It  is  supported  by  the  Trinity-Church  Association  and  by  voluntary  contributions. 
Five  thousand  applicants  were  aided  in  1891,  at  an  expense  of  $35,000. 

The  Society  of  St.  Vincent  De  Paul  in  the  City  of  New  York  was 
organized  in  1835,  and  chartered  in  1872.  Its  leading  objects  are  the  cultivation  of 
the  Christian  life  ;  the  visitation  of  the  poor  and  sick  ;  educational  work  among 
children  ;  and  general  charitable  work.      Nearly  all  the  local  Catholic  churches  have 


FIVE-POINTS    HOUSE    OF    INDUSTRY,    155    WORTH    STREET,   OPPOSITE    PARADISE    PARK. 

separate  conferences  of  the  society,  each  confining  its  work  to  the  limits  of  its  own 
parish.  There  are  upwards  of  fifty  local  conferences,  all  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  Particular  Council  of  New  York,  which  holds  monthly  meetings  at  the  Cathe- 
dral School-house,  ill  East  50th  Street.  The  society  maintains  St.  Joseph's  Home 
for  the  Aged,  at  207  to  215  West  15th  Street,  which  was  opened  in  1873. 

The  University  Settlement  Society  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  bring- 
ing men  and  women  of  education  and  refinement  into  closer  relations  with  the  labor- 
ing classes  of  the  city,  for  mutual  benefit.  It  aims  to  establish  "Settlements"  in 
the  tenement-house  districts,  where  college  men  interested  in  the  work  may  live,  and 
mingle  with  their  poor  neighbors,  on  terms  of  perfect  equality,  somewhat  after  the 
plan  of  the  famous  Toynbee  Hall,  in  London.  At  present  it  maintains  :  The 
Neighborhood  Guild,  or  Forsyth-Street  Club,  at  147  Forsyth  Street,  an  institution 
which  seeks  to  promote  the  moral  and  physical  improvement  of  the  dwellers  in  its 
vicinity,  and  The  College  Settlement,  at  95  Rivington  Street,  founded  in  1889  ^>*  a 
number  of  women  college-graduates  for  the  moral   and   material  improvement  of 

25 


386 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


families  residing  in  the  neighborhood.  The  Settlement  sustains  several  boys'  clubs, 
and  a  Choral  Club  for  young  men  ;  and  gives  instruction  in  cooking,  sewing,  dress- 
making and  similar  employments  for  young  girls.  There  is  also  a  free  circulating 
library,  and  a  branch  of  the  Penny  Provident  Fund. 

The  Theosophical  League  for  Practical  Work,  with  offices  at  132 
Nassau  Street,  was  organized  in  189T,  to  apply  the  principles  of  Theosophy  to  daily 
living.  A  branch  has  been  established  at  1 78  Suffolk  Street,  where  there  is  a  board- 
ing-house for  working-girls,  with  educational,  industrial  and  social  privileges. 

Noble  efforts  have  been  made,  and  with  great  measure  of  success,  to  introduce 
the  sweetness  and  light  of  Christianity  and  civilization  into  some  of  the  darkest 
corners  of  the  metropolis.      Of  these,  two  or  three  only  may  be  mentioned  here. 

The  Five-Points  House  of  Industry  is  one  of  the  best-known  charitable 
institutions  of  the  country.  It  has  had  a  long  and  glorious  history.  For  many  years 
the  Five  Points  of  New  York,  the  meeting-place  of  Baxter,  Worth  and  Park  Streets, 
bore  an  evil  name  and  fame  throughout  the  world.  Dickens  wandered  into  its  dens 
of  iniquity  in  1841,  and  described  its  horrors.  With  a  few  dilapidated  wooden  build- 
ings, thickly  peopled  with  human  beings  of  every  age,  color  and  condition,  it  was 
an  abode  of  atrocious  crime  and  vice,  avoided  by  peaceful  citizens,  and  regarded 
with  anxiety  by  the  police.  As  early  as  in  1830  earnest  Christian  efforts  were  made 
to  regenerate  this  degraded  neighborhood.  A  mission  was  started  on  Baxter  Street, 
and  a  day-school  opened,  mainly  under  the  auspices  of  the  Central  and  Spring- Street 
Presbyterian  Churches.  No  very  promising  results  followed.  In  the  spring  of  1850 
the  Rev.  Lewis 
Morris  Pease,  a 
Methodist  clergy- 
man, was  commis- 
sioned by  the  Con- 
ference to  open  a 
mission  at  the 
Five  Points,  under 
the  guidance  of 
the  Ladies'  Home- 
Missionary  S  o  - 
ciety  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal 
Church.  Differ- 
ences of  opinion 
regarding  the  best 
methods  of  work 
soon  caused  a 
separation  be- 
tween the  society 
and  Mr.  Pease, 
who  immediately, 

on  his  own  responsibility,  leased  a  number  of  houses,  and  opened  the  Five-Points 
Home.  His  success  was  so  great  that  generous  gifts  were  made  for  the  extension 
and  support  of  the  work,  and  in  1854  a  board  of  trustees  was  formed,  and  the  Home 
incorporated  as  the  Five-Points  House  of  Industry.  In  its  early  years  the  work  of 
the  Home  was  largely  among  the  abandoned  women  of  the  neighborhood,  but  of 
late  it  has  labored  mainly  among  the  children.      A  commodious  brick  building  was 


FIVE-POINTS    MISSION,   63    PARK    STREET,   OPPOSITE    PARADISE    PARK. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


387 


OLD    BREWERY,   SITE  OF    THE    FIVE-POINTS    MISSION. 


erected  in  1856;  and  here,  with  later  additions,  the  work  has  since  been  success- 
fully carried  on.  Over  50,000  inmates  have  been  received  and  provided  with  homes, 
sent  to  their  friends,  or  placed  in  other  institutions.  The  leading  features  of  the 
work  are  the  preservation  of  children  from  crime  and  destitution  ;  and  the  providing 
for  them  of  homes,  support,  and  religious  and  secular  education.  The  institution 
also  boards  chil- 
dren of  poor  par- 
ents at  merely 
nominal  rates; 
shelters  women 
while  they  are 
seeking  work  as 
servants  ;  and  af- 
fords temporary 
relief  to  destitute 
families  in  its 
neighborhood. 
Over  700  were 
sheltered  in  the 
Home  during 
1 89 1,  while  1,200 
pupils  received  in- 
struction in  the  day-schools.  The  infirmary  and  free  dispensary  gives  free  treat- 
ment to  1,500  cases  yearly,  and  a  lay  missionary  is  constantly  employed  among  the 
poor  and  destitute  classes  in  the  vicinity.  The  yearly  expenses  average  $40,000, 
and  are  met  by  voluntary  contributions  and  grants  from  the  public  funds.  Morris 
K.  Jesup  is  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  ;  and  William  F.  Barnard  is  the 
superintendent  of  the  Home. 

The  Five-Points  Mission,  at  63  Park  Street,  was  organized  in  1850,  by  the 
Ladies'  Home-Missionary  Society  of  the  Methodist-Episcopal  Church.  The  work 
at  the  Five  Points  was  begun  in  a  former  dram-shop  at  the  corner  of  Cross  and  Little 
Water  Streets.  The  need  of  larger  accommodations  led  to  the  purchase,  in  1852,  of 
that  lazar-house  of  crime,  the  Old  Brewery,  in  Park  Street,  which,  built  long  before 
the  city  extended  to  the  vicinity,  had  been  for  many  years  the  resort  of  thieves  and 
murderers,  and  the  scene  of  many  horrible  crimes.  This  nest  of  iniquity  was  speedily 
demolished,  and  its  place  was  filled  by  a  group  of  buildings,  comprising  a  chapel, 
parsonage,  school-house,  bathing-rooms,  dining-rooms,  etc.,  and  tenements  for  poor 
families.  This  Mission  has  been  a  potent  factor  in  the  regeneration  of  the  en- 
tire neighborhood,  its  chief  object  being  so  to  educate  the  poor  as  to  make  them 
capable  of  self-support.  The  work  is  both  religious  and  philanthropic.  There  is 
much  missionary  work  done  among  the  poor  of  this  part  of  the  city ;  and  the  mis- 
sion also  provides  for  the  physical  welfare  of  many  children  and  adults.  It  has  in 
successful  operation  the  Boys'  and  Girls'  Shoe-Club ;  the  Cooking-School  for  Girls  ; 
the  Day-School,  in  which  600  pupils  are  enrolled  ;  the  Free  Library  and  Reading 
Room  for  men  and  boys  ;  the  Fresh-Air  Fund  ;  and  the  Girls'  Sewing-School.  Over 
6,000  individuals  and  900  families  were  assisted  during  1891  ;  and  nearly  100,000 
dinners  were  served  to  hungry  mouths.  Church  and  Sunday-school  services  are  held 
regularly. 

The  Bowery  Mission  and  Young  Men's  Home,  at  105  Bowery,  was 
founded  in  1880,  for  aggressive  Christian  work  among  the  young  men  living  in  that 


388 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


locality,  in  which  there  are  only  two  Protestant  churches  for  an  English-speaking 
population  of  30,000.  The  work  has  been  uniformly  successful,  over  300,000  young 
men  having  attended  the  evening  meetings,  many  of  whom  have  asked  for  help. 
There  are  evening  meetings;  a  reading-room;  and  a  lodging-house,  where  150 
lodgers  can  be  accommodated  at  a  nominal  cost.  A  distinctive  feature  of  the  work 
is  the  visitation  of  the  lodging-houses  in  the  neighborhood,  of  which  there  are  sixty, 
crowded  nightly  with  young  men. 

The  Old  Jerry  McAuley  Water-Street  Mission,  at  316  Water  Street,  was 
established  in  1872  by  Jerry  McAuley,  at  one  time  a  convict  in  the  State  Prison  at 
Sing  Sing,  and  afterwards  a  notorious  river-thief  about  New  York.  He  was  con- 
verted in  prison  by  Orville  Gardner,  the  converted  pugilist,  and  reclaimed  in  1868, 
at  a  little  prayer-meeting  at  Franklin  Smith's  house.  This  change  of  heart  was  of 
profound  benefit  to  thousands  of  outcasts,  and  in  1872  McAuley  opened  the  Water- 
Street  Mission,  which  has  become  famous  for  the  good  it  has  accomplished  among 
the  fallen  men  and  women  of  the  Fourth  Ward,  thousands  of  whom  have  been 
transformed  into  useful  members  of  society  by  its  work.  The  original  mission,  which* 
occupied  a  former  dance-house,  was  replaced  in  1876  by  the  present  well-arranged 
building.  Services  are  held  nightly,  and  substantial  aid  is  extended  to  those 
who  desire  to  lead  better  lives. 
The  work  is  entirely  among  the 
degraded  ones  of  a  district  teem- 
ing with  crime,  and  presents  many 
interesting  features.  The  yearly 
expenses  of  the  Mission,  which 
are  met  by  voluntary  contribu- 
tions, are  about  $4,000. 

The  Cremorne  Mission,  at 
104  West  32d  Street,  was  opened 
in  1882  by  Jerry  McAuley,  for 
rescue  work  among  the  fallen  and 
inebriate  men  and  women  of  the 
West  Side.  It  occupies  a  part  of 
the  building  once  known  as  the 
Cremorne  Garden,  a  notorious  re- 
sort in  its  day.  There  is  no  home 
in  connection  with  the  Mission, 
its  work  consisting  mainly  of 
nightly  religious  services  of  a  re- 
vival character.  Many  converts 
have  been  made  and  much  good 
accomplished  during  the  last  ten 
years. 

Scores  of  societies  have  been 
organized  for  the  protection  and 
endearment  of  children,  and  they 
have  done  a  mighty  work  in  alle- 
viating the  sufferings  of  the  lit- 
tle ones,  born  to  misery  in  the  dives  of  the  great  metropolis.  A  few  of  these 
societies  may  be  mentioned  here,  to  give  an  idea  of  the  noble  movement  which  they 
represent. 


THE    NEW-YORK    SOCIETY    FOR    THE    PREVENTION    OF    CRUELTY 
TO    CHILDREN,    FOURTH    AVENUE    AND    23d    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


389 


The  New-York   Society  for  the    Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Children, 

the  first  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  was  organized  in  1875,  under  the  provisions  of  the 
general  law  of  that  year,  providing  for  the  institution  of  such  societies  in  the  differ- 
ent counties  of  the  State.  Its  objects  are  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to  children,  and 
the  enforcement  by  all  lawful  means  of  the  laws  relating  to,  or  in  anywise  affecting, 
children,  and  the  care  of  children  pending  investigations.  All  magistrates,  con- 
stables, sheriffs  and  police  officers  are  required  by  law  to  aid  the  society  in  its  work, 
which  has  been  a  source  of  incalculable  benefit  to  the  poor  waifs  of  the  city,  too  often 
at  the  mercy  of  hard  and  cruel  taskmasters  or  depraved  parents.  The  society 
is  governed  by  a  board  of  directors,  who  elect  the  members  ;  these  are  of  three 
classes  —  regular,  honorary  and  life  members.  A  life  membership  costs  $50  ;  regular 
members  pay  $5  yearly  ;  and  honorary  members  are  those  who  have  been  active  in 
aiding  the  work  of  the  society.  The  offices  and  reception-rooms  for  children  are  at 
297  Fourth  Avenue,  corner  of  East  23d  Street.  Elbridge  T.  Gerry  is  the  President  ; 
Dallas  B.  Pratt,  Treasurer  ;  and  E.  Fellows  Jenkins,  Secretary  and  Superintendent. 
The  New-York  Infant  Asylum  was  founded  in  1865,  and  chartered  in  1871, 
for  the  protection, 
care  and  medical 
treatment  of 
young  unmarried 
women  during 
their  confinement, 
needy  mothers 
and  their  infants, 
and  foundlings. 
The  asylum,  at 
Amsterdam  Ave- 
nue and  6ist 
Street,  is  a  large 
and  well-appoint- 
ed building  ;  and 
there  is  an  effici- 
ent staff  of  attend- 
ants   and    nurses  NEW  YORK  |NFANT  asylum,  Amsterdam  avenue  and  we&t  61st  street. 

During  1891,  1.375  inmates  were  cared  for,  at  an  expense  of  $100,000.  The  insti- 
tution has  a  country  home  and  nursery  at  Mount  Vernon,  N.  Y.,  to  which  poor 
mothers  and  children  are  sent  during  the  summer  months. 

The  New-York  Foundling  Asylum  was  incorporated  in  1869,  and  until  1891 
it  was  known  as  the  Foundling  Asylum  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity.  The  Asylum  com- 
prises a  group  of  buildings  at  175  East  68th  Street,  with  accommodations  for  700 
children  and  300  adults  ;  and  is  fitted  up  in  a  most  complete  and  thorough  manner. 
Its  objects  are  the  reception,  care  and  education  of  foundlings  and  abandoned  chil- 
dren, who  are  brought  up  in  the  Christian  faith  ;  the  influencing  of  the  mothers  to 
lead  useful  and  honest  lives  ;  and  obtaining  homes  in  the  West  for  indentured  chil- 
dren. Mothers  who  are  willing  to  act  as  nurses  are  admitted  with  their  infants. 
Nearly  1,400  infants  are  cared  for  yearly  at  their  homes  by  the  Outdoor  Department. 
In  connection  with  the  Asylum,  and  under  the  same  management,  there  is  a  Chil- 
dren's Hospital,  for  the  inmates  of  the  institution  ;  a  Maternity  Hospital ;  and  a  Day 
Nursery  and  Kindergarten  School.  There  is  also  an  annex  at  Spuyten  Duyvil,  accom- 
modating 150  children.      The  yearly  expenses  reach  $300,000. 


39° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


NEW    YORK    FOUNDLING    ASVLUM,    1; 


STREET,    NEAR    THIRD 


The  Day  Nursery  and  Babies'  Shelter  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Com- 
munion, at  118  West  2ist  Street,  was  opened  in  187 1  as  a  place  at  which  the  poor 
working-women  of  the  neighborhood  might  leave  their  little  ones  while  they  were  at 
work  away  from  home.  It  is  in  charge  of  the  Sisterhood  of  the  Holy  Communion, 
a  Protestant  Episcopal  order  founded  in  1850  for  charitable  work. 

St.  Joseph's  Day  Nursery  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  473  West  57th  Street, 
was  incorporated  in  1890.  It  receives  and  cares  for  during  the  day,  and  also  at 
night,  when  necessary,  the  children  of 
working-women,  irrespective  of  color  or 
creed.  The  children  receive  kindergar- 
ten instruction,  and  have  two  meals 
daily.  The  average  daily  attendance  is 
42. 

The  Bartholdi  Creche,  at  21  Uni- 
versity Place,  was  founded  in  1886,  and 
incorporated  in  1890.  During  the  sum- 
mer months  it  maintains  a  seaside  cot- 
tage at  Ward's  Island  for  poor  mothers 
with  sick  infants  and  children  under  1 2, 
who  are  unable  to  leave  the  city  for  a 
prolonged  stay  at  any  of  the  more  dis- 
tant seaside  homes.  A  trained  nurse 
and  assistant  are  constantly  in  attend- 
ance, and  cots  and  hammocks,  pure  milk, 
tea  and  coffee  are  provided.  A  ferry  is 
maintained  at  the  foot  of  East  120th 
Street  for  all  who  hold  tickets,  which  are 
issued  free    of   charge    by    the    Charity 


DAY    NURSERY    AND    BABIES'    SHELTER,    118   WEST 
21  ST   STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


391 


CHILDREN'S    AID    SOCIETY,   GIRLS'     LODGING    HOUSE, 
27    ST.    MARK'S    PLACE. 


Organization  Society,  the  dispensaries,  and 
other  similar  institutions.  About  3,000 
women  and  children  are  received  each  year. 
The  "Little  Mothers'"  Aid  So- 
ciety, at  305  East  17th  Street,  was  founded 
in  1890  to  furnish  summer-day  excursions 
for  little  girls  compelled  to  take  charge  of 
younger  children  while  their  parents  are  at 
work,  and  who  do  not  receive  the  benefit  of 
other  fresh-air  charities.  During  the  winter 
it  provides  entertainments,  and  classes  in 
cooking  and  sewing,  and  supplies  clothing 
to  the  deserving. 

The  Tribune  Fresh-Air  Fund  was 
established  in  1877  by  the  Rev.  ,  Willard 
Parsons,  sixty  children  having  been  sent  out 
into  the  country  for  a  brief  stay  during  the 
year.  In  1878  the  cause  was  championed 
by  the  Evening  Post,  and  in  1882  the  Fund 
was  transferred  to  the  New-  York  Tribune, 
which  has  had  charge  of  the  work  since  that 
time.  The  children  are  selected  by  Chris- 
tian workers  among  the  poor  in  New  York, 
Brooklyn  and  Jersey  City,  and  are  given  a  fortnight's  stay  in  the  country,  where 
they  are  received,  not  as  boarders,  but  as  guests,  generous  readers  of  the  Tribune 
paying  all  transportation  expenses.  There  are  no  office  expenses,  and  all  the  re- 
ceipts are  used  for  the  benefit  of  poor  children.      During  189 1  nearly  14,000  children 

were  aided  by  this  charity,  at  an  ex- 
pense of  $28,000.  Since  1877  94,000 
children  have  been  sent  into  the  coun- 
try, and  over  $250,000  has  been  con- 
tributed for  the  work.  Besides  the 
children  sent  for  long  sojourns  among 
the  fields  and  woods,  50,000  have  been 
given  shorter  outings  in  the  country, 
usually  of  a  day  or  so. 

St.  John's  Guild  was  organized 
in  1866  by  twelve  gentlemen,  who  had 
been  touched  by  the  sight  of  the  suffer- 
ings and  privations  of  the  thousands  of 
New-York's  tenement-house  children, 
of  whom  a  recent  census  of  the  Board 
of  Health  shows  more  than  160,000 
under  the  age  of  five,  with  as  many 
more  between  five  and  fifteen.  The 
city  had  made  no  adequate  provision 
for  healthful  out-door  exercise  for 
these  little  dwellers  in  the  crowded 
tenement-houses,  and  the  death-rate 
among  them  was  appalling.     St.  John's 


CHILDREN'S    AID    SOCIETY:     NEWSBOYS'    LODGING    HOUSE. 
9   DUANE   STREET,  CORNER  OF  WILLIAM   STREET. 


392 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


CHILDREN'S    AID    SOCIETY:    BOYS'    LODGING-HOUSE. 
SEVENTH    AVENUE    AND    32D    STREET. 


Guild  was  organized  for  the  express 
purpose  of  assisting  sick  mothers  and 
young  children,  by  trips  down  the  har- 
bor in  the  floating  hospital  barge,  and 
by  food  and  nursing  at  the  Seaside 
Hospital  on  Staten  Island.  As  many 
as  four  trips  a  week  are  made  during 
the  summer,  and  over  30,000  mothers 
and  children  receive  the  benefits  of 
invigorating  sea-breezes.  At  the  Sea- 
side Hospital,  1 ,  000  children  and  more 
than  500  weary  mothers  yearly  are  ad- 
mitted and  tenderly  cared  for.  Since 
the  organization  of  the  Guild  over  half 
a  million  sick  children  and  mothers 
have  had  the  benefit  of  excursions 
down  the  bay.  The  Guild  has  a  mem- 
bership of  700  representative  citizens, 
and  is  a  favorite  channel  of  benefi- 
cences. It  embodies  and  exemplifies 
the  true  spirit  and  method  of  charitable 
effort,  and  is  conspicuous  for  its  appli- 
cation of  the  most  careful  business  sys- 
tem and  practice  to  every  department 
of  its  work.  The  trustees  have  recently  inaugurated  a  new  feature  in  the  work  oi 
ministering  to  the  vast  multitude  of  poor  children,  by  opening  the  first  of  a  series  of 
small  hospitals  for  children, 
which  they  hope  to  establish 
in  the  centers  of  densely 
populated  districts.  The 
new  hospital,  opened  in 
1892,  is  on  West  6 1st  Street, 
near  Amsterdam  Avenue. 
Others  will  follow  as  soon 
as  the  necessary  funds  are 
forthcoming. 

The  Children's  Aid 
Society,  one  of  the  most 
notable  and  helpful  charities 
in  the  city,  was  organized  in 
1853  by  the  late  Charles  Lor- 
ing  Brace  and  a  few  other 
gentlemen,  who  had  been  en- 
gaged in  teaching  some  of 
the  little  arabs  of  the  streets. 
The  society  was  incorpo- 
rated in  1856,  "for  the  edu- 
cation of  the  poor  by  gather- 
ing children  who  attend  no  children's  aid  society:  east-side  boys'  lodging-house  and 
schools    into    its    industrial  industrial  school,  287  east  broadway. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW"  YORK 


393 


schools,  caring  and  providing  for  children  in  lodging-houses,  and  procuring  homes 
for  them  in  the  rural  districts  and  in  the  West."  In  1891  36,000  children  were 
cared  for,  of  whom  nearly  3,000  were  provided  with  homes.  The  offices  of  the 
society  are  at  24  St.  Mark's  Place.  As  supplementary  to  its  work  it  maintains  : 
The     East-Side    Mission,    a 


fragrant  charity,  whose  work 
is  to  distribute  flowers  daily 
during  the  summer  months 
among  the  sick  and  poor ; 
Free  Reading- Rooms  for 
Young  Men,  in  Bleecker  and 
Greenwich  Streets;  the 
Health  Home,  at  West 
Coney  Island,  comprising 
cottages  and  dormitories 
where  mothers  with  sick 
children  are  given  a  grateful 
outing ;  the  Sick  Children's 
Mission,  at  287  East  Broad- 
way, with  a  staff  of  ten  phy- 
sicians and  four  nurses,  who 
visit  the  sick  poor  at  their 
homes  and  supply  free  medi- 
cal attendance,  medicine  and 
food  for  sick  children,  of 
whom  1 ,  500  are  treated  year- 
ly ;  a  Summer  Home  at  Bath 
Beach,  Long  Island,  where 
over  4,000  tenement-house 
children  are  given  a  week's 
outing  by  the  seaside  each 
year ;  six  lodging-houses, 
•five  for  boys  and  one  for 
girls,  in  which,  during  1 89 1,  over  12,000  boys  and  girls  were  fed  and  sheltered  ;  and 
twenty-two  industrial  and  ten  night  schools,  in  which  10,000  children  were  taught 
and  partly  fed  and  partly  clothed  during  189 1.  One  of  the  industrial  schools  is 
located  in  each  of  the  lodging-houses  for  boys,  and  the  two  branches  of  the  work 
are  very  closely  interwoven.  The  lodging-house  for  girls  is  at  27  St.  Mark's  Place. 
Those  for  boys  are  at  9  Duane  Street,  295  East  8th  Street,  287  East  Broadway, 
Second  Avenue  and  East  44th  Street,  and  Seventh  Avenue  and  West  32d  Street. 
A  special  feature  of  the  Second- Avenue  establishment  is  the  industrial  instruction 
for  crippled  boys.  An  adjunct  to  the  house  is  a  brush-shop,  in  which  a  dozen  crip- 
pled boys  are  constantly  employed,  and  150  or  more  are  at  work  for  short  periods, 
pending  the  securing  of  homes  or  permanent  employment. 

The  Leake  and  Watts  Orphan  House,  one  of  the  most  benevolent  in 
design  and  meritorious  in  mission  of  all  the  city  charities,  was  incorporated  in  1 831 
as  a  free  home  for  full  orphans,  between  the  ages  of  three  and  twelve  years,  in  desti- 
tute circumstances.  This  graceful  charity  owes  its  origin  to  the  benevolence  of 
John  G.  Leake,  a  wealthy  New-York  lawyer,  who  died  in  the  early  part  of  the  cen- 
tury, leaving  his  large  fortune  to  Robert  Watts,  the  son  of  an  old  friend,  on  condi- 


CHILDREN'S    AID    SOCIETY:    LODGING-HOUSE    AND    INDUSTRIAL    SCHOOL 
FOR    CRIPPLED    BOYS,   SECOND    AVENUE   AND    44TH    STREET. 


394 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


tion  that  he  should  assume  the  name  of  Leake.  In  case  of  a  failure  to  comply  with 
this  provision,  or  of  the  death  without  heirs  of  the  testator,  the  estate  was  to  be 
applied  to  the  founding  of  an  orphan  asylum.  After  a  long  lawsuit,  it  was  decided 
that  Mr.  Leake  had  left  no  direct  heirs,  and  that  Robert  Watts  could  inherit  the 
property.  He,  however,  died  before  he  could  comply  with  the  condition  mentioned 
in  the  will,  and  the  estate  passed  into  the  hands  of  a  board  of  trustees,  who  obtained 
a  charter  for  an  asylum  under  the  name  of  the  Leake  and  Watts  Orphan  Home.  In 
1843  they  erected  ^ie  buildings  until  recently  occupied  by  the  asylum,  in  113th 
Street.  Here  the  institution  cared  for  homeless  and  friendless  orphans,  educating 
them  and,  at  the  age  of  fourteen,  obtaining  Christian  homes  for  them.  In  1886  the 
estate  was  sold  to  the  trustees  of  the  Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine,  for  a  building 
site,  and  the  pleasant  and  spacious  home  now  occupied  by  the  institution  was  built, 
at  Ludlow  Station,  near  the  extreme  northern  boundary  of  the  city. 

The  Roman  Catholic  Orphan  Asylum  was  founded  in  1825,  and  incorpor- 
ated in  1852,  superseding  an  older  society  called  the  Roman  Catholic  Benevolent 
Society,  which  received  its  charter  in  1817.  The  original  location  of  the  asylum  was 
on  Prince  Street,  but  in  1851  the  present  asylum  for  boys  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  51st 
Street  was  completed.     It  is  one  of  the  largest  and  best-equipped  orphan  asylums  in 

the  country,  and  has 
accommodations  for 
500  lads.  An  addi- 
tional wing  is  being 
built  as  a  trade- 
school,  and  will  ac- 
commodate 200  more 
boys.  The  girls'  asy- 
lum was  completed  in 
1870,  and  is  of  the 
same  substantial  char- 
acter as  that  of  the 
boys,  but  somewhat 
larger,  accommodat- 
ing 800  girls.  In  both 
the    boys'    and    girls' 


t:t^;.£<*?3^^^'«*^ss6s*S^*$ 


ROMAN    CATt 


ORPHAN    ASYLUM    (BOYS),    FIFTH    AVENUE   AND    51ST   STREET. 


departments,  provis- 
ion is  made  for  the 
religious,  moral  and 
technical  instruction  of  the  inmates.  The  work  is  carried  on  with  a  thoroughness 
which  is  characteristic  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  other  directions.  $100,000  is 
expended  yearly. 

St.  Joseph's  Orphan  Asylum  in  the  City  of  New  York,  at  98th  Street  and 
Avenue  A,  was  founded  in  1858,  and  incorporated  in  1859,  for  the  support  of  orphans, 
half-orphans  and  homeless  and  neglected  children  of  German  parentage,  who  are 
cared  for  until  they  are  sixteen  years  old,  or  until  homes  or  occupations  can  be  pro- 
vided. The  home  is  a  large  building,  and  has  accommodations  for  750  inmates.  It 
is  in  charge  of  the  sisters  of  Notre  Dame.      The  yearly  expenses  are  $63,000. 

The  Orphans'  Home  and  Asylum  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal 
Church  in  the  City  of  New  York,  one  of  the  most  important  charities  of  its  class, 
was  founded  in  1 85 1,  at  the  request  of  a  few  ladies  connected  with  St.  Paul's  Chapel, 
to  whom  a  child  had  been  entrusted  by  a  dying  father,  with  the  injunction  that  it 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


395 


ORPHAN'S    HOME    AND    ASYLUM    OF    THE    PROTESTANT    EPISCOPAL    CHURCH, 
LEXINGTON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    49TH    STREET. 


should  be  brought  up  in  the  faith  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church.  The  asylum 
was  incorporated  in  1859,  for  the  care,  support  and  religious  training  of  orphans  and 
half-orphans,  who  are  received  between  the  ages  of  three  and  eight,  and  may  be 
retained —  the  boys  until  they  are  twelve,  and  the  girls  until  they  are  fourteen,  when 
homes  are  pro- 
vided for  them. 
In  common  with 
other  kindred  in- 
stitutions, relig- 
ious, moral,  intel- 
lectual and  tech- 
nical instruction 
is  imparted  to  the 
inmates,  the  aim 
being  to  fit  them 
to  become  useful 
and  upright  mem- 
bers of  society. 
The  home  is  a  fine 
building,  at  Lex- 
ington   Avenue 

and  East  49th  Street,  with  accommodations  for  150  iftmates  ;  and  is  in  charge  of 
the  Sisters  of  St.  Mary.  The  yearly  expenses  are  $25,000,  and  there  is  an  endow- 
ment fund  of  $212,000. 

The  Orphan  Asylum  Society  in  the  City  of  New  York  is  the  oldest  and 
one  of  the  best-endowed  institutions  of  its  class  in  the  country.  It  was  founded  in 
March,  1806,  to  minister  to  the  wants  of  the  parentless  children  of  the  community,  and 
train  them  up  in  the  paths  of  virtue.  The  work  was  begun  in  a  small  way  by  leas- 
ing a  house  in  Greenwich  Village.  The  act  of  incorporation  came  in  1807,  and  in 
the  following  year  a  suitable  building  was  erected,  not  far  from  the  first  temporary 
quarters.  A  desirable  location  at  Riverside  Drive  and  West  73d  Street  was  secured 
in  1835,  and  a  large  building  was  immediately  erected,  with  accommodations  for 
250  children.  The  location  is  a  charming  one,  overlooking  the  Hudson,  and  the 
grounds  are  attractively  laid  out.  Orphans  not  above  ten  years  of  age  are  admitted 
to  the  home,  and  given  thorough  moral,  mental  and  manual  training,  until  they 
reach  the  age  of  fourteen,  when  Christian  homes  are  obtained  for  those  who  show 
themselves  worthy.  The  home  is  usually  taxed  to  the  utmost  of  its  capacity.  Its 
yearly  expenses  are  $30,000,  two-thirds  of  which  are  met  by  the  income  from  invested 

funds. 

The  Eighth- 
Ward  Mission 
was  established  in 
1877,  and  main- 
tains a  home  at 
Charlton  Street, 
where  orphan  boys, 
too  old  to  be  re- 
tained in  other  in- 
• '_■••  ' :.. 2J "-  '       i     stitutions,  and  un- 

ORPHAN   ASYLUM   SOCIETY,  RIVERSIDE    DRIVE  AND  WEST  73D  STREET.  able        to        Support 


396 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


themselves,  are  cared  for  and  educated,  and  assisted  in  their  efforts  to  obtain  perma- 
nent employment.  The  Mission  also  supports  an  industrial  school,  where  young 
girls  are  taught  sewing  and  other  household  work  ;  and  the  Brown  Memorial 
Home,  at  Sing  Sing-on-the-Hudson,  a  summer  home  for  boys. 

The  Society  for  the  Relief  of  Half-Orphans  and  Destitute  Children 
in  the  city  of  New  York  was  organized  in  1835  anc^  incorporated  in  1837.  Protestant 
children  of  both  sexes,  between  the  ages  of  four  and  ten  are  received  and  properly 
cared  for  at  a  charge  of  $4  a  month.  Until  1890  the  home  was  in  West  10th  Street. 
Then  it  was  removed  to  a  more  desirable  location  on  Manhattan  Avenue,  between 
104th  and  105th  Streets,  where  a  building  had  been  erected  for  it.  It  has  250  in- 
mates ;  and  the  work  is  similar  in  character  and  scope  to  that  of  other  orphan  asy- 
lums, the  object  being  the  intellectual  and  moral  training  of  the  bereaved  children 
of  working  people  until  homes  can  be  provided  for  them. 

The  American  Female  Guardian  Society  and  Home  for  the  Friend- 
less was  founded  in  1834,  "to  protect,  befriend  and  train  to  virtue  and  usefulness 
those  for  whom  no 
one  seemed  to  have  a 
thought  or  pity."  For 
a  number  of  years  the 
work  was  carried  on  en- 
tirely by  women,  with 
great  energy,  fearless- 
ness and  success.  In 
1846  a  successful  appeal 
was  made  to  the  public 
for  funds  sufficient  to 
build  a  Home  for  the 
Friendless,  and  in  1848 
a  substantial  and  con- 
venient house  was 
erected  at  32  East  30th 
Street.  There  is  a 
Home  Chapel,  fronting 
on  East  29th  Street. 
Here  homeless  girls, 
and  boys  not  over  eleven 
years  of  age,  are  re- 
ceived and  cared  for 
until  they  can  be  placed 
in  Christian  homes. 
Besides  the  Home,  the 
society  supports  a 
Home-School  in  East  29th  Street  and  twelve  industrial  schools  in  various  parts  of 
the  city,  where  the  children  of  poor  parents  are  clothed  and  taught  until  they  can 
be  admitted  to  the  grammar-schools.  The  work  is  supported  by  voluntary  sub- 
scription, and  by  a  yearly  grant  from  the  public  school  fund.  In  1 89 1  there  were 
446  inmates  in  the  Home,  and  5,832  pupils  in  the  schools.  The  yearly  expenses 
are  $130,000. 

The  Sheltering  Arms,  one  of  the  graceful  charities  for  "The  children  in  the 
midst,"  in  which  New  York  so  generously  abounds,  was  founded  in  1864  by  the  Rev. 
Dr.  T.  M.  Peters,  then  and  now  rector  of  St.  Michael's  Church,  for  the  reception 


AMERICAN    FEMALE    GUARDIAN    SOCIETY    AND    HOME    FOR    THE    FRIENDLESS, 
HOME    CHAPEL,   29    EAST    29TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


397 


SHELTERING    ARMS,    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST     129TH    STREET. 


and  care  of  homeless 
and  destitute  children, 
between  five  and  twelve 
years  of  age,  for  whom 
no  other  institution  in 
the  city  made  provision. 
Here  the  blind,  the  deaf 
and  dumb,  the  crippled 
and  the  incurables,  are 
received  and  tenderly 
cared  for  until  they  are 
old  enough  to  enter 
other  suitable  institu- 
tions. For  ten  years 
this  charity  occupied  a 
house  given  to  it,  rent 
free,  by  the  founder, 
but  in  1874  it  removed  to  more  roomy  quarters  at  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  129th 
Street,  where  ample  accommodations  for  200  waifs  are  provided.  Whole  orphans 
and  infants  are  not  received,  and  the  children  are  not  surrendered  to  the  institution, 
but  are  held  subject  to  the  order  of  the  parents  or  other  relatives,  being  sent  to  the 
public  schools  and  trained  to  household  and  other  work.  The  yearly  expenses  are 
$17,000,  and  there  is  an  endowment  fund  of  $100,000. 

The  Children's  Fold  is  a  charity  organized  in  1867  to  provide  homes  for 
homeless  children  between  the  ages  of  four  and  ten.  They  receive  religious  train- 
ing, and  education  in  the  public  schools.  There  are  two  families  ;  one  for  boys, 
at  Eighth  Avenue  and  92d  Street,  and  the  other  for  girls,  on  155th  Street.  The  two 
homes  have  nearly  200  inmates,  and  each  is  in  charge  of  its  own  "house-mother," 
with  a  general  superintendent  in  charge  of  both.  The  yearly  expenses  are  $17,000. 
The  Howard  Mission  and  Home  for  Little  Wanderers,  known  far  and 
wide  for  the  extent  and  value  of  its  work,  received  its  charter  in  1864.  Its  purpose 
is  to  aid  poor,  neglected  and  helpless  children,  and  worthy  families  among  the  very 
poor,  by  providing  food,  clothing,  shelter  and  Christian  love  and  sympathy,  expressed 
in  all  practical  ways.  The  record  of  good  works  for  1891  included  visits  to  450 
families,  aggregating  2,200  visits,  and  homes  or  situations  obtained  for  fifty  chil- 
dren. The  Mission-House  and  Home  is  at  206  5th  Street,  in  the  very  heart  of  a 
region  of  squalor,  wretchedness,  vice  and  poverty. 

St.  Christopher's  Home,  a  large  and  well-arranged  building  at  the  corner  of 
Riverside  Drive  and  West  1 12th  Street,  is  under  the  patronage  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  It  was  founded  in  1882  as  a  home  for  destitute  and  orphan 
Protestant  children  between  the  ages  of  two  and  ten  years.  About  100  inmates  are 
received  yearly,  who  are  taught  some  useful  occupation  to  enable  them  to  obtain 
self-supporting  employment.  Admission  is  free  to  those  whose  parents  or  friends 
are  unable  to  contribute  to  their  support. 

The  United  Relief  Works  of  the  Society  for  Ethical  Culture,  at  109 
West  54th  Street,  was  founded  in  1878  to  provide  and  maintain  schools  for  working- 
men's  children.  It  maintains  a  kindergarten  for  children  between  three  and  six 
years  old  ;  a  workingman's  school  for  children  over  six  years  of  age,  with  a  normal 
department  and  a  library  ;  a  fresh-air  fund,  and  a  district  nursing  department  for 
sending  nurses  into  the  homes  of  the  sick  poor.      The  yearly  expenses  are  $20,000. 


39* 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Children's  Charitable  Union  was  organized  in  1877  to  establish  and 
maintain  kindergartens  for  destitute  young  children,  and  to  educate  young  women 
as  kindergarten  teachers.  The  school  of  the  Union  is  at  70  Avenue  D,  where  75 
poor  children  are  taught  daily  and  are  fed  at  noon.  The  expenses  are  met  by  private 
charity. 

The  Asylum  of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul  is  a  large  and  well-arranged  house  at 
215  West  39th  Street.  The  institution  was  incorporated  in  1868  for  the  reception, 
care  and  religious  and  secu- 
lar education  of  destitute  and 
unprotected  orphans  of  both 
sexes,  preferably  of  French 
birth  or  parentage,  over  four 
years  old.  It  is  in  charge 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  Sis- 
ters "  Marianites  of  the 
Holy  Cross,"  and  is  con- 
nected with  the  Church  of 
St.  Vincent  de  Paul.  There 
are  about  250  inmates,  for 
whom  a  fresh-air  fund  pro- 
vides seaside  trips  in  sum- 
mer. It  is  supported  by  volun- 
tary contributions,  and  grants 
from  the  public  fund.  The 
architect  was  W.  H.  Hume. 

The  Dominican  Con-' 
vent  of  Our  Lady  of  the 
Rosary,  also  known  as  the 
house  of  Our  Lady  of  the 
Rosary,  is  at  329  East  63d 
Street.  It  was  established  in 
1880  by  the  Sisters  of  St.  Dominic,  for  religious,  charitable,  educational  and  reforma- 
tory work  among  young  girls.  Homeless  and  destitute  girls  between  the  ages  of  2h 
and  14,  are  admitted  free,  educated,  and  trained  in  the  Catholic  faith  ;  and  when  16 
years  of  age,  provided  with  good  homes.  The  convent  educates  nearly  500  girls  yearly, 
at  an  expense  of  $60,000,  which  is  partly  met  by  a  grant  from  the  public  funds. 

The  New- York  Catholic  Protectory  was  incorporated  in  1863,  to  care  for 
destitute  Catholic  children  of  the  following  classes:  1st,  children  under  fourteen 
years  old,  entrusted  to  it  for  care  or  protection  ;  2d,  those  between  the  ages  of  seven 
and  fourteen,  who  may  be  committed  to  its  charge  by  magistrates  as  idle,  truant, 
vicious  or  homeless  ;  3d,  those  of  the  same  age  transferred  from  other  institutions  by 
the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction.  The  protectories  proper  are 
at  Westchester,  N.  Y.,  and  the  office  and  House  of  Reception  are  at  415  Broome 
Street.  The  Boys'  Protectory  is  in  charge  of  the  Brothers  of  the  Christian  Schools, 
and  the  inmates  are  educated  and  taught  useful  trades.  The  Girls'  Protectory  is  in 
charge  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity,  who  educate  the  girls,  and  teach  them  housework 
and  other  industrial  employment.  This  is  one  of  the  largest  institutions  of  its  class 
in  the  country,  and  cares  for  over  3,000  children  yearly.  The  annual  expenses,  of 
$425,000,  are  met  by  grants  from  the  public  funds,  voluntary  contributions,  and  the 
sale  of  articles  made  by  the  inmates. 


ST.    VINCENT    DE    PAUL'S    ASYLUM,    215    WEST    39TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


399 


The  Mission  of  the  Immaculate  Virgin,  which  occupies  a  large  brick  build- 
ing at  Lafayette  Place  and  Great  Jones  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1870  as  a  home 
for  destitute  boys  under  16  years  of  age,  who  receive  secular  and  religious  education, 
and  are  taught  habits  of  industry  and  self-reliance.  Newsboys,  bootblacks,  and  other 
youthful  workers  who  are  able  to  pay,  are  allowed  meals  and  lodgings  at  $2  a  week, 
and  in  every  case  of  destitution  meals  and  lodgings  are  given  free.  The  insti- 
tution is  in  charge  of  St.  Joseph's  Union,  a  Catholic  benevolent  society.  There  is  a 
country  branch,  at  Mount  Loretto,  Staten  Island,  to  which  invalid  inmates  of  the 
home  are  sent  for  an  outing 
in  the  summer  months. 
The  mission  usually  has  in 
its  care  2,000  boys,  many 
of  whom  obtain  situations 
through  its  employment 
bureau.  The  institution  re- 
ceives a  large  yearly  grant 
from  the  public  funds. 

St.  Joseph's  Indus- 
trial Home  for  Destitute 
Children  was  established  in 
1868  by  the  Sisters  of  Mercy, 
as  a  branch  of  the  Institute 
of  Mercy.  The  home  is  at 
the  corner  of  Madison  Ave- 
nue and  81  st  Street,  and 
has  accommodations  for  750 
children.  It  affords  a  home 
and  an  industrial  education 
to  destitute  young  girls  of 
good  character,  and  also  re- 
ceives children,  over  three 
years  of  age,  who  may  be 
committed  to  its  charge  by  a 
magistrate.  In  connection 
with  the  parent-house  there  is  a  St.  Joseph's  Branch  Home  for  Destitute  Children, 
at  Newburgh,  delightfully  situated  amid  charming  rural  scenery. 

St.  Ann's  Home  for  Destitute  Children,  at  Avenue  A  and  East  90th  Street, 
is  a  Catholic  charity,  founded  in  1879,  for  the  care  and  education  of  destitute  chil- 
dren over  three  years  of  age  who  may  be  entrusted  to  it  by  parents  or  guardians,  or 
committed  by  a  magistrate.  The  Home  is  a  large  and  cheerful  edifice  with  accom- 
modations for  nearly  300  inmates.  It  is  in  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Good  Shep- 
herd, and  receives  a  large  yearly  grant  from  the  public  funds. 

The  House  of  the  Holy  Family,  at  136  Second  Avenue,  is  a  Catholic  insti- 
tution, incorporated  in  1870  by  the  Association  for  Befriending  Children  and  Young 
Girls,  for  the  rescue,  care  and  education  of  depraved,  vagrant  and  fallen  children  and 
young  girls,  whom  it  trains  and  educates  morally  and  intellectually,  and  teaches  some 
useful  occupation.  The  Home  receives  and  cares  for  nearly  500  children  annually, 
and  provides  homes  or  occupations  for  all  deserving  inmates  when  they  are  discharged. 
The  Roman  Church  in  these  institutions  earnestly  endeavors  to  shelter  and  refresh  its 
bereaved  and  friendless  children,  and  to  permanently  improve  their  condition. 


MISSION    OF    THE    IMMACULATE    VIRGIN    AND    ST.    JOStPH'S    UNION, 
LAFAYETTE    PLACE   AND    GREAT   JONES    STREET. 


400 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


Many  associations  have  been  formed 
for  the  education,  defence  and  relief  of 
women,  from  the  young  girls  just  looking 
out  upon  life  up  to  the  venerable  grand- 
dames,  almost  ready  to  pass  away. 

The  Ladies'  Christian  Union  of 
the  City  of  New  York  was  organized  in 
1859  to  promote  the  moral,  temporal  and 
religious  welfare  of  women,  particularly 
self-supporting  young  women,  by  pro- 
viding them  with  home-like  boarding- 
houses.  The  society  maintains  two 
homes  :  The  Young  Women's  Home,  at 
27  Washington  Square,  North,  where 
nearly  100  respectable  working-girls, 
other  than  house-servants,  are  lodged 
and  boarded,  at  from  $3  to  $6  a  week  ; 
and  The  Branch  Home,  at  308  Second 
iVvenue,  where  the  same  privilege  is 
given  to  nearly  40  widows   and  elderly 

HOUSE    OF    THE    HOLY    FAMILY,    136    SECOND    AVENUE.  ,™mQ^ 

WUIIlCll. 

The  Working  Women's  Protective  Union  was  formed  in  1863,  to  protect 
working  women  against  the  exactions  and  oppressions  of  unscrupulous  employers. 
In  every  possible  way  the  Union  seeks  to  stand  between  the  female  wage-earner  and 
the  employer  who  would  defraud  her  of  her  scanty  wage.  It  also  aids  the  same 
class  in  their  efforts  to  obtain  employment,  and  maintains  a  reading-room  at  its  office, 
19  Clinton  Place.      Household  servants  are  not  included  in.  its  clients. 

The  Working  Girls  Vacation  Society,  at  223  West  38th  Street,  was 
founded  in  1883  to  provide  a  two  weeks' vacation  for  respectable  unmarried  working- 
girls  who  have  satisfactory  recommendations  and  a  physician's  statement  that  a  va- 
cation is  needed.  Railroad  fares  and  board  are  provided,  at  the  nominal  rate  of 
$1.50  a  week.  The  society  also  pays  the  fares  of  working-girls  to  their  friends  in 
the  country,  and  gives  frequent  day  excursions  in  New- York  harbor.  Applications  are 
made  through  clergymen,  city  missionaries  or  the  Charity  Organization  Society.  In 
1890  490  girls  were  sent  into  the  country  for  two  weeks,  47  fares  paid,  and  over 
2,000  Glen-Island  excursion-tickets  furnished. 

The  Female  Assistance  Society  was  organized  in  1813  for  the  relief  of 
poor  women  in  sickness.  It  has  no  house  or  home  for  its  beneficiaries,  and  does  its 
work  by  house-to-house  visitation  of  those  who  apply  for  aid. 

The  Society  for  the  Employment  and  Relief  of  Poor  Women  was 
founded  in  1844,  to  supply  work  at  remunerative  prices  to  poor  women  able  and 
willing  to  work,  who,  having  young  children,  or  from  sickness,  are  unable  to  leave 
their  homes  to  obtain  employment.  About  100  applicants  are  aided  yearly  by  the 
society,  which  has  a  repository  at  144  East  16th  Street,  and  an  office  at  243  Fourth 
Avenue. 

The  House  and  School  of  Industry,  at  120  West  16th  Street,  was  founded 
in  185 1,  to  relieve  poor  women  by  furnishing  them  with  plain  and  fine  sewing,  at 
living  prices.  Instruction  in  needle-work  is  also  given  to  large  classes  of  young 
girls.  The  yearly  number  of  beneficiaries  is  about  125.  The  Home  has  a  very 
attractive  and  comfortable  brick  building. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


401 


St.  Mary's  Lodging-House  for  Sheltering   Respectable  Girls,  at  143 

West  14th  Street,  was  founded  in  1877  by  the  "  Friends  of  the  Homeless,"  for  the 
comfort  and  protection  of  respectable  young  women  in  search  of  work,  who  are 
given  the  comforts  of  a  pleasant  home,  free  of  cost,  until  they  are  able  to  support 
themselves.  The  object  of  the  Home  is  to  protect  its  inmates  from  the  numerous 
temptations  that  beset  unemployed  girls  in  all  large  cities.  Nearly  2,000  young 
women  were  received  in  189 1. 

The  Institution  of  Mercy,  on  81st  Street,  between  Madison  and  Fourth 
Avenues,  was  opened  in  1848,  for  the  care  and  protection  of  destitute  young  women 
of  good  character,  whom  it  trains  in  some  useful  pursuit,  and  assists  in  securing 
employment.  About  400  young  women  are  aided  yearly  by  this  charity,  which  is  in 
charge  of  the  Sisters  of  Mercy. 

The  New-York  Female  Asylum  for  Lying-in  Women,  at  139  Second 
Avenue,  was  incorporated  in  1827,  to  provide  free  accommodation  and  medical 
attendance  during  confinement,  to  respectable  indigent  married  women.  It  also 
gives  the  same  aid  to  similar  cases  at  their  homes,  and  trains  wet  nurses  for  their 
profession. 

St.  Barnabas'  House,  at  304  Mulberry  Street,  is  one  of  the  numerous  noble 
charities  of  the  Episcopal  City  Missionary  Society.  It  was  established  in  1865, 
as  a  temporary  refuge  for  destitute  and  homeless  women  and  those  recently  dis- 
charged from  hos- 
pitals, cured,  but 
needing  rest ;  and 
a  temporary  home 
for  destitute  and 
homeless  children. 
In  connection 
with  the  House, 
and  as  auxiliary 
to  its  work  of  re- 
lief, there  is  a  dis- 
pensary ;  a  free 
day-nursery ;  an 
employment  so- 
ciety for  women  ; 
a  fresh-air  fund  ; 
a  free  library  ;  an 
industrial  school, 
where  needle- 
work is  taught ;  a 
training-school  for 

women  who  desire  to  receive  instruction  in  household  work,  and  a  chapel,  where 
frequent  religious  services  are  held.  During  189 1  nearly  1,700  women  and  children 
were  aided,  and  2,000  meals  supplied  to  hungry  applicants. 

The  Isaac  T.  Hopper  Home,  at  no  Second  Avenue,  was  opened  in  1845 
by  the  Women's  Prison  Association,  to  assist  liberated  female  prisoners  with  advice 
and  encouragement  ;  to  provide  them  with  a  home  and  work  ;  and  to  watch  over 
them  during  the  transition  from  prison-life  to  freedom.  The  aims  of  the  manage- 
ment of  the  Home,  which  was  named  in  memory  of  Isaac  T.  Hopper,  the  founder 

of  the  Women's  Prison  Association,  is  to  prevent  the  recently  liberated  prisoners 
26 


HOUSE    AND    SCHOOL    OF    INDUSTRY,    120    WEST    16TH    STREET. 


402  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

from  falling  back  to  their  former  evil  courses,  and  to  make  an  upright  life  easier  for 
them.  The  privileges  of  the  institution  are  free  to  the  inmates,  of  whom  there  are 
about  fifty. 

The  Riverside  Rest  Association,  at  310  East  26th  Street,  provides  a  tem- 
porary home  for  friendless  women  who  have  been  discharged  from  the  public  institu- 
tions on  Blackwell's  Island,  and,  so  far  as  possible,  procures  work  for  them.  It  also 
cares  for  women  who  are  addicted  to  drink,  or  victims  of  the  opium  habit,  or  immoral, 
and  transfers  them  to  the  suitable  institution  for  each  case.  The  association  was 
founded  in  1 887,  and  the  Home  has  accommodations  for  30  inmates. 

The  unfortunate  women  of  the  town,  who  are  numbered  here  by  legions,  also 
have  pitying  hands  outstretched  to  help  them. 

The  New-York  Magdalen  Asylum  was  established  in  1830  by  the  New- 
York  Magdalen  Society  as  a  home  for  fallen  women.  It  was  the  first  local  charity 
of  its  class.  For  twenty  years  it  occupied  a  building  on  West  25th  Street,  but  in 
1850  the  large  brick  building  on  88th  Street,  between  Madison  and  Fifth  Avenues, 
was  erected.  The  asylum  accommodates  125  inmates,  and  every  effort  is  made  to 
reclaim  them  by  kindly  treatment. 

The  House  of  Mercy  is  a  Protestant  Episcopal  home  for  fallen  women,  pleas- 
antly located  at  Inwood-on-the-Hudson  (at  206th  Street).  It  originated  in  1850,  in 
the  Christian  labors  of  Mrs.  Wm.  Richmond,  the  wife  of  the  then  rector  of  St. 
Michael's,  in  aid  of  the  abandoned  women  who  found  no  hand  outstretched  to  help 
them.  Her  labors  resulted  in  the  purchase  of  a  suitable  building  at  the  foot  of  86th 
Street,  in  1856.  The  work  was  there  carried  on  until  1 891,  when  the  present  quar- 
ters were  secured.  The  south  wing,  known  as  St.  Agnes  Hall,  is  devoted  exclu- 
sively to  the  moral  and  industrial  training  of  young  girls  between  twelve  and  eigh- 
teen years  of  age.  The  rest  of  the  edifice  is  devoted  to  the  work  among  the  older 
inmates.  The  House  of  Mercy  is  in  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Mary,  and  a  regu- 
lar chaplain  is  provided.  Legacies,  donations  and  grants  from  the  public  funds  are 
relied  on  to  meet  the  expenses. 

The  House  of  the  Good  Shepherd,  at  the  foot  of  East  90th  Street,  was 
founded  in  1857  by  five  nuns  of  the  Order  of  Our  Lady  of  the  Good  Shepherd  of 
Angers,  a  Catholic  sisterhood  founded  in  France  as  long  ago  as  1661,  by  Pere  Eudes. 
It  is  a  house  of  refuge  for  fallen  women  and  girls,  who  desire  to  reform.  Although 
founded  and  maintained  by  members  of  the  Catholic  communion,  the  privileges  of 
the  institution  are  free  to  all,  regardless  of  creed,  and  there  is  kindly  treatment  of 
all  who  apply  for  help  and  shelter.  The  inmates  are  allowed  to  remain  until  a 
thorough  reformation  is  effected,  when  permanent  homes  are  secured,  or  employ- 
ment is  found  for  them.  The  House  of  the  Good  Shepherd  is  the  largest  of  its  kind 
in  the  city,  having  accommodations  for  500  inmates,  and  it  has  been  the  means  of 
restoring  hundreds  of  Magdalens  to  industrious,  useful  and  respectable  lives. 

St.  Joseph's  Night  Refuge  was  founded  in  1891  by  the  Friends  of  the  Home- 
less. The  Refuge  is  in  the  rear,  of  143  West  14th  Street,  and  is  open  to  all  home- 
less women,  no  questions  being  asked  or  references  required.  There  are  100  beds. 
During  1 891,  3,572  wandering  women  received  shelter;  and  7,300  meals  were  given 
to  poor  people  in  the  neighborhood.  In  connection  with  the  Refuge  there  is  a 
laundry  and  sewing-room,  where  employment  is  given  to  inmates  willing  to  work. 

The  Midnight  Mission,  at  208  West  46th  Street,  was  opened  in  1866,  for  the 
reclamation  of  fallen  women,  who  are  here  given  homes,  and,  if  found  worthy,  aided 
in  obtaining  permanent  homes  or  employment.  It  is  in  the  charge  of  the  Sisterhood 
of  St.  John  Baptist,  an  order  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


403 


The  Florence  Night  Mission  for  Fallen  Women  was  established,  in 
1883,  by  Charles  M.  Crittenton,  in  memory  of  his  little  daughter  Florence,  and  has 
since  been  maintained  by  him,  at  a  yearly  disbursement  of  $6,000.  The  Mission  is 
at  21  Bleecker  Street,  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Mott  Street  and  the  Bowery,  and 
finds  its  work  ready  to  its  hand.      Its  purpose  is  to  reclaim  the  fallen  women   of  the 

neighborhood,  by  providing  them  with 
lodging  and  food  until  they  are  strong 
enough  to  go  out  to  work  for  them- 
selves, and  by  Gospel  meetings,  which 
are  held  nightly  until  midnight.  Many 
fallen  women  have  been  reclaimed 
here.  The  nightly  services  are  quite 
interesting,  and  often  bring  out  some 
heart-breaking  experiences. 

The  Margaret  Strachan  Home 
and  Mission,  at  103  and  105  West 
27th  Street,  is  the  outcome  of  a  ven- 
ture of  faith  begun  in  1883  by  Mar- 
garet Strachan,  a  poor  seamstress. 
Her  daily  walks  to  and  from  her  work 
brought  her  in  contact  with  the  licen- 
tiousness then  rife  in  the  vicinity  of 
27th  Street,  and  she  resolved  to  devote 
her  life  to  the  work  of  rescuing  the 
fallen  women  in  that  part  of  the  city. 
She  rented  a  house ;  hung  out  a  rude 
sign,  bearing  the  legend,  "Faith 
Home  ;"  and  began  the  work,  which 
Florence  N.GHT  mission,  21  bleecker  street.  she  continued  until  her  death,  in  1887. 

She  succeeded  in  interesting  some  of  her  patrons.  The  work  increased  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  adjoining  house  was  rented,  and  in  1887  both  houses  were  purchased 
by  the  Mission,  which  was  incorporated  in  that  year.  After  the  death  of  the 
founder,  the  name  was  changed  to  the  Margaret  Strachan  Home,  and  the  work  has 
been  continued  with  remarkable  success.  The  lower  story  of  one  of  the  houses  is 
fitted  up  as  a  chapel,  and  Gospel- meetings  are  held  there  every  night  for  the  in- 
mates, of  whom  there  are  about  thirty.  In  the  other  house  there  are  two  pleasant 
parlors,  and  the  sleeping  rooms  are  above,  in  both  houses.  The  Home  and  Mission 
engages  the  attention  and  care  of  a  number  of  wealthy  ladies,  who  carry  on  the  work 
at  a  yearly  expenditure  of  $4,000. 

Invalids'  Homes  and  the  distress  of  incurables  have  aroused  the  pity  of 
thousands,  who  have  banded  themselves  together  into  societies  to  alleviate  the 
woes  thus  seen.  One  of  the  best  of  these  is  the  Montefiore  Home,  described 
farther  on. 

The  Home  for  Incurables,  at  North  Third  Avenue  and  i82d  Street,  near 
Fordham,  is  one  of  those  useful  but  mournful  charities  made  necessary  by  the  incura- 
ble nature  of  many  diseases.  Its  pleasant  and  well-ventilated  buildings  stand  in  a 
park  of  twelve  acres,  surrounded  by  shade-trees.  It  was  incorporated  in  1866,  and 
receives  incurables  of  the  better  class  at  a  charge  of  $7  a  week.  There  are  180 
beds,  one-third  of  them  free.  The  yearly  expenses  of  $55,000  are  met  by  voluntary 
contributions  and  the  income  of  an  endowment  fund. 


404 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  House  of  the  Holy  Comforter  Free  Church  Home  for  Incurables 

is  well  named,  for  if  any  are  in  sorest  need  of  comfort  it  is  the  unfortunate  for  whom 
this  home  stands  open.  The  house  is  one  of  the  numerous  beneficent  charities  of 
the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  and  was  founded  in  1880  to  provide  a  free  home 
for  the  care  of  destitute  Protestant  women  and  children  of  the  better  class  suffering 
from  incurable  diseases.  All  patients  are  received  on  a  three-months'  trial  and 
tenderly  cared  for  by  the  Sisters  of  the  Visitation  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary,  who 
are  in  charge  of  the  work.  The  house  is  at  149  Second  Avenue,  and  the  work 
involves  the  yearly  expenditure  of  $7,000. 

The  New- York  Home  for  Convalescents,  at  433  West  11 8th  Street,  was 
opened  in  1878  to  afford  gratuitous  temporary  care,  employment  and  other  assistance 
to  worthy  Protestant  poor  people,  discharged  as  cured  from  the  hospitals,  but  not 
yet  able  to  resume  their  usual  occupations.  This  very  necessary  charity  receives  300 
inmates  yearly,  and  is  supported  by  private  charity. 

The  Lazarus  Guild  of  the  New-York  Skin  and  Cancer  Hospital  was 
formed  in  1 891,  to  provide  clothing,  old  linen  and  sick-room  delicacies  for  the 
patients,  as  well  as  to  raise  funds  for  the  endowment  of  free  beds  in  the  hospital. 

The  Society  for  the  Relief  of  the  Destitute  Blind  of  the  city  of  New  York 
and  vicinity,  founded  in  1869,  maintains  a  house  for  the  indigent  and  friendless  blind 
of  both  sexes,  at  104th  Street  and  Amsterdam  Avenue,  with  privileges  free  to  those 


HOivlE    FOR    THE    RELIEF    OF   THE    DESTITUTE    BLIND,   AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST    104th    STREET. 

unable  to  pay  ;  and  at  $ioa  month,  to  others.  Employment  at  fair  wages  is  given 
to  those  able  to  work  at  mattrass-making,  re-seating  chairs  and  all  kinds  of  knitting- 
work.      During  1891  the  expenditures  were  $9,000,  and  150  inmates  were  received. 

Homes  for  the  Aged. —  There  are  half-a-dozen  comfortable  and  well-main- 
tained homes  for  aged  women,  as  well  as  for  aged  couples,  and  for  men  and  women 
suffering  from  friendlessness  and  penury. 

The  Association  for  the  Relief  of  Respectable  Aged  Indigent  Females 
is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the  city's  charitable  institutions.  Its  charter  runs  back  to 
1814,  a  time  when  there  was  no  other  refuge  than  the  poor-house  for  those  gentle- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


405 


•  * 


ASSOCIATION    FOR    THE    RELIEF    OF    RESPECTABLE    AGED    INDIGENT    FEMALES, 
AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST    103D    STREET. 


women  who,  hav- 
ing in  their  youth 
known  better 
things,  had  in  their 
old  age  fallen  up- 
on evil  days.  The 
society  had  no 
suitable  home  for 
its  pensioners  un- 
til 1833,  when  a 
subscription  list 
was  opened,  which 
John  Jacob  Astor 
headed  with  $5,- 
000.  Petrus  Stuy- 
vesant  gave  three 
lots  of  land  in 
East  20th  Street, 

and  here  the  Asylum  was  erected,  in  1838,  followed  in  1845  by  a  second  building 
for  the  Infirmary.  The  asylum  is  now  located  on  Amsterdam  Avenue,  at  103d  Street, 
and  here  decayed  gentlewomen  find  a  pleasant  and  congenial  home,  as  their  faces 
turn  toward  the  setting  sun.  Any  gentlewoman  over  sixty  years  of  age  is  admitted 
on  payment  of  $200  and  the  surrender  of  any  property  she  may  possess.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  regular  inmates  of  the  Home,  the  society  supports  a  number  of  outside 
pensioners,  at  a  total  yearly  expense  of  $56,000. 

The  Presbyterian  Home  for  Aged  Women,  at  47  East  73d  Street,  was 

established  in  1866,  at  the  instance 
of  a  few  ladies,  to  provide  a  ref- 
uge for  aged  and  indigent  female 
members  of  the  local  Presbyterian 
and  Reformed  Churches.  Appli- 
cants for  admission  must  be  over 
65  years  old,  and  must  pay  a  small 
weekly  sum  for  board,  in  return 
for  which  they  are  given  a  pleas- 
ant home  and  tender  care.  Fifty 
inmates  can  be  accommodated. 
The  yearly  expenses  are  met  by 
contribution. 

St.  Luke's  Home  for  In- 
digent Christian  Females 
originated  in  an  application  made 
to  the  Rev.  Dr.  Tuttle,  Rector  of 
St.  Luke's  Church,  by  an  aged 
woman  for  a  place  in  which  to 
spend  her  declining  years.  The 
good  rector  was  compelled  to  re- 
fuse, as  there  was  then  no  such 
home  in  the  city.  "But,"  said 
he,  "please  God,  there  soon  will 


PRESBYTERIAN    HOME    FOR    AGED    WOMEN,  47    EAST 


Xii ! J 

730    STREET. 


406 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


be";  and  he  immedi- 
ately set  about  pro- 
viding one,  with  such 
success  that  a  house 
was  soon  leased  and 
fitted  up.  In  1852  a 
charter  was  obtained, 
and  in  1857,  after  an 
appeal  to  the  leading 
city  parishes,  a  house, 
adjoining  St.  Luke's 
Church,  in  Hudson 
Street,  was  pur- 
chased. The  present 
cheerful  and  com- 
modious house,  at 
Madison  Avenue  and 
89th  Street,  was 
bought  in  1882,  and 
here  the  declining 
years  of  65  good  women  are  made  pleasant  and  happy.  The  Home  is  open  for  the 
communicants  of  any  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  churches  in  the  city  which  con- 
tribute to  its  support.  The  applicant  must  be  50  years  of  age,  and  must  surrender 
any  property  she  may  possess,  and  pay  an  entrance-fee  of  $300. 

The  Peabody  Home  for  Aged  and  Indigent  Women  was  founded  in 
1874  by  the  Peabody  Home  and  Reform  Association,  as  a  free  and  unsectarian  home 
for  poor  but  worthy  women,  who  must  be  over  65  years  and  in  destitute  circum- 
stances. The  home  is  pleasantly  located  on  Boston  Road,  West  Farms,  and  cares 
for  25  inmates,  at  a  yearly  expense  of  $5,000. 

St.  Joseph's  Home  for  the  Aged  is  an  enormous  building  at  207-215  West  15th 
Street.  This  great  charity  was  founded  in  1873,  and  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Sisters 
of  Charity  of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul.     It  is  entirely  for  the  comfort  of  aged  women. 

The  Home  for  Old  Men  and  Aged  Couples,  a  charity  of  the  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church, 
was  incorporated 
in  1872,  for  mem- 
bers of  the  classes 
indicated  who  are 
communicants  of 
the  Episcopal 
Church.  The  home 
is  at  487  Hudson 
Street,  and  here 
aged  married  cou- 
ples are  allowed  to 
dwell  comfortably 
cogether  during 
their  closing  years. 
The  Home 
for   the  Aged  of 


HOME    FOR    THE    AGED,    LITTLE    SISTERS   OF   THE    POOR,   COLUMBU6    AVENUE  AND 
WEST    106TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


407 


the  Little  Sisters  of  the  Poor  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  incorporated  in 
1 87 1,  to  provide  a  home  for  old  persons  of  both  sexes,  irrespective  of  religion  and 
belief.  They  must  be  over  60  years  old,  and  destitute.  There  are  two  homes  in 
the  city  ;  one  at  207  East  70th  Street,  for  applicants  from  the  East  Side  ;  and  another 
at  135  West  106th  Street,  for  those  from  the  West  Side.  The  two  homes  give 
gratuitous  care  to  nearly  500  inmates.  They  are  in  charge  of  The  Little  Sisters  of 
the  Poor,  a  Catholic  charitable  order  instituted  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  in  France, 
by  a  poor  priest  and  two  working-girls. 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  Home  of  New-York  City,  a  large  brick 
edifice  at  the  corner  of  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  93d  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1852 


HOME    FOR    THE 


'TLE    SISTERS    OF   THE    POOR,   207    EAST    70th    STREET. 


to  provide  a  refuge  for  the  aged  and  infirm  destitute  members  of  the  Methodist 
Church.  Applicants  must  have  been  members  of  that  denomination  for  at  least 
ten  years,  the  last  five  in  connection  with  one  of  the  local  churches.  They  must  be 
over  sixty  years  old  and  of  sound  mind.  No  entrance-fee  is  charged,  but  all  prop- 
erty must  be  surrendered  to  the  home,  which  supplies  clothing,  employment  and 
medical  and  other  necessary  care.  One  hundred  and  twenty-five  aged  and  infirm 
pensioners  are  cared  for  in  the  institution. 

The  Baptist  Home  for  Aged  and  Infirm  Persons  was  established  in 
1869  by  the  Ladies'  Home  Society  of  the  Baptist  Churches  of  the  City  of  New  York 
as  an  abiding-place  for  aged,  destitute  or  infirm  members  of  the  Baptist  churches. 
Applicants  for  admission  must  have  been  members  of  one  of  the  Baptist  city 
churches  for  at  least  five  years,  must  be  recommended  by  the  pastor  and  deacons  of 
the  church  to  which  they  belong,  and  must  pay  an  admission-fee  of  $100  each;  in 
return  for  which  they  receive  a  home,  clothing,  medical  attendance  and  religious 
privileges.  The  home  has  about  ioo  inmates,  who  are  cared  for  at  a  yearly  expense 
of  $15,000.  It  is  in  charge  of  a  board  of  managers.  The  building  stands  on  68th 
Street,  between  Park  and  Lexington  Avenues. 


4°^  KINCS  HA  XD  BO  OK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

The  Samaritan  Home  for  the  Aged  of  the  city  of  New  York  was  incor- 
porated in  1867,  in  order  to  relieve  the  crowded  condition  of  other  similar  institutions. 
The  first  building  stood  on  West  37th  Street.  The  cheerful  and  commodious  home 
at  414  West  22d  Street  was  opened  in  1S70.  The  object  of  the  institution  is  to  pro- 
vide a  haven  of  rest  for  aged  Protestants  of  either  sex,  over  65  years  of  age,  on  pay- 
ment of  an  admission-fee  of  8250.  Forty-five  inmates  are  provided  for,  and  there 
is  an  endowment  fund  of  $40,000.  The  affairs  of  the  home  are  in  charge  of  a 
board  of  managers. 

The  Chapin  Home  for  the  Aged  and  Infirm,  at  151  East  66th  Street,  was 
opened  in  1S69  as  a  home  for  aged  and  infirm  persons  of  both  sexes,  in  reduced 
circumstances,  who  must  be  recommended  by  the  board  of  managers.  An  applicant 
must  be  over  65  years  old,  and  must  pay  an  admission  fee  of  $300,  a  physician's  ex- 
amination fee  of  $5,  and  a  burial  fee  of  $50,  and  surrender  all  property  in  posses- 
sion at  the  time  of  admission.  There  are  70  inmates ;  and  an  invested  fund  of 
$60,000. 

The  Isabella  Heimath,  corner  of  Amsterdam  Avenue  and  190th  Street,  was 
established  in  1S75,  by  the  late  Mrs.  Anna  Ottendorfer,  at  Astoria,  as  a  home  for  in- 
digent old  women.  The  institution  on  its  completion  in  1SS9  was  presented  by  Oswald 
Ottendorfer  to  a  society  incorporated  under  the  title  Isabella  Heimath.  It  is  for  the 
maintenance  and  care  of  the  aged  and  the  sick,  without  regard  to  creed,  sex  or 
nationality,  comprising  a  home  for  the  care  of  indigent  persons  —  of  at  least  sixty  years 
of  age  —  unable  to  support  themselves,  and  without  relatives  to  support  them  ;  and 
a  hospital  for  chronic  invalids  without  means.  Consumptives,  or  patients  suffering 
from  infectious  diseases,  epileptics,  idiots,  and'  those  requiring  constant  personal 
attendance,  cannot  be  admitted.  There  is  a  convalescent  ward,  in  which  convales- 
cents who  need  rest  after  an  acute  disease  or  a  surgical  operation  are  admitted  for  a 
limited  time.  The  admission  to  all  departments  is  gratuitous.  There  are  176  beds. 
The  hospital  is  equipped  with  Worthington  pumps,  electric  lights,  and  other  conve- 
niences and  safe-guards. 

Many  avocations  and  trades,  as  confederated  in  modern  days,  have  established 
extensive  charitable  agencies  for  their  own  people,  when  fallen  on  unhappy  days,  and 
have  also  made  provision  for  helping  their  young  people. 

The  Actors'  Fund  of  America,  at  12  West  28th  Street,  was  incorporated  in 
18S2  for  the  relief  of  needy  actors  and  other  persons  connected  with  the  stage.  Its 
active  founder  was  A.  M.  Palmer,  who  has  constantly  been  its  president.  Its  funds 
are  derived  from  membership  dues,  and  the  proceeds  of  the  annual  benefit  perform- 
ances held  in  many  theatres  throughout  the  country.  During  1S91  438  persons 
were  relieved,  at  an  expense  of  $28,000.  In  1S92  a  grand  fair  held  in  Madison- 
Square  Garden  netted  nearly  $200,000  for  the  fund. 

The  General  Society  of  Mechanics  and  Tradesmen,  at  iS  East  16th  Street, 
is  one  of  the  oldest  local  organizations.  It  was  founded  in  1785  for  the  general 
improvement  of  mechanics  and  tradesmen.  It  has  a  large  membership  ;  is  in  a 
flourishing  condition  ;  and  has  become  a  valued  friend  to  the  young  men  and  women 
who  avail  themselves  of  its  many  privileges.  Its  leading  features  are  the  Apprentices' 
Library,  at  18  East  1 6th  Street,  a  free  circulating  library,  founded  in  1820  ;  the 
mechanics'  schools,  furnishing  free  instruction  in  stenography,  typewriting,  and 
mechanical  and  freehand  drawing  to  worthy  young  men  and  women  ;  courses  of  free 
lectures  every  winter  ;  and  free  scholarships  in  the  New- York  Trade-Schools.  It 
supports  its  indigent  members,  and  pensions  the  widows  and  orphans  of  deceased 
members. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


409 


The  New-York  Society  for  the  Relief  of  Widows  and  Orphans  of 
Medical  Men  was  formed  in  1843  to  render  aid  to  the  needy  widows  and  orphans 
of  deceased  members.  In  special  cases,  other  near  relatives,  who  had  been  depend- 
ent upon  the  deceased,  are  aided.  Twelve  widows  and  four  orphans  received 
assistance  in  1891,  at  an  outlay  of  $4,000. 

The  Exempt  Firemen's  Benevolent  Fund,  at  174  Canal  Street,  was 
founded  in  1791,  under  the  name  of  the  Fire-Department  Fund,  by  a  few  members 
of  the  old  volunteer  force,  at  a  convivial  meeting.  A  charter  was  obtained  in  1798, 
providing  for  the  maintenance  and  increase  of  the  fund.  For  many  years  the  bene- 
ficiaries were  few  in  number,  and  a  large  surplus  accumulated.  This  was  lost  in  the 
great  fire  of  1835,  which  ruined  the  fire-insurance  companies  in  which  it  had  been 
invested.  The  citizens,  however,  contributed  $24,000  ;  and  when  the  volunteer 
system  was  superseded  by  the  paid  Fire-Department,  in  1865,  the  fund  was  placed 
in  charge  of  the  Association  of  Exempt  Firemen,  which  had  been  formed  in  184 1. 
At  that  time  the  fund  amounted  to  $90,000.  Now  it  is  nearly  $200,000,  and  the 
income  is  expended  for  the  benefit  of  indigent  and  disabled  firemen,  or  their  widows 
or  children.  The  Fire-Department  has  a  fund  amounting  to  nearly  $500,000,  the 
income  of  which  is  used  in  the  same  manner. 

The  maritime  class,  the  sailors  who  go  down  to  the  sea  in  ships,  are  admirably 
protected  by  charitable  funds,  mainly  of  their  own  institution. 

The  Sailors'  Snug  Harbor,  at  New  Brighton,  Staten  Island,  was  established 
in  1801,  by  Captain  Robert  Richard  Randall,  who  bequeathed  to  it  considerable- 
tracts  of  city  real 
estate,  now  of 
enormous  value. 
The  asylum  build- 
ings are  very  ex- 
tensive, and  the 
grounds  contain 
180  acres,  attrac- 
tively laid  out. 
The  Snug  Harbor 
is  a  home  for 
aged,  infirm  and 
superannuated 
sailors,  who  must 
be  native  -  born, 
or,  in  case  of  those 
of  foreign  birth, 
must  produce  doc- 
umentary evidence  that  they  have  served  before  the  mast  at  least  five  years  in  vessels 
flying  the  American  flag.  The  home  is  in  charge  of  a  board  of  trustees,  and  there 
is  ample  accommodation  for  1,000  inmates.  The  institution  has  a  yearly  income  of 
over  $300,000,  and  is  self-supporting. 

Webb's  Home  for  shipbuilders,  now  approaching  completion,  on  Fordham 
Heights,  palatial,  endowed  with  millions,  is  intended  partly  for  a  home  for  aged  and 
destitute  master  shipbuilders  and  their  wives. 

The  Marine  Society  of  the  City  of  New  York,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  at 
57  Wall  Street,  was  incorporated  as  early  as  1770,  for  the  improvement  of  maritime 
knowledge,  and  the  relief  of  indigent  members  who  are  or  have  been  masters  of  ships, 


METHODIST    EPISCOPAL    CHURCH    HOME,    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST    93D    STREET. 


410 


AVNG'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


or  their  widows  or  orphans.  It  is  supported 
by  voluntary  contribution  and  membership 
dues.      It  aids  nearly  50  widows  yearly. 

The  Home  for  Seamen's  Children 
was  founded  in  1846  by  the  Society  for  the 
Relief  of  the  Destitute  Children  of  Seamen. 
It  is  pleasantly  located  at  West  New  Brigh- 
ton, Staten  Island,  and  about  130  children 
are  cared  for  and  educated  yearly.  No 
one  is  received  for  a  shorter  period  than  a 
year  ;  and  a  small  weekly  payment  is  re- 
quired from  parents  who  are  able  to  con- 
tribute to  the  support  of  their  children. 
The  inmates,  unless  claimed  by  friends  or 
guardians,  are  retained  in  the  home  until 
fourteen  years  of  age,  when  suitable  homes 
are  obtained  for  them. 

The  Mariners'  Family  Asylum  of 
the  Port  of  New  York,  the  only  institu- 
tion of  its  kind  in  the  United  States,  was 
incorporated  in  1854,  as  a  home  for  the 
destitute  sick  or  infirm  mothers,  wives, 
widows,  sisters  or  daughters  of  seamen  of  the 
port  of  New  York.  Applicants  must  be  over 
60  years  of  age,  and  pay  an  admission  fee  of 
$100.  The  Asylum  is  located  at  Stapleton, 
Staten  Island,  and  about  $5,000  is  spent  yearly  in  caring  for  the  fifty  pensioners. 

The  Mizpah  Seamen's  Rest,  at  665  Washington  Street,  is  the  graceful  name 
given  to  the  mission-rooms  of  the  Seamen's  Christian  Association,  founded  in  1888, 
to  promote  the  moral  and  religious  welfare  of  seamen.  Religious  services  are  held 
every  evening  ;  and  there  is  a  library,  reading-room  and  writing-room,  where  "Jack" 
in  port  may  find  a  hearty  welcome  and  pleasant  haven. 

Foreign  Relief  Societies. — An  interesting  manifestation  of  charity  is  in  its 
application  to  various  races  from  abroad.  The  great  network  of  Jewish  philan- 
thropies is  entirely  built  up  and  maintained  from  the  abounding  wealth  and  liberality 
of  the  Hebrew-American  population.  On  the  other  hand,  the  African  asylums,  and 
the  beneficent  works  done  among  the  Chinese,  the  Italians  and  certain  other  immi- 
grant colonies  are  maintained  at  the  cost  of  the  older  population  of  the  city.  Among 
these  fraternal  groups  are  ;  The  Italian  Benevolent  Society,  founded  in  1857;  the 
German  Mission- House  Association,  in  1867  ;  the  Spanish  Benevolent  Society,  in 
1882;  the  Norwegian  Relief  Society,  in  1883;  the  Hungarian  Association,  in  1884; 
the  Jewish  Immigrants'  Protective  Society,  in  1885  ;  and  the  Greek  Benevolent 
Society,  in  1 89 1. 

St.  George's  Society,  at  7  Battery  Place,  was  established  in  1786,  succeeding 
an  older  society  with  similar  aims  which  had  existed  before  the  Revolution.  It  was 
incorporated  in  1838.  Its  object  is  to  afford  relief  and  advice  to  indigent  natives  of 
England  and  the  British  Colonies,  or  to  their  wives,  widows  or  children,  in  the  cities 
of  New  York  and  Brooklyn.  Its  income  can  be  expended  only  in  charity.  The 
persons  eligible  to  membership  are  :  natives  of  England  or  any  of  its  dependencies, 
and  their  sons  and  grandsons,  and  British  officers  and  their  sons,  wherever  born. 


ITALIAN   INSTITUTE  AND  ITALIAN    HOME,    179  SECOND 
AVENUE,   BETWEEN  EAST  11th  AND  EAST  12th  STS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


411 


St.  Andrew's  Society  of  the  State  of  New  York,  at  287  East  Broadway,  was 
founded  in  1756  and  incorporated  in  1826.  It  is  one  of  the  oldest  existing  benevo- 
lent societies  in  the  country.  Its  objects  are  the  promotion  of  social  and  friendly 
intercourse  among  the  natives  of  Scotland  and  their  connections  and  descendants  in 
the  city  and  vicinity,  and  the  relief  of  such  as  may  be  indigent.  If  employment 
cannot  be  found  for  the  industrious  poor  in  the  city,  the  society  pays  their  passage 
to  any  other  place  where  work  maybe  offered.  In  1891  2,161  persons  received  as- 
sistance. The  society  has  a  permanent  fund  of  about  $56,000  ;  and  400  members. 
Its  yearly  expenditures  amount  to  about  $5,000. 

St.  David's  Benefit  Society,  at  21  University  Place,  was  founded  in  1835, 
and  incorporated  in  1846,  for  the  relief  of  needy  Welsh  people.  Welshmen  and  their 
descendants,  and  persons  married  to  Welsh  women,  are  eligible  to  membership. 

The  Irish  Emigration  Society,  at  51  Chambers  Street  and  29  Reade 
Street,  was  founded  in  1 841,  and  incorporated  in  1844,  to  afford  advice,  protection 
and  relief  to  needy  Irish  immigrants.  It  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  Social  Benevolent 
Society  of  the  Friendly  Sons  of  St.  Patrick,  the  successor  of  the  Friendly  Brothers 
of  St.  Patrick,  which  existed  previous  to  the  Revolution.  The  Society  of  the  Friendly 
Sons  of  St.  Patrick  was  organized  in  1 784,  and  became  very  active  in  extending 
aid  to  indigent  natives  of  Ireland  in  the  city,  especially  in  aiding  newly  arrived  im- 
migrants in  obtaining  employment.  Since  the  founding  of  the  Emigrant  Society  it 
has  turned  its  activity  in  other  directions. 

La  Societe  Francaise  de  Bienfaisance  (French  Benevolent  Society)  was 
organized  in  1809,  and  incorporated  in  1 8 19,  to  assist  needy  Frenchmen  by  providing 
medical  advice,  medicines,  food,  clothing,  money,  and  temporary  shelter  for  those  in 
need  or  sickness.  It  depends  entirely  on  the  generosity  of  the  public  for  its  yearly 
expenses,  which  average  $20,000.  The  society  maintains  a  relief  bureau,  bureau  of 
immigration,  night  refuge,  dispensary,  hospital  and  home,  at  320  West  34th  Street. 

The  Young  Women's  Home  Society  of  the  French  Evangelical  Church 
in  the  City  of  New  York,  at  341  West  30th  Street,  was  organized  in  1888  and  incor- 
porated in  1890,  to  provide  un- 
employed governesses,  teachers 
and  domestics  of  French  birth 
with  homes  and  board.  It  also 
supplies  needy  applicants  with 
clothing,  money  and  medical  at- 
tendance, and  procures  employ- 
ment for  them.  The  Home 
furnishes  rooms  and  board  for 
24  inmates,  at  a  cost  of  $4  a 
week.  Nearly  1,000  worthy 
cases  are  assisted  yearly,  at  a 
cost  of  $7,000. 

The  Belgian  Society  of 
Benevolence,  at  135  Duane 
Street,  was  incorporated  in 
1 87 1,  for  the  relief  of  indigent 
Belgians  and  their  descendants. 
Its  funds  are  derived  from  pri- 
vate subscriptions  largely  from 
swiss  benevolent  society,  108  second  avenue.  the  natives  of  the  Low  Countries. 


412 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Swiss  Benevolent  Society,  the  title  of  which  indicates  the  scope  of  its 
work,  maintains  a  home  at  108  Second  Avenue,  where  needy  natives  of  Switzerland 
are  cared  for. 

The  Leo  House  for  German  Catholic  Immigrants  is  for  the  protection 
and  care  of  recently-landed  German  Catholic  immigrants,  who  are  aided  by  advice, 
financial  assistance  in  extreme  cases,  and  in  all  other  possible  ways.  The  society  in 
charge  was  incorporated  in  1889.     The  House  itself,  at  6  State  Street,  is  one  of  the 


MISSION    AND    EMIGRANT    HOUSES,    ON    STATE    STREET. 


few  old-time  mansions  that  have  survived  all  the  changes  of  the  modern  city.  It  was 
for  many  years  the  home  of  James  Watson,  the  first  president  of  the  New-England 
Society  of  New  York,  and  in  its  parlors  that  society  was  founded.  Nearly  all  of  the 
adjoining  houses  abound  in  historic  memories. 

The  Lutheran  Emigrant  House,  at  8  State  Street,  was  opened  in  1869,  for 
benevolent  and  humanitarian  work  among  the  poorer  classes  of  German  Lutheran 
immigrants,  for  whom  a  lodging-house,  temporary  employment,  advice,  and  all  other 
needful  assistance  is  provided.  The  House  is  supported  by  the  Lutheran  churches 
of  the  country. 

The  Evangelical  Aid  Society  for  the  Spanish  Work  of  New  York  and 
Brooklyn,  at  1345  Lexington  Avenue,  was  founded  in  1886  to  carry  the  Gospel  to 
the  Spanish-speaking-  people  in  their  own  language,  to  provide  missionaries  to  visit 
them  in  their  houses,  to  relieve  the  sick  and  help  the  poor,  and  to  establish  Sunday 
and  industrial  schools. 

St.  Bartholomew's  Chinese  Guild,  at  23  St.  Mark's  Place,  was  founded  in 
1889  for  the  improvement,  spiritual  elevation  and  religious  training  of  the  Chinese. 
It  renders  legal  aid  to  its  beneficiaries,  and  cares  for  the  sick  and  dying  in  the  city 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK  4l3 

and  vicinity.  There  are  nearly  700  members,  who  have  the  privileges  of  a  reading- 
room,  library  and  gymnasium,  and  receive  instruction  in  the  manual  arts.  The 
guild  is  supported  by  St.  Bartholomew's  Episcopal  Church  and  by  its  member- 
ship dues. 

The  Colored  Orphan  Asylum  and  Association  for  the  benefit  of  col- 
ored children,  in  the  city  of  New  York,  is  due  to  the  earnest  labors  of  two  ladies, 
Miss  Anna  H.  Shotwell  and  Miss  Murray,  who  in  1836  began  to  work  in  behalf  of 
the  neglected  colored  children  of  the  city.  As  the  result  of  their  labors,  at  a  time 
when  the  negro  was  generally  regarded  as  nothing  more  than  the  white  man's  chat- 
tel, the  Association  for  the  Benefit  of  the  Colored  Orphans  was  formed,  the  first  of 
its  kind  in  the  country,  and  a  small  house  on  12th  Street  was  purchased.  The 
association  was  incorporated  in  1838,  and  in  1842,  after  repeated  appeals  to  the 
Common  Council,  a  grant  was  obtained  of  twenty-two  lots  of  land  on  Fifth  Avenue, 
and  a  suitable  building  was  erected.  This  was  destroyed  in  the  Draft  Riot  of  1863, 
in  spite  of  heroic  efforts  to  save  it.  Instead  of  rebuilding  on  the  old  site,  the  man- 
agers secured  a  location  on  West  143d  Street,  between  Tenth  Avenue  and  the 
Boulevard,  and  the  present  home  was  erected.  With  the  passing  away  of  the  old 
prejudice  against  the  negro  the  institution  has  steadily  gained  in  the  confidence  and 
good  will  of  the  community.  Colored  orphans  of  both  sexes,  between  the  ages  of 
two  and  ten  years,  are  received  and  gratuitously  provided  for,  except  in  cases  where 
the  children  are  intrusted  to  the  society  by  parents  or  guardians,  when  a  nominal 
fee  of  seventy-five  cents  a  week  is  charged.  All  the  inmates  are  instructed  in  home 
industries,  and  at  the  age  of  twelve  indentured  into  families  or  at  trades.  The  lead- 
ing design  of  the  home  is  not  merely  to  rescue  from  poverty,  and  minister  to  the 
physical  comforts  and  necessities  of  those  committed  to  its  care,  but  to  elevate  the 
character,  develop  the  faculties  and  impart  a  knowledge  of  religious  and  moral  obli- 
gations and  duties.  About  350  children  are  cared  for.  The  expenses  are  met  by 
private  subscriptions  and  grants  from  the  public  school  fund. 

The  Colored  Home  and  Hospital  of  the  city  of  New  York  originated  in  1839, 
in  the  labors  of  a  few  earnest-minded  women,  who  sought  to  alleviate  the  condition 
of  the  indigent  colored  population  of  the  city.  For  the  first  few  years  the  pensioners 
were  cared  for  in  a  building  near  the  North  River,  known  as  "  Woodside. "  In  1845 
the  society  was  incorporated,  under  the  title  of  The  Society  for  the  Support  of  the 
Colored  Home  ;  and  $10,000  was  secured  from  the  State,  for  a  suitable  structure. 
The  group  of  buildings,  at  65th  Street  and  First  Avenue,  was  erected  in  1849,  anc^ 
comprises  the  home,  a  chapel,  a  hospital  for  general  diseases,  and  a  lying-in  hospital. 
The  privileges  of  the  home  are  free  to  all  indigent  colored  residents  of  the  city,  and 
are  open  to  non-residents  upon  the  payment  of  a  fixed  sum  quarterly.  The  Com- 
missioners of  Public  Charities  have  the  right  to  place  in  the  institution  adult  desti- 
tute, infirm,  sick  and  incurable  colored  persons  of  either  sex,  for  whose  support 
partial  provision  is  made  from  the  public  funds. 

The  New-York  Colored  Mission,  at  135  West  30th  Street,  was  founded  in 
1 87 1  for  the  religious,  moral  and  social  elevation  of  the  colored  people  in  the  city. 
It  seeks  to  attain  its  purpose  by  means  of  frequent  religious  services,  by  Sunday- 
school  instruction,  by  its  free  employment  office,  reading-room  and  library,  and  by 
the  zealous  labors  of  a  missionary,  who  visits  the  sick  and  poor,  and  gives  relief  in 
food  and  clothing  and  other  necessaries.  It  also  has  a  lodging-room,  where  colored 
women  can  obtain  lodgings  at  nominal  rates.  Nearly  6,000  lodgings  were  furnished 
in  1891.  A  sewing-school  for  women  and  young  girls  is  also  in  successful  operation. 
The  yearly  expenses  are  $9,000,  and  are  met  by  private  contributions. 


414 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  United  Hebrew  Charities  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  128  Second 
Avenue,  was  formed  in  1874  by  the  union  of  the  Hebrew  Benevolent  and  Orphan 
Asylum  Society;  the  Hebrew  Benevolent  Fuel  Society;  the  Hebrew  Relief  Society; 
the  Congregation  Darech  Amuno  Free  Burial  Society  ;  and  the  Ladies'  Lying-in 
Relief  Society.  Its  objects  are  to  afford  relief  of  all  kinds  to  worthy  Hebrews,  and 
by  co-operation  to  prevent  fraud.  The  city  is  divided  into  districts,  with  visitors 
and  physicians  attached  to  each  district ;  the  sick  are  visited  in  their  homes  ;  immi- 
grants from  Europe  and  other  places  are  aided  ;  and  the  worthy  Hebrew  poor  are 
assisted  in  many  ways.  In  1891  nearly  29,000  persons  were  aided;  situations  were 
obtained  for  4,000  applicants  ;  and  2,400  lodgings  and  7,600  meals  were  furnished. 
The  Hebrew  Benevolent  and  Orphan  Society  of  New  York  was  in- 
corporated in  1822,  and  reincorporated  in   i860.      It  maintains  a  large  asylum,  one 

of  the  best  appoint- 
ed in  the  country, 
at  Amsterdam  Ave- 
nue  and  136th 
Street,  where  He- 
brew orphans  and 
indigent  boys  and 
girls  are  sheltered 
and  educated.  The 
building  has  a  ca- 
pacity of  1,000. 
The  origin  of  the 
society  is  touching. 
Many  years  ago  a 
Hebrew    soldier   of 

the  Revolution  lay  dying  in  the  City  Hospital,  and  expressed  a  desire  to  see  some  of 
his  co-religionists,  a  number  of  whom  visited  him.  Becoming  interested  in  the  suf- 
fering soldier,  they  collected  a  small  fund,  and  after  his  death,  they  found  them- 
selves in  possession  of  $300,  which  was  made  a  nucleus  of  the  larger  sum  with 
which  the  asylum  was  founded.      Wm.  H.  Hume  designed  the  present  building. 

The  Montefiore  Home  for  Chronic  Invalids,  at  the  Boulevard  and  West 
138th  Street,  a  useful  Hebrew  charity,  was  established  in  1884  to  afford  shelter  in 
sickness  to  such  invalid  residents  as,  by  reason  of  incurable  disease,  are  unable  to 
obtain  treatment  at  other  institutions.  Incurables  of  both  sexes,  discharged  from 
the  city  hospitals,  are  received  and  cared  for,  irrespective  of  their  religious  belief. 
The  families  of  the  patients  are  also  relieved,  when  deprived  of  the  labor  of  the 
breadwinner,  from  the  income  of  the  Julius  Hallgarten  Fund.  There  is  also  a  Dis- 
charged Patients'  and  Climatic  Cure  Fund,  the  income  of  which  is  used  to  send 
improved  patients  to  Vineland,  N.  J.,  or  to  Colorado,  for  a  few  months'  change  of 
air  and  scene.  In  1891  this  charity  cared  for  302  inmates  and  215  out-door  patients, 
at  a  cost  of  $73,000. 

The  Hebrew  Sheltering  Guardian  Society  of  New  York  was  formed  in 
1879,  to  found  and  maintain  an  asylum  where  Jewish  infants,  orphans,  half-orphans 
and  deserted  children,  not  admitted  into  other  institutions,  might  be  received,  cared 
for  and  educated  until  they  could  be  provided  with  homes  or  permanent  employ- 
ment. The  asylum  buildings  are  at  Eleventh  Avenue  and  151st  Street,  for  infants 
and  grown-up  boys,  and  at  the  Boulevard  and  150th  Street,  for  girls.  In  addi- 
tion to   its  regular  work,  the   institution  gives   temporary   employment,  food    and 


HEBREW    BENEVOLENT    ORPHAN    ASYLUM,    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST 
136TH  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


415 


shelter  to  former  inmates  out  of  employment,  and  furnishes  meals  to  poor  persons 
and  children  not  connected  with  the  asylum.      The  yearly  expenses  are  $60,000. 

The  Home  for  Aged  and  Infirm  Hebrews  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at 
West  105th  Street,  near  Columbus  Avenue,  was  opened  in  1848,  and  incorporated  in 
1872.  Aged  and  infirm  Hebrew  New-Yorkers,  of  either  sex,  over  sixty  years  of  age, 
are  received  here  and  given  a  home  in  their  declining  years.  About  160  are  cared 
for  yearly,  at  an  expense  of  $30, 000. 

The  Ladies'  Deborah  Nursery  and  Child's  Protectory  was  founded  in 
1878,  for  the  reception,  care  and  education  of  destitute  Hebrew  children  from  four 
to  fourteen  years  old,  who  may  be  committed  to  its  keeping  by  magistrates.  The 
buildings  are  at  95  East  Broadway,  for  boys,  and  East  i62d  Street,  near  Eagle 
Avenue,  for  girls.  The  inmates  are  cared  for  and  instructed  in  some  trade  or  house- 
hold work  until  they  are  able  to  support  themselves.  The  average  number  received 
yearly  is  375. 

The  Aguilar  Aid  Society  was  founded  in  1890  to  assist  the  up-town  Jewish 
poor  on  the  East  Side  with  fuel,  clothing,  groceries,  and  in  special  cases  money,  and 
also  to  provide  Passover  supplies  to  those  unable  to  purchase  them. 

The  Hebrew  Sheltering  Home,  210  Madison  Avenue,  was  opened  in  1889, 
to  aid  Hebrew  immigrants  by  furnishing  free  temporary  lodgings  and  food,  and 
assistance  in  obtaining  employment.      During  1891  4,000  immigrants  were  assisted. 

The  Young  Women's  Hebrew  Association,  721  Lexington  Avenue  and  206 
East  Broadway,  was  founded   in  1888  to  advance  the  cause  of  Judaism,  to  promote 


MONTEFIORE    HOME    FOR    CHRONIC    INVALIDS,    BOULEVARD    AND    WEST    138TH    STREET. 

culture  among  women,  and  to  improve  the  moral  and  intellectual  welfare  of  girls 
over  fourteen  years,  and  of  women  of  the  laboring  and  immigrant  classes.  Lessons 
are  given  in  the  domestic  arts,  cooking,  physical  culture,  dressmaking,  etc.,  mainly 
to  Russian  immigrants,  who  are  also  taught  the  rudiments  of  the  English  language. 

Miscellaneous  Charitable  Societies  abound  on  every  side,  and  quite  defy 
classification.  A  few  of  them  may  be  mentioned,  almost  at  random,  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  wide  sweep  of  metropolitan  kindliness. 

The  New-York  Fruit  and  Flower  Mission,  at  104  East  20th  Street,  was 
founded  in  1870.  It  distributes  flowers,  fruits  and  delicacies  among  the  sick  in 
hospitals,  asylums  and  tenement-houses,  and  sends  Christmas  greetings  to  sick 
children  in  houses  and  hospitals. 


416 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


HOME    FOR    AGED    AND    INFIRM    HEBREWS,     125    WEST    1  ObTH    STREET, 
NEAR    COLUMBUS    AVENUE. 


The  New-York  Bible 
and  Fruit  Mission  to 
the   Public  Hospitals  is 

an  important  local  charity, 
organized  in  1876  for  work 
among  the  sick  in  public 
hospitals.  Weekly  visits 
are  made  to  all  the  hospi- 
tals in  charge  of  the  De- 
partment of  Public"  Chari- 
ties and  Correction,  and 
flowers,  food,  fruit  and 
reading-matter  are  distrib- 
uted to  the  patients.  The 
institution  is  also  engaged 
in  useful  philanthropic  work 
among  the  poor,  and  labors 
to  reform  criminals  and  in- 
ebriates. The  Mission 
Building  at  416  to  422  East  26th  Street  contains  a  chapel,  where  services  are  held 
every  evening  ;  a  coffee-house  and  restaurant,  where  meals  and  tickets  for  food  are 
sold  at  moderate  prices  ;  a  lodging-house  for  men,  which  furnishes  lodgings  and  baths 
at  low  rates  ;  a  broom  factory,  which  gives  employment  to  men  out  of  work,  convales- 
cents from  the  hospitals,  and  discharged  convicts ;  a  reading-room  and  circulating 
library  ;  and  a  sewing-school  for  young  girls.  Other  branches  of  the  mission  work 
are  the  Penny  Provident  Fund,  the  Fresh-Air  Fund,  and  the  Loan-Relief  Bureau. 
During  189 1  84,061  meals  were  furnished  at  the  coffee-house  ;  33,000  men  were 
registered  at  the  lodging-house;  and  the  sum  of  $2,200  was  paid  out  in  wages  at 
the  broom  factory. 

The  Christmas  Letter  Mission,  was  organized  in  Europe  in  1871,  and  in 
the  United  States  in  1881.  It  is  a  charming  charity,  formed  to  distribute  Christmas 
messages  of  consolation  and  encouragement  among  the  inmates  of  hospitals,  prisons 
and  other  similar  institutions.  These  messages  are  written  by  friends  of  the  move- 
ment. In  1891  nearly  2, 500  letters  of  Christmas  greeting  were  distributed  among 
the  inmates  of  the  local  institutions,  and  over  35,000  in  the  United  States. 

The  Island  Mission  for  Cheering  the  Lives  of  the  Poor  and  Sick, 
at  102  Waverly  Place,  is  an  unsectarian  charity,  formed  in  1887,  to  brighten  and 
cheer  the  lives  of  the  inmates  of  the  public  charitable  institutions  by  means  of 
pictures,  books  and  entertainments,  and  by  providing  the  ordinary  comforts  of  life 
for  the  aged,  infirm  and  insane.      It  is  supported  entirely  by  private  charity. 

The  Hospital  Book  and  Newspaper  Society,  at  21  University  Place,  is  a 
department  of  the  State  Charities  Aid  Association.  It  was  formed  in  1874,  and  its 
mission  is  to  receive  and  distribute  gratuitously  among  the  inmates  of  the  local  hos- 
pitals and  asylums,  books,  newspapers  and  other  reading  matter.  Nearly  60,000 
books  and  papers  are  distributed  yearly. 

The  Needlework  Guild  of  America,  New-York  Branch,  was  founded  in 
1 89 1  to  provide  new  and  suitable  garments  for  the  inmates  of  the  local  hospitals, 
homes  and  other  charities,  and  to  unite  all  who  are  interested  in  that  special  field 
of  charitable  work.  The  guild  has  no  office,  but  does  its  work  privately,  by  house- 
to-house  meetings  among  the  members. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  4J7 

The  Ladies'  Fuel  and  Aid  Society,  at  199  Henry  Street,  was  incorporated 
in  1888.  It  distributes  coal,  provisions,  clothing  and  other  necessaries  of  life  to 
the  worthy  and  suffering  of  any  class  or  creed,  assists  in  obtaining  employment,  and 
renders  any  other  assistance  thought  to  be  wise  and  good.  In  1891  1,524  families 
were  aided.  Other  fuel  and  aid  societies  are  :  The  Hebrew  Benevolent  Fuel  Soci- 
ety (1869),  the  Earle  Guild  (1876),  and  the  East-Side  Ladies'  Aid  Society  (1889). 

The  New-England  Society  in  the  City  of  New  York,  at  76  Wall  Street, 
was  organized  in  1805,  as  a  charitable  and  literary  association.  It  had  but  a  feeble 
growth  for  many  years,  but  after  the  opening  of  the  Erie  Canal,  in  1825,  many  New- 
Englanders  settled  in  the  city,  and  infused  new  life  into  the  society,  which  has  for  many 
years  been  a  flourishing  and  popular  institution.  There  is  a  committee  on  charity, 
which  distributes  the  money  voted  by  the  board  of  officers  to  the  beneficiaries,  who 
are  the  widows  and  orphans  of  deceased  members. 

The  Penny-Provident  Fund  of  the  Charity  Organization  Society  was 
established  in  1888,  to  inculcate  habits  of  providence  and  thrift  among  the  poor,  by 
supplying  them  with  facilities  for  small  savings,  such  as  the  savings-banks  do  not 
afford.  The  plan  is  similar  to  that  of  the  English  Postal  Savings  System.  Deposits 
of  one  cent  and  upward  are  received  and  receipted  for  by  stamps  attached  to  a  Stamp- 
Card,  given  to  each  depositor.  As  soon  as  a  sufficient  amount  has  been  deposited 
in  this  small  way,  the  depositors  are  encouraged  to  open  accounts  in  some  savings- 
bank.  Over  165  local  stamp-stations  have  been  established  in  various  parts  of  the 
city,  and  more  than  60,000  persons  have  made  deposits,  varying  from  one  cent  to 
larger  sums.      The  central  office  is  at  21  University  Place. 

The  Christian  Aid  to  Employment  Society,  at  50  Bible  House,  was  incor- 
porated in  1888,  to  assist  worthy  men  and  women  to  suitable  employment.  No 
worthy  applicant  is  refused  aid  because  of  inability  to  pay  a  fee.  A  small  charge  is 
made  to  employers  for  services  rendered. 

The  German  Legal  Aid  Society,  at  35  Nassau  Street,  was  incorporated  in 
1876,  to  render  free  legal  advice  and  aid  to  persons  too  poor  to  employ  a  lawyer. 
It  has  aided  over  40,000  persons  and  has  collected  for  claimants  over  $200,000. 
Formerly  the  work  was  confined  to  Germans,  but  it  is  now  international  in  char- 
acter. 

The  Ladies'  Union  Relief  Association  was  formed  in  1865  for  the  care  and 
relief  of  sick  and  disabled  soldiers  and  their  families,  and  of  the  widows  and  orphans 
of  those  who  fell  in  the  War  of  the  Rebellion.  Its  work  at  present  consists  mainly 
in  obtaining  pensions  for  those  entitled  to  them,  and  in  granting  out-door  relief,  not 
exceeding  $10  a  month,  to  those  who  have  claims  upon  the  National  Soldiers'  Home 
at  Washington.      It  is  managed  by  a  board  of  women  trustees. 

The  International  Telegraph  Christian  Association,  American  Branch, 
was  founded  in  1890,  to  promote  religion  and  Christian  fellowship  in  telegraph- 
offices.  The  parent  organization  is  of  English  origin.  The  American  Branch  has 
already  established  six  Junior  Branches  in  different  parts  of  the  city,  where  messen- 
ger and  telegraph  boys  under  sixteen  years  of  age  receive  moral,  social  and  physical 
benefits  ;  and  a  Senior  Branch  for  letter-carriers.  The  address  of  the  General  Local 
Secretary  is  70  West  36th  Street. 

The  Tenement-House  Chapter  of  the  King's  Daughters  and  Sons,  Mad- 
ison Street,  was  organized  in  1890  to  bring  the  members  of  the  Order  into  personal 
relation  with  the  dwellers  in  tenement-houses,  whose  moral  and  physical  elevation  is 
the  principal  aim  of  the  organization.  In  cases  of  special  need,  such  aid  as  seems 
best  suited  to  each  case  is  given;  and  nursing,  sick-room  comforts  and  food  are 
27 


4i8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


supplied  to  the  sick.  A  valuable  fresh-air  work  is  done  among  the  children  during 
the  summer  months.  The  headquarters  of  the  King's  Daughters  are  at  158  West 
23d  Street,  in  the  former  home  of  David  M.  Morrison. 

The  Ladies'  Mission  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  of  the  Pub- 
lic Institutions  of  the  City  of  New  York  was  incorporated  in  1862.  The  mem- 
bership is  composed  of  charitably 
inclined  women  of  the  Episcopal 
Church,  who  are  willing  to  devote  a 
portion  of  their  time  to  visiting  the 
inmates  of  the  numerous  local  public 
institutions,  including  special  prison - 
work  on  Blackwell's  Island.  Dur- 
ing 1891  over  25,000  visits  were  made 
by  the  members  of  the  mission. 

The  Guild  of  St.  Elizabeth, 
at  440  West  23d  Street,  was  organ- 
ized in  1876  to  minister  to  the  sick 
and  poor  in  the  public  institutions 
at  Bellevue  Hospital,  and  on  Black - 
well's,  Ward's,  Hart's  and  Randall's 
Islands. 

The  Institute  Italiano  (Italian 
Home)  is  a  charitable  organization, 
founded  in  1889  by  Gian  Paolo  Riva, 
the  Italian  Consul-General,  and  other 
prominent  Italian  residents,  to  main- 
tain a  hospital  and  to  give  advice  to 
Italian  immigrants,  disseminate  in- 
formation among  them  and  promote 
their  welfare  in  various  ways.  It 
king's  daughters,  158  west  23o  street.  has  occupied  its  present  quarters,  at 

179  Second  Avenue,  near  East  nth  Street,  since  February,  1891.  Its  work  has 
been  comparatively  limited  because  of  lack  of  funds.  Giovanni  Starace  is  president. 
The  New-York  Society  for  Parks  and  Playgrounds  for  Children, 
at  Room  7,  36  Union  Square,  was  founded  in  1891  to  supply  fresh  air,  sunshine  and 
healthful  recreation  to  as  many  as  possible  of  the  400,000  children  crowded  into  the 
stuffy  tenement-houses  of  the  city.  The  first  playground  started  by  the  society,  at 
Second  Avenue  and  92d  Street,  accommodates  500'  children  at  an  expense  of  only 
$5  a  day.  It  is  proposed  to  open  other  similar  grounds,  provided  with  swings,  see- 
saws, wagons,  wheelbarrows,  shovels,  heaps  of  sand  and  jumping-ropes  as  rapidly 
as  funds  are  forthcoming.  The  economy  of  the  work  is  such  that  all  this  can  be 
provided  at  an  outlay  of  one  cent  a  day  for  each  child  in  attendance,  and  the  value 
of  the  work  is  out  of  all  proportion  to  its  cost.  The  expenses  are  met  by  voluntary 
contributions. 


Board    of    Health    and    Health    Statistics — Hospitals    and     Dis- 
pensaries —  The   Morgue  -Curative   Institutions  —  Insane, 
Inebriate    and    other    Asylums. 


THE  general  sanitary  condition  of  New  York  is  fairly  good,  in  view  of  the  many 
unfavorable  conditions  necessarily  prevailing  in  all  large  cities.  The  average 
annual  death-rate  of  about  25  in  1,000,  while  somewhat  higher  than  that  of  most 
American  and  many  foreign  cities,  is  not  abnormally  high,  when  the  large  yearly 
influx  of  immigrants,  the  crowded  condition  of  the  tenement-houses,  and  the 
number  of  patients  from  other  cities,  who  come  here  for  treatment  in  the  hospitals, 
are  taken  into  consideration.  The  average  yearly  number  of  deaths  is  not  far  from 
40,000,  fully  8,000  of  which  occur  in  the  numerous  public  and  private  institutions, 
and  about  25,000  in  houses  containing  three  or  more  families.  One  drawback  to  a 
satisfactory  sanitary  status  is  the  difficulty  of  keeping  the  many  miles  of  streets  in  a 
cleanly  condition,  a  trouble  which  is  not  so  strongly  felt  in  smaller  cities.  Strenu- 
ous efforts  are  made  by  the  Street  Department  to  improve  the  condition  of  the 
streets,  and  to  remove  all  these  menaces  to  the  public  health. 

The  Board  of  Health  controls  the  sanitary  affairs  of  the  city.  In  its  present 
form  it  was  established  in  1873.  It  consists  of  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Police, 
the  Health  Officer  of  the  Port,  and  two  Commissioners,  one  of  whom  must  have  been 
a  practising  physician  for  five  years  previous  to  his  appointment.  The  Commissioners 
hold  office  for  six  years,  and  are  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  independent  of  the  P>oard 
of  Aldermen.  A  large  corps  of  medical  inspectors  is  constantly  employed  in  the 
cure  and  prevention  of  disease,  in  the  inspection  of  houses,  and  for  the  enforcement 
of  the  health-laws  and  the  sanitary  code.  There  is  also  a  night  service  of  such 
physicians  and  surgeons  as  are  willing  to  undertake  the  work,  who  answer  all  night- 
calls  that  may  be  sent  to  them  from  the  different  police-stations  ;  a  vaccinating  corps  ; 
a  disinfecting  corps ;  and  an  organization  of  meat  and  milk  inspectors  ;  all  of  which 
are  potent  factors  in  promoting  the  general  healthfulness  of  the  city.  The  Board 
also  has  charge  of  the  Reception  Hospital,  at  the  foot  of  East  16th  Street,  built  in 
1885  for  the  temporary  care  of  contagious  cases  while  awaiting  transportation  to  the 
Riverside  Hospital,  on  North  Brother  Island,  which  was  erected  in  1884  for  the 
treatment  of  such  contagious  diseases  as  cannot  well  be  isolated  at  home,  as  well  as 
similar  cases  from  Quarantine  ;  and  the  Willard  Parker  Hospital,  at  the  foot  of 
East  16th  Street,  opened  in  1884  for  cases  of  scarlet  fever  and  diphtheria. 

The  Quarantine  Service  is  administered  by  three  Commissioners  of  Quaran- 
tine appointed  by  the  Governor  for  three  years,  and  a  Health  Officer,  for  two  years. 
The  Commissioners  are  authorized  by  law  to  make  all  needful  regulations  for  the 
examination  and  (when  necessary)  the  detention  of  all  incoming  vessels.  The 
State  of  New  York  furnishes  residences  for  the  Health  Officer  and  his  three  assistants, 


420 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


at  the  boarding  station  at  Fort  Wadsworth,  Staten  Island.  These  officials  are  obliged 
to  board  every  vessel  subject  to  quarantine  or  visitation,  immediately  after  her 
arrival  at  the  boarding  station  ;  to  ascertain  the  sanitary  condition  of  the  vessel  and 
all  its  passengers  by  strict  examination  ;  to  send  all  sick  passengers  to  the  Quaran- 
tine Hospital ;  and  to  determine  what  persons  and  vessels  are  to  be  detained  in 
Quarantine.  The  property  of  the  Department  comprises  the  Hospital  Ship,  used  as 
a  residence  for  the  deputy  health  officer  and  a  boarding  station  for  all  vessels  arriving 
from  infected  ports ;  Swinburne  Island,  on  which  is  the  hospital  for  contagious 
diseases ;  Hoffman  Island,  used  for  the  detention  and  purification  of  well  persons 
arriving  in  infected  vessels  ;  the  Crematory,  on  Swinburne  Island  ;  the  upper  boarding 
station  at  Fort  Wadsworth,  Staten  Island ;  and  a  steamer  for  daily  communication 
between  all  points  of  the  Quarantine  establishment. 

Hospitals  are  more  numerous  in  New  York  than  in  any  other  city  on  the  con- 
tinent. There  are  nearly  eighty  of  these  "  inns  on  the  highway  of  life  where  suffer- 
ing humanity  finds  alleviation  and  sympathy,"  and  many  of  them  are  among  the 
largest  and  most  magnificent  buildings  in  the  city.  The  newer  ones  are  built  of 
warm  red  brick,  and  fitted  with  the  latest  and  most  efficient  heating  and  venti- 
lating apparatus.  There  is  no  kind  of  bodily  suffering  that  may  not  find  skillful 
treatment  and  kindly  nursing  in  one  or  the  other  of  these  healing  homes,  where  the 
most  eminent  physicians  and  surgeons  give  freely  of  their  time  and  skill  to  the 
inmates.  The  wealthy  patient  may  command  all  the  luxuries  a  fine  private  home  could 
give,  and  the  poor  man  unable  to  pay  may  enjoy  comforts  impossible  -to  him  in  his 


BELLEVUE    HOSPITAL,    FIRST    AVENUE,    EAST    26TH    STREET,  AND    EAST    RlVER. 

own  narrow  dwelling.  Fully  100,000  patients  are  treated  yearly  in  these  curative 
institutions,  more  than  three-quarters  of  them  without  any  payment  for  the  care 
and  skill  which  restore  them  to  health  or  smooth  the  pathway  to  the  grave ;  and  the 
death-rate  is  less  than  eight  per  cent.     Nearly  all  the  larger  hospitals  have  an 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


421 


ambulance  service  in  constant  readiness  to  answer  calls  for  help,  and  some  have 
training-schools,  where  nurses  are  taught  the  duties  of  their  calling,  and  trained  in 
those  kindly  ministrations  which  often  are  more  potent  factors  in  the  patient's  restora- 
tion to  health  than  all  the  skill  of  the  physician. 

Bellevue  Hospital  is  a  great  charity  institution.  It  receives  gratuitously  the 
sick  poor  of  the  city.  The  first  stone  of  the  original  building  was  laid  in  181 1,  and 
in  18.16  it  was  opened  as  a  hospital,  almshouse  and  penitentiary,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Common  Council.  At  that  time  the  medical  staff  consisted  of  one  visiting 
and  two  young  resident  physicians.  In  1826  the  Hospital  and  Almshouse  were  sep- 
arated ;  and  in  1848  the  Bellevue  grounds  were  divided,  a  large  part  sold  to  private 
purchasers,  and  the  convicts  and  paupers  sent  to  Black  well's  Island.  In  1849  tne 
Common  Council  was  superseded  by  a  board  of  ten  governors,  who  in  i860  gave 
place  to  the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction,  who  now  have 
charge  of  the  Hospital.  Until  1849  tne  members  of  the  hospital  staff  were  appointed 
by  the  Common 
Council,  but  in 
that  year  the 
present  system  of 
appointment  after 
a  rigid  competi- 
tive examination 
was  inaugurated. 
At  that  time  the 
Junior,  Senior  and 
House  Services 
were  each  of  six 
months'  duration  ; 
the  service  was 
divided  into  four 
medical  and  two 
surgical  divisions ; 
and  the  physicians 
rotated,  serving 
three    months    on 

the  male,  and  three  months  on  the  female  side.  In  1866  this  service  was  rearranged 
into  four  medical  and  four  surgical  divisions,  each  having  male  and  female  sections, 
while  the  physicians  no  longer  rotated.  This  method  is  still  in  force,  but  the 
number  of  wards  has  increased  to  forty,  with  768  beds,  making  Bellevue  one  of  the 
largest  institutions  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 

The  entrance  to  the  hospital  grounds,  comprising  4^  acres,  lying  between  East 
River  and  First  Avenue,  is  on  26th  Street,  through  an  arched  gateway  built  in  1885. 
Immediately  to  the  left  of  the  entrance  gate  is  the  Marquand  Pavilion,  a  one-story 
brick  building  erected  in  1S77  by  Frederick  and  Henry  Gurdon  Marquand  in  memory 
of  their  brother,  Josiah  P.  Marquand,  who  died  from  the  effects  of  an  operation.  It 
is  a  medical  ward  for  women  and  children,  and  contains  18  beds  for  adults  and  16 
for  children.  Nearly  opposite,  on  the  right,  is  the  Insane  Pavilion,  a  low  brick 
building  erected  in  1879  by  the  city  for  people  who  become  insane.  It  accommo- 
dates 25  patients,  who  are  kept  five  days  to  allow  of  communication  with  their 
friends,  and  arrangements  for  their  transfer  to  suitable  institutions.  The  one-story 
brick  pavilion  to  the  north  is  the  Sturgis  Surgical  Pavilion,  built  in  1879  by  Mrs. 


STURGIS    SURGICAL    PAVILION,   BELLEVUE    HOSPITAL,    FOOT  OF    EAST    26TH    STREET. 


422 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


William  H.  Osborne  in  memory  of  her  father.  Immediately  opposite  is  the  long 
stone  building  of  the  old  almshouse,  four  stories  in  height,  which  forms  the  centre 
of  the  hospital.  The  long  prison-like  structure  comprises  a  central  division,  with 
side  wings,  giving  a  total  length  of  350  feet.  The  buildings,  including  the  north- 
east wing,  built  in  1855,  have  external  balconies  and  staircases  for  each  story,  afford- 
ing ample  means  of  escape  in  case  of  fire,  and  also  space  for  exercise.  The  central 
portion  of  the  building  contains  the  reception-room,  store-room,  Warden's  office, 
the  library,  the  consulting-room,  and  a  notable  operating-room,  the  largest  in  the 
country,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  1,000.  In  the  rear,  on  First  Avenue,  is  the 
Townsend  Cottage,  where  cases  of  uterine  tumors  are  received.  This  building,  and 
the  adjoining  chapel  and  library,  were  erected  in  1888  by  Mrs.  R.  H.  L.  Townsend 
as  a  thank-offering  for  recovery  from  sickness.  An  Alcoholic  Pavilion  was  built  in 
1892,  for  the  reception  of  male  and  female  patients  suffering  from  the  improper  use 
of  stimulants.  Since  1 873  a  superior  grade  of  nurses  has  been  obtained  from  the 
Training- School  for  Nurses.  The  immediate  care  of  the  hospital  is  entrusted  to  a 
medical  board,  appointed  by  the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction, 
and  comprising  three  consulting  and  twelve  visiting  surgeons,  three  consulting  and 
sixteen  visiting  physicians.  The  House  Staff  includes  four  physicians  and  four 
surgeons,  and  three  assistants  to  each,  none  of  whom  receives  any  other  compensation 
for  his  services  than  suitable  accommodations  and  a  small  yearly  allowance  for  board. 
The  exceptionally  large  number  of  patients,  averaging  14,000  yearly,  has  made 
the  hospital  one  of  the  most  valuable  in  the  country  for  the  study  of  diseases  of  every 
kind.  This  exceptional  condition  led  in  1861  to  the  founding  of  the  Bellevue-Hos- 
pital  Medical  College,  one  of  the  leading  schools  of  medicine  and  surgery  in  the 
country,  occupying  a  building  in  the  hospital  grounds,  on  East  26th  Street. 

The  free  dispensary  service  of  the  hospital,  one  of  its  most  valuable  features,  was 
established  in  1866,  and  treats  100,000  patients  yearly,  besides  the  large  number  of 

cases  which  are  sent  to  dif- 
ferent hospitals.  The  Am- 
bulance Service  is  an  im- 
portant feature  in  the  work 
of  the  hospital,  as  may  be 
seen  from  the  fact  that  nearly 
5,000  calls  are  answered 
yearly. 

Under  the  same  man- 
agement as  Bellevue  are 
the  Adult,  Children's  and 
Infants'  Hospitals  and  the 
Idiot  and  Epileptic  Asylum 
on  Randall's  Island  ;  the 
Emergency  Hospital,  at  223 
East  26th  Street ;  the  Gouv. 
erneur  Hospital;  the  Harlem  Hospital,  at  533  East  120th  Street;  the  Hart's 
Island  Hospital  for  the  reception  of  convalescents  ;  the  Fordham  Reception 
Hospital  ;  the  Fordham  Hospital,  at  Fordham,  N.  Y. ;  the  Insane  Asylum  for 
Males  and  the  Homoeopathic  Hospital  on  Ward's  Island ;  and  on  Blackwell's 
Island  the  Charity  and  Convalescent  Hospitals,  Female  Insane  Asylum,  the 
Hospital  for  Incurables,  and  the  Paralytic  and  Aims-House  Hospitals,  mostly 
large    stone    buildings,   with    a    combined    capacity    of  fully    5,000   beds,   forming 


GOUVERNEUR  HOSPITAL,  GOUVERNEUR  SLIP  AND  FRONT  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  423 

the  largest  group  of  associated  charities  under  one  management  in  the  world,  a 
proof  of  the  liberality  of  New- York  City  in  caring  for  its  sick  and  afflicted  poor. 

The  Morgue,  on  the  Bellevue- Hospital  grounds,  is  a  one-story  building  of 
62  by  83  feet,  containing  an  office,  autopsy-room,  room  for  refrigerator,  and 
two  special  rooms  where  the  remains  of  the  deceased  are  laid  out,  that  friends 
may  view  the  bodies,  or  hold  religious  services  previous  to  their  burial.  It  was 
opened  in  1866,  and  contained  at  that  time  four  marble  tables.  A  corpse  remains 
in  the  Morgue  for  72  hours,  more  or  less,  according  to  condition  and  weather, 
and  if  not  identified  it  is  removed  to  the  City  Cemetery,  on  Hart's  Island,  for 
interment.  The  clothing  is  preserved  for  six  months,  and  if  not  then  identified 
it  is  destroyed.  All  bodies  are  photographed,  and  the  photographs  are  carefully 
preserved  as  a  possible  means  of  future  identification.  There  are  usually  from 
three  to  five  bodies  awaiting  identification,  and  the  sight  is  anything  but  a  pleasant 
one.  The  number  of  bodies  received  here  exceeds  4000,  the  average  being  from  175 
to  235  yearly.  The  number  of  bodies  received  here  annually,  from  all  sources, 
averages  about  8,000,  including  Morgue  cases  proper  (the  unknown  dead). 

The  Gouverneur  Hospital,  at  Gouverneur  Slip  and  East  River,  is  an  emer- 
gency hospital,  in  charge  of  the  Department  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction.  It 
occupies  the  old  Gouverneur-Market  building,  and  was  established  in  1885. 

The  Charity  Hospital,  on  Blackwell's  Island,  was  opened  in  1852  for  the 
city's  indigent  sick.  The  original  wooden  building  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1865, 
and  a  large  granite  edifice  was  opened  in  1870.  It  is  four  stories  high,  and  extends 
across  the  southern  end  of  the  island.  With  the  outlying  pavilions  of  the  mater- 
nity, epileptic  and  nervous  wards  it  contains  1,000  beds.  There  are  thirteen  male 
and  twelve  female  wards.  The  number  of  patients  received  yearly  is  6,800.  The 
medical  and  surgical  staff  comprises  twenty-four  physicians  and  a  large  number  of 
attendants.  In  1886  a  training-school  for  female  nurses  was  opened  in  the  castellated 
stone  building  erected  in  1872  for  a  small-pox  hospital.  A  training-school  for  male 
nurses  was  established  in  1887,  and  these  schools  have  done  much  to  improve  the 
quality  of  the  nursing  in  the  hospital. 

The  Homoeopathic  Hospital,  on  Ward's  Island,  was  opened  in  1878,  for 
the  treatment  of  all  classes  of  diseases,  both  male  and  female,  except  contagious  and 
lying-in  cases.      It  is  under  the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction. 

The  New-York  City  Asylums  for  the  Insane  on  Blackwell's,  Ward's  and 
Hart's  Islands,  the  Reception  Pavilion  at  Bellevue,  and  the  men's  asylum  at 
Central  Islip  are  in  charge  of  the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correc- 
tion. The  buildings  are  of  enormous  extent  ;  and  upwards  of  6,000  patients  are 
cared  for  annually,  at  a  cost  of  $700,000.  The  accommodations  have  long  been 
inadequate,  and  many  plans  for  relieving  the  crowded  condition  of  the  asylums  have 
been  proposed.  The  most  promising  of  these  schemes  contemplates  the  use  of  the 
large  building  on  Ward's  Island,  formerly  occupied  for  the  uses  of  the  State  Com- 
missioners of  Immigration  (but  long  since  abandoned),  the  removal  of  all  the  insane 
to  Ward's  Island  and  Central  Islip,  Long  Island,  and  the  expenditure  of  $1,500,000 
in  new  buildings.  Several  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  transfer  the 
city  insane  to  the  care  of  the  State,  which  has  a  uniform  system  of  hospitals,  where 
it  is  claimed  the  patients  would  receive  better  care.  Passes  to  visit  the  asylums  may 
be  obtained  from  their  heads,  or  from  William  Blake,  66  Third  Avenue.  The  gen- 
eral medical  superintendent  is  Dr.  A.  E.  MacDonald. 

The  New-York  City  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  on  Blackwell's  Island,  was 
opened  in  1848,  and  is  now  used  for  women  only.      The  buildings  occupy  extensive 


424 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


grounds  on  the  northern  end  of  the  island,  and  have  accommodations  for  about  1,500 
patients.  The  main  building  is  a  four-story  granite  structure,  and  contains  the  office, 
rooms  for  the  house  staff,  and  eight  wards  for  patients.  In  each  ward  there  is  a  large 
sitting-room  for  the  inmates,  and  all  the  wards  open  into  a  spacious  central  rotunda. 
In  1 88 1  a  stone  building,  accommodating  500  patients,  was  erected  at  the  southern 
end  of  the  grounds,  for  acute  cases  ;  and  in  1892  a  brick  building  was  opened  for 
chronic  cases.  There  are  also  ten  wooden  pavilions,  one  brick  pavilion,  a  laundry, 
bath-house,  superintendent's  residence,  and  a  Roman  Catholic  chapel  on  the  grounds. 
The  amusement  building  contains  a  large  hall  with  a  stage  and  piano,  where  dances 
and  entertainments  are  given  frequently  for  the  amusement  of  the  patients,  and  a 
work-room  where  mats,  brushes,  rugs,  carpets,  and  fancy  articles  are  made  by  the 
inmates.  The  patients  are  kept  without  restraint,  and  every  possible  effort  is  made 
to  ameliorate  their  condition,  by  allotting  them  some  occupation  to  employ  their 
minds.  Twice  a  day  they  are  given  an  hour's  exercise  in  the  grounds,  in  charge  of 
the  attendants  ;  and  once  a  week  they  are  given  baths,  under  the  supervision  of  the 
resident  woman-physician.  About  2,500  patients  are  received  yearly  ;  and  the  daily 
census  averages  nearly  1,900.      Dr.  E.  C.  Dent  is  medical  superintendent. 

The  New-York  City  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  on  Ward's  Island,  has  been 
used  for  male  patients  only.  It  is  a  large  brick  building,  with  towers  and  turrets, 
and  has  trimmings  of  Ohio  freestone,  presenting  a  fine  architectural  appearance.  It 
was  opened  in  1871,  and  accommodates,  with  out-lying  buildings,  over  2,200 
patients.      The  number  of  admissions  during  the  past  year  was  750,  and   the  total 


NEW-YORK    CITY    ASYLUM    FOR    THE    INSANE    (WOMEN),    BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND. 


number  under  treatment  for  the  year  was  2,498.  The  asylum  has  a  resident  medical 
staff  of  sixteen  physicians.  The  general  treatment  is  that  in  vogue  in  advanced  and 
progressive  asylums  ;  and  all  patients  capable  of  appreciating  them  are  provided  with 
occupation  and  amusements.      Dr.  W.  A.  Macy  is  medical  superintendent. 

The  New-York  City  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  on  Hart's  Island,  was  opened 
in  1878,  for  the  reception  and  care  of  chronic  cases  of  female  insane.  The  buildings 
comprise  a  number  of  pavilions.  In  1886  the  former  Hart's-Island  Hospital  was 
discontinued,  and  the  pavilions  utilized  for  insane  of  both  sexes.  There  are  accom- 
modations for  about  1,000  patients.      Dr.  G.  A.  Smith  is  medical  superintendent. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


425 


The  New-York  Hospital  is  the  oldest  local  institution  of  its  class.  As  early 
as  1770  a  number  of  public-spirited  citizens  contributed  for  the  erection  of  a  hospi- 
tal in  the  city,  and  a  charter  was  obtained  from  the  Provincial  authorities  in  the 
following  year.  Considerable  sums  of  money  were  contributed  in  England,  and 
the  Provincial  Legislature  made  a  grant  of  $2,000  a  year  for  twenty  years  towards 
its  support.  The  corner-stone  of  the  first  building  was  laid  in  1775,  an(^  when 
nearly  completed  the  structure  was  destroyed  by  fire,  entailing  a  loss  of  $35,000. 
The    Legislature   made  a  grant  of  $20,000  for  its  rebuilding,  and  the  work  was 


NEW-YORK    CITY    ASYLUM    FOR    THE    INSANE    CMEN),   WARD'S    ISLAND. 

begun.  The  building  was  nearly  completed  again,  when  the  outbreak  of  the  Revo- 
lution turned  men's  thoughts  into  other  directions.  The  unfinished  building  was 
occupied  by  the  British  and  Hessian  soldiers  as  a  barrack  and  hospital,  and  it  was 
not  until  January,  1 79 1 ,  that  it  was  in  a  proper  condition  to  receive  patients.  Eighteen 
sick  persons  were  then  admitted.  The  original  buildings  were  near  Broadway, 
between  Worth  and  Duane  Streets.  In  1869  they  were  torn  down,  and  a  new 
structure  was  erected  on  West  15th  Street,  between  Fifth  and  Sixth  Avenues.  This 
was  opened  for  the  reception  of  patients  in  March,  1877.  The  hospital  has  been 
liberally  aided  by  the  State.  In  addition  to  the  grants  already  mentioned,  a  grant 
of  $10,000  a  year  was  made  in  1792,  which  was  increased  to  $20,000  in  1795,  and 
still  further  increased  to  $25,000  in  the  following  year.  The  Bloomingdale  Asylum 
for  the  Insane,  opened  in  1 82 1,  is  a  branch  of  the  New- York  Hospital.  In  1799  an 
arrangement  was  entered  into  with  the  United-States  Treasury  Department  whereby 
the  hospital  was-  to  receive  a  stipulated  sum  for  the  care  of  sick  and  disabled  sea- 
men. Under  its  present  administration  it  is  a  general  hospital  for  the  reception 
and  care  of  both  pay  and  free  patients,  the  latter  constituting  nearly  80  per  cent,  of 
the  4,700  patients  taken  yearly.  Private  patients  are  received  and  treated  at  vary- 
ing rates,  the  price  in  the  general  wards  being  $7  a  week,  and  for  private  rooms  from 
$x5  to  $35  a  week.  The  New- York  Hospital's  many  advantages  have  made  it  one 
of  the  best  schools  of  medicine  and  surgery  in  the  country,  and  no  pains  are  spared 
to  render  it  valuable  to  students  by  furnishing  every  possible  facility  for  the  study 
and  treatment  of  disease.  Clinics  are  regularly  given  in  cases  arising  in  the  prac- 
tice of  the  house,  to  which  students  from  all  the  local  medical  colleges  are  admitted. 
As  early  as  1796  a  library  was  founded  for  the  use  of  physicians  and  students,  and 
it  now  numbers  upward  of  18,000  volumes.  In  1840  a  pathological  cabinet,  now  one 
of  the  most  important  in  the  city,  was  begun,  and  has  grown  into  a  large  collection  of 
specimens  of  morbid  anatomy,  casts,  drawings,  etc.,  embracing  nearly  3,000  speci- 
mens.    A  training-school  for  nurses  was  opened  in  1877,  which  has  graduated  over 


426 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


200  nurses.  The  new  building,  opened  in  1877,  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  most  luxu- 
riously appointed  hospitals  in  the  world.  It  is  seven  stories  high,  with  a  mansard 
roof,  and  has  accommodations  for  200  patients,  with  their  attendants.  Stone,  iron 
and  red  brick  form  the  constructive  materials,  and  the  building  is  as  nearly  fire- 
proof as  is  possible  to  the  builder's  art.  In  the  rear,  on  West  16th  Street,  is  the 
venerable  Thorn  mansion,  an  old-time  structure,  used  as  an  administration  building 
for  the  executive  offices  of  the  hospital ;  and  a  handsome  brick  building,  completed 
in  1891,  and  occupied  by  the  library,  the  pathological  museum  and  the  training- 
school   for  nurses.      The  hospital  is  heated  by  steam,  and  artificial  ventilation  is 

secured  by  means 
of  a  large  fan,  which 
forces  a  current  of 
fresh  air  through 
the  wards  and  cor- 
ridors. The  kit- 
chens and  laundries 
are  in  the  upper 
stories,  above  the 
wards.  An  unusual 
and  pleasing  feature 
of  the  hospital  is 
the  solarium,  a 
large  room  on  the 
upper  story  of  the 
administ  ration 
building,  covered 
with  a  canopy  of 
translucent  glass, 
filled  with  plants 
and  flowers,  fount- 
ains and  aquaria,  a 
sunny  and  healthful 
resting-place  for 
convalescents.  On 
other  stories  are  the 
large  operating  and 
autopsy  rooms,  the 
general  wards,  pri- 
vate apartments  for 

pay  patients,  and  the  offices.  The  corporation  is  controlled  by  a  board  of  twenty-six 
Governors.  Besides  the  hospital  proper  it  supports  the  Bloomingdale  Insane  Asylum ; 
the  House  of  Relief,  or  Emergency  Hospital,  at  160  Chambers  Street,  where  2,000 
cases  of  accidents  are  received  yearly ;  and  a  dispensary,  where  upwards  of  20,000 
patients  are  annually  given  free  treatment  and  advice.  During  1 89 1  the  total  number 
of  patients  in  all  departments  of  the  hospital  was  35,916,  and  the  grand  total  since 
its  foundation  is  539,512. 

The  Bloomingdale  Asylum  was  occupied  by  the  insane  patients  of  the  New- 
York  Hospital  in  1821,  when  what  is  now  known  as  the  "main  building"  was 
opened.  The  asylum  is  substantially  built  of  brick  and  stone,  and  has  long  occupied 
a  commanding  site  on  Harlem   Heights,  at  the  Boulevard  and   117th  Street,  over- 


NEW-YORK    HOSPITAL,    WEST    15TH    STREET,    NEAR    FIFTH    AVENUE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


427 


BLOOMINQDALE    ASYLUM    FOR    THE    INSANE. 

VARIOUS    BUILDINGS    IN    THE    ASYLUM    GROUNDS    AT    BOULEVARD,    WEST    117TH    AND    WEST    120TH    STREETS. 


428  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

looking  the  Hudson  and  surrounding  country.  For  many  years  no  better  location 
could  have  been  found.  The  rapid  growth  of  the  city  in  that  vicinity  has  made  a 
change  of  location  desirable,  and  the  land  and  buildings  have  been  sold  to  Columbia 
College.  Bloomingdale  will  remove  in  1894  to  new  and  imposing  structures  at 
White  Plains,  N.  Y.  About  450  patients  are  received  yearly,  who  are  divided  into 
classes,  according  to  the  nature  of  their  mental  aberration  ;  and  suitable  methods  of 
treatment  are  adopted  for  each  class,  the  so-called  moral  method  being  largely 
employed,  supplemented  by  the  best-known  scientific  and  medical  treatment  ;  harsh 
measures  and  all  unnecessary  confinement  being  strictly  prohibited.  The  asylum 
has  some  free  beds,  but  most  of  the  patients  are  required  to  pay,  in  proportion  to 
their  ability ;  and  thus  a  quiet  hospital  has  been  provided,  for  those  of  moderate 
means,  as  well  as  the  rich,  who  are  suffering  from  mental  disease,  where  they  can  be 
assured  of  kind  and  skillful  treatment.  During  189 1,  453  patients  were  treated,  of 
whom  148  were  new  cases.  During  the  year  39  patients  were  discharged  as  cured  ; 
63  as  improved  ;  15  as  unimproved  ;  and  38  died.  The  accommodations  for  the 
lunatics  having  become  inadequate  at  the  New-York  Hospital,  the  Governors  applied 
to  the  Legislature  in  1815  for  aid  to  construct  new  buildings  elsewhere,  and  a  grant 
was  given  them  for  that  purpose  of  $10,000  yearly,  to  date  from  18 16  to  1857. 
Accordingly  in  1816  a  plot  of  ground  was  purchased  at  Bloomingdale  Heights,  then 
seven  miles  from  the  city,  and  buildings  erected  thereon  and  completed  in  1821. 

The  Roosevelt  Hospital,  at  59th  Street  and  Ninth  Avenue,  was  referred  to  in 
1874  by  an  eminent  English  surgeon  as  "Without  exception  the  most  complete  medical 
charity  in  every  respect"  that  he  had  ever  seen.  It  owes  its  existence  to  the  princely 
bequest  of  James  H.  Roosevelt,  who,  dying  in  1863,  left  his  whole  estate  "for  the 
establishment,  in  the  city  of  New  York,  of  a  hospital  for  the  reception  and  relief  of 
sick  and  diseased  persons,  and  for  its  permanent  endowment. "  The  amount  received 
from  the  bequest  was  a  little  more  than  $1,000,000  ;  and,  after  long  and  careful  con- 
sideration, the  nine  trustees  under  the  will  decided  to  adopt  the  pavilion  plan.  The 
corner-stone  was  laid  October  29,  1869  ;  and  the  hospital  was  formally  opened 
November  2,  1871.  The  cost  of  the  grounds,  which  embrace  the  entire  block  lying 
between  Ninth  and  Tenth  Avenues  and  58th  and  59th  Streets,  and  the  buildings  con- 
structed thereon  up  to  1890,  together  with  their  equipment,  amounted  to  about 
$950,000.  The  original  design  was  for  a  central  administration  building,  with  two 
pavilions  on  each  side  for  patients  and  their  attendants,  to  be  connected  with  the 
administration  building  by  covered  corridors,  and  yet  so  far  apart  from  each  other 
as  to  secure  light  and  ventilation  for  all.  The  money  at  the  disposal  of  the  trustees 
did  not  admit  of  the  execution  of  the  entire  plan.  The  buildings  constructed  com- 
prise the  following  :  1st.  The  administration  building,  in  the  center  of  the  block 
facing  on  59th  Street,  a  four-story  brick  edifice  containing  the  offices,  examining 
room,  apothecary's  department,  staff  dining-room,  etc.,  on  the  first  floor;  on  the 
second  floor,  the  private  apartments  of  the  superintendent,  a  reception-room  for 
the  trustees,  a  medical-board  room,  and  an  operating-room  for  general  surgery  ;  on 
the  third  floor,  a  few  rooms  for  private  patients;  and  on  the  fourth  floor,  two  surgical 
wards  —  one  for  women,  and  the  other  for  children.  2d.  In  the  rear  of  this,  facing 
on  58th  Street,  is  a  building  used  for  kitchen,  laundry,  store-rooms,  sewing-room, 
linen-room,  and  dining  and  sleeping  rooms  for  out-ward  help;  while  in  the  basement, 
and  running  east,  are  the  boiler-room,  engine-rooms,  fan-room,  and  various  agencies 
for  heating  and  ventilating  all  the  buildings.  3d.  East  of  the  administration  build- 
ing and  fronting  on  59th  Street  is  the  Medical  Pavilion,  a  four-story  structure,  with 
wards  on  each  floor  for  patients,  as  well  as  living  quarters  for  members  of  the  house 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


429 


staff  and  nurses.  4th.  East  of  the  Medical  Pavilion  is  the  Surgical  Pavilion,  con- 
taining a  ward  for  36  male  patients,  with  rooms  for  members  of  the  house  staff  and 
male  nurses.  5th.  East  of  the  Surgical  Pavilion  is  the  new  Syms  Operating  Theatre, 
built  through  the  liberality  of  William  J.  Syms,  who  left  $350,000  for  the  purpose 
of  construction,  equipment  and  maintenance.  Of  that  amount  $150,000  will  be  left 
for  maintenance.  It  is  believed  to  be  the  best-appointed  operating  building  in  this 
or  any  other  country.  The  exterior  is  of  brick,  with  granite  trimmings,  and  built 
in  the  most  substantial  manner.  The  main  amphitheatre  occupies  the  center, 
and  is  semi-circular  in  shape,  with  abruptly  rising  seats,  to  allow  an  unobstructed 
view  of  the  operating  table  from  all  parts  of  the  room.  In  the  basement  are  the 
janitor's  apartments,  the  engine-room,  and  the  fan-rooms  for  ventilating.  The  first 
story  contains,  besides 
the  amphitheatre,  a 
special  operating 
room,  an  operating 
room  for  septic  cases, 
a  private  reception- 
room,  a  reception- 
room  for  patients,  an 
examining  room,  two 
etherizing  rooms,  a 
photographic  room, 
a  microscopic  room, 
a  bandage-preparation 
room,  a  bandage-stor- 


age room,  an  instru- 
ment-washing room, 
and  the  instrument 
room.  The  floors  are 
of  mosaic  tile,  and  in 
many  cases  the  walls 
are  wainscotted  in  mar- 
ble. On  the  second 
floor,  south  front,  are 
six  rooms  for  the  re- 
ception of  patients 
after  operation,  and  on  the  floor  above  that  six  other  rooms  for  nurses,  etc.  6th. 
There  is  also  the  small  and  perfectly  appointed  McLane  Operating  Room,  opened 
in  1890,  the  gift  of  Dr.  James  W.  McLane,  the  President  of  the  College  of  Phy- 
sicians and  Surgeons,  in  memory  of  his  son,  James  \V.  McLane,  Jr.,  and  designed 
solely  for  the  use  of  the  gynaecological  service.  7th.  Adjoining  the  administra- 
tion building  on  the  west  is  the  Out-Patient  Department,  which  received  over  90,000 
visits  during  1 89 1,  of  patients  who  were  cared  for  there  without  taxing  the  ward 
accommodations  of  the  hospital.  There  are  180  beds  for  patients  in  the  hospital. 
8th.   The  dead-house  and  ambulance  stable  are  in  a  separate  building.      Fourteen 


ROOSEVELT    HOSPITAL   AND    SYMS    OPERATING    THEATRE,    NINTH    AVENUE 
AND    WEST    59th    STREET. 


43°  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

beds  have  been  endowed  in  the  Roosevelt  Hospital,  in  the  sum  of  $5,000  each.  In 
1891  2,704  patients  were  treated,  of  whom  1,098  were  discharged  as  cured,  934  im- 
proved, 251  not  improved,  and  269  died,  leaving  152  under  treatment.  During  the 
same  period  3,465  patients  were  treated  in  the  accident  room  who  were  not  detained 
for  ward  treatment,  and  the  calls  of  the  ambulance  during  the  year  numbered  1,671. 
From  the  opening  of  the  hospital  to  the  beginning  of  1892,  36,468  patients  had  been 
treated,  32,431  of  them  gratuitously,  so  that  the  institution  well  deserves  its  name  of 
a  great  free  hospital,  whose  charity  is  bounded  only  by  its  ability  to  care  for  those 
who  seek  its  aid. 

The  Presbyterian  Hospital  in  the  City  of  New- York  comprises  an  impos- 
ing group  of  brick  buildings,  occupying  the  entire  block  between  Madison  and  Park 
Avenues,  and  extending  from  70th  Street  to  71st  Street.  The  group  comprises  the 
operating  pavilion,  erected  in  1892;  the  administration  building,  completed  in  1872  ; 
the  dispensary,  opened  in  1888;  the  chapel,  pathological  department,  and  an  isolating 
pavilion,  erected  in  1889;  two  surgical  pavilions  and  a  surgical  administration  build- 
ing, opened  in  1890 ;  and  the  laundry;  all  constructed  of  pressed  brick,  and  con- 
nected by  corridors,  as  at  the  Roosevelt  Hospital.  The  Presbyterian  Hospital  was 
founded  in  1868,  and  the  first  buildings  were  opened  in  1872,  on  land  given  by  James 
Lenox,  who  took  a  deep  interest  in  the  work.  In  1889  most  of  the  original  buildings 
were  destroyed  by  fire,  and  as  a  result  the  entire  scheme  was  re-arranged,  with  a  view 
to  secure  greater  efficiency,  convenience  and  economy.  The  new  edifices  embody 
the  latest  and  best  methods  of  hospital  construction,  and  are  admirably  adapted  to 
their  purpose.  The  operating  pavilion,  administration  building  and  dispensary  are 
on  70th  Street.  In  the  rear  of  the  latter,  on  Madison  Avenue,  is  the  chapel,  and 
near  it  the  isolating  pavilion.  On  71st  Street  are  the  large  medical  and  surgical 
pavilions  and  a  surgical  administration  building,  with  a  second  surgical  pavilion  on 
Park  Avenue.  These  pavilions  provide  22  wards,  having  330  beds,  with  a  possible 
increase  to  450,  and  numerous  other  rooms  for  a  great  variety  of  purposes,  such  as 
reception-rooms,  parlors,  dining-rooms,  doctors'  parlors,  and  consultation  rooms  ; 
22  private  rooms,  for  paying  patients  ;  press-rooms,  drying-rooms,  pantries,  dormi- 
tories, solaria,  etc.  The  buildings  are  entirely  fire-proof,  being  constructed  of 
masonry  and  iron  throughout ;  and  the  system  of  ventilation  is  as  perfect  as  could 
be  devised  ;  the  great  factor  in  the  system  being  the  lofty  dispensary  tower  on  Madi- 
son Avenue,  which  has  at  its  base  a  large  battery  of  steam-driven  fans.  The  tower 
and  the  fans  open  into  an  immense  underground  duct,  connecting  by  smaller  branches 
with  all  the  hospital  buildings,  except  the  Isolating  Pavilion  and  the  Pathological 
Department,  which  have  independent  systems  of  ventilation.  While  the  foul  air  is 
drawn  from  the  buildings  by  these  great  fans,  fresh  air,  taken  from  a  considerable 
height  above  the  ground,  is  forced  into  them  by  other  fans,  thus  ensuring  a  constant 
current  of  pure  air  in  all  the  wards.  The  heating  and  plumbing  arrangements  are 
of  the  most  approved  pattern,  and  the  comfort  of  the  patients  is  still  farther  secured 
by  the  ample  lighting  facilities  of  the  wards,  which  are  16  feet  in  height,  and  painted 
in  delicate  tones  of  color.  The  Children's  Ward,  with  its  long  rows  of  dainty  cribs, 
is  especially  attractive.  One  noteworthy  feature  of  the  interior  arrangement  is  the 
provision  of  rooms  for  cases  where  death  must  speedily  ensue,  thus  freeing  the  wards 
from  the  depressing  effects  of  death -bed  scenes.  The  new  operating  pavilion  has 
three  halls  for  surgical  operations,  each  with  a  series  of  adjoining  rooms,  that  add 
much  to  the  comfort,  completeness  and  success  of  the  best  surgical  work.  The 
amphitheatre  seats  100  persons,  and  is  abundantly  lighted  by  a  ceiling  light  and  three 
great  side-lights.     The  wainscoting  and  floors  are  of  marble.     The  smaller  operating 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


431 


rooms  afford  facilities  for  operations  where  retirement  is  essential  to  success  and 
spectators  are  undesirable.  The  pathological  department  is  fully  equipped  with  the 
best  modern  appliances  ;  and  the  new  dispensary  building,  a  lofty  hall  100  feet  in 
length,  lighted  by  three-story  windows,  and  surrounded  by  doctors'  rooms,  provided 
with  every  convenience  for  the  treatment  of  patients,  is  a  model  of  its  class.  The 
buildings  represent  an  outlay  closely  approaching  $1,200,000.  Everything  that  the 
best  medical  and  surgical  skill  can  suggest,  and  the  lavish  expenditure  of  money  can 
secure,  is  done  for  the  relief  of  the  patients.  While  the  hospital  is  largely  supported 
by  members  of  the  Presbyterian  and  Reformed  Churches,  it  is  entirely  undenomina- 
tional in  its  work,  less  than  ten  per  cent,  of  the  patients  being  Presbyterians,  and 
over  fifty  per  cent,  being  Roman  Catholics.      Of  the  3,300  patients  cared  for  in  1891, 


PRESBYTERIAN    HOSPITAL,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    EAST    70TH    STREET. 


over  3,200  were  treated  gratuitously  ;  and  scarcely  more  than  $3,000  was  received 
from  pay  patients.  The  dispensary  treats  upwards  of  70,000  patients  yearly,  and  dis- 
penses about  22,000  prescriptions,  while  the  ambulance  service  answers  1,500  calls. 
The  entire  plant  is  lighted  by  both  gas  and  electricity,  the  latter  light  permitting 
surgical  operations  under  ether  to  be  performed  with  safety  as  well  by  night  as 
by  day.      The  hospital  is  also  equipped  with  powerful  Worthington  pumps. 

The  Mount-Sinai  Hospital  was  originally  known  as  "The  Jews'  Hospital 
in  the  City  of  New  York."  It  was  founded  in  1852  by  a  number  of  benevolent 
Hebrews,  headed  by  Sampson  Simson,  who  gave  a  lot  of  land  on  28th  Street.  It 
was  opened  in  1855,  and  remained  in  the  first  location  until  1872,  when  it  took 
possession  of  its  group  of  buildings  on  Lexington  Avenue,  extending  from  66th  Street 
to  67th  Street.      The  land  is  leased  from  the  city  for  ninety-nine  years,  at  a  nominal 


432 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


MOUNT-SINAI    HOSPITAL,    LEXINGTON    AVENUE,    EAST    66TH    AND    67TH    STREETS. 


rental  of  %\  a  year.  Brick  and  stone  form  the  constructive  materials.  The  group 
comprises  three  five-story  buildings,  connected  by  closed  corridors.  Like  most  other 
so-called  private  hospitals,  Mount  Sinai  has  two  grand  divisions  —  the  medical  and 

the  surgical — 
each  having  four 
wards ;  a  gynae- 
cological depart- 
ment, classed  as 
surgical ;  and  a 
children's  ward. 
It  has  also  an  eye 
and  ear  depart- 
ment, to  which  six 
rooms,  each  con- 
taining two  beds, 
are  allotted.  These 
are  on  the  first 
floor  of  the  admin- 
istration building, 
on  Lexington 
Avenue.  On  the 
same  floor  are  the 

directors'  room,  the  offices  of  the  superintendent  and  the  admitting  physician,  a  sit- 
ting-room and  a  library  containing  2,000  volumes.  The  remaining  floors  are  given 
up  to  private  rooms,  those  of  the  house  staff  and  the  superintendent,  the  synagogue 
and  operating  rooms.  The  wards  for  women  and  children  occupy  the  northern  wing, 
on  67th  Street  ;  and  the  men's  wards  are  in  the  southern  wing.  The  arrangement 
is  alike  for  all  the  wards,  each  containing  from  20  to  25  beds,  ranged  along  the  sides 
of  the  room.  All  the  wards  are  kept  scrupulously  clean,  and  abundantly  lighted  and 
ventilated.  In  the  rear  of  the  administration  building  is  the  isolation-house  for 
contagious  cases,  the  laundry  building,  and  the  morgue.  In  summer  the  intervening 
court-yard  forms  a  pleasant  lounging-place  for  convalescent  patients.  The  kitchen 
and  dining-rooms  are  in  the  basement  of  the  main  building. 

Just  across  the  way,  in  67th  Street,  is  the  Dispensary  Building,  erected  in  1890, 
at  a  cost  exceeding  $125,000.  It  is  connected  with  the  hospital  by  a  warm  and  well- 
lighted  tunnel  under  the  street,  and  is  thoroughly  fire-proof.  The  first  story  of  the 
front  is  of  Belleville  stone,  and  the  remaining  four  stories  are  of  salmon  pressed  brick 
and  terra  cotta.  On  the  right  is  the  entrance  to  the  free  dispensary,  which,  with  its 
reception-rooms  and  smaller  operating  and  examination  rooms,  occupies  the  first  two 
stories  of  the  building.  There  are  eye,  ear,  throat,  venereal  and  general  departments. 
The  last  annual  report  shows  that  over  70,000  patients  were  treated,  and  upwards  of 
58,000  prescriptions  dispensed,  in  most  cases  free  of  cost.  On  the  left  side  of  the 
building  is  an  entrance  to  the  rooms  of  the  Ladies'  Auxiliary  Society  and  the  Training 
School  for  Nurses,  which  occupy  the  upper  stories.  The  Ladies'  Auxiliary  Society 
is  an  important  factor  in  the  work  of  the  hospital.  It  was  established  in  1872,  and 
finds  an  ample  field  of  work  in  providing  clothes  and  bedding  for  the  unfortunate 
sick  and  needy.  The  Training- School  for  Nurses  was  opened  in  1 88 1,  and  has 
graduated  many  well-trained  nurses. 

Although  Mount-Sinai  was  founded  and  is  sustained  by  benevolent  Hebrews, 
it  does  not  limit  its  ministrations   to   members  of  that   faith,  but  admits  patients 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


433 


of  all  nationalities  and  creeds.  About  eight  per  cent,  of  the  patients  are  Russian 
Jews;  and  of  the  3,000  cases  yearly  admitted,  ninety  per  cent,  are  free  patients. 
Mount-Sinai  receives  a  larger  proportion  of  the  annual  Hospital-Sunday  collection 
than  any  other  of  the  local  institutions,  as  its  percentage  of  free  patients  is  the 
largest.  Unlike  most  of  the  other  local  hospitals,  Mount-Sinai  makes  only  provision 
for  clinical  instruction  for  a  limited  number  of  students,  but  devotes  all  its  energies 
to  the  care  of  its  inmates,  seeking  to  make  its  work  educational  only  to  the 
limits  of  the  house  staff,  and  medical  students  and  practising  physicians  and  sur- 
geons who  are  invited  to  be  present  at  operations.  This  was  the  first  hospital  in  the 
city  to  admit  women  to  membership  on  its  house  staff,  and  although  none  are  now 
serving,  their  absence  is  not  due  to  any  change  in  the  rules,  but  because  the  young 
men  have  stood  the  highest  in  the  rigid  competitive  examinations  required  of  all 
applicants  for  positions.  Women  are  still  on  the  general  staff,  but  they  have  charge 
of  a  division  of  the  children's  department,  in  the  dispensary.  The  administration  of 
the  hospital  is  under  the  control  of  a  board  of  directors,  who  fill  all  vacancies  by 
election.  Besides  directing  all  expenditures  of  money,  and  regulating  the  general 
policy  of  the  institution,  they  have 
the  appointment  of  the  medical  and 
surgical  staff,  all  the  members  of 
which  serve  without  pay,  for  the  term 
of  two  years.  The  hospital  accom- 
modates 220  patients,  including  those 
in  private  rooms,  who  pay  from  $12 
to  $40  a  week,  and  have  whatever 
advantages  come  from  isolation  and 
an  abundance  of  room.  The  report 
of  1892  shows  the  number  of  appli- 
cations for  admission  to  have  been 
5,428;  number  of  patients  treated, 
2,980;  number  of  consultations  in 
the  dispensary,  71,157;  number  of 
prescriptions  in  the  dispensary, 
58,411;  total  amount  of  receipts, 
$130,072;  amount  of  expenditures, 
$109,689;  permanent  fund,  $159,- 
500  ;  number  of  members  and 
patrons,  4, 285.  Of  the  2, 980  patients 
admitted  during  189 1  1,436  were 
discharged  as  cured,  900  as  im- 
proved, 172  as  unimproved,  5  were 
sent  to  other  institutions,  and  263 
died  in  the  hospital. 

St.  Luke's  Hospital,  at  Fifth 
Avenue  and  54th  Street,  holds  a 
unique  place  among  the  local  hos- 
pitals, as  it  is  not  merely  a  hospital, 
but  also  a  religious  house.  The 
superintendent  is  a  clergyman  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church ;  the  cen- 
tral feature  of  the  building  is  a  large  chapel ;  and  the  services  of  the  Church  are 
recited  daily  in  the  wards.  While  maintaining  the  highest  standard  of  scientific 
28 


MOUNT-SINAI    HOSPITAL    DISPENSARY    AND    NURSES'    HOME, 
151    EAST    67TH    STREET,    NEAR    LEXINGTON    AVENUE. 


434 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


work,  it  is  the  most  home-like  of  the  local  hospitals,  and  the  relations  between 
patients,  physicians  and  nurses  are  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  as  would  obtain 
in  private  families  under  like  conditions.  The  beginnings  were  made  in  1846,  when 
Rev.  Dr.  William  A.  Muhlenberg,  then  rector  of  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Com- 
munion, took  up  a  collection  of  $30  for  the  work.      In  1850  an  appeal  to  the  public 


LUKE'S    HOSPITAL,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    WEST    54TH    STREET. 


resulted  in  the  formation  of  a  corporation  and  in  subscriptions  amounting  to 
$100,000.  In  1854  the  Sisters  of  the  Holy  Communion  opened  an  infirmary,  in  a 
house  on  Sixth  Avenue,  where  upwards  of  200  patients  had  been  treated  when  the 
work  was  transferred  to  the  newly  erected  St.  Luke's,  in  1858.  The  building  fronts 
on  West  54th  Street,  and  faces  south,  with  a  length  of  nearly  300  feet.  Its  general 
plan  is  that  of  an  oblong  parallelogram,  with  wings  at  each  end,  and  a  central 
chapel  flanked  by  two  towers.  The  building  stands  well  back  from  the  street,  with 
a  large  lawn  intervening,  and  is  constructed  of  brick,  painted  a  modest  drab.  The 
chapel  is  well  lighted  and  ventilated.  There  are  nine  wards  for  medical  and  surgical 
cases,  including  three  wards  for  consumptives.  All  acute,  curable  and  non-contagious 
cases  are  received,  and  treated  free,  if  necessary.  There  are  220  beds.  To  the 
extent  of  accommodation,  no  patient  whose  disease  is  suitable  for  treatment  is 
turned  away  because  unable  to  pay  for  board.  Over  2,000  patients  are  treated 
yearly,  at  an  expense  of  about  $100,000.  In  connection  with  the  hospital  there  is 
a  training-school  for  nurses,  established  in  1888.  The  popularity  of  St.  Luke's  has 
been  such  as  to  make  larger  accommodations  necessary,  and  the  trustees  have 
recently  purchased  a  spacious  tract  of  land  on  113th  Street,  near  the  proposed 
Cathedral  of  St.  John  the  Divine,  where  they  will  erect  magnificent  new  buildings. 

St.  Vincent's  Hospital  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  195  West  nth  Street, 
was  founded  in  1849,  and  for  some  years  occupied  a  house  in  West  13th  Street.  In 
1857  the  building  of  the  Catholic  Half-Orphan  Asylum  in  West  nth  Street  was 
secured.  The  work  of  the  hospital  increased  to  such  an  extent  that  a  large  four- 
story  brick  building  was  erected  in  1882,  at  the  corner  of  West  12th  Street  and 
Seventh  Avenue,  giving  the  hospital  accommodations  for  nearly  200  patients.  The 
Sisters  of  Charity  of  St.   Vincent  de  Paul,   a  Roman   Catholic  order  instituted  in 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


435 


France  in  1633,  have  charge  of  the  hospital,  which,  since  its  foundation,  has  received 
and  treated  upwards  of  50,000  cases,  the  average  number  now  admitted  being  nearly 
2,500.  No  charge  is  made  to  persons  unable  to  pay  for  treatment,  and  these  form 
a  majority.  The  hospital  has  an  ambulance  service  which  answers  upwards  of  2,000 
calls  yearly.  Although  a  Catholic  institution,  patients  are  admitted  without  regard 
to  their  religious  belief,  and  St.  Vincent's  occupies  a  prominent  position  among  the 
local  hospitals. 

The  Hahnemann  Hospital  of  the  City  of  New  York  is  a  general  hospital  for 
the  reception  of  such  free  and  pay  patients,  not  suffering  from  incurable  or  chronic 
diseases,  as  may  desire  to  be  treated  by  homoeopathic  methods.  It  was  chartered  in 
1875,  two  older  institutions,  the  New-York  Homoeopathic  Surgical  Hospital,  incor- 
porated in  1872,  and  the  New-York  Homoeopathic  Hospital  for  women  and  children, 
incorporated  in  1848,  uniting  under  the  name  of  the  Hahnemann  Hospital.  The 
substantial  four-story  brick  and  stone  building  on  Park  Avenue,  between  67th  and 
68th  Streets,  was  erected  in  1878,  and  has  accommodations  for  about  seventy  pa- 
tients. There  are  four  well-lighted  and  pleasant  wards,  one  each  for  men  and 
children,  and  two  for  women,  besides  an  endowed  room  for  firemen,  containing  three 
beds;  one  for  saleswomen,  containing  two  beds;  one  for  policemen,  containing  one 
bed;  and  the  Anthony  Dey  room,  with  one  bed.  In  1887  the  Ovariotomy  Cot- 
tage was  erected  on  the  grounds,  and  in  189 1  the  Dispensary  was  opened.  In  ad- 
dition to  its  free  beds,  the  hospital  provides  a  quiet  and  comfortable  home  for  the 
sick  and  suffering  of  all  classes  under  homoeopathic  treatment ;  and  persons  requiring 
surgical  operations,  or  taken  ill  with  any  disease  not  contagious,  can  be  received  and 
obtain  the  best  medical  and  surgical  treatment  and  skilled  nursing,  their  comfort  and 
sensibilities  being  always  considered  and  secured.  Private  patients  pay  at  rates 
varying  from  $18  to  $40  a  week.  A  gift  of  $5,000  endows  a  bed  in  perpetuity; 
one  of  $3,000  during  the  donor's  lifetime  ;  and  the  same  amount  endows  a  bed  in 
perpetuity  in  the 
Children's  Ward,  a 
cheery  apartment 
containing  beds  and 
cribs  for  the  little 
ones.  About  2,000 
patients  are  treated 
yearly.  The  man- 
agers contemplate 
the  erection  of  a 
maternity  hospital 
and  the  establish- 
ment of  a  training- 
school  for  nurses. 

St.  Francis 
Hospital,  at  605 
to  617  5th  Street 
is  a  general  hos- 
pital for  the  gra- 
tuitous treatment  of  the  poorer  classes.  It  was  opened  in  1865,  and  is  in  charge  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  order  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Poor  of  St.  Francis.  No  contagious  or  in- 
curable cases  are  admitted,  but  all  others  are  received  and  treated  without  charge,  when 
unable  to  pay.     There  are  240  beds  ;  and  about  2, 700  patients  are  admitted  yearly. 


HAHNEMANN    HOSPITAL,    PARK   AVENUE,    BETWEEN    EAST    67th    AND    68TH    STREETS. 


436 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


GERMAN    HOSPITAL,    PARK    AVENUE    AND    EAST    77TH    STREET. 

The  German  Hospital  and  Dispensary  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  Park 
Avenue  and  77th  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1861.  Patients  of  every  nationality, 
color  and  creed  are  received,  and  treated  gratuitously,  when  they  are  unable  to  pay. 
Private  patients  are  charged  from  $15  to  $35  a  week.  There  are  165  beds. 
Upwards  of  2,500  patients  are  treated  yearly,  a  large  proportion  of  them  being  free 
patients.  The  dispensary  department  was  opened  in  1884,  and  gives  free  treatment 
and  advice  to  nearly  30,000  cases  yearly.  A  nominal  fee  of  ten  cents  is  charged  to 
those  who  are  able  to  pay.  The  annual  expenses  of  the  hospital  and  dispensary  are 
met  by  voluntary  subscriptions,  and  the  interest  of  an  endowment  fund  of  $170,000. 
The  Manhattan  Dispensary  and  Hospital  is  a  brick  building  at  Amster- 
dam Avenue  and  131st  Street.    The  dispensary  was  opened  in  1862,  and  treats  about 

8,000  patients  yearly.  The 
hospital  was  opened  in  1884, 
and  contains  seventy  beds. 
Medical  and  surgical  treat- 
ment is  given  free  to  pa- 
tients who  are  unable  to  pay 
for  relief,  and  pay  patients 
are  charged  from  $7  to  $35 
a  week.  Upwards  of  600 
cases  are  cared  for  yearly. 

St.  Elizabeth's  Hos- 
pital, at  225  West  31st 
Street,  is  in  charge  of  the 
Sisters  of  the  Third  Order 
of  St.  Francis  of  Assisium. 
It  was  founded  in  1870  ;  and 
all  persons  in  need  of  surgical  or  medical  aid,  except  contagious,  insane  and  violent 
cases,  are  admitted,  and  treated  by  their  own  physicians  when  desired.  The  charges 
vary  from    $8    to    $35  a  week,   and    there   are    90  beds,   many  of  them  being  in 


MANHATTAN    HOSPITAL,   AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    WEST    1318T    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


437 


private  rooms,  for  the  use  of  those  who  are  able  and  willing  to  pay  for  private 
attendance. 

The  New-York  Post-Graduate  Medical  School  and  Hospital,  at 'Second 
Avenue  and  East  20th  Street,  a  school  for  clinical  instruction  to  practitioners  of 
medicine,  was  opened  in  1882  for  the  treatment  of  general  diseases.  Patients 
who  are  able  to  pay  are  charged  from  $7  to  $20  a  week  ;  and  no  contagious  or 
chronic  cases  are  admitted.  There  are  women's  wards,  men's  wards,  orthopaedic 
wards  for  children,  and  an  entire  building  for  babies'  wards.  The  hospital  has  114 
beds,  and  upwards  of  800  new  patients  are  admitted  yearly.  The  directors  have 
built  a  fine  six-story  fire-proof  structure  for  the  school  and  hospital,  at  Second 
Avenue  and  20th  Street.  During  the  year  502  physicians  attended  the  school,  and 
46,444  visits  were  made  to  the  dispensary. 

The  Lebanon  Hospital  was  organized  in  1889,  and  has  purchased  the  Ursu- 
line  Convent,  at  150th  Street  and  Westchester  Avenue,  which  has  been  remodelled 
and  fitted  up  with  beds  for  500  patients.  Although  founded  by  benevolent  Hebrews, 
the  Lebanon  Hospital  is  open  to  all  sufferers,  without  distinction  to  race  or  creed. 

The  Christopher  Columbus  Hospital  is  temporarily  located  at  320  East 
109th  Street.  It  was  opened  in  1890,  for  the  free  medical  and  surgical  treatment  of 
both  sexes  ;  and  receives  all  classes  of  patients,  except  those  suffering  from  contagi- 
ous diseases.      It  is  in  charge  of  the  Catholic  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph. 

St.  Mark's  Hospital  of  New-York  City  is   at  66  St.   Mark's   Place.     It 
was  incorporated  in  1890,  and  receives  general   charity  and  pay  patients.      Private 
cases  pay  from   $7  to  $15   a  week,  and  have   the  privilege   of  selecting   their  own 
physicians.       The 
hospital  is  small, 
treating    500    pa- 
tients yearly,  but 
excellent    care    is 
taken   of  the  pa- 
tients; and  it  num- 
bers    among     its 
staff  physicians  of 
national      reputa- 
tion. 

St.  Joseph's 
Hospital  was 
opened    in    1882, 

by  the  Sisters  of  the  Poor  of  St.  Francis,  for  the  reception  and  care  of  consumptives, 
and  a  limited  number  of  other  chronic  and  incurable  diseases  which  cannot  be 
properly  treated  in  other  hospitals.  But  no  acute  diseases,  affections  of  the  mind 
and  nervous  system  (such  as  insanity,  idiocy  and  epilepsy),  chronic  surgical  diseases, 
cases  of  deformity,  or  aged  persons  are  admitted.  The  building  occupies  the  entire 
block  between  East  143d  and  144th  Streets  and  Brook  and  St.  Ann's  Avenues, 
and  is  well  adapted  for  its  purpose,  everything  possible  in  the  way  of  improved 
sanitary  conditions,  pleasant  surroundings  and  skilled  medical  treatment,  being 
provided  to  alleviate  the  sufferings  of  the  patients.  St.  Joseph's  is  one  of  the 
handsomest  of  the  New-York  hospital  buildings,  and  is  favorably  placed  in  the 
open  country,  not  far  from  St.  Mary's  Park,  beyond  the  Harlem  River.  There 
are  300  beds  ;  and  admission  is  free  to  the  poor,  without  regard  to  nationality, 
creed  or  color. 


ST.  JOSEPH'S  HOSPITAL,  BROOK  AND  ST.  ANN'S  AVENUES,  EAST  143D  AND  144-TH  STREETS. 


438 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Beth-Israel  Hospital  Association  was  incorporated  in  1890.  It  main- 
tains a  free  hospital  and  dispensary  at  206  East  Broadway  and  195  Division  Street. 
The  hospital  contains  50  beds;  and  the  dispensary  treats  yearly  12,000  patients. 

The  Flower  Surgical  Hospital  was  opened  in  1890,  by  the  authorities  of 
the  New-York  Homoeopathic  College,  on  Avenue  A,  between  East  63d  and  East 
64th  Streets.  Surgical  cases  only  are  taken  here,  and  200  cases  are  received 
annually.      The  dispensary  averages  25,000  free  prescriptions  yearly. 

The  Sloane  Maternity  Hospital,  at  the  corner  of  Tenth  Avenue  and  59th 
Street,  has  been  pronounced  by  many  home  and  foreign  physicians  to  be  a  model 
lying-in  hospital.  It  was  erected  in  1886  and  1887  by  William  D.  Sloane,  whose 
wife,  a  daughter  of  the  late  William  H.  Vanderbilt,  endowed  the  institution  by 
making  all  its  beds  free  in  perpetuity.  It  is  built  of  brick,  with  mouldings  of  granite 
and  terra  cotta,  and  its  construction  is  fire-proof  throughout.  The  flooring  of  the 
halls  and  the  wainscoting  of  the  stairways  are  of  white  marble  ;  the  wards  and 
operating  rooms  are  floored  with  white  vitrified  tiles.  In  the  basement  are  the 
laundry,  kitchen,  servants'  dining-room,  coil  chamber,  and  fan  for  warming  and  ven- 
tilation ;  a  bath-room,  where  newly  admitted  patients  are  thoroughly  cleansed  before 


NEW-YORK    STATE    WOMAN'S    HOSPITAL,    PA3K    AVENUE    AND    EAST    50TH    STREET. 

going  to  the  wards  ;  and  a  locker-room  for  the  safe-keeping  of  the  clothing  worn  by 
patients  on  admission  to  the  hospital.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  rooms  of  the  house- 
physician,  the  assistant  house-physician,  and  the  matron  ;  a  reception-room,  a  din- 
ing-room for  the  house  staff,  the  manager's  room,  and  a  large  examination  room. 
The  second  floor  contains  three  wards  with  20  beds,  a  delivery-room,  sleeping-rooms 
for  the  nurses,  the  drug-room,  and  a  dining-room.  On  the  third  floor  there  are  five 
wards,  containing  25  beds,  a  delivery-room,  the  apartment  of  the  principal  of  the 
training-school  for  nurses,  two  isolating  rooms,  and  sleeping-rooms  for  the  ward- 
nurses.  The  total  number  of  beds  is  45.  In  the  attic  are  the  rooms  of  the  house- 
servants.      The  lying-in  wards  are  used  in  rotation.      Each  one,  having  been  occupied 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


439 


SLOANE    MATERNITY    HOSPITAL,   TENTH    AVENUE    AND    WEST    59TH    STREET. 


by  five  patients,  is  thorough- 
ly cleansed  and  the  furniture 

washed   with   a   solution  of 

carbolic  acid.      Each  of  the 

delivery-rooms     contains    a 

table  of  special  design,  and 

the    high    character    of   the 

service  is  shown  by  the  fact 

that    in    2,000    cases,   many 

of    them    emergency    cases 

brought    to    the  hospital  in 

ambulances,  only   1 1   deaths 

are  recorded.      The  hospital 

is  in  charge  of  the  College 

of  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 

which  is  the  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  Columbia  College. 
The  New-York  State 

Woman's    Hospital,   the 

earliest  of  its  class  established  in  the  United  States,  was  founded  in  1854  by  Dr.  J. 

Marion  Sims,  at  that  time  the  leading  expert  in  female  diseases  in  the  world,  and  the 

discoverer  of  a  new  method  of  treatment,  which  has  revolutionized  the  practice  of 

medical  surgery  as  applied  to  female  complaints.      The  institution  began  its  work  in 

1855,  in  a  house  built  for  a  private  residence,  on  Madison  Avenue.      The  hospital 

was  incorporated  in  1857,  and  in  1866  it 
was  removed  to  50th  Street,  between  Lex- 
ington and  Park  Avenues,  where  two  com- 
modious brick  buildings  had  been  erected, 
with  accommodations  for  150  patients,  and 
completely  equipped  with  all  necessary  con- 
veniences for  the  treatment  of  this  class  of 
complaints.  Each  county  in  the  State  is 
entitled  to  one  free  bed,  and  the  medical 
and  surgical  attendance  is  gratuitous.  At 
the  Dispensary  1,500  out-door  patients  re- 
ceive treatment  yearly.  The  yearly  ex- 
penses, met  by  voluntary  subscriptions  and 
the  income  of  an  endowment  fund  of 
$152,000,  are  about  $70,000. 

The  New-York  Infirmary  for 
Women  and  Children,  on  Stuyvesant 
Square  (East),  near  16th  Street,  was  founded 
in  1854  by  Drs.  Elizabeth  and  Emily 
Blackwell,  who  were  the  pioneers  among 
women  physicians.  It  is  the  only  hospital 
in  the  city  (except  the  Homoeopathic  Hos- 
pital) where  women  and  children  can  be 
treated  by  women  physicians.  Its  doors 
are  open  to  all  classes  for  medical  or  sur- 

5  Livingston  place  opp.  stuyvesant  square.        gical  treatment.      The  present  hospital  ac- 


44o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


NEW-YORK    DISPENSARY    FOR    WOMEN    AND    CHILDREN,    15TH    STREET    AND 
LIVINGSTON    PLACE. 


commodates  35  pa- 
tients, and  additions 
soon  to  be  made  will 
double  its  capacity. 

During  1891  390  pa- 
tients were  treated,  and 
of  this  number  more 
than  half  were  free. 
The  dispensary,  where 
over  28,000  patients 
received  free  treatment 
during  the  year,  occu- 
pies the  first  floor  of 
the  college  building, 
321  East  15th  Street. 
The  Woman's  Medical 
College  of  the  New- 
York  Infirmary  moved 
into  its  present  commo- 
dious building,  corner  of  Stuyvesant  Square  and  15th  Street,  in  1890.  Twenty-one 
students  graduated  in  1892.  The  Training  School  for  Nurses  was  united  in  1 891 
with  the  New-Haven  Training  School,  the  nurses  from  the  latter  school  coming 
to  the  Infirmary  for  obstetrical  and  gynaecological  training.  The  Nurses'  Home  is  at 
327  East  15th  Street. 

The  Nursery  and  Child's  Hospital  in  the  city  of  New  York  was  opened  as 
a  day-nursery  in  1854,  largely  through  the  instrumentality  of  Mrs.  Cornelius  DuBois. 
The  original  location  was  in  St.  Mark's  Place ;  and  in  1857  a  hospital  was  added  as 
a  necessary  adjunct  of  the  work,  and  the  institution  became  incorporated  under  its 
present  name.  In  1855  a  substantial  brick  building,  1 19  feet  by  60  feet,  with  two  wings, 
was  erected  on  the  present  site,  at  Lexington  Avenue  and  51st  Street.  In  1863  a 
foundling  asylum  was  built,  but  for  four  years  it  was  used  as  a  soldiers'  home,  for 
the  reception  and 
care  of  sick  and 
wounded  soldiers. 
In  1867  the  build- 
ing reverted  to  the 
institution,  and  has 
since  been  used  as 
a  lying-in  hospital. 
A  new  three-story 
brick  building, 
erected  in  1888  in 
memory  of  Miss 
Mary  A.  DuBois, 
for  many  years  a 
directress  of  the  in- 
stitution, contains 
the  wards  and  offi- 
ces of  the  institu- 
tion.     Upwards    of  nursery  and  child's  hospital,  .lexington  avenue  and  east  51st  street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


441 


NEW-YORK    MEDICAL    COLLEGE   AND    HOSPITAL    FOR    WOMEN, 
213    WEST    54TH    STREET. 


600  mothers  and  1,000  children  are 
received  yearly  and  cared  for,  at  an 
expense  of  $100,000,  which  is  met 
by  voluntary  subscriptions. 

The  New-York  Medical 
College  and  Hospital  for 
Women,  at  213  West  54th  Street, 
was  founded  in  1863.  The  treat- 
ment is  homoeopathic,  and  the  aim 
is  to  provide  a  hospital  for  self- 
supporting  young  women,  whose 
only  home  is  the  boarding-house, 
where,  when  overtaken  by  sickness, 
they  may  receive  skilful  treatment 
from  physicians  of  their  own  sex  at 
a  moderate  cost,  or  free  of  expense 
when  necessary.  The  larger  part  of 
the  service,  both  in  the  hospital  and  dispensary,  is  gratuitous,  and  a  steadily  in- 
creasing demand  for  the  services  of  women  physicians  in  the  treatment  of  women 
and  children  has  made  the  present  leased  building  inadequate,  and  a  larger  structure 
is  contemplated  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  work.  The  building  now  occupied  has 
accommodations  for  thirty  patients.  During  1 89 1  174  cases  were  treated,  with 
only  six  deaths.  During  the  same  period,  at  the  dispensary,  upwards  of  1,500  pa- 
tients were  treated  and  5,000  prescriptions  dispensed.  This  is  the  only  local  homoeo- 
pathic hospital  where  women  physicians  are  exclusively  employed,  and  the  maternity 
ward  shows  the  remarkable  record  of  but  one  mother  lost  in  twenty-nine  years. 

St.  Mary's  Free  Hos- 
pital for  Children,  at  407 
West  34th  Street,  was  organ- 
ized in  1870  and  incorpor- 
ated in  1887,  for  the  medical 
and  surgical  treatment  of 
children  between  the  ages  of 
two  and  fourteen  years.  It 
is  in  charge  of  the  Sister- 
hood of  St.  Mary,  a  Protest- 
ant Episcopal  order,  and 
accommodates  60  patients. 
The  yearly  expenses  are 
about  $14,000,  and  upwards 
of  400  cases  are  treated  year- 
ly. In  connection  with  the 
hospital,  there  is  a  free  dis- 
pensary for  children,  where 
5,000  suffering  children  are 
treated  yearly ;  the  Noyes 
Memorial  House,  at  Peek- 
skill,  N.  Y.,  for  patients 
who  have  been  treated  in 
407  west  34tm  street.        the     Hospital,    and     whose 


442 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


diseases  assume  an  incurable  form  ;   and  a  Summer  Branch  House,  at  Rockaway 
Beach,  Long  Island,  for  convalescent  children. 

The  Laura  Franklin  Free  Hospital  in  the  City  of  New  York,  at  19  East 
1  nth  Street,  a  three-story  brick  building,  was  opened  in  1886  for  the  free  medical 

and  surgical  homoeopathic  treat- 
ment of  children  between  two  and 
twelve  years  of  age.  It  is  in 
charge  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Mary, 
a  Protestant  Episcopal  order.  It 
accommodates  fifty  patients,  and 
is  supported  by  voluntary  sub- 
scriptions. 

St.  Andrew's  Convales- 
cent Hospital,  at  213  East  17th 
Street,  was  opened  in  1886  for 
the  reception  and  care  of  women 
and  girls  over  15  years  of  age,  of 
good  character,  and  in  need  of 
rest,  nursing  and  medical  treat- 
ment. All  cases,  except  those  suf- 
fering from  nervous  or  chronic  dis- 
eases, are  admitted  free  of  charge. 
There  are  twelve  beds.  The  hos- 
pital is  in  charge  of  the  Sisterhood 
of  St.  John  the  Baptist,  a  Protest- 
ant Episcopal  order  founded  at 
Clewer,  England,  in  185 1. 

The  Yorkville  Dispensary 
and  Hospital  in  the  City  of  New 
York,  at  1307  Lexington  Avenue,  was  incorporated  in  1886,  to  maintain  an  out-door 
service  for  the  treatment  of  women  and  children.  It  is  also  a  maternity  charity, 
furnishing  medical  and  nursing  attendance  to  poor  women  during  confinement.  As 
yet  it  has  no  accommodations  for  in-patients,  but  confines  its  work  to  out-door  relief. 
It  is  supported  by  voluntary  subscriptions. 

The  New-York  Mothers'  Home  of  the  Sisters  of  Misericorde,  at  523  to  537 
East  86th  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1888,  to  provide  and  maintain  maternity  hos- 
pitals and  children's  asylums  in  the  State  of  New  York  At  present  the  society  main- 
tains a  maternity  hospital,  for  destitute  women  and  young  unmarried  girls,  hitherto 
respectable,  about  to  become  mothers.  There  are  accommodations  for  125  free  and 
30  pay  patients,  with  private  rooms.  During  1891  138  women  and  118  children  were 
cared  for,  at  an  expense  of  $10,000. 

The  Babies'  Hospital  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  657  Lexington  Avenue, 
was  incorporated  in  1887,  for  the  care  of  poor  sick  children  under  two  years  of  age. 
It  has  accommodations  for  30  babies  ;  and  in  1891  expended  upwards  of  $13,000  in 
its  work.  In  connection  with  the  hospital  there  is  a  dispensary  for  children  ;  a 
country  branch,  at  Oceanic,  N.  J. ;  and  a  training-school  for  children's  nurses,  where 
young  girls  of  good  character,  over  18  years  of  age,  are  taught  the  management  and 
training  of  sick  and  well  children. 

The  New-York  Asylum  for  Lying-in  Women  was  founded  in  1798.  A 
suitable    building  was   procured   on   Cedar   Street ;  and  Robert  Lenox,  Dr.  David 


LAURA    FRANKLIN    FREE    HOSPITAL    FOR    CHILDRtN, 
19    EAST    111th    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


443 


IES'     HOSPITAL,     657     LEXINGTON    AVENUE, 
CORNER    EAST    55th    STRFET. 


Hosack,  and  other  leading  citizens  were  ap- 
pointed managers.  It  soon  became  evident 
that  the  funds  of  the  society  were  insuffi- 
cient to  meet  the  expenses,  and  an  arrange- 
ment was  made  with  the  New- York  Hospital 
by  which  that  institution  should  receive  the 
income  of  the  funds,  on  condition  that  the 
governors  should  provide  a  lying-in  ward. 
This  arrangement  continued  until  1827, 
when  the  lying-in  asylum  was  reorganized 
and  began  an  independent  work.  The 
society  has  no  home  or  hospital  for  its  bene- 
ficiaries, but  renders  assistance  to  them  in 
their  houses. 

The  Ladies'  Hebrew  Lying-in  So- 
ciety, at  58  St.  Mark's  Place,  is  a  branch  of 
the  United  Hebrew  Charities.  It  was  in- 
corporated in  1877,  and  cares  for  poor 
Hebrew  mothers  during  confinement,  and 
supplies  medical  aid,  food,  nurses  and 
clothing  to  all  deserving  cases.  The  yearly 
disbursements  are  about  $2,000. 

The  New- York  Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary,  at  218  Second  Avenue,  was  the 
first  institution  opened  in  the  city  for  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  eye  and  ear. 
The  work  was  begun  in  1820,  by  two  young  physicians,  Edward  Delafield  and  J. 
Kearney  Rogers,  who  leased  two  small  rooms  in  a  house  on  Chatham  Street,  and 
announced  their  readiness  to  treat  all  eye  and  ear  diseases.  Within  seven  months 
over  400  patients  were  treated,  and  many  cases  of  partial  blindness  were  cured.  As 
a  result  of  the  first  year's  work,  a  society  known  as  the  New-York  Eye  Infirmary  was 

organized,  in  1 82 1  ;  and  in 
1824  the  old  Marine  Hospital 
of  the  New-York  Hospital 
was  leased.  This  was  occu- 
pied until  1845,  when  a 
house  in  Mercer  Street  was 
purchased  and  fitted  up  for 
the  use  of  the  society.  In 
1854  an  appeal  to  the  Legis- 
lature and  the  public  re- 
sulted in  a  grant  and  sub- 
scription amounting  to 
$30,000,  which  was  used  in 
the  erection  of  a  commodious 
building  on  Second  Avenue. 
In  1890  the  corner-stone  of 
a  new  and  larger  building 
was  laid,  and  in  the  follow- 
ing year  a  hospital  wing 
containing  70  beds  was 
new-york  eye  and  ear  infirmary,  second  ave.  and  EAsr  i3th  ST.      opened   for   the   free   treat- 


's* 


444 


AGING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


ment  of  patients.      An  average  of  700  patients  are  received   yearly,  and  the  dis- 
pensary department  gives  advice  and  treatment  to  nearly  60,000  cases  annually. 

The  New-York  Ophthalmic  Hospital,  at  Third  Avenue  and  East  23d 
Street,  is  a  hospital  for  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear  and  throat,  and  a 
college  affording  clinical  instruction  in  the  diverse  forms  of  these  diseases.  It  was 
incorporated  in  1852,  and  after  many  years  of  useful  work,  in  cramped  and  insuf- 
ficient quarters,  the  present  four-story  brick  building  was  erected,  in  1 87 1,  at  a  cost 
of  $100,000,  the  gift  of  Mrs.  Emma  A.  Keep.  It  is  conveniently  arranged  for  its 
purpose,  and  contains  reception  and  operating  rooms  for  out-door  patients,  numer- 
ous wards  and  private  rooms  for  those  whose  cases  require  a  prolonged  stay  at  the 
hospital,  and  two  large  contagious  wards,  entirely  isolated  from  the  other  patients. 
The  hospital  is  free  to  those  unable  to  pay  for  the  service  of  a  physician,  the 
directors  and  surgeons  serving  without  compensation,  and  it  is  one  of  the  great 
charities  deserving  of  confidence  and  support.  It  is  the  only  institution  in  the  coun- 
try authorized  by  law  to  confer  the  degree  of  Surgeon  of  the  Eye  and  Ear  upon 
properly  qualified  students,  and  the  steady  growth  of  its  work  is  shown  by  the  fact 
that  while  only  830  patients  were  treated  during  the  first  year  of  its  existence,  in 
1890  it  treated  over  13,000  cases,  received  400  resident  patients,  and  issued  more 
than  53,000  prescriptions.  The  large  visiting  and  consulting  staff  comprises  many 
eminent  specialists,  and  the  institution  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  for  its  skilful 
treatment  of  the  difficult  diseases  of  which  it  makes  a  specialty. 

The  Manhattan  Eye  and  Ear  Hospital  was  chartered  in  1869,  and  occupies 
a  substantial  brick  building  at  103  Park  Avenue,  corner  of  41st  Street.     It  is  supported 

by  voluntary  contribu- 
tions, and  is  intended 
solely  for  the  treatment 
of  those  who  cannot 
pay  much  for  medical 
aid.  Besides  the  oph- 
thalmic and  aural  de- 
partments there  is  one 
for  nervous  diseases, 
and  one  for  throat  dis- 
eases ;  and  an  isolated 
ward  for  the  treatment 
of  contagious  diseases 
of  the  eye.  ^Upwards 
of  13,000  cases  are 
treated  yearly.  The 
administration  is  in  the 

MANHATTAN    EYE   AND    EAR    HOSPITAL,    PARK   AVENUE    AND    EAST    41ST   STREET.  hands   of  a  board  of  di- 

rectors  ;  and  the  medical  staff  is  composed  of  many  of  the  best-known  physicians  and 
surgeons  of  the  city,  who  give  freely  of  their  time  and  skill  for  the  relief  of  the  un- 
fortunate. The  work  has  already  outgrown  the  accommodations,  and  to  relieve  the 
pressure  upon  the  day  clinics,  as  well  as  to  meet  the  wants  of  those  unable  to  leave 
their  work  during  the  day,  night  clinics  have  been  established  in  some  of  the  depart- 
ments ;  and  the  directors  are  contemplating  the  enlargement  of  the  building  so  as 
to  increase  the  usefulness  of  the  institution,  which  has  long  been  recognized  as  one  of 
the  best  of  its  class.  The  hospital  has  an  endowment  fund  of  $80,000;  the  C.  R. 
Agnew  Memorial  Fund  of  $12,000;  and  seven  endowed  beds. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


445 


The  New-York  Ophthalmic  and  Aural  Institute,  at  46  East  12th  Street, 
was  opened  in  1869  as  a  dispensary  and  hospital  for  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the 
eye  and  ear,  and  a  school  of  ophthalmology  and  otology.  Patients  unable  to  pay  are, 
so  far  as  the  resources  of  the  institute  will  permit,  received,  provided  for,  and  treated 
in  the  hospital  without  charge.  Dispensary  patients  (about  8,000  a  year)  are  treated 
gratuitously.  The  institute  leases  the  building  it  now  occupies,  and  in  1891  treated 
nearly  400  in  the  hospital,  where  160  cataracts  were  successfully  extracted.  About 
one-third  of  the  patients  receive  free  treatment. 

The  New-Amsterdam  Eye  and  Ear  Hospital,  at  212  West  38th  Street,  a 
substantial  brick  building,  was  opened  in  1888  for  the  treatment  of  eye  and  ear  dis- 
eases. There  are  also  nose  and  throat  departments.  It  is  supported  by  voluntary  sub- 
scriptions. Seventy  patients  are  treated  yearly;  and  125  operations  are  made;  while 
the  dispensary  department  gives  free  treatment  to  upwards  of  1, 700  needy  applicants. 


NEW-YORK   CANCER    HOSPITAL,   CENTRAL    PARK    WEST  AND    106th    STREET. 

The  New-York  Cancer  Hospital,  at  Central  Park  West  and  106th  Street, 
was  founded  in  1884,  for  the  treatment  of  all  sufferers  from  cancer,  whose  condition 
promises  any  hope  of  cure  or  relief.  The  building  is  of  recent  construction  ;  replete 
with  all  the  modern  improvements  and  appliances;  and  has  130  beds.  About  500  new 
patients  are  admitted  yearly,  one-half  being  free.  The  charges  for  pay  patients  vary 
from  $7  to  $30  a  week  ;  and  the  yearly  expenses  are  about  $35,000. 

The  New-York  Skin  and  Cancer  Hospital,  at  243  East  34th  Street,  was 
incorporated  in  1883,  for  the  free  treatment  and  care  of  the  poor  afflicted  with  cancer 
and  skin  diseases.  It  has  accommodations  for  100  patients,  and  maintains  a  country 
branch  hospital  for  chronic  cases  at  Fordham  Heights,  a  dispensary  for  the  free 
examination  and  treatment  of  the  poor,  and  the  Guild  of  St.  Lazarus,  which  assists 
in  providing  necessary  clothing,  sick-room  comforts  and  delicacies  for  the  inmates  of 
the  hospital. 

The  Metropolitan  Throat  Hospital,  at  351  West  34th  Street,  was  incorpo- 
rated in  1874,      It  affords  free  treatment  to  those  who  are  unable  to  pay  special  fees 


446 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


for  all  affections  of  the  nose  and  throat.  The  institution  is  unsectarian,  is  supported 
entirely  by  voluntary  contributions,  and  treats  1,000  cases  yearly,  aside  from  the 
much  larger  number  of  those  who  simply  make  visits  for  treatment. 

The  New-York  Society  for  the  Relief  of  the  Ruptured  and  Crippled 
began  its  work  in  a  small  way  in  1863,  in  a  building  on  Second  Avenue.  Its  found- 
ing was  due  to  Dr.  James 
Knight,  whose  long  medical 
experience  among  the  poor 
had  convinced  him  of  the 
need  of  some  provision  for 
the  gratuitous  treatment  of 
cases  of  hernia  and  deform- 
ity. The  rapid  increase  of 
the  work  soon  made  large 
accommodations  necessary  ; 
and  in  1867  a  hospital  was 
opened  at  the  corner  of  42d 
Street  and  Lexington  Ave- 
nue. It  is  an  ornamental 
structure  of  brick  and  stone, 
five  stories  in  height,  with 
accommodations  for  200  in- 
mates, most  of  whom  re- 
ceive gratuitous  treatment, 
the  annual  expenses  of 
$50,000  being  met  by  an 
appropriation  from  the  city, 
private  subscriptions,  and 
a  grant  from  the  Hospital 
Sunday  Fund.  Upwards  of 
9,000  cases  are  yearly 
treated  in  the  hospital  and 
out-door  department,  the 
large  majority  receiving  advice,  apparatus  and  treatment  free  of  charge. 

The  New-York  Orthopedic  Dispensary  and  Hospital,  at  126  East  59th 
Street,  was  established  in  1866.  It  receives  and  treats  destitute  persons  suffering 
from  diseases  and  deformities  of  the  spine  and  joints,  infantile  paralysis,  bow-legs, 
club-foot  and  similar  ailments,  besides  such  cases  as  cannot  get  proper  treatment  at 
home. 

St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital  and  Dispensary,  at  300  West  36th  Street, 
was  organized  in  1888,  for  the  gratuitous  treatment  of  the  poor  suffering  from  skin 
and  certain  other  diseases.  Over  600  patients  are  treated  yearly,  at  the  dispensary. 
Although  managed  by  members  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  the  hospital  is 
unsectarian  in  character. 

The  New-York  Pasteur  Institute,  at  178  West  10th  Street,  the  first  one  of 
its  class  in  America,  was  opened  in  1890  for  the  anti-hydrophobic  treatment  of  rabies 
according  to  the  method  of  M.  Pasteur.  Its  founder  was  Dr.  Paul  Gibier,  a  pupil 
of  Prof.  Pasteur.  Since  the  opening  of  the  Institute,  1,500  patients  have  been 
received,  of  whom  1,200  have  been  sent  back,  after  having  their  injuries  properly 
dressed,  it  having  been  demonstrated  that  the  animals  attacking  them  were  not  mad. 


NEW-YORK   SOCIETY    FOR    THE    RELIEF    OF    THE    RUPTURED    AND 
CRIPPLED,   LEXINGTON    AVENUE   AND    EAST    42D    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


447 


In  the  remaining  300  cases,  the  anti-hydrophobic  treatment  was  resorted  to,  with  a 
loss  of  only  three  patients.  In  all  cases  patients  unable  to  pay  for  treatment  have 
been  inoculated  and  cared  for  free  of  charge.  In  1893  the  Institute  will  occupy  the 
Central-Park  Sanatorium,  at  Central  Park  West  and  97th  Street,  a  six-story  fire- 
proof building,  admirably  equipped. 

The  New-York  Christian  Home  for  Intemperate  Men  was  established  in 
1877  to  rescue  victims  of  intemperance  and  the  opium  habit  by  bodily  rest,  mental 
repose,  religious  influence,  and  freedom  from  annoyance,  irritation  or  temptation. 
No  drugs  or  nostrums  are  used,  but  every  possible  means  is  employed  to  divert  the 
minds  of  the  patients  and  to  keep  them  happily  occupied.  The  Home,  at  1 175 
Madison  Avenue,  has  accommodations  for  75  inmates.  None  is  received  for  a  stay 
of  less  than  five  weeks.  During  1891,  of  the  302  inmates  received,  260  professed 
conversion,  and  of  these  180  remained  steadfast.  The  refuge  of  the  home  is  free  to 
residents  of  the  city  who  are  unable  to  pay  ;  and  otherwise  the  rates  vary  from  $8  to 
$20  a  week,  according  to  their  recommendations.  The  yearly  expenses  are  about 
$25,000,  and  there  is  an  endowment  fund  of  $50,000. 

The  Vanderbilt  Clinic  was  opened  in  1888  as  a  free  dispensary  for  the  poor. 
It  is  in  charge  of  a  board  of  five  managers,  but  allied  with  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  ;  and  stands  on  land  belonging  to  the  college,  at  the  corner  of  60th 
Street  and  Amsterdam  Avenue.  It  is  a  large  three-story  brick  building,  similar  in 
design  to  the  Sloane  Maternity  Hos- 
pital ;  and  was  erected  and  endowed 
by  the  four  sons  of  the  late  William 
H.  Vanderbilt,  who  gave  the  money 
for  the  purchase  of  the  half  block  on 
which  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  the  Sloane  Maternity  Hos- 
pital and  the  Vanderbilt  Clinic  now 
stand,  and  with  which  the  college 
buildings  were  erected.  Besides  its 
dispensary  department,  where  nearly 
125,000  patients  received  free  treat- 
ment and  advice  during  189 1,  the 
building  contains  numerous  small 
rooms  for  the  direct  practical  teach- 
ing of  diagnosis  and  treatment  to  the 
students  of  the  college,  and  a  theatre 
for  clinical  lectures  which  accommo- 
dates an  audience  of  400.  Although 
of  recent  foundation,  the  Vanderbilt 
Clinic  has  already  become  an  important 
medical  institution. 

The  New-York  City  Dispens- 
ary, at  White  and  Centre  Streets,  was 
established  in  1791  on  Tryon  Street, 
afterward  Tryon  Row,  which  extended 
along  the  north-eastern  side  of  the  City-Hall  Park,  between  Chambers  and  Chatham 
Streets.  In  1796  the  Dispensary  was  incorporated  by  the  Legislature,  and  in  1805  it 
was  united  with  the  "  Kinepox  Institution,"  which  had  been  established  in  1803  for 
vaccinating  the  poor  with  cow-pox  instead  of  small-pox.      In  1828  the  three-story 


INFIRMARY    OF    FIVE-POINTS    HOUSE    OF    INDUSTRY, 
155   WORTH    STREET. 


448 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


brick  building  now  in  use  was  opened.  During  the  cholera  season  of  1832  it  is  said 
that  the  dispensary  physicians  "were  found  in  every  part  of  the  widely  extended 
city,  stopping,  as  far  as  they  were  able,  the  ravages  of  the  plague."  The  institution 
treats  50,000  patients  yearly,  at  a  cost  of  $25,000. 

The  Infirmary  of  the  Five-Points  House  of  Industry,  at  155  Worth 
Street,  is  maintained  by  the  charitable  organization  from  which  it  takes  its  name. 
It  treats  1,500  patients  yearly.      Two  stories  were  added  to  the  building  in  1892. 

The  Church  Hospital  and  Dispensary  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church 
was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1892  to  concentrate  and  centralize  Church  medi- 
cal work  upon  the  most  modern  scientific  medical  principles,  to  provide  a  visiting 
staff,  and  to  give  special  care  to  the  worthy  poor  who  are  averse  to  receiving  medi- 
cal aid  from  a  public  clinic. 


OTTENDORFER   FREE   LIBRARY.  GERMAN    DISPENSARY.  IYINS-IN   HOSPITAL. 

THE    GERMAN    DISPENSARY,    137    SECOND    AVENUE,   BETWEEN    8TH    AND    9TH    STREETS. 

The  German  Dispensary  occupies  a  very  handsome  and  commodious  build- 
ing at  137  Second  Avenue.  It  was  opened  in  1S59,  and  has  been  of  vast  benefit  to 
the  crowded  population  of  the  German  quarter. 

The  Northern  Dispensary  was  founded  in  1827.  It  is  at  Christopher  Street 
and  Waverly  Place,  and  has  treated  over  1,000,000  patients.  Fully  15,000  cases 
are  cared  for  yearly. 

The  Good-Samaritan  Dispensary  (formerly  the  Eastern  Dispensary,  opened 
in  1832),  at  75  Essex  Street,  was  opened  in  189 1.  Upwards  of  1,250,000  patients 
have  been  aided,  and  160,000  cases  receive  treatment  yearly,  the  number  of  pre- 
scriptions dispensed  being  about  110,000. 

The  DeMilt  Dispensary  occupies  a  fine  building  at  23d  Street  and  Second 
Avenue.  It  was  opened  in  1851,  and  its  service  includes  the  district  lying  between 
14th  and  40th  Streets  and  Sixth  Avenue  and  the  East  River.  It  treats  upwards  of 
30,000  cases  yearly  and  dispenses  nearly  70,000  prescriptions.  It  has  cared  for 
nearly  1,000,000  patients  and  given  out  2,000,000  prescriptions. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


449 


The  Northeastern  Dispensary,  at  222  East  59th  Street,  was  founded  in  1862. 
It  is  a  large  medical  and  surgical  relief  institution,  treating  24,000  cases  yearly, 
and  dispensing  upwards  of  60,000  prescriptions. 

The  Harlem  Dispensary,  at  Fourth  Avenue  and  125th  Street,  was  opened  in 
1868.  The  district  comprises  that  part  of  the  city  north  of  100th  Street  and  east  of 
Eighth  Avenue.  Upwards  of  7,000 
cases  are  treated  yearly. 

The  Midwifery  Dispensary,  at 
314  Broome  Street,  was  founded  in 
1890,  to  supply  free  medical  treatment 
in  their  homes  to  women  unable  to  pay 
for  medical  assistance.  It  is  supported 
by  voluntary  subscriptions,  and  its 
yearly  expenses  are  $3,000. 

The  German  Poliklinik,  411 
Sixth  Street,  is  managed  entirely  by 
German  physicians,  for  the  poor  in  the 
vicinity.  It  was  opened  in  1883,  and 
affords  medical  relief  to  15,000  patients 
yearly. 

Other  Local  Dispensaries,  aside 
from  those  mentioned  above  and  those 
connected  with  the  hospitals,  include 
the  West-Side  German,  opened  in 
1872  ;  the  Dispensary  of  the  Trinity- 
Church  Association,  1880 ;  the  Dis- 
pensary of  St.  Chrysostom's  Chapel, 
1880  ;  the  New- York  Dispensary  for  Diseases  of  the  Skin,  1869  ;  the  Homoeopathic 
Dispensary,  1870  ;  the  Northwestern  Dispensary,  1852;  the  Yorkville  Dispensary, 
1887  ;  and  the  Eclectic  Dispensary,  at  239  East  14th  Street. 

The  New-York  Training-School  for  Nurses  was  founded  in  1873,  f°r  tne 
instruction  of  intelligent  women  in  hospital  and  private  nursing.  It  was  the  first 
school  for  nurses  opened  in  this  country,  and  was  the  outgrowth  of  a  desire  on  the 
part  of  a  few  charitable  and  public-spirited  citizens  to  elevate  the  standard  of  nurs- 
ing in  the  Bellevue  and  other  public  hospitals.  Previous  to  the  opening  of  the  school 
the  male  and  female  nurses  in  Bellevue  Hospital  had  been  the  product  of  chance, 
physical  misfortune,  and  practical  politics,  and  the  service  left  very  much  to  be 
desired.  The  first  class  was  graduated  in  1875,  and  consisted  of  six  well-trained 
nurses,  most  of  whom  entered  upon  their  duties  in  Bellevue.  The  work  of  the  school 
has  been  such  as  to  elevate  the  nursing  service  in  all  the  local  hospitals,  and  the 
graduates  have  in  many  instances  been  called  upon  to  establish  similar  schools  in 
other  cities,  and  even  in  Italy,  China  and  Japan.  When  the  school  was  opened,  in 
1873,  only  five  applicants  presented  themselves,  but  such  has  been  the  growth  of 
the  work  that  1,500  applications  for  admission  are  now  received  yearly,  and  the 
school  always  has  its  full  quota  of  68  students.  The  requirements  are  exacting. 
The  candidates  must  be  from  21  to  35  years  of  age,  and  physically  and  mentally 
fitted  for  their  calling.  At  the  expiration  of  a  short  probationary  period,  those  who 
have  proved  satisfactory  are  engaged  for  a  two-years'  course  of  theoretical  and  practical 
training,   which  includes  lectures  by  eminent  physicians  and  surgeons  and  actual 

service  in  the  wards  of  Bellevue.     The  school  building  is  at  426  East  26th  Street, 
29 


ECLECTIC    DISPENSARY    AND    ITALIAN    INDEPENDENT    CLUB, 
237    AND    239    EAST    14TH    STREET. 


45°  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

opposite  the  entrance  to  Bellevue.  It  is  a  four- story  brick  structure,  and  was  built 
in  1887  by  Mrs.  William  H.  Osborn.  It  contains  a  kitchen,  parlor,  dining-room, 
library,  lecture  rooms  and  sleeping  apartments  for  the  nurses.  The  distinctive  garb 
of  the  nurses  is  blue  and  white  seersucker,  with  a  white  apron  and  cap  and  linen 
collar.      Over  300  nurses  have  been  graduated. 

The  D.  O  Mills  Training-School  for  Male  Nurses  occupies  a  substantial 
brick  building,  erected  in  1888  in  the  Bellevue-Hospital  grounds,  at  the  foot  of  East 
26th  Street.  It  is  arranged  and  fitted  up  as  a  home  for  the  nurses  during  their 
two-years'  course  of  study,  which  is  on  the  same  lines  as  that  of  the  training-school 
for  female  nurses,  nearly  opposite.  Two  classes  have  been  graduated  from  the 
school,  and  there  are  now  fifty-seven  inmates,  all  of  whom  serve  in  the  male  wards 
of  the  hospital.      It  is  a  generous  charity,  founded  by  Darius  O.  Mills. 

The  New-York  Post-Graduate  Medical  School  Training-School  for 
Nurses,  at  163  East  36th  Street,  was  founded  in  1885  for  the  instruction  and  train- 
ing of  hospital  and  private  nurses.      It  has  graduated  upwards  of  250  nurses. 

The  New-York  County  Medical  Society,  at  12  West  31st  Street,  is  the 
oldest  local  organization  of  doctors.  It  was  established  in  1806  "to  aid  in  regu- 
lating the  practice  of  physic  and  surgery,  and  to  contribute  to  the  diffusion  of  true 
science,  and  particularly  the  knowledge  of  the  healing  art."  It  is  authorized  to 
examine  students  in  medicine,  and  to  grant  diplomas  to  such  as  are  duly  qualified. 

The  New- York  Medical  and  Surgical  Society  was  founded  in  1834  for 
the  discussion  of  professional  topics.  The  membership  is  limited  to  thirty-two,  and 
the  meetings  are  held  at  the  residences  of  the  members. 

The  New-York  Academy  of  Medicine,  at  17  West  43d  Street,  was  estab- 
lished in  1847,  and  incorporated  in  1851,  for  the  cultivation  of  the  science  of  medi- 
cine ;  the  advancement  of  the  profession  ;  the  elevation  of  the  standard  of  medical 
education,  and  the  promotion  of  the  public  health.  It  is  a  large  and  important  or- 
ganization, and  has  sections  in  pediatrics,  obstetrics  and  gynaecology,  the  theory 
and  practice  of  medicine ;  neurology,  orthopedic  surgery,  materia  medica  and 
therapeutics ;  laryngology  and  rhinology,  surgery,  ophthalmology  and  otology,  and 
public  health  and  hygiene.  The  fine  Academy  building  was  opened  in  1890.  It 
is  Romanesque  in  style  and  ornate  in  treatment,  and  contains  numerous  meeting 
and  reception  rooms  and  a  large  medical  library,  which  is  open  to  the  public.  The 
Academy  is  one  of  the  leading  institutions  of  its  kind  in  America,  and  its  member- 
ship includes  many  eminent  physicians  and  surgeons. 

The  Scientific  Meeting  of  German  Physicians  was  established  in  1857, 
for  the  exhibition  and  study  of  interesting  pathological  specimens,  and  the  report  and 
discussion  of  notable  medical  and  surgical  cases.  It  has  a  membership  of  about  90  ; 
and  the  monthly  meetings  are  held  at  no  West  34th  Street. 

The  Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of  German  Physicians  meets  bi- 
monthly at  411  Sixth  Avenue.  It  was  organized  in  i860,  for  "the  cultivation  of 
medical  science  and  the  promotion  of  the  honor  and  interest  of  the  profession." 

The  Medico-Historical  Society  was  founded  in  1864,  for  the  preservation 
and  publication  of  interesting  and  valuable  facts  regarding  the  medical  history  of  the 
city.  Among  its  other  valuable  publications  mention  may  be  made  of  its  yearly 
Medical  Directory,  which  contains  valuable  information  and  statistics  relating  to  the 
many  local  benevolent  and  medical  institutions. 

The  New-York  Ophthalmological  Society  was  organized  in  1864,  for  the 
improvement  of  its  members  in  ophthalmic  and  aural  studies.  There  are  thirty 
members;  and  the  meetings  are  held  bi-monthly  at  the  members'  houses. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


45  i 


The  Medico-Legal  Society  was  founded  in  1866,  and  incorporated  in  1868, 
for  the  study  and  advancement  of  the  science  of  medical  jurisprudence.  The  mem- 
bership comprises  regular  practitioners 
of  the  medical  and  legal  professions  in 
good  standing,  leading  scientists,  and 
eminent  literary  men. 

The  New-York  Dermatologi- 
cal  Society  was  formed  in  1869,  for 
the  study  and  investigation  of  the 
causes  of  skin  diseases,  the  best  cura- 
tive methods,  and  all  subjects  con- 
nected with  dermatology. 

The  New-York  Neurological 
Society  meets  monthly  at  12  West 
31st  Street,  for  the  study  of  the  causes 
and  cure  of  diseases  of  the  nervous 
system.  It  was  established  in  1872, 
and  has  35  members. 

The  New-York  Laryngological 
Society  was  founded  in  1873,  f°r  the 
study  of  diseases  of  the  throat.  The 
meetings  are  held  monthly,  at  12 
West  31st  Street. 

The    New-York    Clinical   So- 
ciety is  devoted  to  the  consideration 
of  medical  and  surgical  topics  in  their 
clinical   and    therapeutical    aspects.      The  membership   is    limited   to   twenty,   and 
monthly  meetings  are  held  at  the  houses  of  the  members. 

The  New-York  Surgical  Society  holds  bi-monthly  meetings  at  the  New- 
York  Hospital,  for  the  discussion  of  interesting  surgical  cases  occurring  in  the 
hospital  practise.      It  was  founded  in  1879. 

Other  Medical  Societies  are  the  American  Microscopical  Society  of  the  City 
of  New  York,  founded  in  1865  ;  the  New- York  Medical  Union,  1865;  the  Harlem 
Medical  Association,  1869;  the  Yorkville  Medical  Association,  1870  ;  the  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  the  Medical  Education  of  Women,  1874;  the  New- 
York  Therapeutical  Society,  1877;  the  Materia  Medica  Society,  1 88 1  ;  the  Practi- 
tioners' Society  of  New- York,  1882  ;  the  Society  of  Medical  Jurisprudence,  1883  ; 
the  Manhattan  Medical  and  Surgical  Society,  1883  ;  the  Lenox  Medical  and  Surgical 
Society,  1885  ;  and  the  Hospital  Graduates'  Club,  1886. 

The  Sanitary  Aid  Society,  at  94  Division  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1885. 
It  investigates  evasions  and  violations  of  existing  sanitary  laws,  prosecutes  the 
offenders,  and  endeavors  to  educate  public  opinion  on  this  important  subject.  It 
maintains  the  Model  Lodging-House  and  Dormitories,  at  94  Division  Street,  where 
a  bed  and  bath,  with  access  to  a  reading-room  and  library,  are  supplied  to  sober 
single  men  at  a  nominal  cost.  The  house  has  140  beds,  and  lodgings  are  furnished 
to  50,000  applicants  yearly. 

The  Ladies'  Health  Protective  Association,  of  New  York,  at  27  Beekman 
Place,  was  organized  in  1884,  to  protect  the  health  of  the  people  of  the  city  of  New 
York  by  taking  such  action  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the  enforcement  of  exist- 
ing sanitary  laws  and  regulations,  also  calling  the  attention  of  the  authorities  to  any 


NEW-YORK  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE,  19  WEST  430  STREET. 


45  2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


VANDERBILT    CLINIC,   CORNER    60th    STREET    AND    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE. 


violations  thereof,  and  pro- 
curing the  amendment  of  such 
laws  and  regulations  when 
necessary. 

The  Hospital  Saturday 
and  Sunday  Association 
of  New -York  City,  at  79 
Fourth  Avenue,  was  founded 
in  1880.  Its  object  is  to  col- 
lect funds  for  the  various 
local  hospitals,  by  means  of 
an  annual  collection  in  the 
churches  and  synagogues,  and 
by  other  agencies.  In  189 1 
about  $60,000  were  collected 
and  distributed  among  the 
hospitals. 

The  New-York  Diet- 
Kitchen  Association  was 
incorporated  in  1873,  to  pro- 
vide the  destitute  sick  with 
nourishing  food,  free  of  cost, 
upon  a  written  requisition  of  any  of  the  house  and  visiting  physicians  of  the  local 
dispensaries.  It  supports  five  diet-kitchens,  in  various  parts  of  the  city,  and  assists 
15,000  persons  r— *. ...  -.  ~v,  •••,. 
yearly. 

The  American 
Veterinary  Col- 
lege Hospital,  at 
139  West  54th  Street, 
was  opened  in  18S6 
for  the  reception  and 
care  of  animals  need- 
ing treatment.  Up- 
wards of  3, 000 
domestic  animals  are 
treated  yearly.  In 
the  dispensary  horses 
and  other  animals 
belonging  to  the  poor 
are  treated  free  of 
charge.  Since  its 
opening  over  7,000 
animals  have  been 
received,  and  up- 
wards of  2, 500  opera- 
tions performed. 

The    NeW-York  DEMILT    DISPENSARY,  SECOND   AVENUE   AND  23d   STREET. 

College  of  Veterinary  Surgeons  has  a  large  and  efficient  hospital  for  domestic 
animals,  at  332  East  27th  Street. 


The    F»olice    Courts,    Prisons,  House  of  Refuge,  Penitentiary, 

Work^House,  House  of  Correction,  Etc. 


THE  prevention,  detection  and  punishment  of  crime  and,  when  possible,  the 
reformation  of  the  criminal,  form  important  features  in  the  municipal  activity  of 
New  York.  All  arrested  persons  are  taken  to  the  nearest  station-house,  and  thence 
at  the  earliest  possible  moment  they  are  brought  before  one  of  the  six  police-courts, 
where  they  are  charged  with  specified  offences  and  committed,  bailed  or  discharged, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  evidence  against  them. 

The  Police-Courts  have  original  jurisdiction  over  minor  offences.  They  are 
held  at  the  Tombs,  Jefferson-Market  Court-House,  Essex- Market  Court-House, 
Yorkville,  Harlem  and  Morrisania.  Drunkenness,  assault  and  battery,  and  thieving 
make  the  bulk  of  the  work.  Nearly  all  the  convictions  are  disposed  of  by  fines,  or 
by  short  terms  of  imprisonment  in  the  city  institutions  on  Blackwell's  Island.  The 
courts  have  power  to  examine  prisoners  accused  of  serious  crimes,  and  to  hold  them 
for  trial  in  the  higher  courts.  In  fact,  they  have  an  extended  jurisdiction  and  a  wide 
latitude  in  the  exercise  of  their  powers.  They  stand  next  to  the  common  people, 
and  their  province  is  not  only  to  punish  offences,  but  it  is  even  more  to  correct  abuses 
and  to  adjust  family  and  neighborhood  differences.  For  these  reasons,  the  justices, 
who  are  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  are  not  often  members  of  the  legal  fraternity. 
They  are  men  of  practical  sense  and  experience  in  the  every-day  affairs  of  life,  and 
that  they  have  knowledge  of  the  character,  the  foibles  and  the  needs  of  the  people 
with  whom  they  come  most  in  contact  is  regarded  as  more  important  than  that  they 
have  legal  lore.      They  hold  office  for  ten  years,  and  have  salaries  of  $8,000  a  year. 

The  Tombs,  at  Franklin  and  Centre  Streets,  is  a  large  granite  building,  occu- 
pying an  entire  block.  It  is  the  city  prison ;  and  covers  the  site  of  the  pre-Revolu- 
tionary  gibbet,  which  was  planted  on  a  small  island  in  the  Collect  Pond.  The  most 
notable  execution  on  the  island  was  that  of  seven  negro  slaves,  in  1 741,  for  alleged 
complicity  in  the  negro  riot  of  that  year.  The  Collect  Pond  was  a  small  sheet  of 
water,  separated  from  the  river  by  a  strip  of  marsh-land.  The  early  experiments  of 
John  Fitch  in  steamboat  navigation  were  made  in  1 796,  on  the  pond.  It  was  filled 
in  181 7.  The  Tombs  was  built  in  1840,  and  some  of  its  granite  stones  came  from 
the  old  Bridewell,  erected  in  City-Hall  Park  about  1735,  and  torn  down  in  1838. 
The  building  is  a  pure  specimen  of  Egyptian  architecture ;  and  it  is  deplorable  that 
its  really  noble  proportions  are  dwarfed  by  its  location  in  a  low  hollow.  The  name 
arose  from  its  gloomy  and  funereal  appearance  and  associations.  It  appears  as  a 
single  lofty  story,  with  windows  extending  to  the  cornice.  The  main  entrance  is  on. 
Centre  Street,  through  a  lofty  porch,  supported  by  massive  stone  columns.  Pro- 
jecting entrances  and  columns  vary  the  somewhat  monotonous  appearance  of  the 
sides  of  the  building.      The  Tombs  Police-court  is  on  the  right  of  the  entrance,   and 


454 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


the  Court  of  Special  Sessions  is  on  the  left.  The  latter  is  connected  with  the  prison 
in  the  rear  by  a  bridge,  known  as  the  "Bridge  of  Sighs,"  from  the  fact  that  con- 
demned prisoners  are  led  across  it,  after  conviction.  The  entrance  to  the  prison 
proper  is  on  Franklin  Street,  through  a  locked  and  barred  grating.  The  warden's 
office  is  on  the  left  of  the  entrance  ;  and  a  short  hallway  leads  the  visitor  to  the  cells, 
300  in  number.  These  are  arranged  in  tiers,  one  above  the  other,  with  a  corridor  for 
each  tier.  In  addition  to  the  old  granite  building,  two  smaller  prisons  of  yellow 
brick  were  erected  in  1885,  to  relieve  the  crowded  condition  of  the  Tombs.  Crim- 
inals awaiting  trial  in  the  Special  Sessions  or  Tombs  Police  courts  are  detained  here, 
as  well  as  those  accused  or  convicted  of  more  serious  crimes.  Executions  formerly 
took  place  in  the  central  courtyard,  but  since  the  introduction  of  electrocution,  all 
executions  occur  at  the  State  prisons  at  Sing  Sing  and  Auburn.  The  Tombs  prison 
is  in  charge  of  the  Department  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction.  The  yearly 
number  of  committals  is  about  25,000. 

The  Jefferson-Market  Prison  is  a  minor  city  prison,  virtually  a  branch  of  the 
Tombs,  and  an  adjunct  of  the  Jefferson-Market  Police-Court.  There  is  such  a 
prison  attached  to  each  of  the  police-courts,  for  the  temporary  detention  of  persons 
accused  of  or  convicted  of  crime.  The  Jefferson -Market  Police-Court  and  prison, 
and  the  market  from  which  they  take  their  name,  occupy  different  portions  of  a 
unique  and  handsome  brick  structure  of  irregular  shape  and  considerable  architec- 
tural beauty,  at  Sixth  Avenue,  Greenwich  Avenue  and  West  loth  Street.  It  was 
built  in  1868.  One  of  its  features  is  a  tall  tower,  on  the  northeast  corner,  in  which 
is  a  clock  with  an  illuminated  dial. 

The  Ludlow-Street  Jail  is  a  large  brick  building  in  the  rear  of  the  Essex 
Market,  extending  from  Ludlow  Street  to  Essex  Street.  It  was  built  in  1868,  and  is 
used  for  the  safe-keeping  of  persons  arrested  under  writs  issued  to  the  Sheriff  of  the 

County  of  New  York,  who  has 
charge  of  the  jail.  Those  who 
have  violated  the  United-States 
laws  are  also  confined  there,  the 
Government  paying  a  stipulated 
daily  sum  for  each  prisoner. 
Sheriffs  prisoners  who  are  will- 
ing and  able  to  pay  for  the  priv- 
ilege are  allowed  superior  accom- 
modations, and  the  system  has 
led  to  many  abuses,  which  the 
Legislature  has  often  attempted 
to  correct.  Persons  arrested  for 
debt  were  formerly  confined  here, 
but  the  practice  is  now  done 
away  with,  as  contrary  to  the 
Federal  laws.  A  debtors'  prison 
was  built  in  1735,  on  the  City 
Commons,  near  the  present  City 
Hall.  During  the  Revolution  it  was  used  as  a  prison  by  the  British,  and  in  1840  it 
was  converted  into  the  present  Hall  of  Records,  which  is  thus  the  oldest  public 
building  in  the  city,  and  the  only  Revolutionary  prison  remaining  in  the  country. 
It  is  a  low  brownstone  building,  in  the  Doric  style ;  and  stands  near  the  entrance 
to  the  East-River  Bridge. 


LUDLOW-STREET    JAIL,    LUDLOW    AND    ESSEX    STREETS. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


455 


45  6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Blackwell's  Island,  purchased  by  the  city  in  1828,  for  $50,000,  is  a  long,  nar- 
row island  in  the  East  River,  extending  northward  1^  miles,  from  opposite  East 
50th  Street  to  East  84th  Street,  and  containing  about  120  acres.  It  is  the  principal 
one  of  the  group  of  islands  upon  which  are  most  of  the  public  reformatory  and  cor- 
rectional and  many  of  the  charitable  institutions  for  which  New  York  is  famous. 
Upon  it  stand  the  Charity  Hospital,  the  Penitentiary,  Aims-House,  Hospital  for  In- 
curables, Work-House,  Asylum  for  the  Insane,  and  other  institutions.  Most  of  the 
buildings  are  of  granite,  of  imposing  size,  and  built  after  the  turretted  and  battle- 
mented  designs  of  feudal  times.  They  have  all  been  erected  by  convict  labor,  as 
was  also  the  sea-wall  surrounding  the  island.  The  name  of  the  island  commemorates 
Robert  Blackwell.  He  married  the  daughter  of  Captain  John  Manning,  who  in  1673 
surrendered  New  York  to  the  Dutch.  After  his  disgrace,  Manning  retired  to  his 
farm  on  Blackwell's  Island,  then  known  as  Hog  Island;  and  after  his  death  it  became 
the  property  of  his  daughter.  It  remained  in  the  Blackwell  family  for  many  years. 
The  old  Blackwell  homestead,  a  low  rambling  wooden  house,  built  nearly  125  years 


THE    PENITENTIARY,     BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND. 

ago,  still  stands,  and  is  used  as  the  residence  of  the  warden  of  the  Alms-House.  The 
warden  of  the  Penitentiary  occupies  a  picturesque  stone  cottage,  standing  on  an 
elevated  plateau,  just  north  of  the  Penitentiary.  The  island  contains  much  fertile 
land,  and  gardening  and  farming  are  carried  on  by  the  convicts.  The  population  is 
about  7,000  persons,  all  in  care  of  the  Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Cor- 
rection, from  whom  permits  to  visit  the  island  must  be  obtained.  The  island- ferry 
leaves  the  foot  of  East  26th  Street  twice  daily. 

The  Penitentiary  on  Blackwell's  Island  is  a  stone  building,  600  feet  long,  with 
a  long  projecting  wing  on  the  north.  The  main  building  was  erected  in  1832,  and 
the  northern  wing  in  1858.  The  material  used  in  its  construction  was  the  grey  stone 
from  the  island  quarries.  It  is  four  stories  in  height,  castellated  in  design,  and  con- 
tains 800  cells,  arranged  back  to  back,  in  tiers,  in  the  center  of  the  building.  A 
broad  area  runs  entirely  around  each  block  of  cells ;  and  each  tier  is  reached  by  a 
corridor.  Persons  convicted  of  misdemeanors  are  confined  here,  and  the  number  of 
prisoners  averages  nearly  1,000  a  day.  Over  3,000  offenders  are  received  yearly,  of 
whom  400  are  women.  Each  of  the  cells  bears  a  card,  giving  the  inmate's  name, 
age,  crime,  date  of  conviction,  term  of  sentence,  and  religion.  All  inmates  are 
compelled  to  follow  some  trade  or  occupation.  Stone-cutting  in  the  quarries  on  the 
island,  and  mason-work  on  the  buildings  which  the  city  is  constantly  erecting,  furnish 
employment  to  a  large  number  ;   others  are  employed  in  the  rough  work  of   the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


457 


SCENES    ON    BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND. 

THE    ALMS-HOUSE    CHAPEL,    OLD    BLACKWELL    RESIDENCE,   AND    OTHER    BUILDINGS. 


45« 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Department  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction;  and  still  others  work  at  the  various 
trades  which  they  followed  before  their  incarceration.  Most  of  the  women  prisoners 
are  employed  in  sewing,  or  as  cleaners  in  the  female  department.  Each  cell  contains 
two  canvas  bunks,  and  all  are  kept  freshly  whitewashed  and  scrupulously  clean. 
Solitary  confinement  is  not  practised,  except  as  a  punishment  for  insubordination  ; 
and  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  inmates  of  the  Penitentiary  are  to  be  seen  at  work 
all  day  in  various  parts  of  the  island,  and  with  a  seemingly  insufficient  guard,  escapes 
are  almost  unknown,  only  one  prisoner  having  got  away  in  ten  years.  This  immunity 
from  escapes  is  due  to  the  exceptionally  strong  natural  safeguards  afforded  by  the 
insular  position  of  the  institution,  and  the  tremendously  swift  flow  of  the  tide  in  the 
river,  which  makes  it  possible  to  guard  nearly  1,000  criminals  with  fewer  than  20 
guards  and  about  35  keepers.  To  this  same  fact,  as  well  as  to  the  open-air  life  of 
the  prisoners,  is  due  the  exceptionally  healthy  condition  of  the  inmates. 

As  early  as  1796  the  Legislature  provided  for  two  State  prisons,  one  at  Albany, 
and  one  in  New- York  City.      The  first  Newgate  Prison,  in  Greenwich  Village,  was 


WORK-HOUSE,     BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND. 

opened  in  1797,  but  it  soon  became  crowded,  and  in  1816  the  Penitentiary  was  built, 
on  the  East-River  shore  at  Bellevuc.  In  1848  the  Bellevue  grounds  were  divided, 
and  the  convicts  were  removed  to  Blackwell's  Island. 

The  Work-House,  on  Blackwell's  Island,  was  built  in  1852,  to  take  the  place 
of  an  older  building  which  had  been  erected  early  in  the  century  in  the  Bellevue 
grounds,  on  East  23d  Street,  where  portions  of  the  massive  stone  walls  are  still  to 
be  seen.  The  Bellevue  grounds  once  extended  from  East  23d  Street  to  East  27th 
Street,  and  from  the  river  to  Third  Avenue,  but  in  1848  they  were  divided,  and  the 
larger  portion  sold  for  business  purposes  and  dwellings.  The  Work-House  is  of 
granite,  three  stories  in  height,  and  comprises  a  long  wing  running  north  and  south, 
and  two  cross  wings,  running  east  and  west.  The  main  building  is  about  600  feet 
long,  and  contains  221  cells,  arranged  in  tiers  against  the  side  walls,  and  separated  by 
a  broad  hallway.  The  cells  are  large,  airy  and  well-lighted,  and  the  entire  building  is 
kept  immaculately  neat.  The  offices  are  in  the  west  wing  ;  and  the  kitchen  in  the 
east  wing.  The  Work-House  is  intended  to  be  an  institution  for  the  punishment  of 
the  large  class  of  petty  criminals,  always  abounding  in  large  cities.      Most  of  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


459 


BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND    INSTITUTIONS. 

THE    CHARITY    HOSPITAL,     PENITENTIARY    WORKSHOPS,     AND    CHURCHES. 


460  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

22,000  inmates  yearly  committed  to  the  institution  belong  to  the  class  known  as 
"drunks."  Many  of  them  are  old  offenders,  who  have  become  almost  permanent 
residents.  Some  of  the  inmates  are  daily  drafted  to  perform  household  and  other 
duties  in  the  other  public  institutions  controlled  by  the  Commissioners  of  Public 
Charities  and  Correction.  Those  who  remain  at  the  Work-House  are  kept  busily 
engaged  in  some  useful  occupation  —  much  of  the  clothing,  bedding,  etc.,  used  in 
the  other  institutions  being  made  here.  The  average  daily  number  of  inmates  is 
about  1,000,  and  about  the  same  number  are  furnished  to  other  institutions.  The 
terms  of  commitment  range  from  five  days  to  one  year,  the  majority  of  committals 
being  for  short  periods,  for  drunkenness  or  disorderly  conduct.  Chief  among  the 
reformatory  methods  adopted  at  the  institution  are  the  Protestant  and  Roman  Cath- 
olic religious  services  ;  the  work  of  the  Temperance  Society ;  the  school,  in  which 
the  inmates  are  taught  the  rudimentary  English  branches  ;  and  the  privilege  of  the 
library.  The  large  percentage  of  short-term  sentences  makes  the  Work-House  a 
house  of  detention,  rather  than  a  house  of  correction,  or  reformation. 

The  Branch  Work-House,  at  Hart's  Island,  occupies  a  number  of  buildings 
formerly  belonging  to  the  Hart's-Island  Hospital,  which  was  given  up  in  1887.  ^  x% 
intended  to  relieve  the  overcrowding  of  the  main  Work-House,  and  it  receives  yearly 
about  2, 500  prisoners. 

The  Aims-House,  on  Blackwell's  Island,  was  built,  in  1846,  by  convict  labor, 
from  the  granite  of  the  island  quarries.  The  original  buildings  were  two  in  num- 
ber—  one  on  the  south  for  women,  and  one  on  the  north  for  men.  They  are  simi- 
lar in  design  and  treatment,  and,  with  the  later  additions,  they  afford  accommoda- 
tions for  2,000  of  the  city's  paupers.  The  grounds  of  the  Aims-House  occupy  the 
central  portion  of  the  island,  and  contain  about  a  dozen  buildings,  including  the  five 
now  occupied  by  the  Aims-House  proper,  the  two  older  stone  buildings,  and  three 
brick  structures  erected  in  1889-91 ;  the  Aims-House  hospital  for  women,  a  num- 
ber of  wooden  buildings,  opened  in  1 881;  the  hospital  for  incurables,  opened  in  1866; 
the  pretty  little  Episcopal  Chapel  of  the  Good  Shepherd,  erected  in  1888  by  George 
Bliss  as  a  memorial ;  the  old  Blackwell  mansion;  the  Aims-House  Hospital,  for 
men  ;  and  other  buildings  used  for  various  purposes  connected  with  the  manage- 
ment of  the  institution.  There  is  a  large  reading-room  in  the  basement  of  the 
chapel;  and  much  active  religious  work  is  done  among  the  inmates  by  the  Episcopal 
City  Mission  Society,  the  Roman  Catholics,  and  numerous  charitable  guilds.  Over 
3,000  paupers  are  annually  received  and  cared  for,  and  in  their  pleasant  island-home 
they  are  more  comfortably  situated  than  are  thousands  of  the  dwellers  in  the  crowded 
tenement-houses  of  the  city.  The  first  alms-house  was  built  in  1734,  on  the  Com- 
mons, now  City-Hall  Park,  alongside  the  Bridewell.  It  was  of  stone,  two  stories 
high,  and  served  also  as  a  house  of  correction  and  a  calaboose  for  unruly  slaves.  A 
new  building,  on  the  same  site,  was  opened  in  1 795,  just  after  the  breaking  out  of 
an  epidemic  of  yellow  fever  in  the  city,  and  for  some  time  it  was  used  as  a  hospital 
for  the  victims  of  the  fever.  In  1816  a  large  building  was  opened  on  the  Bellevue 
grounds,  which  was  occupied  by  the  hospital  and  the  almshouse  until  1828,  when 
they  were  separated,  and  in  1846  the  paupers  were  removed  to  Blackwell's  Island. 

Randall's  Island,  near  the  union  of  the  East  River  and  Harlem  River,  com- 
prises about  100  acres.  Located  upon  it  are  the  House  of  Refuge,  the  Idiot  Asylum, 
Nursery,  Children's  and  Infant's  Hospitals,  schools,  and  other  charities  provided  for 
destitute  children.  Passes  to  visit  the  city  institutions  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  and  Correction,  but  are  not  needed  at  the  House 
of  Refuge,  which  is  open  daily  until  4  P.  M. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


461 


The  House  of  Refuge,  on  Randall's  Island,  was  erected  in  1854,  and  is  a  re- 
form school  for  juvenile  delinquents  of  both  sexes.  It  is  in  charge  of  the  Society 
for  the  Reformation  of  Juvenile  Delinquents,  the  oldest  organization  of  its  class  in 
the  country.  It  was  founded  in  18 1 7,  as  the  "Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Pau- 
perism ;"  and  one  of  its  first  important  works  was  the  investigation  of  the  prison 
systems  of  England  and  the  United  States.  In  1823  it  was  merged  into  the  Society 
for  the  Reformation  of  Juvenile  Delinquents.  The  first  House  of  Refuge  was  opened 
in  1825,  in  the  old  barracks  on  Madison  Square.  In  1839  the  Refuge  was  removed 
to  the  Bellevue  grounds,  at  East  23d  Street  and  East  River,  where  it  remained 
until  the  Randall's  Island  location  was  occupied,  in  1854.  The  grounds  of  the  insti- 
tution are  on  the  southern  end  of  the  island,  and  comprise  a  tract  of  37^  acres,  upon 
which  numerous  buildings  have  been  erected  from  time  to  time,  to  meet  the  needs 
of  the  work.      They  are  of  brick,  in   the  Italian   style  of  architecture.     The  two 


FEMALE    ALMS-HOUSE,     BLACKWELL'S    ISLAND. 


main  buildings  are  nearly  1,000  feet  in  length,  and  will  accommodate  1,000  inmates. 
Children  brought  before  police  magistrates  for  misdemeanors  are  committed  to  the 
institution.  The  yearly  number  of  committals  approaches  4,000.  The  boys  and 
girls  are  kept  apart.  They  are  taught  useful  trades,  and  are  instructed  in  the  com- 
mon English  branches.     The  secretary  is  Evert  J.  Wendell. 

The  Prison  Association  of  New  York,  at  135  East  15th  Street,  was  founded 
in  1846  to  improve  the  penal  system,  to  better  the  condition  of  prisoners,  and  to  aid 
reformed  convicts  after  their  discharge.  Daily  visits  are  made  to  the  Tombs  and 
the  police-courts,  and  all  needful  aid  is  given  to  those  prisoners  who  are  deemed 
worthy.  The  association  has  been  instrumental  in  introducing  many  reforms  in 
prison  management.  In  1888  it  founded  the  United-States  Press  Bureau,  to  give 
employment  to  deserving  ex-convicts  in  the  collection  and  sale  of  newspaper  clip- 
pings. 

The  New- York  Juvenile  Asylum,  at  176th  Street  and  Amsterdam  Avenue, 
was  incorporated  in  185 1  as  a  reformatory  home  for  truant  and  disobedient  children, 
committed  by  magistrates  or  surrendered  by  parents  or  friends.  The  asylum  is  a 
large  stone  building,  with  accommodations  for  1,000  inmates,  who  receive  moral, 
mental,  and  industrial  training,   and  are  provided  with  homes  when  they  reach  a 


462 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW   YORK. 


suitable  age.  Truant  and  disobedient  children  between  the  ages  of  7  and  14  years, 
belonging  in  the  city,  are  received;  and  the  institution  draws  $110  from  the  city 
treasury  for  each  child  supported  during  the  year.  This  amount  is  supplemented  by 
a  grant  from  the  public  school  funds  and  by  private  gifts.  The  thoroughness  of  the 
work  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  of  the  many  children  who  have  been  placed  in  western 
homes,  not  more  than  five  per  cent,  have  proved  to  be  incorrigible  or  guilty  of  serious 
misconduct.  There  is  also  a  House  of  Reception  at  106  West  27th  Street,  where 
the  children  are  kept  for  a  few  weeks  before  being  sent  to  the  asylum. 

The  Wetmore  Home  for  Fallen  and  Friendless  Girls,  at  49  Washington 
Square,  was  founded  in  1865,  with  the  late  Apollos  R.  Wetmore  as  president,  to 
protect  young  girls  against  temptation,  and  to  rescue  them  when  they  have  been  led 
astray.  Mr.  Wetmore  took  a  warm  interest  in  the  work,  and  upon  his  death,  in 
1 88 1,   the  present  building  was  purchased,  and  named  the  Wetmore  Home,   in  his 


NEW-YORK    JUVENILE    ASYLUM,    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE    AND    176TH    STREET. 

memory.  Since  the  opening  of  the  institution  over  3,000  young  women  and  girls 
have  been  admitted  to  its  shelter.  Instruction  is  given  in  housework  and  sewing, 
and  the  inmates  are  aided  in  procuring  employment. 

The  American  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals,  at  10 
East  22d  Street,  is  one  of  the  most  widely  known  of  the  many  civilizing  influences 
of  the  city.  It  was  founded  in  1866,  by  the  late  Henry  Bergh,  who  remained  its 
President  until  his  death  in  1888.  The  first  laws  for  the  prevention  of  cruelty  to 
animals  were  enacted  in  1866,  and  have  been  amended  by  successive  legislatures 
until  they  are  the  best  of  their  kind  in  existence.  Nearly  every  State  and  Territory 
has  adopted  similar  laws,  with  societies  to  enforce  them,  and  which  are  in  com- 
munication with  the  parent  institution.  The  headquarters  are  open  perpetually. 
Thousands  of  complaints  are  received  yearly  of  cruelty  to  animals,  all  of  which  are 
thoroughly  investigated,  and  the  evils  remedied.  No  animal  is  too  insignificant  for 
attention.  The  society  has  ambulances  for  the  removal  of  disabled  animals ;  a 
patrol  service  for  rendering  first  aid  to  injured  and  sick  animals  ;  and  a  force  of  uni- 
formed officers,  who  have  authority  to  arrest  and  prosecute  offenders  found  violating 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


463 


any  of  the  humane  statutes  of  the  State.  By  numerous  publications  and  the  work 
of  sixty  affiliated  societies,  it  has  developed  a  strong  public  sentiment ;  and  the 
good  work  it  has  accomplished  to  mitigate  and  prevent  suffering  to  animals  is  in- 
calculable. Its  monthly  official  journal  is  called  Our  Animal  Friends.  The  Society 
has  prosecuted  17,000  cruelists  ;  suspended  over  50,000  animals  from  labor  by  rea- 
son of  disabilities  ;  humanely  destroyed  34,000  horses  and  other  animals,  injured  or 
diseased  past  recovery  ;  and  removed  6,000  disabled  horses  in  ambulances.  The 
President,  John  P.  Haines,  has  been  connected  with  the  organization  for  many 
years,  and  under  his  guidance  the  humane  work  has  been  greatly  extended. 

The  New-York  Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice,  at  41  Park  Row, 
was  incorporated  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  New  York  in  1873,  through  the 
efforts  of  Anthony  Comstock,  its  secretary,  aided  by  a  few  public-spirited  citizens. 
Its  object  is  the  enforcement  of  all  laws  for  the  suppression  of  obscene  literature, 
pictures,  and  articles  for  indecent  and 
immoral  use,  including  gambling  in  its 
various  forms,  lotteries,  and  pool-sell- 
ing. It  seeks  the  defence  of  public 
morals  by  preventing  the  dissemination 
and  seed-sowing  of  criminal  influences. 
Through  the  efforts  of  this  society  five 
acts  were  passed  in  1873  Dv  Congress 
prohibiting  the  importation  into  this 
country,  or  the  dissemination  by  mail, 
or  in  provinces  under  the  exclusive 
jurisdiction  of  the  United  States,  of 
obscene  books,  pictures  or  articles. 
Through  its  efforts  stringent  laws  were 
enacted  the  same  year  in  New-York 
State,  and  since  then  in  various  other 
States.  Branch  organizations  have 
been  established  in  New  England  and 
the  Southern  and  Western  States. 
Nearly  1,800  arrests  have  been  made, 
44  tons  of  obscene  matter  and  15  tons 
of  gambling  material  and  parapher- 
nalia have  been  seized  and  destroyed. 
Upon  persons  convicted,  319  years' 
imprisonment  and  more  than  $112,000  of  fines  have  been  imposed.  The  annual 
expenses  are  about  $10,000,  which  are  met  by  voluntary  contributions.  Through 
the  efforts  of  this  society  stringent  laws  were  enacted  by  Congress  in  1889  prohibit- 
ing "green-goods"  swindlers  and  other  fraudulent  devices  from  using  the  mails. 

The  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Crime,  with  spacious  and  commodious 
offices  at  923  Broadway,  was  organized  in  1877  and  incorporated  in  1878.  Its  special 
and  peculiar  mission  is  the  attempt  to  remove  the  sources  and  causes  of  crime,  by  the 
enforcement  of  existing  laws  and  the  enactment  of  new  ones,  and  by  arousing  public 
opinion,  more  particularly  regarding  the  excise  laws,  gambling,  and  public  nuisances 
in  general.  Under  the  direction  of  its  former  President,  the  late  Rev.  Dr.  Howard 
Crosby,  the  society  accomplished  a  vast  amount  of  work,  and  incurred  a  correspond- 
ing degree  of  hostility  from  those  upon  whom  the  laws  have  no  other  restraining 

*  Taken  down  in  1892,  to  make  room  for  new  building. 


SOCIETY   FOR  THE    PREVENTION    OF  CRUELTY   TO  ANIMALS, 
FOURTH    AVENUE    AND    EAST    22D    STREET.   * 


464 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


power  than  that  due  to  the  fear  of  detection  and  punishment.  The  society  employs 
a  number  of  agents  to  detect  violations  of  the  law.  The  present  President,  the  Rev. 
Dr.  Charles  H.  Parkhurst,  is  well  known  as  the  author  of  the  crusade  against  the 
brothels  and  gambling-houses  of  the  city,  as  a  result  of  which  the  Grand  Jury  in  1892 
found  a  sweeping  indictment  against  the  Police  Department. 

The    Home    of    Industry    and  Refuge    for    Discharged    Convicts   was 
founded  in  1 879,  and  incorporated  in   1 882.      Its  object  as  stated  in  the  articles  of 

incorporation  is  "To  do 
good  to  the  souls  and  bodies 
of  men,"  but  its  labors  are 
confined  to  the  criminal 
class.  A  small  house  at  305 
Water  Street  was  secured 
for  the  initial  stages  of  the 
work,  and  after  several  re- 
movals they  located  in  1891 
in  a  large  and  commodious 
building  of  their  own  at  224 
West  63d  Street.  Since  its 
start,  3,000  ex-convicts  have 
been  received  into  the 
"Home,"  1,400  of  whom 
have  obtained  employment. 
The  yearly  expenses  are 
$8,000,  of  which  fully  one- 
fourth  is  earned  by  the  in- 
mates, chiefly  at  broom- 
making.  The  yearly  aver- 
age of  inmates  is  40.  Gifts 
are  greatly  needed  to  pay 
indebtedness  existing. 
The  Christian  League  for  the  Promotion  of  Social  Purity,  at  33  East 
23d  Street,  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  modern  awakening  of  the  public  conscience  regard- 
ing private  and  social  morality.  It  was  organized  in  1886,  and  incorporated  by 
special  act  of  Congress  in  1889  as  a  national  institution.  Its  purpose  is  the  impor- 
tant one  of  elevating  public  opinion  regarding  the  nature  and  claims  of  morality, 
with  its  equal  obligation  upon  men  and  women,  and  enlisting  and  organizing  the 
efforts  of  Christians  in  protective,  reformatory,  educational  and  legislative  work  in 
behalf  of  social  purity.  It  also  aims  to  supply  employment,  funds  and  advice  to 
deserving  young  women  in  need,  and  to  protect  young  girls  from  immorality. 

The  Society  for  the  Purification  of  the  Italian  Quarters  may  be  classed 
as  among  the  reformatory  organizations  of  the  city,  since  its  work  is  the  important 
one  of  driving  disorderly  houses  and  disreputable  people  from  the  Italian  quarters  of 
the  city.  It  was  organized  in  1890,  and,  in  addition  to  the  work  outlined  above,  it 
endeavors  to  do  away  with  the  crowded  condition  of  the  Italian  tenement-houses.. 

The  Lunacy  Law  Reform  and  Anti-Kidnapping  League,  at  10  East 
14th  Street,  was  founded  in  1890  to  protect  sane  persons  against  unjust  and  unlawful 
imprisonment  in  insane  asylums  and  hospitals,  and  to  secure  humane  treatment  and 
the  protection  of  their  legal  and  constitutional  rights  to  those  suffering  from  insanity. 
Legal  and  medical  advice  is  freely  given  to  all  deserving  applicants. 


HOME    OF    INDUSTRY    AND    REFUGE    FOR    DISCHARGED    CONVICTS, 
224    WEST    63D    STREET. 


V. 


Final  Resting  Places. 


iftii^ 


mmmSM 

Cemeteries,    Burial»Places,   Crematories,    Church^Yarda 
and   Vaults,    Toinbs,    Etc. 


IN  AND  about  New  York  are  some  of  the  most  beautiful  and  most  interesting 
resting-places  of  the  dead  in  the  world.  With  all  the  demands  of  high-pressure 
civilization  the  needs  of  the  dying  and  the  dead  have  been  most  sacredly  cared  for. 
Great  and  small,  there  are  nearly  fifty  cemeteries  in  the  city,  or  in  the  immediate 
vicinity,  that  are  used  for  the  interment  of  the  dead.  A  reasonable  estimate  gives 
the  population  of  these  burial-places  at  nearly,  if  not  quite,  3,000,000,  and  that 
number  is  added  to  at  the  rate  of  40,000  a  year.  By  a  law  of  1830  interments  were 
prohibited  within  the  city  limits  below  Canal  Street,  except  by  special  permit,  and 
the  tendency  in  recent  years  has  been  strong  toward  closing  altogether  the  city  cem- 
eteries, and  using  only  those  that  are  in  the  suburbs,  or  far  removed  from  the  thickly 
settled  wards.  Forgotten  God's  Acres  still  exist  in  various  parts  of  the  city,  mostly 
down-town,  where  they  are  crowded  by  tenement-houses  and  towering  warehouses 
and  manufactories.  The  history  of  New  York  in  this  respect  shows  a  constant 
record  of  the  pushing  the  dead  out  of  place  by  the  living.  Some  of  these  old  places 
still  remain  in  part,  but  a  far  greater  number  have  disappeared  altogether.  Only  the 
established  and  powerful  corporations  of  Trinity  and  a  few  other  churches  have  been 
able  to  resist  the  demands  of  modern  life  and  business  for  the  ground  once  sacred  to 
the  dead.  Hundreds  of  acres,  now  covered  by  huge  buildings  or  converted  into 
public  thoroughfares,  were  at  some  time  burial-places  ;  over  ninety  of  which  have 
thus  existed,  and  passed  away.  Of  most  of  them  even  the  location  has  been  forgotten 
by  this  generation. 

There  was  a  burial-ground  around  the  old  Middle  Dutch  Meeting-House,  on  the 
site  of  the  Mutual  Life-Insurance  Company,  in  Nassau  Street,  between  Cedar  and 
Liberty  Streets;  another  in  John  Street,  adjoining  the  John-Street  Methodist  Church  ; 
others  in  Maiden  Lane,  in  Frankfort  Street,  and  near  Burling  Slip.  On  the  site  of 
the  Stewart  Building,  corner  of  Broadway  and  Chambers  Street,  and  where  is  now 
the  City-Hall  Park,  was  a  negro  burying-ground  ;  in  1770  hundreds  of  negroes  who 
died  in  the  small-pox  epidemic  were  buried  there.  The  old  Potter's  Field  was  on 
the  site  of  the  present  Washington  Square,  then  far  out  in  the  country.  Where  now 
are  asphalt  walks,  flowers,  fountains,  the  Washington  Arch,  and  aristocratic  homes, 
the  poor  were  once  buried  by  the  thousands  in  nameless  graves.  Afterward  the 
Potter's  Field  was  where  Madison  Square  is. 

The  old  Jewish  Cemetery  on  the  New  Bowery,  at  Chatham  Square,  dates  back 

more  than  a  century  and  a  half.      A  wealthy  Portuguese  Jew,  Louis  Gomez,  gave  a 

large  tract  of  land  for  that  purpose  in  1729.      The  cemetery  was  in  high  esteem  for 

a  century,  but  then  it  began  to  be  shorn  of  its  proportions  for  new  buildings  and 

3° 


466 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Streets.  Now  only  a  smail  strip  of  land  remains,  containing  a  hundred  tombs,  with 
illegible  inscriptions  and  many  unknown  dead. 

When  this  cemetery  became  unfashionable  many  of  the  bodies  were  removed  to 
a  larger  and  handsomer  place  far  out  of  the  city,  in  the  green  fields,  where  it  was 
thought  that  they  would  remain  forever  undisturbed.  To-day  what  is  left  of  that 
once  beautiful  place  of  the  dead  is  a  few  feet  of  land  in  2 1st  Street,  just  west  of 
Sixth  Avenue,  hemmed  in  by  a  huge  dry-goods  store  and  other  buildings,  and  shut 
in  from  public  gaze  by  a  high  brick  wall  on  the  street  side.  A  few  tomb-stones 
remain,  and  that  is  all. 

On  nth  Street,  just  to  the  east  of  Sixth  Avenue,  in  a  little  triangular  plot,  shut 
in  by  the  walls  of  adjoining  buildings,  is  all  that  is  left  of  what  was  once  a  large 


MARBLE    CEMETERY,    A    HIDDtN    GOD' 


:,    BETWEEN    THE    BOWERY,   SECOND    AVENUE,    2D    AND    3D    STREETS. 


cemetery.  The  place  is  overrun  with  a  wild  growth  of  shrubs  and  vines,  and  one 
little  pyramidal  monument  is  all  that  tells  the  story  of  what  has  been.  In  85th 
Street,  near  Fourth  Avenue;  in  Ninth  Avenue,  where  old  Chelsea  village  once  was; 
in  Mott  Street,  about  St.  Patrick's  Roman  Catholic  Church ;  and  in  several  localities 
in  Harlem,  there  are  cemeteries  that  have  fallen  into  neglect  and  that  must  soon  pass 
out  of  existence. 

Trinity  Churchyard,  surrounding  Trinity  Church,  on  Broadway,  opposite  Wall 
Street,  is  to  the  antiquary  and  the  student  of  local  history  a  most  interesting  burial- 
place.  Some  of  the  gravestones  date  back  nearly  300  years,  and  they  constitute  in 
their  names  an  index-book  to  the  leading  families  of  the  metropolis  for  nearly  two 
centuries.  The  churchyard  is  a  quiet  and  attractive  spot,  immediately  at  the  head 
of  the  financial  district  of  the  American  continent,  with  the  whirl  of  the  money 
market  and  the  uproar  of  traffic  about  it  night  and  day.  On  one  side  is  Broadway, 
thronged  from  morning  to  night  with  hurrying  crowds  of  men  and  teams,  and  on  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


467 


other  side  the  cars  of  the  Elevated  Railroad  rattle  noisily  by.  But  within  there  are 
the  greensward  and  the  stately  old  trees,  reminders  of  the  time  when  all  this  country 
hereabouts  was  fair  orchard  or  pasture  land.  The  sparrows  twitter  cheerfully  about 
in  the  trees  or  on  the  ground,  and  New  York's  illustrious  dead  rest  there,  undis- 
turbed by  the  traffic  or  the  birds,  sleeping  their  last  sleep.  The  dead  are  placed  in 
vaults  underground,  and  flat  slabs  set  into  the  green  grass  or  into  the  slabs  of  the 
paved  walks  indicate  the  locations. 
You  literally  walk  above  the  dead 
wherever  you  go,  and  under  your  feet 
are  names  of  once  prominent  families 
that  have  long  since  been  forgotten, 
as  well  as  of  those  that  are  still  bright  in 
civic  annals.  Here  are  the  Laights,  the 
Bronsons,  the  Ogdens,  the  Lispenards, 
the  Bleeckers,  the  Livingstons,  the 
Apthorpes,  the  Hoffmans,  and  so  on. 

At  the  left,  as  you  enter  the  church- 
yard, is  the  last  resting-place  of  the 
naval  hero  Captain  Lawrence,  of  the 
Chesapeake.  On  a  rectangular  base  of 
red  sandstone  is  a  sarcophagus  of  like 
material,  upon  one  end  of  which  is 
carved  the  side  of  a  war-vessel  with 
protruding  guns,  and  on  the  opposite 
end  a  wreath  and  anchor.  The  base 
bears  this  inscription  :  "The  Heroick 
Commander  of  the  Chesapeake,  whose 
remains  are  deposited  here,  expressed 
with  his  expiring  breath  his  devotion 
to  his  country.  Neither  the  fury  of 
battle,  the  anguish  of  a  mortal  wound, 
nor  the  horrors  of  approaching  death 
could  subdue  his  gallant  spirit.  LI  is 
dying  words  were  '  Don't  Give  Up  the 
Ship.'"  An  iron  fence  encloses  the 
Captain- Lawrence  tomb,  within  which 
is  also  interred  his  wife. 

In  the  south  part  of  the  yard  is  the 
tomb  of  Alexander  Hamilton,  a  rec- 
tangular sarcophagus  of  white  stone, 
with  urns  at  the  four  corners,  and  a 
stunted  pyramid  surmounting  it.  On 
the  base  there  is  an  inscription,  now  nearly  obliterated  by  the  ravages  of  the 
weather,  reciting' the  history  and  the  virtues  of  the  great  statesman  and  financier. 
At  the  foot  of  this  monument,  beneath  a  slab,  simply  inscribed,  are  the  remains  of 
Hamilton's  devoted  wife.  By  a  curious  coincidence,  near  the  Hamilton  monument 
is  a  slab  marking  the  final  resting-place  of  Matthew  L.  Davis,  who  was  Aaron  Burr's 
intimate  friend  and  biographer,  and  Burr's  companion  on  that  fateful  morning  when 
Burr  and  Hamilton  met  in  the  duel  at  Weehawken,  whence  Hamilton  was  brought 
away  dying. 


MARTYRS'  MONUMENT,   TRINITY    CHURCHYARD. 


468  KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 

Near  the  southwest  corner  of  the  church  is  the  tomb  of  Albert  Gallatin,  a  red 
sandstone  sarcophagus,  with  a  slanting  ribbed  top  and  a  frieze  of  leaves  cut  in 
bas-relief.  Gallatin  and  his  wife  are  interred  there.  Just  east  of  the  Gallatin  tomb 
is  the  Livingston  vault,  in  which  are  the  remains  of  Robert  Fulton,  the  inventor 
of  the  steamboat.  In  the  immediate  vicinity,  beneath  a  slab  in  the  pavement 
marked  Anthony  Lispenard  Bleecker,  are  five  generations  of  the  old  Bleecker 
family.  Near  the  Rector-Street  railing  are  the  remains  of  Bishop  Benjamin  Moore, 
second  Bishop  of  New  York,  and  President  of  Columbia  College.  On  the  west 
slope,  in  the  south  part  of  the  yard,  in  a  vault  built  in  1738,  is  buried  the  third  Earl 
of  Stirling,  the  Scottish  nobleman  who  gave  up  a  coronet  to  fight  for  freedom  in 
the  New  World,  and  who  was  Washington's  trusted  and  valued  friend.  Over  in 
the  middle  of  the  north  side,  an  old  slab,  broken  and  moss-covered,  shows  where  is 
buried  Benjamin  Faneuil,  father  of  Peter  Faneuil,  of  Boston  fame.  One  of  the 
quaintest  headstones  in  the  churchyard  is  that  at  the  grave  of  William  Bradford, 
the  friend  and  companion  of  William  Penn,  the  first  printer  in  the  United  States 
outside  of  Boston,  the  first  newspaper  publisher  and  paper-maker,  and  the  father 
of  book-binding  and  copperplate  engraving  in  this  country.  The  inscription  on 
his  tomb-stone  reads:  "Here  lies  the  body  of  William  Bradford,  Printer,  who 
departed  this  life  May  23,  1752,  aged  92  years.  He  was  born  in  Leicester,  in  Old 
England,  in  1660,  and  came  over  to  America  in  1682  before  the  city  of  Philadel- 
phia was  laid  out.  He  was  Printer  to  this  Government  for  upwards  of  fifty  years  ; 
and  being  quite  worn  out  with  old  age  and  labors,  he  left  this  mortal  State  in  the 
lively  Hopes  of  a  blessed  Immortality. 

"  Reader  reflect  how  soon  you'll 

quit  this  Stage. 
You'll  find  but  few  attain  to 

such  an  age. 
Life's  full  of  Pain  :  Lo  Here's  a 

Place  of  Rest  ! 
Prepare  to  meet  your  Goo  :  then 

you  are  blest." 

Another  interesting  stone  stands  at  the  grave  of  Sydney  Breese,  a  wealthy  New- 
York  merchant  and  a  witty  society  man,  whose  name  still  lives  in  the  fame  of  one  of 
his  descendants,  Professor  S.  F.  Breese  Morse,  inventor  of  the  telegraph.  The  stone 
bears  the  curious  inscription  : 

"  Sydney  Breese,  June  19,  1767.     Made  by  himself. 
Ha,  Sydney,  Sydney  ! 
Lyest  thou  Here  ? 
I  Here  Lye 
'Till  Time  is  flown 
To  Its  Eternity." 

The  most  conspicuous  monument  in  the  churchyard  is  that  erected  thirty  years 
ago  by  the  Trinity-Church  corporation  in  memory  of  the  soldiers  of  the  American 
Revolution  who  died  in  the  prison-pens  during  the  occupation  of  the  city  by  the 
British.  The  monument  faces  Pine  Street,  and  was  built  at  a  time  when  there  was 
talk  of  extending  Pine  Street  through  the  churchyard,  from  Broadway  to  Church 
Street  and  the  desecration  was  thus  forever  prevented.  The  ashes  of  the  patriot 
soldiers  repose  in  undistinguishable  graves  about  this  monument.  The  memorial  is 
a  square  structure  of  red  sandstone  in  Gothic  style,  to  harmonize  with  the  neigh- 
boring church  building.  Above  the  base  there  is  a  high  arehed  canopy  with  open 
sides,   the  four  corners  of  which  terminate  in  ornamental  finials,  and  a  tall  spire 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


469 


stands  up  from  the  centre.  On  each  of  the  four  gables  of  the  roof  is  a  group  of 
thirteen  stars.  This  is  the  inscription  on  the  east  or  Broadway  face  of  the  base  : 
"Sacred  to  the  memory  of  those  good  and  brave  men  who  died  whilst  imprisoned 
in  this  city  for  their  devotion  to  the  cause  of  American  Independence." 

Among  other  interesting  things  in  Trinity  churchyard  are  the  Bronson  head- 
stone, curiously  carved  with  winged  cherubs,  a  border  of  leaves  and  a  group  con- 
sisting of  an  hour-glass,  crossed  thigh-bones,  a  corpse  and  a  skeleton,  emblems  of 
mortality  ;  the  slab  that  covers  the  remains  of  Charlotte  Temple,  whose  name,  by 
a  peculiar  coincidence,  was  erroneously  associated  with  a  fictitious  sad  story  in  one 
of  the  romances  of  New  York's  early  life  ;  the  Watts  family  vault,  that,  marked  by 
a  single  slab,  contains  the  ashes  of  the  gallant  General  Phil.  Kearny  ;  the  tomb  of 
Francis  Lewis,  one  of  the  signers  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  ;  of  General 
[ohn  Lamb,  a  famous  Liberty  Boy  ;  of  Lieut. -Governor  and  Chief- Justice  James 
Ue  Lancey  ;  and  of  the  De  Peysters,  Crommelins  and  other  Huguenot  families. 

St.  Paul's  Churchyard,  in  Broadway,  between  Vesey  and  Fulton  Streets,  and 
extending  back  to  the  Trinity  Building  in  Church  Street,  is  hardly  less  interesting 
than  Trinity,  to  which  it  is,  in  fact,  an  adjunct.  It  is  not  as  old,  but  it  contains 
many  honored  and  distinguished  dead.  On  the  Broadway  side  are  three  notable 
monuments,  all  of  them  curiously  enough  to  men  of  Irish  birth.  In  the  Broadway 
wall  of  the  chapel  is  a  memorial 
tablet  to  General  Richard  Mont- 
gomery, who  fell  at  Quebec. 
There  is  a  pedestal  with  an  urn 
upon  it,  and  trees  and  palms  and 
military  insignia  surrounding.  On 
the  tablet  is  the  inscription.  The 
memorial  was  erected  by  Con- 
gress in  1776  ;  and  the  remains 
of  the  gallant  Irish  -  American 
were  brought  from  Quebec  at  the 
expense  of  the  city  of  New  York, 
and  with  pomp  and  ceremony 
placed  in  a  vault  directly  beneath 
the  tablet.  To  the  south  of  the 
church  is  the  monument  to 
Thomas  Addis  Emmett  the  Irish 
patriot  of '98,  who  died  November 
14,  1827.  It  is  a  granite  obelisk, 
upon  the  east  face  of  which,  near 
the  top  in  bas-relief,  is  a  bust  of 
Emmett,  and  below  a  group  show- 
ing an  urn,  clasped  hands  and  an 
eagle.  The  north  face  has  an 
inscription  in  English,  giving  the 
facts  of  Emmett's  life,  and  on  the 
opposite  face  is  the  same  inscrip- 
tion   cut    in    Celtic    characters. 

* 
Upon  the  west  face  on  a  sunken  tablet  is  the  inscription 

W.  L.  G. "     To  the  north  of  the  church  is  the 


THOMAS    A.    EMMETT    MONUMENT 


PAUL'S    CHURCHYARD. 


21.5' 

J.    MacNevin,   who,   an 


Irish    refugee    of   '98,  came 


400  10'  12"  N.  710   05' 
monument  to  Dr.  William 
to    New   York    and    attained 


47° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


eminence  as  a  physician,  chemist  and  medical  instructor.  The  monument  that  com- 
memorates him  is  a  square  pedestal,  surmounted  by  a  pyramidal  shaft.  Both  base 
and  shaft  are  decorated  with  elaborate  floral  designs.  The  pedestal  has  inscrip- 
tions in  Latin,  in  English  and  in  Celtic.  On  the  east  face  of  the  shaft  is  a  bas-relief 
bust  of  Dr.  MacNeven,  an  eagle  and  an  urn,  and  a  draped  harp  with  clasped  hands 

beneath  it.  The  monument  to  George 
Frederick  Cooke,  the  actor,  is  near  the 
centre  of  the  grounds  to  the  west  of 
the  church.  It  is  a  low,  square  marble 
pedestal,  on  a  double  base,  and  sur- 
mounted by  an  urn,  with  the  repre- 
sentation of  flames  flashing  upward 
from  its  mouth.  The  pedestal  bears 
this  motto  : 

"  Three  kingdoms  proclaim  his  birth  : 
Both  hemispheres  pronounce  his  worth.1'' 

Inscriptions  on  the  four  sides  of  the 
pedestal  record  that  the  monument 
was  erected  by  Edmund  Kean,  and 
successively  repaired  by  Charles  Kean, 
Edward  A.  Sothern  and  Edwin  Booth. 
Not  far  from  the  Cooke  monument 
is  the  Bechet  tomb,  a  large  square 
structure  of  stone,  overrun  with  climb- 
ing vines.  There  reposes  Colonel 
Etienne  Marie  Bechet,  the  Sieur  de 
Rochefontaine,  who  served  under  Count 
Rochambeau  in  our  Revolutionary 
War  ;  and  with  him  are  his  wife  and 
other  members  of  the  family.  Within 
the  church  is  a  tablet  in  memory  of  Sir 
John  Temple,  the  first  Consul-General 
of  England  to  the  United  States.  The 
tablet  is  in  the  form  of  a  rectangular 
base,  bearing  an  inscription,  and  surmounted  by  a  pyramid,  upon  the  face  of  which  are 
carved  an  urn  and  the  Temple  coat-of-arms.  Other  distinguished  persons  have  been 
buried  in  St.  Paul's  churchyard  ;  members  of  the  Somerindyke,  Ogden,  Rhinelander, 
Onderdonk,  Van  Ameridge,  Bogert  and  other  families;  John  Dixey,  R.  A.,  an  Irish 
sculptor ;  Captain  Baron  de  Rahenau,  a  Hessian  officer ;  Major  John  Lucas,  of  the 
Georgia  line;  Major  Job  Sumner  of  the  Massachusetts  line;  Lieut. -Col.  Beverly 
Robinson  ;  Philip  Blum,  who  was  sailing-master  of  Commodore  McDonough's  flag- 
ship Saratoga  at  the  battle  of  Lake  Champlain ;  Colonel  Thomas  Barclay,  the  first 
British  Consul  to  New- York  City  ;  Anthony  Van  Dam  ;  John  Wells,  whose  bust  is  in 
the  church  ;  and  many  other  American  patriots  and  British  officers. 

The  New-York  City  Marble  Cemetery  is  on  2d  Street,  between  First  and 
Second  Avenues,  in  a  thickly  settled  tenement  district.  When  it  was  first  opened, 
it  was  a  fashionable  burial-place,  but  now  it  is  little  in  favor,  save  by  a  few  old 
families.  It  is  about  half  the  length  and  half  the  depth  of  the  block.  On  the 
street  side  is  a  high   iron  fence.      Opposite  is  a  tall  brick  wall,  shutting  out  the 


MEMORIAL    TABLET    TO    MAJOR-GENERAL    RIGHAKU 
MONTGOMERY,  ST.    PAUL'S    CHAPEL. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  XEW   YORK. 


471 


tenement-yards,  and  at  both  ends  the  abutting  houses  look  down  upon  the  plot. 
The  ground  is  devoted  entirely  to  vaults  underground,  and  interments  are  still 
permitted,  under  restrictions.  The  place  is  well  kept,  but  is  laid  out  in  severe 
style.  Half  a  dozen  parallel  gravel  walks  run  the  length  of  it.  Between  the 
walks  are  narrow  strips  of  sodded  ground  in  which  at  regular  intervals  lie  the  gray 
slabs  that  cover  the  entrances  to  the  vaults.  President  James  Monroe  was  buried  in 
a  vault  here,  but  his  remains  were  subsequently  removed  to  Richmond,  Va. ,  for 
permanent  interment.  John  Ericsson,  the  inventor  and  builder  of  the  famous  war- 
vessel  Monitor,  whose  remains  were  finally  sent  to  his  native  land,  Sweden,  on 
board  a  United-States  war-ship,  rested  for  a  time  in  the  Marble  Cemetery.      There 


NEW-YORK    CI 


BETWEEN    FIRST    AND    SECOND    AVENUES. 


are  several  monuments  historically  interesting,  noticeably  one  to  Stephen  Allen, 
once  Mayor  of  New-York  City  ;  and  the  names  of  Lenox,  Lewis,  Ogden,  Ogilvie, 
Webb,  Oothout,  Hyslop,  Kip,  MacElrath  and  other  old  families  appear. 

There  is  another  little  cemetery,  hidden  in  the  centre  of  the  block  bounded  by 
the  Bowery,  Second  Avenue,  and  2d  and  3d  Streets,  which  belongs  to  the  same 
corporation.  It  is  sometimes  called  the  New- York  Marble  Cemetery,  and  is 
distinguished  from  the  other  by  the  omission  of  the  word  "City"  from  the  title. 
It  is  scarcely  half  an  acre  in  extent,  and  it  cannot  be  seen  from  either  street  or 
avenue.  The  entrance  is  through  an  iron  gate  and  a  heavy  wooden  door  on  Second 
Avenue,  near  2d  Street.  Even  this  is  kept  closed  constantly,  and,  so  far  as  appear- 
ances go,  it  might  be  the  entrance  to  the  adjoining  house. 

St.  Mark's  Churchyard  is  also  a  record  of  the  past.  It  is  at  the  corner  of 
Stuyvesant  Street  and  Second  Avenue,  even  now  an  aristocratic  neighborhood,  and 
formerly  more  so.  Here  was  once  the  farm  of  old  Peter  Stuyvesant.  Near  by  he 
lived,  and  on  the  site  of  St.  Mark's  he  built  a  chapel,  over  two  centuries  ago,  and 
when  he   died  he  was  buried  therein.      When  the  chapel  made  way  for  St.  Mark's 


472 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


MEMORIAL  TABLET  TO 
PETRUS  STUYVESANT, 
ST.  MARK'S  CHURCH, 
SECOND  AVENUE  AND 
STUYVESANT  STREET. 


the  body  of  Stuyvesant  was  removed  and  placed  in  a  vault  beneath  the  walls  of  the 
new  building.  On  the  east  side  of  the  church  is  a  massive  red  sandstone  block, 
held  in  place  by  iron  clamps.  This  marks  the  Stuyvesant  tomb,  and  it  bears  this 
inscription:  "In  this  vault  lies  buried  Petrus  Stuyvesant,  late  Captain-General  and 
Governor-in-Chief  of  Amsterdam  in  New  Netherlands,  now  called  New  York,  and 
the  Dutch  West  India  Islands,  died  in  A.  D.  167 1-2,  aged  80  years." 

In  the  churchyard  are  buried  Colonel  Sloughter,  one  of  the  English 
Colonial  governors ;  Daniel  D.  Tompkins,  an  early  governor 
.,  -       of  the  State  of  New  York  ;  Nathaniel  Prime,  an  old-time 
merchant;  and  Philip  Hone,  one  of  the  most  courtly 
"L^  -1      and  most  distinguished  >>f  the  mayors  of  New-York 
City ;    and    there,   too,   are    the    family 
vaults    of    Nicholas    Fish,    P.    P. 
Goelet,   David  Wolfe,   Frederick 
Gebhard,  Abraham  Iselin,  Peter 
M.    Suydam,   Abraham 
Schemerhorn,    R.  S.   Living- 
ston and  others.     It  was  from 
a  vault  in  this  yard  that  the 
body  of  A.  T. 
Stewart  was 
stolen  by  grave- 
robbers. 

St.   Luke's 

Churchyard,    in    Hudso n 

Street,  near    Christopher,    is 

another  place  of   the    dead, 

with    only    the   inscribed 

tablets  on  the  surface  to  indicate 

the    vaults    below.      There    are 

several  hundred  vaults  here,  but  no 

interments  are  now  made  in  them. 

St.  John's    Burying-Ground,  con- 

-».••"        nectedwith  St.  John's  Chapel  of  Trinity 

Church,   is    between    Hudson,   Leroy    and 

Clarkson  Streets.      It  was  established  about 

sixty  years  ago  ;  and  more  than  10,000  bodies 

are  interred  in  it,  for  the  most  part  (it  would  appear) 

people  of  the  middle  and  poorer  classes,  although  some 

well-known  folk  were  laid  at  rest  there.    Christopher  P.  Collis, 

-^%S^a       ■  tin.'  friend  of  Robert  Fulton,  and  the  projector  of  the  Croton  water - 

-i  system,  was  buried  there.      The  ground  contains  the  body  of  William 

5  E.  Burton,    the  famous  comedian,  and  of  Naomi,  the   wife   of   Thomas 

Hamblin,  a  famous  actor  and  manager  of  Burton's  time.    A  quaint  monument  is  that 

erected  by  Engine  Company  13  to  Eugene  Underhill  and  Frederick  A.  Ward,  who 

were  killed  while  on  duty  in   1834.      It   is  a  sarcophagus,  surmounted  by  a   stone 

coffin,  upon  the  top  of  which  is  a  fireman's  cap,  a  torch   and  a  trumpet.     Most  of 

the  monuments  and  stones  are  in  a  dilapidated  condition.     The  burial-ground  is  a 

picturesque  place  in  summer  time,  with  its  fine  old  shade-trees.    There  has  been  talk  of 

the  city  taking  it  for  a  park,  which  is  much  needed  in  that  tenement-house  district. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


473 


Woodlawn  Cemetery  is  the  most  important  modern  place  of  burial  within  the 
city  limits.  It  is  in  the  Twenty-Fourth  Ward,  about  twelve  miles  from  the  City 
Hall ;  and  is  reached  easily  by  trains  over  the  New-York  &  Harlem  Railroad  from 
the  Grand  Central  Depot.  The  railway  tracks  border  the  cemetery  on  one  side,  and 
the  station  is  a  few  steps  from  the  main  entrance.  Trains  run  every  half-hour  dur- 
ing the  day,  and  there  are  also  special  funeral  trains.  The  cemetery  has  an  area  of 
396  acres.  Within  a  few  years  it  has  become  the  fashionable  burial-place  of  New- 
York  millionaire  families.  The  grounds  are  on  an  eminence,  with  gently  sloping 
sides,  and  an  uneven  surface,  that  is  capable  of  many  fine  landscape  and  other  effects. 
Woodlawn  ranks  among  the  most  notable  of  American  cemeteries  in  the  beauty  of  its 
adornments,  as  well  as  in  the  richness  of  its  monumental  work.  Its  present  predom- 
inating feature  is  the  group  of  mausoleums,  erected  by  wealthy  New-Yorkers  of  this 


WOODLAWN    CEMETERY,   WOODLAWN    STATION,    NEW-YORK    AND    HARLEM    RAILROAD,   24TH    WARP. 

generation,  including  some  quite  notable  structures.  Woodlawn  is  destined  to  be 
preeminent  in  this  particular.  It  surpasses  every  other  place  of  burial  in  the  country 
in  the  number,  the  beauty  and  the  value  of  these  imposing  houses  of  the  dead.  The 
mausoleums  cost  from  $10,000  upwards. 

Jay  Gould  was  one  of  the  first  to  build  a  mausoleum  at  Woodlawn.  It  was  put  up 
about  ten  years  ago.  It  stands  alone  on  a  high  hill ;  a  cold  gray  granite  structure, 
like  a  Greek  temple.  It  was  built  and  designed  by  H.  Q.  French  of  New  York. 
There  are  heavy  bronze  doors  of  artistic  workmanship,  and  at  the  end  of  the  build- 
ing opposite  to  the  door  is  a  handsome  stained-glass  window.  Mr.  Gould's  wife  is 
interred  here.  Not  far  from  the  Gould  mausoleum  is  that  of  Henry  Clews,  the 
banker  ;  a  simple  Greek  temple  of  rough  gray  granite,  with  bronze  door  and  stained- 
glass  windows.  It  stands  near  a  little  lake  upon. whose  shores  are  the  mausoleums 
of  Maurice  B.  Flynn,  the  Matthiesons,  George  L.  Lorillard,  H.  H.  Cook,  G.  A. 
Osgood,  Peter  C.  Baker,  Peter  F.  Meyer,  and  others,  and  the  lots  of  Cornelius 
Vanderbilt,  Joseph  H.  Choate,  the  eminent  lawyer,  Washington  E.  Conner,  and 
others.  Truly,  this  is  a  neighborhood  of  plutocrats.  On  the  Vanderbilt  lot  is  only 
a  marble  tree-stump  with  straggling  vines  carved  upon  it.      The  Lorillard  mausoleum 


474 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW  YORK. 


DESIGNED    AND    BUILT    BY    H.    Q.    FRENCH. 

JAY    GOULD'S    MAUSOLEUM,   AT    WOOOLAWN    CEMETERY. 


is  a  large  and  ornate  structure  of  rough  white  marble,  with  door-frames  of  finished 
Sienna  marble,  and  cornices  and  columns  of  finished  white  marble.  Even  more 
elaborate  is  the  Matthieson  mausoleum,  imposing  in  size,  and  built  of  colored  marble 

and  granite,  with 
much  decoration 
in  buttresses, 
carved  work  and 
moulding  finials, 
and  crosses  on  the 
gables  of  the  roof, 
and  many  stained- 
glass  windows. 
On  the  Austin 
Corbin  lot  is  a 
plain  block  of 
granite.  Sidney 
Dillon's  lot  is 
marked  by  an 
elaborately  carved 
Runic  cross.  The 
monument  in  the 
Sloane  lot  is  a 
showy  creation  of 
highly   polished 

rich  red  marble,  consisting  of  a  rectangular  pedestal  upon  which  is  a  column  with 
a  square  base,  and  a  conical  shaft  surmounted  with  an  elaborate  finial.  On  the 
sides  of  the  base  are  the  names  of  the  Sloane  brothers,  William  Sloane,  John 
Sloane,  Henry  T.  Sloane  and  Thomas  C.  Sloane. 

Another  part  of  the  cemetery,  on  the  brow  of  the  hill,  overlooking  to  the  east- 
ward the  grassy  slope  that  extends  to  the  railroad,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  away,  is  also 
much  in  favor.  Here  are  many  tombs  built  into  the  side  of  the  hill,  with  handsome 
marble  or  granite  entrances,  as  well  as  mausoleums,  which  are  the  independent 
structures  most  popular  at  Woodlawn.  Not  far  from  the  cemetery  entrance  on  this 
eminence  Collis  P.  Huntington  is  erecting  a  mausoleum  that  in  size  and  cost  will 
be  one  of  the  most  notable  structures  of  its  kind.  Near  by  is  the  mausoleum  of 
Marshal  O.  Roberts,  a  Gothic  structure  of  granite,  with  polished  red  marble  columns, 
and  also  the  plain  granite  tomb  of  William  E.  Dodge. 

Probably  the  most  costly,  as  it  is  the  most  elaborate  Woodlawn  monument,  is 
that  belonging  to  Henry  M.  Flagler,  the  Standard-Oil  millionaire.  It  is  a  massive 
granite  cylinder,  surmounted  by  a  dome,  upon  the  apex  of  which  is  a  cross,  stand- 
ing upon  a  circular  granite  platform.  It  is  covered  in  nearly  every  part  with  the 
most  delicate  carvings  and  traceries.  On  opposite  sides  of  the  shaft  are  four 
sunken  panels,  framed  with  light  columns,  and  arched  over  with  semi-circular 
porticoes  of  carved  granite.  Scripture  texts  are  carved  on  these  panels,  and  the 
name  Flagler  is  in  raised  letters  upon  the  base  of  the  shaft.  The  monument 
stands  on  an  eminence  that  makes  it  the  most  conspicuous  object  in  this  part  of 
the  cemetery.  The  mausoleum  that  holds  the  remains  of  the  millionaire  Daniel 
B.  Fayerweather  is  also  notable.  It  is  near  the  Flagler  monument,  and  almost 
equally  conspicuous.  The  material  used  in  its  construction  is  a  dull  red  granite, 
with    polished    columns    upholding    the    portico,    on    the  pediment  of  which  is  a 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW  YORK. 


475 


WOODLAWN    CEMETERY. 

WOODLAWN    STATION,    NEW-YORK    AND    HARLEM    RAILROAD. 


476  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

bronze  wreath  and  crossed  palms.  The  bronze  door  has  a  beautiful  figure  of  an  an- 
gel with  opened  wings.  The  main  part  of  the  building  is  oval  in  shape,  with  tessel- 
lated floor,  vaulted  roof  and  four  stained-glass  windows.  Other  mausoleums  are  the 
Butterfield  and  Falconer,  a  heavy  Egyptian  structure  of  granite  ;  the  Cossitt,  the 
J.  M.  Randall,  the  Ladew  and  the  Tilt.  There  are  nearly  a  hundred  of  these 
costly  structures  in  Woodlawn.  Illustrious  dead  are  not  lacking  in  this  cemetery. 
Admiral  Farragut  is  here,  sleeping  at  the  foot  of  a  simple  monument.  Just  a  bro- 
ken mast  of  marble  it  is,  standing  on  a  square  pedestal  and  draped  at  the  top. 
Around  the  base  of  the  mast  are  flags,  swords  and  other  insignia  of  naval  warfare, 
and  the  arms  of  the  United  States,     The  only  inscriptions  are  : 

"  Erected  by  his  wife  and  son. 

David  Glasgow  Farragut. 

First  Admiral  in  the  United-States  Navy. 

Born  July  5,  1801. 

Died  Aug.  14,  1870." 

And  another  to  Virginia  D.  Farragut,  his  wife.  Within  a  stone's  throw  of  the  Far- 
ragut monument  is  the  grave  of  another  naval  hero,  De  Long,  of  the  ill-fated  Arctic 
expedition.  With  him  repose  his  four  brave  companions,  but  their  graves  are  not 
yet  marked  by  a  monument. 

The  monument  to  Dr.  Leopold  Damrosch,  the  eminent  musical  conductor,  is 
very  artistic.  It  is  a  seated  granite  figure  of  Music,  of  heroic  size,  with  one  arm 
outstretched  over  the  grave.  Upon  the  low  pedestal  is  the  word  "  Damrosch,"  and 
a  bronze  scroll  has  the  inscription  "Erected  by  the  Oratorio,  Arion  and  Symphony 
Societies  of  New  York,  A.  D.  18S8. "  The  inscription  upon  the  headstone  is  "Leo- 
pold Damrosch.  Born  Oct.  22,  1832.  Died  Feb.  15,  1885."  Another  artistic 
monument  is  that  to  Auguste  Pottier,  a  granite  pedestal  with  a  bronze  bas-relief 
portrait-bust  in  a  medallion,  and  an  exquisite  draped  figure  of  Grief,  with  bowed 
head  and  drooping  hands,  seated  upon  it. 

Rev.  Dr.  Howard  Crosby  is  buried  here.  Over  his  grave  is  a  plain  granite  shaft, 
in  summer-time  covered  with  a  thick  mass  of  ivy  and  woodbine.  On  the  shaft  is 
the  inscription  "Howard  Crosby.  Born  Feb.  27,  1826.  Died  Mar.  29,  1891." 
On  the  headstone  is  the  same  inscription,  with  the  text  "Well  done,  good  and  faith- 
ful servant.  Enter  thou  into  the  joy  of  thy  Lord."  A  massive  granite  sarcopha- 
gus, with  a  palette  and  brushes,  encircled  by  a  laurel  wreath,  marks  the  grave  of 
Frank  Leslie.  Other  monuments  are  those  of  Edward  C.  Moore,  a  large  dark -colored 
boulder,  covered  with  vines,  and  marked  "Family  of  E.  C.  M.";  of  Spencer  C. 
Stokes,  the  famous  circus-rider,  over  whose  grave  is  the  marble  statue  of  his  favorite 
horse;  of  Julius  Count  Seyssee  d'Aix;  of  Horace  F.  Clark,  an  Aberdeen-granite 
tomb  upon  a  polished  granite  platform;  and  of  the  Wheeler  family,  a  rough  boulder, 
with  a  large  bronze  bas-relief  of  a  boy  reclining  in  the  grass  on  the  front.  The 
Havemeyers,  James  Law,  Judge  Whiting,  Rev.  Dr.  John  Hall,  Edward  A.  Ham- 
mond and  ex-Secretary  of  the  Navy  William  C.  Whitney  are  other  well-known  New- 
Yorkers  who  own  lots  in  Woodlawn.  The  offices  of  Woodlawn  Cemetery  are  at  20 
East  23d  Street,  and  the  Comptroller  is  Caleb  B.  Knevals. 

Trinity  Cemetery  is  at  Washington  Heights,  on  Tenth  Avenue,  between  153d 
and  155th  Streets.  It  contains  about  fifteen  acres,  and  was  opened  for  the  burial  of 
Trinity  parishioners  sixty  years  ago,  when  intra-mural  interments  were  forbidden. 
The  location  is  sightly,  on  an  eminence  overlooking  the  country  round  about,  and 
the  Hudson  River  to  the  west,  the  grounds  extending  to  the  river.  A  handsome 
granite  wall  with  frequent  columns,  supporting  an  ornamental  iron  fence,  surrounds 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


477 


the  property.  Spacious  gateways  give  ingress  to  it,  and  on  the  corner  of  Tenth 
Avenue  and  154th  Street  there  is  a  pretty  Queen- Anne  lodge,  with  the  offices.  The 
grounds  are  divided  into  two  parts  by  West  End  Avenue,  a  broad  public  thorough- 
fare, the  grade  of  which  is  below  the  level  of  the  cemetery  hill.  An  iron  suspension- 
bridge,  with  Gothic  sandstone  archways  at  either  end,  spans  the  avenue  and  connects 
the  two  parts  of  the  cemetery.  The  grounds  are  well  laid  out  with  paths  and  road- 
ways, and  trees  and  shrubs  are  abundant.  There  is  little  floral  decoration  except 
on  private  lots.  Many  prominent  New- York  families  bury  their  dead  here.  The 
tombs  or  headstones  bear  such  well-known  names  as  Astor,  Hargous,  Schieffelin, 
Sayre,  Delafield,  Gallatin,  Dix,  Furniss,  Harsen,  Wilmerding,  Livingston,  and 
De  Peyster.  There  are  few  mausoleums,  those  of  Stephen  Storm  and  Garrett  Storm, 
large  Gothic  redstone  structures  near  the  south-east  entrance,  being  the  most  con- 
spicuous. Most  of  the  tombs  and  vaults  are  in  the  western  section.  There  the  hill- 
side slopes  steeply  toward  the  Hudson  River,  and  offers  peculiar  advantages.      The 


SUSPENSION    BRIDGE,   TRINITY    CEMETERY,    ELEVENTH    AVENUE   AND    155th    STREET. 

tombs  are  built  underground,  on  the  side  hill,  and  have  ornamental  granite  or  sand- 
stone facades.  There  are  several  hundred  homes  of  the  dead  of  this  description. 
The  vaults  of  the  Astors  are  the  most  unpretentious.  The  William-B. -Astor  lot 
is  a  smooth  stretch  of  unbroken  greensward,  entirely  concealing  from  view  the  vault 
underneath.  In  the  centre  of  the  plot  is  a  plain  marble  shaft,  with  the  inscription, 
"Astor  Vault."  The  John- Jacob- Astor  tomb  is  severely  plain.  Only  the  front, 
looking  toward  the  river,  is  in  evidence.  This  is  a  simple  granite  wall,  broken  by  a 
flight  of  steps  leading  up  to  the  greensward  that  covers  the  top  of  the  tomb.  There 
stand  several  headstones  and  a  little  monument.  The  name  John  Jacob  Astor  is  on 
the  granite  coping.  In  this  tomb  are  the  remains  of  the  original  John  Jacob  Astor; 
John  Jacob  Astor  the  second  ;  and  his  wife  and  other  members  of  the  family.  The 
interior  decorations  of  the  tomb,  which  are  invisible  to  the  general  public,  are  very 
rich.  Next  to  this  Astor  tomb  is  that  of  William  P.  Furniss,  an  old-time  wealthy 
New-Yorker.  The  William-Astor  vault  is  also  an  excavation  on  sloping  ground. 
It  is  enclosed  with  ample  granite  walls,  and  the  top  is  a  square  of  green  grass,  sur- 
rounded with  a  low  granite  and  bronze  parapet.  Entrance  is  from  the  upper  level 
down  a  flight  of  steps  that  is  kept  covered  by  iron  bulk-head  doors. 

The  grave  of  the  Irish  poet,  John  Augustus  Shea,  who  died  in  New  York  in 
1845,  ^s  °f  interest.  A  marble  slab  covers  it,  and  on  this  is  cut  three  verses  from 
Shea's  brilliant  apostrophe  to  the  Ocean.  A  monument  to  Richard  Sands  is  in  the 
form  of  a  circular  open  temple.  In  the  centre  of  this  is  a  marble  bust  of  the 
deceased,  and  on  top  is  a  female  figure.      In  the  Dix  lot  lies  General  John  A.  Dix. 


478  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

Kensico  Cemetery  is  one  of  the  number  which  make  New  York  famous  for  its 
charming  rural  burial-places.  In  olden  times  church-yards  were  the  only  burial- 
places.  The  modern  cemetery,  as  distinct  from  the  church-yard,  originated  in 
Kensal-Green  Cemetery,  near  London,  which  was  founded  in  1832.  In  France,  Pere 
La  Chaise  was  started  in  1804.  Mount  Auburn,  near  Boston,  established  in  1 831, 
was  the  first  in  America.  Laurel  Hill,  at  Philadelphia,  was  opened  in  1836.  These 
are  famous  because  they  were  grand  efforts,  made  by  people  of  wealth  and  culture, 
whose  deeds  usually  attract  attention. 

Kensico  Cemetery  is  situated  on  the  Harlem  Division  of  the  New- York  Central 
&  Hudson-River  Railroad,  only  48  minutes'  ride  from  the  Grand  Central  Depot. 
The  natural  beauty  of  Kensico,  in  the  midst  of  an  elevated  and  extensive  plateau, 
with  picturesque  and  historic  surroundings,  and  many  other  advantages,  make  it 
most  desirable  for  the  purpose.  The  cemetery  depot,  which  is  built  of  stone  covered 
with  moss,  is  an  attraction  in  itself,  besides  having  the  modern  conveniences  of  a 
city  office-building.  The  public  receiving-tomb  is  much  superior  to  any  structure  of 
the  kind  in  this  country.  Its  front  and  entrance  is  in  the  form  of  a  chapel.  The 
floors  and  inner  walls  are  of  the  purest  marble.  A  new  and  most  perfect  system  of 
ventilation  for  the  interior  of  the  catacombs  has  been  adopted.  The  gases  are  con- 
veyed to  a  detached  purifying  furnace,  and  currents  of  pure  air  are  formed  and  kept 
in  circulation.  The  architect  of  the  Kensico  station,  and  also  of  the  Kensico 
Receiving-Tomb  is  H.  Edwards  Ficken,  the  noted  artist-architect.  It  seems  to 
be  the  avowed  purpose  of  the  founders  and  managers  of  this  cemetery  to  make  it 
an  ideal  place  of  burial  from  the  very  foundation,  and,  therefore,  recognized 
leading  architects  and  landscape-gardeners  have  been  given  the  work  of  planning 
the  buildings  and  laying  out  the  grounds.  No  efforts  are  being  spared  to  make  here 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  American  burial-places. 

The  Kensico  Cemetery  is  being  surrounded  by  a  stone  wall  placed  on  deep 
culverts,  and  laid  in  the  best  cement.  All  the  drives,  roads  and  avenues  are  built 
of  stone  foundations  of  from  three  to  five  feet  in  depth,  and  no  expense  is  spared  to 
make  everything  of  the  most  lasting  and  durable  character.  In  the  laying  out  of 
this  place  of  burial  an  equal  regard  has  been  had  to  convenience,  completeness  of 
arrangement  and  beauty  of  effect  ;  the  winding  drives  diversifying  the  scene  and 
breaking  the  monotony  of  the  ordinary  grave-ground.  A  gentleman  narrating  the 
story  of  his  visit  to  the  Kensico  Cemetery,  speaks  of  the  stone  depot  of  Queen-Anne 
style,  costly  and  perfect  in  all  its  appointments,  and  exclusively  used  for  cemetery 
purposes.  He  says  :  "I  was  not  anticipating  such  a  series  of  entertaining  views  as 
I  enjoyed  when  being  driven  through  the  cemetery.  Two  little  children,  who  were 
with  us,  were  almost  beside  themselves  with  pleasure  as  the  carriage  drive  took  them 
higher  and  higher  by  easy  gradations,  until  they  could  view  Long-Island  Sound 
and  the  richly  cultivated  fields  in  the  distance.  The  pretty  lakes,  the  floral  gardens 
and  the  tastefulness  of  the  arrangement  of  the  entire  grounds,  all  added  pleasure  to 
our  drive.  Surely  your  cemetery  cannot  be  excelled.  I  should  have  known  that 
such  gentlemen  as  form  your  Board  of  Trustees,  would  not  have  served  as  trustees 
of  your  cemetery,  unless  it  promised  decided  merit." 

The  office  of  the  Kensico  Cemetery  is  16  East  42d  Street,  New  York,  and  the 
officers  and  trustees  are  :  James  W.  Husted,  President  ;  Allen  S.  Apgar,  Vice- 
President  ;  Samuel  I.  Knight,  Secretary  and  Treasurer;  Reese  Carpenter,  Comp- 
troller; Chauncey  M.  Depew,  Phineas  C.  Lounsbury,  Samuel  Shethar,  Charles  G. 
Langdon,  William  E.  Dodge  Stokes,  Joseph  O.  Miller,  Edward  Kearney,  James  F. 
Sutton,  Isaac  G.  Johnson,  Gardner  Wetherbee,  and  H.  Walter  Webb. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


479 


480  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Mount  Hope  Cemetery  is  one  of  the  charming  places  of  burial  in  the  vicinity 
of  New  York.  Although  it  has  been  established  only  a  few  years,  it  has  already 
been  selected  as  the  last  resting-place  of  many  families  of  the  city.  It  is  delight- 
fully situated  at  Mount  Hope,  on  the  line  of  the  New- York  and  Northern  Railway, 
j  ust  beyond  the  city  of  Yonkers  ;  six  miles  to  the  north  of  the  limits  of  New  York, 
and  one  mile  east  of  the  Hudson  River.  The  locality  is  in  Westchester  County, 
and  on  old  maps  it  is  designated  as  Odell's,  its  former  name.  It  is  easily  reached  by 
the  West-Side  elevated  railroads  and  the  New- York  &  Northern  Railroad,  which 
have  a  joint  terminal  station  at  155th  Street  and  Eighth  Avenue.  Twenty-four 
trains  stop  daily  at  the  gateway  of  the  cemetery.  It  may  be  reached  also  by  the 
New- York  Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad,  the  Hastings  station  of  which  is  about 
one  mile  from  the  cemetery. 

The  property  consists  of  about  200  acres  of  bold  and  picturesque  territory,  of 
irregular  surface,  and  well  covered  with  trees.  It  has  been  set  apart  and  dedicated 
to  cemetery  purposes  by  the  proper  process  of  law,  and  its  perpetual  devotion  to 
such  use  is  insured.  The  spot  is  a  sightly  one,  and  possesses  marked  natural 
advantages.  From  a  point  on  the  main  avenue,  a  short  distance  from  the  principal 
entrance,  there  is  a  beautiful  view  of  mountain  scenery  ten  miles  to  the  northward, 
toward  the  famous  Sleepy-Hollow  region.  From  the  Overlook  plot,  the  highest 
crest  in  the  cemetery,  the  Palisades  are  seen,  to  the  west.  A  magnificent  stretch  of 
rolling  country  extends  along  the  middle  distance,  and  the  valley  of  the  Nepperhan 
River  is  in  the  foreground.  The  valley  of  the  Sprain  River,  another  beautiful 
stretch  of  country,  lies  to  the  eastward. 

Mount  Hope  is  destined  to  be  an  ideal  rural  cemetery.  The  work  of  improve- 
ment was  begun  in  1887,  and  was  carried  on  for  two  years  before  the  cemetery  was 
opened  for  burial  purposes.  A  number  of  large  sections,  which  bear  the  names  of 
Spring  Lawn,  Brookside,  Elmvale,  Hillside,  Locust  Grove,  Buttonwood  Terrace,  and 
Sunnyside,  have  been  laid  out  and  beautified,  and  hundreds  of  lots  have  been  sold. 
St.  Luke's  Episcopal  Church  of  New  York  has  purchased  a  large  plot,  and  to  it  have 
been  removed  many  remains  originally  interred  in  St.  Luke's  churchyard,  in  Hudson 
Street.  The  Chapel  of  St.  Augustine,  of  Trinity  Parish,  has  also  purchased  a  plot. 
The  New- York  Typographical  Union  No.  6  owns  a  lot.  Several  fraternal  orders 
are  among  the  plot-owners,  and  so  are  many  families  prominent  in  social  and  other 
circles  in  New  York.  Dion  Boucicault,  the  famous  dramatist,  is  buried  here,  and 
here,  too,  will  probably  be  a  popular  burial-place  for  other  actors. 

A  prospectus  of  the  Association,  after  speaking  of  the  bold  and  picturesque  site 
of  Mount  Hope,  says:  "Its  future,  as  a  large  permanent  rural  cemetery,  free  from 
molestation,  is  assured.  Its  great  advantages  and  beauty  of  location,  and  adapta- 
bility to  cemetery  purposes,  are  acknowledged  by  every  visitor.  It  is  a  city  set  apart 
by  itself,  a  place  for  the  dead,  where  they  can  repose  undisturbed  by  the  changing 
interests  of  man,  and  still  it  is  within  a  convenient  distance  of  and  of  easy  access 
from  the  city  of  New  York.  Its  suitable  proximity  to  the  city,  its  accessibility,  the 
character  of  its  soil,  its  undulation  of  surface,  its  commanding  situation,  and  its 
picturesque  variety  of  woodland,  hill  and  valley,  all  combine  toward  carrying  out 
the  plans  of  the  Association,  which  promise  to  make  Mount  Hope  in  all  respects  an 
attractive  and  well-appointed  cemetery,  beautiful  and  adorned  by  the  living,  and 
sacred  as  a  resting-place  forever  for  the  dead." 

The  office  of  the  Association  is  at  380  Sixth  Avenue,  corner  of  West  23d  Street, 
on  the  lower  floor  of  the  Masonic  Hall,  New  York,  and  George  L.  Montague  is 
the  Comptroller. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK, 


48  r 


-MIMBBBW 


3i 


MOUNT    HOPE    CEMETERY. 
MOUNT    HOPE   STATION  !     NEW-YORK   &    NORTHERN    RAILROAD. 


482  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  Green-Wood  Cemetery,  in  Brooklyn,  is  the  largest  and  handsomest  in 
the  vicinity  of  New  York,  and  one  of  the  famous  cemeteries  of  the  world.  It  com- 
prises 474  acres,  which  have  been  beautified  with  well-kept  avenues,  neat  paths,  and 
flowers,  shrubbery  and  other  adjuncts  of  landscape-gardening.  The  cemetery  was 
opened  in  1 842,  and  over  270,000  interments  have  been  made  in  it.  The  place  is 
reached  from  New  York  easily  by  the  Hamilton  Ferry,  or  by  the  Elevated  Railroad 
at  the  Brooklyn  terminus  of  the  East-River  Bridge.  Thousands  of  monuments, 
statues  and  other  ornamental  structures  have  been  set  up  in  the  grounds.  Most 
prominent  are  the  northern  entrance  building,  with  its  beautiful  statuary  groups, 
representing  scenes  from  the  life  of  the  Saviour,  and  the  monuments  to  Horace 
Greeley,  James  Gordon  Bennett,  Louis  Bonard,  John  Matthews,  the  Brown  brothers, 
S.  F.  B.  Morse,  Harry  Howard,  Miss  Mary  M.  Danser,  Miss  Charlotte  Canda, 
Captain  John  Correja  and  A.  S.  Scribner,  the  Pilots',  the  Soldiers'  and  the  Fire* 
men's  monuments  and  the  bronze  statue  of  DeWitt  Clinton. 

Other  Cemeteries  outside  the  city  limits  are  the  principal  last  resting-places  of 
the  people  of  New  York.  For  the  most  part  these  are  on  Long  Island  and  in  New 
Jersey.  The  greater  number  of  them  are  located  in  the  town  of  Newtown,  on  the 
outskirts  of  Brooklyn  and  Long-Island  City.  This  village  has  become  a  real  city 
of  the  dead.  It  contains  twenty-two  cemeteries,  with  a  total  acreage  of  2,000. 
There  is  a  population  of  nearly  18,000  in  the  town,  and  over  1,500,000  dead  are 
buried  there,  or  nearly  100  dead  to  every  living  person  in  the  village. 

Calvary  Cemetery  is  the  principal  burial-ground  in  Newtown.  It  is  the  place 
of  interment  for  the  Roman  Catholic  diocese  of  New  York,  and  belongs  to  St.  Pat- 
rick's Cathedral.  There  are  about  200  acres  in  the  cemetery,  which  is  in  two  sec- 
tions, and  was  opened  in  1848.  Over  750,000  have  been  buried  there.  It  is  very 
crowded,  and  the  dead  are  buried  three,  four  and  five  in  a  single  grave. 

The  Lutheran  Cemetery  in  Newtown  comes  next  to  Calvary  in  number  of 
interments,  250,000 — and  exceeds  it  in  extent,  which  is  400  acres.  It  is  a  German 
cemetery,  controlled  by  Lutherans.      Severe  simplicity  characterizes  the  place. 

Evergreen  Cemetery,  in  Newtown,  also  has  about  400  acres,  and  has  received 
100,000  bodies  since  it  was  opened  in  185 1.      It  contains  a  soldiers'  monument. 

Cypress-Hill  Cemetery,  in  Newtown,  has  400  acres,  and  133,000  bodies.  The 
national  plot  for  soldiers  killed  during  the  civil  war  is  here,  and  also  the  lots  of  the 
New- York  policemen  and  the  New-York  Press  Club. 

Other  Cemeteries  in  Newtown  are  Salem  Field,  Ahawath  Chesed,  Washing- 
ton, Macpehah,  Mount  Nebo  and  Union,  Jewish  places  of  burial ;  and  Maple  Grove, 
Linden,  Mt.  Olivet,  St.  John's,  St.  Michael's  and  Holy  Cross.  Sleepy  Hollow,  at 
Tarrytown  ;  New- York  Bay,  on  the  New- Jersey  shore,  and  Rockland,  in  Rockland 
County,  are  cemeteries  in  which  New- York  people  are  interested  to  a  degree. 

Fresh-Pond  Crematory  is  also  in  Newtown.  The  building  is  in  the  form  of 
a  Grecian  temple,  with  an  ornamental  marble  front.  A  large  apartment  is  in 
connection  with  the  retort.  The  body  is  subjected  to  a  heat  of  2, 700  degrees 
Farenheit,  and  when  the  process  of  incineration  is  complete,  the  ashes  are 
deposited  in  ornamental  urns. 

The  Huguenot  Graveyard  on  Staten  Island  contains  the  Vanderbilt  mauso- 
leum. It  is  a  handsome  marble  structure,  with  many  buttresses  and  angles  and 
two  marble  domes,  for  light  and  ventilation.  With  one  exception,  all  the  dead  of  the 
family  are  buried  here.      The  mausoleum  cost  more  than  $100,000. 

The  Potter's  -Field  is  the  city  cemetery  on  Hart's  Island.  Only  a  soldiers'  monu- 
ment is  there.     Annually  the  interments  of  unknown  and  paupers  are  about  2,000. 


rw 


Defense  and  Protection- 


.c 


The  F»olice  and  Rire   Departments;   Detectives  and  Rire  F»atrol ; 

The  National  Guard;    United-States   Army   and 

Navy  Stations    and    Forts. 


LIFE  and  property  in  the  metropolis  are  substantially  guarded  against  the  crim- 
inal elements  of  society,  the  mishaps  incidental  to  all  large  communities,  and 
the  possible  invasion  of  foreign  foes.  In  its  police,  firemen  and  National  Guard 
the  city  has  a  brave  army  of  defenders,  whose  efficiency  has  been  proven  on  many 
occasions  such  as  try  men's  souls.  Not  secondary  in  importance  to  these,  even  if 
less  evident  in  every-day  life,  are  the  detachments  of  the  regular  army  of  the  United 
States,  in  the  harbor  defences  that  are  maintained  by  the  Federal  Government. 

The  Police  Department,  in  general  efficiency,  discipline  and  morality,  is  con- 
ceded to  be  "  one  of  the  finest  "  in  the  world.  In  one  form  or  another,  it  is  over  250 
years  old.  As  early  as  1624,  under  Peter  Minuit,  the  first  Director-General'of  the 
Dutch  West  India  Company  at  New  Netherland,  when  there  was  a  population  of 
only  270,  the  police  force  consisted  of  one  important  officer  called  the  Sellout  Fiscal, 
a  sort  of  sheriff  and  attorney-general.  Under  Wouter  Van  Twiller,  in  1632,  a  penal 
system  was  established ;  and  there  is  a  record,  in  the  time  of  Director-General 
William  Kieft,  in  1638,  of  jails  and  a  gibbet,  and  severe  penalties  for  many  offenses. 
In  1643  a  burgher  guard,  the  first  of  which  there  is  any  record,  was  created.  Among 
the  regulations  for  this  guard  were  these  : 

"  If  any  one,  of  the  burgher  guard,  shall  take  the  name  of  God  in  vain,  he  shall 
forfeit  for  the  first  offense,  10  stivers  ;  for  the  second,  20  stivers  ;  and  for  the  third 
time,  30  stivers. 

"Whosoever  comes  fuddled  or  intoxicated  on  guard  shall  for  each  offense  pay 
20  stivers  ;  whosoever  is  absent  from  his  watch  without  lawful  reason  shall  forfeit  50 
stivers. " 

With  the  advent  of  Peter  Stuyvesant  in  1647  a  more  systematic  order  of  affairs 
than  had  heretofore  prevailed  was  established.  The  city  of  New  Amsterdam  was 
incorporated  in  1652,  and  a  year  later  the  machinery  of  the  municipality  was  put 
into  operation.  The  Sellout  Fiscal  was  still  the  important  officer  whose  business  it 
was  to  see  that  the  people  did  not  break  the  laws,  and  he  was  assisted  at  night  by 
the  burgher  watch.  In  October,  1658,  a  permanent  paid  "rattle  watch  "  of  eight 
men  was  appointed,  to  patrol  the  city  by  night  ;  and  in  1655  Dirk  Van  Schelluyne 
was  appointed  by  the  Burgomasters  the  first  High  Constable  of  New  Amsterdam. 
Ludowyck  Post  was  made  Captain  to  the  Burgher  Provost,  as  a  sort  of  inspector,  to 
see  that  the  rounds  were  regularly  made. 

When  the  English  came  into  possession  of  the  city,  in  1664,  the  same  method  of 
policing  remained  in  operation,  but  in  1674  the  police  force  was  increased  to  16 
members;  and  in  1675  to  f°ur  corporalships  of  seven  persons  each.      In   1684  the 


484  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

yearly  cost  of  the  city  watch  was  ^150.  Probably  the  first  uniformed  policemen 
were  the  four  bellmen,  appointed  in  1693.  It  was  ordered  by  a  vote  of  the  Com- 
mon Council  that  each  one  should  be  provided  with  "  a  coat  of  ye  citty  livery,  with 
a  badge  of  ye  citty  arms,  shoes  and  stockings,  and  charge  itt  to  ye  account  of  ye 
citty."  This  system  was  continued  far  into  the  next  century,  with  occasional 
changes  in  the  character  of  the  force,  constables  and  watchmen  dividing  the  duty. 
In  1 7 10  the  cost  of  the  force  was  £277,  4s.  In  1731  the  first  watch-house  was 
built,  near  the  corner  of  Wall  and  Broad  Streets.  In  1735  the  force  was  increased 
to  ten  watchmen  and  two  constables.  About  this  time,  too,  a  bridewell  and  debt- 
ors' prison  were  built,  near  the  present  City  Hall. 

The  Revolution  and  the  occupation  of  the  city  by  the  British  brought  about  the 
subordination  of  the  civil  to  the  military  power.  But  after  the  war  there  was  a  re- 
turn to  the  old  system  of  constables  for  day  duty,  and  watchmen  with  bells,  hour- 
glasses, lanterns  and  staves,  for  night  patrol.  With  the  beginning  of  the  century 
there  was  a  force  consisting  of  two  captains,  two  deputies,  and  72  men,  maintained 
at  a  cost  of  $21,000  a  year.  In  1838  a  law  was  passed,  creating  a  force  to  consist 
of  a  superintendent,  12  captains,  34  assistant  captains,  132  sergeants  and  784 
watchmen,  half  the  men  to  be  on  duty  every  alternate  night.  The  force  was  made 
up  of  citizens,  who  were  occupied  in  private  pursuits  during  the  day  time.  They 
wore  heavy  firemen's  hats  of  leather,  highly  varnished  ;  and  from  this  circumstance 
they  received  the  nick-name  "  Old  Leather-Heads. "  At  one  time  they  wore  copper 
shields,  and  thence  comes  the  word  "copper,"  and  its  abbreviation,  "cop,"  as 
applied  to  the  policemen  of  to-day. 

Down  to  this  time  the  old  system  established  by  the  first  Dutch  settlers  had 
practically  continued,  with  only  immaterial  change.  In  1840,  George  W.  Matsell, 
the  founder  of  the  modern  police  system  of  the  city,  was  appointed  one  of  the  four 
police  justices.  Shortly  after  his  appointment,  James  Harper  was  elected  mayor,  and 
immediately  organized  a  police  force  on  the  English  model,  adopting  the  English 
dress  and  the  "  M.  P."  on  the  coat-collar,  an  imitation  of  English  customs  which 
gave  great  offense  to  the  "  Native  Americans."  In  1844  the  State  Legislature  passed 
an  act  establishing  the  police  department  of  New- York  City.  This  act  abolished 
the  old  watch  department,  and  divided  the  seventeen  wards  of  the  city  into  separate 
patrol  districts,  with  a  station-house,  captain  and  sergeant  for  each  precinct.  Justice 
Matsell  was  appointed  chief  of  the  department,  which  included  over  900  officers. 

In  1857  the  police  forces  of  New  York,  Westchester,  Kings  and  Richmond  Counties 
were  consolidated  under  the  name  of  the  Metropolitan  Police,  governed  by  a  board 
of  seven  commissioners,  including  the  mayors  of  New  York  and  Brooklyn,  and  com- 
manded by  a  Superintendent.  In  1870  the  Metropolitan  District  was  abolished,  so  far 
as  New  York  was  concerned,  and  in  its  place  the  Police  Department  of  the  City  of  New 
York  was  created,  and  placed  in  charge  of  four  commissioners.  The  Commissioners 
arc  appointed  by  the  Mayor  for  terms  of  six  years,  and  receive  yearly  salaries  of 
$6,000  each.  The  chief  executive  officer  is  the  Superintendent,  who  is  appointed 
by  the  Commissioners,  and  serves  for  an  indefinite  period,  at  a  yearly  salary  of  $6,000. 
Next  in  rank  is  the  Chief  Inspector,  who  receives  $5,000  a  year.  Next  are  three 
inspectors  who  are  each  paid  $3,500  a  year  ;  then  38  captains,  at  $2,750;  15  police 
surgeons,  at  $2,250;  40  detective-sergeants,  at  $1,600;  167  sergeants  of  police,  at 
$1,600;  174  roundsmen,  at  $1,300;  3,497  patrolmen,  at  from  $1,000  to  $1,200; 
and  75  doormen,  who  are  paid  $1,000.  There  are  also  20  police  matrons,  who  look 
after  the  welfare  of  arrested  Women.  The  Commissioners  have  absolute  power  of 
appointment,  but  are  limited  in  their  range  of  selection  for  the  higher  offices,  by  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


485 


civil-service  laws.  Neither  they  nor  anybody  else  can  dismiss  any  member  excepting 
for  cause.  All  candidates  for  positions  on  the  force  are  compelled  to  pass  examina- 
tions regarding  their  physical,  mental  and  moral  qualifications  ;  and  all  the  higher 
officers  are  required  to  give  bonds  for  the  satisfactory  performance  of  their  duties. 
The  appropriations  for  the  Police  Department  in  1892  were  $5,045,468. 

There  are  36  precincts  in  the  city,  with  separate  station-houses,  connected  with 
the  central  office  in  Mulberry  Street  by  special  telegraph  and  telephone  services. 
Each  precinct  is  in  charge  of  a  captain  and  several  sergeants.  The  force  in  one  pre- 
cinct is  known  as  the 
Harbor  Police,  and 
watches  the  river  fronts 
from  the  steamboat  Pa- 
trol. In  addition,  there 
are  squads  assigned  to 
duty  at  the  six  police 
courts,  at  the  Central 
Office,  for  sanitary  in- 
spection, and  for  special 
detective  service,  under 
the  direction  of  the 
chief  inspector ;  and 
during  the  summer 
there  is  a  Steamboat 
Squad,  whose  particular 
duty  is  to  look  after  the 
harbor  and  river  excur- 
sions, picnic  parties  and 
pleasure  -  boats  gener- 
ally. The  department 
has  a  patrol-wagon  ser- 
vice, for  emergency 
duty,  in  carrying  the 
men  quickly  and  in 
force  to  any  spot  where 
they  may  be  suddenly 
needed ;  and  there  is 
a  telegraph  system,  by 
which  the  patrolmen 
can  communicate  with  their  station-houses,  directly  from  their  beats.  The  force 
includes  a  considerable  number  of  mounted  men,  most  of  whom  are  employed  in  the 
trans-Harlem  part  of  the  city,  as  yet  essentially  a  country  district.  The  control  of 
the  local  election  machinery  is  also  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  hands  of  the 
department,  the  Commissioners  having  the  appointment  of  the  chief  of  the  bureau 
of  elections  (who  supervises  all  the  election  machinery),  the  inspectors  of  election, 
and  the  poll  clerks,  and  the  selection  of  polling-places,  while  patrolmen  protect  the 
ballot-boxes  and  take  charge  of  the  returns.  After  twenty  years  of  service  each 
man  is  entitled  to  ask  to  be  placed  on  the  retired  list,  and  to  an  annual  pension  pro- 
portioned to  his  rank.  Each  of  the  36  precinct  station-houses  has  a  jail  connected 
with  it,  for  the  temporary  detention  of  prisoners,  and  the  yearly  number  of  arrests  is 
about  100,000. 


POLICE    HEADQUARTERS,     300    MULBERRY    STREET,    NEAR    bLtbClstrt 


4&6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK. 


The  property-clerk  retains  in  his  possession  all  lost  or  stolen  property,  recovered 
by  the  police,  until  it  is  satisfactorily  identified  and  claimed  by  the  owners.  The 
value  of  the  property  so  recovered  and  restored  yearly  is  nearly  $1,000,000. 

There  are  about  90,000  arrests  a  year.  The  first  quarterly  report  for  1892  shows 
that  20,231  arrests  were  made,  one-quarter  being  of  women.  Most  of  these  arrests 
were  for  intoxication,  disorderly  conduct,  larceny  and  assault.  Lodgings  were  pro- 
vided for  45,000  indigent  persons;  415  lost  children  were  recovered;  1,972  sick, 
injured  or  destitute  persons  cared  for;  38  rescued  from  drowning;  and  723  fires 
were  reported. 

Connected  with  the  force  during  the  last  half  century  have  been  several  superin- 
tendents and  inspectors  who  have  had  more  than  local  renown.  Among  them  have 
been  George  W.  Matsell,  J.  J.  Kennedy,  John  Jourdan,  J.  J.  Kelso,  George  W. 
Walling,  George  W.  Dilks,  and  in  the  present  day  William  Murray  and  Thomas 


POLICE    BOAT 


PIER    A,     NORTH    RIVER. 


Byrnes.  The  last  named  is  now  the  Superintendent.  The  department  is  continually 
subjected  to  a  great  deal  of  adverse  criticism  from  those  who  think  that  crime  is  not 
sufficiently  repressed.  Nevertheless  the  fact  remains  that  according  to  statistics  no 
other  city  of  equal  size  in  the  world  is  less  afflicted  by  the  criminal  class.  There  has 
been  a  radical  change  for  the  better  during  the  last  ten  or  fifteen  years,  and  vice  is 
now  kept  in  control  to  a  gratifying  degree.  In  many  emergencies  the  police  have 
shown  their  courage  and  their  devotion  to  duty.  Notably  was  this  the  case  during 
the  Draft  Riots,  when  for  a  week,  day  and  night,  they  fought  bloodthirsty  mobs  and 
helped  to  save  the  city  from  dire  disaster.  The  yearly  parade  of  the  department  is 
an  event  of  considerable  importance.  A  good  showing  is  made  by  the  force,  and 
the  moral  effect  of  the  display  is  not  inconsiderable. 

Police  Headquarters  is  between  Houston  and  Bleecker  Streets,  with  the  main 
entrance  on  Mulberry  Street,  but  extending  through  the  entire  block  to  Mott  Street. 
It  is  a  large  building,  not  particularly  handsome,  with  a  marble  front.  The  interior 
is  plain,  and  there  are  not  many  modern  conveniences,  for  the  building  was  put  up 
many  years  ago.  It  contains  the  offices  of  the  Board,  the  Superintendent,  the  Chief 
Inspector  and  other  inspectors,  and  various  others.  Special  telegraph-wires  keep 
headquarters  in  immediate  communication  with  all  branches  of  the  service  in  every 
part  of  the  city. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


487 


32d    PRECINCT    (MOUNTED!)    POLICE    STATION,    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE 
AND    WEST    152D    STREET. 


The  Detective  Bureau,  connected  with  the  Police  Department,  is  practically 
the  creation  of  Thomas  Byrnes,  who  was  placed  at  the  head  of  the  detectives  as  Chief 
Inspector  in  1880,  retaining  that  position  until  his  promotion  to  the  Superinten- 
dency  in  1892.  It  was  not,  however,  until  1882  that  the  bureau  was  created,  and  it 
was  a  year  later  before  it  was  definitely  organized.  Since  then  it  has  developed  a 
wonderful  efficiency.  ■  As  an  inspector,  Byrnes  acquired  the  reputation  of  being  one 
of  the  foremost  detectives  of  the  world  ;  and  the  corps  which  he  trained  is  now 
regarded  as  equal  in 
cleverness  and  courage 
to  that  of  any  European 
or  American  capital. 
There  are  40  detectives 
in  the  Bureau,  and  24 
patrolmen,  all  under 
charge  of  Chief  Inspector 
Henry  V.  Steers.  Until 
April,  1892,  there  was  a 
ward  detective  system, 
which  consisted  of  44 
patrolmen,  assigned  to 
duty  in  special  territories, 
and  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent independent  of  the 
Central  Office.  Upon 
the  accession  of  Superin- 
tendent Byrnes  to  the  head  of  the  Department,  this  corps  was  abolished,  to  be 
reorganized  more  directly  under  the  control  of  the  Superintendent  and  Chief  Inspector. 

The  Rogues'  Gallery  is  in  connection  with  the  Detective  Bureau.  It  is  a  large 
collection  of  photographs  of  criminals,  kept  for  purposes  of  record  and  identification. 
There  is  also  a  museum  which  contains  many  interesting  relics,  principally  imple- 
ments with  which  notorious  crimes  have  been  committed.  To  those  who  have  a 
morbid  curiosity  this  is  one  of  the  most  fascinating  museums  in  the  city,  but  it  is 
not  open  to  the  general  public.  Not  the  least  important  of  Inspector  Byrnes'  achieve- 
ments was  one  that  is  little  heard  of,  save  in  financial  circles.  At  the  outset  of  his 
career  he  turned  his  attention  to  the  neighborhood  of  Wall  Street,  where  thieves 
had  run  riot  for  years,  to  the  dismay  of  the  monied  interests  there.  He  established 
in  that  locality  a  special  detective  bureau,  to  which  some  of  the  best  men  in  the 
service  have  been  permanently  assigned.  They  maintain  a  rigid  supervision  of  that 
part  of  the  city,  not  merely  for  the  detection  of  crime,  but,  what  is  more  important, 
for  its  prevention.  Well-known  "crooks"  who  are  found  there,  are  either  arrested 
summarily,  or  are  escorted  out  of  the  financial  district.  The  territory  is  absolutely 
forbidden  ground  to  the  known  dishonest  fraternity.  Even  a  reformed  criminal,  no 
matter  what  his  present  standing  may  be,  dares  not  go  into  Wall  Street,  in  broad  day- 
light on  legitimate  business,  without  first  securing  a  permit,  and  then  submitting  to 
detective  espionage  from  the  time  he  enters  until  he  leaves  the  precinct.  The  result 
of  this  system  is  that  professional  thievery  has  been  almost  entirely  driven  out,  and 
notwithstanding  the  temptations  offered  by  the  almost  limitless  wealth,  property  is 
as  safe  there,  as  in  any  other  part  of  the  city. 

The  Police-Department  Pension  Fund  is  kept  up  from  donations,  excise  re- 
ceipts, and  various  official  sources.      The  total  receipts  of  this  fund  for   1891  was 


485  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

$487, 227,  and  the  disbursements  were  $480,653.  Members  of  the  force  are  retired  on 
half  pay,  on  their  own  request,  after  twenty  years  of  service,  on  attaining  to  sixty  years 
of  age,  and  for  disabilities,  The  widows  and  orphans  of  deceased  policemen  are  also 
cared  for.  During  189 1  the  beneficiaries  of  this  fund  were  629  ex-officers,  and  408 
widows  and  orphans,  a  total  of  1,037.  Among  the  distinguished  pensioners  are 
ex-Superintendent  William  Murray,  who  was  retired  in  1892,  and  ex-Inspector 
George  W.  Dilks.  Ex-Superintendent  George  W.  Walling,  who  died  in  1891,  drew 
a  pension  for  many  years. 

Private  Detective  Agencies  are  numerous.  The  uprightness  of  many  of  them 
is  questionable,  but  the  principal  ones  are  honest,  reliable  and  capable,  There  are 
more  than  a  score  of  such  establishments,  employing  several  hundred  men  and 
women  in  work  of  a  private  character  that  does  not  well  fall  within  the  legitimate 
scope  of  the  public  officers.  The  leading  agencies  of  this  kind  are  Pinkerton's,  Drum- 
mond's,  Fuller's,  Meehan's,  and  Wilkinson's.  Several  of  these  make  a  point  of 
refusing  all  business  pertaining  to  marital  affairs,  but  there  is  a  small  army  of  less 
scrupulous  detectives,  who  live  mainly  upon  divorce  cases. 

Private  Watchmen  are  employed  by  many  individuals  and  corporations,  and 
they  make  all  told  an  army  of  several  thousand  men.  Nearly  all  the  large  mercantile 
and  banking  houses  and  manufactories  have  these  employees,  and  buildings  in  process 
of  erection,  which  number  over  a  thousand  a  year,  are  thus  protected.  There  are 
some  unusual  phases  of  this  system  of  private  protection.  Maiden  Lane,  the  head- 
quarters of  the  jewelry  trade,  is  guarded  at  night  by  a  regularly  organized  company 
of  watchmen,  supported  by  the  Jewelers'  Association.  There  is  a  captain  and 
several  men,  The  district  is  patrolled  throughout  the  night,  and  every  store  is 
entered  and  inspected  several  times  between  dark  and  daylight, 

Many  of  the  millionaires  in  recent  years  have  felt  constrained  to  secure  private 
protection  for  themselves,  their  families  and  their  property,  since  they  have  become 
the  point  of  attack  for  "cranks."  Several  well-known  men  have  stalwart  body 
guards.  But  more  particularly  do  the  millionaires  have  their  mansions  thus  guarded, 
day  and  night.  In  upper  Fifth  Avenue  and  vicinity  there  are  some  two-score  watch- 
men thus  employed  by  Gould,  Sage,  the  Vanderbilts,  the  Rockefellers,  the  Astors, 
and  others  of  their  class.  These  watchmen  are  strong  and  brave  men,  several  of 
them  ex-policemen.  They  are  well  armed  ;  and  by  night  they  practically  constitute 
a  subsidiary  police  force  for  that  part  of  the  town. 

The  Park  Police  is  an  independent  body,  under  the  control  of  the  Park  Com- 
missioners, for  the  policing  of  the  parks  and  the  streets  that  come  under  the  care  of 
that  department.  The  handsome  gray  uniforms  are  familiar  sights  to  the  frequenters 
of  the  pleasure-grounds.  It  is  a  well-drilled  and  efficient  body  of  men,  who  have 
lived  down  the  derisive  designation  of  "sparrow  cops,"  originally  given  to  them 
because  of  the  place  and  the  character  of  their  duties.  Many  of  them  are  mounted, 
and  one  of  their  most  frequent,  most  dangerous  and  most  valuable  services  to  the 
public  is  the  saving  of  life  by  stopping  runaway  horses  in  the  parks.  The  force  con- 
sists of  one  captain,  one  surgeon,  nine  sergeants,  17  roundsmen,  247  patrolmen,  10 
doormen  and  10  minor  employees,  a  total  of  295.  The  headquarters  of  the  force  is 
in  the  Arsenal  Building,  in  Central  Park,  where  170  men  are  stationed.  Other  parks 
in  the  city  south  of  the  Harlem,  to  the  number  of  21,  are  patrolled  by  about  82 
men,  while  the  seven  new  parks,  north  of  the  Harlem,  have  only  23  officers, 

Protection  against  Fire.  —  In  the  good  old  days  of  the  Dutch  West  India 
Company,  when  the  population  of  New  Netherland  was  only  a  few  hundred,  the 
duty  of  protecting  the  little  community  from  fire  was  imposed  upon  every  house- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


489 


holder.  Chimneys  were  looked  after  by  a  warden,  and  owners  were  compelled  to  keep 
them  clean  and  to  pay  fines  if  fires  broke  out.  The  fire  apparatus  consisted  of  leathern 
buckets,  which  every  family  was  com- 
pelled to  possess  ;  a  few  fire  hooks  and 
poles  and  seven  or  eight  ladders  ;  and 
the  department  included  the  entire 
community.  After  a  while  the  first 
fire-company  was  organized,  a  night 
patrol  of  eight  men,  and  the  appar- 
atus consisted  of  250  fire-buckets,  12 
ladders,  and  hooks  and  poles  brought 
over  from  Holland.  In  1731  a  room 
was  fitted  up  in  the  City  Hall,  and 
in  it  were  placed  two  hand  fire- 
engines,  imported  from  England. 
Five  years  later  the  first  engine-house 
was  built  in  Broad  Street,  and 
Jacobus  Tink  was  paid  ^10  a  year 
to  keep  the  apparatus  in  order.  In 
1737  a  regular  Fire  Department  of 
23  men  was  organized. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  century 
the  Department  was  in  charge  of  an 
engineer,  who  had  full  control  of 
all  fire  matters.  There  were  five 
wardens,  to  inspect  buildings  and  to 
keep  order  at  fires;  and  several 
engine-houses,  with  hand -engines 
that  were  operated  by  volunteer 
companies.  Great  dependence  was 
still  placed  upon  the  old  hooks, 
!  idiers  and  buckets,  that  were  kept 
ready  for  service  in  the  basement  of 
the  City  Hall. 

Those  were  exciting  times  with 
ni2n  who  "  ran  wid  der  machine." 
Rivalry  existed  between  the  different 
volunteer  companies,  and  free  fights 
sometimes  occurred  at  the  fires. 
The  companies  went  deep  into 
politics,  and  many  men  found  in  a 
fire-company  the  stepping-stone  to 
political  preferment.  "Big  Six" 
was  a  famous  engine  and  company  in  its  day,  and  thence  William  M.  Tweed  gradu- 
ated to  be   "  boss"  of  the  city. 

The  Fire  Department  is  governed  by  a  board  of  three  Commissioners, 
appointed  by  the  Mayor,  each  with  a  salary  of  $5,000  a  year.  Under  them 
comes  a  Chief,  salary,  $5,000.  Then  there  are  two  Deputy  Chiefs,  each  salaried  at 
$3,500,  and  12  Battalion  Chiefs,  each  at  $2,750.  In  all  the  branches  of  the 
department  there  are   1,400  men.      The  department  has  three  marine  engines,   or 


FIRE    DEPARTMENT,   67TH    STREET,    NEAR    THIRD   AVENUE. 


49° 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


ENGINE    HOUSE 


CHAMBERS    AND    CtNTKE    STREETS. 


fireboats,  for  service  on  the  water  front, 
91  steam-engines,  100  hose-carriages, 
38  hook-and-ladder  trucks,  4  water- 
towers,  5  chemical  engines,  136  chem- 
ical fire-extinguishers,  3  hand-engines, 
and  55  other  pieces  of  apparatus. 
Additions  are  being  constantly  made  to 
this  apparatus.  The  force  is  divided 
into  57  companies,  and  uses  300  horses 
and  200,000  feet  of  hose.  All  the 
most  improved  appliances  for  putting 
out  fires  and  for  saving  life  are  in  use. 
The  new  water-tower  and  the  new 
fireboat  are  not  surpassed  by  anything 
of  their  kind  in  the  world.  The  fire- 
men are  brave,  hardy  and  proficient. 
They  are  splendidly  drilled,  especially 
in  life-saving  manoeuvres,  and  they 
frequently  display  heroism  that  calls 
out  public  applause  and  wins  the  medals 
of  honor  that  are  given  for  the  decoration  of  the  deserving.  The  department  main- 
tains an  extensive  repair-shop  ;  and  a  training-school  where  new  horses  are  taught 
in  the  peculiar  requirements  of  their  woik,  until  in  intelligence  and  expertness 
they  are  second  only  to  their  human  associates. 

On  the  principle  that  an  ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a  pound  of  cure,  the  pre- 
vention of  fires  is  looked  after  by  a  Bureau  of  Combustibles.  Another  bureau,  with 
the  Fire  Marshal  at  its  head,  investigates  the  origin  and  causes  of  fires,  and  also  the 
losses,  with  a  particular  purpose  of  detecting  and  suppressing  incendiarism.  Until 
April,  1892,  the  bureau  for  the  inspection  of  old  buildings  and  also  those  in  pro- 
cess of  erection,  so  as  to  insure  an  observance  of  the  laws  relating  to  exits,  fire- 
escapes,  strength  of  walls  and  floors,  and  other  details  for  the  protection  of  life, 
was  for  many  years  connected  with  the  Fire  Department.  The  Legislature  of  1892 
made  it  a  department  distinct  by  itself,  with  a  Commissioner  appointed  by  the  Mayor 
at  its  head.  The  appropriation  for  the  Fire  Department  for  1892  was  $2,301,282. 
There  are  about  4,000  fires  every  year,  with  an 
estimated  loss  of  $4,000,000. 

The  Fire-Alarm  Telegraph  is  one  of  the 
most  valuable  features  of  the  general  outfit  for 
extinguishing  fires.  A  system  of  independent 
telegraph-wires  covering  the  entire  city  is  main- 
tained, in  charge  of  a  superintendent  of  telegraph. 
There  are  over  1,000  miles  of  wire  and  over  800 
alarm-boxes,  keys  to  which  are  held  by  all  police- 
men and  firemen,  and  are  also  placed  in  the  houses 
or  the  places  of  business  of  reputable  citizens. 
There  are  also  in  use  many  keyless  alarm-boxes, 
through  which  alarms  are  rung  in  by  merely  open- 
ing the  doors. 

The  Insurance  Patrol  co-operates  with  the   E 
Fire  Department,   but  in    the    special    interests  old  slip,  near  front  street. 


KING^S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


49 1 


of  the  combined  insurance  companies,  who  support  it  through  the  Board  of  Fire- 
Underwriters.  The  corps  was  organized  in  1835,  when  there  was  an  epidemic 
of  incendiary  fires.  The  Patrol  has  saved  millions  of  dollars  by  its  vigilance  in 
detecting  and  extinguishing  incipient  fires.  But  its  most  important  service  is  in 
saving  goods,  which  it  does  by  removing  them  from  burning  buildings,  or  by  cover- 
ing them  with  rubber  and  oiled  sheets,  as  a  protection  from  water,  dirt  and  cinders. 
The  Patrol  is  provided  with  wagons  and  an  abundance  of  equipment  designed  for 
its  special  work. 

The  National  Guard  stationed  in  the  city  constitutes  the  entire  First  Brigade, 
Brigadier-General  Louis  Fitzgerald,  commanding.  The  organizations  are  ;  two  bat- 
teries of  artillery  :  the  First,  Capt.  Louis  Wendel,  84  men  ;  and  the  Second,  Capt. 
David  Wilson,  79  men  ;  one  Troop  of  Cavalry,  Capt.  Charles  F.  Roe,  102  men; 
one  Signal  Corps,  Capt.  Albert  Gallup,  24  men  ;  and  seven  regiments  of  infantry: 


FIREBOAT    "NEW-YORKER,"  AT    CASTLE-GARDEN   BULKHEAD, 

the  Seventh,  Col.  Daniel  Appleton,  1,047  men  '■>  tne  Eighth,  Col.  George  D.  Scott, 
492  men;  the  Ninth,  Col.  William  Seward,  581  men  ;  the  Twelfth,  Col.  Herman 
Dowd,  598  men  ;  the  Twenty-Second,  Col.  John  T.  Camp,  627  men  ;  the  Sixty- 
Ninth,  Col.  James  Cavanagh,  829  men  ;  and  the  Seventy-First,  Col.  Francis  V. 
Greene,  545  men.  The  First  Brigade  numbers  5,019  officers  and  men.  The  Naval 
Reserve,  Lieut. -Commander  J.  W.  Miller,  291  men,  is  an  independent  organization. 

The  citizen  soldiers  are  enlisted  for  five  years.  They  are  required  to  go  into 
camp  on  the  State  Camp-ground  at  Peekskill  for  a  week  every  other  summer,  and  to 
drill  regularly  in  the  armories  during  the  winter.  They  parade  on  special  occasions 
during  the  year,  when  distinguished  military  guests  are  received  by  the  city,  or  pub- 
lic anniversaries  are  celebrated.  The  regiments  are  provided  with  armories  by  the 
city,  and  with  arms,  equipments  and  munitions  of  war  by  the  State.  The  members 
receive  pay  for  duty  when  called  out  by  the  commander-in-chief — the  Governor — 
for  parade  or  military  service. 

Armory  accommodations  for  the  militia  have  not  always  been  adequate  to  the 
necessities  of  the  service.      In  years  gone  by  there  were  small  armories  down-town, 


492 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


in  what  is  now  the  business  part  of  the  city,  and  the  old  castellated  structure  in  Cen- 
tral Park,  now  used  for  the  menagerie,  was  the  arsenal  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago. 
The  Tompkins  Market  Armory  is  the  only  important  building  of  the  old  times  that  is 
now  left,  and  that  is  very  soon  to  make  way  for  a  more  modern  structure.  The  need 
of  new  armories  was  pressed  closely  to  the  attention  of  the  authorities  as  far  back 
as  1880,  and  in  1883  the  Legislature  created  an  Armory  Commission,  consisting  of 
the  Mayor,  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  and  the  Brigadier-General  of  the 
First  Brigade.  In  1886  this  law  was  amended  so  as  to  make  the  Commission  con- 
sist of  the  Mayor,  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Taxes  and  Assessments,  the  Com- 
missioner of  Public  Works  and  the  two  senior  officers  of  the  First  Brigade.  This 
Commission  has  full  power  to  condemn  land  and  to  erect  armory  buildings,  expend- 
ing such  amounts  of  money  as  it  alone  may  consider  advisable.  Under  the  provisions 
of  this  law  the  Eighth,  Twelfth  and  Twenty-second  Regiments  have  been  provided 


FIREMEN    AT   WORK    IN    1800. 


with  armories  that  are  not  surpassed  anywhere  in  the  United  States  for  architectural 
beauty  and  practical  military  usefulness,  while  the  Ninth,  Sixty-ninth  and  Seventy- 
first  Regiments  will,  in  a  short  time,  be  equally  as  well  established  in  permanent 
homes. 

The  Seventh  Regiment  is  the  pride  of  New- York  City.  Its  members  are 
selected  with  a  view  to  character.  It  has  an  honorable  and  brilliant  history,  and 
has  always  been  kept  in  the  perfection  of  discipline  and  drill.  In  the  beginning  the 
Seventh  alone  was  the  National  Guard,  the  name  having  been  selected  for  that  par- 
ticular organization.  Known  then  as  the  Twenty-seventh  Regiment,  it  first  paraded 
in  1826  under  Colonel  Prosper  W.  Wetmore  and  received  a  stand  of  colors  from 
Mayor  Philip  Hone.  It  became  the  Seventh  Regiment  in  1847,  and  since  then  it 
has  had  a  notable  career  of  prosperity  and  honor.  In  every  emergency  the  Seventh 
has  been  prompt  and  patriotic  in  serving  the  public  welfare.  When  the  Astor- 
Place  riot  against  Macready,  the  English  actor,  occurred,  in  1 849,  and  the  police 
force  of  300  men  was  overmatched,  the  Seventh  dispersed  the  mob  of  20,000  with 
powder,  ball  and  bayonet,  killing  many  of  the  rioters.  Seventy  of  its  own  men  were 
disabled.      In  1 86 1  the  regiment   gave   its   services   to   the  cause  of  the  Union,  and 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


493 


made  a  memorable  march  from  Annapolis  to  the  defence  of  the  Federal  capital.  It 
was  sent  three  times  to  the  front,  and  took  a  strong  hand  in  suppressing  the  Draft 
Riots.  The  regiment  furnished  660  officers  to  the  regular  and  volunteer  armies 
against  the  Disunionists  in  1861-65.  In  the  Orange  Riots  of  1 87 1,  in  the  Railroad 
Strike  troubles  of  1877,  and  on  other  occasions  the  Seventh  has  proved  its  courage, 
its  ability  and  its  patriotism. 

The  Armory  of  the  Seventh  Regiment  was  built  before  the  municipality  took  this 
work  upon  itself.  The  land  is  owned  by  the  city,  and  constitutes  the  entire  block 
between  Park  and  Lexington  Avenues  and  66th  and  67th  Streets.  The  armory  was 
erected  with  funds  raised  by  public  subscription,  a  regimental  fair  and  other  enter- 


SEVENTH    REGIMENT    ARMORY.        66Tri    AND    67TH    STREETS,    PARK    AND    LEXINGTON    AVENUES. 

tainments,  the  total  cost,  including  decorating  and  furnishing,  being  about  1*650,000. 
The  corner-stone  was  laid  in  October,  1877,  and  the  armory  was  first  occupied  in  Sep- 
tember, 1880.  Col.  Emmons  Clark  planned  and  supervised  the  erection  of  the  build- 
ing. The  Armory  consists  of  the  Administration  Building,  which  occupies  the  entire 
Park- Avenue  front  of  200  feet,  and  the  drill-room,  200x300  feet.  It  is  built  of  Phil- 
adelphia red  brick,  with  granite  trimmings,  in  the  Italian  style  of  architecture,  and 
is  a  substantial  and  handsome  structure,  with  a  genuine  military  air  about  it.  The 
Administration  Building  is  three  stories  high.  A  handsome  central  tower,  with  open 
belfry,  and  square  solid-appearing  towers  at  the  two  corners  add  to  the  impressive- 
ness  of  the  facade.  The  entrance  is  at  the  second  story,  reached  by  a  flight  of  granite 
steps.  Here  under  an  archway  is  a  massive  bronze  gate,  over  which  is  a  bronze 
tablet,  showing  the  regimental  coat  of  arms.  Farther  under  the  arched  recess  is  a 
solid  oak,  iron-studded  door,  opening  into  the  main  hall.  The  basement  of  the  build- 
ing has  thick  granite  walls  with  narrow  defensible  windows.  In  this  basement  is  a 
rifle  range,  300  feet  long,  and  storage,  toilet  and  heating  arrangements.  On  the 
upper  floors  are  ten  company  rooms,  six  squad  drill  rooms,  and  other  rooms  for  the 


494 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


colonel,  the  adjutant,  the  field  and  staff,  the  Board  of  Officers,  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  reception,  library  and  reading  rooms,  gymnasium,  veterans' 
quarters,  and  memorials.  All  these  rooms  are  beautifully  decorated  and  elegantly 
furnished.  In  the  hall  there  are  bronze  tablets,  recording  the  history  of  the  Armory. 
The  library  and  reading-rooms  are  handsomely  finished  in  hard  woods  and  wrought 
iron,  and  the  decorations  and  furnishings  are  of  a  pronounced  military  character. 
The  unique  iron  chandeliers  and  basket  lights,  the  antique  fire-place  and  mantel,  the 
quaint  frieze,  the  paneled  ceiling,  and  even  the  chairs,  tables  and  standing  lamps 
make  an  artistic  ensemble         i^m  that     is    wholly    delightful. 

Among  the  art-treasures  of  the  Armory  are  portraits 

of  Washington,  by  Rem-  &&      brandt    Peale  ;    of    Colonels 

Abram  Duryea,  Marshall  aAAA-Ji  fif      Lefferts,  Vermilyea  and  Em- 

mons Clark,  and  of  many  *  *  '  other     officers     and     distin- 

guished former  members  Hf       of  the  regiment ;  paintings  of 


'MM  1 1 


TWELFTH    REGIMENT    ARMORY.        6 1  ST    STRnET,    NEAR    COLUMBUS    AVENUE. 

the  Seventh  in  camp  and  on  the  march,  by  S.  R.  Gifford  and  Thomas  Nast ;  a  large 
bronze  statue  of  Mercury  ;  a  bronze  reproduction  of  Bartholdi's  statue  of  Liberty  ; 
and  a  plaster  cast  of  Ward's  Central-Park  statue  of  the  Seventh-Regiment  soldier. 
The  drill-room  is  a  fine  spacious  hall,  roofed  by  a  single  arch  at  a  great  height. 
At  one  end  are  glass-cases  for  the  arms,  and  on  the  sides  are  platforms  and  galleries, 
with  seats  for  spectators.  At  the  east  end  is  the  exit,  through  an  arched  door- 
way, closed  with  thick  oaken  doors  and  a  heavy  iron  gate,  directly  on  a  level  with 
Lexington  Avenue. 

The  Twelfth  Regiment,  organized  in  1847,  nas  na(^  an  honorable  record  for 
performing  duty  with  its  companion  organizations  in  suppressing  local  riots.  It 
served  with  distinction  in  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  during  the  Civil  War.  The 
armory  of  the  Twelfth,  on  Columbus  Avenue,  from  61  st  to  62d  Street,  was  the  first 
building  to  be  constructed  under  the  Armory  Law.  It  was  completed  and  occupied 
in  1887,  and  was  dedicated  on  April  27th,  the  twenty-sixth  anniversary  of  the 
departure  of  the  regiment  for  the  front  in  the  Civil  War.  The  building  is  a  castel- 
lated structure  in  the  Norman  style  of  architecture,  and  has  a  solid  fortress-like 
character,  with  its  mediaeval  bastions,   machicolations  and  narrow  slits  in  corbelled 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


495 


galleries,  and  grille-work  at  the  windows.  At  each  street  corner  are  flanking 
towers,  with  loop-holes  and  arrangements  for  howitzers,  or  Gatling  guns,  on  the 
top.  Around  the  entire  roof  is  a  paved  promenade,  protected  by  a  parapet  with 
many  loop-holes,  constituting  a  valuable  defensive  position.  Brick  and  granite  are 
the  materials  used  in  construction.  The  building  measures  200  by  300  feet,  and 
cost  about  $300,000,  with  $208,000  additional  for  the  land.  In  the  administration 
building  there  are  the  usual  company,  officers'  and  reception  rooms,  library  and 
gymnasium.  The  salmon-tinted  walls,  solid  brick  fire-places  and  wrought  iron 
work  in  gas  fixtures  and  railings  are  wholly  artistic,  and  in  harmony  with  the  char- 
acter of  the  building.  There  is  a  rifle  range,  with  eight  targets  ;  and  the  drill-room 
is  a  great  high-roofed  hall,  300x175  feet. 


EIGHTH    REGIMENT    ARMORY.        PARK    AVENUE    AND    94TH    STREET. 

The  Eighth-Regiment  Armory  occupies  nearly  an  entire  block  between  Park 
and  Madison  Avenue  and  94th  and  95th  Streets.  There  is  an  administration  build- 
ing, fronting  on  Park  Avenue,  and  a  drill-hall  in  the  rear,  200  feet  square  and  85  feet 
high  in  the  clear.  The  front  of  the  building  is  a  wide  gable,  deeply  recessed  between 
two  great  towers,  50  feet  in  diameter  and  125  feet  high.  The  lower  story  between 
the  towers  is  occupied  by  a  terrace,  the  front  wall  of  which  is  pierced  by  an  entrance, 
leading  directly  to  the  main  drill-halL  The  terrace  has  an  area  of  33x90  feet,  and 
can  be  used  for  drill  purposes.  In  the  sub-basement  is  the  rifle  range,  with  six 
targets;  and  in  the  terrace  basement  is  a  squad  drill-room.  In  the  94th-Street  tower, 
the  first  story  is  fitted  up  as  a  reception-room  ;  and  in  the  corresponding  room 
of  the  95th-Street  tower  is  the  Board  of  Officers'  room.  These  rooms  are  47  feet  in 
diameter,  and  21  feet  high.  In  the  same  story,  in  the  gable,  are  the  library,  reading- 
room  and  officers'  quarters,  substantially  furnished.  The  companies  have  the  entire 
second  floor  of  the  building.     Here  are  ten  meeting- rooms,  measuring  about  23  by  33 


496 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


feet,  and  18  feet  high,  plainly  furnished  with  desks  and  chairs.  On  the  third  floor 
are  12  rooms,  besides  the  quarters  for  the  band  and  drum-corps.  The  fourth  floor 
in  the  94th-Street  tower  has  been  fitted  up  as  a  gymnasium  ;  and  in  the  95th-Street 
tower  on  the  same  floor,  is  the  regimental  club-room.  The  block  upon  which  this 
armory  stands  measures  61,430  square  feet,  but  this  includes  an  unoccupied  space 
on  Madison  Avenue.  The  total  cost  of  the  land  was  $350,000,  and  of  the  building 
$330,000.  An  armory  for  the  Cavalry  Troop  A  will  soon  be  built  on  the  Madison- 
Avenue  part  of  the  block. 

The  Sixty-Ninth  Regiment,  the  famous  Irish  organization,  sprang  into  noto- 
riety in  1859  by  refusing  to  obey  the  orders  of  the  commander-in-chief,  to  parade 
in  the  procession  in  honor  of  the  Prince  of  Wales.  A  little  more  than  a  year  later 
the  regiment  was  doing  valiant  service  in  the  field.  Under  Colonel  Corcoran  it  fought 
at  Bull  Run  and  elsewhere  in  a  way  that  excited  the  admiration  of  the  country. 
The  armory  is  in  the  Tompkins-Market  building,  on  Third  Avenue,  6th  and  7th 
Streets.      The  building,  which  is  of  iron,  of  composite  architecture,  measuring   225 

by    135   feet,  was 


erected  in  i860 
for  the  Seventh 
Regiment.  In  the 
basement  are 
drill -rooms.  On 
the  first  floor  are 
markets ;  on  the 
second  floor,  ten 
company  rooms 
and  offices  ;  and 
on  the  third  floor, 
a  drill-room.  The 
building  is  inade- 
quate, and  meas- 
ures have  been 
taken  to  tear  it 
The  land  alone  is  valued  at  $898,000, 


The  area  is  57,900  square  feet, 


TWENTY-SECOND    REGIMENT    ARMORY.       BOULEVARD,   67TH    TO    63TH    STREETS 

down  and  erect  a  new  armory  in  its  place 

of  which  the  city  already  owns  $500,000  worth. 

and  the  new  armory  will  cost  over  $300,000. 

The  Ninth  Regiment  can  be  traced  historically  back  to  181 2.  In  1848  it 
was  reorganized  and  became  an  Irish  regiment,  but  was  disbanded  and  again 
organized  ten  years  later,  with  Michael  T.  Van  Buren  as  its  colonel.  The  regi- 
ment served  faithfully  throughout  the  Civil  War,  in  the  Army  of  the  Potomac.  In 
1870  James  Fisk,  Jr.,  became  colonel,  and  held  that  position  until  his  death,  two 
years  later.  Under  Col.  Fisk's  lead  the  regiment  attained  to  a  high  military  rank, 
which  it  has  ever  since  held.  In  common  with  other  regiments,  the  Ninth  has  done 
much  good  work  in  aiding  the  civil  authorities  in  preserving  order.  Downing's 
famous  regimental  band  was  connected  with  this  organization.  The  Ninth  Regi- 
ment Armory  will  be  erected  during  1892-3.  Land  for  this  purpose  has  been 
acquired  in  14th  and  15th  Streets,  between  Sixth  and  Seventh  Avenues,  at  a  cost  to 
the  city  of  $425,000.  The  building  will  be  of  brick,  with  stone  trimmings,  and  a 
roof  of  slate  or  tile.  In  the  basement  will  be  a  rifle  gallery,  and  on  the  ground- 
floor  a  main  drill-room,  with  administration  and  company  rooms  above.  The  cost 
of  the  building  will  be  $300,000. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


497 


The  Twenty-Second  Regiment  Armory,  on  Columbus  Avenue,  the  Boule- 
vard and  67th  and  68th  Streets,  stands  on  55,461  square  feet  of  land,  that  cost 
$265,000.  The  building  cost  $300,000,  and  is  a  granite-trimmed  brick  fortress,  in 
the  general  style  of  the  fifteenth  century.  It  is,  to  an  exceptional  degree,  a  defen- 
sive structure,  with  re-entering  angles,  loop-holes  for  cannon  and  musketry,  a  bastion 
for  heavy  guns  on  the  northwest  corner,  a  machicolated  parapet,  and  a  sally-port  and 
portcullis.  The  main  entrance  on  the  Boulevard  will  allow  the  free  passage  of  bat- 
teries and  cavalry.  The  main  building  contains  the  offices,  library,  etc.,  a  handsome 
reception-room,  two  stories  high,  kitchen,  gymnasium  and  mess-room  on  the  third 
floor,  and  a  hospital  and  medical  department  in  the  tower.  The  rifle-range,  300  by 
25  feet,  is  in  the  basement.  The  drill-room  is  235  by  175  feet,  with  a  high  arched 
roof  and  large  central  skylight.      On  the  north  side  of  this  room  are  ten  company 


jj     •»  'unmwngijg^ '  /-tssiwWwf     «■  *-*■■■  mm--?- 

-    « 

|  A  *t  A  *» 

SEVENTY-FIRST    REGIMENT    ARMORY.       FOURTH    AVENUE   AND    330  STREET. 

locker  rooms,  for  uniforms  and  arms  ;  and  above  these  are  ten  company  parlors, 
nicely  furnished  and  with  galleries,  each  capable  of  seating  50  persons.  The  armory 
was  erected  from  designs  of  Captain  John  P.  Leo,  a  member  of  the  regiment.  The 
building  was  completed  and  occupied  in  1890. 

The  Seventy-First  Regiment  Armory  is  now  being  erected  on  Park  Avenue, 
at  33d  and  34th  Streets.  The  site  covers  56,748  square  feet,  and  the  land  cost 
$455,000.  The  building  will  call  for  nearly  $400,000.  In  this  armory  will  be  the 
Brigade  Headquarters,  the  Signal  Corps,  and  the  Second  Battery,  as  well  as  the 
regiment. 

Leased  Armories  are  now  occupied  by  the  Ninth  Regiment,  at  227  West  26th 
Street ;    the  Seventy-First  Regiment,  at  107th  Street  and  Lexington  Avenue ;   the 
First  Battery,  at  340  West  44th  Street ;  the  Second  Battery,  at  810  Seventh  Avenue  ; 
and  the  Cavalry  Troop,  at  136  West  56th  Street. 
32 


498 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


NEW-YORK    STATE    ARSENAL.       SEVENTH    AVENUE   AND 


The  State  Arsenal,  at 

Seventh  Avenue  and  35th 
Street,  is  a  big  turreted 
building,  of  gray  stone  and 
brick.  It  is  the  oldest  of 
all  the  military  structures  in 
the  city,  save  the  old  arsenal 
in  Central  Park.  In  appear- 
ance it  is  much  like  a  fort- 
ress— and  this  is  augmented 
by  the  half-dozen  field-pieces 
which  are  parked  in  the 
little  strip  of  grass  which 
skirts  the  sides  of  the  build- 
ing next  the  street  and 
avenue.  The  Arsenal,  as  its 
name  suggests,  is  the  store- 
house for  the  State's  muni- 
tions of  war,  and  it  is  also 
the  headquarters  of  the  Ord- 
nance and  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  the  National 
Guard. 

The  Naval  Reserve  is 

an  organization  that  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  United-States   Navy  that  the 

State   militia   does  to  the  regular  army.      The  headquarters  of  the  battalion  are  in 

old  Castle  Garden,  at   the   Battery,  and  the  members  are  mostly  enthusiastic  young 

yachtsmen.      Every  summer  there  is  a  week  or  more  of  practical  service  and  naval 

instruction  on  a  Government  war-ship,  detailed   for  the  purpose,  with  naval  officers 

in  charge. 

The  United-States  Military  Headquarters  of  the  Department  of  the  East 

are  on  Governor's  Island,  in  upper  New-York  Bay,  a  little  more  than  half  a  mile 

from  the  Battery.      Major -General 

Oliver  O.  Howard  is  in  command. 

At  the  head  of  the  department  staff 

is    Brevet   Brig. -Gen.    George    D. 

Ruggles,  Assistant  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral.     This  department  covers  all 

the  country  east  of  the  Mississippi 

River,  excepting  Illinois,  Michigan, 

and  Wisconsin.     The  troops  in  the 

vicinity    of   New  York    are    three 

batteries  of  the  First  Artillery,  at 

Fort  Columbus ;  four  batteries  of 

the  First  Artillery,  at  Fort  Hamil- 
ton ;  two  batteries  of  the  Second 

Artillery,  at  Fort  Schuyler  ;  three 

batteries  of  the  First  Artillery,  at 

FortWadsworth;  and  one  company 

of  the  Sixth  Infantry,  at  Fort  Wood. 


SECOND    BATTERY,  SEVENTH    AVENUE,   BETWEEN 
52D    AND    53D    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  499 

Governor's  Island  was  shunned  by  the  early  Dutch  settlers  of  New  Netherland, 
but  Lord  Cornbury,  an  English  colonial  governor,  preempted  it  and  built  thereon  a 
mansion,  and  laid  out  a  race-track.  After  the  British  had  been  driven  out  of  the 
city,  Governor  Clinton  took  the  island,  and  leased  it  to  a  Dr.  Price,  who  proceeded 
to  pull  down  the  earthworks  that  had  been  thrown  up  by  the  British  and  the  patriot 
troops,  and  to  put  up  a  hotel  and  make  the  place  a  public  pleasure-resort.  With 
the  danger  of  war  with  England  again  threatening,  the  island  was  turned  over  to  the 
Federal  Government,  which  has  since  remained  in  possession.  The  island,  which 
is  egg-shaped,  with  a  circumference  of  a  little  more  than  a  mile,  contains  85  acres. 
It  is  very  handsome,  with  its  fortifications,  barracks  and  other  buildings,  fine  trees 
and  stretches  of  grass.  At  the  northern  end  are  piles  of  cannon-balls,  large  guns 
and  other  ordnance.  Near  the  center  of  the  island  is  Fort  Columbus,  with  its 
tar-shaped  embankments.  Within  it  are  barracks  and  magazines  of  stone  and 
brick,  and  guns  are  mounted  on  the  ramparts.  On  the  land  side,  the  fort  is 
entered  across  a  moat,  with  a  draw-bridge,  and  through  an  archway  of  stone, 
above  which  is  a  relief  group  of  military  insignia  :  a  bundle  of  fasces  and  a  liberty- 
cap,  a  mortar,  a  cannon,  shells,  an  eagle  and  a  flag.  Conspicuous  on  the  north 
point  of  the  island  is  Castle  Williams,  which  was  completed  in  181 1  ;  a  stone 
fort  with  three  tiers  of  casemates  and  an  abundant  armament.  At  the  opposite  end 
of  the  island  is  the  small  triangular  South  Battery,  two  magazines,  and  munitions 
of  war.  The  center  of  the  island  is  elevated  thirty  feet  above  high-water  mark  and 
laid  out  as  a  parade-ground  and  a  handsome  park,  with  band-stand,  brick  walks, 
trees,  flowers  and  shrubbery.  A  score  or  more  of  pretty  houses,  the  residences  of 
the  officers,  surround  this  park  ;  and  hereabouts  and  elsewhere  on  the  island  are  the 
offices,  a  chapel,  library,  billiard-room,  laundries,  work-shops,  store,  the  rooms  of 
the  Military  Service  Institution,  and  a  museum,  in  which  are  battle  flags,  me- 
mentoes of  Washington,  Sheridan  and  others  ;  and  many  Indian  trophies. 

Fort  Hamilton,  a  fortified  military  post,  is  situated  on  the  southwest  shore  of 
Long  Island,  on  the  Narrows,  2^  miles  from  the  county-town  of  New  Utrecht,  and 
adjoining  the  village  of  Fort  Hamilton.  It  is  a  stone  casemated  structure.  There 
are  150  acres  in  the  reservation,  over  50  acres  having  only  within  the  last  year  been 
acquired.  This  new  ground  is  on  the  southeast  side,  adjoining  the  old  reservation, 
towards  Bath  and  facing  Gravesend  Bay,  and  was  acquired  with  a  view  of  extending 
the  fortifications  along  the  water-front.  The  corner-stone  of  the  post  was  laid 
June  11,  1825  ;  and  the  works  were  first  garrisoned  by  troops  November  1,  1831. 

Fort  Lafayette  became  familiar  to  the  public  during  the  Civil  War  as  a  prison 
for  political  captives.  It  is  at  the  entrance  to  the  Narrows,  on  an  artificial  island, 
built  upon  a  ledge,  and  is  overlooked  by  Fort  Hamilton.  In  appearance  the  fort  is 
a  large  circular  brick  building,  and  its  guns  used  to  command  the  channel.  The  name 
originally  selected  for  it  when  it  was  begun,  in  1812,  was  Fort  Diamond,  but  as  it 
was  first  occupied  about  the  time  of  Lafayette's  famous  visit  to  this  country,  the  name 
was  then  changed.  The  interior  was  damaged  by  fire  in  1868  ;  and  the  place  is  now 
used  for  the  storage  of  ordnance,  and  for  experiments  in  torpedoes  and  other  ap- 
pliances. 

Fort  Wadsworth  is  a  triple  casemated  fortification  of  granite.  The  Govern- 
ment reservation,  to  which  as  a  whole  the  name  applies,  is  100  acres  of  precipitous 
land  on  Staten  Island,  commanding  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  through  the  Nar- 
rows. It  is  in  all  respects,  a  perfect  position  for  a  fort,  and  could  be  easily  made 
impregnable  against  any  force  approaching  by  sea.  The  crest  of  the  hill  is  140  feet 
above  high-water  mark,  and  there  is  Fort  Tompkins,  with  a  heavy  armament.      Below 


5°° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


is  Fort  Wadsworth,  proper  ;  and  on  the  water's  edge  are  Battery  Hudson  and  a  con- 
tinuous line  of  other  fortifications.  The  Narrows  at  this  point  are  only  a  mile  wide, 
and  the  passage  is  completely  commanded  by  the  cross  fire  of  Fort  Wadsworth  and 
Fort  Hamilton. 

Fort  Schuyler  is  on  Throgg's  Neck,  near  the  western  end  of  Long-Island  Sound, 
where  its  tide  and  that  of  the  East  River  meet.  The  Government  reservation  con- 
sists of  54  acres.  The  fort  is  a  casemated  fortress  of  gneiss,  with  extensive  earth- 
works. It  was  first  garrisoned  in  1861,  and  during  the  war  was  the  site  of  the 
McDougal  Government  Hospital.  Opposite,  across  the  river,  is  Willett's  Point,  with 
fortifications,  a  station  of  the  Engineer  Corps  of  the  United-States  Army.  These 
two  fortresses  command  the  approach  to  New-York  City,  by  the  way  of  Long-Island 
Sound.  A  little  further  north  is  David's  Island,  a  depot  for  the  reception  of  United- 
States  recruits. 

Fort  Wood  is  the  double  star-shaped  fortress  on  Bedloe's  Island,  enclosing  the 
site  of  the  Statue  of  Liberty.  The  fort  was  built  in  1841,  and  was  a  strong  structure 
in  its  day.  It  is  partly  dismantled,  and  though  the  walls  are  in  excellent  condition, 
they  would  offer  little  protection  against  heavy  modern  artillery. 

Harbor  Defences  on  a  large  scale  have,  in  recent  years,  been  projected  by  the 
National  Government.  These  include  the  acquisition  of  territory  at  Sandy  Hook, 
Coney  Island,  Staten  Island,  adjoining  Fort  Wadsworth,  and  Long  Island,  adjoin- 
ing Fort  Hamilton.  The  plan  is  to  mount  batteries  of  powerful  modern  guns  on 
embankments,  on  lifts,  on  disappearing  carriages  and  in  steel  turrets,  and  to  estab- 
lish lines  of  torpedoes  under 
water,  thus  effectually  barr- 
ing the  harbor  entrance. 
These  works  have  been 
steadily  in  progress  for  a 
number  of  years. 

The  United-States 
Army  Building  is  on 
Whitehall  Street,  at  the  cor- 
ner of  Pearl  Street,  near  the 
Produce  Exchange.  It  is  a 
large  square  building  of  im- 
posing proportions,  eight 
stories  high,  and  occupying 
the  whole  block.  It  covers 
the  site  of  the  old  Produce 
Exchange.  The  two  lower 
stories  are  of  granite,  and 
with  the  barricaded  entrances 
and  narrow  windows  give 
the  place  the  general  air  of  a 
fortification.  The  upper 
stories  are  of  red  brick,  and 
the  offices,  which  are  ar- 
ranged on  the  four  sides  of  a 
large  central  hallway,  are 
liijht    and    airy.      Over    the 

UNITED-STATES    ARMY    BUILDING.       WHITEHALL,    PEARL  °  .  J 

and  water  streets.  main    street    entrance    is    a 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


5GI 


i 


"'""""""^rrffliraattfis 


FORT   WADSWORTH,    THE    SCHOOL    SHIP   AND    WAR-VESSELS. 

VIEWS   TAKEN    IN    NORTH    RIVER    AND    NEW-YORK   HARBOR.       PHOTOS    BY    JOHNSTON. 


5°2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


flag,  carved  in  stone,  with  the  motto  "This  we  defend,"  and  the  same  design  and 
motto  is  engraved  on  the  glass  of  the  doors  inside.  In  this  building  are  grouped 
nearly  all  the  principal  offices  of  army  administration  for  the  Department  of  the 
East,  such  as  those  of  the  Quartermaster's,  Subsistence,  Medical,  Engineer,  Pay 
and  Recruiting  departments.  There  are  general  recruiting-offices  in  Park  Row  and 
in  Abington  Square. 

The  Navy  Yard,  although  on  the  Brooklyn  side  of  the  East  River,  plays  a 
very  important  part  in  the  defenses  of  New  York.  It  is  situated  on  Wallabout  Bay, 
and  with  all  its  appurtenances  covers  145  acres.  There  are  officers'  quarters, 
store-houses,  marine  barracks,  machine-shops,  two  dry-docks,  one  of  them  the 
finest  in  the  world,  built  at  a  cost  of  over  $2,000,000,  and   the  United-States  Naval 


CASTLE    WILLIAMS,    GOVERNOR'S    ISLAND. 

Hospital,  with  a  fine  library  and  museum.  The  yard  is  the  principal  naval  station 
of  the  Republic,  and  is  in  charge  of  a  Commodore,  with  about  2,000  men  constantly 
employed.  One  or  more  naval  vessels  are  generally  to  be  found  here.  In  case  of 
war  the  yard  would  become  a  most  important  depot  for  naval  supplies.  It  occupies 
a  position  unequalled  in  advantages  for  projecting  naval  movements  in  Atlantic 
waters.  During  the  War  of  the  Revolution  the  Jersey  and  other  British  prison- 
hulks  were  stationed  here,  and  more  than  ten  thousand  patriots,  who  miserably 
died  in  confinement,  were  buried  in  the  neighborhood. 

The  United-States  Pension  Office  is  at  396  Canal  Street,  just  west  of  West 
Broadway.  Only  two  offices  in  the  country — that  of  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  and  that 
of  Columbus,  O.,  exceed  this  in  the  magnitude  of  business  transaction.  The 
names  of  about  60,000  pensioners  are  on  the  books,  and  of  these  about  17,000  are 
paid  in  person,  while  the  remaining  43,000,  residing  in  different  parts  of  the 
country,  and  even  in  foreign  lands,  have  their  payments  forwarded  to  them.  The 
office  pays  out  over  $1,000,000  every  quarter.  The  disbursing  agent  is  Col.  Frank 
C.  Loveland. 


Clu.fc>s   and   Social   Associations,    Secret  and   Friendship 

Organizations. 


THE  clubs  of  New  York  at  first  were  in  taverns.  To  Old  Tom's  came  the  poets  ; 
at  the  Pewter  Mug,  the  politicians  planned.  William  Niblo,  who  afterward 
owned  a  garden  and  playhouse  on  Broadway,  near  Prince  Street,  and  bequeathed  a 
fortune  to  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  that  it  might  form  a  library,  kept 
the  Bank  Coffee-House,  where  assembled  the  politicians  in  office.  A  French  noble- 
man, a  refugee,  Jerome  Cressac  de  Villagrand,  kept,  in  College  Place,  a  hotel  where 
Fitz-Greene  Halleck,  manager  of  Astor's  business  in  Vesey  Street  and  in  Prince 
Street,  received  Prince  Louis  Napoleon.  In  1824  James  Fenimore  Cooper  lived  at 
3  Beach  Street,  and  founded,  with  Halleck,  Bryant,  Chancellor  Kent,  Francis  and 
Verplanck,  the  Bread  and  Cheese  Club.  When  the  club  received  great  men  from 
abroad,  or  entertained  Irving,  it  hired  Washington  Hall,  at  the  corner  of  Chambers 
Street  and  Broadway,  for  a  whole  evening.  In  1836  the  Hone  Club,  named  after 
Mayor  Philip  Hone,  gave  dinners  at  the  houses  of  the  members,  at  the  expense  of 
every  member  in  turn.  The  Hone  Club  never  failed  to  have  a  dinner  when  Daniel 
Webster  was  in  town.  Since  then  many  clubs  have  been  founded  and  dissolved 
that  shall  not  be  forgotten.  Among  them  were  the  Bohemians,  who  met  at  Pfaff 's, 
and  who,  although  they  were  real  and  not  pretentious  or  masquerading  Philistines, 
made  that  man  Pfaff  wealthy;  the  Arcadians,  who  had  a  costly  club-house,  and  were 
too  exclusively  artistic  ;  the  Fellowcraft  Club,  which  was  vain  enough  to  exclude 
Mecsenas  ;  and  the  Tile  Club,  the  enchanting  adventures  of  which  on  land  and  afloat 
have  been  recorded  with  pen  and  pencil. 

At  the  present  day,  the  club-life  of  New  York  is  a  prominent  and  interesting 
feature  of  the  metropolitan  cosmorama.  Besides  a  great  number  of  local  and  special 
fraternities  and  organizations,  there  are  at  least  300  social  clubs  in  the  city,  affording 
to  their  members  a  vast  variety  of  luxuries  and  delights,  outside  the  sometime  worried 
precincts  of  home.  The  greater  clubs,  like  the  Union  League  and  Manhattan,  have 
incomes  of  not  far  from  $1,000  a  day  each,  throughout  the  year,  the  Manhattan  much 
exceeding  that  figure.  Perhaps  a  third  of  this  amount  comes  from  members'  dues  ; 
and  the  rest  is  received  from  the  dining-rooms,  from  the  sale  of  liquors  and  cigars, 
and  from  lodgings  and  billiards.  These  enormous  expenses  and  receipts  give  an  idea 
of  the  extension  of  club-life,  and  the  wealth  and  freedom  of  its  devotees.  Nearly  all 
the  great  clubs  are  around  or  above  Madison  Square,  and  Fifth  Avenue  is  their 
favorite  street,  and  contains  some  of  their  best  houses. 

The  Union  Club,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  21st  Street,  was 
organized  in  1836.  The  President  is  Clarence  A.  Seward.  The  entrance-fee  is 
$300;  the  yearly  dues  are  $75.  With  the  sanction  of  the  House  Committee  the 
Secretary  may  invite  to  the  privileges  of  the  club   Ministers   Plenipotentiary  and 


5°4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


UNION    CLUB,   FIFTH    AVENUE   AND    21ST   STREET. 


strangers  of  dis- 
tinction. It  was 
the  first  club,  in 
the  modern  sense, 
organized  in  this 
city.  The  found- 
ers met  at  the 
Athenreum,  and 
limited  the  mem- 
bership to  600  per- 
sons. They  were 
the  Beekmans, 
Kings,  Schuylers, 
Livingstons,  Stuy- 
vesan  t  s,  Gr  is- 
wolds,  Van  Bur- 
ens,  the  Astors 
and  other  patri- 
cian leaders. 
There  are  now 
1,500     members ; 

they  are  the  patricians  of  to-day.  The  first  club-house  of  the  Union  was  at  343 
Broadway;  the  second  at  376  Broadway,  a  large  and  handsome  dwelling  owned  by 
William  B.  Astor;  the  third  at  691  Broadway,  opposite  Great  Jones  Street,  the  prop- 
erty of  the  Kerno- 
chans  ;  the  fourth 
is  the  present 
brownstone  pal- 
ace, the  property 
of  the  Union 
Club,  dedicated  as 
its  club-house  in 
the  year  1855. 

The  Union 
League  Club,  at 
the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Fifth  Ave- 
nue and  39th 
Street,  was  organ- 
ized in  1863,  and 
incorporated  in 
1865,  "to  dis- 
countenance dis- 
loyalty to  the 
United  States,  and 
for  the  promotion 
of  good  govern- 
ment, and  the  ele- 
vation of  Ameri- 
can    citizenship."  union  league  club,  fifth  avenue  and  30™  street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


5°5 


The  President  is  Chauncey  M.  Depew.  The  entrance-fee  is  $300  ;  the  yearly  dues 
are  $75.  The  founders  of  the  Union  League  Club  were  members  of  the  United- 
States  Sanitary  Commission.  Its  Presidents  have  been  Robert  B.  Minturn,  Jonathan 
Sturges,  Charles  H.  Marshall,  John  Jay,  Jackson  S.  Shultz,  William  J.  Hoppin, 
Joseph  II.  Choate,  George  Cabot  Ward,  Hamilton  Fish,  William  M.  Evarts,  and 
Chauncey  M.  Depew.  Its  library  is  regarded  as  the  most  valuable  of  club-libraries. 
Its  art-gallery  is  superb.  The  interior  decorations  of  its  stately  building  are  by  La- 
Farge  and  Tiffany.  The  Union  League  Club  has  a  standing  political  committee,  of 
strong  Republican  proclivities.  The  membership  of  the  club  includes  1,500  gentle- 
men. The  club-house  was  erected  for  the  Union  League,  at  a  cost  of  $400,000, 
and  is  a  magnificent  specimen  of  Queen-Anne  architecture,  with  admirable  interior 
arrangements  and  a  famous  oak -panelled  dining-room. 

The  Manhattan  Club,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  34th 
Street,  was  organized  in  1865,  and  re-organized  in  1877,  "to  advance  Democratic 
principles,  to  pro- 
mote social  inter- 
course among  its 
members,  and  to 
provide  them  with 
the  conveniences 
of  a  club-house.11 
The  home  of  the 
club  was  at  the 
southwest  corner 
of  Fifth  Avenue 
and  15th  Street, 
until  1 89 1,  when 
it  purchased  the 
white  marble  man- 
sion built  for  A. 
T.  Stewart.  The 
President  is  Fred- 
eric R.  Coudert. 
The    entrance-fee 

is  $250  ;  the  half-yearly  dues  are  $37.50.  The  Manhattan  has  one  of  the  largest, 
most  commodious,  and  most  beautiful  club-houses  in  the  world,  and  is  celebrated, 
moreover,  for  its  delicious  cuisine.  Nearly  all  of  the  club's  thousand  members  be- 
long to  the  Democratic  party,  some  of  whose  most  important  councils  and  recep- 
tions are  held  in  this  marble  palace. 

The  Metropolitan  Club,  is  building  a  house  at  the  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue 
and  60th  Street,  on  a  site  formerly  owned  by  the  Duchess  of  Marlborough.  It  is  of 
white  brick  and  marble,  with  halls  and  vestibules  of  Numidian  marble.  A  feature 
of  this  club,  organized  in  February,  1 89 1,  by  members  of  the  Union  Club,  is  to  be  a 
Ladies'  Annex.  The  entrance-fee  is  $300 ;  the  annual  dues  are  $100  for  resident 
members,  and  $50  for  non-residents.  The  president  is  J.  Pierpont  Morgan.  Al- 
though a  very  recent  organization,  the  club  has  the  favor  of  so  many  men  of  great 
wealth  that  it  is  already  known  as  the  Millionaires'  Club. 

The  New-York  Club,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  35th  Street, 
was  organized  in  1845,  an(^  incorporated  in  1874.  The  President  is.  James  D. 
Smith.      The   entrance-fee  is   $300;    the  yearly  dues   are  $75.      For  non-resident 


MANHATTAN    CLUB,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    WEST    34-TH    STREET. 


5°6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


NEW-YORK    CLUB,   FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    35TH    STREET. 


members  the  entrance-fee  is 
$150;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$37.50.  The  club-house  is 
the  Caswell  house,  the 
former  home  of  the  Univer- 
sity Club,  remodelled  into  a 
graceful  building  of  the 
Queen-Anne  style.  The 
club  was  originally  housed 
in  Chambers  Street,  opposite 
the  Court-House.  It  moved 
to  the  corner  of  Broadway 
and  Walker  Street,  to  737 
Broadway,  to  558  Broad- 
way, to  620  Broadway,  to 
Astor  Place  and  Broadway, 
to  15th  Street  and  Fifth 
Avenue,  to  Madison  Square,  opposite  the  Worth  monument,  and  in  1887  to  its 
present  building. 

The  Knickerbocker  Club  is  at  319  Fifth  Avenue,  in  a  brick  building  with 
brownstone  trimmings  at  the  bay  windows  on  the  avenue  and  the  entrance  on  33d 
Street.  It  was  organized  in  1871,  of  descendants  of  original  settlers  of  New  York; 
of  "Knickerbockers,"  elected  by  a  Board  of  Governors.  The  entrance-fee  is  #300  ; 
the  yearly  dues  are  $100.  Visitors  are  admitted  for  six  months  and  three  months  by 
ballot  of  the  Board  of  Governors. 

The  St.-Nicholas  Club,  at  386  Fifth  Avenue,  is  formed  of  descendants  of  resi- 
dents, prior  to  1 785,  of  the  city  or  State  of  New  York.  Its  object  is  social,  and  to 
collect  and  preserve  information  respecting  the  early  history  and  settlement  of  the 
city  and  State  of 
New  York.  The 
President  is 
James  W.  Beek- 
raan.  The  admis- 
sion-fee is  $100. 
The   yearly    dues 

are  $75  f°r  resi- 
dent and  $37. 50 
for  non-resident 
members.  The 
social  object  of 
the  club  is  pre- 
dominant. 

The  Calumet 
Club,  at  267  Fifth 
Avenue,  a  large 
brick  building 
with  brown-stone 

trimmings  and  bay  windows  on  the  avenue,  and  entrance  on  29th  Street,  was 
organized  in  1879,  allfl  incorporated  in  1 89 1.  The  members  are  elected  by  the  Gov- 
erning Committee.      The  initiation-fee  is  $170;  and   the  yearly  dues  are  $65  for 


KNICKERBOCKER    CLUB,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    32D    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


5C7 


ST. -NICHOLAS    CLUB,    386    FIFTH    AVENUE. 

the  yearly  dues  are  $100  for  resident  and  $50 


resident  and  $35  for  non-resident  mem- 
bers. The  Calumet  is  a  club  for  the  men 
whom  the  limit  of  membership  and  the 
long  waiting  list  keep  out  of  the  Union. 

The  Gotham  Club,  624  Madison  Ave- 
nue, was  organized  and  incorporated  in 
1887.  The  initiation  fee  is  $50  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $50.  Its  object  is  to  promote 
sociability  among  its  members.  The  club 
is  composed  entirely  of  members  of  the 
most  refined  and  wealthiest  Hebrew  fami- 
lies. It  is  a  very  exclusive  club,  and  until 
recently  the  membership  has  been  limited 
to  100,  the  limit  now  being  raised  to  200. 
A  new  club-house  has  just  been  procured 
at  651  Madison  Avenue,  which  has  been 
elegantly  furnished. 

The  New  Club,  at  747  and  749  Fifth 
Avenue,   was  organized    and    incorporated 
in  1889.     The  initiation-fee  is  $100 
for  non-resident  members. 

The  Fulton  Club,  at  81-83  Fulton  Street,  in  the  Market  and  Fulton  Bank 
Building,  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1889.  The  initiation  fee  is  $100  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $50  for  resident  and  $25  for  non-resident  members. 

The  West-End  Club,  at  134  West  72d  Street,  was  organized  and  incorporated 
in  1889.      The  initiation  fee  is  $100  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $50. 

The  Authors'  Club,  organized  in  1882,  and  incorporated  in  February,  1887,  is 
formed  of  authors  of  published  books  proper  to  literature,  and  writers  holding  a  rec- 
ognized place  in  distinctively  literary  work.  The  entrance-fee  is  $25  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $20.  New  members  are  elected  by  a  committee.  Rossiter  Johnson  is  sec- 
retary of  the  club.      To  obtain  funds  for  a  house  the  members  have  written  stories, 

sketches,  and 
poems,  to  fill  a 
large  and  sumptu- 
ous volume,  which 
the  club  will  pub- 
lish in  a  limited 
edition  of  251  cop- 
ies. Every  article 
will  be  signed  by 
its  author,  with 
pen  and  ink,  in 
every  copy  of  the 
book.  The  sub- 
scription-price is 
$100  a  copy.  The 
manuscripts  will 
be  bound  up  and 
sold  to  the  highest 

CALUMET    CLUB,   FIFTH    AVENUE   ANB    EAST   29TH   STREET.  bidder. 


5o8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


The  Century  Club,  at  7  West  43d  Street,  was  organized  in  1847,  and  incor- 
porated in  1857,  to  promote  the  advancement  of  art  and  literature.  It  was  called 
the  Century,  because  the  number  of  members  was  limited  to  a  hundred.      There  are 


CENTURY    CLUB,    7    WEST    43D 


at  least  800  members  at  present.  The  building  agreeably  recalls  the  palatial  English 
club-houses.  The  style  is  Italian  Renaissance.  The  basement  is  of  light  stone,  the 
superstructure  of  cream-colored  brick.  The  contrast  between  the  severity  of  the 
lower  stories  and  the  ornateness  and  plasticity  of  the  superstructure,  between  the 
tall  and  massive  archway  of  the  main  entrance  and  the  rich  and  graceful  loggia,  is 
enchanting.  The  President  is  Daniel  Huntington.  The  members  are  authors, 
artists,  and  amateurs,  of  literature  and  the  fine  arts.  The  entrance-fee  is  $100  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are   $40.       An   art-gallery,    an   art-library,    a   Twelfth-Night   revelry, 

wherein  the  greatest 
artists  and  men  of  let- 
ters are  sublime  jesters, 
and  a  superb  disregard 
for  the  money  standard 
of  value,  are  the  dis- 
tinctive traits  of  the 
Century  Club.  Its  in- 
corporators were  Guli- 
an  C.  Verplanck,  Wil- 
liam Cullen  Bryant, 
Charles  M.  L  e  u  p  p , 
Asher  B.  Durand,  John 
F.  Kensett,  William 
Kemble  and  William 
H.Appleton.  Its  former 


r  fir 

sSiL 

:4lil 

"  4  ".O  ■. 

•1  • 

vjflj^^^B 

.              ..                ...JUtM   J 

HARLEM    CLUB,   LENOX   AVENUE   AND    123d   STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


5°9 


club-house   was  at    109  and    1 1 1 
East  15th  Street. 

The  Harlem  Club,  at  Lenox 
Avenue  and  123d  Street,  was  or- 
ganized in  1879,  and  incorporated 
in  1886.  The  initiation-fee  is  $50  ; 
the  annual  dues  are  $40. 

The  Lotos  Club,  at  149 
Fifth  Avenue,  northeast  corner 
of  2 1st  Street,  was  organized  in 
1870,  and  incorporated  in  1873, 
"to  promote  social  intercourse 
among  journalists,  artists,  and 
members  of  the  musical  and 
dramatic  professions,  and  repre- 
sentatives, amateurs  and  friends 
of  literature,  science  and  fine 
arts,"  formed  of  persons  of  all 
vocations.  The  initiation-fee  is 
$100;  the  yearly  dues  are  $60 
for  resident  and  $25  for  non-resi- 
dent members.  Whitelaw  Reid  was  formerly  th 
is  Frank  R.  Lawrence 
William  H.  Hume. 

The  University  Club,  at  Madison  Square  and  East  26th  Street,  was  incor- 
porated in  1865,  for  "the  promotion  of  literature  and  art,  by  establishing  and 
maintaining  a  library,  reading-room  and  gallery  of  art,  and  by  such  other  means  as 

shall    be    expedient    for 


LOTOS    CLUB,    149    FIFTH    AVENUE,    CORNER    21ST    STREET. 

President.      The  President  now 
The   club   is  erecting   a   new  club-house   from   plans  by 


1 


UNIVERSITY    CLUB,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    26TH    STREET. 


such  purpose."  The 
members  are  graduates 
of  colleges  or  universi- 
ties, where  a  residence 
of  three  years  is  required; 
distinguished  men  who 
have  received  honorary 
degrees  ;  and  graduates 
of  the  United-States 
Military  Academy  and 
the  United-States  Naval 
Academy.  The  Presi- 
dent is  James  W.  Alexan- 
der. The  building  is  the 
property  of  Lawrence 
Jerome's  daughter,  Lady 
Randolph  Churchill. 

The  Colonial 
Club,  at  the  southwest 
corner  of  7  2d  Street  and 
Sherman  Square,  near 
Washington's  headquar- 


5IQ 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


COLONIAL    CLUB,    BOULEVARD    AND    72D    STREET. 


ters,  and  in  the 
center  of  a  circle 
of  Revolutionary 
sites — whence  the 
name  Colonial 
Club — was  organ- 
ized in  April,  and 
incorporated  in 
May,  1889.  The 
building,  of  gray 
limestone  to  the 
second  story,  of 
gray  brick  with 
white  terra  cotta 
trimmings  from 
there  to  the  top 
story  (which  is  en- 
tirely of  terra  cot- 
ta)—  is  colonial  in 
its  style  of  archi- 
tecture and  colo- 
nial in  its  inter- 
ior     decorations. 

There  are  a  drawing-room,  sitting-room,  smoking-room,  billiard-room,  ball-room, 
dining-room,  and  bowling  alley.  The  roof  is  Hat,  paved  with  brick,  and  sur- 
rounded by  a  high  stone  bal- 
ustrade. Members  are  elec- 
ted by  the  Trustees.  The 
entrance-fee  is  $100;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $50.  Ladies 
are  accorded  privileges  at 
this  club,  an  entrance  being 
provided  for  them  on  72d 
Street. 

The  Germans  have  sev- 
eral very  fine  social  clubs, 
besides  their  numerous  musi- 
cal and  athletic  organiza- 
tions, press-club,  etc. 

The  Harmonie  Club, 
at  45  West  42d  Street,  is  the 
most  homelike  in  jealous 
regard  for  privacy  of  clubs. 
An  ancient  and  honored  in- 
stitution of  the  German  col- 
ony of  New  York,  an  aristo- 
cratic club,  with  the  charac- 
teristic that  the  members 
attend  it  with  their  wives,  if 
they  please,  reputed    to   be 


HARMOME    CLUC   45    WEST    420    STREE 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


5H 


PROGRESS    CLUB,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    EAST    63D    STREET. 


very  wealthy,  and  one  of  the 
most  delightful  of  social  cir- 
cles, it  seldom  permits  itself 
to  appear  in  the  printed  news- 
papers. 

The  Progress  Club,  at 
Fifth  Avenue  and  63d  Street, 
was  organized  in  1864,  and  in- 
corporated in  1865.  It  trans- 
acts its  business  and  keeps  its 
records  in  the  English  lan- 
guage. "  The  members,  how- 
ever, shall  be  privileged  to 
use  the  German  language  at 
all  meetings  of  the  club."  It 
is  composed  entirely  of  He- 
brews. The  initiation-fee  is 
$100;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$100.  The  President  is  Simon 
Goldenberg.  The  club  build- 
ing, in  the  style  of  the  Italian 
Renaissance,  was  inaugurated 
in  March,  1890. 

The  Deutscherverein,  or  German  Club,  has  been  in  existence  since  1842, 
although  its  charter  dates  from  March  20,  1874.  It  is  a  social  organization,  limited 
in  its  membership  to  Germans  and  those  who  speak  German.  For  many  years  its 
club-house  was  at  13  West  24th  Street.  In  1890  it  erected  a  handsome  building  at 
112  West  59th  Street,  which  it  now  occupies.  It  is  five  stories  in  height,  of  Indiana 
limestone,  in  the  Renaissance  style  of  architecture,  and  occupies  three  city  lots.  The 
membership  is  about  200,  but  for  its  numerical  strength  the  club  is  one  of  the  richest 

in  the  city.  The  inita- 
tion-fee  is  $100,  and 
the  annual  dues  $75. 
Charles  linger  is  the 
President,  and  Otto 
Hofmann  the  Secre- 
tary. 

The  Freund- 
schaft  Verein,  at  Park 
Avenue  and  72d  Street, 
was  organized  in  1879, 
and  incorporated  in 
1886.  The  initiation - 
fee  is  $100;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $100. 

The  Fidelio  Club, 
was  organized  in  1870, 
and  incorporated  in 
February,  1887.  Its 
mission    is    simply    to 


FREUNOSCHAFT  VEREIN,  PARK  AVENUE  AND  72D  STREET. 


5i* 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


FIDELIO   CLUB,    110    EAST    59TH    STREET. 


promote  social  intercourse  among  its  mem- 
bers. Its  membership  is  under  no  close 
restriction.  The  club-house  that  it  occu- 
pies is  a  handsome  building,  of  brick,  in 
the  Moresque  style  of  architecture,  four 
stories  in  height.  It  occupies  two  city  lots 
at  no  East  59th  Street,  near  Park  Avenue, 
adjoining  the  Arion  Club.  There  are  about 
250  members.  William  R.  Rose  is  the 
president,  Abraham  L.  Gutman  the  secre- 
tary, and  Arthur  Meyer  the  treasurer. 

There  are  numerous  important  literary 
and  artistic  social  organizations,  besides  the 
Century,  the  Authors',  and  the  Lotos. 

The  Lambs'  Club,  at  8  West  29th 
Street,  was  organized  in  1874,  and  incorpo- 
rated in  1877,  for  "the  social  intercourse  of 
members  of  the  dramatic  and  musical  pro- 
fessions with  men  of  the  world,  and  the 
giving  of  entertainments  for  mutual  amuse- 
ment and  instruction."  The  admission-fee 
is  $50  for  lay  members,  and  $25  for  profes- 
sional and  non-resident  members  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $50  for  resident,  and  $25  for  non- 
resident and  professional  members. 
The  Salmagundi  Club,  at  49  West  22d  Street,  was  organized  in  187 1,  and 
incorporated  in  1880,  for  "the  promotion  of  social  intercourse  among  artists,  and 
the  advancement  of  art."  It  is  made  up  of  painters,  draughtsmen,  sculptors,  and 
crayon  artists.  The  President  is  C.  T.  Turner.  The  initiation-fee  is  $20  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $20. 

The  St.-Anthony  Club  is  a  local  or- 
ganization of  members  of  the  Delta  Psi 
college  fraternity.  Its  mission  is  social,  and 
its  membership  is  limited  to  post-graduate 
members  of  some  chapter  of  the  fraternity. 
It  has  a  modest  club-house  at  29  East  28th 
Street,  near  Madison  Avenue,  which  was  ex- 
tensively remodelled  in  1892.  It  is  of  brick, 
relieved  with  stone,  and  it  occupies  a  single 
lot.  Gouverneur  W.  Morris  is  the  president, 
Frederick  A.  Potts  the  secretary,  and  David 
I.  Jackson  the  treasurer. 

The  Quill  Club,  at  22  West  23d  Street, 
was  organized  in  1890  for  "the  promotion  of 
fellowship  and  interchange  of  views  on  ques- 
tions in  the  domains  of  religion,  morals,  philos- 
ophy, and  sociology,"  formed  of  believers  in 
the  Christian  religion,  members  of  one  of  the 
learned  professions  or  engaged  in  literature. 

r  _  o    =>  ST.-ANTHONY    CLUB,   28TH    STREET     BETWEEN 

The  initiation-fee  is  $3;  yearly  dues  are  $15.  madison  and  fourth  avenues. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


5*3 


The  Grolier  Club,  at  29  East  32c! 
Street,  was  organized  in  1884,  and  in- 
corporated in  1888,  for  "the  literary 
study  and  promotion  of  the  arts  per- 
taining to  the  production  of  books." 
The  building  is  small  and  graceful, 
and  in  the  style  of  the  Renaissance. 
The  club  takes  its  name  from  Jean 
Grolier,  a  great  French  book-lover  of 
the  Renaissance.  It  occasionally  pub- 
lishes books  that  are  models  of  typog- 
raphy, and  not  for  sale  excepting  to 
members,  and  several  times  yearly  ex- 
hibits works  of  art  and  arranges  lec- 
tures germane  to  its  purposes,  to  which 
the  public  is  admitted  by  a  member's 
card.  The  initiation-fees  are  $50  and 
$25;  the  yearly  dues  are  $30 for  resident 
and  $15  for  non-resident  members. 

The  Cosmos  Club,  at  98  Fifth 
Avenue,  was  organized  in  1885,  "for 
the  promotion  of  knowledge  and  social 
intercourse  among  its  members  and 
their  families."  Members  must  have 
read  Humboldt's  Cosmos.  The  initia- 
tion-fee is  $100  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$50  for  resident  and  $25  for  non-resi- 
dent members. 

The  Shakespeare  Society  of 
New  York,  at  Hamilton  Hall,  Col- 
umbia College,  organized  and  incor- 
porated in  1885,  is  formed  of  students  grolier  club,  29  east  32d  street. 
of  Shakespearean  and  Elizabethan  literature.  The  President  is  Appleton  Morgan. 
The  initiation  fee  is  $25  ;  the  annual  dues  are  $5.  The  society  publishes  the  Bank- 
side  Shakespeare,  in  20  volumes,  with  addenda,  besides  original  works  of  reference, 
and  a  magazine,  Shakespeareaua.  J.  O.  Halliwell  Phillips  bequeathed  to  the  society 
his  invaluable  books  and  notes  on  Shakespeare,  with  his  blocks  and  electros,  views, 
curios  and  relics. 

The  Holland  Society  of  New  York  was  organized  and  incorporated  in 
1885,  "to  collect  and  preserve  the  history  of  the  settlement  of  New  York  and  else- 
where in  America  by  the  Dutch  ;  to  collect  documents,  perpetuate  the  memory 
of  Dutch  ancestors,  promote  social  intercourse,  gather  a  library,  and  publish  a  his- 
tory of  the  Dutch  in  America."  It  is  formed  of  descendants  in  the  male  line  only 
of  Dutchmen,  Dutch  settlers,  or  Dutch  citizens  in  America  prior  to  1675.  Mem- 
bers are  elected  by  Trustees.  The  President  is  Judge  Augustus  Van  Wyck.  The 
initiation  fee  is  $5;  the  yearly  dues  are  $5.      There  are   1,000  members. 

The  Players,  at  16  Gramercy  Park,  organized  in  1887,  incorporated  in  1888. 
"  Its  particular  business  and  objects  are  the  promotion  of  social  intercourse  between 
the  representative  members  of  the  Dramatic  profession,  and  of  the  kindred  profes- 
sions of  Literature,  Painting,  Sculpture  and  Music,  and  the  Patrons  of  the  Arts  ; 
33 


5*4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


the  creation  of  a  library  relating  espec- 
ially to  the  history  of  the  American 
Stage,  and  the  preservation  of  pictures, 
bills  of  the  play,  photographs  and  curi- 
osities connected  with  such  history." 
The  club-house,  the  gift  of  Edwin  Booth 
to  the  society,  is  filled  with  paintings  and 
engravings,  scarce  books,  and  relics  of 
the  stage.  Members  are  elected  by  Trus- 
tees. The  President  is  Edwin  Booth  ; 
the  Vice-President,  Augustin  Daly  ;  the 
Secretary,  Brander  Matthews  ;  the  Chair- 
man of  the  House  Committee,  A.  M. 
Palmer. 

The  Aldine  Club,  at  20  Lafayette 
Place,  organized  and  incorporated  in 
1889,  is  formed  of  printers,  publishers, 
authors  and  artists.  The  President  is 
Frank  R.  Stockton.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $100  for  resident,  and  $50  for  non- 
resident members  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$50  for  resident,  and  $25  for  non-resi- 
dent members.  The  club-house  was 
formally    opened     February     12,    1890, 


PLAYERS'    CLUB,    16    GRAMERCY    PARK. 


with 
an  ex- 
hibition of  portraits,  photographs,  and  manuscripts 
of  American  authors.  Exhibitions,  dinners, 
meetings  at  which  celebrated  writers  of  stories 
and  celebrated  speakers  tell  anecdotes  and  recol- 
lections of  men  and  events,  are  distinctive  traits 
of  the  Aldine  Club. 

The  New-York  Press  Club,  at  120  Nassau 
Street,  was  organized  in  1872,  and  incorporated 
in  1874,  for  benevolent  and  social  purposes.  It  is 
formed  of  literary  and  newspaper  men.  The 
President  is  John  A.  Cockerill.  The  initiation 
fee  is  $10;  the  yearly  dues  are  $10.  A  congenial 
dinner,  monthly  informal  receptions  of  prominent 
artists,  musicians  and  players,  a  good  reference 
library,  and  files  of  the  most  important  journals, 
are  distinctive  features  of  the  Press  Club.  The 
membership  is  700. 

The  local  societies  of  college  men  include, 
besides  the  University  Club,  the  following  : 

The  Union-College  Alumni  Association 
was  organized  in  1888  for  "  social  intercourse  and 
mutual  acquaintance  and  the  promotion  of  the 
best  interests  of  Union  College."  It  is  formed  of 
persons  who  have  attended  the  college  for  a  year. 


THE    ALDINE    CLUB,   20    LAFAYETTE    PLACE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


5*5 


The  Yale  Alumni  Association  of  New 
York  aims  "  to  increase  the  acquaintance  among 
Yale  graduates,  to  facilitate  the  entrance  of  young 
graduates  into  active  life,  and  to  promote  the 
interests  of  the  University."  It  is  formed  of 
Yale  graduates.  The  President  is  Chauncey  M. 
Depew. 

The  Delta  Phi  Club,  at  56  East  49th 
Street,  was  organized  in  1884,  and  is  formed  of 
graduate  members  of  the  A  §>  college  fraternity. 
The  President  is  T.  J.  Oakley  Rhinelander. 

The  Delta  Kappa  Epsilon  Club,  at  435 
Fifth  Avenue,  was  formed  in  1885,  anc^  *s  made 
up  of  500  graduate  members  of  the  A  KE  frater- 
nity.     The  President  is  Hon.  Calvin  S.  Price. 

The  Zeta  Psi  Club,  at  45  West  32d  Street, 
was  organized  in  1882,  and  incorporated  in  1886, 
by  graduate  members  of  the  Z  W  college  frater- 
nity.     The  President  is  Austen  G.  Fox. 

The  Sigma  Phi  Club,  at  9  East  27th  Street, 
incorporated  in  1887,  is  formed  of  graduate 
members  of  the  2  $  college  fraternity.  The 
President  is  Daniel  Putterfield.  The  yearly  dues 
are  $5  for  non-resident  and  $20  for  resident 
members. 

The  Psi  Upsilon  Club,  at  ^  West  42d 
Street,  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1886, 
by  graduates  of  the  W  IT  college  fraternity.  The 
President  is  Dr.  George  Henry  Fox.  The  initia- 
tion-fee is  $15  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $25  for  resi- 
dent and  $10  for  non-resident  members. 

The  Del- 
ta Upsi- 
lon Club, 
at  1 42  West 
48th  Street, 


33    WEST    42D    STREET. 


organized 
and  incor- 
porated   in 

l887  IS       NEW-YORK  PRESS  CLUB,    120  NASSAU  STREET. 

formed  of  graduates  of  the  A  T  college 
fraternity.  The  initiation-fee  is  $10  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $20  for  resident  and  $5  for 
non-resident  members. 

The  Alpha  Delta  Phi  Club,  at  226 
Madison  Avenue,  organized  and  incorporated 
in  1890,  is  formed  of  graduate  members  of  the 
A  A  $  college  fraternity.  The  President  is 
Joseph  H.  Choate.  The  initiation-fee  is  $25 
for  resident  and  $10  for  non-resident  members. 


5'6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


*** 


HARVARD  CLUB,  11  WEST  220  STREET. 


The  Harvard  Club  of  New- 
York  City,  at  1 1  West  22d  Street, 
was  organized  in  1865,  and  incor- 
porated in  1887,  "to  advance  the 
interests  of  the  University,  and  to 
promote  social  intercourse  among 
the  alumni  resident  in  New  York 
and  vicinity."  It  is  formed  of 
graduates  of  Harvard  elected  by 
the  club.  The  President  is  Ed- 
ward King,  '53  ;  the  Treasurer,  C. 
H.  Russell,  '72 ;  the  Secretary, 
Evert  Jansen  Wendell,  '82.  The 
annual  Harvard- Club  dinner  as- 
sembles, at  Delmonico's,  in  Febru- 
ary, many  eminent  persons.  A 
fund  is  accumulating  for  a  new 
building. 

The  Congregational,  Univer- 
salist  and  Unitarian  denomina- 
tions each  has  a  powerful  central 
club. 

The  Catholic  Club  of  New  York,  at  120  West  59th  Street,  was  organized  in 
187 1,  and  incorporated  in  1873,  to  advance  Catholic  interests,  to  encourage  the 
study  of  Catholic  literature,  and  for  the  moral  and  intellectual  improvement  of  its 
members.  The  first  story  and  basement  of  the  building  are  of  rustic  stone,  the 
upper  stories  of  Roman  brick  and  terra  cotta.  The  style  is  Early  Italian  Renais- 
sance. The  library  occupies  the  entire  third  story.  It  is  the  best  Catholic  library 
in  the  United  States.  The  Presi- 
dent is  Chailes  V.  Fornes  ;  Vice- 
President,  Joseph  F.  Daly. 

The  Church  Club  was  organ- 
ized in  1887,  "  to  promote  the  study 
of  the  history  and  the  doctrines  of 
the  Church,  and  to  stimulate  the 
efforts  of  Churchmen  for  her  wel- 
fare and  for  the  maintenance  of  the 
faith."  It  is  formed  of  baptized 
laymen  of  the  Episcopal  Church. 
The  President  is  George  Zabriskie. 
The  Clergy  Club,  at  29  Lafay- 
ette Place,  organized  in  1888,  is  a 
social  and  literary  club  of  the  Prot- 
estant Episcopal  clergy.  The  Presi- 
dent is  Bishop  Potter. 

The  Xavier  Club  is  a  powerful 
organization  of  Roman  Catholic 
gentlemen,  with  a  fine  club-house, 
at  29  West  1 6th  Street.  It  is  many- 
sided  in  its  activities  and  aims. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


5*7 


The  Association  of  the 
Bar  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  at  7  West  29th  Street, 
was    organized    in    the    year 

1870,  and     incorporated     in 

1 87 1,  "  for  the  purpose  of 
maintaining  the  honor  and 
dignity  of  the  profession  of 
the  law,  of  cultivating  social 
relations  among  its  members, 
and  increasing  its  usefulness 
in  promoting  the  due  admin- 
istration of  justice."  The 
presidents  have  been  William 
M.  Evarts,  1870  to  1879; 
Stephen  P.  Nash,  1880  and 
1 88 1  ;  Francis  N.  Bangs,  1882 
and  1883  ;  James  C.  Carter, 
1884  and  1885  ;  William  Allen 
Butler,  1886  and  1887;  Joseph 
H.  Choate,  1888  and  1889; 
Frederick  R.  Coudert,  1890 
and  1 89 1  ;  and  Wheeler  H. 
Peckham.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $50  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$40.  The  club-house,  wid- 
ened by  the  addition  of  a  new  building,  is  filled  with  oil-paintings  of  eminent  law- 
yers, and  engraved  portraits  of  famous  judges,  and  contains  the  most  famous  law- 
library  in  America.  The  association  has  standing  committees  on  amendment  of  the 
law,  to  watch  all  proposed  changes  in  the  law,  and  propose  such  amendments  as  in 
their  opinion  should  be  recommended  ;  the  judiciary,  to  observe  the  practical  work- 
ing of  the  judicial  system,  and  to  entertain  and  examine  projects  for  change  or  re- 
form in  the  system,  and  recommend  such  action  as  they  deem  expedient  ;  grievances, 
to  investigate  charges  against  members  of  the  Bar,  whether  or  not  they  are  members 
of  the  association;  and  judicial  nominations,  to  pass  upon  the  qualifications  for 
judicial  office  of  candidates  nominated  by  political  parties. 

The  Lawyers'  Club,  at  120  Broadway,  was  incorporated  in  1887,  to  provide 
a  meeting-place,  lunch-room,  and  library  for  members.  The  President  is  William 
Allen  Butler,  Jr.  Members  are  elected  by  a  Governing  Committee.  There  is  a 
special  dining-room  for  women. 

The  clubs  of  business  men  include  many  strong  organizations. 

The  Electric  Club,  at  17  East  22d  Street,  was  organized  in  1885,  and  incor- 
porated in  1887.  ^  *s  formed  of  persons  interested  in  electrical  science  and  industry, 
and  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  of  the  United  States.  The  initiation-fee  is  $40 
for  active  and  $20  for  associate  members  ;  the  annual  dues  are  $40  for  active  and 
$20  for  associate  members.      The  club-house  contains  a  museum  of  electrical  works. 

The  Insurance  Club,  at  52  Cedar  Street,  is  formed  of  persons  engaged  in  the 
insurance  business.  It  was  incorporated  in  1891.  The  President  is  James  A.  Silvey. 
The  admission-fee  is  $20;  the  yearly  dues  are  $24  for  resident  and  $12  for  non- 
resident members. 


ASSOCIATION    OF   THE    BAR    OF   THE    CITY    OF    NEW     YORK, 
7    WEST    29TH    STREET,   NEAR    FIFTH    AVENUE. 


5*8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Down-Town  Association,  at  60  Pine 
Street,  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  April, 
i860,  to  afford  "facilities  and  accommodations 
for  social  intercourse,  dining  and  meeting  during 
intervals  of  business. "  The  President  is  Samuel 
B.  Babcock.  The  entrance-fee  is  $150  for  resi- 
dent and  $75  for  non-resident  members  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $50  for  resident  and  $25  for  non- 
resident members.  The  club-house  is  elegant 
and  handsomely-  appointed. 

The  Merchants'  Club,  at  108  Leonard 
Street,  was  incorporated  in  1871,  "to  promote 
social  intercourse  among  the  members  thereof, 
and  to  provide  for  them  a  pleasant  place  of  com- 
mon resort  for  entertainment  and  improvement." 
Its  locality  makes  it  an  ideal  place  of  dining  for 
business  men  of  the  dry-goods  district.  ,  The 
initiation-fee  is  $100  ;  the  yearly  subscription  is 
$75.  Members  are  elected  by  the  Board  of 
Directors. 

The  Merchants'  Central  Club,  at  29 
Wooster  Street,  was  organized  and  incorporated 
in  July,  1886,  "to  promote  social  intercourse 
among  the  members,  and  to  provide  for  them  a 
pleasant  place  of  common  resort  for  entertain- 
ment." The  entrance-fee  is  $75  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $50.  Visitors  introduced  by  members  obtain  the  privileges  of  the  club- 
house for  $10  a  month. 

The  Building-Trades'  Club,  at  1 1 7  East  23d  Street,  was  organized  in  1 889,  ' '  to 
maintain  a  club-house  furnished  with  all  the  requirements  for  the  advancement  of 
social  enjoyment  and  encouragement  of  friendly  intercourse  between  the  members 
thereof,  and  to  advocate  the  establishment  of  uniformity  of  action  upon  general  prin- 
ciples, among  those  concerned  in  the  erec- 
tion and  construction  of  buildings."  ,It  is 
formed  of  "employers  in  any  legitimate 
business  connected  with  the  erection  or  fur- 
nishing of  a  building."  The  initiation-fee  is 
$25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $20  for  resident, 
and  $10  for  non-resident  members. 

The  Importers'  and  Traders'  Club, 
at  13  Cedar  Street,  was  organized  in  1 891, 
"  to  promote  a  more  enlarged  and  friendly 
intercourse  between  merchants  and  business, 
men  and  united  action  in  all  matters  of  com- 
mon interest."  The  entrance-fee  is  $35  ; 
the  yearly  dues  are  $50. 

The  Engineers'  Club,  at  10  West 
29th  Street,  although  of  recent  origin  (in- 
corporated in  1888),  has  had  a  steady  and 
constant    advance    as    to    the    number  and  merchants'  club,  108  Leonard  street. 


DOWN-TOWN  ASSOCIATION,   60  PINE  STREET. 


ICING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


5*9 


ENGINEERS'  CLUB,    10  WEST  29TH  STREET. 


standing  of  its  members  equalled  by  but  few  of 

the  many  New- York  clubs.      While  its  aims  are 

purely  social,  it  has  in  its  membership  engineers 

whose  accomplished  work  at  home  and  abroad 

has  made  them  famous.      The  engineer  is  ever  a 

thoughtful  man,  bearing  about  with  him  the  heavy 

responsibilities    of    his    undertakings,    but    here, 

more  than  elsewhere,  he  for  the  time  being  lays 

them    aside    for    social    good    fellowship.       The 

present  membership  is  over  600.      The  president 

is  J.  F.  Holloway,  who  is  president  of  the  cor- 
poration of  Henry  R.  Worthington,  steam-pump 

manufacturers.       The    treasurer    is    Addison    C. 

Rand,  of  the  Rand  Drill  Co. ;  and  the  secretary 

is  David  Williams,  publisher  of  The  Iron  Age. 
There  are  many  clubs  devoted  to  Americans 

of  foreign  origin  or  antecedents,  besides  the  great 

German  social  clubs,  the  Arion  and  Liederkranz 

and  other  musical  societies,  and  the  Turn-verein 

and  other  special  organizations.      Almost  every 

nationality  is  thus  represented,  and  even  the  Japanese  have  their  bright  little  club. 
St.  George's  Club  is  made  up  entirely  of  Englishmen,  and  dates  its  origin  from 

1891. 

The  New-York  Caledonian  Club,  at  8  and  10  Horatio  Street,  was  organized 

in  1856,  and  incorporated  in  186 1,  for  "the  preservation  of  the  ancient  literature  and 

costume,  and  the  encouragement  and  practice  of  the  ancient  games,  of  Scotland." 

It  is  formed  of  Scotchmen  and  sons  of   Scottish  parents.       The  Chief  is  William 

Hogg.     The  initiation-fee  is  f  5  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $3.      The  annual  fall  games,  at 

Jones's  Wood,  are  distinguished 
for  their  athletic  feats,  and  the 
assemblage  of  Scots  from  all  over 
America.  The  Caledonian  built  its 
own  brick  and  stone  club-house. 

St.  Patrick's  Club,  Morton 
House,  was  organized  in  1884  for 
"social  intercourse  among  Irish- 
men, their  descendants,  and  all 
those  friendly  to  the  Irish  peo- 
ple." The  president  is  Edward 
E.  McCall.  The  yearly  dues  are 
$10.  The  club  has  an  annual 
banquet,  on  March  17th. 

The  New-York  Swiss 
Club,  at  80  Clinton  Place,  was 
organized  in  1882,  for  social  and 
literary  intercourse  among  the 
Swiss  residents  of  New  York  and 
their  descendants.  The  President 
is  M.  L.  Muehlemann.  The 
new-york  Caledonian  club,  8  and  10  horatio  street.  yearly  dues  are  $IO. 


520 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK, 


Other  interesting  societies  are  those  formed  by  men  from  other  States,  now 
dwelling  in  the  Empire  City. 

The  New-England  Society,  the  first  of  the  kind  in  America,  was  founded 
in  1805,  by  Watson  and  Woolsey,  Lawrence  and  Dwight,  Wolcott  and  Winthrop, 
and  other  New-England-born  New-Yorkers.  It  is  for  New-Englanders  and  their 
descendants,  and  to  promote  friendship,  charity  and  mutual  assistance ;  and  for 
literary  purposes.  The  membership  is  1,530;  and  the  society's  productive  fund  of 
$85,000  pays  annuities  to  the  widows  and  children  of  deceased  members,  if  in  need. 

The  Ohio  Society  of  New  York,  at  236  Fifth  Avenue,  was  organized  in  1886, 
and  incorporated  in  1888,  "to  cultivate  social  intercourse  among  its  members  and 
to  promote  their  best  interests."  It  is  formed  of  natives  of  Ohio,  sons  of  natives  of 
Ohio,  and  persons  who  have  lived  for  seven  years  in  Ohio.  The  President  is  Wil- 
liam L.  Strong.  The  initiation  fee  is  $20  for  resident  and  $10  for  non-resident 
members  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $15  for  resident   and   $10  for  non-resident  members. 

The  New-York  Southern  Society,  at  18  and  20  West  25th  Street,  was  or- 
ganized in  1886,  "  to  promote  friendly  relations  among  Southern  men  resident  in 
New-York  City,  and  to  cherish  and  perpetuate  the  memories  and  traditions  of  the 
Southern  people."  It  is  formed  of  persons  of  Southern  ancestry,  or  who  resided  in 
the  South  twenty  years  prior  to  1884.      The  initiation-fee  is  $50  for  resident  and 

$10  for  non-resident  mem- 


bers ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$30  for  resident  and  $10 
for  non-resident  members. 

Among  the  clubs  of  mili- 
tary men  are  : — 

The  United  Service 
Club,  at  16  West  31st  Street. 
It  was  organized  and  incor- 
porated in  1889,  of  commis- 
sioned officers  or  ex-officers 
of  the  Army,  Navy,  and  Na- 
tional Guard,  and  graduates 
of  the  U. -S.  Military  and 
Naval  Academies.  The 
President  is  Brig. -Gen.  G. 
H.  McKibben.  The  initia- 
tion-fee is  $25  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $20.  The  mem- 
bership is  nearly  800. 

The  Old  Guard  of  the 
City  of  New  York,  at  the 
northwest  corner  of  Fifth 
Avenue  and  14th  Street,  was 
organized  as  the  Light  Guard 
in  1826,  and  as  the  City 
Guard  in  1833,  and  reorganized  and  incorporated  as  the  Old  Guard  in  1868.  It  is  a 
military  company,  governed  as  the  National  Guard,  but  formed  as  a  club  "  to  afford 
pecuniary  relief  to  indigent  or  reduced  members  and  their  widows  and  children  ;  and 
to  promote  social  union  and  fellowship."  Members  are  over  30  years  of  age,  and 
duly  qualified  by  military  service.     The  initiation-fee  is  $25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 


MMi^mmmistmsmxx^ 


UNITED    SERVICE    CLUB,    16    WEST    31ST    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  521 

$36.  The  President  is  the  Major  of  the  Guard,  George  \V.  McLean.  The  yearly 
Old-Guard  ball  is  a  brilliant  social  festival. 

The  Seventh  Regiment  Veteran  Club,  at  756  Fifth  Avenue,  was  organized 
and  incorporated  in  1889,  and  formed  of  veterans  of  the  Seventh  Regiment,  N.  G., 
S.  N.  Y.,  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  and  active  members  of 
the  Seventh  Regiment.  The  initiation-fee  is  $25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $35.  The 
President  is  Locke  W.  Winchester. 

The  Society  of  the  War  of  1812,  was  incorporated  in  1892,  "  to  inculcate 
love  of  country  and  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  the  glorious  dead  and  of  the  sol- 
diers of  181 2."     The  President  is  Morgan  Dix,  S.  T.  D.,  D.  C.  L. 

The  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic,  a  secret  order,  membership  in  which  is 
open  to  any  Federal  soldier  or  sailor  who  served  honorably  during  the  Civil  War,  is 
very  strong  in  this  city,  although  the  headquarters  of  the  department  of  New  York 
are  at  Albany.  There  are  55  posts  in  New-York  City,  of  which  the  best-known 
are  Phil-Kearny  Post  8,  which  meets  at  117  West  23d  Street;  Abraham-Lincoln, 
13,  at  54  Union  Square  ;  George  G.  Meade  38,  at  501  Hudson  Street ;  Farragut  75, 
at  the  Boulevard  and  74th  Street;  George-Washington  103,  at  Hotel  Brunswick; 
John-A. -Dix  135,  at  33  Union  Square;  Lafayette  140,  at  Masonic  Temple;  and 
Phil-Sheridan  233,  at  1591  Second  Avenue.  The  membership  of  the  order  in  this 
city  is  not  far  from  8,000.  Two  officers  of  the  Department-Commander's  staff  come 
from  this  city.  They  are  the  Junior  Vice-Commander,  William  F.  Kirchner,  of  L.  - 
Aspinwall  Post  600,  and  the  Senior  Aide-de-Camp,  L.  C.  Bartlett,  of  Lafayette 
Post  140.  There  is  in  the  city  a  permanent  relief  and  memorial  committee,  chosen 
from  the  different  posts,  with  headquarters  in  the  basement  of  the  City  Hall.  The 
officers  of  this  committee  are  David  S.  Brown,  of  James-Munroe  Post  607,  chair- 
man; N.  W.  Day,  of  John-A. -Dix  Post  135,  treasurer;  E.  J'.  Atkinson,  of  Horace- 
B. -Claflin  Post  578,  recording  secretary. 

The  Military  Order  of  the  Loyal  Legion  of  the  United  States  is  an 
organization  composed  of  men  who  held  commissions  in  the  army  or  navy,  regular 
or  volunteer,  during  the  Civil  War.  The  headquarters  of  the  Commandery  of  the 
State  of  New  York  are  in  the  Morse  Building,  140  Nassau  Street.  The  organiza- 
tion has  regular  meetings  on  the  first  Wednesdays  in  February,  April,  May,  October 
and  December,  at  Delmonico's.      Gen.  Wager  Swayne  is  the  Commander. 

Political  Clubs  are  numbered  by  the  score,  in  all  grades  of  organization  and  soci- 
ety. The  van  of  the  Democratic  line  is  led  by  the  magnificent  Manhattan  Club  ; 
and  the  Republican  columns  are  marshalled  by  the  sagacious  leaders  of  the  Union 
League  Club. 

The  Tammany  Society,  or  Columbian  Order,  has  a  large  brick  building  on 
East  14th  Street,  with  a  spacious  public  hall.  This  organization  was  formed  in  1789, 
as  a  benevolent  society,  with  many  queer  observances  and  titles  borrowed  from  the 
Indians.  Even  yet  the  two  classes  of  its  members  are  known  as  Braves  and  Sachems, 
and  other  aboriginal  titles  diversify  the  roll  of  officers.  The  membership  is  almost 
identical  with  that  of 

The  Tammany  Hall  General  Committee,  which  is  allowed  by  the  society  to 
occupy  its  building.  This  is  the  most  powerful  and  the  most  skilfully  organized  polit- 
ical organization  in  the  world,  and  practically  holds  the  headship  of  the  Democratic 
party  in  the  city  of  New  York,  besides  being  a  power  in  State  and  National  politics. 
The  General  Committee  is  composed  of  1,100  members;  and  each  election-district 
has  its  local  committee.  The  organization  of  the  entire  Tammany  mechanism  is  so 
perfect  and  so  efficient  that  it  will  probably  control  the  city  for  an  indefinite  period. 


522 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


STREET,    BETWEEf 
THIRD   AVENUE. 


ment  of  West- Side  property.      The  initiation 

The  Harlem  Democratic  Club,  at  15 
East  125th  Street,  was  organized  in  1882, 
"  to  foster  and  disseminate  Democratic  prin- 
ciples." The  initiation-fee  is  $10;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $20. 

The  New-York  Free-Trade  Club,  at 
365  Canal  Street,  was  incorporated  in  1878, 
for  the  ' '  formation  of  a  public  opinion  that 
will  secure  Congressional  action  toward 
freedom  of  commercial  intercourse,  other- 
wise abolition  or  a  reduction  of  the  tariff." 
The  President  is  D.  H.  Chamberlain.  The 
yearly  dues  are  $5. 

The  Lincoln  Club  of  New  York,  at 
56  Clinton  Place,  was  organized  in  1870,  and 
incorporated  in  187 1,  of  persons  who  are 
residents  of  the  city,  citizens  of  the  United 
States,  and  Republicans  in  politics.  The 
President  is  Cornelius  Van  Cott,  postmaster 
of  the  city  of  New  York.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $24. 


The  Democratic  Club  of 
the  City  of  New  York,  at  617 

Fifth  Avenue,  was  organized  in 
1852,  and  incorporated  in  1890, 
"to  foster,  disseminate,  and 
give  effect  to  Democratic  princi- 
ples." The  President  is  John 
H.  V.  Arnold.  The  initiation- 
fee  is  $25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$25  for  resident  members. 

The  Sagamore  Club,  at 
21  West  124th  Street,  incorpor- 
ated in  1889,  is  formed  of  per- 
sons Democratic  in  politics. 
The  entrance-fee  is  $10;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $10. 

The  Iroquois  Club,  at  4 
West  13th  Street,  was  organized 
and  incorporated  in  1889.  It 
is  formed  of  persons  Democratic 
in  politics.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $25;  the  yearly  dues  are  $13. 

The  West-Side  Demo- 
cratic Club,  at  59  West  96th 
Street,  was  incorporated  in 
1892,  for  the  promotion  of  Dem- 
ocratic political  ideas  and  the 
protection  and  secure  develop- 
fee  is  $10  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12. 


SAGAMORE    CLUB,   21    WEST    124TH   STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


523 


The    Republican   Club,   at   450 

Fifth  Avenue,  was  organized  in  1879, 
and  incorporated  in  1886,  "  to  advo- 
cate, promote  and  maintain  the  princi- 
ples of  the  Republican  party."  The 
President  is  James  A.  Blanchard.  The 
initiation-fee  is  $50  for  resident  and 
$25  for  non-resident  members. 

The  Harlem  Republican  Club, 
at  145-147  West  125th  Street,  was  or- 
ganized in  1887,  and  incorporated  in 
1888,  "  to  advocate  and  maintain  the 
principles  of  Republicanism  as  enun- 
ciated by  the  party."  The  initiation- 
fee  is  $10  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12  for 
resident  and  $6  for  non-resident  mem- 
bers. 

The  William  H.  Seward  Club, 
was  organized  in  1888,  and  incorpor- 
ated in  1890,  "to  honor  and  perpetu- 
ate the  memory  of  William  II.  Seward, 
and    to    collect    and    preserve    in    the  republican  club,  45o  fifth  avenue. 

archives  of  the  club  everything  appertaining  to  his  public  and  private  life  ;  and  to 
advocate  and  maintain  the  principles  of  the  Republican  party."  The  President  is 
William  M.  Evarts. 

The  City  Reform  Club,  at  47  Cedar  Street,  is  a  non-partisan  municipal  organ- 
ization, founded  in  1882.  Its  objects  are  to  promote  honesty  and  efficiency  in 
municipal  affairs,  and  to  secure  honest  elections,  and  to  issue  publications  upon  these 
subjects,  and  an  annual  record  of  the  members  of  the  Legislature,  in  book  form.  It 
makes  a  specialty  of  securing  and  preserving  information  bearing  upon  all  these  sub- 
jects, which  in- 
formation is  im- 
parted to  those 
wishing  to  use  it 
for  proper  pur- 
poses. The  club 
has  a  small  active 
and  large  sub- 
scribing member- 
ship. 

The  Com- 
monwealth 
Club  was  organ- 
ized in  1886,  for 
the  discussion  of 
political  and 
economical  ques- 
tions at  monthly 
dinners.  The 
members  are  com- 


REFORM    CLUB,   FIFTH    AVENUE   AND   27TH   STHEET. 


524 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


mitted  to  the  principles  of  civil-service  reform,  and  assert  the  right  of  individual 
action  in  politics.  The  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  is  Hon.  Carl  Schurz. 
The  initiation-fee  is  $5  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $3. 

The  Reform  Club,  at  the  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street,  has  a  brick 
building  with  brownstone  trimmings  at  the  bay  windows  on  the  avenue  and  the 
entrance  on  the  street,  widened  by  the  addition  of  a  new  building  on  the  street.  It 
was  organized  in  1888  "to  promote  honest,  efficient  and  economical  government." 
The  President  is  E.  Ellery  Anderson.  The  initiation-fee  is  $25  ;  the  yearly  dues 
are  $40  for  resident,  and  $10  for  non-resident  members. 

The  City  Club  was  organized  in  1892,  as  an  "anti-bad-city-government  club." 
The  President  is  James  C.  Carter. 

The  City  Improvement  Society  was  organized  in  1892,  for  the  improvement 
of  the  condition  of  the  streets,  the  prevention  of  extortion  by  cab-drivers,  the  care 
of  the  public  parks,  the  inspection  and  improvement  of  tenement-houses,  the  in- 
spection of  theatres  and  public  buildings,  and,  in  general,  to  aid  the  authorities  in 
their  efforts  to  make  the  city  a  more  cleanly,  healthful  and  pleasant  place  of  resi- 
dence.     The  headquarters  is  at  126  East  23d  Street. 

The  Athletic  Clubs  of  New  York  include  some  of  the  famous  record-breakers 
of  the  world,  and  have   spacious,  beautiful  and  admirably  arranged  houses.      The 

Berkeley,  Cale- 
donian, Y.  M.  C. 
A.,  West  -  Side, 
Oly  m  pic  and 
other  societies 
give  much  atten- 
tion to  athletics, 
and  there  are  sev- 
eral capital  pri- 
vate gymnasiums. 
The  grounds  of 
the  New -York 
Base  -  Ball  Club 
("The  Giants") 
are  at  Eighth 
Avenue  and  157th 
Street. 

The  Man- 
hattan Athletic 
Club, at  the  south- 
east corner  o  f 
Madison  Avenue 
and  45th  Street, 
was  organized  in 
1877,  and  incor- 
porated in  1878, 
"for  the  encour- 
agement of  ath- 
letic exercises  and 
games,  and  to  pro- 

MANHATTAN    ATHLETIC    CLUB,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    45TH    STREET.  mOte  physical  CUi- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


525 


ture  and  social  intercourse  among  its  members.  The  President  is  George  W.  Carr. 
The  magnificent  iron  and  stone  club-house  is  said  to  be  the  finest  and  most  costly  of 
its  kind  in  the  world,  and  exemplifies  the  Renaissance  style,  with  a  little  of  Flamboy- 
ant Gothic.  It  has  a  swimming-tank  in  the  basement,  a  concert-hall  and  a  roof- 
garden,  besides  the  complete  appurtenances  of  a  perfect  athletic  and  perfect  social 
club.  The  club  has  an  eight  years'  lease  of  Manhattan  Field,  which  is  said  to  be 
the  finest  athletic  plant  on  the  globe.  It  is  here  that  the  big  athletic  and  college 
field  and  track  events  are  held.  The  club  has  under  contemplation  the  purchase  of 
a  summer-home.     There  are  about  3,000  members. 

The  New-York  Athletic  Club,  at  West  55th  Street  and  Sixth  Avenue,  was 
organized  in  1868,  and  incorporated  in  1870,  for  "  the  promotion  of  amateur  ath- 
letics, physical  culture  and 
the  encouragement  of  ad 
manner  of  sport."  The 
President  is  Bartow  S. 
Weeks.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $100  ;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$50  for  resident  members, 
$20  for  resident  athletic,. and 
$10  for  non-resident  athletic 
members.  The  magnificent 
four-story  brick  club-house 
has  bowling-alleys,  baths 
and  a  swimming-tank  in  the 
basement ;  dining  -  rooms, 
parlors  and  reading-rooms 
on  the  first  floor;  1,100 
lockers  on  the  second  floor, 
and  boxing  and  dressing- 
rooms  ;  a  rubber  running- 
track  around  the  grand 
gymnasium  on  the  third 
floor,  beside  the  admirable 
equipments.  Travers  Isl- 
and, near  New  Rochelle,  is  the  property  of  the  club,  and  contains  a  country  club- 
house, boat-houses,  a  track  and  athletic  field.  The  cycle  department  of  the  club  is 
at  26  West  60th  Street.      The  membership  of  the  N. -Y.  A.  C.  is  2,900. 

The  University  Athletic  Club,  at  55  West  26th  Street,  in  the  building  for- 
merly occupied  by  the  Racquet  Club,  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  189 1,  "to 
furnish  athletic  facilities  for  its  members,  and  to  cultivate  a  love  for  athletic  sports 
in  the  amateur  spirit,  without  a  trace  of  professionalism."  Members  must  be  gradu- 
ates of  colleges  where  at  least  three  years  of  residence  and  study  are  required.  The 
President  is  George  A.  Adee.  The  yearly  dues  are  $50  for  resident  and  $25  for  non- 
resident members. 

The  American  Actors'  Amateur  Athletic  Association,  at  43  West  28th 
Street,  was  organized  in  1889,  and  incorporated  in  1890,  for  the  "encouragement  of 
athletic  sports  among  actors,  and  for  social  purposes."  The  initiation-fee  is  $25; 
the  yearly  dues  are  $12.      It  is  usually  called  the  Five  A's. 

The  Pastime  Athletic  Club,  at  66th  Street  and  East  River,  was  organized  in 
1877,  and  incorporated  in  1891,  "to  encourage  all  out  and  in-door  exercises,  and  to 


:%.-*'  Y,*^^. 


■%i  ,^^    ........ 


Ntw-YUKK    ATHLETIC    CLUB,    SIXTH    AVENUE    AND    WtST 


526 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


RACQUET    AND    TENNIS    CLUB,     27    WEST    43D    STREET. 


promote  the  social  interests 
of  its  members. "  The  initia- 
tion-fee is  $3  ;  the  yearly 
dues  are  $6. 

The  Racquet  and 
Tennis  Club,  at  27  West 
43d  Street,  stands  "for  the 
encouragement  of  all  manly 
sports  among  its  members." 
The  President  is  Isaac 
Townsend.  The  initiation- 
fee  is  $100;  the  yearly  dues 
are  $75  for  resident  and  $40 
for  non-resident  members. 
The  club-house  is  of  Long- 
meadow  stone,  Pompeian 
brick  and  terra  cotta,  in  the 
Romanesque  style.  The  sec- 
ond story  has  the  racquet- 
courts,  the  third  the  gymnasium,  and  the  fourth  the  tennis-courts  ;  and  there  are  all 
the  appurtenances  of  a  delightful  social  club. 

The  Central  Turn-Verein  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1886  for  physi- 
cal culture.      The  initiation-fee  is  $5  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $9  for  active  and  $12  for 
passive    members.      The    President  is  Dr. 
H.  A.  C.  Anderson. 

The  Central  Turn-Verein  has  a  mag- 
nificent new  German  Renaissance  build- 
ing, modern  and  fire-proof,  extending  from 
205  to  217  East  67th  Street,  near  Third 
Avenue,  six  stories  high,  and  covering  a 
ground-area  of  175  by  104  feet.  It  cost  in 
the  vicinity  of  $700,000.  Among  the  in- 
terior equipments  are  admirable  rooms  for 
swimming,  shooting,  fencing,  bowling,  and 
schools  ;  a  huge  gymnasium,  with  all  kinds 
of  apparatus  ;  a  library  and  reading-room  ; 
meeting-rooms,  a  restaurant,  a  theatre,  and 
the  largest  ball-room  in  the  city. 

The  New-York  Turn-Verein,  at  66 
and  68  East  4th  Street,  was  organized  in 
1849,  and  incorporated  in  1857,  "  for 
mental  and  physical  education  and  for  the 
relief  of  members  in  case  of  sickness  or 
distress."  Members  must  be  citizens  of 
the  United  States.  The  initiation-fee  is 
$5  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $6. 

Yachting  is  one  of  the  most  popular 
amusements  of  a  New- York  summer,  and 
there  are  more  than  a  score  of  clubs  here. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


527 


The  patriarch  of  these  is  the  famous 
old  New- York  Yacht  Club  ;  and  the 
American  Yacht  Club,  with  its  splendid 
fleet  of  steam-yachts,  is  also  of  great 
interest. 

The  New-York  Yacht-Club  is 
the  foremost  and  the  oldest  yachting 
organization  in  the  country.  It  was 
organized  in  1844,  and  incorporated  in 
1845.  Its  club-house  is  at  67  Madison 
Avenue,  New  York  ;  its  general  ren- 
dezvous, off  Bay  Ridge,  just  inside  the 
Narrows  ;  its  racing-course,  from  Bay 
Ridge  to  Sandy-Hook  Bay,  and  thence 
to  Sandy-Hook  light-ship,  and  return. 
Its  membership-roll  includes  the  best- 
known  amateur  sailors  and  yacht-own- 
ers in  the  East.  Its  fleet  numbers 
nearly  300  steam  and  sailing  vessels, 
many  of  which  are  famous  for  speed  or 
cruising  qualities.  One  of  the  principal 
yachting  events  of  the  year  is  the  an- 
nual cruise  of  the  New-York  Yacht 
Club,  which  begins  early  in  August,  and  new-york  turn-verein,  66  and  68  east  4th  street. 
extends  generally  to  Marblehead,  Mass.,  with  calls  of  some  length  at  Newport  and 
Martha's  Vineyard.  It  lasts  for  two  weeks  or  more.  The  club  is  the  custodian  of  the 
famous  "  America  Cup,"  and  under  its  auspices  have  been  sailed  all  the  international 
races,  in  which  English  yachtsmen  have  attempted  to  win  the  cup.  The  entrance- 
fee  is  $100  ;  the  yearly  dues  $25.  The  officers  of  the  club  are  Elbridge  T.  Gerry, 
Commodore  ;  V.  S.  Oddie,  Secretary  ;  Frank  W.  J.  Hurst,  Treasurer. 

The  American  Yacht-Club  has  its  principal  rendezvous  and  club-home  at 
Milton  Point,  on  Long-Island  Sound,  some  distance  beyond  the  city  limits,  but  it  is 
distinctively  a  New-York  organization,  and  its  business  meetings  are  held  in  the  city. 
Jay  Gould,  George  Gould,  Washington  E.  Conner,  the  Vanderbilts,  the  Aspinwalls, 
and  other  owners  of  palatial  pleasure-craft,  are  among  the  members.     The  officers  are 

Frank  R.  Lawrence,  Commodore ;   Thomas  L.  Sco- 
ville,  Secretary,  and  George  W.  Hall,  Treasurer. 

The  Seawanhaka  Corinthian  Yacht  Club, 
at  7  East  32d  Street,  was  organized  in  1 87 1,  and  in- 
corporated in  1887,  to  encourage  its  members  "in 
becoming  proficient  in  navigation,  in  the  personal 
management,  control  and  handling  of  their  yachts  ; 
and  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  seamanship."  The 
club  has  a  house  at  Bay  Ridge,  L.  I.  The  Com- 
modore is  George  H.  B.  Hill.  The  initiation-fee  is 
$100  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $50. 

The  Columbia  Yacht  Club,  at  86th  Street  and 
the  Hudson  River,  was  organized  in  1867,  and  incor- 
porated in  1860  and  188^.      The  initiation-fee  is  $c  ; 

SEAWANHAKA  CORINTHIAN   YACHT  CLUB,  ,  hk 

7  east  32d  street.  the  annual  dues  are  $12. 


528 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Audubon  Yacht  Club  was  organized  in  1890.  The  initiation-fee  is  $5; 
the  annual  dues  are  $6.  Grounds  have  been  procured  for  a  new  club-house,  at  the 
foot  of  West  147th  Street. 

The  boat-clubs  include  the  Bloomingdale,  Walhalla,  Gramercy,  Friendship  and 
others,  and  the  following  named  : 

The  Knickerbocker  Canoe  Club,  at  the  foot  of  West  I52d  Street,  Hudson 
River,  was  organized  in  1880,  and  incorporated  in  1884,  "to  promote  canoeing, 
sailing  and  racing."  The  initiation-fee  is  $20  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12  for  active 
and  $5  for  associate  members.  The  New- York  Canoe  Club  has  its  house  at  Staple- 
ton,  Staten  Island. 

The  Atalanta  Boat  Club  was  organized  in  1848,  and  incorporated  in  1866,  "  to 
improve,  encourage  and  perpetuate  the  healthful  exercise  of  rowing,  and  to  promote 
the  cultivation  of  social  intercourse  among  its  members."  The  club  has  a  boat-house 
on  the  Harlem,  and  rooms  at  574  Fifth  Avenue. 

The  Dauntless  Rowing  Club,  at  147th  Street  and  Lenox  Avenue,  was  organ- 
ized in  1863,  and  incorporated  in  1880,  for  "the  promotion  of  rowing,  athletics  and 
social  intercourse."     The  initiation-fee  is  $10;  the  yearly  dues  are  $24. 

The  Nassau  Boat  Club,  at  East  I32d  Street  and  the  Harlem  River,  was  organ- 
ized in  1867,  and  incorporated  in  1868.  The  initiation-fee  is  $10;  the  yearly  dues 
are  $25. 

The  Nonpareil  Rowing  Club,  at  I32d  Street  and  the  Harlem  River,  was 
organized  in  1874  for  aquatic  and  athletic  sports.  The  initiation-fee  is  $20;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $15. 

The  Union  Boat  Club,  at  140th  Street  and  the  Harlem  River,  was  organized  in 
1878,  and  incorporated  in  1882.  Members  must  be  Christians.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $20;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12. 

The  Waverley  Boat  Club,  at  156th  Street  and  the  Hudson  River,  was  organized 
in  1859.      The  initiation-fee  is  $10;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12. 

The  Metropolitan  Rowing  Club,  on  the  Harlem  River,  was  organized  in  1880. 
The  initiation-fee  is  $10;  the  yearly  dues  are  §18. 

The  Wyanoke  Boat  Club,  at  East  I32d  Street  and  the  Harlem  River,  was 

organized  in  1878, 
and  incorporated  in 
1885.  The  initia- 
tion-fee is  $10  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $  1 5. 
The  Wheel- 
men's Clubs,  be- 
sides the  New- 
York,  Citizens'  and 
Harlem,  are  : 

The  Manhat- 
tan Bicycle  Club, 
organized  in  1 887, 
and  incorporated  in 
1888,  "to  promote 
cycling  as  a  pastime 
and  pleasure,  ' ' 
formed  of  persons 
eligible  to  member- 


. 


l!M.*fw'i; 


RIDINS  CLUB.  TBOOP  A. 

RIDING    CLUB    AND    TROOP    A    ARMORY,    130    WEST    56TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK'  OF  NEW    YORK. 


529 


ship  in  the  League  of  American  Wheel- 
men, and  amateurs  as  defined  by  the 
L.  A.  W.  rules.  The  yearly  dues  are 
$24  for  resident,  and  $6  for  non-resi- 
dent members. 

The  Gotham  Wheelmen,  at  54 
East  79th  Street,  was  organized  and 
incorporated  in  1890,  "for  the  promo- 
tion of  cycling  as  a  pastime,  and  for 
social  intercourse  among  its  members." 
The  initiation-fee  is  $5  for  men,  and 
$10  for  women;  the  yearly  dues  are 
$18  for  resident,  and  $9  for  non-resi- 
dent members. 

The  Riverside  Wheelmen,  at 
138  West  104th  Street,  incorporated  in 
1889,  exclude  professionals  under  the 
L.  A.  W.  rules,  and  members  of  other 
bicycle  clubs.  The  initiation-fee  is 
$5  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $24  for  resi- 
dent, and  $6  for  non-resident  members. 

Among  the  clubs  of  lovers  of  eques- 
trian exercise  are  : 

The  New- York  Riding  Club, 
at  Durland's  Academy,  Central  Park 
West,  organized  in  1873,  incorporated 
in  1883,  for  improvement  in  the  art  of 
riding.  The  initiation-fee  is  $100  ;  the 
yearly  dues  are  $50. 

The  Riding  Club,  at  7  East  58th 
Street,  was  organized  in  1882,  and  in- 
corporated in  1883,  and  has  a  special 
and  graceful  building.  The  President 
is  H.  H.  Hollister.  The  initiation-fee 
is  $200  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $100. 

Shooting  Clubs,  besides  the 
Amateur  Rifle  Club,  and  the  St.  Nich- 
olas Gun  Club,  includes  : 

The  Deutsch  -  Amerikanische 
Schuetzen  Gesellschaft,  the  central  organization  of  the  German  shooting-clubs 
in  New  York  and  the  adjacent  cities,  the  ranges  and  shooting-grounds  of  which  are 
mainly  on  the  western  end  of  Long  Island,  to  the  south  and  east  of  Brooklyn.  It 
has  a  fine  club-house  at  12  St.  Mark's  Place,  near  Third  Avenue,  which  contains, 
besides  the  usual  club-apartments,  a  large  hall  for  social  assemblies. 

The  Washington-Heights  Gun  Club,  at  Fort-Washington  Hotel,  was 
organized  in  1878  "to  perpetuate  the  use  of  the  rifle  and  shot-gun  in  the  city  of 
New  York  and  vicinity."     The  initiation-fee  is  $5  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $12. 

The  city  also  has  clubs  for  fishing,  bowling,  racquet,  tennis,  cricket,  base-ball, 
and  other  active  amusements,  besides  others  devoted  to  the  more  sedentary  amuse- 
ments of  chess,  whist  and  the  like. 
34 


loon-AMtKli\ANISCH£    SCHUETZEN    GESELLsOHAFT, 
12   8T.    MARK'S    PLACE,    NEAR    THIRD   AVENUE. 


53° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


The  Fencers'  Club,  at  8  West  28th  Street,  was  organized  in  1883  for  the 
encouragement  of  fencing  in  the  United  States.  The  President  is  Charles  de  Kay. 
The  initiation-fee  is  $50  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $30  for  resident  and  $15  for  non- 
resident members. 

There  are  societies  devoted  to  the  English  beagle,  the  fox  terrier,  the  mastiff,  and 
the  spaniel ;  and  to  Jersey  cattle.      The  Westminster  Kennel  Club,  the  American  and 
Long-Island  Jockey  Clubs,  and  the   Monmouth-Park  Association,  and  many  other 
societies  of  this  class  are  very  useful  in  their  way. 
Among  the  clubs  of  women  are  these  : 

Sorosis,  at  212  Fifth  Avenue,  was  organized  in  1868,  for  "the  promotion  of 
agreeable  and  useful  relations  among  women  of  literary,  artistic  and  scientific  tastes  ; 
the  discussion  and  dissemination  of  principles  and  facts  which  promise  to  exert  a 
salutary  influence  on  women  and  on  society."  Dr.  Jennie  de  la  H.  Lozier  is  Presi- 
dent.     The  initiation-fee  is  if  25  ;  the  yearly  dues  are  $5. 

The  Meridan  Club,  at  the  Fifth- Avenue  Hotel,  was  organized  in  1886,  "to 
discuss  social,  economical  and  literary  topics  for  men  and  women  only,  limited  in 
number  to  thirty.  Every  member  may  bring  guests,  but  all  are  committed  to  secrecy 
about  the  proceedings  at  meetings.  There  are  no  fixed  dues  ;  members  are  assessed 
for  actual  expenses.      The  Secretary  is  Mrs.  Rossiter  Johnson. 

The  Berkeley  Ladies'  Athletic  Club,  at  23  West  44th  Street,  was  organized 
in  1890,  "for  the  promotion  of  physical  culture,  the  encouragement  of  athletic  sports 
and  the  increase  of  means  of  recreation  for  women."     The  President  is  Mrs.  Arthur 

Brooks.  The  in- 
itiation-fee is  $25; 
the  yearly  dues 
are  $40  for  resi- 
dent and  $25  for 
non-resident 
members. 

The  Wom- 
en's Press  Club, 
in  West  18th 
Street,  was  organ- 
ized in  1890  by 
women  engaged 
in  literary  and  art 
work.  The  presi- 
dent is  Jennie 
June  Croly. 

The  Ladies' 
New-York 
Club,  at  28  East 
22d  Street,  was 
organized  in  1 889. 
The  admission  - 
fee  is  $ 20 ;  the 
yearly    dues     are 

An     unclassi- 

MASONIC    HALL,    230    STREET    AND    SIXTH   AVENUE.  fied  club  is  : 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


53' 


The    Thirteen    Club, 

incorporated  in  1882,  "to 
combat  superstitious  be- 
liefs," especially  the  one 
relative  to  the  presence  of 
thirteen  persons  at  one  table 
at  dinner.  The  club  exerts 
itself  to  prevent  the  choice 
of  Friday  for  sentences  of 
criminals,  makes  of  13  a 
favorite  number,  publishes 
essays,  speeches,  and  reports 
of  its  meetings,  and  is  doubt- 
less one  of  the  most  per- 
sistently advertised  clubs  in 
New  York.  The  dues  are 
trivial.  The  expenses  of 
monthly  dinners  are  assessed 
on  the  members  present. 

There  are  a  hundred 
secret  and  mutual  benefit 
societies. 

The  Masonic  Temple, 
at  the  northeast  corner  of 
Sixth  Avenue  and  23d  Street, 
is  a  granite  building,  the  portico  of  which  has 
ing  was  erected  and  is  owned  by  the  fraternity 
State  of  New  York.      The  corner-stone  was 


SCOTTISH    RITE    HALL,    MADISON    AVENUE    AND    29th    STREE 


ARLINGTON    HALL,   21    ST.    MARK'S    PLACE. 


coupled  Doric  columns.  The  build- 
of  Free  and  Accepted  Masons  of  the 
laid  June  8,  1870,  and  the  building 
dedicated  June  2,  1875.  Ninety 
lodges  meet  regularly  in  the  build- 
ing, and  the  Grand  Lodge  meets 
there  annually  on  the  first  Tues- 
day in  June.  In  addition,  a  num- 
ber of  Chapters  of  Royal  Arch 
Masons,  Councils  of  Royal  and 
Select  Masters,  Commanderies  of 
Knights  Templar,  and  Chapters 
of  the  Order  of  the  Eastern  Star, 
meet  there  regularly.  The  Temple 
contains  a  valuable  Masonic 
library  and  museum. 

Scottish  Rite  Hall,  at  Madi- 
son Avenue  and  29th  Street,  was 
formerly  the  Rutgers  Presbyterian 
Church.  The  building  was  pur- 
chased in  1 888,  and  slightly  altered 
in  its  interior,  for  the  purpose  of 
the  Mystic  Shrine,  which  confers 
the  thirty -second  degree  in 
masonry.      There  is  the   original 


532 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


jewel  of  the  Mystic  Shrine,  which  was  presented  to  W.  J.  Florence  at  Cairo,  in  Egypt. 

In  a  valuable  collection  of  photographs  which  the  Lodge  preserves  is  material  for 

an  interesting  biographical  record. 

The  Odd   Fellows,  enumerate  more  than  150  lodges  in  New-York  City.     The 

headquarters  are  at  853  Broadway.      The  German  Odd  Fellows  have  a  building  at 

69  St.  Mark's  Place. 

Various  Other  Clubs  and  Societies  include  an  infinity  of  debating  societies, 

reading  clubs,  music  clubs,  amateur  dramatic  clubs,  clubs  that  meet  only  at  a  dinner 

every  year,  like  the  New-England  Society,  the  St. -Nicholas  Society,  and  the  Loyal 

Legion  ;    clubs  of  cooks,   and  clubs  of  vegetarians ;    clubs  like  the  One  Hundred 

and  Sixty  Exclusives  among  the  Four 
Hundred,  noted  by  Ward  McAllister. 
There  are  even  clubs  of  club-haters, 
for  the  New-Yorkers  lack  the  capacity 
not  to  form  clubs  and  cults.  When 
they  are  agnostics  they  hire  a  hall 
which  becomes  a  temple  where  Vol- 
taire and  Paine  are  worshipped  ;  when 
they  are  club-haters,  they  must  meet 
and  form  variations  of  an  Ant i- Club 
Club. 

In  this  Paris  of  the  New  World,  the 
tendency  is  to  social  life,  to  fraternal 
union,  to  manifold  forms  of  confedera- 
tion. There  is  little  opportunity  here 
for  ascetic  seclusion,  or  for  withdrawal 
from  the  brightening  attrition  of  hu- 
manity. There  is  also  little  inclination 
for  such  separation.  The  air  of  the 
metropolis  is  full  of  mercurial  activi- 
ties, and  gregariousness  becomes  in- 
evitable. Hence  the  multiplication  of 
clubs,  or  places  for  the  reunion  of 
kindred  spirits,  of  brothers  in  art,  lit- 
erature, music,  war's  alarms/athletics, 
and  religious  efforts,  as  well  as  in  the 
pleasures  of  the  table  and  the  billiard- 
room. 

The  clubs  of  New  York,  like  those 
of  London,  have  plenty  of  gossips, 
and  their  windows  are  favorite  places 
from  which  to  watch  the  world's  pass- 
ing show,  and  to  comment  upon  its 
actors.  But  among  these  great  asso- 
ciations of  gentlemen  scandals  are 
almost  unknown,  and  a  general  sereni- 
ty pervades  the  air  in  their  fraternal 
halls. 


GERMAN    ODD    FELLOWS    HALL 


MARK'S    PLACE. 


Amusement  Places 


Play-Houses,    Opera»Houses,    Theatres,    Public    Malls, 

Lyceums,    Etc. 


AMONG  all  the  cities  of  America  New  York  stands  first  in  the  strength  and 
scope  of  its  interest  in  the  drama.  There  is  good  reason,  too,  for  claiming 
first  position  in  the  world,  for,  aside  from  its  purely  local  enterprises,  New  York  is 
distinctly  a  metropolis  in  the  dramatic  field.  It  is  the  great  clearing-house  and  out- 
fitting depot  for  the  theatrical  enterprises  of  the  entire  continent.  In  this  respect 
it  is  a  city  of  greater  importance  than  London,  Paris,  Berlin  or  Vienna.  As  many 
new  plays  are  produced  in  New  York  in  a  season  as  are  brought  forward  in  London 
or  Paris.  Occasionally  four,  five  and  even  six  new  plays  are  put  on  at  different 
theatres  on  a  single  Monday  night.  Then,  too,  New  York  is  the  only  city  in  the 
world  in  which  the  music  drama,  or  grand  opera,  is  maintained  as  a  permanent  insti- 
tution without  assistance  from  a  public  or  royal  treasury. 

In  its  business  phase  the  drama  is  of  great  importance  in  New  York.  There  are 
in  the  city  thirty-four  houses  at  which  regular  dramatic  or  operatic  performances  are 
given,  with  the  accessories  of  stage  scenery  and  drop  curtains,  and  at  which  no  other 
inducements  than  the  regular  performances  are  held  out  to  patrons.  Four  new 
theatres,  all  of  the  first  class,  are  either  in  process  of  construction,  or  have  been 
planned  to  that  degree  of  certainty  that  makes  it  safe  to  predict  their  erection  within 
a  year.  Including  as  theatres  all  houses  which  have  more  or  less  distinctly  defined 
claims  to  the  title,  and  at  which  variety  or  vaudeville  performances  are  given,  the 
number  in  the  city  of  New  York  is  about  fifty.  The  people  of  the  city  and  its  visi- 
tors pay  upward  of  $5,000,000  a  year  for  theatrical  amusement.  There  is  printed 
in  any  one  of  several  of  its  leading  newspapers,  in  a  year,  as  much  matter,  critical, 
descriptive  and  narrative,  concerning  plays  and  players,  as  would  make  a  volume  of 
perhaps  twice  the  size  of  this  "King's  Handbook."  The  theatrical  managers  pay 
to  the  proprietors  of  the  newspapers  about  $400,000  each  year  for  advertising  space. 
Several  hundred  reputable  actors  and  actresses  find  permanent  employment  in  New 
York.  Many  thousands  regard  this  city  as  their  home,  and  every  year  return  to  it 
to  secure  their  employment  for  the  following  season.  All  America  looks  to  New 
York  for  its  dramatic  entertainment.  Nearly  all  the  large  theatrical  companies 
which  travel  over  the  continent  are  organized,  drilled  and  fitted  out  here. 
Eight  or  ten  men,  whose  desks  are  located  within  a  circle  of  a  radius  of  a  quarter  of 
a  mile,  allot,  six  months  or  a  year  in  advance,  the  main  part  of  the  theatrical  amuse- 
ment to  nearly  every  city  and  town  in  America  for  a  whole  season.  In  the  business 
aspect  of  the  drama  New  York  is  the  first  city  in  America.  The  purely  artistic 
aspect  is  inseparable  from  the  business  phase. 

Dramatic  history  in  New  York  began  more  than  a  century  and  a  half  ago.  Col. 
T.  Allston  Brown,  who  has  written  extensively  on  the  history  of  American  theatres 


534  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

for  the  New  York  Clipper,  and  who  is  recognized  as  an  authority  on  the  subject, 
avers  that  the  first  dramatic  performance  ever  seen  in  America  was  given  in  New 
York  during  the  last  week  in  September,  1732.  A  group  of  actors  who  came  from 
England  formed  the  nucleus  of  a  company,  in  which  there  were  also  a  number  of 
amateurs,  and  an  upper  room  in  some  building  which  cannot  be  definitely  located 
served  them  for  a  theatre.  The  company  gave  three  performances  a  week  for  about 
a  month,  and  then  disbanded.  It  re-assembled  in  December  of  the  same  year  and 
held  together  for  a  short  time.  The  Recruiting  Officer  was  one  of  the  plays  presented 
in  those  early  days. 

The  first  play-house  erected  as  such  in  New  York  was  the  Nassau-Street  Thea- 
tre, and  its  site  was  on  the  east  side  of  Nassau  Street  —  then  called  Kip  —  between 
John  Street  and  Maiden  Lane.  It  was  a  wooden  building,  and  it  belonged  to  the 
estate  of  the  Hon.  Rip  Van  Dam.  It  was  opened  on  March  5,  1750.  Kean  and 
Murray  were  the  managers,  and  the  play  for  the  first  night  w 'as  Richard III.  .  There 
were  performances  twice  a  week,  and  the  season  lasted  for  five  months.  This  house 
gave  place  to  a  new  one,  built  in  1753,  by  Lewis  and  William  Hallem,  the  one  a 
manager,  the  other  an  actor  ;  but  in  a  few  years  the  new  house  was  converted  into  a 
church  for  the  use  of  the  German  Calvinists.      The  building  was  torn  down  in  1765. 

One  David  Douglass  built,  in  1 761,  a  theatre  at  Nassau  and  Beekman  Streets, 
where  Temple  Court  now  stands,  at  which,  on  November  26th  of  that  year,  Hamlet 
was  presented  for  the  first  time  in  America.  It  is  interesting  to  know  that  the  cost 
of  this  play-house  was  $1,625,  and  yet  it  was  a  theatre  of  fair  proportion,  for  the 
dimensions  are  given  as  90  by  40  feet.  This  establishment  was  very  nearly  demol- 
ished by  a  mob  which  assembled  to  express  disapproval  of  the  Stamp  Act,  in  1764. 

The  John-Street  Theatre,  erected  in  1767,  and  opened  on  December  7th,  was 
the  first  of  the  really  fam'ous  play-houses  of  New  York.  Its  location  was  on  the  north 
side  of  John  Street,  six  doors  from  Broadway.  It  was  the  leading  theatre,  and  at 
times  the  only  one,  for  thirty-one  years.  Good  work  in  the  cause  of  the  drama  was 
done  on  its  stage,  for  among  the  plays  brought  forward  were  The  Beaux'  Stratagem, 
Richard  III. ,  Hamlet,  Cymbeline,  The  Busy-Body,  A  Clandestine  Marriage,  Romeo 
and  Juliet,  Othello,  Jane  Shazv  and  The  Merchant  of  Venice.  There  is  a  popular 
supposition  that  this  theatre  was  the  first  one  built  in  New  York.  This  arises  from 
the  fact  that  President  Washington  attended  performances  on  various  occasions,  and 
thus  gave  the  house  a  prominence  which  none  of  its  predecessors  ever  enjoyed. 
The  John-Street  Theatre  was  pulled  down  in  1798. 

The  Park  Theatre,  which  was  located  on  Park  Row,  at  what  is  now  numbered 
21  to  25,  was  built  by  a  stock  corporation,  and  was  opened  January  29,  1798.  With 
this  opening  the  real  history  of  the  drama,  or  rather  that  of  its  most  important 
period,  began.  For  fifty  years  the  Park  Theatre  was  the  prominent  play-house  of 
New  York.  It  occupied  a  position  similar  to  that  filled  by  Wallack's  Theatre  twenty 
years  ago.  At  the  outset  there  were  four  performances  a  week,  but  very  soon  after- 
ward the  house  was  open  every  secular  night.  John  E.  Harwood,  who  was  as  pop- 
ular in  his  time  as  was  ever  Lester  Wallack,  played  there  in  1803.  George  Frederick 
Cooke,  the  great  tragedian,  made  his  American  debut  at  the  Park,  November  21, 
1810,  in  Richard  III.  James  W.  Wallack  made  his  first  appearance  in  America  in 
Macbeth  at  this  house,  September  7,  1818.  Junius  Brutus  Booth  made  his  first  ap- 
pearance October  5,  1 821,  also  in  Richard  III.  During  the  season  of  1825-26  actors 
of  such  prominence  as  W.  A.  Conway,  Edmund  Kean,  and  Edwin  Forrest  played 
upon  its  stage  ;  and  the  Kean  riot,  so-called,  occurred  in  the  vicinity  of  the  theatre, 
November  14,  1825.     The  first  performance  of  Italian  opera  in  America  was  given  at 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


535 


the  Park,  November  29,  1825.  The  opera  was  //  Barbiere  di  Seviglia.  The  company 
was  brought  here  by  Sig.  Garcia,  the  father  of  the  singer  who  afterward  became 
famous  under  the  name  of  Malibran.  Edwin  Forrest  played  his  first  star  engage- 
ment at  the  Park,  beginning  October  17,  1829.  Rip  Van  Winkle,  which  made  J.  H. 
Hackett  as  popular  during  the  early  days  of  the  century  as  it  has  made  Joseph  Jef- 
ferson in  the  later  days,  was  produced  April  29,  1830.  The  Ravels,  Charles  and 
Fanny  Kemble,  Charles  Kean,  and  Tyrone  Power  were  among  the  artists  seen  on 
the  stage  in  1832  and  1833.  Ellen  Tree,  who  afterward  became  Mrs.  Charles  Kean, 
appeared  as  Rosalind  on  December  12,  1836.  James  E.  Murdock  made  his  first  ap- 
pearance in  1838  as  Benedick  in  Much  Ado  About  Nothing.  Fanny  Ellsler  intro- 
duced the  ballet  in  America,  May  14,  1840.  She  danced  a  pas  settle  called  La  Craco- 
Vienne,  and  aroused  the  indignation  of  all  the  clergymen  and  church-going  people 
in  the  city.  The  theatre  was  burned,  May  25,  1820.  It  was  rebuilt,  and  opened  a 
year  afterward  ;  and  was  again  destroyed  by  fire  December  16,  1848.  It  was  never 
again  rebuilt,  but  in  after  years  its  name  was  given  to  theatres  in  other  localities. 
There  is  a  reminiscence  of  the  ancient  play-house,  however,  in  Theatre  Alley,  the 
narrow  passage  which  runs  from  Beekman  Street  to  Ann  Street,  in  the  rear  of  the 
buildings  on  Park  Row. 

Two  buildings  only,  Castle  Garden  and  the  Bowery  Theatre,  remain  in  existence 
to-day  as  landmarks  of  the  drama  of  the  first  half  of  the  century,  although  a  third 
(Niblo's)  brings  down  to  the  present  generation  something  of  the  prestige  of  its 
predecessor,  which  was  burned. 

Castle  Garden,  the  picturesque  structure  at  the  southern  extremity  of  New- 
York  City,  is  the  oldest.  It  was  erected  by  the  General  Government  in  1807,  and 
its  site  was  then  300  yards  from  the  main  land.      A  portion  of  Battery  Park  is  made 


CASTLE    GARDEN,    BATTERY    PARK,     AS    IT    IS  IN    1892. 

land,  occupying  the  intervening  space.  The  structure  was  known  as  Castle  Clinton 
in  the  early  days,  and,  as  its  name  indicates,  it  was  a  fortress.  The  necessity  for  its 
existence  as  a  means  of  defence  passed  away  in  time,  and  in  1822  the  structure  was 
ceded  to  New- York  City.  Two  years  later  it  was  leased  to  private  individuals  as  a 
place  of  amusement,  and  its  floor  was  laid  out  elaborately  as  an  in-door  garden. 
Many  pieces  of  statuary,  the  work  of  famous  sculptors,  were  placed  in  it.  A  stage 
was  erected  at  the  north  side,  concerts  were  given  at  intervals,  and  refreshments 
were  sold  in  the  audience.  Six  thousand  people  easily  found  room  for  amusement 
and  recreation,  and  on  various  occasions  as  many  as  10,000  people  were  in  the  gar- 


536  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 

den  at  one  time.  Col.  Richard  French  (afterward  well-known  as  the  proprietor  of 
French's  Hotel)  became  the  manager  in  1839,  anc*  thereafter  the  place  became  more 
distinctly  a  play-house.  Various  dramatic  companies  occupied  the  place,  and  for 
several  years,  succeeding  1847,  Castle  Garden  was  distinctively  the  home  of  grand 
opera.  The  Havana  Opera  Company  began  a  season  August  8,  1847,  an(^  sung 
such  operas  as  Ernani,  Norma  and  La  Sonnambula.  Signor  Arditi,  whom  all 
musical  people  now  know  as  Patti's  conductor,  was  the  musical  director,  and  Sig- 
norina  Detusco  was  the  prima-donna.  Max  Maretzek,  a  famous  impresario,  gave 
opera  in  Castle  Garden  for  several  seasons.  The  one  event,  however,  which  has 
made  Castle  Garden  famous  as  a  place  of  amusement  was  the  appearance  of  Jenny 
Lind  in  concert,  on  September  1 1,  1850,  under  the  management  of  P.  T.  Barnum. 
What  Patti  is  to-day,  and  has  been  for  twenty  years,  in  the  musical  world,  Jenny 
Lind  was  forty  years  ago.  The  enterprising  manager  had  engaged  her  for  a  con- 
cept tour  of  America,  at  figures  which  were  then  considered  fabulous,  but  Jenny 
Lind's  personal  prestige  was  so  well  supplemented  by  Manager  Barnum's  methods 
of  advertising  that  the  singer's  first  appearance  in  concert  was  regarded  by  musical 
people  of  the  day  as  the  event  of  a  life-time.  Fabulous  prices  were  paid  for  seats, 
and  a  tradesman  of  the  time  (Genin,  the  hatter)  made  a  business  reputation,  which 
lasted  for  many  years, by  buying  the  first  choice  of  seats  for  $225.  Jenny  Lind  gave 
four  concerts  at  Castle  Garden  in  the  fall  of  1850.  Another  event  of  importance  in 
the  old  fort  was  a  grand  dramatic  festival  which  was  held  on  September  6,  1852,  to 
celebrate  what  was  then  erroneously  considered  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  first 
theatrical  performance  in  America, 

Castle  Garden's  history  as  a  theatre  ended  in  May,  1855,  and  the  building  was 
turned  into  a  depot  for  the  reception  of  immigrants.  A  fire  on  May  23,  1870, 
destroyed  the  interior,  but  the  walls  remained  intact,  and  the  structure  was  re-built. 
When  the  General  Government  assumed  the  care  of  the  immigrants,  two  years  ago, 
the  reception  depot  was  transferred  to  the  Barge-office,  and  Castle  Garden  shortly 
afterward  passed  into  the  control  of  the  Department  of  Public  Parks  of  New-York 
City.  It  has  been  used  occasionally  for  great  popular  concerts,  and  recently  has 
been  the  rendezvous  of  the  New-York  State  Naval  Reserve.  The  Park  Commis- 
sioners have  determined  to  turn  the  place  into  a  grand  aquarium.  A  large  tank, 
fifty  feet  in  diameter  and  about  five  feet  deep,  is  to  be  built  in  the  center  of  the 
floor,  and  around  this  will  be  arranged,  in  a  circle,  six  other  pools,  somewhat  smaller. 
All  these  will  be  filled  with  very  large  fish.  Around  the  walls  will  be  arranged  two 
rows  of  smaller  tanks,  one  above  the  other,  numbering  about  150  in  all,  in  which 
every  form  of  marine  life,  both  animal  and  vegetable,  will  be  exhibited.  It  is  intended 
to  make  the  aquarium  an  educational  fully  as  much  as  an  amusement  establishment. 

The  Old  Bowery  Theatre  was  second  only  in  interest  and  prestige  to  the 
Park  Theatre.  Its  site  was  on  the  west  side  of  the  Bowery,  just  below  Canal  Street. 
It  was  built  in  1826,  and  opened  in  October  23d  of  that  year.  It  was  the  first 
theatre  in  New  York  to  be  lighted  by  gas.  For  many  years  Thomas  S.  Hamblin, 
who  did  greater  work  in  the  interest  of  the  drama  than  any  man  of  his  time,  was 
the  manager.  The  house  was  the  scene  of  Edwin  Forrest's  first  appearance  as  a 
tragedian,  on  November,  1826  ;  of  Malibran's  last  appearance  in  America,  October 
28,  1827  ;  of  Charlotte  Cushman's  debut  as  Lady  Macbeth,  September  13,  1836  ;  and 
of  the  first  grand  production  of  London  Assurance,  May  16,  1842.  The  theatre  was 
destroyed  by  fire  four  times.  First  on  May  26,  1828,  when  it  was  rebuilt  and  re- 
opened in  ninety  days.  It  was  destroyed  again  September  22,  1836  ;  for  the  third 
time,  February  8,  1838  ;  and  last  on  April  25,  1845.      ^  stained  the  name  Bowery 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  .537 

until  1879,  wnen  it  was  re-christened  the  Thalia.      This  theatre  is  the  second  of  the 
two  landmarks  mentioned. 

Burton's  Chambers-Street  Theatre,  another  old  play-house,  was  famous 
mainly  because  of  the  name  of  its  manager,  William  E.  Burton,  a  popular  comedian 
who  had  been  identified  prominently  both  as  actor  and  manager,  with  a  number  of 
other  theatres.  It  was  originally  known  as  Palmo's  Opera-House,  and  was  opened 
February  4,  1844,  for  a  season  of  grand  opera.  It  was  occupied  by  Christy's 
Minstrels  during  the  summer  of  1846,  and  was  leased  by  Burton  July  10,  1848. 
Some  years  later  it  passed  into  the  hands  of  Harry  Watkins  and  E.  L.  Davenport, 
and  was  then  known  as  the  American  Theatre.  In  1857  it  was  leased  to  the  Federal 
Government,  and  occupied  for  offices.  The  site  of  the  building  is  now  occupied  by 
the  American  News  Company's  establishment,  having  been  sold  to  that  company, 
January  29,  1876. 

Barnum's  Museum  is  a  title  which  is  familiar  to  theatre-goers  even  of  the 
present  day.  The  nucleus  was  Scudder's  American  Museum,  which  was  originally 
opened  in  1810,  on  Chambers  Street,  where  the  Court-House  now  stands.  It  was 
bought  by  Phineas  T.  Barnum  in  1 841,  and  the  equipment  of  curiosities  and  objects 
of  interest  was  removed  to  Broadway  and  Ann  Streets,  the  site  of  the  New-  York 
Herald  Building.  As  a  museum  simply,  the  new  establishment  was  not  successful, 
but  Mr.  Barnum  opened  as  accessory  thereto  his  famous  "Moral  Lecture  Room," 
which  was  purely  and  simply  a  theatre  ;  and  the  joint  establishment,  comprising  both 
museum  and  theatre,  became  very  profitable.  It  was  here  that  Charles  S.  Stratton, 
who  became  famous  as  General  Tom  Thumb,  made  his  first  appearance,  in  Decem- 
ber, 1842.  As  a  theatre,  Barnum's  Museum  ranked  with  the  first  of  the  day  for 
twenty  years  or  more.  It  was  fired  on  November  25,  1864,  by  an  incendiary,  but 
the  flames  were  extinguished,  after  serious  damage  had  been  done.  The  establish- 
ment was  destroyed  by  fire  July  13,  1865.  The  name  Barnum  was  then  trans- 
ferred to  a  building  at  539  and  541  Broadway,  which  previously  had  been  known  as 
the  Chinese  Rooms.  The  establishment  was  re-fitted  and  opened  September  6, 
1865,  as  Barnum  and  Van  Amburgh's  Museum  and  Menagerie,  with  a  dramatic  com- 
pany and  a  large  collection  of  curiosities.  Fire  followed  Mr.  Barnum,  however,  for 
this  place  was  burned,  March  3,  1868.  Again  Barnum  transferred  his  name  and 
prestige  to  an  establishment  on  the  south  side  of  14th  Street,  opposite  the  Academy, 
which  had  been  previously  known  as  the  Hippotheatron  and  Lent's  Circus.  But 
this  establishment,  too,  was  burned,  on  December  24,  1872.  Since  then,  the  name 
and  prestige  of  Barnum  have  been  attached  to  a  travelling  amusement  enterprise, 
billed  all  over  the  world  as  "  The  Greatest  Show  on  Earth,"  which  has  had  for  its 
temporary  New- York  home,  each  season,  the  Madison-Square  Garden. 

The  Astor-Place  Opera-House,  which  was  opened  November  22,  1847,  was 
for  a  number  of  years  the  home  of  grand  opera.  Sanquirico  and  Patti  were  the 
managers  at  the  outset,  and  Max  Maretzek  conducted  operas  there  for  several  seasons. 
The  place  was  best  known,  however,  because  of  the  fierce  Macready  riot,  which 
occurred  on  May  9,  1849.  This  was  the  forcible  expression  of  the  intense  dislike 
of  a  certain  class  of  New- York  people  toward  Macready,  the  famous  English  actor, 
because  of  their  belief  that  he  was  responsible  for  the  ill-treatment  of  Edwin 
Forrest  in  London  a  few  years  previous.  The  house  was  re-christened  the 
New- York  Theatre  in  1852,  and  two  years  later  was  sold  to  the  Mercantile  Library 
Association,  and  remodelled  and  re-opened  as  Clinton  Hall.  In  1890  the  old 
building  was  torn  down,  and  the  fine  new  Clinton  Hall  and  Mercantile  Library  build- 
ing arose  on  its  site. 


538  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Tripler  Hall,  which  was  on  Broadway,  nearly  opposite  Bond  Street,  was  built  to 
serve  for  Jenny  Lind's  debut,  and  it  was  because  it  was  not  finished  in  time  that  the 
famous  singer  made  her  debut  at  Castle  Garden.  Tripler  Hall  was  the  scene  of  the 
first  appearance  in  public  of  Adelina  Patti,  on  September  22,  1853.  Patti  was  then 
a  child  of  ten  years,  and  Max  Maretzek,  who  was  the  manager,  is  authority  for  the 
statement  that  the  price  of  her  services  was  a  hatful  of  candy.  The  house  was  burned 
on  January  8,  1854.  It  was  re-built,  and  re-opened  on  September  18th,  as  the 
New-York  Theatre  and  Metropolitan  Opera-House,  and  as  such  was  the  scene  of 
Rachel's  first  appearance  in  America,  September  3,  1855.  The  house  was  re-fitted 
and  re-christened  in  December  as  Laura  Keene's  Varieties  ;  and  in  September,  1856, 
was  called  Burton's  New  Theatre.  Still  later,  it  was  known  as  the  Winter  Garden, 
and  in  August,  1864,  it  passed  into  the  control  of  William  Stuart,  Edwin  Booth  and 
John  S.  Clarke.  A  performance  of  yulius  Cczsar,  given  November  25,  1864,  is  of 
historical  interest,  in  that  Junius  Brutus  Booth,  Edwin  Booth  and  John  Wilkes 
Booth  were  in  the  cast.  It  was  at  this  house  that  the  famous  100-night  run  of  Hamlet 
occurred.  It  began  November  26,  1864.  The  house  was  destroyed  by  fire  March 
23,  1867. 

Brougham's  Lyceum  Theatre,  which  was  on  Broadway,  near  Broome  Street, 
was  opened  December  23,  1850,  and  passed  under  the  management  of  James  W.  Wal- 
lack  a  few  years  later,  and  was  re-christened  Wallack's  Lyceum.  This  was  the  first 
Wallack's  Theatre,  and  the  one  dear  to  the  hearts  of  the  older  theatre-goers.  It  was 
a  successful  establishment  from  the  outset.  Lester  Wallack's  name  appeared  as  such 
for  the  first  time,  October  30,  1859.  Previous  to  that  date  he  had  appeared  under 
the  name  of  John  Lester.  The  Wallacks  retired  from  this  house  in  1861,  and  trans- 
ferred their  prestige  and  name  to  a  new  theatre  at  Broadway  and  13th  Street,  now 
known  as  the  Star  Theatre.      The  old  house  was  finally  torn  down  in  1869. 

Franconi's  Hippodrome  is  well  remembered  by  many  New-York  people.  It 
was  built  by  a  syndicate  of  eight  American  showmen,  among  them  Avery  Smith, 
Richard  Sands,  and  Seth  B.  Howe,  as  a  permanent  home  for  a  Roman  circus  and 
chariot  races,  such  as  have  been  made  popular  in  recent  years  by  P.  T.  Barnum  and 
his  associates.  Its  site  is  now  occupied  by  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel.  Before  the  days 
of  the  Hippodrome  there  was  on  the  spot  a  famous  road-house  called  the  Madison 
Cottage,  kept  by  Corporal  Thompson,  which  was  very  popular  with  horsemen.  The 
Hippodrome  was  of  brick,  two  stories  high,  and  700  feet  in  circumference.  There  was 
a  roof  over  the  auditorium  only.  The  arena,  which  was  in  the  center,  was  uncovered. 
The  opening,  on  May  2,  1853,  was  a  brilliant  event.  About  4,000  people  were 
present,  and  many  of  them  had  paid  high  prices  for  their  tickets.  For  two  seasons 
the  Hippodrome  was  in  high  favor.      Then  it  gave  way  to  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel. 

The  Crystal  Palace  was  a  unique  structure,  modelled  after  the  Crystal  Palace 
of  London,  but  much  more  beautiful  as  an  architectural  work.  It  occupied  the  plot 
of  ground  at  Sixth  Avenue,  40th  and  42d  Streets,  now  known  as  Bryant  Park.  It 
covered  five  acres  of  ground.  The  building  was  two  stories  in  height  ;  the  lower 
one  octagonal  in  form,  the  upper  one  in  the  shape  of  a  Greek  cross.  The  central 
portion  rose  to  a  dome,  148  feet  from  the  ground,  and  there  were  eight  towers,  70 
feet  high,  at  the  angles  of  the  octagon.  There  was  an  entrance,  47  feet  wide,  -on 
each  street.  The  style  of  architecture  was  Moorish  and  Byzantine.  Strictly  speak- 
ing, there  were  no  walls.  The  roof  was  supported  by  iron  columns,  and  the  spaces 
between  them  was  closed  in  with  glass.  Hence  the  name  of  the  edifice.  The  dedi- 
cation of  the  place  as  an  industrial  exhibition  hall,  on  July  14,  1853,  occasioned  a 
grand  public  demonstration.      There  were  present  President  Franklin  Pierce,  Secre- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


539 


tary  of  War  Jefferson  Davis,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  James  Guthrie,  Attorney- 
General  Caleb  Cushing,  many  United-States  Senators,  army  officers,  the  governors 
of  several  States,  prominent  foreigners,  and  about  20,000  people.      Several  of  the 


THE    CRYSTAL    PALACE    OF    1851,    IN    BRYANT    PARK. 


annual  fairs  of  the  American  Institute  were  held  at  the  Crystal  Palace.  The  edifice 
was  burned  on  October  5,  1858.  The  land  was  owned  by  the  city  of  New  York, 
and  it  was  turned  into  a  park.  It  is  advocated  by  some  people,  especially  through 
the  New  York  Herald,  that  this  is  the  proper  site  for  a  new  city  hall. 

Laura  Keene's  Varieties  was  a  title  attached  to  half  a  dozen  different  theatres 
during  the  period  from  1850  to  1870.  But  the  best-known  house  was  that  which 
was  opened  on  Broadway,  just  above  Houston  Street,  November  18,  1856,  and 
which  was  soon  afterward  re-christened  Laura  Keene's  New  Theatre.  Joseph  Jef- 
ferson, already  a  good  and  well-known  actor,  came  prominently  to  the  front  during 
the  years  1857  and  1858.  Our  American  Cousin,  a  play  afterwards  made  famous 
the  country  over  by  E.  A.  Sothern,  was  first  produced  October  18,  1858,  and  Jef- 
ferson played  the  part  of  Asa  Trenchard.  The  Colleen  Bawn,  one  of  the  best  of 
Dion  Boucicault's  Irish  plays,  was  presented  for  the  first  time  March  29,  i860. 
Laura  Keene  retired  in  1863,  and  John  Duff,  who  then  became  the  manager, 
re-opened  the  house  as  Mrs.  John  Wood's  Olympic  Theatre.  Mrs.  Wood  retired 
in  1866.  Afterward  the  house  had  a  checkered  career,  and  finally  became  a  variety 
theatre.      It  was  demolished  in  1880. 

The  Broadway  Athenaeum  was  the  title  given  by  A.  T.  Stewart  to  a  theatre, 
built  out  of  a  church,  which  stood  on  Broadway,  opposite  Waverly  Place.  It  was 
opened  January  23,  1865.  Lucy  Rushton,  Lewis  Baker  and  Mark  Smith,  the  Worrell 
Sisters,  and  Josh  Hart  were  in  control  at  various  times  during  the  following  eight  years. 
Augustin  Daly  leased  the  house  soon  after  the  burning  of  the  first  Fifth-Avenue 
Theatre,  and  opened  it  January  21,  1873,  as  Daly's  New  Fifth-Avenue  Theatre.  A 
year  later  it  was  known  as  Fox's  Broadway  Theatre,  but  it  is  best  remembered  by 
play-goers  of  to-day  as  Harrigan  &  Hart's  New  Theatre  Comique.  It  was  the 
house  at  which  The  Mulligan  Guards  Ball  and  others  of  Edward  Harrigan's  earlier 
plays  were  produced.  Harrigan  &  Hart  took  possession  on  October  29,  1881.  The 
house  was  burned  December  23,  1884.  Three  years  later  the  quaint  structure  known 
as  The  Old  London  Streets  was  built.  It  was  an  attempt  to  reproduce  a  fragment  of 
ancient  London,  and  to  combine  it  with  nineteenth-century  retail  shop-keeping  ;  but 
it  was  not  a  success.      The  place  has  been  tenantless  for  some  time. 


54°  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Booth's  Theatre,  at  Sixth  Avenue  and  23d  Street,  was  one  of  the  leading  play- 
houses of  the  city  for  fourteen  years.  It  was  built  of  granite,  in  the  Renaissance 
style  of  architecture,  and  occupied  a  plot  of  ground  measuring  184  feet  on  23d  Street 
and  76  on  Sixth  Avenue.  The  seating  capacity  was  about  1,800.  It  was  opened 
February  3,  1869,  with  Edwin  Booth  as  manager,  and  with  such  artists  as  Mary 
McVicker,  Edwin  Adams,  Fanny  Morant,  Mark  Smith,  Kate  Bateman,  W.  E.  Sheri- 
dan and  Agnes  Booth  as  members  of  the  company.  Among  the  significant  perform- 
ances given  here  were  those  of  A  Winter's  Tale,  April  25,  187 1  ;  Man  O'Airlee — its 
first  in  America — June  5th  ;  Julius  Ccrsar,  with  Edwin  Booth,  Lawrence  Barrett,  F. 
C.  Bangs,  D.  W.  Waller  and  Bella  Pateman,  in  the  cast,  December  5th ;  Adelaide 
Neilson's  first  appearance  in  America  as  Juliet,  November  18,  1872  ;  George  Rig- 
nold's  production  of  Henry  V.,  February  8,  1875;  and  Sarah  Bernhardt's  American 
debut  in  Adrienne,  November  8,  1880.  J.  B.  Booth,  Jr.,  succeeded  his  brother  as 
manager  in  1873;  Jarrett  &  Palmer  followed  in  1874;  James  C.  Duff,  in  1878;  and 
then,  after  several  quick  changes,  Henry  E.  Abbey  became  the  manager,  April  12, 
1879.  Jonn  Stetson  succeeded  him,  August  31,  1881,  and  he  held  the  house  until  it 
was  permanently  closed,  April  30,  1883.  The  site  is  now  occupied  by  a  large  busi- 
ness block. 

The  Park  Theatre,  a  title  which  became  famous  down-town,  reappeared  April 
13,  1874,  over  the  door  of  a  new  play-house  on  Broadway,  between  2ist  Street  and 
22d  Street.  William  Stuart  was  the  manager,  and  Charles  Fechter  stage-manager. 
The  construction  had  been  begun  by  Dion  Boucicault  in  1873,  but  he  lost  control  of 
the  house,  through  business  complications.  It  was  at  this  theatre  that  the  French 
opera  Girojle'-Girojla  was  sung  for  the  first  time  in  New  York,  February  4,  1875  ; 
and  its  stage  was  the  scene  on  December  18th  of  the  same  year  of  the  debut  of  ex- 
Mayor  A.  Oakey-Hall  in  his  own  play,  The  Crucible.  Henry  E.  Abbey  became 
the  manager,  November  27,  1876.  The  house  was  burned  late  in  the  afternoon 
of  October  30,  1882,  the  day  on  which  Mrs.  Langtry  was  to  have  made  her  American 
debut  on  its  stage.      It  was  never  rebuilt. 

Other  Play-Houses  by  scores  have  risen  and  passed  out  of  existence  during 
the  present  century.  For  example,  the  Chatham-Street  Garden  and  Theatre,  on 
Chatham  Street,  between  Duane  and  Pearl,  was  a  formidable  rival  to  the  old  Park 
Theatre  during  the  period  from  1821  to  1823.  Henry  Wallack  was  at  one  time  the 
manager,  and  the  elder  Booth,  the  stage-manager.  The  National  Theatre,  at  Leon- 
ard and  Church  Streets,  was  in  existence  from  1833  to  1 84 1.  During  a  part  of  that 
time  it  was  the  home  of  Italian  opera,  and  for  the  latter  portion  it  was  under  the 
management  of  William  E.  Burton.  The  Franklin  Theatre,  in  Chatham  Street 
(now  Park  Row),  was  opened  in  1835,  anc^  remained  in  existence  for  19  years.  Wil- 
liam Rufus  Blake,  a  comedian  contemporary  with  Burton,  was  stage-director  in  its 
early  days.  Mitchell's  Olympic  Theatre,  at  442  Broadway,  contemporary  with  the 
Franklin,  was  also  the  scene  of  some  of  the  best  work  of  Burton  and  Blake.  The 
old  Broadway  Theatre,  which  stood  on  Broadway,  between  Pearl  and  Worth  Streets, 
was  opened  in  1847,  an(^  continued  as  a  play-house,  under  various  names,  for  twelve 
years.  At  this  house  Edwin  Forrest  and  W.  C.  Macready  won  their  greatest 
laurels.  The  Wallacks  also  played  there  in  its  early  days.  C.  W.  Couldock,  who 
has  been  on  the  stage  in  this  country  almost  constantly  for  forty-three  years,  made  his 
American  debut  there,  October  8,  1849;  anc^  E.  L.  Davenport  played  Hamlet  on  its 
stage  for  the  first  time  in  New  York,  February  19,  1855. 

Theatre  Fires  have  caused  fearful  losses  to  the  theatrical  interest  of  New  York. 
Thirty-seven  theatres  have  been  burned  during  the  past  century.     This  is  the  record  : 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


541 


Rickett's  Circus  and  Greenwich- Street  Theatre,  burned  December  17,  1799;  Park 
Theatre,  May  25,  1820 ;  again,  December  16,  1848;  Vauxhali  Garden,  August  30, 
1808;  Bowery  Theatre,  May  24,  1828,  September  22,  1836,  February  18,  1838,  and 
April  25,  1845;  Lafayette,  April  11,  1829;  Mount-Pitt  Circus,  August  5,  1829; 
National  Theatre,  September  23,  1839;  again,  May  28,  1 841  ;  Niblo's,  September 
18,  1846;  again,  May  6,  1872;  White's  Melodeon,  May  20,  1849;  Wood's  Opera- 
House,  December  20,  1854;  Tripler  Hall,  January  8,  1854;  Crystal  Palace, 
October  5,  1858;  Barnum's  Museum,  July  13,  1865;  Barn  urn's  at  Broadway  and 
Spring  Street,  March  3,  1868;  Barnum's  at  14th  Street,  December  24,  1872;  But- 
ler's American  Theatre,  February  15,  1866;  Academy  of  Music,  May  21,  1866;  New 
Bowery  Theatre,  December  18,  1866;  Winter  Garden,  March  23,  1867;  Theatre 
Comique,  December  4,  1868;  Mechanics'  Hall,  April  8,  1868;  Kelly  and  Leon's, 
November  28,  1872;  Daly's  Fifth-Avenue,  January,  1873;  Tony  Pastor's,  at  585 
Broadway,  December  28,  1876;  Abbey's  Park,  October  30,  1882;  Windsor,  Novem- 
ber 29,  1883  ;  Standard,  December  14,  1883,  Harrigan  &  Hart's  Theatre  Comique, 
December  23,  1884;  Union-Square,  February  28,  1888;  Fifth  Avenue,  January  2, 
1 891  ;  and  the  Metropolitan  Opera-House,  August  27,  1892. 

Theatrical  Construction  at  present  is  governed  by  very  stringent  building 
laws,  which  have  been  enacted  from  time  to  time,  and  which  were  revised  in  1887. 
Some  of  the  important  provisions  are,  that  there  shall  be  an  open  court  or  alley  on 


MADISON-SQUARE    GARDEN,    FOURTH-AVENUE    PORTICO 


l-H-STREET    FRONT. 


each  side  of  a  theatre,  providing  of  course  that  the  side  wall  is  not  also  the  street 
wall  ;  that  extra  doors  shall  open  upon  the  courts  ;  that  there  shall  be  outside  stair- 
ways of  iron,  leading  to  the  galleries  ;  that  the  proscenium-wall  shall  extend  from 


542  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

the  foundation  to  and  through  the  roof,  and,  with  a  fire-curtain,  shall  constitute  a 
fire-proof  boundary  ;  that  the  roof  of  the  stage  shall  be  fitted  with  skylights,  arranged 
to  fly  open  automatically  when  released  by  the  cutting  of  cords  on  the  stage,  in  order 
that  the  direction  of  the  draught  shall  be  away  from  the  auditorium  ;  that  there  shall 
be,  at  suitable  points  on  each  floor,  fire-extinguishers  and  a  supply  of  fire-hose,  con- 
nected to  pipes  leading  from  a  large  tank  on  the  roof ;  that  all  floors  and  partitions 
shall  be  constructed  of  iron  and  masonry  ;  and  that  diagrams  of  each  floor,  showing 
all  the  exits,  shall  be  printed  in  the  programmes.  Plans  of  new  theatres  are  subjected 
to  the  closest  scrutiny  in  the  Department  of  the  Inspection  of  Buildings  ;  and  the 
structures  themselves  are  examined  rigidly  before  permits  to  open  the  doors  are 
issued.  A  fireman  in  uniform,  a  regular  member  of  the  department,  is  detailed  to 
every  theatre  at  every  performance.  His  post  is  on  the  stage,  and  it  is  his  duty,  not 
only  to  act  as  fireman  in  case  of  fire,  but  also  to  watch  for  and  report  to  the  depart- 
ment any  proceeding  which  may  tend  to  increase  the  risk  of  a  blaze.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  it  may  be  said,  for  the  comfort  of  timid  people,  that  the  theatres  built  since 
1887  are  as  nearly  fire-proof  as  scientific  construction  and  the  exclusion  of  burnable 
material  can  make  them. 

The  Places  of  Amusement  in  1892  in  New  York  include  three —  the  Madison- 
Square  Garden,  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House,  and  the  Music  Hall  —  which  are  of 
special  prominence  because  of  their  magnitude  as  buildings  and  of  their  breadth  of 
purpose.  All  are  comparatively  new.  Each  of  them  requires  the  expenditure  of 
enormous  sums  of  money,  and  each  stands  alone  in  its  field. 

The  Madison-Square  Garden  is,  in  magnitude,  the  most  important  of  the 
three.  It  is  the  largest  building  in  America  devoted  entirely  to  amusements.  It 
occupies  the  entire  block  bounded  by  Madison  and  Fourth  Avenues  and  26th  and 
27th  Streets.  It  is  465  feet  long  and  200  feet  wide,  and  its  walls  rise  to  a  height  of 
65  feet.  Architecturally  it  is  a  magnificent  structure,  because  of  the  simplicity  of 
the  construction  and  the  absence  of  trifling  details  in  the  ornamentation.  The  style 
is  in  the  Renaissance,  and  the  materials  buff  brick  and  terra-cotta.  The  roof  is  flat, 
or  nearly  so,  but  the  sky-lines  are  broken  by  a  colonnade  which  rises  above  the  roof 
at  the  Madison-Avenue  end  and  extends  along  either  side  for  100  feet ;  by  six 
open  cupolas,  with  semi-spherical  domes,  which  rise  above  the  colonnade  ;  by  two 
towers  at  the  Fourth- Avenue  corners  ;  and  by  a  magnificent  square  tower  which  rises 
from  the  26th-Street  side,  with  its  lines  unbroken  for  249  feet,  and  then  in  a  series 
of  open  cupolas,  decreasing  in  diameter,  on  the  smallest  and  topmost  of  which  is 
poised  a  figure  of  Diana,  of  heroic  size,  the  crown  of  whose  head  is  332  feet  from 
the  side-walk.  Along  the  Madison- Avenue  end,  and  extending  along  either  side 
for  a  distance  of  150  feet,  there  is  an  open  arcade,  which  covers  the  side-walk,  and 
the  roof  of  which  rests  upon  pillars  of  polished  granite  and  piers  of  brick.  The  top 
of  the  arcade  is  laid  out  as  a  promenade.  The  main  entrance  to  the  building  is  at 
the  Madison-Avenue  end,  through  a  triple  doorway,  and  above  it  is  the  most  promi- 
nent feature  of  exterior  decoration,  an  elaborate  arch  in  terra-cotta,  set  in  relief  into 
the  wall.  From  the  entrance  a  lobby  100  feet  long  and  23  feet  wide  leads  to  a 
foyer,  and  this  opens  into  the  amphitheatre,  which  is  the  main  feature  of  the  build- 
ing. This  grand  hall  is  300  feet  long,  200  feet  wide,  and  59  feet  in  height  to  the 
bottom  of  the  girders.  In  the  centre  is  the  arena  floor,  268  feet  long  and  122  feet 
wide,  with  parallel  straight  sides  and  semi-circular  ends,  and  from  this  floor  rise  the 
box-tiers  and  rows  upon  rows  of  seats,  extending  back  to  the  walls.  No  attempt 
has  been  made  at  decoration,  other  than  to  leave  all  the  construction  open  to  view 
and  to  paint  the  columns,  roof,  girders,  etc.,  a  light  buff  tint ;  and  the  beauty  of  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


543 


MADISON-SQUARE    GARDEN. 

MADISON    SQUARE,   MADISON    AND    FOURTH    AVENUES,   AND    WEST  26TH    AND    WEST   27TH    STREETS. 


544  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

interior  resides  in  the  simplicity  and  the  light  and  graceful  appearance  of  the  con- 
struction. Above  the  arena  seats  there  is  a  balcony,  which  extends  around  the 
amphitheatre,  and  still  above  is  a  promenade,  which  is  20  feet  wide  in  its  narrowest 
part.  Properly  speaking,  there  is  no  stage,  but  when  one  is  required  it  is  con- 
structed at  the  eastern  end,  either  in  front  of  the  boxes  or  in  the  space  gained  by 
removing  a  number  of  them.  There  are  no  arena  boxes  around  the  edges  of  the 
floor,  52  in  the  first  tier,  26  in  the  second,  and  26  in  the  third,  these  tiers  being  dis- 
posed at  either  end  of  the  amphitheatre.  With  the  floor  left  open,  for  a  perform- 
ance like  that  of  a  circus,  for  example,  there  are  seats  for  5,000  people.  With  the 
floor  occupied  by  chairs,  as  for  concerts,  leaving  space  either  in  the  centre  or  at  the 
eastern  end  for  a  band  stand,  the  seating  capacity  is  9,000,  and  there  is  standing 
room  for  many  thousands  more.  On  the  opening  night,  June  16,  1890,  with  a  con- 
cert by  Edward  Strauss's  orchestra  and  two  grand  ballets  as  attractions,  there  were 
present  17,000  people,  and  that  ample  provision  for  exit  had  been  made  was  shown 
in  the  fact  that  the  amphitheatre  was  vacated  after  the  performance  in  4^  minutes. 
There  are  ten  exits,  and  all  of  them,  save  that  on  Fourth  Avenue,  are  on  inclines, 
without  stairs.  Besides  the  usual  means  of  ventilation,  there  is  a  movable  sky- 
light, the  area  of  which  is  one-half  that  of  the  roof.  When  this  is  moved  aside  the 
people  in  the  amphitheatre  are  virtually,  in  so  far  as  fresh  air  is  concerned,  out  of 
doors.  The  whole  building  is  thoroughly  equipped  with  Worthington  pumps.  Since 
the  opening  the  amphitheatre  has  been  in  use  for  gigantic  musical  and  social  under- 
takings, circus  performances,  horse  and  dog  shows,  bicycle  tournaments  and  other 
sporting  events.  During  the  week  of  May  2-7,  1892,  the  Actors'-Fund  Fair  was 
held  in  it.  The  entire  floor  was  laid  out  as  a  miniature  village  of  one  street  in  the 
midst  of  a  plain.  The  buildings  were  models  of  famous  theatres  of  ancient  London 
and  older  New  York,  and  the  architecture  and  picturesque  local  color  of  several 
centuries  and  of  places  far  distant  from  each  other  were  cleverly  brought  into  har- 
mony. On  the  evenings  of  May  10  and  12,  and  the  afternoon  of  May  14,  1892, 
Adelina  Patti  sang,  in  association  with  other  distinguished  soloists,  a  chorus  of 
1,000  volunteers  and  a  grand  orchestra,  to  three  of  the  largest  audiences  ever  assem- 
bled at  concerts.  As  the  price  of  seats  was  set  at  popular  figures  the  audiences 
were  composed  for  the  most  part  of  people  who  had  never  heard  Patti  sing,  and  on 
each  occasion  the  enthusiasm  rose  almost  to  the  point  of  hysteria.  At  the  after- 
noon concert  Patti's  managers  and  agents  were  compelled  to  rescue  her  almost  by 
force  from  the  chorus  people,  who  paid  homage  to  her  so  vigorously  as  seriously  to 
frighten  her. 

In  the  Madison-Avenue  and  26th-Street  corner  of  the  building  there  is,  on  the 
first  floor,  a  cafe  1 15  feet  long  and  70  feet  wide.  Above  it  is  a  concert-hall,  elabo- 
rately decorated  in  white  and  gold,  with  two  balconies,  the  lower  of  which  is  divided 
into  36  open  boxes.  The  seating  capacity  is  1,100.  Opening  from  the  lower  bal- 
cony there  is  an  assembly,  or  dining-hall,  69  by  32  feet  ;  and  connected  therewith  is 
a  kitchen  equipment,  sufficiently  large  to  provide  for  2,000  people.  Above  the 
Madison-Avenue  end  of  the  building  there  is  a  roof-garden,  200  by  80  feet,  with  a 
small  stage  or  band-stand.  This  was  opened  for  the  first  time  on  May  30,  1892,  and 
it  is  estimated  that  3,500  people  were  present.  The  roof-garden  is  reached  by  two 
principal  stairways,  10  feet  wide,  and  a  third  of  lesser  dimensions,  as  well  as  by  two 
elevators  of  large  carrying  capacity.  One  of  the  elevators  runs  to  the  top  of  the 
main  tower,  249  feet  from  the  ground,  and  from  this  level  there  is  a  stairway,  by 
means  of  which  visitors  may  ascend  to  the  topmost  cupola,  just  below  the  feet  of 
Diana.      The  view  of  New  York  and  the  surrounding  country  which  is  had  from  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  545 

top  of  the  Madison-Square-Garden  tower  is  one  that  cannot  be  seen  from  any  other 
point,  and  is  paralleled  only  by  that  from  the  dome  of  the  Pulitzer  Building,  2\  miles 
farther  down-town.  Manhattan  Island,  North  River,  East  River,  and  broad  sections 
of  Long  Island  and  New  Jersey,  are  at  the  feet  of  the  visitors.  The  building  is 
lighted  in  every  part  by  electricity.  There  is  a  complete  plant  of  engines,  dynamos, 
etc.,  in  the.  basement,  and  about  6,800  incandescent  lamps  are  in  use.  Some  hun- 
dreds are  disposed  about  the  roof,  the  roof-garden,  cupolas  and  main  tower,  and 
around  the  figure  of  Diana.  When  the  edifice  is  fully  illuminated  at  night,  it  presents 
a  spectacle  the  beauty  of  which  is  unsurpassed.  It  becomes  an  object  of  great  interest, 
and  can  be  seen  from  thousands  of  points  of  view  in  New  York  and  vicinity. 

The  cost  of  the  Madison-Square-Garden  building  was  about  $3,000,000.  It  is 
owned  by  the  Madison-Square-Garden  Company,  among  the  stock-holders  of  which 
are  J.  Pierpont  Morgan,  James  T.  Woodward,  Charles  Lanier,  Alfred  B.  Darling, 
Hiram  Hitchcock,  Darius  O.  Mills,  Charles  Crocker,  and  Adolph  Ladenburg. 
William  F.  Wharton  is  the  manager. 

The  site  of  the  building  was  occupied  for  nearly  twenty  years  by  the  older  Mad- 
ison-Square Garden,  which  was  the  abandoned  passenger-station  of  the  New-York 
Central  &  Hudson-River  Railroad,  remodelled.  It  was  at  one  time  called  Gil- 
more's  Garden,  because  of  a  series  of  popular  concerts,  given  under  the  direction  of 
the  famous  band-master,  P.  S.  Gilmore. 

The  Garden  Theatre  is  a  portion  of  the  Madison-Square  Garden  structure, 
although  the  management  is  distinct.  It  is  in  the  Madison- Avenue  and  27th-Street 
corner,  and  occupies  a  space  115  feet  long  and  70  wide.  The  entrance  is  at  the 
extreme  corner,  through  a  lobby  and  foyer,  which  together  occupy  the  entire  front 
of  the  theatre.  The  auditorium,  with  eight  boxes,  a  balcony,  and  a  gallery,  has  a 
seating  capacity  of  about  1,200.  The  interior  gives  one  the  impression  of  costliness 
in  the  construction  and  decoration,  for  the  bases  of  the  box  tiers,  and  the  heavy  col- 
umns which  form  the  frames  of  the  outer  proscenium  arch,  are  of  onyx.  The  walls 
are  hung  with  silk,  in  tints  of  light  yellow  and  cream.  The  stage  is  39  feet  deep 
and  70  feet  wide.  The  Garden  Theatre  was  opened  to  the  public  on  September  27, 
1890,  with  the  production  of  the  farcical  comedy  entitled  Dr.  Bill.  The  most  sig- 
nificant production  that  has  ever  been  made  on  its  stage  was  that  of  the  comic  opera, 
La  Cigale,  which  ran  nearly  all  the  season  of  1891-92.  The  house  is  under  the 
management  of  T.  Henry  French,  and  comic  operas  are  the  principal  attractions. 

The  Metropolitan  Opera-House,  which  occupies  the  whole  block  bounded 
by  Broadway,  Seventh  Avenue  and  39th  and  40th  Streets,  was  perhaps  the  second 
establishment  of  importance  on  the  continent.  In  some  sense  it  may  be  considered 
the  first,  as  it  was  the  only  permanent  home  of  grand  opera.  It  was  built  by  a  cor- 
poration, composed  largely  of  men  who  were  unable,  several  years  ago,  to  secure 
boxes  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  which  was  then  the  only  opera-house  in  the  city. 
The  cost  was  about  $1,500,000.  The  building  is  of  buff  brick,  stone  and  iron,  in 
the  Italian  Renaissance  style  of  architecture.  The  exterior  dimensions  are  :  on 
Broadway,  205  feet ;  30th  Street,  284  feet ;  Seventh  Avenue,  197  feet  ;  40th  Street, 
229  feet.  Each  of  the  Broadway  corners,  occupying  a  space  of  about  seventy  feet 
square,  rises  to  a  height  of  seven  stories.  The  lower  floors  are  occupied,  one  by 
the  Bank  of  New  Amsterdam,  and  the  other  as  a  restaurant.  The  second  story  of 
the  39th-Street  corner  is  one  of  a  suite  of  assembly-rooms.  The  upper  stories  of 
both  corners  are  laid  out  in  apartments  for  dwellings.  The  intervening  section 
on  Broadway  is  carried  to  a  height  of  full  four  stories,  and,  is  devoted  to  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Opera-House,  and  to  such  other  apartments  as  will  increase  the  con- 
35 


546  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

venience  of  the  establishment  for  balls  and  extensive  social  functions.  The  main 
auditorium  occupies  the  geographical  centre  of  the  block.  It  is  reached  from  the 
front,  through  a  vestibule  65  by  35  feet,  and  from  either  side,  through  vestibules 
which  are  33  feet  wide,  and  70  and  50  feet  in  length,  respectively.  All  three  vesti- 
bules open  into  a  semi-circular  corridor,  which  extends  around  the  auditorium  to 
the  proscenium-wall  on  either  side.  The  box  tiers  and  upper  circles  are  approached 
by  a  magnificent  double  stairway,  which  rises  from  either  side  of  the  front  vestibule 
and  joins  in  a  single  stairway  above  the  first  tier,  and  by  four  other  stairways  lead- 
ing from  the  side  vestibules.  Within,  the  auditorium  is  surrounded  by  two  tiers  of 
boxes,  and  three  balconies,  making  in  all  five  galleries.  There  are  73  boxes  in  the 
two  tiers,  and  twelve  below  the  first  tier,  near  the  stage,  six  on  either  side,  on  a 
level  with  the  main  floor.  There  are  584  seats  in  the  parquet,  750  in  the  balcony 
and  dress-circle,  and  930  in  the  gallery  ;  the  total  seating  capacity,  including  the 
boxes,  is  3, 500.  The  tone  of  the  decoration  is  in  old  gold.  There  are  figures  repre- 
senting The  Chorus  and  The  Ballet,  on  the  pilasters  at  the  sides  of  the  curtain 
opening  ;  and  above  the  middle  of  the  arch,  there  is  an  allegory,  with  Apollo  as 
the  central  figure.  Statues  .of  the  Muses  are  placed  in  niches  at  either  side. 
Strictly  speaking,  there  is  no  proscenium.  The  great  curtain  opening  is  48  by 
50  feet.  The  stage,  which  is  the  largest  in  the  country,  is  101  feet  wide,  90  feet 
deep,  and  150  feet  high,  to  the  roof.  As  a  consequence,  the  scenic  outfits  are  made 
on  a  gigantic  scale.  On  either  side  of  the  stage,  facing  39th  and  40th  Streets 
respectively,  are  large  apartments  which  are  used  as  executive  offices.  Above  the 
vestibules  and  the  three  entrances,  are  assembly-rooms,  parlors,  retiring-rooms, 
toilet-rooms,  and  other  accessory  apartments.  A  feature  of  the  stage  is  a  fine 
organ,  which  has  ten  speaking  stops  and  661  pipes.  It  occupies  a  position  next  to 
the  proscenium  wall  on  the  south  side,  twenty  feet  above  the  stage  floor.  The  key- 
box  is  at  the  left  end  of  the  orchestra  space  and  the  action  is  electric.  The  house 
was  thought  to  be  fire-proof.  The  partitions  are  all  of  masonry  ;  the  floors  of  iron 
beams  and  brick  arches  ;  and  the  roof  of  iron  and  brick.  The  Opera-House  was 
opened  October  22,  1883,  with  a  performance  of  Faust  in  Italian.  Henry  E. 
Abbey  was  the  manager,  and  Italo  Campanini  and  Christine  Nilsson  were  the  prin- 
cipals of  the  cast.  Mr.  Abbey's  management  ended  for  the  time  being  in  the  spring 
following.  In  the  fall  of  1884  a  season  of  German  opera  was  begun,  under  the 
management  of  Edmund  C.  Stanton,  acting  in  the  interests  of  the  stockholders, 
and  with  Leopold  Damrosch  as  Musical  Director.  The  giving  of  German  opera 
was  an  experiment  in  those  days,  but  it  was  so  successful,  especially  in  an  artistic 
sense,  that  a  similar  policy  was  pursued  for  the  six  years  following.  During  that 
period,  all  Wagner's  operas  (excepting  Parsifal}  were  produced  in  magnificent  style, 
some  of  them  for  the  first  time  in  America.  For  example,  Tristan  und  Isolde  was 
unknown  here  until  the  performance  of  December  I,  18S6  ;  Siegfried  was  first  pre- 
sented here  November  9,  1887  ;  and  Rheingold,  January  4,  1889.  In  the  spring  of 
1 89 1  the  stockholders  decided  to  set  aside  German  opera  for  the  time  being,  and 
contracted  with  Henry  E.  Abbey  for  a  season  of  Italian  and  French  opera,  to  be 
given  during  the  winter  of  1891  and  1892.  This  contract  was  carried  out  to  the 
satisfaction  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera-House  company.  A  fire  destroyed  the  in- 
terior of  this  supposed  fire-proof  opera-house  on  August  27,  1892.  It  is  generally 
hoped  that  the  house  will  be  repaired  and  refitted  practically  the  same  as  before,  in 
order  that  New  York  may  continue  to  have  one  of  the  great  opera-houses  of  the 
world.  The  fact  that  it  has  not  been  very  profitable  is  more  than  offset  by  the  enor- 
mous benefit  derived  by  the  people  from  the  musical  culture  developed  here. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


547 


548  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Music  Hall,  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Seventh  Avenue  and  57th  Street,  is 
the  next  in  magnitude  of  the  principal  establishments  to  which  reference  has  been 
made.  It  was  built  by  a  corporation  known  as  the  Music-Hall  Company,  of  the 
stock  of  which  Andrew  Carnegie  owns  about  nine-tenths.  The  material  of  construc- 
tion is  brick  and  terra  cotta.  The  architecture  is  simple,  but  rich.  The  57th-Str.eet 
front  is  a  modification  of  the  modern  Renaissance.  The  centre  of  the  facade,  a  space 
80  feet  broad,  is  divided  into  a  series  of  five  arches,  which  serve  collectively  as  the  main 
entrance.  Above  these  is  a  similar  series  which  extends  through  two  stories  ;  and 
still  above,  a  series  of  small  double  arches,  which  extends  to  the  main  cornice. 
Still  above  is  a  plain  roof,  of  the  style  known  as  the  Mansard.  The  appearance 
presented  by  the  exterior  is  one  of  dignity,  rather  than  of  beauty.  In  so  far  as  the 
arrangement  of  wall-openings  indicates,  the  building  is  of  six  stories,  but  the  floor 
lines  are  irregularly  placed,  and  only  a  small  portion  of  the  edifice  conforms  to  that 
arrangement.  The  principal  feature  of  the  building  is  the  grand  concert-hall,  which 
occupies  the  main  part  of  the  ground-floor.  It  is  a  magnificent  auditorium,  with 
seats  for  3,000  people,  and  standing  room  for  1,000  more.  The  entrance  leads  to  a 
vestibule  70  feet  long,  the  ceiling  of  which  is  a  semi-circular  vault,  25  feet  high. 
The  vestibule  opens  into  a  spacious  corridor,  which  extends  around  three  sides  of 
the  hall,  and  from  both  angles  of  which  broad  stairways  lead  to  the  box  tiers,  dress- 
circle  and  balcony.  The  parquet  floor,  which  of  itself  seats  over  1,000  persons,  has 
nine  exits  to  the  corridor,  and  the  latter  and  the  main  vestibule  have  doors  opening 
upon  the  three  streets.  The  upper  circles  do  not  extend  to  the  proscenium-wall, 
but  terminate  at  points  on  the  side-walls  farther  and  farther  back  as  they  rise.  This 
arrangement  brings  the  ceiling  into  view,  and  (it  is  claimed)  improves  the  acoustic 
properties.  The  decorations  are  in  ivory  and  gold,  relieved  with  tints  of  old  rose.  The 
stage  is  an  integral  part  of  the  hall,  and  has  no  theatrical  equipment,  the  hall  having 
been  designed  purely  for  concerts  and  lectures.  The  hall  is  lighted  by  electricity.  The 
incandescent  lamps  are  so  disposed  in  the  cornices  and  decorative  work  that  very  few  of 
them  are  in  sight  of  any  one  in  the  audience.  The  effect  of  lighting  is  something  like 
that  of  sunlight  coming  over  one's  shoulder.  In  the  basement  below  the  grand  hall, 
and  having  a  separate  entrance  on  57th  Street,  is  Recital  Hall,  the  seating  capacity 
of  which  is  1,200.  These  two  large  halls  are  so  connected  by  stairways  and  ante- 
rooms that  they  may  easily  be  transformed  into  a  ball-room  and  banquet-hall  for  use 
on  a  great  social  occasion.  Connected  with  Recital  Hall  is  an  extensive  kitchen. 
Above  the  latter,  on  the  street  level,  is  a  dining-room,  sufficiently  large  to  accommo- 
date 150  persons.  On  the  second  story  there  is  a  grand  drawing-room  ;  on  the  third, 
a  chamber  music  hall,  with  seating  capacity  of  450  ;  on  the  fourth,  a  chapter-room, 
so-called,  which  sometimes  serves  the  purpose  of  an  additional  chamber  music  room  ; 
and  on  the  fifth,  still  another  hall  of  similar  size.  The  roof-story  is  laid  out  in  ten 
apartments,  each  with  ante-rooms  to  serve  as  lodge-rooms  for  the  use  of  secret  so- 
cieties. There  are  in  the  building,  numbers  of  parlors,  retiring  rooms,  cloak-rooms, 
and  the  like  ;  and  the  entire  edifice  is  so  arranged  that  the  different  portions  may  be 
used  for  the  special  purposes  for  which  they  were  planned,  with  complete  isolation, 
or  all  may  be  thrown  into  connection  for  a  grand  social  event,  as  easily  as  the  apart- 
ments in  a  private  residence.  A  grand  musical  festival,  which  was  begun  on  May  5, 
1 89 1,  and  lasted  five  days,  was  the  dedicating  event  in  Music  Hall,  although  Re- 
cital Hall  had  then  been  in  service  for  some  weeks.  The  festival  was  carried  out 
jointly  by  the  Symphony  and  Oratorio  Societies,  with  the  assistance  of  a  boys' 
choir  of  100  voices,  and  eighteen  prominent  solo  singers,  among  whom  were  Frau 
Antonia    Mielke,  Mile.  Clementine  de  Vere,  Frau  Marie  Ritter-Goetze,  Sig.    Italo 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


549 


Campanini,  Herr  Theodor  Reichmann  and  Herr  Emil  Fischer.  Walter  Damrosch 
was  the  director,  and  he  was  assisted  by  P.  Tschaikowsky,  an  eminent  Russian  com- 
poser, who  led  the  orchestra  in  the  interpretation  of  a  number  of  his  own  compo- 
sitions. 

The  building  of  Music  Hall  was  largely  in  the  nature  of  an  experiment,  and  a 
year's  experience  has  shown  that  extensive  alterations  will  be  necessary  to  make  it  a 
thoroughly  available  property.  Plans  have  been  perfected,  therefore,  for  rebuild- 
ing, which  will  involve  an  expense  nearly  equal  to  the  first  cost.     The  corner-lot  on 


CARNEGIE    MUSIC    HALL,   SEVENTH    AVENUE    AND    57TH    STREET. 

56th  Street  has  been  purchased,  and  it  is  intended  to  extend  the  building  over  it ;  to 
so  remodel  the  stage  of  the  grand  hall  as  to  make  it  an  opera-house  ;  to  continue 
the  edifice  several  stories  higher  ;  to  provide  a  number  of  new  halls,  suitable  for  re- 
citals and  chamber-concerts,  and  to  abandon  the  lodge-rooms  and  provide  a  large 
number  of  studios. 

The  Casino  is  one  of  the  picturesque  buildings  in  New-York  City.  It  stands 
on  the  southeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  39th  Street,  and  is  a  fine  illustration  of  the 
Arabesque  or  Moorish  style  of  architecture.  The  materials  are  terra  cotta,  brick  and 
sandstone.  As  viewed  from  the  corner  diagonally  opposite,  it  presents  a  round 
tower,  surmounted  by  a  Moorish  dome,  at  the  street  angle  ;  a  curved  overhanging 
gallery  at  the  upper  story  on  the  39th- Street  side  ;  and  an  open  colonnade,  which 
rises  above  the  roof  on  the  Broadway  front.  The  dimensions  of  the  building  are 
144  by  107  feet.  The  interior  architecture  corresponds  with  the  exterior  appearance. 
The  auditorium,  which  is  in  the  second  story,  and  is  reached  by  means  of  a  wide 
marble  stairway  from  a  spacious  lobby  on  the  39th-Street  side,  is  decorated  in  plastic 


55° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


materials,  of  which  asbestos  forms  a  considerable  part.  Everywhere  is  seen  the  low 
horse-shoe  arch,  the  semi-spherical  dome,  the  low  colonnade,  and  the  lattice  work, 
which  are  characteristic  of  Moorish  architecture.  The  seating  capacity  is  about 
2,000.  There  are  16  boxes,  a  balcony,  and  (in  place  of  the  usual  gallery)  a  buffet 
floor,  virtually  an  open  smoking-room,  with  the  performance  in  view.  The  stage  is 
40  feet  wide,  and  32  feet  deep.  A  feature  of  the  Casino  is  its  roof-garden,  where 
in  hot  weather  one  may  partake  of  refreshments,  and  listen  to  the  orchestral  music. 
The  garden,  tower  and  overhanging  balcony  are  brilliantly  lighted  with  electricity 
at  night.  The  Casino  was  built  and  is  owned  by  the  New-York  Concert  Company, 
and  was  intended  as  a  concert-hall,  but  from  the  outset  until  recently  it  has  been  a 
permanent  home  for  comic  opera.  It  was  opened  October  22,  1882,  with  a  perform- 
ance of  The  Queen's  Lace  Handkerchief.  Its  most  famous  production  was  that  of 
Erminie,  which  in  several  runs  has  been  performed  upwards  of  1,000  times.  In  the 
fall  of  1892  the  proprietors  of  the  Casino  abandoned  the  field  of  comic  opera, 
rearranged  the  auditorium  and  stage  of  the  house,  and  turned  it  into  a  concert-hall 
of  the  English  type.      The  manager  is  Rudolph  Aronson. 

Palmer's  Theatre,  at  Broadway  and  30th  Street,  is  often  spoken  of  as  the 
leading  theatre  in  America  ;  partly  because  it  is  the  play-house  with  which  the  name 
of  Lester  Wallack  was  most  recently  associated,  and  partly  because  of  the  prestige 
of  the  present  manager,  Albert  M.  Palmer,  who  had  achieved  distinct  success  at  the 


PALMER'S   THEATRE  (AS    IT    IS,    1892,),    BROADWAY,    NORTHEAST   CORNER   OF   30th   STREET. 

Union-Square  and  Madison- Square  Theatres  before  he  took  charge  of  this  house. 
This  prestige  is  also  made  evident  by  the  fact  that  Mr.  Palmer  has  been  president  of 
the  Actors'  Fund  ever  since  it  was  founded.     The  theatre  was  built  by  Lester  Wal- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


OD 


lack  and  Theodore  Moss,  and  opened  Januarys  1882,  with  a  performance  of  School 
for  Scandal,  with  John  Gilbert,  Harry  Edwards,  Osmond  Tearle,  Gerald  Eyre,  Rose 
Coghlan,  Mme.  Ponisi  and  Stella  Boniface  in  the  cast.  Mrs.  Langtry  made  her 
debut  in  America  on  its  stage  in  An  Unequal  Match,  November  6,  1882.  Lester 
Wallack  retired  from  the  management  early  in  1887,  and  during  the  season  of 
1887-88  the  affairs  of  the  house  were  conducted  by  Henry  E.  Abbey.  Mr.  Palmer 
took  possession  as  manager 
in  September,  1888.  Theo- 
dore Moss  is  now  the  owner. 
The  engagement  of  Mary 
Anderson,  her  last  in  this 
city  ;  the  production  of  An- 
tony and  Cleopatra,  by  Mrs. 
James  Brown  Potter  ;  and  the 
engagement  of  the  Coquelin- 
Hading  Company  were  the 
principal  events  of  Mr. 
Palmer's  first  season ;  the 
productions  of  Samson,  by 
Salvini,  the  famous  Italian 
tragedian,  and  of  Richard 
III.,  by  Richard  Mansfield, 
were  significant  occurrences 
of  his  second.  E.  S.  Willard, 
an  English  actor  of  great 
ability,  occupied  the  stage 
during  the  third  ;  and  Mr. 
Palmer's  own  stock-company 
furnished  the  attractions  dur- 
ing the  fourth,  which  ended 
April  30,  1892.  In  the  sum- 
mer, Palmer's  Theatre  is 
given  over  to  comic  opera. 
The  house  has  a  frontage  of  92  feet  on  Broadway,  and  of  1 50  feet  on  West  30th 
Street.  The  auditorium  stands  back  from  both  streets,  and  is  skirted  by  a  portion 
of  the  projected  lofty  and  magnificent  edifice,  which  is  now  completed  for  two  stories 
only.  The  entrance  lobby  and  main  foyer  on  the  first  story,  and  a  grand  foyer  on 
the  second,  which  is  reached  by  two  wide  stairways,  occupy  the  Broadway  front  for 
the  full  width  of  the  theatre  proper,  which  is  75  feet.  There  is  a  side  entrance,  used 
principally  by  people  who  arrive  in  carriages,  on  30th  Street.  The  rest  of  the  incom- 
plete building  fronting  on  both  streets,  is  devoted  to  stores  and  business  offices. 
The  auditorium  is  handsomely  decorated  in  dark  tints,  relieved  with  gold.  There 
are  seats  in  the  parquet,  balcony,  gallery  and  boxes  for  1,200  people.  The  stage 
measures  70  by  35  feet,  and  is  entered  from  30th  Street.  The  productions  at 
Palmer's  Theatre  may  invariably  be  depended  on  as  worthy  of  the  best  and  most 
fastidious  patronage. 

The  Fifth- Avenue  Theatre  is  the  fourth  playhouse  that  has  borne  that  name. 
It  is  on  the  north  side  of  West  28th  Street,  a  few  feet  from  Broadway  ;  on  the  site 
of  its  namesake,  which  was  burned  on  January  2,  1 891.  It  is  one  of  the  handsom- 
est theatres  in  the   country.     The  28th-Street  front,  which  is  the  broadside  of  the 


PALMER'S    THEATRE  (WHEN    COMPLETED),    BROADWAY    AND 
WEST    30TH    STREET. 


55 2  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

building,  is  in  the  style  of  the  Italian  Renaissance,  very  elaborate  in  the  detail  of  its 
ornamentation,  in  which  free  use  has  been  made  of  the  emblems  of  the  drama.  An 
architectural  feature  of  this  front  is  a  handsome  portico,  which  covers  a  portion  of 
the  sidewalk,  and  serves  as  a  commodious  fire-escape.  All  of  the  windows  are  filled 
with  stained  glass.  There  are  two  principal  entrances,  one  of  which  is  sheltered  by 
the  portico,  and  opens  into  the  main  foyer,  an  apartment  40  feet  long  and  1 5  feet 
wide,  and  from  which  a  wide  marble  stairway  leads  to  the  upper  boxes  and  balcony. 
The  other  entrance  is  through  a  lobby  50  feet  long  and  12  feet  wide,  which  leads 
from  Broadway  to  the  rear  of  the  orchestra.  The  floors  of  the  foyer  and  lobby  are 
laid  in  white  marble,  and  the  walls  are  divided  into  panels  by  pilasters  and  columns 
of  Mycenian  marble.  In  the  auditorium  the  decorations  are  in  tint,  grading  from 
a  dark  crimson  to  pink,  with  ornamentations  in  ivory  and  gold.  The  distinctive  archi- 
tectural feature  is  the  great  semi-spherical  dome  of  steel  and  tiles,  silver  and  blue 
in  tints,  around  the  base  of  which  extends  a  series  of  panels,  containing  figures  of 
the  Muses.  There  are  eight  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery,  both  of  which  extend 
well  forward,  and  the  seating  capacity  is  1,400.  The  auditorium  is  68  feet  wide 
and  64  feet  deep,  and  the  height  of  the  dome  is  65  feet.  The  stage  is  80  by  35 
feet.  The  Fifth-Avenue  Theatre  was  built  by  the  executors  of  the  Peter-Gilsey 
estate,  and  is  leased  to  Manager  Henry  C.  Miner.  It  was  opened  on  May  28,  1892, 
with  a  production  of  the  comic  opera,  The  Robber  of  the  Rhine.  Its  predecessor 
was  built  by  the  Gilsey  Estate  in  1 873,  on  the  site  of  a  building  which  was  opened 
October  16,  1 868,  as  Apollo  Hall,  and  was  variously  known  as  Newcomb's  Hall  and 
the  St. -James  Theatfe,  and  used  for  concert  and  minstrel  performances.  Augustin 
Daly  became  manager  December  3,  1 873,  and  named  the  new  house  the  Fifth- 
Avenue.  During  his  tenancy  of  fo»r  years,  he  gained  fame  but  lost  money.  Suc- 
ceeding managers  were  Stephen  Fiske,  Daniel  H.  Harkins,  John  H.  Haverly,  John 
Stetson,  Eugene  Tompkins  and  Henry  C.  Miner.  The  house  was  the  scene  of  Mary 
Anderson's  New- York  debut,  November  12,  1877  ;  of  Modjeska's  New- York  debut, 
December  22,  1877  ;  of  the  first  authorized  performance  in  America  of  Gilbert  and 
Sullivan's  famous  opera,  The  Mikado,  September  24,  1885  ;  and  of  Mrs.  James 
Brown  Potter's  debut,  October  31,  1887.  At  the  time  of  the  fire  the  attraction  was 
Fanny  Davenport's  production  of  Sardou's  Cleopatra. 

Hoyt's  Madison-Square  Theatre  is  a  handsome  play-house  on  the  south  side 
of  West  24th  Street,  near  Broadway.  The  front  of  the  main  building,  fifty  feet 
wide,  is  of  granite,  and  there  is  an  extension  of  brick,  which  contains  the  entrance- 
lobby,  dressing-rooms  and  offices.  A  foyer  extends  across  the  front  of  the  theatre 
proper.  The  auditorium  is  finished  in  carved  mahogany  and  other  rare  woods,  and 
is  one  of  the  handsomest  in  the  city.  There  are  four  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gal- 
lery, and  the  seating  capacity  is  about  800.  A  peculiarity  of  the  stage  is  that  it 
consists  of  two  platforms,  like  the  roof  and  floor  of  an  elevator,  one  thirty-five  feet 
above  the  other.  Either  platform  is  brought  to  the  proper  level  at  will,  by  means 
of  counter-weights.  This  peculiarity  enables  the  management  to  furnish  elaborate 
and  solid  scenic  settings,  without  necessitating  any  waits  between  the  acts.  The 
platforms  are  thirty-one  feet  wide  and  twenty-nine  feet  from  front  to  rear.  The 
theatre  was  built  in  1879  an(^  !88o,  by  the  Mallory  brothers,  for  Steele  Mackaye, 
and  was  opened  on  February  4,  1880,  with  the  production  of  Hazel  Kirke,  which 
had  a  run  of  about  456  performances.  Mackaye's  tenancy  was  short.  Daniel 
Frohman  succeeded  him  as  manager.  Albert  M.  Palmer  took  possession,  as  a 
partner  of  the  Mallorys,  on  September  1,  1884,  and  organized  a  stock-company  for 
the  house.     For  about  seven  years  he  produced  plays  of  foreign  authorship,  with 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


553 


occasionally  an  American  drama.  Hoyt  &  Thomas  (Charles  H.  Hoyt  and  Charles' 
W.  Thomas)  succeeded  as  managers  on  September  15,  1 89 1,  and  on  November  9th 
following  produced  Hoyt's  farcical  comedy,  A  Trip  to  Chinatown.  This  piece, 
which  was  at  that  time  the  newest  of  Hoyt's  plays,  proved  to  be  a  remarkably 
strong  attraction,  and  it  had  a  run  of  about  a  year.  Both  the  managers  are  young 
men,  and  have  been  singu- 
larly successful.  They  began 
in  the  spring  of  1884.  They 
have  confined  themselves 
solely  to  the  production  of 
comedies  and  farcical  pieces, 
written  by  the  senior  mem- 
ber of  the  firm.  Mr.  Hoyt's 
career  as  a  dramatic  author 
antedates  that  of  his  firm  as 
managers  by  several  years. 
He  was  one  of  the  first  of 
dramatic  authors  to  test  the 
liking  of  the  public  for  that 
class  of  entertainments 
known  as  farce-comedies. 
In  this  line  he  has  been  a 
most  successful  play-wright. 
During  the  past  eight  years 
he  has  written,  and  his  firm 
has  produced,  eight  come- 
dies and  farcical  pieces,  and 
every  one  has  been  profita- 
ble. The  element  of  chance, 
usually  very  prominent  in 
theatrical  operations,  is  elim- 
inated more  thoroughly  from 
the  business  of  Hoyt  & 
Thomas  than  from  that  of 
any  other  theatrical  firm. 
This  is  due  in  a  large  degree 
to  Mr.  Hoyt's  methods  as  a 
dramatic  writer.  The  first 
performances  of  his  pieces  are  virtually  test-performances  only.  It  is  Mr.  Hoyt's 
habit  to  watch  them  carefully  "from  the  front,"  and  also  to  watch  the  audiences 
as  closely  as  he  does  the  actors.  He  never  rests  content  with  his  own  work 
until  he  is  satisfied  that  it  has  won  the  approval  of  the  public,  and  he  never  hesitates 
to  re-write  his  plays  to  attain  that  end.  The  site  of  this  theatre  was  occupied 
in  1865  by  Chrystie's  Minstrel  Hall.  This  building  was  later  leased  and  remodelled 
by  James  Fisk,  and  opened  January  5,  1869,  as  Brougham's  Theatre.  It  was 
rechristened  the  Fifth-Avenue  Theatre,  April  5th  foliowing,  and  leased  to  Augustin 
Daly.  It  was  the  first  of  the  four  different  theatres  which  have  borne  that  name. 
It  was  the  scene  of  the  first  performance  in  America  of  Fron  Frou,  on  January  15, 
1870,  and  of  Clara  Morris's  New- York  debut,  on  September  30th  of  the  same 
year.      It  was  burned  on  January  1,  1873.      It  was  rebuilt  in   1877,  and  opened  on 


HOYT'S    MADISON-SQUARE    THEATRE,    24th    STREET,    NEAR    BROADWAY. 


554  •     KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

• 

December  ioth  as  Fifth-Avenue  Hall,  and  was  so  known  until  it  was  rebuilt  by  the 
Mallorys. 

Daly's  Theatre  occupies  the  centre  of  the  block  on  the  west  side  of  Broadway, 
between  29th  and  30th  Streets.  Its  front  is  an  unpretentious  brick  building,  of 
three  stories  and  a  Mansard  roof,  the  single  feature  of  which  is  a  portico  which 
covers  the  entrance  to  a  lobby,  twenty-five  feet  wide.  The  lobby  leads,  by  succeed- 
ing stairways  of  half  a  dozen  steps  each,  into  a  foyer,  which  is  nearly  as  large  as  the 
auditorium  into  which  it  opens.  The  auditorium  is  richly  decorated,  dark  red  and 
gold  being  the  prevailing  tints.  There  are  eight  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery, 
and  the  seating  capacity  is  about  1,400.  The  stage  is  very  large,  and  the  accessory 
building  in  the  rear  for  dressing-rooms  and  scenery  unusually  spacious.  An  addi- 
tion extending  at  right  angles  to  29th  Street  was  built  in  1892.  Daly's  Theatre  is 
the  home  of  the  most  famous  stock-company  in  America,  a  company  which,  with 
Ada  Rehan  as  the  leading  lady,  has  won  repeated  triumphs  in  London,  Paris  and 
Berlin.  The  productions  are  mainly  Shakespeare's  comedies  and  plays  adapted  by 
Augustin  Daly  from  German  or  French  sources.  A  peculiarity  of  the  business 
management  is  that  a  person  who  purchases  a  seat  in  advance  does  not  receive  the 
conventional  theatre-ticket,  but  simply  a  strip  of  paper,  bearing  upon  its  face  two 
numbers,  which  are  meaningless,  apparently,  but  which  prove  to  the  attaches  of  the 
house  the  right  of  the  holder  to  enter  the  theatre  at  a  specific  performance,  and  to 
seats  which  are  designated  on  a  coupon,  which  is  given  to  him  at  the  gate.  This 
method  was  adopted  to  put  an  end  to  ticket  speculation.  As  the  strip  of  paper 
bears  no  evidence  on  its  face  that  it  is  a  theatre-ticket,  it  is  not  salable.  Daly's 
Theatre  was  opened  as  Banvard's  Museum,  in  1867,  and  during  the  succeeding 
twelve  years  it  was  variously  known  as  Wood's  Museum  and  Metropolitan  Theatre, 
Wood's  Museum  and  Menagerie,  and  the  Broadway  Theatre.  In  its  early  days  it 
was  both  a  museum  and  a  play-house,  and  in  the  early  70's  it  was  the  home  of  bur- 
lesque. Manager  Daly  took  possession,  remodelled  it,  and  gave  it  its  present  name 
in  1879.      The  house  was  again  remodelled  in  1891. 

Proctor's  Theatre,  at  141  West  23d  Street,  is  a  picturesque  structure,  unique  in 
that  it  is  an  example  of  the  peculiarly  sombre  but  pleasing  Flemish  style  of  architec- 
ture. It  has  a  frontage  of  75  feet,  and  a  depth  of  137^  feet,  with  an  extension  25  feet 
wide,  which  runs  to  24th  Street.  The  material  is  brick  set  in  dark  cement.  The 
building  stands  a  few  feet  back  from  the  sidewalk  line,  and  the  intervening  space  is 
covered  by  a  closed  porch  with  a  tiled  roof.  The  entrance  lobby  is  of  the  full  width 
of  the  building,  and  has  a  wide  stairway  at  either  end,  leading  to  the  upper  circles. 
The  auditorium  is  flanked  by  open  passage-ways  eight  feet  wide,  to  which  there  are 
six  exits  from  each  floor.  There  are  twelve  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery,  beside 
the  orchestra  floor,  and  the  seating  capacity  is  1,717.  The  decorations  are  in  soft 
tints  of  grey-blue,  on  the  ceiling,  running  into  red  and  old  gold  on  the  walls.  The 
effect  is  very  pleasing  to  the  eye.  The  stage  is  75  by  45  feet,  with  the  extension  to 
24th  Street.  The  curtain  opening  is  32  by  42  feet,  but  the  unusual  height  is  reduced 
by  a  masking  of  drapery.  There  are  no  fly  galleries.  The  scenery  is  handled 
from  the  main  floor  by  means  of  a  system  of  counter-weights.  Proctor's  Theatre 
was  built  and  is  owned  by  Alfred  B.  Darling,  senior  partner  of  the  firm  of  Hitch- 
cock, Darling  &  Co.,  of  the  Fifth- Avenue  Hotel  ;  and  it  is  leased  for  twenty  years 
to  Frederick  P.  Proctor.  It  is  absolutely  fire-proof,  and  conforms  in  every  particu- 
lar to  the  letter,  as  well  as  the  spirit,  of  the  building  laws.  The  architect  was  H. 
Edwards-Ficken.  It  was  opened  on  March  5,  1 888,  with  a  production  of  The 
County  Fair.     Its  site  was  once  occupied  by  the  79th -Regiment  Armory,  which 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


555 


fcn3H  in 


in  1882  was  converted  by  Salmi  Morse  into  his  somewhat  famous  "Temple,"  in 
which  he  proposed  to  present  a  Passion  Play.  A  dress  rehearsal  was  actually  held 
on  February  16,  1 883,  but  Mr.  Morse  was  enjoined  from  giving  a  performance,  at 
the  instance  of  people 
prominent  in  various 
churches,  on  the  ground 
that  it  would  be  a  sacri- 
lege, and,  as  such,  in- 
jurious to  the  public 
welfare.  Then  the  place 
was  known  as  the 
Twenty-Third- Street 
Theatre  for  a  number 
of  years,  and  had  sev- 
eral managers,  among 
whom  was  Max  Stra- 
kosch.  Then  it  was  re- 
christened  the  Twenty- 
Third-Street  Taber- 
nacle, and  used  for 
religious  meetings  on 
occasions.  It  was  the 
place  in  which  Mun- 
kacsy's  painting  of 
Christ  before  Pilate  was 
exhibited,  in  1886. 

The  Lyceum 
Theatre,  a  parlor 
play-house,  is  on  the 
west  side  of  Fourth 
Avenue,  between  23d 
and  24th  Streets.  The 
building  is  50  feet  wide 
and  125  feet  deep.  The 
first  floor  is  devoted  to 
an  entrance  lobby,  business-offices,  cloak  and  smoking  rooms,  and  stage  dressing- 
rooms.  The  theatre  proper  is  on  the  second  floor.  The  auditorium  is  decorated 
in  dark  colors.  There  are  four  boxes  and  a  balcony,  and  the  seating  capacity  is 
700.  The  stage  is  47^  feet  wide  and  50  feet  deep.  The  house  was  built  by  the 
American  Theatre  Company,  a  corporation  of  which  Brent  Good  is  the  principal 
stock-holder.  The  theatre  was  opened  in  April,  1885,  with  a  production  of  Steele 
Mackaye's  play  Dakolar.  Daniel  Frohman  became  manager  a  month  later,  and 
still  occupies  the  position.  Helen  Dauvray  and  her  company  gave  the  performances 
for  the  seasons  of  1885-6  and  1886-7,  and  the  Lyceum-Theatre  stock-company  was 
organized  in  November,  1886.  The  policy  of  the  management  is  to  present  modern 
society  dramas  of  English  and  American  authorship. 

Harrigan's  Theatre  occupies  a  plot  of  ground  75  by  100  feet,  on  the  north  side 
of  West  35th  Street,  east  of  Sixth  Avenue.  The  front  is  in  the  Italian  Renaissance 
style,  of  buff  brick  and  terra  cotta.  There  is  a  shallow  lobby,  the  full  width  of  the 
building,  with  stairways  leading  to  the  upper  circle  from  either  end.     The  audito- 


PROCTOR'S    THEATRE,    141    WEST    23d    STREET,    NEAR    SIXTH    AVENUE. 


55 6  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

rium  is  decorated  in  tints  of  ivory,  with  gold  ornamentation.  There  are  seats  in  the 
orchestra,  six  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery,  for  about  800  people.  The  stage  is 
75  by  31  feet.  The  theatre  was  built  by  Philip  Smythe  and  Edward  Harrigan,  the 
last-named  well-known  both  as  an  actor  and  as  a  writer  of  Irish  comedies,  for  the 
use  of  Mr.  Harrigan  and  his  company.  It  was  opened  December  29,  1 890,  with  the 
production  of  Mr.  Harrigan's  play,  Reilly  and  the  400,  which  ran  through  the  season. 
The  Last  of  the  Hogans  and  a  revival  of  its  predecessor  held  the  stage  during  the 
season  of  1891-92. 

The  Broadway  Theatre,  one  of  the  largest  in  the  city,  is  at  Broadway,  41st 
Street  and  Seventh  Avenue.  It  is  92  feet  wide  on  Broadway,  and  has  an  average 
depth  of  160  feet.  The  front,  of  Anderson  pressed  brick,  five  stories  high,  presents 
an  imposing  appearance.  The  entrance  is  through  a  spacious  arch,  the  crown  of 
which  reaches  through  the  second  story.  The  lobby,  24  by  18  feet,  opens  into  a 
foyer,  72^  by  15  feet,  from  either  end  of  which  an  iron  stairway  leads  to  the  balcony. 
The  decorations  are  Romanesque,  in  dull  colors,  varying  from  maroon  to  antique 
pink.  Most  of  the  incandescent  lamps  by  which  the  house  is  lighted  are  so  placed 
in  the  ceiling,  proscenium-arch  and  decorations  as  to  appear  like  stars.  There  are 
seats  for  700  people  on  the  orchestra-floor  ;  and  the  capacity  of  ten  boxes,  the  bal- 
cony and  the  gallery  bring  the  total  up  to  1,776.  The  stage  is  75  feet  wide  and  48 
feet  deep.  The  house  was  built  by  the  Broadway-Theatre  Company,  consisting  of 
Elliot  Zborowski,  T.  Henry  French  and  Frank  W.  Sanger ;  and  was  opened  on 
March  3,  1888,  with  a  production  of  La  Tosca  by  Fanny  Davenport.  Mr.  Sanger 
managed  the  house  up  to  the  present  season  of  1892-93,  when  he  sold  out  and  was 
succeeded  by  Mr.  French.  The  house  is  devoted  to  comic  opera,  the  Francis  Wilson 
and  De  Wolf  Hopper  companies  alternating  in  possession  of  the  stage  during  the 
regular  seasons.  The  site  of  the  Broadway  was  occupied  from  May,  1 880,  until  the 
construction  of  the  new  theatre  was  begun,  in  1887,  by  a  building  erected  by  Zborow- 
ski, Rudolph  Aronson  and  others  as  a  concert-hall,  and  variously  known  as  the 
Metropolitan  Concert-Hall,  Metropolitan  Casino,  Alcazar,  Cosmopolitan  Theatre, 
and  Skating-Rink.  It  was  the  scene  not  only  of  musical  and  dramatic  performances, 
but  also  of  sporting  events. 

The  Bijou  Theatre,  distinctively  the  home  of  farce  comedy,  or  variety  farce, 
is  a  little  play-house  on  the  west  side  of  Broadway,  between  30th  and  31st  Streets. 
It  is  long  and  narrow,  the  width  of  the  building  being  only  38  feet,  while  the  depth 
of  the  auditorium  is  sufficient  for  thirty  rows  of  seats.  The  seating  capacity  of  the 
orchestra,  balcony,  gallery  and  eight  boxes,  is  about  1,400.  The  stage  is  38  by  37 
feet.  The  house,  which  is  owned  by  Edward  F.  James,  was  built  on  leasehold 
title  by  Miles  &  Barton,  and  was  opened  in  the  fall  of  1883,  Edward  E.  Rice  having 
charge  of  the  performances.  Its  fame  rests  upon  the  long  run  of  the  burlesque 
Adonis,  with  Henry  E.  Dixey  in  the  principal  role,  which  held  the  stage  from  Octo- 
ber, 1884,  to  the  spring  of  1886.  Alexander  Herrmann  succeeded  Miles  &  Barton 
as  lessee  in  1887,  and  transferred  his  lease  to  J.  Wesley  Rosenquest,  the  present  man- 
ager, a  year  later.  Travelling  companies  give  the  performances.  There  was  on 
the  site  previous  to  Miles  &  Barton's  tenancy  a  theatre,  which  had  been  remodelled 
from  Jerry  Thomas's  saloon,  a  place  of  considerable  publicity  twenty  years  ago,  and 
which  was  variously  known  as  the  Theatre  Brighton,  the  St. -James  Theatre  and  the 
Bijou  Opera  House.  The  last  manager,  in  1881-82,  was  John  A.  McCaull,  who 
produced  a  number  of  comic  operas,  among  them  The  Snake -Charmer,  in  the  per- 
formance of  which  Lillian  Russell  came  prominently  before  the  public,  and  was  re- 
ceived with  continuous  and  enthusiastic  applause. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  557 

The  Standard  Theatre,  a  combination  house,  so  called,  in  that  its  stage  is 
occupied  by  traveling  companies,  is  geographically  speaking,  on  Sixth  Avenue, 
•between  32d  and  33d  Streets,  but  by  law  that  portion  of  what  apparently  should 
be  the  west  side  of  Sixth  Avenue  is  declared  to  be  Broadway.  Legally,  therefore, 
the  location  of  the  Standard  is  at  1287  Broadway.  The  front  is  75  feet  wide,  and  six 
stories  high,  and  is  built  of  brick,  painted  white.  The  house  has  a  seating  capacity 
of  1,200,  and  a  large  stage.  The  auditorium  is  decorated  in  conventional  style,  with 
little  attempt  at  artistic  effect.  There  are  eight  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery.  The 
performances  given  at  the  Standard  are  usually  of  a  high  grade.  The  original  Stand- 
ard was  built  in  1873,  and  opened  by  Josh  Hart,  as  the  Eagle  Theatre.  It  was 
leased  and  re-named  the  Standard  by  William  Henderson,  in  1875  J  an<^  was  burned 
December  14,  1883.  John  Duff  was  the  first  manager  of  the  present  house.  The 
present  manager,  James  M.  Hill,  took  possession  in  January,  1890.  The  most  sig- 
nificant performances  of  recent  years  were  those  of  Sarah  Bernhardt  and  her  com- 
pany, in  November,  1891. 

The  Park  Theatre,  the  second  to  bear  the  name  since  the  final  destruction  of  the 
historic  house  on  Park  Row,  is  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  35th  Street. 
It  was  built  in  1883,  partly  of  the  material  taken  from  Booth's  Theatre  when  that 
house  was  demolished.  The  owners  are  Hyde  &  Behman,  of  Brooklyn.  It  was 
occupied  by  Edward  Harrigan's  company  from  1 885  to  1890,  and  the  plays  presented 
were  the  Irish  comedies  written  by  that  author-actor.  William  M.  Dunlevy  was  the 
manager  from  September  1,  1890,  until  May,  1892,  and  ran  it  as  a  combination 
house,  with  variety  farces  as  the  attractions.  The  house  is  now  a  variety  theatre, 
managed  by  the  owners.  The  seating  capacity  is  1,800  ;  and  the  stage  is  quite  large, 
covering  about  90  feet  by  40. 

Hermann's  Theatre  occupies  part  of  the  Gilsey  Building,  on  the  west  side  of 
Broadway,  between  28th  and  29th  Street.  The  entrance  lobby,  on  the  first  floor,  is 
30  feet  wide,  and  from  it  a  marble  stairway  leads  around  three  sides  of  a  square  to 
the  auditorium.  There  are  eight  boxes  and  a  balcony,  and  the  seating  capacity  is 
900.  The  stage  is  43  by  28  feet.  The  present  house  was  rebuilt  by  Alexander  Herr- 
mann, as  lessee  from  the  Peter-Gilsey  estate,  and  was  opened  on  October  II,  1890. 
During  the  season  of  1891-92  the  stage  was  occupied  by  various  comedy  companies, 
controlled  by  Charles  Frohman.  The  theatre  was  originally  opened  as  the  San- 
Francisco  Minstrel  Hall,  in  1873.  It  was  afterward  known  as  the  Comedy  Theatre, 
and  from  1886  to  1890  as  Dockstader's  Minstrel  House.     It  has  had  many  managers. 

The  Star  Theatre,  at  Broadway  and  13th  Street,  is  the  Wallack's  Theatre 
best  remembered  as  such  by  theatre-goers  of  the  present  generation.  It  was  there 
that  the  name  Wallack  gained  its  brightest  laurels.  It  was  opened  September 
25,  1 86 1,  with  James  W.  Wallack,  Sr. ,  as  manager;  but  he  never  appeared  on 
its  stage  ;  and  to  all  intents  John  Lester  Wallack  was  the  manager  as  well  as 
the  leading  actor  from  the  outset.  During  twenty  years  there  were  in  the  com- 
pany such  actors  as  Charles  Fisher,  John  Sefton,  Mark  Smith,  John  Gilbert,  James 
Williamson,  E.  L.  Davenport,  J.  H.  Stoddard,  Harry  Montague,  Dion  Boucicault, 
Charles  Coghlan,  Fanny  Morant,  Rose  Eytinge,  Katherine  Rogers  and  Rose  Coghlan. 
Among  the  plays  presented  were  standard  old  comedies  and  the  best  of  the  works  of 
contemporaneous  English  dramatists.  The  house  and  the  company  were  famous  for 
the  general  excellence  of  the  productions,  rather  than  for  the  brilliancy  of  particular 
events.  The  name  Wallack's  Theatre  disappeared  in  1881,  and  for  a  time  the  house 
was  known  as  the  Germania  Theatre.  In  1883,  it  was  rechristened  the  Star.  Theo- 
dore Moss,  Wallack's  old  business-partner,  has  been  the  manager  for  many  years. 


55 8  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

He  remodelled  the  interior  of  the  house  in  1883,  and  again  in  1889.  Of  late,  it  has 
been  considered  a  first-class  combination  house,  and  its  stage  has  been  occupied  by 
the  best  travelling  stars  and  companies.  The  building  is  75  feet  wide  and  148  feet 
deep.  The  stage  is  48  by  45  feet,  and  the  seating  capacity  of  the  auditorium  is 
1,600. 

The  Union-Square  Theatre,  on  14th  Street,  facing  the  Square  from  which 
it  derives  its  name,  is  the  successor  of  the  original  Union-Square,  which  was  built 
by  Sheridan  Shook,  and  opened  as  a  variety-house  September  n,  1871.  Albert  M. 
Palmer  became  Mr.  Shook's  partner  and  the  responsible  manager  September  17, 
1872,  and  during  the  eleven  years  succeeding  made  the  house  famous  by  the  pro- 
duction of  such  plays  as  The  Two  Orphans,  Sardou's  Agnes,  Led  Astray,  Miss  Mill- 
ion, The  Danicheffs,  A  Celebrated  Case,  The  Banker's  Daughter  and  A  Parisian 
Romance,  each  of  which  had  a  long  run.  The  Union- Square  Theatre  stock-com- 
pany was  considered  second  only  to  that  of  Wallack's  Theatre.  James  W.  Collier 
succeeded  as  manager  in  1883,  and  James  M.  Hill  as  lessee  and  manager  in  1886. 
The  house  was  burned  February  28,  1888,  and  was  rebuilt  by  the  Cortlandt-Palmer 
estate,  the  owner  of  the  land,  and  reopened  by  Hill  March  27,  1889.  Since  then  it 
has  been  a  first-class  combination  house.  Greenwall  &  Pierson  are  now  the  man- 
agers, having  taken  Hill's  lease  May  14,  1892.  The  new  Union-Square  Theatre  is 
entered  from  14th  Street  through  a  main  lobby,  49  by  33  feet.  The  auditorium, 
with  its  orchestra,  balcony  and  gallery  and  eight  boxes,  will  accommodate  1,300 
people.  The  decorations  are  in  ivory  and  gold.  The  stage,  55  by  33  feet,  is  entered 
by  a  passage-way  which  leads  from  Fourth  Avenue. 

The  Fourteenth-Street  Theatre,  on  14th  Street,  west  of  Sixth  Avenue,  was 
built  in  1866,  and  opened  on  May  26th  as  the  Theatre  Francais,  under  the  man- 
agement of  Guegnet  &  Drivet.  Jacob  Grau  became  the  lessee  on  August  25th,  and 
under  his  management  Ristori  made  her  first  appearance  in  America,  September  20, 
1866,  in  Medea.  La  Grande  Dnchesse  was  first  presented  here  in  its  entirety  in 
French  September  24,  1867,  and  La  Belle  Helene  was  first  performed,  with  Tostee 
in  the  title  role,  September  24,  1867.  Charles  Fechter  purchased  and  rebuilt  the 
house  in  1 87 1,  renaming  it  the  Lyceum,  but  lost  control  of  it  through  financial 
embarrassment.  W.  L.  Mauser,  J.  H.  McVicker,  James  M.  Hill,  John  H.  Haverly 
(who  gave  his  own  name  to  the  house),  Samuel  Colville,  Bartley  Campbell  and  Col- 
ville  &  Gilmore  were  managers  in  succession.  Mr.  Colville,  who  gave  the  house  its 
present  name,  died  in  1886,  and  J.  Wesley  Rosenquest,  the  present  manager,  pur- 
chased various  conflicting  interests  in  the  lease  November  1,  1886.  The  Fourteenth- 
Street  Theatre  is  a  first-class  combination  house,  in  which  plays  slightly  melo- 
dramatic or  sensational  are  the  principal  attraction.  The  front  is  unique,  in  that  it 
presents  the  appearance  of  two  very  high  stories  with  a  double  portico,  supported 
by  columns,  and  a  permanent  canopy  which  extends  over  the  sidewalk.  The 
entrance  lobby  is  shallow,  and  opens  directly  upon  the  auditorium.  There  are 
eight  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a  gallery,  and  the  seating  capacity  is  1,600.  The  stage 
is  45  by  363-  feet,  with  an  extension  20  feet  wide,  which  runs  through  the  block  to 
15th  Street.      The  building  is  owned  by  the  estate  of  Marshall  O.  Roberts. 

Amberg's  Theatre,  distinctively  the  German  play-house  of  New  York,  is  at 
the  southwest  corner  of  15th  Street  and  Irving  Place.  It  is  a  picturesque  structure, 
of  the  Spanish-Moresque  style  of  architecture,  constructed  of  mottled  yellow  and 
dark  red  brick,  with  terra-cotta  trimmings.  The  building  is  75  by  125  feet.  The 
auditorium  is  reached  through  two  shallow  lobbies,  from   Irving  Place.      The  dec- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  559 

orations  and  hangings  are  of  a  deep  red  tint.  There  are  ten  boxes,  a  balcony  and  a 
gallery;  and  the  seating  capacity  is  1,250.  The  stage  is  70  feet  wide  and  40  deep. 
The  theatre  was  opened  December  1,  1888,  and  since  then  has  been  the  home  of 
Amberg's  stock-company,  a  double  organization,  suited  to  both  dramatic  and  oper- 
atic performances.  An  interesting  event  in  the  history  of  the  house  was  the  appear- 
ance there  of  the  Muenchener  Company,  on  November  5,  1890.  Amberg's  Theatre 
occupies  the  site  of  Irving  Hall,  which  was  opened  on  December  20,  i860,  for 
balls,  lectures  and  concerts,  and  which  was  famous  for  many  years  as  the  rendezvous 
of  one  faction  of  the  local  Democratic  party,  to  which  it  gave  its  name. 

The  Grand  Opera-House,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Eighth  Avenue  and 
West  23d  Street,  is  in  some  respects  the  most  imposing  in  appearance  of  the  older 
theatres.  The  front  building,  through  which  there  is  a  wide  entrance  from  either 
street  to  a  common  lobby,  is  six  stories  in  height,  and  is  built  of  marble.  The 
theatre  proper  stands  parallel  to  and  back  from  23d  Street.  A  striking  feature  seen 
on  entering  is  the  grand  foyer,  the  largest  in  any  theatre  in  the  city,  open  in  part  to 
the  roof.  A  stairway  of  unusual  width  leads  to  the  balcony.  The  auditorium  has 
seats  in  the  orchestra,  balcony,  gallery  and  boxes  for  2,000  people,  and  standing 
room  for  1,500  more.  It  is  magnificent  in  its  outlines  and  proportions,  but  the 
decorations  are  sombre.  The  stage,  one  of  the  largest  in  New  York,  is  eighty  feet 
wide  and  seventy  feet  deep,  and  the  green-room  is  much  the  most  extensive  in  the 
city.  The  house  was  built  by  Samuel  N.  Pike,  the  builder  of  Pike's  Opera-House, 
in  Cincinnati ;  and  was  opened  January  9,  1868,  as  Pike's  Opera-House,  with  a 
performance  of  II  Trovatore,  given  under  the  direction  of  Max  Strakosch.  James 
Fisk  and  Jay  Gould  purchased  the  house  in  March,  1869,  but  Gould's  name  was 
withdrawn  from  the  enterprise  on  March  31st.  Fisk  gave  the  theatre  its  present 
name,  and  made  it  famous  by  his  grand  spectacular  and  ballet  productions,  such  as 
that  of  The  Tempest,  with  which  he  began  his  career  as  manager,  and  of  T%velve 
Temptations,  on  February  7,  1870.  After  Fisk's  death  Mr.  Gould  purchased  the 
property,  and  for  several  seasons,  under  various  lessees  and  managers,  grand  opera 
in  Italian,  spectacles  and  extensive  dramatic  productions  were  seen  on  its  stage. 
Pauline  Lucca  made  her  first  appearance  there,  October  6,  1873,  and  lima  di 
Murska  first  sang  in  America  the  following  night.  For  ten  years  the  Grand  Opera- 
House  has  been  a  second-class  combination  house,  so  classed  because  the  price  of 
the  best  seat  is  one  dollar.  Joseph  II.  Tooker,  Poole  &  Donnelly  and  Henry  E. 
Abbey  succeeded  each  other  as  managers.  T.  Henry  French,  the  present  lessee, 
took  possession  November  23,  1885. 

The  Academy  of  Music  occupies  a  plot  of  ground  117  by  204  feet,  at  the 
northeast  corner  of  14th  Street  and  Irving  Place.  It  is  an  imposing  building  in  its 
outlines,  rather  than  in  architecture.  The  original  Academy  was  built  in  1854,  by  a 
corporation,  as  a  permanent  home  for  Italian  opera.  It  was  opened  on  October  2d 
of  that  year,  with  a  performance  of  Norma,  by  the  Grisi  and  Mario  Company.  It 
was  burned  on  May  22,  1866  ;  and  the  present  Academy,  built  on  the  same  site,  was 
opened  in  February,  1867.  Max  Maretzek,  Jacob  Grau,  Max  and  Maurice  Strakosch, 
Bernard  Ullman,  Leonard  Grover,  Carl  Anschutz,  and  James  H.  Mapleson  were 
among  the  managers  who  conducted  seasons  of  grand  opera  during  the  years  from 
1854  to  1887.  As  an  opera-house,  however,  it  could  not  endure  the  opposition  of 
the  newer  and  more  fashionable  Metropolitan  ;  and  the  Academy  Company  sold  it 
to  William  P.  Dinsmore  on  April  27,  1887.  It  was  purchased  by  Gilmore  &  Tomp- 
kins, November  28,  1887  ;  and  since  then  has  been  a  dramatic  house,  famous  only 
by  virtue  of  the  run  of  The  Old  Homestead,  which  began  August  30,  1888,  and  ended 


560  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

in  May,  1 89 1.  In  1892  the  main  attraction  was  The  Country  Circus.  All  the  boxes 
of  opera  days,  save  the  twelve  under  the  proscenium  arch,  were  removed  five  years 
ago,  and  the  auditorium  is  arranged  in  the  ordinary  fashion.  It  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  2, 700.  The  stage  is  73  feet  wide  and  49  deep,  with  an  extension  a  third 
as  large,  which  runs  towards  15  th  Street. 

Niblo's  Theatre,  on  the  east  side  of  Broadway,  between  Prince  and  Houston 
Streets,  with  an  entrance  through  the  Metropolitan- Hotel  building,  occupies  the 
site  of  the  Columbia  Garden,  which  was  opened  as  a  summer-night  place  of  amuse- 
ment in  1823,  Niblo's  Theatre,  disconnected  from  the  garden,  was  built  by  William 
Niblo,  and  opened  on  May  19,  1843.  ^  was  burned  on  September  18,  1846  ; 
rebuilt,  and  opened  January  30,  1849  5  burned  again  May  6,  1872  ;  and  rebuilt  and 
opened  on  November  30,  1872.  At  various  times  it  has  been  the  home  of  grand 
opera,  of  the  spectacle  and  ballet,  and  of  the  drama.  Henrietta  Sontag  made  her 
first  appearance  in  America  there  January  10,  1 853.  William  Niblo  retired  in  May, 
1 86 1,  and  for  a  short  period,  subsequent  to  January  7,  1862,  the  stage  was  occupied 
by  the  Wallack-Jarrett-Davenport  Company,  consisting  of  James  W.  Wallack,  E. 
L.  Davenport,  Tom  Placide,  and  other  prominent  actors  of  the  time.  An  event 
which  brought  the  house  to  the  attention  of  the  whole  country  was  the  production 
of  the  spectacle  The  Black  Crook,  on  September  12,  1866.  There  were  475  per- 
formers and  auxiliaries,  and  the  ballet  was  led  by  Marie  Bonfanti,  Rita  Sangalli  and 
Betty  Rigl.  The  Black  Crook  was  the  most  violently  abused  play  of  the  time. 
Clergymen  preached  against  it,  and  'good  people  denounced  it,  because  of  the  pre- 
sumed immorality  of  the  display  of  the  female  figure.  But  the  production  popular- 
ized the  ballet,  and  the  piece  has  been  revived  many  times  since,  and  always  success- 
fully. For  many  years  Niblo's  has  been  a  second-class  house,  with  spectacles  and 
melodramas  as  attractions.  The  property  is  owned  by  the  estate  of  A.  T.  Stewart, 
Edward  Gilmore  was  the  lessee  from  1885  to  1892.  In  July,  1892,  he  was  succeeded 
by  Alexander  Comstock,  who  made  old  Niblo's  a  low-priced  house.  The  audito- 
rium is  82  by  75  feet.  Its  seating  capacity  is  2,000.  The  stage  is  75  by  62  feet, 
and  the  entrance  thereto  is  on  Crosby  Street. 

The  People's  Theatre,  at  199,  201  and  203  Bowery,  is  a  dramatic  house,  of 
which  Henry  C.  Miner  is  both  owner  and  manager.  The  house  stands  a  little 
back  from  the  street,  and  is  entered  by  a  wide  lobby.  There  are  seats  in  the 
orchestra,  balcony,  gallery  and  boxes  for  1,400  people.  The  theatre,  which  was 
opened  September  3,  1883,  was  built  on  the  site  of  Tony  Pastor's  Opera-House,  a 
variety  theatre,  at  which  Pastor  first  appeared  in  1865.  It  was  originally  opened 
as  Hoym's  Theatre,  in  1858. 

The  Windsor  Theatre,  at  45  Bowery,  is  a  combination  house,  of  which 
Frank  B.  Murtha  is  the  manager.  Its  attractions  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Peo- 
ple's. The  house  will  accommodate  2,000  people.  It  was  built  on  the  site  of  the 
first  Windsor  Theatre,  which  was  burned  November  29,  1884  ;  and  was  opened  Feb- 
ruary 8,  1886.  The  first  Windsor  was  thus  named  March  I,  1880,  by  John  A.  Ste- 
vens and  Frank  Murtha,  the  managers.  It  was  built  by  a  company  of  Germans,  and 
was  originally  opened  as  the  Stadt  Theatre,  September  6,  1864. 

The  Thalia  Theatre,  at  46  Bowery,  was  thus  christened  by  Gustave  Amberg, 
who  became  manager,  with  Mathilde  Cottrelly  as  stage  directress,  September  11, 
1879.  It  is  (or  rather  was)  the  Bowery  Theatre,  the  history  of  which  has  been  told. 
German  plays  and  operas  were  the  attractions  until  1888,  when  Amberg  sub-leased 
the  house  to  H.  R.  Jacobs  for  a  year.  A  company  of  Hebrew  actors  gave  perform- 
ances in  their  own  tongue  at  the  Thalia  during  the  season  of  1889-90.     Then  it 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  561 

was  closed  for  a  year,  and  during  the  season  of  1 89 1 -92  it  was  open  for  performance 
in  German,  under  the  management  of  the  Rosenfeld  Brothers. 

The  Third-Avenue  Theatre,  at  Third  Avenue  and  East  31st  Street,  is  a  so- 
called  "Cheap-price"  house,  at  which  the  attractions  are  melodramas  and  sensa- 
tional plays.  It  is  the  headquarters  theatre  of  H.  R.  Jacobs'  chain  of  popular  play- 
houses, which  extends  through  many  cities.      It  was  built  in   1875,  Dv  J-  S.  Berger. 

The  Eighth-Street  Theatre,  at  145  8th  Street,  is  devoted  to  performances 
in  Hebrew,  given  by  native  actors.  The  manager  is  Leonard  Hangan.  The  build- 
ing was  once  St.  Ann's  Roman  Catholic  Church  ;  and  was  turned  into  a  variety 
theatre  by  Jac.  Aberle,  in  1879. 

The  Roumania  Opera-House,  at  104  Bowery,  is  another  play-house  devoted 
to  the  Hebrew  drama.      It  is  a  small  establishment,  and  is  not  open  continuously. 

Tony  Pastor's  Theatre,  is  a  little  play-house  in  the  Tammany-Hall  building, 
on  the  north  side  of  14th  Street,  near  Third  Avenue.  The  attractions  are  invariably 
of  the  variety  order.  It  was  partly  burned  on  June  6,  1888,  and  was  rebuilt  there- 
after. The  house  was  originally  opened  in  1868,  as  Dan  Bryant's  Minstrel  Hall, 
and  was  afterward  known  as  the  Germania  Theatre. 

Koster  and  Bial's  Concert  Hall,  at  115  West  23d  Street,  is  a  high-class 
vaudeville  theatre  and  a  beer-garden.  The  entertainments  are  of  the  vaudeville  or 
variety  order,  like  those  given  at  the  Alhambra  in  London,  and  the  Eldorado  in 
Paris,  with  a  burlesque  to  lead  the  programme,  and  are  given  without  the  use  of  a 
curtain.  The  property  is  owned  by  Alfred  B.  Darling,  who  is  also  the  owner  of 
Proctor's  Theatre,  and  is  one  of  the  senior  proprietors  of  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel. 

The  Eden  Musee,  at  55  West  23d  Street  is  primarily  a  museum  of  wax  groups, 
some  of  which  are  meritorious  as  works  of  art.  Secondarily  it  is  a  concert-hall  and 
variety  house.  The  establishment  is  75  feet  wide  on  23d  Street,  and  runs  through 
the  block  to  24th  Street,  on  which  it  has  a  frontage  of  50  feet. 

Miner's  Bowery  Theatre  is  a  variety  house,  at  169  Bowery.  The  entertain- 
ments given  are  of  a  reputable  sort,  but  boisterous. 

The  London  Theatre  is  a  variety  house  at  235  Bowery. 

Miner's  Eighth-Avenue  Theatre,  at  312  Eighth  Avenue,  furnishes  variety 
entertainment  for  the  West  Side  of  the  City. 

The  Harlem  Opera-House  is  the  principal  theatre  of  the  up-town  section  of 
the  city.  It  is  a  handsome  structure,  at  207  West  125th  Street,  occupying  three 
city  lots,  each  of  25  feet  frontage  on  that  street  and  four  on  126th  Street.  There 
are  really  two  buildings,  one  on  each  street.  That  on  125th  Street  contains  the 
entrance  and  lobby  of  the  theatre,  and  also  a  music-hall  100  by  75  feet.  The  theatre 
proper  stands  broadside  to  126th  Street,  and  is  entered  through  an  arcade,  130  feet 
long  and  from  20  to  40  feet  wide.  The  auditorium  is  handsomely  decorated,  blue 
being  the  prevailing  tint.  There  are  seats  in  the  orchestra,  balcony,  gallery  and 
boxes  for  1,800  people.  The  stage  is  70  by  40  feet.  The  house  was  built  and  is 
owned  by  the  manager,  Oscar  Hammerstein.  It  was  opened  September  30,  1 889. 
It  is  a  first-class  combination  house. 

The  Columbus  Theatre,  at  1 14  East  125th  Street,  is  also  owned  and  managed 
by  Oscar  Hammerstein.  The  building  is  200  by  100  feet,  and  runs  through  to  124th 
Street.  It  has  a  seating  capacity  of  2,000  people.  The  stage  is  76  by  40  feet.  It 
is  a  combination  house.      It  was  opened  October  1 1,  1890. 

The  Olympic  Theatre,  built  in  1882,  at   130th  Street  and  Third  Avenue,  is  a 
small  variety  house,  which  was  devoted  to  dramatic  performances  previous  to  the 
opening  of  the  Harlem  Opera-House. 
36 


562 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Theatre  Comique  is  on  the  south  side  of  125th  Street,  near  Third  Avenue. 
It  is  a  small  variety  house.      It  was  remodelled  from  a  skating-rink  in  1888. 

The  Falls  of  Niagara  is  a  cycloramic  painting,  exhibited  in  a  circular  iron 
building  at  the  southeast  corner  of  19th  Street  and  Fourth  Avenue.  The  painting 
itself  is  50  feet  high  and  400  feet  long,  with  the  ends  joined  to  complete  the  circle. 
It  is  a  very  faithful  reproduction  on  canvas,  by  Phillipotteaux,  of  a  bird's-eye  view 
of  Niagara  Falls  and  the  surrounding  country.  The  building  was  devoted  for  several 
years  to  the  display  of  a  similar  painting  of  the  battle  of  Gettysburg. 

Terrace  Garden  and  Lexington-Avenue  Opera-House  are  two  names  by 
which  an  establishment  which  extends  from  East  58th  Street  to  East  59th  Street, 
near  Lexington  Avenue,  is  known.      It  consists  of  a  small  theatre,  fronting  on  59th 

Street,  a  ball-room  and  a  beer- 
garden.  Properly  speaking, 
the  first  title  applies  to  the 
entire  establishment,  and  the 
second  to  the  theatre  only. 
Performances  of  comic  opera 
in  German  are  given  in  the 
theatre,  and  concerts  in  the 
garden  in  the  summer,  and 
both  theatre  and  ball-room 
are  used  for  social  affairs  in 
winter.  The  place  is  greatly 
in  favor  among  the  Germans. 
During  the  summer  of  1892 
the  interior  of  the  theatre 
was  repaired  and  re-decorated, 
and  an  addition  to  the  build- 
ing, extending  to  58th  Street, 
was  erected.  This  provided 
another  ball-room,  and  space 
for  enlarging  the  restaurant 
connected  with  the  garden. 
Michael  Heumann  is  pro- 
prietor and  manager  of  the 
establishment. 

The  Berkeley  Lyceum 
is  a  theatre  originally  built 
for  amateurs  by  the  Berkeley- 
Lyceum  Company.  It  is  at 
19  and  21  West  44th  Street,  near  Fifth  Avenue.  The  auditorium  will  accommo- 
date 500  people,  and  the  stage  measures  30  feet  by  30.  The  house  was  opened 
February  27,  1888.  It  is  now  the  home  of  the  American  Academy  of  the  Dramatic 
Arts,  at  the  head  of  which  is  Franklin  H.  Sargent. 

The  Thirty-fourth  Street  Lyceum  and  Opera-House  is  a  little  theatre  at 
Third  Avenue  and  34th  Street.  It  is  in  occasional  use  only  for  theatrical  performances. 
It  is  sometimes  the  scene  of  boxing-matches  and  other  sporting  events.  It  is  owned 
by  William  W.  Astor. 

The  Lenox  Lyceum  is  a  large  hall,  suitable  for  concerts,  at  Madison  Avenue 
and  59th  Street.      The  floor  is  circular  in  form,  135    feet    in    diameter.      It    is   sur- 


BERKELEY    LYCEUM.  RACQUET   AND    TENNIS    CU 

BERKELEY    LYCEUM,   23    WEST    44TH    STREET,    NEAR    FIFTH    AVENUE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


563 


rounded  by  a  tier  of  57  boxes  and  a  balcony,  and  the  total  seating  capacity  is  2,300. 
The  decorations  are  in  ivory  white,  blue  and  gold.  There  is  a  concert  platform 
simply,  and  above  it  there  is  an  immense  sounding  board.  Banquet  and  drawing- 
rooms  make  the  establishment  suitable  for  social  affairs.  The  Lenox  Lyceum  was 
opened  on  January  2,  1890,  with  a  concert  by  the  Theodore  Thomas  Orchestra. 

Steinway  Hall,  on  the  north  side  of  East  14th  Street,  between  Union  Square 
and  Irving  Place,  was  erected  in  1866,  and  opened  on  October  31st  of  that  year 
with  a  concert  at  which  Madame  Parepa,  Brignoli,  and  Ferranti  sang ;  and  S.  B. 
Mills  played  the  first  concerto  of  Schumann  in  A  minor.  Theodore  Thomas  con- 
ducted the  orchestra.  For  about  25  years  Steinway  Hall,  so  to  say,  has  been  the 
cradle  of  classical  music  in 
this  country  ;  every  promi- 
nent orchestral  organization 
has  been  heard  within  its 
walls,  and  so  have  the  most 
eminent  vocalists  and  in- 
strumentalists, an  enumera- 
tion of  whom  may  prove  of 
interest. 

Pianists:  Anton  Rubin- 
stein, Rafael  Joseffy,  Leo- 
pold De  Meyer,  S.  B.  Mills, 
William  Mason,  Theo. 
Ritter,  Franz  Rummel, 
Moriz  Rosenthal,  Carl  Baer- 
mann,  Ferd.  Von  Inten, 
Carl  Wolfsohn,  Annette 
Essipoff,  Anna  Mehlig, 
Adele  Aus  Der  Ohe,  Marie 
Krebs,  B.  Boeckelmann,  J. 
H.  Bonawitz,  F.  Boscovitz, 
Teresa  Carreno,  Edward 
Dannreuther,  Cecilia  Gaul, 
Mme.  Arabella  Goddard, 
Robert  Goldbeck,  Emil 
Guion,  Robert  Heller,  Max 
Liebling,  S.  Liebling,  Lina 
Luckhardt,  Arthur  Na- 
poleon, Willie  B.  Pape,  Alfred 
H.  Pease,  Max  Pinner,  D. 
Pruckner,  Madeline  Schiller, 
Alida  Topp,  Jean  Vogt. 

Violinists  :  Maurice 
Dengremont,  Henry  Schradieck,  Henri  Wieniawski,  Henri  Vieuxtemps,  Ole  Bull, 
August  Wilhelmj,  Pablo  de  Sarasate,  Carl  Rosa,  Camilla  Urso,  Wenzel  Kopta, 
F.  J.  Prume,  Ovide  Musin,  Edward  Mollenhauer,  Maud  Powell,  Bernhard 
Listemann,  Franz  Kneisel,  Richard  Arnold,  S.  E.  Jacobsohn,  Joseph  Mosenthal, 
Hermann  Brandt,  Emile  Sauret,  Leopold  Lichtenberg,  Alfred  Vivien,  Fritz  Kreisler, 
Edward  Remenyi,  Nahan  Franko,  Jeanne  Franko,  Madge  Wickham,  Nettie  Car- 
penter,  Dora  Becker,  M.  Van  Gelder,  Franz  Wilczeck,  Max  Bendix. 


STEINWAY    HALL,    109-111     EAST    14th    STREET,    NEAR    FOURTH    AVENUE. 


564  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Violoncellists:  Frederick  Bergner,  Carl  Werner,  Joseph  Diehm,  Louis  Lubeck, 
Gaetano  Braga,  A.  Hekking,  Fred.  Mollenhauer,  Wilhelm  Mueller,  Louis  Blumen- 
berg,  Adolphe  Fischer,  Victor  Herbert,  Fritz  Giese,  Rudolph  Hennig. 

Sopranos:  Adelina  Patti,  Parepa  Rosa,  Carlotta  Patti,  Anna  de  la  Grange,  Gaz- 
zaniga,  Marie  Roze,  Minnie  Hauk,  Eugenie  Pappenheim,  Louisa  Cappiani,  Teresa 
Parodi,  Lilian  Norton  (Nordica),  lima  di  Murska,  Caroline  Richings,  Emma 
Juch,  Etelka  Gerster,  Christine  Nilsson,  Bertha  Johanssea,  Anna  Bishop,  Lilli 
Lehmann,  Clara  Louise  Kellogg,  Isabella  McCullough,  Mme.  Ambre,  Alwina 
Valleria,  Emma  Albani,  Marcella  Sembrich,  Amalie  Materna,  Emmy  Fursch-Madi. 

Contraltos :  D'Angri,  Scalchi,  Zelie  Trebelli,  Antoinette  Sterling,  Lena  Little, 
Adelaide  Phillips,  Zelda  Seguin,  Jennie  Kempton,  Annie  Louise  Cary,  Krebs-Mich- 
alesi,  Antonia  Henne,  Kate  Morensi,  Mrs.  Patey,  Anna  Drasdil,  Marie  Gramm, 
Anna  de  Belocca,  Emily  Winant,  Anna  Lankow,  Mme.  Lablache,  Marianne  Brandt. 

Tenors:  Massimiliani,  Campanini,  Ravelli,  Theodore  Wachtel,  W.  Candidus, 
Achille  Errani,  P.  Brignoli,  Le  Franc,  Ernest  Perring,  Theo.  Habelmann,  Paul 
Kalisch,  Christian  Fritsch,  Wm.  Courtney,  Theo.  J.  Toedt,  Jos.  Maas,  Ernesto 
Nicolini,  Anton  Schott,  Albert  Niemann. 

Baritones:  Bellini,  Fossati,  Ferranti,  Ardavani,  J.  R.  Thomas,  Galassi,  Taglia- 
pietra,  Victor  Maurel,  Del  Puente,  Charles  Santley,  Georg  Henschel,  Harrison  Mil- 
lard, Max  Treumann,  Jacob  Muller,  N.  Verger,  Theodor  Reichmann. 

Bassos:  Carl  Formes,  Susini,  Ronconi,  Coletti,  Myron  W.  Whitney,  Joseph 
Weinlich,  Joseph  Herrmann,  Conrad  Behrens,  L.  G.  Gottschalk,  Max  Heinrich, 
Joseph  Jamet,  Franz  Remmertz. 

Organists:  George  F.  Bristow,  George  W.  Morgan,  S.  E.  Warren,  Dudley  Buck. 

Conductors:  Carl  Bergmann,  Luigi  Arditi,  Theodore  Thomas,  Leopold  Dam- 
rosch,  Wilhelm  Gericke,  Frederick  Louis  Ritter,  Carl  Anschutz,  Anton  Seidl,  Max 
Spicker,  Frank  Van  der  Stucken,  Gotthold  Carlberg,  W.  E.  Dietrich,  Max  Mare- 
tzek,  Franz  Abt,  Agr.  Paur,  Reinhard  Schmelz,  Adolph  Neuendorff,  Arthur  Claas- 
sen,  Arthur  Nikisch,  Walter  Damrosch. 

Other  Halls. — ■  Checkering  Hall,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  18th  Street ;  Hardman 
Hall,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  19th  Street;  Behr  Hall,  at  81  Fifth  Avenue  ;  Steck 
Hall,  at  11  East  14th  Street  ;  and  Mason  &  Hamlin  Hall,  at  158  Fifth  Avenue,  are 
used  mainly  for  concerts  and  recitals.  Sherry's  Hall,  at  402  Fifth  Avenue,  and 
Jaegar  Hall,  at  Madison  Avenue  and  59th  Street,  are  in  favor  for  social  events,  ban- 
quets, and  balls  of  considerable  importance.  Lyric  Hall,  at  723  Sixth  Avenue, 
Adelphi  Hall,  at  201  West  52d  Street,  and  Koster  &  Bial's  upper  halls,  at  115 
West  23d  Street,  are  social  rallying-places  of  lesser  importance.  Cooper-Union 
Hall,  upper  and  lower,  at  Third  Avenue  and  8th  Street,  and  Grand  Opera-House 
Hall,  at  Eighth  Avenue  and  23d  Street  are  much  in  use  for  political  and  public 
meetings,  as  well  as  for  other  gatherings.  The  titles  of  Masonic  Hall,  at  Sixth 
Avenue  and  23d  Street,  and  Scottish  Rite  Hall  at  Madison  Avenue  and  29th  Street, 
indicate  their  main  purposes.  The  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  Hall,  at 
Fourth  Avenue  and  23d  Street,  is  in  use  for  religious  meetings,  concerts,  lectures  and 
semi-religious  or  instructive  entertainments.  Clarendon  Hall,  at  114  East  13th 
Street,  and  Arlington  Hall,  at  21  St.  Mark's  Place,  are  meeting-places  for  trades- 
organizations.  The  first-named  is  in  occasional  use  for  dramatic  performances  in 
French.  Neilson  Hall,  on  15th  Street,  near  Irving  Place,  is  available  for  miscel- 
laneous use.  Pythagoras  Hall,  134  Canal  Street,  is  used  by  the  Knights  of  Labor. 
Hotz  Assembly-rooms,  263  Bowery,  Military  Hall,  193  Bowery,  Germania  Assembly 
Room,  291  Bowery,  are  used  for  social  and  political  gatherings. 


t-NQ^F^'ft 


Journalism  and  Publishing 


m 


Newspapers     and     Periodicals,    Book,     Music    and     Other 

Publishing. 


NEW  YORK  has  not  a  complete  file  of  its  first  newspaper,  the  Gazette,  printed 
from  1725  to  1 741,  by  William  Bradford,  but  it  guards  jealously  the  Weekly 
Journal,  printed  from  1 733  to  1 746,  by  John  Peter  Zenger,  who  was  arrested  and 
tried  for  libel  against  the  government  of  the  New- York  colony  in  1 73 5,  and  acquitted 
by  jurors  anxious  to  keep  inviolate  the  liberty  of  the  press.  In  1743  Bradford's 
Gazette  had  a  successor  in  the  New-  York  Gazette  or  Weekly  Post-Boy,  published  by 
James  Parker.  It  lasted  until  1773.  In  1746  and  1747  Henry  De  Forest  pub- 
lished the  Evening  Post.  In  1752  the  Independent  Reflector,  a  literary  journal  founded 
by  James  Parker,  and  the  Mercury,  founded  by  Hugh  Gaine,  made  their  first  ap- 
pearance. The  former  lasted  until  1754,  and  the  latter  until  1783.  In  1753  Wil- 
liam Wenman  began  the  publication  of  the  Pacquet,  which  lasted  until  1767.  In 
1 76 1  and  1762  Samuel  Farley  published  the  American  Chronicle.  In  1766  John 
Holt  published  The  New- York  Journal,  or  General  Advertiser ;  in  1787  the  paper 
was  sold  to  Thomas  Greenleaf,  who  changed  its  name  to  The  Argus,  or  Grtenleafs 
New  Daily  Advertiser,  and  published  semi- weekly  Greetileafs  New-  York  Journal 
and  Patriotic  Register.  These  papers  were  sold  in  1800  to  James  Cheetham,  who 
continued  their  publication— under  the  name  of  The  American  Citizen  for  the  daily, 
and  The  American  Watchman  for  the  semi-weekly — until  1810.  In  1766  A.  and  J. 
Robertson  published  the  Chronicle  and  removed  to  Albany.  In  1773  appeared  Riv- 
ington's  Neiv-  York  Gazetteer  or  The  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Hudson'' s  River  and 
Quebec  Weekly  Advertiser ;  in  1775  the  publication  was  suspended;  in  1777  it  was 
resumed  as  Rivingtoji's  New-  York  Loyal  Gazette,  and  the  name  was  changed  to  Royal 
Gazette  a  short  time  before  its  suspension,  in  1783.  In  1775  John  Anderson's  Con- 
stitutional Gazette  was  born  and  died.  In  1776  Samuel  Loudon  published  the  New- 
York  Packet  and  the  American  Advertiser,  and  during  the  war  removed  to  Fishkill. 
In  1776  appeared  for  three  months  John  Englishman  in  Defence  of  the  English  Con- 
stitution. The  publishers  were  Parker  &  Wyman.  After  the  Revolution  there  were 
the  New- York  Daily  Advertiser,  founded  in  1785  by  Francis  Childs  &  Co.  ;  the  In- 
dependent Journal,  founded  in  1787,  wherein  appeared  the  first  of  the  essays  in  favor 
of  the  Constitution,  afterward  united  in  book-form  under  the  title  of  The  Federalist  ; 
the  Gazette,  founded  in  1788,  and  absorbed  in  1840  by  the  Journal  of  Commerce  ; 
the  United-States  Gazette,  founded  in  1789  by  John  Fenno,  and  removed  with  the 
National  capital  to  Philadelphia  in  1790  ;  the  Minerva,  founded  in  1793  by  Noah 
Webster,  and  merged  with  The  Cotnmercial  Advertiser,  the  most  ancient  of  the.  New- 
York  city  papers  extant. 

In  1816  there  were  the  Mercantile  Advertiser,  of  Ramsey  Crooks,  with  a  circula- 
tion of  2,250  copies;  the  Gazette,  1,750;  the  Evening  Post,  1,600;  the   Commercial 


566  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Advertiser,  1, 200;  the  Courier,  920;  the  Columbian,  825;  the  National  Advocate, 
875.  In  1826  appeared  Noah's  New-  York  National  Advocate,  the  name  of  which  was 
enjoined,  and  changed  to  the  New-  York  Enquirer,  merged  with  the  Courier  in  1839. 
In  1823  Woodworth,  author  df  the  popular  Old  Oaken  Bucket,  edited  the  Weekly 
Mirror,  which  became  The  Mirror,  with  George  P.  Morris  and  Nathaniel  P.  Willis. 
In  1822  appeared  The  Albion,  an  organ  of  English  opinion.  Of  course  it  failed  at 
once.  In  1825  appeared  the  first  Sunday  newspaper,  the  Sunday  Courier.  In  1832 
James  Gordon  Bennett  founded  the  Globe,  and  it  failed.  In  1848  the  Journal  of 
Commerce,  the  Courier  and  Enquirer,  the  Tribune,  the  Herald,  the  Sun  and  the  Ex- 
press united  in  the  formation  of  the  Associated  Press,  the  object  of  which,  immedi- 
ately attained,  was  to  put  an  end  to  extravagant  rivalry  for  news,  and  to  obtain  ser- 
vice very  much  better.  There  are  at  present  the  Associated  Press,  the  United  Press, 
the  American  Press  Association,  the  International  Telegram  Company,  the  Dalziel 
Cable  News  Company,  and  several  city  press  syndicates,  serving  735  daily  and  periodi- 
cal papers.  There  are  printed  in  German,  51  papers  ;  in  Spanish,  9  ;  in  Italian,  4  ;  in 
French,  4  ;  in  Swedish,  2  ;  in  Bohemian,  5  ;  in  Hungarian,  I  ;  in  Armenian,  I.  There 
are  160  trade-papers  ;   16  art-papers  ;  39  scientific  papers  ;  and  10  sporting  papers. 

There  are  many  powerful  religious  papers  published  in  New  York,  and  circulated 
all  over  the  continent.  Among  these  The  Churchman,  the  great  organ  of  the  Epis- 
copal Church  ;  The  Freeman's  Journal,  The  Tablet,  and  five  other  Roman  Catholic 
papers,  besides  the  scholarly  magazine,,  The  Catholic  World;  The  American 
Hebrew,  and  seven  other  Jewish  papers  ;  The  Examiner,  founded  by  the  Baptists 
away  back  in  1823;  The  Observer  and  The  Evangelist,  powerful  Presbyterian 
weeklies;  the  widely  circulated  Christian  Advocate,  known  to  all  Methodists;  The 
Christian  Intelligencer,  the  organ  of  the  Reformed  Church  ;  The  Independent  and 
The  Christian  Union,  evangelical  and  literary,  and  edited  with  great  ability ;  and 
many  other  denominational  papers. 

The  Commercial  Advertiser,  founded  in  1797,  edited  by  John  A.  Cockerill,. 
Republican  in  politics,  is  an  evening  paper,  containing  illustrations  that  startling 
news  or  curious  news  evoke.  In  its  later  history,  a  Republican  paper,  under  the 
management  of  Hugh  Hastings ;  an  ardent  advocate  of  the  Cleveland  administra- 
tion, and  with  a  distinctive  artistic  aim,  under  the  management  of  Henry  Marquand  ; 
it  was  until  recently  impartial  in  politics.  Although  the  oldest  New-York  paper,  it 
is  also  one  of  the  brightest,  and  has  gained  greatly  in  circulation  since  1890. 

The  Evening  Post  is  almost  coeval  with  the  nineteenth  century,  its  first  num- 
ber having  appeared*on  the  16th  of  November,  1801.  The  purpose  of  its  establish- 
ment was  to  afford  an  organ  for  the  Federalist  party,  and  Alexander  Hamilton  and 
a  number  of  his  political  friends,  men  then  very  prominent  in  National  affairs,  were 
the  founders  of  the  paper.  The  editor-in-chief  for  the  first  twenty  years  was  William 
Coleman,  at  one  time  the  law-partner  of  Aaron  Burr.  In  1826  William  Cullen 
Bryant  became  one  of  the  editors,  and  assumed  full  control  two  years  later.  While 
he  was  in  Europe,  between  1834  and  1836,  the  Evening  Post  was  edited  by  William 
Leggett,  who  vigorously  denounced  the  subjection  of  Abolitionists  to  mob-law,  and 
demanded  the  right  of  free  speech  .for  all  Americans,  on  all  topics.  The  paper  fought 
heroically  for  these  principles,  but  lost  ground,  and  Bryant  was  obliged  to  return, 
and  renew  its  popularity.  In  Jackson's  administration  the  Evening  Post  won  wide 
recognition  by  its  opposition  to  the  United-States  Bank,  and  its  advocacy  of  free 
trade.  In  1881,  three  years  after  his  death,  the  paper  changed  hands,  and  was 
edited  by  Carl  Schurz,  ex-Senator  and  ex-Secretary  of  the  Interior.  Upon  Mr. 
Schurz's  withdrawal,  his  colleagues,  Horace  White  and  Edwin  L.  Godkin,  continued 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


567 


THE    EVENING    POST    AND    THE    NATION.     EVENING    POST    BUILDING. 

BROADWAY,  SOUTHEAST  CORNER  OF  FULTON  STREET. 


5^8  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

the  editorial  management.      The  Evening  Post  Building,  at  Broadway  and  Fulton 
Street,  was  one  of  the  first  of  the  large  office-buildings  to  be  ereeted  in  New  York. 

In  politics  the  Evening  Post  is  absolutely  independent.  It  is  constant  in  its 
opposition  to  high  protection,  and  continually  exposes  what  it  considers  the  fallacies 
of  that  doctrine.  It  stands  in  general  for  the  political  principles  represented  by 
Grover  Cleveland,  economy  in  National  administration,  tariff-reform,  civil-service 
reform,  the  industrial  development  of  the  United  States,  and  unity,  reciprocity  and 
broadening  trade  with  other  nations.  In  its  news,  as  well  as  in  its  editorial  columns, 
it  is  dignified,  straightforward  and  accurate,  publishing  all  the  news  of  the  day,  but 
eschewing  sensationalism. 

The  lofty  and  impressive  building  of  the  Evening  Post  is  crowded  with  import- 
ant offices  and  the  headquarters  of  many  important  enterprises,  occupying,  as  it 
does,  a  favorable  position  just  between  the  district  of  the  great  business  exchanges 
and  that  of  the  newspapers,  and  close  to  the  Post  Office  and  the  City  Hall.  At  this 
notable  strategic  point,  Broadway,  the  noblest  street  of  the  world,  is  crossed  by  the 
ever-busy  Fulton  Street,  which  runs  from  the  Washington  Market,  on  the  North 
River,  to  the  Fulton  Market  and  the  ferry  to  Brooklyn,  on  the  East  River.  At  this 
intersection  is  one  of  the  best  points  for  offices  in  the  city,  and  the  Evening-Post 
Building  occupies  it  with  fine  effect. 

The  Journal  of  Commerce,  founded  in  1827,  is  edited  by  David  M.  Stone. 
It  is  absolutely  faithful  to  its  title.  A  large  sheet,  of  the  epoch  when  largeness  of 
sheet  was  a  virtue  in  the  newspapers  of  New  York,  containing  the  market  reports  in 
detail,  and  intended  as  a  guide  for  men  of  business,  it  is  found  in  offices  and  stores, 
and  not  in  the  hands  of  newsboys.  Its  editorials  treat  all  questions  of  public  inter- 
est with  fairness  and  candor,  and  are  widely  copied  at  home  and  abroad. 

The  Courrier  des  Etats-Unis,  founded  in  1828,  is  edited  by  H.  P.  Sampers 
and  Leon  Meunier,  printed  in  French,  Republican  in  French  politics,  Democratic  in 
American  politics.  One  of  its  founders  was  Charles  Lasalle,  a  French  compositor, 
who  worked  at  the  case  in  New  York  with  Horace  Greeley.  The  paper  contains 
all  the  news  cabled  to  other  papers  from  Paris,  an  editorial  article,  a  feuilleton  or 
serial  story,  local  news  in  brief,  and  reprints  from  the  French  journals. 

The  Sun  was  founded  in  1833  by  Moses  S.  Beach,  as  a  religious  daily  news- 
paper. It  was,  for  thirty-five  years,  well-written,  interesting,  sensational  enough 
to  print  in  1835  as  news  Locke's  celebrated  "  Moon  Hoax  ;"  and  decidedly  talented. 
For  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  however,  it  has  been  a  work  of  genius,  proving  that 
in  journalism,  as  in  art,  talent  is  nothing,  but  only  genius  counts.  The  Sun  Print- 
ing and  Publishing  Association  became  the  owners,  and  Charles  A.  Dana  the  Editor, 
in  1868.  The  word  Excelsior  was  added  to  the  State  Arms  of  New  York,  between 
the  two  words  of  the  newspaper-heading  ;  the  publication  and  editorial  rooms  were 
transferred  to  their  present  location  at  the  corner  of  Park  Row  and  Frankfort  Street, 
the  old  Tammany- Hall  structure  ;  then  lofty  and  imposing,  but  now  a  seemingly 
small  and  insignificant  brick  building,  with  mansard  windows,  quite  dwarfed  by  the 
tall  edifices  between  which  it  stands.  Instantly  the  Sim,  which  was  sectarian,  became 
"the  Sun  that  shines  for  all."  It  was  a  journal  of  broad  and  human  symmetry, 
enthusiastic,  patriotic,  vigorous,  and  full  of  convictions  of  which  it  had  the  courage. 
It  was  too  learned  to  be  pedantic  ;  it  was  too  sincere  to  be  commonplace.  It  was 
and  is  a  model.  The  Sun  gives  the  news  without  useless  ornaments,  but  with  words 
that  paint.  "  If  you  see  it  in  the  Sun  it  is  so."  The  Sun's  prose  is  good  sound 
Anglo-Saxon.  Its  editorial  writers  know  how  to  say  the  things  that  they  wish  to 
say,  as  they  wish  to  say  them.     Its  bright  young  men  do  not  report  occurrences  that 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


569 


"THE    SUN,"    NASSAU    AND    FRANKFORT    STREETS. 

they  have  not  seen,  nor  report  everything  they  hear.  Its  correspondents  know  that 
it  would  be  folly  to  try  to  make  it  print  banalities,  and  those  who  have  hugged  that 
fond  delusion  have  been  speedily  dissuaded.  The  Sun  is  the  wit,  humor,  science 
and  art  of  New  York  expressed.  If  its  owners  build  for  it  a  new  domicile,  to  be 
emblematic  it  must  be  marvelous.  It  is  not  surprising  that  the  most  daring,  novel 
and  seductive  of  plans  for  an  architectural  masterpiece  of  thirty-two  stories  has  come 
to  the  Sun,  by  the  design  of  its  business  manager,  W.  M.  Laffan,  who,  since  the 
decease  of  Isaac  W.  England,  has  conducted  the  general  offices  of  the  Sun. 

The  New-Yorker  Staats-Zeitung,  founded  in  1834,  edited  by  Oswald 
Ottendorfer,  is  independent  in  politics.  It  occupies  in  Tryon  Row  its  own  granite 
building.  Printed  in  German,  severely  classic  in  tone,  filled  with  notes  of  the 
Fatherland,  besides  all  the  American  news,  it  is  an  influential  journal  in  Berlin  by 
reflection  of  its  German-American  authority. 

The  Herald,  founded  in  1835,  edited  by  James  Gordon  Bennett,  is  independent 
in  politics.  It  is  against  everything  that  savors  of  the  wrong.  It  aims  to 
give,  not  to  explain  or  interpret,  news.      It  paid  the  expenses  of  Stanley,  who  found 


57o 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK'  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Livingston  ;  it  has  fitted  out  expeditions  to  the  North  Pole  ;  it  has  a  reputation 
wherever  there  are  readers  of  news.  It  is  unique.  It  defies  criticism.  Its  build- 
ing, on  Broadway  at  the  corner  of  Ann  Street,  was  formerly  the  site  of  Barnum's 
Museum.  The  paper  is  more  famous  than  Barnum ;  Barnum  was  more  ambitious 
for  literary,  scientific,  political  and  social  authority.  It  could,  if  it  wished,  be  a 
tyrant  in  art,  letters  and  politics,  but  it  does  not  wish.  It  is  deliberately  that  its 
editorial  page  is  weak.     It  is  a  newspaper,  simply,  perfectly.      To  have  the  faintest 


"tpibune." 
PRINTING-HOUSE    SQUARE    IN     1868. 


"times. 


suspicion  that  the  Heraui  might  suppress  or  amend  any  bit  of  news  for  any  reason, 
political,  literary,  social  or  artistic,  is  not  to  understand  the  Herald.  That  is  the 
secret  of  its  success. 

The  Herald  is  now  erecting,  on  the  immense  block  bounded  by  Broadway  and 
Sixth  Avenue,  35th  and  36th  Streets,  a  magnificent  Italian  Renaissance  building, 
richly  adorned  with  marble,  with  arcades  of  polished  granite  columns,  press-rooms 
separated  from  Broadway  only  by  plate-glass,  and  an  enormous  clock  with  a  deep- 
toned  bell.  This  noble  structure,  abounding  in  reminiscences  of  the  palaces  of 
Venice,  Verona  and  Padua,  is  to  be  used  exclusively  by  the  Herald.  Its  architects 
are  McKim,  Mead  &  White,  who  constructed  the  gorgeous  Madison- Square  Garden. 

The  Mail  and  Express  is  pre-eminently  a  leading  evening  newspaper  of  New 
York.  It  is  "newsy,"  in  the  professional  sense  of  the  word,  in  that  its  record  of 
the  day's  events  is  comprehensive,  and  is  carried  down  to  the  latest  possible  moment. 
Its  editorial  page  is  dignified  and  scholarly.  Its  political  faith  is  Republican,  and  it 
is  a  leader  in  expressing  the  opinion  of  the  party.  As  its  name  suggests,  the  Mail 
and  Express  is  a  consolidation  of  two  newspapers.  The  New-York  Evening  Ex- 
press was  established  in  1839,  more  than  half  a  century  ago,  and  for  many  years  it 
was  edited  by  James  and  Erastus  Brooks.  The  New-York  Evening  Mail,  an  evening 
daily  paper,  was  started  about  1 869.  The  consolidation  of  the  two  into  one  great  news- 
paper was  effected  by  the  late  Cyrus  W.  Field.  He  purchased  the  Mail  in  1880,  and 
the  Express  two  years  later,  and  for  six  years  the  Mail  and  Express  was  issued  under 
his  management.  The  establishment  was  purchased  by  Elliott  F.  Shepard,  its  present 
owner,  in  March,  1888,  and  since  then  the  paper  has  made  long  strides  in  the  way 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


571 


THE    "MAIL    AND    EXPRESS"    BUILDING. 

BROADWAY  AND  FULTON  STREET. 


572  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

of  progress.  It  is  the  only  evening  paper  that  has  a  franchise  in  the  New-York 
Associated  Press.  The  new  Mail  and  Express  Building,  on  Broadway  and  Fulton 
Street,  is  one  of  the  most  elaborate  newspaper  establishments  in  the  country.  It  is 
in  form  like  the  letter  L-  Its  Broadway  front  measures  25  feet,  and  its  depth  100 
feet.  The  Fulton-Street  front  is  77  feet,  and  the  depth  of  that  section  of  the  L  is 
90  feet.  There  are  eleven  stories,  and  the  highest  point  is  211  feet  above  the  curb. 
The  building  is  a  handsome  illustration  of  the  Renaissance  style  of  architecture. 
Four  large  figures,  allegorically  representing  the  four  continents,  adorn  the  lower 
story  of  the  Broadway  facade.  The  material  is  Indiana  limestone  throughout,  with 
steel  construction.  The  newspaper  establishment  occupies  the  basement  for  mechan- 
ical purposes,  the  first  story  as  a  business  office,  the  tenth  story  as  an  editorial  de- 
partment, and  the  eleventh  as  a  composing-room.  The  new  Hoe  presses,  ordered 
for  the  new  building,  will  be  capable  of  printing  98,000  papers  an  hour.  A  point  of 
interest  about  the  establishment  is  that  the  motive  power  for  all  the  machinery, 
excepting  the  elevators,  is  electricity. 

The  New-York  Tribune,  founded  by  Horace  Greeley  in  1841,  and  conducted 
by  him  until  he  was  nominated  for  President  of  the  United  States,  in  1872,  has  been 
almost  constantly,  since  the  birth  of  the  Republican  party,  its  organ  and  counselor. 
Aside  from  politics  it  represents  the  best  elements  in  the  National  character  and 
life.  It  was  foremost  in  the  struggle  for  free  men  and  free  speech,  and  foremost  in 
the  fight  for  National  unity.  It  is  brilliant  at  times,  forceful  and  telling  usually, 
dignified  and  scholarly  always.  Its  influence  upon  its  readers  has  not  been  sur- 
passed by  any  other  American  newspaper.  It  speaks  in  pure,  clean-cut  English. 
Graduates  from  its  editorial  room  take  high  rank  in  journalism.  Since  December, 
1872,  the  Tribune  has  been  conducted  by  Whitelaw  Reid,  United-States  Minister 
to  France  for  three  years,  beginning  in  1889,  and  the  Republican  nominee  for  Vice- 
President  in  1892.  The  Tribune  Building,  an  eleven-story  edifice  at  Nassau  and 
Spruce  Streets,  facing  Printing-House  Square,  and  the  pioneer  of  the  great  news- 
paper office-buildings  in  New  York,  was  erected  during  the  early  years  of  Mr.  Reid's 
administration.  The  great  bulk  of  the  stock  of  the  Tribune  Association  is  owned  by 
Whitelaw  Reid,  Darius  O.  Mills  and  Ogden  Mills.  Ogden  Mills  is  the  President  of 
the  corporation. 

The  New-Yorker  Zeitung,  founded  in  1845,  ^s  Democratic  in  German  and 
American  politics,  and  is  printed  in  German. 

L'Eco  d'ltalia  was  founded  in  1849  by  political  refugees,  companions  of  Gari- 
baldi. It  is  radical  and  anti-clerical  in  Italian  politics,  and  Democratic  in  American 
politics. 

The  Times,  founded  in  1851  by  George  Jones  and  Henry  J.  Raymond,  is  inde- 
pendent in  politics.  It  was  Republican  until  the  Cleveland  and  Blaine  canvass.  The 
recent  death  of  Mr.  Jones  has,  in  the  unanimous  expression  of  respect  and  admiration 
for  him  and  his  work  that  it  evoked,  made  familiar  a  valuable  lesson.  In  this  age, 
called  materialistic,  wherein  mere  apparent  success  is  said  to  be  accepted  as  a  test  of 
worth,  this  great  newspaper  has  an  inspiring,  elevated  ideal,  is  a  journal  of  scholars, 
artists,  lovers  of  truth,  country  and  humanity.  It  never  applauds  a  work  for  the  reason 
that  it  may  seem  popular,  nor  condemns  an  adversary  for  the  reason  that  it  may  be 
expedient.  It  is  absolutely  sincere.  It  fears  nothing,  because  it  looks  at  truth  in 
the  face.  Monsters  of  corruption  have  come  to  life,  and  the  Times  has  destroyed 
them  with  its  arrows  of  light.  The  Tweed  rule  undone  ;  the  relinquishment  of  great 
financial  advantages  in  favor  of  popular  welfare  ;  the  abandonment  of  a  great  pat- 
ronage for  a  question  of  principle  ;  acts  of  the    Times  most  frequently  quoted  in 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


573 


574  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

records  of  the  services  of  the  Press  in  America,  are  only  better-known  instances  of 
its  value.  In  science,  in  literature,  in  art,  in  matters  theological  and  social,  the 
Times  is  a  guide  as  conscientious  as  in  politics.  The  people  know  this,  and  it  will 
not  be  possible  to  prove  that  New  York  is  materialistic,  as  long  as  the  Times  shall 
be  popular.  The  first  offices  of  the  paper  were  in  a  small  building  on  Nassau  Street, 
numbered  113  ;  soon  they  were  transferred  to  the  corner  of  Nassau  and  Beekman 
Streets,  opposite  the  old  Brick  Church.  When  this  property  was  sold,  the  Times 
acquired  ground  on  which  was  laid,  May  12,  1857,  the  corner-stone  of  a  handsome 
building.  It  was  of  buff  sandstone,  fire-proof,  five  stories  in  height,  solid  and 
graceful.  It  was  replaced  in  1889  by  the  present  Times  building,  of  which  David 
H.  King,  Jr.,  was  the  builder.  The  substitution  was  accomplished  as  by  enchant- 
ment. The  offices  were  not  removed.  The  conventionally  designed  old  building 
disappeared  as  scenes  are  shifted  in  plays.  The  crowds  that  pass  by  Printing- House 
Square  saw  an  infinity  of  workmen  by  day  and  by  night,  and  were  perpetually  sin 
prised  by  their  work.  The  corner-stone  of  the  new  building  was  laid,  privately, 
June  7,  1888.  The  building  is  an  architectural  treasure.  There  are  fifteen  stories, 
two  of  which  are  below  the  pavement.  The  ground  and  first  floors  are  built  of 
Hallowell  granite,  the  rest  of  the  building  is  of  Indiana  oolitic  stone.  The  floors 
are  of  brick,  flat  arched.  The  floors  of  the  main  halls  are  covered  with  tiles  of 
Knoxville,  Tenn.,  marble  in  two  shades,  set  in  herring-bone  fashion.  The  doors 
and  wainscoting  are  of  oak  ;  the  stairways,  of  iron  and  stone.  The  Otis  elevator 
shafts  are  tiled.  The  architect,  George  B.  Post,  accomplished  a  masterpiece  of  the 
Romanesque  style  that  is  becoming  national.  Discreet,  moderate,  bold,  vigorous, 
perfect  in  every  detail  of  ornamentation,  in  moldings,  in  capitals,  in  gargoyles  ;  so 
beautiful  that  it  charms  the  naive  and  the  refined,  the  ignorant  and  the  most  learned 
in  art  ;  the  Times  Building  is  the  Times  expressed  in  stone. 

The  World  was  founded  in  June,  i860,  as  a  religious  journal.  In  1861  it 
absorbed  the  Courier  and  Enquirer.  Later,  The  Albany  Regency,  Thurlow  Weed, 
August  Belmont,  Samuel  L.  M.  Barlow  and  others  were  said  to  be  its  owners.  In 
1869  it  became  the  property  of  Manton  Marble.  After  varied  fortunes  it  fell  under 
an  editor  who  was  bound  to  Jay  Gould  and  devoted  to  the  aristocracy  of  England. 
When  its  redemption  seemed  hopeless,  it  was  purchased  by  Joseph  Pulitzer.  He 
signed  this  inaugural  announcement  : 

"The  entire  World  newspaper  property  has  been  purchased  by  the  undersigned, 
and  will  from  this  day  be  under  different  management, — different  in  men,  measures 
and  methods, — different  in  purpose,  policy  and  principle, — different  in  objects  and 
interests,  different  in  sympathies  and  convictions, — different  in  head  and  heart.  Per- 
formance is  better  than  promise.  Exuberant  assurances  are  cheap.  I  make  none. 
I  simply  refer  the  public  to  the  new  World  itself,  which  henceforth  shall  be  the  daily 
evidence  of  its  own  growing  improvement,  with  forty-eight  daily  witnesses  in  its 
forty-eight  columns. 

"There  is  room  in  this  great  and  growing  city  for  a  journal  that  is  not  only 
cheap  but  bright,  not  only  bright  but  large,  not  only  large  but  truly  Democratic, — 
dedicated  to  the  cause  of  the  people  rather  than  that  of  purse-potentates, — devoted 
more  to  the  news  of  the  New  than  the  Old  World, — that  will  expose  all  fraud  and 
sham,  fight  all  public  evils  and  abuses, — that  will  serve  and  battle  for  the  people 
with  all  earnest  sincerity.  In  that  cause  and  for  that  end  solely  the  new  World  is 
hereby  enlisted,  and  committed  to  the  attention  of  the  intelligent  public." 

This  was  not  a  decade  ago.      Then,  in  1883,  the  daily  average  circulation  of  the 
World  was  33,521  ;  weekly,  234,648;  yearly  total,  12,235,238.      In  1891   the  daily 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


575 


THE    "WORLD"   BUILDING  —  PARK    ROW   AND    FRANKFORT   STREET. 

AS    SEEN    FROM    BROADWAY,   ACROSS    CITY-HALL    PARK. 


576  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

average  circulation  was  316,541  ;  weekly,  2,215,787;  total,  115,537,825.  In  1883 
the  World  printed  86,577  advertisements  ;  in  1 891,  783,606.  In  189 1  the  World 
used  34,842  rolls  of  white  paper,  weighing  20,236,741  pounds  and  forming  354,499,- 
680  four-page  sheets  ;  set  79,413  columns  of  type,  formed  of  549,731,278  ems,  that 
involved  the  handling  of  1,236,895,375  pieces  of  type.  If  the  elder  Dumas  could 
make  an  electoral  canvass  with  no  other  platform  than  the  gratitude  of  the  men 
whom  the  mere  mechanical  production  of  his  works  had  benefited,  what  might  not 
the  editor  and  proprietor  of  the  World  expect  from  a  similar  platform  ? 

When,  in  October,  1889,  on  the  site  formerly  occupied  by  French's  Hotel,  the 
corner-stone  of  the  Pulitzer  Building  was  laid,  Joseph  Pulitzer  wrote  : 

"God  grant  that  this  structure  be  the  enduring  home  of  a  newspaper,  forever 
unsatisfied  with  merely  printing  news — forever  fighting  every  form  of  Wrong  — 
forever  Independent  —  forever  advancing  in  Enlightenment  and  Progress  —  forever 
wedded  to  truly  Democratic  ideas  —  forever  aspiring  to  be  a  Moral  Force  —  forever 
rising  to  a  higher  plane  of  perfection  as  a  Public  Institution. 

"  God  grant  that  the  World  may  forever  strive  toward  the  Highest  Ideals  —  be 
both  a  daily  schoolhouse  and  a  daily  forum,  both  a  daily  teacher  and  a  daily  tribune, 
an  instrument  of  Justice,  a  terror  to  crime,  an  aid  to  education,  an  exponent  of  true 
Americanism. 

"Let  it  ever  be  remembered  that  this  edifice  owes  its  existence  to  the  public  ; 
that  its  architect  is  popular  favor  ;  that  its  moral  corner-stone  is  love  of  Liberty  and 
fustice  ;  that  its  every  stone  comes  from  the  people  and  represents  public  approval 
for  public  services  rendered. 

"God  forbid  that  the  vast  army  following  the  standard  of  the  World  should  in 
this,  or  in  future  generations,  ever  find  it  faithless  to  those  ideas  and  moral  princi- 
ples to  which  alone  it  owes  its  life,  and  without  which  I  would  rather  have  it  perish." 

The  Pulitzer  Building,  the  home  of  the  World,  erected  in  1889-90,  is  the  tallest 
office-building  in  the  world,  reaching  309  feet  from  sidewalk  to  lantern,  or  375^  feet 
from  the  foundation  to  the  top  of  the  flagstaff.  It  has  a  huge  skeleton  of  iron  and 
steel,  sustaining  its  26  stories  ;  an  impressive  dome  ;  and  a  perfect  modern  equip- 
ment, electric  lights,  Worthington  pumps,  etc. 

The  Commercial  Bulletin,  founded  in  1865  ;  purely  commercial ;  containing 
in  detail  all  the  market  reports  ;  a  paper  for  business  men,  is  sold  almost  exclusively 
by  subscription. 

The  News,  founded  in  1867,  is  edited  by  Benjamin  Wood;  Democratic  in 
politics.  A  small  evening  paper,  giving  the  news  in  a  popular  form,  it  contains, 
in  the  supplement  of  its  Sunday  edition,  information  invaluable  to  persons  who  have 
not  the  time  or  the  opportunity  to  read  books.  Its  offices  are  in  a  five-story  brick 
building  in  Park  Row. 

The  Evening;  Telegram,  founded  in  1867,  is  conducted  by  James  Gordon 
Bennett.  It  is  independent  in  politics  ;  having  no  other  purpose  than  to  give  the 
news  of  the  day,  which  it  does,  in  a  most  piquant  manner. 

The  City  Record,  founded  in  1874,  is  the  official  municipal  journal,  printing 
only  city  advertisements.      It  is  supervised  by  William  J.  K.  Kenny. 

Las  Novedades,  founded  in  1876,  edited  by  J.  G.  Garcia,  is  independent  in  poli- 
tics. It  is  printed  in  Spanish,  with  all  the  important  news  of  Spain,  its  colonies  and 
South-American  descendants,  of  whose  interests  in  this  country  it  is  the  champion. 

II  Progreso  Italo-Americano,  founded  in  1879,  edited  by  Carlo  Barsotti,  is 
conservative  in  Italian,  independent  in  American  politics.  It  is  printed  in  Italian, 
and  has  a  reflected  influence  at  the  Quirinal. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


577 


578  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

New-Yorker  Herold,  founded  in  1879,  x%  tne  evening  edition,  printed  in 
German,  of  the  Zeitung. 

New-Yorker  Tages-Nachrichten,  founded  in  1870,  edited  by  Benjamin 
Wood,  is  Democratic  in  politics.  It  is  the  German  edition  of  the  News,  and  an 
evening  paper. 

New-Yorker  Volks-Zeitung,  founded  in  1878,  is  independent  in  politics. 
Printed  in  German,  it  expresses  the  theories,  principles  and  aims  of  the  German 
Socialists. 

The  Morning  Journal,  founded  in  1882,  edited  by  Albert  Pulitzer  as  a 
one-cent  paper,  is  independent  in  politics.  It  was  organized  with  practically  no 
capital  but  energy.  Its  leading  motive  was  to  amuse,  while  instructing.  It  was 
painstaking,  brilliant,  ingenious.  At  first  it  was  printed  on  presses  of  the  Tribune. 
It  became  gradually  a  wealthy,  popular,  distinctive  newspaper. 

The  Evening  World,  founded  in  1887,  edited  by  Joseph  Pulitzer,  Democratic 
in  politics,  is  a  popular  newspaper. 

The  Evening  Sun,  founded  in  1887,  edited  by  Charles  A.  Dana,  Democratic 
in  politics,  is  also  a  popular  newspaper. 

The  Press  was  founded  in  1887,  by  Robert  P.  Porter.  Republican  in  politics, 
it  is  especially  devoted  to  tariff  problems.  It  quickly  attained  its  aim,  to  rival  the 
Democrats  in  the  field,  which  they  occupied  entirely,  of  penny  popular  newspapers. 
It  is  an  exceedingly  influential  Republican  newspaper,  with  a  daily  circulation  of 
over  100,000  copies.      Its  editorial  and  business  offices  are  in  the  Potter  Building. 

Hlas  Lindu,  founded  in  1886,  edited  by  John  Korinck,  is  printed  in  Bohemian. 

The  Listy,  founded  in  1886,  edited  by  B.  Bittner,  is  printed  in  Bohemian.  It 
may  seem  odd,  but  it  is  a  fact,  that  there  is  a  Bohemian  population  in  New  York 
large  enough  and  prosperous  enough  to  support  two  Bohemian  newspapers. 

Das  Morgen  Journal,  founded  in  1890  by  Albert  Pulitzer,  is  Democratic  in 
politics.  It  is  the  counterpart  in  German  of  the  Morning  Journal,  and  has  a  Sun- 
day edition. 

The  Morning  Advertiser  was  founded  in  1891  by  Col.  John  A.  Cockerill, 
with  the  distinctive  aim  of  furnishing  in  brief,  without  attempting  to  be  entertain- 
ing in  a  literary  sense,  to  busy  people  the  news  of  the  day.      It  is  Republican. 

The  Recorder,  founded  in  1891,  Republican  in  politics,  is  edited  and  managed 
by  George  W.  Turner,  to  whom  is  due  much  of  the  business  success  of  the  World. 
It  is  furnished  with  an  extremely  complete  and  valuable  newspaper  plant.  In  DAvare 
of  Moliere,  Valere  says  : — "A  fine  marvel  to  live  well  on  plenty  of  money  !  It  is 
the  easiest  thing  in  the  world,  and  there  is  not  a  man  so  poor  in  wit  that  he  cannot 
do  as  well  :  but  to  tell  of  the  skilful  man,  talk  of  one  who  lives  well  on  little  money." 
It  may  be  said  without  wounding  anybody's  susceptibility  the  Recorder  was  born 
wealthy.  It  had,  at  its  first  appearance,  the  dress  and  assurance  of  a  Croesus.  It 
was  really  a  marvel,  but  there  were  many  Vale-res  who  said  simply,  "The  Recorder's 
treasury  is  inexhaustible."  It  gave  evidence  of  faculties  that  money  cannot  buy.  It 
was  learned,  alert,  witty,  serious,  gay,  sensible,  well-informed  about  every  passing 
event,  artistically  brilliant  as  diamonds  in  curious  floods  of  light.  The  Valeres  said 
"The  Recorder  can  afford  to  be  over-generous."  It  used  its  fortune,  and  now  more 
than  ever  it  is  inventive,  ingenious,  amusing,  instructive,  accurate.  There  are  work- 
ingmen,  who  on  their  way  to  the  docks,  want  at  a  glance  the  history  of  yesterday, 
and  the  Recorder  gives  it  to  them  in  pictures.  There  are  business  men  who  want 
details,  and  the  Recorder  presents  them  classified.  There  are  men  and  women  who 
do  not  care  to  be  informed  about  events,  who  think  that  there  are  no  events  having 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


579 


an  absolute  characteristic,  for  the  drunken  man  who  was  run  over  by  a  cart  in  Broad- 
way at  three  o'clock  yesterday,  might  as  well  have  lived  two  thousand  years  ago,  and 
been  run  over  in  the  streets  of  Nineveh  in  the  time  of  Nebuchadnezzar.  They,  like 
the  workingmen  and  the  business  men  and  their  families,  read  the  Recorder  with 
avidity,  with  careful  attention,  from  the  sincere  qualification  "Home  Newspaper  of 
the  Metropolis,"  to  the  dash  at  the  foot  of  the  last  page.  The  Recorder  is  interest- 
ing, not  only  by  the  life  that  it  reflects,  but  by  its 
processes  of  reflection.  It  tells  everything,  and 
the  rest,  and  a  great  many  other  things  ;  it  gives 
special  information  about  bicyclists,  amateur 
photography,  amateur  theatricals,  schools  and 
colleges,  hotel  gossip,  lawyers  and  judges,  and 
the  studios.  It  is  not  only  universal ;  it  tries 
to  be  always  brilliantly  expressive.      Every  day, 


RECORDER    OFFICE,   21     PARK    ROW.       RECORDER    PLANT,   24    NEW    CHAMBERS    STREET. 


without  ever  resting  or  saying,  "  I  am  tired,"  it  serves  to  the  public  the  sublime, 
the  gay,  the  instructive,  but  it  does  this  with  an  art  marked  by  the  temperament 
of  New  York,  and  one  cannot  know  and  like  New  York  without  liking  the  Recorder. 
To  return  to  KAvare  and  Valere,  the  Recorder  is  comparable  to  a  man  who  lives 
perfectly,  although  ever  earning  his  ever- well-spent  fortune.  The  Recorder  building 
is  in  New  Chambers  Street ;  its  main  business  offices,  at  2 1  Park  Row.  The  Sun  of 
July  31,  1892,  says,  "We  learn  credibly  that  the  Recorder  of  this  city  is  now  printing 
and  selling  over  100,000  copies  of  its  Sunday  paper.  This  is  a  remarkable  achieve- 
ment for  a  comparatively  young  newspaper,  and  can  be  the  result  only  of  uncommon 
energy  and  industry."  The  Recorder  is  building,  and  will  entirely  occupy,  a  fine 
eight-story  edifice,  at  17  Spruce  Street,  probably  the  first  time  a  newspaper  has  ever 
put  up  its  own  building  in  the  second  year  of  its  existence. 


5^0  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

There  are  daily,  legal,  financial,  hotel  and  other  special  weekly  papers. 

Harper's  Weekly,  illustrated,  was  founded  in  1856.  It  is  independent  in  poli- 
tics ;  and  forms  a  pictorial  history  of  the  period  in  which  we  live,  with  admirable 
literary  and  artistic  features.      It  is  rightly  called  "A  Journal  of  Civilization." 

Harper's  Bazaar,  illustrated,  founded  in  1868,  is  a  paper  particularly  devoted 
to  fashions,  home  management,  the  progress  of  women,  and  art  and  literature. 

Harper's  Young  People,  illustrated,  founded  in  1879,  *s  a  Paper  for  boys  and 
girls.  It  abounds  in  stories  and  pictures,  and  articles  on  games,  needle-work,  boat- 
building, drawing,  and  other  practical  themes  made  attractive  to  boys  and  girls. 

Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated  Newspaper,  founded  in  1853,  is  Republican  in 
politics.      It  affords  a  picturesque  chronicle  of  the  events  of  the  day. 

Frank  Leslie's  Illustrirte  Zeitung,  founded  in  1855  ;  Republican  in  politics; 
printed  in  the  German  language. 

The   Nation  is  published  every  week,  at  Broadway  and  Fulton  Street. 

The  writers  on  the  Evening  Post  and  Nation  (of  which  Mr.  Godkin  was  the 
founder,  and  has  been  the  editor  since  1865)  include  some  of  the  foremost  specialists 
in  the  country,  in  science,  art,  public  affairs,  and  literary  criticism.  The  Nation  is 
an  independent  weekly  review  of  literature,  science,  art  and  politics,  with  a  serial 
commentary  on  the  most  important  American  and  foreign  events,  special  and  occa- 
sional correspondence,  editorial  and  miscellaneous  articles  on  prominent  political  and 
social  topics,  and  thoroughly  competent  criticism  of  the  latest  developments  of  liter- 
ature, science,  art,  music  and  the  drama.  The  two  hundred  contributors  who  pre- 
pare this  feast  for  the  scholar  and  the  thinker  include  the  foremost  names  in  American 
literature  and  thought,  besides  many  famous  men  in  England  and  France,  Germany 
and  Italy,  South  America  and  Japan.  The  Nation  has  been  pronounced  by  the 
Saturday  Review  to  be  "on  the  intellectual  level  of  the  best  European  periodicals." 
It  has  a  large  and  widely  distributed  circulation  in  all  the  States  of  the  Union,  and 
in  foreign  parts.  The  development  of  that  class  of  independent  voters  who  control 
the  balance  of  power  in  several  Northern  States  is  largely  the  work  of  the  Amotion, 
which  has  always  fought  for  purity,  wisdom,  and  independence  in  public  life,  and 
for  honesty  and  integrity  in  legislation.  In  1881  it  became  the  property  of  the  owners 
of  the  Evening  Post,  and  maintains  an  allied  yet  original  existence. 

Life,  founded  in  1883,  is  a  satirical  journal,  illustrated  ;  independent  in  politics. 
Its  pictures  are  of  the  most  refined  and  dainty  character,  and  aptly  illustrate  social 
foibles  and  political  phases.      They  are  illuminated  also  by  charmingly  witty  texts. 

Judge,  founded  in  1881,  a  satirical  paper,  with  illustrations  in  colors,  is  Repub- 
lican in  politics,  and  wages  a  merry  war  against  the  opposition. 

The  Critic,  founded  in  1880,  literary,  is  edited  by  Jeanette  L.  and  Joseph  B. 
Gilder.  It  is  probably  the  leading  literary  and  critical  paper  in  America,  and  has 
achieved  a  commanding  success  with  its  learned  and  scholarly  book-reviews  and  its 
always  entertaining  news  of  authors  and  new  publications. 

Bradstreet's,  founded  in  1879,  is  a  paper  for  men  of  business.  It  is  the  fore- 
most journal  of  its  class  in  America.  It  is  published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Brad- 
street  Mercantile  Agency,  and  reaches  all  parts  of  America. 

The  Home  Journal,  founded  in  1846,  edited  by  Morris  Phillips,  is  a  society 
paper,  with  abundant  news  of  pleasure-resorts  and  social  events. 

The  Ledger,  founded  by  Robert  Bonner  in  1844,  is  a  family  story-paper. 

Forest  and  Stream,  founded  in  1871,  is  a  paper  devoted  to  outdoor  life. 

The  Spirit  of  the  Times,  founded  in  1831,  is  a  foremost  sporting  paper. 

The  Clipper,  founded  in  1853,    is  authority  on  sporting  and  theatrical  events. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


5*2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


Puck  was  founded  in  1876  by  Joseph  Keppler  and  Adolph  Schwarzmann,  as  a 
German  comic  paper  ;  but  the  English  Puck,  started  by  them  six  months  later,  under 

the  editorial  charge  of  H.  C. 
Bunner,  the  poet  and  story- 
writer,  was  not  long  in  out- 
stripping its  foster-mother, 
and  in  a  comparatively  short 
time,  attained  a  prominence 
and  popularity  that  have 
increased  from  year  to  year, 
and  put  it  in  the  front  rank 
of  the  humorous  satirical 
illustrated  papers  of  the 
world.  Puck  owes  its  con- 
tinued place  in  the  lead  of 
all  its  imitators  and  would- 
be  rivals  to  its  unfaltering 
devotion  to  the  highest  type 
of  American  citizenship ; 
and  the  great  cartoons  of 
Joseph  Keppler  and  his 
corps  of  able  artists,  printed 
in  their  bright  and  attractive 
colors  by  the  J.  Ottmann 
Lithographing  Co.,  and 
backed  by  the  simple,  force- 
ful comments  of  the  editor- 
in-chief,  have  always  been 
found  upholding  all  that 
"puck."    reduced  fac  simile.  is    noblest     and    best,    and 

satirizing  all  that  is  foolish  and  weak  in  our  political  and  social  life. 

The  New- York  Dramatic  News  is  the  organ  of  the  theatrical  profession  of 
the  country.  Its  offices,  business  and  editorial,  are  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Broadway 
and  30th  Street,  in  the  centre  of  the  theatre-district  of  the  city.  It  was  founded  by 
Charles  Alfred  Byrne,  about  eighteen  years  ago.  It  was  the  first  journal,  and  for 
many  years  the  only  one,  devoted  exclusively  to  the  interests  of  the  stage.  It  attained 
a  position  of  influence  at  the  outset  by  its  terse,  vigorous  treatment  of  theatrical 
topics,  and  it  has  held  this  position  to  the  present  day.  Leander  Richardson  was  for 
a  number  of  years  associated  with  the  founder  in  the  management  of  this  paper. 
About  three  years  ago  he  purchased  a  controlling  interest  in  the  establishment,  and 
since  then  he  has  been  the  editor-in-chief.  Under  his  management  the  size  of  the 
paper  has  been  increased  from  twelve  pages  to  twenty-four.  Its  advertising  space 
has  grown  from  an  average  of  fifteen  columns  a  week  to  over  forty,  and  its  circu- 
lation has  become  widespread.  The  Dramatic  News  contains,  every  week,  ably 
written  critical  reviews  of  all  theatrical  performances  in  New  York  ;  accounts  of  pro- 
ductions made  in  every  city  and  large  town  in  the  United  States  ;  special  cable 
reports  of  theatrical  events  in  London,  Paris,  and  other  European  centres  ;  and  a 
vast  quantity  of  news  of  interest  to  actors  and  managers.  Each  issue  is  not  only  a 
newspaper,  but  it  is  in  a  sense  a  complete  directory,  for  the  time  being,  of  the  the- 
atrical fraternity,  as  the  movements  of  travelling  companies  from  place  to  place  are 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


5*3 


CIRCULATION  GUARANTEED  TO  BE  DOUBLE  THAT  Of  THE  DRAMATIC  MIRROR. 


fully  recorded.  Its  information  is  obtained  from  an  army  of  regular  correspondents, 
numbering  about  one  thousand,  nearly  every  one  of  whom  makes  a  report  to  the 
main  office  everv  wepk.     While  Th<>  DyrtinnHr  News  is  distinctively  a  class  paper  in 

its  scope  and  policy,  its 
circulation  is  by  no 
means  limited  to  stage 
people.  A  large  pro- 
portion of  its  readers 
are  found  in  the  general 
public.  Theatre-going 
people,  as  well  as  actors 
and  managers,  recog- 
nize it  as  the  great 
medium  for  the  dissem- 
ination of  information 
about  plays  and  players, 
and  thus  its  influence 
is  spread  beyond  its 
own  special  field. 

The  Christmas  num- 
ber of  the  Dramatic 
News,  published  about 
November  1st  every 
year,  is  in  all  ways  a 
wonderful  publication, 
containing  in  the 
neighborhood  of  one 
hundred  pages  of  mat- 
ter, the  most  of  it  in 
the  shape  of  stories  and 
essays  from  the  pens  of 
celebrated  writers,  and 
all  of  it  profusely  illus- 
trated by  well-known 
artists.  The  cover  is 
gorgeously  illuminated, 
and  the  advertising 
columns  contain  the 
cards  of  many  actors. 
The  Churchman,  at  47  Lafayette  Place,  was  established  in  1844.  It  is  the  lead- 
ing, largest  and  most  widely  circulated  weekly  paper  in  the  Protestant  Episcopal 
Church.  The  full  significance  of  this  is  not  entirely  in  the  statistics,  which  show 
that  there  are  532,230  communicants,  300,000  of  whom  are  residents  of  the  New- 
P^ngland  and  Middle  States,  in  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church.  These  communi- 
cants are  the  wealthy  and  intelligent  people  in  every  community.  To  be  agreeable  to 
them  a  journal  must  be  excellent.  It  must  be  as  The  Churchman  is.  The  only 
denominational  paper  regularly  illustrated,  it  is  illustrated  with  exquisite  taste. 
Having  to  reflect  not  only  the  artistic  life  of  its  readers,  but  their  religious  life,  the 
beautiful  ideals  of  their  faith,  it  is  written  by  scholars,  by  men  of  letters  in  the  truest 
sense.     The  editor  is  the  Rev.  Dr.  George  S.  Mallory,  formerly  Professor  of  English 


J 


NEW-YORK    DRAMATIC    NEWS.        REDUCED    FAC    SIMILE. 


5«4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


Literature  in  Trinity  College.  The  business  manager  is  Marshall  II.  Mallory. 
They  knew  well  at  the  outset  the  difficulties  and  the  possibilities  of  their  task. 
Before  them  several  men  of  undoubted  ability  had  lost  fortunes.  A  paper, 
founded  in  183 1,  and  wearing  the  name  which  they  chose,  had  made  a  brave  effort, 
and  died,  giving  way  to  The  Church  Journal ;  but  the  Messrs.  Mallory  had  the 
strength  of  the  faithful  and  the  confidence  of  genius.  They  made  a  success  of  The 
Churchmaji.  In  1 878  it  absorbed  The  Church  Journal.  Since  then  The  Church- 
tnan  has  been  more  than  a  success.  It  is  an  accepted  power.  The  paper  is  printed 
with   a  jealous  regard  for  typographical  beauty  and  accuracy.      It  is  published  in 


EPISCOPAL  ClOCESAN 


COLONNADE  RO 


THE   CHURCHMAN. 


THE    CHURCHMAN,   47    LAFAYETTE    PLACE,   OPPOSITE    ASTOR    LIBRARY. 


magazine  form,  and  makes  an  annual  record  of  2,500  pages,  every  phase  of  which  is 
a  phase  of  Christian  thought,  admirably  expressed.  The  owners  of  this  most  dis- 
tinctively religious  of  journals  have  purchased  for  its  offices  one  of  the  Colonnade 
Buildings,  in  Lafayette  Place,  formerly  the  residences  of  New  York's  most  eminent 
citizens,  and  the  brilliant  centre  of  New  York's  intellectual  supremacy.  It  is  imme- 
diately opposite  the  Astor  Librai-y,  and  near  the  Episcopal  Diocesan  House. 

The  New- York  Observer,  the  oldest  existing  religious  newspaper  in  the  United 
States,  was  established  in  1823  by  Sidney  E.  and  Richard  C.  Morse.  The  Observer 
was  founded  to  give  the  news  of  the  churches  and  of  the  world,  and  to  defend  the 
great  truths  of  Christianity  which  the  evangelical  churches  held  in  common.  It  drew 
its  support  from  all  denominations  of  Christians.  The  editors  filled  the  Observer 
with  facts  and  figures,  and  made  it  a  valuable  repository  of  the  events  of  the  day. 
There  are  now  no  records  of  the  religious  history  of  the  world  from  1823  to  1850  so 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


585 


: 


NEW- YORK  OBSERVER. 


pBs: 


NEW-YORK,  8VT«JRD^r,  MA.V  17,  1823. 


III*  feral**  *l  ;ho  *;♦« 
team*  ««**■»,  ««li  <-  »(»*  of  «»»ii 


*KHJHgftW.  !»{<*  («n»^ 


»  ^c».?«i»*j.  wfcfctk  «-4gM»t  rwpMl 
Ml  n.y    Ohttw  *&  tn>  (-wjAxmn!  00  lea*; 


>   \iVV- 


't\p*t**$  <NMT»rt   if>Ji: RMAfM  *i»  lie  »t>'^-«*i 


,.!.!.■  ,j,,fl,,    ! 


•>>   fcs'if*!!,,  ,ii    er>b    »*.»t-  1 


';;•  !"."**-^i:-."'^ 


■ 


«-»y   .M  S.-M)  sw****-      (?*<»*>.  "■.".  f^»  •"<»'!,;,,    fluwj     y,,,:.^,,:.-   .-,,.,,,1,^ 


'He.  iiri<*  wilt  1>«  !br*»  <k<1i»r»  •  >« 
»>{*,  if  ptiii  in  *d*»seA 


vi'  ii»e  i^n>^  'briMgh  it 


..U*-"->t 


)j)|t  -H'  -tic  ^M(>«i  Aocft  J^  ^<*iv  0 


f*M  .W.J.  K!M  l,i  rf. 


»l^  t«  be  rt>ue«t?u\  b^ 


idr* 


:.r».i:«fact,lfc,-.!Kt»tbeMi,tafirtc 
■0  BAU  9oci«tV,  tu>it  «f  awroo* 

**SB  B«KC.  ir>d  Ibe  cettr*  fn™  wW 
-mitinn  liliS^'.lM  all  pt<rt»  of  ctr 


t-u    r^tijpw*  t«rv«ct;r^»«tai^«~eil  ' 


,-(wm,  Oh*  i-einr lbs  j. 


i  Outy  •otne:t«»>«»  w»M0»cr 

Jiij^ftt   |»n)jpii>r  f»  (!»fl!rm*n 

b  (Jflajjci*  «flS*w  hWtnjit* 


-■>■  D  1: 


fbc  cowflf  mwifenw*.  ^e  keUit **»•»,  «u<  h»«Jly  1lm>w»  "''"'^  r't-^«>- 


ate    Ih«r»**iU  not  ^cmmM?,  *■*-  ?^s«oJ«iI l«  jw  iw  1 

r«-*t.  N*-  aU  f^>jM>»4  tn  »f«c»t«*ttt  «  riO»t»U«>  < 
foliy  Wit-  Stwftw.  P«qr  ■»«»>«  **;«»--*?  ***■», 
U..4»t  tb*|  ««  tt«wM«  I    W  l<«  4teu*»W.»  '  -iMttw,,. 


NEW-YORK    OBSERVER. 

REDUCED    FAC    SIMILE    OF    THE    FIRST    NUMBER    OF    THE    FIRST    RELIGIOUS    PAPER. 


586  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

full  and  accurate  as  this  paper  contains.  The  files  are  constantly  consulted  for 
information  not  to  be  found  elsewhere.  In  1840  the  Observer  was  published  in  the 
building  which  stood  on  the  corner  of  Nassau  and  Beekman  Streets,  where  now 
stands  the  Morse  Building,  which  was  erected  by  the  sons  of  the  founders  of  the 
Observer.  In  that  year  Samuel  Irenaeus  Prime  became  its  editor.  He  continued  to 
hold  this  place  till  his  death  in  1885.  His  brother,  E.  D.  G.  Prime,  was  associated 
with  him  in  1853,  and  remained  in  connection  with  the  paper  till  his  death  in  1890. 
Charles  Augustus  Stoddard  began  to  work  upon  the  Observer  in  1859,  while  pastor 
of  the  Washington-Heights  Presbyterian  Church  in  New  York.  He  was  the  son-in- 
law  of  Irenaeus  Prime.  Wendell  Prime,  the  son  of  Irenaeus,  became  an  associate- 
editor  in  1878.  The  Morse  brothers  sold  the  Observer  to  the  Prime  brothers,  and 
it  now  belongs  to  the  children  of  Irenaeus,  and  is  managed  by  his  son  and  son-in- 
law.  In  1859,  the  offices  of  the  Observer  were  moved  into  the  new  building,  at 
37  Park  Row,  on  the  site  of  the  original  Brick  Church,  and  there  the  Observer  was 
published  till  188 1,  when  a  disastrous  fire,  in  which  a  number  of  lives  were  lost, 
destroyed  the  building.  Dr.  Prime  and  his  son  escaped  by  flight  down  the  stairs  ; 
Dr.  Stoddard,  who  waited  to  secure  the  records  and  close  the  safe,  was  compelled 
to  make  his  way  along  the  sign  of  the  Observer  to  the  adjoining  building.  Though 
everything  was  destroyed,  such  were  the  enterprise  and  ability  of  the  editors  and 
publishers,  that  with  the  help  kindly  offered  by  the  New-  York  Tribune,  the  Observer 
was  issued  as  usual  that  week.  When  the  new  Potter  Building  was  erected,  on  the 
ruins  of  the  old  one,  the  Observer  returned  to  its  former  place,  which  it  still  occupies, 
on  the  first  floor  of  37  and  38  Park  Row.  The  growth  of  the  Observer  has  coincided 
with  the  advancement  of  the  nation.  Once  only  did  it  receive  a  check.  At  the  out- 
break of  the  civil  war  the  Southern  mails  were  stopped,  and  as  the  Observer  had  a 
large  circulation  in  the  South  it  lost  more  than  ten  thousand  subscribers  in  a  single 
day.  By  a  wise  and  patriotic  course,  this  loss  was  repaired  in  a  few  years,  and  the 
subsequent  prosperity  of  the  Observer  has  been  uninterrupted.  It  has  now  a  large 
corps  of  editors,  and  a  more  extensive  circulation  than  ever  before.  While  other 
journals  have  changed  their  character,  their  appearance  and  their  shape,  the  Observer 
has  continued  steadfast  to  the  ideals  and  principles  of  its  founders.  It  is  a  religious 
and  family  newspaper,  conservative  in  its  principles  and  faithful  in  the  defence  of 
Christian  truth.  It  aims  to  give  each  week  a  fair  record  and  review  of  the  world 
from  a  religious  standpoint,  to  support  and  defend  those  things  which  are  right  and 
pure,  and  to  provide  wholesome  and  entertaining  literature  for  the  family  circle. 

Other  Weekly  Publications  include  legal,  financial  and  innumerable  others. 

The  Monthly  Publications  cover  every  conceivable  topic.  There  are  maga- 
zines devoted  to  homoeopathy,  obstetrics,  veterinary  science,  cutaneous  diseases, 
microscopy,  phrenology,  ophthalmology;  to  telegraphy,  electricity,  water  works; 
to  home-decoration,  music,  cabinet-making,  penmanship  ;  to  insurance,  banking,  and 
investments  ;  to  dogs,  bees,  poultry,  and  horses. 

The  grocers  have  their  magazines  here,  and  so  have  the  hair-dressers,  the  rail- 
road men,  the  booksellers,  the  engineers,  the  photographers,  the  gas-men,  the  wine- 
merchants,  the  carpet-dealers,  the  printers,  the  stationers,  the  plumbers,  the  apothe- 
caries, the  paper-makers,  the  brewers,  the  bottlers,  the  exporters,  the  silk-makers, 
the  tailors,  the  bankers,  the  blacksmiths,  the  wheelwrights,  the  woodworkers,  the 
stenographers,  the  builders,  the  cloak-makers,  the  confectioners,  the  clothiers, 
expressmen,  millers,  hatters,  furriers,  jewellers,  cooks,  newsdealers,  milliners,  car- 
builders,  sailors,  teachers,  travellers,  and  many  other  classes  of  the  great  American 
people. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  587 

Harper's  New  Monthly  Magazine  was  founded  in  1850,  and  now  enjoys  an 
enormous  circulation  all  over  the  world.  H.  M.  Alden  is  the  editor  ;  and  among 
the  writers  for  departments  have  been  Curtis,  Warner,  Aldrich,  Mitchell,  and  other 
foremost  leaders  in  American  literature.  The  illustrations  are  the  finest  work  of  the 
best  artists  and  richly  illuminate  the  magazine. 

The  Century  Magazine,  whose  first  editor  was  Dr.  J.  G.  Holland,  is  now 
edited  by  Richard  Watson  Gilder,  and  published  by  the  Century  Company,  of  which 
the  late  Roswell  Smith  was  longtime.  President.  It  is  international  in  its  character 
and  circulation,  and  has  an  enormous  circulation,  running  far  beyond  100,000.  The 
literary  and  artistic  character  of  The  Century  cannot  be  surpassed. 

Scribner's  Magazine  was  founded  in  1887,  and  has  been  edited,  ever  since 
that  date,  by  E.  L.  Burlingame.  It  is  a  brilliantly  illustrated  modern  periodical, 
treating  vigorously  of  themes  of  present  interest,  with  articles  from  the  best  writers. 

The  Cosmopolitan,  founded  in  1885,  and  edited  by  James  Brisben  Walker,  is  a 
handsome  illustrated  magazine,  absolutely  y?«  du  Steele  in  its  range  of  subjects  and 
manner  of  treatment,  and  reaching  a  vast  constituency  of  readers. 

The  North  American  Review,  founded  in  181 5,  is  edited  by  Lloyd  Brice.  The 
most  venerable  publication  of  the  kind  in  the  Western  World,  it  discusses  the  lead- 
ing problems  of  the  day,  giving  the  views  of  the  foremost  authorities. 

The  Forum,  founded  in  1886,  is  edited  by  L.  S.  Metcalf.  This  is  a  very  valu- 
able and  learned  periodical  devoted  to  the  earnest  consideration  of  public  questions. 

The  Art  Amateur,  founded  in  1879,  *s  edited  by  Montague  Marks  ;  and  has 
been  of  great  avail  in  the  development  of  American  art. 

Frank  Leslie's  Popular  Monthly  is  not  only  the  leading  periodical  of  its 
class  in  the  city  or  in  the  country,  but  it  is  edited  and  published  by  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  and  most  brilliant  women  of  the  time  —  a  woman  who  has  achieved 
wonderful  success  in  various  directions  —  literary,  social  and  in  business.  Mrs. 
Frank  Leslie  succeeded  her  husband  in  the  charge  of  his  publication,  at  his  death 
in  1880,  but  found  an  enormous  establishment  heavily  loaded  with  debt.  This  great 
load  proved  to  be  her  opportunity  to  develop  her  remarkable  ability.  In  an  incon- 
ceivably short  time,  something  less  than  six  years,  she  paid  off  an  indebtedness  of 
$300,000,  and  made  the  publishing  house  a  profitable  enterprise.  She  had  had  no 
business  training.  She  had  been  a  writer,  and  a  brilliant  one,  before  her  marriage, 
but  she  achieved  a  success  in  a  business  way  that  compelled  the  admiration  of  the 
most  conservative  business  men.  Frank  Leslie's  Popular  Monthly,  to  which  Mrs. 
Frank  Leslie  is  now  giving  the  greater  part  of  her  time,  is  in  its  34th  volume.  It  was 
one  of  the  later  enterprises  of  the  fertile  publisher  who  brought  out  the  Gazette  of 
Fashion,  in  1854  ;  Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated  Newspaper,  in  1855  ;  The  Chimney 
Corner,  in  1865  ;  and  the  Boys'  and  Girls'  Weekly,  the  Lady's  Journal,  the 
Budget  of  Fun,  and  half  a  dozen  other  newspapers  and  periodicals  in  later  times. 
From  the  first,  the  Monthly  was  received  warmly,  and  found  its  way  into  thousands 
of  homes  throughout  the  country.  At  present  its  readers  are  all  over  the  world. 
A  photograph  showing  the  effect  of  lightning  in  China  some  time  ago  pictured  a 
copy  of  Frank  Leslie's  Magazine  as  pierced  by  the  electric  current.  Its  widespread 
circulation  is  fairly  won.  Each  number  contains  128  pages,  with  over  100  fine  illus- 
trations. A  leading  topic,  graphically  treated  by  an  able  writer  is  always  a  feature. 
The  drama,  music,  biography,  art,  natural  history,  amusements,  sports  and  customs 
of  the  people,  foreign  travel,  are  all  treated  by  clever  people.  The  fiction  has  the 
freshness  of  our  own  country.  The  literary  and  art  features  are  strong  and  brilliant. 
Frank  Leslie's  Publishing  House  occupies  a  considerable  portion  of  the  magnificent 


588 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


new  ten-story  stone  structure  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  16th 
Street.  All  the  work  of  producing  the  Popular  Monthly  and  the  other  publications 
of  this  house  is  done  under  one  roof.  The  engraving  rooms,  type-setting  depart- 
ments, electrotyping  and  press  rooms  and  binderies  constitute  one  of  the  largest 
and  most  thoroughly  equipped  magazine  printing  establishments  in  the  city.     And 


FRANK    LESLIE'S    POPI 


FHLY,   MRS.  FRANK   LESLIE,   PUBLISHER,    FIFTH   AVENUE   AND    16th   STREET. 


all   is  controlled    directed  and  dominated  by  Mrs.  Frank   Leslie  -  legally  named 
Frank  Leslie  "  by  virtue  of  a  decree  of  court,  secured  for  business  reasons  in  the 
earlier  part  of  her  business  career -a  career  by  which  American  womanhood  has 
been  honored  in  America's  Metropolis. 

T     The  Magazine  of  American  History,  founded  in  1877,  edited  by  Martha  T 
Lamb.     Illustrated.  J" 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK'. 


5*9 


The  Popular  Science  Monthly,  founded  in  1872,  edited  by  Prof.  W.  J.  Youmans. 

St.  Nicholas,  founded  in  1873,  edited  by  Mary  Mapes  Dodge  ;  for  boys  and 
girls  ;  illustrated. 

In  the  years  between  1833  and  1872  more  than  a  hundred  papers,  periodical  and 
daily,  were  founded  and  suspended.  In  the  two  decades  since  1872,  there  was  a 
still  greater  number.  The  new  processes  of  engraving  illustrations  tempted  many 
newspaper  minds,  but  in  the  struggle  for  life  the  fittest  survived. 

New  York  absorbs  as  much  music  and  pure  literature  as  news  and  comments  on 
news.  There  is  an  impression  abroad  that  its  taste  for  local  news  has  been  cultivated, 
and  that  this  takes  the  place  of  the  passion  for  reading  novels  which,  in  London,  for 
example,  overcrowds  that  of  music  ;  but  it  is  a  false  impression.  To  the  paper  printed 
in  immeasurable  tons  with  reports  of  events,  one  must  add  the  immeasurable  tons  of 
paper  printed  with  songs,  music,  stories,  poems,  essays,  science  and  art,  that  are  as 
easily  sold  in  New  York.  The  amount  is  fabulous,  for  New  York  wants  as  quickly 
as  news  the  book  or  the  melody  that  stirs  the  great  capitals  of  the  world. 

Charles  H.  Ditson  &  Co.,  at  867  Broadway,  have  constantly  half  a  million  of 
pieces  of  music  that  the  New-Yorkers  are  continually  buying.  Their  own  building, 
five  stories  in 
height,  forms  an 
L  on  1 8th  Street. 
Its  show-windows 
are  bulletin- 
boards  of  musical 
extras,  for  they 
exhibit  the  latest 
music  printed.  Its 
salesroom,  decor- 
ated in  ash  and 
cherry,  lined  with 
more  than  5,000 
boxes,  every  one 
of  which  contains 
a  hundred  pieces 
of  music,  is  im- 
pressive. Charles 
H.  Ditson  is  the 
son  of  Oliver  Dit- 
son of  Boston, 
who  in  1840  made 
the  art  of  music- 
printing  Ameri- 
can ;  who  founded 
the     National 

Board  of  Music-Trade  ;  who  was  more  than  a  patron,  a  friend,  to  all  musicians,  and 
who  left  a  record  that  evokes  reverent  admiration.  Mr.  Ditson  is  treasurer  of  the 
Oliver  Ditson  Company,  incorporated  in  1889,  and  has  been  for  twelve  years  secre- 
tary and  treasurer  of  the  Music  Publishers'  Association  of  the  United  States.  Asso- 
ciated with  him  is  John  C.  Haynes,  who  was  employed  as  a  boy  and  gradually  pro- 
moted to  a  partnership  by  Oliver  Ditson.  There  are  no  names  in  the  commercial 
records  better  known   and  more  estimable  than   these.      There  is  no  work  more 


CHARLES    H.    DITSON    &    CO. 


867    BROADWAY,    CORNER    OF    18TH    STREET. 


59° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


praiseworthy  than  that  which  they  recall.  Oliver  Ditson  published  the  works  of 
Beethoven  and  Mendelssohn  when  it  seemed  a  ruinous  undertaking  ;  paid  for  the  in- 
struction in  Europe  of  many  young  musicians  ;  aided  with  money  and  influence  every 
worthy  musical  enterprise  ;  formed  an  elevated  ideal  of  art  ;  and,  with  all  his  power, 
labored  for  its  American  realization.  C.  H.  Ditson  &  Co.  are  governed  by  his  prin- 
ciples. There  is  no  sacrifice  to  bad  taste  in  their  publications.  They  purchased  the 
catalogues  and  stocks  of  Firth,  Son  &  Co.,  and  of  William  Hall  &  Son,  as  Oliver 
Ditson  &  Co.  purchased  the  catalogues  of  Mason,  of  Peters,  and  of  Lee  &  Walker, 
disarming  and  not  injuring  competition.  They  publish,  beside  their  sheet  music, 
2,000  music  books  that  are  standard  works  ;  are  agents  for  the  Novello  Catalogue  of 
sacred  and  secular  music  ;  dealers  in  musical  instruments,  providers  of  harmony  to 
the  people  of  New  York,  with  whom  their  intimate  acquaintance  of  a  quarter  of  a 
century  is  marked  by  esteem  and  confidence.  C.  H.  Ditson  &  Co.  as  faithfully 
reflect  New  York  as  does  its  most  popular  newspaper. 

The  United-States  Book  Company,  until  1892  at  142-150  Worth  Street, 
and  3  to  6  Mission  Place,  but  now  having  its  main  offices  in  the  elegant  building  at  5 
and  7  East  16th  Street,  was 
formed  in  1890  from  the  John 
W.  Lovell  Co.,  which  it  suc- 
ceeds, and  which  was  founded 
in  1878,  and  from  twenty 
other  publishing  concerns, 
the  plates  and  copyrights 
of  which  were  acquired  by 
purchase.  Its  officers  are 
Horace  K.  Thurber,  Presi- 
dent ;  John  W.  Lovell,  Vice- 
President  and  General  Man- 
ager ;  Edward  Lange, 
Treasurer  ;  James  A.  Taylor, 
Secretary.  Its  Directors  are 
Horace  K.  Thurber,  Ches- 
ter W.  Chapin,  Erastus  Wi- 
man,  James  D.  Safford,  J. 
Selwin  Tait,  G.  P.  Morosini, 
Edward  Lange,  James  A. 
Taylor,  M.  A.  Donohue  and 
John  W.  Lovell.  Its  capital 
stock  is  $5,000,000.  Its 
object  is  to  publish  in  a  desir- 
able form,  standard  and  mis- 
cellaneous books,  the  prices 
for  which  shall  be  graded 
according  to  every  variety  of 
demand.  It  publishes  over 
10, 000  volumes,  among  them 
the  standard  works  of  Car- 
lyle,  Cooper,  Dickens,  Em- 
erson,    Gibbon,      Goethe,, 

p     ,,  .^  r,      .  TI  UNITED-STATES    BOOK    COMPANY,    16th    STREET,   BETWEEN 

Goldsmith,      Guizot,      Haw-  broadway  and  fifth  avenue. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  591 

thorne,  Irving,  Longfellow,  Macaulay,  Plutarch,  Ruskin,  Schiller,  Shakespeare, 
Thackeray  and  Turguenieff,  and  the  dictionaries  of  Roget  and  Stormonth.  These 
works  appear  in  cloth  and  fine  bindings.  It  publishes  juvenile  works  by  such 
authors  as  Abbott,  Mayne  Reid,  Edgeworth,  Sir  Samuel  Baker,  Ballantyne  and  M. 
Frere.  By  special  arrangement  it  publishes  the  works  of  the  most  distinguished 
English  authors  :  — 

Mrs.  Alexander,  F.  Anstey,  Grant  Allen,  Frank  Barrett,  Walter  Besant,  Miss  M. 
E.  Braddon,  Rhoda  Broughton,  Robert  Buchanan,  J.  M.  Barrie,  M.  Betham-Edwards, 
Rosa  Nouchette  Carey,  Mabel  Collins,  Hall  Caine,  B.  L.  Farjeon,  Mrs.  Forrester, 
Jessie  Fothergill,  S.  Baring  Gould,  H.  Rider  Haggard,  Thomas  Hardy,  Joseph  Hat- 
ton,  Jerome  K.  Jerome,  Rudyard  Kipling,  Vernon  Lee,  Edna  Lyall,  Florence 
Marryat,  Helen  Mathers,  Marquis  of  Lome,  George  Meredith,  David  Christie  Mur- 
ray, W.  E.  Norris,  Mrs.  Oliphant,  Ouida,  James  Payn,  Mrs.  Parr,  Mrs.  J.  H. 
Riddell,  Adeline  Sergeant,  Capt.  Hawley  Smart,  Marie  Corelli,  Conan  Doyle, 
George  Manville  Fenn,  Marten  Maartens,  Lucas  Malet,  Katherine  S.  Macquoid, 
Tasma,  Mrs.  Von  Booth  (Rita),  Mrs.  L.  B.  Walford,  Florence  Warden,  John 
Strange  Winter  and  Mrs.  Henry  Wood. 

The  most  popular  American  authors  are  also  to  be  found  on  the  company's 
catalogue,  Blanche  Willis  Howard,  H.  H.  Boyesen,  Amelie  Rives,  Henry  Harland, 
Gertrude  Atherton,  Patience  Stapleton,  and  scores  of  others  whose  works  have 
endeared  their  names  to  the  reading  public. 

The  United- States  Book  Co.  makes  inexcusable  a  lack  of  familiarity  with  good 
literature.  It  gives  to  the  poor  man  the  same  accuracy  of  text  as  that  secured  by  the 
scholar  and  collector  of  luxurious  editions.  Its  aim  is  to  publish  the  very  best  books, 
in  a  form  that  will  meet  the  approval  of  all  lovers  of  literature,  and  to  publish  them 
in  so  many  forms  that  the  educational  advantages  of  good  books  can  be  secured  by 
every  man,  however  humble  his  station  in  life.  Controlling  large  capital,  it  expects 
gradually  to  harmonize  conflicting  interests  in  the  publishing  trade  of  the  country,  so 
that  the  interests  of  both  the  manufacturer,  the  bookseller,  and  the  reader  of  books 
may  be  conserved. 

S.  S.  McClure,  97  Tribune  Building,  founded,  in  the  autumn  of  1884,  and 
directs,  the  Associated  Literary  Press.  It  is  a  combination  of  the  leading  news- 
papers of  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States  and  the  British  Empire,  for  the 
publication  of  original  poetry,  essays,  correspondence,  narratives  of  explorations, 
adventure  and  discovery,  pure  literature,  and  scientific  and  educational  articles. 
S.  S.  McClure  obtains  the  work  of  the  greatest  writers,  and  prints  it  in  the  most 
popular  journals.  It  sounded  like  the  wild  dream  of  a  poet,  until  his  success  proved, 
that  it  requires  to  comprehend  intimately,  profoundly  and  at  once  the  thoughts  of  a 
poet  —  a  poet,  of  the  common  people  which  alone  is  sincere  enough,  imaginative 
enough,  destitute  enough  of  false  ideas  contracted  by  incomplete  studies  or  com- 
panionship with  the  Philistines,  to  rise  to  the  conception  of  artistic  literary  work. 
He  reformed  the  method  by  which  publishers  made  editions  costly  because  they 
were  limited,  and  made  them  limited  because  they  were  sure  that  they  could  not 
become  popular.  He  bought  the  works  of  authors  like  Stevenson,  Parkman,  Mere- 
dith, Freeman,  Lowell,  Howells  and  Tennyson,  and  in  seven  and  a  half  years  he 
had  published  the  equivalent  of  400  volumes,  at  a  total  cost  of  $15  to  any  family  of 
the  1,500,000  families  among  which  they  circulated.  The  readers  cf  newspapers 
that  obtain  from  his  service  to  the  Associated  Literary  Press  a  Youth's  Department, 
a  Woman's  Page,  Serial  and  Short  Stories,  Correspondence  and  Special  Articles, 
will  never  be  appreciative  enough  of  the  work  that  he  has  done,  unless  they  mark 


592 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


their  experience  of  former  years 
when  literature  which  was  cheap 
was  literature  which  was  bad. 
Then  there  were  great  authors 
unknown,  but  there  were  many 
celebrated  mediocrities.  Publish- 
ers explained,  as  theatrical  man- 
agers explain,  that  literature  or 
art  is  one  thing,  and  money  or 
business  is  another.  In  the  autumn 
of  1884  S.  S.  McClure  was  in  his 
27th  year,  and  seemed  younger. 
Fie  had  no  capital,  and  no  experi- 
ence or  precedent  by  which  he 
might  be  guided.  He  paid  prices 
higher,  and  sold  to  various 
journals  at  prices  lower,  than  the 
market.  When  his  magnificent 
ideal  made  him  famous,  he  had 
imitators  who  were  men  of  capital ; 
but  to  imitate  Napoleon  is  not  to 
write  by  the  light  of  a  shaded  chandelier,  cross  one's  hands  behind  one's  back  and 
take  snuff  from  one's  waistcoat  pocket ;  to  imitate  Napoleon  is  to  win  battles. 
They  generally  failed. 


S.    S.    MCCLURE,   TRIBUNE    BUILDING. 


FRANKLIN    SQUARE    AND   THE    HARPER    PUBLISHING    HOUSE. 


--S* 


rA. 


"f. 


Fire  andiWaririe 
Insurance^ 


Offices    and    Companies    for    Assuming    Losses    by    Fires     and 
Transit,  and    F^ire    and    Marine    Underwriters'  Associations. 


IN  1759  the  ''Old  Insurance  Office,"  open  from  noon  to  one  o'clock  and  from  six 
to  eight  o'clock  in  the  evening  every  day,  and  the  "  New- York  Insurance  Office," 
the  former  at  the  Coffee- House,  under  charge  of  Kefeltas  &  Sharpe,  the  latter  in  an 
adjoining  building,  under  charge  of  Anthony  Van  Dam,  gave  marine  insurance  to 
merchants,  secured  by  subscriptions  of  underwriters.  In  1778,  as  the  destruction 
of  vessels  by  American  privateers  had  increased  the  risk  of  navigation,  a  "New 
Insurance  Office"  was  opened  at  the  Coffee-House.  Vessels  or  their  cargoes  were 
then  in  a  primitive  manner  protected  ;  but  if  buildings  were  burned,  their  value  to 
the  owners  of  them  was  lost,  unless  they  circulated  subscription-papers,  as  did  the 
owner  of  a  wooden  building  in  Barclay  Street,  destroyed  by  fire  in  November,  1796. 
He  said  to  the  public  :  "Citizens  are  all  dependent,  the  one  upon  the  other.  Re- 
lieve the  distress  of  a  sinking  brother,  and  he,  and  not  he  only,  will  bless  you." 

In  1770  as  the  "  Philadelphia  Contributionship  for  the  Insurance  of  Houses  from 
Loss  by  Fire  "  had  eighteen  years  of  life  and  prosperity,  a  member  of  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce  in  New  York  proposed  the  formation  of  a  similar  Contributionship  ; 
but  not  until  1787  was  incorporated,  under  the  name  of  "Mutual  Assurance  Com- 
pany," the  first  New- York  fire-insurance  company. 

In  1798  a  charter  was  granted  to  Nicholas  Low  and  others,  with  corporate  pow- 
ers, in  the  name  of  "United  Insurance  Company  in  the  city  of  New  York,"  enabling 
them  "  the  better  to  carry  on  and  extend  the  business  of  maritime  insurance  and  of 
insurance  upon  houses,  goods  and  lives,  which  were  the  useful  purpose  of  their 
institution."  The  "Mutual  Assurance  Company "  was  renewed  and  incorporated 
—  it  had  been  organized  in  1787,  under  a  deed  of  settlement,  by  its  secretary,  John 
Pintard,  according  to  the  English  custom.  In  1809  the  company  was  reorganized, 
with  a  capital  stock;  in  1846,  its  name  was  changed  to  "  Knickerbocker  Fire-Insur- 
ance Company";  and  in  1890  it  was  dissolved.  One  of  its  policies  of  1798  is 
framed  in  the  Fire  Patrol  Office.  In  1798  a  third  company  was  incorporated,  "  The 
New- York  Insurance  Company  for  Maritime  Insurance,  Houses,  Goods  and  Lives." 
It  had  a  capital,  in  shares  of  $50  each,  not  to  exceed  $ 500,000  ;  and  its  charter 
expired  in  1809. 

In  1801  the  first  exclusively  marine  stock  company  in  New  York,  the  "Marine 
Insurance  Company,"  was  organized,  with  a  capital  of  $250,000.  Then  came  a 
revision  of  contracts,  a  classification  of  hazards,  and  a  re-arrangement  of  rates,  made 
necessary  by  extension  of  business  and  provoked  by  experience.  The  "  Eagle  Insur- 
ance Company,"  incorporated  in  1806,  issued  this  tariff : — 

"Hazards  of  the  first  class,  brick  or  stone  buildings,  with  slate,  tile  or  metal 
roofs,  and  non-hazardous  goods  therein,  25  per  cent.      Hazards  of  the  fourth  class, 


594  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

wooden  buildings,  non-hazardous  goods  therein,  and  hazardous  goods  in  third  class, 
75  to  ioo  per  cent." 

In  1830  there  were  in  New  York  eight  marine  companies,  with  an  aggregate 
capital  of  $3,050,000  ;  and  twenty -five  fire  companies,  with  an  aggregate  capital  of 
$7,800,000.  In  1835  tnere  were  twenty-six  fire  companies  ;  and  twenty-three  of 
them  were  thrown  into  bankruptcy  by  the  fire  which  destroyed,  on  the  night  of 
December  16,  529  stores  and  41  other  buildings  situated  south  of  Wall  Street,  the 
business  centre  of  the  city.  Then  followed  the  wise  law  by  which  fire  companies  are 
prohibited  from  engaging  in  the  affairs  of  life-insurance,  banking  and  trust  com- 
panies ;  and  other  companies  may  not  accumulate  functions,  but  are  chartered  for 
specific  purposes,  life  or  marine  or  other  insurance,  or  banking.  Then  came  the 
repeal  of  an  act  passed  in  1829,  by  which  foreign  companies  were  excluded  from  the 
State  of  New  York.  Then  forms  of  policies,  conditions  of  insurance,  classifications, 
the  entire  system  of  fire  and  marine  insurance  acquired  the  precision,  the  exactness 
of  the  present  time.  With  Massachusetts,  New  York  began  to  shape  insurance  legis- 
lation and  methods  for  the  whole  country.  In  1845  a  second  conflagration  in  the 
business  center  of  New  York  destroyed  property  valued  at  $6,000,000.  In  1846  an 
association  of  city  underwriters,  formed  for  mutual  protection,  convened  in  New  York 
a  national  meeting  of  underwriters.  Of  this  meeting,  and  of  two  others,  in  1849  an(^ 
1850,  came  in  1866  the  National  Board  of  Fire-Underwriters,  by  which  the  advan- 
tages obtained  in  New  York  were  made  applicable  to  the  whole  country. 

In  1859  the  Insurance  Department  of  the  State  of  New  York  was  organized.  In 
1864,  for  the  first  time,  all  the  insurance  companies  were  required  by  law  to  make 
and  file  annual  statements.  From  this  period,  the  complete  historical  and  financial 
chronicles  of  insurance  may  be  easily  compiled.  They  are  in  the  reports  made  to 
the  State  Assembly  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  Insurance  Department.  In  i860 
the  premium  receipts  of  the  New-York  stock  fire  companies  were  $7,000,000  ;  in 
1863,  after  two  years  of  civil  war,  they  were  $10,000,000  ;  in  1865  they  were  $20,000,- 
000.  In  i860  the  premium  receipts  of  the  marine  companies  were  $14,000,000; 
and  in  1863  they  were  $18,000,000.  In  187 1  the  Chicago  fire,  in  1872  the  Boston 
fire,  ruined  the  Astor,  Beekman,  Corn-Exchange,  Excelsior,  Humboldt,  Market, 
New-Amsterdam,  North-American,  Washington,  Yonkers,  New-York  and  other 
insurance  companies,  some  of  which  were  afterward  reorganized.  In  thirty  years 
the  Insurance  Department  noted  the  withdrawal  of  eighty-three  fire  and  ten  marine 
insurance  companies. 

The  Board  of  Fire-Underwriters  is  an  evolution  of  the  "Salamander  Soci- 
ety," a  combination  of  insurance  officers  organized  in  1819  to  1826,  transformed 
frequently,  and  incorporated  under  its  present  title  in  1867.  It  guides  insurance 
legislation ;  guards  or  advises  the  Superintendent  of  Buildings,  the  Fire-Commis- 
sioners and  the  Fire-Marshal ;  maintains  the  Fire-Patrol,  with  the  aid  of  a  legisla- 
tive enactment  that  it  created  ;  and  usually  commands  a  tariff  of  rates  of  premium  to 
be  charged  by  all  underwriters  on  metropolitan  risks.  It  has,  at  present,  an  execu- 
tive committee  of  forty  members.  Its  standing  committees  are  on  Finance,  Fire- 
Patrol,  Laws  and  Legislation,  Surveys,  Police  and  Origin  of  Fires,  Arbitration, 
Patents,  Membership,  and  Water  Supply.  It  adopted  in  1886  a  standard  fire- 
insurance  policy,  the  form  of  which  is  desirable. 

The  Fire-Patrol  is  an  organization  of  the  Board  of  Fire-Underwriters,  and  was 
a  condition  of  its  charter,  "to  provide  a  patrol  of  men,  and  a  competent  person  to 
act  as  superintendent,  to  discover  and  prevent  fires,  with  suitable  apparatus  to  save 
and  preserve  property  or  life  at  and  after  a  fire  ;  and  the  better  to  enable  them  so 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK  595 

to  act  with  promptness  and  efficiency,  full  power  is  given  to  such  superintendent 
and  to  such  patrol  to  enter  any  building  on  fire,  or  which  may  be  exposed  to  or  in 
danger  of  taking  fire  from  other  burning  buildings,  at  once  proceed  to  protect  and 
endeavor  to  save  the  property  therein,  and  to  remove  such  property,  or  any  part 
thereof,  from  the  ruins  after  a  fire."  For  the  maintenance  of  this  patrol  the  Board 
of  Fire-Underwriters  obtained  the  passage  of  an  act  obliging  all  insurance  compa- 
nies doing  business  in  New  York  to  pay  two  per  cent,  of  their  city  premium  receipts 
semi-annually,  as  a  tax. 

The  Fire-Patrol  existed  long  before  this  act,  but  in  a  different  form.  In  1835 
the  city  association  of  fire-insurance  companies  paid  $1,000  a  year  to  a  Fire-Police 
of  four  men  ;  in  1839  it  employed  forty  members  or  past  members  of  the  Volunteer 
Fire-Department  as  patrolmen  at  night  in  the  Fifth  Fire  (the  mercantile)  District. 
In  1845  water-proof  covers  for  merchandise,  in  1851  covers  for  roofs  and  sky-lights, 
in  1864  a  steam  pumping-engine  for  drying  cellars,  were  adopted  ;  but  the  service 
was  practically,  like  the  contributions  of  the  insurance  companies  for  the  expen- 
ses, voluntary.  The  last  statistical  record,  the  record  of  189 1,  of  the  present  well- 
equipped  and  well-paid  Fire-Patrol,  shows  that  during  the  year  1 89 1  it  attended  to 
2,091  fire-alarms,  performed  2,228^  hours  of  service,  spread  9,819  covers,  and  cared 
for  property  the  total  insurance  on  which  was  $29,897,649,  and  the  total  loss 
$5,252,659.  The  Fire-Patrol  stations  are:  No.  I,  41  Murray  Street,  42  officers 
and  men  ;  No.  2,  31  Great  Jones  Street,  40  officers  and  men  ;  No.  3,  104  West  30th 
Street,  29  officers  and  men  ;  No.  4,  113  East  90th  Street,  14  officers  and  men  ;  and 
No.  5,  307  West  121st  Street,  14  officers  and  men.  Abram  C.  Hull  is  the  super- 
intendent. Wm.  M.  Randall,  an  old  volunteer  fireman  and  underwriter,  has  long 
occupied  the  office  of  Secretary  to  the  Fire-Patrol  committee. 

The  Insurance  Companies  of  to-day  represent  an  enormous  accumulation 
of  assets  for  the  payment  of  losses  by  fire  and  the  elements.  There  were  $62,997,365 
in  assets  of  New- York  joint-stock  companies  ;  $107,104,700  in  assets  of  companies 
of  other  States;  $2,310,202  in  assets  of  mutual  companies;  and  $52,827,407  in 
assets  of  foreign  companies,  invested  in  the  fire-insurance  business  in  New  York,  at 
the  date  of  the  last  report  to  the  Insurance  Department,  December  31,  189 1. 

The  history  of  the  following  companies  is  the  main  history  of  the  fire-insurance 
business  in  New  York  in  its  best  aspects  : 

The  New-York  Bowery  Fire-insurance  Company,  at  124  Bowery  and 
168  Broadway,  was  incorporated  April  24,  1833.  It  commenced  business  Septem- 
ber 21,  1833,  and  at  the  end  of  a  year  had  gross  assets  amounting  to  $322,818.  Its 
paid-up  cash  capital  was  then  $290,318.  Now  its  paid-up  cash  capital  is  $300,000, 
and  the  amount  of  its  gross  assets  is  $548,719,  invested  as  follows  :  New- York  City 
stock,  $150,000;  railroad  bonds,  $76,565;  stocks,  $204,733;  l°ans  on  bond  and 
mortgage,  $16,200;  call  loans  on  collateral  security,  $3,700;  interest  accrued, 
$4,623;  premiums  in  course  of  collection,  not  over  ninety  days  due,  $90,532;  cash 
in  bank  and  office,  $1,654;  re-insurance  due  from  other  companies  on  losses,  $711. 
It  has  a  net  surplus  of  $70,521  over  all  its  liabilities,  including  the  capital  stock 
and  the  reserve-fund  for  re-insurance,  making  a  surplus  to  policy-holders  of 
$370,521.  It  has  paid  in  losses  by  fire,  since  its  organization,  $4,772,457.  It 
passed,  without  imperilling  its  constant  financial  solidity,  through  the  conflagra- 
tions of  1835,  I&45>  1 87 1  and  1872,  by  which  hundreds  of  companies  were  thrown 
into  bankruptcy.  Its  President  is  Henry  Silberhorn,  its  Vice-President  is  Charles 
A.  Blauvelt,  its  Secretary  is  J.  Frank  Patterson,  New-Yorkers,  long  and  faithful 
servants  of  the  company,  as  were  before  them  Geo.  G.  Taylor,  William  Hibbard, 


596 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


Peter  Pinckney,  James  Lovett,  and  the  first  President,  Benjamin  M.  Brown.  Per- 
sonally acquainted  with  every  phase  of  the  company's  experience,  the  officers  and 
Board  of  Directors  merit  the  confidence  that  the  record  of  the  New- York  Bowery 
Fire-Insurance  Company  and  its  financial  statement  command. 

The  company  has  its  agencies  scattered  throughout  the  United  States,  but  it 
seeks  to  do  only  the  most  conservative  class  of  business,  moderate  lines  and  well  dis- 
tributed. The  New-York  Bowery  is  virtually,  with  a  single  exception,  the  oldest  of 
the  New-York  fire-insurance  companies,  for,  while  some  have  taken  the  names  and 
succeeded  to  the  business  of  older  companies,  they  were  either  re-organized  or 
decapitalized  after  the  great  fires  of  1835  or  1871  and  1872. 

The  Greenwich  Insurance  Company,  of  New  York,  the  principal  offices  of 
which  are  in  the  company's  own  five-story  stone-front  building  at  161  Broadway,  has 
been  uninterruptedly  and  successfully  in  business  nearly  sixty  years.  It  was  organ- 
ized in   1834.     Timothy  Whittemore  was  its  first  president  and  held  that  office  25 


NEW-YORK    BOWERY    FIRE-INSURANCE    COMPANY,    BOWERY    AND    GRAND    STREET. 


years.  Samuel  C.  Harriot  was  president  for  31  years.  Joseph  Torrey  was  secretary 
13  years.  James  Harrison  was  secretary  23  years.  Mason  A.  Stone  was  secretary 
19  years.  Such  tenures  of  office  indicate  an  unusual  conservatism  of  policy  and 
security  of  operation,  and  must  inevitably  inspire  confidence  in  the  Greenwich  Insur- 
ance Company  as  a  strong  and  secure  financial  corporation. 

The  value  of  property  destroyed  by  fire  in  the  United  States  was  $143,764,967, 
an  amount  larger  than  the  yearly  cost  of  the  public  schools  of  America,  larger  than 
the  payments  to  pensioners,  larger  than  the  value  of  the  National  bank  notes  in 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


597 


circulation,  larger  than  the  aggregate  yearly  cost  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments, 
larger  than  the  coining  value  of  the  gold  and  silver  mined  in  the  United  States 
yearly.  It  is  to  save  the  people  from  the  appalling  consequences  of  such  losses, 
unrelieved,  that  the  Greenwich  and  its  sister  companies  are  perpetually  active. 

An  institution  that  has  paid  nearly  $10,000,000  for  fire-losses  and  dividends, 
as  the  Greenwich  has,  without  a  single  failure  or  delay  in  over  half  a  century  of 
extremely  active  business,  is  certainly  a  firm  support  to  lean  upon. 

Its  capital  stock  is  $200,000  ;  and  its  net  surplus  January  1,  1891,  was  nearly 
$400,000  ;  making,  with  its  capital,  a  net 
surplus,  so  far  as  concerns  policy-holders, 
of  $595,000.  It  owns  real  estate  to  the  value 
of  $170,000,  and  its  available  assets  amount 
to  about  $1,600,000.  The  Greenwich  has 
had  an  honorable  career.  It  has  paid  losses 
amounting  to  nearly  $7,000,000,  since  it 
began  business  ;  and  it  has  paid  to  its  stock- 
holders in  cash  dividends  over  $2,000,000, 
and  has  never  failed  to  pay  a  semi-annual 
dividend  in  every  year  since  its  organization. 
Its  business  at  its  home  office  in  the  city  of 
New  York  is  very  large,  only  two  of  the  140 
companies  doing  business  in  the  city  receiv- 
ing as  large  a  volume  of  premiums  on  New- 
York  City  business  as  the  Greenwich.  The 
directors  of  the  company  own  more  than  25 
per  cent,  of  its  stock.  The  present  presi- 
dent, Mason  A.  Stone,  has  been  an  officer 
of  the  corporation  for  21  years,  having  been 
chosen  assistant-secretary  in  187 1  and  secre- 
tary in  1872.  Associated  with  him  as  a  board 
of  directors,  are  William  II.  S.  Elting,  Quen- 
tin  McAdam,  Solomon  W.  Albro,  James  A. 
Roosevelt,  George  Gordon,  Allen  S.  Apgar, 
Augustus  C.  Brown,  William  P.  Douglas, 
Samuel  W.  Harriot,  William  Brookfield, 
Hugh  Taylor,  Alexander  T.  Van  Nest,  John 
L.  Riker,  Robert  B.  Suckley,  Isaac  G.  John- 
son, Joseph  P.  Puels  and  Ebenezer  Bailey. 
Walter  B.  Ward  and  William  Adams  are 
assistant-secretaries.  The  Greenwich  has  its 
agencies  in  most  of  the  chief  cities  of  this 
country.  Its  policies  are  sought  for  by  the 
best  business  men  of  the  whole  country, 
and  the  fire-insurance  agents  and  brokers 
everywhere  never  hesitate  to  recommend  to  their  patrons  the  insurance  protection 
afforded  by  the  Greenwich  Insurance  Company. 

The  Citizens'  Insurance  Company,  at  156  Broadway,  was  incorporated 
April  28,  1836,  as  the  "  Williamsburgh  Fire-insurance  Company"  of  Williamsburgh, 
N.  Y.,  now  the  Eastern  District  of  Brooklyn  ;  changed  in  name  to  "Citizens'  Fire- 
insurance  Company,"  and  in  location  to  Brooklyn,  in  1849  >  and  amended  in  title  to 


THE    GREENWICH    INSURANCE    COMPANY, 
161    BROADWAY. 


598 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


"  Citizens'  Insurance  Company  "  simply,  in  1865.  It  had  in  1849  a  capital  of  $105,- 
000,  and  gross  assets  amounting  to  $131,143.  In  a  quarter  of  a  century,  after  the 
great  fires  of  Chicago  and  Boston  had  thrown  into  bankruptcy  a  hundred  insurance 
companies,  and   crippled  and  almost   ruined   many  others,  the  Citizens'  Insurance 

Company  had  a  capital  of  $300,000,  and 
gross  assets  amounting  to  $843,802. 
This  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  great 
fires  of  Chicago  and  Boston  had  multi- 
plied by  eight  its  annual  average  of 
losses  by  fire.  At  present  the  Citizens' 
Insurance  Company  has  a  capital  of 
$300,000,  and  gross  assets  amounting 
to  $1,081,041.  It  has  a  net  surplus 
ov£r  all  its  liabilities  and  the  reserve 
fund  for  re-insurance,  of  $228,150.  It 
has  paid  for  losses,  since  its  organiza- 
tion, $6,355,398,  about  fifty  per  cent,  of 
its  premium  receipts,  a  smaller  propor- 
tion of  loss  than  the  statistics  of  the 
fire-insurance  business  concede.  The 
Citizens'  Insurance  Company  has  had 
in  its  entire  history  three  Presidents : 
Daniel  Burtnett,  until  1859  ;  James  M. 
McLean,  until  1886  ;  and  Edward  A. 
Walton,  until  the  present  time.  Mr. 
McLean  was  secretary  during  the  entire 
period  that  Mr.  Burtnett  was  president, 
and  was  in  the  service  of  the  company 
for  thirty-nine  years.  Mr.  Walton  was 
secretary  until  1881,  and  from  that  year 
vice-president  until  1886,  when  he  be- 
came president,  and  has  been  in  the 
service,  of  the  company  for  forty-three 
years.  The  vice-president  is  George  H. 
McLean,  a  well-known  and  esteemed  New-Yorker,  son  of  the  former  president  of  the 
company,  and  in  its  service  for  a  decade.  The  secretary  is  Frank  M.  Parker,  a 
prominent  citizen  of  Newark,  N.  J.,  and  a  servant  of  the  company  in  every  depart- 
ment for  a  quarter  of  a  century.  Thus  the  Citizens'  Insurance  Company  has  the 
advantage  of  a  management  intimately  allied  with  every  phase  of  its  experience,  an 
experience  which  begins  with  the  first  years  of  fire-insurance  in  this  country.  It 
is  allied  with  the  "Hanover"  in  the  operations  of  the  Newr-York  Underwriters' 
Agency  in  the  South  and  West. 

The  Atlantic  Mutual  Insurance  Company  was  incorporated  in  1842  as  a 
mutual  insurance  company,  without  capital  other  than  the  sum  of  $100,000,  which 
was  borrowed  as  a  temporary  convenience,  and  which  was  returned  within  two  years. 
Since  its  organization,  the  premiums  received  from  dealers  on  risks  terminated  amount 
to  $182,626,162.  The  losses  paid  to  dealers  on  risks  insured  have  been  $106,515,- 
144.  The  certificates  of  profits  issued  to  dealers  have  amounted  to  $64,788,180,  of 
which  there  have  been  redeemed  in  cash  $57,841,110,  and  the  cash  paid  for  interest 
on  certificates  amounts  to  $13,603,748. 


CITIZENS'   INSURANCE    COMPANY,    156    BROADWAY. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


599 


Its  main,  business  is  the  insuring  of  vessels  and  their  cargoes,  as  well  as  inland 
transportation  risks.  Since  its  incorporation  in  1842  it  has  done  a  great  service  to 
the  commercial  interests  of  New  York,  by  reason  of  its  absolute  protection  to  the 
■property  of  the  owners  of  vessels,  the  importers  and  exporters,  by  making  insurance 
in  their  interests.  Its  gross  assets  exceed  $12,250,000,  as  may  be  seen  in  the 
detailed  statement.  Perhaps  some  conception  of  the  insurance  it  grants  can  be 
obtained  from  the  statement  that  its  annual  premium  receipts  alone  exceed  $5,000,000. 
This  company  is  a  wholly  mutual  organization,  and  for  this  reason  it  is  a  semi-pub- 


ATLANTIC    MUTUAL    INSURANCE    COMPANY,   WALL    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 

lie  institution.  All  the  profits  of  the  company  revert  to  the  insured,  and  are  divided 
yearly  upon  the  premiums  terminated  during  the  year,  thereby  reducing  the  cost  of 
insurance.  These  dividends  are  paid  in  interest-bearing  certificates  known  as  ' '  scrip, " 
which  are  in  time  redeemed  by  the  company.  Provision  is  made  for  issuing  policies 
by  which  the  losses  are  payable  in  England. 

January  1,  1892,  the  company's  assets  amounted  to  $12,278,582,  and  in  the 
preceding  year  its  gross  premiums  aggregated  $5,256,865,  while  the  losses 
paid  amounted  to  $1,836,325,  and  return  of  premiums  and  expenses,  $784,790. 
The  company  owns  its  own  office-building  on  Wall  Street,  at  the  corner  of  William 
Street.  Its  plain  and  substantial  appearance  indicates  the  solid  conservative  corpo- 
ration whose  offices  it  contains.  When  it  was  built,  in  1852,  it  was  the  finest  office - 
building  on  Wall  Street,  but  now  it  is  overshadowed  by  many  superb  structures,  so 
that  it  seems  to  be  a  conspicuous  landmark  of  two  generations  ago.  European 
countries  boast  of  long  records  of  officers  of  their  great  corporations,  and  the  civil- 
service  advocates  make  great  claims  for  the  advancement  of  men  in  various  posi- 
tions, but  the  Atlantic   Mutual   Insurance  Company  has  a  record  in  this  particular 


6oo 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


hardly  equalled  on  either  continent.  Its  President,  John  D.  Jones,  has  been  con- 
tinuously an  officer  almost  coeval  with  the  history  of  the  company  for  50  years,  first 
as  its  Secretary,  and  for  the  past  37  years  as  its  President.  Its  Vice-President, 
W.  H.  H.  Moore,  has  been  connected  with  the  company  for  37  years  ;  the  Second 
Vice-President,  A.  A.  Raven,  for  40  years ;  the  Secretary,  Joseph  H.  Chapman,  for 
38  years  ;  four  of  those  holding  very  important  positions  have  been  continuously 
connected  with  the  company  for  40  years  and  over  ;  and  a  number  of  its  trustees,  of 
the  leading  influential  men  of  New  York,  have  served  on  the  Board  continuously  for 
more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century. 

The  peculiar  constitution  and  methods  of  the  Atlantic  Mutual  have  made  it  an 
interesting  study  for  insurance  experts,  as  well  as  an  invincible  tower  of  strength  to 
all  shipowners  who  can  avail  themselves  of  its  splendid  defence. 

The  Broadway  Insurance  Company,  of  158  Broadway,  was  founded  by  emi- 
nent men  of  business  in   1849,  w'tn  a  paid-up  cash  capital  of  $200,000.      In  New 

York  in  its  43  years  of  ex- 
perience many  disastrous  fires 
have  occurred  ;  a  hundred 
or  more  fire-insurance  com- 
panies have  been  ruined  ; 
many  have  assessed  their 
stockholders  ;  and  some  have 
gone  out  of  business,  simply 
because  they  have  found  their 
business  unprofitable  ;  but 
the  Broadway  has  steadily 
progressed.  Prudently  and 
intelligently  managed,  just 
and  prompt  in  its  treatment 
of  losses,  it  has  accumulated 
assets  amounting  to  $458,- 
490,  and  retained  intact  its 
capital,  while  paying  out  the 
equivalent  several  times  over, 
in  losses  and  dividends.  Its 
total  liabilities,  actual  and 
contingent,  including  reserve- 
fund  for  unearned  premiums, 
amount  to  $107,497.  The 
Broadway  has  a  net  surplus 
over  all  its  liabilities  of 
$35°>993>  as  regards  policy- 
holders; of  $150,993,  deduct- 
ing the  amount  of  its  capital 
stock.  Its  risks  are  selected 
with  great  care,  and  wisely 
investments  are  made  with  a  preference  for  safety  rather 
profit.      The   Broadway's    premium    income    for    189 1    was 


BROADWAY    INSURANCE    COMPANY,     158    BROADWAY. 


disseminated,  and  its 
than  for  considerable 
$157,705,  and  its  gradual  growth  to  that  amount,  year  by  year,  makes  a  praise- 
worthy record  of  conservative  underwriting.  It  tells  how  ample  for  its  needs  are 
the  resources,  how  secure  are  the  customers,  of  the  Broadway  Insurance  Company. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


601 


The  officers  of  the  company  are  Eugene  B.  Magnus,   President  ;    and  George  W. 
Jones,  Secretary. 

The  Niagara  Fire-insurance  Company  owns  and  occupies  its  own  five-story 
stone-front  building  at  135  and  137  Broadway.  It  was  incorporated  December  29, 
1849,  and  commenced  business  August  I,  1850,  with  a  paid-up  cash  capital  of  $200,- 
000.  In  1864  it  had  paid  the  equivalent  of  its  capital  more  than  twice  in  dividends, 
and  more  than  twice  in  losses,  and  yet  accumulated  a  large  surplus.  The  capital 
was  increased 
to  $1,000,000  in 
1864.  In  I  87  I 
came  the  Chicago 
fire,  which  d  e  - 
stroyed  property 
to  the  value  of 
$200,000,000, 
ruined  68  com- 
panies and  forced 
24  to  assess  their 
stockholders. 
The  next  year 
came  the  Boston 
fire,  which  d  e  - 
stroyed  property 
to    the    value    of 

$73»  500>000>  and 
ruined     several 

other  companies. 
The  Niagara  paid 
at  once  every 
claim,  and  re- 
duced its  capital 
to  $500,000. 
There  was  not  a 
moment  of  hesita- 
tion in  its  affairs. 
The    company 

wished  to  prove,  and  it  proved,  that  it  was  ready  for  any  emergency.  Its  progress 
in  twenty  years  has  been  constant.  The  assets,  which  were  $1,264,538  at  the  end 
of  1872,  were  at  the  end  of  1891,  $2,723,185.  The  total  liabilities,  actual  and  con- 
tingent, including  the  re-insurance  fund,  are  $1,902,401.  The  company  has  a 
surplus,  as  regards  policy-holders,  of  $820,784.  Its  business  is  excellent ;  its  invest- 
ments sacrifice  speculative  profits  in  favor  of  absolute  security  ;  its  management  is 
celebrated  for  its  carefulness. 

The  officers  of  the  company  are  personally  allied  with  every  phase  of  its  history. 
The  first  presidents  were  W.  B.  Bend,  in  1850 ;  Jonathan  D.  Steele,  in  1852  ;  and 
Henry  A.  Howe,  in  1 87 1.  The  President  now  is  Peter  Notman.  He  attained  the 
office  in  187 1,  having  been  secretary  since  1 86 1.  The  Vice-President  is  Thos.  F. 
Goodrich,  who  became  connected  with  the  company  in  1880  as  Secretary.  The 
Secretary  is  George  C.  Howe,  who  has  been  with  the  company  since  he  was  fifteen 
years  of  age.      In  18S4  he  was  appointed  assistant-secretary. 


NIAGARA   FIRE-INSURANCE   COMPANY,    135   AND    137    BROADWAY. 


602 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Niagara  Fire-insurance  Company,  in  1892,  consummated  the  arrangements  by 
which  it  takes  charge  of  the  entire  American  business  of  the  Caledonian  Fire-Insur- 
ance Company  of  Scotland,  and,  by  means  of  the  two  corporations  utilizing  the  same 
organization,  they  are  enabled  to  do  the  double  business  at  about  the  cost  formerly 
sustained  alone  by  the  Niagara. 

The  Hanover  Fire-insurance  Company,  at  40  Nassau  Street,  was  incor- 
porated April  6,  1852,  and  commenced  business  April  16th,  with  John  N.  Wyckoff 
as  President,  and  a  cash  capital  of  $150,000.  This  was  increased  to  $200,000  in 
1857,  and  to  $400,000  in  1863;  and  reduced  to  $250,000  after  the  losses  by  the 
Boston  fire,  in  1872,  which  ruined  so  many  companies,  had  been  paid  ;  increased 
within  four  months  to  $400,000,  in  1873  5  an<^  to  $500,000,  in  1875,  by  a  stock  divi- 
dend of  $100,000.      Now  the  cash  capital  is  $1,000,000,  and    the    gross  assets  are 

$2,551,330.  The  amount  is  made  up  of  real 
estate,  $250,000;  United-States  bonds,  $1 14,085  ; 
bonds  and  mortgages,  first  liens  on  improved 
real-estate  in  New  York  and  Brooklyn,  $23,000; 
State  and  city  bonds,  $483,750;  loans  on  call, 
$850;  cash  in  banks  and  in  office,  $86,139; 
railroad  first-mortgage  bonds,  $746,781;  bank 
and  trust  companies'  stocks,  $177,345  ;  railroad, 
gas  and  telegraph  companies'  stocks,  $508,856; 
premiums  in  hands  of  agents,  in  course  of  trans- 
mission, and  uncollected  office  premiums,  $149,- 
427;  accrued  interest,  $8,846;  other  property, 
$2,154.  The  Hanover  Fire-Insurance  Company 
^j    /"  J  J  has  a  net  surplus  over  its  capital,  liabilities  and 

^   J  v|  JkC'^  reserve-fund  for  re-insurance,  of  $455,438.      Its 

||     v  Jj  T       Wk      ^   *  President  is  I.  Remsen  Lane,  who  has  been  con- 

di     I   fen'  ■'        Bill  nected  with  the  company  for   nearly  thirty  years. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary  is  Charles  L. 
Roe.  The  Assistant-Secretary  is  Charles  A. 
Shaw.  Thomas  James  is  General  Agent.  The 
Hanover  Fire-Insurance  Company  is  distinctively 
an  institution  of  New  York.  It  never  passed  a 
dividend.  It  has  paid  440  per  cent,  to  stock- 
holders in  its  forty  years  of  life.      It  has  paid  for 

HANOVER    FIRE-INSURANCE   COMPANY,  ,  ,  r  ^  r>  t       •  i  i  •      -i         •    i         i 

40  NA83AU  street.  losses  by  fire  $13,208,000.      It  is  allied  with  the 

"Citizens"  in  the  operations  of  the  New- York  Underwriters'  Agency  in  the  South 
and  West.  The  president  of  the  Hanover  for  many  years  was  the  late  Benjamin 
S.  Walcott. 

The  New-York  Underwriters'  Agency,  at  32  Nassau  Street,  is  under  the 
management  of  Alexander  Stoddart.  It  is  formed  of  the  Hanover  Fire-insurance 
Company  and  of  the  Citizens'  (Fire)  Insurance  Company,  and  issues  by  its  agents 
throughout  the  South  and  West  a  single  policy  representing  assets  amounting  to 
$3*632,371,  and  a  net  surplus  over  all  liabilities  of  $683,588.  It  represents  the 
combined  strength  and  integrity  of  two  fire-insurance  companies  which  promptly 
paid  every  cent  of  their  losses  by  the  conflagrations  which  destroyed  the  business 
districts  of  Chicago  and  Boston,  and  ruined  hundreds  of  insurance  companies.  It 
has  its  own  independent  record,  the  record  of  an  organization  as  distinct  as  either 
of  the  companies  that  form  it.     With  the  public  and  with  al^  the  prominent  fire- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


603 


insurance  agents  of  the  country  the  name  of  the  New- York  Underwriters'  Agency  is 
a  synonym  for  correct  business  methods.  Its  agents  are  its  firm  friends,  and  it 
carefully  guards  their  interests.  It  is  equitable  in  its  adjustments  of  losses,  it  is 
prompt  in  meeting  its  obligations,  it  is  an  honor  and  an  advantage  to  every  agent 
by  whom  it  is  represented,  for  its  policy  of  insurance  is  a  guarantee  of  absolute 
safety.  There  is  no  institution  with  which  the  interests  of  the  people  of  the  West 
and  South  are  more  closely  allied. 

Mr    Stoddart  was  the  originator  of  the  plan,  since  quite  often  followed,  of  utiliz- 
ing the  combined  assets  of  two  or  more  companies  by  means  of  issuing  a  single  policy 


NEW-YORK    UNDERWRITERS'  AGENCY  ;    ALEXANDER    STODDART,   GENERAL    AGENT  ;    32    NASSAU    STREET. 

to  the  insured  ;  thus  giving  to  the  insured  far  greater  security,  and  affording  to  the 
companies  a  minimum  of  cost  in  securing  and  carrying  on  the. business.  The  general 
offices  of  the  New-York  Underwriters'  Agency  have  been  in  the  Mutual  Life-insur- 
ance Building  on  Nassau  Street  ever  since  that  magnificent  building  was  completed. 
Sketches  of  the  Citizens'  and  the  Hanover  Fire-insurance  companies  appear  elsewhere 
in  this  chapter. 

The  Home  Insurance  Company  of  New  York  is,  with  a  single  exception, 
the  greatest  of  all  the  fire-insurance  companies  of  America.  The  Home  was  organ- 
ized April  13,  1853,  and  has  had  almost  forty  years  of  success  and  steady  growth. 
From  the  start  it  has  been  a  national  institution,  seeking  its  patronage  from  every 
nook  and  corner  of  the  whole  country,  and  the  traditions  and  experiences  of  the 
agency  business  might  readily  be  written  within  the  records  of  this  company.  It 
was  the  pioneer  New-York  company  to  enter  the  agency  business,  and,  jointly  with 
a  few  of  the  oldest  Hartford  companies,  it  was  the  founder  of  the  whole  business  of 
fire-underwriting  through  agencies.  It  started  with  a  cash  capital  of  $500,000, 
at  that  time  considered  an  enormous  amount  for  a  fire-insurance  company.      It  has 


604 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


since  been  increased  —  in  1858,  to  $ 600,000  ;  in  1859,  to  $1,000,000;  in  1864,  to 
$2,000,000  ;  in  1870,  to  $2,500,000  ;  and  in  1875,  to  $3,000,000,  at  which  it  still 
remains,  equalled  by  only  one  other  American  company.  Its  gross  assets,  which 
exceed  $9,000,000,  are  also  equalled  by  only  one  other  company.  It  has  passed 
through  all  the  great  fires  of  the  last  forty  years,  and  after  the  Chicago  fire  its 
stock-holders  almost  spontaneously  paid  in  $1,500,000,  to  more  than  make  good 
its  impairment  of  capital,  so  as  to  leave  the  Home  richer  in  assets  and  stronger  in 
reputation  than  ever  before.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year  1892  its  gross  assets 
were  $9,370,640,  which  included  its  great  reserve  premium  fund  of  $4,117,657, 
besides  a  net  surplus  over  its  capital  of  $3,000,000,  and  ail  liabilities,  of  $1,290,390. 


HOME    INSURANCE    COMPANY,   117    AND    119    BROADWAY. 

It  had  also  set  aside  $735,342  for  unpaid  losses,  and  $227,250  for  other  items.  A 
glance  at  its  detailed  statement  shows  conclusively  that  its  enormous  assets  are  judici- 
ously invested,  with  a  keen  provision  for  any  extraordinary  demand  that  may  come 
up  in  any  emergency.  Its  officers  are  men  of  ripe  experience,  several  having  been 
identified  with  the  company  since  its  beginning.  Its  President  is  Daniel  A.  Heald. 
The  Vice-Presidents  are  John  H.  Washburn  and  Elbridge  G.  Snow  ;  the  Secretaries, 
William  L.  Bigelow  and  Thomas  B.  Greene  ;  and  the  Assistant-Secretaries  are 
Henry  J.  Ferris  and  Areunah  M.  Burtis  ;  altogether  forming  a  coterie  of  fire-under- 
writers that  commands  the  respect  of  the  whole  profession  ;  and  the  Board  of  Direc- 
tors includes  a  most  distinguished  body  of  New- York  business  men.  The  company's 
New- York  offices  for  sixteen  years  were  at  135  Broadway,  but  at  the  completion  of 
the  Boreel  Building,  in  1879,  at  I:7  an(^  ll9  Broadway,  it  took  possession  of  its 
present  offices,  the  main  floor  being  one  of  the  largest  and  grandest  offices  on  this 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


605 


continent.  In  Chicago  the  "  Home  "  built,  in  1885-86,  and  still  owns,  one  of  the  best 
of  those  gigantic  and  admirable  office-buildings  for  which  the  Western  metropolis  is 
famous.  The  Home  Insurance  Company  has  its  ramifications  everywhere,  and  its 
corps  of  reporting  agents  would  make  an  army  of  about  3,500  men.  Founded,  built 
up,  and  conducted  on  the  broadest,  most  progressive,  and  most  generous  lines,  the 
"Home"  is  an  institution  that,  in  its  field,  brings  the  utmost  credit  to  the  Ameri- 
can metropolis. 

The  Rutgers  Fire-insurance  Company,  on  Chatham  Square,  at  the  junc- 
tion of  Park  Row,  Mott  and  Worth  Streets,  was  incorporated  October  3d,  and  com- 
menced business  October  10, 
1853.  "Are  you  insured?" 
For  thirty  -  nine  years  the 
New-Yorkers  have  read  and 
heard  this  startling  question 
of  the  Rutgers.  "  Are  you 
insured?  Rutgers  Fire- 
insurance  Company,"  on 
the  signboard  in  front  of  its 
plain,  unpretentious  build- 
ing, on  its  policies,  bills, 
letter-paper,  cards;  in  the 
flames  that  made  the  sky 
red ;  in  the  alarm-bells  of 
the  City  Hall  in  the  days 
when  firemen  were  volun- 
teers. Are  you  insured? 
It  is  like  a  cry  of  conscience. 
In  thirty-nine  years  there 
were  many  who  did  not  heed 
it  ;  there  were  many  who 
heeded  it  partly,  insuring  in 
other  companies,  some  of 
which  failed,  some  of  which 
were  ruined  by  the  fire  in 
Chicago,  some  of  which  were 
burned  out  of  life  in  Boston, 
and  some  perhaps  by  in- 
judicious management,  but 
the  Rutgers  never  desisted 
a  moment.  Are  you  insured  ? 
The  most  intelligent  New- 
Yorkers  have  always  understood.  It  is  not  everything  to  have  a  policy  of  insur- 
ance ;  is  it  a  policy  of  the  Rutgers?  The  company  began  with  a  capital  of  $200,000. 
It  has  paid  nearly  six  times  the  amount  of  its  capital  in  dividends  to  its  stockholders  ; 
it  has  paid  $1,315,244  to  its  policy-holders  for  losses;  it  has  contributed  hand- 
somely to  the  business  supremacy  of  New  York  ;  but  it  has  its  capital  of  $200,000 
intact,  and  a  net  surplus  of  $134,576  over  all  its  liabilities,  including  its  reserve- 
fund  for  re-insurance.  Are  you  insured?  The  President  of  the  Rutgers  in  1853  until 
1866  was  Hon.  Isaac  O.  Barker,  an  eminent  New-Yorker,  and  President  of  the 
Board  of  Aldermen.      At  his  death,  Edward  B.  Fellows,  who  had  been  secretary 


RUTGERS    FIRE-INSURANCE    CO.,    PARH 
MOTT  STREETS. 


606  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

since  the  first  day  of  the  company's  existence,  and  one  of  its  originators,  became 
President.  He  is  the  President  now.  It  was  principally  by  his  influence  that  the 
office  of  Fire-Marshal  was  created,  in  June,  1854.  He  has  had  a  share  in  every  labor 
for  the  improvement  of  New  York  within  the  lines  of  the  fire-insurance  business. 
The  Rutgers  has  never  changed.  If  the  members  of  its  Board  of  Directors  who 
have  died  should  return  they  would  find  the  table  at  which  they  sat,  familiar  furni- 
ture, well-known  office  surroundings.  The  Rutgers  has  improved  with  age ;  every 
decade  has  made  it  stronger  and  stronger.  Its  funds  are  wisely  invested,  its  affairs 
are  managed  with  economy  and  ability. 

The  Williamsburgh  City  Fire-insurance  Company,  at  150  Broadway,  has 
contributed  to  the  commercial  supremacy  of  New  York  one  of  its  strongest,  most 
conservative  and  best-managed  institutions  ;  and  to  its  architectural  interest  the  tall 
and  graceful  brick-and-stone  building  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  Lib- 
erty Street,  a  model  office-building,  erected  on  a  site  formerly  occupied  by  houses  of 
the  Jumel  estate.  The  structure  is  equipped  with  Worthington  pumps,  electric  lights, 
and  other  modern  conveniences.  The  company  was  organized  by  men  of  business, 
in  1853,  with  a  capital  of  $150,000,  and  Edmund  Driggs,  well  identified  as  a  public- 
spirited  citizen  with  the  interests  of  two  cities,  as  president.  The  first  policy  issued 
by  the  company  was  in  the  handwriting  of  his  son,  Marshall  S.  Driggs,  who  upon 
the  death  of  his  father,  in  1889,  succeeded  him  as  president.  In  39  years  of  history, 
the  company  never  had  a  cause  for  a  radical  change  of  officers,  or  of  official  methods  ; 
and  it  was  ever  regarded  with  the  respect  and  affection  that  it  commands  at  present. 
It  passed  by  the  experience  of  the  Chicago  and  Boston  fires  without  making  an  assess- 
ment on  its  stockholders,  despite  its  prompt  payment  of  the  losses  that  these  fires 
caused  ;  and  it  was  so  firmly  established  in  public  confidence  that  its  marvelous 
accomplishment  seemed  a  matter  of  course.  In  1867  the  capital  was  increased  to 
$250,000;  the  assets  were  then  $425,743.  In  1883  the  charter  of  the  company 
expired  ;  the  Insurance  Department  made  an  examination  of  its  affairs,  and  granted 
a  renewal  of  its  charter  for  another  term  of  thirty  years.  How  profitable  it  has  been 
to  the  stockholders  may  be  determined  from  the  fact  that  the  company  has  paid  in 
dividends  the  sum  of  $1,252,500,  which  is  608  per  cent,  or  at  the  rate  of  16  per  cent, 
a  year.  How  beneficial  it  has  been  to  the  insured  may  be  determined  from  the 
fact  that  it  has  paid  in  losses,  to  January  1,  1892,  the  sum  of  $6,521,703.  Its 
assets  are  $1,527,173,  invested  as  follows  :  real  estate,  $634,844  ;  bonds  and  mort- 
gages, $437,850;  United- States  bonds  and  other  stocks,  $346,857  ;  loans  on  stock, 
$6,000;  cash,  $18, 156  ;  premiums  due,  $68,283;  interest  due,  $5,128;  rents  accrued, 
$7,540;  other  items,  $2,516.  The  company  has  a  net  surplus  of  $612,476,  overall 
its  liabilities,  including  the  capital  stock  and  reserve  for  re-insurance  and  all  contin- 
gent liabilities.  The  officers  of  the  company  are  :  Marshall  S.  Driggs,  President  ; 
F.  H.  Way,  Secretary  ;  Jesse  Watson,  General  Agent ;  and  W.  H.  Brown  and  A. 
W.  Giroux,  Assistant-Secretaries. 

The  American  Fire-insurance  Company,  at  146  Broadway,  was  incorpo- 
rated in  1857.  In  i860  its  assets  were  $269,671  ;  in  1870  they  were  $743,405  ;  in 
1880  they  were  $1,044,604.  The  first  of  January,  1892,  they  were  $1,685,083. 
In  1868  the  American  was  one  of  95  New- York-State  insurance  companies  ;  in  1870, 
one  of  96  ;  in  1880,  one  of  78  ;  in  1891,  one  of  41.  It  has  staying  qualities  unsur- 
passed by  any  other  company.  Its  first  President  was  James  M.  Halsted,  who 
remained  in  office  until  his  death,  in  1888.  Its  present  President  came  into  the 
service  of  the  company  in  1862,  was  Assistant-Secretary  in  1866,  afterward  Secre- 
tary, Vice-President  in  1887,  and  naturally  succeeded  James  M.  Halsted.      Its  first 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK, 


607 


WILLIAMSBURG    CITY    FIRE-INSURANCE    COMPANY. 

BROADWAY    AND    LIBERTY    STREET. 


6o8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Secretary  was  Frederick  W.  Downer,  until  1865  ;  its  second,  Thomas  L.  Thornell, 
until  1880;  its  third,  David  Adee,  now  President,  then  assisted  by  William  H.  Cro- 
lius,  now  Secretary,  for  27  years  in  the  company's  service.  The  Assistant-Secre- 
tary, Charles  P.  Peirce,  was  cashier  for  20  years,  and  has  been  an  employee  of  the 
company  for  25  years.  The  Agency  Manager,  Silas  P.  Wood,  has  also  been  con- 
nected with  the  company  for  a  number  of  years.  Few  companies  anywhere  have 
their  experience  more  intimately  allied  with  their  officers.  Few  have  made  better 
use  of  their  opportunities.  The  American  passed  without  injury  through  the  con- 
flagrations of  Boston  and  Chicago,  and  despite  the  depression  in  business  of  later 
years,  from  which  so  many  strong  institutions  have  suffered,  has  accumulated  a  sur- 
plus, over  unearned  premiums  and  other  liabilities,  amounting  to  $642, 167.  Prompt 
in  its  adjustment  of  losses,  and  zealous  in  the  interest  of  its  policy-holders,  the 
American  unites  all  the  qualities  that  command  implicit  confidence.  Its  capital  is 
$400,000;  its  re-insurance  reserve,  $792,552  ;  its  gross  liabilities,  $1,042,915  and  its 

gross  assets,  $1,685,083. 

The  German  Ameri- 
can Insurance  Company, 
at  115  Broadway,  was  organ- 
ized March  7,  1872,  by  mer- 
chants, among  whom  were 
some  of  the  most  eminent 
dry-goods  men  of  the  city. 
It  has  a  capital  of  $1,000,- 
000,  and  gross  assets  amount- 
ing to  $5,879,208,  thus  in- 
vested :  United  States,  New- 
York  City,  and  Brooklyn 
City  Bonds,  $1,410,988;  St. 
Louis,  Portland,  Ore.,  Atlan- 
ta and  Nashville  city  bonds, 
$213,500;  railroad  bonds, 
$1,590,107;  railroad  stocks, 
$1,497,931;  New-York  City 
bank  stocks,  $121,365; 
New-York  City  gas-com- 
panies' stocks,  $140,250; 
Standard  Oil  Trust  Stock, 
$84, 500 ;  Western  Union 
Telegraph  Company  stock, 
$83,750;     casn    m    banks, 

GERMAN    AMERICAN    INSURANCE    COMPANY,   115   BROADWAY.  tl'USt-COmpanieS     and     Office 

and  with  department  managers,  $420,775  ;  premiums  in  course  of  collection  and 
accrued  interest,  $316,044.  Above  ail  its  liabilities  and  reserve-fund  for  re-insur- 
ance it  has  a  surplus  of  $2, 255,389.  The  President  of  the  company  is  E.  Oelberr 
mann,  the  head  of  one  of  the  wealthiest  and  greatest  of  American  importing  houses  ; 
the  Vice-President  is  John  W.  Murray,  an  old  and  experienced  fire-underwriter,  who 
was  secretary  at  the  organization  ;  the  Second  Vice-President  and  Secretary  is  James 
A.  Silvey  ;  the  Third  Vice-President  is  George  T.  Patterson  ;  the  Assistant-Secre- 
tary of  the  local  department  is  A.  M.  Thorburn  ;  the  Assistant-Secretaries  of  the 
Agency  Department  are  W.  S.  Newell  and  P.  E.  Rasor.      In  its  Board  of  Directors, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


609 


39 


AMERICAN    FIRE-INSURANCE    COMPANY. 

MUTUAL    LIFE    BUILDING,    BROADWAY    AND    LIBERTY    STREET. 


6io 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


in  its  managing  officers,  in  the  character  of  its  investments,  the  German-American 
Insurance  Company  is  excellent.  In  the  just  pride  with  which  it  is  regarded  as  an 
institution  of  New  York,  the  share  of  praise  to  be  divided  between  its  sound  financial 
and  skilful  underwriting  departments  could  not  easily  be  figured.  It  started  at  the 
time  of  the  great  Chicago  and  Boston  fires,  with  a  paid-up  capital  of  immense  mag- 
nitude, and  its  career  has  been  steadily  and  remarkably  successful. 

The  Western  Department  of  the  German  American  has  its  headquarters  at 
Chicago,  under  Eugene  Cary.  Manager,  and  Rogers  Porter,  Assistant- Manager. 
The  Pacific  Department  is  managed  by  George  H.  Tyson,  General  Agent,  at  San 
Francisco. 

The  Liverpool,  London  and  Globe  Insurance  Company  is  one  of  the 
greatest  insurance  corporations  in  the  world.  It  was  founded  in  1836,  as  the  Liver- 
pool Insurance  Co.  ;  acknowledged  its  success  at  the  British  metropolis  by  taking 
the  title  of  the  Liverpool  and  London  Insurance  Co.,  in  1848  ;  and  in  1864  acquired 
the  business  and  title  of  the  Globe  Insurance  Co.  In  185 1  it  opened  an  American 
business,  which  has  already  paid  over  $53,000,000  in  fire-losses,  and  accumulated  a 
surplus  of  $3,000,000.  In  the  Chicago  and  Boston  fires  the  company  lost  $4,670,000, 
and  paid  every  cent  of  it.      The  New- York  resident  manager  is  Henry  W.  Eaton; 

the  deputy-manager,  Geo.  W. 
Hoyt. 

The  Guardian  Fire  and 
Life  Assurance  Company, 
of  London,  England,  whose 
American  headquarters  are  at 
50  Pine  Street,  in  New- York 
City,  was  organized  in  1821, 
private  bankers  taking  its  12,- 
525  shares  of  $500  each.  In 
1822  the  capital  was  increased 
to  $10,000,000;  of  this  ten  per 
cent.,  or  $1,000,000,  was  paid 
up.  For  seven  years  there  were 
paid  no  dividends,  but  the  en- 
tire profits  on  the  fire  and  life 
branches,  which  were  from  the 
first  kept  distinct,  were  added 
to  the  paid  capital,  and  made 
it  $2,000,000.  In  1835  profits 
had  increased  this  capital  to 
$2,750,000,  and  in  184 1  to 
$3,000,000,  although  annual 
dividends  of  five  per  cent,  were 
regularly  paid.  Later,  the 
capital  paid  up  was  increased 
to  its  present  amount  of  $5,- 
000,000.  The  original  deed 
of  settlement  provided  for  the 
closest  attention  of  the  share- 
holders to  the  affairs  of  the 
company,  but  they  were  never 


DOWN-TOWN     CLUB. 


GUARDIAN     BUILDING. 

GUARDIAN    ASSURANCE    CO.  ,   OF    LONDON,   50    PINE   STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


611 


called  upon  by  any  emergency  to  suggest  radical  changes  in  the  management. 
Special  Acts  of  Parliament  in  1850  and  1866  granted  the  additional  powers  that 
increase  of  business  and  experience  suggested.  In  1872  the  Guardian  extended  its 
operations  to  the  United  States,  made  the  required  deposit,  and  established  under 
the  direction  of  Frank  H.  Carter  a  fully 
equipped  branch-office  in  New  York. 
Since  the  death. of  Mr.  Carter,  in  1876, 
Henry  E.  Bowers  has  been  the  Ameri- 
can manager.  In  1873  the  United- 
States  assets  were  $436,269,  and 
the  premium  income  $104,838.  In 
1891  the  assets  were  $1,785,587,  and 
the  premium  income  $  1, 103,099.03.  In 
ten  years  the  total  fire-premiums  of  the 
company  were  doubled.  The  Guardian 
has  paid  about  $5,000,000  for  losses 
by  fire  in  the  United  States,  and  while 
its  policy-holders  are  amply  protected 
by  its  large  assets  in  this  country,  they 
have  the  additional  security  of  the 
largest  paid-up  capital  of  any  fire-insur- 
ance company  in  the  world.  The  total 
funds  which  the  Guardian  Fire  and 
Life  Assurance  Company  has  available 
for  the  protection  of  its  policy-holders 
amount  to  $22,000,000.  The  United- 
States  assets  are  invested  in  United- 
States,  New- York  City  and  excellent 
railroad  bonds.  Its  gross  American 
assets  in  1892  amount  to  $1,684,717, 
of  which  $898,351  is  held  for  re-insur- 
ance reserve. 

The  Northern  Assurance  Com- 
pany, of  London,  England,  whose 
principal  United- States  office  is  at  38 
Pine  Street,  New  York,  was  organized 
in  1836,  and  commenced  business  the 
same  year.  Its  head-offices  are  in 
London,  England,  and  in  Aberdeen, 
Scotland.  One  of  the  largest  and 
strongest  among  the  older  British 
companies,  it  does  business  in  all  the 
civilized  portions  of  the  world,  and  is 
noted  for  its  careful  and  successful 
management.  The  marvellous  growth 
of  the  company  appears  in  the  record 
of  its  fire-premiums,  which  were  $4, - 
500,  in  1836  ;  $14,500,  in  1840;  $19,- 
000,    in     1845  5     $40,000,     in     1850  ; 

$276,500,    111    I855  >    $607,000,    111    i860  ;  NORTHERN  ASSURANCE  CO.  OF  LONDON,  38  PINE  STREET. 


612  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

$820,000,  in  1865  ;  $1,068,000,  in  1870;  $1,756,500,  in  1875  ;  $2,223,000,  in  i< 
$2,886,500,  in  1885  ;  and  $3,446,500,  in  1891.  In  Great  Britain  the  company  does 
a  fire  and  life  insurance  business.  In  the  United  States  its  business  is  restricted  to 
fire-insurance  only.  Its  United-States  assets,  December  31,  1891,  were  $1,634,463  ; 
unpaid  losses,  unearned  premiums,  and  all  actual  and  contingent  liabilities,  $1,083,- 
362.  The  company  has,  specially  deposited  with  the  Insurance  Departments  of  the 
several  States,  and  with  trustees  in  New  York,  securities  to  the  value  of  $1,258,120, 
none  of  which  it  may  withdraw  or  remove  while  it  has  any  existing  liability  in  the 
United  States.  Since  its  organization  the  company  has  received,  in  fire-premiums 
alone,  $60,942,855  ;  and  paid  in  fire-losses  alone,  $35,544,066.  It  is  represented  in 
nearly  all  the  States,  cities,  principal  towns  and  villages  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  Its  territory  in  the  United  States  is  divided  into  five  departments  :  The 
New-York,  Middle-States  and  Southern  Department,  the  head-office  of  which  is  at 
38  Pine  Street,  New  York,  and  the  manager,  George  W.  Babb,  Jr.;  the  New- 
England  Department,  the  head-office  of  which  is  at  27  Kilby  Street,  Boston,  and  the 
manager,  Howard  S.  Wheelock  ;  the  Central  Department,  the  head-office  of  which  is 
at  69  West  Third  Street,  Cincinnati,  and  the  manager,  Warren  F.  Goodwin  ;  the 
Northwestern  Department,  the  head-office  of  which  is  at  226  La  Salle  Street,  Chi- 
cago, and  the  manager,  William  D.  Crooke  ;  and  the  Pacific-Coast  Department,  the 
head-office  of  which  is  in  San  Francisco,  and  the  manager,  George  F.  Grant.  A 
feature  of  the  company's  personnel  is  that  nearly  all  its  officials  served  in  the  ranks, 
and  attained  their  pi-esent  positions  by  promotion.  Its  highest  official  began  at  the 
lowest  grade.  The  growth  of  the  company  has  been  steady  and  uninterrupted.  It 
has  established  a  fire  fund,  co-extensive  with  its  net  surplus,  to  meet  extraordinary 
conflagrations.  No  conflagration  which  can  be  considered  possible  could  retard  for 
a  single  hour  the  operations  of  the  Northern  Assurance  Company.  Its  accommo- 
dations to  its  policy-holders,  and  its  equitable  and  prompt  adjustment  of  losses, 
have  made  it  popular  with  its  customers  and  agents.  Its  vast  resources  furnish  cer- 
tain indemnity.  The  cut  on  preceding  page  represents  the  Northern's  graceful  stone 
building,  completed  in  1889,  and  entirely  occupied  for  its  own  use. 

The  Lancashire  Insurance  Company  was  established  in  the  year  1852,  by 
an  influential  body  of  merchants  and  manufacturers,  resident  chiefly  in  Manchester, 
England,  where  the  head-office  of  the  company  is  ;  also  in  London,  Liverpool,  Glas- 
gow, and  in  fact  in  all  the  important  cities  of  Great  Britain.  The  success  of  the  Lan- 
cashire Insurance  Company  is  marked,  and  is  attributable  to  the  wealth  and  influence 
of  its  large  body  of  stockholders,  as  well  as  to  the  liberality  and  promptitude  with 
which  all  its  transactions  are  carried  out.  The  company  entered  the  United  States 
in  1872,  and  since  that  time  has  gained  the  esteem  and  confidence  of  the  American 
public,  evidence  of  which -is  to  be  found  in  the  large  and  growing  income  of  its 
United-States  branch.  On  turning  to  the  New- York  Insurance  Report  for  the  year 
1892,  we  find  that  this  substantial  company  had  assets,  in  the  United  States,  amount- 
ing in  the  aggregate  to  $2,901,392.  Its  aggregate  liabilities,  including  reserve  for 
unearned  premiums,  amounted  to  $2,573,624.  The  aggregate  income  received  dur- 
ing the  year  in  cash  was  $2,883,752,  and  the  aggregate  expenditures  amounted  to 
$2,458,968. 

George  Stewart,  general  manager  of  the  company,  has  occupied  that  position  since 
the  year  1858,  from  which  time  the  company  has  risen  steadily  to  the  position  of  one 
of  the  wealthiest  organizations  of  Great  Britain.  The  company's  first  heavy  fire-loss 
in  American  experience  was  at  the  time  of  the  Boston  conflagration  in  1872,  when 
all  its  claims  were  settled  promptly  and  satisfactorily.     In  1880  the  Scottish  Com- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


613 


mercial  Insurance  Company  of  Glasgow,  Scotland,  was  amalgamated  with  the  Lan- 
cashire ;  and  in  1891  it  absorbed  the  three  American  companies  familiarly  known  as 
the  "Armstrong  Trio."  The  chief  offices  of  the  company  are  at  25  Pine  Street,  New 
York,  in  its  own  building,  the  cost  price  of  which  appears  among  the  assets  of  the  com- 
pany as  #382,993.  The  Lancashire  is  represented  in  every  important  city  in  the 
United  States,  and  has  a  Board  of  Trustees  consisting  of  Donald  Mackay,  of  the 
banking  firm  of  Vermilye  &  Company ;  Cornelius  N.  Bliss,  of  the  well-known  mer- 
cantile firm  of  Bliss,  Fabyan  &  Co.  ;  and  Horace  J.  Fairchild,  of  the  H.  B.  Claflin 
Co.  The  United-States  Manager  is  Edward  Litchfield  ;  and  the  Assistant  United- 
States  Manager  is  Dan  Winslow.  The  Manager  for  the  Western  Department  is  P. 
A.  Montgomery;  the  General  Agent  for  the  Central  Department  is  H.  K.  Lindsey, 
of  Cincinnati ;  the  General  Agent  for  the  Southern  Department  is  Major  Hutson 
Lee,  of  Charleston  ;  and  for  the  Texas  Department,  S.  O.  Cotton  &  Brother,  of 
Houston.  The  General  Agents 
for  the  Pacific- Slope  Department 
are  Mann  &  Wilson.  When  the 
"Armstrong  Trio"  was  absorbed 
by  the  Lancashire,  the  company 
created  a  new  and  separate  de- 
partment, known  as  the  General 
American  Department,  which  is 
under  the  management  of  George 
Pritchard.  J.  C.  Corbet,  is  the 
Secretary. 

The  Lancashire's  New-York 
building  is  a  most  conspicuous 
feature  on  Pine  Street ;  looming 
up  as  a  giant  beside  the  United 
States  Sub-Treasury  building. 

Other  New -York  Fire- 
insurance  Companies  are,  the 
Eagle  Fire,  Continental,  Peter 
Cooper,  Farragut,  United  States, 
Manufacturers'  and  Builders', 
North  River,  Stuyvesant,  West- 
chester, Alliance,  Commonwealth, 
Empire  City,  Exchange,  Ger- 
mania,  Globe,  Guardian,  Ham- 
ilton,- Liberty,  National,  New 
York,  Pacific,  Peoples,  and 
Standard. 

There  are  a  number  of  New- 
York  companies  in  process  of 
liquidation  ;  the  rates  or  pre- 
miums generally  being  too  low, 
and  the  commissions  and  com- 
pulsory expenses  too  high,  for 
the  smaller  companies  to  earn 
the  dividends  expected  by  their 
stockholders.  Lancashire  insurance  co. ,  of  Manchester,  25  pine  street. 


614 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW  YORK. 


BIRD'S-EYE    VIEW    FROM    WASHINGTON    BUILDING    LOOKING    SOUTHEAST. 


Companies  for  Protection  of  Widows,  Orphans  and  Others,  and 

for  Providing  Incomes  in  Advanced  Age,  Etc.,  and 

Life-Insurance  Associations. 


IN  1769  the  Proprietaries  of  the  Province  of  Pennsylvania  obtained  charters  in 
Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  New  Jersey  for  the  "  Corporation  for  the  Relief  of 
the  Widows  and  Children  of  Clergymen  of  the  Communion  of  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land in  America."  In  1797  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania  authorized  a  division  of 
the  funds  among  the  three  States.  In  1798  the  Legislature  of  New  York  recognized 
the  New-York  branch  as  "The  Corporation  for  the  Relief  of  the  Widows  and  Chil- 
dren of  Clergymen  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  in  the  State  of  New  York." 
In  1798  the  "  United  Insurance  Company  "  and  the  "  New- York  Insurance  Company 
for  Maritime  Insurance  "  were  chartered,  to  insure  lives  as  well  as  vessels,  houses 
and  goods  ;  but  their  life-insurance  privilege  was  unused.  The  "  Union,"  chartered 
in  1818  to  do  a  marine  and  life  insurance  business,  and  the  "  New- York  Mechanics' 
Life-Insurance  and  Coal  Company, "  incorporated  in  1812,  "with  power  to  make 
insurance  upon  lives  or  in  any  way  depending  upon  lives,  to  grant  annuities  and  to 
open,  find  out,  discover  and  work  coal-beds,"  issued  only  an  insignificant  number  of 
life-policies.  In  1830  the  "New- York  Life-Insurance  and  Trust  Company"  was 
chartered.  It  had  a  capital  of  $1,000,000,  and  thirty  trustees,  among  whom  were 
Van  Rensselaer,  Verplanck,  Bloodgood,  Lenox,  and  Lorillard  ;  but  in  nine  years  it 
had  issued  only  1,821  policies,  694  of  which  were  in  force,  for  $2,451,958,  at  the 
end  of  1839.  In  1841  the  Nautilus  Insurance  Company  and  an  existing  marine  cor- 
poration, the  New-York  Mutual  Insurance  Company,  were  chartered,  with  power  to 
combine  fire,  life  and  marine  business.  The  Nautilus  did  no  business  until  1845. 
In  1849  its  name  was  changed  to  the  New- York  Life-Insurance  Company.  In  1842 
the  Mutual  Life-insurance  Company  was  chartered.  It  began  business  in  February, 
1843,  an(l  thus  won  the  honor  of  being  the  first  mutual  life-insurance  company  of 
New  York.  The  New- York  Life-insurance  and  Trust  Company  and  all  other  life- 
corporations  previously  formed  in  New  York  had  been  proprietary.  The  Mutual 
and  the  Nautilus  made  a  new  era.  In  nineteen  months  the  Mutual  had  issued  796 
policies,  as  follows  :  merchants  and  clerks,  396 ;  brokers,  37  ;  officers  of  incorpor- 
ated companies,  34  ;  lawyers,  46  ;  clergymen,  30  ;  physicians,  26  ;  mechanics,  36 ; 
manufacturers,  25  ;  college-professors  and  students,  26  ;  army  and  navy  officers,  116  ; 
and  farmers,  24.      It  had  received  nearly  $90,000. 

In  185 1  all  the  life-companies  doing  business  in  New  York  were  required  by 
the  New-York  deposit  law,  passed  in  April,  to  deposit  with  the  comptroller  of  the 
State,  within  ten  months,  $100,000,  in  two  installments.  Other  States  adopted 
retaliatory  measures  against  the  companies  of  New  York,  until  the  law  was  modified 


616  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

in  1853,  when  outside  companies  were  allowed  to  make  the  required  deposits  in 
their  own  States.  In  1856  the  New- York  State  comptroller  published  the  state- 
ments of  eleven  American  companies,  with  total  assets  of  $18,804,303.  In  1859 
the  first  National  meeting  of  life-underwriters  was  convened,  at  the  Astor  House,  in 
New  York.  Vital  statistics,  extra  rates,  renewal  of  lapsed  policies,  and  State  legis- 
lation received  then  careful  considei"ation.  In  186 1  the  Insurance  Departments  of 
New  York  and  Massachusetts  were  agreed  in  a  doctrine  that  the  standing  of  each 
company,  for  State  purposes,  must  be  judged  from  its  present  status  and  its  past 
receipts  and  expenditures,  although  they  differed  in  the  method  of  testing  net  valua- 
tion. *  Without  precedent  or  aid  from  England,  they  made  perfect  the  system  of 
State  supervision.  In  1859  the  life-insurance  companies  of  New  York  had  assets 
amounting  to  $10,000,000,  only  $770,000  of  which  was  invested  in  stocks  or  bonds 
of  any  description.  In  1863,  when  the  war  was  at  its  height,  they  had  assets 
amounting  to  $17,000,000,  and  one-third  and  more  of  the  amount,  $7,000,000,  was 
invested  with  patriotic  purpose  in  securities  of  the  United  States.  They  took  the 
life-risks  of  the  war  with  similar  public  spirit.  Their  policies  increased  by  over 
7,000  during  1862,  while  in  186 1  the  increase  was  only  1,300.  After  the  war  the 
increase  was  constant  until  1869,  when  it  fell  to  123,631,  from  136,454  in  1868.  In 
1876  the  number  of  life-insurance  companies  authorized  to  transact  business  in  New- 
York  was  decreased  by  25,  but  the  remaining  45  companies  had  a  larger  volume  of 
business  than  the  70  companies  of  1870.  At  present  there  are  31  insurance  com- 
panies authorized  to  transact  business  in  New  York.  Their  assets  amount  to  $819,- 
404,851,  and  $489,018,671  of  that  sum,  much  more  than  half,  is  the  property  of 
New-York  companies.  The  New- York  companies  have  an  aggregate  surplus  as 
regards  policy-holders  of  $57,801,053,  the  companies  of  other  States  of  $38,555.- 
854.  The  income  for  1891  of  the  New-York  companies  was  $134,266,532  ;  of  the 
companies  of  other  States,  $67,664,892.  The  expenditures  for  1891  of  all  the 
companies  were,  for  claims,  $62,731,496  ;  for  lapses  and  surrendered,  $16,230,890  ; 
for  dividends  to  policy-holders,  $13,991,225  ;  for  dividends  to  stock-holders,  $488,- 
062;  for  commissions,  $21,379,690;  for  salaries  and  fees  of  medical  examiners, 
$8,246,316;  miscellaneous,  $12,724,365;  a  total  of  $135,792,048.  The  sum  of 
$92,953,613  was  paid  to  policy-holders.  The  cost  of  management,  including  divi- 
dends to  stock-holders  was  $42,838,434. 

The  history  of  life-insurance  is  best  told  in  the  records  of  the  following 
companies  : 

The  Mutual  Life-insurance  Company  is  on  Nassau  Street,  between  Liberty 
Street  and  Cedar  Street,  in  its  beautiful  white  stone  building,  on  the  site  formerly 
occupied  by  the  Post  Office,  originally  the  Middle  Dutch  Church,  and  at  140  to  146 
Broadway,  in  the  white  stone  building  of  its  agency  offices.  This  corporation  leads 
the  life-insurance  business  of  the  United  States,  by  which  the  life-insurance  business 
of  the  world  is  led.  The  Mutual  Life-insurance  Company,  incorporated  April  12, 
1842,  by  36  merchants,  waited  until  $1, 000,000  of  insurance  had  been  subscribed  ; 
until  one-half  of  the  amount  that  it  had  taken  a  proprietary  company  nine  years  to 
accumulate  had  been  pledged  ;  and  the  first  day  of  February,  1843,  opened  the  first 
mutual  life-insurance  office  in  New  York.  Its  cash  receipts  that  day  were  $109.50  ; 
its  cash  receipts  in  nineteen  months  were  $90,000.  Its  chronicles  have  the  splen- 
dor of  Oriental  tales,  but  every  phase  of  them  has  a  realistic  element  of  arduous 
labor  and  incessant  watchfulness.  Professor  Charles  Gill  was  appointed  actuary  of 
the  company  in  1849.  He  was  famous  as  a  teacher  of  mathematics,  and  had  been 
from  the  age  of  17  a  constant  contributor  to  mathematical  works.      He  compiled  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


617 


618  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

first  distinctively  American  system  of  rates  and  tables.  His  formulae  embraced  every 
question  that  could  then  be  foreseen  in  the  company's  experience.  Frederick  S. 
Winston  became  President  in  1852.  In  1856  a  board  of  examiners  reported  :  "This 
institution,  in  the  method  of  its  administration,  was  never  so  judicious  ;  in  the  prin- 
ciples of  its  transactions,  never  so  sound  ;  or  in  the  general  conduct  of  its  affairs, 
never  so  safe  and  prosperous,  as  at  the  present  moment."  To  mention  the  fact  that 
subsequent  boards  of  examiners  repeated  variations  of  the  same  report  is  unnecessary. 
The  vital  statistics  of  the  United  States  were  made  for  the  Mutual  Life-insurance 
Company  by  Dr.  Wynne  ;  and  they  were  universally  accepted  as  the  most  valuable 
work  on  the  subject  in  America.  The  Mutual  Life-insurance  Company  compiled  a 
mortuary  table  of  its  experience,  and  in  1868  it  was  published,  under  the  name  of 
the  American  Experience,  and  adopted  by  New  York  as  the  legal  standard  of  the 
State.  In  1872  commutation  and  other  extensive  tables  were  published,  based  on 
the  Mutual  Life  Experience.  In  1876  the  company  issued  its  Mortality  Report,  the 
standard  authority  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  laws  of  American  insured  lives. 
Financial  ability  was  never  less  characteristic  of  the  company  than  mathematical 
precision.  Always,  as  at  present,  it  adhered  to  a  rigid  cash  basis  ;  confined  its  con- 
tracts to  insurance  and  annuities  upon  life  ;  made  its  investments  at  home  with 
regard  to  safety  and  not  speculative  rates  of  interest  ;  and  won  advantages  by  merit, 
not  by  purchase.  It  is  ideally  a  policy-holders'  company.  The  original  terms  of 
the  charter  required  the  application  of  all  dividends  to  the  purchase  of  a  paid-up 
policy,  and  they  were  modified  that  the  assured  might  convert  his  dividend  into  an 
annuity,  or  to  the  payment  of  an  annual  premium.  Dividends  were  declared  quin- 
quennially  from  1848  to  1863.  In  1866  a  triennial  dividend  of  nearly  $3,000,000  was 
credited.  Since  1 867,  every  year  has  produced  an  annual  dividend,  ranging  in  amounts 
from  $2,500,000  to  $5,000,000.  In  1850  the  company  had  in  assets  $1,000,000  ; 
in  1863,  $10,000,000  ;  in  1876,  $78,000,000.  Its  assets  at  present  are  $158,124,- 
245,  the  exclusive  property  of  the  holders  of  225,507  policies.  The  Mutual  Life- 
insurance  Company  has  received  for  premiums  in  49  years,  $422,503,232;  in 
interest,  $120,784,636.  It  has  paid  to  members,  for  claims  by  death,  $119,372,- 
673;  for  dividends,  $82,949,133;  and  for  surrendered  policies,  $93,741,088.  It 
has  225,507  policies  now  in  force,  insuring  $695,484, 158.  There  is  no  other  institu- 
tion rivalling  it  in  financial  magnitude.  There  is  no  institution  with  which  the 
interests  of  Americans  are  more  closely  allied  than  with  the  Mutual  Life-Insurance 
Company.      Its  president  is  R.  A.  McCurdy. 

The  New-York  Life-Insurance  Company,  which  divides  with  the  Mutual 
Life  the  honor  of  being  the  only  purely  mutual  life-insurance  companies  in 
New- York  State,  owns  and  occupies  a  handsome  white  marble  edifice  at  346  and  348 
Broadway,  corner  of  Leonard  Street.  The  site  is  a  favorite  one  with  old  New- 
Yorkers,  having  been  formerly  occupied  by  the  Society  Library.  The  present  build- 
ing, erected  in  1868-70,  is  60  by  172  feet,  and  five  stories  in  height  above  the  base- 
ment. When  first  built,  it  was  only  three  stories  high,  but  the  now  universally-used 
Otis  passenger-elevator  was  first  introduced  into  this  building,  and  resulted  in 
the  adding  of  two  new  stories.  These  five  stories  are  all  required  for  the  company's 
offices,  so  vast  has  its  business  become,  while  the  basement  and  sub-cellar  are  occu- 
pied by  the  Manhattan  Safe-Deposit  &  Storage  Company.  The  location  is  an  ideal 
one  for  both  purposes,  being  open  on  three  sides  to  light  and  air.  The  New- York 
Life  was  organized  in  1845  5  anc*  after  47  years'  business,  during  which  time  it  has 
paid  to  its  members  over  $155,000,000,  it  holds  as  security  for  contracts  now  (Jan- 
uary 1,  1892)  in   force  $125,947,291.      Of  this  vast   amount   over   $15,000,000   is 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


THE    NEW-YORK    LIFE-INSURANCE    COMPANY. 

346    AND    348    BROADWAY,   CORNER    LEONARD    STREET. 


620  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

surplus,  according  to  the  legal  standard  of  the  State  of  New  York.  During  189 1  the 
company  was  thoroughly  examined  by  the  New- York  Insurance  Department,  the 
examination  covering  a  period  of  nearly  six  months,  and  requiring  the  services  of 
over  fifty  men.  The  present  statement  of  the  company's  condition  is  therefore  offic- 
ially certified,  after  careful  valuation  of  each  item  that  enters  into  its  assets  and 
liabilities.  The  Superintendent  of  Insurance,  ^in  his  report  for  1892  (page  39), 
refers  to  President  John  A.  McCall's  expressed  determination  to  conduct  the  company 
as  "a  company  of  the  policy-holder,  by  the  policy-holder,  and  for  the  policy-holder," 
and  adds:  "Under  an  administration  which  thus  broadly  announces  the  funda- 
mental principle  that  is  to  control  its  policy  for  the  future,  this  company  now  enters 
the  forty-eighth  year  of  an  honorable  business  career." 

The  New- York  Life  has  borne  an  honorable  and  a  leading  part  in  the  reforms 
which  have  simplified  and  made  more  valuable  the  policy  contract.  It  was  the  first 
company,  and  for  many  years  the  only  company,  to  omit  from  its  policies  the  clause 
making  them  void  in  case  of  suicide.  It  was  the  first  company  to  recognize  the  policy- 
holder's right  to  paid-up  insurance,  in  case  of  a  discontinuance  in  the  payment  of 
premiums,  by  originating  and  introducing,  in  i860,  the  first  non-forfeitable  policies. 
It  was  the  first  company  to  attach  to  its  policies  a  copy  of  the  application  upon 
which  the  contract  is  based.  The  company  has  recently  (June,  1892)  begun  the 
issue  of  a  contract  containing  no  restrictions  whatever  as  to  occupation,  residence, 
travel,  habits  of  life,  or  manner  of  death.  Its  "Accumulation  Policy"  contains  but 
one  condition  ;  viz.,  that  the  premiums  be  paid  as  agreed.  If  the  insured  pays  the 
premiums  the  company  agrees  to  pay  the  policy.  The  New-York  Life-Insurance 
Company  is  one  of  the  dozen  great  financial  corporations  of  the  world.  It  carries 
policies  of  insurance  amounting  to  move  than  half  a  billion  dollars.  The  interest 
and  rents  received  have  more  than  covered  the  entire  losses  by  death,  during  almost 
half  a  century — a  result  which  shows  an  adequate  accumulation  of  assets,  handled 
with  a  masterly  skill,  and  a  careful  selection  of  risks.  The  endowment  business  of 
this  company  exceeds  that  of  any  other,  and  its  annuity  business  is  greater  than  that 
of  all  other  American  companies  combined.  The  New-York  Life  owns  large  fire- 
proof office-buildings  at  New  York,  Kansas  City,  Omaha,  Minneapolis  and  St.  Paul, 
and  several  outside  of  the  United  States. 

The  United-States  Life-insurance  Company,  at  261,  262  and  263  Broad- 
way, was  organized  in  1850.  Its  assets  amount  to  $6,737,988,  invested  in  United- 
States  bonds,  in  bonds  and  mortgages,  and  real  estate.  It  has  a  surplus  as 
regards  policy-holders,  over  all  its  liabilities,  including  the  reserve-fund  for  out- 
standing policies,  of  $649,041.  This  surplus  is  computed  by  the  Actuaries'  Table 
and  4  per  cent,  interest  ;  by  the  former  basis  of  valuation,  the  American  Table  and 
4t  per  cent,  interest,  it  would  be  $1,036,478.  The  policies  issued  by  the  company 
are  indisputable  after  two  years  ;  its  death-claims  are  paid  immediately  after  the 
ieceipt  of  satisfactory  proofs,  without  discount  ;  its  investments  are  of  such  an  ele- 
vated character  that  it  is  enabled  to  make  this  statement  :  "  Interest  due  and  unpaid 
on  investments,  none  ; "  its  management  is  conservative  and  economical.  Its  growth 
was  gradual  and  uniform,  since  1850,  when  its  assets  were  $1 17,981,  every  year  adding 
to  its  resources  and  to  its  business,  without  extraneous  effort  on  the  part  of  its  mana- 
gers to  obtain  either.  It  has  always  won  on  its  own  merits.  In  1881  its  assets  were 
$4,994,670  ;  now  they  are  $6,737,988  ;  its  annual  income  was  $809,918,  now  it  is 
$1,452,435  ;  the  number  of  its  policies  in  force  was  9,508  ;  now  it  is  17,064;  its 
total  amount  insured  was  $16,671,328;  now  it  is  $41,164,116.  In  ten  years  the 
company  attained  an  increase  of  $1,743,318  in  assets,  and  $24,492,798  in  insurance 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


62  1 


in  force.  Its  new  insur- 
ance in  1888  amounted 
to  $6,335,666;  in  1889, 
to $8,463,625;  in  1890, 

to  $11,955^57;  in 
1891,  to  $14,101,654. 
It  paid  in  1 89 1  for 
death-claims,  endow- 
ments and  surrendered 
policies,  $742,118. 
The  United-States  Life- 
insurance  Company  is 
a  truly  national  Ameri- 
can institution.  The 
President  is  George  II. 
Burford  ;  the  Secretary 
is  C.  P.  Fraleigh,  since 
1875  ;  the  Assistant- 
Secretary,  A.  Wheel- 
wright ;  the  Actuary, 
William  T.  Standen  ; 
the  Cashier,  Arthur  C. 
Perry  ;  the  Medical  Di- 
rector, John  P.  Munn. 
J.  S.  Gaffney  is  Super- 
intendent of  Agencies. 
The  Board  of  Directors 
comprises  some  of   the  united-states  life-insurance  co. ,  broadway  and  warren  street. 

most  eminent  merchants  and  bankers  of  New  York.  The  following  gentlemen  serve 
on  its  Finance  Committee  :  George  G.  Williams,  the  President  of  the  Chemical 
National  Bank  ;  Julius  Catlin,  the  dry-goods  merchant  ;  John  J.  Tucker,  the  builder  ; 
and  E.  H.  Perkins,  Jr.,  the  President  of  the  Importers'  and  Traders'  National  Bank. 
The  Manhattan  Life-insurance  Company,  at  156  and  158  Broadway,  was 
incorporated  in  1850.  It  issued  its  first  policy  August  I,  1850,  from  its  office 
at  108  Broadway,  corner  of  Pine  Street.  It  removed  fifteen  years  after  into  its 
present  building,  simply  graceful,  in  white  marble,  with  a  lower  story  of  iron,  and 
Doric  columns.  It  will  soon  erect,  at  64,  66  and  68  Broadway,  a  new  building, 
sixteen  stories  high,  in  style  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  architecture  of  New  York. 
It  will  make  an  imposing  appearance  even  among  its  great  stately  neighbors  —  the 
Standard  Oil  Company,  the  Columbia  Building,  Aldrich  Court,  the  Consolidated 
Stock  and  Petroleum  Exchange,  the  Union  Trust  Company  —  and  even  the  tall  grace- 
ful spire  of  Trinity  Church  will  be  well  shaded.  An  idea  of  its  facade  can  be  had 
from  the  illustration  opposite  the  following  page. 

The  Manhattan  Life  has  an  admirable  record  of  growth,  size,  rank,  and  stability, 
of  which  its  buildings  shall  be  emblematic.  In  its  first  year  its  assets  were  $108,- 
511  ;  in  1865,  they  were  $2,619,691  ;  at  present,  they  are  $12,949,910.  In  its 
first  year  it  paid  to  policy-holders  $1,000;  in  1865  it  had  paid  to  them  $285,175  ; 
in  December,  1891,  it  had  paid  to  them  in  the  aggregate  $44,805,347.  If  the 
total  amount  paid  to  policy-holders  be  compared  with  the  amount  paid  by  policy- 
holders, the  result  shall  show  that  the  policy-holders  gained  $5,058,056,  or  12^  per 


622  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

cent.  The  gain  of  the  policy-holders  in  all  the  New- York-State  Companies  other 
than  the  Manhattan,  is  only  3^  per  cent.  The  Manhattan. is  I T3ff  per  cent,  stronger 
financially  than  the  average  of  all  the  other  New- York- State  companies,  for  its  per- 
centage of  assets  to  insurance  in  force  is  217,  whereas  theirs  is  198.  Its  percentage 
of  assets  invested  in  real  estate  is  3T8ff,  whereas  theirs  is  13^.  It  has  $59,077,628 
insurance  in  force,  none  of  which  was  acquired  by  re-insurance  of  unsuccessful  com- 
panies; and  every  year  of  business  is  for  the  Manhattan  a  year  of  increase  in  assets, 
increase  in  insurance  in  force,  increase  in  surplus,  increase  in  new  insurance  written, 
increase  in  interest,  increase  in  premiums,  increase  in  all  the  faculties  of  the 
company.  All  the  faculties  of  the  company  are  used  in  the  interest  of  its  policy- 
holders. It  was  the  first  company  to  introduce  the  non-forfeiture  system.  It  was 
the  first  company  to  adopt  the  indisputable  policy  to  guarantee  payment  in  spite  of 
errors,  omissions,  and  misstatements  in  the  assured's  application.  It  was  the  first 
company  to  issue  the  most  progressive  policy  of  the  age,  a  simple,  clear,  direct  form 
of  contract,  which  everybody  may  understand,  wherein  there  is  not  an  equivocal 
word.  It  pays  all  claims  promptly.  Litigation  is  something  exceptionally  rare  in 
its  records.  The  Manhattan  desires  nothing  but  the  interest  of  its  policy-holders. 
It  is  sound,  economical,  j  ust,  liberal.  Its  policy,  stability,  and  security  are  synonymous. 
Its  survivorship  dividend  policy  is  incontestible,  non-forfeitable  and  payable  at  sight ; 
contains  no  suicide  nor  intemperance  clause ;  grants  absolute  freedom  of  travel  and 
residence  ;  and  is  free  from  all  technicalities. 

The  agents  of  the  Manhattan  Life-insurance  Company  are  a  representative  body 
of  men,  and  are  to  be  found  in  every  city  of  any  importance  in  the  country.  In 
Philadelphia  the  company  owns  one  of  the  finest  office-buildings  in  that  city.  In 
Boston  it  has  a  handsomely  equipped  office. 

The  presidents  of  the  company  have  been  Alonzo  A.  Alvard,  from  1850  to  1854; 
Nathan  D.  Morgan,  from  1854  to  186 1  ;  Henry  Stokes,  from  1 86 1  to  1888.  The 
present  President  is  Henry  B.  Stokes,  who  has  been  in  the  service  of  the  company 
for  about  thirty  years.  The  Vice-President  is  Jacob  L.  Halsey,  who  has  been  in  the 
service  of  the  company  from  its  inception  42  years  ago.  The  Second  Vice-President, 
H.  Y.  Wemple  ;  the  Secretary,  W.  C.  Frazee  ;  the  Assistant-Secretary,  J.  H.  Gif- 
fin,  Jr. ;  are  also  old  and  faithful  servants  of  the  company,  familiar  with  every  phase 
of  its  experience. 

The  Equitable  Life-Assurance  Society  of  the  United  States  is  one  of  the 
foremost  life-insurance  corporations  of  the  world.  Its  policies  include  a  variety 
of  forms,  tontines,  indemnity  bonds,  annuities,  and  others.  The  society  was  organ- 
ized in  1859.  The  Equitable  Society  has  done  much  to  liberalize  the  policy-con- 
tract, and  to  make  insurance  popular.  The  Equitable  Building  in  New  York, 
erected  by  the  society  in  1872,  and  enlarged  in  1 887,  contains  the  main  offices.  It 
is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  substantial  commercial  buildings  in  the  world.  It 
fills  the  block  bounded  by  Broadway  and  Cedar,  Pine  and  Nassau  Streets,  save  two 
small  corners  on  Nassau  Street,  and  covers  about  an  acre  of  ground.  The  archi- 
tectural treatment  of  the  exterior  gives  the  impression  that  it  is  of  five  very  high 
stories,  with  an  immense  Mansard  roof,  the  cornice  of  each  story  being  supported 
by  a  colonnade.  Really  the  number  of  stories  is  twice  as  many,  as  each  space  is 
divided  by  a  floor  line.  The  material  is  granite,  and  the  building  gives  an  impres- 
sion of  solidity  in  a  greater  degree  than  does  any  other  in  the  city.  The  Broadway 
entrance,  which  is  through  a  high  semi-circular  arch,  leads  into  the  finest  rotunda 
in  America,  the  sides  of  which  are  outlined  by  rows  of  marble  columns,  with  onyx 
capitals,  upholding  an    entablature  of  red   granite    and   an   arched  roof  of  stained 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


623 


1 


FRANCIS    H.    KIMBALL   AND   G.    KRAMER   THOMPSON,    ARCHITECTS. 

THE    MANHATTAN    LIFE    INSURANCE    COMPANY    OF    NEW    YORK. 

NOS.    62    AND    64    BROADWAY  I  NEW    BUILDINO  ). 


624 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


glass.  The  offices  of  the  society  on  the  second  floor  are  perhaps  the  handsomest 
business  headquarters  in  the  country.  The  view  from  the  roof  of  the  building 
includes  the  city,  harbor  and  suburbs,  and  is  considered  one  of  the  great  attractions 
to  strangers.  Along  the  roof,  in  the  several  towers,  are  the  apartments  of  the  sup- 
erintendent of  the  building  and  the  offices  of  the  local  forecast  officials  of  the  De- 
partment of  Agriculture's  Bureau  for  Meteorological  Observations,  popularly  known 
as  the  "Weather  Bureau."     The  building  is  equipped  with  Worthington  pumps. 

The  Germania  Life-insurance  Company,  at  10  Nassau  Street,  commenced 
business  in  i860.  In  31  years  it  paid  for  claims  by  death,  $14,  551,502  ;  for  matured 
endowments,  -13,027,239;  for  annuities,  $192, 130  ;  for  dividends  and  surrendered 
policies,  $8,513,701  ;  a  total  of  payments  to  policy-holders  of  $26,284,573.  At  the 
same  time,  it  accumulated  assets  to  the  amount  of  $16,673,743  ;  invested  in  bonds 
and  mortgages  on  real-estate  and  domestic  and  foreign  State,  city  and  railroad  bonds. 
It  has  a  surplus  as  regards  policy-holders  of  $1, 139,299  over  all  its  liabilities,  includ- 
ing the  reserve-fund,  computed  at  four  per  cent,  for  outstanding  policies.  If  this 
reserve-fund  be  computed  on  a  4^  per  cent,  basis  this  ample  extraordinary  surplus 
even  reaches  the  figure  of  $1,902,929.  The  total  amount  of  insurance  outstanding  on 
.the  company's  books  is  $61,799, 1 10.  The  economical  and  successful  administration 
of  the  company's  affairs  is  evident  from  a  number  of  comparative  exhibits  compiled 
from  official  records. 

One,  prepared  by  C. 

C.  Hine,  is  a  recapit- 
ulation  of  American 

life-insurance  for  ten 

years.     It  shows  that 

the     growth     of    the 

Germania     was     the 

most    healthful,     the 

increase  during  those 

ten    years    being    in 

assets  $7,217,501,  in 

annual  income  of  $1,- 

664,268,    in    number 

of    policies    in  force 

13,989,  in  amount  in- 
sured     $25,424,060. 

The   increase    in  the 

assets     and     income 

bearing  a  larger  pro- 
portion to  the  increase 

in    amount  insured 

than     in    any    other 

company.        Another 

exhibit     shows     that 

the  company  paid  to 

policy  -  holders     and 

holds  for  future  pay- 

ments     $2,575,996 

more  than  it  received 

in  premiums.     There 


GERMANIA    LIFE-INSURANCE    COMPANY,    NASSAU    AND    CEDAR    STREETS. 


KING'S   HAND  ROOK   OF   NEW    YORK. 


THE    EQUITABLE    LIFE-ASSURANCE    SOCIETY    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

40  BROADWAY,    BETWEEN    PINE    AND    CEDAR    STREETS, 


626 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


is  a  third  exhibit,  issued  in  three  parts,  showing  that  its  income  from  investments  in 
1 89 1  was  $809,919  ;  and  that  the  total  amount  of  its  expenses  was  $659,650,  an  ex- 
cess of  investment-income  over  expenses  of  nineteen  per  cent.  ;  that  in  many  com- 
panies the  expenses  exceeded  the  investment-income  ;  that  the  ratio  of  its  expenses  to 
its  assets  was  3.96  per  cent.,  much  smaller  than  in  other  companies;  and  that  the 
proportion  of  assets  to  each  $1,000  of  insurance  in  force  is  much  larger  than  in  the 
other  companies.  The  company  offers  in  its  Dividend  Tontine  Policies  a  contract 
of  insurance  as  simple  in  form,  as  liberal  in  character,  and  as  productive  of  good 
results  as  any  that  can  be  devised.  After  three  years  they  are  incontestable,  non-for- 
feitable,  free  from  restrictions,  a  simple  promise  to  pay  the  amount  assured  when 
due.  The  President  of  the  Germania  is  Hugo  Wesendonck  ;  the  Vice-President  is 
Cornelius  Doremus  ;  the  Secretary  and  Actuary  is  Hubert  Cillis ;  the  Assistant  Sec- 
retary is  Gustav  Meidt ;  and  their  Board  of  Directors  is  formed  of  eminent  merchants, 
public-spirited  citizens  of  New  York. 

The  Home  Life-insurance  Company  of  New  York  was  organized  in  i860 
by  a  party  of  Brooklyn  capitalists,  whose  names  are  connected  with  the  financial 
and  commercial  growth  of  that  city  during  the  last  35  years.  It  has  always  been '' 
managed  on  the  most  conservative  lines, 
and  while  in  point  of  size  it  does  not  attain 
the  prominence  reached  by  many  other 
companies,  yet  it  stands  without  a  peer  in 
solidity  and  strength.  With  assets  of  over 
$7,500,000,  it  has  an  absolute  surplus  of 
over  $1,500,000.  It  issues  all  forms  of  life 
and  endowment  insurance  and  annuity 
bonds.  Possibly  the  most  remarkable  curi- 
osity in  the  building  line  in  New- York  City 
is  the  new  building  of  the  Home  Life-in- 
surance Company,  now  in  process  of  con- 
struction on  Broadway,  near  the  corner  of 
Murray  Street,  on  the  site  immediately  ad- 
joining on  the  north  the  building  owned  and 
occupied  by  the  company  for  many  years. 
In  order  to  secure  the  best  results,  from  an 
architectural  as  well  as  a  business  stand- 
point, the  company  instituted  a  competition 
in  which  the  highest  architectural  talent  was 
represented  ;  the  decision  being  left  to  Prof. 
William  R.  Ware,  of  Columbia  College,  the 
eminent  expert  in  this  line.  The  result  was 
a  most  noteworthy  set  of  designs  from  which 
was  selected  that  of  Napoleon  LeBrun  & 
Sons.  The  elevation,  with  a  width  of  only 
305-  feet  on  Broadway,  shows  a  building  of 
twelve  stories,  surmounted  by  a  high  gable 
roof,  the  terminating  finial  of  which  will  be 
about  208  feet  above  the  sidewalk.  The  cor- 
nices of  the  building  will  be  167^ feet  inheight 
from  the  street,  and  will  reach  to  the  walls 
of   the    Postal-Telegraph-Cable  Company's 


HOME   LIFE-INSURANCE  COMPANY,   254  BROADWAY. 
(OLD   OFFICES   TAKEN    DOWN    IN    1892.) 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


627 


\ 


IMOWIIH  I..  II  ^iKfev 

1 


^^y^'^f-^^  ^  ipt-M 


HOME    LIFE-INSURANCE    COMPANY. 

BROADWAY,   WEST    SIDE,    BETWEEN    MURRAY    AND    WARREN    STREETS,    OPPOSITE    CITY-HALL     PARK. 


628 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


building  adjoining.  The  first  story  of  the  new  building  will  have  a  ceiling  height  of 
i8j  feet,  and  will  be  arranged  for  a  counting-room  or  banking  purposes,  The  second 
story,  to  be  used  as  the  general  offices  of  the  company,  will  be  23^  feet  in  height  on 
the  Broadway  front,  and  will  have  main  and  mezzanine  floors  in  the  rear.  The  depth 
of  the  building  will  be  1077  feet,  and  it  will  abut  against  the  L  of  the  Postal-Tele- 
graph-Cable Company's  building.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  accompanying  illustra- 
tion, the  style  of  building  is  the  severest  kind  of  early  Italian  Renaissance,  most 
effective  in  its  purity  and  simplicity.  The  structure  will  be  absolutely  fire-proof,  and 
thoroughly  equipped  with  all  the  modern  appliances  of  office-buildings.  The  material 
for  the  front  is  of  light-colored  stone,  bringing  out  in  exquisite  detail  the  carvings, 
which  are  merely  suggested  in  the  accompanying  elevation.  In  view  of  the  most 
fortunate  location  of  this  building,  fronting  as  it  does,  on  the  City-Hall  Park,  it  has 
the  advantage  of  being  so  situated  that  its  artistic  merit  is  conspicuous,  which  is 
rarely  the  case  in  our  city  streets. 

The  officers  of  the  Home  Life-insurance  Company  are  George  H.  Ripley,  Presi- 
dent ;  George  E.  Ide,  Vice-President  ; 
Ellis  W.  Gladwin,  Secretary  ;  and  Wil- 
liam A.  Marshall,  Actuary.  Its  agents 
are  at  all  important  points  throughout 
the  country. 

The  Washington  Life-insur- 
ance Company  of  New  York,  at  21 
Cortlandt  Street,  was  organized  in 
i860.  Many  years  have  elapsed  since 
life-insurance  passed  beyond  its  in- 
choate and  experimental  stage,  to  be- 
come incorporated  in  the  texture  of 
social,  commercial  and  business  life,  as 
one  of  the  most  important  interests  of 
the  commonweal.  In  a  single  year 
(1891)  $100,000,000  was  paid  to  wid- 
ows and  orphans,  and  the  holders  of 
endowment-policies,  by  the  regular  life- 
insurance  companies  of  this  country. 
More  than  $820,000,000  are  invested 
for  the  owners  of  policies,  to  protect 
estates,  and  to  safe-guard  the  loved  in- 
mates of  thousands  of  American  homes. 
This  is  not  all.  Who  can  measure  or 
imagine  the  extent  of  the  good  done 
through  the  disbursement  since  their 
organization  by  the  regular  life-insur- 
ance companies  to  the  owners  of  their 
policies  of  the  enormous  sum  of  $1,- 
500,000,000?  To-day  wise  and  far- 
seeing  investors  not  only  recommend 
life-insurance  in  strong  terms,  but  they 
do  more  ;  by  becoming  purchasers  of 
policies  of  various  kinds,  and  for  vari- 

THE    WASHINGTON     LIFE-INSURANCE    COMPANY,   COAL  l  .  ,  ,. 

and  iron  exchange,  21  cortlandt  street.  ous    amounts,    running  along  the  line 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  629 

from  $1,000  to  many  hundreds  of  thousands  on  individual  lives,  they  have  expressed 
their  exact  estimate  of  the  value  and  advantages  of  life-insurance.  To  one  who  has 
become  convinced  that  he  needs  the  protection,  and  who  would  avail  himself  of  the 
substantial  benefits  of  life-insurance,  the  selection  of  a  company  in  which  to  insure 
is  a  question  of  far  greater  moment  than  the  kind  of  policy,  the  special  inducements, 
and  all  the  alluring  methods  employed  to  attract  patronage.  The  President  of  a 
company  recently  said  to  a  number  of  assembled  agents  :  "  Size  is  not  of  the  first 
importance,  compared  with  strength  in  the  vital  parts."  This  sentiment  is  correct 
beyond  question.  The  wonder  is  that  the  public  has  been  so  long  in  finding  it  out. 
Sound  investments  and  correct  methods  have  made  the  history  of  the  Washington 
Life-Insurance  Company  unique.  Its  operations  through  every  stage  of  its  corporate 
life  have  been  consistent  with  the  policy  adopted  by  its  founders.  Its  management 
has  been  content  to  build  slowly  and  solidly,  holding  strength  and  security  to  be 
"of  the  first  importance."  With  $12,000,000  sound  assets,  invested  almost  wholly 
in  bonds  and  mortgages,  and  an  honorable  record,  covering  more  than  32  years,  the 
Washington,  under  its  able  and  energetic  administration,  stands  second  to  none  as 
a  sound,  conservative  company.  Said  Emerson:  "I  am  ashamed  to  think  how 
easily  we  capitulate  to  badges  and  names  and  large  societies."  The  Washington's 
claims  are  based  on  something  more  substantial  than  size,  volume  of  business,  or 
even  an  honored  corporate  name.  With  the  largest  proportion  of  bond  and  mort- 
gage investments  ;  a  comprehensive  yet  simple  and  concise  policy  contract  ;  non- 
forfeitable policies  and  immediate  settlement  of  claims  ;  residence,  travel  and  occu- 
pation unrestricted  after  two  years  ;  with  loans  on  policies  to  assist  the  owners  to 
keep  them  in  force  ;  there  is  no  organization  that  better  fills  the  conditions  of  a  first- 
class  life-insurance  company  than  the  Washington  Life  of  New  York.  Its  President, 
William  A.  Brewer,  Jr.,  was  its  first  Actuary;  its  Vice-President,  William  Haxtun, 
was  its  Secretary  in  1869;  and  its  second  Vice-President,  Elisha  S.  French,  who  is 
also  the  Superintendent  of  Agencies,  has  been  connected  with  the  company  more 
than  a  score  of  years.  Cyrus  Munn  has  been  its  Assistant-Secretary  almost  from 
the  date  of  the  company's  incorporation.  Its  directors  form  a  Board  the  brilliancy 
of  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  surpass. 

The  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company,  the  leading  industrial  life- 
insurance  company  in  America,  issues  life-insurance  policies  on  the  ordinary  plans, 
with  special  advantages  that  have  always  been  praised  ;  but  its  originality  is  in  its 
Industrial  system.  This  is  utility  itself ;  family  insurance,  accessible  to  everybody  ; 
indemnity  for  loss  of  life  of  all  persons,  of  both  sexes,  of  all  ages,  from  two  years 
to  seventy  years  ;  endowment  policies  that  the  least  disposed  to  thrift  may  buy  ;  the 
practical  application  of  a  poetic  dream  of  insurance,  that  is,  for  those  who  being  the 
least  able  to  pay  for  it  are  most  in  need  of  it.  There  are  other  industrial  companies, 
but  the  Metropolitan  eclipses  them  all.  It  has  assets  exceeding  if  15,000,000,  a 
net  capital  and  surplus  over  all  liabilities,  actual  and  contingent,  including  the  re- 
insurance fund  and  special  reserve,  amounting  to  $3,090,869.  It  has  insured 
2,503,000  persons,  a  larger  number  than  the  total  number  insured  by  all  the  other 
life-insurance  companies  (excepting  industrial)  of  the  United  States  combined.  Its 
agents  make  a  weekly  call  for  premiums,  the  average  amount  of  which  is  ten  cents 
on  every  policy-holder.  Its  death-claims,  which  are  paid  immediately  after  notice  of 
death  is  received,  are  150  a  day  in  number,  and  $10  a  minute  every  minute  of  the 
year  in  amount.  The  list  of  persons  in  its  service  contains  7,000  names.  And  these 
figures  are  increasing.  They  gained  over  1890  in  1 891,  in  premium  receipts,  $1,439,- 
446;  in  interest,  $128,503  ;  in  total  income,  $1,559,878;  in  assets,  $2,845,775.     The 


630  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

management  is  intelligent,  careful,  economical,  devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  policy- 
holders. The  officers  are  :  John  R.  Hegeman,  President ;  Haley  Fiske,  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  George  H.  Gaston,  Second  Vice-President  and  Secretary ;  J.  J.  Thompson, 
Cashier  and  Assistant  Secretary  ;  James  M.  Craig,  Actuary  ;  Hon.  Stewart  L.  Wood- 
ford, Counsel;  and  Thomas  H.  Willard,  M.  D.,  Chief  Medical  Examiner.  The 
company  was  organized  in  1866,  and  has  occupied  since  1876  its  own  large  white- 
marble  building  in  Park  Place,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Church  Street.  It  will 
soon  remove  to  a  marble  business  palace.  Its  cost  is  nearly  $3,000,000;  and  its 
height  is  ten  stories.  Situated  on  Madison  Square,  at  the  northeast  corner  of  23d 
Street  and  Madison  Avenue,  it  has  125  feet  of  width  on  the  avenue  and  145  on  the 
street.  Its  style  is  Early  Italian  Renaissance,  in  purely  white  marble,  beautifully 
carved.  The  main  entrance  is  on  Madison  Avenue,  by  a  corridor  18  feet  in  width, 
and  lined  with  marbles  beautifully  decorated,  to  an  interior  court  40  feet  square, 
covered  by  a  stained  glass  dome,  paved  in  mosaic,  75  feet  in  height,  lined  with 
delicately  decorated  marble  and  onyx ;  having  in  its  centre  a  grand  bronze  stairway 
leading  to  the  second  story.  The  Board  room,  28  feet  in  height,  and  the  rooms  of 
the  officers  are  trimmed  in  wood-work  of  San-Domingo  mahogany.  The  main 
office  is  30  feet  in  height,  and  surrounded  at  the  mezzanine  floor  with  a  tall  and 
graceful  gallery.  All  the  offices  are  lit  by  windows  facing  on  the  street,  the  square 
or  the  court.  There  are  four  elevators.  All  the  machinery,  heating  apparatus  and 
dynamos  are  in  duplicate.  The  architects  are  Napoleon  LeBrun  &  Sons,  and  the 
builder  is  Jeremiah  T.  Smith.  The  building  is  a  contribution  to  the  architecture  of 
the  century  for  which  the  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company  has  the  gratitude 
of  all  art-lovers.  It  covers  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  sites  in  the  city,  and  its 
height  makes  it  clearly  visible  across  the  whole  of  Madison  Square,  while  its  grand- 
eur makes  it  a  superb  ornament  to  the  lovely  park  which  it  faces.  In  course  of  time, 
many  notable  buildings  are  likely  to  border  Madison  Square,  but  it  is  not  likely  that 
any  of  them  will  surpass  the  Metropolitan.  The  peculiar  province  of  the  Metropol- 
itan Life  Insurance  Company,  providing  insurance  as  it  does  mainly  for  the  working 
or  poorer  classes  of  people,  makes  it  an  exceptionally  praiseworthy  institution  ;  while 
its  solidity  and  magnitude  places  it  as  unexceptionally  trustworthy.  Its  system  of 
small  weekly  payments  gives  the  opportunity  to  every  man,  however  moderate  his 
income,  to  provide  for  his  family  in  the  event  of  his  death. 

The  Provident  Savings  Life-Assurance  Society,  at  29  Broadway,  was 
organized  in  1875  with  an  idea  of  genius,  by  Sheppard  Homans,  who  had  been  for 
twenty  years  one  of  the  most  prominent  and  successful  of  actuaries.  Maintaining 
that  investments  and  endowments  which  constitute  the  enormous  reserve-deposits  of 
the  old  companies  have  no  necessary  connection  with  insurance,  but  rather  lessen  its 
security  by  adding  unnecessarily  the  hazards  of  banking  to  the  hazards  of  insurance 
proper,  he  so  organized  the  Provident  Savings  that  it  gives  certain  indemnity  in 
return  for  premiums  that  provide  for  every  item  of  mortality,  expense  and  margin,  but 
do  not  require  in  addition  large  and  unnecessary  overpayments  or  deposits,  the  care 
and  investment  of  which  are  hazardous  to  companies  and  expensive  to  policy-holders. 
The  Provident  Savings  charges  a  marginal  sum,  to  fulfill  the  required  functions  of  a 
reserve,  with  the  first  premium  ;  after  this  the  cost  to  the  policy-holder  is  graded 
according  to  the  risk  of  dying  during  each  current  year  of  age.  The  Provident 
Savings  issues  investment-policies,  twenty-year  insurance-bonds,  and  limited-pay- 
ment life-policies,  wherein  the  investment  is  guaranteed  as  well  as  the  insurance, 
whether  the  assured  lives  or  dies.  If  he  lives,  he  receives  the  full  benefit  of  his 
investment,  with  surplus.      If  he  dies,  his  investment  is  paid  to  his  family  or  estate, 


KING'S   If. AND  BOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


631 


METROPOLITAN    LIFE    INSURANCE    COMPANY. 

METROPOLITAN    BUILDING   :     MADISON    SQUARE,    23D    STREET    AND    MADISON    AVENUE. 


63; 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


in  addition  to  his  insurance.  The  Provident  Savings  gives  insurance  and  invest- 
ment under  one  policy,  but  treats  them  separately.  There  is  no  loss  to  the  assured 
in  case  of  either  life  or  death  ;  there  is  no  penalty  for  his  dying  imposed  on  his 
heirs  ;  there  is  no  risk  of  his  losing  his  insurance  because  he  may  not  always  be  able 
to  pay  for  investment.  The  Provident  Savings  does  not  estimate  ;  it  guarantees.  It 
is  careful  in  the  selection  of  risks,  liberal  to  policy-holders,  economical  in  manage- 
ment. It  has  paid  to  January  I, 
1S92,  for  death  claims  to  beneficiaries 
under  its  renewable  term  policies,  the 
sum  of  $3,008,171,  at  a  total  cost 
for  premiums  of  $200,815.  The 
ordinary  whole-life  premiums  would 
have  been  $549,135.  Thus  the 
Provident  Savings  has  given  to  its 
policy-holders  nearly  three  times  as 
much  in  death  benefits  as  they  would 
have  obtained  for  the  same  amount 
of  premiums  in  ordinary  life-insur- 
ance. Its  financial  success  would  be 
prodigious  if  the  elements  of  it  were 
not  easy  to  define.  The  Provident 
Savings  has  $261.77  of  net  assets  to 
each  $100  of  net  liability.  Its  Presi- 
dent from  the  beginning  has  been 
Sheppard  Homans,  its  founder.  The 
Vice-President  is  Joseph  H.  Parsons. 
The  Secretary  is  William  E.  Stevens. 
The  Manager  of  the  Agency  Depart- 
ment is  Charles  E.  Willard. 

The  Mutual  Reserve  Fund 
Life  Association,  in  the  Potter 
Building,  at  Park  Row,  Nassau  and 
Peek  man  Streets,  is  the  largest  purely 
mutual  natural-premium  life-associa- 
tion in  the  world.  Its  membership 
is  over  70,000.  Its  yearly  interest 
income  exceeds  $125,000.  Its  bi- 
monthly income  exceeds  $600,000. 
Its  Reserve  Fund  now  exceeds  $3,- 
275,000.  It  has  paid  in  death- 
claims  over  $13,800,000.  The 
amount  of  insurance  that  it  has  in  force  exceeds  $225,000,000.  Founded  in 
1881,  with  the  deliberate  object  to  furnish  life-insurance  at  cost,  in  spite  of  for- 
midable opposition  it  accumulated  in  a  decade  assets  amounting  to  $4,349,202, 
and  an  Emergency  Fund,  a  Cash  Reserve  deposited  with  the  Central  Trust  Company 
as  Trustee,  periodically  returnable  to  persistent  members,  amounting  to  $3, 155,221. 
It  had  a  net  surplus  of  $2,925,492  over  all  its  liabilities,  including  the  net  present 
value  of  its  policies  in  force.  These  figures,  as  they  appear  in  the  certificate  signed 
by  the  President  of  the  Central  Trust  Company  in  vouchers  of  easy  access  to  every- 
body, are  magnificent  as  pearls    of   a    necklace,    the    string    of  which    is    undone. 


THE    PROVIDENT    SAVINGS    LIFE-ASSURANCE    SOCIETY, 
COLUMBIA    BUILDING,    BROADWAY    AND    MORRIS    STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


633 


MUTUAL    RESERVE    FUND    LIFE    ASSOCIATION, 

BROADWAY,    NORTHWEST    CORNER    OF    GUANE    STREET. 


634  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

Re-united,  they  have  an  amazing  splendor.  Tested,  they  are  perfect.  The  Mutual 
Reserve-Fund  Life-Association's  figures  were  examined  and  found  correct,  the  com- 
pany was  investigated  in  all  its  details  and  endorsed — by  the  Insurance  Department 
of  New  York  in  1885  5  by  tne  Insurance  Department  of  Ohio  in  1886  ;  by 
the  Insurance  Department  of  Michigan  in  1886  ;  by  the  Insurance  Department 
of  Wisconsin  in  1887;  by  the  Insurance  Department  of  Minnesota  in  1887  ; 
by  the  Insurance  Department  of  Rhode  Island  in  1887  ;  by  the  Insurance 
Department  of  Missouri  in  1888  ;  by  the  Insurance  Department  of  Colorado  in  1889  ; 
by  the  Insurance  Department  of  West  Virginia  in  1889  ;  by  the  Insurance  Depart- 
ment of  North  Dakota  in  1891  ;  by  the  late  Hon.  Elizur  Wright,  ex-Insurance  Com- 
missioner of  Massachusetts,  and  the  Mentor  of  life-insurance,  in  1883  ;  by  Price, 
Waterhouse  &  Co.,  Chartered  Accountants  of  England,  in  1889.  The  Association 
has  no  secrets.  Everything  it  does  it  tells.  Its  rates  at  age  of  entry  average  about 
50  per  cent,  less  than  those  of  the  old-system  companies,  and  yet  they  provide  for  an 
average  death-loss  considerably  in  excess  of  the  American  Experience  Table  of  mor- 
tality. It  provides  for  an  excessive  death-rate,  by  its  interest  income  and  reserve 
accumulation,  and  it  has  never  lost  a  dollar  of  principal  or  interest  on  its  highly 
profitable  investments.  Yet  it  gives  in  detailed  lists,  of  which  there  is  no  other  exam- 
ple, the  complete  record  of  all  its  investments.  It  knows  every  avenue  to  success, 
and  lights  it  without  fear  of  imitators.  Its  policies  are  unrestricted  as  to  travel,  occu- 
pation or  residence,  incontestable  and  indisputable  after  three  years,  participating 
in  the  profits  and  yet  not  involving  any  personal  liability  for  membership  in  the 
Association.  Its  management  is  so  wise  and  economical  that  its  expenses  have 
averaged  but  $3.22  per  $1,000,  whereas  the  expenses  of  the  old-system  companies 
averaged  $8.26  per  $1,000.  It  is  self-regulating,  as  its  liabilities  in  income  in  pre- 
miums and  interest  cannot  but  meet  its  death-losses  and  expenses.  It  is  a  crea- 
tion of  genius.  Its  President  is  its  founder,  E.  B.  Harper.  The  Association  is 
erecting  a  building  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  Duane  Street,  which 
will  be  its  new  home  in  1893.  From  the  view  shownon  the  precedingpage  it  can  be 
seen  that  the  new  building,  designed  by  William  H.  Hume,  will  be  one  of  the  finest 
office-buildings  in  the  city.  In  addition  to  providing  suitable  offices  for  the  great 
organization,  the  building  is  expected  to  return  to  the  Association  a  satisfactory 
income  for  the  investment.  Thus  the  Mutual  Reserve  Fund  Life  Association,  after 
contributing  its  magnificent  record  to  the  business  glory  of  New  York,  is  contributing 
a  masterpiece  of  architecture  to  its  artistic  aspect.  The  marvellous  success  of  the 
Association  is  due  almost  entirely  to  the  rare  ability  and  indomitable  energy  of  its 
President,  E.  B.  Harper,  who,  having  unbounded  faith  in  the  wisdom  of  its  plan, 
has  pushed  the  business  of  the  company  with  such  vigor  as  is  seldom  known  in  any 
line  of  work. 


o 


IS 


y^M 


V5*s\ 


SS^^^S 


Providing  Against  A.11  Kinds  of  Accidents,   Explosions,  Broken 

Elate  Glass,  Dishonest  Employees,  and  for  Eur" 

nishing  Legal  and    Fidelity  Bonds. 

TWENTY  years  ago  the  insurance  companies  were  devoted  almost  exclusively 
to  the  indemnifying  of  losses  caused  by  fires,  by  the  loss  of  life,  or  by  per- 
sonal injuries.  To-day  they  seem  to  cover  the  entire  range  of  casualties,  fatalities 
and  possibilities.  A  new  scheme  for  some  kind  of  insurance  is  devised  almost  yearly, 
and  variations  of  the  older  forms  of  insurance  are  constantly  being  introduced. 

The  Fidelity  and  Casualty  Company  of  New  York,  at  140  to  146  Broad- 
way, was  organized,  in  1 879,  to  transact  a  general  fidelity  business,  and  introduced 
the  system  in  the  United  States.  There  was  at  the  time,  in  business  in  New  York, 
the  Knickerbocker  Casualty  Company,  organized  in  1876,  with  a  charter  so  liberal 
that  it  could  adopt  the  fidelity  idea,  and  make  of  it  an  additional  branch.  The 
founders  of  the  Fidelity  and  Casualty,  realizing  that  the  growth  of  fidelity  insurance 
in  this  country  would  be  slow,  purchased  the  charter  of  the  Knickerbocker  Casualty 
and  its  business,  and  re-organized  their  company.  The  capital,  which  was  originally 
$100,000,  was  increased  to  $250,000.  In  1881  the  gross  assets  were  $382,342. 
The  first  of  July,  1892,  they  were  $1,740,362.  The  company  has  deposited  with 
the  Insurance  Department  of  New  York,  for  the  security  of  all  its  policy-holders, 
$200,000.  It  has  paid  for  losses  $3,350,000,  while  always  retaining  intact  its 
capital,  and  accumulating  a  net  surplus  over  all  its  liabilities,  including  its  re-insurance 
reserve  and  capital  stock,  amounting  to  $169,447.  As  the  investments  of  the  com- 
pany are  made  with  primary  regard  for  absolute  security,  and  not  large  profits,  there 
are  no  other  elements  in  its  magnificent  success  than  wisdom,  skill  and  the  exemplary 
economy  of  its  management.  The  company  furnishes  absolute  certainty  of  indem- 
nity in  several  branches  of  insurance  :  Fidelity,  Accident,  Plate  Glass,  Steam  Boiler, 
Elevator,  Employers',  Landlords'  and  Common  Carriers'  Liability.  Each  branch 
carries  its  own  expenses  and  losses.  Each  branch  is  perfect.  The  Fidelity  and 
Casualty  Company  is  profoundly  a  policy-holders'  company,  equitable  in  its  rates  of 
premiums,  zealous  and  prompt  in  its  adjustments  of  losses.  The  President  is  William 
M.  Richards ;  the  Vice-President  is  George  F.  Seward.  Robert  J.  Hillas  is  Secretary  ; 
Edward  L.  Shaw,  Assistant  Secretary.  The  Directors,  some  of  the  most  eminent 
men  of  business  in  New  York,  are  as  follows  :  George  S.  Coe,  J.  S.  T.  Stranahan, 
Alexander  E.  Orr,  G.  G.  Williams,  J.  Rogers  Maxwell,  A.  B.  Hull,  Thomas  S. 
Moore,  II.  A.  Hurlbut,  Wilson  G.  Hunt,  John  L.  Riker,  J.  G.  McCullough,  Wil- 
liam G.  Low,  William  M.  Richards,  and  George  F.  Seward. 

The  American  Surety  Company  of  New  York,  at  160  Broadway,  organ- 
ized in  1884,  transacts  only  surety  business.  It  has  a  capital  of  $1,000,000,  and 
has    made    special    deposits    for    the    security  of  the  holders  of  its    surety  bonds, 


636 


KING'S  HAND  BOO  A'   OF  NEW    YORK 


amounting  to  $375,000,  $200,000  of  which  is  with  the  Insurance  Department  of 
the  State  of  New  York.  It  is  the  largest  surety  company  in  the  world,  and  the  only 
company  organized  in  the  United  States  devoted  exclusively  to  acting  as  surety 
on  bonds  and  undertakings  required  in  judicial  proceedings  ;  for  administrators, 
executors  and  guardians  ;  for  contractors,  and  for  persons  holding  positions  of 
pecuniary  responsibility.      Its   corporate  suretyship  supersedes  bondsmen,  because  : 

1.  It  relieves  those  who  are  asked  to  be 
sureties  from  doing  so  to  their  own  discom- 
fort and  possible  loss.  2.  It  relieves  those 
required  to  give  bonds  from  coming 
under  obligations  to  anyone.  3.  It  pre- 
vents customers  of  banks  and  railroad 
and  other  companies,  from  acquiring  im- 
proper influence  through  guaranteeing  the 
bonds  of  the  corporation,  or  those  of  its 
officers  and  employees.  4.  It  is  a  con- 
stant incentive  to  right-doing  on  the  part 
of  the  person  bonded.  5.  It  obviates  fre- 
quent inquiry  as  to  the  responsibility  of 
bondsmen.  6.  Losses  are  paid  promptly. 
7.  Litigation  is  avoided.  8.  It  is  never 
abandoned  for  the  old  method  when  once 
it  has  been  tried. 

The  Fidelity  Department  of  the  com- 
pany furnishes  bonds  required  of  officers 
and  employees  of  banks,  railroads  and  ex- 
press, telegraph,  telephone,  manufacturing, 
mining  and  commercial  corporations,  build- 
ing and  loan  associations,  officers  of  be- 
nevolent societies,  and  employees  in 
Federal,  State  and  city  offices  ;  also  em- 
ployees of  first-class  mercantile  houses, 
whose  duties  are  clearly  defined,  and  who 
are  subject  to  a  satisfactory  system  of  ac- 
counting. 

In  the  Law  Department  of  the  com- 
pany may  be  obtained  three  classes  of 
bonds  ;  Judicial,  which  embraces  security 
required  in  appeal,  arrest,  attachment, 
capias,  indemnity  to  sheriff,  injunction,  land  damage,  replevin,  maritime  libel  ; 
Fiduciary,  which  includes  bonds  for  the  fidelity  of  administrators,  committee  of 
lunatic,  conservators,  curators,  executors,  guardians,  guardians  ad  litem,  trustees  ; 
Commercial,  under  which  bonds  are  required  by  assignees,  common  carriers,  for 
demurrage,  receivers,  warehousemen,  elevators,  and  surety  on  bids  and  contracts. 

The  company  has  assets  amounting  to  $1,504,448,  wisely  invested;  and  its 
liabilities,  exclusive  of  premium  reserve  ($236,781),  are  $98,111.  Its  officers 
are  William  L.  Trenholm,  President  ;  Henry  D.  Lyman,  Vice-President  ; 
David  B.  Sickels,  Second  Vice-President;  William  E.  Keyes,  Secretary;  Samuel 
S.  Colville,  Treasurer;  and  George  M.  Sweney,  Supt.  Fidelity  Department.  Its 
attorneys  are  Henry  C.  Willcox,  Wyllys  Benedict,  and  Cortlandt  S.  Van  Rensselaer. 


AMERICAN     SURETY    COMPANY, 
GUERNSEY    BUILDING,    160    BROADWAY. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


637 


The  Lloyds  Plate  Glass  Insurance  Company,  at  63  William  Street,  organ- 
ized in  1875,  insures  plate  glass  against  loss  by  breakage  through  accidents,  and  as 
there  is  not  an  accident  of  any  sort  not  perilous  to  plate  glass,  the  Lloyds  is  admir- 
ably patronized.  It  is  as  beneficial  to  New  York  as  its  art-schools,  because  it  makes 
practicable  their  lessons.  It  puts  lights  in  buildings  where  economy  inartistically 
placed  shadows;  it  has  made  possible,  by  assurance  of  compensation  for  loss,  the 
execution  of  marvels  of  architecture,  which,  without  that  assurance,  would  certainly 
have  remained  in  plans  and  sketches.  Only  the  unthinking  have  not  marked  the 
debt  which  New  York  owes  to  the  Lloyds  for  its  ever-increasing  artistic  value.  The 
Lloyds  is  the  modern  Meaenas  ;  it  encourages  plate  glass,  by  which  buildings  are 
made  beautiful,  and  it  pays  for  about  5,300  accidents  to  plate  glass  every  year.  Its 
last  annual  statement  to  the  Insurance  Department  shows  that  its  income  from  pre- 
miums in  1891  was  $406,409  ;  its  loss  by  accidents  was  #221,679.  ^  nas  deposited 
as  security  for  its  policy-holders,  with  the  Insurance  Department  at  Albany,  in  four- 
per-cent.  bonds  of  the  United  States,  $  100,000.  It  has  assets  amounting  to 
$595,138,  invested  as  follows  :  United-States  bonds,  $248,610;  railroad  and  other 
bonds,  $118,985;  real  estate,  $125,000;  cash  in  bank  and  office,  $13,783;  pre- 
miums in  course  of  collection,  $74,626  ;  plate  glass  at  actual  cash  value,  $12,602  ; 
sundry  accounts,  $1,532.  Its  liabilities  are  its  capital  stock  of  $250,000;  its 
reserve-fund,  amounting  to  $194,585;  losses  in  course  of  adjustment,  $3,508; 
commissions  to  agents 
on  outstanding  pre- 
miums, $18,797;  a'l 
other  liabilities,  none  yet 
due,  $30,462.  Its  net 
surplus  is  $97,786;  its 
surplus  is,  as  regards  the 
policy-holders,  $347,786. 

The  Lloyds  has  won 
its  standing  by  signal 
merit.  Its  rates  are  as 
low  as  they  can  be  made 
in  proportion  to  the  great 
risks  assumed.  Its  ad- 
justments of  losses  are 
ever  prompt  and  equita- 
ble.  Its  investments 
made  in  the  interest  of  its 
patrons  are  guided,  as 
the  financial  statement 
proves,  by  a  regard  for 
perfect  safety,  and  not  for 
speculative  profit.  Its  in- 
tegrity commands  public 
confidence.  The  officers 
of  the  Lloyds  are  :  James 
G.  Beemer,  President ; 
Daniel  B.  Halstead,  Vice- 
President  ;  and  William 
T.  Woods,  Secretary.  lloyds  plate  glass  insurance  company,  william  and  cedar  streets. 


638 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Committee  of  Counsel. 

John   H.  Riker,  chairman. 
E.  Ellery  Anderson, 

OF    ANDERSON    4    MAN. 

Charles  Coudert, 

OF    COUDERT    BROS. 

Frederic  de  P.  Foster. 
Joseph  H.  Gray, 

OF   OWEN,    GRAY   4   STURGES. 

Myer  S.  Isaacs, 

OF    M.    S.    4     I.    S.    ISAACS,     LECTURER    ON 

REAL  ESTATE  LAW,  N.  Y.  UNIVERSITY 

LAW  SCHOOL. 

Theo.  F.  JacVson, 

OF    JACKSON    4    BURR. 

Benjamin   F.  Lee, 

OF    LtE    4    LEE,    LATE   PROFESSOR    OF     REAL 

ESTATE   AND    EQUITY   JURISPRUDENCE, 

CJLUMBIA   COLLEGE    LAW  SCHOOL. 

J.  Lawrence  Marcellus. 
David  B.  Ogden, 

OF    PARSONS,    SHEPARD    4     OGDEN. 

Thomas  L.  Ogden, 

OF    OGDEN    4    BEEKMAN. 

John  W.  Pirsson. 
J.  Evarts  Tracy, 

OF    EVARTS,  CHOATE   4    BEAMAN. 

George  Waddington. 
Sidney  Ward. 


The  Lawyers'  Title  Insurance  Company  of  New  York,  at  120  Broad- 
way, and  Franklin  Trust  Company  Building,  Brooklyn,  particularly  recommends  it- 
self to  real  estate  investors  and  dealers  by  the  following  features  :  —  1.  The  safety  of 
its  method  of  examining  titles.  The  examination  is  by  well-known  lawyers  of  ability 
and  experience.      2.    The   publication  of  the  amount  of  all  losses  paid,  and  of  all 

claims  pending  against  it.  This  enables  the  public  to 
judge  intelligently  of  its  management.  The  more  careful 
the  examination  of  the  titles  to  be  insured,  the  fewer 
should  be  the  losses.  3.  Its  continuation  of  the  custom 
of  furnishing  abstracts  of  titles  and  searches  giving  to 
purchaser  and  mortgagee  full  information  as  to  the  facts 
of  his  title  in  addition  to  his  policy  of  title  insurance. 
4.  The  strength  of  its  method  of  insurance,  the  elements 
of  which  are  :  method  of  examination  ;  review  of  exami- 
nation by  the  law  department  of  the  company  ;  examina- 
tion of  doubtful  questions  by  committee  of  counsel  ; 
rejection  of  titles  admitted  to  be  defective ;  large  capi- 
tal ;  and  professional  character  of  its  managers.  5.  The 
universal  acceptance  of  its  policies  by  individuals,  trus- 
tees, and  corporations.  The  United-States  Government 
is  among  its  assured.  There  is  very  grave  doubt  whether 
an  individual  trustee  or  corporation  has  the  right  to  take 
title  on  purchase  or  mortgage  on  a  policy  of  title  insur- 
ance only,  without  risk  of  personal  liability.  But  there 
is  no  doubt  that  an  individual  trustee  or  corporation  has 
a  right  to  take  title  on  purchase  or  mortgage  on  the 
opinion  of  his  own  counsel,  approved  by  this  company, 
and  with  its  policy  of  title  insurance,  and  that  by  so 
doing  he  secures  the  greatest  possible  security,  and  incurs 
no  risk  of  personal  liability.  6.  The  ready  means  of 
access,  through  its  bureau  of  investment,  to  the  principal 
individuals,  estates  and  corporations  having  money  to 
lend  on  bond  and  mortgage.  7.  The  particular  advan- 
tages offered  to  parties  selling  tracts  of  land  in  parcels, 
because  of  the  above  features,  and  because  of  the  terms  of  its  contracts  made  in  such 
cases.      8.    The  peculiar  advantages  offered  by  its  methods  to  builders  and  brokers. 

The  company  commenced  business  July  18,  1887.  Its  capital  and  surplus  on 
January  1,  1892,  amounted  to  $1,443,716.  It  holds  further  security  in  aid  of  liabil- 
ity, of  the  value  of  $425,000.  It  has  a  permanent  guarantee-fund,  invested,  as 
required  by  law,  in  bond  and  mortgage,  United-States,  State,  city  or  county  bonds, 
amounting  to  $750,000.  It  had  no  losses  in  1891.  Its  total  losses  since  the 
organization  of  the  company  amount  to  $2,210.  An  item  of  its  assets  is  real  estate, 
at  37  Liberty  Street,  44^  and  46  Maiden  Lane,  purchased  for  the  erection  of  a 
building  for  the  company,  unencumbered,  at  a  cost  of  $170,000.  The  officers  of 
the  company  are  :  Edwin  W.  Coggeshall,  President  and  General  Manager;  Charles 
E.  Strong,  First  Vice-President ;  David  B.  Ogden,  Second  Vice-President ;  William 
P.  Dixon,  Secretary ;  John  Duer,  Treasurer.  The  directors  are  :  Edwin  W. 
Coggeshall,  Henry  Day,  William  P.  Dixon,  John  Duer,  Henry  E.  Howland,  John 
T.  Lockman,  J.  Lawrence  Marcellus,  David  B.  Ogden,  John  H.  Riker,  Charles  E. 
Strong,  Herbert  B.  Turner,  James  M.  Varnum  and  John  Webber. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


639 


640 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Preferred  Mutual  Accident  Association,  at  257  Broadway,  was  incor- 
porated in  1885  for  the  purpose  of  insuring,  at  a  fixed  rate  of  premium,  only  the 
persons  classed  as  preferred  risks  by  all  experts  in  accident  insurance.  The  idea 
was  original,  and,  like  all  original  ideas,  found  adverse  critics  ;  but  it  is  triumphant, 
and  everybody  recognizes  now  that  only  bad  managers  could  have  made  it  other- 
wise. Preferred  risks  naturally  believe  that  their  interests  are  safer  with  an  associ- 
ation excluding  extra  and  special  hazards  than  with  one  which  makes  the  admission 
of  them  simply  dependent  on  higher  premium  payments.  The  Preferred  Mutual 
had,  at  the  end  of  1885,  !>427  policies  in  force,  insuring  $7,135,000;  and  assets 
amounting  to  $4,624.  It  progressed  steadily,  until,  at  the  end  of  1891,  in  the 
lapse  of  six  years  it  had  29,104  policies  in  force,  insuring  $192,612,100  ;  and  assets 
amounting  to  $170,210.  The  Association  has  a  net  surplus  of  $113,843  over  all  its 
liabilities,  actual  and  contingent.  And  every  one  of  its  risks  is  preferred.  It  has 
paid  in  losses  $366,984.  It  has  gained  in  189 1  42  per  cent,  of  the  entire  increase 
of  amount  of  insurance  in  35  mutual  accident  companies  doing  business  in  the 
United  States.  It  has  paid  in  claims,  for  each  $1  received  in  premiums,  52  cents, 
which  is  six  cents  more  than  the  proportion  of  the  Travelers  ;  but  its  proportionate 
amount  used  for  expenses  for  each  $1,000  of  insurance  was  $3.10  less.  It 
issues  for  an  annual  premium  of  $16  a  $10,000  combination  policy,  cover- 
ing all  injuries  by  accident,  to  the  extent  of  $5,000  for  death  by  accident  ;  $5,000 
for  loss  of  hands  or  feet  ;  $5,000  for  loss  of  hand  and  foot  ;  $5,000  for  loss 
of  both  eyes  ;  $2, 500  for 
permanent  total  disability  ; 
$650  for  loss  of  one  eye  ; 
$25  per  week  for  a  tempo- 
rary total  disability.  If 
the  injuries  be  received  "in 
consequence  of  the  wreck- 
ing or  disablement  of  any 
regular  passenger  convey- 
ance propelled  by  steam, 
electricity  or  cable,"  while 
the  injured  shall  be  riding 
therein,  the  Association, un- 
der the  same  combination 
policy,  will  pay  $10,000 
for  death  by  accident,  and 
amounts  proportionately 
larger  for  the  other  con- 
tingencies. The  policy  is 
a  model  of  equity  and  brev- 
ity. It  agrees  to  pay  all 
just  claims  within  twenty- 
four  hours  of  the  receipt  of 
proofs.  The  president  is 
Phineas  C.  Lounsbury,  Ex- 
Governor  of  Connecti- 
cut ;  the  Treasurer  is  Allen 
S.  Apgar  ;  the  Secretary 
is  Kimball  C.  Atwood.  preferred  mutual  accident  association,  257  broadway. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


641 


The  United-States  Mutual  Accident  Association,  founded  in  1877  by 
James  R.  Pitcher,  who  has  always  been  its  actual  manager,  created  and  successfully 
developed  an  en- 
tirely new  princi- 
ple in  insurance 
against  accidents. 
Prior  to  that  time, 
the  premium  rates 
had  been  arbitra- 
rily fixed  by  stock 
companies.  Mr. 
Pitcher's  plan  was 
to  make  a  com- 
pany of  policy- 
holders purely  and 
simply  for  policy- 
holders.  The 
rates  were  to  be 
determined  solely 
by  a  pro-rata  cost 
of  the  actual  losses 
and  expenses.  As 
a  result  the  com- 
pany has  demon- 
strated the  cer- 
tainty of  obtaining 
the  safest  of  in- 
surance at  about 
one -half  of  the 
cost  charged  by 
the  old-time  stock 
companies.  As  a 
consequence  the 
company  has  se- 
cured a  membership  of  about  60,000  professional  and  business  men,  scattered 
throughout  the  entire  country.  Its  gross  assets  are  nearly  $300,000,  upwards  of 
$100,000  being  in  the  form  of  an  emergency  fund  for  the  benefit  of  the  policy  holders. 

The  record  shows  that  since  its  organization  to  January  1,  1892,  it  has  paid  22,658 
losses,  amounting  to  $2,553,799,  of  which  $410,107  was  in  1891.  Its  insurance  in 
force  is  $285,362, 150.  The  United-States  Mutual  has  been  so  eminently  success- 
ful, its  plan  was  so  rationally  feasible  that  scores  of  imitators  have  arisen  ;  but  this 
company  is  not  only  the  oldest  mutual  accident  company  in  the  country,  but  by  far 
the  strongest  in  the  world.  Its  management  has  shown  the  most  remarkable  energy 
mi  the  securing  of  its  enormous  business,  and  it  has  also  given  the  most  unquestioned 
evidence  of  its  ability  and  fidelity  to  meet  every  honest  loss  in  the  most  generous 
manner.  Its  policies  cover  the  whole  range  now  current  in  this  field.  The  offices 
were  formerly  in  the  Ninth  National  Bank  Building,  in  a  modest  little  room.  Now 
they  occupy  parts  of  several  large  floors  in  the  Central  National  Bank  Building,  at 
322  and  324  Broadway,  at  the  corner  of  Thomas  Street.  The  President  is  Charles 
B.  Peet,  and  the  Secretary  and  General  Manager  is  James  R.  Pitcher, 
41 


UNITED-STATES    MUTUAL   ACCIDENT    ASSOCIATION,   320,   322    AND    324    BROADWAY, 
CORNER    OF    THOMAS    STREET. 


642 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The   German-American   Real   Estate   Title   Guarantee   Company  was 

organized  in  1885,  with  a  paid-in  cash  capital  of  $500,000;  thus  giving  assurance  of 
an  abundance  of  financial  strength,  and  a  board  of  directors  and  officers  comprising 
many  of  New  York's  best-known  citizens,  which  at  once  gave  confidence  that  the 
company's  affairs  would  be  ably  and  successfully  conducted.  Its  object  is  to  afford 
absolute  protection  to  purchasers  of  real  estate.  It  supersedes  the  old  system,  which 
requires  a  re-examination  of  title,  with  its  consequent  delays  and  costs,  at  every 
transfer  of  real  property.  The  company  employs  a  corps  of  real-estate  lawyers  to 
examine  all  titles,  and  no  guarantee  policy  is  issued  by  this  company  until  after  the 
approval  of  the  title,  certified  to  by  its  counsel.  Therefore,  the  patrons  of  this  com- 
pany secure  a  title  examined  by  experts,  vouched  for  by  counsel,  and  guaranteed  by  a 
corporation  whose  gross  assets  are  about  $800, 000  —  certainly  more  desirable  and  safer 
than  any  individual  examinations.  Already  it  has  become  usual  for  money-lending 
institutions  to   demand   such   title   policies,  and   to   accept   them   unhesitatingly  in 

making  loans.  It 
becomes  possible 
to  transfer  on  24 
hours'  notice  real 
estate,  or  mort- 
gages, the  title  to 
which  has  once 
been  guaranteed. 
A  policy  in  the 
German  -  Ameri- 
can Real  Estate 
Title  Guarantee 
Company  is  a  con- 
tract to  pay  not 
only  all  losses 
caused  by  defects 
of  title  to  the 
amount  insured, 
but  at  the  com- 
pany's own  ex- 
pense to  defend 
all  actions  which 
may    be    brought 

against  the  title.  The  company  also  does  an  extensive  business  in  making  loans  on 
bonds  and  mortgages  at  current  rates  of  interest.  The  New- York  offices  occupy 
the  main  floor  to  the  left  of  the  main  entrance  to  the  magnificent  Mutual  Life 
Building,  at  34  Nassau  Street,  where  the  old  post  office  was  located  ;  and  the 
Brooklyn  offices  are  in  the  Brooklyn  Real  Estate  Exchange  Building,  189  Montague 
Street. 

The  officers  are  :  Andrew  L.  Soulard,  President ;  S.  B.  Livingston,  Secretary  ; 
William  Wagner,  Treasurer  ;  W.  R.  Thompson,  General  Manager ;  Charles 
Unangst,  Counsel ;  Hon.  Noah  Davis,  Advisory  Counsel.  The  Directors  are 
Gjeorge  W.  Quintard,  Wm.  Steinway,  John  Straiton,  Jere.  Johnson,  Jr.,  Felix 
Campbell,  Silas  B.  Dutcher,  George  C.  Clausen,  John  A.  Beyer,  R.  Carman  Combes, 
James  Fellows,  Charles  Unangst,  William  Wagner,  S.  B.  Livingston,  W.  R. 
Thompson,  Joseph  F.  Blaut,  Andrew  L.  Soulard. 


(iEKMAN-AIVtERICAN    RtAL    ES I  ATE    TITLE    UUnHANitt 
MUTUAL    LIFE    BUILDING,    34    NASSAU    STREET. 


United^States   Treasury    and    Assay     Offices,    Clearing^House, 
National    and    State    Banks,    Bankers,    Brokers,    Etc. 


THE  financial  centre  of  the  United  States  is  at  the  lower  end  of  Manhattan 
Island.  The  influence  of  New  York  in  this  respect,  indeed,  extends  over  the 
entire  Western  hemisphere.  It  yields  the  supremacy  among  the  great  money-markets 
of  the  world  to  London  alone.  The  prediction  is  often  made  that  before  many 
decades  the  preeminence  in  the  monetary  affairs  of  civilized  countries  will  be  trans- 
ferred from  the  banks  of  the  Thames  to  the  banks  of  the  Hudson.  This  involves 
no  stretch  of  the  imagination.  The  steady  and  magnificent  growth  of  New  York's 
financial  power  and  importance  points  to  such  a  result.  Whatever  fresh  triumphs  in 
this  field  the  future  has  in  store  for  the  metropolis  of  the  Western  World,  it  already 
presents  one  of  the  greatest  combinations  of  accumulated  wealth,  banking  capital, 
organized  credit,  corporate  power,  and  speculative  activity  which  civilization  can 
offer. 

Historical  facts  afford  the  best  explanation  both  of  the  rise  of  financial  New  York 
to  its  present  proud  position,  and  of  the  organization  which  furnishes  facilities  for 
the  exercise  of  its  supremacy.  Another  chapter  of  this  work  furnishes  an  exposition 
of  the  workings  of  the  system  by  which  New  York  fills  the  economic  function  of  a 
general  clearing-house  for  the  whole  United  States,  and  is  the  central  mart  in  which 
the  wholesale  business  of  the  entire  country  is  ultimately  settled.  The  attainment 
of  this  pre-eminence,  however,  was  a  matter  of  slow  progress.  Physical  and  geo- 
graphical factors  gave  New  York  an  advantage  over  her  sister  cities  in  the  race. 
Nevertheless  the  acquisition  of  a  preponderating  share  of  the  country's  foreign  com- 
merce, and  the  ensuing  process  by  which  she  became  and  continues  the  great  money- 
market,  were  largely  the  results  of  that  mingled  enterprise  and  conservatism  which 
has  distinguished  New-York's  merchants,  bankers  and  capitalists. 

At  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  New  York,  like  the  other  seaboard  cities, 
was  mainly  a  local  centre.  The  close  of  the  struggle  for  independence  and  the  revival 
of  commerce  and  industry  rendered  financial  organization  a  necessity  to  the  country. 
Philadelphia,  then  the  most  prosperous  of  American  towns,  possessed  the  first  bank 
(1781)  organized  in  the  country,  and  there  the  original  Bank  of  the  United  States, 
chartered  by  Congress  in  1790,  had  its  principal  office.  The  institution  of  an  incor- 
porated bank  in  New  York  dates  from  1784,  and  the  first  beginnings  of  the 
present  New- York  Stock  Exchange  were  in  1792.  In  1800,  when  the  country  had 
for  ten  years  enjoyed  a  settled  government  under  the  Federal  Constitution,  New  York 
possessed  two  State  banks,  besides  a  branch  of  the  Bank  of  the  United  States,  with 
an  aggregate  capital  of  about  $3,000,000.  Even  at  that  early  day,  the  path  of  for- 
eign commerce  which  she  was  to  travel  with  such  success  was  clearly  marked  out. 


644 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  revenue  of  the  Government  from  customs  collected  at  New  York  in  1800  was 
$2,373,000,  against  $1,300,000  at  Philadelphia,  and  an  equal  amount  at  Boston.  A 
traveller  of  that  day  declared  that  Philadelphia  was  the  London  of  America,  but  that 
New  York  was  its  Liverpool.  The  Embargo  and  the  War  of  181 2,  with  the  interrup- 
tion of  commerce,  and  the  disorganization  of  the  currency  which  followed,  interfered 
somewhat  with  the  financial  development  of  New  York.  Its  banks  and  wealthy 
citizens  gave  effective  support  to  the  Government  during  the  struggle.  John  Jacob 
Astor,  whose  fortune  gained  in  the  fur-trade  made  him  the  leading  capitalist  of  the 
city,  became  a  large  subscriber  to  the  Government  loan  of  that  period.  The  peace 
of  181 5  found  New  York  with  augmented  banking  facilities,  and  with  increased  ener- 
gies on  the  part  of  her  merchants  and  business  men.  In  18 16  the  banking  capital 
employed  was  about  $10,000,000,  and  the  collections  of  Government  revenue  at 
New  York  in  that  year  were  nearly  $15,000,000.  Speculation,  too,  was  stimulated 
by  the  war,  and  the  regular  organization  of  the  New- York  Stock  Exchange  dates 
from  181 7. 

The  completion  of  the  Erie  Canal  in   1825  marks  the  close  of  the  preliminary 
period  in  New  York's  financial  history.      From  that  moment  her  leadership  was  no 


WALL    STREET,    NORTH    SIDE,    NEAR    WILLIAM    STREET,    IN     1360. 

longer  a  matter  of  doubt.  The  introduction  of  steamboat  navigation  had  some  years 
before  given  her  a  decisive  advantage  over  every  rival,  through  the  possession  of 
waterways  affording  easy  communication  with  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
country.     As  soon  as  an  avenue  was  opened  between  the  Hudson  and  the  Lakes,  the 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


645 


products  of  the  rapidly  growing  West  began  to  pour  into  the  lap  of  New  York,  for 
distribution  to  other  seaboard  points  or  for  shipment  to  Europe,  while  an  increased 
percentage  of  the  country's  imports  passed  through  and  paid  toll  at  the  same  gateway, 
This  predominance  in  foreign  commerce  naturally  brought  with  it  a  virtual  monopoly 


WALL    STREET,    FROM    THE    ASSAY    OFFICE    TO    TRINITY    CHURCH. 

of  the  foreign  exchanges  of  the  country,  that  is  to  say,  the  collection  of  the  amounts 
which  foreign  countries  pay  for  our  products  and  the  settlements  for  foreign  products 
imported  into  the  United  States. 

New  York's  financial  expansion  on  the  line  of  foreign  commerce  was  not  without 
set-backs.  The  most  noteworthy  of  these  was  the  panic  of  1837,  when  the  culmina- 
tion of  a  period  of  general  speculation,  reckless  financiering  and  inflation  in  bank- 
note circulation  resulted  in  a  crash  which  shook  the  whole  country.  The  banks  of 
New- York  City  generally  suspended  specie  payments  in  May,  1837,  and  did  not 
resume  them  for  about  a  year.  Trying  as  this  experience  was,  it  resulted  in  one 
great  advantage  to  New  York.  In  1838  the  State  of  New  York  enacted  the  cele- 
brated law  known  as  the  "Free  Banking  Act."  This  statute  established  the  princi- 
ple that  banking  was  a  business  in  which  all  citizens  might  under  proper  regulations 
freely  engage,  and  did  away  with  the  restrictions  and  abuses  connected  with  the 
grant  of  special  legislative  charters.  It  also  declared  that  bank-notes  must  be  based 
upon  Government  or  State  bonds  or  other  tangible  security;  placed  the  banks  under 
more  direct  supervision  by  the  authorities  ;  and  generally  surrounded  the  banking 
business  with  needed  safeguards.  Its  principles  were  adopted  by  several  other 
States,  and  furnished  the  model  on  which  the  National  Banking  Act  was  subse- 
quently drawn.  Under  this  salutary  law,  and  during  the  period  of  recuperation 
which  followed  the  panic,  some  of  the  strongest  of  the  present  financial  institutions 
of  New  York  were  organized.  It  may  also  be  noted  that  the  refusal  of  the  Govern- 
ment to  renew  the  charter  of  the  second  Bank  of  the  United  States,  and  the  subse- 
quent failure  of  that  institution  had  a  noteworthy  influence  in  favor  of  New  York. 
The  chief  offices  of  both  the  earlier  Bank  of  the  United  States  (1791-181 1)  and  the 


646 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


second  institution  ( 1 8 1 6- 1 836)  were  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  downfall  of  the  latter  insti- 
tution ended  all  claim  on  the  part  of  the  Quaker  City  to  financial  rivalry  with  New  York. 
Between  the  panic  of  1837  and  the  outbreak  of  the  civil  war  the  moneyed  power 
of  New  York  kept  pace  with  the  material  expansion  of  the  country.  The  intro- 
duction of  the  ocean  steamship  and  the  steam  railroad  gave  a  powerful  impetus  to 
the  commerce  of  the  city  ;  and  the  California  excitement  and  gold  discoveries  opened 
up  a  trade  which  brought  the  product  of  the  new  mines  to  the  vaults  of  the  New- 
York  banks.  Three  important  financial  institutions  originated  in  this  period ;  the 
United-States  Sub-Treasury,  in  1S46  ;  and  the  New- York  Clearing-House  Association 

and  the  United-States  Assay  Office,  in   1853;  all  of  them 
being  important  factors  in  the  existing  financial  machinery. 
Railroad  building  in  the  United 
States  began    about 
1830.      The    develop- 
ment of   such   corpo- 
rate enterprises  on 
a  large  scale  came 
a  little    later,    and 
I  assumed  imposing 

proportions  after 
1850.  Not  only  did 
the  extension  of 
the  railroad  system 
bring  New  York 
into  closer  com- 
mercial connection 
with  all  portions  of 
the  United  States, 
but  requiring,  as 
such  enterprises 
did,  enormous 
amounts  of  capital, 
it  became  apparent 
that    Wall     Street 

WALL    STREET,   SOUTH    SIDE,    FROM    THE    CUSTOM    HOUSE    TO    BROAD    STREET.  WaS  the  Sole  mOney- 

market  of  the  land  which  possessed  the  means  or  the  facilities  with  which  the  great 
mass  of  securities  created  in  such  operations  could  be  floated,  i.  e.,  placed  before  the 
American  and  foreign  investing  public.  A  necessary  consequence  of  this  was  the 
augmentation  of  speculation  in  the  bonds  and  stocks  of  the  railroad  and  other  great 
corporations  thus  created,  and  the  Stock  Exchange  of  New  York  then  assumed  that 
importance  as  an  economic  factor  which  has  never  departed  from  it.  In  the  closing 
years  of  the  decade,  1850-60,  the  banks  of  New  York  were  over  50  in  number,  and 
represented  a  capital  of  upwards  of  $65,000,000,  their  deposits  being  about  $80,000,- 
000,  and  their  circulation  between  $7,000,000  and  $8,000,000.  Over-expansion 
and  over-trading,  the  usual  accompaniments  of  a  period  of  intense  national  develop- 
ment, led,  however,  by  natural  steps  to  another  panic,  that  of  1857.  "Runs"  on 
banks,  a  suspension  of  specie  payments  lasting  from  October  15th  to  December  14th 
of  that  year,  a  depreciation  of  speculative  values,  and  a  crop  of  failures  followed  by 
a  stagnation  of  business  were  the  results.  The  recovery  of  confidence  was,  how- 
ever, in  this  case  more  rapid  than  usual. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  Of  NEW    YORK.  647 

The  outbreak  of  the  civil  war  seemed  to  fall  with  destructive  effect  upon  financial 
Nevv  York.  It  shook  to  its  foundations  under  the  blow,  then  rallied,  devoting  its 
whole  strength  and  energy  to  supporting  the  credit  of  the  Nation  in  that  life-and- 
death  struggle.  Specie  payments  were  suspended  in  December,  i860,  and  the  Asso- 
ciated Banks  at  once  formed  a  loan  committee  to  facilitate  action  on  behalf  of  the 
Government.  Large  amounts  were  advanced  by  the  banks  to  the  Treasury,  on  the 
security  of  Treasury  notes  and  bonds,  and  more  than  once  the  banks  responded  to 
the  appeal  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  for  aid  at  critical  times  during  the  con- 
test. New  York  furnished  the  great  market  for  the  Government  loans,  and  such 
operations  coupled  with  the  inflation  of  the  currency  and  the  business  activity  which 
the  war  engendered  made  Wall  Street  the  scene  of  the  most  excited  speculation  that 
the  modern  world  has  probably  ever  witnessed.  As  the  seat  of  the  country's  prin- 
cipal custom-house,  where  duties  on  imports  were  payable  to  the  Government  in 
specie,  and  the  chief  mart  for  foreign  exchange,  New  York  became  at  once  the 
market  in  which  the  gold  value  of  the  National  currency  was  measured  and  adjusted. 
The  eyes  of  the  whole  country  during  these  anxious  years  were  fixed  upon  the  "Gold 
Room,"  near  Wall  Street,  in  which  the  transactions  in  specie  were  conducted,  the 
price  of  gold  rising  and  falling  on  every  turn  of  the  war  or  change  in  the  financial 
prospects  of  the  country. 

The  National  Banking  Act  of  July,  1865,  had  an  important  influence  in  strength- 
ening the  position  of  New  York  as  the  financial  centre  of  the  country.  It  might  be 
said  that  it  really  recognized  and  gave  the  force  of  law  to  existing  facts.  By  the 
provisions  of  this  famous  Act,  New  York  was  made  the  depository  for  the  banking 
reserves  of  the  whole  country.  The  National  banks  of  New- York  City  must  main- 
tain a  reserve  in  cash  of  25  per  cent,  against  their  deposits  ;  but  the  banks  of  the 
other  chief  cities  may  deposit  one-half  of  their  similar  cash  reserves  with  National 
banks  in  New  York.  This  provision  results  in  the  accumulation  in  New  York  of  a 
large  proportion  of  the  surplus  funds  of  the  whole  country,  for  the  purpose  of  earning 
interest,  while  it  also  creates  at  New  York  a  large  financial  reservoir  from  which  when 
trade  is  active  money  can  flow  to  all  parts  of  the  land.  Some  years  ago  Boston, 
Chicago  and  other  cities  were  also  made  depositories,  but  without  changing  the  ten- 
dency of  banks  to  deposit  in  New  York.  As  illustrating  this,  it  is  estimated  that  of 
the  $535,000,000  deposits  held  by  the  Associated  Banks  in  June,  1892,  no  less  than 
$240,000,000  was  money  of  country  banks  deposited  in  New-York  institutions.  A 
majority  of  the  banks  of  this  city  accepted  charters  under  the  National  Banking 
Act,  though  there  are  some  noteworthy  exceptions;  and  the  system  has  always  found 
decided  approval  and  support  from  New  York's  financial  interests. 

The  close  of  the  civil  war  found  the  United  States  with  a  superabundance  of 
energy,  which  it  was  equally  ready  to  turn  in  the  direction  of  National  development 
or  exaggerated  speculation.  New  York  stood  as  the  great  financial  mart,  prepared 
both  to  furnish  the  organized  capital  which  would  build  the  railroads  and  establish 
the  industries,  and  to  afford  the  facilities  for  the  speculative  activity  into  which  the 
country  was  anxious  to  throw  itself.  The  latter  was  indeed  an  incident  to  the  first 
tendency.  Yet  it  obscured  the  substantial  progress  of  the  republic,  and  created  a  false 
impression  of  the  economic  functions  which  New  York  exercised  as  the  point  at  which 
the  whole  financial  system  focused.  Great  railroads  like  the  lines  to  the  Pacific  were 
constructed  ;  other  systems,  like  the  Pennsylvania  and  the  New- York  Central,  were 
created  by  consolidation  of  smaller  lines  ;  industries  of  all  kinds  were  established  ; 
and  commerce  reached  unheard-of  proportions.  Cornelius  Vanderbilt  effected  the 
great  operations  which  made  his  name  famous,  and  Jay  Gould  appeared  as   the 


648  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

boldest  manipulator  of  stocks  and  corporations  Wall  Street  had  ever  seen.  The 
maintenance  of  the  National  credit  during  the  war,  and  the  energy  and  success  with 
which  the  Government  and  people  entered  upon  the  unprecedented  task  of  paying  off 
a  National  debt  rising  into  the  billions,  had  an  exceedingly  stimulating  effect  upon  the 
investment  of  foreign  capital  in  American  securities  and  enterprises.  The  historic 
banking  dynasties  of  Europe,  like  the  Rothschilds  and  Barings,  had  long  been  rep- 
resented in  New  York.  In  fact,  transactions  in  foreign  exchange  were,  as  they  still 
are,  mainly  conducted  through  private  banking-houses  of  large  means,  more  or  less 
directly  connected  or  in  correspondence  with  private  or  incorporated  banks  in  the 
great  cities  of  Europe.  The  augmented  flow  of  the  Old  World's  capital  to  this 
country  increased  the  number  and  importance  of  such  concerns,  which,  by  their  deal- 
ings in  exchange  (estimated  at  from  fifteen  to  twenty  billion  dollars  yearly),  the 
great  holdings  of  our  securities  they  represent,  and  the  enormous  amounts  of  foreign 
money  which  through  them  are  employed  in  buying  investments,  or  loaned  directly 
in  the  New- York  money-market,  are  most  important  factors  in  the  financial  organ- 
ization of  the  metropolis  and  of  the  country.  These  houses  also  issue  letters  of 
credit  for  travellers  and  commercial  representatives,  available  through  their  corre- 
spondents in  every  city  of  Europe  or  indeed  of  the  civilized  world.  The  completion 
of  the  Atlantic  Cable  brought  a  closer  union  of  interests  between  the  New-York  and 
foreign  markets.  To-day  business  messages  are  often  transmitted  from  Wall  Street 
to  London  and  an  answer  returned  in  less  than  ten  minutes,  and  enormous  transac- 
tions are  closed  by  this  medium. 

The  mingled  attractions  of  social  and  business  life  have  of  recent  years  tended 
to  an  increasing  extent  to  draw  to  New  York  from  all  parts  of  the  country  success- 
ful men  with  accumulated  means.  Their  wealth  is  added  to  the  aggregate  which 
gives  New  York  its  financial  power,  and  their  ability  finds  scope  in  the  vast  enter- 
prises, financial,  railroad  and  industrial,  which  are  centred  here.  The  great  cor- 
porations of  the  land,  too,  find  it  necessary  to  manage  their  affairs  from  financial 
headquarters  here,  and  with  few  exceptions  the  executive  offices  or  fiscal  agencies  of 
the  leading  railroads  are  in  New  York,  where  their  dividends  and  the  interest  on 
their  bonds  are  paid,  where  their  financial  arrangements  for  raising  capital  must  be 
concluded,  and  where  the  investments  and  speculation  in  their  securities  are  con- 
ducted. The  latest  additions  to  the  great  corporations  of  the  United  States — the 
industrial  combinations  —  have  followed  the  example.  The  Standard  Oil  Trust 
Organization,  probably  the  strongest  and  most  extended  association  of  capital  in  the 
world,  is  entrenched  in  a  lofty  granite  block  on  lower  Broadway,  and  most  of  the 
great  industrial  trusts  or  corporations,  such  as  the  American  Sugar-Refining  Com- 
pany, the  American  Cotton  Seed-Oil  Company  and  the  National  Lead  Company, 
have  their  executive  headquarters  in  New  York's  financial  district. 

If  any  decided  change  has  taken  place  since  the  close  of  the  war  in  the  tenden- 
cies of  financial  New  York,  it  has  been  the  steady  growth  of  conservatism  which 
has  accompanied  the  increase  of  its  wealth  and  influence.  Some  severe  lessons 
were  needed  to  bring  this  about.  The  rampant  speculation  of  1866  and  the  suc- 
ceeding years  ran  its  course,  culminating  in  a  mad  attempt  to  corner  the  supply  of 
gold.  September  24,  1869,  "  Black  Friday,"  as  it  was  called,  was  one  of  the  most 
trying  days  in  the  history  of  Wall  Street.  Indeed,  it  necessitated  the  closing  of  the 
Stock  Exchange  for  a  short  time,  so  that  losses  could  be  ascertained,  and  the  solvent 
be  separated  from  the  ruined.  A  commercial  and  financial  panic  in  1873  was  *ne 
result  of  general  over-expansion.  On  this  occasion,  however,  the  Associated  Banks 
of  New  York  faced  the  stringency  of  money  and  the  threatened  disorganization  of 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  649 

business  throughout  the  country,  and,  uniting  their  credit  and  resources,  issued 
Clearing-House  certificates  by  which  those  of  their  own  number  temporarily  endan- 
gered were  carried  through.  The  same  method  was  successfully  adopted  in  1884, 
and  again  in  the  panic  of  1890,  when  the  failure  of  the  great  house  of  Baring 
Brothers  &  Co.,  in  London,  regarded  then  as  second  only  to  the  Bank  of  England, 
brought  dismay  to  the  entire  financial  world. 

The  Financial  Organization  of  New  York  is  a  complex  one.  It  is  composed 
of  many  separate  elements,  working  to  some  extent  in  particular  channels,  yet  all 
cooperating  and  mutually  dependent  upon  each  other  for  the  smooth  operation  of 
the  great  machine.  The  Sub-Treasury  of  the  United  States  is  intimately  connected 
with  the  great  banks  by  which  the  flow  of  wealth  through  every  commercial 
vein  and  artery  of  a  great  nation  is  regulated.  The  foreign  banking-houses  serve  as 
the  connecting  links  between  the  financial  systems  of  the  Old  World  and  the  New 
World.  While  the  great  trust-companies  of  New  York  are  both  banking  institu- 
tions of  enormous  power,  and  are  also  the  fiduciary  connections  between  corporate 
organizations  and  the  investing  and  money-saving  public,  the  stock  exchanges  are 
the  marts,  in  which  the  investing  power  of  the  country  is  brought  into  juxtaposition 
with  its  great  enterprises,  besides  furnishing  the  facilities  by  which  speculation  in 
securities  (which,  if  it  is  an  evil,  is  also  a  necessity)  is  conducted.  Private  bankers 
and  brokers  innumerable  deal  in  water,  gas  and  electric  lighting,  telephone,  telegraph, 
street-railway  and  other  classes  of  securities,  and  in  commercial  paper.  All  these 
and  other  agencies  which  it  is  impossible  to  enumerate  constitute  that  complicated 
machine  —  the  New- York  money-market  —  which  fixes  the  value  and  supply  cf 
capital  of  the  entire  country. 

The  Sub-Treasury  of  the  United  States  at  New  York  is  one  of  the 
most  conspicuous  buildings  in  Wall  Street.  It  stands  at  the  corner  of  Nassau  Street, 
facing  Broad  Street,  and  extends  through  to  Pine  Street.  Its  Greek  facade,  graced 
by  eight  lofty  Doric  columns,  surmounts  a  massive  flight  of  steps  extending  the  width 
of  the  building,  the  effect  being  dignified  if  not  graceful.  Midway  the  steps  are 
broken  by  the  pedestal  on  which  stands  Ward's  heroic-sized  bronze  statue  of  Wash- 
ington. This  work  of  art  was  unveiled  November  26,  1883,  the  day  following 
Evacuation  Day.  Imbedded  in  the  pedestal,  immediately  in  front  of  the  statue,  is 
a  slab  of  red  sandstone  bearing  an  inscription,  stating  that  standing  upon  that 
identical  stone,  then  forming  part  of  the  balcony  of  Federal  Hall,  and  in  the  same 
place  it  now  occupies,  George  Washington  took  the  oath  of  office  as  the  first  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  April  30,  1789.  An  inscription  on  the  side  of  the  pedes- 
tal commemorates  the  fact  that  the  statue  was  erected  by  voluntary  subscriptions, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce.  In  1889  the  chief  centennial 
celebration  exercises  took  place  on  these  steps. 

The  site  of  the  Sub-Treasury  was  originally  occupied  by  the  City  Hall  of  New 
York.  The  building  was  altered  and  repaired  in  1789  for  the  use  of  the  first  Con- 
gress under  the  Constitution,  and  became  the  scene  of  the  first  inauguration.  Hence 
it  was  known  as  the  Federal  Hall,  though  the  seat  of  Congress  was  soon  removed 
to  Philadelphia,  and  finally  to  Washington.  The  building  was  acquired  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, to  be  used  as  the  Custom  House,  and  was  demolished  in  1834,  when  the 
construction  of  the  present  edifice  was  begun.  It  was  completed  in  1 841,  and 
remained  the  Custom  House  until  1862,  when  that  establishment  was  removed  to  its 
present  quarters  in  the  old  Merchants'  Exchange  building,  and  the  Sub-Treasury 
took  possession.  The  Act  of  Congress  establishing  the  Sub-Treasury  system  was 
passed  August  6,  1846,  and  Ex-Gov.  William   C.  Bouck  was  in  that  year  appointed 


650 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


the  first  Assistant  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  at  New  York.  The  establishment 
was  at  first  located  in  the  adjacent  building,  now  occupied  by  the  Assay  Office. 

The  interior  of  the  edifice  is  mainly  occupied  by  a  large  rotunda,  with  desks  and 
railings  like  those  of  a  bank,  for  the  transaction  of  business  with  the  public.  At 
the  sides  and  at  either  end  are  smaller  apartments  occupying  two  stories,  furnishing 
offices  for  the  Assistant  Treasurer  and  staff.  Below  are  massive  vaults,  in  which  the 
coin  and  notes  entrusted  to  the  Sub-Treasury  are  stored  under  constant  guard. 

The  Assistant  Treasurer  of  the  United  States  at  New  York  occupies  one  of  the 
most  responsible  positions  in  the  financial  service  of  the  country.      Besides  being  the 


UNITED-STATES    SUB-TREASURY,   WALL    AND    NASSAU    STREETS. 

custodian  of  immense  sums  of  Government  money,  and  having  the  care  of  the  largest 
receipts  and  disbursements  it  makes  through  any  one  agency,  he  is  the  representa- 
tive of  the  Treasury  Department  at  the  financial  centre,  and  is  the  direct  channel 
through  which  the  Secretary  at  Washington  is  kept  in  touch  with  the  money-mar- 
ket. The  office  is  a  Presidential  appointment,  and  the  incumbent  is  required  to 
furnish  a  bond  of  $400,000  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties.  The  post 
has  been  filled  by  several  men  famous  in  political  and  financial  history,  among  them 
John  A.  Dix,  John  J.  Cisco,  John  A.  Stewart  (now  President  of  the  United-States 
Trust  Company),  Gen.  Thomas  Hillhouse  (now  President  of  the  Metropolitan  Trust 
Company),  Charles  J.  Folger,  and  Thomas  C.  Acton  (now  President  of  the  Bank 
of  New  Amsterdam).  Ellis  H.  Roberts,  appointed  by  President  Harrison  in  1889, 
now  holds  the  office.  In  his  absence  the  Cashier  of  the  office,  Maurice  L.  Muhle- 
man,  is  acting  Assistant  Treasurer.     Edward  W.  Hale  is  Deputy  Assistant  Treasurer. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  651 

It  is  estimated  that  the  New- York  Sub-Treasury  conducts  fully  two-thirds  of  the 
direct  money  dealings  of  the  Government  with  the  public.  In  the  year  ending  June  30, 
1 89 1,  the  total  fiscal  movement  of  the  office  was  $2,800,000,000,  and  the  actual  cash 
handled  in  the  same  period  was  $1,900,000,000.  It  receives  the  money  paid  into 
the  New- York  Custom  House,  as  well  as  from  postmasters  and  other  Government  offi- 
cers. The  interest  on  the  Government  debt  is  paid  in  checks  drawn  upon  it,  together 
with  about  three-fifths  of  all  the  money  disbursed  to  pensioners  and  for  miscellaneous 
Government  payments  of  all  kinds.  The  employees  of  all  the  local  Government  offices 
are  paid  through  it,  and  accounts  with  a  majority  of  all  the  disbursing  officers  of  the 
Government  are  kept  here.  It  receives  and  redeems  mutilated  paper  money  from  the 
banks  of  the  city,  and  exchanges  gold  and  silver  coin  for  notes.  It  is  the  agency 
through  which  transfers  of  money  are  made  between  the  various  sub-treasurers  and 
National-bank  depositories  in  other  cities  and  local  banks.  The  amount  of  coin  and 
currency  stored  in  its  vaults  varies,  having  at  one  time  (1888)  reached  the  total  of 
$225,000,000.  At  present,  the  amount  is  upwards  of  $135,000,000,  of  which  about 
$60,000,000  is  gold  and  $30,000,000  is  in  silver  dollars.  In  former  times  as  much 
as  $100,000,000  in  gold  bars  had  accumulated  at  one  time  in  the  vaults,  awaiting 
either  delivery  to  depositories  or  shipment  on  orders  from  Washington  to  the  mints. 

In  addition  to  its  ordinary  transactions,  the  Sub-Treasury  has  at  different  times 
proved  a  useful  and  efficient  ally  of  the  Department,  in  carrying  out  its  financial 
plans,  notably  in  the  refunding  operations  so  successfully  accomplished,  and  in  the 
resumption  of  specie  payments.  In  these,  as  well  as  in  other  important  measures,  the 
office  has  demonstrated  its  capability  to  meet  unforeseen  exigencies,  and  with  but 
slight  changes  in  its  machinery,  to  handle  great  amounts,  in  securities,  as  well  as 
money,  with  the  utmost  accuracy  and  promptness.  It  is  believed  that  never  in  the 
history  of  any  government  have  such  vast  sums  been  received  and  disbursed, 
through  a  single  agency,  with  so  little  friction,  and  so  small  a  percentage  of  loss. 

The  United-States  Assay  Office  at  New  York  is  a  branch  of  the  Mint.  It 
occupies  the  building  on  Wall  Street  adjoining  the  Sub-Treasury.  This  edifice  was 
built  in  1823,  for  the  New- York  branch  of  the  Bank  of  the  United  States,  and  is 
the  oldest  building  on  Wall  Street.  After  the  failure  of  that  institution  it  was  occu- 
pied by  two  banks,  finally  passing  into  the  possession  of  the  Government,  and  on 
the  establishment  of  the  Assay  Office  at  New  York  in  1853  was  converted  to  its  pres- 
ent use.  Dr.  John  Torrey,  the  famous  botanist  and  chemist,  was  appointed  the 
first  assayer,  and  Hon.  John  Butterworth  was  appointed  the  first  superintendent.  A 
large  building  was  erected  in  the  rear  for  refining  operations.  Complaint  that  the 
acid  fumes  from  the  parting  of  bullion  annoyed  the  occupants  of  neighboring  pri- 
vate property  resulted  in  1891  in  increasing  the  height  of  the  lofty  brick  chimney 
at  the  rear  of  the  building.  The  addition,  though  successful  in  its  object,  cannot  be 
styled  an  architectural  adornment.  Nearly  the  whole  of  the  building  is  occupied  for 
the  assaying,  parting  and  refining  of  gold  and  silver.  The  precious  metals,  in  the 
form  of  crude  bullion,  bars,  old  jewelry,  coin,  etc.,  are  received  at  the  office, 
and  turned  out  in  the  form  of  bars,  bearing  the  Government  stamp  certifying  to 
their  weight  and  fineness.  The  greater  part  of  the  work  is  executed  for  private 
parties,  who  deposit  bullion  with  the  office  for  that  purpose,  a  small  charge  fixed  by 
law  being  imposed  for  the  service.  Gold  bars  or  gold  coin  are  returned  for  gold 
deposits,  and  silver  bars  only  for  silver.  The  gold  bars  manufactured  here  vary  in 
value  from  $100  to  $8,000,  and  the  silver  bars  from  five  ounces  to  1,500  ounces. 
The  office  accepts  no  amounts  of  either  gold  or  silver  of  less  than  $100  in  value. 
During  the  year  ending  June  30,  1891,  the  bullion  deposited  for  treatment  at  the 


652 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


ASSAY    OFFICE 


Assay  Office  amounted 
to  $32,615,334  in  gold, 
and  $5, 523, 392  in  silver; 
the  total  deposits  since 
its  establishment  aggre- 
gating $806,013,626  in 
gold,  and  $132,038,089 
in  s  i lv e r .  Andrew 
Mason,  who  has  been 
connected  with  the  Assay 
Office  since  its  establish- 
ment, has  been  its  Super- 
intendent since  1883. 
The  other  chief  officers 
are  Herbert  G.  Torrey 
(son  of  the  late  Dr.  John 
Torrey),  Assayer  ;  and 
admitted  between  10.30 
of   dealing  with    the 


Benjamin    T.    Martin,    Melter  and   Refiner.      Visitors  are 
A.  M.  and  2.30  P.  M.,  to  witness  the    interesting   processes 
precious  metals,  which  are  carried  on  here. 

The  Banks,  National  and  State,  are  the  most  important  portion  of  the  mechan- 
ism by  which  New  York  controls  the  finances  of  the  country.  They  represent  an 
accumulation  of  capital,  assets  and  deposits  almost  without  parallel  in  the  civilized 
world.  Their  influence  is,  however,  multiplied  by  their  wide-reaching  connections. 
Nearly  every  bank  and  banker  in  the  United  States  maintains  a  correspondence  with 
and  keeps  an  account  at  some  New- York  bank.  In  this  way  New  York  serves  as  the 
centre  at  which  every  thread  in  the  complicated  web  of  organized  credit  meets,  and 
through  their  own  organization  —  the  Clearing-House  Association  —  they  complete 
the  connection  and  supply  the  apparatus  by  which  the  larger  proportion  of  the 
wholesale  business  of  the  country  effects  its  settlements.  The  rise  of  the  great 
financial  institutions  of  the  city  has  already  been  outlined.  It  remains,  however, 
to  indicate  the  present  status  of  the  metropolitan  banks,  and  in  particular  instances 
to  supply  the  interesting  details  in  regard  to  the  history  and  progress  of  some  of  the 
more  prominent  among  them.  There  are  in  New  York  at  present  48  National 
banks,  with  a  combined  capital  (as  per  the  last  statement  to  the  Comptroller  of  the 
Currency)  of  $49,600,000.  Their  aggregated  surplus  and  undivided  profits  are 
$57,220,098;  their  total  resources,  $646,293,187;  their  deposits,  $534,093,273; 
and  their  circulation,  $5,824,658.  The  State  banks  in  the  city  number  45.  Their 
aggregate  capital  (as  per  the  latest  report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Banking 
Department)  is  $17,372,700,  their  surplus  and  undivided  profits  $15,309,837, 
their  total  resources  $181,421,744,  and  their  deposits  $148,218,863. 

The  New- York  Clearing  House  Association,  or,  as  it  is  called,  "The 
Associated  Banks,"  is  the  most  important  piece  of  financial  mechanism  in  the  country, 
if  not  in  the  world.  It  is  a  voluntary  organization  of  64  banks  of  New  York  and  the 
Assistant  Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  for  effecting  in  one  place  the  daily  exchanges 
between  the  Associated  Banks,  and  the  payment  of  the  balances  resulting  therefrom. 
It  occupies  the  brownstone  building  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Nassau  and  Pine 
Streets,  in  the  heart  of  the  banking  quarter.  The  upper  floors  contain  the  large 
apartment  in  which  the  daily  clearings  are  carried  out,  with  accommodations  for  the 
clerks  employed  by  the  Association  itself.      The  Clearing  House  is  not  an  incorpor- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


653 


ated  body,  and  its  property  is  held  by  trustees  representing  the  collective  ownership 
by  the  members  of  the  Association.  Prior  to  the  formation  of  this  Association,  each 
bank  would  accumulate  notes,  drafts  and  checks  drawn  upon  some  or  all  of  the 
other  city  banks.  The  bank  "runner"  (an  important  and  busy  functionary  in  early 
days)  would  take  these  drafts,  visit  each  of  the  other  banks  on  which  they  were 
drawn,  and  collect  the  respective  amounts  in  cash.  This  system  was  evidently 
suited  only  for  a  primitive  stage  of  business.  It  involved  endless  friction  and 
unnecessary  waste  of  time,  and  obliged  banks  to  keep  on  hand  more  money  than 
was  actually  available.  Under  it,  each  bank,  after  paying  the  drafts  and  checks 
drawn  on  it  held  and  presented  by  other  banks,  and  collecting  the  drafts  on  other 
banks  which  it  had  received,  had  either  received  a  net  balance  of  cash  due  to  it  or  paid 
out  a  net  balance.  It  was  not  strange  that  as  the  banking  business  of  New  York 
began  to  assume  colossal  proportions,  and  the  amount  of  the  exchanges  between  the 
banks  grew  to  millions  daily,  some  means  should  be  sought  to  simplify  these  trans- 
actions by  a  process  of  off-setting  debits  and  credits,  and  merely  paying  balances. 
At  first,  a  custom  arose  for  the  bank  "runners"  to  effect  partial  settlements  by 
exchanging  their  mutual  collections,  and  a  system  of  weekly  settlements  between 
banks  on  Fridays  was  also 
essayed.  This,  however,  was 
productive  only  of  confusion 
and  danger.  A  clearing 
house  had  been  formed  by 
London  bankers  as  early  as 
1775,  on  something  like  ex- 
isting lines  ;  and  in  1 84 1 
Albert  Gallatin,  then  the 
Nestor  of  American  finan- 
ciers, recommended  the  regu- 
lar settlement  of  exchanges 
between  banks.  A  decade, 
however,  elapsed  before  the 
many  suggestions  on  the  sub- 
ject took  effect,  and  on 
October  1 1,  1853,  after  much 
consultation  between  bank 
officials,  the  New- York 
Clearing  House  Association 
came  into  existence  as  an 
experimental  organization. 
Its  success  was  almost  in- 
stantaneous, and  on  June  6, 
1854,  the  written  constitu- 
tion, which  in  substance  still 
governs  the  organization,  was 
adopted.  The  first  place 
occupied  by  the  Clearing 
House  was  the  basement  of  14  Wall  Street.  Subsequently  82  Broadway  was  used  ; 
and  in  1858  it  moved  to  the  upper  floors  of  the  building  of  the  Bank  of  New 
York,  at  William  and  Wall  Streets.  The  present  building  was  purchased  by  the 
Association  and  first  occupied  in    1875.      Thomas  Tileston,  then   President  of  the 


CLEARING    HOUSE.    NASSAU    AND    PINE    STREETS. 


654  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

Phenix  Bank,  was  the  first  Chairman  of  the  Clearing  House,  and  George  D.  Lyman 
its  first  manager. 

The  workings  of  the  Clearing  House  are  eminently  simple.  Each  bank  repre- 
sented in  the  Association  despatches  to  the  Clearing  House,  every  morning,  two 
clerks,  who  convey  with  them  all  the  checks  and  drafts  drawn  on  other  members 
that  have  been  deposited  in  the  bank.  Each  member  has  a  number,  those  of 
original  members  according  to  seniority  of  organization,  the  others  according  to 
their  admission  to  the  Clearing  House.  At  10  o'clock  in  the  morning  the  clearing 
clerks  of  the  various  banks  take  their  allotted  places  behind  a  great  circular  desk 
in  the  large  hall  of  the  Clearing  House.  Their  assistants  stand  outside  the  desk 
carrying  trays  containing  the  drafts  on  the  other  banks,  bundled  and  arranged  in 
order.  At  a  signal  from  the  rostrum,  the  assistant  clerks  commence  to  make  the 
circuit  of  the  room,  stopping  at  each  settling  clerk  in  rotation,  and  handing  in  the 
exchanges  on  each  bank,  until  they  have  completed  the  circle  and  returned  to  the 
clearing  clerk  of  their  own  bank.  The  settling  clerks  on  entering  the  Clearing 
House  knew  the  amount  of  their  credit  items,  and  the  operation  just  described  has 
informed  them  of  the  debits,  that  is,  the  exchanges  of  other  banks  on  their  own.  In 
spite  of  the  large  number  of  clerks  engaged  in  the  clearing,  perfect  order  is  main- 
tained, and  the  clerks  themselves  are  generally  experts.  A  very  few  minutes  suf- 
fices for  balances  to  be  struck,  which  determine  which  banks  are  on  the  whole  of 
their  exchanges  debtors  and  which  are  creditors.  This  is  announced  by  the  Clear- 
ing House  official  who  presides,  and  nothing  remains  to  be  done  but  for  the  debtor 
banks  to  send  to  the  Clearing  House  by  1.30  P.  M.  the  amount  in  cash  of  the 
balances  against  them,  and  for  the  creditor  banks  at  the  same  hour  to  draw  the 
amounts  due  them.  A  vast  amount  of  business  is  thus  transacted  without  friction, 
delay  or  unnecessary  waste  of  any  kind.  As  a  typical  example,  on  the  morning  of 
June  13,  1892,  the  total  exchanges  at  the  Clearing-House  were  $77,692,061,  and 
the  balances  $5,876,954.  That  is,  the  latter  amount  settled  the  whole  mass  of 
transactions  represented  by  the  former  figures.  In  the  year  1 89 1  the  total  clearings 
were  $35,363,653,238.81  ;  and  the  aggregate  of  its  transactions  from  its  formation  to 
December  31,  1 89 1,  reach  the  formidable  figures  $1,002,658,493,744.. 

The  affairs  of  the  Association  are  controlled  by  meetings  of  the  Presidents  of  all 
the  constituent  banks,  though  immediate  powers  are  exercised  by  the  chairman  and 
Clearing  House  Committee,  who  are  elected  annually.  A  new  member  is  admitted 
only  on  application,  and  examination  of  its  affairs  by  the  Committee,  which  must 
pronounce  that  the  intended  member  is  "  sound."  It  is  also  not  uncommon  for  the 
Committee  to  make  an  examination  of  the  affairs  of  any  member  which  has  fallen 
under  suspicion.  Some  members  also  act  as  clearing  agents  for  other  banks  not  mem- 
bers of  the  Association.  In  1891  the  Association  adopted  more  stringent  regulations 
in  regard  thereto,  and  the  institutions  which  clear  through  members  must  now  also 
submit  to  an  examination  as  to  "  soundness  "  by  the  Committee. 

The  Clearing  House  is  not  merely  a  mechanical  device  for  the  settlement  of  bank- 
exchanges.  That  is  its  main  function,  but  it  also  supplies  the  formal  organization 
which  enables  the  New-York  banks  to  act  unitedly  in  time  of  emergency.  The 
Clearing  House  as  a  body  was  often  and  successfully  appealed  to  on  behalf  of  the 
Government  during  the  trying  times  of  the  war.  It  also  during  the  panics  of  1873 
and  1884,  and  again  in  1890,  stayed  the  progress  of  financial  distrust  by  the  issue 
of  "Clearing  House  Certificates"  against  the  deposit  of  approved  securities  by  the 
banks  with  the  Committee,  and  the  acceptance  by  the  members  of  the  Association  of 
these  certificates  in  settlement  of  Clearing  House  balances.     Another  important  func- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK.  655 

tion  is  the  issue  every  Saturday  of  the  weekly  statement  showing  the  averages  for  the 
week  of  the  several  items  of  loans,  specie,  legal  tenders,  deposits  and  circulation  of  all 
the  members.  The  "Bank  statement," as  it  is  known,  determines  the  extent  to  which 
the  Associated  Banks  are  above  or  under  the  25  per  cent,  reserve  to  secure  deposits 
which  is  required  of  National  banks  by  law.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  no  other  financial 
document,  not  even  the  statement  of  the  Bank  of  England,  has  an  equal  influence 
in  determining  the  course  of  the  money-market. 

The  chairman  of  the  Association  is  Frederick  D.  Tappen,  President  of  the  Gal- 
latin National  Bank  ;  and  the  Clearing  House  Committee  is  composed  of  Edward 
H.  Perkins,  Jr.,  President  Importers'  and  Traders'  National  Bank,  Chairman;  J. 
Edward  Simmons,  President  Fourth  National  Bank  ;  Henry  W.  Cannon,  President 
Chase  National  Bank  ;  and  George  G.  Williams,  President  Chemical  National 
Bank.  William  A.  Camp,  whose  service  in  the  Clearing  House  dated  from  1857  as 
Assistant  Manager  and  from  1864  as  Manager,  resigned  the  latter  office  in  1892, 
retiring  upon  half- pay,  and  was  succeeded  as  Manager  by  William  Sherer,  William 
J.  Gilpin  succeeding  the  latter  as  Assistant  Manager. 

The  American  Bankers'  Association  is  a  national  organization  of  National 
and  State  banks,  trust-companies,  and  private  bankers  throughout  the  United  States. 
Its  object  is  to  promote  the  welfare  of  banking  interests,  and  to  secure  unity  of 
action  in  regard  to  legislation  and  other  matters  affecting  banks  and  bankers.  The 
institution  was  formed  in  1876,  the  late  Charles  B.  Hall  (then  President  of  the  Bos- 
ton National  Bank  of  Boston)  being  its  president,  and  the  late  James  Buell  (at  the  time 
President  of  the  Importers'  and  Traders'  National  Bank  of  New  York)  being  its  secre- 
tary. Its  permanent  office  is  at  1 28  Broadway.  It  has  a  membership  comprising  nearly 
every  important  banking  institution  in  the  country.  The  annual  meetings  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, which  it  holds  at  different  cities  by  rotation,  furnish  occasion  for  the  discussion 
of  subjects  of  importance  to  banking  and  commercial  interests.  The  officers  of  the 
Association  are,  President,  William  H.  Rhawn,  President  National  Bank  of  the 
Republic,  of  Philadelphia  ;  First  Vice-President,  M.  M.  White,  President  Fourth 
National  Bank,  of  Cincinnati  ;  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Council,  E.  H.  Pullen, 
Vice-President  National  Bank  of  the  Republic,  of  New  York  ;  Treasurer,  George 
F.  Baker,  President  First  National  Bank,  of  New  York  ;  Secretary,  William  B. 
Greene,  128  Broadway,  New  York.  The  Association  has  a  Vice-President  for  each 
State  and  Territory,  and  an  Executive  Council  of  21  members. 

The  Bank  of  New  York,  National  Banking  Association,  is  not  only  the  oldest 
financial  institution  of  the  city,  but  one  of  the  three  oldest  in  the  United  States.  It 
was  founded  in  1 784  by  leading  New- York  business  men,  who  on  the  close  of  the 
Revolutionary  War  found  pressing  need  for  the  facilities  of  a  well-conducted  bank. 
The  Bank  of  North  America,  at  Philadelphia,  incorporated  by  Congress  in  178 1, 
was  the  only  bank  then  existing  in  this  country,  and  the  formation  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Bank,  of  Boston,  dates  from  1784,  the  same  year  as  the  Bank  of  New  York. 
These  three  institutions  have  acted  as  each  others'  correspondents  for  more  than  a 
century.  Alexander  Hamilton  took  a  leading  part  in  the  foundation  of  the  Bank  of 
New  York.  His  hand  traced  the  constitution,  and  he  was  one  of  the  first  Board  of 
Directors,  his  associates  including  Robert  Brown,  Comfort  Sands,  Thomas  Ran- 
dall, Nicholas  Low  and  Isaac  Roosevelt.  Gen.  Alexander  McDougall  was  the  first 
President,  and  William  Seaton  the  first  Cashier.  The  bank  began  business  in  the 
Walton  mansion  (demolished  in  1881),  which  stood  on  Pearl  Street,  opposite  Har- 
per &  Brothers'  establishment.  In  1788  it  was  removed  to  11  Hanover  Square,  a 
house  occupying  part  of  the  site  of  the  former  Cotton  Exchange.      In  1796  it  pur- 


656 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


chased  the  premises  at  the  corner  of  Wall  and  William  Streets,  where  the  bank  still 
remains.  A  new  building  with  the  necessary  vaults  was  at  once  erected  on  this  lot. 
This  edifice  was  demolished  in  1857,  and  the  present  brownstone  and  brick  edifice 
was  built.  This  handsome  structure  (one  of  the  first  fire-proof  buildings  in  the 
city)  was  originally  four  stories  high,  but  has  been  increased  by  successive  imposi- 
tions to  seven  stories.  The  basement  is  utilized  for  safe-deposit  vaults.  The  his- 
tory of  the  Bank  of  New  York  is  an  epitome  of  the  financial  and  commercial  pro- 
gress of  the  city,  State  and  Nation  for  more  than  a  century.  This  record  has  been 
preserved  and  set  forth  in  a  volume  entitled  "The  History  of  the  Bank  of  New 
York,"  compiled  on  its  centennial  anniversary,  in  1884.  The  bank  has  always  pre- 
served its  place  among  the  foremost  institutions  of  the  country,  in  point  of  success 
and  stability  as  well  as  age,  and  its  management  has  invariably  been  recruited  from 
the  ranks  of  the  leading  business  men  of  New  York.  Among  its  earlier  presidents 
were  Jeremiah  Wadsworth,  Isaac  Roosevelt,  Gulian  Verplanck,  Herman  Le  Roy 
and  Matthias  Clarkson,  and  of  more  recent  date  John  Oouthout  and  Charles  P.  Lev- 

erich,  the  latter  being  promi- 
nent in  the  financial  negotia- 
tions by  which  the  Govern- 
ment, during  the  Civil  War, 
received  effective  support  from 
the  banks  and  financial  inter- 
ests of  New  York.  Many  dis- 
tinguished men  have  had  busi- 
ness relations  with  the  bank, 
Talleyrand  and  Aaron  Burr 
(checks  signed  by  them  are  still 
preserved  at  the  bank)  being 
of  the  number.  The  stock  cf 
some  of  the  original  sub- 
scribers has  been  inherited  by, 
and  is  still  owned  by,  their 
descendants,  and  it  is  a  re- 
markable circumstance  in  its 
history  that  the  bank  has  never 
passed  a  dividend,  except  in 
1837,  when  it  was  obliged  to 
do  so  by  law.  In  1864  it  be- 
came a  National  bank,  but  as 
a  special  distinction  retained 
its  original  title,  adding  thereto 
the  words  "National  Banking 
bank  of  new  york,  n.  b.  a.,  wall  and  william  srREETs.  Association. "      The    net    de- 

posits  exceed  $15,000,000.  Charles  M.  Fry  has  been  its  President  since  1876,  the 
Vice-President  being  Richard  B.  Ferris,  and  the  Cashier  Ebenezer  S.  Mason.  The 
Board  of  Directors  is  composed  of  James  M.  Constable,  Charles  M.  Fry,  Franklin 
Edson,  Charles  B.  Leverich,  George  H.  Byrd,  James  Moir,  Gustav  Amsinck,  Anson 
W.  Hard,  H.  B.  Laidlaw,  Darius  O.  Mills,  Eugene  Kelly,  John  L.  Riker  and  J. 
Kennedy  Tod. 

The  Manhattan  Company,  virtually  the  second  oldest  bank  in  the  city,  is  an 
institution  with  a  history.      In  this  case  there  is  a  dash  of  romance.      The  charter  of 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


42 


MERCHANTS'    NATIONAL    BANK. 

40    AND    42    WALL    STREET,    BETWEEN    NASSAU    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 


658  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

the  corporation  was  granted  by  the  State  Legislature  in  1799,  for  the  purpose  of 
introducing  pure  water  into  the  city.  This,  however,  veiled  another  object.  The 
Bank  of  New  York  controlled  .by  Hamilton  and  the  Federalists  was  then  the  only 
chartered  institution  in  the  city.  Its  managers  opposed  the  establishment  of  any  rival, 
and  were  able  to  prevent  it.  Leading  members  of  the  Republican  (we  should  now 
say  Democratic)  party  wished  to  found  a  bank,  and  called  Aaron  Burr  to  their  assist- 
ance. Burr  engrafted,  in  an  apparently  innocent  measure  incorporating  a  company 
to  supply  the  city  with  water,  a  clause  providing  that  its  surplus  capital  might  be 
employed  in  any  transactions  not  inconsistent  with  the  laws  of  the  State.  The  bill, 
of  course,  passed,  and  it  was  found  too  late  that  the  power  establishing  a  bank  had 
been  conferred.  A  capital  of  $2,000,000  was  at  once  provided,  and  the  Manhattan 
Company's  Bank  began  its  long  and  successful  career.  The  ostensible  object  of  the 
company  was,  however,  fulfilled  ;  and  excavations  in  the  older  streets  of  New  York 
still  bring  to  light  decaying  pieces  of  wooden  pipes,  which  were  laid  by  it,  and  used 
to  supply  the  city  prior  to  the  introduction  of  Croton  water.  The  latter  event  ended 
its  usefulness  in  this  respect,  though  the  company  still  maintains  a  dilapidated  tank, 
near  Centre  Street,  by  which  it  purports  to  be  prepared  to  fulfill  the  purpose  of  its 
charter.  Banking,  however,  has  been  its  chief  business,  and  it  has  always  been  one 
of  the  most  prominent  banking  concerns  of  New  York.  Its  place  of  business  since 
the  first  decade  of  the  century  has  been  at  40  Wall  Street,  the  old  building  having 
been  replaced  in  1883  by  the  Merchants'  and  Manhattan  Building,  as  the  joint  home 
for  the  Manhattan  and  Merchants'  Banks. 

The  Merchants'  National  Bank,  one  of  the  greatest  and  strongest  of 
America's  banking  institutions,  is  the  third  of  the  New- York  banks  in  point  of 
antiquity.  It  was  founded  in  1803,  by  leading  merchants,  who  maintained  that 
political  influences  were  permitted  to  affect  the  conduct  of  the  two  local  banks  which 
then  existed,  as  well  as  that  of  the  branch  Bank  of  the  United  States.  The  original 
subscription-list,  still  preserved  at  the  bank,  embraces  many  names  of  families  promi- 
nent in  the  commercial  and  social  life  of  early  New  York.  Among  the  original 
stockholders  were  Gilbert  Aspinwall,  Josiah  Ogden  Hoffman,  Jordan  Mott,  Abraham 
R.  Lawrence,  Judge  Daniel  D.  Tompkins,  Charles  L.  Camman,  C.  C.  Roosevelt,  Col. 
Nicholas  Fish,  and  John  Peter  DeLancy.  Oliver  Wolcott,  who  had  succeeded 
Hamilton  as  Secretary  of  the  United- States  Treasury,  was  the  first  President  of  the 
bank.  He  resigned  a  few  years  later  to  become  Governor  of  Connecticut.  The 
first  Board  of  Directors  included  Isaac  Bronson,  Henry  J.  Wyckoff,  John  Hone, 
and  John  Swartwout.  The  bank  from  its  inception  ninety  years  ago  has  occupied 
premises  on  the  same  site,  at  42  Wall  Street,  where  its  business  is  now  conducted. 
The  private  house  originally  converted  to  this  purpose  gave  way  to  a  granite  structure 
of  Grecian  architecture,  with  two  massive  stone  pillars.  It  was  long  one  of  the  land- 
marks of  Wall  Street,  but  was  in  its  turn  demolished  in  1883  to  make  room  for  the 
splendid  "Merchants'  and  Manhattan  Building,"  which  the  Merchants'  Bank  and  its 
old-time  neighbor  and  rival  the  Manhattan  Company  built  and  now  jointly  occupy. 
The  original  capital  of  the  Merchants'  was  $1,200,000,  which  was  increased  later  to 
$3,000,000,  and  finally  reduced  to  $2,000,000.  The  bank  has  always  been  true  to 
its  original  record,  its  successive  boards  of  directors  including  the  leading  merchants 
of  the  city.  The  late  Alexander  T.  Stewart  had  been  for  years,  and  was  at  the  time 
of  his  death,  a  member  of  the  board.  The  history  of  the  bank  has  not  been  event- 
ful. It  is  a  record  of  conservative  management,  weathering  with  success  all  the  finan- 
cial storms  of  nearly  a  century.  The  late  Jacob  D.  Vermilye,  who  in  length  of  ser- 
vice was  the  dean  of  New-York  bank  presidents,  was  succeeded  in  the  presidency  in 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


659 


MECHANICS'    NATIONAL     BANK. 

31    AND    33    WALL   STREET,    BETWEEN    BROAD    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 


660  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

1 89 1  by  Robert  M.  Gallaway.  The  Cashier  of  the  Merchants'  Bank,  Cornelius  V. 
Banta,  has  been  connected  with  the  institution  45  years,  and  enjoys  the  distinction 
of  the  longest  service  of  any  bank  cashier  on  Wall  Street.  The  directors  include 
John  A.  Stewart,  of  the  United-States  Trust  Company ;  Henry  Sheldon  ;  E.  A. 
Brinckerhoff ;  Charles  S.  Smith,  President  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  ;  Jacob 
Wendell ;  W.  G.  Vermilye  ;  Gustav  H.  Schwab,  of  Oelrichs  &  Co.  ;  Donald  Mackay, 
of  Vermilye  &  Co.  ;  and  Charles  D.  Dickey,  Jr.,  of  Brown  Brothers  &  Co. 

The  Mechanics'  National  Bank,  the  fourth  oldest  of  the  banks  of  New- 
York  City,  was  organized  in  1810,  chiefly  through  the  influence  of  the  General 
Society  of  Mechanics  and  Tradesmen  ;  to  accommodate  the  members  of  which,  its 
capital  of  $2,000,000  was  divided  into  shares  of  $25  each.  For  a  number  of  years 
the  society  was  prominent  in  the  bank's  affairs,  and  has  never  severed  its  connection; 
being  still  the  holder  of  the  stock  originally  subscribed,  and  has  one  of  the  many 
accounts  that  have  stood  upon  its  books  for  82  years.  The  banking-house,  until  two 
years  ago,  was  one  of  the  landmarks  of  Wall  Street.  The  original  quarters  were  in 
a  remodelled  three-story  dwelling-house,  which  was  at  one  time  occupied  by  Alex- 
ander Hamilton.  The  present  magnificent  nine-story  granite  edifice,  one  of  the 
finest  on  Wall  Street,  is  the  third  building  erected  by  the  bank  upon  its  property. 

Among  its  noted  presidents  were  John  Slidell,  Jacob  Lorillard,  Shepherd  Knapp 
and  Benjamin  B.  Sherman.  In  1854,  the  original  charter  expiring,  the  bank  was 
re-organized  as  a  State  bank,  becoming  a  National  bank  in  1865.  The  original  cap- 
ital of  $2,000,000  remains  the  same,  but  a  stately  surplus  of  $2,000,000  has  been 
added.  Its  gross  assets  exceed.  $15,000,000,  and  the  deposits  of  $11,000,000  are 
almost  wholly  from  individuals,  manufacturers  and  mercantile  houses.  The  officers 
are  Horace  Everett  Garth,  President,  who  became  associated  with  the  bank  in  1883; 
Alexander  E.  Orr,  Vice-President;  William  Sharp,  Jr.,  Cashier;  and  Granville  W. 
Garth,  Assistant-Cashier. 

The  Board  of  Directors,  from  the  time  of  organization,  has  been  composed  of 
men  foremost  in  financial  circles,  and  at  present  consists  of  Horace  Everett  Garth, 
Alexander  E.  Orr,  Henry  F.  Spaulding,  Henry  E.  Nesmith,  William  B.  Kendall, 
Charles  H.  Isham,  Lowell  Lincoln,  Henry  Hentz,  Eckstein  Norton,  Charles  M. 
Pratt,  Henry  Talmadge,  John  Sinclair,  William  L.  Trenholm,  and  William  Sharp,  Jr. 

The  Bank  of  America  has  occupied,  for  more  than  eighty  years,  the  site  at 
the  northwest  corner  of  Wall  and  William  Streets,  on  which  now  stands  its  lofty  and 
admirable  granite  building.  The  old  Winthrop  mansion  stood  on  this  corner,  and 
was  leased  when  the  bank  was  chartered  by  the  State  in  18 12,  and  used  as  its 
banking-house.  In  183 1  the  bank  purchased  this  property,  and  in  1835  erected  a 
building  which  for  fifty  years  was  a  conspicuous  object  in  Wall  Street.  It  was  of 
Greek  architecture,  Corinthian  period,  and  furnished  quarters  only  for  the  bank. 
In  1888-89  the  present  Bank  of  America  building  took  its  place,  covering  the 
old  site  and  twenty-five  feet  additional  frontage,  purchased  from  the  Bank  of 
North  America.  This  imposing  building  supplies  office-room  for  a  number  of  cor- 
porations and  private  bankers,  besides  the  bank's  own  exceedingly  spacious  and 
elegant  banking  apartments  on  the  main  floor.  The  Bank  of  America  ranks  as  fifth 
in  age  among  the  city  banks.  It  was  founded  at  a  time  when  the  expiration  of 
the  charter  of  the  first  Bank  of  the  United  States  opened  the  way  for  the  develop- 
ment of  State  banks.  Its  first  directors  and  stockholders  were  recruited  from  among 
those  interested  in  the  Bank  of  the  United  States,  and  it  attracted  much  of  the  capi- 
tal and  business  of  that  institution.  The  charter  provided  for  a  capital  of  $6,000,- 
000,  and  required  the  bank  to  pay  the  State  $600,000,  and  to  loan  it  $2,000,000. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW  YORK. 


661 


BANK    OF    AMERICA. 

WALL   STREET,   CORNER    OF   WILLIAM    STREET. 


662  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

Oliver  Wolcott,  ex-Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  was  the  first  president  ;  and  the  origi- 
nal Board  of  Directors  were  Oliver  Wolcott,  William  Bayard,  Arthur  Smith,  George 
Griswold,  Thomas  Buckley,  Abraham  Barker,  Theodorus  Bailey,  John  T.  Lawrence, 
John  T.  Champlin,  John  De  Peyster,  Philip  Hone,  Preserved  Fish,  Stephen  Whit- 
ney, Archibald  Gracie,  Patrick  G.  Hildreth,  Elisha  Leavenworth,  Josiah  Ogden 
Hoffman,  and  Henry  Post,  Jr. 

The  War  of  1812,  and  the  financial  troubles  of  that  era,  prevented  the  develop- 
ment of  the  business  of  the  bank  upon  the  lines  originally  intended,  and  the  pro- 
visions of  the  charter  of  1812  were  modified,  the  modifications  including  a  reduction 
in  the  amount  of  the  authorized  capital  and  in  the  amounts  to  be  paid  and  loaned 
to  the  State.  The  bank,  however,  prospered,  and  ranked,  as  it  still  does,  among 
the  most  respected  and  successful  institutions  of  the  country.  For  a  long  time  it 
was  the  local  depository  of  the  National  funds,  and  from  October  3,  1854  (upon 
which  date,  at  the  first  annual  meeting  of  the  New-York  Clearing  House  Associa- 
tion, the  Bank  of  America  was  chosen  as  depository),  until  the  old  building  was 
removed  in  1888,  its  vaults  were  used  for  the  deposit  of  gold  coin  by  the  Associated 
Banks,  the  Bank  of  America  issuing  its  certificates  for  the  coin  deposited  ;  hence  it 
is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  the  "Bank  of  the  Clearing-House. "  At  one  time  nearly 
$50,000,000  in  gold  was  in  its  custody. 

A  notable  fact  in  the  bank's  history  is  the  unbroken  record  it  enjoys  of  having 
under  all  circumstances  paid  its  circulating  notes  in  gold,  even  in  the  face  of  more 
than  one  general  suspension  of  specie  payments.  No  holder  of  a  Bank  of  America 
note  has  ever  had  his  demand  for  payment  of  the  note  in  gold  refused.  The  Bank 
of  America  is  the  most  prominent  and  influential  bank  now  doing  business  under 
a  State  charter.  Its  capital  of  $3,000,000  is  reinforced  by  a  surplus  of  $2,000,000  ; 
and  its  deposits  approach  $20,000,000.  The  Directors  are  Samuel  Thorne,  Charles 
G.  Landon,  George  A.  Crocker,  David  S.  Egleston,  J.  Harsen  Rhoades,  Augustus 
D.  Juilliard,  Oliver  Harriman,  Frederick  P.  Olcott,  George  G.  Haven,  William  H. 
Perkins,  James  N.  Jarvie,  and  Dallas  B.  Pratt.  The  officers  of  the  bank  are 
William  H.  Perkins,  President ;  Frederick  P.  Olcott.  Vice-President  ;  Walter  M. 
Bennet,  Assistant  Cashier  ;  and  John  Sage,  Assistant  Cashier. 

The  National  City  Bank  was  incorporated  and  began  business  in  181 2,  at  52 
Wall  Street,  the  site  of  its  present  building,  which  is  the  second  that  the  bank  has 
erected  on  the  same  spot.  At  first,  it  took  possession  of  the  edifice  which  had  been 
used  by  the  New- York  branch  of  the  first  Bank  of  the  United  States,  the  stock  of 
the  latter  (the  charter  of  which  had  expired)  being  received  for  subscriptions  for  the 
stock  of  the  City  Bank.  Its  first  president  was  Samuel  Osgood,  who  had  been  Naval 
Officer  of  the  Pojt.  The  first  Board  of  Directors  comprised  Abraham  Bloodgood, 
Ichabod  Prall,  William  Irving,  Samuel  Tooker  and  William  Cutting.  G.  B.  Vroom 
was  the  first  cashier.  Its  original  capital  was  $800,000,  which  in  1853  was  increased 
to  $1,000,000.  Its  record  during  its  early  years  was  not  eventful,  the  most  note- 
worthy incident  being  that  its  vaults  were  once  the  object  of  a  daring  and  skilful 
robbery,  long  famous  in  the  annals  of  New  York,  although  the  plunder  was  recov- 
ered. The  great  prosperity  of  the  City  Bank  dates  from  1856,  when  Moses  Taylor 
became  its  president,  he  having  been  a  director  since  1837.  He  was  one  of  the  most 
successful  merchants  and  financiers  that  New  York  has  ever  had.  The  foundation 
of  his  great  fortune  was  laid  in  the  West-Indian  trade.  But  he  was  one  of  the  first 
to  realize  the  importance  of  the  anthracite-coal  business,  and  to  make  large  and 
successful  investments  in  coal  land  and  in  the  securities  of  the  railroads  engaged  in 
transporting  coal.      His  administration  of  the  City  Bank  was   characterized  by  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


663 


NATIONAL    CITY    BANK. 

NO.    52    WALL    STREET,    BETWEEN    WILLIAM    AND    PEARL    STREETS. 


664 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


same  success  which  marked  his  private  business,  and  the  bank  assumed  the  high 
position  it  now  maintains  among  the  institutions  of  New  York,  possessing  the 
clientage  of  an  unusual  number  of  wealthy  corporations  and  firms.  He  died  in  1882, 
and  was  succeeded  in  the  presidency  by  his  son-in-law,  Percy  R.  Pyne,  who  resigned 
in  1 89 1,  when  James  Stillman,  of  the  time-honored  cotton-house  of  Woodward  & 
Stillman,  was  elected.  Its  cashier  is  David  Palmer,  appointed  in  1877,  and  the 
assistant-cashier  is  G.  S.  Whitson.  The  directors  are  representative  of  the  powerful 
connection  it  enjoys.  They  are  Percy  R.  Pyne  (the  former  president)  ;  Samuel 
Sloan,  President  of  the  Delaware,  Lackawanna  &  Western  Railroad  ;  George  W. 
Campbell  ;  Lawrence  Turnure  ;  Roswell  G.  Rolston,  President  of  the  Farmers'  Loan 
&  Trust  Company  ;  Hon.  William  Walter  Phelps  ;  Cleveland  H.  Dodge,  of  Phelps, 
Dodge  &  Co. ;  Henry  A.  C.  Taylor  ;  and  James  Stillman.  Among  the  tenants  of  the 
National  City  Bank  building  are  the  Hon.  Wm.  M.  Evarts  and  Joseph  H.  Choate. 

The  Tradesmens  National  Bank,  on  Broadway,  corner  of  Reade  Street,  is 
one  of  the  most  conspicuous  institutions  of  the  Dry-Goods  District.  Its  lofty  white- 
marble  building,  which  it  owns,   and  of  which  it  occupies  the  first  two  floors,  was 

built  in  i860  as  its  permanent  home. 
The  bank  has  a  long  history,  having  been 
organized  in  1823  under  a  State  charter, 
and  is  the  eighth  oldest  existing  bank  of 
New-York  City.  The  most  famous  of  its 
early  presidents  was  Preserved  Fish,  one 
of  the  most  active  merchants  and  bank- 
ers of  his  time  in  this  city.  In  1865  the 
Tradesmens  organized  as  a  National 
Bank,  and  it  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that 
since  that  date  it  has  paid  in  dividends 
upon  its  stock  no  less  than  $2,250,000, 
and  it  is  regarded  among  capitalists  as  a 
safe  dividend-paying  stock.  The  surplus 
is  nearly  $210,000  ;  the  total  resources 
approach  $5,000,000  ;  and  the  deposits 
exceed  $4,000,000,  an  increase  in  the  year 
1892  of  nearly  $2,000,000.  Tradition  and 
inclination  have  kept  the  management  of 
the  Tradesmens  closely  with  the  con- 
servative policy  of  legitimate  banking 
business,  in  connection  with  the  mercan- 
tile community.  Its  Board  of  Directors 
constitutes  a  guarantee  of  strict  adherence  to  these  lines,  composed  as  it  is  of  repre- 
sentatives of  business  houses.  It  consists-  of  George  Starr,  capitalist ;  Elliot  L. 
Butler,  of  Belt,  Butler  &  Co.,  wool  ;  Julius  Kaufmann,  of  Smith  &  Kaufmann,  manu- 
facturers of  ribbons ;  Henry  Campbell,  of  Martin  &  Campbell,  wholesale  grocers ; 
F.  S.  M.  Blun,  of  F.  S.  M.  Blun  &  Co.,  corset  supplies;  James  R.  Pitcher, General 
Manager  of  the  United-States  Mutual  Accident  Association  ;  Joseph  T.  Low,  of 
Joseph  T.  Low  &  Co.,  commission  dry-goods;  Thomas  B.  Kent,  Vice-President  of 
Holmes,  Booth  &  Haydens,  brass  manufacturers ;  John  A.  Tweedy,  of  Lee,  Tweedy 
&  Co.,  dry-goods  importers;  and  Henry  C.  Berlin,  President  of  Berlin  &  Jones 
Envelope  Company.  The  officers  of  the  bank  are  James  E.  Granniss,  President  ; 
Logan  C.  Murray,  Vice-President ;  and  Oliver  F.  Berry,  Cashier. 


TRADESMENS  NATIONAL  BANK,  BROADW, 
CORNER  READE  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


665 


The  Chemical  National  Bank  is  the  most  famous  of  all  American  banking 
corporations.  This  is  owing  to  several  facts.  Its  stock  commands  a  greater  price 
in  proportion  to  its  par  value  than  any  other  bank  stock  in  the  world.  It  has  the 
greatest  surplus  and  undivided  profits,  with  a  single  exception,  of  any  bank  in  the 
country.  It  has  by  far  the  largest  amount  of  individual  deposits.  It  pays  the 
largest  percentage  of  dividends  on  its  par  value  of  any  corporation  of  any  kind.  The 
Chemical  Bank  originated  in  1824,  being  organized  under  a  State  charter  as  "The 
Chemical  Manufacturing  Company,"  with  banking  privileges.  The  name  was 
determined  by  the  fact  that  some  of  the  leading  men  in  the  enterprise  were  con- 
nected with  the  drug  trade.  The  charter  expired  in  1844,  when  its  line  of  deposits 
was  $600,000.  Peter  Goelet  and  his  brother  Robert  were  active  in  organizing  the 
new  bank  to  take  its  place.  Through  their  efforts  a  capital  of  $300,000  was  sub- 
scribed, and  on  February  26,  1844,  the  business  of  the  Chemical  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany was  taken  over  by  the  Chemical  Bank.  John  Q.  Jones  was  the  first  President, 
and  remained  in  that  office  till  1878.  He  was  surrounded,  as  directors,  shareholders 
and  depositors,  by  some  of  the  most  influential  and 
wealthiest  merchants  of  New-York  City,  among 
them  Alexander  T.  Stewart,  John  David  Wolfe, 
Joseph  Sampson,  C.  V.  S.  Roosevelt,  Robert 
McCroskrey  and  Japhet  Bishop.  These  men,  repre- 
senting the  strength  of  the  dry-goods  and  hardware 
trades,  brought  their  own  business  to  the  bank  and 
attracted  many  others  to  it.  Its  stability  in  the 
midst  of  panics  and  financial  disturbances  was  also 
influential  in  securing  for  the  Chemical  large  indi- 
vidual and  corporate  deposits.  The  New-York 
Central  Railroad  was  one  of  its  earliest  customers. 
The  conservatism  of  the  management  and  the 
strict  adherence  to  legitimate  banking  methods  are 
generally  recognized  ;  and  its  enormous  individual 
deposits,  exceeding  $23,000,000,  are  secured  with- 
out the  payment  of  a  particle  of  interest.  Its  first 
dividend  was  paid  in  1849,  nve  years  after  its  re- 
organization, being  at  the  rate  of  12  per  cent., 
which  was  increased  to  18  and  then  to  24  per 
cent.,  advancing  in  1863  to  36  per  cent.,  in  1867 
to  60  per  cent.,  in  1872  to  100  per  cent.,  and  in 
1888  to  150  per  cent,  per  annum.  The  shares  of 
the  bank  based  on  $100  par  value  have  sold  as 
high  as  $4,980  each,  the  quotations  varying  from 
that  sum  to  $4,600  a  share. 

The  Chemical's  first  banking-house  was  on 
Broadway,  opposite  St.  Paul's  Chapel,  occupying 
part  of  the  site  of  the  present  Park  Bank.  In  1850 
it  moved  to  and  occupied  its  present  site  at  270 
Broadway.  In  1872  a  lot  on  the  rear  extending 
through  to  Chambers  Street  was  purchased,  the  ex- 
tension furnishing  additional  room  at  the  rear  of  the  original  building  ;  and  in  1888 
another  building  on  Chambers  Street  was  acquired,  and  a  spacious  addition  made 
to  the  bank  quarters.      George  G.  Williams  entered  the  service  of  the  old  Chemical 


CHEMICAL  NATIONAL  BANK,  270  BROADWAY, 
NEAR    CHAMBERS    STREET. 


666 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Manufacturing  Company  in  1841,  became  cashier  in  1855,  and  President  in  1878.  For 
nearly  forty  years  the  affairs  of  the  bank  have  been  guided  by  his  hand,  with  results 
which  require  no  praise.  William  J.  Quinlan,  Jr.,  the  Cashier,  has  filled  that  office 
since  1878.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  George  G.  Williams,  James  A. 
Roosevelt,  Frederic  W.  Stevens,  Robert  Goelet,  and  William  J.  Quinlan,  Jr. 

The  Merchants'  Exchange  National  Bank  owns  and  occupies  a  building 
especially  erected  by  the  bank  in  1868.  It  is  at  257  Broadway,  an  exceptionally 
choice  location,  directly  opposite  the  City  Hall  and  the  City-Hall  Park,  and  covering 
the  site  of  Alexander  T.  Stewart's  first  store.      The   Merchants'  Exchange   Bank 

stands  among  the  oldest  of  the  financial  institutions 
of  this  city.  It  was  organized  under  a  State  charter 
in  1829,  and  commenced  business,  September  7, 
1 83 1,  at  the  corner  of  Greenwich  and  Dey  Streets. 
When  it  began  business,  there  were  only  sixteen 
other  local  banks  in  existence  :  the  Bank  of 
New  York,  the  Manhattan,  the  Merchants',  the 
Mechanics',  the  Union,  the  Bank  of  America,  the 
Phenix,  the  City,  the  North-River,  the  Chemical, 
the  Fulton,  the  Tradesmens,  the  Mechanics'  and 
Traders',  the  Butchers'  and  Drovers',  the  Green- 
wich, and  the  Branch  Bank  of  the  United  States. 
Besides  these,  the  New-York  Dry-Dock  Company 
and  the  Delaware  &  Hudson  Canal  Company  were 
chartered  with  bank  privileges.  There  were  only 
two  savings-banks,  the  Bank  for  Savings  and  the 
Seamen's.  There  were  no  trust-companies,  and 
the  total  banking  capital  was  quite  small  compared 
with  the  amount  now  invested.  The  Merchants' 
Exchange  Bank  was  founded  by  leading  merchants, 
and  its  name  indicates  its  intended  and  actual 
character  as  a  bank  for  merchants.  Its  first  presi- 
dent was  Peter  Stagg,  the  shipping  merchant.  The 
President  now  is  the  Hon.  Phineas  C.  Lounsbury, 
ex-Governor  of  Connecticut,  who  became  President 
in  1888,  and  brought  to  the  bank  the  support  of  an 
extensive  and  influential  connection.  The  first 
cashier  was  William  M.  Vermiiye,  who  afterwards 
became  a  member  of  the  banking  house  of  Ver- 
miiye &  Co.  The  Vice-President  and  Cashier  is 
Allen  S.  Apgar,  who  has  been  connected  with  the 
bank  for  26  years.  He  was  elected  Cashier  in  1869, 
and  Vice-President  in  1890,  both  of  which  offices 
he  still  retains.  He  became  connected  with  the 
bank  after  he  had  been  honorably  discharged 
from  the  United- States  Navy,  in  which  he  had 
served  as  Paymaster  for  three  years  of  the  late 
war.  He  is  generally  regarded  as  one  of  the  most 
industrious  and  efficient  bank  officials  in  the  city.  The  Board  of  Directors  includes  : 
Robert  Seaman,  of  the  Iron  Clad  Manufacturing  Company  ;  Jesse  W.  Powers,  capi- 
talist;  Allen   S.   Apgar,  Vice-President ;  Joseph  Thomson,  real  estate;  Alfred  M. 


MERCHANTS'  EXCHANGE  NATIONAL  BANK, 
257  BROADWAY. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK  667 

Hoyt,  capitalist,  and  Vice-President  of  the  Produce  Exchange  ;  Phineas  C.  Louns- 
bury,  President ;  James  G.  Powers,  of  James  G.  Powers  &  Company,  grocers  ;  Alfred 
J.  Taylor,  lawyer ;  E.  Christian  Korner,  wholesale  grocer ;  Lucius  H.  Bigelow, 
publisher ;  John  H.  Hanan,  of  Hanan  &  Son,  shoes ;  Isaac  G.  Johnson,  of  the 
Spuyten-Duyvil  Foundry  ;  Timothy  L.  Woodruff,  President  of  the  Maltine  Manu- 
facturing Company  ;  Lyman  Brown,  wholesale  drugs ;  and  Ferdinand  Blumenthal, 
of  F.  Blumenthal  &  Company,  leather. 

In  1S65  it  became  a  National  bank,  and  in  1888  its  capital  was  reduced  to  $600,- 
000,  by  returning  $400,000  to  the  shareholders.  Under  the  present  management, 
the  bank  has  steadily  prospered,  and  has  built  up  its  extensive  business  so  that  it 
now  shows  total  resources  of  about  $6,250,000;  an  aggregate  of  deposits  exceeding 
$5,000,000;  surplus  and  undivided  profits  of  about  $200,000;  and  its  shares  on  a 
par  value  of  $100  are  quoted  at  $135  or  more.  The  business  of  the  Merchants' 
Exchange  National  Bank  is  not  merely  local,  but  extends  throughout  the  Union. 

The  Gallatin  National  Bank  commemorates  by  its  name  the  connection 
with  the  institution  of  the  illustrious  financier  and  statesman,  Albert  Gallatin.  It 
was  organized  in  1829,  under  the  name  of  the  "  National  Bank  of  New  York."  John 
Jacob  Astor  was  interested  in  the  matter,  and  as  the  original  capital  of  $1,000,000 
was  not  fully  subscribed,  he  proposed  its  reduction  to  $750,000,  and  offered  to  com- 
plete that  sum  provided  that  he  could  name  the  bank's  president.  The  offer  was 
accepted,  and  Astor  nominated  Gallatin,  who,  having  served  as  Senator  from  Penn- 
sylvania, as  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  in  the  Jefferson  and  Madison  administrations, 
as  a  negotiator  of  the  Treaty  of  Ghent,  and  as  Minister  to  France,  had  retired  to  pri- 
vate life.  Albert  Gallatin  remained  at  the  head  of  the  bank  until  1838,  when,  being 
eighty  years  of  age,  he  resigned.  He  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  James  Gallatin,  whose 
presidency  lasted  for  thirty  years,  during  which  time  he  ranked  as  a  leader  in  the 
banking  business  of  New  York,  and  the  institution  under  his  management  enjoyed 
great  prosperity.  The  change  of  name  from  the  "  National  Bank  of  New  York" 
to  the  present  title  occurred  in  1865,  when  the  bank  accepted  a  charter  under  the 
National  Banking  Law,  which  rendered  an  undesirable  confusion  of  names  possible. 
The  selection  of  the  present  title  was  quite  natural,  the  bank  from  its  foundation 
having  been  identified  with  the  name  of  Gallatin.  James  Gallatin  resigned  in  1868, 
and  some  years  afterwards  died  abroad.  His  successor,  Frederick  D.  Tappen,  had 
then  been  17  years  in  the  service  of  the  institution,  and  during  the  24  years  that  have 
since  elapsed  he  has  ably  maintained  its  record  for  success  and  conservatism.  He  has 
taken  a  prominent  part  in  the  counsels  of  the  Clearing- House  Association,  being 
now  its  Chairman,  and  is  actively  identified  with  many  public  interests  in  New  York. 
The  bank  began  business  at  36  Wall  Street,  this  lot  being  purchased  for  $12,000, 
while  the  building  then  erected  cost  $14,000.  In  1856  a  new  banking-house  was 
built  on  the  same  site.  In  18S7  the  adjoining  lot  was  bought  by  the  Gallatin  from 
the  dissolved  Union  Bank,  for  $400,000  ;  and  on  the  site  thus  provided  the  present 
stately  nine-story  redstone  edifice,  called  by  its  name,  was  erected,  and  here  are  its 
commodious  banking  rooms.  It  is  unsurpassed  in  elegance  as  well  as  in  practicabil- 
ity. It  was  built  and  is  owned  jointly  by  the  Gallatin  Bank  and  by  Adrian  Iselin, 
the  undivided  half  interest  of  the  former  being  set  down  at  a  value  of  $500,000. 
The  first  dividend  was  paid  nine  months  after  the  bank's  organization,  and  it  has 
never  since  passed  a  dividend.  A  surplus  of  over  $1,500,000  has  been  accumulated, 
and  its  shares  sell  for  $320.  Large  amounts  of  its  stock  have  been  permanently  held 
by  the  families  of  original  stockholders.  This  is  shown  in  the  composition  of  its 
Board  of  Directors,  which  includes  Frederic  W.  Stevens  and  Alexander  H.  Sevens 


668 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


(grandsons  of  Albert  Gallatin),  William  Waldorf  Astor,  W.  Emlen  Roosevelt,  Adrian 
Iselin,  Jr. ,  Thomas  Denny  and  Henry  I.  Barbey.    The  Cashier  is  Arthur  W.  Sherman. 

The  Gallatin  ranks  among  the  strongest,  most  enterprising  and  most  secure  of 
banks. 

The  National  Butchers'  and  Drovers'  Bank  is  a  time-honored  institution, 
founded  in  1830,  taking  its  name  from  the  fact  that  its  originators  were  in  the  cattle 
and  butchering  trades,  which  in  New  York's  early  days  centred  at  the  famous  Bull's 
Head,  in  the  Bowery.  For  many  years  its  chief  business  was  drawn  from  this  class 
of  patrons.  Its  banking-house  was  first  established  in  the  Bowery,  near  Broome 
Street,  and  after  moving  to  128  Bowery  (the  site  of  the  present  Bowery  Savings- 
Bank)  the  bank  in  1832  purchased  an  adjacent  lot,  124  Bowery,  at  the  corner  of 
Grand  Street,  and  erected  the  dignified  old-fashioned  granite  bank  and  office- 
building  which  has  since  been  its  home.  Col.  Nicholas  Fish  was  the  first  President. 
His  successor,  Benjamin  M.  Brown,  became  the  first   President  of  the  Bowery  Sav- 


NATIONAL    BUTCHERS'  AND    DROVERS'  BANK,    BOWERY   AND    GRAND    STREET. 

ings-Bank.  That  great  institution  in  fact  was  founded  by  the  Directors  of  the 
Butchers'  and  Drovers'  Bank,  and  its  organization  was  effected  in  the  latter's  Board 
Room.  It  is  still  the  neighbor  and  a  depositor  of  the  bank.  The  early  history  of  the 
bank  was  prosperous,  but  not  eventful.  It  became  a  National  Bank  in  1865.  Its  capi- 
tal is  $300,000.  It  has  a  net  surplus  and  undivided  profits  of  over  $309,000  ;  total 
resources  of  $2,700,000;  and  a  deposit  line  of  over  $2,000,000.  The  latter  figures 
represent  almost  entirely  individual  and  mercantile  deposits,  the  policy  of  the  bank  be- 
ing the  conservative  one  of  confining  its  business  to  the  strictly  commercial  branches 
of  banking.  Since  organizing  as  a  National  bank  its  average  dividends  have  been  9 
per  cent,  per  annum,  and  $190  is  quoted  for  its  shares.      Gurdon  G.  Brinckerhoff, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


GALLATIN    NATIONAL    BANK. 

36    WALL    STREET,    BETWEEN    NASSAU    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS,   ADJOINING    ASSAY    OFFICE 


670 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


the  President,  entered  the  bank's  service  in  1 853,  was  elected  cashier  in  1866,  and  be- 
came its  head  in  1879.  The  Cashier,  William  H.  Chase,  dates  his  connection  with  it 
from  1856,  and  was  elected  to  his  present  post  in  1879.  The  Directors  of  the  bank 
are  :  George  W.  Quintard,  Henry  Silberhorn,  Langstaff  N.  Crow,  Gurdon  G.  Brinck- 
erhoff,  William  H.  Chase,  John  Wilkin,  John  A.  Delanoy,  Jr.,  Edward  Schell,  and 
Max  Danziger.  E.  G.  Tucker  is  Assistant  Cashier.  The  bank  has  a  diversified 
clientage  among  the  business  interests  of  an  important  district. 

The  Seventh  National  Bank  is  the  lineal  representative  of  the  old  Seventh- 
Ward  Bank,  established  in  1833,  the  name  having  been  changed  when  the  institu- 
tion took  a  National  bank  charter  in  1865.  As  the  name  indicates,  the  bank  origi- 
nated in  the  Seventh  Ward,  then  a  fashionable  portion  of  the  city.  Its  original 
offices  were  in  East  Broadway,  and  for  many  years  the  bank  occupied  the  premises 
at  the  corner  of  Pearl  Street  and  Burling  Slip.  The  removal  to  its  present  more 
conspicuous  quarters  at  182  and  184  Broadway,  corner  of  John  Street,  came  much 
later.  The  old  bank  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  having  among  its  directors  at  one  time 
three  mayors  of  New  York,  Walter  Browne,  also  President  of  the  bank,  Daniel  P. 
Tiemann,  and  Abram  S.  Hewitt.  George  Montague,  now  President  of  the  Second 
National  Bank,  for  a  number  of  years  held  the  same  position  with  the  Seventh 
National.  The  present  head  of  the  institution,  J  >hn  McAnerney,  assumed  the  Presi- 
dency in  July,  1 89 1, 
bringing  to  the  bank 
a  successful  and 
honorable  personal 
record  in  the  iron 
business,  and  as  an 
officer  and  director 
of  Southern  rail- 
road corporations, 
with  a  connection 
and  influence  that 
have  m  a  t  e  r  i  a  1 1  y 
stimulated  the 
Seventh  National's 
progress.  Offering 
as  it  does  the  as- 
surance of  conserva- 
tive and  sound  but 
vigorous  manage- 
ment,   the    growth 

of  its  deposit  line  and  the  expansion  of  its  business  has  been  of  a  marked  charac- 
ter. The  composition  of  its  Board  of  Directors,  representing  some  of  the  largest 
business  interests  of  New  York,  is  eminently  calculated  to  insure  the  stability  and 
substantiality  on  which  a  high  position  among  metropolitan  banks  depends.  The 
Directors  are  :  James  Hall,  of  Cooper  Hewitt  Co.  ;  Henry  A.  Rogers,  rail-road 
supplies  ;  H.  Duncan  Wood,  banker  ;  Henry  R.  Beekman,  of  Ogden  &  Beekman  ; 
Alfred  Wagstaff,  of  John  Anderson  &  Co.,  tobacco  ;  Charles  H.  Pine,  President 
of  the  Ansonia  National  Bank  ;  Hugh  Kelly,  commission  merchant  ;  John 
McAnerney,  President  ;  Patrick  Farrelly,  President  of  the  American  News  Co.  ; 
Charles  Siedler,  late  of  Lorillard  &  Co.  ;  Daniel  F.  Cooney,  iron  merchant ;  and  J. 
Preston  McAnerney.      The  Cashier  of  the  bank  is  George  W.  Adams. 


SEVENTH    NATIONAL    BANK,    BROADWAY    AND    JOHN    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


671 


The  National  Bank  of  Commerce  in  New  York  has  an  importance  of  more 
than  local  character.  Its  capital  of  $5,000,000,  coupled  with  its  surplus,  undivided 
profits  and  contingent  fund  aggregating  $8,600,000,  give  it  a  strong  position  among 
American  banks,  for  it  is  one  of  the  ten  banks  having  the  largest  combined  capital 
and  surplus  in  this  country.  It  was  founded  in  1839,  with  a  capital  of  $10,000,000, 
afterwards  reduced  to  the  present  amount.  The  first  President  was  Samuel  Ward, 
and  its  original  directors  included  such  famous  names  in  New  York's  mercantile 
history  as  Robert  B.  Minturn,  James  Brown,  Robert  Ray,  Jonathan  Sturges  and 
Stephen  Whitney.  John  A.  Stevens,  its  second  President  during  a  long  incumbency, 
was  one  of  the  most  eminent  members  of  the  banking  profession  in  New  York.  The 
bank  first  occupied  (jointly  with  the  Bank  of  the  State  of  New  York)  the  old  building 
of  the  Bank  of  the  United  States  (now  the  Assay  Office)  in  Wall  Street.  This  was 
sold  to  the  Government  in  1853,  and  temporary  quarters  were  sought  at  Broad  Street 
and  Exchange  Place,  un- 
til the  present  white  mar- 
ble building  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  Nassau 
and  Cedar  Streets  was  in 
course  of  erection.  The 
Bank  of  Commerce  set- 
tled permanently  in  this 
dignified  structure  in 
1857,  the  only  changes 
since  that  time  being  the 
addition  of  a  sixth  story, 
affording  additional  offi- 
ces for  rental  to  bank- 
ing and  law  firms. 

The  eminent  position 
of  the  Bank  of  Com- 
merce has  been  main- 
tained ever  since  its 
foundation.  It,  how- 
ever, attained  additional 
prominence  by  the  patri- 
otic attitude  of  its  man- 
agement toward  the 
Government  during  the 
civil  war,  and  the  lead 
which  the  institution 
took  in  supporting  the 
contest  for  the  Union. 
It  became  a  National 
bank  in  1865,  though 
this  action  was  attended  by  exceptional  circumstances.  Secretary  of  the  Treasurv 
Chase  was  anxious  that  the  institution  should  accept  a  National  charter.  The 
management  and  stockholders,  however,  hesitated,  on  account  of  the  provisions  of 
the  National  Bank  Act  making  shareholders  liable  for  the  value  of  their  stock,  and 
an  equal  amount  in  addition.  To  fit  this  case  a  clause  was  introduced  in  the  Act, 
providing  that  shareholders  of  National  banks  with  at  least  $5,000,000  capital  and 


NATIONAL    BANK    OF    COMMERCE,    NASSAU    AND    CEDAR    STREETS. 


67 2  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

a  surplus  of  40  per  cent,  thereof  should  be  exempt  from  double  liability.  The  Bank 
of  Commerce,  with  one  exception,  is  the  only  bank  in  the  country  which  meets 
both  these  conditions.  The  fact  that  its  shareholders  are  accordingly  liable  for  its 
debts  only  to  the  extent  of  their  stock  gives  its  shares  a  decided  preference 
as  an  investment  for  executors,  trustees  and  others  in  a  fiduciary  position.  A 
vigorous  management  of  its  affairs  has  contributed  to  maintain  its  leading  position. 
This  was  illustrated  in  the  panic  of  1890,  when  the  officers  of  the  Bank  of  Com- 
merce championed  the  issue  of  the  Clearing  House  certificates,  which  arrested  the 
panic  and  saved  weak  institutions  from  failure.  In  fact,  although  in  no  need  what- 
ever of  such  assistance,  it  took  out  $500,000  of  the  certificates  simply  as  an  example 
and  encouragement  to  other  banks  which  actually  required  help.  The  late 
Richard  King,  the  President  of  the  bank  since  1882,  was  on  his  decease  in  1891 
succeeded  by  W.  W.  Sherman,  whose  connection  with  it  dates  from  1858,  and  who 
had  been  its  cashier  for  ten  years.  The  other  officers  are  A.  A.  Low,  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  William  C.  Duvall,  Cashier  ;  and  Neilson  Olcott,  Assistant  Cashier.  The 
Directors  are  J.  Pierpont  Morgan,  of  Drexel,  Morgan  &  Co.,  William  Libbey, 
Frederick  Sturges,  Charles  Lanier  (of  Winslow,  Lanier  &  Co.),  Charles  H.  Russell, 
Alexander  E.  Orr,  John  S.  Kennedy,  and  Woodbury  Langdon. 

The  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of  New  York  is  one  of  the  most 
widely-known  institutions  in  the  country.  It  was  established  in  185 1  as  a  State 
bank,  and  was  noted  at  first  for  the  large  extent  of  its  connections  throughout  the 
South.  Its  first  President,  G.  B.  Lamar,  was  a  Southern  man,  with  great  influence 
in  that  section.  The  first  cashier  of  the  bank  was  Henry  F.  Vail.  The  bank  pur- 
chased in  1851,  for  $110,000,  the  lot  at  the  corner  of  Wall  Street  and  Broadway, 
which  now  as  then  is  considered  the  most  valuable  piece  of  ground  in  the  country, 
and  long  occupied  it  with  its  banking-house.  This  site,  however,  with  two  addi- 
tional lots,  is  now  occupied  by  the  magnificent  nine-storied  United  Bank  Building, 
erected  in  1880,  in  which  the  Bank  of  the  Republic  is  the  owner  of  an  undivided 
half,  and  where  its  commodious  quarters  are  now  located.  The  cost  of  the  land 
and  building  was  $1,300,000,  and  it  is  understood  that  an  offer  of  $2,250,000  has 
been  refused  for  it.  It  accepted  a  charter  under  the  National  Bank  Act  in  1864, 
though  the  most  remarkable  growth  of  the  institution  dates  from  less  than  a  decade 
ago.  The  late  Hon.  John  Jay  Knox,  after  22  years  of  service  in  the  financial  depart- 
ment of  the  Government,  and  twelve  years  as  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  became 
the  President  of  the  bank  in  1884.  Under  his  administration  the  deposits  rose  from 
$4,800,000  to  over  $15,500,000,  and  the  total  assets  of  the  bank  from  $7,000,000 
to  $18,000,000.  The  connection  of  the  bank  as  correspondent  of  out-of-town  insti- 
tutions is  very  large,  and  it  .takes  a  position  as  one  of  the  most  influential  in 
New- York.  On  Mr.  Knox's  death,  in  1892,  Oliver  S.  Carter,  for  four  years  the 
Vice-President,  succeeded  to  the  presidency.  He  is  the  senior  partner  of  the  great 
tea-importing  house  of  Carter,  Macy  &  Co.,  and  one  of  the  most  highly  esteemed 
of  business  men.  Eugene  H.  Pullen,  whose  connection  with  the  bank  dates  for  32 
years,  and  who  was  long  its  cashier,  became  Vice-President.  The  Board  of  Directors 
of  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  is  composed  of  a  careful  body  of  experienced 
men,  of  large  means  and  influence.  They  include  the  following  :  Oliver  S.  Carter, 
George  B.  Carhart,  Sumner  R.  Stone,  D.  H.  McAlpin,  George  E.  Simpson, 
Charles  R.  Flint,  A.  H.  Wilder,  James  S.  Warren,  William  H.  Tillinghast,  William 
Barbour  and  Eugene  H.  Pullen.  Charles  H.  Stout,  who  has  been  connected  for 
some  years  with  the  bank,  is  the  Assistant  Cashier,  and  W.  B.  T.  Keyser  is  the 
Second  Assistant  Cashier. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


673 


43 


NATIONAL  BANK  OF  THE  REPUBLIC. 

UNITED    BANK    BUILDING,   WALL    STREET    AND    BROADWAY. 


674 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Hanover  National  Bank,  one  of  the  soundest  and  most  energetic  of  the 
banks  of  the  United  States,  was  organized  in  1851,  and  was  originally  located  in 
Hanover  Square,  at  the  corner  of  Pearl  Street,  then  a  centre  of  the  shipping  and 
importing  trades.  Isaac  Otis  and  Chas.  M.  Livingston  were  its  first  President  and 
Cashier  respectively.  The  original  capital  of  $1,000,000  has  remained  unchanged. 
The  bank  received  a  National  charter  in  1865.  In  1877  it  moved  to  its  present 
central  location,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Nassau  and  Pine  Streets.  Through  all 
varying  business  and  financial  conditions  since  the  Hanover  was  established,  it  has 
maintained  an  unvarying  reputation  for  stability.  A  feature  of  its  policy  has  been 
the  maintenance  of  a  large  cash  reserve.  At  the  present  time  its  total  resources  are 
$27,137,080;  and  it  holds  no  less  than  $5,114,000  in  specie,  and  $510,665  in  legal 
tenders,  a  total  of  more  than  25  per  cent,  of  its  deposits.  In  periods  of  financial 
pressure  this  policy  has  been  of  inestimable  value,  not  only  to  its  own  dealers  but  to 
the  entire  business  community.  During  the  panic  of  1 890,  as  in  former  emergencies 
of  a  similar  nature,  no  customer  of  the  Hanover  was  refused  prompt  accommodation, 
a  record  of  which  there  are  few  examples.  From  its  inception  the  bank  has  been 
identified  with  the  importing  interests,  and  dealings  in  foreign  exchange  constitute 

a  prominent  portion  of  its 
business.  It  is  a  Government 
and  State  depository,  and  em- 
braces among  its  depositors 
and  customers  many  large  and 
influential  railroad  and  other 
corporations.  The  growth  of 
its  connection  as  correspond- 
ent and  depository  for  out-of- 
town  banking  institutions  has 
also  been  remarkable.  Suc- 
cess as  well  as  conservatism 
has  signalized  its  manage- 
ment. The  $100  shares  of 
the  bank  sell  for  over  $350 
each,  and  it  pays  seven  per 
cent,  per  annum  on  its  stock, 
having  paid  during  its  exist- 
ence dividends  to  the  amount 
of  $2,750,000,  besides  ac- 
cumulating a  surplus  and  un- 
divided profits  of  about  $2, - 
000,000.  James  T.Woodward 
is  the  President  of  the  Han- 
over, his  associates  in  the 
management  and  the  Board 
of  Directors,  which  is  a  de- 
hanover  national  bank,  Nassau  and  pine  streets.  cidedly    representative    body, 

being  Vernon  H.  Brown,  agent  of  the  Cunard  Steamship  Line  ;  Sigourney  W.  Fay, 
of  Wendell,  Fay  &  Co.  ;  Martin  S.  Fechheimer,  of  Fechheimer,  Fishel  &  Com- 
pany ;  Mitchell  N.  Packard,  of  Packard  &  James,  Vice-President  ;  William  Rocke- 
feller, President  of  the  Standard  Oil  Company  ;  James  Stillman,  of  Woodward  & 
Stillman,  and  President  of  the  National  City  Bank  ;  Elijah  P.  Smith,  of  Woodward, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


675 


Baldwin  &   Co.  ;  Isidor  Straus,  of  L.  Straus  &  Sons  ;  James  M.  Donald,  Cashier  ; 
and  William  Halls,  Jr. ,  Assistant  Cashier. 

The  Mercantile  National  Bank,  at  191  Broadway,  corner  of  Dey  Street,  is 
an  illustration  of  the  development  under  vigorous  and  efficient  management  of  a 
small  institution  into  one  of  large  proportions.  The  bank  is  a  comparatively  old  one. 
It  was  organized  as  a  State  institution  in  185 1,  the  Bank  of  Ithaca,  New  York,  itself 
a  concern  of  some  antiquity,  being  practically  transferred  to  New-York  City,  and 
Ithaca  capitalists  were  largely  identified  with  the  original  Mercantile  Bank.  William 
B.  Douglas  was  the  first  President,  and  among  the  prominent  directors  were  Isaac 
N.  Phelps,  Josiah  B.  Williams,  Charles  F.  Burdett  and  William  W.  and  Edward  S. 
Esty  of  Ithaca.  The  present  building  was  erected  by  the  bank  in  1862.  In  1865  it 
became  a  National  bank  under  the  existing  designation.  The  real  importance  of  the 
institution,  however,  dates  from  1881.  At  that  time,  its  business  and  deposits  had 
from  several  causes  fallen  off,  and  its  surplus  was  practically  exhausted.  The  late 
George  W.  Perkins,  a  banker  of  unusual  ability  and  experience,  then  holding  the  posi- 
tion of  Cashier  of  the  Hanover  National  Bank,  saw  in  the  condition  of  the  Mercan- 
tile the  opportunity  to  create  it  anew  on  a  strong  basis.  He  accepted  the  presidency  ; 
invited  Mr.  St.  John  from  the  extensive  sugar-refiners,  Havemeyers  &  Elder,  into  the 
cashiership  ;  reorganized  its  directory;  they  together  extended  its  business  connections 
with  great  rapidity  ;  and  laid  the  foundation  of  the  confidence  and  sound  prosperity 
which  it  still  maintains  under  its  present  able  administration.  Successful  as  Mr. 
Perkins's  labors  were,  they  nevertheless  undermined  his  health,  causing  his  practical 
retirement  in  less  than  a  year,  and  his  death  in  1883.  His  talent  for  organization 
was  well  shown  in  the  choice  of  his  chief  assistant,  William  P.  St.  John,  as  Cashier, 
who  in  1883  became  President,  a  position  he  still  holds.  Frederick  B.  Schenck, 
who  at  first  filled  the  post  of 
Assistant-Cashier,  has  been 
Cashier  since  1883.  The  Mer- 
cantile National  has  a  surplus 
of  $1,050,000,  in  addition  to 
its  capital  of  $1,000,000.  Its 
deposits  amount  to  over  $12,- 
000,000,  a  large  part  of  which 
is  from  National  and  State 
banks,  which  attests  the  extent 
of  its  connections  and  corre- 
spondence throughout  the 
Union.  Dividends  of  six  per 
cent,  a  year  are  paid  on  the 
stock,  for  which  the  market 
price  is  $235.  William  P.  St. 
John  is  known  throughout  the 
country  as  an  original  and  forci- 
ble writer  on  financial  topics. 
The  Board  of  Directors  con- 
sists of  William  P.  St.  John, 
President ;  William  C.  Brown- 
ing, clothing  ;  Charles  T. 
Barney,  capitalist ;  Charles  L. 
Colby,    railroads ;   George  W. 


676 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


Grossman,  coffee  ;  Emanuel  Lehman,  cotton  ;  Seth  M.  Milliken,  dry  goods ;  James 
A.  Nichols,  wholesale  grocer ;  George  H.  Sargent,  hardware  ;  Gharles  M.  Vail, 
butter ;  Isaac  Wallach,  men's  furnishing  goods  ;  James  M.  Wentz,  dry  goods  ; 
Richard  H.  Williams,  coal ;  and  Frederick  B.  Schenck,  Cashier. 

The  Irving'  National  Bank  is  the  representative  bank  of  the  busy  district  on 
the  lower  West  Side  in  which  extensive  interests  engaged  in  the  produce,  provision 
and  dairy  trades  are  centered.      It  was  organized  as  a  State  bank  in  1851,  taking  for 

its  title  the  name 
so  famous  in  the 
literary  annals  of 
New  York.  Its 
original  banking- 
house  was  es- 
tablished at  229 
Greenwich  Street; 
and  soon  after  its 
formation  it  erect- 
ed on  the  lot  at 
the  northeast 
corner  of  Green- 
wich and  Warren 
Streets  the  bank 
and  office-build- 
ing in  which  it  has 
ever  since  been  es- 
tablished. The 
Irving  Savings  In- 
stitution, founded 
at  the  same  time, 
joined  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  building,  and  still  occupies  the  room  at  96  Warren  Street,  just  east  of 
those  of  the  bank,  an  old  and  close  connection  between  the  two  institutions  in  their 
several  capacities  being  still  maintained.  Edgar  II.  Laing  was  the  first  President  of 
the  Irving  Bank,  which  has  throughout  its  history  been  identified  with  the  butter  and 
provision  trades,  many  leading  merchants  in  those  lines  serving  in  its  successive 
boards  of  directors.  John  Castree  for  a  considerable  period  was  its  President.  In 
1865  it  accepted  a  National  bank  charter,  under  the  present  name.  The  present 
head  of  the  institution,  Charles  H.  Fancher,  entered  its  service  in  1866,  and  was 
elected  President  in  1890.  Its  Cashier,  George  E.  Souper,  has  been  connected  with 
the  bank  since  1868,  and  was  elected  to  his  present  post  in  1877.  The  Directors  of 
the  Irving  National  include  a  representation  of  some  of  the  foremost  houses  of  the 
provision  and  allied  trades,  and  business  men  engaged  in  other  lines.  They  are 
Charles  S.  Brown  (first  Vice-President),  John  Nix,  Harry  McBride,  Charles  F. 
Mattlage,  William  H.  Montanye  (second  Vice-President),  John  R.  Waters,  Charles 
Burkhalter,  George  E.  Souper,  John  W.  Castree,  Charles  H.  Fancher,  and  W.  H.  B. 
Totten.  The  total  resources  of  the  bank  aggregate  over  $5,000,000,  and  its  deposit 
line  exceeds  $4,250,000.  The  business  represented  is  almost  entirely  commercial, 
although  it  lias  a  large  connection  with  and  deposits  from  other  banks  through  the 
country.  The  capital  is  $500,000  ;  in  addition  to  which  there  is  a  surplus  fund  of 
$315,000.     The  success  of  the  conservative  management  of  the  Irving  National  is 


IRVING    NATIONAL    BANK,    WARRtN    AND    GREENWICH    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


677 


shown  by  its  record  of  fifty-four  dividends  on  the  stock  since  it  became  a  National 
bank,  the  present  rate  being  eight  per  cent,  per  annum,  the  shares  selling  for  .f  200 
each,  on  a  par  value  of  $100. 

The  double  stations  of  the  elevated  railroad  at  the  corners  where  the  bank's 
building  is  located  interfere  with  the  getting  of  a  photographic  view  of  the  structure, 
which  was  specially  built  and  adapted  to  the  uses  of  the  Irving  National  Bank. 

The  National  Shoe  and  Leather  Bank  was  founded  by  merchants  iden- 
tified with  the  leather  trade  of  New  York.  It  organized  under  the  State  law  in 
1853;  and  its  original  place  of  business  was  at  the  corner  of  William  and  John 
Streets.  Loring  Andrews,  a  merchant  prominent  and  successful  in  the  leather  busi- 
ness, was  its  first  President,  being  succeeded  by  William  H.  Carey.  In  1855  the 
bank  moved  to  271  Broadway,  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Chambers  Street,  on  which 
site  a  white  marble  bank  and  office  building,  valued  at  a  quarter  of  a  million,  was 
erected  for  its  use.  It  adjoins  the  Chemical  National  Bank,  and  is  across  the  street 
from  the  County  Court-House,  which  stands  in  City-Hall  Park.  In  1865  it  became  a 
National  bank,  the  capital  remaining  at  if  500,000.  Its  prosperity  has  been  steady 
and  uniform,  and  it  has  attracted  and  retained  a  custom  recruited  from  the  hardware 
and  numerous  other  conservative  lines  of  trade  which  are  located  in  its  vicinity,  its 
management  including  representatives  of  such  interests,  in  addition  to  prominent 
and  wealthy  capitalists.  Its  surplus  and  undivided. profits  amount  to  nearly  $300,- 
000,  and  its  total  resources  are  $5,400,000,  the  aggregate  line  of  deposits  reaching 
$4,500,000.      The  $100  par  value  of  shares  of  the  bank  are  quoted  at  $160.      John 

M.  Crane,  the  President  of  the     f — _._ — 3 

National  Shoe  and  Leather 
Bank,  is  in  length  of  service  one 
of  the  oldest  bank  officials  in  the 
city,  having  entered  the  service 
of  the  bank  soon  after  its  forma- 
tion, becoming  soon  afterwards 
its  cashier,  and  later  assuming 
the  place  of  its  chief  executive. 
George  L.  Pease  is  the  Vice- 
President,  and  William  D.  Van 
Vleck  the  Cashier.  The  present 
Board  of  Directors  of  the  Na- 
tional Shoe  and  Leather  Bank 
is  composed  of  the  following 
representative  gentlemen  :  Wil- 
liam Sulzbacher,  of  Sulzbacher, 
Gitterman  &  Wedeles,  woollen 
importers  ;  Thomas  Russell, 
thread ;  Theodore  M.  Ives, 
thread  ;  John  M.  Crane,  Presi- 
dent National  Shoe  and  Leather 
Bank  ;  George  L.  Pease,  of  the 
Boerum  &  Pease  Co.  ;  Joseph 
S.  Stout,  banker ;  Alonzo  Slote, 
of  Treadwell  &  Slote,  clothing  ; 
Moritz  Josephthal  ;  Felix  Campbell,  iron  pipe;  John  R.  Hegeman,  President 
Metropolitan  Life-Insurance  Co.  ;  and  John  H.  Graham,  hardware. 


NATIONAL   SHOE    AND    LEATHER    BANK,   271    BROADWAY, 
SOUTHWEST    CORNER    OF    CHAMBERS    STREET. 


678  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 

For  forty  years  the  time  tried  and  thoroughly  tested  Shoe  and  Leather  Bank  has 
pursued  its  quiet,  conservative  and  successful  career ;  always  securing  its  full  share 
of  business,  earning  and  paying  its  expected  dividends,  and  accumulating  a  credita- 
ble surplus.  Its  most  successful  period  has  been  of  late  years,  under  the  administra- 
tion of  President  Crane.  While  making  no  special  effort  to  obtain  accounts  from 
banks  and  bankers,  it  has  on  its  books  a  very  fine  line  of  accounts  from  financial 
institutions  throughout  the  country ;  looked  out  for  with  as  much  care  and  satisfac- 
tion as  at  any  bank  in  the  city ;  no  officers  having  had  longer  experience  than  those 
of  the  National  Shoe  and  Leather  Bank. 

The  Market  and  Fulton  National  Bank  denotes,  in  its  title,  the  union 
of  two  old  New-York  institutions,  the  Market  Bank,  founded  in  1852,  and  the 
Fulton  Bank,  organized  in  1824.  The  consolidation  took  place  on  December 
20,  1887,  when  the  Market  National  Bank  (its  National  charter  dating  from  1864) 
increased  its  capital  of  $ 500,000  to  $750,000,  giving  the  stockholders  of  the  Fulton 
the  privilege  of  subscribing  for  the  amount  of  the  increase,  and  changed  its  name  to 
the  present  title.  The  banking-house  of  the  Fulton  was  at  Fulton  and  Pearl  Streets, 
and  the  Market  had  in  1854  established  itself  at  Beekman  and  Pearl  Streets.  By 
their  union,  the  two  institutions,  which  drew  their  custom  from  the  same  busy  and 
opulent  section  of  the  town,  formed  one  large  bank.  In  1888,  at  the  northwest  cor- 
ner of  Fulton  and  Gold  Streets,  the  massive  bank  and  office  building  occupied  by  the 
Market  and  Fulton  since  May,  1889,  was  erected  at  a  cost  of  about  $500,000.  This 
edifice  is  an  architectural  ornament  to  that  section  of  the  city.  It  furnishes  a  banking- 
room  of  unusual  size  and  convenience,  the  basement  being  devoted  to  safe-deposit 
vaults,  which  are  largely  patronized  for  their  convenience  and  strength.  On  its 
upper  floor  is  the  Fulton  Club.  The  institution's  success  is  attested  by  its  total 
resources  of  $7,250,000,  its  deposits  aggregating  over  $6,000,000,  and  its  surplus 
and  undivided  profits  of  about  $800,000.  The  average  annual  dividends  paid  on  the 
stock  since  the  organization  of  the  Market  Bank  have  been  over  8^  per  cent.,  and 
the  shares  are  quoted  at  $220.  A  marked  fact  in  the  history  of  the  bank  is  the 
extended  service  of  its  chief  officers.  Robert  Bayles  has  been  President  of  the 
Market  Bank  ever  since  1863.  Alexander  Gilbert,  who  became  Cashier  in  the 
same  year,  is  the  senior  cashier  of  New  York,  and  has  in  fact  refused  the  presidency 
of  two  prominent  institutions  rather  than  sever  his  life-long  connection  with  the 
Market  Bank.  He  is  the  mayor  of  Plainfield,  N.  J.,  where  he  resides.  The  direc- 
tors consist  of  Benjamin  H.  Howell,  of  B.  H.  Howell,  Son  &  Co.  ;  Henry  Lyles,  Jr., 
Vice-President  ;  Robert  Bayles,  President  ;  George  M.  Olcott,  of  Dodge  &  Olcott  ; 
Richard  P.  Merritt,  of  Barnes  &  Merritt  ;  John  T  Willets,  of  Willets  &  Co.  ; 
Alexander  Gilbert,  Cashier  ;  Henry  W.  Banks,  of  H.  W.  Banks  &  Co.  ;  W.  Irving 
Clark,  importer  ;  James  L.  Morgan,  Jr. ,  of  J.  L.  Morgan  &  Co.  ;  Frederick  W. 
Devoe,  of  F.  W.  Devoe  &  Co.  ;  John  Abendroth,  of  Abendroth  &  Root  Mfg.  Co.  ; 
Joseph  C.  Baldwin,  of  New-York  Dye-Wood  and  Extract  Co.  ;  and  Edward  J.  Hall, 
Jr.,  Vice-President  American  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Co. 

The  East-River  National  Bank  is  established  at  682  Broadway,  corner  of 
Great  Jones  Street,  in  a  section  of  the  city  in  which  some  of  the  largest  distributing 
and  manufacturing  lines  are  mingled  with  extensive  retail  commercial  interests. 
The  bank  is  an  old  institution,  having  received  its  State  charter  in  1852.  David 
Banks  was  the  first  President.  The  first  home  of  the  bank  was  at  56  Third  Avenue. 
For  many  years  it  has  been  in  its  present  neighborhood,  having  for  a  time  occupied 
the  adjoining  building,  680  Broadway,  which  it  still  owns.  In  1865  it  became  a 
National  bank,  with  a  capital  of  $250,000.      The  surplus  and  undivided  profits  are 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


679 


MARKET    AND    FULTON    NATIONAL    BANK. 

FULTON  AND  GOLD  STREETS. 


68o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


EAST-RIVER    NATIONAL    BANK,   BROADWAY    AND    GREAT    JONES    STREET. 

sure  it  has  displayed  a  noteworthy  ability  to  assist  its 
is  a  diversified  one,  but  its 
business  is  held  strictly  to 
the  mercantile  and  legitimate 
type  of  banking,  with  excel- 
lent results,  the  average  divi- 
dends paid  since  its  organi- 
zation having  been  seven 
per  cent. 

The  St.  Nicholas 
Bank  was  formed  as  a  State 
bank  in  1852,  and  occupied 
the  premises  at  6  Wall  Street, 
until  the  completion  of  the 
brownstone  building,  at  7 
Wall  Street,  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  street,  at  the 
corner  of  New  Street,  which 
was  built  for  its  use.  It  be- 
came a  National  bank  in 
1863,  but  on  the  expiration 
of  its  charter  under  the  Na- 
tional law,  its  management 
decided  not  to  renew  it.  The 
institution  has  accordingly 
operated  under  a  State  char- 

*  ,  ST.    NICHOLAS    BANK,    MILLS 

ter   since    1883.      In  1881   it  exchan 


over  $140,000,  and  the 
total  resources  exceed 
$1,750,000.  The  Board 
of  Directors  is  a  strong 
one,  consisting  of  Charles 
Jenkins,  David  Banks, 
Charles  Banks,  Joseph 
Rogers,  William  Phelps, 
William  H .  Hume, 
Augustus  D.  Porter 
and  Raymond  Jenkins. 
Charles  Jenkins,  the 
President,  is  one  of  the 
oldest  bank  officers  of 
the  city.  Raymond  Jen- 
kins is  Vice-President  ; 
and  Zenas  E.  Newell, 
Cashier.  The  bank 
maintains  a  reputation 
for  steady  conservatism, 
its  policy  being  exempli- 
fied by  the  fact  that  in 
times  of  financial  pres- 
customers.     Its  deposit  line 


BUILDING,   BROAD    STREET    AND 
GE    PLACE. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


681 


disposed  of  the  building  on  Wall  Street,  which  has  been  called  by  its  name,  and  remained 
as  a  tenant  until  1887,  when  it  took  quarters  on  the  first  floor  of  the  Equitable  Build- 
ing. On  the  expiration  of  its  lease  in  1892,  another  move  was  made  to  the  magnifi- 
cent Mills  Building,  where  the  bank  is  now  established,  in  accessible  and  convenient 
quarters  on  the  ground-floor,  at  the  corner  of  Exchange  Place  and  Broad  Street. 
Among  the  first  presidents  were  Caleb  Barstow,  Gen.  E.  J,  Mallett  and  Wm.  R.  Fos- 
dick,  the  latter  serving  in  1864,  and  some  years  subsequent  thereto.  Its  Board  consists 
of  Arthur  B.  Graves,  Henry  F.  Hitch,  John  Straiton,  Joseph  H.  Parsons,  William  H. 
Akin,  William  J.  Gardner,  George  P.  Sheldon,  L.  C.  Lathrop  and  John  D.  Barrett. 
The  President,  Arthur  B.  Graves,  held  that  position  from  1878  to  1882,  resigned  to 
go  abroad,  and  resumed  the  presidency  in  1887.  The  cashier,  William  J.  Gard- 
ner, has  been  in  the  service  of  the  institution  since  1864,  rising  from  a  subordinate 
post  to  his  present  position,  which  he  has  held  since  1884.  The  St. -Nicholas  makes 
no  display,  and  no  effort  in  order  to  swell  its  figures  to  affect  its  depositors  or  the 
public.  Its  management  is  conservative  and  experienced,  and  confines  itself  mainly 
to  those  branches  which  are 
productive  of  favorable  re- 
sults through  adherence  to 
its  time-honored  and  old- 
fashioned  methods.  It  also 
enjoys  a  Wall-Street  con- 
nection of  the  more  con- 
servative kind.  Its  capital 
is  $500,000.  It  possesses  a 
surplus  of  $150,000;  its 
net  deposits  are  upwards  of 
$2,300,000. 

The  Central  National 
Bank  is  the  largest  and 
strongest  banking  institution 
of  the  dry-goods  district  of 
New  York.  It  has  enjoyed 
this  distinction  almost  from 
its  organization  in  1 863, 
when  it  temporarily  occupied 
the  building  at  the  southeast 
corner  of  Broadway  and 
Pearl  Street,  and  subsequent- 
ly the  white  marble  building 
on  the  opposite  corner,  in 
which  it  has  since  been  com- 
fortably housed,  and  which 
it  afterwards  bought.  It  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  dry-goods  district,  where 
it  has  a  large  business.  William  A.  Wheelock  was  its  president  for  fifteen 
years,  resigning  in  1882,  when  William  M.  Bliss  became  President.  The  present 
chief  executive  of  the  Central  National,  Col.  William  L.  Strong,  who  was  elected 
Vice-President  in  1882  and  President  in  1888,  maintains  the  traditions  of  this 
strong  line  of  predecessors.  A  merchant  of  long  experience  and  successful  record, 
and  identified  with  many  of  the  city's  financial,  social,  and  political  institutions, 
with  personal  prominence  and  wide  influence  in  the  dry-goods  and  allied  trades,  he 


CENTRAL  NATIONAL  BANK,  BROAD^ 


682  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

presides  over  a  Board  of  Directors  representing  the  strongest  elements  among 
the  textile  interests.  The  directors  are  :  William  A.  Wheelock,  William  M. 
Bliss,  Simon  Bernheimer,  James  W.  Smith,  William  L.  Strong,  Edward  C.  Samp- 
son, James  H.  Dunham,  Edwin  Langdon,  Woodbury  Langdon,  John  Claflin,  and 
John  A.  McCall.  Edwin  Langdon,  the  Vice-President  of  the  bank,  has  been  in  its 
service  since  1 865,  rising  through  all  the  grades  to  his  present  post,  having  been 
elected  thereto  in  1889.  Charles  S.  Young,  for  many  years  Paying  Teller,  is  now  the 
Cashier  of  the  bank.  The  Central  is  among  the  "two  figure"  institutions,  its  total 
resources  and  deposits  exceeding  $16, 000,000.  The  character  of  its  business,  how- 
ever, merits  attention,  for  it  is  one  of  the  largest  and  strongest  banks  in  the  country, 
based  mainly  upon  a  mercantile  connection  and  custom.  The  collection  and  corre- 
spondence of  the  Central  National  with  "outside"  banks  are,  of  course,  considerable, 
and  its  deposits  from  this  source,  as  well  as  from  business  and  corporate  interests 
other  than  the  dry-goods  trade,  are  elements  in  its  prosperity.  The  capital  of  the 
Central  is  $2,000,000,  its  surplus  and  undivided  profits  $553,515,  and  its  aggregate 
resources  are  over  $16,000,000.  Its  aggregate  deposits,  now  $14, 000, 000,  represent 
1,200  depositors;  and  during  the  current  year  the  bank  paid  checks  aggregating 
more  than  $560,000,000.  The  conservative  character  of  its  business,  and  the  con- 
fidence which  the  mercantile  community  feels  in  the  Central's  position,  are  such 
that  at  times  of  financial  disturbance  and  uncertainty,  when  bank  deposits  tend 
to  shrink,  those  of  this  institution  usually  show  a  positive  increase.  There  are  very 
few  financial  institutions  of  which  this  can  be  said. 

The  National  Park  Bank  of  New  York  is  the  largest  bank  in  the  United 
States,  and  stands  not  only  pre-eminent  among  the  banks  of  New  York,  but  indeed 
among  those  of  the  entire  country.  It  has  now,  and  for  a  long  time  has  maintained, 
the  largest  aggregate  deposits  —  $33,847,000  —  the  largest  resources  —  $46,697,493 
—  and  the  largest  business  of  any  financial  institution  in  the  western  world,  its  influ- 
ence extending  to  every  portion  of  the  United  States.  In  fact,  the  banking  connec- 
tions of  the  National  Park  Bank  are  not  confined  to  this  country,  but  among  the 
hundreds  of  banks  and  bankers  who  act  as  its  correspondents,  and  of  which  it  is  the 
New-York  agent  and  depository,  are  a  number  in  Canada,  Mexico,  and  other  coun- 
tries. In  addition,  the  relations  of  the  bank  with  commercial,  manufacturing  and 
corporate  interests,  as  well  as  with  bankers  and  capitalists,  furnish  a  volume  of  busi- 
ness unequalled  in  the  history  of  American  banking.  A  perfect  organization,  excep- 
tional facilities  for  the  transaction  of  every  class  of  business,  an  uninterrupted 
record  of  success,  and  a  management  in  which  experience,  energy  and  conservatism 
predominate,  are  the  foundations  upon  which  this  prosperity  has  been  established. 
The  name  of  the  bank  recalls  to  former  generations  of  New-Yorkers  the  Park  which 
surrounds  the  City  Hall.  The  charter  dates  from  1856,  the  bank  being  established 
in  that  year  at  the  corner  of  Beekman  Street  and  Theatre  Alley,  where  Temple 
Court  now  stands.  Reuben  W.  Howes  and  Charles  A.  Macy  were  the  first  Presi- 
dent and  Cashier,  respectively.  The  original  capital  of  $2,000,000  has  remained 
unchanged,  and  a  surplus  of  nearly  $3,000,000  has  been  added  to  it.  In  1865  it 
became  a  National  bank,  and  in  1866  it  purchased  the  premises  at  214  and  216 
Broadway,  opposite  St.  Paul's,  and  built  thereon  the  dignified  marble  building,  of 
fire-proof  construction,  which  has  since  been  its  home.  This  site  had  been  at  one 
time  occupied  by  the  Chemical  Bank.  The  upper  portions  are  divided  into  offices, 
the  tenants  of  which  include  prominent  firms  and  corporations,  notably  the  Illinois 
Central  Railroad  Company.  The  entire  first  floor  is  occupied  by  the  bank,  the 
rotunda  in  the  rear  being  a  stately  apartment  decorated  in  white  and  gold.      Its  pro- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


THE  NATIONAL  PARK  BANK  OF  NEW  YORK. 

214    BROADWAY,    BETWEEN    FULTON    AND    ANN    STREETS,    OPPOSITE    ST. -PAUL'S    CHAPEL. 


684  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

portions  are  ample  for  its  125  employees,  the  largest  number  engaged  in  any  New- 
York  banking  institution.  The  treasure-vault  in  the  bank  is  one  of  the  strongest  in 
the  world,  and  contains  from  $10,000,000  to  $15,000,000  in  specie  and  notes. 
Beneath  the  banking-room  is  a  great  safe-deposit  vault,  the  entrance  to  which  is 
through  the  bank,  and  which  is  conducted  as  one  of  its  departments.  In  safety  and 
convenience  it  compares  with  any  in  New  York,  and  scarcely  a  safe  among  its  hun- 
dreds is  unrented. 

The  character  of  the  management  is  shown  by  the  prominence  and  high  standing 
of  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  consists  of  Arthur  Leary,  Eugene  Kelly,  Ebenezer 
K.  Wright,  Joseph  T.  Moore,  Stuyvesant  Fish,  George  S.  Hart,  Charles  Sternbach, 
Charles  Scribner,  Edward  C.  Hoyt,  Edward  E.  Poor,  W.  Rockhill  Potts,  August 
Belmont,  Richard  Delafield,  Francis  R.  Appleton,  and  John  Jacob  Astor.  Ebene- 
zer K.  Wright  became  its  President  in  1890,  having  entered  the  bank  in  1859  as 
teller's  assistant,  rising  through  the  various  grades  to  the  post  of  Cashier  in  1876, 
Director  in  1878,  and  Vice-President  in  1889.  The  Vice-President,  Arthur  Leary, 
is  the  senior  Director,  and  the  only  remaining  charter-member  of  the  original  board. 
The  cashier,  George  S.  Hickok,  and  the  Assistant-Cashier,  Edward  J.  Baldwin,  have 
each  a  record  of  many  years'  service  in  the  bank. 

The  Importers'  and  Traders'  National  Bank,  at  the  corner  of  Broadway 
and  Murray  Street,  is  prominent  in  the  banking  world  for  the  number  and  magni- 
tude of  its  mercantile  accounts.  Its  deposits  of  over  $26,000,000  are  mainly  drawn 
from  that  source,  and  its  surplus  of  $5,600,000  is  due  to  the  steadiness  with  which 
its  management  has,  since  its  formation  in  the  '50s,  adhered  to  that  class  of  business. 

The  First  National  Bank  was  among  the  earliest  to  organize  under  the 
National  law,  having  been  established  in  1863.  It  has  acquired  renown  throughout 
the  country  from  the  active  part  taken  by  its  management  of  United-States  Govern- 
ment loans.  In  the  refunding  operations  of  1879  ^  was  the  principal  agent  of  the 
Treasury,  placing  no  less  than  $500,000,000  of  bonds.  Its  business  is  largely  as 
reserve  agent  for  National  banks  throughout  the  country,  and  its  deposits  from  that 
line  are  the  greatest  in  the  United  States,  as  is  also  its  surplus,  which  is  over  $7,000,- 
000.  The  First  National  occupies  the  Broadway  side  of  the  United  Bank  Building, 
at  Broadway  and  Wall  Street  ;  and  is  the  owner  of  an  undivided  half  of  that  edifice. 
George  F.  Baker  is  its  President. 

The  Second  National  Bank  occupies  one  of  the  busiest,  most  frequented,  and 
most  conspicuous  corners  in  New  York.  It  is  at  the  intersection  of  Broadway,  Fifth 
Avenue  and  23d  Street.  At  this  point,  the  southwestern  corner  of  Madison  Square, 
the  business  life  and  the  social  life  of  the  metropolis  meet.  Forty  years  ago,  the 
site  was  occupied  by  a  roadside  hostelry,  which,  when  the  steady  northward  march 
of  improvement  reached  23d  Street,  gave  place  to  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel  building. 
In  1863  the  Second  National  Bank  was  organized  and  took  possession  of  its  present 
suite  of  offices,  and  there  it  has  since  remained.  The  original  capital  of  $300,000 
remains  unchanged,  a  surplus  of  $450,000  having  accumulated  in  addition.  On 
December  31,  1875,  an  extra  dividend  of  100  per  cent,  was  declared,  and  paid  to 
the  stockholders.  The  first  President  of  the  institution,  Henry  A.  Hurlbut,  is  still 
a  member  of  its  Board  of  Directors.  George  Montague,  its  President  since  1884,  1S 
one  of  the  well-known  and  experienced  bankers  of  New  York.  The  Board  of 
Directors  is  a  strong  and  conservative  one,  representing  both  up-town  business  and 
investing  wealth,  and  down-town  banking  interests  as  well.  It  consists  of  Amos 
R.  Eno,  who  built  and  still  owns  the  Fifth- Avenue  Hotel  ;  Henry  A.  Hurlbut, 
Alfred  B.  Darling,  John  L.  Riker,  William  C.  Brewster,  Wm.  P.  St.  John,  George 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


685 


686  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Montague,  Charles  B.  Fosdick,  George  Sherman,  Welcome  G.  Hitchcock,  and  John 
W.  Aitken.  The  Second  National  Bank  was  a  pioneer  in  its  field.  Its  organizers 
were  the  earliest  to  perceive  that  not  only  did  the  large  mercantile  interests  of  all 
kinds  concentrating  in  the  central  up-town  portion  of  New  York  demand  banking 
facilities,  but  that  the  same  section  of  the  city  was  the  abode  of  wealthy  citizens  not 
actively  engaged  in  business,  who  would  furnish  an  unusually  desirable  clientele  for 
such  an  institution.  In  1869,  Joseph  S.  Case,  then  its  paying  teller,  now  its 
Cashier,  observed  that  the  latter  class  included  many  women  ;  and  he  was  the  first 
to  suggest  that  the  bank  should  provide  special  accommodations  for  women  custom- 
ers. A  parlor,  with  windows  at  teller's  and  bookkeeper's  desks  for  their  use  was 
accordingly  provided,  and  has  become  very  popular,  so  popular  that  several  banks 
have  introduced  the  same  feature.  The  bank's  deposits  amount  to  $6,000,000,  and 
its  gross  assets  upwards  of  $7,000,000.  The  Fifth- Avenue  Safe-Deposit  Company 
occupies  with  its  well-arranged  fire  and  burglar  proof  vaults  the  basement  immedi- 
ately beneath  the  bank,  the  entrance  thereto  being  through  the  banking-rooms  of 
the  Second  National  Bank.  The  safeguards  it  affords  are  largely  patronized  by  the 
latter's  dealers,  as  well  as  by  the  community  around  Madison  Square. 

The  Fourth  National  Bank  was  organized  in  1864  under  the  provisions  of  the 
National  Banking  Act.  Leading  citizens  took  an  active  interest  in  its  fortunes,  and 
its  first  President  was  George  Opdyke,  ex-Mayor  of  the  city.  The  bank  has  always 
occupied  a  high  position  and  enjoys  an  extensive  and  diversified  business,  its  deposits 
aggregating  over  $31,000,000,  and  its  total  resources,  $39,000,000.  It  is  one  of  the 
largest  banks  in  the  country.  J.  Edward  Simmons,  its  President  since  1888,  is 
prominent  as  an  Ex-President  of  the  Stock  Exchange,  Ex-President  of  the  School 
Board,  and  in  other  public  capacities. 

The  Ninth  National  Bank  was  founded  in  the  days  of  commercial  expansion 
which  marked  the  close  of  the  civil  war.  It  organized  under  the  National  law  in 
1864,  its  first  President  being  Joseph  U.  Orvis  ;  and  its  first  offices  were  established 
at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Franklin  Street.  The  location  of  the  bank  was  fav- 
orable to  the  development  of  a  large  connection  in  the  dry-goods  and  allied  trades. 
In  1 87 1  the  imposing  granite  building  at  407  and  409  Broadway,  between  Walker 
Street  and  Lispenard  Street,  was  built  and  occupied  by  the  institution.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  spacious,  best  lighted,  and  best  arranged  banking  houses  in  the  city. 
The  cost  of  the  building  and  lot  was  not  far  from  $650,000,  though  it  is  carried  on 
the  books  at  only  $450,000,  a  decidedly  inadequate  estimate  of  its  present  value. 
For  many  years  the  bank  paid  dividends  averaging  seven  per  cent,  per  annum, 
but  more  recently  the  institution,  under  the  Presidency  of  John  K.  Cilley,  an  old- 
time  wool-and-hide  merchant,  who  was  elected  to  that  office  in  1891,  has  adopted 
the  policy  of  augmenting  its  surplus,  which  already  reaches  over  $200,000,  the  capi- 
tal of  the  bank  being  $750,000.  Under  President  Cilley's  administration,  the 
bank's  deposits  have  increased  almost  $2,000,000,  and  are  now  over  $6,000,000,  and 
the  quoted  price  of  the  stock  has  gone  up  from  par  to  130.  While  its  mercantile 
accounts,  embracing  as  they  do,  a  great  variety  of  trades,  form  the  most  important 
part  of  the  bank's  business,  it  possesses  also  an  extensive  and  desirable  correspond- 
ence among  banks  and  business  houses  all  over  the  country,  enabling  it  to  extend 
superior  collection  facilities  to  its  customers.  The  Directors  are  :  John  K.  Cilley, 
President  ;  C.  Henry  Garden,  of  C.  H.  Garden  &  Co.,  hats  and  caps,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.  ;  Albert  C.  Hall,  of  Alvah  Hall  &  Co.,  umbrellas  ;  Haskell  A.  Searle,  of  Searle, 
Dailey  &  Co.,  straw  goods  ;  William  E.  Tefft,  of  Tefft,  Weller  &  Co.,  dry  goods  ; 
Augustus  F.  Libby,  of  H.  J.  Libby  &  Co.,  commission  dry  goods  ;  Ernest  Werner, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


687 


688 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


of  Werner,  Joseph  &  Hollister,  commission  woolens;  William  E.  Iselin,  of  William 
Iselin  &  Co.,  importers  of  dry  goods  ;  and  H.  H.  Nazro,  Cashier.  Mr.  Nazro  has 
been  connected  with  the  Ninth  National  ever  since  it  was  organized,  occupying  his 
present  position  since  1873. 

The  Eleventh  Ward  Bank,  corner  of  Avenue  D  and  10th  Street,  New- York 
City,  was  organized  in  1867,  succeeding  the  New- York  Dry-Dock  Company,  which 

institution  was  incorporated 
in  1825  with  banking  privi- 
leges, and  better  known  as 
the  Dry-Dock  Bank.  The 
two  institutions  have  been 
located  since  1825  at  the  cor- 
ner of  Avenue  D  and  10th 
Street.  At  the  organization 
of  the  Eleventh  Ward  Bank, 
John  Englis,  the  well-known 
shipbuilder,  was  made  presi- 
dent, which  position  he  held 
until  1878,  when  he  resigned, 
and  was  succeeded  by  Henry 
Steers,  who  is  also  well- 
known  as  a  ship-builder. 
George  W.  Quintard,  of 
the  Quintard  Iron  Works, 
was  elected  vice-president, 
and  has  held  that  position 
from  the   date   of  organiza- 

ELEVENTH    WARD    BANK,   AVENUE    D   AND    EAST    10th   STREET.  tidl       tO      the       Dl'esent      time. 

Chauncy  A.  Waterbury  was  chosen  cashier,  which  position  he  held  until  March, 
1869,  when  he  was  succeeded  by  the  present  cashier,  Charles  E.  Brown.  *  The  cap- 
ital of  the  bank  is  $100,000;  the  surplus  and  profits,  $225,500.  The  Board  of 
Directors  is  composed  of  the  following  gentlemen  :  Henry  Steers,  President  (Pres- 
ident of  the  Williamsburgh  Gas  Co.);  George  W.  Quintard,  Vice-President  (of 
the  Quintard  Iron  Works)  ;  Edward  V.  Loew,  President  of  the  Manufacturers' 
&  Builders'  Insurance  Co.  ;  David  H.  McAlpin  and  Edwin  A.  McAlpin,  of  D.  H. 
McAlpin  &  Co.,  tobacconists  ;  John  E.  Hoffmire,  President  of  the  Brighton  Pier  & 
Navigation  Co.  ;  George  E.  Weed,  President  of  the  Morgan  Iron  Works  ;  John 
Englis,  capitalist  ;  Edward  S.  Knapp,  President  of  Queens  County  Bank,  L.  I.  ; 
George  Law,  President  of  the  Eighth  Avenue  Railroad  Co.  ;  and  Charles  E.  Brown, 
cashier  ;  a  board  of  directors  of  exceptional  strength. 

The  Eleventh  Ward  Bank  is  several  squares  east  of  Grace  Church  and  Broad- 
way, close  to  the  East  River  and  the  upper  piers  nearly  opposite  Greenpoint.  In  its 
immediate  vicinity  are  the  McAlpin  Tobacco  Works  and  the  Quintard  Iron  Works. 

The  New- York  Dry-Dock  Company,  organized  in  1825,  built  the  first  ship-rail- 
way, to  draw  vessels  out  of  water,  upon  the  land  set  up  in  New-York  harbor.  It 
was  located  at  what  is  now  the  foot  of  East  10th  Street,  and  the  dock  itself  was 
of  so  much  consequence,  and  the  company  was  of  such  high  standing,  that  the 
name  "Dry  Dock"  became  attached  to  the  section  of  territory  lying  between 
10th  Street  and  what  is  now  East  Houston  Street,  and  between  Avenue  D  and  the 
river.       Moreover,   besides  giving  its  name  to  the    bank  which    it    established   by 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


689 


virtue  of  the  banking  privilege  included  in  its  charter,  the  company  won  such  a 
reputation  for  financial  strength  and  solidity  that  the  founders  of  the  Dry-Dock 
Savings  Bank  thought  it  well  to  perpetuate  the  title  in  association  with  a  financial 
institution. 

The  Bank  of  the  Metropolis  is  a  flourishing  outgrowth  of  the  movement  of 
business  to  the  up-town  section  of  New  York.  Union  Square,  where  its  banking 
house  is  established,  was  thirty  years  ago  a  fashionable  residence-district.  To-day 
it  is  surrounded  by  some  of  the  largest  retail  business  houses  in  New  York,  and 
important  manufacturing  and  wholesale  industries  are  plentiful  in  the  neighborhood. 
The  magnitude  of  these  interests  is  attested  by  the  success  of  this  prosperous  insti- 
tution, the  business  of  which  is  derived  from  their  requirements,  and  which  is  con- 
ducted in  a  manner  to  attract  the  custom  and  support  of  the  dry-goods,  furniture, 
jewelry,  and  other  classes  of  merchants  whose  places  of  business  are  in  the  vicinity. 
The  bank  was  organized  in  1 87 1,  and  commenced  operations  in  June  of  that  year. 
The  first  President  was  W.  A.  Kissam  (who  died  in  the  same  year),  and  the  original 
place  of  business  was  31  Union  Square.  A  removal  to  17  Union  Square  followed 
six  years  later,  and  in  1888  the  bank  took  the  more  commodious  quarters  at  29 
Union  Square,  which  it  now  occupies.  Robert  Schell,  the  President,  who  has  held 
the  position  steadily  for  twenty  years,  was  formerly  a  well-known  jewelry  merchant 
in  Maiden  Lane.  William  B.  Isham,  the  Vice-President  (since  1885),  was  promi- 
nent in  the  leather  trade ; 
and  the  Cashier,  Theodore 
Rogers,  has  occupied  the 
same  position  since  the  for- 
mation of  the  bank.  The 
Board  of  Directors  is  a  re- 
markably strong  body,  com- 
prising representatives  of 
houses  which  are  known  not 
only  in  New  York  but 
throughout  the  United 
States.  They  are  Charles 
L.  Tiffany,  of  Tiffany  & 
Company;  Hon.  Samuel 
Sloan,  President  of  the  Dela- 
ware, Lackawanna  &  West- 
ern Railroad  ;  Robert  Schell, 
the  President ;  Joseph  Park, 
of  Park  &  Tilford  ;  William 
Steinway,  of  Steinway  & 
Sons ;  William  B.  Isham, 
capitalist ;  W.  D.  Sloane,  of 
W.  &  J.  Sloane  ;  and  Hicks 
Arnold,  of  Arnold,  Consta- 
ble &  Company.  The  bank 
has  a  deposit  line  of  nearly  $7,000,000;  and  a  surplus  of  $ 700,000  has  been 
accumulated  on  the  capital  of  $300,000.  The  shares  of  the  Bank  of  the  Metropolis 
have  a  market  value  of  over  $400  each. 

An  institution  of  such  solidity  and  enterprise,  and  with  such  widely  and  favorably 
known  officers  and  directors,  is  of  great  benefit  to  business  in  the  up-town  district. 
44  ^ 


BANK   OF   THE    METROPOLIS,   29    UNION    SQUARE,   WEST,   SOUTHWEST 
CORNER    OF    16th    STREET. 


690 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Madison-Square  Bank,  organized  under  a  State  charter  in  1882,  is  a 
progressive  and  growing  up-town  institution.  Its  first  place  of  business  was  on  23d 
Street,  west  of  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel.  In  June,  1888,  the  institution  removed  to 
its  present  room  in  the  Madison- Square-Bank  Building,  at  the  junction  of  Fifth 
Avenue  and  Broadway  and  25th  Street.  It  immediately  faces  the  Worth  Monument, 
and  was  formerly  the  Haight  mansion,  for  many  years  the  home  of  the  New-York 
Club.  It  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  landmarks  in  the  neighborhood  of  Madison 
Square,  and  has  been  found  a  most  advantageous  position  for  an  institution  of  this 
kind.      Since  taking  possession  the  bank  has  enlarged  its  accommodations,  and  now 


WORTH   MONUMENT.  HOFFMAN    HOUSE.  26TH   STREET.  MADISON  SHARE   BANK. 

MADISON-SQUARE    BANK,   26TH    STREET,   BROADWAY   AND    FIFTH    AVENUE. 

occupies  the  entire  lower  floor,  having  separate  entrances  on  Fifth  Avenue  and  Broad- 
way. It  is  thoroughly  organized  in  all  its  departments,  and  has  a  large  clientage 
among  the  important  business  establishments  in  the  vicinity,  as  well  as  among  private 
people  of  means  throughout  the  residence-quarter.  Situated  in  the  heart  of  the 
shopping  district,  it  is  especially  convenient  for  ladies,  and  gives  special  attention  to 
their  department.  The  bank  draws  Letters  of  Credit  and  bills  of  exchange,  collects 
coupons  and  dividends,  and  allows  interest  on  Trust  Funds  deposited  by  Trustees 
and  Guardians,  Executors,  and  others.  The  capital  of  the  Madison-Square  Bank  is 
$500,000,  with  a  surplus  of  $170,000.  Its  deposits  aggregate  about  $1,800,000, 
and  its  resources  are  over  $2,500,000.  It  is  a  legal  depository  for  the  State  of  New 
York.  Its  President  is  Joseph  F.  Blaut  ;  Cashier,  Lewis  Thompson ;  and  Assistant 
Cashier,  C.  E.  Selover.  The  Directors  are  :  Frederick  Uhlmann,  F.  A.  Kursheedt, 
A.  S.  Kalischer,  R.  T.  McDonald,  Simon  Ottenberg,  A.  L.  Soulard,  E.  S.  Stokes, 
Joseph  F.  Blaut,  Lewis  Thompson,  and  C.  E.  Selover. 

In  the  Madison-Square-Bank  Building  are  the  editorial  and  publication  offices  of 
the  Cosmopolitan  Magazine. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


691 


The  Mount  Morris  Bank  is  the  representative  financial  institution  of  the 
growing  quarter  of  New  York  which  now  occupies  the  former  suburb  of  Harlem. 
The  increase  of  population  in  that  district  following  the  introduction  of  rapid  tran- 
sit was  accompanied  by  the  development  of  business  interests  both  commercial  and 
manufacturing.  To  supply  the  needed  banking  facilities  the  Mount  Morris  Bank 
was  organized,  in  December,  1880,  under  a  State  charter.  For    three    years   it 

occupied  the  premises    133   East   125th  Street;  but  in        ^m     1883,  the   present 
handsome  building,  at  the  corner  of  125th  Street  and  Park    Avenue,    was 

built  by  the  bank,  at  a  cost  of  $300,000  for  land  and 
improvements,  and  has  thenceforth  been  its  home. 
The  fact  that  the  $100  shares  of  the  bank  sell 
for  $300  each,  is  an  evidence  of  the  wisdom  of 
its  organizers,  as  well  as  of  the  soundness  of 
its  management.  Although  the  accumulation 
of  surplus  and  profits  of  over  $330,000  has 
more  than  doubled  the  capital  of  $250,000, 
and  a  line  of  deposits  aggregating  over 
$2,800,000  are  even  more  significant,  it  ( 
should  be  remembered  too 
that  this  is  the  result  of 
legitimate  banking  in  its  ! 
strictest  sense.  These  re- 
sults are  attributable  to  the 
effective  management  which 
the  bank  has  enjoyed  since 
its  organization.  The  only 
change  that  has  occurred  in 
its  officers  was  the  election 
of  Joseph  M.  De  Veau,  who 
is  now  its  President,  as 
successor  to  Alexander 
Ketchum,  its  first  head.  Thomas  W.  Robinson  has  been  Cashier  since  its  forma- 
tion. The  Directors  are  Joseph  M.  DeVeau,  C.  C.  Baldwin,  George  B.  Robinson, 
L.  H.  Rogers,  David  L.  Evans,  Thomas  W.  Robinson,  C.  O.  Hubbell,  Jesse  G. 
Keys,  W.  Morton  Grinnell,  William  H.  Payne,  and  Waldo  P.  Clement. 

The  United-States  National  Bank,  organized  in  1881,  has  acquired  a 
prominent  position  among  the  leading  metropolitan  banks.  It  numbered  among 
its  original  stockholders  many  noted  capitalists  in  this  and  other  cities.  The  object 
sought  was  to  found  a  bank  of  national  importance,  and  from  its  inception  it  obtained 
a  large  correspondence  with  National  banks  and  bankers  throughout  the  country.  H. 
Victor  Newcomb  was  originally  its  President,  for  a  short  time  only,  Logan  C.  Mur- 
ray, a  Louisville  banker,  succeeding  him,  he  in  turn  being  succeeded  by  the  pre- 
sent President,  Dr.  James  H.  Parker.  The  banking-house  was  at  first  at  33  Nassau 
Street.  The  young  institution  passed  successfully  through  the  financial  crisis  of  1884, 
and  in  the  succeeding  year  moved  to  quarters  in  the  Washington  (or  Field)  Buildmg, 
at  1  Broadway.  Its  business  expanded  to  such  an  extent  that  in  1890  the  present 
building  at  41  Wall  Street  was  purchased,  three  additional  stories  being  added  to  the 
original  structure.  This  tall,  handsome  edifice,  which  furnishes  the  bank's  own 
spacious  quarters,  besides  a  large  number  of  offices  for  rental  on  its  upper  floors,  is 
carried  in  its  assets  at  less  than  $600,000,  although  its  value  is  manifestly  greater. 


i 


MOUNT    MORRIS    BANK,    125TH    STREET    AND    PARK    AVENUE. 


692 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


In  1 89 1  James  H.  Parker,  who  had  previously  held  the  position  of  Vice-President 
of  the  National  Park  Bank,  became  the  President  of  the  United-States  National, 
William  P.  Thompson  (now  president  of  the  National  Lead  Co.)  and  Henry  C.  Hop- 
kins having  been,  a  short  time  previous,  elected  Vice-President  and  Cashier,  respec- 
tively. The  Board  of  Directors  is  a  notably  strong  one.  It  includes  the  President 
and  Vice-President,  in  addition  to  Thomas  H.  Hubbard  and  Thomas  E.  Stillman  of 
the  distinguished  law-firm  of  Butler,  Stillman  &  Hubbard  ;  Collis  P.  Huntington, 
President  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  Company  ;  Thomas  W.  Pearsall,  of  T. 
W.  Pearsall  &  Company  ;  and  Henry  Allen  of  Henry  Allen  &  Company.  The 
capital  of  the  bank  is  $500,000;  its  surplus,  $565,000  ;•  and  the  aggregate  net 
deposits  over  if  10,000,000. 

The  Seaboard  National  Bank  is  located  at  18  Broadway.  It  is  less  than  a 
decade  old,  but  from  its  organization  it  has  rapidly  risen  to  a  high  position  among 
the  banks  of  the  city,  for  the  extent  of  its  business  and  connections,  and  the  sound 

yet  enterprising  character  of 
its  management.  As  its  name 
would  indicate,  the  institu- 
tion is  in  a  measure  represen- 
tative of  the  great  exporting 
interests  which  are  centered 
in  New  York  and  make  it 
the  seaboard  entrepot  of  the 
whole  country.  Such  inter- 
ests are  duly  represented  in 
its  Board  of  Directors,  and 
contribute  to  its  business, 
which,  however,  is  not  con- 
fined to  any  department  of 
trade.  The  bank  has  an  ex- 
tensive connection  with,  and 
a  line  of  deposits  from, 
leading  banks  and  bankers 
at  other  points,  a  large 
corporation  custom,  and 
many  accounts  among  large 
mercantile  firms  and  indi- 
vidual capitalists.  It  is  a 
depository  of  the  United 
States,  the  State  of  New 
York,  and  the  city  of  New 
York  ;  and  is  officially  desig- 
nated for  the  same  purpose 
by  the  Produce,  Cotton  and 
Coffee  Exchanges  of  New 
York.  Promptness,  security, 
and    a    spirit  of    accommo- 

SEABOARD    NATIONAL    BANK,    18    BROADWAY.  dation     tO     ltS      CUStOmerS,      of 

whatever  class,  have  been  the  rules  of  its  management,  as  well  as  the  explanation  of 
its  remarkable  progress  in  building  up,  in  less  than  ten  years,  a  business  represented 
by  $8,347,000  of  resources,  $7,601,761  of  deposits,  and  the  addition  of  a  surplus  of 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


693 


THE    UNITED-STATES    NATIONAL    BANK    OF    NEW    YORK. 

41    WALL    STREET,   SOUTH    SIDE,    BETWEEN    BROAD    STREET    AND    WILLIAM    STREET. 


694 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


$ 250,000  to  its  capital  of  $ 500,000.  Its  Board  of  Directors  is  a  notably  strong 
one,  and  is  decidedly  calculated  to  attract  confidence  in  behalf  of  the  institution.  It 
consists  of  Samuel  G.  Bayne,  President ;  Stuart  G.  Nelson,  Vice-President  ; 
Alexander  E.  Orr,  of  David  Dows  &  Co.,  produce  merchants;  Edward  V.  Loew, 
President  of  the  Manufacturers'  &  Builders'  Fire-insurance  Co. ;  Samuel  T.  Hub- 
bard, Jr.,  of  Hubbard,  Price  &  Co.,  cotton  merchants;  George  Milmine,  of  Mil- 
mine,  Bodman  &  Co.,  produce  merchants;  Henry  Thompson,  President  of  the 
Broadway  &  Seventh-Avenue  Railroad  ;  William  A.  Ross,  of  William  A.  Ross  & 
Brother,  merchants  ;  Daniel  O'Day,  President  of  the  People's  Bank,  Buffalo  ;  Joseph 

Seep,  of  the  Standard  Oil 
Co. ;  and  T.  Wistar  Brown, 
Vice-President  of  the  Pro- 
vident Life  &  Trust  Co., 
Philadelphia.  John  F. 
Thompson  is  the  Cashier. 

The  Seaboard  National 
Bank  has  commodious  and 
well-appointed  quarters  in  a 
most  substantial  granite 
building,  situated  at  the 
lower  end  of  Broadway, 
facing  the  historic  Bowling 
Green;  within  a  stone's 
throw  of  the  Produce  Ex- 
change, and  adjoining  the 
Standard  Oil  Company's 
building. 

The  National  Bank 
of  Deposit  is  one  of  the 
younger  National  banks  of 
the  city.  It  was  incorpo- 
rated in  July,  1887;  and 
has  occupied  for  its 
banking-rooms  the  Nassau- 
Street  side  of  the  Bryant 
Building,    at     55    Liberty 

NATIONAL   BANK   OF    DEPOSIT,   LIBERTY   AND    NASSAU    STREETS.  Street  The       Uei'iod      since 

its  organization  has  been  marked  by  depressions  in  general  business,  and  has  not 
been  without  mishaps  in  banking  circles.  Under  these  circumstances,  the  steady 
growth  of  this  institution  is  not  only  a  tribute  to  the  conservatism  and  ability  of  its 
management,  but  illustrates  the  growth  which  attends  a  banking  concern  in  New 
York  when  conducted  with  strict  adherence  to  the  legitimate  features  of  the  business. 
Sound  principles  and  sagacity  to  back  them  have  in  the  case  of  the  National  Bank 
of  Deposit  resulted  in  the  accumulation  of  a  surplus  and  undivided  profits  amountin 
to  $82,800  ;  and  these,  in  addition  to  a  capital  of  $300,000,  and  deposits  approac 
ing  $1,250,000,  make  its  gross  assets  about  $1,700,000.  It  possesses  an  experienced 
banking  and  business  management,  which  extends  personal  attention  to  the  interests 
of  its  dealers,  while  an  extensive  connection  has  been  secured  to  it  with  interior  bank- 
ing centres.  The  business  of  the  bank  is  mainly  of  a  mercantile  character,  distrib- 
uted, however,  in  many  different  lines  of  trade.     Its  shares,  of  a  par  value  of  $100,  are 


I 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


695 


quoted  in  the  market  at  $115.  Lewis  E.  Ransom,  the  President,  a  merchant,  with 
a  successful  record  as  a  bank  officer,  takes  personal  direction  of  the  affairs  of  the 
institution.  The  Board  of  Directors  representing  active  business  interests  here  and 
in  other  cities  are  John  H.  Gilbert,  Gilbertsville,  N.  Y.  ;  George  W.  Hoagland  ; 
Alfred  C.  Mintram,  of  James  H.  Taft  &  Co.  ;  Col.  E.  S.  Ormsby,  President  First 
National  Bank,  Emmetsburg,  Iowa;  Stephen  H.  Mills,  of  S.  H.  Mills  &  Co.  ; 
Augustus  K.  Sloan,  of  Carter,  Sloan  &  Co.  ;  Thomas  E.  Sloan,  of  the  National 
Express  Co.  ;  Leopold  Stern,  of  Stern  Bros.  &  Co.  ;  Noah  C.  Rogers,  of  Merrill  & 
Rogers  ;  F.  R.  Simmons,  of  Henry  Ginnel  &  Co  ;  Richard  A.  Anthony,  of  E.  &  H. 
T.  Anthony  &  Co.  ;  Lewis  E.  Ransom,  President ;  and  H.  B.  Moore,  Vice-President. 
The  Cashier  is  Henry  L.  Gilbert. 

The  record  of  the  progress  of  the  National  Bank  of  Deposit  gives  promise  of 
a  successful  banking  institution.  Its  location,  its  ramifications  and  its  management 
are  all  in  harmony  with  the  elements  that  go  toward  making  the  notably  large  finan- 
cial institutions  for  which  New  York  is  famous. 

The  Hide  and  Leather  National  Bank,  of  New  York,  is  an  appropriate 
name  for  an  institution  located  in  the  heart  of  the  historic  "  Swamp  "  district,  and 
having  in  its  management  a  strong  representation  of  the  wealth  and  ability  of  the 
leather  trade.  It  is  one  of  the 
recent  additions  to  the  roll  of 
New- York  banks,  having  been 
organized  March  31,  1891.  The 
comparative  lack  of  banking  facili- 
ties in  the  midst  of  one  of  the 
busiest  and  richest  business  quar- 
ters having  been  noticed  by  some 
of  the  prominent  men  of  the 
"Swamp,"  they  at  once  with 
characteristic  energy  set  about  the 
creation  of  an  institution  of  a  kind 
in  keeping  with  the  opportunity 
thus  presented.  A  capital  of 
$500,000  was  subscribed,  to- 
gether with  a  paid-in  surplus  of 
$50,000.  A  handsome  banking- 
room  was  secured  in  the  Healy 
Building,  at  the  corner  of  Gold 
and  Ferry  Streets,  and  the  new 
institution  entered  upon  its  career 
with  such  success  that  at  the  close 
of  its  first  year  its  total  resources 
are  nearly  $2,700,000,  and  its  de- 
posits $2,000,000,  and  it  has,  in 
spite  of  the  general  dullness  of 
business  credited  a  neat  sum  to 
profit  and  loss,  after  charging  oft 
all  expenses,  including  that  of 
organization,  while  its  stock  is  selling  at  $135  per  share  on  a  par  value  of  $100. 
This  gratifying  record  is  attributable  in  a  measure  to  the  composition  of  the 
directory,  which  includes  representatives  of  some  of  the  most  prominent  business 


HIDE  AND  LEATHER  NATIONAL  BANK,  GOLD  AND  FERRY  STREETS. 


696 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


houses  in  the  district.  It  is  composed  of  Charles  E.  Fosdick,  of  C.  B.  Fosdick  & 
Son ;  Charles  A.  Schieren,  of  Charles  A.  Schieren  &  Co. ;  Henry  C.  Howell,  of 
T.  P.  Howell  &  Co. ;  Edward  R.  Ladew,  of  Fayerweather  &  Ladew ;  Eugene 
G.  Blackford  ;  Dick  S.  Ramsay,  of  The  Ely  &  Ramsay  Co. ;  John  J.  Lapham,  of 
H.  G.  Lapham  &  Co. ;  Thomas  Keck,  of  Keck,  Mosser  &  Co. ;  Richard  Young ; 
A.  Augustus  Healy,  of  A.  Healy  &  Sons ;  and  Adolph  Scheftel  of  Scheftel  Brothers. 
The  young  bank  has  also  been  fortunate  in  the  selection  of  its  officers.  Its 
President,  Charles  B.  Fosdick,  one  of  the  oldest  leather  merchants,  has  been 
prominently  identified  with  banking  affairs  in  New  York,  having  long  been  a  direc- 
tor of  the  Second  National 
Bank,  serving  as  Chairman 
of  its  loan  committee  and 
acting  as  President.  He 
is  also  a  director  of  the 
Hamilton  Bank,  of  this  city. 
Charles  A.  Schieren  is  Vice- 
President  ;  and  the  Cashier 
is  Frederick  K.  Burckett, 
who  was  connected  with 
the  New- York  Produce  Ex- 
change Bank,  for  a  period 
of  eight  years,  resigning  the 
position  of  Assistant  Cashier 
of  that  bank  to  enter  upon 
the  duties  pertaining  to  his 
present  office,  and  for  four- 
teen years  previous  thereto 
was  in  the  service  of  the 
Fourth  National  Bank  of 
this  city. 

The  Sherman  Bank, 
although  the  newest  of 
New-York's  financial  insti- 
tutions, starts  out  under  such 
auspices  as  to  give  it  a  good 
position  among  the  solid 
and  progressive  banks  of 
the  city.  Its  name  com- 
memorates one  of  America's 
greatest  generals  and  noblest  and  most  beloved  patriots,  General  William  T.  Sher- 
man ;  and  is  also  suggestive  of  another  name  equally  honored  by  Americans,  Senator 
John  Sherman,  who,  besides  being  one  of  the  greatest  statesmen,  has  been  almost 
without  a  peer  in  his  knowledge  of  financial  matters.  Moreover,  it  calls  to  mind  t^e 
revolutionary  patriot  and  statesman,  Roger  Sherman,  a  signer  of  the  Declaration  of 
Independence,  all  together  indicating  that  the  name  "Sherman"  is  peculiarly  ap- 
propriate for  a  great  American  banking  institution.  The  bank's  quarters,  elegant, 
spacious,  and  admirably  arranged,  are  in  the  handsome  Mclntyre  Building,  on  Broad- 
way, at  the  corner  of  18th  Street,  to-day  one  of  the  most  frequented  and  thickly  settled 
neighborhoods  of  the  city.  Its  capital  of  $200,000  is  re-inforced  by  a  surplus  of 
$100,000.     Although  it  began  business  on  June  16,  1892,  it  immediately  obtained 


SHERMAN  BANK,  BROADWAY,  NORTHEAST  CORNER  OF  18th  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  697 

a  large  line  of  deposits,  which  were  attracted  to  it  from  the  business  people  and 
residents  of  the  vicinity,  and  from  a  number  of  firms  and  corporations  interested  in 
the  bank  or  drawn  to  it  by  its  list  of  officers  and  stockholders,  which  comprises  a 
thoroughly  representative  body  of  New- York  business  men.  The  officers  are 
Douglass  R.  Satterlee,  President ;  Henry  D.  Northrop,  Cashier  ;  both  veterans  in 
banking  circles.  The  directors  are  William  J.  Arkeil,  of  Judge  and  Frank  Les- 
lie's ;  Charles  E.  Bulkley,  President  of  the  Whiting  Mfg.  Co.;  Jacob  D.  Butler, 
builder  and  real  estate  ;  William  Crawford,  of  Simpson,  Crawford  &  Simpson  ; 
George  C.  Flint,  President  of  the  G.  C.  Flint  Company;  Louis  C.  Fuller,  President 
of  the  Electric  Cutlery  Co. ;  George  B.  Jacques,  of  Jacques  &  Marcus  ;  George  P. 
Johnson,  Treasurer  of  the  New- York  Biscuit  Co.,  and  New- York  manager  of  the 
Diamond  Match  Co. ;  Ewen  Mclntyre  ;  John  McLoughlin,  of  McLoughlin  Bros. ; 
Ludwig  Nissen,  diamond  importer;  Henry  D.  Northrop,  Cashier;  James  H.  Parker, 
President  of  the  United-States  National  Bank  ;  Douglass  R.  Satterlee,  President  ; 
George  P.  Sheldon,  President  of  the  Phenix  Insurance  Company  ;  William  R.  Smith, 
of  Worthington,  Smith  &  Co. ;  Benjamin  B.  Van  Derveer,  of  the  Tenney  Company. 
The  banking  rooms  of  the  Sherman  Bank  are  among  the  most  elegant  in  the  city  ;  and 
were  specially  designed  for  the  best  working  facilities  for  the  bank's  officers  and  clerks, 
and  the  most  satisfactory  accommodations  of  the  customers.  There  are  entirely 
separate  quarters  for  the  lady  patrons,  and  special  rooms  for  customers  who  wish  to 
look  over  private  papers  or  have  a  secluded  meeting  place  for  business  conferences. 
The  Foreign  Banking  Houses  of  New  York  form  an  important  and  useful 
part  in  the  financial  machinery  of  the  country,  and  no  account  of  the  organization  of 
wealth  and  commerce  in  the  great  city  would  be  complete  without  a  description  of 
their  functions,  and  a  reference  to  some  of  the  leading  firms  in  this  line  which, 
in  wealth,  influence,  and  volume  of  business,  rival  the  largest  of  incorporated  finan- 
cial institutions.  The  banking  business  of  Europe,  it  is  well  known,  is  more  largely 
conducted  as  a  matter  of  private  enterprise  than  is  the  case  here ;  and  great 
firms  like  the  Rothschilds,  with  their  branches  and  connections  in  every  city  of 
Europe,  are  powers  of  the  first  magnitude  in  the  world  of  money,  ranking,  it  is  fair 
to  say,  even  with  the  Banks  of  England  and  of  France.  The  private  financial 
houses  of  Wall  Street  are  the  extension  of  this  system  to  the  United  States,  and 
through  the  connection  which  they  maintain  with  the  bankers  of  London,  Paris, 
Berlin,  and  other  cities,  constitute  the  link  which  binds  together  the  financial  sys- 
tems of  the  two  hemispheres.  The  most  important  of  their  duties  is  furnishing  the 
facilities  for  payment  of  debts  incurred  in  Europe,  or  vice  versa.  These  bankers 
are  the  purchasers  of  the  drafts  which  American  shippers  draw  upon  foreign 
buyers  of  their  products,  and  on  the  other  hand  the  drafts  which  they  draw  upon 
their  correspondents  abroad,  when  sold  to  our  importers,  are  the  medium  through 
which  our  payments  for  foreign  commodities  are  settled.  This  constitutes  the 
country's  foreign-exchange  market,  which  business,  being  entirely  concentrated  at 
New  York,  forms  one  of  the  city's  strongest  titles  to  its  financial  supremacy.  The 
magnitude  of  these  transactions  is  seldom  duly  appreciated.  Yet  it  is  estimated  by 
competent  authorities  that  the  volume  of  transactions  which  the  foreign  banking- 
houses  of  New  York  perform  in  the  course  of  a  year,  including  purchases  of  com- 
mercial drafts,  sales  of  their  own  bills  on  European  cities,  or  the  issuance  of  letters  of 
credit  to  merchants  and  travelers,  foot  up  not  less  than  $20,000,000,000.  Another 
important  function  performed  by  these  banking-houses  is  the  representation  in  this 
country  of  the  investment  of  foreign  capital  in  American  securities.  Through  their 
agency  great  amounts  of  stocks  and  bonds  of  our  railroads  and  other  corporations  are 


698  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK., 

placed  abroad,  and  the  representation  of  these  holdings  being  generally  confided  to 
such  interests,  they  are  very  important  factors  in  the  general  conduct  of  railroad 
affairs.  The  direct  representation  of  corporations  in  the  money  market  is  a  hardly 
less  important  branch  of  their  usefulness.  Large  companies  desirous  to  effect  loans 
on  these  bonds  almost  invariably  offer  the  transaction  through  private  bankers,  and 
usually  through  those  with  foreign  connections.  Their  services  are  also  applied  for 
when  it  becomes  necessary  to  adjust  the  affairs  of  corporations  by  means  of  the  now 
familiar  process  of  re-organization.  Great  wealth,  conservatism,  and  ability  are 
their  distinguishing  features,  and  they  are,  therefore,  the  representatives  of  the  invest- 
ing public  on  both  sides  of  the  ocean.  Most  of  their  houses  are  connected  through 
membership  of  one  or  more  of  their  partners  with  the  Stock  and  the  various  other 
Exchanges,  and  furnish  by  the  operations  which  they  carry  on  therein  for  their 
foreign  clients  a  large  portion  of  the  activity  of  those  institutions. 

Drexel,  Morgan  &  Co.  enjoy  the  distinction  of  being  the  most  noted  financial 
house  in  Wall  Street,  that  is  to  say,  in  America.  Their  establishment  occupies  the 
whole  floor  of  the  white  marble  Drexel  Building,  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Broad 
and  Wall  Streets,  directly  facing  the  Sub-Treasury  and  Assay  Office.  This  building 
was  erected  in  1872  for  the  firm,  the  lot  having  cost  the  then  unheard-of  sum  of 
$1,000,000.  The  firm  is  of  distinctively  American  origin,  having  been  formed  in 
July,  1871,  by  a  union  of  forces  of  Drexel  &  Co.,  of  Philadelphia,  one  of  the  oldest 
and  richest  of  American  banking  houses,  and  the  great  interests  and  power  repre- 
sented by  Junius  S.  Morgan  of  London  (the  partner  of  the  late  George  Peabody), 
and  his  son,  J.  Pierpont  Morgan.  The  latter,  with  Anthony  J.  Drexel  of  Philadel- 
phia, are  now  the  heads  of  the  establishment,  the  Philadelphia  house  of  Drexel  & 
Co.,  Drexel,  Harjes  &  Co.,  in  Paris,  and  J.  S.  Morgan  &  Co.,  of  London,  being 
closely  connected.  The  firm  is  rated,  from  point  of  capital,  in  the  tens  of  millions, 
and  in  individual  wealth  at  a  fabulous  amount.  It  does  a  large  banking  business, 
and  is  one  of  the  leading  drawers  of  foreign  exchange.  Its  preeminence,  however, 
is  due  to  successful  participation  in  some  of  the  greatest  financial  operations  in  con- 
nection with  the  placing  of  railroad  loans,  or  the  re-organization  of  bankrupt  or 
involved  corporations,  the  West  Shore  and  the  Reading  properties  being  the  most 
conspicuous  instances  of  the  latter.  The  firm  exercises  a  supremacy  unique  in  the 
history  of  American  financial  affairs. 

Brown  Bros.  &  Co.,  at  59  Wall  Street,  is  an  American  firm  which  has  long 
occupied  a  distinguished  and  honorable  position  in  the  financial  world.  The  term, 
"Brown's  rate,"  applied  to  the  quotations  current  for  foreign  exchange,  is  the 
standard  authority  for  the  operations  of  that  market.  The  house  originated  in 
Baltimore,  where  Alexander  Brown,  a  linen  merchant,  who  came  to  this  country 
in  1798,  afterward  embarked  in  the  banking  business.  Sons  of  the  founder  of  the 
house  established  branches  in  Liverpool  and  other  cities,  James  Brown  coming  to 
New  York  in  1826,  originating  the  house  which  now  exists  here.  James  Brown, 
who  died  in  1877,  was  one  of  the  most  prominent  bankers  and  financiers  of  New 
York.  The  prominence  of  the  firm  dates  from  1837,  when  panic  convulsed  the 
United  States,  and  American  credit  abroad  threatened  to  collapse.  The  London 
houses  of  the  Brown  family  had,  or  were  responsible  for,  immense  amounts  of  bills 
of  American  drawers,  which  were  affected  by  these  events.  '  They  deposited  securi- 
ties with  the  Bank  of  England,  made  a  loan  which  enabled  them  to  protect  every 
bill  bearing  their  name,  paid  off  the  loan  within  six  months,  and  rendered  a  service 
to  American  credit  which  should  never  be  forgotten.  The  London  house  is  Brown, 
Shipley  &  Co.,  the  Baltimore  establishment  still  being  Alexander  Brown  &  Sons. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


699 


Blair  &  Company,  at  33  Wall  Street,  is  a 
banking  house  holding  to-day  a  position  of 
marked  prominence.  The  firm  is  regarded  as 
one  of  the  richest  and  most  conservative  bank- 
ing firms  in  the  country,  receiving  deposits  and 
transacting  a  general  banking  business.  It  de- 
votes itself,  nevertheless,  to  the  purchase  and 
sale  of  high-grade  investment  securities. 

The  Hon.  John  I.  Blair,  one  of  the  most 
prominent  capitalists  in  America,  is  the  founder 
of  the  firm.  He  was  closely  and  successfully 
identified  in  the  opening  up  of  the  western 
country,  and  with  many  railroad  enterprises  of 
a  larger  scope.  He  operated  and  controlled 
many  of  the  roads  which  have  since  been 
absorbed  by  the  larger  systems,  notably  the 
Chicago  &  Northwest. 

His  son  and  grandson  are  associated  with 
him  in  the  firm,  of  which  there  are  five  general 
partners,  John  I.  Blair,  De  Witt  C.  Blair, 
James  A.  Blair,  C.  Ledyard  Blair  and  Oliver 
C.  Ewart. 

The  rating  of  the  house  is  the  highest  that 
can  be  given,  and,  while  conducting  a  general 
banking  business  and  possessing  an  extensive 
connection  with  banks  and  bankers,  especially 
through  the  Central  West,  the  specialty  in 
which  it  engages  with  the  greatest  success  is  in 
the  purchase  and  sale  of  State,  county  and  city 
bonds,  and  bonds  issued  by  the  old  and  estab- 
lished lines  of  railroads.  It  acts  as  Fiscal 
Agents  for  States  and  municipalities,  and  in  that 
capacity  has  recently  refunded  the  entire  State 
debt  of  Minnesota.  It  has  handled  the  securi- 
ties of  almost  all  the  leading  cities  of  the 
country,  among  which  it  recently  purchased  the 
Chicago  bonds,  to  the  amount  of  $5,000,000, 
issued  in  behalf  of  the  World's  Fair. 

The  firm  occupies  commodious  quarters  in 
the  new  building  of  the  Mechanics'  National 
Bank,  its  offices  including  the  entire  floor.  The 
location  is  the  choicest  in  the  financial  district, 
immediately  opposite  the  Sub-Treasury  and  Assay  Office,  and  within  a  block  of  the 
Custom  House  and  Stock  Exchange. 

Blair  &  Company  have  most  extensive  dealings  with  capitalists  and  investors 
throughout  the  Union.  As  a  natural  sequence  of  the  conservative  line  of  securities 
in  which  alone  the  firm  deals,  it  has  among  its  patrons  almost  the  whole  list  of 
savings  banks,  trust  companies,  insurance  companies,  fraternal  organizations,  trus- 
tees, and  others  who  have  occasion  to  make  investments,  and  who  must  look  most 
of  all  to  the  unquestioned  trustworthiness  of  the  securities. 


BLAIR    &    COMPAN 


WALL   STREET. 


700 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


Baring,  Magoun  &  Co.  is  an  international  banking-house,  combining  emi- 
nent financial  position  with  an  historical  connection.  It  was  established  in  New 
York  in  1869,  as  Kidder,  Peabody  &  Co.,  a  branch  of  the  old  established  Boston 
banking  firm  of  that  name.  Kidder,  Peabody  &  Co.  were  for  many  years  the  Boston 
representatives  of  the  famous  Baring  Brothers  &  Co.  of  London,  and  in  1886  the 
New-York  agency  of  the  latter  was  also  transferred  to  them.  George  C.  Magoun  was 
the  original  representative  of  the  Boston  firm  in  New  York,  and  became  the  head  of 
its  establishment  here.  Under  his  management  the  New-York  branch  assumed  the 
position  of  an  influential  factor  in  the  banking  world.  The  present  title  was 
adopted  in  1 891,  when  Kidder,  Peabody  &  Co.  of  Boston  and  New  York  dissolved, 
the  New- York  partners  forming  Baring,  Magoun  &  Co.,  which  still  acts  as  agents 
for  the  parent  concern  in  Boston,  as  well  as  for  Baring  Brothers  &  Co.,  Limited,  of 
London.  The  members  are  Thomas  Baring,  George  C.  Magoun,  George  F.  Crane, 
Herbert  L.  Griggs  and  Cecil  Baring.  The  firm  transacts  a  general  banking  busi- 
ness, and  issues  letters  of  credit,  makes  telegraphic  transfers  of  funds,  and  draws 
bills  of  exchange  on  its  correspondents  in  every  part  of  the  world.      It  also  buys  and 

sells  mercantile  drafts,  deals 
in  stocks,  bonds  and  securi- 
ties, and  acts  as  fiscal  agent 
for  corporations.  George  C. 
Magoun,  one  of  the  senior 
partners,  is  Chairman  of  the 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa 
Fe  Railroad,  the  house  hav- 
ing taken  the  leading  part  in 
re-organizing  that  great  cor- 
poration, one  of  the  most 
difficult  but  successful  trans- 
actions in  American  railroad 
and  financial  history.  It 
also  had  charge  of  the  change 
of  the  "  Sugar-Trust "  into 
the  American  Sugar-Refin- 
ing Co. ;  and  has  been  instru- 
mental in  bringing  before  the 
investing  public  the  securi- 
ties of  conservative  Ameri- 
can industrial  enterprises, 
like  the  Lorillard  Company 
and  the  Procter  &  Gamble 
Co.  Baring,  Magoun  &  Co. 
occupy  the  entire  second 
floor  of  the  Wilks  Building, 
adjoining  the  Stock  Ex- 
change, and  opposite  the 
Sub-Treasury,  at  the  south- 
west   corner    of    Wall    and 

BARING,    MAGOUN    &    CO.,   WALL   AND    BROAD    STREETS.  -r,  ,    0i 

Broad  Streets,  an  apartment 
which  for  size,  light  and  the  conveniences  of  its  arrangement,  is  noteworthy  even 
among  the  many  handsome  banking-rooms  of  Wall  Street. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


701 


Ladenburg,  Thalmann  &  Co.  is  a  representative  international  banking-house, 
both  in  respect  to  its  high  credit  and  standing  in  the  financial  community  of  New 
York,  and  the  extent  and  magnitude  of  its  connections  in  Europe.  The  house  was 
established  in  1876,  and  has  since  1889  occupied  an  entire  floor  in  the  Bank-of- 
America  Building,  46  Wall  Street,  where,  besides  commodious  banking  rooms, 
accommodation  is  provided  for  one  of  the  largest  office  forces  in  the  employment  of 
any  private  financial  firm  in  the  United  States.  The  general  partners  of  the  firm 
are  Adolph  Ladenburg,  a  representative  of  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  extensive 


LADENBURG,    THALMANN    &    CO.,   WALL    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 

banking  connections  of  Southern  Germany  ;  Ernst  Thalmann  ;  and  Richard  Lim- 
burger,  who  is  the  representative  of  the  firm  on  the  New-York  Stock  Exchange,  and 
is  one  of  the  Governing  Committee  of  that  institution.  The  special  partners,  who 
jointly  contribute  $1,000,000  to  its  capital,  are  Baron  Gerson  von  Bleichroder,  of 
Berlin,  and  Julius  Schwabach,  the  senior  partners  of  the  eminent  banking  house  of  S. 
Bleichroder,  Berlin.  Ladenburg,  Thalmann  &  Co.  draw  bills  of  exchange  and 
make  cable-transfers  through  their  correspondents,  who  are  included  among  the 
most  prominent  and  conservative  financial  establishments  in  all  the  cities  of  Europe. 
They  purchase  bankers'  and  commercial  bills  of  exchange  on  foreign  countries,  and 
issue  letters  of  credit  for  merchants  and  travellers  available  throughout  the  world. 
The  purchase  and  sale  of  bonds  and  stocks  dealt  in  at  the  New- York  Stock  Ex- 
change is  an  important  feature  of  the  business,  and  the  house  is  a  leading  factor  in 
arbitrage  transactions  between  the  stock  markets  of  London  and  this  city.  It  is 
also  one  of  the  most  prominent  exporters  of  American  products  to  Europe.      This 


702 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


firm  are  the  agents  for  the  United  States  of  the  banking-house  of  S.  Bleichroder, 
Berlin,  and  have  been  prominent  and  successful  in  directing  the  attention  of  foreign 
capital  to  the  advantages  presented  by  American  enterprises.  This  establishment 
and  its  partners  are  closely  identified  with  many  large  corporations,  Mr.  Ladenburg, 
the  head  of  the  firm,  being  president  of  the  Brooklyn  Elevated  Railroad  Co.  ;  and 
Mr.  Thalmann,  one  of  the  partners,  also  being  a  director  of  the  same  corporation. 

August  Belmont  &  Co.  are  the  American  representatives  of  the  Rothschild 
family  of  bankers.  The  house  was  founded  in  1837  by  August  Belmont,  Sr.,  a 
German  by  birth,  who  was  for  fifty  years  one  of  the  most  prominent  financiers  of 
New  York,  and  who,  in  addition,  identified  himself  socially  and  politically  with  the 
interests  of  his  adopted  country  and  city,  serving  as  United- States  Minister  to  the 
Hague,  and  taking  an  active  part  in  municipal  and  national  politics.  The  firm  has 
always  occupied  a  leading  and  dignified  position,  not  only  as  drawers  of  exchange, 
but  as  the  representatives  of  vast  foreign-investment  interests  in  American  railroad 
and  other  corporations,  their  European  connections  extending  to  every  city  of 
importance  abroad.  The  present  head  of  the  house  is  August  Belmont,  the  son  of 
the  founder  (who  is  also  chairman  of  the  Louisville  &  Nashville  Railroad),  the 
banking  establishment  being  in  the  Nassau-Street  wing  of  the  Equitable  Building. 

Morton,  Bliss  &  Co.  is  a  banking  house,  especially  noted,  as  its  senior  mem- 
ber the  Hon.  Levi  P.  Morton  is  the  Vice-President  of  the  United  States.  Their 
banking  rooms  are  in  the  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Co.'s  Building  on  Nassau  Street,  at 
the  corner  of  Cedar  Street. 

Other  Prominent  Bankers  include  Eugene  Kelly  &  Co.. ;  Winslow,  Lanier  & 
Co.  ;  James  G.  Kings's  Sons  ;  Blake  Brothers  &  Co.  ;  J.  &  W.  Seligman  &  Co.  ; 
Heidelbach,  Ickelheimer  &  Co.  ;  John  Munroe  &  Co.  ;  H.  B.  Hollins  &  Co.,  and 
many  others. 


EAST    RIVER ---THE    BROOKLYN    BRIDGE  ---  SOUTH    STREET. 


/i-4jV->. 


Trust    and    Investment    Companies,    Savings»Banks,    Safe- 
Deposit    Companies,    Etc. 


IN  NO  particular  is  New  York's  position  as  the  centre  of  the  National  wealth  and 
financial  power  more  distinctly  emphasized  than  by  the  multiplicity  and  strength 
of  its  institutions  of  a  fiduciary  character.  It  is  unsurpassed  in  the  facilities  which 
are  thus  afforded  in  the  care  and  administration  of  individual  rights  and  posses- 
sions, or  the  exercise  of  those  powers,  which,  in  a  less  highly  developed  stage  of 
commercial  and  financial  prosperity,  are  committed  to  individual  trustees.  The 
great  savings-banks  are  among  the  proudest  indications  of  the  city's  preeminence 
and  wealth,  representing,  as  they  do,  the  accumulations  of  her  toilers  for  more  than 
three  generations.  The  financial  trust  companies  are,  in  their  numbers,  and  the  mag- 
nitude, extent,  and  variety  of  the  functions  that  they  exercise,  unsurpassed  by  simi- 
lar bodies  at  any  of  the  world's  capitals.  Nor  does  any  other  city  possess  or  offer 
such  unequalled  facilities  for  the  safe-keeping  of  evidences  of  values  as  those  which 
are  presented  by  the  numerous  public  safe-deposit  vaults  of  New  York.  All  of 
these  different  classes  of  institutions,  with  others  of  a  somewhat  similar  character, 
find  full  employment,  and  are  in  fact  being  steadily  multiplied.  This  is  explained 
by  the  fact  that,  to  a  large  extent,  they  deal  with  the  wealth,  not  of  New  York 
alone,  but  of  the  whole  country.  It  should,  however,  be  noted  as  a  primary  fact 
that,  in  each  instance,  such  organizations  demand  the  exercise,  not  only  of  the  high- 
est order  of  financial  talent,  but  must  in  their  entire  administration  present  a  degree 
of  experience,  personal  responsibility  and  fidelity,  which  it  is  safe  to  say  that 
New  York  alone  could  supply.  The  corporations  of  the  class  to  which  attention  is 
now  directed  are  not  alone  enormous  and' successful,  but  they  are  in  the  highest 
degree  evidences  of  the  reputation  and  character  of  New  York's  business  men, 
merchants  and  capitalists,  who  furnish  their  officers  and  trustees.  It  is  safe  to  say 
that  nowhere  in  the  civilized  world  is  such  a  mass  of  wealth  belonging  to  others 
entrusted  to  the  care  and  management  of  organized  bodies  of  such  a  nature,  and 
that  nowhere  else  can  greater  fidelity  and  success  be  found,  in  the  exercise  of  such 
functions. 

The  Trust  Companies  constitute  one  of  the  most  important  parts  of  New 
York's  financial  mechanism.  They  originated  from  an  appreciation  of  the  fact  that 
individual  responsibility  in  positions  of  a  fiduciary  character  is  often  attended  by 
more  or  less  danger.  The  administration  of  personal  or  other  property  is  a  task 
demanding  both  responsibility  and  integrity.  The  possessor  of  these  qualities  is  not 
always  desirous  of  assuming  such  duties,  and  the  disastrous  effects  of  errors  of  judg- 
ment, no  less  than  of  absolute  wrong-doing,  in  such  cases  is  proverbial.  The  sub- 
stitution in  such  matters,  for  the  individual,  of  a  permanent  corporation,  having  a 
financial  responsibility  which  could  not  be  affected  by  the  contingencies  of  individual 


704  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

fortunes,  possessing  an  administration  calculated  to  execute  precisely  that  class  of 
business,  and  moreover  representing  in  its  management  the  collective  talent  of  the 
highest  business  and  social  elements,  could  not  fail  to  commend  itself  as  a  valuable 
expedient  to  a  community  in  which  the  accumulation  of  wealth  proceeded  at  so  rapid 
a  rate.  The  governing  idea  in  the  earlier  corporations  of  the  class  formed  in  New 
York  was  that  they  should  primarily  act  as  executors,  administrators,  guardians  of 
estates  of  minors,  or  committees  of  the  property  under  testamentary  provisions  or  by 
order  of  the  courts,  and  as  trustees  for  the  administration  of  property  under  appoint- 
ment by  individuals  or  legal  authority.  At  the  same  time  it  was  intended  that  by 
this  means  secure  depositories  should  be  provided  for  funds  involved  in  litigation, 
and  for  the  great  variety  of  real  and  personal  property  which  the  courts  are  accus- 
tomed to  order  in  safe  custody  awaiting  the  decision  of  suits.  These  still  continue 
to  be  leading  functions  of  the  financial  trust  companies.  In  fact,  the  preference  for 
the  services  of  such  institutions  in  matters  of  that  class  has  of  late  years  increased. 
Great  estates  are  administered  by  them  under  such  commissions,  and  vast  sums  of 
money  and  large  amounts  of  real  or  personal  property  are  constantly  put  in  their 
charge  by  the  courts,  the  moderate  commissions  and  charges  which  trust  companies 
make  for  such  services  amounting,  nevertheless,  to  a  large  aggregate  return.  Many 
other  functions,  however,  soon  annexed  themselves  to  those  of  a  semi-legal  character, 
for  the  performance  of  which  trust  companies  were  originally  created.  The  receipt 
of  money  on  deposit  and  the  payment  of  interest  thereon  is  a  feature  in  which  these 
institutions  supplement  the  work  of  the  banks.  At  the  same  time  many  trust  com- 
panies receive  current  deposits  subject  to  check,  and  conduct  a  business  in  its  essen- 
tial features  similar  to  that  of  a  bank.  The  care  of  property,  the  investment  of 
funds,  and  the  collection  of  rents  and  interest  are  other  important  branches  of  their 
business,  in  which  there  is  a  growing  demand  for  such  service.  One  of  the  most 
important,  useful  and  profitable  features  of  these  concerns  is  the  relation  which  they 
occupy  between  railroad  and  industrial  companies  and  the  public,  in  the  capacity  of 
holders  of  stocks  and  bonds.  The  great  progress  of  the  United  States  has  been 
largely  the  work  of  corporations,  and  the  money  with  which  its  railroads  have  been 
built  and  its  industries  established  has  largely  come  from  corporate  borrowings  on 
mortgages  of  property  and  franchises  securing  issues  of  bonds,  thus  facilitating  the 
division  of  immense  transactions  into  amounts  which  could  be  distributed  among  a 
multitude  of  investors.  From  an  early  date  the  trust  companies  of  New-York  City 
assumed  the  important  position  of  trustees  under  such  corporate  mortgages.  In 
nearly  every  instance  obligations  of  this  character  are  payable,  principal  and  interest, 
in  this  city,  and  it  is  usually  a  leading  trust  company  which  is  selected  to  act  in  the 
capacity  of  a  fiscal  agent  for  corporations.  As  a  consequence  of  this,  in  cases  of 
default  upon  railroad  or  other  obligations,  the  trust  companies  of  New  York  appear 
as  the  plaintiffs  in  foreclosure  suits  in  various  parts  of  the  country  ;  and  when  re- 
organizations of  corporations  are  necessary  they  are  invariably  designated  by  the 
parties  in  interest  as  the  depositories  of  securities  and  the  intermediaries  through 
which  the  transactions  are  completed.  Municipal  indebtedness,  as  is  natural,  follows 
the  course  of  corporation  borrowings  in  the  great  money-market  of  the  land,  and 
various  States,  counties  and  cities  which  obtain  money  on  these  bond  issues  are 
usually  represented  in  New  York  by  a  trust  company.  Another  very  important  duty 
of  the  trustee  remains  to  be  mentioned.  This  is  the  registration  of  transfers  of  cor- 
porate stocks.  The  New- York  Stock  Exchange,  as  a  check  upon  the  fidelity  of  the 
officials  of  companies  whose  securities  are  dealt  in  in  the  stock  market,  requires  that 
such  certificate  issues  shall  be  countersigned  by  a  trust  company  as  guarantee  of 


» 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


7°5 


genuineness  and  validity.  Trust  companies  are  also  frequently  employed  as  the 
transfer  agents  of  public  companies. 

Until  within  a  recent  date  the  formation  of  trust  companies  was  in  this  State  a 
matter  of  special  legislative  enactment.  The  charters  of  the  older  organizations 
therefore  differ  to  some  extent  in  the  character  of  the  powers  and  obligations  involved, 
though  they  all  substantially  embody  the  functions  above  described.  The  charter 
of  the  oldest  of  them  dates  back  to  1822,  and  the  next  in  order  was  incorporated  in 
1830.  It  is  noteworthy  that  in  both  instances  the  original  organization  was  coupled 
with  a  plan  for  the  conduct  of  an  insurance  business.  Indeed,  to  this  day  the  grant- 
ing of  annuities  is  retained  as  a  feature  of  some  organizations.  A  large  majority  of 
the  present  companies  of  New  York  are  formed  under  special  charters,  though  in 
1887  the  State  Legislature  passed  a  general  law  providing  for  their  organization  and 
supervision,  and  for  the  administration  of  their  affairs.  This  statute  permits  the 
formation,  under  proper  restrictions,  of  corporations  of  this  class,  and  a  number  of 
successful  organizations  have  already  been  formed  under  its  provisions. 

The  trust  companies  of  New  York,  as  a  class,  represent  in  their  management  the 
most  conservative  and  responsible  elements  in  the  community.  Considered  as  busi- 
ness enterprises,  they  have  been  remarkably  successful.  The  large  dividends  paid 
upon  their  stocks,  the  high  prices  at  which  they  are  quoted  in  the  market,  and  the 
large  surplus  which  the  older  companies  have  accumulated  make  them  desirable 
investments,  and  ensure  their  ownership  by  the  opulent  and  responsible  class.  It  is 
from  this  element  that  their  trustees  are  selected,  while  the  executive  management 
of  concerns  whose  assets  are  measured  by  the  tens  of  millions  of  dollars  demands 
financial  talent  and  reputation  of  the  highest  order. 

THE    TRUST    COMPANIES    OF  NEW-YORK   CITY. 
Figures  Given  Under  Date  of  June  30,  1892. 


Name.                  Location. 

Capital. 

Gr.  Assets. 

Pres't. 

Sec'y. 

Atlantic 

39  William, 
54  Wall, 
18  Wall, 

$    500,000 

$  7,724,504 

27,304,864 

2,601,220 

Wm    H.  Male 

J.  S.  Suydam. 
C.  H.  P.  Babcock 

Central 

F.  P.  Olcott 

Continental    

500,000 

H.  A.  Oakley, 

Wm.  Potts. 

Farmers'  Loan... 

22  William, 

1 ,000,000 

33,689,828 

R.  G.  Rolston, 

E.  S.  Marston. 

Holland 

33  Nassau, 

500,000 

2,506,094 

R.  B.  Roosevelt, 

J.  B.  Van  Woert. 

Knickerbocker.  . . 

234  Fifth  Ave. 

750,000 

5,901,754 

J.  P.  Townsend, 

F.  L.  Eldridge. 

Manhattan 

t  Nassau, 

1,000,000 

4,985,978 

F.  O.  French, 

A.  T.  French. 

120  B'way, 

2,000,000 

30,990,978 

Louis  Fitzgerald, 

H.  C.  Deming. 

37  Wall, 

1,000,000 

10,323,037 

T.  Hillhouse, 

Beverly  Chew. 

N.  Y.  Guaranty  1 
&  Indemnity.  \ 

59  Cedar, 

2,000,000 

n,373,582 

Edwin  Packard, 

H.  A.  Murray. 

N.Y.  LifeInsur-/_ 
ance  &  Trust,  f 

52  Wall, 

1,000,000 

27,064,566 

Henry  Parish, 

J.  R.  Kearney. 

N.Y.  Security  &  | 
Trus,t j 

46  Wall, 

1,000,000 

8,075,394 

C.  S.  Fairchild, 

J.  L.  Lamson. 

Real  Estate  Loan 

30  Nassau, 

500,000 

2,709,793 

H.  C.  Swords, 

H.  W.  Reighley. 

State 

50  Wall, 

1,000,000 

9,683,509 

Andrew  Mills, 

J.  Q.  Adams. 

Title  Guarantee. . 

55  Liberty, 

2,000,000 

3,713,563 

C.  H.  Kelsey, 

L.  V.  Bright. 

Union 

80  B'way, 

1,000,000 

37,667,530 

Edward  King, 

A.  W.  Kelley. 

U.   S.   Transfer  | 
&  Exchange.,  j 

1  Nassau, 

200,000 

379,967 

F.  O.  French, 

C.  H.  Smith. 

United  States  . . . 

45  Wall, 

2,000,000 

52,997,001 

J.  A.  Stewart, 

H.  L.  Thornell. 

Washington  ..... 

280  B'way, 

500,000 

4,448,043 

D.  M.  Morrison, 

F.  H.  Page. 

Totals,  19  Co's. 

$19,450,000 

$284^41,205 

45 


yo6  king's  Handbook  of  new  york. 

The  United-States  Trust  Company  is  one  of  the  oldest  trust  companies  in 
the  State  of  New  York.  It  is  also  the  largest  and  greatest  trust  company  on  the 
American  continent,  having  by  far  the  greatest  amount  of  assets.  It  is  in  the  front 
rank  of  all  fiduciary  institutions.  Its  capital  of  $2,000,000,  surplus  of  $8,000,000, 
deposits  of  $42,000,000,  and  gross  assets  of  $52,000,000  render  it  one  of  the  most 
important  institutions  of  any  kind.  It  was  organized  in  1853,  under  a  charter  with 
liberal  powers,  to  act  as  trustee,  executor,  and  guardian,  and  as  a  legal  depository  of 
money.  Joseph  Lawrence  was  the  first  president,  the  company  occupying  quarters 
in  the  Manhattan  Company's  old  building,  and  moving  afterwards  to  the  Bank  of 
New- York  Building,  and  then  to  the  building,  at  49  and  51  Wall  Street,  which  it 
owned  jointly  with  the  Atlantic  Mutual  Insurance  Company.  In  1888  the  company 
purchased  the  lots  at  45  and  47  Wall  Street,  and  erected  thereon  a  noble  granite 
bank  and  office-building,  in  the  Romanesque  style,  which  is  one  of  the  grandest  and 
most  elegant  buildings  in  this  country.  The  apartment  which  the  company  occupies 
with  its  offices  on  the  first  floor  is  unsurpassed  in  size,  appointments  and  conve- 
nience. The  head  of  the  company,  John  A.  Stewart,  was  its  Secretary  at  the  start. 
He  resigned  to  become  Assistant-Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  and  in  1866 
returned  to  the  company  as  its  President.  The  Vice-President  is  George  Bliss ;  the 
Second  Vice-President,  James  S.  Clark  ;  and  the  Secretary,  Henry  L.  Thornell.  The 
Board  of  Trustees  is  a  body  which  represents  to  the  fullest  extent  the  wealth  and 
stability  of  New  York.  It  comprises  :  Wilson  G.  Hunt,  Daniel  D.  Lord,  Samuel 
Sloan,  James  Low,  Wm.  Walter  Phelps,  D.  Willis  James,  John  A.  Stewart,  Eras- 
tus  Corning,  John  Harsen  Rhoades,  Anson  Phelps  Stokes,  George  Bliss,  William 
Libbey,  John  Crosby  Brown,  Edward  Cooper,  W.  Bayard  Cutting,  Charles  S. 
Smith,  Frank  Lyman,  Wm.  Rockefeller,  Alexander  E.  Orr,  William  H.  Macy,  Jr., 
Wm.  D.  Sloane,  Gustav  H.  Schwab,  George  F.  Vietor,  Wm.  Waldorf  Astor.  The 
business  of  the  United-States  Trust  Company  is  of  the  most  extensive  and  varied 
character.  It  is  often  selected  by  the  courts  to  act  as  depository  for  funds  in  litiga- 
tion. It  has  the  care  of  many  large  estates,  and  is  the  guardian  of  minors.  It  is 
trustee  for  the  bondholders  of  numerous  railroad  and  other  corporations,  and  acts 
as  transfer  agent  and  registrar  of  company  stocks.  It  allows  interest  on  deposits, 
which  may  be  withdrawn  at  any  time,  subject  to  five  days'  notice  of  payment.  The 
property  in  its  hands  as  executor,  trustee,  etc.,  is  kept  wholly  apart  from  its  general 
business  ;  and  it  holds  in  the  trustee  department  property  to  a  very  large  amount. 
The  Assistant-Secretary  is  Louis   G.  Hampton. 

Financial  operations  of  such  magnitude  certify  to  the  wonderful  discipline  and 
efficiency  of  the  New- York  methods  of  monetary  business,  and  the  probity  and 
sagacity  of  the  men  and  institutions  administering  these  enormous  trusts. 

The  Union  Trust  Company  of  New  York,  one  of  the  greatest  fiduciary 
institutions  in  the  world,  and  one  of  the  older  trust  companies  of  New- York 
City,  was  organized  in  1864.  For  nearly  twenty  years  the  company  occupied 
offices  at  73  Broadway,  on  the  corner  of  Rector  Street,  in  the  building  now 
owned  by  O.  B.  Potter,  in  which  the  crank  attempted  to  blow  up  Russell  Sage 
with  dynamite,  just  after  the  Union  Trust  Company  had  moved  away.  In  1890 
the  company  purchased  the  property  at  80  Broadway,  having  a  front  of  73  feet 
on  Broadway,  just  opposite  the  head  of  Rector  Street,  and  running  no  feet 
to  New  Street.  On  this  there  has  been  erected  one  of  the  stateliest  of  modern 
office-buildings,  at  a  cost  of  $1,000,000,  the  company  itself  occupying  the  spacious 
first  floor,  which  in  the  simple  elegance  of  its  appointments  is  without  a  rival  among 
bankers'  apartments  in  New  York.      The  company  is  authorized  to  act  as  executor, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


707 


UNITED-STATES   TRUST    COMPANY    OF    NEW-YORK. 

45   AND    47    WALL   STREtT,  SOUTH    SIDE,   BETWEEN    BROAO    AND   WILLIAM    STREETS. 


708 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


administrator,  guardian  or  trustee,  and  is  a  legal  depository  for  trust  monies,  and  a 
trustee  for  corporation  mortgages  and  transfer  agent  and  registrar  of  stocks.  The 
management  of  estates  and  care  of  real  estate  and  the  collection  and  remittance  of 
rents  therefrom  is  a  specialty  ;  while  in  its  new  burglar  and  fire-proof  vaults  it  makes 
ample  provision  for  the  safe-keeping  of  deposits  of  securities,  on  which  it  collects  and 
remits  income.  It  allows  interest  on  deposits  which  can  be  withdrawn  on  five  days' 
notice,  and  also  opens  current  accounts  with  depositors  subject  to  check,  and  allows 
interest  on  daily  balances.  In  the  exercise  of  these  different  functions  the  company 
has  developed  a  business  of  immense  magnitude.  Its  total  resources  are  now  $35,- 
044,000,  and  the  surplus  has  grown  to  over  $4,000,000,  the  capital  being  $1,000,000. 
It  pays  20  per  cent,  annual  dividends  on  its  stock,  which  is  quoted  at  $800  per 
share.  Edward  King,  formerly  President  of  the  New-York  Stock  Exchange,  is  the 
President  of  the  Union  Trust  Company.  He  is  one  of  the  most  highly  esteemed  of 
New- York  financiers,  a  graduate  of  Harvard  University,  the  honored  President  of 
the  Harvard  Club,  and  identified  with  scores  of  New- York  financial,  commercial, 
social  and  educational  bodies.  Cornelius  D.  Wood  and  James  H.  Ogilvie  are  its 
Vice-Presidents  ;  Augustus  W.  Kelley,  Secretary  ;  and  J.  V.  B.  Thayer,  Assistant 
Secretary.  The  Trustees  of  the  institution  are  a  representative  body  of  bankers  and 
capitalists  of  the  highest  standing.  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  consists 
of  William  Whitewright,  George  G.  Williams,  Edward  Schell,  E.  B.  Wesley,  George 
C.  Magoun,  James  T.  Woodward,  D.  C.  Hays,  and  C.  D.  Wood. 

The  Knickerbocker  Trust  Company,  occupying  the  building  at  234  Fifth 
Avenue,  at  the  corner  of  27th  Street,  and  having  branch-offices  at  3  Nassau  Street 
and  18  Wall  Street,  is  an  exemplification  of  the  fact  that  enormous  and  increasing 
business  and  investment  interests  are  concentrated  in  the  up-town  portion  of  New- 
York.  This  institution  was  formed  in  1884,  by  prominent  capitalists,  who  perceived 
that  the  facilities  afforded  by  a  strong  organization  of  this  kind  would  obtain  the  sup- 
port of  an  influential  monied  class,  the  real-estate  owners  and  investors  of  the  resi- 
dence-quarter of  New  York.  The 
results  have  more  than  answered  i 
this  expectation.  The  com- 
pany's  progress   has  been 


KNICKERBOCKER   TRUST   CO.,  234-   FIFTH    AVENUE,  CORNER   OF  27TH   STREET. 


A'ING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


709 


T  /        \  *  t 


.^%^-^~- -'■-•' 


UNION    TRUST  COMPANY    OF    NEW    YORK. 

80    BROADWAY,   OPPOSITE    RECTOR    STREET,   BETWEEN    WALL    STREET    AND    EXCHANGE    PLACE. 


7io  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

brilliant  and  substantial.  It  has  a  capital  of  $750,000,  and  an  accumulated 
surplus  of  $325,000.  Its  total  deposits  are*  $4,650,000  and  its  resources 
$5,744,000.  It  has  attracted  by  conservative  management  a  clientage  of  the 
most  desirable  character,  and  is  in  every  way  equipped  to  carry  on  all  the  branches 
of  business  which  its  charter  authorizes,  including  the  functions  of  executor, 
administrator,  guardian,  receiver,  registrar,  and  transfer  and  financial  agent  for 
corporations  and  municipalities,  and  to  accept  any  trusts  in  conformity  with  law. 
It  allows  interest  on  time  deposits,  and  receives  current  deposits  subject  to  check  ; 
and  issues  letters  of  credit  for  travellers  available  throughout  the  world.  It  has 
occupied  the  commodious  offices  at  the  corner  of  27th  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue 
since  its  organization  ;  and  rents  safe-deposit  boxes  in  the  fire  and  burglar  proof 
vaults  which  have  been  built  for  that  purpose.  The  company  is  an  exception  in 
maintaining  a  down-town  branch-office,  which  is  rendered  necessary  by  the  extent  of 
its  corporation,  investment  and  loan  business.  The  officers  of  the  Knickerbocker 
are  :  John  P.  Townsend,  President  ;  Charles  T.  Barney,  Vice-President  ;  Joseph  T. 
Brown,  second  Vice-President ;  Frederick  L.  Eldridge,  Secretary  ;  and  J.  Henry 
Townsend,  Assistant  Secretary.  The  Board  of  Directors  is  a  body 'of  unusually 
prominent  and  strong  capitalists,  financiers  and  business  men,  being  composed  of  : 
Joseph  S.  Auerbach,  of  Lowrey,  Stone  &  Auerbach  ;  Harry  B.  Hollins,  of  H.  B. 
Hollins  &  Co. ;  Jacob  Hays  ;  Charles  T.  Barney  ;  A.  Foster  Higgins,  of  Higgins  & 
Cox  ;  Robert  G.  Remsen  ;  Henry  W.  T.  Mali,  of  Henry  W.  T.  Mali  &  Co. ;  Andrew 
H.  Sands  ;  James  H.  Breslin,  proprietor  of  the  Gilsey  House  ;  Gen.  George  J. 
Magee,  President  of  the  Fall-Brook  Coal  Co. ;  I.  Townsend  Burden,  President  of  the 
Port-Henry  Iron  Ore  Co.;  John  S.  Tilney  ;  Hon.  E.  V.  Loew,  ex-Comptroller  of 
the  city  of  New  York  ;  Henry  F.  Dimock,  President  of  the  Metropolitan  Steamship 
Co. ;  John  P.  Townsend,  President  of  the  Knickerbocker  Trust  Co. ;  Charles  F. 
Watson  ;  David  H.  King,  Jr. ;  Frederick  G.  Bourne,  President  of  the  Singer  Manu- 
facturing Co. ;  Robert  Maclay,  President  of  the  Knickerbocker  Ice  Co. ;  C.  Law- 
rence Perkins  ;  Edward  Wood,  President  of  the  Bowery  Savings  Bank  ;  Wm.  H. 
Beadleston,  of  Beadleston  &  Woerz  ;  and  Alfred  L.  White,  of  William  A.  White  & 
Sons. 

The  Central  Trust  Company  of  New  York,  at  54  Wall  Street,  is  appropri- 
ately housed  in  an  imposing  brick  and  granite  building,  erected  in  1887  at  a  cost  of 
about  $1,000,000.  The  organization  of  this  important  institution  dates  from  1875, 
its  charter  having  been  granted  in  1873.  The  company  was  formed  at  a  period  when 
the  expansion  of  corporation  and  investing  interests  at  New  York  demanded  addi- 
tional facilities  such  as  it  affords.  Henry  F.  Spaulding  was  its  first  president,  and, 
up  to  the  time  it  removed  to  its  own  edifice,  it  occupied  the  basement  of  14  Nassau 
Street,  and  subsequently  the  first  floor  of  the  Clearing-House  Building,  at  15  Nassau 
Street,  corner  of  Pine.  The  company  exercises  all  the  functions  allotted  to  such 
institutions.  It  allows  interest  on  deposits,  is  a  legal  depository  for  Court  monies,  is 
authorized  to  act  as  Executor,  Guardian  or  in  other  positions  of  trust,  and  as  Regis- 
trar or  Transfer  Agent  of  Stocks  and  Bonds,  and  as  Trustee  for  railroad  and  other 
mortgages.  The  organization  is  the  custodian  of  large  trust-funds,  and  represents 
many  important  estates.  Its  business  in  connection  with  railroad  companies  is  one 
of  the  most  extensive  in  the  country,  and  it  has  been  the  fiscal  agent  and  depository 
of  securities  in  some  of  the  most  important  railroad  re-organizations  of  recent  years. 
In  this  department  Frederic  P.  Olcott  (who  has  held  the  office  of  president  for  over 
eleven  years)  is  a  recognized  authority,  being  consulted  in  the  most  difficult  trans- 
actions involving  the  rights  of  investors.      The  other  officers  are  George  Sherman, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEV/    YORK 


711 


CENTRAL  TRUST  COMPANY. 

54    WALL    STREET,   OPPOSITE    THE    CUSTOM    HOUSE. 


7T2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


First  Vice-President ;  E. 


METROPOLITAN    TRUST 


Francis  Hyde,  Second  Vice-President ;  C.  H.  P.  Babcock, 
Secretary  ;  and  B.  G.  Mitchell,  Assistant- 
Secretary.  The  Executive  Committee, 
which  is  representative  of  the  trustees  of 
the  institution,  is  composed,  in  addition 
to  the  President,  of  Samuel  D.  Babcock, 
Charles  Lanier,  John  S.  Kennedy,  Cornelius 
N.  Bliss,  Adrian  Iselin,  Jr.,  Samuel  Thorne, 
A.  D.  Juilliard,  and  Charles  G.  Landon. 
The  capital  and  surplus  of  the  company 
amount  to  over  $6,000,000;  the  deposits 
to  $20,800,000;  and  the  gross  assets  to 
.$27,300,000.  The  stock  of  the  Central 
Trust  Company  sells  for  the  highest  price 
ever  paid  for  the  stock  of  any  Trust  Company 
in  this  country,  and  probably  in  the  world. 

The  Metropolitan  Trust  Company 
was  chartered  by  a  special  act  of  the 
State  Legislature,  in  188 1.  Its  powers  are 
of  an  ample  character,  including,  among 
other  provisions,  authority  to  act  as  deposi- 
tory for  the  funds  of  individuals,  estates, 
or  corporations,  as,  agent  for  the  payment 
of  bonds  and  coupons,  as  trustee  of  corpo- 
ration mortgages,  and  as  transfer  agent 
and  registrar.  The  act  incorporating  this 
company  has  been  made  the  model  of  sub- 
sequent State  legislation  in  regard  to  the 
formation  of  trust  companies.  The  institu- 
tion at  its  inception  occupied  quarters  in 
Pine  Street,  and  then  migrated  to  a  bank- 
ing-room in  the  Wall-Street  wing  of  the 
Mills  Building.  In  1889  it  purchased  the 
seven-story  brick  and  brownstone  building 
at  37  and  39  Wall  Street,  and  occupies  the 
first  floor  with  its  large  and  increasing  busi- 
ness. Gen.  Thomas  Hillhouse,  ex- Assistant- 
Treasurer  of  the  United  States  at  New  York, 
has  been  its  president  since  its  foundation. 
Frederick  D.  Tappen  is  Vice-President  ; 
Charles  M.  Jesup,  Second  Vice-President ; 
Beverly  Chew,  Secretary ;  and  Geo.  D. 
Coaney,  Assistant- Secretary.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  includes  :  A.  Gracie  King,  of  James 
G.  King's  Sons ;  D.  O.  Mills ;  Frederick 
D.  Tappen,  President  Gallatin  National 
Bank,  New  York ;  Morris  K.  Jesup ; 
John  T.  Terry,  of  E.  D.  Morgan  &  Com- 
pany ;  Walter  T.    Hatch,   of  W.   T.  Hatch 

wall  street.        &    Sons ;    C.    P.     Huntington,    Vice-Presi- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


13 


dent  Central  Pacific  Railroad  ;  Bradley  Martin  ;  Dudley  Olcott,  President  Mechanics' 
&  Farmers'  Bank  of  Albany,  N.  Y. ;  Heber  R.  Bishop  ;  George  A.  Hardin,  Justice 
New- York  Supreme  Court,  Little  Falls,  N.  Y.  ;  J.  Howard  King,  President  Albany 
Savings  Bank,  Albany,  N.  Y.  ;  Joseph  Ogden  ;  Henry  B.  Plant,  President  Southern 
Express  Company ;  Edward  B.  Judson,  President  First  National  Bank,  Syracuse, 
N.  Y. ;  Thomas  Hillhouse,  late  Assistant-Treasurer  of  the  United  States  ;  William  A. 
Slater,  of  Norwich, Conn. ;  John  W.  Ellis  ;  W.  H.  Tillinghast ;  Robert  Hoe,  of  Robert 
Hoe  &  Company  ;  and  W.  L.  Bull,  of  Edward  Sweet  &  Company.  The  institu- 
tion is  now  in  its  eleventh  year  of  successful  existence,  with  a  paid-up  capital  of 
$  1, 000, 000  ;  an  earned  surplus  of  over  $850,000  ;  deposits  aggregating  $9,000,000  ; 
and  total  resources  aggregating  over  $10,000,000. 

The  Manhattan  Trust  Company  occupies  the  white-marble  building  at  the 
corner  of  Wall  and  Nassau  Streets,  immediately  opposite  the  Sub-Treasury  and 
directly  at  the  head  of  Broad  Street.  This  successful  and  growing  institution  was 
organized  in  1888,  under  a  legislative  charter  granted  in  1 87 1.  The  powers  vested 
in  the  corporation  comprise,  among  other  things,  authority  to  receive  deposits  and 


MANHATTAN    TRUST   CO.  SUB- llnuwunV 

MANHATTAN    TRUST    CO.,   WALL    STREET,   CORNER    OF    NASSAU    STREET. 

make  loans,  to  act  as  agent  for  the  investment  of  money  and  management  of  property, 
to  act  as  trustee,  registrar,  and  transfer-agent  of  corporations  or  under  orders  of  the 
courts  in  legal  proceedings.  The  company's  first  place  of  business  was  in  the  Astor 
Building,  at  10  Wall  Street,  but  in  1890  it  moved  to  its  present  specially  prominent 
location,  which  also  furnishes  better  accommodations  for  its  increased  business. 
The  capital  is  $1,000,000,  fully  paid  up,  and  the  earned  surplus  and  profits  are 


714 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


$278,262,  as  shown  by  the  last  official  statement,  while  its  deposits — $3,694,716  in 
amount  —  and  total  resources  of  $4,985,978  indicate  the  extent  of  the  connection 
with  corporate  and  investment  interests  of  the  conservative  class,  which  have  been 
attracted  by  the  facilities  it  affords.  The  Manhattan  Trust  Company  is  essentially  a 
progressive  institution.  Its  management  is  indicative  of  that  quality,  combined  with 
the  stability  which  the  fiduciary  nature  of  its  business  demands.  The  trustees  are 
August  Belmont,  of  August  Belmont  &  Company  ;  C.  C.  Baldwin  ;  H.  W.  Cannon, 
President  of  the  Chase  National  Bank  ;  T.  J.  Coolidge,  Jr.,  President  of  the  Old- 
Colony  Trust  Company,  Boston;  R.  J.  Cross,  of  Morton,  Bliss  &  Company  ;  John  R. 
Ford ;  Francis  Ormond  French,  President ;  John  N.  A.  Griswold  ;  H.  L.  Higginson,  of 
Lee,  Higginson  &  Company,  Boston  ;  John  Kean,  Jr.,  President  of  the  National 
State  Bank,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  ;  H.  O.  Northcote,  of  J.  Kennedy  Tod  &  Company  ; 
E.  D.  Randolph,  President  of  the  Continental  National  Bank  ;  A.  S.  Rosenbaum  ; 
James  O.  Sheldon ;  Samuel  R.  Shipley,  President  of  the  Provident  Life  &  Trust 
Company,  Philadelphia  ;  Charles  F.  Tag,  of  Charles  F.  Tag  &  Son  ;  R.  T.  Wilson, 
of  R.  T.  Wilson  &  Company ;  and  John  I.  Waterbury,  Vice-President.  The  Presi- 
dent, Francis  O.  .French,  is  a  banker  of  experience  and  marked  ability,  having  been 
associated  with  the  executive  management  of  the  First  National  Bank.  John  I. 
Waterbury,  its  vice-president,  is  also  prominently  connected  with  financial  and  cor- 
porate interests,  being  a  director  in  many  large  companies  and  institutions  here  and 
in  other  cities.      The  secretary  and  treasurer  is  Amos  T.  French. 

The  New-York  Security  and  Trust  Company  occupies  a  commodious 
banking-room  at  46  Wall  Street,  corner  of  William  Street,  in  the  Bank  of  America's 
graceful  granite  building.  This  company  was  organized  as  recently  as  May,  1889, 
under  the  State  law,  and  is  authorized  to  act  as  executor,  trustee,  administrator,  guar- 
dian, agent,  and  receiver,  and  is  a  legal  depository  for  Court  and  trust  funds.      It  is 

designated  by  the  New- York  State  Banking 
Department  as  a  depository  for  the  reserve  of 
State  banks,  and  allows  special  rates  of  interest 
on  deposits  of  banks  and  financial  institutions. 
It  takes  full  charge  of  estates,  both  real  and 
personal,  collecting  and  remitting  incomes  and 
profits  ;  and  acts  as  trustee  for  bonds,  and 
as  registrar  and  transfer  agent  of  stocks.  De- 
posits are  received  subject  to  check;  with 
interest  on  daily  balances,  and  interest-bearing 
certificates  of  deposit  are  also  issued  by  it. 
The  capital  is  $1,000,000,  and  a  surplus  and 
undivided  profits  of  $866,000  has  already  been 
added  thereto.  Its  deposits  aggregate  $6, 000,  - 
000,  and  the  total  resources  are  over  $7,000,- 
000.  The  management  of  the  company  is  an 
unusually  strong  one,  composed  of  gentlemen 
whose  position  in  the  financial  and  business 
world  is  sufficient  to  explain  the  confidence 
with  which  the  institution  is  regarded,  as 
well  as  the  success  attending  its  operations. 
Its  President  is  Charles  S.  Fairchild,  ex- 
Secretary    of    the    United-States    Treasury  : 

NEW-YORK   SECURITY   AND   TRUST   COMPANY,  '  .......  {j 

wall  and  william  streets.  his   associates    in    office    being   William    H. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


715 


Appleton,  first  Vice-President  ;  William  L.  Strong,  second  Vice-President  and  chair- 
man of  Executive  Committee  ;  and  John  L.  Lamson,  Secretary.  The  trustees  of  the 
company  are  :  Charles  S.  Fairchild,  William  H.  Appleton,  William  L.  Strong,  Wil- 
liam F.  Buckley,  William  A.  Booth,  William  H.  Beers,  C.  C.  Baldwin,  Stuart  G. 
Nelson,  M.  C.  D.  Borden,  Edward  Uhl,  James  J.  Hill  (of  St.  Paul,  Minn.),  Daniel 
S.  Lamont,  James  Stillman,  John  King,  Hudson  Hoagland,  Edward  N.  Gibbs 
(of  Norwich,  Conn.),  John  G.  McCullough,  Frederic  R.  Coudert,  H.  Walter  Webb, 
B.  Aymar  Sands,  John  A.  McCall,  and  John  W.  Sterling. 

The  Washington  Trust  Company  was  organized  in  1889,  by  a  number  of 
prominent  capitalists  and  business  men  identified  with  the  opulent  and  varied  inter- 
ests which  occupy  the  busy  district  adjacent  to  the  City-Hall  Park.  The  offices  of 
the  company  are  established   in  a  convenient   and   roomy  suite   in   the  great  marble 


THE    WASHINGTON    TRUST    COMPANY.   STEWART    BUILDING,    280    BROADWAY. 

building,  once  A.  T.  Stewart's  gigantic  wholesale  dry-goods  establishment,  and  now 
remodelled  into  a  most  notable  office  structure,  and  known  as  the  Stewart  Building, 
at  280  Broadway.  The  organization  was  effected  under  the  general  law,  and  is 
authorized  to  act  as  trustee  for  individuals  and  corporations,  and  as  a  legal  depos- 
itory for  Court  and  trust  funds,  as  well  as  to  receive  deposits,  to  issue  interest- 
bearing  certificates,  and  to  serve  as  agent  for  estates  and  individuals.  The  manage- 
ment and  connections  of  the  institution,  no  less  than  its  admirable  location,  have 
been  favorable  to  the  rapid  development  of  a  profitable  and  conservative  business  in 
all  of  its  diversified  functions.      Many  important   trusts  have  been  committed  to  its 


716 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


care,  its  proximity  to  the  Courts  rendering  it  particularly  useful  in  instances  where 
a  fiduciary  agent  is  required  in  connection  with  litigation  or  proceedings  before  the 
Surrogate.  Its  capital  is  $500,000,  and  the  surplus  and  undivided  profits  now 
amount  to  about  $400,000.  Its  deposits  are  over  $3,600,000;  and  the  total 
resources  of  the  institution  (included  in  which  are  $500,000  in  New- York  City 
bonds  and  other  securities  of  an  immediately  available  character)  foot  up  no  less 
than  $4,500,000.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  company  embraces  the  following 
names,  representing  conservative  strength,  all  of  whom  are  well  known  in  New  York, 
a  number  of  them  having  a  National  reputation  :  Charles  F.  Clark,  David  M.  Morri- 
son, Charles  H.  Russell,  Geo.  H.  Prentiss,  Joel  F.  Freeman,  L.  T.  Powell,  George 
L.  Pease,  Wm.  Henry  Hall,  Geo.  E.  Hamlin,  P.  C.  Lounsbury,  Seth  E.  Thomas, 
Lucius  K.  Wilmerding,  Joseph  C.  Baldwin,  George  Austin  Morrison,  John  F.  An- 
derson, Jr.,  E.  C.  Romans,  William  Lummis,  Charles  A.  Johnson,  John  R.  Hege- 
man,  and  William  Whiting.  David  M.  Morrison,  its  President,  comes  from  a  bank- 
ing family,  his  father  for  two  generations  having  been  president  of  the  Manhattan 
Company  Bank.  Charles  F.  Clark,  the  Vice-President,  is  known  throughout  the 
mercantile  world  as  the  president  of  the  Bradstreet  Mercantile  Agency,  whose  ramifi- 
cations extend  over  three  continents.  William  Lummis,  well-known  in  financial 
circles,  and  ex-Vice-President  of  the  New- York  Stock  Exchange,  is  second  Vice- 
President ;  Francis  H.  Page,  Secretary;  and  M.  S.  Lott,  Assistant-Secretary. 

The    State    Trust  Company,  at  50  Wall  Street,  was  organized  as  recently  as 
1879,  under  the  general  laws  of  the  State,  with  full  powers  to  transact  all  business 

usual  to  fiduciary  institutions  of  this 
character.  Its  success  from  the  very 
start  gives  promise  of  a  gigantic  in- 
stitution in  the  near  future. 

For  the  State  Trust  Company, 
although  one  of  the  younger  fiduciary 
institutions,  being  but  three  years 
old,  has  developed  into  one  of  the 
larger  and  stauncher  of  the  trust  com- 
panies, having  a  capital  of  $1,000,- 
000,  a  surplus  of  $764,870,  and  gross 
assets  of  $9,664,202,  which  includes 
deposits  of  almost  $8,000,000.  Its 
stock,  on  a  par  of  $100  a  share,  sells 
at  over  $200  a  share.  It  is  paying 
its  semi-annual  dividend,  at  the  rate 
of  six  per  cent,  a  year.  The  reason 
for  The  State  Trust  Company's  suc- 
cess is  readily  found  in  its  able  man- 
agement. Its  first  President  was 
Willis  S.  Paine,  for  many  years  the 
Bank  Superintendent  of  the  State  of 
New  York  ;  and  its  Secretary,  John 
Quincy  Adams,  was  the  former  Chief 
Bank-Examiner.  Its  Board  of  Direc- 
tors includes:  Willis  S.  Paine;  Henry 
H.  Cook,  capitalist ;  Charles  R.  Flint, 

THE   STATE   TRUST    COMPANY,   50   WALL   STREET,  .     _,.       '         r  _,  ,    . 

near  william  street.  of   Flint   &    Company,    shipowners ; 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK.  717 

William  L.  Trenholm,  ex-Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  and  President  of  the  American 
Surety  Company ;  William  B.  Kendall,  of  the  Bigelow  Carpet  Company  ;  Walter 
S.  Johnston,  President  Spanish- American  Light  and  Power  Company  ;  Joseph 
N.  Hallock,  proprietor  of  the  Christian  at  Work ;  Percival  Knauth,  of  Knauth, 
Nachod  &  Kuhne,  bankers ;  Edwin  A.  McAlpin,  of  D.  H.  McAlpin  &  Com- 
pany, tobacco  ;  Andrew  Mills,  President  of  the  Dry-Dock  Savings  Institution  ;  Wil- 
liam A.  Nash,  President  of  the  Corn-Exchange  Bank  ;  George  Foster  Peabody,  of 
Spencer  Trask  &  Company,  bankers  ;  J.  D.  Probst,  of  J.  D.  Probst  &  Company, 
bankers  ;  Henry  Steers,  President  of  the  Eleventh-Ward  Bank  ;  George  W.  Quin- 
tard,  proprietor  of  the  Quintard  Iron  Works ;  Forrest  H.  Parker,  President  New- 
York  Produce  Exchange  Bank  ;  Charles  Scribner,  of  Charles  Scribner's  Sons ;  Wil- 
liam Steinway,  of  Steinway  &  Sons,  pianos  :  Charles  L.  Tiffany,  of  Tiffany  &  Com- 
pany, jewellers  ;  Ebenezer  K.  Wright,  President  of  the  National  Park  Bank  ;  Wil- 
liam H.  Van  Kleeck,  of  Burkhalter  &  Company,  importers  ;  George  W.  White, 
President  of  the  Mechanics'  Bank  of  Brooklyn  ;  and  John  Q.  Adams.  Andrew  Mills 
is  the  President,  pro  te?n. ,  and  W.  L.  Trenholm  and  William  Steinway  are  the  Vice- 
Presidents.  The  trust  company's  quarters  have  always  been  on  the  lower  floor  of 
50  Wall  Street,  just  below  William  Street.  The  State  Trust  Company  is  authorized 
to  act  as  executor,  administrator,  trustee,  guardian,  receiver,  and  in  all  other  fiduciary 
capacities,  and  to  serve  as  transfer  agent  and  registrar  of  incorporated  companies. 
It  allows  interest  on  deposits,  and  does  a  general  trust  company's  business. 

The  Mercantile  Trust  Company,  Equitable  Building,  with  a  capital  and 
surplus  of  $3,  500,000,  is  a  legal  depository  for  court  and  trust  funds  and  for  general 
deposits,  upon  which  it  pays  liberal  rates  of  interest,  from  date  of  deposit  until  date 
of  withdrawal.  The  company  also  by  law  acts  as  executor,  administrator,  guardian, 
receiver  and  trustee,  as  fiscal  and  transfer  agent,  and  as  a  registrar  of  stocks.  It 
offers  exceptional  rates  and  facilities  to  religious  and  benevolent  institutions,  and  to 
executors  or  trustees  of  estates.  Louis  Fitzgerald  is  President ;  John  T.  Terry, 
Henry  B.  Hyde  and  Edward  L.  Montgomery  are  Vice-Presidents;  Henry  C.  Deny- 
ing, Secretary  and  Treasurer;  and  Clinton  Hunter,  Assistant- Secretary. 

The  New-York  Guaranty  &  Indemnity  Company,  at  59  Cedar  Street,  in 
the  Mutual  Life  Building,  has  a  capital  of  $2,000,000,  and  a  surplus  of  $500,000. 

In  addition  to  its  special  charter  privileges,  this  company  possesses  all  the  power 
of  trust  companies  under  the  New- York  banking  laws ;  acts  as  trustee  for  corpora- 
tions, firms  and  individuals,  as  executor  or  administrator  of  estates,  and  is  a  legal 
depository  of  trust  funds.  It  allows  interest  on  deposits.  Its  officers  are  :  Edwin 
Packard,  President;  Adrian  Iselin,  Jr.,  Vice-President;  Geo.  R.  Turnbull,  Second 
Vice-President;  Henry  A.  Murray,  Treasurer  and  Secretary;  J.  Nelson  Borland, 
Assistant-Secretary.  The  directors  comprise  :  Samuel  D.  Babcock,  Frederic  Crom- 
well, Josiah  M.  Fiske,  Walter  R.  Gillette,  Robert  Goelet,  George  Griswold  Haven, 
Oliver  Harriman,  B.  Somers  Hayes,  Charles  R.  Henderson,  Adrian  Iselin,  Jr., 
James  N.  Jarvie,  Augustus  D.  Juilliard,  Richard  A.  McCurdy,  Alexander  E.  Orr, 
Edwin  Packard,  Henry  H.  Rogers,  Henry  W.  Smith,  H.  McK.  Twombly,  Freder- 
ick W.  Vanderbilt,  William  C.  Whitney,  and  J.  Hood  Wright. 

The  New  York  Life  Insurance  and  Trust  Company,  occupies  banking 
rooms  in  the  building  of  the  National  City  Bank,  at  No.  52  Wall  Street.  It  is  vir- 
tually the  oldest  of  the  trust  companies,  its  life  insurance  business  being  compara- 
tively small,  while  its  annuity  business  has  been  an  important  feature.  Its  president 
is  Henry  Parish.  Its  gross  assets  exceed  $27,000,000,  of  which  $1,000,000  is  its 
capital. 


7i8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Farmers'  Loan  and  Trust  Company,  16,  18,  20  and  22  William  Street, 
New  York,  R.  G.  Rolston,  President ;  W.  D.  Searls,  Vice-President ;  William  H. 
Leupp,  Second  Vice-President ;  E.  S.  Marston,  Secretary;  Samuel  Sloan,  Jr.,  Assist- 
ant Secretary.  Directors  :  Samuel  Sloan,  William  Waldorf  Astor,  William  Rem- 
sen,  Henry  Hentz,  Thomas  Rutter,  D.  O.  Mills,  James  Stillman,  Wm.  H.  Wis- 
ner,  James  Roosevelt,  E.  R.  Bacon,  M.  Taylor  Pyne,  Percy  R.  Pyne,  Isaac  Bell, 
Wm.  Walter  Phelps,  R.  L.  Cutting,  Edward  R.  Bell,  Alex.  T.  Van  Nest,  C.  H. 
Thompson,  James  Neilson,  H.  Van  Rensselaer  Kennedy,  Robt.  C.  Boyd,  Charles 
L.  Colby,  A.  C.  Cheney,  R.  G.  Rolston,  Henry  A.  C.  Taylor,  Franklin  D.  Locke, 
R.  F.  Ballantine. 


FARMERS'     LOAN    &    TRUST    CuMPA.MY,     BEAVER    AND    WILLIAM    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW   YORK. 


719 


The  Continental  Trust  Company,  at  18  Wall  Street,  was  formed  in  1890, 
under  the  General  Act  of  the  State  of  New  York  providing  for  the  organization  of 
such  institutions.  Its  founders  are  among  the  most  conservative  and  substantial 
business  men  and  financiers  of  New  York,  and  the  powers  granted  it  under  the  law 
are  of  a  very  comprehensive  character,  embracing  authority  to  act  as  trustee  for 
individuals  or  corporations,  or  as  executor  or  guardian,  to  receive  deposits  of  money, 
and  to  become  the  depository  of  Court  funds,  with  additional  provisions  which  com- 
plete its  ability  to  act  in  a  fiduciary  capacity.  The  management  and  care  of  estates 
is  a  prominent  feature  of  its  functions,  and  it  receives  accounts  of  individuals,  firms, 
corporations  and  estates,  al- 


lowing interest  on  deposits, 
checks  on  the  company  being 
paid  through  the  Clearing 
House.  The  capital  is 
$500,000,  and  the  surplus 
and  undivided  profits  exceed 
$300,000.  Its  management 
is  of  a  character  to  command 
confidence  and  respect ;  and 
is  composed  of  Henry  A. 
Oakley,  President ;  William 
Alexander  Smith,  first  Vice- 
President  ;  Gordon  Mac- 
donald,  second  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  and  William  Potts 
(formerly  secretary  of  the 
securities  committee  of  the 
New- York  Stock  Ex- 
change), Secretary.  The 
trustees  of  the  institution 
embrace  an  array  of  names 
widely  known  in  the  finan- 
cial and  business  world, 
being  composed  of :  Wil- 
liam Alexander  Smith, 
Robert  Olyphant,  Alfred 
M.  Hoyt,  Thomas  T.  Barr, 
Henry  A.  Oakley,  John  C. 
Havemeyer,  Charles  M.  Fry, 
Gordon  Norrie,  Hugh  N. 
Camp,  William  Jay,  James 
C.  Parrish,  Robert  S.  Holt,  Henry  M.  Taber,  William  Potts,  William  H. 
Wisner,  A.  Lanfear  Norrie,  Oliver  Harriman,  Jr.,  William  F.  Cochran,  and  Gordon 
Macdonald.  The  location  of  the  banking  quarters  of  the  Continental  Trust  Com- 
pany is  in  the  very  midst  of  the  financial  activity  of  the  metropolis.  Its  building 
is  immediately  opposite  the  Wall-Street  entrance  to  the  Stock  Exchange,  a  min- 
ute's walk  from  the  Sub-Treasury  and  the  Assay  Office.  Its  strong  list  of  directors 
and  stockholders,  its  efficient  officers,  and  its  choice  location,  have  all  been  effective 
in  immediately  securing  that  confidence  and  clientele  which  usually  come  only  to 
institutions  of  much  greater  age. 


TRINITY   CHURCH. 

THE  CONTINENTAL  TRUST  COMPANY,  18  WALL  STREET, 
BETWEEN  BROADWAY  AND  NASSAU  STREET. 


720  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Savings-Banks  in  the  United  States  date  from  1816,  when  a  voluntary  organi- 
zation for  that  purpose  was  formed  at  Philadelphia.  In  181 7  Massachusetts  granted 
a  charter  for  such  an  institution,  and  Maryland  in  1818.  In  the  succeeding  year 
several  States  authorized  their  institution,  New  York  among  the  number,  the 
Bank  for  Savings  in  New  York,  now  one  of  the  greatest  savings-banks  of  the  world, 
dating  from  that  year.  With  the  growth  of  the  city,  and  the  increase  of  its  industrial 
population,  the  spirit  of  philanthropy  which  has  always  distinguished  the  business 
men  and  financiers  of  New  York  prompted  the  creation  of  additional  facilities  of 
this  character.  Legislative  charters  of  a  special  character  were  required  until  1874, 
when  the  State  Constitution  of  New  York  was  amended  by  requiring  the  charters  of 
all  savings-banks  to  conform  to  a  general  law,  and  prohibiting  the  organization  of 
these  institutions  with  a  share  capital.  In  accordance  with  this,  the  Legislature  in 
1875  repealed  all  special  privileges  contained  in  savings-bank  charters,  and  enacted 
a  general  law  for  their  regulation.  Under  this  law  (which  has  contributed  greatly 
to  the  prosperity  of  the  savings-banks  of  New-York  City)  trustees  are  prohibited 
from  deriving  any  benefit,  direct  or  indirect,  from  their  offices,  except  as  officers 
whose  duties  are  constantly  at  the  bank,  nor  can  they  borrow  any  of  the  bank's 
funds.  The  banks  are  confined,  with  respect  to  investments,  to  United- States  Gov- 
ernment obligations,  bonds  of  the  State  of  New  York,  or  any  county  or  municipality 
thereof,  bonds  of  any  State  which  has  not  defaulted  in  payment  of  interest  for  ten 
years,  or  in  mortgages  on  real  estate  in  New  York,  worth  twice  the  amount  loaned, 
but  not  to  exceed  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  amount  of  deposits.  Where  such  loans 
are  on  unimproved  real  estate  the  amount  is  restricted  to  forty  per  cent,  of  actual 
value.  The  aggregate  amount  of  an  individual  deposit  is  limited  to  $3,000,  in  any 
one  bank;  and  the  rate  of  interest  paid  on  deposits  may  not  exceed  five  per  cent., 
though  after  the  bank's  surplus  exceeded  fifteen  per  cent,  of  the  deposits  extra  divi- 
dends may  be  declared.  This  law  merely  codifies  the  principles  upon  which,  from 
an  early  date,  the  success  of  the  great  savings-institutions  of  New  York  was  based. 
It  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that  the  members  of  the  Society  of  Friends  took  a  leading  part 
in  the  establishment  of  the  savings-banks,  and  that  the  philanthropic  tenets  which  dis- 
tinguished that  sect  had  a  powerful  impulse  in  moulding  their  policy.  Service  as  a 
trustee  of  any  of  the  large  savings-banks  has  been  considered  an  honor  by  the  leading 
merchants  and  bankers  of  the  metropolis,  and  the  magnificent  results  and  unshaken 
confidence  which  are  presented  in  this  field  represent  an  enormous  aggregate  of  ardu- 
ous duty,  unselfishly  performed  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole  community  by  its  most 
prominent  members.  And,  furthermore,  the  savings-banks  of  New- York  City,  with 
their  deposits  of  $325,000,000,  and  their  resources  of  nearly  $50,000,000  in  excess  of 
that  amount,  point  to  another  moral.  While  every  class  in  the  community  is  repre- 
sented among  the  depositors,  the  industrious  working  class  predominates.  No  city  in 
the  country  supplies  such  numbers  of  toilers,  and  the  1,500,000  of  depositors  in  the 
New- York  savings-banks  are  a  convincing  proof  that  the  thrift  and  economy  which 
go  far  to  make  good  citizens  have  a  hold  upon  the  bone  and  sinew  of  the  great  city. 

The  Bank  for  Savings  in  the  City  of  New  York  is  the  oldest  savings-bank 
in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  one  of  the  oldest  in  the  country.  It  is  the  second 
savings-bank  in  America,  in  the  amount  of  deposits,  and  also  the  second  in 
number  of  depositors.  It  was  founded  in  1819,  the  philanthropic  objects 
of  its  originators,  as  quaintly  stated,  being  "to  cherish  meritorious  industry,  to 
encourage  frugality  and  retrenchment,  and  to  promote  the  welfare  of  families,  the 
cause  of  morality  and  the  good  order  of  society."  The  institution  was  given  by  the 
city  the  use  of  a  room  in  one  of  the  buildings  which  then  occupied  the  Broadway  and 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


721 


BANK  FOR  SAVINGS,  BLEECKER  STREET,  OPPOSITE  CROSBY  STREET. 


Chambers- Street  corner  of  the  City-Hall  Park.  William  Bayard  was  the  first  Presi- 
dent, and  James  Eastburn,  Secretary.  Among  the  original  trustees  were  Henry 
Eckford,  Ue  Witt  Clinton, 
Cadwalader  Colden,  Peter  A. 
Jay,  Brockholst  Livingston, 
Richard  Varick,  Thomas 
Eddy,  Najah  Taylor,  John 
Pintard,  and  Gilbert  Aspin- 
wall.  The  gentlemen  who 
gratuitously  gave  their  services 
at  first  received  deposits  per- 
sonally on  certain  evenings  of 
the  week  only,  it  being  re- 
corded of  the  initial  session 
on  July  3,  1 819,  that  "the 
trustees  had  the  satisfaction 
of  receiving  the  sum  of 
$2,809."  At  the  end  of  1819 
the  deposits  had  risen  to 
$150,000.  A  regular  place 
of  business  for  the  bank  was 
established  at  43  Chambers 
Street.  From  there  it  re- 
moved to  107  Chambers 
Street  ;  and  finally,  as  popu- 
lation moved  northward,  the 
bank  in  1 856  erected  the  old-fashioned  but  characteristically  imposing  structure,  in 
Grecian  architecture,  which  it  still  occupies,  at  67  Bleecker  Street,  just  east  of  Broad- 
way, and  at  the  northern  terminus  of  Crosby  Street.  The  familiar  name  by  which  the 
present  generation  of  New-Yorkers  know  it  is  the  "Bleecker- Street  Savings-Bank." 
During  its  72  years  of  existence  it  has  had  645,000  depositors,  and  received  altogether 
$239,000,000  in  deposits,  paying  thereon  $43,000,000  in  interest.  The  present 
depositors  number  116,000,  with  $47,130,000  to  their  credit,  the  total  assets,  includ- 
ing $1,200,000  cash,  and  a  surplus  of  nearly  $3,500,000,  being  over  $50,000,000. 
The  full  history  of  this  venerable  institution  would  recall  the  names  of  a  multitude 
of  the  foremost  business  men  of  the  city  whose  services  have  been  cheerfully  given 
for  the  benefit  of  its  depositors.  Among  its  presidents  were  John  Pintard,  Philip 
Hone,  Najah  Taylor,  Marshall  S.  Bidwell,  JohnC.  Green,  and  Robert  Lenox  Kennedy. 
The  present  officers  are  Merritt  Trimble,  President ;  Benjamin  H.  Field,  a  trustee  since 
1851,  first  Vice-President  ;  James  A.  Roosevelt,  second  Vice-President  ;  Robert  S. 
Holt,  Secretary  ;  and  William  G.  White,  Comptroller.  The  Board  of  Trustees  is  com- 
posed of  :  Benjamin  H.  Field,  John  Taylor  Johnston,  Frederick  D.  Tappen,  John  J. 
Tucker,  Adrian  Iselin,  John  E.  Parsons,  John  Crosby  Brown,  Robert  S.  Holt, 
Alfred  W.  Spear,  George  M.  Miller,  Alfred  M.  Hoyt,  Orlando  B.  Potter,  James  A. 
Roosevelt,  Thomas  Hillhouse,  Merritt  Trimble,  William  A.  Hoe,  William  L. 
Andrews,  Frederic  W.  Stevens,  John  M.  Dodd,  Jr.,  Charles  A.  Sherman,  Robert 
Winthrop,  Henry  W.  de  Forest,  W.  Irving  Clark,  William  J.  Riker,  Charles  S. 
Brown,  and  William  W.  Appleton.  The  Bank  for  Savings  has  bought  a  new  site 
at  the  corner  of  Fourth  Avenue  and  22d  Street ;  and  it  will  soon  begin  the  erection  of  a 
banking-house  especially  designed  to  accommodate  its  large  and  increasing  business. 
46 


22 


KING'S  II  AN  I)  HOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


The  Seamen's  Bank  for  Savings,  founded  in  1829,  and  occupying  its  own 
substantial  and  specially  constructed  building  at  74  and  76  Wall  Street,  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  Pearl  Street,  is  the  second  oldest  institution  of  the  kind  in  New 
York.  The  philanthropic  object  of  its  organizers  was  to  provide 
a  safe  and  advantageous  deposit  for  the  sea-faring  community.  This 
object  has  never  been  lost  sight  of,  and  though  its  facilities 
have  from  the  first  been  open  to  the  public  it  still  continues  to 
receive  considerable  deposits  from  officers  and  seamen  in  the 
naval  and  merchant  service.  Since  its  organization, 
it  has  received  total  deposits  of  $210,000,000,  and 
has  paid  in  interest  thereon  over  $27,000,000.  The 
amount  due  its  depositors  at  present  is  $31,535,293, 
and  its  assets  are  $35,220,680.  The  first  Presi- 
dent was  Najah  Taylor,  who  was  succeeded  in 
1834  by  Benjamin  Strong.  Peletiah  Perit  in  turn 
assumed  the  office  in  1 85 1  ;  William  H. 
Macy  in  1863  ;  and  George  F.  Thomae  in 
1867.  William  II.  Macy  was  again  elected 
in  1872,  and  was  succeeded  in 
1887  by  its  present  President, 
William  C.  Sturges.  Daniel 
Barnes  is  Cashier,  and  Sil- 
vanus  F.  Jenkins  is 
Treasurer.  The 
Board  of  Trustees 
has  always  repre- 
\  sented  the  com- 
i  merce  of  New  York, 
and  many  leading 
merchants  have 
cheerfully  given 
their  time  and  labor 
to  the  care  of  the 
seamen's  affairs. 
The  present  Board 
consists  of  William 
C.  Sturges,  Presi- 
dent ;  William  A. 
Booth,  E.  H.  R. 
Lyman,  and  Horace 

Gray,  Vice-Presidents  ;  John  H.  Boynton,  Secretary  ;  Ambrose  Snow,  Emerson 
Coleman,  James  R.  Taylor,  W.  H.  H.  Moore,  William  de  Groot,  George  H.  Macy, 
John  D.  Wing,  Vernon  H.  Brown,  Frederick  Sturges,  J.  W.  Frothingham,  George 
C.  Magoun,  David  S.  Egleston,  William  H.  Phillips,  and  William  II.  Macy,  Jr. 

All  classes  of  the  community  avail  themselves  of  the  facilities  afforded  them  by 
this  famous  old  savings-bank,  to  deposit  their  earnings  in  a  safe  place,  at  fair  in- 
terest, and  ready  for  use  at  any  emergency.  In  this  way,  and  on  account  of  the 
existence  and  conservation  of  such  institutions,  habits  of  thrift  and  foresight  are 
developed  among  the  people,  to  the  vast  advantage  of  the  general  community,  and 
the  stability  of  the  institutions  of  modern  civilization. 


SEAMEN'S    BANK    FOR    SAVINGS,   WALL    AND    PEARL    STREETS 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


723 


The  Bowery  Savings-Bank  enjoys  the  distinction  of  having  the  greatest 
amount  of  assets,  a  total  of  about  $53,000,000,  of  any  financial  institution  in  this 
country.  Of  this  sum,  about  $48,000,000  are  the  deposits  of  107,000  depositors, 
and  a  profit  and  loss  account  of  over  $5,000,000.  The  bank  was  chartered  in  1834, 
and  among  its  incorporators  were  many  well-known  New- York  names.  It  has  been 
a  fiduciary  institution  of  the  highest  order;  it  has  taken  care  of  the  savings  of  the 
poorer  classes,  and  has  earned  for  them  all  that  their  small  accumulations  could 
safely  return.  Its  presidents  have  been:  Benjamin  M.  Brown,  David  Cotheal, 
James  Mills,  Thomas  Jere- 
miah, Samuel  T.  Brown, 
Henry  Lyles,  Jr.,  and  Ed- 
ward Wood,  who  has  been 
President  since  1880.  Its 
Board  of  Trustees,  always 
a  representative  body  of  New 
York's  best  citizens,  includes 
the  following:  Edward 
Wood,  President  ;  John  P. 
Townsend,  First  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  Robert  M.  Field, 
Second  Vice-President; 
John  D.  Hicks,  Robert 
Haydock,  Henry  Barrow, 
Henry  Lyles,  Jr.,  Richard 
A.  Storrs,  Aaron  Field, 
Edward  Hincken,  Wm.  H. 
S.  Wood,  Timothy  H.  Por- 
ter, Enoch  Ketcham,  Wil- 
liam H.  Parsons,  William 
H.  Hurlbut,  William  V. 
Brokaw,  Benjamin  F.  Jud- 
son,  Samuel  H.  Seaman, 
Edward  C.  Sampson,  Wm. 
H.  Beadleston,  James  W. 
Cromwell,  John  J.  Sinclair, 
Joseph  B.  Lockwood,  Wil- 
liam Dowd,  George  Montague,  George  M.  Olcott,  Charles  Kellogg,  Charles  Griffen, 
Alexander  T.  Van  Nest,  David  S.  Taber,  Washington  Wilson,  Isaac  S.  Piatt,  Eugene 
Underbill,  George  E.  Hicks,  John  W.  Cochrane,  Octavius  1).  Baldwin,  George  H. 
Robinson,  George  Jeremiah,  Robert  Maclay,  William  L.  Vennard,  Henry  C.  Berlin, 
John  F.  Scott,  and  Charles  E.  Bigelow. 

Its  Secretaries  have  been  :  Giles  H.  Coggeshall,  who  was  elected  in  1836,  and 
served  until  1885;  and  Robert  Leonard,  his  successor,  who  had  been  Assistant 
Secretary  from  1859  until  1885,  when  he  was  chosen  to  the  position  he  now  occu- 
pies. The  bank  has  always  occupied  the  premises  on  the  site  of  its  present  build- 
ing on  the  Bowery,  just  north  of  Grand  Street,  to  which  it  extends  by  an  L-  It 
contemplates  the  erection  next  year  of  a  bank  building  that  will  more  adequately 
represent  this  gigantic  institution,  and  furnish  more  suitable  accommodations  for  its 
army  of  depositors  —  an  army  that  each  year  grows  greater  and  more  prosperous 
and  contented. 


BOWERY    SAVINGS-BANK,    BOWERY.    NEAR    GRAND    STREET. 


724 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Institution  for  the  Savings  of  Merchants'  Clerks,  at  20  Union 
Square,  is  the  fifth  in  age  of  the  local  savings-banks,  and  is  one  of  the  most  highly 
esteemed  fiduciary  institutions  of  New  York.  Incorporated  in  1848,  it  has  had  a 
dignifiedly  quiet  and  uniformly  steady  growth  ever  since.  As  its  name  implies,  it  was 
founded  to  encourage  the  clerks  of  business  men  to  take  care  of  their  earnings.  Its 
inception  was  due  to  members  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  who  enlisted  with  them 
members  of  the  Mercantile  Library  Association,  and  for  a  long  period  these  two  or- 
ganizations in  a  degree  designated  the  trustees  of  the  savings  institution.  All  through 
its  history  the  prime  object  of  the  bank  has  been  adhered  to,  although  its  depositors 
include  thousands  of  men,  women  and  children  who  can  hardly  be  classed  as  clerks. 
The  bank  has  had  but  five  presidents,  James  G.  King,  Moses  H.  Grinnell,  A.  Gracie 
King,  Joseph  W.  Patterson,  and  Col.  Andrew  Warner.  Col.  Warner  has  been  con- 
nected with  the  bank  for  38  consecutive  years,  first  in  1854  as  Cashier,  afterwards  in 
1855  as  Cashier  and  Secretary,  and  later  in  188 1  as  President.  He  has  a  notable 
record  in  connection  with  institutions,  from  his  years  of  service  as  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary of  the  American  Art  Union  ;  47  years  as  Secretary  of  the  New- York  Historical 
Society  ;  40  years  as  manager  of  the  House  of  Refuge  ;  30  years  as  Governor  and 

Treasurer  of  the  Ly- 
ing-in Hospital  ;  and 
now  in  his  86th  year 
taking  an  active  inter- 
est in  many  public  in- 
stitutions. Among  the 
treasurers  of  the  insti- 
tution have  been 
M  e  r  r  i  1 1  Trimble, 
President  of  the  Bank 
for  Savings,  on 
Bleecker  Street,  who 
was  a  trustee  here  for 
fifteen  years  ;  and 
George  G.  Williams, 
the  President  of  the 
Chemical  National 
Bank,  who  while  a 
clerk  in  the  Chemical 
Bank  became  almost 
the  first  depositor  in 
this  savings-bank,  on 
the  day  of  its  opening 
in  1848,  and  has  continued  as  a  depositor  ever  since,  still  retaining  his  original  pass- 
book, which  was  No.  10,  in  marked  contrast  with  over  75,000  issued  since.  The 
bank's  earliest  quarters  were  in  the  old  Clinton  Hall,  at  the  corner  of  Beekman  and 
Nassau  Streets.  Later  they  were  at  516  Broadway,  opposite  the  old  St.  Nicholas 
Hotel ;  and  in  1868  the  present  Union-Square  property  was  bought  and  remodelled 
to  its  uses.  The  bank  statement  of  January  1,  1892,  shows  gross  assets  of  $6,402,- 
861;  deposits  of  $5,822,960;  and  a  surplus  of  $579,901.  It  has  over  13,000 
open  accounts.  Its  officers  are  :  Andrew  Warner,  President ;  James  M.  Constable 
and  George  A.  Robbins,  Vice-Presidents ;  George  G.  Williams,  Treasurer ;  and 
William  T.  Lawrence,  Secretary  and  Cashier. 


INSTITUTION    FOR    SAVINGS    OF    MERCHANTS'   CLERKS,    20    UNION    SQUARE, 
CORNER    15TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


725 


The  Dry-Dock  Savings    Institution  dates  its  organization  from  1848,  at 
which  period  the  ship-building  trade  was  a  leading  industry  of  New  York.      The 
old  dry-dock  at  the  foot  of  East  10th  Street,  East  River,  was  a  centre  in  the  district 
devoted  to  shipbuilding,  and  its  name  was  adopted  when  a  number  of  gentlemen 
principally  interested  in  that  business  established  this  institution  to  encourage  thrift 
and   prudence  among  their  workmen.      The  bank  was  first  located  at  530  East  4th 
Street.     In  1859  ^  purchased  a  building  at  339  and  341  East  4th  Street.     In  1872  the 
site  at  34 1  and  343  Bowery  was 
purchased,    and    the   present 
building  (valued  at  $250,000) 
was    erected,    and    occupied 
in    1875.       It    was    then  one 
of  the  finest  buildings  in  the 
country  for  its  purpose,   and 
is  to-day  an  admirable  struc- 
ture.      At  the    present    time 
the  institution  has  total  assets 
of    over    $19,500,000,    with 
deposits  of  $17,929,209,  and 
a     surplus     of     $1,668,763. 
Since  its  establishment  236,- 
982      accounts      have      been 
opened,     the     deposits    have 
aggregated  $119,000,000, 
and    $12,200,000    has    been 
paid  for  interest  on  deposits. 
The    success    which    has    at- 
tended the    "Dry  Dock"  is 
largely  the  result   of  the  ex- 
ceptional management  which 
it  has  always  enjoyed.      The 
first   President    of   the    bank 
was      Schureman      Halsted ; 
and  in  1854  Andrew   Mills,  a 
leading  ship-joiner,  who  had 
been   identified  with  the   in- 
stitution from  the   start,  became  its  head,    and  remained  in  the  position  until  1879. 
Charles  Curtiss  served  in  the  same  capacity  until  1888,  when  Andrew  Mills  (second 
of  that  name,  and  son  of  the  former  President),  who  had  served  as  Treasurer  and 
Secretary  from  1877,  was  elected  to  the  Presidency,  which  he  still  holds,  being  also 
a  Director  in  the  National  Broadway  Bank  and  the  State  Trust  Company.      Samuel 
P.  Patterson,  a  trustee  since  1848,  and  David  J.  Taff,  elected  a  trustee  in   1857,  are 
Vice-Presidents  ;  and  the  Secretary  is  Charles  Miehling,  who  entered  the  service 
in  1865,  and  was  appointed  Paying  Teller  in  1873,  and  to  his  present  post  in  1888. 
The  Board  of  Trustees  still  represents  the  shipbuilding  interests.     The  Board  con- 
sists,   in    addition  to   the   officers,    of  Jesse  J.   Davis,   John  Tiebout,    Richard  L. 
Larremore,    Stephen   M.    Wright,    Guy    Culgin,    Sidney    W.    Hopkins,    Robert    J. 
Wright,  Henry  E.  Crampton,  M.  D.,   Abner  B.  Mills,  Charles   E.  Pell,  George  B. 
Rhoads,  Frederick  Zittel,  Henry  C.  Perley,  John   A.  Tackaberry,  Charles   T   Gal- 
loway, Arthur  T.  J.  Rice  and  William  H.  Hollister. 


DRY-DOCK    SAVINGS    INSTITUTION,    341    AND    343    BOWERY, 
CORNER    OF    3D    STREET. 


726 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Emigrant  Industrial  Savings-Bank  was  incorporated  by  an  Act  of 
the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  New  York,  passed  April  10,  1850,  and  it  opened  for 
business  in  the  month  of  October  following.  The  idea  of  establishing  the  bank 
originated  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Irish  Emigrant  Society,  which  was  estab- 
lished many  years  previous,  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  and  protecting  the  Irish  emi- 
grants landing  at  the  port  of  New  York.  Many  of  these  strangers  brought  some 
money  with  them,  and  it  was  desirable  to  teach  others  thrift  and  industry  ;  it  was, 
therefore,  deemed  an  absolute  necessity  to  provide  some  place  for  the  safe-keeping  of 
the  means  of  these  poor  people,  which  would  be  under  the  guidance  and  influence  of 
the  officers  of  the  Irish  Emigrant  Society,  and  of  the  Commissioners  of  Emigration. 
At  that  time  Gregory  Dillon  and  Andrew  Carrigan  were  members  of  the  society, 
and  the  latter,  and  Gulian  C.   Verplanck,  were  Commissioners  of  Emigration  ;  they 

procured  the  charter  from  the 
Legislature  and  established 
the  bank,  Mr.  Dillon  becom- 
ing its  first  President,  and 
Mr.  Carrigan  its  Comptroller, 
and  they  associated  with  them 
in  the  direction,  Robert  B. 
Minturn,  William  Watson, 
Terence  Donnelly,  John  P. 
Nesmith,  Felix  Ingoldsby, 
and  about  a  dozen  others,  all- 
old  merchants  of  New  York. 

The  bank  was  successful. 
For  the  first  two  or  three 
years  these  gentlemen  not 
only  gave  their  services  gratis, 
but  they  each  contributed 
their  pro-rata  of  expenses, 
until  the  business  of  the 
bank  had  become  self-sup- 
porting. It  fulfilled  its  mis- 
sion, took  good  care  of  the 
money  of  the  emigrants,  and 
by  degrees  its  business 
widened  until  it  became  a 
cosmopolitan  institution,  hav- 
ing dealings  with  people  of  all 
countries.  It  has  been  scarce- 
ly forty-two  years  in  exist- 
ence, yet  its  assets  to-day 
amount  to  the  enormous  sum 
of  more  than  $45,000,000, 
including  its  surplus  fund  of 
over  $4, 000, 000.  The  amount 
of  its  deposits  is  upward  of 
$4 1 ,  000, 000.  The  bank  owns 
and  occupies,  at  49  and  51 
emigrant  industrial  savings-bank,  49  and  51  CHAMBERS  street.     Chambers  Street,    the   hand- 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


727 


somest  savings-bank  room  in  this  city,  and  one  of  the  most  valuable  savings-bank 
buildings  in  the  country.  The  building  is  of  granite,  eight  stories  high,  with  an 
entrance  through  an  arch  of  polished  granite.  The  main  banking-room,  50  feet 
wide,  extends  the  full  depth  of  the  building,  from  Chambers  Street  to  Reade  Street. 
The  present  officers  and  trustees  are  :  James  McMahon,  President  ;  James  Olwell, 
first    Vice-President  ;     Bryan    Lawrence,    second    Vice-President  ;    James    Rorke, 


Secretary  ;       Eugene 
Arthur  Leary,  John 
Eugene  Kelly,  Jr., 
James  G.  Johnson, 
The    Manhat- 
011      the 
front  build 
Street, 


Kelly,  Robert  J.  Hoguet,  James  R.  Floyd,  Henry  Amy, 
C.  McCarthy,  P.  II.  Leonard,  John  D.  Keiley,  Jr., 
John  Good,  Louis  V.  O'Donohue,  Charles  V.  Fornes, 
John  Crane,  and  John  A.  McCall. 
tan  Savings  Institution  has  its  banking-rooms 
ground  floor  of  its  own  stately  eight-story  sandstone 
ing,  at  644  and  646  Broadway,  corner  of  Bleecker 
completed  for  its  use  in  1890,  at  a  cost  of  over  half 
a  million  dollars.  This  structure  replaced  another 
which  had  been  erected  in  1863,  the  bank 
having  in  1867  purchased  this  site  and 
moved  thither  from  its  original  quart- 
ers at  648  Broadway.  The  incorpor- 
ation of  the  institution  dates  from 
1 85 1,  when  it  was  formed  by  such 
leading  citizens  as  Augustus  Schell,  ; 
James  Harper,  E.  D.  Morgan 
(afterwards  Governor  of  New 
Vork),  Henry  Stokes  and  A.  A. 
Alvord.  Ambrose  C.  Kingsland, 
ex-Mayor  of  New  Vork,  was  the 
irst  President.  The  institution 
has  a  history  of  steady 
growth  and  of  the  confi- 
dence to  which  the  high 
standing  of  its  manage- 
ment entitles  it.  The  de- 
posits since  its  inception 
have  amounted  to  $92,- 
764,119,  and  the  amount 
due  depositors  at  present 
is  $8, 141,000,  the  assets 
representing  a  cost  or  par 
value  of  $8, 877,000,  and 
a  market  value  of  over 
$9,000,000.  Edward 
Schell,    its  President,    has 


MANHATTAN    SAVINGS    INSTITUTION,   BROADWAY   AND    BLEECKER    STREET. 


been  a  trustee  nearly  forty  years,  ever  since  1854,  and  was  elected  to  his  present 
office  in  1876.  The  Vice-Presidents,  Robert  G.  Remsen  and  Joseph  Bird,  have 
been  identified  with  the  bank  for  many  years  ;  the  Secretary,  Frank  G.  Stiles,  has 
a  record  of  32  years  spent  in  its  service  ;  and  George  H.  Pearsall,  the  Assistant- 
Secretary,  has  been  connected  with  the  institution  since  1865.  The  Board  of 
Trustees,  in  which  the  officers  are  also  included,  consists  of  :  Henry  M.  Taber, 
John  H.  Watson,  P.  Van  Zandt  Lane,  E.  A.  Walton,  William  J.  Valentine,  DeWitt 


728 


KING'S  HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


C.  Hays,  Edward   King,  H.    B.    Stokes,   George  Blagden,   John  D.   Jones,   George 
H.  McLean,  William  H.  Oakley,  and  S.  R.  Lesher. 

The  Irving  Savings  Institution  was  formed  in  185 1,  at  the  same  time 
that  the  Irving  Bank  was  instituted.  The  two  organizations,  while  in  all  respects 
independent,  have  nevertheless  been  closely  affiliated  and  to  this  day  dwell  together 
in  neighborly  fashion,  the  Irving  Savings  Institution  since  1852  occupying  and  own- 
ing its  own  building  at  96  Warren  Street,  adjoining  the  building  in  which  the  Irving 
National  Bank  is  located.  The  district  which  surrounds  the  institution  is  the  centre 
of  the  provision-trade  of  New  York,  and  from  its  inception  the  savings-bank  has  been 

identified  through  its  management  and 
trustees  with  that  important  industry. 
The  location  has  another  important 
influence,  inasmuch  as  residents  of  the 
country  districts  surrounding  New 
York  having  business  relations  in  the 
vicinity,  furnish  an  important  propor- 
tion of  its  depositors.  The  total 
amount  of  deposits  is  $6,500,000  ;  the 
assets  securely  invested  $7,400,000, 
and  the  institution's  surplus,  $775,000. 
The  bank  has  a  deserved  reputation 
for  conservative  safety,  and  has  always 
enjoyed  the  management  which  con- 
duces thereto.  The  first  President 
was  Caleb  S.  Woodhul,  and  John 
Castree  (also  President  of  the  Irving 
Bank)  held  the  same  post  at  a  later 
date.  Its  present  head  is  Clarence 
D.  Heaton,  elected  President  in  1890, 
after  a  service  dating  back  to  1859, 
sixteen  years  of  which  was  as  its  Sec- 
retary. David  M.  Demarest  and 
Joseph  Rogers  are  its  Vice-Presi- 
dents;  William  II.  Buxton,  since  1868 
in  its  service,  is  Secretary  ;  and 
Charles  11.  Fancher,  President  of  the 
Irving  National  Bank,  is  Treasurer. 
The  Board  of  Trustees  is  a  representative  body  of  responsible  business  men  includ- 
ing :  John  A.  Hardenbergh,  Erjiest  C.  Korner,  William  E.  Corey,  Cornelius  I. 
Blauvelt,  Frederick  Meyer,  Robert  Seaman,  W.  H.  B.  Totten,  Henry  Demarest, 
Martin  Gerdes,  D.  B.  Halstead,  Thomas  Stillman,  J.  K.  Lasher,  Lloyd  I.  Seaman, 
C.  W.  Miller,  David  B.  Moses,  W.  H.  Duckworth,  Albert  G.  Bogert,  Gilbert 
Oakley,  Charles  Burkhalter,  Frank  Green,  John  W.  Castree,  James  E.  Carpenter, 
George  W.  Millar,  and  John  W.  Nix.  The  Warren  Street  Station  of  the  Sixth 
Avenue  Elevated  Railroad  is  at  the  Irving  Bank  Building. 

The  Union  Dime  Savings  Institution  was  organized  in  the  year  1859,  and 
commenced  business  in  a  small  building  at  the  corner  of  Canal  and  Varick  Streets. 
It  was  designed  to  receive  smaller  deposits  than  were  ordinarily  accepted,  and  was 
the  first  to  assume  the  name  "Dime."  Its  founders,  who  were  all  loyal  supporters 
of  our  National  Government,  then  assailed  by  internal  foes,  emphasized  their  patri- 


IRVING   SAVINGS    INSTITUTION,   96    WARREN    STREET, 
NEAR    GREENWICH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


729 


otism   by    adding    to    its 
policy  of  welcoming  th 
courtesy    and    accom- 
brought  a  larger  sum, 


name  the  word  "Union."  From  the  first  the 
small  depositor,  and  extending  to  him  the  same 
modating  spirit  that  was  shown  to  the  one  who 
proved  successful,  and  the  bank  grew  steadily. 
The  trustees  further  evinced  their  faith  in 
American  institutions  by  investing  largely  in 
United-States  bonds,  which  proved  a  very 
profitable  course.  In  1866  the 
bank,  having  reached  a  prominent 
position  among  the  savings-banks 
of  the  city,  found  larger  accom- 
modations necessary  for  its  busi- 
ness, and  erected  the  commodious 
building  at  Canal  and  Laight 
Streets,  now  used  for  the 
United-States  Pension 
Agency.  Ten  years  later, 
it  was  deemed  advisable  to 
make  another  move,  and  to 
follow  the  march  of  the  pop- 
ulation in  the  "up-town" 
direction.  A  plot  was  pur- 
chased at  the  junction  of 
Broadway,  Sixth  Avenue  and 
32d  Street,  where  was  erected 
the  magnificent  white  marble 
structure  still  occupied  for  its  business.  There  is  certainly  no  finer  site  on  Man- 
hattan Island  for  the  purpose,  and  it  is  accessible  by  numerous  public  convey- 
ances. The  bank  is  now  the  custodian  of  over  %  13, 000, 000,  in  deposits  ranging  from 
a  single  dime  to  the  maximum  allowed  by  law.  Its  depositors  number  54,000 
persons,  of  all  classes,  races  and  ages.  It  is  still  noted  for  the  promptness  and 
courtesy  with  which  business  is  transacted,  and  is  visited  by  many  officers  of 
kindred  institutions  from  a  distance,  who  have  heard  of  its  beautiful  building  and  of 
the  perfection  of  its  methods.  The  presidents  of  the  institution  from  its  organiza- 
tion have  been  :  E.  V.  Haughwout,  John  McLean,  Napoleon  J.  Haines,  John  W. 
Britton,  Silas  B.  Dutcher,  Gardner  S.  Chapin,  recently  deceased,  who  was  an  officer 
of  the  bank  from  its  foundation,  and  who  received  the  first  deposit  ever  made,  and 
Charles  E.  Sprague,  the  present  incumbent.  The  other  officers  are  Channing  M. 
Britton  and  James  S.  Herrman,  Vice-Presidents  ;  George  N.  Birdsall,  Treasurer  ; 
and  Francis  M.  Leake,  Secretary. 

The  Citizens'  Savings  Bank,  organized  in  i860,  is  located  at  56  and  58 
Bowery,  at  the  corner  of  Canal  Street.  Its  first  place  of  business  was  at  13  Avenue 
A..  The  bank  removed  to  its  present  home  in  1862,  purchasing  the  building  two 
years  later.  Its  first  President  was  the  Hon.  George  Folsom,  who  died  in  1869, 
when  Edward  A.  Quintard  was  elected,  and  has  been  at  its  head  since  that  date, 
with  the  exception  of  two  years,  1880-82,  while  absent  in  Europe.  Its  first  Secre- 
tary was  Seymour  A.  Bunce,  a  charter-member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  one 
of  the  organizers  of  the  bank,  who  in  1880  was  elected  President,  and  held  said 
position  until  his  death  in  1882.  The  charter  of  the  institution  provides  that  it  shall 
be  located  in  the  Sixth  Ward  or  Seventeenth  Ward  of  the  city,  and  from  its  inception 


UNION    DIME    SAVINGS    INSTITUTION,    BROADWAY,   SIXTH    AVENUE 
AND    32D    STREET. 


73° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


it  has  been  a  favorite  depository  of  the  moneys  and  savings  of  residents  of  the  crowded 
East  Side,  though  the  conservatism  and  sound  conduct  of  its  affairs  attracted  deposi- 
tors from  all  parts  of  the  United  States.  The  total  number  of  accounts  opened  since 
its  organization  is  195,000,  and  the  total  amount  deposited  $110,000,000,  on  which 
nearly  $8,600,000  in  interest  has  been  credited.  The  bank  has  at  present  30,000 
depositors,  with  $11,400,000  to  their  credit,  the  assets  being  $12,760,000,  and  the 
surplus  over  liabilities  $1,400,000.  The  President  is  assisted  in  his  duties  by  Wil- 
liam E.  Clark  and  Charles 
H.  Steinway,  Vice  -  Presi- 
dents ;  Henry  Hasler,  Sec- 
retary ;  and  Charles  W. 
Held,  Cashier ;  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  in  addition  to 
the  President,  Vice  -  Presi  - 
dents  and  Secretary,  bein£ 
composed  of  the  following 
prominent  gentlemen  :  John 
W.  Pirsson  (Attorney  and 
Counsel),  Gen.  Daniel  But- 
terfield,  George  W.  Odell, 
Henry  Kloppenburg,  Ferdi- 
nand Traud,  Barak  G.  Coles, 
Charles  P.  Burdett,  John  H. 
Peet,  John  L.  Dudley,  E. 
Benedict  Oakley,  Thomas 
L.  James,  Marvelle  W. 
Cooper,  Locke  W.  Win- 
chester, Courtlandt  D.  Moss,  Douglas  Taylor,  William  Ottmann,  and  Hon.  Richard 
C.  McCormick. 

The  Greenwich  Savings-Bank  has  recently  completed  and  taken  possession 
of  a  fine  building  especially  designed  for  its  uses,  and  regarded  as  one  of  the  most 
magnificent  savings-bank  buildings  in  this  country.  It  is  situated  at  the  corner  of 
Sixth  Avenue  and  16th  Street. 

Other  Savings-Banks  include  the  American,  Fifth  Avenue  and  42d ;  Broad- 
way, 4  Park  Place;  Dollar,  2771  Third  Avenue;  East  River,  3  Chambers;  Ex- 
celsior, Sixth  Avenue  and  23d;  Franklin,  656  Eighth  Avenue;  German,  100 
East  14th;  Harlem,  2281  Third  Avenue;  Metropolitan,  1  Third  Avenue;  New 
York,  81  Eighth  Avenue;  North  River,  266  West  34th;  Twelfth  Ward,  271  West 
125th  ;  United  States,  1048  Third  Avenue  ;  and  West  Side,  56  Sixth  Avenue. 

The  Fifth-Avenue  Safe  Deposit  Company,  under  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel, 
i  j  the  representative  up-town  institution  of  its  class.  It  occupies  spacious  vaults  at 
the  northwest  corner  of  23d  Street  and  Fifth  Avenue,  the  entrance  being  through  the 
Second  National  Bank,  with  which  it  is  closely  allied,  though  maintaining  a  separate 
organization.  Being  in  the  heart  of  the  residence-quarter,  it  has  a  clientage  composed 
of  people  of  means,  and  is  also  found  to  be  exceedingly  useful  by  visitors  to  New  York 
residing  in  the  hotels  in  that  neighborhood,  who  desire  a  place  of  deposit,  for  securi- 
ties or  other  valuables.  The  company's  vault  contains  2, 500  safes  and  compartments, 
and  is  constructed  in  the  most  secure  modern  methods,  being  completely  burglar- 
proof,  and  is  in  addition  guarded  in  the  most  thorough  manner.  W.  C.  Brewster  is 
President ;  George  Montague,  Treasurer  ;  and  D.  C.  Silleck,  Superintendent. 


CITIZENS'    SAVINGS    BANK,    BOWERY    AND    CANAL    STREET. 


The     Custom    Mouse,    Chamher    of    Commerce,   the    Stock,    the 

Produce,    the    Cotton    and    Other    Exchanges,    the    Board 

of    Trade,    IVIercantile    arid    Other   Agencies, 

Markets    arid    Warehouses. 


THE  commercial  preeminence  enjoyed  by  New  York  has  been  so  continuous 
and  uniform  that  it  would  be  useless  to  speculate  as  to  the  probability  of 
anything  like  rivalry  from  another  member  of  the  sisterhood  of  American  cities. 
Commercial  New  York  will  be  understood  to  include  the  territory  within  a  dozen 
miles  of  the  City  Hall,  with  a  population  of  3,000,000  people,  something  less  than 
five  per  cent,  of  the  total  number  of  inhabitants  of  the  United  States.  The  volume 
of  the  whole  traffic  of  the  first  city  of  the  continent  with  reference  to  the  aggregate 
of  like  transactions  throughout  the  United  States,  as  well  as  the  volume  of  business 
at  other  of  the  more  important  centres,  may  best  be  gauged  by  a  comparison  of 
totals  of  bank  clearings.  As  the  composition  of  "bank  clearings"  is  not  generally 
understood,  a  brief  explanation  may  show  how  totals  of  clearings  at  various  cities 
enable  one  to  furnish  comparisons  of  the  relative  volume  of  wholesale  business. 
General  wholesale  dealings,  whether  interstate,  inter-municipal,  international  or 
others  in  wheat,  iron,  cotton  or  wool,  the  products  thereof,  in  shoes,  clothing,  hats, 
or  the  thousand  and  one  other  articles  of  trade  are  almost  exclusively  paid  for  (ulti- 
mately) by  checks  and  drafts,  or  bills  of  exchange,  which  are  mailed  or  otherwise 
sent  by  purchasers  to  consigners.  In  the  ordinary  course  of  business  these  are 
deposited  in  banks  for  collection,  though,  of  course,  but  seldom  in  banks  at  which 
such  paper  is  finally  payable.  Before  the  day  of  clearing  houses,  these  instruments 
of  exchange  had  to  be  mailed  for  collection  to  banks  on  which  they  were  drawn, 
but  now,  when  nearly  all  important  banks  throughout  the  country  have  balances  at 
banks  in  New- York  City,  practically  final  settlements  of  "  country  bank  "  checks 
and  drafts  may  be  made  at  the  metropolis.  By  this  it  is  meant  that  the  thousands 
of  checks  and  drafts  received  at  New  York  and  deposited  daily,  may  be  paid  there 
through  correspondent  banks.  The  story  of  the  New- York  Clearing  House  is  given 
in  detail  in  another  chapter,  and  its  daily  adjustment  of  bank-accounts,  including 
practically  all  checks  and  drafts  upon  the  New-York  City  banks,  nearly  represents  a 
settlement  of  transactions  of  all  kinds,  and  thus  furnishes  a  tangible  measure  of 
New-York's  wholesale  trade. 

When  it  is  understood  that  there  are  nearly  seventy  cities  in  the  United  States 
having  bank  clearing  houses,  it  becomes  apparent  how  useful  their  annual  totals  may 
be  as  a  means  of  comparing  relative  volumes  of  wholesale  transactions.  But  in 
order  to  confine  the  bank  clearing  totals  at  New- York  City  as  nearly  as  practicable 
to  dealings  in  actual  commodities,  it  is  necessary  to  eliminate  the  proportion  due  to 


732 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


trading  in  securities  at  the  Stock  Exchange,  which  proportion  (of  the  daily  or 
yearly  clearings)  is  reached  by  regarding  two  and  a  half  times  the  total  actual  value 
of  transaction  in  shares  and  bonds  as  the  aggregate,  based  on  the  estimated  average 
number  of  times  securities. 

From  analysis  of  bank  clearings  totals  covering  1885,  a  year  of  special  depres- 
sion, following  the  panic  in  1884,  the  period  of  expansion  during  1890,  and 
restricted  commercial  and  industrial  enterprise  in  1891,  one  may  find  material  for 
comparing  New- York  City's  traffic,  although  in  order  to  extend  the  comparison, 
totals  for  other  of  the  more  important  business  centres  are  appended  : 

Bank  Clearings  Totals.  1885. 

New- York  City,  excluding  Wall  Street,        .     .  $14,452,200,000 

Boston, 3,483,100,000 

Chicago, 2,318,500,000 

Philadelphia,       2,374,400,000 

St.  Louis, 

San  Francisco, 

Baltimore,        

Pittsburgh, 

Other  cities  reported, 

Grand  Totals, 


759,100,000 
562,300,000 
581,900,000 
356,100,000 
2,506,460,000 


1890. 
527,514,447,000 
5,130,878,000 
4.093,145,000 
3,710,248,000 
1,118,573,000 
851,066,000 

786,694,000 
6,082,397,000 


$27,394,060,000   $50,040,541,000 


$24,218,704,000 

4,753,840,000 

4,456,885,000 

3,296,852,000 

1  ^39,599,000 

892,426,000 

735,714,000 

679,062,000 

6,011,875,000 

$46,184,957,000 


As  shown  by  the  foregoing,  it  is  apparent  that  New- York  City's  aggregate  of 
foreign  and  domestic  distributive  trade  amounted  to  about  52  per  cent,  of  the  grand 
total  of  such  traffic  throughout  the  country  in  1885,  a  period  of  greatly  restricted 

trading  ;  to  about  55  per  cent,  in 
1890,  a  year  of  more  active  busi- 
ness ;  and  to  52  per  cent,  in  189 1, 
during  which  period  there  was  a 
falling  off  in  the  volume  of  gen- 
eral business. 

By  comparing  totals  at  the 
larger  cities  it  is  found  that  where- 
as New-York's  aggregate  was 
only  four  times  as  large  as  Bos- 
ton's in  1885,  six  years  later  it 
was  more  thaiii  five  times  as  large. 
But  Chicago's  trade  has  grown 
more  rapidly  than  that  of  Boston, 
for  its  clearings  total,  which  was 
only  16  per  cent,  of  that  of  New 
York  in  1885,  amounted  to  nearly 
19  per  cent,  of  the  aggregate  at 
the  metropolis  in  1891.  Carrying 
the  comparison  farther,  one  finds 
that  while  Philadelphia  furnished 
a  total  less  than  one-sixth  as  large 
as  New  York  in  1885,  it  gave  one 
proportionately  smaller  six  years 
later,  being  not  quite  one-seventh. 
The  clearings  at  St.  Louis  in 
1885  were  much  smaller  than 
those  previously  specified,  only  5 


(■■■ 

THE    OLD    MERCHANTS1    EXCHANGE    ON    WALL    STREET. 


KIX(PS   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


73; 


per  cent,  of  those  at  the  metropolis,  and  while  they  increased  fully  50  per  cent,  with- 
in six  years,  yet  in  1891  they  amounted  to  only  4.7  per  cent,  of  those  of  New-York 
City.  By  the  combined  clearings  at  cities  other  than  New  York,  the  latter's  commer- 
cial dominance  becomes  even  more  conspicuous,  for  the  aggregate  of  totals  at  Boston, 
Chicago,  Philadelphia,  St.  Louis,  San  Francisco,  Baltimore  and  Pittsburgh  is  found 
to  have  amounted  to  only  72  per  cent,  of  the  total  at  New  York  in  1885,  and  to  only 
66  per  cent,  in  1891.  It  remains  to  be  stated  that  all  wholesale  business  does  not,  of 
course,  come  in  contact  with  clearing-house  banks  throughout  the  country,  though 
undoubtedly  a  very  large  proportion  of  it  does;  just  how  large  a  share  it  is  not 
necessary  to  discuss  within  the  limits  of  this  chapter.  It  is  generally  believed  by 
students  of  clearing  statistics  that  the  proportion  of  the  general  trade  of  the  country 
accounted  for  by  them  is  so  large  that  they  may,  with  discriminating  use,  be  fairly 
taken  as  indices  of  the  volume  of  trade  current. 

New  York's  foreign  trade,  in  comparison  with  that  of  other  cities,  is  a  matter 
of  Government  record,  and  gives  that  city  a  long  lead  over  the  six  or  seven  _which 
rank  next  as  to  values  of  exports  and  imports.  This  is  shown  by  the  appended 
condensed  exhibit  from  the  Treasury-Department  records. 

Value  of  Exports  of  Merchandise  and  Produce,  Foreign  and  Domestic. 


Year  Ending  June  30. 

1870 

1880 

1890 

1891 

Per  Cent. 

1891. 

I 

2 

3 

4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

New  York      .     .     . 
New  Orleans,     .     . 

Baltimore,      .     .     . 
San  Francisco,  .     . 
Galveston,      .     .     . 
Philadelphia,      .     . 
Savannah,      .     .     . 
All  Other,      .     .     . 

Total  U.  S 

$196,614,746 
107,586,952 
14,126,429 
14,510,733 
13,991,781 
14,873,732 
16,927,610 
29,749,058 
62,982,595 

$392,560,090 
90,442,019 

59,238,34i 
76,245,870 
32,358,929 
16,749,889 
49,649,693 
23,992,364 
94,401,463 

835,638,658 

$348,051,791 
108,126,891 
71,201,944 
73,983,693 
36,876,091 
24,446,831 
37,410,683 
30,884,451 
126,846,309 

857,828,684 

$346,528,847 
109,106,687 
77,020,081 
64,412,247 
40,168,771 
33,772,005 

33,674,355 

33,5o6,426 

146,291,391 

39-2 
12  3 
8.7 
7.2 
4-5 
3-8 
3-8 
3.8 
16.5 

471, 363,636 

884,480,810 

TOO 

Value  of  Merchandise  Imported  at  Leading  Cities. 


Year  Ending  June  30. 

1870 

1880 

1890 

1891 

Per  Cent. 

1891. 

I 

2 

3 
4 

5 
6 

7 

New  York,    .     .     . 
Boston,      .... 
Philadelphia,      .     . 
San  Francisco,  .     . 
Baltimore,      .     .     . 
New  Orleans,     .     . 
Chicago,    .... 
All  Other,      .     .     . 

Total  U.  S 

$281,048,813 
47,484,060 
14,483,211 
15,982,549 
19.512,468 
i4,377,47i 
735,894 
42,333,942 

$459,937,153 
68,503,136 
35,944,500 
35,221,751 

19,945,989 
10,611.353 

847,935 

36,942,929 

$516,426,693 
62,876,666 

53,936,315 
48,751,223 
13,140,203 
14,658,163 
13,590,124 
65,931,022 

789,310,409 

$537,786,007 
71,212,614 
59,427,890 
50,943,299 
20,555,687 
20,267,060 

15,303,373 

69,420,266 

844,916,196 

63.6 
8.4 
7.0 
6.0 
2.4 
2.4 
1.8 
8.2 

435,958,4^8 

667,954,746 

ico 

The  comparison  of  bank  clearings  together  with  reports  of  foreign  trade  at  sev- 
eral of  the  more  important  cities  of  the  country  indicate  that  a  little  less  than  one- 
half  of  the  total  value  of  the  aggregate  imports  and  exports  to  and  from  the  United 
States  pass  through  New  York  annually,  while  that  city  controls  so  much  larger  a 
proportion  of  domestic  trade  that  its  share  of  the  business  of  the  country  of  all  kinds 
amounts  to  more  than  one-half  of  the  grand  total. 

The  Custom  House  occupies  a  square  bounded  by  Wall,  William  and  Han- 
over Streets  and  Exchange  Place.  The  building  is  a  venerable  pile  of  Quincy  granite, 
with  an  appropriate  air  of  impressive  solidity  about  it.  Originally,  it  was  the  Mer- 
chants' Exchange.  It  is  200  by  160  feet  on  the  ground  plan,  and  77  feet  high, 
and  is  a  fair  example  of  Doric  architecture.      In  the  centre  is  the  rotunda,  with  an 


734 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


imposing  dome  supported 
upon  marble  columns.  The 
building  and  ground  cost 
$1,800,000.  The  Govern- 
ment business  has  outgrown 
the  accommodations,  and  a 
new  Custom  House,  or  this 
one  enlarged,  is  greatly 
needed. 

The  Customs  business  is 
supervised  by  the  Collector  of 
the  Port,  the  Naval  Officer, 
the  Surveyor  of  the  Port,  and 
the  Appraiser  of  the  Port. 
There  are  50  steamship  lines 
running  vessels  to  this  port, 
all  of  them  from  foreign 
countries,  and  bringing  goods 
subject  to  duty.  Most  of 
these  lines  have  piers  of  their 
own.  There  are  69  corpora- 
tions and  firms  of  warehouse 
and  transportation  companies 
bonded  for  the  storage  and 
transportation  of  appraised 
merchandise,  the  transporta- 
custom  house,  wall  street,  hanover  to  william.  tion  companies  taking  goods 

to  42  interior  places  of  entry  and  to  all  places  in  Canada. 

The  amount  of  tariff  duties  collected  here  during  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30, 
1891,  was  $147,538,046,  out  of  a  total  of  all  tariff  duties  collected  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  $219,522,205,  the  percentage  being  71  3-10.  The  cost  of  collection  at  New 
York  was  .0187  per  cent.  The  number  of  people  connected  with  the  Custom  House, 
employed  by  the  year,  is  about  1,700. 

The  United-States  Bonded  Warehouses  comprise  the  following  six  classes: 
I.  Owned  or  leased  by  the  United  States ;  2.  In  sole  occupancy  of  an  importer  for 
goods  imported  by  himself;  3.  In  occupancy  of  persons  engaged  in  storage  business, 
used  solely  for  warehouse  goods,  and  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  ; 
4.  Yards  covered  or  uncovered,  and  used  solely  for  bulky  articles  ;  5.  Bins  or  parts 
of  buildings  for  imported  grain  ;  6.  Warehouses  exclusively  for  the  manufacture  of 
medicines,  cosmetics,  and  the  like. 

These  warehouses  are  located  on  the  North  and  East  Rivers,  New  York,  and  in 
Jersey  City,  Hoboken  and  Brooklyn.  The  legal  rates  of  storage  and  labor  in  the 
care  of  imported  merchandise  deposited  in  the  United-States  private  bonded  ware- 
houses are  regulated  and  arranged  by  a  joint  committee  appointed  by  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce,  the  Collector  of  the  Port,  and  the  proprietors  of  the  warehouses,  and 
are  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  Under  the  Collector  there  are 
divisions  of  the  business  as  follows  ;  each  one  with  its  special  officers  :  General 
Administration,  Marine,  Entry  of  Merchandise,  Warehousing  and  Withdrawals, 
Cashier,  Bonded  Goods  and  Warehouses,  Public  Stores,  Liquidations,  Drawbacks, 
Law,  Disbursements  and  Auditing.      The  Naval  Department,  under  charge  of  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  735 

Naval  Officer,  is  divided  into  six  divisions,  as  follows  :  Entry,  Drawbacks,  Navigation, 
Liquidation,  Warehouse,  Auditors.  The  Surveyor's  Department  is  presided  over 
by  the  Surveyor,  and  has  divisions  as  follows  :  Custom  House,  Barge  Office,  and 
Weighers  and  Gaugers.  There  are  districts  and  offices  in  number  as  follows  :  North 
River,  15  ;  East  River,  12;  Brooklyn,  18;  Hoboken,  4;  Jersey  City,  4;  and  Staten 
Island,  I.  There  are  seven  Weighers'  districts  and  Weighers.  In  the  Appraisers' 
Department,  presided  over  by  the  Appraiser  of  the  Port,  there  are  ten  divisions, 
each  in  charge  of  an  Assistant  Appraiser.  The  United-States  General  Appraisers' 
Board  consists  of  nine  Appraisers,  of  whom  there  are  three  generally  in  New  York. 
Their  duties  are  to  reappraise  merchandise ;  individually  to  hear  and  determine 
questions  as  to  the  dutiable  value  of  merchandise  on  appeal  from  appraisers  ;  col- 
lectively, in  boards  of  three,  to  review,  on  appeal,  the  undivided  action  above  men- 
tioned, and  to  decide  questions  as  to  classification  of  merchandise,  etc.,  on  protests 
against  assessments  of  duty  made  by  the  Collector.  The  Appraiser's  offices  and 
sample  stores  are  located  on  Washington  Street,  nearly  two  miles  distant  from  the 
Custom  House. 

The  New-York  Chamber  of  Commerce  was  first  convened  on  April  5,  1768. 
The  original  corporators  were  twenty  merchants,  who  declared  themselves  to  be 
"  sensible  that  numberless  inestimable  benefits  have  occurred  to  mankind  from  com- 
merce ;  that  they  are,  in  proportion  to  their  greater  or  less  application  of  it,  more 
or  less  opulent  and  potent  in  all  countries  ;  and  that  the  enlargement  of  trade  will 
both  increase  the  volume  of  real  estate  as  well  as  the  opulence  of  our  said  colony  " 
and  other  communities.  They  obtained  from  King  George,  through  Lieutenant- 
Governor  Cadwallader  Colden,  March  13,  1770,  the  charter  under  which  they  oper- 
ated until  the  convulsions  of  war  suspended  their  meetings.  The  Chamber  was 
re-organized  April  13,  1784,  by  the  passage  of  an  Act  of  the  New-York  Legislature, 
confirming  its  rights  and  privileges.  Both  charters  convey  the  ordinary  rights  of 
corporations  and  the  power,  subject  to  constitutional  and  statute  law,  "to  carry  into 
execution,  encourage  and  promote  by  just  and  lawful  ways  and  means,  such  meas- 
ures as  will  tend  to  promote  and  extend  just  and  lawful  commerce  ;"  and  also  to 
provide  for,  at  their  discretion,  such  members  as  may  be  reduced  to  poverty,  and  to 
aid  their  widows  and  children.  The  proceedings  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  at 
first  related  to  materials,  instruments,  tare,  weight  and  inspection  of  the  provis- 
ion-trade ;  the  relative  values  of  New- York,  New- Jersey  and  Pennsylvania  paper 
money,  to  bills  of  exchange,  fire  and  marine  insurance,  collection,  brokerage,  fish- 
eries, etc.  The  Chamber  was  re-organized  April  20,  1784,  by  the  forty  incorpora- 
tors under  the  new  charter,  with  John  Alsop  as  president.  Since  then,  the  career 
of  the  corporation,  under  consecutive  amendments  to  its  charter,  has  been  one  of 
patriotism  and  beneficence.  It  took  and  has  held  prominence  in  the  affairs  of  the 
city,  and  has  included  among  its  members  the  most  important  citizens,  from  its 
establishment  to  the  present.  Its  first  President  was  John  Cruger,  who  was  a  prom- 
inent merchant  and  ship-owner,  a  trusted  representative  of  the  Crown,  and  a  chosen 
representative  of  the  people.  He  was  Mayor  of  the  city  for  ten  consecutive  years, 
and  checked  the  growing  insolence  of  British  officers.  For  seven  years  he  was  leader 
of  the  Long  Assembly,  to  whose  courageous  patriotism  the  union  of  the  colonies 
and  the  vindication  of  American  liberties  were  largely  due.  He  was  Speaker  of  the 
last  Colonial  Assembly,  from  1768  to  1775,  when  its  functions  passed  to  the  Council 
of  Safety,  and  subsequently  to  a  Provincial  Congress. 

In  1786  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  first  suggested  the  construction  of  the  Erie 
Canal,  a  work  that   in  later  years  was  to  be  a  foundation  of  much  of  New  York's 


736  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

wonderful  prosperity.  In  1784,  on  its  petition,  the  Legislature  ordered  that  duties 
should  be  levied  under  a  specific  instead  of  an  ad-valorem  tariff,  a  system  of  which 
the  Chamber  has  since  been  the  consistent  advocate.  All  questions  affecting  domes- 
tic and  foreign  commerce  and  the  prosperity  of  the  city,  State  and  Nation  at  large 
are  within  the  province  of  the  Chamber  to  investigate,  discuss  and  act  upon.  In  a 
speech  at  a  recent  dinner  of  the  Chamber  its  President,  Charles  S.  Smith,  said  : 
"No  matter  which  of  the  great  parties  hold  for  the  time  being  the  reins  of  govern- 
ment, this  Association  was  bound  by  its  traditions  and  precedents,  in  all  matters  of 
State  and  National  legislative  relations  to  commerce  and  industry,  to  promote  good 
laws,  to  amend  imperfect,  and  to  defeat  bad  ones.  In  the  matter  of  relief  to  suffer- 
ers by  famine,  fire  or  flood,  more  than  $2,000,000  in  charity  has  passed  through  the 
hands  of  our  treasurer  for  these  commendable  objects  within  the  last  quarter  of  a 
century." 

Courtesies  are  especially  extended  by  the  Chamber  to  distinguished  foreign 
guests.  Its  annual  dinners  are  marked  events  in  metropolitan  life,  on  account  of  the 
expressions  upon  public  questions  there  made,  members  of  the  President's  Cabinet 
often  speaking  on  the  vital  issues  of  the  hour.  The  membership  is  1,000.  It  has 
the  largest  and  finest  gallery  of  portraits  of  men  connected  with  the  commerce  of 
the  country  to  be  found  in  the  United  States.  The  rooms  of  the  Chamber  are  in 
the  Mutual  Life  Building,  at  34  Nassau  Street. 

The  New-York  Stock  Exchange  is  without  question  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant commercial  and  financial  bodies  in  the  world.  The  economic  usefulness  of  the 
Stock  Exchange,  and  the  true  reason  for  its  growth  and  present  prosperity,  is  that  it 
furnishes  the  facilities  by  which  a  regular  and  constant  market  for  the  securities  of 
great  corporations  of  the  country  is  maintained,  a  market  never  without  buyers  or 
sellers,  and  one  in  which  quotations  can  be  obtained  without  difficulty  or  delay. 
The  internal  development  of  the  country  has  been  mainly  the  work  of  capital  associ- 
ated in  corporate  form.  Without  a  ready  market  for  the  immense  mass  of  shares 
and  bonds  that  are  created  in  this  way,  money  would  not  be  so  freely  invested  in 
railroads  and  other  undertakings.  The  Stock  Exchange  is  the  mechanism  that  sup- 
plies this,  and  the  speculation,  which  the  unthinking  regard  as  its  sole  object,  is  really 
only  an  incident  to  its  useful  functions.  But  whatever  view  may  be  taken  of  the 
subject,  the  institution  under  consideration  is  certainly  a  power  in  the  land,  and  an 
element  of  prime  importance  in  maintaining  the  commercial  and  financial  supremacy 
of  New  York. 

The  Renaissance  facade  of  the  Stock-Exchange  building  rises  on  Broad  Street, 
a  few  doors  from  Wall  Street.  The  lot  it  occupies  is  irregular  in  shape,  extending 
through  to  New  Street,  and  has  a  narrow  wing  with  an  entrance  on  Wall  Street. 
The  executive  offices  occupy  the  Broad-Street  side,  and  nearly  the  whole  interior  of 
the  building  is  given  up  to  the  large  hall  or  Board  room  in  which  the  transactions  of 
the  Exchange  are  carried  on.  This  apartment  is  "p-shaped,  being  141  to  145  feet  in  its 
greatest  dimensions,  while  the  ceiling  (decorated  in  arabesque,  with  large  skylights 
for  light  and  ventilation)  is  from  60  to  80  feet  above  the  floor.  The  total  area  of 
the  room  is  nearly  14,000  square  feet.  A  gallery  reached  from  the  Wall- Street 
entrance  extends  around  three  sides,  from  which  spectators  who  are  admitted 
between  10  A.  M.  and  3  P.  M.  (the  hours  during  which  the  Board  is  in  session)  may 
look  down  upon  probably  the  busiest  scene  in  the  world.  A  railing,  with  openings  at 
intervals,  surrounds  the  outer  edge  of  the  room,  and  leaves  a  narrow  space  for  clerks 
and  subscribers,  who  for  a  payment  of  $100  per  annum  obtain  certain  privileges.  The 
floor  within  the  railing  is  sacred  to  the  members  of  the  Exchange  and  the  uniformed 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


737 


attendants.  On  the  New-Street  side  is  a  lofty  rostrum  for  the  Chairman,  who  with 
a  blow  of  the  gavel  calls  the  Exchange  to  order,  opens  and  closes  its  sessions,  and 
makes  announcement  of  admissions,  deaths,  failures,  or  other  formal  communica- 
tions. At  intervals  throughout  the  floor  are  ornamental  iron  posts  bearing  the  names 
of  some  particular  stock,  as  "New- York  Central,"  "Lackawanna,"  and  so  on. 
Jivery  portion  of  the  room  in  fact  is  given  over  to  some  particular  security,  and  trans- 
actions between  the  brokers  must  be  made,  in  what  is  technically  called  the  proper 
"crowd,"  openly,  in  the  presence  of  other  brokers  who  may  desire  to  trade  in  the 
stock  in  question.  Formal  rules  govern  the  trading.  The  first  bid  or  offer  made  has 
priority,  until  accepted  or  displaced  by  a  higher  bid  or  lower  offer.  Other  regulations 
prohibiting  fictitious  or  "washed"  quotations.  And  the  strictest  rule  of  all  is,  that  a 
commission  of  1-8  of  I  per  cent,  on  the  par  value  must  be  charged  for  buying  or  selling 
securities.  Originally,  the  whole  list  of  stocks  dealt  in  was  "  called"  from  the  ros- 
trum several  times  a  day,  and  bids  and  offers  were  thus  ex-  .  changed.  Busi- 
ness, however,  soon  overflowed  into  the  intervals  between  ^^glb.  the  "calls," 
and  in  1875  the  system  was  abandoned.  A  formal  ^j&:  "^v  ca^  °f  the 
bond  list  still  occurs  daily  in  one  of  the  upper  ^m  rooms  of 
the  Exchange,  though  trading  in  bonds  goes 
on  continuously  in  one  portion  of  the  room. 
As  rapidly  as  transactions  are  made,  the 
amounts  and  prices  are  taken  by  at- 
tendants who  stand  by  each 
"crowd"  to  telegraph  opera-  fe 
tors,  whose  boxes  are  at  sev- 
eral places  in  the  room.  They 
are  at  once  transmitted  to 
the  quotation  companies  con- 
nected with  the  Exchange, 
and  in  a  few  seconds  the 
prices  are  carried  by  the 
"  stock  ticker"  into  the  brok- 
ers' offices  and  banks,  and  to 
other  cities.  The  "ticker," 
or  stock  instrument,  is  a 
printing  telegraph,  and  re- 
cords on  a  narrow  "  tape,"  or 
strip      of     paper,      cabalistic 

signs,    such   as    S  T    83 

N  P  P  R  500 54  1-4 

E  27  5-8  3-4,  which  to  the  ini- 
tiated mean  that  100  shares 
of  Chicago,  Milwaukee  &  St. 
Paul  Railway  has  sold  at  $83 
a  share ;  that  500  shares  of 
Northern  Pacific  Preferred 
stock  have  just  brought 
$54.25  each;  and  that  Erie 
shares  are  offered  at  $27.75, 
with  $27. 62^  bid.  Two  con- 
cerns supply  this  service,  one 
47 


NeW-YORK  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  BROAD  STREET,  NEAR  WALL  STREET. 


738  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

the  New-York  Quotation  Company,  being  controlled  by  the  Stock  Exchange 
itself;  the  other,  the  Gold  &  Stock  Telegraph  Co.,  is  operated  by  the  Western 
Union  Telegraph  Company.  The  celerity  and  accuracy  with  which  the  quotations 
of  the  New-York  Stock  Exchange's  immense  dealings  are  thus  transmitted  and 
made  public  are  without  parallel' in  the  world.  Much  ingenuity  has  been  expended 
by  the  Exchange  in  a  partly  unsuccessful  endeavor  to  prevent  the  quotations  from* 
being  used  by  the  class  of  concerns  known  as  "bucket-shops,"  which  are  simply 
places  where  gambling  on  the  course  of  stock-market  prices  is  carried  on,  and 
where  many  young  men  have  suffered  ruinous  losses,  in  betting  on  the  turn  of  the 
market.  The  daily  dealings  on  this  Exchange  are  printed  in  the  great  newspapers 
throughout  the  country. 

The  history  of  the  New-York  Stock  Exchange  is  parallel  to  that  of  New 
York's  financial  development.  Its  centenary  was  celebrated  on  May  17,  1892. 
One  hundred  years  previous  to  that  day  24  brokers  of  New  York  met  under  a  cotton- 
wood  tree  opposite  60  Wall  Street,  and  signed  a  still  extant  agreement  regarding 
rates  of  commission.  This  organization  was  somewhat  indefinite,  though  meetings 
were  held  irregularly  at  the  Tontine  Coffee-House,  at  Wall  and  Water  Streets.  Not 
until  1 81 7  was  a  formal  organization  of  the  Stock  Exchange  effected  on  the  present 
lines.  The  first  meeting-place  of  the  Board  was  in  the  Merchants'  Exchange  (now 
the  Custom  House).  In  1853  it  moved  to  the  corner*  of  Beaver  and  Wall  Streets; 
and  finally  in  1865  took  possession  of  the  edifice  which  by  additions  and  alterations  has 
become  its  present  building.  In  1869  the  members  of  a  rival  body  called  the  "  Open 
Board  of  Brokers"  were  absorbed.  In  1879,  after  the  closing  of  the  "Gold 
Board  "  (the  Exchange  in  which  during  the  war  dealings  and  speculations  in  gold 
were  conducted,  and  which  after  August,  1865,  had  its  quarters  on  New  Street, 
next  to  the  Stock  Exchange)  its  building  was  taken  in  and  used  to  extend  the 
premises  pertaining  to  the  Stock  Exchange. 

The  Stock  Exchange  is  a  voluntary  association.  It  is  not  even  incorporated.  The 
membership  now  is  1,100.  Memberships,  called  technically  "seats"  pass  by  sale 
and  transfer  from  a  member,  or  his  legal  representative,  in  case  of  decease.  Seats 
sold  about  ten  years  ago  for  $34,000,  the  highest  price  on  record.  The  present  value 
is  $20,000  each.  A  purchaser  of  a  seat  must,  however,  be  approved  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Admissions.  The  immense  business  between  the  members  of  the  Ex- 
change being  entirely  by  word  of  mouth,  and  dependent  upon  personal  veracity  and 
honor,  a  careful  investigation  is  made  of  all  applicants  for  admission.  Disputes  in 
fact  are  very  rare,  and  as  a  rule  nowhere  in  the  ^vorld  is  good  faith  and  honorable 
dealing  better  observed  than  between  the  members  of  the  New-York  Stock  Ex- 
change. A  member's  seat  is  in  event  of  failure  responsible  for  his  debts  to  other 
members.  The  annual  dues  are  $50,  and  an  assessment  of  $10  is  levied  on  mem- 
bers for  each  death,  this  sum  maintaining  a  gratuity  fund,  from  which  a  life-insur- 
ance of  $10,000  is  paid  to  the  family  of  a  deceased  member.  A  majority  of  the 
members  are  associated  with  some  banking  or  brokerage  firm  as  partners,  the  houses 
thus  having  representatives  on  the  Exchange.  Many  brokers,  however,  do  business 
for  others,  in  executing  orders  ;  and  there  is  a  small  but  influential  class  who  specu- 
late for  themselves  and  are  known  as  "room  traders." 

The  internal  government  of  the  Exchange  is  vested  in  a  President,  Secretary, 
Treasurer,  and  a  Governing  Committee  of  forty  members,  ten  of  the  latter  being 
chosen  each  year.  The  present  officials  of  the  Exchange  are  :  F.  K.  Sturgis, 
President  ;  F.  L.  Eames,  Vice-President  ;  D.  C.  Hays,  Treasurer  ;  and  George  W. 
Ely,  Secretary. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


740  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

On  May  1 7,  1892,  the  Stock  Exchange  celebrated  its  one  hundredth  anniversary 
by  adopting  a  system  of  "clearing"  (offsetting  mutual  debits  and  credits  between 
its  members)  in  the  leading  active  stocks  traded  in  on  the  Board.  This  system, 
which  is  in  use  on  all  the  great  exchanges  of  Europe,  involves  for  the  Stock  Exchange 
the  same  economy  of  time  and  money  that  the  bank  clearing  house  does  for  the 
banks.  As  yet  only  a  limited  number  of  the  most  active  stocks  are  dealt  in  under  this 
plan.  The  balance  of  the  share  list  and  the  dealing  in  bonds  is  still  conducted  under 
the  old  method  of  actual  deliveries.  All  stocks  or  bonds  purchased  on  the  Stock 
Exchange,  except  in  the  case  of  those  subject  to  the  clearing  plan,  still  must  be 
delivered  to  and  paid  for  by  the  brokers  who  purchase  them  before  2.15  P.  M.  of 
the  succeeding  day.  The  extent  of  the  business  transacted  on  the  New- York  Stock 
Exchange  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  aggregate  amount  of  railroad  and  other  shares 
"  listed  "  and  open  to  dealings  between  its  members  does  not  fall  short  of  $20,000,- 
000,000  in  par  value.  In  1891  the  recorded  transactions  aggregated  66,000,000 
shares,  of  an  estimated  value  of  nearly  $4,000,000,000.  In  1882  the  total  was  113,- 
000,000  shares,  valued  at  $7,000,000,000.  The  largest  transaction  for  any  day  in 
the  history  of  the  Exchange  was  February  11,  1892,  when  1,441,000  shares  of  stocks 
changed  hands. 

The  business  transacted  on  the  Exchange  has  developed  a  peculiar  slang  which 
almost  rises  to  the  dignity  of  a  technical  language.  The  client  of  a  brokerage 
house  is  its  "customer."  An  outsider  unversed  in  the  ways  of  speculation,  and  apt 
to  lose  his  money,  is  a  "lamb;"  and  the  deposit  he  makes  with  his  brokers  as 
security  for  his  dealings  (usually  ten  per  cent,  on  the  par  value  of  stocks  bought  or 
sold  for  speculative  account)  is  "margin."  The  operators  who  buy  stock  in  expec- 
tation of  a  rise  in  prices  are  "bulls,"  and  are  "long  "  of  the  market  ;  and  those 
who  sell  them  in  anticipation  of  buying  them  back  at  lower  figures  are  "  bears,"  and 
are  "short"  of  the  market  that  is,  they  have  borrowed  the  stocks  they  sold  for 
delivery,  and  have  to  "cover"  or  buy  them  back  to  complete  their  transaction. 
When  prices  advance  and  the  bears  have  to  protect  their  contracts  by  buying  at 
advancing  figures  they  are  said  to  "climb  "  for  stocks,  while  if  the  bulls  encounter 
a  decline  in  values,  and  are  obliged  to  sacrifice  their  holdings  to  avoid  or  mitigate 
losses,  it  is  called  "liquidation,"  or  a  "shake-out."  A  decline  is  also  known  as  a 
"slump,"  and  when  it  immediately  follows  an  advance  it  is  a  "  reaction,"  an  advance 
coming  on  the  heels  of  a  decline  being  a  "  rally."  A  declining  market  is  "  weak," 
and  its  converse  "strong;"  while  an  undecided  but  active  trading  is  "feverish," 
and  a  time  when  the  public  comes  in  and  buys  stocks  recklessly,  causing  prices  to 
advance  rapidly,  is  a  "boom."  "Puts,"  "calls"  and  "straddles"  are  contracts 
issued  by  leading  operators,  agreeing  for  a  consideration  to  receive  a  stipulated 
number  of  specified  shares  at  a  given  price,  to  deliver  the  same  at  a  stipulated  figure, 
or  to  do  either.  They  are  all  so-called  "privileges,"  and  are  dealt  in  by  a  class  of 
"privilege  dealers,"  or  "curbstone  brokers, "  so-called  because  their  transactions 
are  often  concluded  in  the  streets  adjoining  the  Exchange,  New  Street  being  the 
favorite  place  with  these  dealers. 

The  Consolidated  Stock  and  Petroleum  Exchange  of  New  York  is  an 
outgrowth  of  the  consolidation  of  several  bodies  dealing  in  mining  shares  and  in 
petroleum  certificates,  in  which  some  years  ago  an  active  speculation  was  maintained. 
The  last  of  these  consolidations  was  effected  in  1885,  when  the  present  name  was 
adopted,  and  the  membership  limited  to  2,000  members.  In  their  early  days  the 
various  mining  and  petroleum  boards  were  in  a  measure  allies  of  the  Stock  Exchange, 
but  the  resolution  to  add  trading  in   railroad  shares  and  bonds   to   their  functions 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


741 


made  them  the  avowed  rivals  of  the  more  ancient  institution.  In  spite  of  the  more 
or  less  open  opposition  of  this  powerful  enemy,  the  Consolidated  Board  has  con- 
tinued to  flourish,  and  is  often  the  scene  of  trading  which  in  its  magnitude  and 
activity  approaches  to  that  witnessed  on  the  older  board.  The  amalgamated  minor 
boards  at  first  occupied  quarters  at  Exchange  Place  and  Broadway  ;  but  in  1887-88, 
the  institution  erected  on  three  lots,  covering  58,  60  and  62  Broadway,  the  splendid 
edifice  which  is  known  by  its  name.  The  building  fronts  on  Broadway,  Exchange 
Place  and  New  Street.  The  Board-room  is  132  feet  long  by  90  feet  wide,  and  gives 
1 1,000  square  feet  of  floor,  being  exceedingly  well  lighted.  The  basement  and  upper 
floors  supply  offices  for  rental,  besides  the  committee-rooms  and  administrative  offices 
of  the  Exchange.     The  business  of  the  Consolidated  Exchange  is  similar  to  that  of  the 


Stock  Exchange.  It  gives  at- 
and  mining  shares,  but  in  both 
what  they  were  a  few  years 
bonds  occupy  the  attention  of 
from  active  young  Wall-Street 
Exchange  seats  is  a  prohibitory 
membership  many  operators 
high  standing   are   attached 


CONSOLIDATED  STOCK  AND  PETROLEUM   EXCHANGE,  BROADWAY  AND  EXCHANGE  PLACE 


tention  to  trading  in  both  petroleum 
cases  the  markets  are  by  no   means 
ago.      Dealings  in  general  stocks  and 
its  members,  who  are  largely  recruited 
men,  to  whom  the  high  price  of  Stock- 
tariff.      It,  however,  embraces  in  its 
of  experience,  and  brokerage  firms  of 
to  it.      It  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that 
during    the    speculation   panic   that 
followed  the  Baring  Brothers'  col- 
lapse in  1890  the  Consolidated  did 
a  large  business  without  a  single 
failure  of  any  importance  among 
its    members.      This   may 
|k  be    partly    ascribed    to 

the  stock  -  clearing 
house  system  in  the 
adoption  of  which  for 
its  stock  transactions 
the  institution  was  a 
pioneer  in  New  York. 
Under  this  system, 
which  has  been  in 
successful  operation 
since  the  Exchange 
commenced  to  make 
stock-trading  a  part 
of  its  business,  it  is 
possible  for  a  broker 
or  brokerage  firm  to 
carry  out  large  trans- 
actions with  a  mod- 
erate employment  of 
capital.  It  is  notice- 
able that  in  spite  of 
the  avowed  hostility 
of  the  Stock  Ex- 
change toward  the 
Consolidated,     sons 


742  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

and  other  relatives  of  the  former's  members  are  found  in  the  latter  institution,  and  a 
number  of  prominent  brokers  in  the  elder  board  graduated  from  the  ranks  of  the 
younger.  The  present  value  of  seats  in  the  Consolidated  is  upward  of  $200,  though 
in  times  of  active  speculation  they  have  sold  for  several  times  that  sum,  and  would 
doubtless  do  so  again  were  Wall  Street  again  visited  by  a  "boom."  It  should  be 
noted  that  a  membership  involves  a  life-insurance  feature,  the  family  of  a  deceased 
member  receiving  $8,000  from  a  gratuity  fund  maintained  by  an  assessment  of  $10 
on  each  member  for  every  death  that  occurs. 

The  affairs  of  the  Consolidated  are  conducted  by  a  governing  committee  of  42 
members.  Its  president  is  a  salaried  officer,  and  assumes  considerable  responsibility 
in  its  executive  management.  Charles  George  Wilson  (who  is  also  President  of  the 
Board  of  Health  of  the  city)  has  been  at  the  head  of  the  Consolidated  since  1884, 
and  has  filled  the  post  with  great  success.  The  other  officers  of  the  Exchange  are  : 
Thomas  L.  Watson,  First  Vice-President  ;  R.  A.  Chesebrough,  Second  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  John  Stanton,  Treasurer  ;  Rudolph  Huben,  Secretary  ;  W.  H.  Lewis,  Assist- 
ant Secretary  ;  and  A.  W.  Peters,  Chairman.  The  extent  of  the  business  of  the 
Exchange  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  stock  clearances  through  its  clearing-house 
organization  in  1891  aggregated  77,235,000  shares  of  stock  and  47,500,000  barrels 
of  oil  certificates,  the  transactions  in  bonds  in  the  same  period  being  for  $30,800,- 
000  par  value.     The  mining  stocks  dealt  in  footed  up  2,050,000  shares. 

The  Mechanics'  and  Traders'  Exchange  of  the  City  of  New  York,  at  14 
Vesey  Street,  was  organized  November  1,  1834,  and  incorporated  May  2,  1863. 
The  purposes  are  to  provide  suitable  rooms  for  daily  meetings  ;  to  establish  a  more 
general  and  good  understanding,  and  just  and  equitable  principles  in  all  business 
transactions  with  each  other  ;  and  to  acquire,  preserve  and  disseminate  valuable 
business  information.  The  membership  is  300.  There  is  a  daily  attendance  of  about 
100,  between  the  hours  of  12  and  3.  Certificates  of  membership  are  transferable. 
The  expenses  of  the  exchange  are  annually  assessed  upon  each  certificate  of  member- 
ship, pro  rata. 

The  New-York  Produce  Exchange  is  a  corporation  that  has  held  its  present 
name  since  1868,  when  it  was  changed  by  act  of  the  State  Legislature  from  the  New- 
York  Commercial  Association,  which  had  its  origin  in  1 861.  There  were  two  other 
corporations  that  figured  as  its  forerunners  —  the  Produce-Exchange-Building  Com- 
pany and  the  Corn  Exchange.  The  latter  was  incorporated  in  1853.  There  are 
records  of  merchants  and  traders  meeting  for  mutual  advantage  on  Manhattan  Island 
as  far  back  as  the  time  of  Governor  Peter  Stuyvesant,  who  established  in  1648  weekly 
Monday  markets,  on  the  very  site  of  the  present  mammoth  structure  at  Broadway 
and  Beaver  Street.  The  building  now  occupied  was  begun  May  I,  1 881,  and 
finished  May  I,  1884.  The  cost,  with  land  and  furniture,  was  $3,178,645.  It  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  finest  structures  of  its  kind  in  the  world.  It  is  307  feet  long 
and  1 50  feet  wide,  and  with  its  tower  and  terrace  covers  53,779  square  feet.  From 
the  sidewalk  to  the  roof  is  116  feet;  to  the  coping  of  the  tower,  225  feet;  and  to 
the  top  of  the  flag-staff,  306  feet.  The  main  hall  is  on  the  second  floor.  It  is  220 
by  144  feet,  with  heights  of  47^  feet  to  the  ceiling  and  60  feet  to  the  skylight.  The 
building  is  of  brick,  terra  cotta,  and  granite,  in  the  modified  Italian  Renaissance 
architecture.  It  contains  12,000,000  bricks,  fifteen  miles  of  iron  girders,  if  miles 
of  columns,  2,061  tons  of  terra  cotta,  7^  acres  of  flooring,  more  than  2,000  windows, 
and  nearly  1, 000  doors.  Four  thousand  separate  drawings  were  required  in  its  con- 
struction. The  nine  hydraulic  elevators  carry  an  average  of  27,500  people  daily,  or 
1 1,250,000  every  year.      The  building  is  equipped  with  powerful  Worthington  pumps. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


743 


744 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  income  from  190  rented  offices  and  from  special  privileges  is  over  $260,000  a 
year,  and  returns  about  six  per  cent,  net  on  the  entire  investment.  When  the  bonded 
debt  is  liquidated,  the  Exchange  will  enjoy  a  net  income  of  about  $200,000  a  year, 
which  may  be  applied  to  the  reduction  of  either  dues  or  to  gratuity  assessments.  The 
charter  expresses  the  purpose  of  the  corporation,  viz.,  to  inculcate  just  and  equitable 
principles  in  trade ;  to  establish  and  maintain  uniformity  in  commercial  usages ;  to 
acquire,  preserve  and  disseminate  valuable  business  information  ;  to  adjust  contro- 
versies and  misunderstandings  between  persons  engaged  in  business  ;  and  to  make 
provision  for  the  widows  and  children  of  deceased  members.  The  membership  is 
limited  to  3,000.  The  initiation-fee  at  the  time  of  limiting  the  membership  was 
52,500,  but  certificates  of  membership  are  transferable,  and  have  varied  in  price  from 


PRODUCE    EXCHANGE,    INTERIOR    OF    MAIN    FLOOR. 


$700  to  $4,700.  The  charter  permits  the  ownership  of  property  to  the  extent  of 
$5,000,000.  The  affairs  of  the  corporation  are  controlled  by  a  president,  vice-presi- 
dent, treasurer  and  twelve  managers,  who  together  constitute  the  Board  of  Manage- 
ment. The  president  appoints,  with  the  approval  of  the  Board,  a  standing  committee 
for  each  of  the  trades,  to  which  all  disputes  arising  in  it  may  be  referred  for  arbitra- 
tion, at  a  cost  of  $15  to  $25  to  the  losing  party.  The  expenses  of  the  Exchange  are 
defrayed  by  assessments  of  $25  annually  on  each  certificate  of  membership.  An 
Arbitration  Committee  of  five  members  hears  and  decides  disputes  between  parties 
who  bind  themselves  to  acquiesce  in  its  decision.  Any  controversy  which  might 
be  the  subject  of  an  action  at  law  or  in  equity,  excepting  claims  to  real  estate,  is 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Committee.  Judgments  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
City  of  New  York  may  be  rendered  upon  these  awards.  The  Exchange  rooms  are  open 
for  business  from  9  A.  M.  to  4  P.  M.,  with  a  half-holiday  after  12  M.  on  Saturday. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


745 


Warehouse  receipts  of  provisions  are  for  250  barrels,  containing  an  average  of 
200  pounds.  On  the  arrival  at  the  city  of  cereals  they  are  probed  by  a  hollow  iron 
sampling-rod,  whose  valve  opens  to  admit  the  grain  as  the  rod  is  thrust  into  the 
hatches  of  a  vessel,  or  the  interior  of  a  car,  and  closes  so  as  to  retain  the  sample 
when  it  is  drawn  out.  This  process  repeated  several  times  by  responsible  inspectors 
in  different  parts  of  a  car  or  boat  load,  secures  reliable  samples,  which  are  placed  in 
boxes  on  the  Exchange  tables.  The  system  of  grading  grain  now  in  vogue  enables 
the  Western  buyer,  who  has  accumulated  as  much,  grain  in  his  warehouse  as  he 
wishes  to  carry,  and  who  knows  daily  and  almost  hourly  the  market  prices  in  New 
York,  to  telegraph  to  any  broker,  and  through  him  to  sell  for  future  delivery  the 
amount  and  grade  of  wheat  he  may  have  on  hand.      He  then  ships  it  so  that  it  may 


WASHINGTON  MARKET,  WASHINGTON  AND  WEST  STREETS,  BETWEEN  FULTON  AND  VESEY  STREETS. 

arrive  in  time  to  fulfil  his  contract.  Dealing  in  futures  accompanies  very  largely  the 
present  system  of  handling  grain.  The  grain  warehouses  have  a  collective  capacity 
of  over  14,000,000  bushels,  and  are  conveniently  approached  by  ocean  vessels,  and 
have  customary  shipping  facilities.  The  precision  with  which  the  business  is  con- 
ducted is  shown  by  the  fact  that  wheat  has  19  grades;  corn,  11  ;  oats,  8  ;  rye,  3  ; 
barley,  16  ;  peas,  3.  Unmerchantable  grain  is  not  graded  at  all.  The  facility  with 
which  sales  for  future  delivery  are  made  has  enormously  augmented  the  volume  of 
trade.  Foreign  merchants  avail  themselves  of  it  to  provide  for  prospective  needs  of 
different  markets.  It  gives  the  farmer  a  ready  home-market  for  his  products,  and 
affords  the  traders  the  opportunity  of  selling  at  a  reasonable  profit,  and  at  a  moment's 
notice,  and  to  deliver  at  option  within  specified  times.  The  Call- Room  and  the 
wheat-pit  are  the  chief  points  of  the  future  and  speculative  trading.  Wheat  and 
oats  are  sold  in  quantities  of  5,000  bushels,  and  multiples  ;  and  lard  in  quanti- 
ties of  250  tierces,  of  320  pounds  each,  and  multiples.  There  are  special  commit- 
tees, in  control  of  inspectors  and  their  assistants,  and  regulating  other  affairs,  on  flour, 
distilled  spirits,  naval  stores,  petroleum,  National  transit  certificates,  oils,  lighterage, 
cheese,  hops  and  maritime  affairs.      The  Exchange    has  a  gratuity-fund  of  about 


KIXG'S  HAXDBOOK  OF  XEW    YORK. 


•*  1,000,000,  and  each  subscribing  member  pays  $3  on  the  death  of  any  other  mem- 
ber. The  heirs  of  a  deceased  member  receive  about  >•  10,000.  The  average  daily 
business  handled  by  the  Exchange  exceeds  $15,000,000.  The  greater  part  of  the 
farm-products  exported  are  handled  here  ;  and  the  dealings  on  the  New- York  Pro- 
duce Exchange  pr  influence  the  agricultural  population  of  this  continent,  the 
resuk-  :  arise  and  mid-day  and  evening,  are  finally  marketed  here. 
The  United  States  Brewers'  Association,  at  109  East  15th  Street,  in  the 
building  formerly  occupied  by  the  C  was  organized  and  held  its  first  con- 
D  in  New  York  in  Novem                2         -  :he  immediate  cause  of  the  organization, 

it  is  stated  that  the  brewers  felt  it  to  be 
]  their  duty  to  assist  to  the  extent  of  their 
ability  in  bringing  to  the  treasury  of  the 
United  States  the  full  share  of  tax-bur- 
dens justly  due  from  their  industry.  It 
is  chartered  by  the  Legislature  of  New 
York.  Its  members  number  about 
1,000,  distributed  throughout  the  United 
-.  It  seeks  the  protection  of  its 
industry  from  prohibitory  and  unduly 
stringent  laws,  and  cooperates  with  the 
nment  in  the  execution  of  the 
laws  pertaining  to  malt  liquors.  It  is 
contended  by  the  Association  that  the 
industry-  it  represents  is  in  the  interest  of 
temperance  and  morality,  as  its  effect  is 
to  diminish  che  consumption  of  intoxi- 
cating liquors.  Henry  Claussen,  Jr.,  at 
its  2;;h  annual  convention,  said:  "No- 
body ever  heard  of  a  'beer-ring'  organ- 
ized to  baffle  the  efforts  of  the  revenue 
officials  at  every  stage  ;  on  the  contrary, 
the  official  records  of  the  Treasury  De- 
partment contain  ample  testimony  that 
every  official  act  of  your  Association,  so 
far  as  it  is  related  to  the  revenue,  was 
conceived  in  the  spirit  of  patriotism  and  with  a  design  of  aiding  the  Government. 
During  the  first  three  or  four  years  after  the  enactment  of  the  Revenue  law  of  July, 
:  the  brewing  interest  generally  did  not  respond  as  promptly  as  it  should  have 
done  to  the  demands  made  upon  it  by  our  country's  necessity.  Your  Association 
deplored  this  deeply,  but  the  remedy  was  beyond  their  power.  When  the  Govern- 
ment, in  1865,  took  measures  to  correct  the  defects  of  the  law,  and  to  prevent  in- 
fractions, your  Association  at  once  took  the  initiative  in  regard  to  the  brewing 
industry-,  by  sending  a  commission  of  three  of  its  members  to  Europe,  to  inquire 
into  the  excise  of  Great  Britain,  France  and  Germany,  and  to  report  to  the 

United-States  Special  Revenue  Commission  the  results  of  their  labor.  Have  we  not 
D  enough,  gentlemen,  to  be  proud  of  the  history  of  our  Association,  when  we 
reflect  upon  the  single  fact  that  the  report  of  this  commission  was  not  only  adopted 
by  the  Revenue  Commission,  but  also  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  National  law- 
makers, and  made  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  the  new  law,  the  principal  features  of  which 
are  enforced  even  to-day  ? " 


AVXG'S  HAXDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


74' 


The  American  Shipmasters'  Association,  at  37  William  Street,  was  incor- 
porated in  1863,  to  collect  and  disseminate  information  upon  subjects  of  marine 
or  commercial  interest  ;  to  encourage  and  advance  worthy  and  well-qualified  com- 
manders and  other  officers  of  vessels  in  the  mercantile  service  ;  to  ascertain  and 
certify  the  qualifications  of  such  persons  as  shall  apply  to  be  recommended  as  com- 
manders or  officers  ;  and  to  promote  the  security  of  life  and  property  on  the  seas. 
It  has  agents  and  surveyors  at  seaports  throughout  the  world.  The  subscribers 
are  public  and  Government  officers  and  marine  insurance  and  other  companies 
throughout  the  world.  The  work  it  does  and  the  information  it  disseminates  are 
similar  to  those  of  the  Lloyds  of  Great  Britain.  Its  Record  of  American  Shipping 
is  a  volume  that  has  been  issued  annually  since  1867,  and  is  published  with  the 
approvals  of  the  Boards  of  Marine  Underwriters  of  New  York,  Boston  and  San 
Francisco. 

The  New-York  Cotton  Exchange  was  organized  with  100  members,  August 
15,  1870,  and  incorporated  April  8,  1871.  The  building  now  owned  by  it  extends 
116  feet  on  William  Street,  S7  feet  on  Beaver  Street,  and  89  feet  on  Hanover  Square. 


Its    height    is    seven 
the  corner-stone  was 


L. 


NEW-YORK    COTTON    EXCHANGE,    BEAVER  AND    WILLIAM    STREE 


stories.      Its  construction   began   September   11,  1SS3  ; 
laid  February  25,  18S4;  and  it  was  occupied  April  30, 
eluding  ground,  furniture,  etc.,  was  about  5Si,oco, - 
the  offices  in  the  building  pays  a  handsome  return 
ment.      The  property,  affairs  and  business  are 
direction  of  a  president,  vice-president,  treas- 
fifteen    managers,  who  together  constitute 
the  Board  of  Managers.      The  purposes 
of  the  Association  are  to  adjust  con- 
troversies between  members ;  es- 
tablish just  and  equitable  prin- 
ciples in  commerce  ;    main- 
^v         tain  uniformitv  in  rule  and 


procedure  ;    adopt    classi- 
fication standards;  acquire 
and  disseminate  useful  in- 
formation relating  to  the 
cotton    interests  ;     to   de- 
crease local  business  risks; 
and  to  increase  and  facili- 
tate the  cotton  trade.    For 
these  purposes  an  Adjudi- 
cation    Committee    of 
five  persons,  not  mem- 
bers of  the    Board   of 
Managers,   is   annually 
balloted     for     by    the 
Board,    and    thus    ap- 
pointed  to   decide   any 
controversies    between 
members,  which  might 
be  the  subject  of  actions 
at    law    or    in     equity, 
save    as     regards    real 


748 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


estate.  Judgments  of  the  Supreme  Court  are  rendered  upon  such  awards  made 
pursuant  to  such  submission.  Certificates  of  membership  may  be  transferred  by 
members  to  members  elect.  The  initiation  fee  is  $ ioo,  and  the  annual  dues  not  in 
excess  of  $50.  Trading  is  done  in  cotton — "spot,"  "to  arrive,"  "free  on  board," 
"in  transit,"  and  for  "future  delivery."  A  gratuity  fund  to  heirs  in  case  of  the 
death  of  a  member  is  made  up  of  an  assessment  not  exceeding  $12.50  upon  every 

membership,  at 
the  death  of  any 
member ;  and  is 
collectible  under 
the  regulations 
that  apply  to  an- 
nual dues.  As  a 
gratuity-fund  it  is 
not  subject  to  will, 
pledge  or  mort- 
gage. The  Com- 
mittee on  Classi- 
fication, salaried 
and  wholly  at  the 
service  of  the  cor- 
poration, consists 
of  five  recognized 
expert  members  of 
the  Exchange,  of 
whom  t  h  re  e  , 
drawn  by  lot,  act 

upon  each  appeal.  The  Committee  on  Quotations  on  Spot  cotton,  at  2  P.  M., 
by  a  majority  vote  of  its  seven  members  present,  establishes  the  market  quota- 
tion for  the  time  being  of  Middling  Upland  cotton.  Relative  differences  of  valua- 
tion between  the  grades  are  determined  by  the  Revision  of  Quotations  Committee. 
The  Committee  on  Quotations  of  Futures  determines  and  reports  every  morning  the 
tone  and  price  of  the  contract  market,  for  transmission  by  cable  to  Europe.  Under 
the  inspection  system  in  vogue,  with  warehouse  and  inspection  certificates  in  hand, 
the  buyer  may  borrow  money  at  the  bank  on  these  as  security.  The  classification 
of  cotton  extends  into  33  different  grades,  which  are  marvellous  to  the  uninitiated, 
but  simple  enough  to  the  practical  experts.  More  than  400,000  bales  have  been 
stored  in  New  York  at  one  time.  Negotiable  warehouse  receipts  are  issued  for  cot- 
ton in  store.  Delivery  of  Spot  cotton  and  cotton  on  contract  is  guarded  by  regu- 
lations assuring  the  equity  and  faithfulness  of  all  parties.  Commissions  on  sale  of 
cotton  contracts  are  paid  for  by  buyer  and  seller  both,  at  the  rate  of  12^  cents  a  bale, 
when  the  transaction  is  not  for  members  of  the  Exchange.  Seven  and  a  half  and 
two  and  a  half  cents  respectively  are  the  rates  for  members  whose  offices  are  more 
and  less  than  half  a  mile  from  the  Exchange,  and  one  cent  a  bale  when  one  member 
merely  buys  or  sells  for  another.  In  case  of  time  contracts  of  cotton,  either  party 
has  the  right  to  call  for  margins  as  the  variations  of  the  market  may  warrant.  Such 
margins  must  be  kept  good.  The  hours  for  business  are  from  10  A.  M.  to  3 
P.  M. ;  on  Mondays  between  June  1st  and  October  1st,  from  1 1  A.  M.  to  3  P.  M. ; 
on  Saturdays,  from  10  A.  M.  to  12  M.  Trading  or  offering  to  trade  for  future 
delivery  of  cotton  after  these  hours  is  punishment  by  fine,  suspension,  or  expulsion. 


COTTON    EXCHANGE,    INTERIOR    OF    MAIN    FLOOR. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK    OF  NEW    YORK. 


749 


All  such  contracts  not  made  in  prescribed  hours  are  invalid.  Non-resident  visitors  and 
representatives  of  absent  members  may  be  admitted  to  the  floor,  but  not  to  trade  there- 
on. Futures  arc  seldom  traded  in  beyond  a  period  of  twelve  months ;  more  frequently 
they  are  for  six  or  eight  and  often  for  four  months  ahead.  The  largest  total  of  deal- 
ings for  delivery  are  for  one  or  two  months  from  date.  Agents  from  New  York  buy 
largely  from  planters  on  their  estates.  Direct  connection  exists  between  producers 
and  agents  on  the  Exchange.  The  latter  are  instructed  by  clients  to  sell  on  time 
contracts,  which  are  fulfilled  by  shipments  of  cotton  as  the  terms  of  the  contract  may 
direct.      Future  contracts  within  twelve  months  are  always  seller  options  as  to  day 


TOMPKINS    MARKET,   THIRD    AVENUE,   6th    TO    7TH    STREETS. 


of  month  for  delivery.  Business,  as  a  rule,  is  heaviest  during  the  months  of  Novem- 
ber and  December.  Contracts  may  be  bought  in  or  sold  out  as  the  interests  of  the 
parties  may  determine.  Manufacturing  firms  and  corporations  in  this  country  use 
the  future  market  constantly  as  a  hedge.  Orders  from  Great  Britain  and  the  con- 
tinent of  Europe  arrive  every  morning. 

The  Maritime  Association  of  the  Port  of  New  York  was  organized  in 
1873,  and  incorporated  in  1874,  by  special  act  of  the  New- York  Legislature,  to  fur- 
nish its  members  with  current  maritime,  mercantile  and  monetary  information  in 
advance  of  publication  ;  and  to  promote  the  maritime  interests  of  the  Port  of  New 
York.  Its  membership  is  about  1,300,  comprised  of  individuals  in  every  business 
connected  with  shipping.  Among  its  most  active  members  are  marine  underwriters. 
Through  it  they  receive  the  promptest  possible  reports  of  disasters  and  marine  mis- 
cellany. The  membership  embraces  all  the  local  companies  of  underwriters,  several 
of  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  and  the  resident  representatives  of  foreign  Lloyds.  The 
scope  has  been  extended  beyond  the  marine  department,  and  now  includes  financial, 
mercantile  and  miscellaneous  intelligence  ;  and  general  business  facilities  have  been 
added  to  such  a  degree  that  the  distinctively  shipping  interest  is  now  considerably 
outnumbered.     Its  usefulness  extends  beyond  New  York,  the  membership  including 


75° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


residents  of  Boston,  Philadelphia  and  other  cities.  The  executive  officers  conduct 
the  details,  under  direction  of  an  Executive  Committee  of  three,  which  meets  weekly. 
This  committee  reports  monthly  to  a  Board  of  Directors,  consisting  of  fifteen  mem- 
bers elected  annually  ;  and  the  Board,  in  turn,  reports  to  the  Association  at  the  end 
of  each  year.  Members'  dues  are  annually  assessed  upon  the  estimated  revenue  and 
expense.  The  by-laws  allow  a  range  of  $15  to  $30  for  dues,  but  they  have  never 
exceeded  $25  a  year.  No  attempt  is  made  to  accumulate  a  fund.  New  members 
purchase  the  certificate  of  a  deceased  or  retiring  member,  entitling  the  holder  to 
one  card  of  admission,  for  his  own  use  only.  The  rooms  of  the  Association  are 
designated  the  Maritime  Exchange,  and  are  in  the  Produce-Exchange  Building,  at 
Broadway  and  Beaver  Street.  The  nominal  "change"  hours  are  at  11.30  A.  M.  and 
3  P.  M.,  but  there  is  a  general  flow  of  attendance  throughout  the  day,  the  daily 
admissions  reaching  about  3,000.  It  has  hundreds  of  skilful  correspondents  in  every 
quarter  of  the  globe,  making  liberal  expenditures  for  the  speediest  ways  of  communi- 
cation. .  It  controls  lines  of  special  telegraph,  by  which  it  reports  the  approach  of 
every  sail  or  steam  craft  from  the  time  it  is  sighted  off  Long  Island  or  Sandy  Hook. 
Its  reading-room  contains  files  of  newspapers  of  the  principal  ports  of  the  world. 
Its  library  is  rich  in  charts  and  manuals  of  commercial  importance.  Its  museum  of 
commercial  specimens  and  curiosities  is  a  rich  source  of  instruction.  The  Arbitra- 
tion Committee  is  empowered  by  the  legislative  charter  to  decide  commercial  con- 
troversies between  the  members  of  the  Association  and  any  other  person  desiring 


OYSTER    MARKET,   WEST    STREET,    FOOT    OF    PERRY    STREET,    NORTH    RIVER. 


its  services,  touching  any  matters  in  dispute,  except  titles  to  real  estate  in  fee  or 
for  life,  and  its  decisions  have  equal  force  with  the  judgments  of  the  Supreme 
Court. 

The  New-York  Board  of  Trade  and  Transportation  was  organized  in 
September,  1873,  and  incorporated  in  1875.  The  name  at  nrst  was  tne  New- York 
Cheap  Transportation  Association  ;  and  it  was  changed  to  the  present  style  in  July, 
1877.  The  Board  is  located  in  the  Bryant  Building,  at  the  corner  of  Liberty  and 
Nassau  Streets  ;  and  has  a  membership  of  800  firms.  The  initiation-fee  is  $5,  and 
the  annual  dues  $10.  Its  objects  are  to  promote  the  trade,  commerce  and  manu- 
factures of  the  United  States,  and  especially  of  the  State  and  city  of  New  York  ;  to 
preserve  and  circulate  valuable  and  useful  information  relating  thereto  ;  to  study  the 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


751 


workings  of  the  system  of  transportation,  upon  which  commercial  prosperity  so 
largely  depends  ;  to  support  and  promote,  or  oppose,  legislative  or  other  measures 
affecting  these  interests ;  to  facilitate,  by  arbitration,  the  adjustments  of  differences, 
controversies  and  misunderstandings  between  its  members  and  others  ;  and  to  advo- 
cate such  other  principles  and  projects,  and  do  such  other  things  as  may  conduce  to 
the  prosperity  and  commercial  supremacy  of  the  city,  State  and  Nation.  Any  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  interested  in  these  objects  is  eligible  to  membership.  The 
management  of  the  business  and  property  is  entrusted  to  a  board  of  36  Managing 
Directors,  with  whom  may  be  associated  for  the  considerations  of  public  questions, 
others  nominated  by  affiliated  associations.  The  officers  are  president,  three  vice- 
presidents,  secretary  and  treasurer.  The  Directors  appoint  the  following  standing 
committees  :  Executive,  Finance,  Terminal  Facilities,  Arbitration  and  Claims, 
Railway  Transportation,  Ocean  Transportation,  Canal  Transportation,  and  Legisla- 
tion. The  Directors  meet  monthly,  and  all  members  are  invited  to  attend  and  take 
part  in  the  discussion  of  public  questions,  and  vote  thereon.  It  was  chiefly  through 
the  action  of  this  organization,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
that  the  investigation  was  made  into  the  management  of  railroads  by  the  Hepburn 
Senate  Committee  of  the  New- York  Legislature.  The  voluminous  report,  of  about 
6,000  pages,  enlightened  the  public  mind  regarding  railroads,  and  brought  to  light 
abuses,  some  of  which  have  been  corrected  ;  and  the  investigation  is  now  generally 
recognized  to  have  been  an  important  public  service.  Many  trade  and  transporta- 
tion subjects  have  been  elucidated  by  the  Board's  discussions  and  publications;  the 
latter  often  being  given  a  wide  distribution. 
It  was  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  Board  in 
1 89 1  that  William  Windom,  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  fell  dead,  immediately  after  a 
speech  on  the  silver  question. 

The  New-York  Mercantile  Ex- 
change was  organized  under  the  title  of  the 
Butter  and  Cheese  Exchange,  in  1873.  Its 
objects  are  declared  in  its  charter  to  be  :  to 
foster  trade  ;  to  protect  it  against  unjust  or 
unlawful  exactions  ;  to  reform  abuses  ;  to 
diffuse  accurate  and  reliable  information ; 
to  settle  differences  between  members  ;  to 
promote  among  them  good  fellowship  and 
a  more  enlarged  and  friendly  intercourse  ; 
and  to  make  provision  for  the  widows  and 
orphans  of  deceased  members.  The  present 
spacious  and  handsome  brick  and  granite 
five-story  building  owned  by  the  Exchange, 
at  the  corner  of  Hudson  and  Harrison 
Streets,  was  first  occupied  April  7,  1886.  It 
has  an  Exchange-Room,  on  the  second  floor, 
seventy  feet  square  and  thirty  feet  high.  Fifty  offices  not  used  by  the  Exchange  are 
rented.  The  Exchange  has  a  membership  of  775.  The  articles  mostly  dealt  in  are 
butter,  cheese  and  eggs.  Change  hours  begin  at  10  A.  M.  There  are  regular  calls  for 
bids,  and  offerings  on  the  articles  mentioned.  There  is  comparatively  no  speculation, 
the  transactions  being  bona-fide  spot  sales.  On  some  days  sales  are  made  of  10,000 
or  11,000  cases  of  eggs,  containing  thirty  dozen  eggs  to  the  case,     $15,000  worth  of 


MERCANTILE    EXCHANGE, 
HUDSON    AND    HARRISON    STREETS. 


75: 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


eggs  have  been  sold  within  an  hour.  Certificates  of  membership  have  varied  in  price 
from  $20  to  $400.      The  price  at  which  they  were  originally  sold  was  $25.      The 

annual  dues  are 
,$15.  Its  charter 
enables  it  to  hold 
property  to  the  ex- 
tent of  $500,000. 

The  Coffee 
Exchange  of  the 
City  of  New 
York  was  incor- 
porated originally 
in  1 88 1,  and  was 
re-incorporated  by 
special  act  of  the 

FULTON    MARKET,    BEEKMAN,   SOUTH    AND    FULTON    STREETS.  \t  York       T  efHS 

lature  in  1885.  The  purposes  are  to  provide  and  maintain  a  suitable  place  for  the 
purchase  and  sale  of  coffee  ;  to  adjust  controversies  between  its  members  ;  to  inculcate 
and  establish  just  and  equitable  principles  in  trade,  and  uniformity  of  rules  and  usages; 
to  adopt  standard  classifications  ;  to  acquire  and  disseminate  useful  business  infor- 
mation ;  and  to  promote  the  trade  of  the  city  of  New  York.  The  standard  coffee 
dealt  in  is  called  Exchange  Standard,  No.  7,  Low  Ordinary.  There  are  nine  types, 
from  prime  to  good  common.  There  are  warehouses,  licensed  by  the  Exchange,  for 
storing  the  coffee.  Speculation  at  times  is  very  active,  and  the  fluctuations  are 
great.  The  latter  have  been  as  much  as  12  cents  a  pound  a  year.  The  Exchange 
owns  property  worth  about  $200,000.  The  number  of  members  is  312.  The 
nominal  value  of  membership  is  $1,000  ;  but  certificates  of  membership  have 
varied  in  price  from  $300  to  $1,400.  Annual  dues  are  $50.  Change  hours  are 
from  11  to  3.  New  York,  Havre  and  Hamburg  are  the  principal  coffee-markets  of 
the  world,  and  take  the  lead  in  making  prices.  The  leading  coffee  firms  of  the 
city  are  represented  in  the  membership. 

The  Building-Material  Exchange  of  the  City  of  New  York,  occupying 
the  floor  of  the  Real-Estate  Exchange  from  2  to  4  P.  M.,  was  incorporated  April 
27,  1 882,  to  acquire, 
preserve  and  dis- 
seminate valuable 
information  relat- 
ing to  the  building- 
material  interests  of 
the  city  and  sur- 
rounding cities,  to 
produce  uniformity 
and  certainty  in  the 
customs  and  usages 
of  trade,  to  settle 
differences  between 
its  members,  to  dif- 
fuse accurate  and 
reliable  information 
among  its  members 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


753 


as  to  the  standing  of  merchants,  and  to  promote  an 
enlarged  and  friendly  intercourse.  Any  reputable 
person  connected  with  the  business  of  manufactur- 
ing of  or  dealing  in  materials  used  in  the  construc- 
tion of  buildings  is  eligible  to  become  a  member. 
The  initiation-fee  is  $100  ;  and  the  annual  dues  not 
in  excess  of  $20.      The  membership  is  over  300. 

The  Real-Estate  Exchange  and  Auction- 
Room,  Limited,  at  59  to  65  Liberty  Street,  was 
incorporated  in  1883,  under  the  Limited  Liability  Act 
of  1875  °f  tne  State  of  New  York.  It  owns  the 
building  occupied  by  it,  which  extends 
for  90  feet  on  Liberty  Street  and  90  feet 
on  Liberty  Place.  It  receives  an  in- 
come from  rents,  exclusive  of  the  auc- 
tion-room, of  about  $34,000  a  year. 
The  Exchange  and  auction-room  oc- 
cupies the  street  floor.  It  is  a  centre 
for  dealings  in  real  estate  and  selling 
real-estate  securities  at  auction.  It  lets 
out  stands  to  auctioneers,  and  furnishes 
a  general  meeting-room  for  real-estate 
dealers  and  brokers.  It  adjusts  con- 
troversies and  misunderstandings  be- 
tween members  ;  and  furnishes  valuable 
information  by  collecting  statistics  in 
regard  to  real-estate  and  building  mat- 
ters, and  preparing  and  keeping  files  of 
maps  and  other  records  relating  to  real 
estate  and  allied  subjects.  It  obtains 
and  files  information  and  all  legislative 
acts  pertaining  to  the  City  and  State 
governments,  reports  of  the  various  commissioners  on  taxation,  street  and  other 
improvements,  and  awards  and  assessments  affecting  realty  in  the  city  of  New  York 
and  vicinity.  The  capital  stock  of  the  company  is  $500,000,  divided  in  5,000  shares 
of  $100  each.  The  membership  is  600.  The  business  conducted  by  its  mem- 
bers amounts  to  about  $50,000,000  a  year,  in  sales  of  real  estate  by  auction,  and 
$50,000,000  a  year  in  private  sales  between  members. 

The  New-York  Lumber-Trade  Association,  with  its  office  at  18  Broadway, 
was  incorporated  November  8,  1886.  Its  objects  are  to  foster  trade  and  commerce, 
to  reform  abuses  in  trade,  to  protect  trade  and  commerce  from  unjust  and  unlawful 
exactions,  to  diffuse  accurate  and  reliable  information  among  its  members  as  to  the 
standing  of  merchants,  to  acquire,  preserve  and  disseminate  valuable  information 
regarding  the  lumber  interests  of  this  and  surrounding  cities,  to  produce  uniformity 
in  the  customs  and  usages  of  trade,  to  settle  differences  between  its  members,  to 
establish  rules  for  inspection,  and  to  promote  a  more  large  and  friendly  intercourse 
between  merchants.  The  membership  embraces  nearly  every  firm  in  the  Metropoli- 
tan District,  including  New  York,  Brooklyn,  Long-Island  City,  Jersey  City, 
Hoboken,  and  Bergen  Point.     The  special  interest  now  shown  in  the  Association 

dates  from  the  spring  and  summer  of  189 1,  when  under  regulations  and  boycott  from 
48 


REAL-ESTATE    EXCHANGE,   59    TO    65    LIBERTY    STREET. 


754 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


the  Lumber- Handlers'  and  Truck-Drivers'  Association,  commencing  on  May  4th, 
the  lumber-dealers  united  against  the  movement,  and  in  a  great  measure  closed  their 
yards  until  June  24th,  causing  great  embarrassment  to  the  building  and  other  trades. 
The  victory  of  the  Lumber  Association  was  complete  over  the  Union  men,  and  the 

latter  were  forced  to  repudiate  the  action  and 
influence  of  the  walking  delegates. 

The  New-York  Fruit  Exchange,  at 
78  Park  Place,  was  incorporated  May  1,  1885, 
under  the  name  of  the  Foreign  Fruit  Ex- 
change. It  is  a  bureau  of  statistics  of  the 
trade,  and  a  place  for  the  interchange  of  views 

3|PfTj^^l  of  members.      The  cost  of  membership  is  $50, 

^.HtI  I    iJ;:\;  \  and  the  annual  dues  $25.      Its  membership  is 

150.      It  used  to  be  at  23  State  Street. 

0The    Hop-Dealers'    Exchange,  at  45 
\\  *  /!  3H  jji  Pearl  Street,  was  organized  in  1890.     The  ob- 

ject is  to  facilitate  trading  in  hops,  to  gather 
and  disseminate  statistics,  and  to  make  rules 
governing  transactions.  Trading  in  options 
was  established  in  the  beginning  of  1892. 
The  initiation  fee  is  $25  and  the  yearly  dues 
are  $40.  The  president  is  Adrian  Iselin,  Jr. 
fruit  exchange,  23  state,  corner  bridge  st.  Kindred  Organizations  are  noticed  in 

other  chapters,  such  as  the  American  Bankers'  Association,  the  Clearing  House,  the 
Underwriters'  Association,  etc. 

The   Public  Markets  for  the  sale  of  food  products  are  located  as  follows: 
West  Washington  (wholesale),  bounded  by  West,  Gansevoort  and  Washington 
Streets.      The  building  cost  the  city  over  $500,000,  and  the  land  on  which  it  is 
erected  about  $300,000. 

Gansevoort,  at  Bloomfield  Street  and  Thirteenth  Avenue. 
Jefferson,  bounded  by  Greenwich  and  Sixth  Avenues  and  10th  Street, 
Clinton,  at  the  foot  of  Spring  Street  and  North  River. 
Washington,  bounded  by  West,  Fulton,  Greenwich  and  Vesey  Streets. 
Fulton,  bounded  by  South,  Fulton,  Front  and  Beekman  Streets. 
Catharine,   at  the  corner  of  Catharine  and  South  Streets. 

Centre,  bounded  by  Centre,  Grand  and  Broome  Streets  and  Centre-Market  Place. 
Essex,  at  the  corner  of  Grand  and  Essex  Streets. 
Tompkins,  at  Third  Avenue  and  7th  Street. 
Union,  at  the  corner  of  East  Houston  and  Columbia  Streets. 
Gansevoort  Farmers'  Market,  opposite  the  West  Washington  Market.      It  is  an 
open  space  set  aside  for  farmers  for  the  sale  of  their  products. 

The  city  derived  from  the  markets  in  rentals  and  fees  in  1890  $307,460.  Each 
occupant  hires  space  and  builds  his  own  stand.  Leases  for  stands  are  revocable  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  city  at  the  end  of  any  week.  Rentals  are 
paid  every  two  weeks.  The  clerk  of  the  markets  and  his  assistant  visits  the  markets 
every  day  to  see  that  the  rules  and  regulations  are  properly  carried  out.  A  force  of 
from  fifty  to  sixty  sweepers  and  cartmen  keep  the  markets  clean,  at  a  cost  of  about 
$40,000  a  year.      The  government  of  the  markets  is  by  the  city  Comptroller. 

The  Fulton  Fish-Mongers'  Association  has  a  wholesale  market  under  lease 
from  the  city,  opposite  the  Fulton  Market,  on  the  river  front. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


755 


756 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Manhattan  Storage  and  Warehouse  Company  owns  two  of  the  most 
notable  structures  in  the  city.  These  are  two  large  and  grand  warehouses,  con- 
structed in  an  extraordinary  manner,  especially  for  the  safe-keeping  of  furniture, 
trunks,  valuables  and  personal  property  of  every  description.  One  of  the  ware- 
houses looms  up  conspicuously  near  the  Grand  Central  Station,  and  occupies  the 
entire  block  on  Lexington  Avenue  between  41st  and  42d  Streets.  The  other,  just 
completed,  and  of  still  more  striking  architecture,  occupies  the  entire  block  on 
Seventh  Avenue  between  52d  and  53d  Streets.  These  buildings  may  be  truthfully 
described  as  absolutely  fire-proof.  Large,  massive,  substantial,  constructed  of  brick 
and  stone,  concrete  and  iron,  they  are  conceded  by  all  experts  who  have  examined 
them  to  be  indestructible  depositories.  Years  were  devoted  to  their  construction. 
Each  one  consists  of  sections  which  are  separate  storage  buildings  under  one  roof, 
having  no  connection  with  each  other  except  by  the  central  court.  These  sections 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  solid  brick  walls,  from  36  inches  to  28  inches  thick. 
Their  floors  and  ceilings  are  made  with  cement  and  concrete  arches,  formed  so  as  to 
entirely  envelope  the  rolled-iron  floor-beams.  All  these  floors  rest  upon  the  heavy 
division  walls,  and  no  cast  iron  or  other  columns  are  used  to  support  them. 
Elevators  capable  of  lifting  a  loaded  van  weighing  20,000  pounds  ascend  from  the 
central  court  to  the  various  floors.  The  van  is  drawn  upon  the  elevator  and  sent 
up.  When  it  reaches  the  floor  to  which  it  is  destined,  it  is  unloaded,  and  the  goods 
are  placed  in  storage,  with  only  one  handling.      The  engines  working  these  elevators 


MANHATTAN    STORAGE   AND  WAREHOUSE   CO.,  42D   STREET   AND    LEXINGTON    AVENUE. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


757 


are  located  in  the  cellar  under  the  central  court.  The  steam-boilers  are  in  vaults 
under  the  avenues.  These  magnificent  fire-proof  warehouses  receive  on  storage  at 
the  lowest  current  rates,  household  furniture,  oil  paintings,  engravings,  bronzes, 
statuary,  porcelains,  heir-looms,  plate  glass,  mirrors,  books,  bric-a-brac,  silver- 
ware, trunks  of  clothing,  pianos,  organs,  wines,  business  papers,  account-books, 
and  anything  else  which  the  owner  may  desire  to  be  thoroughly  secure.  Insur- 
ance is  unnecessary,  but  if  desired  can  be  effected  at  a  lower  rate  than  in  any 
other  storage  buildings  in  the  city.  Rooms  are  rented  by  the  month,  at  prices  vary- 
ing with  the  size,  from  $4  a  month  and  upwards.  The  company  will  pack,  box 
and  ship  furniture,  etc.,  to  any  part  of  the  world,  for  which  purpose  it  employs 
skilled  workmen.       It   will    have    carpets   taken    up,    cleaned,    moth-proofed,   and 


packed    for   storage.       It   will   also    have 
and   apartments.      The  company  owns 
and   trucking  vans  built  expressly 
for  its  business.     It  uses  its  own 
horses,   drivers    and    helpers 
in  the  removal  of  the  con- 
tents of  dwelling-houses, 
or  other  property. 


carpets  refitted  and  laid  in  houses 
a   large   number    of   furniture 


MANHATTAN    STORAGE    AND    WAREHOUSE    CO.,   SEVENTH    AVENUE,    520    TO    53D    STREETS. 


758 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


The  Terminal  Warehouse  Company  has,  by  the  erection  of  its  splendid 
Central  Stores  at  Eleventh  Avenue  and  North  River  and  West  27th  and  28th  Streets, 
simplified  the  problems  of  storage,  shipping,  and  trans-shipping.  The  structures 
occupy  the  entire  block,  extending  to  the  water's  edge,  and  consist  of  25  storage- 
buildings,  adjoining  each  other,  so  that  in  general  appearance  they  form  one  vast 
edifice,  700  feet  long,  200  wide,  and  seven  stories  high,  with  cellars  under  them  all. 
These  are  the  only  stores  in  New  York  at  which  railway  cars,  steamships  and  trucks 
are  in  close  communication.  The  tracks  of  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson-River 
Railroad  run  into  the  buildings,  and  there  is  deep  water  at  the  piers  at  the  end. 
The  cellars  are  particularly  adapted  for  the  storage  of  wines,  liquors,  gums  and 
rubber.  One  store  is  set  apart  for  cold  storage.  Any  temperature  above  the  zero 
point  is  produced  by  artificial  means.  Another  store,  kept  at  low  temperature,  is 
devoted  to  the  storage  of  furs,  rugs  and  robes,  of  which  the  company  makes  a 
specialty.      Private  families  may  have  such  goods  put  away  for  the  summer  and  kept 

in  finer  condition  than  is  possible  in  apartments 
*•  *j:«.cn/  -\    m  which  the  temperature  is  normal.      Another 

warehouse  is  reserved  for  the  storage  of  furni- 
ture. Four  others  are  United-States  bonded 
warehouses.     The  rest  are  for  general  storage 


i  i~— Un»Jli;*i;  ki 


NEW-YORK    CENTRAL    AND    HUDSON-RIVER    RAILROAD    FREIGHT    DEPOT    ON    HUDSON    STREET. 

purposes.  The  buildings  are  very  solidly  constructed,  of  brick  and  iron,  and  are  fire- 
proof. A  specialty  of  the  company's  business  is  the  receiving  of  consignments  of  goods 
from  the  West  and  from  abroad  ;  and  it  attends  to  all  such  matters  concerning  them 
as  usually  fall  to  commission  merchants,  except  selling.  The  company  owns  a  fleet 
of  lighters  and  trucks,  and  makes  deliveries  of  merchandise  when  desired.  It  issues 
negotiable  warehouse  receipts  which  are  acceptable  by  any  bank  or  financial  institu- 
tion. The  Central  Stores  were  erected  in  1891.  The  Terminal  Warehouse  Company 
also  owns  the  Rossiter  Stores,  at  West  59th  and  60th  Streets  and  the  North  River, 
for  the  storage  of  merchandise  in  bond,  or  free  ;  and  the  West-Shore  Stores  at  Wee- 
hawken,  N.  J.  The  company  has  a  capital  stock  of  $800,000.  The  President  is 
William  W.  Rossiter  ;  and  the  Secretary,  Barent  H.  Lane  ;  and  the  trustees  are,  beside 
the  President,  H.  Waiter  Webb,  William  R.  Grace,  John  E.  Searles,  Jr.,  B.  Aymar 
Sands,  James  Stillman  and  Charles  W.  Hogan.  The  main  offices  of  the  Terminal 
Warehouse  Company  are  in  the  Produce  Exchange  Building. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


759 


760 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


The  Bradstreet  Company  affords  to  merchants  and  manufacturers  the  oppor- 
tunity of  extending  their  trade  to  a  degree  limited  only  by  their  power  to  produce  and 
their  ability  to  determine  the  needs  of  consumers.  Commerce  —  always  conserva- 
tive —  follows  the  lines  of  knowledge,  and  advances  with  the  definite  determination 
of  facts.  The  work  of  The  Bradstreet  Company  is  recognized  as  one  of  the  most 
potential  in  gathering,  formulating  and  disseminating  the  information  necessary  for 
the  broadest  development  and  the  widest  extension  of  all  commercial  or  mercantile 
pursuits,  for  it  has  always  kept  pace  with,  and  even  anticipated,  the  actual  advance- 
ment, by  its  investigation  of  the  material  progress  and  prospects  of  the  world's 
products,  as  also  its  careful  consideration  of  the  specific  details  of  the  responsibility 
and  character  so  necessary  to  the  proper  estimate  of  individual  credit.  The  massive 
quarto  volumes  of  more  than  2,300  pages  contain  the  estimated  worth  and  recognized 
credit,  business  and  addresses  of  more  than  a  million  of  subjects,  besides  much  other 
valuable  information.    Its  offices  nearly  compass  the  earth.     That  its  mighty  mission 

has  been  fulfilled  with 
fidelity  as  to  facts,  con- 
servatism as  to  judgment, 
and  conscientiousness  as 
to  details,  is  proven  by  a 
record  which  challenges 
the  attention  and  com- 
mands the  respect  of 
every  person  who  has 
sought  information 
through  its  channels  or 
availed  himself  of  its 
facilities  for  the  investi- 
gation of  personal  credits. 
The  Bradstreet  Company 
is  the  oldest,  and  finan- 
cially the  strongest,  or- 
ganization of  its  kind 
working  in  the  one  in- 
terest and  under  one  man- 
agement, with  wider 
ramifications,  with  great- 
er investment  of  capital, 
and  expending  more 
money  every  year  for  the 
collection  and  dissemina- 
tion of  information  than 
any  similar  institution  in 
the  world.  It  has  long 
been  recognized  and  practically  endorsed  by  the  highest  local  courts  in  the  United 
States,  and  a  constantly  increasing  business  justifies  the  statement  that  the  aid  and 
protection  afforded  by  this  institution  are  becoming  better  understood,  and  the  value 
of  the  information  more  fully  appreciated. 

This  company  publishes  under  the  name  of  Bradstreet' 's  a  sixteen-page  weekly 
newspaper,  which  has  become  the  foremost  commercial  and  financial  authority 
in  the  United  States.     This  journal  covers  the  condition  of  the  crops  and  markets  ; 


BhADSTREET'S 


AND    283    BROADWAY     NEAR    CHAMBERS    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


761 


and,  dealing  as  it  does,  with  the  news  of  commerce,  finance  and  manufactures,  and 
public  affairs,  Bradstreet' 's  occupies  a  unique  place  in  the  newspaper  world.  It  is 
regarded  as  absolutely  unbiased,  and  is  quoted  the  world  over  as  an  authority  in  its 
special  work.  Its  subscription-list  is  an  index  of  the  most  prominent  business  houses 
of  this  and  other  countries. 

Bradstreet's  bindery  in  its  high-class  work  fairly  ranks  with  the  most  famous  of 
Paris  and  London.  For  quality  of  workmanship  and  delicacy  of  finish  it  has  few 
compeers  and  no  superiors. 

The  Bradstreet  Company  has  been  an  important  factor  in  the  mercantile  world 
for  more  than  forty  years,  but  its  preeminent  career  began  in  1876,  with  its  present 
administration,  under  the  presidency  of 
Charles  F.  Clark. 

George  P.  Rowell  &  Company 
is  a  name  known  throughout  the  busi- 
ness world  as  the  virtual  creators  and 
developers  of  the  exceedingly  serviceable 
business  institutions  called  "advertising 
agencies";  the  preeminence  in  this  line 
still  being  universally  conceded  to  the 
George  P.  Rowell  Advertising  Company, 
a  corporation  formed  in  1892  to  succeed 
to  the  business  established  in  1865. 
Twenty-seven  years  ago  this  special  line 
of  work  for  the  better  facilitation  of  the 
all-important  expenditures  of  money  for 
advertising  was  in  its  infancy,  and  to 
George  P.  Rowell  is  due  most  of  the 
credit  for  developing  and  systematizing 
a  class  of  institutions  that  are  to-day  as 
indispensable  as  banks,  insurance  com- 
panies, exchanges  and  other  kindred 
organizations.  As  a  result  of  the  adver- 
tising-agency business  the  public  is  en- 
abled to  get  pretty  close  to  the  exact 
value  and  the  proper  cost  of  space  in  the 
19,000  publications  of  the  country  ;  and 
the  publishers  are  enabled  to  secure  a 
reasonable  and  guaranteed  compensation 
for  their  columns,  the  whole  subject 
having  been  very  thoroughly  examined 
into  during  the  past  quarter  of  a  century. 
The  results  of  these  inquiries  can  be 
somewhat  appreciated  by  a  glance  at  two 
publications  :  one  an  annual  book,  The 
American  Newspaper  Directory,  an  ex- 
haustive compendium  of  all  generally 
desired  to  be  known  of  any  American 
publication  ;  the  other  a  weekly  journal, 
Printers'  Ink,  which  has  fairly  earned 
the  most  liberal  patronage  and  the  most 


ROWELL    & 


10    SPRUCE    STREET. 


762 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


unreserved  praise 
of  all  who  have 
anything  to  do 
with  advertising. 
These  are  two 
most  valuable  and 
most  creditable 
publications.  The 
A  merican  News- 
paper Directory, 
was  founded  in 
1 869,  and  has  been 
the  forerunner  of 
many  kindred 
works;  but  always 
maintaining  i  t  s 
unquestioned  su- 
premacy, far  out- 
leading  all  others 

in  the  amount  of  information  conveyed,  in  size  of  volume,  in  thoroughness  and 
accuracy,  and  in  the  systematic  convenience  of  the  contents  of  its  2,000  octavo  pages. 
Printers'  Ink,  which,  like  the  founding  of  the  agency  itself  and  the  issuing  of  the 
Directory,  was  almost  revolutionary  in  its  work,  also  has  now  many  imitative  com- 
petitors. It  is  a  peculiarly  valuable  periodical,  and  has  done  a  great  work  in  edu- 
cating the  people  how  to  advertise  for  the  best  results,  and  the  publishers  how  to 
present  their  advertise- 
ments in  the  most  de- 
sirable form.  Its  cir- 
culation in  1892  is  not 
less  than  50,000  copies 
weekly,  and  it  is  always 
a  welcome  visitor  to  its 
subscribers.  Editori- 
ally and  mechanically 
it  is  an  exceptionally 
creditable  periodical. 

The  importance  of 
an  institution  like  Row- 
ell's  can  be  somewhat 
comprehended  by  the 
fact  that  about  $300,- 
000,000  is  said  to  be 
spent  every  year  in  ad- 
vertising by  the  Ameri- 
can people.  essex  market,  grand  and  Essex  streets. 

The  two  Rowell  concerns  —  the  George  P.  Rowell  Advertising  Agency,  who  con- 
duct the  general  advertising  business,  and  George  P.  Rowell  &  Company,  who  publish 
Printers'  Ink  and  the  American  Newspaper  Directory,  occupy  a  building  owned  and 
fitted  up  expressly  by  Mr.  Rowell,  situated  at  10  Spruce  Street.  Here  may  be  found 
files  of  the  current  issues  of  almost  every  publication. 


?&*-, 


PgSSsT 


Architectural  Features: 


Xf 


Development    in.    Architecture;    Notable     Office    Buildings     and 

Business    Blocks. 


THE  Hollanders,  who  are  so  humorously  described  by  Washington  Irving  in  his 
History  of  ATew  York,  would  gaze  in  wonder  and  amazement,  if  they  were 
brought  back  to  Mother  Earth,  at  the  magnificent  edifices  which  now  exist  on  the 
island  where  they  once  lived.  In  their  day  business  was  transacted,  for  the  most 
part,  in  one  and  two-story  buildings  ;  and  even  as  late  as  a  century  ago  it  was  cus- 
tomary for  men  of  affairs  to  carry  on  their  occupations  on  the  first  floor,  and  live  on 
the  floor  above.  When  men  became  opulent,  the  three-story  building  made  its 
appearance,  the  extra  story  being  very  generally  in  the  shape  of  an  attic,  where  the 
servants  and  younger  members  of  the  household  slept,  and  where  old  furniture  and 
wearing  apparel  were  stored  away.  Later  on,  four-story  houses  made  their  appear- 
ance, and  of  these  many  examples,  dating  back  to  the  early  part  of  the  present  cen- 
tury, are  still  to  be  found  in  the  lower  part  of  the  city.  Some  of  these  still  remain 
untouched  by  the  hand  of  commerce,  but  they  have  for  the  most  part  succumbed  to 
the  inexorable  demands  of  business.  In  many  cases  they  have  been  demolished,  to 
make  way  for  larger  and  finer  structures. 

It  was  not  until  after  the  civil  war  that  the  five-story  building  made  its  appearance 
to  any  extent.  The  population  of  New  York  then  began  to  increase  enormously, 
and  when  the  higher  buildings  came,  they  appeared  in  the  form  of  flats  and  tene- 
ments. With  the  crowding  of  population  in  the  lower  wards  came  a  demand  for 
higher  structures.  This  eventuated  in  the  introduction  of  the  elevator,  which  has 
revolutionized  the  construction  of  buildings  in  New  York,  as  it  has  in  other  cities. 

It  was  the  elevator,  and  that  alone,  that  made  possible  the  enormously  high  office- 
buildings  that  are  to  be  seen  in  the  great  business  centres  of  New  York  to-day. 
When  the  seven-story  office-building  made  its  appearance,  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury ago,  the  popular  belief  was  that  the  limit  in  high  construction  had  been  reached. 
But  we  have  since  seen  scores  of  eight-story  buildings  erected,  and  to-day  there  are 
other  scores  of  ten-story  buildings  in  the  metropolis.  At  least  a  dozen  exceed  eleven 
stories  in  height  ;  some  are  as  high  as  fifteen  and  sixteen  stories,  and  The  Sun  has 
planned  a  building  for  its  own  uses,  to  be  32  stories  high.  An  important  factor  in 
the  construction  of  high  office  and  other  buildings  in  recent  years  has  been  the  intro- 
duction of  fire-proofing  material.  This  has  made  it  safe  for  tenants  to  occupy  the 
upper  stories.  Indeed,  it  is  an  axiom  among  real-estate  brokers  that  the  upper 
stories  rent  most  quickly,  and  at  high  figures,  because  the  light  and  ventilation  are 
better  than  on  the  lower  floors.  Another  important  factor  is  the  introduction,  dur- 
ing recent  years,  of  the  method  of  building  known  as  iron  or  steel  skeleton  construe- 


764 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


BUSSING    HOMESTEAD. 


FROM    PHOTO  BY   MISS   CATHARINE  WEED   BARNES. 


tion.  It  was  customary  with 
architects,  until  within  three 
or  four  years,  to  draw  plans 
whereby  walls  of  immense 
thickness  were  run  from  the 
foundation  to  the  roof,  to 
support  the  general  struc- 
ture. These  walls  were  in 
some  cases  required  by  the 
Building  Department  to  be 
three  feet  or  more  in  thick- 
ness at  the  base,  according  to 
the  height  of  the  building  ; 
so  that,  under  such  condi- 
tions, the  owner  of  a  single 
lot,  no  matter  how  valuable 
the  ground,  was  unable  to 
put  up  a  very  high  building, 

as  the  two  side-walls  would  take  up  a  space  equal  to  about  one-quarter  the  width  of 

his  entire  lot,  hence,  the  values  of  single  lots  down-town  were  kept  in  check  by  the 

impossibility  of  erecting  very  high  structures  on  them,  which  consequently  decreased 

their  earning  power. 
The    system    of 

iron    skeleton    con- 
struction, however, 

effected  a  remarka- 
ble change.      By  its 

use  the  thickness  of 

walls  was  consider- 
ably reduced,   thus 

giving  a  larger  floor 

space.       Architects 

and    builders   were 

enabled  to  plan  and 

erect    buildings    as 

high  as  twelve  and 

thirteen    stories  on 

lots  from  twenty  to 

thirty  feet  wide,  as 

is  noticeable  in  the 

Columbia,     the 

Havemeyer,  the 

Home    Life     and 

other      office-build- 
ings.  By  this  system 

of  construction,  iron 

and    steel    columns 

are  carried  up  from 

foundation  to  roof, 

and  then  covered  m         riverside  drive,  corner  of  iosth  street,     residlnce  of  samuel  g.  bayne. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


7^5 


with  bricks.  Thus  a  carrying  capacity  equal  to 
that  of  walls  of  much  greater  thickness  is  pro- 
duced. When  it  is  considered  that  unimproved 
property  in  the  great  office  section  of  New- York 
City  has  sold  as  high  as  $330  per  square  foot 
(equivalent  to  $825,000  per  lot  of  25  by  100),  it 
will  readily  be  seen  that  iron  skeleton  construction 
will  have  a  very  important  bearing  upon  the 
office-building  of  the  future.  A  prominent  archi- 
tect says  that  in  a  twelve-story  building  covering 
two  New- York  City  lots  of  25  by  100  feet  each, 
the  saving  in  floor-space  effected  by  means  of 
this  new  construction  amounts  to  thousands  of 
square  feet. 

As  the  office-building  has  increased  in  height 
and  size,  so  has  it  advanced  in  the  style  of  its 
appointments.  The  modern  elevator,  with  its 
handsome  wrought-iron  wall  inclosure  and  its 
quick  speed,  has  made  the  former  elevator  anti- 
quated. Where  wood  was  universally  applied, 
the  costliest  marbles  are  now  used  for  stairs, 
wainscotings  and  other  parts  of  the  interior. 
Light  and  ventilation,  the  lack  of  which  was  the 
bane  of  the  old  five-story  structures,  are  now 
considered  all  important ;  while  the  toilet  arrange- 
ments in  the  modern  office-buildings  are  superior 
to  anything  dreamed  of  a  quarter-of-century  ago, 
and  are  the  delight  of  the  tenant,  as  much  as 
of  the  sanitary  expert  and  the  plumber.  Then 
where  woodwork  is  used  for  trimming,  it  is  of  the 
finest  hardwoods  :  mahogany,  ash,  oak,  sycamore 
and  bird's-eye  maple  have  replaced  the  pine  and 
soft  lumber  used  in  the  older  buildings.  The 
architecture  of  the  office-building  has  also  im- 
proved. As  recently  as  1870  the  vast  majority 
of  such  structures  displayed  plain  fronts.  Now 
they  illustrate  the  skill,  taste  and  creative  talents 
of  architects,  artists,  artisans  and  builders.  In 
this  direction  New  York  has  made  gigantic 
strides  in  late  years.  No  metropolis  in  the 
civilized  world  shows  such  an  aggregation  of 
magnificent  office-buildings,  in  the  same  small 
area  of  territory,  as  are  to  be  found  between  the 
Battery  and  City-Hall  Park.  Some  great  office- 
buildings  are  being  erected  up-town. 

In  the  city  of  New  York  there  are  a  score  of 
architects  whose  work  has  earned  for  them  an 
international  reputation.  Then  there  are  hundreds 
of  others  whose  work  is  steadily  improving  the 
character  of  the  whole  city. 


EGYPTIAN    OBELISK,    CENTRAL    PARK. 


766 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Washington  Building  is  one  of  the  finest  and  largest  office-buildings  in 
America.  It  occupies  an  historic  spot,  and  also  has  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  loca- 
tions possible,  at  the  foot  of  Broadway,  overlooking  Battery  Park  and  the  harbor. 
The.  location,  too,  is  picturesque  and  beautiful.  Castle  Garden  is  a  few  hundred 
yards  away,  across  the  park  ;  and,  since  the  immigrants  are  no  longer  to  be  landed 
there,  it  is  to  be  used  as  an  aquarium.  The  Statue  of  Liberty  is  seen  in  the  middle 
distance,  and  up  and  down  the  North  and  East  Rivers  and  around  the  Battery  there 
is  a  never-ending  panorama  of  all  sorts  of  ocean  and  harbor  craft  in  full  view.  From 
the  top  of  the  building  the  course  of  an  Atlantic  "liner"  may  be  easily  followed 
through  the  Narrows  and  the  lower  bay,  and  out  past  Sandy  Hook. 

There  was  a  market-stand  on  the  site  of  the  Washington  Building  in  1656.  The 
first  newspaper  issued  in  New  York  was  printed  in  the  vicinity,  in  1693.  ^  was 
called  The  New-  York  Gazette,  and  it  was  half  as  big  as  a  sheet  of  foolscap.  In  1745 
Archibald  Kennedy,  the  eleventh  Earl  of  Cassilis,  built  a  handsome  and  imposing 

house,  of  English 
model,  on  the 
lower  portion  of 
the  site.  It  had 
a  fine  entrance, 
with  a  carved 
doorway.  In  this 
house  the  twelfth 
Earl  of  Cassilis 
was  born.  In 
later  years  it  was 
occupied  by  Na- 
thaniel Prime  ; 
and  about  thirty- 
five  years  ago  it 
was  converted  in- 
to a  hotel,  known 
as  the  Washing- 
ton Hotel.  Ad- 
joining the  house, 

and  on  land  which  is  a  portion  of  the  site  of  the  Washington  Building,  another  nand- 
some  residence  was  built  in  1750  by  John  Watts.  When  large  entertainments  were 
given  by  the  family  in  either  house,  the  two  buildings  were  connected  by  a  bridge  in 
the  rear,  and  were  thrown  into  one.  Broad  piazzas  overlooked  the  gardens,  which 
extended  down  to  the  river  front. 

The  Washington  Building  was  erected  by  the  Washington  Building  Company, 
which  was  organized  by  Cyrus  W.  Field,  "the  father  of  the  Atlantic  Cable,"  and 
of  which  he  was  for  a  considerable  time  the  principal  owner.  It  was  completed  in 
1884.  It  covers  17,000  square  feet  of  land;  is  thirteen  stories  in  height;  and  is 
fire-proof.  The  ball  of  the  flag-pole  on  the  dome  is  higher  than  the  torch  of  the 
Statue  of  Liberty.  The  material  is  brick,  with  sandstone  trimmings  and  ornamen- 
tation. The  architectural  treatment  of  the  exterior  is  pleasing.  The  great  surface 
of  either  front  is  broken  up  by  arched  window-caps,  so  that  no  long  monotonous 
lines  meet  the  eye.  The  roof  is  of  the  Mansard  style,  two  stories  in  height,  and  is 
surmounted  by  two  low  towers,  one  of  circular  form,  on  the  Battery  side,  and  one  of 
rectangular  form,  on  the  Broadway  side.     The  building  contains  348  offices,  access 


WEATHER    BUREAU —OBSERVATION    STATION,    EQUITABLE    BUILDING. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


WASHINGTON    BUILDING. 

BROADWAY,  BATTERY  PLACE  AND  BATTERY  PARK. 


768 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


to  which  is  had  by  means  of  six  large  elevators.  The  tenants  and  their  employees 
number  about  1,500  people.  The  present  officers  of  the  Washington  Building  Com- 
pany are  :  President,  T.  E.  Stillman  ;  Treasurer,  William  Shillaber  ;  Secretary  and 
General  Manager,  Alexander  Cameron. 

Aldrich  Court  is  the  exceedingly  handsome  and  imposing  office-building  cover- 
ing 41,  43  and  45  Broadway,  and  17,  19  and  21  Trinity  Place.  It  was  built  in  the 
year  1886,  by  the  estate  of  Herman  D.  Aldrich,  who  was  a  member  of  the  old  and 
successful  dry-goods  firm  of  McCurdy,  Aldrich  &  Spencer.  It  is  ten  stories  high, 
and  is  provided  with  four  rapid  elevators,  each  capable  of  a  speed  of  600  feet  a 
minute.      One  of  them  can  be  utilized  for  carrying  safes  and  other  heavy  materials 


ALDRICH    COURT,   41    TO    45    BROADWAY,   17    TO    21    TRINITY    PLACE. 

weighing  5,000  pounds.  The  site  on  which  the  building  is  erected  is  memorable  in 
the  history  of  Manhattan  Island  as  being  the  spot  on  which  the  first  habitations  of 
white  men  were  built,  Capt.  Adriaen  Block,  commander  of  the  Tiger,  having  erected 
several  huts  there  in  the  year  16 1 3.  The  Holland  Society  has  placed  on  the  front 
of  this  building  a  handsome  tablet  commemorating  the  above  fact.  A  remarkable 
feature  of  the  building  is  a  large  open  interior  court,  fifty  feet  wide  by  seventy-five 
feet  long,  almost  the  size  of  two  city  lots,  apparently  a  great  waste  of  most  valuable 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


769 


space,  but  affording  an  abundance  of  light  and  ventilation  to  all  interior  offices. 
Particular  attention  has  been  given  to  .the  principal  entrance,  which  is  one  of  the 
handsomest  in  the  city.  The  interior  is  finished  in  a  substantial  and  elaborate  manner, 
and  provided  with  electric  lights  and  all  modern  conveniences. 

The  Columbia  Building*  is  another  prominent  office-structure,  near  by  Aid- 
rich  Court.  It  is  one  of  the  few  high  buildings  in  New  York  on  a  narrow  front 
lot.      It   runs  to  a  height   \   ,    of  thirteen  stories,  and  the  architects  have  admirably 


overcome  the  struct 
duced     a    building 
seen  by  the  illus- 
Columbia  Build- 
front  ;   it  fronts 
to  east,    south 
light  above 
magnificent 


ural  difficulties  which  were  presented,  and  have  pro- 
which  is  prolific  in  architectural  features,  as  will  be 
tration  which  is  presented   on   this   page.      The 
ing   has   the   advantage   of  being   practically   all 
on  Broadway,  Morris  Street  and  Trinity  Place, 
and  west  ;  while  to  the  north  it  has  unobstructed 
the  fifth   story.      The   building   has,    of   course, 
light   and   ventilation   on   all    its   floors.      Like 
Aldrich  Court,  it  is  connected  for  electric  light- 
ing with  the  street-mains  of  the  Edison  Com- 
pany, in  addition  to  having  its  own  dyna- 
mos, and  having  also  an  underground 
.     connection    to    the    Aldrich    Court 
dynamos.       It  is   one   of   the    most 
attractive,   unique  and  beautiful 


i 


^ 


-**& 


**»- 


COLUMBIA    BUILDING,    BROADWAY,    MORRIS    STREET    AND    TRINITY    PLACE. 

office-buildings   in   the  metropolis,  and  is  owned  by  Spencer  Aldrich,  by  whom  it 
was  built  in  1890. 

The  Mills  Building,  named  for  the  owner,  Darius  O.  Mills,  is  one  of  the  best 
known  office-buildings  on  this  continent.  It  is  said  to  be  the  most  costly  office-building 
owned  by  any  individual  —  its  reputed  cost  being  about  .$3,000,000.  At  the  time 
of  its  erection  it  far  outranked  any  similar  structure,  and  to-day  it  is  seldom  equalled. 
It  is  exceptionally  fortunate  in  its  situation  to  show  off  its  architectural  effects.  Its 
main  front  is  on  Broad  Street,  a  street  actually  broad  in  fact  as  well  as  in  name.     It 

49 


77° 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


has  two  other  street  fronts,  one  on  Wall  Street,  and  the  other  on  Exchange  Place  ; 
the  three  fronts  having  distinct  entrances,,  all  of  which  lead  into  the  grand  rotunda 
which  leads  especially  from  the  Broad- Street  entrance.  Its  Broad- Street  side  is 
opposite  the  main  entrance  to  the  Stock  Exchange  ;  the  Wall-Street  entrance  is 
opposite  the  United-States  Sub-Treasury  building  ;  and  the  Exchange-Place 
entrance  is  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the  Custom  House.  It  is  eleven  stories  high, 
and  covers  about  23,000  square  feet  of  surface  area,  taking  in  11  to  23  Broad 
Street  and  35  Wall  Street.  It  has  seven  excellent  elevators.  Its  tenants  num- 
ber about  800,  among  them  many  railroad  and  other  corporations,  and  some  of  the 
most  important  banking  and  brokerage  houses  in  "The  Street."  On  the  lower 
floor,  on  Broad  Street,  is  the  St. -Nicholas  Bank,  and  on  the  eleventh   floor,  above 


1  l-irtU.    KLrUI, 


the  offices,  is  a  restaurant.  The  great  feature  of  the  Mills  Building,  architecturally, 
is  its  large  open  court,  which  gives  admirable  light  to  all  its  offices.  It  almost 
dwarfs  the  Drexel-Morgan  Building,  which  it  adjoins,  and  which,  scarcely  a  decade 
ago,  was  considered  one  of  the  finest  office-buildings  in  Wall  Street.  Mr.  Mills  is 
one  of  the  Californian  magnates  who  came  to  New  York  many  years  ago.  He  also 
owns  one  of  the  finest  buildings  in  San  Francisco,  which  was  completed  in  1891  and 
is  also  known  as  the  "Mills  Building."  He  is  identified  with  a  large  number  of 
the  greatest  of  New  York's  financial,  commercial  and  other  institutions.  Among 
his  charitable  works  is  the  D.  O.  Mills  Training  School  for  Male  Nurses.  He  is 
the  father-in-law  of  the  Hon.  Whitelaw  Reid,  ex-United-States  Minister  to  France, 
and  the  Republican  nominee  for  Vice-President  of  the  United  States  ;  but  who  is 
probably  best  known  as  the  editor  of  the  New- York  Tribune.  The  erection  of  the 
Mills  Building  enhanced  the  value  of  all  Broad-Street  real  estate. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


771 


MILLS    BUILDING. 

BROAD    STREET,    WALL    STREET    AND    EXCHANGE    PLACE. 


772 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


The  Mortimer  Building,  on  Wall  Street,  at  the  southeast  corner  of  New 
Street,  is  an  office  structure  of  noteworthy  importance.  It  is  one  of  the  first  build- 
ings that  attracts  the  eye  on  entering  Wall  Street  from  Broadway.  It  is  nine  stories 
in  height,  with  a  front  of  buff  brick,  granite  and  terra  cotta.  The  colors  of  the  three 
materials  blend  well  together,  the  whole  exterior  presenting  a  bright  and  cheerful 
appearance.      The  Mortimer  Building  was  erected  in  1884,  and  it  is  owned  by  the 

estate  of  Richard  Mor- 
timer. It  adjoins  the 
Stock  Exchange  on 
two  sides,  to  the  north 
and  west.  That  great 
financial  institution 
looked  upon  the  Mor- 
timer site  with  longing 
eyes  some  years  ago, 
when  it  was  proposed 
to  extend  the  Exchange, 
but  the  Mortimer  family 
had  held  the  ground 
for  three  generations, 
and  could  not  be  in- 
duced to  part  with  it. 
The  building  has  two 
elevators  and  about  90 
offices  ;  those  on  the 
main  floor  being  very 
large.  It  is  of  massive 
construction,  and  hand- 
somely appointed  in  its 
interior.  A  very  in- 
teresting part  of  its 
front  on  the  Wall- Street 
side  is  the  granite  name- 
stone,  cherished  by  the 
Mortimers,  which  ap- 
pears over  the  entrance. 
It  was  taken  from  the  stone  in  the  building  that  stood  on  the  same  site,  and  which 
was  demolished  to  make  way  for  the  present  structure. 

The  tenants  of  the  Mortimer  Building  include  bankers,  brokers  and  other 
financial  offices  ;  lawyers  and  various  professional  men,  care  being  taken  to  keep 
out  of  it  everything  and  everybody  about  which  there  can  be  any  doubt,  the  result 
being  an  exceedingly  choice  class  of  occupants.  It  is  an  admirably  arranged  and 
most  compact  structure.  It  is  supplied  with  all  of  the  most  modern  conveniences, 
Otis  passenger-elevators.  Worthington  pumps,  the  best  of  toilet-rooms,  the  strongest 
of  vaults,  steam  heat,  electric  lights,  and  throughout  is  of  the  most  approved  fire- 
proof construction.  Not  only  does  the  Mortimer  Building  adjoin  the  Stock  Exchange  ; 
it  is  actually  hemmed  in  by  it,  the  Wall-Street  entrance  to  the  Exchange  being 
immediately  to  the  east,  and  the  New-Street  entrance  immediately  to  the  south, 
and  the  glorious  Trinity  Church,  only  half  a  block  distant,  can  be  seen  to  most 
excellent  advantage  at  the  main  entrance  to  the  Mortimer  Building. 


iSTERY    ON    THOMPSON    STREET,    NEAR    BLEECKER. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


MORTIMER    BUILDING. 

WALL    STREET,    SOUTH    SIDE,    CORNER    OF    NEW    STREET. 


774  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK 

The  Delaware  &  Hudson  Canal  Company's  Building  is  an  immense  and 
imposing  fire-proof  structure,  generally  known  as  the  Coal  and  Iron  Exchange. 
It  is  on  Cortlandt  Street  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Church  Street.  It  is  not  an 
"  Exchange  "  building,  excepting  in  name  ;  but  it  is  the  property  of  the  Delaware  & 
Hudson  Canal  Company,  for  whom  it  was  built  in  1874-76,  and  whose  main  offices 
are  located  therein.  Here  centres  the  executive  administration  of  the  line,  and  here 
is  the  focal  point  of  its  enormous  and  lucrative  coal-trade.  The  great  building  was 
designed  by  Richard  M.  Hunt,  and  to-day  is  one  of  the  finest  office-buildings  in  the 
city,  having  all  the  modern  appliances  and  conveniences. 

The  Delaware  &  Hudson  Canal  Co.  is  a  corporation  chartered  by  the  State 
of  New  York  in  1823,  mainly  to  transport  coal  from  the  Pennsylvania  coal-fields 
to  New  York.  The  canal  was  begun  in  1825  and  finished  in  1828,  and  was  twice 
enlarged,  first  in  1844  and  again  in  1862,  to  admit  vessels  of  150  tons'  capacity. 
It  extends  from  Rondout,  on  the  Hudson,  to  Port  Jervis,  on  the  Delaware,  59 
miles  ;  thence  24  miles  up  the  Delaware  Valley,  to  Lackawaxen  ;  and  thence  26 
miles  to  the  coal-region  at  Honesdale.  This  was  one  of  the  most  important 
works  of  the  great  era  of  canal-building,  which  just  preceded  the  rise  of  the  rail- 
ways. The  capacity  of  the  canal,  with  its  equipments,  is  about  2,500,000  tons 
per  annum. 

The  celebrated  Gravity  Road  from  Carbondale  to  Honesdale,  ovei  which  millions 
of  tons  are  carried,  was  begun  in  1827  and  finished  in  1829. 

Between  1827  and  1829  the  Canal  Company  built  a  railway  from  Honesdale  to 
the  coal-mines,  and  placed  thereon  the  first  locomotive  that  ever  ran  upon  a  railroad 
in  the  Western  hemisphere.  This  pioneer  engine,  the  Stourbridge  Lio7i,  was  brought 
across  from  Liverpool  on  the  packet-ship,  John  Jay,  in  1829,  and  passed  to  Hones- 
dale, by  river  to  Rondout,  and  thence  by  canal.  In  i860  the  company  owned  108 
miles  of  canal  and  23  miles  of  railroad  ;  in  1870  it  leased  in  perpetuity  the  Albany 
&  Susquehanna  line;  and  in  1 87 1  it  leased  the  Rensselaer  &  Saratoga  line  and  its 
branches.  Subsequently  it  built  a  new  line  along  the  west  side  of  Lake  Champlain, 
from  Whitehall  nearly  to  Montreal,  giving  a  straight  route  from  Albany  to  the 
metropolis  of  Canada,  and  traversing  a  country  of  rare  beauty  and  diversity  of 
scenery.  Trains  run  from  New- York  City  to  Montreal,  384  miles,  without  change, 
in  less  than  12  hours,  reaching  Albany  over  the  New- York  Central  &  Hudson-River 
Railroad.  The  world-renowned  Ausable  Chasm  is  reached  from  Port  Kent,  on  the 
Champlain  Division. 

Apart  from  its  enormous  freighting  business,  in  coal  and  other  commodities,  the 
Delaware  &  Hudson  Railroad  System  has  a  very  large  and  lucrative  tourist  and 
summer-travel  business.  It  affords  the  best  route  between  New  York  and  other 
southern  points,  and  Montreal,  Ottawa  or  Quebec,  the  historic  old  Canadian  capi- 
tals ;  and  also  to  Lake  George  and  Lake  Champlain,  with  their  exquisite  scenery  of 
land  and  water,  mountain,  island  and  beach  ;  and  the  famous  Hotel  Champlain  at 
the  station  of  the  same  name,  three  miles  south  of  Plattsburg  ;  to  the  heart  of  the 
Adirondacks,  with  stages  running  from  its  stations  to  Blue  Mountain-Lake,  Long 
Lake,  Schroon  Lake,  and  Keene  Valley  and  by  connecting  line  to  Saranac  Lake  to 
the  remote  interior  of  the  Adirondack  wilderness,  by  the  Chateaugay  Railroad  from 
Plattsburg  ;  to  Ticonderoga,  Crown  Point,  and  Plattsburg ;  to  Saratoga,  the  queen 
of  summer  resorts  ;  and  to  Rutland  and  other  interesting  points  in  southern  Vermont. 
The  Delaware  &  Hudson  lines  southwestward  from  Albany  reach  the  famous  resorts 
of  Howe's  Cave,  Sharon  Springs,  and  Cooperstown,  on  Otsego  Lake  ;  and  pass 
downward  to  Binghamton,  and  southward  into  the  valley  of  Wyoming. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


775 


DELAWARE    &    HUDSON    CANAL    COMPANY. 

COMPANY'S    BUILDING,    CALLED    "THE    COAL    AND    IRON    EXCHANGE,"    CORTLANDT    AND    CHURCH    STREETS. 


776 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


m 


The  Bennett  Building  is  now  owned  by  John  Pettit,  one  of  the  ablest  and 
most  successful  investors  in  New-York  real  estate  that  the  present  decade  has  known, 
amid  all  its  wonder-       A  ful  and  unprecedented  developments  in  this  direction. 

The    Bennett   Build-      J^k       ing  was  erected  by  the  elder  Bennett  of  Herald  fame, 

whose  son,  James  Gordon  Bennett,  having  in  con- 
templation a  great  up-town  building  for  the  Herald, 
three  years  ago  disposed  of  this  great  and  valu- 
able building  to  its  present  owner.       The 
rapid  development  of  commercial  and 
financial   business    in    the    region 
in  which  the  Bennett  Build- 
ing    stands,      and 
which  is  becoming 
every    year     more 
and  more  the  busi- 
ness  centre  of  the 
American      world, 
made  it  expedient 
for    Mr.    Pettit    to 
fully    improve    the 

WEST    86TH    STREET,    EAST    OF    AMSTERDAM    AVENUE.  property. 

There  at  once  began  a  metamorphosis  in  the  structure,  which,  when  completed, 
made  the  Bennett  Building  what  it  is  to-day,  one  of  the  largest,  handsomest 
and  costliest  in  the  Metropolis.  The  new  owner  ripped  up  the  soft,  worn  woods  of 
a  generation  ago,  replaced  the  old  elevators  with  new  ones  of  attractive  design  and 
the  highest  attainable  speed,  inserted  marble  in  place  of  wood,  and  inlaid  mosaic 
floors  in  place  of  timber.  He  also  added  four  new  stories,  so  that  the  building  is 
now  eleven  floors  in  height,  and  contains  all  the  modern  appointments,  just  as 
though  it  had  been  newly  constructed  from  foundation  to  roof  within  the  last  two 
years.  In  the  centre  of  the  building  is  a  spacious  cone  in  which  the  elevators  run  in 
broad  day-light,  in  place  of  the  dark  and  badly  ventilated  shafts  of  old.  There  are 
four  entrances  to  the  building,  two  on  Nassau  Street,  one  on  Ann  Street  and  one 
on  Fulton  Street. 
There  are  600  oc- 
cupants. All  of 
the  offices,  with 
exception  of  about 
half-a-dozen,  were 
rented  before  the 
alterations  and 
additions  to  the 
building     were 

completed.  The  building  covers  about  eight  New-York  City  lots  and  is  one 
of  the  most  noticeable  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  City-Hall  Park.  It  is,  perhaps, 
unnecessary  to  add  that  the  Bennett  Building  has  electric  lights  in  every  room  and 
hall  ;  is  heated  by  steam  throughout  ;  and  is  of  fire-proof  construction. 

Across  the  street  stood  the  Commercial  Advertiser  Building,  which  was  destroyed 
by  fire  in  1 89 1.  On  its  site  a  superb  lofty  office  structure  is  now  being  erected. 
All  through  this  section  a  great  improvement  is  taking  place,  particularly  on  Fulton 
and  Nassau  Streets. 


CENTRAL    MARKET,     SEVENTH    AVENUE    AND    48TH    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Ill 


BENNETT    BUILDING. 

NASSAU,    FULTON    ANO    ANN    STREETS. 


77* 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Potter  Building  is  one  of  the  tallest  of  the  range  of  office-buildings 
around  Printing-House  Square  and  City-Hall  Park,  and  is  of  an  extraordinary 
height.  It  is  admirably  situated,  with  its  superb  frontage  of  96  feet  on  Park  Row, 
90  feet  on  Nassau  Street,  and  150  feet  on  Beekman  Street.  It  is  eleven  stories  high, 
and  was  the  first  building  in  the  midst  of  the  great  newspaper  section  to  be  erected 
to  such  a  height.  The  Potter  Building  possesses  two  unusual  features,  from  a  con- 
structive point  of  view  :  first,  it  was  the  first  building  erected  in  this  city  which  was 
ornamented  elaborately  with  terra  cotta  ;  second,  it  was  the  first  in  its  locality 
which  had  its  iron-work  and  stone-work  covered  with  hollow  brick,  so  that  the  iron 
and   stone   are  not  ex-  posed  to  view  or  to  heat  from  fire.      It  is  also 

one  of  the  most  sub-  .  •  1  stantially   constructed    and   absolutely   fire- 

proof  among  the  office    buildings  in  the  metropolis.      The 

owner,     ex-Congressman     Orlando     B. 
Potter,  who  is  a  very  large  real-estate 
proprietor,  erected  it  as  an  investment, 
and  so  ordered  its  construction  that  it 
would  endure,  practically,  forever.     Mr. 
Potter  has  his   offices  on   the    eleventh 
floor.      The  build- 
ing has  four  large 
rapid     passenger 
elevators,     which 
are  approached 
from  both  the  Park 
Row  and  Nassau- 
street      sides, 
through  massive 
doors,  and  also  on 
the     second    floor, 
by    means     of   the 
entrance  on   Beek- 

WEST    57TH    STREET,    BETWEEN    SEVENTH    AND    EIGHTH    AVENUES.  mall  StTCet.      There 

arc  200  offices  in  the  building,  including  those  of  several  newspaper  and  periodical 
publishers,  insurance  and  other  companies,  lawyers  and  professional  men  ;  and  the 
tremendous  energies  concentrated  here  are  felt  far  and  wide. 

Among  the  tenants  are  The  Press,  the  penny  Republican  newspaper  which  claims 
a  daily  circulation  of  over  100,000;  the  New-  York  Observer,  the  first  and  oldest 
religious  paper;  Otis  Brothers  &  Co.,  the  foremost  passenger-elevator  builders;  and 
the  Mutual  Reserve  Fund  Life  Association,  the  leading  assessment  insurance  com- 
pany of  the  world. 

The  rotter  Building  is  immediately  across  the  street  from  the  Post  Office  and 
the  Park-Row  front  faces  City-Hall  Park.  It  is  in  full  view  from  Broadway. 
It  is  within  a  minute's  walk  of  the  Brooklyn  Bridge  and  the  Elevated  Railroad,  and 
is  hedged  in  on  all  sides  by  the  daily  newspapers.  No  office  building  has  a  choicer 
location.  It  is  one  of  the  groups  of  buildings  that  is  forming  around  the  City-Hall 
Park  the  grandest  architectural  square  in  America. 

The  really  noble  proportions  of  the  Potter  Building,  and  the  impressive  character 
of  its  architecture,  make  of  it  one  of  the  great  and  illustrious  monuments  of  commer- 
cial success  in  the  Empire  City.  In  time,  the  City-Hall  Park  will  be  surrounded 
with  such  buildings,  the  centre  of  incalculable  activities. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


179 


Mm 


III  #. 


<■-, 


#■' 


POTTER    BUILDING. 

PARK    ROW,    NASSAU    AND    BEFKMAN    STREETS. 


/oo  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Temple  Court,  owned  by  Eugene  Kelly,  the  veteran  banker,  is  one  of  the 
finest  office-buildings  in  New  York.  The  structure  is  ten  stories  in  height  and  com- 
prises two  sections,  the  first  constructed  about  a  decade  ago,  the  other  in  1889-90. 
They  are  joined  together  by  passage-ways,  and,  united,  form  one  of  the  largest  office- 
buildings  in  the  city,  with  frontages  on  Beekman  Street,  Nassau  Street  and  Theatre 
Alley.  The  situation  is  most  convenient,  being  but  a  short  distance  from  the  Post 
Office,  Printing-House  Square  and  City  Hall  Park.  It  was  on  this  site,  in  a  theatre 
built  in  1 75 1,  that  Hamlet  was  first  produced  in  America.  Here,  too,  in  those  early 
patriotic  days  which  "  tried  men's  souls,"  a  meeting  took  place  in  this  theatre  to 
give  emphatic  disapproval  of  the  Stamp  Tax  in  1764.  On  this  same  site  stood  the 
former  Clinton  Hall  and  the  Clinton  Hotel.  Clinton  Hall  was  built  for  the  Mer- 
cantile Library,  which  occupied  a  part  of  the  building.  Here  was  made  an  impor- 
tant part  of  the  collection  of  books  now  so  comfortably  quartered  in  the  present 
Clinton  Hall,  in  Astor  Place.  The  Clinton  Hotel  was  one  of  the  best  of  its  time, 
and  the  table  was  particularly  pleasing  to  old-fashioned  New-Yorkers.  Above  the 
hotel,  on  the  top  floor  of  the  building,  were  the  rooms  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Design,  now  located  at  23d  Street  and  Fourth  Avenue.  President  Daniel  Hunting- 
ton of  the  Academy  says  :  "  In  those  days  there  were  no  'lifts,'  or  elevators,  but 
the  apartments  there  were  very  fine.  There  was  one  room  fifty  feet  square  at  least. 
We  had  a  fine  light,  in  fact,  better  light  than  the  institution  has  had  since.  Then 
it  was  so  spacious  that  we  could  get  a  good  view  of  a  large,  full-length  picture  across 
the  room.  Since  then  the  apartments  of  the  Academy  have  been  more  numerous 
but  smaller."  It  was  here  then  that  two  of  New  York's  notable  institutions,  the 
National  Academy  and  the  Mercantile  Library,  tarried  and  got  that  strength  that 
enabled  them  to  move  into  greater  and  more  suitable  structures.  Here,  too,  the 
largest  bank  of  the  United  States — The  National  Park  Bank  of  New  York  —  which 
to-day  has  the  greatest  amount  of  gross  assets  of  any  National  or  State  Bank  in  the 
country,  made  its  start,  and  for  many  years  owned  the  greater  part  of  the  site  of  the 
Beekman-Street  portion  of  Temple  Court.  It  was  from  the  Park  Bank  that  Mr. 
Kelly,  who  for  many  years  has  been  one  of  its  directors,  bought  the  property, 
when  the  bank  made  its  move  into  its  present  quarters  on  Broadway.  Thus  the 
drama,  art,  literature  and  finance  have  all  thrived  on  this  spot,  and  it  is  appropriate 
to  find  here  an  edifice  that  is  creditable  in  architecture  and  pleasing  in  nomenclature. 

Temple  Court  is  a  modern  building  in  every  sense,  it  is  thoroughly  equipped  with 
all  the  latest  improvements.  It  contains  five  fine  passenger  elevators,  which  give 
quick  and  easy  access  to  all  the  floors  ;  Worthington  pumps  for  supplying  water  ;  and 
other  modern  conveniences.  The  Nassau-Street  front,  which  presents  an  attractive 
and  imposing  appearance,  is  of  light  limestone  imported  from  Balinasloe,  Ireland  ; 
while  the  Beekman-Street  side  is  of  brick  and  stone,  and  is  quite  stately.  The  older 
part  of  the  building  has  a  spacious  vestibule  entrance  with  a  large  central  court  that 
runs  from  the  ground  floor  to  the  tenth  story.  This  gives  light  and  ventilation,  and 
a  pleasant  effect  to  the  interior  rooms.  Some  of  the  offices  have  open  fire-places 
with  mantels  and  grates,  and  the  trim  is  in  hardwood  finish  throughout.  Temple 
Court  is  largely  occupied  by  law  firms,  and  other  professional  men  and  manufacturers. 
One  of  its  finest  suites  of  offices  was  occupied,  until  recently,  by  one  of  the  United- 
States  Government  departments.  On  the  ground  floor  are  the  banking-rooms  and 
safe-deposit  vaults  of  the  Nassau  Bank. 

The  quaint  towers  of  Temple  Court,  with  their  high  pyramidal  roofs,  are  un- 
mistakable land-marks  in  the  heart  of  New  York,  and  point  the  way  to  the  scenes 
of  vast  and  momentous  transactions  in  business  and  finance. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


781 


TEMPLE    COURT. 

BEEKMAN    STREET,    SOUTHWEST    CORNER    OF    NASSAU    STREET. 


78-2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Morse  Building,  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Nassau  and  Beekman  Streets, 
is  a  striking  illustration  of  the  architectural  beauty  of  brick  and  terra  cotta.  It  is  a 
solid,  handsome  structure,  nine  stories  in  height,  with  a  frontage  of  85  feet  on  Nas- 
sau Street  and  69  feet  on  Beekman  Street.  The  entrance  is  on  Nassau  Street, 
through  a  noble  semi-circular  arch,  supported  by  massive  pillars.  The  windows  are 
deep-set,  in  brick  and  terra  cotta  ornamental  work,  and  the  front  of  the  building  is 
divided  into  three  facades  by  ornamental  pilasters.  There  are  semi-circular  or  flat- 
tened curved  arches  over  all  the  openings.  The  heavy  cornice  is  of  terra  cotta,  and 
the  roof  is  covered  with  tiling  of  the  same  material.  The  floors  are  constructed  of 
iron  beams,  supported  at  both  ends  on  brick-work,  and  filled  in  with  fire-proof 
arches.  The  partitions  are  also  fire-proof.  An  iron  stairway,  with  marble  and  slate 
treads,  occupies  the  center  of  the  building.     Immense  water  tanks,  of  a  total  capacity 


HARLEM    RIVER, 


BRIDGE    AND    WASHINGTON    BRIDGE,   AND    THE   WATER    TOWER. 


of  4, 500  gallons,  supplied  by  YVorthington  steam-pumps,  are  at  all  times  connected 
with  fire-hydrants  on  each  floor.  Two  Otis  hydraulic  elevators  convey  visitors  to 
the  upper  floor,  and  there  is  a  separate  hoisting  apparatus  for  safes  and  furniture. 
Steam  heat  is  supplied,  but  there  are  also  open  fire-places  in  nearly  all  the  rooms. 
The  boiler  and  smoke-stack  are  outside  of  the  building,  and  excessive  heat  in  sum- 
mer is  avoided.  The  structure  is  finished  in  oak,  wrought  in  tasteful  designs.  The 
hall-floors  are  of  Spanish  tiling  ;  those  of  the  offices,  of  yellow  pine.  The  hard- 
ware is  bronze.  The  windows  are  glazed  with  plate  glass.  The  offices  are  occupied 
for  the  most  part  by  lawyers  and  the  agents  of  manufacturing  corporations.  The 
Morse  Building  was  erected,  in  1879,  by  Sidney  E.  and  G.  Livingstone  Morse,  and 
they  and  .their  architects,  Silliman  &  Farnsworth,  were  influenced  in  their  choice  of 
material  by  the  fact  that  in  the  great  Boston  and  Chicago  fires  brick  proved  to  be 
the  best  resistant  of  heat.      The  building  is  now  the  property  of  Nathaniel  Niles, 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


783 


MORSE    BUILDING. 

NASSAU    STREET,    NORTHEAST    CORNER    OF    BEEKMAN    STREET, 


784  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

who  purchased  it  as  an  investment  in  1892.  It  is  considered  absolutely  fire-proof. 
Seldom  are  any  of  its  offices  vacant.  The  location  is  exceptionally  good,  being  near 
the  Post  Office  and  City- Hall  Park,  the  Third- A  venue  Elevated  Railroad  Station, 
and  the  Brooklyn  Bridge.  Its  surrounding  buildings  on  the  other  three  corners  are 
the  Vanderbilt,  Temple  Court  and  the  Potter  Building. 

Other  Notable  Office  Buildings  are  illustrated  and  described  in  the  insurance, 
bank  and  railroad  chapters,  in  connection  with  the  corporations  which  occupy  them. 

Modern  Domestic  Architecture,  in  some  of  its  most  interesting  develop- 
ments, is  to  be  seen  in  upper  New  York,  in  the  newer  residential  quarters,  occupied 
by  well-to-do  city  merchants.  Especially  is  this  the  case  on  the  West  Side,  between 
Central  Park  and  the  Hudson  River,  a  region  of  considerable  natural  beauty,  and 
sufficiently  elevated  to  be  very  healthful.  Here  the  usual  monotony  of  long  city 
blocks  has  been  diversified  by  many  skilful  devices  of  the  metropolitan  architects, 
revealing  the  results  of  careful  technical  study  and  wide  travel  and  observation.  On 
these  long  streets,  running  from  the  park  to  the  river,  are  many  picturesquely 
diversified  facades,  with  suggestions  of  the  Elizabethan,  the  Gothic,  the  Roman- 
esque, or  a  noticeable  Nuremberg  or  Italian  feeling,  or  a  pleasing  touch  of  old 
Flemish  or  Dutch  sentiment.  An  interesting  feature  of  dwelling  architecture  has 
reached  a  definite  and  gratifying  result  in  the  unique  blocks  of  "King  Model 
Houses,"  designed  and  constructed  by  the  famous  builder,  David  H.  King,  Junior. 
When  the  West  Side  is  finished  it  will  be  one  of  the  most  diversified  and  agreeable 
residence-quarters  in  the  world.  The  newer  streets  also  show  a  pleasing  variety  of 
materials  used  in  construction,  the  dull  brownstone  or  plain  brick  of  former  days 
being  now  relieved  by  Caen  stone,  creamy  Ohio  sandstone,  the  many  varieties,  odd 
shapes,  and  peculiar  colors  of  pressed  brick  and  terra  cotta,  and  by  fine  wrought- 
iron  work.  The  new  churches  in  upper  New  York  are  also  of  high  value  from  an 
artistic  and  aesthetic  standpoint,  and  give  a  needed  distinction  to  the  growing  wards. 

The  American  Institute  of  Architects  was  formed  at  New  York,  in  1836, 
when  there  were  but  about  a  dozen  properly  trained  architects  in  the  United  States. 
These  met  in  session  in  New  York,  and  formed  the  American  Institution  of  Archi- 
tects, the  predecessor  of  the  present  American  Institute  of  Architects,  which  was  chart- 
ered in  New  York  in  1857.  Ten  years  later  it  was  found  expedient  to  re-organize 
the  Institute  into  a  group  of  Chapters,  one  in  New  York,  and  others  at  Philadelphia, 
Chicago,  Cincinnati,  Boston,  and  other  cities.  The  quarters  of  the  Institute,  and 
of  the  New-York  Chapter,  are  in  a  fire-proof  building.  The  presidents  of  the  In- 
stitute have  been  :  Richard  Upjohn,  architect  of  Trinity  Church,  from  1867  to  1876  ; 
Thomas  U.  Walter,  architect  of  the  United-States  Capitol,  from  1876  to  1887;  and 
Richard  M.  Hunt.  The  secretaries  have  been  :  R.  M.  Hunt,  Henry  Van  Brunt, 
J.  W.  Ritch,  Charles  D.  Gambrill,  F.  C.  Withers,  Russell  Sturgis,  P.  B.  Wight, 
Carl  Pfeiffer,  A.  J.  Bloor,  C.  F.  McKim,  H.  M.  Congdon,  and  Geo.  C.  Mason,  Jr. 

New  York  has  always  been  prominent  in  the  architectural  history  of  America, 
from  its  fearless  enterprise,  vast  wealth,  and  metropolitan  position.  The  foremost 
architectural  school  of  America  is  that  pertaining  to  Columbia  College,  whose 
Avery  Architectural  Library,  together  with  the  richly  endowed  Architectural  De- 
partment of  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  afford  admirable  opportunities  for  studies 
in  this  noble  and  beautiful  phase  of  art. 

The  grand  openings  made  by  Union  Square,  Madison  Square,  and  the  triangles 
or  squares  formed  by  the  swinging  of  Broadway  diagonally  across  the  island,  and 
then  intersecting  the  main  avenues,  afford  fine  opportunities  for  architectural  display 
which  are  fast  being  improved. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


7*1 


786 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


HKTH    AVENUE,    NORTH    FROM    26TH    STREET. 


(*?r>  D'vs 


^taJlEstabIist&-i1 


& 


Interesting   and    Prominent    Retail    Concerns,  Nearly  all    Being 
Unquestioned  Leading  Houses  in  Their  Respective  Lines, 


ALL  AMERICA  goes  to  New  York  for  its  shopping,  when  it  can.  Here  you 
.  can  find  the  perfection  of  everything,  from  the  brightest  of  cambric  needles 
and  the  most  delicious  of  crumpets,  up  to  the  bridal  trousseau  for  a  daughter  of  the 
Winthrops  or  the  Washingtons,  or  a  line  of  ocean-steamships  with  their  entire  outfit. 
Humanity  enjoys  seeing  the  products  of  mankind,  and  the  shops  of  New  York,  the 
resplendent  lines  of  retail  stores  sweeping  around  Union  and  Madison  Squares  and 
along  the  intervening  and  branching  streets,  these  are  always  fascinating,  alluring, 
irresistible.  What  cannot  be  found  here,  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  shopping  district 
anywhere.  The  brightness  of  Broadway,  the  vivacity  of  lower  Fifth  Avenue,  the 
sparkle  of  23d  Street,  are  made  up  of  the  splendid  temptations  of  the  shop  windows, 
and  the  groups  of  charming  people  who  linger  about  them  spell-bound.  Ill  fares 
the  rural  or  provincial  purse  whose  owner  ventures  before  these  attractive  windows, 
extending  for  miles  on  miles,  ever  diversified  and  varied  ;  a  perfect  kaleidoscope  of 
silks  and  velvets,  laces  and  jewels,  rich  books  and  music,  paintings  and  statuary, 
rifles  and  racquets,  confections  and  amber-like  bottles,  cloisonnde  and  cut-glass,  every- 
thing imaginable  for  use  or  luxury,  massed  in  perfect  affluence,  and  displayed  in  the 
most  attractive  way  possible.  What  are  the  Parisian  boulevards,  or  even  Regent 
Street,  to  this  magnificent  panorama  of  mercantile  display,  reaching  from  the  Wash- 
ington Arch  to  Bryant  Park?  In  harmony  with  the  growth  of  the  city  from  the 
simple  Dutch  village,  the  tastes  and  requirements  of  a  cosmopolitan  population  of 
about  3,000,000  people  who  reside  within  or  around  the  present  city,  have  developed 
so  that  they  demand  and  seem  to  be  able  and  willing  to  pay  for  the  best  of  every- 
thing that  can  be  produced  in  this  or  any  other  country. 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  great  and  famous  places  of  business,  as  a 
rule,  are  the  best  places  to  do  shopping  :  their  immense  establishments  offering  the 
greatest  varieties,  the  best  of  service,  the  most  reliable  goods,  and  withal  a  responsi- 
bility that  is  a  consideration  to  the  stranger  buying  in  a  strange  city. 

The  houses  mentioned  in  this  book  have  been  selected  with  especial  care ;  the 
aim  of  the  publisher  being  to  insert  notices  only  of  establishments  which  are  known 
to  be  absolutely  of  the  highest  rank  in  their  respective  lines. 

Arnold,  Constable  &  Company's  dry-goods  establishment  is  one  of  the  old- 
est and  best-known  in  the  United  States.  It  is  one  of  the  business  houses  which 
bring  credit  to  the  mercantile  world  of  this  country.  Its  record  for  conservative 
enterprise,  extreme  integrity,  and  unquestioned  reliability  stands  untarnished. 

The  firm  occupies  a  huge  and  magnificent  storehouse,  covering  very  nearly  an 
acre  of  ground,  fronting  on   Broadway  and  Fifth  Avenue  ;  it   also  covers  the  whole 


7««  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

of  19th  Street,  between  these  two  great  arteries  of  the  city  ;  then  by  an  extension 
through  to  1 8th  Street,  it  commands  an  entrance  to  that  street,  and  secures  for  the 
firm  one  of  the  best-lighted  and  best-ventilated  buildings  in  the  city,  which  occupies 
more  than  half  of  the  big  city  block.  The  building  is  seven  stories  in  height,  is  of 
iron,  marble  and  brick,  and  the  newer  portions  are  fire-proof.  It  is  one  of  the 
prominent  features  of  business  architecture  in  the  up-town  section. 

The  house  of  Arnold,  Constable  &  Co.  was  founded  by  A.  Arnold,  in  1827, 
nearly  three  generations  ago.  He  began  business  just  west  of  the  corner  of  Canal  and 
Mercer  Streets,  and  in  course  of  time  removed  to  larger  quarters  on  Canal  Street, 
three  doors  east  of  Mercer  Street,  gradually  purchasing  all  of  the  lots  bounded  by 
Canal,  Mercer  and  Howard  Streets,  with  a  frontage  of  75  feet  on  Canal  Street,  and 
100  feet  on  Howard  Street.  He  built  for  the  firm  in  1857  a  store  then  celebrated 
for  the  attention  paid  to  its  light,  and  to  all  the  wants  of  a  growing  business.  Here 
the  panic  of  1857  passed  over  them,  leaving  them  still  anxious  to  enlarge  their 
trade.  Ten  years  later,  the  growth  of  the  city  northward  warned  Mr.  Arnold  that 
the  retail  trade  would  soon  leave  Canal  Street.  After  first  purchasing  on  Union 
Square,  he  determined  to  locate  on  Broadway  and  19th  Street;  and  purchased  of 
Mr.  Hoyt  the  ground  on  which  part  of  their  retail  store  now  stands,  and  which  was 
then  covered  with  two-story-and-a-half  brick  buildings.  Moving  their  retail  busi- 
ness into  their  new  quarters  in  1869,  the  transfer  had  hardly  been  accomplished 
when  it  was  discovered  that  more  room  was  a  necessity.  Two  stories  were  added 
to  the  original  budding,  and  an  extension  fifty  feet  wide  was  erected  on  19th  Street. 
Then  came  a  demand  for  more  room  for  the  wholesale  department,  which  was  still 
located  on  Canal  Street,  and,  notwithstanding  most  of  the  great  hotels  were  below 
Bond  Street,  it  was  determined  to  re-unite  the  business  under  one  roof,  and  to  pur- 
chase the  property  on  Fifth  Avenue  surrounded  by  the  dwellings  of  the  Belmonts, 
Parishes,  Marshall  O.  Roberts,  and  dozens  of  New  York's  wealthiest  families. 
This  was  accomplished  in  1877,  just  half  a  century  after  the  business  had  been 
started  in  Canal  Street.  A.  Arnold  died  before  the  building  was  completed  ;  and 
James  M.  Constable,  who  had  been  taken  into  partnership  in  1842,  became  the 
senior  member,  and  still  continues  at  the  head  of  the  firm,  which  now  consists  of 
James  M.  Constable,  Frederick  A.  Constable,  and  Hicks  Arnold,  a  nephew  of  the 
founder  of  the  house.  It  is  one  of  the  few  dry-goods  stores  which  have  not  been 
converted  into  a  "Bazaar."  The  business  is  divided  into  three  principal  divisions  : 
dry-goods,  carpets,  and  upholstery.  The  first  floor  of  the  big  retail  store  is  devoted 
to  the  display  of  silks,  dress  goods,  laces,  hosiery,  linens,  flannels,  etc.  The  second 
floor  is  alloted  to  ladies'  and  children's  garments,  furs,  dresses,  shawls,  and  mourn- 
ing goods.  Upholstery,  carpets,  and  Oriental  rugs  occupy  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth 
floors.  The  display  on  all  these  floors  is  a  veritable  art  exhibit,  made  possible  by 
the  extensive  foreign  connections  of  the  firm,  and  the  large  staff  of  buyers  in  the 
employ  of  the  house,  who  are  constantly  seeking  in  every  corner  of  the  globe  for 
novelties.  The  sixth  and  seventh  floors  are  used  for  manufacturing  purposes.  The 
i8th-Street  extension  is  a  portion  of  the  retail  store,  and  the  two  lower  stories  open 
into  the  main  building  through  broad  arches.  The  upper  stories  of  the  i8th-Street 
building  are  assigned  to  the  manufacturing  departments.  The  wholesale  section  of 
the  business  is  located  in  the  Fifth-Avenue  part  of  the  building,  with  the  general 
offices  on  the  second  floor ;  and  a  large  stock  of  goods  is  stored  in  the  firm's  ware- 
house at  Ninth  Avenue  and  16th  Street.  Arnold,  Constable  &  Co.  are  known  all 
over  the  country.  Their  travelling  salesmen  visit  every  section.  Their  Paris  house 
is  at  21  Rued'  Hauteville  ;  their  Lyons  house,  at  8  Quai  St.  Clair. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


78y 


79°  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK'. 

The  Gorham  Manufacturing  Company,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway 
and  19th  Street,  makes  of  its  silverware  and  ecclesiastical  metal  work  a  perpetual  ex- 
hibition of  American  art.  There  is  not  a  lover  of  colors,  gems,  or  graceful  forms  that 
it  may  not  vividly  impress.  The  four  corners  of  Broadway  and  19th  Street  are  all 
specially  notable  :  on  one  corner  is  the  ancient  dwelling-house  of  the  Goelet  family, 
which  is,  with  its  surrounding  grounds,  a  curious  spectacle  of  Broadway  ;  on  another, 
the  palatial  carpet  warehouse  of  W.  &  J.  Sloane  ;  on  another,  the  great  dry-goods 
house  of  Arnold,  Constable  &  Co. ;  and  on  the  other,  the  grand  establishment  of  the 
Gorham  Company,  the  finest  in  its  line  in  the  world. 

The  Gorham  factory  is  at  Elmwood,  Providence,  R.  I.,  in  model  buildings, 
covering  five  and  a  half  acres,  comprising  offices,  a  library  and  a  museum,  besides  an 
infinity  of  rooms  that  the  silver  enters  in  the  form  of  blocks  called  bricks  and  quits 
in  the  form  of  exquisite  objects  of  art  encased  in  artistic  boxes.  There  are  made  the 
designs,  which  are  original  as  well  for  the  slight  edge  ornament  of  a  card  case  as  for 
Cluny,  Medici,  Fontainebleau  and  Nuremberg  spoons  that  demand  a  patent.  There 
are  made  beside  masterpieces  of  silversmiths,  memorial  brasses,  mural  tablets,  altar 
railings,  busts,  statuettes,  reliefs,  plaques,  in  bronze ;  and  ornaments  of  chapels 
and  cathedrals. 

In  New  York,  for  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century,  all  these  marvels  of  handi- 
craft that  the  government  of  France  rewarded  with  its  highest  award  at  the  Exposi- 
tion Universelle  of  1889  have  been  famous.  In  New  York  the  mark  of  the  Gorham 
Manufacturing  Company  has  the  authority  which  the  ancient  official  poincon  has  in 
France.  It  is  the  mark  of  objects  of  art  indisputably  perfect.  Their  form  is 
gracefulness  itself;  their  decoration  has  impeccable  tact  and  taste.  They  are  works 
of  artists,  made  for  the  view  and  touch  of  artists.  In  the  warerooms,  from  the 
glass-covered  cases  where  they  are  displayed,  come  a  gaiety,  a  harmony  of  forms 
and  colors  that  enchant.  On  the  first  floor,  at  the  right  as  one  enters,  is  the  silver- 
plated  ware  which  is  exclusively  tableware.  At  the  rear  are  the  large  pieces  —  the 
magnificent  punch  bowls,  carved  in  representation  of  vine  leaves,  grapes,  Bacchanals, 
or  nymphs  and  satyrs,  or  sculptured  with  arabesques  in  relief,  or  colored,  as  en- 
gravings and  etchings  are  colored,  with  hatches,  in  admirable  pictures  of  sea  and 
shells  ;  silver  and  silver-gilt  mounted  crystals  and  cut-glass  ;  loving-cups  ;  presenta- 
tion and  memorial  works.  At  the  left  are  the  goblets,  the  tea  sets,  the  coffee  sets, 
the  toilet  sets,  the  silver-mounted  glassware,  porcelain  and  faience.  The  shelves  are 
of  mahogany,  glass  and  mirrors,  the  boxes  are  of  leather,  silk,  velvet  and  plush. 
In  the  cases  which,  placed  at  right  angles  with  the  shelves  on  the  walls,  form  com- 
partments, and  in  the  cases  in  the  middle  of  the  room,  are  clocks,  watches,  jewelry, 
table  sets,  silver  fashioned  for  every  conceivable  use,  designed  for  great  celebrations 
and  festivals,  desk  ornaments,  favors  for  the  German,  trifles  that  have  required 
marvels  of  ingenuity,  skill  and  artistic  feeling.  Here  are  princely  gifts  accessible 
to  every  purse.  Here  are  the  goblets,  beakers,  basins,  amphoras,  flowered  cande- 
labra of  the  classic  Florentine  workshops,  and  in  greater  quantity  and  variety. 

On  the  second  floor  are  the  samples,  models  and  goods  of  the  wholesale  depart- 
ment. Then  there  are,  at  work,  the  engravers  of  initials  and  other  marks  required 
by  buyers.  There  is  a  department  specially  devoted  to  the  business  done  with 
hotels.  There  are  floors  with  stained-glass  -windows,  and  rooms  bathed  in  a  light 
like  a  chapel  for  lecturns,  with  tablets,  crosses  and  chalices.  One  large  cross  of 
bronze  is  studded  with  passion-flowers  in  relief.  The  figures  of  the  lecturns  are 
angels,  eagles,  annunciation -lilies.  There  are  all  the  ecclesiastical  art-works.  In 
buying  them,  or  any  object  with  the  Gorham  stamp,  one  buys  works  truly  precious. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


o  t 


THE    GORHAM    MANUFACTURING    COMPANY. 

BROADWAY,     NORTHWEST    CORNER    OF    19th    STRFFT. 


792 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Lord  &  Taylor,  wholesale  and 
retail  dry-goods  merchants,  are  one  of 
the  oldest,  largest,  and  most  substan- 
tial of  New- York  business  houses. 
They  have  two  very  large  stores  :  one 
at  Broadway  and  20th  Street,  which 
serves  the  wants  of  the  wealthy  and 
middle  classes,  and  one  at  Grand  and 
Chrystie  Streets,  which  is  a  favorite 
shopping-place  for  the  enormous  popu- 
lation of  the  East  Side.  The  house  is 
one  of  the  oldest  in  the  dry-goods  trade. 
It  was  established  about  1830  by  Sam- 
uel Lord,  a  native  of  Saddleworth, 
England,  and  George  W.  Taylor,  of 
New  York.  The  original  establish- 
ment was  down- town,  in  Catharine 
Street  ;  and  for  many  years  previous  to 
1 87 1  the  principal  store  was  at  the 
corner  of  Broadway  and  Grand  Street. 
In  the  course  of  time  Mr.  Taylor  re- 
tired, and  James  S.  Taylor  was  ad- 
mitted to  partnership  with  Mr.  Lord. 
They  were  succeeded  by  John  T.  Lord,  a  son  of  the  original  senior  partner,  and  John 
S.  Lyle,  and  these  in  turn  by  G.  W.  T.  Lord,  Samuel  Lord,  Jr.,  and  Edward  P. 
Hatch.  The  firm-name  has  always  been  the  same,  not  having  been  changed  in  up- 
wards of  sixty  years,  a  record  not  frequent  in  this  country.  During  that  long  period 
the  development  of  the  busi-  ness    has    been    marvellous,  until  the  small  es- 


LORD    &    TAYLOR,   ORIGINAL    STORE,   CATHARINE    STREET. 


tablishment  of  the  early 
one  of  the  great  mer- 


-ORD    &    TAYLOR,   GRAND 


thirties  has  expanded,  by  natural  growth,  into 
cantile  enterprises  of  the  metropolis.     The 
principal  store  is  at  Broadway  and  20th 
Street.      It  is  of  iron,  five  stories  in 
height,  and  measures   100  feet  on 
Broadway  and  175  feet  on  20th 
Street.      It    is    equipped    with 
Otis      elevators,     Woithington 
pumps,    and  other 
m  o  d  e  r  n   conveni- 
ences.     A    feature 
of    the    construc- 
tion,   and    a    good 
one  from  an  archi- 
tectural    point     of 
view    is     a     fine 
large    entrance- 
arch   in  the  centre 
of    the     Broadway 
facade,    which    ex- 
tends through  two 
stories.     The  lower 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


79, 


story  is  particularly  light  and  bright,  the  windows  on  either  front  being  large,  and 
the  ceiling  high.  Silk  and  dress  goods  occupy  a  large  portion  of  the  space  on  this 
floor,  and  the  departments  of  hosiery,  linens,  small  wares  and  men's  furnishing  goods 
are  also  located  there.  In  the  second  story,  which  is  reached  by  an  elevator,  as  well 
as  by  broad  stairways,  there  are  furs,  costumes,  underwear  and  cloaks,  as  well  as  an 
extensive  millinery  department,  which  the  house  makes  a  prominent  feature.  The 
third  story  is  devoted  to  carpets,  rugs,  upholsteries  and  Oriental  goods.  The  whole- 
sale department  occupies  the  fourth  and  a  portion  of  the  fifth  stories.  The  space 
occupied  by  this  department  gives  no  indication  of  the  volume  of  business,  as  it  is  given 
up  to  samples  rather  than  to  stock.  The  rest  of  the  fifth  story  is  given  to  the  manu- 
facturing department,  in  which  the  famous  Lord  &  Taylor  costumes  are  made.  The 
house  removed  to  the  present  store,  which  was  built  for  it,  in  1871.  The  up-town 
establishment  is  purely  a  dry-goods  store.  The  Grand-Street  house,  which  is  the 
larger  of  the  two,  is  not  only  a  dry-goods  store,  but  also,  in  a  sense,  a  bazaar.  The 
firm-name  of  Lord  &  Taylor  has  been  held  in  high  esteem  from  the  outset,  and  the 
annual  sales  of  the  two  stores  reach  figures  away  up  into  the  millions  of  dollars. 


Visitors  to  New  York  City  always  find  it 
through  the  Lord  &  Taylor  establishments, 
come  there,  whether  patrons  or  not ;  they  see 
of  the  world  in  these  lines  of  goods,  and  they 
attentive  and  agreeable  corps  of  employees. 


of  great  interest  to  go 
They  are  always  wel- 
the  newest  productions 
are  waited  upon  by  an 
This  house  is  one  which 
adds  greatly  to  the 
*  credit  of  the  mer- 
N  cantile  firms  of  New 
P*F     York  City. 


LORD  &    TAYLOR,  BROADWAY,  SOUTHWEST  CORNER  OF  20TM  STREET. 


794 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Gilman  Collamore  &  Co.,  on  Fifth  Avenue,  at  the  northwest  corner  of  30th 
Street,  have  a  veritable  art  exhibition  in  their  usual  display  of  fancy  glass-ware  and 
fine  china.  The  Collamore  name  is  indelibly  identified  with  the  past  traditions  of 
this  trade,  and  in  houses  of  wealth  and  taste  it  seldom  happens  that  there  are  not 
wares  obtained  through  Collamore's.  The  firm  occupies  a  handsome  sandstone  and 
brick  building,  which  has  a  frontage  of  40  feet  on  Fifth  Avenue,  and  a  depth  of  125 
feet.  Their  grand  display-rooms  are  so  laid  out  and  arranged  as  to  promote  the 
artistic  effect  of  the  exceedingly  choice  stock  of  goods.  A  specialty  is  made  of  secur- 
ing the  richest  and  handsomest  novelties  in  glass  and  china  that  Europe  produces. 
Its  buyers  are  instructed  to  look  for  novelties,  rather  than  to  attend  to  the  purchase 
of  staple  goods.  The  house  imports  heavily  of  Sevres,  Royal  Dresden  and  Royal 
Berlin  wares,  and  of  the  products  of  the  best  English  and  German  factories.  A  large 
part  of  its  imported  goods  cannot  be  found  in  any  other  house  in  America.  The 
firm  looks  for  its  support  to  people  of  wealth,  of  good  taste  and  refinement,  and 
therefore  handles  nothing  but  expensive  goods.  Its  methods  are  progressive  and 
brilliant,  and  at  the  same  time  conservative.  It  will  search  all  Europe  for  a  novelty 
of  real  artistic  value,  and  then  will  allow  that  article  to  make  its  own  appeal   to  the 

purchaser  by  vir- 
tue of  its  place  in 
the  general  dis- 
play of  stock. 
The  house  has 
been  in  existence, 
for  thirty  years, 
and  has  always 
maintained  itself 
at  the  head  and 
front  of  its  line 
of  trade  by  virtue 
of  the  artistic  ex- 
cellence of  its 
goods.  It  has 
been  in  its  pres- 
ent location  for 
about  two  years. 
Mr.  Collamore, 
the  founder,  died 
some  years  ago. 
The  firm  at  pres- 
ent consists  of 
John  J.  Gibbons 
and  Timothy  J. 
Martin.  The  for- 
mer pays  special 
attention  to  pur- 
chasing, and 
makes      trips     to 

GILMAN    COLLAMORE    &    CO.,   FIFTH    AVENUE,    NORTHWEST    CORNER    30th    STREET.  Europe  frequently 

to  that  end.     Mr.  Martin  devotes  himself  to  the  display  and  sale  of  goods.     There  is  no 
choicer  or  more  precious  stock  in  this  line  in  America,  none  more  delicately  exhibited. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


795 


W.  &  J.  Sloane,  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  19th  Street,  whole- 
sale and  retail  dealers  in  carpets,  Oriental  rugs,  lace  curtains  and  upholstery 
materials,  have  fifty  years  of  celebrity.  In  1843  their  house  was  on  Broadway,  oppo- 
site the  City  Hall  ;  and,  following  the  march  of  business  up-town,  it  is  at  present, 
as  it  was  then,  the  centre  of  the  retail  furnishing  district.  The  building,  of  stone, 
brick  and  iron,  in 
six  stories  above 
and  one  under  the 
sidewalk,  a  solid, 
graceful  edifice,  is 
scarcely  vast  enough 
for  the  display  of 
the  large  stock  dealt 
in  by  W.  &  J. 
Sloane.  They  con- 
trol the  product  of 
a  great  number  of 
domestic  and  for- 
eign carpet-mills, 
and  moreover  im- 
port the  best  work 
of  other  mills  of 
Germany,  Switzer- 
land, Scotland, 
England  and 
France.  Their 
goods  arc  in  nearly 
all  the  carpet  and 
upholstery  stores  of 
the  country,  and 
have  at  retail  sale 
a  proportionate  pat- 
ronage. Having 
special  advantages, 
W.  &  J.  Sloane  are 
enabled  to  offer  the 

largest  assortment  of  goods,  from  the  cheapest  to  the  most  expensive  fabric,  that 
exists  anywhere.  In  addition  to  the  large  stock  of  domestic  goods,  their  representa- 
tives are  sent  several  times  every  year  to  the  principal  markets  of  Europe  and  Asia, 
and  they  procure  in  abundance  all  that  may  be  desired  in  English  and  French  velvet, 
Brussels,  Axminster  and  Aubusson  carpets,  antique  and  modern  Oriental  rugs,  China 
and  Japan  mattings,  and  other  fabrics.  There,  also,  are  found  carpets  made  in  special 
designs  to  conform  to  the  prevailing  styles  of  interior  decoration,  and  full  stocks  of 
conventional  patterns.  There  are  upholstery  materials  for  furniture  and  wall-cover- 
ing, and  window  hangings,  in  the  most  delicate  and  beautiful  fabrics.  There  can  be 
found  all  the  luxury  which  art  can  give,  and  avast  assortment  of  graceful  interior  deco- 
rations that  may  be  obtained  with  limited  expenditure.  As  their  retail  trade  extends 
throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  this  country,  many  avail  themselves  of  the 
privilege  of  sending  for  samples,  to  make  selections  from.  The  house  of  W.  &  J. 
Sloane  stands  indisputably  at  the  head  of  the  carpet  and  rug  industry  of  this  country. 


W.    &    J.  SLOANE,   BROADWAY,   SOUTHEAST    CORNER    19TH    STREET. 


796 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


James  McCreery  &  Co.,  dry-goods  merchants,  occupy  a  very  large  store  at 
Broadway  and  nth  Street.  The  locality  is  one  of  considerable  interest,  as  Grace 
Church  and  Grace  House  are  almost  opposite,  just  a  little  below,  at  the  bend  in 
Broadway.      The   store  is  five  stories  high,  and    is  built  of  iron.      It  measures   75 


JAMES    MCCREERY    &    CO.,    BROADWAY,   NORTHWEST    CORNER    OF    11TH    STRElT, 

feet  on  Broadway,  and  225  feet  on  I  ith  Street,  and  has  a  large  extension  in  the  rear, 
reaching  toward  12th  Street.  The  house  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  the  dry-goods  trade. 
It  was  founded  half  a  century  ago,  in  Canal  Street,  by  Ubsdell  &  Pearson  Then 
the  firm  became  Ubsdell,  Pearson  &  Lake  ;  then  Lake  &  McCreery  ;  and  about 
twenty  years  ago,  James  McCreery  &  Co.      The    building  occupied  by  the  present 


A'AVG'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


797 


firm  was  erected  by  its  predecessor,  and  was  sold  to  the  Methodist  Book  Concern 
just  as  James  McCreery  &  Co.  moved  into  it.  For  twenty  years  the  dry-goods  firm 
was  the  tenant  of  the  Book  Concern,  and  occupied  a  greater  part  of  the  building. 
Then  in  1889  it  bought  back  the  property,  and  it  now  occupies  all  of  the  five  stories, 
and  also  the  basement.  The  establishment  is  a  dry-goods  store,  pure  and  simple, 
as  distinguished  from  the  modern  bazaar,  in  which  all  sorts  of  things  are  sold  ;  and 
is  one  of  the  very  few  large  dry-goods  houses  in  the  city  which  have  held  closely  to 
their  own  line  of  trade.  It  is  preeminently  the  place  at  which  ladies  find  materials 
for  dresses,  whether  they  desire  simple  house-gowns  or  full  wedding  trousseaux. 
While  the  house  carries  full  lines  of  all  staple  goods,  it  pays  special  attention  to  the 
choicest  fabrics  of  rare  designs.  It  has  a  resident  buyer  in  Europe,  whose  sole 
business  it  is  to  purchase  novelties  in  styles  and  fabrics,  especially  in  silks  and  wool- 
ens. While  it  carries  goods  of  all  reliable  grades,  at  the  lowest  practicable  prices, 
the  great  volume  of  its  trade  is  in  handsome,  elegant  goods,  both  staples  and  novel- 
ties.     The  lower  story  of  its  building  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  proper  display  of 


SILK    DEPARTMENT    OF    JAMES    MCCREERY    &    CO.,     BROADWAY    AND    1 1 TH    STREET. 


such  materials.  There  is  bright  sunlight  in  the  windows  of  the  Broadway  and  nth- 
Street  fronts,  and  direct  light  on  the  northerly  side  of  the  extension  toward  12th 
Street.  Besides,  the  ceiling  is  nearly  20  feet  high,  and  this  of  itself  gives  a  bright 
and  airy  appearance  to  the  store.  The  trade  of  James  McCreery  &  Co.  is  wholesale, 
as  well  as  retail.  In  the  wholesale  branch  it  is  confined  solely  to  novelties  in  styles 
and  fabrics  of  dry-goods,  and  it  extends  to  every  city  in  the  United  States.  A 
peculiarity  of  the  management  of  the  house  is  that  its  employees  are  assured  of 
practically  permanent  positions,  dependent  only  on  good  behavior.  There  are  clerks 
and  salesmen  now  in  the  house  who  have  been  in  the  service  of  the  firm  for  twenty 
years  or  more,  among  them  some  who  began  service  with  Ubsdell  &  Pearson,  the 
founders  of  the  house,  a  full  generation  ago. 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  there  is  no  house  in  America  that  carries  a  finer 
or  more  extensive  line  of  silks  and  silk  fabrics  than  that  carried  at  all  times  in  this 
retail  silk  department  — a  department  especially  constructed  and  arranged  for  the 
most  advantageous  display  of  the  splendid  stock.  There  is  no  more  trustworthy 
house  with  which  to  do  business  than  the  firm  of  James  McCreery  &  Co. 


79§ 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK. 


Brooks  Brothers,  clothiers,  at  Broadway  and  22d  Street,  are  of  the  third  gen- 
eration of  a  family  which  began  business  in  that  line  of  trade  more  than  three- 
quarters  of  a  century  ago.  David  Brooks  opened  a  clothing-house  at  Cherry  and 
Market  Streets  in  1812.  The  locality  was  a  fashionable  one  then.  The  first  execu- 
tive mansion,  occupied  by  Washington  as  President  of  the  United  States,  was  on 
Cherry  Street.  So  was  the  house  of  Capt.  Rcid,  at  which  the  United-States  flag 
was  remodelled  into  its  present  form,  and  so  were  those  of  many  of  the  most  prom- 
inent people  of  the  city.  Henry  S.  Brooks  joined  his  brother  David  in  the  clothing 
business  soon  after  it  was  established,  but  in  1818  he  opened  a  new  store  of  his  own, 
also  in  Cherry  Street.  In  the  early  part  of  the  century  the  journeyman-tailor  went 
from  house  to  house,  and  fitted  out  the  men  of  the  family  with  clothes.  David  Brooks 
had  looked  principally  for  the  trade  of  sailors  and  workmgmen.  Henry  S.  Brooks, 
looking  well  ahead  of  the  times,  saw  an  opportunity  to  supply  in  better  style  the 
wants  of  the  people  who  had  been  served  by  the  journeymen-tailors,  and  to  such 
people  he  addressed  himself.  Then  he  justified  his  declaration  that  his  establish- 
ment was  the  pioneer  clothing-house  of  America.  He  soon  moved  to  the  corner  of 
Cherry  and  Catharine  Streets,  and  he  and  his  descendants  occupied  that  spot  till  1877. 
In  fact,  there  is  a  clothing-house  there  to-day,  conducted  by  the  successors  of  a 
number  of  old  employees  of  Brooks  Brothers.  Four  sons  of  Henry  S.  Brooks  suc- 
ceeded him  in  the  business  he  established.  The  old  store  at  Cherry  and  Catharine 
Streets  was  torn  down,  and  rebuilt  in  1845.  It  was  sacked  during  the  Draft  Riot  of 
1863,  but  was  refitted  and  restocked.  As  the  city  grew,  the  firm  opened  another 
store  at  Broadway  and  Grand  Street,  and  in  1877,  when  it  gave  up  the  Cherry-Street 
stores,  it  consolidated  both  the  old  houses  in  a  new  one  at  Broadway  and  Bond 
Street.  It  was  always  foremost  in  its  line  of  trade,  and  it  moved  up-town  with  the 
march  of  progress.  The  Park  Theatre,  at  Broadway  and  22d  Street,  the  second  one 
to  bear  the  name,  was  burned  late  in  the  afternoon  of  October  30,  18S2.  On  its  site, 
the  following  year,  rose  a  fine  business  building,  five  stories  high,  and  when  it  was 

completed  Brooks  Brothers 
took  possession  of  it,  and 
opened  on  March  13,  1884, 
one  of  the  largest  as  well 
as  one  of  the  finest  clothing- 
houses  in  America.  The 
building  is  of  brick  and  sand- 
stone, and  measures  104  feet 
on  Broadway,  and  114  feet  on 
22d  Street.  The  establish- 
ment is  only  a  short  block 
distant  from  Madison  Square 
and  the  Fifth-Avenue  Hotel, 
and  is  right  in  the  line  of  and 
surrounded  by  New  York's  greatest  retail  establishments.  Brooks  Brothers  occupy 
the  entire  structure,  the  various  floors  being  allotted  to  different  branches  of  their 
trade.  The  firm's  dealings  are  with  customers  of  a  high  class,  and  its  custom  depart- 
ment is  probably  the  largest  in  the  world.  There  is  no  place  on  either  continent 
where  one  can  get  more  trustworthy  clothing  than  at  this  house  ;  its  invariable  policy 
being  to  supply  ready-made  garments  equal  in  all  respects  to  custom-made.  The 
present  members  of  the  firm  are  John  F.  Brooks,  Francis  G.  Lloyd,  Walter  Brooks, 
and  Frederick  Brooks. 


BROOKS'    CLOTHING    STORE,   CATHARINE    STREET,    IN    1845 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


799 


8oo 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK 


Mathew  Rock,  at  315  Fifth  Avenue,  corner  of  320!  Street,  is  the  tailor  par 
excellence  of  America.  He  commands  the  most  eminent  patronage,  and  obtains  the 
highest  prices  for  his  productions.  He  is  a  native  of  Germany,  and  as  a  young 
man  he  was  employed  in  some  of  the  leading  tailoring  establishments  in  London 
and  Paris.  When  he  came  to  this  country,  he  was  thoroughly  equipped  with  a 
knowledge  of  the 
highest  grade  of 
trade,  secured  at  the 
centres  of  fashion. 
He  started  in  busi- 
ness in  New  York 
twenty-five  years  ago, 
at  795  Broadway,  op- 
posite Grace  Church. 
From  the  outset  he 
has  imported  all  his 
cloths,  linings  and 
trimmings  ;  and  he 
has  made  trips  to 
Europe  twice  a  year 
in  search  of  informa- 
tion as  to  styles,  and 
also  to  select  mate- 
rials. All  his  cloths 
are  made  especially 
for  him,  and  conse- 
quently his  produc- 
tions cannot  be 
duplicated      by     any 

tailor  in  America.  This  absolute  control  of  the  style  of  his  cloths,  together  with 
excellence  of  workmanship,  has  given  Mr.  Rock  his  position  at  the  head  of  the 
trade.  He  removed  to  224  Fifth  Avenue  in  1879,  an<l  ^rom  there  to  his  present 
store  four  years  ago.  The  building,  of  which  he  is  the  owner,  stands  at  the  south- 
east corner  of  32d  Street.  Broad,  high  windows  look  out  upon  both  street  and 
avenue,  and  give  to  the  interior  a  bright  and  attractive  appearance.  The  structure 
has  a  frontage  of  25  feet  on  Fifth  Avenue,  and  is  100  feet  deep.  Mr.  Rock  occupies 
the  first  floor  and  basement.  He  employs  ten  cutters  and  salesmen,  and  six  special 
workmen,  in  the  establishment.  He  pays  the  highest  prices  to  cutters,  and  thus  is 
able  to  secure  the  services  of  the  most  skilful.  The  outside  force  of  tailors  numbers 
about  seventy  people.  The  work  of  the  establishment  commends  itself  in  the  cor- 
rect taste  displayed  in  the  selection  of  the  materials  at  the  outset,  as  well  as  in 
the  fashioning  of  the  garments.  Eminent  men  all  over  the  United  States  are 
numbered  among  the  patrons  of  Mathew  Rock.  They  include  bankers,  merchants, 
professional  men,  government  officials,  army  and  navy  officers,  and  retired  capital- 
isis.  Mr.  Rock's  establishment  occupies  a  conspicuous  corner  of  fashionable  Fifth 
Avenue,  and  looks  out  upon  many  of  the  aristocratic  churches,  notable  clubs,  prin- 
cipal hotels  and  noted  residences.  A  block  distant  is  The  Waldorf.  —  probably  the 
most  costly  hotel  structure  in  this  country.  Two  blocks  away  is  the  residence  of  the 
late  Alexander  T.  Stewart,  now  the  Manhattan  Club.  Thus  in  situation,  in  skill, 
and  in  stock  the  establishment  of  Mathew  Rock  stands  in  the  lead. 


MATHEW    ROCK,    FIFTH    AVENUE,   CORNER    OF    320    STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


80 1 


Best  &  Co.'s  Liliputian  Bazaar  is  one  of  the  unique  business  establishments  of 
New  York.  It  occupies  the  large  building  at  60  to  62  West  23d  Street,  and  extend- 
ing through  the  block,  and  numbered  49  to  51  West  22d  Street.  The  name  of  the 
establishment  is  significant,  as  the  business  is  that  of  fitting  children  with  clothes, 
shoes,  hats,  outer  garments,  and  even  with  the  means  of  amusing  themselves.  Best  & 
Co.  begin  with  the  infants,  and  their  customers  do  not  outgrow  the  facilities  of  the 
establishment  until  they  become  men  and  women.  Not  only  is  the  Liliputian  Bazaar 
the  only  establishment  of  its  kind  in  New  York,  but  it  is  the  largest  and  most  com- 
prehensive one  in  the  world.  Its  success  and  in  fact  its  existence  illustrate  the 
change  in  the  method  of  providing  children  with  clothing  that  has  been  going 
on  for  the  past  ten  years. 


As  much  attention  is 
paid  to-day  to  the  artis- 
tic appearance  of  a  child's 
outfit  as  there  is  to  that 
of  a  society  belle,  and  to 
Best  &  Co.  in  considera- 
ble measure  is  due  the 
credit  of  developing  this 
feeling.  The  firm  manu- 
factures a  large  propor- 
tion of  its  own  goods  and 
supervises  the  production 
of  its  own  designs.  The 
lower  floor  of  its  double 
store  is  devoted  to  the  % 
boys'  outfitting  depart- 
ment. The  second  is  set 
apart  for  the  girls'  de- 
partment. The  third 
story  is  given  up  to  a 
force  of  clerks,  salesmen 
and  packers,  who  attend 
to  the  mail  orders,  an 
important  branch  of  the 
business,  as  Best  &  Co. 
make  shopping  for  chil- 
dren an  easy  matter  for 
people  who  live  at  a  dis- 
tance. The  upper  stories 
are  devoted  to  designing 
and  manufacturing.  The 
growth  of  the  Liliputian 
Bazaar  has  been  rapid. 
Best  &  Co.  began  the  business  of  supplying  clothing  for  infants  in  a  small  way, 
twelve  years  ago.  Their  store  was  on  Sixth  Avenue,  between  19th  and  20th  Streets. 
In  1882  they  removed  to  60  West  23d  Street,  and  were  among  the  first  of  the  busi- 
ness men  who  invaded  what  was  then  a  residence  section  of  the  city.  Since  then,  the 
fourth  building  necessary  to  form  a  solid  square,  extending  from  street  to  street,  has 
been  annexed,  to  obtain  room  absolutely  needed  by  the  establishment. 

51 


BEST    &    CO.,    LILIPUTIAN    BAZAAR,    GO    AND    62    WEST    230    STREET. 


802  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

Henry  Maillard  is  a  name  dear  to  every  intelligent  girl  and  woman,  not  only  in  the 
city  of  New  York,  but  in  the  better  class  of  homes  throughout  the  whole  country.  The 
name  Maillard  suggests  not  only  chocolates,  frozen  violets  and  other  delicate  con- 
fections, but  also  the  very  highest  grade  of  these  luxuries.  Henry  Maillard  is  the 
confectioner  par  excellence  of  America.  He  gets  the  highest  prices  for  his  goods,  and 
gives  the  greatest  degree  of  attention  to  the  artistic  phase  of  the  business.  Maillard's 
store,  in  the  Infth-Avenue-Hotel  Building,  on  Broadway,  near  24th  Street,  is  the 
Mecca  toward  which,  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  are  turned  the  footsteps  of  women 
tired  with  shopping  ;  which  is  the  natural  tarrying-place  in  an  afternoon  stroll  on  Fifth 
Avenue  ;  and  to  which  theatre-goers  resort,  after  a  performance.  It  is  a  veritable 
art-store,  too,  for  high-art  boxes  to  contain  confectionery  are  as  important  a  portion 
of  the  display  as  the  chocolates  or  marron-glace,  and  many  of  them  are  indeed  artistic 
creations.  They  cost  more,  a  great  deal,  than  their  contents,  and  they  have  a  per- 
manent value  to  the  fortunate  recipients.  A  handsome  box,  covered  with  satin,  upon 
which  is  painted  a  bit  of  landscape  or  a  figure,  by  an  artist  of  repute,  becomes  a  work 
of  art,  even  if  its  dainty  artistic  contents  be  ephemeral  confectionery  ;  and  thus  it 
comes  about  that  Maillard's  boxes  are  highly  prized  long  after  they  have  served  out 
their  original  purpose.  Not  merely  boxes  of  the  highest  artistic  order,  but  confec- 
tionery and  pastry  of  the  oddest  and  most  ingenious  shapes,  and  varying  in  size  from 
tiny  candies  to  monumental  decorative  pieces  several  feet  in  length,  are  the  skilful 
products  of  this  establishment. 

Maillard  is  a  Frenchman.  He  came  to  this  country  nearly  half  a  century  ago, 
and  began  to  make  and  sell  confectionery  in  1848,  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and 
Walker  Street.  His  capital  was  limited,  his  ability  to  satisfy  the  demand  for  novelty 
and  the  highest  quality  was  unbounded,  and  he  prospered.  Presently  he  moved  his 
store  to  621  Broadway,  and  after  many  years  he  moved  again,  this  time  to  the  Fifth- 
Avenue-Hotel  Building.  He  has  been  there  for  nineteen  years.  For  a  time  he  had 
a  branch  store  at  Broadway  and  14th  Street.  He  now  maintains  important  retail 
establishments  at  178  Broadway,  near  Maiden  Lane,  and  in  the  Arcade  of  the  Equit- 
able Building,  at  1 20  Broadway. 

The  Maillard  ice  creams,  ices,  and  kindred  productions,  are,  by  general  consent, 
the  most  exquisitely  delicious  creations  in  their  line,  and  many  visitors  from  remote 
parts  of  both  continents  make  a  note  to  visit  this  establishment  when  in  New  York. 

Maillard's  manufactory,  the  largest  of  its  class  in  the  city,  is  at  114  to  118  West 
25th  Street,  west  of  Sixth  Avenue.  The  building  is  five  stories  in  height  ;  is  70  feet 
in  measurement  on  the  street-front  ;  and  extends  through  the  block,  200  feet,  to 
West  24th  Street,  at  113  to  115.  Maillard's  famous  chocolate-school  occupies  a 
portion  of  the  25th-Street  part  of  the  building.  The  rest  is  devoted  to  the  manu- 
facture of  chocolates  and  confectionery  for  the  trade,  as  well  as  for  the  proprietor's 
retail  stores.  Maillard  is  the  most  extensive  manufacturer,  save  one,  of  commercial 
chocolate  in  the  United  States.  Four  hundred  people  are  employed  at  all  times, 
and  in  the  busy  season  this  number  is  increased.  Six  travelling  salesmen  are  engaged 
in  making  the  products  of  the  factory  known  to  people  in  other  cities  ;  and  in  this 
work  they  have  valuable  assistance  at  the  hands  of  the  women  of  New  York  and  their 
provincial  friends.  Henry  Maillard  has  grown  rich  out  of  the  business  of  selling  the 
highest  grade  of  confectionery.  Some  years  ago,  he  built,  as  an  investment,  a  hand- 
some edifice  at  the  corner  of  14th  Street  and  University  Place.  It  is  known  as  the 
Maillard  Building.  He  is  also  the  owner  of  valuable  real  estate  in  other  parts  of  the 
city.  But  it  is  by  virtue  of  his  chocolate,  rather  than  his  buildings,  that  he  is  best 
known,  and  because  of  his  supremacy  in  his  own  industry  he  is  held  in  high  esteem. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


803 


804 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


Randel,  Baremore  &  Billings,  diamond  importers  and  cutters,  and  manu- 
facturers of  diamond  jewelry,  have  their  offices  and  factories  at  58  Nassau  Street 
and  29  Maiden  Lane,  New- York  City.  More  than  half  a  century  ago,  in  1840, 
Henry  Randel  and  James  Baremore  began  the  manufacture  of  jewelry  in  this  city. 
After  a  few  years  they  decided  to  make  a  specialty  of  diamonds.  This  was  a  pioneer 
enterprise,  as  there  were  no  diamond  specialists  in  this  country  at  that  time. 
They  were  so  successful,  that  in  1 851  they  established  their  present  offices  and  fac- 
tory, and  began  the  regular  importing  of  cut  diamonds.  In  the  same  year  Chester 
Billings  entered  the  office  as  clerk,  and  in  i860  was  made  a  partner  in  the  business. 
Mr.  Baremore  did  not  live  to  see  the  full  development  of  the  enterprise  which  he  had 
been  so  instrumental  in  establishing.      He  died  in  1867. 

The  business  and  fame  of  this  firm  as  manufacturers  of  diamond  jewelry  steadily 
increased.  In  the  beginning  of  the  "Eighties"  they  determined  to  do  their  own 
diamond-cutting.  They  at  once  adopted  the  method  which  Henry  Morse  of  Bos- 
ton had  introduced  in  1870.  Before  that  time  European  diamond-cutters  had  sacri- 
ficed effect  to  weight  in  their  work.  As  a  result  the  stone  was  finished  in  any  form 
by  which  the  most  substance  could  be  saved.  Mr.  Morse  made  effect  the  paramount 
object  in  cutting.  His  method  is  now  universally  adopted  in  America  and  Europe. 
The  firm's  manufactory  has  facilities  for  fifty  employees.  Here  may  be  seen 
those  most  interesting  processes  which,  beginning  with  the  diamond  in  the  rough, 

result  in  a  beautiful  trans- 
parent stone,  scintillating  like 
a  star  in  its  gold  setting. 
The  cutting  is  sometimes 
done  in  the  old-fashioned 
way  by  hand,  but  oftener  by 
machine,  which  gives  more 
accurate  results.  The  one- 
aim  in  this  cutting  is  to 
draw  from  the  finished  'stone 
its  most  brilliant  effects. 
This  is  generally  best  ac- 
complished by  making  the 
girdle  round  and  the  pro- 
portions above  and  below 
the  girdle  perfectly  sym- 
metrical. The  usual  pro- 
portions are  one-third  above 
and  two-thirds  below.  The 
broad  table  at  the  top  and 
the  tiny  culet  at  the  bottom 
lie  in  carefully  paralleled 
planes.  The  firm,  by  secur- 
ing only  the  most  skilled 
labor  for  its  factory,  produces 
results  in  the  cutting  and 
setting  of  diamonds  that  are  truly  wonderful.  Besides  diamonds,  it  imports  from  its 
London  and  Amsterdam  offices  rubies,  sapphires,  opals,  emeralds  and  pearls.  The 
designs  for  the  setting  of  these  precious  stones  are  most  tastefully  executed,  and  give 
to  Randel,  Baremore  &  Billings  a  leading  rank  as  manufacturers  of  jewelry. 


hANDEL,    BAREMORE    &    BILLINGS:      MAIDEN     LANE    AND    NASSAU    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


805 


Aitken,  Son  &  Co.,  importers,  manufacturers,  wholesale  and  retail  dealers 
in  ribbons,  laces,  trimmings,  millinery  goods,  etc.,  at  873  and  875  Broadway, 
corner  of  18th  Street,  conduct  an  extensive  business,  established  over  fifty  years  ago. 
John  Aitken,  its  founder,  born  in  Scotland  in  1806,  emigrated  to  this  country  in 
1833,  ar,d  soon  after  landing  obtained  employment  in  the  dry-goods  house  of  Andrew 
Mitchell  &  Co.  A  few  years  later  he  started  in  business  on  his  own  account,  in 
Greenwich  Street.  In  1843  ne  established,  with  James  Miller,  the  firm  of  Aitken  & 
Miller,  long  recognized  as  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  popular  millinery  and  fancy- 
goods  houses  in  America.  They  opened  a  store  on  Canal  Street,  near  Broadway  ; 
and  afterward  removed  to  405  Broadway,  and  again  to  423  Broadway,  and  subse- 
quently to  473  Broadway.  With  the  progress  of  business  up-town,  they  removed,  in 
1869,  to  the  large  and  handsome  building  wherein  the  business  is  now  carried  on. 
In  1873,  after  an  association  with  Mr.  Aitken  of  thirty  years,  Mr.  Miller  retired,  and 
Mr.  Aitken  then  associated  with  himself  his  son,  John  W.  Aitken,  and  Archibald 
McLintock  ;  and  under  the  name  of  Aitken,  Son  &  Co.  the  firm  has  maintained  the 
honor  and  reputation  of  the  house,  and  greatly  extended  the  scope  and  increased  the 
volume  of  its  business.  John  Aitken  died  in  1879  >  his  surviving  partners  continued 
the  business  under  the  same  firm-name,  and  some  years  after  admitted  as  partners 
George  Taylor  and  George  Shaw,  who  had  been  in  the  employ  of  the  house  for 
many  years.  This  association  of  four  partners  still  continues.  It  is  now  about  a 
quarter  of  a  century  since  the  leading  dry-goods  establishments  began  to  locate  in 
the  great  retail  shopping-district  of  New  York,  the  section  between  14th  and  23d 
Streets,  Broad 
way  and  Sixth 
Avenue.  Mr. 
Aitken  was  a 
pioneer  in  this 
up-town  move- 
ment. The 
building  erect- 
ed for  his  firm, 
in  the  heart  of 
the  region,  is 
a  model  of  its 
kind.  It  is  of 
white  marble, 
capacious, 
well  lighted, 
well  venti- 
lated, and 
equipped  with 
every  modern 
appliance  for 
the  conduct  of 
the  business. 
Three  hydrau- 
lic     elevators 

and  spacious  stairways  afford  ready  access  to  all  parts.  The  ground-floor  and 
second  floor  are  devoted  entirely  to  retail  business.  The  third,  fourth  and  fifth 
stories  are   occupied   by   the   offices    and  the  various  wholesale  departments.     The 


AITKEN,     SON    &    CO.,     BROADWAY,     NORTHWESTEHN    CORNER    OF    18TH    STREET 


8o6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


work-rooms  are  on  the  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  floors.  The  entry-room,  and  the 
packing  and  shipping  departments,  are  in  the  basements.  The  different  sales-rooms 
are  arranged  for  the  most  suitable  and  effective  displays,  particularly  on  the  second 
floor,  where  trimmed  bonnets  and  hats,  children's  dresses  and  outer  garments,  and 
infants'  outfits  are  sold.  The  reputation  of  Aitken,  Son  &  Co.  for  goods  of  the 
highest  excellence  in  quality,  newness  and  elegance  in  style  is  unsurpassed. 

J.   Milhau's  Son,  dispensing  chemist,  druggist  and  importer,  owns  and  occu- 
pies a  store  at  183  Broadway,  that  is  one  of  the  landmarks  of  New- York  City. 

A  brief  historical  sketch  of  the 
founder  of  this  establishment,  now  in  its 
eightieth  year,  may  not  be  out  of  place 
here.  The  late  John  Milhau,  after  the 
death  of  his  father,  who  had  been  duly 
naturalized,  established  the  business  in 
1813,  in  Baltimore,  the  place  of  his  birth. 
For  it  was  there  that  his  parents,  of 
ancient  and  noble  descent,  had  taken 
refuge  from  the  insurrection  in  Saint 
Domingo  during  the  great  French  Revo- 
lution of  1 793.  He  had  received  a  liberal 
education,  spoke  several  languages,  and 
inherited  his  father's  ardor  for  America. 
Rather  than  serve  a  foreign  government 
M  in  any  way,  he  declined  the  appointment 
of  Consul-General  at  Baltimore,  ten- 
dered by  the  French  government  with- 
out his  solicitation,  and  even  before  he 
was  of  age  ;  the  French  monarchy  having 
been  restored  in  the  person  of  Louis  the 
Eighteenth.  After  devoting  twelve  years 
'  to  business  in  Baltimore,  and  three  years 
to  his  scientific  studies  in  Paris,  he  es- 
tablished himself  in  the  present  location 
in  New  York  in  1830.  He  was  moved 
thereto,  in  fact,  by  witnessing  the  expul- 
sion of  Charles  the  Tenth,  although 
General  Lafayette,  to  whom  he  was  con- 
nected and  very  warmly  attached, 
|jj  urgently  pressed  him  to  remain  in 
France.  He  soon  became  widely  promi- 
nent as  a  wholesale  and  retail  dispens- 
ing chemist  and  importer.  His  pro- 
ductions stood  in  deserved  favor  with  the 
««sd    medical  profession. 

A  cursory  allusion  to  some  of  his 
notable  and  disinterested  public  services, 
during  his  forty  years  of  business  life 
in  this  city,  cannot  be  but  interesting. 
Among  these  services  were  the  incorporation  of  the  New-York  College  of  Pharmacy, 
in  1831  ;  the  pioneering  of  the  beneficent  law  of  1848,  "to  prevent  the  importation 


J.    MILHAU'S    SON,    183    BROADWAY. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK.  807 

into  the  United  States  of  fraudulent,  adulterated,  inferior  or  deteriorated  drugs." 
(This  law  he  carried  through  Congress,  with  the  zealous  cooperation  of  the  colleges 
of  pharmacy,  druggists,  chemists  and  medical  men,  in  spite  of  threats  against  him- 
self, and  the  most  desperate  and  determined  opposition)  ;  initiating,  in  1 85 1,  the 
formation  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  to  guard  the  proper  en- 
forcement of  that  law;  heading  the  suit,  in  1854,  that  defeated  for  32  years  the 
notorious  Jacob  Sharp's  grab  at  Broadway  for  his  railroad ;  as  a  director  of  one  of 
our  very  largest  institutions,  offering  a  large  loan  at  legal  interest  to  the  Govern- 
ment in  the  sore  crisis  of  1 86 1,  when  some  capitalists  asked  36  per  cent.  ;  contract- 
ing for  foreign  quinine  in  the  interest  of  the  Government,  so  as  to  protect  it  from 
being  cornered  in  this  absolutely  indispensable  supply  for  the  war  then  com- 
mencing ;  his  active  part  in  the  establishment  of  dispensaries,  hospitals,  asylums, 
the  American  Institute  and  other  corporations  ;  and  his  inauguration  of  the  Bogardus 
system  of  solid  iron  fronts  on  Broadway,  erecting  the  one  to  his  store  in  the  astonish- 
ingly short  space  of  three  days.  The  parts  were  so  accurately  fitted  beforehand  as  to 
require  only  the  insertion  of  the  heavy  screw-bolts,  as  fast  as  they  were  lifted  into 
position. 

The  house  is  now  conducted  under  the  firm-name  of  J.  Milhau's  Son,  by  Ed- 
ward L.  Milhau,  his  only  surviving  son  and  former  partner,  who  has  successfully 
maintained  the  high  character  impressed  on  the  concern  by  its  worthy  founder. 

The  compounding  of  prescriptions  continues  to  be  one  of  its  notable  specialties, 
the  facilities  for  which  are  kept  fully  abreast  of  the  times,  requiring  the  attention  of 
several  skilled  and  experienced  graduates  in  pharmacy.  The  number  of  prescriptions 
it  has  dispensed,  exclusive  of  renewals,  amounts  to  several  hundred  thousand,  and  elo- 
quently bespeaks  the  confidence  reposed  in  this  house  by  the  medical  profession.  In 
the  number  were  prescriptions  held  by  travellers  and  others,  from  nearly  every  promi- 
nent practitioner  that  has  lived  during  this  century. 

What  preeminently  distinguishes  this  house  is  its  important  mail-order,  and  export 
and  import  business,  due  to  its  superior  facilities,  sound  methods,  with  long-estab- 
lished and  wide-spread  connections,  all  of  which  necessarily  inure  to  the  great  advan- 
tage of  its  customers  in  securing  best  quality,  prompt  attention,  and  lowest  price. 

Edward  L.  Milhau,  the  present  proprietor,  has  over  forty  years'  experience  of  a 
high  order,  having  entered  this  concern  in  1850.  He  graduated  from  the  New- York 
College  of  Pharmacy  in  1 856  ;  has  held  important  positions  therein,  and  in  the 
Alumni  Association  ;  is  an  incorporator  for  renewal  of  the  original  50-year  char- 
ter (now  perpetual).,  and  for  charter  of  the  Alumni  ;  is  life-member  of  both  the 
above  ;  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association,  and  of  the  Veteran  Association 
of  the  Seventh  Regiment  New- York  State  National  Guard  ;  ex-ofhcer  of  John- A.  - 
Dix  Post,  G.  A.  R. ;  and  of  the  Board  of  Pharmacy,  New- York  City  ;  and  Knight 
of  the  Order  of  Bolivar,  a  decoration  conferred  by  the  Republic  of  Venezuela. 

M.  J.  Paillard  &  Co.,  at  680  Broadway,  manufacturers  and  dealers  in  musi- 
cal boxes,  have  a  perpetual  patent,  the  secret  of  which  is  excellence.  They  have 
been  at  their  trade  for  more  than  three-quarters  of  a  century.  In  1814  they  com- 
menced to  give  work  to  artisans  in  the  village  of  Sainte  Croix,  in  Switzerland,  re- 
quiring of  them  perfection,  and  gradually  making  perfection  among  them  habitual. 
In  1850  they  opened  warerooms  in  New  York,  under  the  personal  supervision  of 
M.  J.  Paillard,  and  soon  made  their  merit  famous.  The  firm  was  conservative  and 
ever  leading.  Tiffany  &  Co.  yielded  their  department  of  musical  boxes  to  Paillard  ; 
wherever  one  went  to  applaud  a  musical  box,  one  assumed  that  it  was  a  Paillard  ; 
one  was  not  well  informed  who  pronounced  the  name  incorrectly,  or  who  failed  to 


8o8 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


detect  in  the  tone  or  in 
workmanship  of  Paillard. 


the  artistic  make-up  of  a  musical  box  the  unmistakable 
The  name  became  firmly  Americanized  in  a  few  years, 


and  for  forty  years  it  has  been  a  household  word      The  productive  capacity  of  the 

factory  in  Sainte  Croix  had 
several  times  to  be  largely  in- 
creased. Not  in  the  United 
States  only,  but  everywhere, 
the  Paillard  musical  boxes  are 
the  most  popular.  At  the  Paris 
Exposition  Universelle  they 
easily  won  the  highest  award. 
A.  E.  Paillard  is  the  owner  of 
the  New- York  house.  Here  is 
constantly  a  stock  valued  at 
$150,000,  from  which  one  may 
select  a  little  box  with  eighteen 
keys  in  the  comb  at  40  cents^ 
or  an  admirably  complicated 
instrument,  in  a  case  of  orna- 
mental woods, and  richly  carved, 
at  prices  running  far  into  the 
thousands  of  dollars.  Here  are 
the  Ordinary  Box,  the  Mando- 
line, the  Expressive,  the  Forte 
Piano,  the  Organocleide,  the 
Quatuor,  the  Piccolo,  the 
Sublimette,  the  Sublime  Har- 
mony ;  boxes  with  the  accom- 
paniments of  bells,  drums,  and 
castanets,  celestial  voices  and 
Harp-Zither  attachments. 
There  are  musical  boxes  con- 
cealed in  the  most  useful  and 
simply  beautiful  forms  :  albums, 
work-boxes,  cigar-cases,  writ- 
ing-desks, clocks,  chairs,  toys, 
automatic  figures.  The  ware- 
rooms  are  an  artistic  feature  of  New  York.  A  repair-shop  in  charge  of  expert 
workmen  (where,  by  the  way,  musical  boxes  of  any  manufacture  in  need  of  repair 
will  receive  skilful  treatment)  enables  Paillard's  to  fully  warrant  any  and  all  of  their 
goods.  There  is  no  reason  why  the  Paillard  musical  boxes  should  not  yield  their 
harmony  forever.  The  Paillards  are  also  the  inventors  of  various  styles  of  musical 
boxes,  with  interchangeable  cylinders,  which  now  afford  that  unlimited  variety  of 
tunes  which  was  formerly  considered  impossible  in  any  one  instrument  of  that  kind, 
and  give  a  wide  range  of  melodies  and  harmonies. 

The  establishment  of  M.  J.  Paillard  &  Company  is  midway  between  the  great 
wholesale  and  the  most  fashionable  retail  districts,  quite  in  harmony  with  its  own 
joint  wholesale  and  retail  trades.  It  is  on  the  east  side  of  Broadway,  between  Bond 
and  Great  Jones  Streets,  adjoining  the  East  River  National  Bank  and  immediately 
opposite  to  the  Broadway  Central  Hotel. 


680:  Jj 
,  MUSICAL  rf 


SkJSk'A 


"J 


M.    J.    PAILLARD    &    CO.,    680    BROADWAY. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


809 


James  M.  Thorburn  &  Co.,  the  widely  known  seedsmen,  of  15  John  Street, 
are  the  direct  successors  in  line  of  Grant  Thorburn,  who  established  himself  in  busi- 
ness in  New  York  in  1802.  The  house  is,  therefore,  with#  a  single  exception,  the 
oldest  of  the  sort  in  the  United  States.  Grant  Thorburn  was  succeeded  by  G.  C. 
Thorburn,  who  was  a  prominent  figure  in  commercial  circles  half  a  century  ago. 
The  senior  member  of  the  present  firm  is  his  son,  James  M.  Thorburn,  but  the  busi- 
ness of  the  house  is  virtually  in  the  hands  of  his  partner,  Frederick  W.  Bruggerhof, 
who  has  been  connected  stead- 
ily with  the  firm  for  over  40 
years.  Mr.  Bruggerhof'shome 
has  been  at  Noroton,  Connec- 
ticut, for  many  years,  and  he 
has  been  prominent  in  public 
life  in  that  State  ever  since 
1874,  having  served  in  both 
branches  of  the  Connecticut 
Legislature.  He  was  elector- 
at-large  in  the  Electoral  Col- 
lege of  1884.  For  many  years 
he  has  had  sole  charge  of  the 
business  of  James  M.  Thor- 
burn &  Co.,  as  active  partner 
of  the  firm.  The  dealings  of 
the  establishment  have  grown 
steadily  in  volume  since  its 
early  days.  Its  trade  is  not 
only  national  but  international 
as  well.  It  carries  an  enor- 
mous stock  of  seeds  of  every 
variety,  such  as  vegetable, 
grass,  clover,  and  every  species 
of  tree  and  flower,  and  it  is 
ready  at  any  time  to  fill  orders 
of  any  extent.  Its  goods  are 
sent  to  every  portion  of  .the 
world.  Their  building  at  15 
John  Street  is  one  of  the  old- 
est in  that  portion  of  the  city, 
and  is  sometimes  called  the 
"Salamander,"  because  of  the 
fact  that  there  have  been  many 
fires  in  the  vicinity  during  the 
past  half  century,  which  have  swept  away  at  various  times  nearly  every  building  on 
either  side.  The  Thorburn  building  has  always  escaped  with  nothing  worse  than 
a  slight  scorching.  The  business  reputation  of  the  firm  is  as  imperishable  as  its 
building,  and  its  fame  is  co-extensive  with  the  country,  its  extensive  and  instructive 
catalogue  being  familiar  in  many  thousands  of  homes  in  every  nook  and  corner  of 
the  United  States.  Besides  seeds  and  bulbs  of  every  sort  in  infinite  variety,  the  house 
of  James  M.  Thorburn  &  Co.,  supplies  the  endless  number  of  tools  and  implements 
used  for  farming  and  gardening  ;  the  establishment  being  complete  in  its  facilities. 


15    JOHN    STREET. 


8io 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


14TH  street,  from  university  place  to  fifth  avenue. 


14TM    STREtT   AND    BROADWrtY,    LOOKING    TOWARDS    GRACE    CHURCH. 


Notable 
Estal 


Some  Gigantic  Firms  and  Corporations,  Whose  Yearly  Trans- 
actions   Involve    Millions    of    Dollars    and    Extend 
to    all    corners    of   the    Earth. 


NEW  YORK  is  the  great  distributing  point  for  the  United  States,  and  to  an 
important  extent  for  the  American  continent.  The  fruits  of  its  own  immense 
manufactures,  and  the  mills  of  New  England,  the  mines  of  Pennsylvania,  the  plan- 
tations of  the  South,  the  grain-fields  of  the  West,  are  assembled  here,  as  in  a  great 
goods  clearing-house,  for  exchange  and  distribution.  New  York  also  has  the  West- 
ern headquarters  and  offices  of  hundreds  of  the  great  manufactories  of  Europe, 
through  which  the  finished  products  of  the  Old  World  are  introduced  to  the  favor- 
able consideration  and  use  of  the  New  World.  English  and  Scottish,  French  and 
German  commercial  corporations  are  represented  here  by  some  of  their  most  able 
men,  bent  on  securing  for  their  products  a  share  of  the  great  Yankee  custom. 
Every  transatlantic  steamship  brings  in  consignments  to  these  consuls  of  com- 
merce, whose  travelling  salesmen  seek  out  every  American  trade-centre.  The  quan- 
tity of  the  articles  American  and  foreign,  offered  here  for  sale,  in  large  lots,  is  stupen- 
dous ;  and  its  variety  is  bewildering.  The  wholesale  houses  of  New  York  set  the 
fashions  for  the  continent,  a*nd  impose  their  taste,  usually  correct  and  commend- 
able, upon  the  people  of  the  coasts  and  mountains,  the  prairies  and  plantations. 
Such  illimitable  opportunities  for  commercial  conquest,  resulting  in  comfort  for  the 
people  at  large,  and  competence  for  their  mentors,  have  developed  at  New  York 
many  generals  of  commerce,  skilled  in  seizing  the  strategic  points  in  other  localities, 
in  holding  them  with  picked  men,  and  in  sending  there  the  supplies  most  adequate 
to  their  needs. 

The  jobbing  trade  of  the  Empire  City  is  colossal  in  its  proportions,  and  amounts 
to  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars  yearly,  covering  the  territory  from  the  Atlantic 
to  the  Pacific,  and  from  the  Caribbean  Sea  to  Hudson  Bay.  The  wise  and  careful 
calculations  made  by  the  metropolitan  wholesalers  include  many  considerations,  the 
state  of  the  markets,  present  and  future,  the  conditions  of  provincial  credits,  the 
greater  or  less  permanence  of  fashions,  the  durability  of  materials,  the  probabili- 
ties of  all  the  crops,  the  possibilities  of  plagues  and  pestilences  and  calamities,  the 
contingencies  of  threatened  and  actual  wars,  the  results  of  possible  political  or  indus- 
trial disturbances. 

Some  exceptionally  notable  wholesale  and  jobbing  houses  of  this  city  are  briefly 
sketched  in  the  following  pages.  Without  the  record  of  these  houses  the  story  of 
New  York's  greatness  would  be  far  from  complete.  They  stand  out  eminent  among 
tens  of  thousands  of  mercantile  houses.  They  have  added  their  full  share  to  the 
glory  of  the  city. 


8l2 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


E.  S.  Jaffray  &  Co.,  of  350  Broadway,  and  the  chronicles  of  commerce  in  New 
York  are  inseparable.  Their  brownstone  building  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Broad- 
way and  Leonard  Street  is  a  landmark.  Their  standing  as  leaders  among  the  dry- 
goods  jobbers  is  known  and  appreciated  even  by  those  who  are  not  business  men. 
Their  history  is  the  history  of  the  gradual  advance  into  commercial  supremacy  of 
New  York.  The  firm  is  formed  of  Howard  S.  Jaffray  (son  of  E.  S.  Jaffray),  J.  R. 
P.  Woodriff  and  Sylvester  A.  Haver.  Its  original  founder  was  Robert  Jaffray,  who 
came  to  New  York  in  1809,  as  the  representative  of  the  London  house  of  J.  R.  Jaf- 
fray &  Co.,  and  soon  made  its  influence  predominant.  In  1833  his  nephew,  E.  S. 
Jaffray,  son  of  J.  R.  Jaffray,  came  to  work  with  him.  He  was  seventeen  years  of 
age,  and  he  had  the  commercial  genius  of  his  relatives.  At  the  death  of  his  uncle 
he  changed  the  name  of  the  firm  to  J.  R.  Jaffray  &  Sons,  but  his  own  name  was 
famous  long  before  it  took  formally  its  natural  place  at  the  head  of  the  re-organized 
firm  of  E.    S.   Jaffray  &  Co.      The  re-organization  occurred   after  the  War  for  the 

Union,  in  the  course 
of  which  he  had 
surprised  many  per- 
sons by  sacrificing 
to  his  patriotic  prin- 
ciples the  great 
business  interests 
which  he  had  in 
the  South.  This, 
however,  was  E. 
S.  Jaffray's  way. 
When  he  died,  in 
April,  1892,  every 
phase  in  his  long 
and  admirable  busi- 
ness record  was  as 
exemplary  as  his 
private  character. 
His  judgment  had 
been  a  law  ;  his 
arbitration  defi- 
nitely settled  dis- 
puted questions  ; 
he  was  influential 
independently  of 
his  financial  posi- 
tion ;  and  he  con- 
tributed much  more 
than  his  proportion- 
ate   share    to     the 

commercial  triumphs  of  New  York.      He   declined  the   office  of  mayor,  which  he 
would  have  honored.      He  rendered  services  for  which  there  are  no  rewards. 

The  offices  and  warerooms  of  the  business  of  Jaffray  were  at  first  located  in  Pearl 
Street  ;  later  they  were  in  Park  Place.  For  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  they 
have  been  at  350  Broadway.  New  York  has  not  a  more  interesting  commercial  monu- 
ment than  this  wholesale  dry-goods  house,  with  its  unblemished  experience  of  83  years. 


E.    S.    JAFFRAY    &    CO.,   BROADWAY    AND    LEONARD    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


8i3 


Dunham,  Buckley  &  Co.,  importers  and  jobbers  of  dry-goods,  at  340  to  344 
Broadway,  rank  among  the  leading  houses  in  the  trade.  Their  establishment  stands 
upon  ground  of  historic  interest,  as  it  was  the  site  of  the  old  Broadway  Tabernacle, 
which  was  the  scene  years  ago  of  many  anniversary  gatherings  and  anti-slavery  meet- 
ings. The  present  building  was  erected  in  1 858,  by  George  Bliss.  The  firm  of 
Dunham,  Buckley  &  Co.  has  been  in  existence  since  1875.  The  building  displays 
a  front  of  marble  on  Broadway.  It  is  six  stories  in  height,  70  feet  wide,  and  225 
feet  deep,  with  an  extension  in  the  rear,  reaching  from  Worth  Street  to  Catharine 
Lane.  It  is  fortunately  placed,  for  its  long  north  side  rests  upon  a  private  street, 
one-half  of  which  is  controlled,  by  the  firm.  This  insures  direct  sunlight  on  three 
sides,  an  important  advantage ;  and  also  permits  the  reception  of  goods  on  one  side 
and  the  delivery  on  the  other.  The  firm  occupies  the  entire  building,  and  carries  an 
enormous  duplicate  stock  in  a  separate  store-house.  The  basement  is  given  up 
to  domestic  cotton 
goods,  flannels  and 
blankets.  On  the 
street  floor  are  dis- 
played British, 
Continental  and 
domestic  dress 
goods,  silks  and 
satins.  The  second 
story  is  assigned  to 
ribbons,  trimmings 
and  the  notion  de- 
partment ;  the  lat- 
ter a  very  import- 
ant one,  not 
exceeded  in  mag- 
nitude or  scope  in 
the  country.  Then 
above,  on  various 
floors,  are  the  de- 
partments of  laces, 
white  goods,  shawls 
and  wraps,  and  of 
cloaks  manufac- 
tured by  them- 
selves, in  their 
White-Street  store. 
This  is  a  rapidly 
growing  and  im- 
portant feature. 
There   are    also 

departments  of  hosiery,  underwear  and  gloves  ;  of  woolens,  virtually  an  adjunct  to 
that  of  dress  goods  ;  and  of  carpets  and  rugs.  The  establishment  is  brilliantly  lighted 
with  electricity,  supplied  by  their  own  plant.  The  counting-room  alone  is  longer 
than  most  banking-houses,  and  transactions  more  extensive  than  those  of  many 
banks  are  carried  on  within  it.  Dunham,  Buckley  &  Co.,  surrounded  with  bright 
men  as  heads  of  departments,  conduct  smoothly  a  business  of  enormous  proportions. 


DUNHAM,    BUCKLEY    &    CO.,   340    TO    344    BROADWAY. 


8i4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Mills  &  Gibb,  importers  of  laces  and  kindred  goods,  occupy  an  imposing 
building  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  Grand  Street.  The  structure  is  of 
iron,  seven  stories  in  height,  and  measures  ioo  feet  on  Broadway,  and  200  on  Grand 
Street.  The  firm  has  been  in  existence  since  April,  1865.  The  partners  are  Philo 
L.  Mills,  John  Gibb  and  William  T.  Evans.  The  scope  of  its  dealings  includes 
laces,  embroideries,  linens,  hosiery,  and  such  goods  as  are  known  in  the  dry-goods 
trade  as  notions.  The  firm  accepts  no  consignments,  and  transacts  no  business 
whatever  on  commission.  It  purchases  its  goods  outright,  and  to  that  end  main- 
tains offices  in  Nottingham,  Paris,  Calais,  St.  Gall  and  Plauen.  Thus  it  is  able  to 
secure  the  choicest  products  of  all  the  lace  and  embroidery  manufacturing  centres 
of  Europe.  •  Mr.  Mills  resides  altogether  in  Nottingham,  and  gives  his  attention  to 


m 


J 


MILLS    &    GIBB,    BROADWAY    AND    GRAND    STREET. 


purchasing.  Mr.  Gibb  is  at  the  head  of  the  house  in  America,  and  devotes  himself 
to  the  distribution  of  goods.  These  members  of  the  firm  have  reversed  the  usual 
order  of  proceeding,  in  dividing  between  themselves  the  responsibilities  of  business, 
for  Mr.  Mills  is  an  American,  and  Mr.  Gibb  is  a  Scotchman.  For  the  distribution 
of  its  goods  the  firm  has  branch-houses  in  Boston,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  Chicago, 
St.  Louis,  St.  Paul  and  San  Francisco.  It  employs  about  300  people,  of  whom  50 
are  travelling  salesmen,  who  sell  by  samples.  The  house  of  Mills  &  Gibb  is  the 
largest  one  of  its  class  in  America.  Its  sales  amount  in  value  to  several  millions 
of  dollars  a  year.  It  has  no  retail  trade.  Mr.  Gibb  is  also  principal  partner  in  the 
dry-goods  firm  of  Frederick  Loeser  &  Company,  of  Brooklyn.  He  and  his  son, 
Howard  Gibb,  have  managed  the  business  of  that  house  since  1887. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


8i5 


Sweetser,  Pembrook  &  Co.,  importers  and  jobbers  of  dry  goods,  occupy  a 
handsome  marble  building  at  374,  376,  and  378  Broadway,  at  the  corner  of  White 
Street,  which  has  a  frontage  of  75  feet  on  Broadway,  and  is  140  feet  deep.  The 
building  has  some  interest  from  an  architectural  point  of  view,  for  it  was  erected 
more  than  thirty  years  ago,  when  the  architecture  of  business  blocks  was  of  a  plain 
and  unornamental 
character.  Sweet- 
ser, Pembrook  & 
Co. 's  building  is  of 
a  much  more  am- 
bitious style  of 
architecture  than 
most  of  the  others 
in  the  vicinity,  of 
equal  age.  It  was 
originally  intended 
for  the  occupancy 
of  a  dry-goods  job- 
bing house,  but 
the  radical  changes 
in  business  at  the 
outbreak  of  the 
war  modified  the 
plans  of  both  the 
owner  and  pros- 
pective tenant,  and 
the  building  was 
turned  to  other 
uses.  It  is  the 
property  of  the 
estate  of  William 
B.    Astor.  The 

firm  of  Sweetser, 
Pembrook  &  Co. 
has  been  in    exist- 

SWEETSER,    PEMBROOK    &    CO.,    BROADWAY    AND    WHITE    STREET. 

ence    since     1869. 

It  succeeded  that  of  Sweetser  &  Co.,  which  was  organized  in  1 863.  It  carries  full 
lines  of  silks,  dress  goods,  woolens  and  hosiery  ;  also,  an  extensive  variety  of  fancy 
goods  which  are  usually  carried  in  the  dry-goods  trade.  Their  stock  is  sufficiently 
large  to  fill  the  entire  building,  as  well  as  a  separate  warehouse  some  distance  away 
from  the  principal  store.  The  firm  has  buyers  in  Europe,  who  are  constantly  on  the 
lookout  for  goods  of  fine  quality.  Its  travelling  salesmen  have  made  the  house 
known  to  the  dry-goods  trade  all  over  the  United  States.  For  many  years  the 
house  was  located  at  365  Broadway.  It  moved  into  its  present  quarters  in  January, 
1885,  and  thus  the  building  was  put  into  the  service  for  which  it  was  originally 
intended.  The  present  members  of  the  firm  are  George  D.  Sweetser,  J.  Howard 
Sweetser,  William  A.  Pembrook,  Joseph  A.  Bumstead,  George  L.  Putnam,  Howard 
P.  Sweetser,  Theodore  K.  Pembrook,  and  F.  B.  Dale. 

The  house  of  Sweetser,  Pembrook  &  Co.,  ranks  among  the  most  prominent  of 
the  dry-goods  firms  of  America. 


816  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 

Garner  &  Company  for  over  sixty  years  have  been  one  of  the  greatest  bul- 
warks of  the  dry  goods  trade,  ranking  with  such  names  as  A.  T.  Stewart,  H.  B. 
Claflin,  and  E.  S.  Jaffray.  However,  more  strictly  speaking,  they  are  one  of  the 
foremost  representatives  of  the  commission  dry-goods  houses  and  the  textile  manu- 
facturing industries  ;  for  the  house  is  the  selling  agent  of  several  gigantic  textile 
manufacturing  corporations,  with  which  it  is  very  closely  affiliated.  The  allied  con- 
cerns represent  a  valuation  of  many  millions  of  dollars,  and  give  employment  to 
more  than  8,000  people.  The  mills  are  not  outranked  in  this  country,  the  glorious 
water  power  at  Cohoes  being  utilized  by  the  famous  Harmony  Mills, —  a  series  of 
seven  mills,  which  form  the  greatest  and  finest  plant  in  this  country  for  making  un- 
bleached cotton  cloth.  The  print  works  at  Haverstraw  and  at  Wappinger's  Falls 
are  likewise  remarkable  for  their  magnitude  and  equipment  ;  their  products,  the 
"Garner  Prints,"  being  famous  the  world  over.  The  mill  properties  comprising  1 1 
cotton  mills,  2  print  works,  a  dyehouse  and  bleachery,  include  The  Harmony  Mills 
at  Cohoes  ;  The  Newburgh  Steam  Mills  ;  The  Rochester  Cotton  Mill  ;  The  Pleas- 
ant Valley  Cotton  Mill  ;  The  Reading  (Penn.)  Cotton  Mill;  The  Dutchess  Com- 
pany ;  The  Rockland  Print  Works  ;  and  The  Dutchess  Bleachery  and  Dye  Works 
at  Wappinger's  Falls.  The  founders  were  James  G.  and  Thomas  Garner,  — two 
Englishmen,  who,  in  1829,  began  manufacturing  cotton  cloth.  The  main  success  is 
due  to  Thomas  Garner,  who  died  in  1867,  and  left  an  estate  valued  at  millions.  He 
was  most  highly  esteemed  as  one  of  the  greatest  and  most  successful  manufacturers 
New  York  State  has  ever  had.  His  son,  William  T.  Garner,  became  his  successor 
in  business  and  practically  inherited  his  great  estate.  The  relations  between  father 
and  son  had  always  been  of  a  peculiarly  confidential  nature,  and  so  the  young  man, 
although  only  27  years  of  age,  was  fitted  to  manage  the  great  fortune  and  to  direct 
intelligently  the  vast  industries.  The  younger  Garner  in  1 876,  at  the  early  age  of 
36  years,  met  with  a  sad  fate  by  the  capsizing  of  his  yacht, —  the  Mohawk  —  in 
which  he  and  his  wife  were  out  for  pleasure,  just  off  Staten  Island.  At  the  time  of 
this  calamity  Mr.  Garner  was  one  of  the  greatest  manufacturers  in  the  textile  world. 
He  was  operating  42  cloth  printing  machines,  which  was  double  the  number  in  use 
in  this  country  by  any  other  manufacturer  or  corporation.  His  individual  owner- 
ship in  mill  property  then  exceeded  that  of  any  other  American.  At  his  death  the 
mills  and  business  were  left  in  charge  of  three  executors  :  William  E.  Thorn,  who  is 
now  the  sole  surviving  executor  and  trustee,  and  the  active  head  of  the  entire  busi- 
ness ;  Samuel  W.  Johnson,  who  died  in  188 1,  and  John  I.  Lawrance,  who  died  in 
1889.  Associated  with  Mr.  Thorn  are  Charles  C.  Birdseye  and  C.  Yates  Wemple, 
who  have  been  in  the  service  of  the  house  for  37  consecutive  years.  Some  of  the 
principal  lines  of  goods  are  the  Garner  Printed  Mousselines,  Blacks,  Steel  River 
Prints,  Argentine  Grays,  Del  Marine  Black  and  Whites,  Harmony  Prints,  Charter 
Oak  Prints,  and  many  other  printed  and  dyed  goods  and  also  Garner  Percales  of 
various  widths  and  grades,  likewise  complete  lines  of  Batistes,  Lawns,  Challies,  Car- 
dinals and  Turkey  reds,  Indigos  and  Sateens,  Printed  Ducks,  Drills,  etc.  Garner 
&  Co.  have  made  but  two  competitions  for  premiums,  once  at  the  Cotton  Exposition 
in  New  Orleans,  where  they  were  awarded  seven  first  premiums,  one  of  which  was 
for  the  "Best  Display  of  American  Prints,"  and  again  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  where 
they  were  awarded  two  gold  medals,  —  the  competition  being  against  the  world  for 
fine  printed  goods.  The  main  offices  are  at  2  to  16  Worth  Street  and  62  to  68  Hud- 
son Street,  in  the  firm's  own  seven-story  brick  building,  and  occupied  entirely  for 
the  firm's  business.  Since  1867  there  has  been  virtually  no  change  in  the  business 
management  of  Garner  &  Co. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


8,7 


\      WW 

\wM, 

%•  ^ 

52 


GARNER    &    COMPANY. 

2    TO    16    WORTH    STREET,   SOUTHEAST    CORNER    OF    HUDSON    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


Bliss,  Fabyan  &  Co.,  one  of  the  foremost  dry-goods  commission-houses  of  the 
world,  have  their  main  offices  in  Boston,  New  York  and  Philadelphia.  Their  New- 
York  quarters  are  in  the  five-story  brownstone  building  that  extends  through  from 
Thomas  Street  to  Duane  Street,  on  Trimble  Place,  just  east  of  Church  Street,  in  the 
heart  of  the  dry-goods  district.  The  firm  are  the  selling  agents  for  a  group  of  mills 
that  rank  among  the  greatest  manufacturing  corporations  of  this  continent.  They 
include  the  Peppered  Manufacturing  Company,  the  Laconia  Company,  the  Bates 
Manufacturing  Company,  the  Androscoggin  Mills,  the  Edwards  Manufacturing 
Company,  the  Otis  Company,  the  Columbian  Manufacturing  Company,  the  Warren 
Cotton  Mills,  the  Thorndike  Company,  the  Boston  Duck  Company,  the  Cordis  Mills, 
the  Lowell  Hosiery  Company,  and  the  American  Printing  Company.  Under  the 
titles  of  Wright,  Bliss  &  Fabyan,  and  Bliss,  Fabyan  &  Co.,  the  house  has  been  in 
existence  for  more  than  a  generation.  The  volume  of  its  transactions,  which  are 
entirely  on  the  commission  basis,  is  not  exceeded  by  those  of  any  similar  house,  its 
aggregate  sales  approaching  $20, 000,000  a  year.  Cornelius  N.  Bliss,  the  resident 
partner  in  New  York,  has  been  very  prominent  in  political,  social,  and  financial  cir- 


BLISS,   FABYAN    &    CO.,    DUANE    AND  THOMAS    STREETS    AND    TRIMBLE    PLACE. 

cles  in  New  York  for  many  years.  He  has  also  been  at  various  times  Chairman  cf 
the  New-York  State  Republican  Committee  ;  and  for  the  National  Campaign  of 
1892  he  has  been  chosen  treasurer  of  the  National  Republican  Committee.  Mr. 
Bliss  is  president  of  the  American  Protective  Tariff  League,  and  throughout  his 
business  career  has  been  a  strong  advocate  of  protection  for  American  industries. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


819 


Oelbermann,  Dommerich  &  Co.,  dry-goods  commission  merchants, 
have  two  large  stores  ;  one  at  57  to  63  Greene  Street,  and  one  at  65 
to  67  Worth  Street,  at  the  corner  of  Church  Street.  The  house  is 
an  old  one,"  having  been  in  existence  over  fifty  years.  Previous  to 
1883,  the  firm  name  was  E.  Oelbermann  &  Co.  The  principals 
of  the  present  co-partnership  are  Emil  Oelbermann  and  Louis 
F.  Dommerich.  The  former  has  been  connected  with  the 
house  for  about  forty  years.  He  resides  in  Cologne  the 
greater  part  of  the  time,  and  attends  to  the  interests 
of  the  house  in  Europe.  He  makes  trips  to 
America  occasionally,  remaining  for  two 
months  at  a  time.  Mr.  Dommerich  has 
been  associated  with  the  firm  for  thirty- 
five  years.  He  is  at  the  head  of  the  es- 
tablishment in  America.  Origin- 
ally, the  house  confined 
itself  to  importations, 
but  of  late,  and  es- 
pecially since  the 
protective  tariff 
caused  a  great  re- 
duction in  the  vol- 
ume of  imports,  the 
business  of  the  firm 
has  been  about 
three  -  fourths  i  n 
domestic  goods  and 
one-fourth  in  those 
of  European  manu- 
facture. It  is  all 
transact  ed  on  a 
strict  commission 
basis.  The  firm 
represents  manu- 
facturers located  in 
every  part  of  Europe 
and  the  United 
States.  There  is 
hardly  a  branch  of 
the  dry-goods  trade 
that  has  not  its  de- 
partment in  the  stores  of  Oelbermann,  Dommerich  &  Co.  The  sales  amount  to 
about  $15,000,000  a  year.  The  Greene-Street  store  is  a  seven-story  building,  and 
occupies  a  plot  of  ground  one  hundred  feet  square.  It  stands  on  the  site  of  the  old 
Greene-Street  Methodist  Church.  It  was  built  in  1876.  The  firm  owns  the  estate 
at  64  to  68  Wooster  Street,  measuring  65  by  100  feet,  adjoining  the  Greene-Street 
store  in  the  rear,  and  intends  to  build  an  annex  store  upon  it.  Of  the  Worth-Street 
building,  which  is  nearly  as  large  as  the  other,  the  firm  occupies  four  floors.  All  the 
goods  at  Worth  Street  are  domestic,  and  both  foreign  and  domestic  are  handled  at 
Greene  Street,  at  which  point  the  general  offices  of  the  firm  are  located. 


OELBERMANN,   DOMMERICH    &    CO.,    57    TO    63    GREENE    STREET. 


820  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK 

Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner,  dry-goods  commission  merchants,  of  115  and  117 
Worth  Street,  New  York,  and  66  Chauncy  Street,  Boston,  are  the  successors,  in  line, 
of  A.  and  A.  (Amos  and  Abbott)  Lawrence  &  Co.,  of  Boston,  who  were  largely  instru- 
mental during  the  first  half  of  this  century  in  developing  the  manufacturing  interests 
of  Lowell,  Mass.  Early  in  the  "fifties"  the  Lawrences  established  a  branch-house 
at  43  Broadway,  New  York,  and  there  represented  as  selling  agents  many  of  the 
leading  textile  manufacturing  corporations  of  New  England,  viz. :  The  Massachu- 
setts, Boott,  Lawrence,  Atlantic,  Laconia,  Jackson  (Indian  Head),  Tremont  and 
York,  who  were  manufacturers  of  cotton  goods,  and  also  the  Lowell  Carpet  Com- 
pany. Some  years  later  this  firm  removed  to  79  and  81  Worth  Street.  In  1865 
the  Lawrences  retired  from  business,  and  George  C.  Richardson  &  Co.,  of  Boston 
and  New  York,  became  their  successors,  retaining  the  majority  of  the  accounts  of 
their  predecessors.  In  1868  Geo.  C.  Richardson  &  Co.  moved  into  the  spacious 
buildings  erected  by  them  at  115  and  117  Worth  Street,  now  the  property  of  the 
Mercantile  Real-Estate  Company.  On  January  1,  1884,  this  firm  was  succeeded  by 
Geo.  C.  Richardson,  Smith  &  Co.,  the  latter  house  being  succeeded  on  July  1,  1885, 
by  Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner. 

Charles  S.  Smith,  now  the  President  of  the  New- York  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
and  a  director  in  many  of  the  most  prominent  financial  institutions  of  New  York, 
became  connected  with  this  business  in  1865,  and  retained  an  interest  therein  for 
more  than  twenty  years.  He  was  the  senior  partner  of  Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner 
until  1887,  when  he  retired  from  active  business.  The  firm  is  at  present  composed 
of  John  Hogg  and  Harrison  Gardner,  of  Boston  ;  Ralph  L.  Cutter,  of  Brooklyn  ; 
Walter  M.  Smith,  of  Stamford,  Conn. ;  and  Stewart  W.  Smith,  of  New  York.  Messrs. 
Gardner  and  Cutter  entered  the  employ  of  the  Lawrences,  as  boys,  in  1857,  and 
consequently  have  been  connected  with  the  business  for  thirty-five  years. 

The  firm  of  Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner  sell  very  largely  of  domestic  cotton  goods 
to  the  export  trade,  notably  to  China,  Africa  and  South  America,  where  the  products 
of  the  Massachusetts  and  Boott  Mills  have  an  extended  market  and  reputation. 
The  volume  of  business  transacted  by  this  house  annually  reaches  the  vast  sum  of 
many  millions  of  dollars,  and  it  is  generally  conceded  by  the  trade  that  no  house 
s.tands  higher  or  outranks  it  in  amount  of  business.  Its  list  of  mills  is  a  notably 
strong  one,  and  the  products  include  an  extended  variety  of  fabrics.  Its  salesmen 
reach  every  important  center  of  the  United  States,  and  in  due  time  the  products  of 
the  mills  represented  by  this  house  get  into  every  nook  and  corner,  large  and  small, 
of  the  entire  Union  of  States.  This  firm  occupies  four  floors  of  the  Mercantile 
Real-Estate  Company's  building.  The  building  is  a  handsome  structure,  six  stories 
in  height,  covering  some  75  feet  on  Worth  Street  and  Catharine  Lane,  and  90  feet 
on  Elm  Street,  thus  giving  it  the  advantage  of  light  on  three  sides.  It  is  built  of 
marble  and  iron.  Four  floors  of  the  building  are  laid  out  in  offices,  some  of  which 
are  occupied  by  the  New-York  representatives  of  leading  Western  and  other  business 
houses,  among  whom  may  be  enumerated  the  John  V.  Farwell  Co.,  Carson,  Pirie, 
Scott  &  Co.,  and  Schlesinger  &  Mayer,  of  Chicago  ;  the  Hargadine-McKittrick  Dry- 
Goods  Co. ,  and  the  H.  T.  Simon,  Gregory  &  Co. ,  of  St.  Louis  ;  Thomas  L.  Leedom  & 
Co.,  of  Philadelphia;  Bamberger,  Bloom  &  Co.,  of  Louisville  ;  Burke,  Fitz  Simons, 
Hone  &  Co.,  of  Rochester;  and  Sweet,  Orr  &  Co.  and  Chadwick  Bros.,  of  the 
Newburgh  Bleachery,  both  of  Newburgh,  N.  Y.  This  gathering  of  such  a  group  of 
nationally  eminent  business  houses  tends  to  give  a  national  importance  to  the  Mercan- 
tile Real-Estate  Company's  building,  and  at  the  same  time  brings  in  close  proximity 
a  coterie  of  a  number  of  the  great  customers  of  the  house  of  Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


121 


SMITH,    HOQQ    &    GARDNER. 

MERCANTILE    REAL-ESTATE    CO. 'S    BUILDING,    115    AND    117    WORTH    STREET,    CORNER    OF    ELM    STREET. 


822 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Passavant  &  Co.  is  the  title  of  a  firm  now  located  at  320  and  322  Church 
Street,  which  has  been  engaged  in  importing  dry  goods  for  very  nearly  forty  years, 
and  which  is  well-known  throughout  Europe  and  America.  The  house  was  founded 
in  July,  1853,  by  Passavant  Brothers,  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  in  Germany,  and  it 
was  then  a  branch  of  the  European  establishment.  It  was  at  the  outset  located  in 
Broad  Street.  The  firm  has  never  changed  its  title,  and  by  virtue  thereof,  it  is  now 
the  oldest  importing  house  in  the  dry-goods  trade  in  the  city.  Its  founders  still 
retain  an  interest  in  the  establishment.  Passavant  &  Co.  conduct  a  strictly  com- 
mission business.  Their  dealings  are  mainly  in  silks,  ribbons,  dress  goods  and 
gloves.  Of  late  they  have  undertaken  the  distribution  of  the  products  of  a  number 
of  American  mills  and  factories,  in  order  to  compensate  for  the  decrease  in  the 
volume  of  imports,  and  they  have  been  as  successful  in  the  management  of  domestic 
accounts  as  of  foreign.  The  present  senior  partner  of  the  firm,  George  W.  Sutton, 
is  well  known  in  every  large  trade-centre.      He  entered  the  service  of  the  house, 

as  a  salesman,  at 
the  beginning,  and 
has  been  a  part- 
ner since  1859. 
Passavant  &  Co. 
have  occupied  their 
present  quarters 
for  twenty-five 
years.  They  con- 
sist of  the  large 
building  on  Church 
Street  and  the  ad- 
joining one  on 
Lispenard  Street, 
both  of  which  are 
five  stories  in 
height.  The  gen- 
eral offices  occupy 
the  street  floor. 
The  delivery  de- 
partment is  located 
in  the  basement, 
and  all  the  space 
in  the  stories  above 
the  street  is  re- 
quired for  the  sales- 
rooms of  the  vari- 
ous lines  of  goods 
which  constitute 
the  trade  of  the 
house. 

Passavant  &  Co.  is  at  present  composed  of  the  following  partners  :  GebriAder 
Passavant,  George  W.  Sutton,  Heinrich  Meyer,  Oscar  Passavant,  and  Arthur  \Y. 
Watson.  The  steadfast  existence  of  this  old  house,  maintained  for  two  generations 
in  a  career  of  unquestioned  integrity  and  fidelity,  gives  to  the  house  of  Passavant  & 
Co.  a  gratifying  preeminence  which  it  has  fairly  earned  and  well  sustains. 


PASSAVANT 


RCH    AND    LISPENARD    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


%• 


Frederick  Vietor  &  Achelis,  importers  and  commission  merchants  in  dry 
goods,  occttpy  a  handsome  five-story  building  at  66  to  76  Leonard  Street,  at  the 
corner  of  Church  Street,  in  the  heart  of  the  dry-goods  district.  The  structure  is  of 
brownstone  and  iron,  and  is  rather  more  attractive  in  appearance  than  its  neighbors. 
It  measures  137^ 
feet  on  Leonard 
Street,  and  180  feet 
on  Church  Street. 
The  firm  is  the 
successor  of  Charles 
Graebe  &  Vietor, 
and  has  been  in 
existence  and  under 
its  present  title 
since  1839.  Fred- 
erick Vietor  and 
Thomas  Achelis, 
the  two  original 
partners,  died  in 
1870  and  1872  re- 
spectively. The 
present  partners 
are  their  sons. 
They  are  George 
F.  Vietor,  Thomas 
Achelis,  Carl  Vie- 
tor, and  John 
Achelis.  The  vol- 
ume of  business 
transacted  by  the 
firm  is  enormous,  - 
reaching  a  total  of 
from  $14,000,000 
to  $15,000,000  a 
year.  Its  dealings 
in    domestic    goods  Frederick  vietor  &  achelis,  church  and  Leonard  streets. 

have  increased  very  largely  in  the  past  few  years,  since  the  modification  of  the  tariff 
laws  caused  a  reduction  in  the  volume  of  imports.  The  location  of  the  store  is  pecu- 
liarly favorable.  It  is  bounded  by  streets,  and  a  greater  portion  of  it,  therefore,  lies 
under  direct  sunlight.  This  is  an  advantage  highly  prized  by  dry-goods  men,  as  many 
buyers,  especially  of  dress  goods,  desire  to  know  the  appearance  of  fabrics  in  a  strong 
light.  The  business  conducted  by  Frederick  Vietor  &  Achelis  is  very  comprehensive. 
One  department  is  devoted  to  domestic  woolens,  and  another  to  those  of  foreign 
manufacture.  Another  includes  woolen  dress  goods,  both  imported  and  American. 
Then  there  are  departments  of  silks,  domestic  and  imported  ;  of  silk  dress  goods  ; 
of  millinery  silks  ;  of  plushes  and  velvets  ;  of  shirts,  drawers  and  hosiery  ;  of  cloak  - 
ings  in  the  piece  (of  which  the  firm  handle  a  large  variety)  ;  of  cloths  and  blankets  ; 
and  of  silks  made  especially  for  umbrellas.  One  important  department  is  that  of 
Philadelphia  goods,  ginghams  and  the  like.  The  several  floors  of  the  store,  if  placed 
side  by  side  on  the  ground,  would  cover  a  tract  measuring  nearly  three  acres. 


824 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK 


Cheney  Brothers,  at  475  and  477  Broome  Street,  are  among  the  foremost 
silk-fabric  manufacturers  of  the  world,  outranking  all  others  in  America,  and  their 
fame  has  been  increasing  for  many  years,  with  the  continuous  developing  of  the 
business.  Among  the  chief  products  of  the  house  are  plain  silks,  of  various  kinds, 
plushes,  pongees,  printed  silks,  and  crapes,  and  many  other  articles  of  like  character. 

A  stock  of  these  goods  is  kept  at  the 
New-York  establishment,  a  solid  six- 
story  iron  front  building  owned  by 
Cheney  Brothers.  The  firm  has  offices 
at  Boston,  Chicago  and  other  cities. 

The  works  in  which  most  of  the 
Cheney  Brothers'  silk  is  manufactured 
are  in  the  beautiful  and  serene  village 
of  South  Manchester,  Connecticut, 
which  is  adorned  and  enriched  by 
parks,  library  and  other  public  luxuries 
presented  by  the  Cheneys.  Most  of 
the  houses  of  the  operatives  are  owned 
by  the  manufacturers,  who  keep  them 
in  good  order  ;  and  each  home  has 
its  roomy  patch  of  land  about  it. 
The  silk-mills  employ  2,  500  persons, 
and  the  value  of  their  yearly  output 
is  over  $4,000,000,  in  delicate  and 
beautiful  fabrics,  of  famed  durability. 
The  mills  are  a  series  of  plain,  solid, 
and  spacious  brick  buildings,  filled 
with  intricate  and  ingenious  ma- 
chinery. The  village  is  not  crowded 
around  the  mills  ;  the  result  being  to 
scatter  the  population.  The  resi- 
dences of  the  mill-owners  stand  in  an 
unfenced  park  of  several  hundred 
acres,  more  nearly  adjacent  to  the 
mills  than  those  of  the  employees, 
and  made  attractive  by  wide  lawns, 
trees  and  shrubbery.  Then  there 
are  mills  of  the  same  concern  in 
Hartford,  Conn.,  where  the  company 
has  also  offices  in  its  own  building 
known  as  the  Cheney  Building. 

The  New-York  office  is  the  point 
of  distribution  for  a  wide  area,  and 
is  always  a  busy  scene.  Here  are 
some  of  the  best  men  connected  with  the  company,  always  on  the  alert  for  business. 
The  Cheney  family  have  been  identified  with  art,  literature  and  the  drama,  as 
well  as  manufactures  ;  Seth  Wells  Cheney,  the  portrait  painter,  John  Cheney,  the 
steel  engraver,  Ednah  Dow  Cheney,  the  authoress  and  lecturer,  Arthur  Cheney,  the 
builder  of  the  Clobe  Theatre,  in  Boston.  The  main  founders  of  the  silk  business 
were  Ward,  Charles  and  Frank  W.  Cheney. 


CHENEY    BROTHERS,   475    AND    477    BROOME    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


825 


J.  W.  Goddard  &  Sons,  whose  stately  and  elegantly  appointed  warehouse  is 
on  Bleecker  Street,  between  Mercer  and  Greene  Streets,  is  the  foremost  house  in 
America  in  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  all  varieties,  sizes,  colors  and  qualities  of 
linings  for  garments. 

Classed  as  a  dry-goods  house,  it  is  one  of  the  oldest,  staunchest  and  most  highly 
esteemed.  It  was  founded  in  1848,  at  95  William  Street,  by  Joseph  Warren  God- 
dard, who  in  1 85 1  took  in  as  partner  his  younger  brother,  F.  N.  Goddard,  under 
the  style  of  J.  W.  &  F.  N.  Goddard.  After  a  while  they  moved  to  51  Maiden  Lane. 
Here  Henry  Merrill  was  a  partner  for  a  year,  and  on  his  withdrawal  the  style  became 
Goddard  &  Bro.  In  1857  the  business  was  moved  to  20  Park  Place  ;  in  1861,  to  331 
and  333  Broadway  ;  and  in  1 876  to  461  to  467  Broadway.  In  1879  ^  •  N.  Goddard 
retired  ;  and  in  1880  Warren  N.  Goddard,  the  eldest  son  of  J.  W.  Goddard,  and  a 
graduate  of  Harvard  University,  was  admitted 
to  the  firm,  which  then  became  J.  W.  Goddard 
&  Son.  In  1883  F.  Norton  Goddard,  a 
second  son,  and  also  a  Harvard  graduate,  be- 
coming a  partner,  changed  the  style  to  J.  W. 
Goddard  &  Sons.  In  1892  the  firm  moved  into 
its  present  premises,  a  magnificent  business 
edifice,  containing  over  70,000  square  feet  of 
floor-room.  The  building  is  on  Bleecker  Street, 
56  feet  front  by  145  feet  deep,  with  an  L  on 
Mercer  Street,  20  feet  front  by  75  feet  deep. 
Its  height  is  135  feet.  It  is  absolutely  fire- 
proof, and  is  provided  with  four  elevators, 
steam-power,  steam-heat,  and  a  thorough  elec- 
trical outfit.  These  premises  always  contain 
an  unequalled  exhibit  of  printed  and  fancy 
cotton  goods  ;  merchant-tailor  supplies  ;  im- 
ported and  domestic  silk  goods  and  worsted 
and  woolen  linings  ;  buttons,  braids  and  small 
wares ;  plain  and  colored  cotton  piece  goods  ; 
and  all  those  articles  usually  comprised  in  the 
line  of  tailors'  and  dressmakers'  trimmings. 
The  linings  made  or  handled  by  the  Goddards 
include  the  many  kinds  used  by  merchant  tailors 
and  clothing  makers,  as  well  as  those  for  dresses, 
waists,  skirts  and  other  garments.  Among  the 
specialties  of  the  house  are  all  qualities  of  the 
"Midnight"  fast  black  linings  and  Henriettas  ; 
and  silesias,  sateens,  cambrics,  percalines, 
printed  fancies,  padded  linings,  elastic  ducks, 
collar  canvases,  crinolines,  etc.  These  goods 
are  finished  free  of  sizing,  starch  or  any  kind 
of  filling  by  the  Goddard's  exclusive  Lustro 
method.  Aside  from  their  own  extensive 
manufactures  the  firm  have  absolute  control  of  the  entire  product  of  several  noted 
mills.  There  are  few  houses  in  the  textile  fabric  trade  whose  customers  more 
thoroughly  cover  the  whole  country  than  those  of  the  old  established  and  highly 
esteemed  house  of  J.  W.  Goddard  &  Sons. 


S 


*t> 


J.    W.    GODDARD    &    SONS,    BLEECKER    STREET, 
NEAR    MERCER    STREET. 


826 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


Langdon,  Batcheller  &  Co.,  manufacturers  of  corsets  and  kindred  goods, 
have  offices  and  warerooms  at  345  and  347  Broadway,  corner  of  Leonard  Street. 
The  firm  is  the  successor  in  line  of  W.  S.  &  C.  H.  Thomson,  which  was  formed  in 
1856.      Charles  H.  Langdon  was  admitted  as  a  partner  in   1858;  George  C.  Batch- 

-        eller  in  1865,  and 

Frank  I.  Perry 
and  George  C. 
Miller,  who  had 
grown  up  in  the 
service  of  the 
house  from  boy- 
hood, in  1889. 
K  a  r 1 y changes 
made  the  style  of 
the  firm  Thom- 
son, Langdon  & 
Co.,  and  its  pres- 
ent form  was  as- 
sumed on  the  re- 
tirement of  W.  S. 
Thomson, in  1879. 
Originally,  the 
business  of  the 
firm  was  the  man- 
ufacture and  sale 
of  cloaks,  mantil- 
las, hoop  -  skirts 
and  crinolines. 
When  the  demand 
for  these  articles 
ceased,  with  the 
change  of  fashion, 
the     manufacture 

of  corsets  and  corset-clasps  was  taken  up.  This  firm  makes  the  finest  grades  of 
goods  only.  Its  trade-mark,  "  Langdon  &  Batcheller's  Genuine  Thomson  Glove- 
Fitting  Corsets,"  is  known  the  world  over.  The  business  is  of  enormous  propor- 
tions, and  includes  a  very  large  export  trade.  .  The  firm  operates  three  manufactories  : 
two  in  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  and  one  in  the  up-town  district  of  New  York.  The  main 
establishment  in  Bridgeport  consists  of  five  buildings,  covering  more  than  an  acre  of 
ground.  Still  another  building  is  in  process  of  construction,  and,  when  this  is  com- 
pleted, the  capacity  of  the  works  will  be  about  6,000  pairs  of  corsets  each  day. 
Employment  is  now  given,  in  all  the  factories,  to  about  1,000  hands.  The  offices 
and  salesrooms  of  the  firm  are  large  and  attractive.  The  building  is  one  of  the 
prominent  structures  of  the  vicinity.  A  large  stock  of  goods  is  carried  there  at  all 
times.  In  the  division  of  responsibilities  among  the  members  of  the  firm,  Mr. 
Langdon  is  the  financial  manager  and  credit  man  ;  Mr.  Batcheller  is  the  executive 
head  of  the  establishment ;  Mr.  Perry  has  supervision  of  the  sales  ;  and  Mr.  Miller 
devotes  his  time  and  attention  mainly  to  the  manufacturing.  They  have  opened  a 
branch-house  in  Chicago,  at  the  corner  of  Franklin  and  Quincy  Streets,  as  a  distrib- 
uting point  for  the  Northwest.     A  large  stock  is  carried  in  this  branch  establishment. 


LANGDON,  BATCHELLER  &    CO.,  BROADWAY  AND  LEONARD  STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


827 


H.   Wallach's  Sons,  manufacturers  and   wholesale   dealers  in   neglige  shirts, 
occupy    as   headquarters    the    four-story   building   at    38    Thomas    Street,    running 
through   to  Duane  Street.      They  also  have  the  adjoining  building   at   125   Duane 
Street.     The  establishment  measures  40  feet  on  Thomas  Street,  180  feet  on  Church 
Street,  which  skirts  the  broadside  of  the  building,  and  65  feet  on  Duane  Street. 
The  firm  was  founded  in  1857,  and  there  has  never  been  a  change  in  its  title.      The 
firm  manufactures  all  varieties  of  neglige  shirts,  and  many  styles  of  pantaloons.     Of 
late  it  has  added  to  its  operations  the  sale  of  piece  goods,  which  has  grown  to  be  a 
large  department.      It  also  "  converts"  enormous  quantities  of  piece  goods  ;  that  is 
to  say,  it  purchases  the  goods  in  gray,  as  they  come  from  the  mills,  and  dyes  or  prints 
them.      The  house  is  also  the  selling  agent  of  many  extensive  manufacturers,  and  is 
the  leading  one  in  its  line.     The  sales-rooms  contain  the  largest  representative  exhi- 
bition of  the  fabrics  in  its  line  that  is  to  be  seen  in  the  world.      The  location  of  the 
store  is  particularly  advantageous  for  such  a  display,  with  direct  light  at  either  end, 
and  its  long  Church-Street  side  exposed  to  the  sun.      A  portion  of  the  firm's  manu- 
facturing establishment  occupies  the  two  upper  stories  of  the  Thomas- Street  and 
Duane-Street   building.      The   house   has  also  a  large   manufactory  at   Hightstown, 
N.  J. ;  and  its  business  has  grown  so  rapidly  and  to  such  proportions  during  recent 
years  that  it  has 
taken    possession 
of  a  large  building 
at  94  to  98  Mott 
Street.       This 
structure  is  eight 
stories   high.      It 
measures  75    feet 
on    Mott     Street, 
and     is    100    feet 
deep.       The   firm 
occupies      the 
whole      building : 
one     portion     for 
manufacturing ; 
another      portion 
for      warehousing 
its     goods  ;      and 
still     another    for 
convenience  in 
handling  and  ship- 
ping its  products. 
Altogether,     t  h  e 
firm    employs,   in 
its  inside  and  out- 
side departments, 
several     thousand 

operatives, besides  H'  WALLACH'S  S0NS-  THOMAS  AN°  church  streets. 

a  large  staff  of  clerks  and  salesmen.  The  transactions  of  the  house  are  conducted 
on  an  enormous  scale,  and  it  stands  among  the  commercial  houses  of  highest  repu- 
tation for  honorable  dealings,  as  well  as  first  in  its  own  particular  line  of  trade. 
The  firm  of  H.  Wallach's  Sons  is  the  oldest  in  its  special  field. 


828  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

Charles  Broadway  Rouss  is  at  549-551-553  Broadway.  The  name  is  inscribed 
in  relief  on  the  iron  facade  of  the  tallest  mercantile  building  of  the  longest,  most 
varied  and  most  interesting  of  avenues  in  the  world.  This  store  of  stores  is  75  by 
200  feet  in  area,  and  has  twelve  floors,  each  floor  being  equal  to  six  city  stores  of 
25  by  100  feet,  making  72  stores  of  large  size  in  the  one  building.  The  man,  a  Vir- 
ginian, came  to  New  York  immediately  after  the  war,  defeated,  but  not  conquered  ; 
an  ardent,  aggressive  Southerner  ;  determined  that  neither  his  temperament,  which 
was  generous,  his  faith,  which  was  liberal,  nor  any  obstacle  which  others  or  his  own 
individuality  would  place  in  the  way  of  his  financial  success,  should  prevent  his 
attaining  the  position  that  he  occupies  to-day.  He  came  without  money  or  influ- 
ence, and  with  $11,000  of  ante-bellum  debts  hanging  over  him.  He  afterwards 
paid  100  cents  on  the  dollar.  In  the  maelstrom  of  New-York  life  he  was  a  feather. 
When  the  ancient  merchants  compared  his  situation  and  his  plans  for  the  future 
with  their  experience,  they  said  that  the  man  was  visionary.  Precedent,  routine, 
local  manners,  ideas,  methods,  opinions,  everything  was  against  him.  He  increased 
the  force  of  every  inimical  condition  by  his  temerity.  He  seemed  to  court  danger, 
to  dare  the  world  to  oppose  him.  In  1889  those  who  passed  by  his  present  build- 
ing, in  process  of  construction,  read  this  inscription  :  "  He  who  builds,  owns  and  will 
occupy  this  marvel  of  brick,  iron  and  granite,  thirteen  years  ago  walked  these  streets 
penniless  and  $50,000  in  debt.  Only  to  prove  that  the  capitalists  of  to-day  were 
poor  men  twenty  years  ago,  and  that  many  a  fellow  facing  poverty  to-day  may  be  a 
capitalist  a  quarter  of  a  century  hence,  if  he  will.  Pluck,  adorned  with  ambition, 
backed  by  honor  bright,  will  always  command  success,  even  without  the  almighty 
dollar."  This  inscription  was  spelled  phonetically,  as  is  the  monthly  circular  in 
which  Charles  Broadway  Rouss  tells  his  principles,  his  observations,  his  prices,  his 
business  methods,  all  the  secrets  of  his  prodigious  success.  In  the  twelve  stories  of 
his  building  there  are  art-objects,  boots  and  shoes,  carpets,  corsets,  cigars,  walking- 
sticks,  canes,  clothing,  gloves,  hardware,  hosiery,  hats,  jewelry,  laces,  linens,  mil- 
linery, notions,  piece-goods,  shades,  shawls,  jackets,  skirts,  show-cases,  stationery, 
tinware,  woolens,  white  goods,  everything  that  one  may  think  of,  useful  or  orna- 
mental, for  personal  wear  or  house-furnishing,  including  the  inimitable  Rouss  parlor- 
organs.  The  value  of  the  stock  is  $2,000,000.  In  the  fifty  pages  of  the  monthly 
circular  entitled  Monthly  A  uction- Trade  Journal  are  given  in  detail  the  lists  of  the 
various  departments  and  the  prices.  They  are  prefaced  by  observations  like  this  : 
"If  you  are  a  free-thinker,  and  sell  a  pack  of  good  envelopes  at  two  cents,  and  you 
can  if  you  will,  the  psalm-singer  will  walk  ten  blocks  through  slush  and  rain  before 
he  will  submit  to  be  fleeced  by  his  friend,  fifty  per  cent."  "It  is  nothing  more 
or  less  than  these  auction  purchases  by  scholars  trained  to  the  trade,  educated  in  the 
costly  crucible  of  nearly  half  a  century,  with  the  keen  scent  of  a  bloodhound  for  big 
concerns,  high  up  in  rating,  but  overdrawn  in  bank,  for  houses  overloaded  with 
stock,  but  pressed  with  notes  and  overdue  accounts  they  cannot  meet,  gigantic  mar- 
ble palaces,  from  whose  doorway  to-morrow  will  hang  the  red  flag  of  the  sheriff  — 
it  is  these  sledge-hammers,  these  corn  and  cob  crushers  that  have  filled  our  pages 
with  the  names  of  the  most  thoroughly  posted  men  in  this  country,  keen,  close, 
shrewd,  careful  buyers,  who  understand  the  difference  between  buying  cheap  and 
paying  full  regular  prices."  In  every  State  of  the  Union  he  has  pupils.  They  are 
faithful  to  one  another  and  to  him,  as  he  is  faithfuj  to  them.  He  never  deviates 
from  his  line.  It  demands  constant  watchfulness,  work,  scrupulous  integrity,  and 
inexhaustible  knowledge.  It  has  led  to  a  most  brilliant  accomplishment,  for  Charles 
Broadwav  Rouss  is  a  most  remarkable  success  in  the  most  commercial  of  cities. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


CHARLES    BROADWAY    ROUSS. 

549,   551    AND    553    BROADWAY,   WEST    SIDE,    BETWEEN    SPRING    AND    PRINCE    STREETS. 


83o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


W.  G.  Hitchcock  &  Co.,  importing  and  commission  merchants,  is  a  house 
of  the  first  rank  in  the  dry-goods  trade,  and  in  their  own  specialties  unquestionably 
lead  all  others  in  this  country,  if  not  in  the  world.  They  are  the  sole  agents  and 
control  absolutely  the  product  for  the  United  States  of  the  following  notable  manu- 
facturers :  B.  Priestley  &  Co.,  black  dress  goods  and  veilings;  S.  Courtauld  &  Co., 
English  crapes;  Goodall  Worsted  Co.,  American  serges,  etc.;  Lyons  Silk  &  Tapes- 
try Co.,  broad  silks,  silk  veils  and  veilings,  and  American  upholstery  goods  ;  Landru 
Silk  Mills,  American  broad  silks ;  Capitol  silks  ;  H.  Perinot,  Paris  kid  and  Suede 
gloves  ;  and  B.  H.  &  E.  E.  Elwood,  American  broad  silks.  These  make  a  com- 
plete line  of  foreign  and  domestic  dress  goods,  with  all  the  staple  goods  and  novel- 
ties current  at  each  season.  They  include  the  general  lines  sold  at  large  to  the 
trade  and  the  specially  confined  designs  and  qualities  made  to  order  to  suit  the 
demands  of  their  customers  in  all  quarters  of  the  Union.  The  premises  occupied 
comprise  the  splendid  iron  front  building  six  stories  high,  50  by  100  feet,  on  the 
southwest  corner  of  Broome  and  Mercer  Streets,  and  the  adjoining  building  on 
Mercer  Street,  25  by  137  feet.  The  business  was  established  in  1818,  nearly  three- 
quarters  of  a  century  ago,  by  Pierre  Becar.  Among  former  partners  of  this  house  were 
Aaron  Arnold,  Richard  Arnold  and  James  M.  Constable,  of  Arnold,  Constable  &  Co. 
Welcome     G.    Hitchcock,  %  the  present  head,  and  to  whom  is  due  its  pre- 

of    to-  ^  dav,  entered  its  employ  in  1854,  when  it  was 

years'  service  he    became  a 
partner,    the    style  then  being  Becar,  Napier  &  Co.,  with 

Alfred      Becar  Jm  llfe^  and   Alex.   D.    Napier    as    senior 

partners;  J^  p|  Hte^  ^ater  tne  style  became  Hitch- 

Potter,  and  in  1884 
it  was  changed  to 
its  present  form, 
the  partners  then, 
as  now,  comprising 
W.  G.  Hitchcock, 
George  J  arvis 
Geer,  A.  Howard 
Hopping,  and 
Charles  H.  Lane. 
Mr.  Hitchcock 
came  as  a  poor  lad 
from  his  native 
place,  Montrose, 
Penn. ,  and  has 
achieved  his  suc- 
cess by  industry, 
economy,  ability, 
fidelity  to  each  and 
every  obligation, 
knowledge  of  his 
business  and  pro- 
per consideration  for  his  customers.  His  first  situation  was  with  Joseph  F.  Sanxay, 
in  a  men's  furnishing  goods  store,  at  $2  a  week —  quite  a  contrast  with  his  present 
income.  He  is  identified  with  various  banks  and  institutions,  devoting  a  part  of  his 
incessantly  occupied  time  to  matters  pertaining  to  the  general  welfare. 


W.  G.  HITCHCOCK  &  CO.,  BROOME  AND  MERCER  STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


831 


Foster,  Paul  &  Co.  are  manufacturers  and  importers  of  ladies'  and  men's 
gloves  to  an  extent  unequalled  by  any  other  house  of  America.  Careful  attention  to 
the  quality  of  their  goods  has  brought  them  to  the  front,  and  given  to  Americans 
gloves  equal  to  any  foreign  make.  Indeed,  their  factories  are  upon  foreign  soil,  and 
located  in  the  very  midst  of  the  best  glove-making  establishments  of  France  and 
Germany.  Foster's 
gloves  have  another 
interest  attaching  to 
them,  however,  be- 
sides their  quality. 
It  is  a  glove  that 
is  provided  with  a 
clever  device  which 
is  valued  very  highly; 
a  device  for  lacing 
at  the  wrist,  which 
William  F.  Foster 
invented  and  patent- 
ed in  1876,  and  which 
has  since  added  im- 
measurably to  the 
comfort  of  wearing 
gloves.  The  button 
glove  has  no  adapta- 
bility to  wrists  of  dif- 
ferent sizes,  beyond 
the  stretching  of  the 
kid.       The    lacing 

glove  has  this  adaptability.  Be  the  wrist  large  or  small,  the  little  lacing  string 
can  be  drawn  just  sufficiently  tight  over  the  tiny  hooks  to  give  the  glove  a  perfect 
smoothness  at  the  wrist,  and  easy  accommodation  to  the  movements  of  the  hands. 
This  invention  has  been  applied  to  men's  gloves  as  well  as  to  women's.  No  one 
who  has  once  used  it  can  ever  return  to  the  button  glove,  with  its  vexatious  fasten- 
ing. The  success  of  this  invention  was  immediate.  Mr.  Foster  established  a  factory 
at  Grenoble,  France,  a  town  where  the  best  gloves  in  the  world  were  made.  At 
about  the  same  time  he  started  a  factory  in  New  York,  for  putting  upon  the  gloves 
made  at  Grenoble  the  device  which  he  had  patented.  Finding  that  his  whole  glove- 
making  enterprise  was  an  unqualified  success,  he  established  in  1881  another  glove- 
factory,  at  Friedrichshagen,  twenty  miles  from  Berlin,  Germany.  The  importation 
of  gloves  into  America  from  these  two  factories  now  exceeds  in  quality  and  quantity 
those  from  any  other  factory  abroad.  In  1888  a  new  incorporated  company  was 
formed,  with  William  F.  Foster,  President  ;  S.  F.  Paul,  Treasurer  ;  and  T.  N. 
Foster,  Secretary.  A  short  time  previous  to  this  incorporation  the  firm  of  Foster, 
Paul  &  Co.  had  consolidated  their  New-York  offices  and  factory  in  the  building 
at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Grand  Street.  Here  the  company  now  occupies 
four  floors,  and  has  500  employees  engaged  in  putting  the  lacings  and  hooks  upon 
the  gloves  made  abroad.  The  Foster  gloves  are  to  be  found  in  the  great  dry-goods 
and  ladies'  and  gentlemen's  furnishing  stores  in  every  State  and  territory  of  the 
Union.  They  are  known  to  every  wearer  of  fine  gloves.  They  won  their  foremost 
rank  because  of  their  merit. 


FOSTER,  PAUL  &    CO.,  BROADWAY  AND  GRAND  STREET. 


»32 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


The  Gilbert  Manufacturing  Company,  which  stands  foremost  among 
ladies'  dress-linings  and  dress-goods  manufacturing  establishments 
f  the  present  day,  has  at  its  head  as  President,  O.  P.  Dorman.     The 
history  of  this  company  is  essentially  a  history  of  the  business  eli- 
tes of  Mr.  Dorman,  who,  in  1879,  obtained  control  of  an 
mtion  for  making  cotton  fabrics  water  and  perspiration 
-oof.      Together  with  Frank   H.  Gilbert,  who  has  since 
become  treasurer   of  the  incorporated  company  which 
bears  his  name,  Mr.  Dorman  utilized  this  invention 
to  the  very  best  advantage.      At  the  outset   they 
began  the  manufacture  of  ladies'  dress  shields,  with 
42  sewing  machines,   in  New- York  City.     These 
proving  very  popular,  the  manufacture  of  ladies' 
dress-linings  was  undertaken,  and  the  capacity 
of  the  business  enlarged  to  meet  its  increasing 
demands.      In  1880  Mr. 
Dorman       conceived        A 
the  idea  of  making        Ami 
three-leaf   twills.        MwA 
These  likewise  /  V  f 

proved     very       MMjF§M 
popular,   and 

caused  such  ,    j 

f ur  t  h  e 1 
exten-  •'  /  y 


GILBERT   MANUFACTURING   CO. 
514  AND  516   BROADWAY. 


sion  of  the  business  that  in  1881  the 
firm  was  incorporated,  under  its  present 
name.  In  the  same  year  W.  T  Mcln- 
tire  became  connected  with  the  com- 
pany, and  three  years  later  was  elected 
to  its  vice-presidency.  For  the  next 
three  or  four  years  the  capacity  of  the 
company  was  taxed  to  its  utmost  in 
meeting  the  demands  for  its  plain  three- 
leaf  twill.  Feeling  that  a  slight  depar- 
ture would  still  further  increase  the 
business,  a  fancy  three-leaf  twill  was 
introduced.  In  the  early  history  of  the 
company  Mr.  Dorman  had  secured  by  a 
contract  for  five  years  control  of  an  in- 
vention whereby  a  cotton  fabric  could 
be  dyed  a  black,  which  should  be  posi- 
tively and  absolutely  fast.  This  dis- 
covery was  used  at  the  outset  exclusively 
for  dress-linings.  Later,  it  was  utilized 
in     making     black    Henrietta    cloths, 


GILBERT   MANUFACTURE 
WAREHOUSE    ON    CROSBY 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


833 


which  proved  even  more  successful  than  the  dress-linings.  Not  satisfied  with 
these  results  alone,  a  long  series  of  experiments  was  undertaken,  which  at  last 
resulted  in  the  successful  manufacture  of  fast  black  dress  goods  with  white  figures. 
Further  experimenting  led  to  the  making  of  fast  black  goods  with  dual  and  chintz 
colorings.  Looms  running  in  the  interest  of  the  company  are  now  scattered  through 
every  State  in  New  England,  excepting  Vermont.  The  company's  main  office  and 
salesrooms  are  at  514  and  516  Broadway,  and  their  warehouses  are  at  60,  62, 
64  and  66  Crosby  Street,  New  York.  Branch-offices  are  established  at  various  points 
in  this  and  foreign  countries. 

E.  H.  Van  Ingen  &  Co.,  importers  of  woolens,  occupy  one  of  the  handsomest 
buildings  devoted  to  business  purposes  in  New-York  City.  It  is  the  Mohawk 
Building,  at  Fifth  Avenue  and  21st  Street,  and  it  was  erected  by  the  firm  principally 
for  its  own  use.  It  measures  92  feet  on  Fifth  Avenue  and  142^  feet  on  21st  Street. 
The  building  is  an  absolutely  fire-proof  structure,  nine  stories  high,  built  of  sand- 
stone, St. -Louis  brick,  and  iron.  The  architecture  is  quite  simple,  showing  plainly 
the  lines  of  construction,  with  a  touch  of  the  Renaissance  style.  The  feature  of 
the  Fifth-Avenue  front  is  the  entrance-porch,  which  projects  forward  slightly, 
and  is  treated  in  1 — 
Ionic  style.  The 
two  upper  stories 
are  embraced  in  a 
colonnade,  which 
makes  them  ap- 
pear as  one  very 
high  story.  The 
lower  floors  of  the 
building,  from  the 
first  to  the  sixth, 
are  laid  out  in 
broad  salesrooms, 
subdivided  only  by 
rows  of  columns. 
E.  H.  Van  Ingen 
&  Co.  occupy  the 
lower  floors,  the 
general  offices  be- 
ing at  the  rear  end 
of  the  entrance 
story,  and  the  pri- 
v  a  t  e  offices  o  n 
the  floor  above. 
There  is  a  recess 
on  the  2ist-Street 
side  which  serves 
as  a  driveway,  and 
permits  the  load- 
ing and  unload- 
ing of  goods  with- 
out encumbering 
the  sidewalk.  The 
53 


E.    H.    VAN    INGEN 


834 


AVXG'S   HANDBOOK    OF  AFIV    YORK'. 


three  upper  stories  are  laid  out  in  offices  for  professional  people.  They,  as  well 
as  the  warerooms  above  the  ground,  are  reached  by  two  passenger  elevators 
from  the  main  entrance.  The  walls  of  the  corridors  are  wainscoted  with  hand- 
some tiling,  and  the  floors  are  laid  in  mosaic.  The  building  is  heated  by 
steam  and  lighted  by  electricity  ;  and  all  the  wiring  and  piping  has  been  done 
in  such  a  way  as  to  avoid  marring  its  symmetry.  The  firm  of  E.  H.  Van 
Ingen  &  Co.  is,  perhaps,  the  largest  one  in  the  woolen  trade  in  the  world. 
For  more  than  twenty  years  it  occupied  the  building  at  Broadway  and  Broome 
Street.  It  was  the  first  house  in  the  trade  to  break  away  from  the  wholesale  dry- 
goods  centre  of  the  city  and  build  for  itself  a  home  up-town.  The  Mohawk 
Building  is  so  called  from  the  famous  old  Indian  tribe  of  that  name.  It  was  opened 
May  I,  1892;  and  is  an  architectural  feature  of  lower  Fifth  Avenue. 

J.  R.  Leeson  &  Co.,  at  Church  and 
Lispenard  Streets,  is  the  principal  branch 
of  the  largest  linen -thread  importing  house 
of  the  United  States.  Besides  being  the 
American  representatives  of  the  great  Scot- 
tish house  of  Finlayson,  Bousfield  &  Co., 
whose  gigantic  works  are  at  Johnstone,  in 
Scotland,  they  are  the  selling  agents  of  the 
( j  raft  on  Flax  Mills,  of  Grafton,  Mass.  In 
addition  to  their  remarkable  record  as  to 
age,  the  Scottish  house  being  the  oldest 
established  linen  thread  manufacturers  in 
Scotland  ;  as  to  magnitude,  the  Johnstone 
Mills  alone  giving  employment  to  3,000 
persons  ;  as  to  stability,  the  standing  of  the 
concerns  being  rated  at  many  millions  of 
dollars  ;  and  as  to  pre-eminence,  being  the 
largest  makers  of  linen  and  flax  threads  in 
the  world,  and  receiving  the  only  Prize 
Medal  awarded  for  quality  in  linen  threads 
at  the  first  International  Exhibition,  Lon- 
don, 1851  :  the  houses  of  Finlayson,  Bous- 
field &  Co.  and  J.  R.  Leeson  &  Co.  have 
made  indelible  records  in  the  annals  of  the 
growth  of  their  industry  by  the  almost  in- 
numerable list  of  inventions  for  the  better 
manufacture  and  the  more  extended  use  of 
the  products  of  linen  and  flax  mills.  Only 
a  few  of  these  of  the  most  recent  date  can 
here  be  referred  to.  A  few  years  ago  the 
introduction  of  "Real  Scotch  Linen  Floss," 
and  the  now  universally  known  "  Bargarren 
Art  Threads,"  for  embroidering,  crocheting 
and  other  ornamental  work,  created  almost 
a  revolution  in  their  way,  for  they  were 
found  to  be  just  as  beautiful  as  silk,  and  yet 
far  more  durable  and  far  less  costly.  The  at- 
317  church  street.  tachments   for  book-binders'   machines,    by 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


835 


which  time  is  saved,  with  better  results  and  less  cost,  and  without  the  annoyance  of 
broken  needles  caused  by  knotty  threads,  have  become  generally  used  by  the  book- 
binders throughout  the  country.  Their  peculiarly  fine  qualities  and  exceeding 
strength  have  made  the  "Real  Scotch  "  linen  threads  the  especial  favorites  with  the 
boot  and  shoe  and  harness  makers  and  other  trades.  In  1892  the  house  introduced 
a  new  method  of  winding  threads  on  tubes,  which  is  destined  to  revolutionize  the 
entire  system  of  putting  up  threads  for  manufacturing  and  home  use,  for  by  this  new 
system  the  many  trials  of  the  old-fashioned  balls,  bobbins  or  tubes  are  avoided,  and 
there  is  no  bulging,  no  breaking  or  straining  of  the  thread,  no  ravelling  into  knots  or 
loops,  no  slipping  over  sides  to  interfere  with  machinery,  etc.  The  products  of  the 
mills  in  Scotland  and  at  Grafton  include  every  variety  of  linen  and  flax  threads  now 
in  use  for  any  purposes.  They  are  put  up  in  all  conceivable  styles  of  thickness  and 
color  for  which  there  is  any  demand.  The  headquarters  of  the  firm  are  at  298  Devon- 
shire Street,  Boston  ;  and  in  addition  to  the  principal  branch  in  New-York  City,  J.  R. 
Leeson  &  Co.  have  agen- 
cies at  405  Arch  Street, 
Philadelphia  ;  81 7  Locust 
Street,  St.  Louis  ;  240 
Franklin  Street,  Chi- 
cago ;  and  in  Cincinnati, 
San  Francisco,  Cal.,  and 
other  important  trade- 
centres. 

Belding  Brothers 
&  Co.  are  the  foremost 
representatives  of  the 
sewing-silk  business  in 
America.  From  the 
small  beginnings  in  silk- 
worm culture  at  North- 
ampton, Massachusetts, 
have  grown  the  great  silk 
companies  of  modern 
times.  This  business  is 
now  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant manufacturing 
interests  of  the  country. 
The  Belding  Brothers  by 
unremitting  push,  and  by 
placing  on  the  market 
only  the  best  product  of 
silk-manufacture,  have 
established  an  enormous 
business,  with  a  world- 
wide reputation.  Their 
plant  consists  of  mills  at 
Northampton,  Massachu- 
setts; Montreal,  Canada; 
San  Francisco,  Califor- 
nia ;  Rockville,   Connec-  belding  brothers  &.  co. ,  455  broai-'vay. 


836  KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

ticut  ;  and  Belding,  Michigan.  These  five  mills  employ  over  3,000  hands.  Their 
chief  products  are  machine  twist,  sewing,  knitting  and  embroidery  silks,  silk  hosiery 
and  lining  silks.  The  total  product  of  the  mills  during  the  year  1891  was  valued  at 
$5,000,000.  Over  2,000  pounds  of  raw  silk  from  Asia  and  Europe,  costing  $  1 1,000, 
are  daily  converted  through  a  great  variety  of  processes  into  thread.  In  all 
branches  of  the  manufacture  a  single  strand  of  silk  must  be  produced,  which  is 
usually  doubled  for  yarns  and  trebled  for  machine-twist.  This  single  strand,  into 
which  every  day  at  those  mills  a  ton  of  silk  is  converted,  is  long  enough  to  go 
around  the  entire  globe  twelve  times.  One  day's  production  would  more  than  span 
the  distance  from  the  earth  to  the  moon.  One  of  the  great  improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  silk  is  the  operation  of  a  patented  machine  which  cleans  the  com- 
pleted thread,  not  only  taking  off  all  burrs  and  pluff,  but  also  giving  it  a  gloss  which 
is  peculiarly  characteristic  of  the  goods  of  the  Belding  Brothers. 

The  principal  mills  are  at  Northampton,  near  the  Connecticut  River  Railroad 
and  the  New-Haven  &  Northampton  Railroad.  175  looms  and  20,000  spindles  are 
employed  there  in  weaving  silk  fabrics,  such  as  sleeve-linings  and  silk  coat -linings 
for  tailors'  use.  There  are  also  in  operation  25  hosiery  machines,  producing  300 
dozen  of  silk  hose  each  week.  This  industry  is  interesting,  because  of  the  hum- 
ble way  in  which  it  began.  The  foundation  of  it  was  laid  in  i860  by  Hiram  H.  and 
Alvah  N.  Belding,  who  started  from  Otisco,  Michigan,  which  since  has  been  named 
Belding,  to  sell  silk  from  house  to  house.  This  method  proved  so  successful  that 
three  years  later  they,  together  with  their  brother,  Milo  M.  Belding,  started  a  house 
in  Chicago.  In  1863  the  three  brothers  formed  a  partnership  with  E.  K.  Rose,  and 
built  a  mill  at  Rockville,  Connecticut.  Three  years  later  the  firm  was  dissolved.  In 
1869  the  mill  at  Northampton  was  built  ;  and  subsequently  the  others.  The  com- 
pany's main  offices  are  at  455  and  457  Broadway,  New  York.  The  officers  are  : 
M.  M.  Belding,  President  and  Treasurer  ;  D.  W.  Belding,  Vice-President ;  and  A. 
N.  Belding,  Secretary.  The  directors  are  :  M.  M.  Belding  and  J.  R.  Emery  of 
New  York  ;  D.  W.  Belding  of  Cincinnati ;  A.  M.  Belding,  of  Rockville  ;  W.  S. 
Belding,  W.  A.  Stanton,  and  E.  C.  Young  of  Chicago. 

Littauer  Brothers  are  manufacturers  of  all  possible  varieties  of  gloves,  from 
the  workingman's  heavy  mitten  to  the  lady's  lightest  kid.  During  the  ten  years, 
since  succeeding  their  father  in  1882,  they  have  developed  an  enormous  business,  and 
introduced  an  endless  number  of  styles  of  gloves,  for  which  skins  of  animals  from  every 
part  of  the  globe  are  imported.  Indeed,  this  firm  is  celebrated  for  the  fanciful  variety 
of  its  line  of  gloves,  and  for  the  quality  of  the  material  used  in  their  make.  Mocha- 
skins  from  Arabia,  deer-skins  from  Central  America,  Brazil  and  the  Island  of  Ceylon, 
a  particular  form  of  hog-skin  from  Buenos  Ayres  and  the  Argentine  calf-skins, 
cow-hides,  the  fronts  of  horse-hides,  are  all  brought  to  the  tannery  near  Gloversville, 
New  York,  to  be  dressed  and  finished  ready  for  cutting.  From  the  heavier  skins 
are  made  the  gloves  and  mittens  for  the  workingman,  while  from  the  light  fine  skins 
are  made  the  dress  and  walking  gloves.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that  the  workmen  of 
America  desire,  as  do  those  of  no  other  nationality,  coverings  for  the  hands.  And 
they  desire  these  coverings  to  be  of  light  colors  and  pretty  designs.  Littauer  Brothers 
have  met  this  demand  with  marked  success.  It  is  this  portion  of  the  business  in 
which  the  firm  were  pioneers  in  this  country,  and  to  which  they  have  given  especial 
attention  since  its  foundation,  in  1856,  by  Nathan  Littauer,  at  Gloversville,  a 
town  which  was  originally  the  natural  market  for  deer-skins  collected  by  trappers 
in  all  parts  of  the  country.  And  the  manufacture  of  heavy  buck-skin  mittens 
and  gloves  which  the  elder  Littauer  began  there  thirty-six  years  ago  has  become 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


837 


the    chief    industry  of   the    glove- 
makers  of  America. 

The  two  sons  on  succeeding 
their  father  brought  to  the  business 
the  same  determined  push  and 
originality  which  he  had  shown  in 
founding  it.  In  ten  years  they  have 
multiplied  it  five-fold.  They  have 
introduced  into  their  manufactured 
products  the  very  finest  kid  gloves, 
utilizing  in  their  make  the  most 
advanced  European  ideas,  and  em- 
ploying skilled  labor  from  various 
foreign  countries.  Their  lined  and 
unlined  kid  gloves  have  been  found 
to  be  of  such  equal  quality  to  those 
of  European  make  that  the  latter 
are  no  longer  imported  to  their 
former  extent.  In  fact,  no  lined 
gloves  are  now  imported.  And 
the  importation  of  men's  unlined 
gloves  has  diminished  one-half  in 
the  last  five  years,  while  a  fair  in- 
road has  begun  to  be  made  in  the 
importation  of  ladies'  gloves.  The 
Mocha  gloves,  which  this  firm  alone 
manufactures,  successfully  compete 
in  smoothness  and  dressy  velvety 
finish  with  kid  gloves.  The  enor- 
mous variety  of  gloves  manufac- 
tured may  be  seen  at  its  factory  at 
Gloversville,  and  at  its  establish- 
ment, at  520  Broadway,  New  York. 

Austin,  Nichols  &  Company,  of  New  York,  are  one  of  the  preeminent  im- 
porting and  wholesale  grocery  houses  of  the  world  ;  occupying  one  of  the  largest  and 
finest  establishments,  carrying  one  of  the  most  extensive  and  varied  lines  of  goods, 
doing  the  greatest  volume  of  business,  and  having  one  of  the  largest  lists  of  cus- 
tomers. It  is  one  of  the  mercantile  houses  in  which  New-Yorkers  justly  take  the 
greatest  pride.  Built  up  and  conducted  on  the  most  energetic  yet  most  conserva- 
tive business  principles,  it  is  a  business  involving  many  millions  a  year,  and  covering 
within  its  range  of  purchases  and  sales  not  only  the  whole  of  the  United  States,  but 
foreign  countries  as  well.  Its  specially  designed  and  constructed  building,  situated 
at  the  corner  of  Hudson  and  Jay  Streets,  is  always  one  of  the  busiest  sights  in  the 
commercial  metropolis.  It  is  a  mammoth  building  of  brick,  iron  and  stone,  ten 
stories  high  above  the  basement  and  sub-basement.  It  is  packed  solidly  with  the 
whole  range  of  groceries  and  food  products,  including  the  fullest  line  of  fancy  and 
staple  goods,  among  which  are  hundreds  of  specialties,  made  expressly  or  exclusively 
for  this  house  ;  many  of  which  are  from  the  firm's  own  manufactories  or  packeries. 
These  goods  are  virtually  the  food  products  of  the  whole  world,  especially  selected 
by  a  corps  of  expert  buyers. 


LITTAUER    BROTHERS,    520    BROADWAY. 


838 


KING'S    HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Since  Austin,  Nichols  &  Co.  succeeded  the  old  grocery  house  of  Fitts  &  Austin, 
in  1879,  ^  nas  Pursued  the  most  vigorous  possible  policy,  and  its  success  is  due  to 
making  sales  at  the  lowest  price  consistent  with  quality  ;  trying  to  please  customers, 
having  a  thoroughly  organ- 
ized firm,  with  each  partner 
working  hard  for  the  general 
welfare  ot  the  firm,  and  being 
able  to  buy  in  immense  quan- 
tities for  cash  in  the  pri- 
mary markets  of  the  world. 
The  present  partners  are 
James  E.  Nichols,  Louis 
Schott,  Thomas  M.  McCar- 
thy, Thomas  W.  Ormiston, 
and  William  S.  Buchanan. 

The  packing  departments, 
unusually  spacious  and  thor- 
oughly equipped,  and  the 
electric  lighting  plant  and 
steam-power  machinery  are 
on  a  scale  commensurate  with 
the  needs  of  this  great  house. 
The  immense  coffee  roasting 
rooms  are  worthy  of  special 
mention,  having  a  daily  ca- 
pacity of  100,000  pounds, 
and  being  the  largest  in  the 
city  of  New  York.  All 
through  an  air  of  solidity  and 
reliability  pervades  the  whole 
establishment  of  Austin,  Nich- 
ols &  Co. ,  while  all  around  is 
evidence  enough  of  the  great  energy  required  to  conduct  such  an  enormous  business. 

Francis  H.  Leggett  &  Co.  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  wholesale  grocery- 
houses  of  the  world;  there  is  none  more  widely  or  more  favorably  known.  This 
house  dates  back  to  1870,  at  which  time  Francis  H.  Leggett  associated  with  him- 
self his  brother,  Theodore  Leggett,  and  the  new  house  assumed  the  firm-name  as 
it  stands  to-day.  Leasing  the  building  at  74  Murray  Street,  a  modest  beginning 
was  made  as  a  foundation  to  their  present  extensive  business.  Then  staple  goods, 
sugars,  syrups,  molasses,  etc.,  formed  the  bulk  of  the  stock  of  all  grocery  houses, 
the  addition  of  specialities  not  coming  into  vogue  until  some  years  later.  The  new 
firm  was  quick  to  discover  any  possible  opening  for  adding  new  and  desirable  feat- 
ures, and  for  enlarging  the  scope  of  its  operations,  and  it  has  done  much  to  give  the 
grocery  trade  its  present  diversified  character.  They  were,  also,  among  the  first  in 
their  line  to  add  a  complete  line  of  canned  goods,  imported  groceries,  and  foreign 
fruits  to  their  lists.  The  inauguration  of  each  new  feature  served  to  increase  the 
popularity  and  to  extend  the  patronage  of  the  house.  In  1873  larger  quarters  were 
required  and  they  removed  to  97,  99  and  101  Reade  Street.  They  soon  occupied 
the  entire  building,  and  also  one  adjoining,  on  Chambers  Street.  Increasing  trade 
demanded  still  more,  and  in  1 88 1  the  firm  erected  their  present  building. 


AUSTIN,    NICHOLS    &    CO.,    HUDSON    AND    JAY    STREETS. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


839 


FRANCIS    H.    LEQQETT    &    CO.'S    WHOLESALE    GROCERY    WAREHOUSE. 

FRANKLIN    STREET,    FROM    WEST    BROADWAY    TO    VARICK    STREET, 


840  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

By  a  fire  which  occurred  May  10,  1891,  the  top  floor  was  destroyed,  and  the 
entire  stock  was  seriously  damaged  by  water  and  smoke.  For  the  ensuing  three 
months  the  firm  occupied  temporary  quarters  in  Franklin,  Hudson  and  West  Streets, 
and  in  the  meantime  repaired  and  remodelled  their  own  building.  The  building  is 
imposing  in  its  dimensions  and  attractive  in  its  appearance.  It  is  of  pressed  brick 
and  granite,  with  ample  window-space,  and  comprises  ten  stories  and  basement. 

The  power-plant  consists  of  two  horizontal  tubular  boilers,  of  60  horse-power 
each,  and  one  horizontal  automatic  cut-off  engine,  of  90  horse-power.  This  engine 
furnishes  power  for  milling  and  electric-light  purposes.  The  power  for  milling  is 
transmitted  from  the  engine  to  the  several  floors,  until  it  reaches  the  tenth  floor, 
where  the  Spice  Department  is  located.  The  large  stock  carried  by  the  firm  is 
moved  by  six  powerful  steam  elevators,  of  the  Otis  type.  For  electric-light  purposes 
there  is  also  used  an  80  horse-power  high-speed  engine,  manufactured  by  the  Ball 
Company  of  Erie.  The  demands  upon  the  boilers  have  been  so  great  that  the  firm  is 
contemplating  the  erection  of  additional  boilers.  The  electric-light  plant  consists 
of  two  dynamos.  One,  of  700-light  capacity,  built  by  the  Thomson-Houston  Com- 
pany ;  the  other,  of  400-light  capacity,  built  by  the  Edison  Company. 

The  receiving  and  shipping  departments  occupy  the  first  floor,  while  the  private 
offices,  general  sales-room,  and  counting-room  occupy  the  second  floor.  All  the 
stories  above  are  stocked  with  food-products  of  all  sorts,  from  every  quarter  of  the 
globe,  and  the  building  contains  as  large  a  collection  of  such  as  is  ever  brought  under 
one  roof.  The  upper  floors  are  used  principally  for  manufacturing  purposes,  such  as 
grinding  spices,  milling  and  packing  prepared  flour  and  cereal  specialties  of  every 
description,  flavoring  extracts,  fruit-syrups,  and  many  other  specialties,  and  the  pack- 
ing of  olives,  all  of  which  form  an  important  branch  of  the  business. 

This  firm  makes  a  specialty  of  high-class  groceries  of  every  description,  and  is 
a  large  handler  of  coffees  and  teas.  They  have  a  factory  at  Riverside,  N.  J. ,  where 
they  pack  their  own  brands  of  canned  goods,  jams,  and  other  high-grade  specialties, 
which  have  a  national  reputation  for  excellence.  The  firm  has  also  an  office  at  42 
Rue  de  Traversiere,  Bordeaux,  France.  They  do  not  sell  wines,  bitters,  or  liquors 
of  any  description,  but  deal  exclusively  in  food-products,  and  their  brands  are  so 
well-known  and  popular  that  their  trade  extends  to  all  parts  of  the  world.  The 
steady  and  prosperous  growth  of  the  volume  of  trade  of  this  house  finds  its  explana- 
tion in  a  strict  adherence  to  principles  of  integrity  ;  maintaining  a  high  standard  of 
quality  for  their  brands,  and  dealing  fairly  and  justly  with  each  patron.  The  busi- 
ness is  divided  into  twenty-five  departments,  each  of  which  is  in  charge  of  a  com- 
petent buyer.  The  present  members  of  the  firm  are  Francis  H.  Leggett,  Albert  H. 
Jones,  Lewis  Wallace,  and  John  C.  Juhring,  Theodore  Leggett  having  died  in  1883, 
while  absent  from  the  city  in  the  summer  of  that  year. 

Dan  Talmage's  Sons,  of  115  Wall  Street,  stand  at  the  head  of  the  rice  traffic 
in  America.  The  house  was  founded  in  1841  by  Daniel  Talmage,  having  now  passed 
its  first  half-century  mile-stone.  The  principal  office  is  in  New  York,  wkh  branches 
at  Southern  points  of  production.  The  New- York  office,  besides  being  the  financial 
centre  of  their  system,  is  the  headquarters  for  the  importation  of  foreign  rice.  They 
receive  cargoes  of  uncleaned  rice  direct  from  Japan,  Java,  Burmah  and  India,  which 
they  clean  at  their  large  rice-mill  in  this  city,  and  distribute  to  all  points  of  the 
United  States,  as  well  as  exporting  to  the  West  Indies,  Mexico,  and  South  America. 
Their  branch -houses  at  Charleston  and  New  Orleans  are  fully  equal  in  importance, 
being  located  at  the  milling-centres  of  the  rice-growing  interests  of  the  United  States, 
where  the  largest  portion  of  the  rice  crop  is  received  from  the  growers,  and  from 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


841 


which  it  is  distributed  to 
consumers.  Production 
until  recently  has  been  con- 
fined mainly  to  the  States 
of  North  and  South  Caro- 
lina, Georgia  and  Louis- 
iana, but  within  the  past 
year  or  two  Florida,  Texas, 
Alabama  and  Mississippi 
have  been  largely  inter- 
ested in  its  culture.  Dan 
Talmage's  Sons  are  in 
intimate  relations  with  the 
producers  and  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  rice  their  deal- 
ings reach  every  portion 
of  the  country. 

The  rice  crop  of  the 
United  States  is  not  large 
enough  to  supply  the  home 
demand,  although  the 
acreage  devoted  to  it  is 
increasing  every  year. 
The  firm  has  been  very 
active  in  stimulating  the 
culture;  distributing  prac- 
tical information  concern- 
ing the  industry,  strongly 
urging  upon  all  Southern 
planters    the    wisdom    of 

diversified  products  and  the  advisability  of  devoting  some  space  to  rice,  as  it  is  valu- 
able as  a  food-product,  the  market  being  always  ready  to  take  any  surplus  which 
may  be  made.  They  are  considered  to  be  the  authorities  on  all  matters  relating  to 
rice,  from  breaking  up  the  land  for  seeding  until  it  is  placed  upon  the  table  for  con- 
sumption. They  collect  and  tabulate  the  information  upon  which  the  reports  of  the 
crop  and  the  market  are  based,  and  these  reports,  as  sent  out  by  the  firm,  are 
treated  as  official  by  the  press,  and  other  houses  in  the  trade.  These  statistics  and 
compilations  are  also  requested  by  the  Government  at  Washington,  and  are  placed 
on  file  for  reference. 

John  Osborn,  Son  &  Co.,  general  merchants,  have  offices  at  45  Beaver  Street. 
The  house  is  a  very  old  one.  John  Osborn  came  to  New  York  from  Oporto,  where 
he  had  a  commercial  house,  and  established  himself  on  January,  1836.  Some  years 
later  he  took  his  brother  Robert  into  partnership,  under  the  style  of  John  and  Robert 
Osborn  ;  the  place  of  business  being  at  in  Wall  Street.  In  1854  John  Osborn 
erected  the  building  which  they  now  occupy,  then  in  the  centre  of  the  dry-goods 
trade.  A  year  or  so  later  that  trade  began  moving  farther  up-town.  About  1856 
the  firm  removed  to  45  Beaver  Street,  and  a  year  later  the  firm  was  dissolved  by  the 
death  of  Robert.  John  Osborn  continued  under  his  own  name.  In  April,  1869,  he 
associated  with  himself  his  son,  Francis  Pares  Osborn,  and  Timothy  Stevens,  under 
the  co-partnership  name  of  John  Osborn,  Son  &  Co.     The  firm  had  business  relations 


DAN  TALMAGE'S  SONS,  115  WALL  STREET. 


842 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


with  foreign  countries  (particularly  with  Great  Britain,  France,  Spain  and  Portugal), 
and  continued  until  May  16,  1869,  when  it  was  dissolved  by  the  death  of  John  Os- 
born.  Immediately  a  co-partnership  was  formed  by  Francis  Pares  Osborn,  Timothy 
Stevens  and  Mary  C.  Osborn,  to  continue  the  business  under  the  same  style.  There 
was  no  change  in  the  personnel  until  May  I,  1875,  when  the  co-partnership  was 
dissolved.  Then  a  limited  partnership  was  formed  by  Francis  Pares  Osborn  as 
general,  and  Mary  C.   Osborn  as  special  partner,  to  continue  the  business  under  the 

.     name  of  John  Osborn,  Son  &  Co.  In  1876, 

a  branch  house  was  opened  in  Montreal, 
the  head  office  remaining  in  New  York. 
On  January  1,  1884,  a  new  limited  part- 
nership was  formed  between  Francis  Pares 
Osborn,  Charles  Spencer  Osborn,  William 
Osborn,  Robert  A.  Osborn  and  Mary  C. 
Osborn,  to  continue  four  years  under  the 
same  name.  This  partnership  was  re- 
newed in  January,  1888.  On  December 
28,  1 89 1,  Mary  C.  Osborn,  the  special 
partner  and  mother  of  the  general  partners, 
died  at  her  home  on  Clinton  Avenue, 
Brooklyn,  where  she  had  lived  for  forty- 
two  years,  and  which  was  the  birthplace 
of  William  and  Robert  A.  Osborn.  On 
March  13,  1892,  the  senior  partner,  Fran- 
cis Pares  Osborn,  died ;  the  firm,  however, 
being  a  limited  partnership,  continued. 
In  1892,  the  firm  established  a  Western 
Department,  with  offices  at  522  and  523 
Monadnock  Block,  Chicago.  During  the 
years  which  this  firm  has  been  in  existence 
it  has  had  business  relations  with  all  parts 
of  Europe,  the  South-American  republics 
and  the  West  Indies,  importing  and  ex- 
porting the  products  of  these  countries, 
as  well  as  doing  a  banking  business. 
Among  the  agencies  which  this  firm 
has  controlled  in  their  wine  and  spirit 
department  is  that  of  the  old  and  well- 
known  brand  of  "  Piper-Heidsieck,  Sec" 
Champagne,  which  has  been  known  to  the 
American  public  for  nearly  a  century,  the 
reputation  of  which  has  been  held  up, 
and  to-day  stands  among  the  best  value  of  any  high-class  wine  in  America. 

Charles  Graef  &  Co.,  32  Beaver  Street,  at  the  corner  of  Broad  Street,  are  the 
largest  importers  in  America  of  champagne,  fine  wines  and  mineral  waters.  They 
are  the  American  agents  of  Pommery  &  Greno,  of  Reims  ;  Henkell  &  Co.,  of  May- 
ence  ;  Journu  Freres,  Kappelhoff  &  Co.,  of  Bordeaux;  and  of  the  Apollinaris  Com- 
pany, Limited,  of  London.  Charles  Graef  served  a  long  apprenticeship  in  a  French 
wine-house,  and  afterward  in  a  German  house.  He  established  himself  in  business 
in  New  York  in  187 1.      In    1890  he  associated  with  himself  his  brother  Anton,  his 


JOHN    OSBORN,  SON    &    CO.  ,   45    BEAVER    STREET. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


343 


two  sons,  Alfred  and  Harry  C.  Graef,  and  also  Francis  Draz  and  Ludwig  Raecke, 
under  the  firm-name  of  Charles  Graef  &  Co.  The  business  of  the  house  has  grown 
steadily  from  the  outset ;  its  sales  amount  to  over  $3,000,000  a  year.  Of  the  Euro- 
pean champagne  houses  represented  in  America,  that  of  Pommery  &  Greno,  or,  as 
it  is  now,  Veuve  Pommery,  Fils  &  Cie,  of  Reims,  is  one  of  the  most  extensive.  It 
sometimes  controls  a  sixth  of  the  entire  vintage  of  the  Champagne  district.  Enor- 
mous quantities  of  its  products  are   distributed   throughout   the  United   States  by 


CHARLES    GRAEF    &    CO.,   BROAD    AND    BEAVER    STREETS. 

Charles  Graef  &  Co.  The  wines  of  Henkell  &  Co.  have  been  shipped  to  this 
country  since  1846,  and  have  found  high  favor  here.  The  house  of  Journu  Freres, 
Kappelhoff  &  Co.  ranks  among  the  highest  in  its  line.  Of  the  mineral  waters 
handled  by  the  firm,  the  famous  and  fashionable  Apollinaris  water  is  known  the 
world  over.  It  comes  from  a  spring  containing  a  very  large  volume  of  carbonic- 
acid  gas.  Strange  to  say,  the  discovery  of  the  Apollinaris  Spring  in  the  valley  of 
the  Ahr,  in  Rhenish  Prussia,  was  due  to  the  fact  that  Herr  Kreuzberg,  the  owner 
of  the  land,  could  not  make  grapes  grow  on  a  particular  spot,  because  carbonic  acid 
gas  issued  from  the  ground.  On  the  advice  of  the  geologist,  Bischoff,  he  sank  a  well, 
and  struck  the  spring  with  which  a  world-wide  success  has  been  obtained. 

Lorenz  Reich,  at  334  Fifth  Avenue,  corner  of  33d  Street,  in  the  Hotel  Cam- 
bridge, is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  importers  of  fine  wines  in  America,  and  has 
done  the  country  a  real  service  in  introducing  the  delicious  vintages  of  Budai,  Tokay 
and  Epernay.  Nowhere  else  in  the  Western  World  can  one  find  such  a  rich  variety 
of  Hungarian  wines,  full  of  the  strange,  semi-Oriental  fire  and  splendor  of  the  lower 
Danube  Valley.     Reich's  wines  are  absolutely  endorsed,  as  pure  and  unadulterated, 


844 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


by  Drs.  Fordyce 
Barker,  J.  Marion 
Sims,  D.  Hayes 
Agnew,  S .  D . 
Gross,  Jos.  Pan- 
coast,  R.  Ogden 
Doremus,Loomis, 
Flint,  Learning, 
Edson,  Ham- 
mond, and  other 
leading  New- 
York  physicians. 
Reich's  beautiful 
Tokayer  Aus- 
bruch  has  been 
ardently  com- 
mended by  such 
people  as  Glad- 
stone and  Coler- 
idge, Holmes  and 
Lowell,  Longfel- 
low and  Whittier, 
Robert  Browning 

LORENZ    REICH,    CAMBRIDGE    HOTEL,    FIFTH    AVENUE    AND    33D    STREET.  n(J    \[ar]r   Twain 

Cardinal  McCloskey  and  Henry  Ward  Beecher,  Victor  Hugo  and  Herbert  Spencer, 
Patti  and  Salvini.  This  marvellous  beverage  consoled  and  prolonged  the  last  months 
of  Gen.  Grant  and  President  Garfield.  Among  other  delightful  Hungarian  wines  im- 
ported by  Lorenz  Reich  are  the  Tokayer  Maslas,  the  fine  white  wines  of  Somlayai, 
and  the  red  wine  of  Budai,  including  the  smooth  and  rich-bodied  Budai  Imperial, 
abounding  in  salts  of  iron  and  blood-making  properties.  Reich  also  imports  the  dry 
and  fruity  champagnes  of  Moigneaux,  Pere  et  fils,  of  Dizy,  near  Epernay,  for  which 
he  has  the  forty-year  sole  agency  of  the  United  States  and  Canada ;  and  holds  the 
American  agencies  of  Gordon  Ramirez  &  Co. 's  unrivalled  sherries,  and  Ch.  Lafitte 
&  Co.,  of  Paris,  the  celebrated  French  distillers  of  brandies. 

Mr.  Reich,  from  his  life-long  acquaintance  with  the  vine-bearing  districts  of  Hun- 
gary, his  familiarity  with  the  process  employed  in  the  cultivation  and  manufacture 
of  their  products,  and  the  exclusive  control  he  has  acquired  over  his  source  of  supply, 
is  enabled  to  assure  his  customers  that  none  but  the  choicest  specimens  of  every  brand 
he  deals  in  will  be  put  upon  the  market.  None  of  these  wines  are  offered  for  sale 
until  twelve  years  old  ;  a  circumstance  of  importance  in  determining  their  value. 

Mr.  Reich's  hotel,  the  Cambridge,  is  one  of  the  first  and  best  family  hotels  in 
New  York,  and  is  frequented  by  refined  and  exclusive  people.  Every  detail  in  the 
furnishing,  decoration,  cuisine  and  service  is  perfect.  The  plan  of  management  is 
unique,  in  that  most  of  the  suites  are  leased  by  the  year,  although  a  portion  of  the 
house  has  been  opened  recently  to  select  transient  guests. 

Bulkley,  Dunton  &  Co.,  whose  large  paper  warehouse  and  offices  are  at  75 
and  77  Duane  Street,  is  one  of  the  oldest,  strongest  and  most  highly  esteemed  houses 
in  the  paper  trade.  The  business  was  started  about  1835  by  Jeremiah  L.  Cross,  who 
in  1838  was  joined  by  Edwin  Bulkley  and  Hiram  N.  Gookin,  under  the  firm-name 
of  Cross,  Bulkley  &  Gookin.      Since  then  various  changes  in  the  firm  have   taken 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


845 


place,  as  follows  :  In  1846  to  Bulkley  &  Gookin,  in  1 848  to  Bulkley  &  Brother,  in 
1855  to  Bulkley,  Brother  &  Co.,  and  in  1865  to  Bulkley,  Dunton  &  Co.,  the  present 
style  having  been  continued 
for  nearly  thirty  consecutive 
years.  Through  all  these 
changes  and  until  his  death 
in  1881  Edwin  Bulkley  re- 
mained an  active  partner,  and 
from  1846  he  was  the  head 
of  the  firm.  His  record  for 
mercantile  sagacity  and  strict- 
ly honorable  business  meth- 
ods is  of  the  highest  order. 
His  associates,  men  of  kindred 
character,  comprised,  besides 
Messrs.  Cross  and  Gookin, 
his  brother  Lewis  D.  Bulkley, 
William  C.  Dunton,  Corne- 
lius Perry,  his  son  Andrew 
Bulkley,  and  the  present 
members  of  the  firm,  which 
is  composed  of  David  G. 
Garabrant,  Moses  Bulkley, 
Jonathan  Bulkley,  and  James 
S.  Packard.  Mr.  Dunton 
held  a  prominent  place,  and, 
as  active  manager  of  the 
business  for  twelve  years,  is 
largely  to  be  credited  with 
its  success.  This  house  from 
the  beginning  has  held  an  in- 
fluential position  in  the  paper 
trade,  and  to-day  maintains 
its  unbroken  record  for  enter- 
prise, reliability  and  fair-dealing.  The  specialties  of  the  house  are  book,  news, 
and  hanging  paper,  the  latter  being  used  in  the  manufacture  of  wall  papers.  Besides 
their  own  two  mills  at  Middlefield,  Mass.,  they  own  large  interests  as  stockholders  in 
the  Montague  Paper  Company  and  Keith  Paper  Company,  at  Turner's  Falls,  Mass., 
and  the  Winnipiseogee  Paper  Company,  of  Franklin,  N.  II.,  three  of  the  most 
successful  paper-manufacturing  corporations  of  New  England,  and  of  which  they 
were  largely  the  originators.  The  products  of  these  mills  have  an  established 
reputation  throughout  the  country,  as  unexcelled  in  their  various  lines.  In  the 
financial  crises  of  the  United  States  of  the  past  half  century  this  house  has  sustained 
its  record  of  solidity;  in  1857  and  the  following  years  it  carried  through  several 
other  large  firms  which  otherwise  would  probably  have  failed.  In  1859,  and  again 
in  1864,  the  house  suffered  a  heavy  loss  by  fire,  on  both  occasions  their  whole 
establishment  being  completely  burned,  out.  Heavy  losses  that  arose  out  of  these 
fires  and  legally  fell  upon  others  were  generously  assumed,  carrying  out  the  liberal 
policy  always  maintained.  For  twenty-seven  years  they  were  located  at  74  John 
Street,  and  in  1891  they  moved  to  their  present  premises  at  75  and   77  Duane  Street. 


BULKLEY,  DUNTON  &    CO. 


75  AND  77  DUANE  STREET. 


846 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


D.  S.  Walton  &  Co.,  dealers  in  manilla  paper,  paper  bags,  and  kindred  goods, 
occupy  the  largest  building  in  the  country  devoted  to  the  sale  of  paper.  It  is  an 
imposing  structure,  at  132  Franklin  Street,  corner  of  Varick.  It  occupies  a  space 
of  about  123  feet  on  Franklin  Street,  and  100  feet  on  Varick  Street  ;  is  six  stories  in 


/ 


Architecturally, 

ing  the  window 

•S.ty  firm  occupies 


X 


S 


^ 


height ;  and  is  constructed  of  light  buff  brick, 
each  facade  presents  a  series  of  tall  arches,  enclos- 
spaces,  and  extending  through  five  columns.  The 
the  entire  building,  excepting  a  small  portion  of 
the  lower  floor.  The  general  offices  occupy 
about  half  the  second  story.  The  line  of 
goods  handled  includes  Manilla 
papers  in  all  grades,  weights  and 
sizes  ;  tissue  papers  of  all  colors  ; 
hardware,  express,  book 
and  newspapers  ;  groc- 
ers' paper  bags  and  mil- 
lers' flour  sacks  ;  and  all 
kinds  of  cotton,  flax, 
hemp  and  jute  twines. 
The  house  also  deals  ex- 
tensively in  wood  pulp 
goods.  It  has  a  large 
establishment  in  Vir- 
ginia, which  manufac- 
tures butter-dishes  and 
fruit  packages  of  all  de- 
scriptions. The  firm  is 
composed  of  David  S. 
Walton,  of  New  York, 
and  ex-Congressman 
George  West  of  Ballston 
Spa  ;  and  the  house  is 
the  selling  agency  of  Mr. 
West's  extensive  series 
of  paper-mills,  the  total 
capacity  of  which  is 
about  forty  tons  of  manilla  each  day.  George  West  is  recognized  as  one  of  the  most 
noted  paper-makers  in  America.  He  came  from  England,  in  1848,  after  having 
served  at  the  paper-trade  for  about  twelve  years.  He  worked  as  a  journeyman  in 
Massachusetts  until  he  accumulated  a  small  sum  of  money.  Then  he  came  to  New 
York.  In  1862  he  purchased  the  Empire  Mills,  at  Ballston  Spa.  Since  then  he 
has  bought  eight  other  mills  :  The  Union,  Island,  Glen,  Eagle,  Pioneer,  Excelsior, 
Empire,  and  Hadley,  all  of  which  he  still  owns.  The  products  of  these  mills  are 
sold  through  the  house  of  D.  S.  Walton  &  Co.  in  every  part  of  the  United  States. 
Mr.  West  has  been  prominent  in  public  affairs  ;  has  been  several  times  a  member 
of  Congress  ;  and  is  active  in  the  financial  and  fraternal  institutions  of  Central  New 
York.  Mr.  Walton,  although  devoting  his  entire  time  to  the  management  of  this 
enormous  business,  is  still  to  be  found  among  the  directors  of  various  financial  and 
commercial  institutions.  The  whole  manilla  paper  and  paper-bag  trade  of  this 
count rV  are  familiar  with  the  wares  of  D.  S.  Walton  &  Co. 


WALTON    &    CO.,    FRANKLIN    AND    VARICK    STREETS 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


847 


W.  H.  SchiefFelin  &  Co.,  wholesale  druggists  and  manufacturers  of  pharma- 
ceutical preparations,  at  the  corner  of  William  and  Beekman  Streets,  was  originated 
before  the  beginning  of  the  present  century  (in  1794),  by  Jacob  Schieffelin,  whose 
warehouse  was  at  that  time  at  193  Pearl  Street.  The  location  was  subsequently 
changed  to  Maiden  Lane,  where  the  business  was  conducted  until  1841,  when,  the 
vast  increase  of  its  operations  demanding  more  room,  the  firm,  under  the  style  of 
H.  H.  Schieffelin  &  Co.,  removed  to  104  and  106  John  Street.  In  the  year  1848 
the  style  of  the  firm  was  changed  to  Schieffelin  Bros.  &  Co.  In  1854,  their  business 
having  increased  so  much  as  to  require  still  more  ample  accommodations,  the  estab- 
lishment was  removed  to  the  present  spacious  warehouse  at  170  and  172  William 
Street,  corner  of  Beekman.  In  1865  the  firm  of  Schieffelin  Bros.  &  Co.  was  dis- 
solved, and  the  name  of  the  house  altered  to  W.  H.  Schieffelin  &  Co.  Successive 
generations  of  the  family  have  been  engaged  in  the  business  throughout  the  past  cen- 
tury, and  at  present  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  generations  are  represented  in  the 
concern.  This  is  a  record  of  which  any  mercantile  firm  may  be  proud,  as  it  is  very 
unusual  to  find  a  house  whose  business  has  been  carried  on  and  transmitted  to  suc- 
cessive generations,  and  this,  together  with  the  high  standard  of  business  integrity 
always  maintained,  has  contributed  much  to  the  reputation  of  the  establishment. 

The  warehouse  at  1 70  and  1 72  William  Street,  expressly  constructed  for  themselves, 
is  a  brick  structure,  six  stories  in  height,  with  basement  and  sub-cellar,  and  num- 
erous fire  -  proof 
vaults  extending 
under  the  side- 
walk. This  firm 
also  has  a  separate 
building  located 
at  697  and  699 
Water  Street, 
and  400  and  402 
Front  Street,  cov- 
ering even  more 
ground  than  their 
warehouse,  a  lab- 
oratory which  is 
one  of  the  largest 
and  best  appoint- 
ed in  the  country, 
where,  by  the  use 
of  the  most  ap- 
proved apparatus 
and  machinery 
(some  of  which  is 
of  their  own  recent 

invention),  the  greater  part  of  their  manufacturing  is  carried  on.  A  careful  inves- 
tigation of  this  warehouse  and  laboratory  will  satisfy  any  one  that  the  high  reputation 
enjoyed  by  its  proprietors  is  a  just  one,  and  their  prosperity  no  more  than  com- 
mensurate with  their  merits.  The  present  members  of  the  firm  are  William  H. 
Schieffelin,  William  N.  Clark,  William  S.  Mersereau,  William  L.  Brower,  William 
J.  Schieffelin  and  Henry  S.  Clark,  as  general  partners  ;  and  Samuel  B.  Schieffelin, 
of  New  York,  and  Sidney  A.  Schieffelin,  of  Geneva,  N.  Y.,  as  special  partners. 


H.    SCHIEFFELIN    &    CO.,   WILLIAM    AND    BEEKMAN    STREETS. 


848 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Tarrant  &  Co.,  importers  and  jobbers  of  drugs  and  chemicals  and  manufac- 
turers of  pharmaceuticals  and  perfumery,  occupy  the  buildings  278-280-282  Green- 
wich Street  and  100  Warren  Street.  The  name  has  been  displayed  on  that  spot  for 
nearly  60  years,  for  James  Tarrant  opened  a  retail  drug  store  at  278  Greenwich  Street 
in  1834.      His  establishment  was  then  distinctively  the  up-town  drug  store  of  the 

business  portion  of 
New  -  York  City. 
Beyond  it  was  a 
residence  section 
that  was  almost 
of  a  suburban  char- 
acter.  As  the 
New- York  Hos- 
pital, naturally  a 
rendezvous  for  the 
leading  physicians 
of  the  time,  was 
then  in  the  vicinity 
of  Broadway  and 
Duane  Street,  Tar- 
rant's drug  store, 
being  not  far  dis- 
tant, became  as  a 
matter  of  course  a 
supply  depot  and 
"  house  of  call " 
for  the  doctors.  In 
1844  James  Tar- 
rant began  the 
manufacture  of 
Tarrant's  Seltzer 
Aperient  and  vari- 
ous other  special- 
ties for  the  use  of  physicians.  The  enterprise  proved  successful  and  in  the  course 
of  time  this  manufacture  became  a  leading  feature  of  the  business.  James  Tar- 
rant died  in  1852,  and  was  succeeded  by  the  firm  of  John  A.  Tarrant  &  Co.,  the 
senior  member  of  which  was  a  brother  of  the  founder  of  the  establishment.  In  1861 
the  firm  was  incorporated  under  the  style  of  Tarrant  &  Co.  The  manufacture  of 
pharmaceutical  specialties  and  perfumery  was  continued,  and  importing  and  jobbing 
drugs,  chemicals  and  druggists'  sundries  added.  The  quaint  old  building  on  which 
James  Tarrant  hung  his  sign  in  1 834  is  still  in  existence,  and  its  doors  are  the 
main  entrance  to  the  present  establishment.  A  largely  increased  business  shortly 
necessitated  the  addition  of  the  adjoining  stores,  280  and  282  Greenwich  Street  and 
100  Warren  Street,  which,  together  with  the  old  corner  building,  have  been  occupied 
as  a  whole  by  the  concern  for  many  years.  The  title  of  the  corporation  and  the  trade- 
marks of  its  specialties  are  familiar  legends  throughout  the  entire  continent,  as 
representatives  of  the  establishment  visit  every  part  of  the  United  States  and  Cen- 
tral and  South  America,  and  the  products  of  its  laboratory  are  to  be  found  in  all  the 
large  cities  of  Europe.  Tarrant  &  Co.  are  the  American  representatives  of  many 
leading  European  manufacturers  of  pharmaceutical  specialties. 


TARRANT  &    CO.,  GREENWICH  AND  WARREN  STREETS. 


^.-X.t> 


•Notable  Manufactu  rers- 


V 


An   Outline   History-   of  Some    Preeminent    Industries    Carried 
on  or  Represented  in  New  York. 


ARTISTS  think  of  New  York  as  the  seat  of  the  greatest  collections  of  pictures 
L  and  sculpture  in  America  ;  authors,  as  the  foremost  of  publishing  centres  ; 
musicians,  as  the  critical  tribunal  of  the  Western  World ;  theologians,  as  the  seat  of 
the  great  Episcopal  and  Presbyterian  schools  of  the  prophets  ;  financiers,  as  the 
home  of  the  great  bank  corporations.  Every  one  has  his  own  point  of  view  in  looking 
at  the  Empire  City,  as  port,  or  fortress,  or  mart,  or  mother-city  in  many  ways. 

But  perhaps  few  people  recognize  that  a  prime  distinction  of  New  York  is  its  pre- 
eminent position  as  a  manufacturing  city,  crowded  with  ingenious  artificers,  and 
pouring  its  multifarious  products  all  over  the  Great  Republic.  While  one  section  of 
the  city  includes  its  financial  powers,  and  another  is  dominated  by  the  clubs  and  the 
theatres,  and  another  by  the  vast  shipping  interests,  several  spacious  and  thickly 
crowded  sections  are  given  up  to  manufactories,  and  populated  with  the  swarming 
families  of  its  mechanics  and  artisans. 

Away  back  in  1880  this  city  alone  had  within  her  boundaries  over  11,000  fac- 
tories, in  which  were  employed  the  vast  army  of  227,342  persons.  These  workers 
received  as  wages  $97,030,121  a  year.  The  capital  of  the  manufacturing  companies 
reached  $181,206,356.  Every  year  their  works  consumed  $288,000,000  worth  of 
material,  which  yielded,  after  the  labors  of  the  New- York  artisans  had  enriched 
them,  articles  valued  at  $473,000,000.  One-sixth  of  this  was  in  the  single  article 
of  clothing,  upon  whose  fabrication  nearly  60,000  persons  were  continually  employed. 
The  preparation  of  meat  for  use  employs  a  great  army  of  men,  and  yields  in  this  one 
city  a  product  of  about  $30,000,000  yearly.  Ten  thousand  people  get  their  living 
by  printing  and  publishing,  their  yearly  product  exceeding  $20,000,000  in  value. 
There  are  armies  of  brewers,  myriads  of  iron- workers,  cohorts  of  cigar-makers,  and 
great  numbers  of  makers  of  pianos  and  furniture,  of  boots  and  shoes,  of  hats  and 
caps,  of  sugar  and  molasses,  of  millinery  and  jewelry. 

At  the  present  time  New- York  City  has  12,000  factories,  with  500,000  operatives, 
and  a  yearly  product  valued  at  above  $600,000,000,  including  an  enormous  variety 
of  different  articles.  The  largest  single  item  of  manufacture  still  is  clothing,  in  a 
myriad  of  different  forms.  Next  comes  the  making  of  books  and  papers,  choice 
products  of  this  great  publishing  centre.  Cigars  and  tobacco  are  next  in  the 
importance  of  their  product  ;  followed  by  pianos  and  other  kinds  of  musical 
instruments.  Besides  the  wonderful  concentration  of  manufacturing  capital  in  the 
city  proper,  New  York  has  established  large  plants  in  her  suburbs,  especially  in  the 
New-Jersey  and  Long-Island  sides,  with  their  main  headquarters  in  the  metropolis. 

A  few  of  the  great  concerns  are  noticed  in  this  chapter. 
54 


850  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  American  Bank  Note  Company  conducts  one  of  the  most  famous  indus- 
tries of  the  country,  and  one  which  has  won  the  respect  and  admiration  of  the  world 
for  America's  artists  and  skilled  mechanics.  Its  renown  has  been  the  result  of  a  rare 
combination  of  the  highest  artistic  and  mechanical  skill  through  a  long  experience, 
and  its  standing  to-day  is  unequalled.  The  business  was  founded  in  1795  ;  incor- 
porated under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  in  1858  ;  and  enlarged  and 
re-organized  in  1879.  The  early  and  widespread  use  of  paper  money  rendered  it 
imperative  to  produce  engraved  work  which  could  not  be  counterfeited.  The  best 
artists  competed  in  making  designs,  skilful  chemists  devised  inks  to  be  brilliant  and 
ineradicable,  or  deleble  and  sensitive,  and  inventors  applied  the  principles  of 
mechanics  to  intricate  geometrical  engraving.  The  consolidation  of  these  interests 
as  the  American  Bank  Note  Company  united  the  resources  and  reputation,  the 
safe-guards  and  facilities,  of  a  century's  experience,  with  abundant  capital  to  test 
new  inventions  and  acquire  new  processes.  The  company  has  prepared  securities 
to  the  value  of  millions  and  millions  of  dollars,  and  bank-notes  innumerable,  also 
postage-stamps,  bonds,  stocks,  diplomas,  drafts,  etc.,  not  only  for  the  Government 
and  financial  institutions  of  the  United  States,  but  also  for  Canada  and  the  West 
Indies,  Costa  Rica,  Nicaragua,  Salvador,  Colombia,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Bolivia,  the 
Argentine  Republic,  Uruguay,  Brazil,  Russia,  Greece,  Italy,  Spain,  England, 
Sweden,  Switzerland,  and  Japan.  Besides  its  steel-plate  engraving,  the  American 
Bank  Note  Company  has  executed  for  railroads  and  various  corporations  many  of 
the  most  notable  specimens  of  letter-press  printing,  in  black  and  in  colors.  Special 
styles  and  grades  of  paper,  suitable  for  securities,  are  manufactured  exclusively  for 
the  use  of  the  company.  There  is  a  department  of  lithographing,  and  also  a 
department  of  type-printing,  entirely  distinct  from  that  of  engraving,  in  which  those 
two  important  branches  of  the  company's  business  are  conducted.  Special  attention 
is  paid  to  making  railway-tickets,  and  the  establishment  is  equipped  to  produce 
every  variety  of  numbered  or  unnumbered  tickets,  in  the  improved  styles.  In  its 
ticket-department  are  many  of  the  most  ingenious  machines  known  in  the  printing 
industry.  The  company  built  and  owns,  at  78  to  86  Trinity  Place,  close  by  Trinity 
Church,  its  commodious  and  attractive  fire-proof  establishment,  extending  through 
to  the  next  street,  covering  ten  city  lots.  The  buildings  are  of  brick  and  iron, 
and  are  seven  to  nine  stories  in  height.  They  oyerlook  Trinity  Churchyard,  which 
gives  to  the  windows  a  view  of  a  busy  section  of  Broadway.  This  position  also 
assures  to  the  company  an  unobstructed  light  for  all  time,  and  makes  the  location 
especially  valuable.  The  general  offices  of  the  company,  which  occupy  the  entire 
second  floor  of  the  Trinity-Place  front  of  the  building,  are  exceptionally  exquisite 
and  most  conveniently  arranged.  Entrance  thereto  is  had  through  a  large  foyer 
at  the  northern  end,  from  which  leads  a  massive  stairway.  The  building  is 
thoroughly  fire-proof,  and  has  numerous  fire-proof  vaults.  Its  equipment  of 
machinery  is  elaborate,  complete  and  costly.  The  whole  establishment  is  the 
most  elegant  and  extensive  of  its  class  in  the  world.  The  present  officers  and 
trustees  of  the  American  Bank  Note  Company  are  James  Macdonough,  President  ; 
Augustus  D.  Shepard  and  Touro  Robertson,  Vice-Presidents ;  Theodore  H. 
Freeland,  Secretary  and  Treasurer;  John  E.  Currier,  Assistant-Secretary;  J.  K. 
Myers,  Assistant  Treasurer  ;  P.  C.  Lounsbury,  W.  J.  Arkell,  T.  H.  Porter,  E.  C. 
Converse,  Jos.  S.  Stout,  James  B.  Ford,  Elliott  F.  Shepard.  The  officers  have 
been  connected  with  the  business  represented  thirty  and  forty  years,  and  have  had  the 
principal  direction  of  its  affairs  during  all  this  period.  Besides  its  New- York  establish- 
ment, the  American  Bank  Note  Company  has  branches  in  Boston  and  Philadelphia. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


«5' 


.**8¥ 


Bfffl  fj^ij  |j«-| 

1131 331  jot 


AMERICAN    BANK    NOTE    COMPANY. 

TRINITY    PLACE,    BETWEEN    THAMES    AND    RECTOR    STREETS. 


852  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

The  Ansonia  Clock  Company  is,  without  question,  the  most  extensive  manu- 
facturer of  clocks  in  the  world.  The  quality  of  its  output  ranges  from  the  most  inex- 
pensive nickel  clocks  for  the  kitchen  mantel,  to  the  most  expensive  and  artistic  time- 
keepers, encased  in  onyx  or  gilded  bronze.  In  quantity  it  is  large  enough  to  supply 
a  very  large  share  of  the  demand  of  the  civilized  world.  The  company  was  formed 
in  1876,  by  the  consolidation  of  several  concerns,  some  of  which  had  been  making 
clocks  for  forty  years.  Its  original  works  were  at  Ansonia,  Conn. ,  a  little  town  from 
which  it  took  its  name,  and  which  had  already  been  christened  in  honor  of  one  of 
New  York's  merchant-princes,  Anson  D.  Phelps.  Soon  after  its  organization,  the 
company  established  a  plant  in  Brooklyn,  and  the  works  have  grown,  until  they  now 
occupy  a  whole  city  block,  bounded  by  Prospect  Park,  Seventh  Avenue,  12th  and 
13th  Streets,  four  acres  in  extent.  Besides  the  big  main  building,  a  six-story  struc- 
ture laid  out  in  form  like  a  hollow  square,  there  are  a  dozen  buildings  in  the  group. 
All  are  substantially  constructed  of  brick,  and  several  are  five  or  six  stories  in  height. 

All  through  the  great  plant  are  evidences  of  the  mechanical  development  of  this 
age,  many  pieces  of  unique  mechanism  performing  the  most  minute  details  of  work- 
manship, for  which  not  many  years  ago  it  was  necessary  to  train  the  eye,  the  hand  and 
the  intellect  of  innate  mechanics,  in  order  to  secure  for  the  finest  and  most  costly 
clocks  the  same  absolute  accuracy  now  demanded  of  even  the  commonest  of  the 
clocks  which  bear  the  name  and  trade-mark  of  the  Ansonia  Clock  Company.  These 
devices  not  only  have  made  it  possible  to  produce  time-pieces  of  unvarying  accuracy, 
but  they  have  made  it  also  possible  to  produce  them  at  prices  which  place  them 
within  the  means  of  the  whole  people. 

The  company  owns  a  large  tract  of  land  in  an  adjoining  block,  and  contemplates 
the  erection  of  still  another  large  building.  When  the  company  located  in  Brooklyn, 
some  twelve  or  more  years  ago,  the  territory  in  the  vicinity  of  its  plant  was  open, 
unimproved  country  ;  now  there  is  no  unoccupied  land  within  many  blocks.  All  is 
built  up  and  improved.  The  company  has  distributed  thousands  of  dollars  in  sala- 
ries and  wages  every  week.  The  employees  have  settled  themselves  in  homes  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  works.  A  new  field  for  household  trade  has  been  created, 
and  thus  the  Ansonia  Clock  Company  has  not  only  established  a  new  industry  of 
great  proportions,  but  has  also  contributed  indirectly  to  the  building  up  of  a  new 
section  of  the  city,  and  to  the  creating  of  new  real  property  of  great  value. 

Besides  the  tremendous  output  of  clocks,  the  company  also  produces  a  great 
variety  of  objects  of  art,  in  bronzes  and  other  materials.  It  gives  employment  to 
nearly  1,300  people.  It  has  an  export  trade  of  enormous  proportions,  sending  its 
clocks  and  other  products  to  every  part  of  the  known  world.  As  a  circulating  depot, 
it  maintains  a  large  establishment  in  London,  which  is  located  in  its  own  building, 
at  23  Fore  Street,  E.  C.  For  the  convenience  of  its  trade  in  the  western  part  of 
this  country,  it  has  an  extensive  office  and  salesroom  at  133  Wabash  Avenue,  Chi- 
cago. There  is  a  large  staff  of  clerks  and  salesmen  at  each  of  its  branches.  There 
is  a  salesroom  at  11  Cortlandt  Street,  New-York  City,  for  the  display  and  sale  of 
clocks  and  bronzes.  The  headquarters  offices  are  at  1 1  to  21  Cliff  Street,  New  York, 
occupying  two  floors  of  a  large  area.  From  this  point  all  the  operations  are  directed, 
and  the  London  and  Chicago  branches  are  responsible  to  it.  The  display  of  goods 
in  the  main  salesroom  of  this  establishment,  with  its  fine  candelabra,  bronze  statu- 
ettes, onyx  clocks  and  bric-a-brac,  is  an  exhibition  of  art-work,  that  of  its  class  is 
unparalleled.  There  is,  in  all  the  range  of  manufactories  in  New  York,  no  finer  or 
stronger  illustration  of  the  results  of  energy,  intelligent  management,  and  well-directed 
enterprise,  than  is  found  in  the  establishment  of  the  Ansonia  Clock  Company. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YOJfK. 


853 


854  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Henry  R.  Worthington,  manufacturing  pumping  machinery,  is  preeminent 
among  the  leading  mechanical  manufacturing  corporations  of  the  world.  The  first 
direct-acting  steam-pump  was  patented  September  17,  1841,  by  its  originator  and 
builder,  Henry  Rossiter  Worthington,  and  in  1845  was  established  at  Brooklyn  the 
nucleus  of  works  which  now  have  an  international  reputation.  The  Worthington 
Direct-Acting  Duplex  Steam-Pump  was  the  result  of  attempts  to  improve  the  first 
type  of  pump,  and  is  to-day  universally  known  and  used.  The  Worthington  pump- 
ing-engine,  in  its  simplest  form,  was  first  applied  for  water-works  service  for  the  city 
of  Savannah,  in  the  year  1854.  To  this  class  of  machinery  has  been  added  the 
High-Duty  attachment,  invented  by  Charles  C.  Worthington,  son  of  the  founder, 
and  by  this  last  and  important  invention  the  engines  are  able  to  do  the  same  work 
with  one-half  the  fuel  consumption. 

In  the  years  1890  and  1891  145  Worthington  engines  of  the  higher  types  were  con- 
structed ;  their  aggregate  daily  capacity  being  594,000,000  gallons  ;  and  up  to  January 
I,  1892,  the  total  contract-capacity  of  these  engines  alone  was  2,648,000,000  gallons 
daily,  which  is  twice  the  average  flow  of  the  Hudson  River  at  Albany.  Worthing- 
ton engines  are  used  for  the  entire  high-service  water-supply  of  New-York  City,  and 
perform  over  90  per  cent,  of  the  pumping  done  in  the  prominent  business-buildings, 
such  as  the  Equitable,  Mutual-Life,  Produce  Exchange,  Mills  Building,  City  Hall, 
etc.,  and  on  the  great  ocean  steamships,  like  the  City  of  New  York  and  others. 

They  are  used,  too,  by  the  Standard  Oil  Company  on  their  pipe-lines,  for  forcing 
petroleum  from  the  oil  regions  to  the  Atlantic  sea-board  and  lake-ports.  These 
engines  vary  in  size  from  200  to  1,000  horse-power  each,  some  of  them  being 
required  to  deliver  from  15,000  to  25,000  barrels  of  oil  a  day,  against  pressure  of 
from  1,000  to  1,500  pounds  a  square  inch.  The  reputation  of  this  firm  soon  spread 
abroad,  and  resulted  in  the  adoption  of  the  Worthington  design  for  pumping-engines, 
by  the  celebrated  house  of  James  Simpson  &  Co.,  Limited,  London,  after  a  test  in  this 
country  by  representatives  of  the  latter  firm  ;  and  Worthington  engines  are  now 
accepted  by  the  Old  World  as  the  most  advanced  type  of  pumping-machine.  The 
largest  sizes  are  now  in  successful  operation  in  the  principal  cities  in  England,  and 
in  Rotterdam,  Berlin,  St.  Petersburg,  Calcutta,  and  Hong  Kong,  and  in  Mexico  and 
Australia.  During  the  Soudan  war,  Worthington  engines  were  purchased  by  the 
English  Government  to  supply  the  army  of  Sir  Garnet  Wolseley. 

Henry  R.  Worthington  also  manufactures  pumps  for  special  services,  such  as 
mining,  wrecking,  fire,  sewage,  etc.  The  Worthington  water-meter  is  the  oldest  in 
use,  and  is  the  only  type  of  a  positive  measurer  of  fluids.  It  is  in  use  in  nearly  every 
city  of  the  United  States  and  in  foreign  countries.  The  grand  prize  for  pumping- 
machinery  was  awarded  by  the  Paris  Exposition  in  1889  to  this  company.  Their 
engines  were  adopted  by  the  authorities  of  the  Centennial  in  1876  and  the  Paris 
Exposition  in  1889  to  furnish  the  entire  water-supply.  They  have  been  awarded  the 
contract  for  four  large  engines  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  World's  Columbian  Expo- 
sition of  1893.  These  engines  will  have  a  capacity  of  40, 000, 000  gallons  daily.  They 
also  have  the  contract  for  special  pumps  for  fire  and  other  purposes,  and  for  supply- 
ing condensing  water  to  the  amount  of  24,000,000  gallons  daily.  The  Worthington 
Pumping  Engine  Co.,  a  subsidiary  organization,  carries  on  the  foreign  business,  the 
offices  being  located  in  London,  Paris,  Berlin  and  other  cities.  The  immense  plant, 
known  as  the  Hydraulic  Works,  now  covers  an  area  of  several  blocks  in  Brooklyn, 
and  a  larger  tract  at  Elizabethport,  N.  J. ;  and  upwards  of  1,700  men  are  employed. 
The  company's  main  offices  are  at  86  and  88  Liberty  Street,  New  York.  The 
branch-offices  are  at  Boston,  Philadelphia,  Chicago  and  St.  Louis. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK. 


855 


856  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

Otis  Brothers  &  Co.,  whose  offices  are  in  the  Potter  Building,  at  Park  Row 
and  Beekman  Street,  are  the  foremost  builders  of  passenger  and  freight  elevators  in 
the  world.  They  have  erected  the  largest  elevators  in  existence,  which  convey  peo- 
ple from  the  ferry-landing  at  Weehawken,  N.  J.,  to  the  Eldorado  Garden,  at  the 
top  of  the  Palisades.  They  also  constructed  the  elevators  which  have  made  the 
highest  ascent  ;  and  the  operating  of  which  required  the  most  intricate  machinery  ; 
those  with  which  the  Eiffel  Tower  at  Paris  was  equipped.  They  have  been  engaged 
in  elevator-building  since  1855,  soon  after  the  moving  platform  began  to  displace, 
indoors,  the  tackle  and  fall  in  the  handling  of  heavy  merchandise.  Their  works  at 
Yonkers  then  consisted  of  a  single  two-story  building.  Early  inventions  of  elevator 
machinery  and  appliances,  made  by  E.  G.  Otis,  of  Yonkers,  and  Cyrus  W.  Baldwin, 
of  Brooklyn,  formed  the  basis  upon  which  their  industry  was  built.  Passenger- 
elevators  moved  by  steam  came  into  use  in  1866.  Hydraulic  apparatus  was  intro- 
duced ten  years  later,  and  in  1880  came  into  general  favor.  Otis  Brothers  &  Co. 
were  in  the  field,  fully  equipped,  and  they  have  made  probably  three-quarters  of  all 
the  passenger-elevators  in  use  in  New-York  City. 

The  firm  was  incorporated  in  1867.  The  little  factory  of  thirty-seven  years  ago 
has  grown  into  a  large  group  of  brick  buildings,  covering  several  a*cres,  of  a  capacity 
for  turning  out  four  of  their  grand  elevators  a  day,  with  accessory  machinery  and 
fittings.  Employment  is  given  at  Yonkers  to  about  500  men,  and  there  is  a  con- 
structing force  of  about  200,  constantly  engaged  in  setting  up  elevators  in  New  York 
and  other  cities.  Recently  Otis  Brothers  &  Co.  have  perfected  an  electric  elevator, 
and  have  introduced  it  into  several  hundred  buildings  in  this  country  and  in  Europe. 
The  car,  winding  machinery,  safety-appliances,  and  controlling  devices,  are  the  same 
as  have  been  in  use  for  many  years.  The  company  has  adopted,  and  made  part  of 
its  system,  a  motor  invented  by  Rudolph  Eickemeyer,  of  Yonkers.  Its  valuable 
features  are  that  it  starts  and  stops  with  the  car,  thus  economizing  power,  and  is 
under  perfect  control  of  the  operator. 

The  Otis  passenger  elevators  are  noted  not  only  for  their  practical  construction, 
their  elegance  of  finish,  their  simplicity  of  operation,  their  safety  under  any  possible 
circumstances,  but  also  for  their  remarkable  speed,  which  is  secured  with  freedom 
from  accident.  As  any  one  passes  up  and  down  in  the  public  buildings,  hotels, 
clubs,  dwellings,  business  structures,  he  seems  invariably  to  ride  in  Otis  elevators. 
An  Otis  elevator  is  always  beautifully  finished,  and,  above  all,  safe. 

A  distinctly  valuable  feature  of  the  Otis  elevator  is  its  safety  appliances.  Tests 
made  of  the  safety-appliances  of  the  Otis  elevators  in  the  Eiffel  Tower  resulted 
in  bringing  the  car  to  a  stop  after  a  fall  of  eight  inches.  Similar  tests  of  the 
Weehawken  elevators  resulted  in  a  stop  after  a  drop  of  3f  inches.  The  Weehawken 
elevators,  three  in  number,  are  each  intended  to  carry  135  people.  The  cars  are  21  feet 
long  and  12  feet  wide.  The  permissible  carrying  capacity  is  20,000  pounds,  but  either 
car  can  lift  a  much  greater  weight.  They  make  the  ascent  of  1 53  feet  at  the  rate  of  200 
feet  a  minute.  The  machinery  is  of  the  hydraulic  speed-multiplying  type.  Otis 
Brothers  &  Co.  have  just  completed  the  construction  of  the  Otis  Elevating  Railway, 
7,000  feet  long,  in  the  Catskill  Mountains,  by  means  of  which  visitors  ascend  to  the 
Catskill  Mountain  House  in  ten  minutes,  and  save  a  journey  of  four  hours  by  stage. 

Otis  passenger-elevators  are  in  use  in  nearly  a  thousand  public  buildings,  business 
houses,  and  residences  in  New- York  City.  They  are  also  in  use  in  every  city  in 
America,  every  large  city  in  Europe,  and  in  South  America  and  Australia.  The 
officers  of  the  company  are  Norton  P.  Otis,  President ;  Abraham  G.  Mills,  Vice- 
President  and  Secretary  ;  and  William  D.  Baldwin,  Treasurer  and  General  Manager. 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF   NEW    YORK. 


857 


O 

H 


858  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  Western  Electric  Company,  one  of  the  foremost  electrical  supply  and 
manufacturing  companies  of  the  world,  has  been  closely  identified  with  the  wonder- 
ful development  of  electrical  science  in  the  last  fifteen  years.  From  small  begin- 
nings in  Chicago  it  has  risen  to  the  dignity  of  an  international  organization,  having 
its  plants  scattered  over  both  continents.  Its  dynamos,  its  arc  and  incandescent 
lights,  its  annunciators  and  fire-alarm  systems,  its  telephone  and  telegraph  instru- 
ments, its  aerial,  underground  and  submarine  cables  are  practical  testimonials  to  its 
enterprise  and  mechanical  skill. 

Some  time  previous  to  1870  Enos  M.  Barton,  now  President  and  General  Mana- 
ger of  the  company,  and  Professor  Elisha  Gray,  of  telephone  and  multiplex  tele- 
graph fame,  started  a  small  telegraph  shop  in  the  city  of  Cleveland.  With  the 
growth  of  this  business  they  moved  to  Chicago,  and  in  1872  organized  the  Western 
Electric  Manufacturing  Company,  under  the  presidency  of  General  Anson  Stager. 
This  organization  was  a  consolidation  of  Gray  &  Barton  and  of  the  Ottawa  shop  of 
the  Western  Union  Telegraph  Company.  By  a  strict  maintenance  of  the  highest 
standard  of  excellence  in  its  manufactured  goods,  and  by  carefully  pushing  its  busi- 
ness, this  company  forged  to  the  front  in  electrical  enterprises.  Its  leading  position 
soon  enabled  it  to  absorb  several  large  electrical  establishments.  It  purchased  in 
1875  the  business  of  George  H.  Bliss  &  Company,  and  at  about  the  same  time  that 
of  the  Electrical  Improvement  Company  of  Galesburg,  111.  ;  in  1879  tne  shops  and 
business  of  the  Western  Union  factory  at  New  York  ;  in  1 88 1  that  of  the  Chicago 
Telegraph  Supply  Company  ;  and  in  1882  the  Gilliland  electric  plant  of  Indianapolis 
and  that  of  Charles  Williams,  Jr.,  of  Boston.  Having  secured  control  of  these  elec- 
trical plants,  the  company  changed  its  name  to  the  Western  Electric  Company, 
making  its  headquarters  at  Chicago.  Their  magnificent  factory  there  was  erected 
in  1883.      Their  present  issued  capital  is  $1,750,000. 

The  extension  of  their  foreign  business  led  to  the  establishment  of  factories  at 
Antwerp,  Berlin  and  Paris.  While  no  manufacturing  is  done  at  Eondon,  the  com- 
pany has  extensive  and  heavily-stocked  ware-rooms  there. 

The  New-York  factory  and  offices  are  in  the  handsome  and  substantial  building 
erected  by  the  company,  in  1889,  at  the  corner  of  Greenwich  and  Thames  Streets. 
This  factory  turns  out  the  smaller  electrical  instruments,  such  as  telephones  and 
transmitters,  telegraph  and  testing  instruments,  annunciators  and  call-bells  ;  while 
at  the  factory  in  Chicago  is  manufactured  the  heavier  class  of  electrical  apparatus 
and  supplies.  There  dynamos,  telephone  switch-boards,  magneto- call  bells,  fire- 
alarm  appliances  and  cables  for  the  telegraph,  telephone  and  electric-light  services 
are  made  ;  and  insulated  wire,  varying  from  1-1000  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  cf 
which  five  miles  are  required  to  make  a  pound,  to  1-2  inch  in  diameter,  of  which 
nine  inches  only  are  required  to  make  a  pound.  During  the  last  two  years  one  per 
cent,  of  the  entire  amount  of  lead  produced  in  the  United  States  has  passed  through 
the  cable  manufacturing  rooms  at  Chicago.  The  hydraulic  press  used  there  for 
forming  the  lead-pipe  around  cables  is  the  largest  ever  built  for  that  purpose. 

The  business  of  the  company  has  kept  pace  with  the  development  of  electrical 
inventions.  Originally  devoted  almost  entirely  to  the  manufacture  of  telegraph 
apparatus,  the  company  has  added  apparatus  connected  with  the  development  of 
the  telephone,  the  electric  light,  the  electric  railway,  and  other  less  important  lines 
of  electrical  work,  to  its  list  of  manufactures. 

The  New- York  building  of  the  Western  Electric  Company  is  one  of  the  notable 
architectural  features  of  the  southern  end  of  the  city,  rising  up  in  graceful  proportions 
to  a  height  of  ten  full  stories  above  the  sidewalk. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


859 


WESTERN    ELECTRIC    COMPANY. 

GREENWICH    AND   THAMES    STREETS. 


S6o  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 

The  General  Electric  Company  of  New  York  is  a  corporation  with  a 
special  charter,  granted  early  in  1892.  Its  main  work  at  present  is  electric  lighting, 
electric  railways,  and  electric  transmission  of  power.  In  lighting  it  owns  and  con- 
trols the  patents  of  almost  every  known  method  of  electric  illumination  in  all  its  dif- 
ferent departments,  alternating  and  direct  current,  for  both  arc  and  incandescent 
lamps.  The  two  last-named  departments  have  shown  most  phenomenal  growth, 
and  their  rapid  extension  is  an  accurate  gauge  of  the  wide  adoption  of  the  electric 
light  in  both  public  and  private  life.  The  arc  lamps  already  manufactured  and  in 
use  number  hundreds  of  thousands,  while  the  incandescent  lamps  reach  millions. 
The  problem  of  the  subdivision  of  electric  illumination,  by  means  of  lamps  of 
reduced  size  and  smaller  candle-power,  has  been  successfully  solved,  and  the  many 
additional  advantages  derivable  from  the  use  of  the  electric  light  in  this  way  rendered 
still  more  striking.  As  a  pioneer  and  careful  developer  toward  perfection  in  the 
electric  lighting  field,  the  General  Electric  Company  stands  to-day  preeminent. 
In  street-railway  locomotion  it  has  developed,  and  has  in  practical  operation,  the 
most  perfect  system,  known  as  the  overhead  system,  while  it  is  now  developing  high- 
power  locomotives  for  heavy  traction  work.  So  rapid,  indeed,  have  been  the  strides 
made  in  this  direction  that  the  substitution  of  the  steam  locomotive  by  the  electric 
locomotive  has  been  brought,  by  the  latest  developments  of  this  company,  within 
the  range  of  immediate  probabilities.  In  mining  work  it  manufactures  appliances 
for  drilling,  hoisting,  conveying,  pulverizing,  extracting,  etc.,  by  electricity.  In  power 
work  it  has  created  appliances  for  every  conceivable  kind  of  portable  or  stationary 
motors,  from  the  smallest  to  the  greatest.  It  has  enabled  the  industrial  world  to 
take  advantage  of  the  immense  energy  in  the  undeveloped  water-power  of  the  country. 
By  means  of  its  perfected  apparatus  the  water-falls  and  water-courses  of  the  country 
have  been  laid  under  contribution,  and  rendered  subservient  to  the  uses  of  man. 
Mines  heretofore  unworkable,  on  account  of  the  cost  of  fuel,  are  now  proving  sources 
of  great  profit,  the  power  to  work  them  having  been  transmitted  to  them  by  means 
of  the  electrical  devices  which  this  company  has  invented  and  constructed.  Mills 
and  factories  all  over  the  land  testify  to  the  almost  universal  uses  to  which  electricity 
has  been  put,  all  rendered  possible  and  practicable  by  the  inventive  talent  which  the 
General  Electric  Company  has  had  at  its  command.  It  has  very  extensive  electrical 
works  at  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  and  at  Lynn,  Mass.,  and  the  largest  works  in  the 
world  for  the  manufacture  of  incandescent  lamps  at  Harrison,  N.  J.  In  its  various 
departments  it  gives  employment  to  over  10,000  people,  many  of  whom  command 
the  highest  pay  for  their  skill  and  knowledge  of  both  the  theory  and  practice  of  elec- 
tricity. It  is  not  the  exclusive  province,  however,  of  the  General  Electric  Company 
to  deal  with  the  public  consumer  of  electricity  directly.  It  is  also,  as  its  name 
implies,  the  general  or  "parent  "  organization  under  which  several  thousand  distinct 
local  companies,  chartered  in  every  State  and  territory,  and  also  in  many  foreign 
countries,  are  licensed  to  use  its  patents,  appliances,  and  products. 

The  large  capital  employed  by  this  company,  together  with  its  unrivalled  corps  of 
inventors,  scientists,  and  experts,  permits  it  to  examine  and  test  thoroughly  any  and 
all  ideas  that  are  likely  to  develop  the  science  of  electricity,  and  to  apply  it  com- 
mercially. The  capital  of  the  General  Electric  Company  is  $50,000,000,  and  even 
with  this  capital  its  stock  is  sold  far  above  its  par  value.  Its  executive  offices  are 
located  in  a  large,  handsome  building,  eight  stories  high,  at  42  Broad  Street,  in  New- 
York  City,  and  also  at  620  Atlantic  Avenue,  Boston.  Its  officers  are  C.  A.  Coffin, 
President  ;  Eugene  Griffin,  First  Vice-President ;  E.  I.  Garfield,  Secretary  ;  A.  S. 
Beves,  Treasurer  ;  and  Joseph  P.  Ord,  Comptroller. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


86 1 


GENERAL    ELECTRIC    COMPANY. 

EDISON    BUILDING,  42   AND    44    BROAD    STREET,   BETWEEN    EXCHANGE    PLACE    AND    BEAVER   STREET. 


862  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  New-York  Belting  &  Packing  Company,  Limited,  manufacturers 
of  machine  belting,  hose,  rubber  springs,  and  kindred  goods,  have  their  offices  and 
warerooms  at  1 5  Park  Row.  The  main  factory  is  on  the  Potatook  River,  near  New- 
town, Conn.  The  business  was  founded  at  Boston,  Mass.,  in  1846,  two  years  after 
the  issue  to  Charles  Goodyear  of  patents  for  his  process  of  vulcanizing  india  rubber. 
At  the  outset  the  concern  had  the  personal  assistance  of  Mr.  Goodyear.  As  the  suc- 
cessor of  the  Boston  factory  it  is  the  oldest  mechanical  rubber-goods  establishment. 
It  is  also  the  largest  concern  manufacturing  mechanical  india-rubber  goods  in  the 
United  States.  It  was  incorporated  about  1856.  The  manufacturing  establishment 
at  Newtown,  Conn.,  occupies  many  acres  of  ground.  The  company  owns  a  magnifi- 
cent water-power  on  the  Potatook  River,  consisting  of  two  separate  falls,  each  of  con- 
siderable height.  A  portion  of  the  power  is  utilized  by  means  of  a  water-wheel  fifty 
feet  in  diameter.  This  is  supplemented,  whenever  the  occasion  requires,  by  steam- 
power,  as  the  works  are  equipped  with  an  extensive  steam-plant.  The  factory  build- 
ings comprise  several  mills,  fitted  for  the  manufacture  of  different  articles.  With  the 
attached  cottages,  built  for  the  use  of  the  superintendent  and  other  employees,  the 
establishment  constitutes  a  manufacturing  village  of  considerable  size. 

Crude  india  rubber  has  been  known  to  commerce,  for  several  hundred  years. 
Primarily,  it  is  a  pale  yellow  sap,  and  is  taken  from  trees  of  several  varieties.  It  is 
changed  into  a  gum  by  the  process  of  evaporation.  Central  and  South  America  are 
the  main  sources  of  supply,  although  rubber  is  found  in  considerable  quantities  in  parts 
of  Asia,  Africa,  and  the  island  of  Madagascar.  Most  of  the  crude  rubber  received 
in  the  United  States  comes  from  Para,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon  River.  Until 
about  fifty  years  ago  there  was  little  use  for  rubber  in  manufactures,  other  than  for 
making  overshoes  and  waterproof  fabrics.  The  art  of  vulcanizing  the  crude  material 
by  compounding  it  with  sulphur  made  it  useful  in  a  variety  of  ways,  and  upon  this 
art  was  founded  the  industry  of  the  New-York  Belting  &  Packing  Company,  Limited. 
The  process  originally  discovered  by  Charles  Goodyear  was  the  basis  of  its  operation, 
but  during  the  years  which  succeeded  many  new  inventions  were  made  which  extended 
the  uses  of  rubber,  and  opened  up  new  fields  of  manufacture.  A  large  number  of 
these  inventions  were  secured  by  the  company,  and  thus  the  breadth  and  scope  of  its 
business  have  increased.  Among  the  products  of  its  factories  are  machine  belt- 
ing, rubber  hose  for  all  uses,  railroad  car-springs,  and  springs  for  miscellaneous 
uses,  rubber  machine  packing,  emery  wheels,  rubber  mats,  and  a  variety  of  small 
articles.  Its  business  has  grown  to  enormous  proportions,  and  this  growth  is 
not  only  the  natural  progress  to  be  expected  of  a  successful  concern,  but  is  due  in 
part  to  the  great  expansion  of  the  usefulness  of  rubber,  which  has  gone  on  year 
by  year.  The  house  exports  large  quantities  of  its  goods  to  Europe  and  South 
America.  The  principal  officers  of  the  company,  and  the  principal  stock-holders  as 
well,  are  John  H.  Cheever,  the  treasurer,  and  A.  D.  Cheever,  the  deputy-treasurer. 
To  the  former  is  due  much  of  the  credit  of  creating  a  new  industry,  and  conducting 
it  successfully  until  it  has  reached  a  position  of  the  first  magnitude. 

The  salesrooms  of  the  New- York  Belting  &  Packing  Company  are  in  Park  Row, 
Nos.  13  and  15,  immediately  opposite  the  lower  end  of  the  United-States  Post  Office, 
and  not  far  from  the  City  Hall,  Astor  House,  and  St. -Paul's  Chapel.  At  these  sales- 
rooms can  be  seen  the  extensive  line  and  great  variety  of  goods  which  are  produced 
by  this  company  —  belting  not  merely  of  short  lengths  and  narrow  widths,  but  huge 
and  broad  belts  for  the  heaviest  conceivable  work  ;  not  merely  garden  hose,  but  the 
strongest  and  most  durable  needed  by  fire  departments  of  the  metropolis  ;  and  the 
general  products  cover  the  full  range  of  sizes  and  varieties  demanded  for  all  uses. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


863 


WVM 

■X  ■■  r 

^L/i 

w-1    ' 

jpf:    < 

m     • 

s 

ft    L 

r 

r 

lfes$^ 

^S»» 

~Pg^f 

*  <  *  *"5KgL 

fHH-flr  :~*v 

•       SB 

[  j          iL 

1 

p'  ,  feljH 

A*  ..."it,*.     »;i' ■    V'H 

Ik        4tf8ij£*v 

I^H^W^^hM 

■L *«■,<«  ,- 

£%£&            yV' 

^^^SB 

864 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


The  Eaton,  Cole  &  Burnham  Co.,  manufacturers  of  wrought -iron  pipe  and 
all  brass  and  iron  fittings  used  in  connection  therewith,  have  been  closely  associated 
with  the  growth  of  the  brass  and  iron  industry  of  America.  The  company  was 
formed  in  1875,  by  tne  consolidation  of  the  firm  of  Eaton  &  Cole,  supply  merchants 
in  the  above  class  of  goods,  and  the  Belknap  &  Burnham  Manufacturing  Co. 

It  would  be  impossible  to  speak  of  the  variety  of  these  goods  and  the  extent  of 
their  sales.  Not  less  than  about  75,000  of  the  Gem  and  Lowell  hose-nozzles  (the 
patent  for  which  the  company  holds)  are  sold  annually.  The  device  of  these  nozzles 
is  simple,  and  yet  valuable.    It  permits  of  the  regulation  of  the  stream  of  water  from 

a  full  column  to  the  finest 
spray.  Then  there  are 
the  company's  pipe- 
threading  machines, 
which  are  found  invalu- 
able where  extensive 
piping  is  carried  on. 
They  are  placed  in  every 
pumping  station  along 
the  route  of  the  hundreds 
of  miles  of  piping 
through  which  crude 
petroleum  is  forced  from 
the  inland  oil  regions  to 
the  Atlantic  coast  and 
to  the  lake  ports.  The 
company's  solid  and  mal- 
leable stocks  and  dies, 
its  valves,  cocks,  cast-iron 
fittings,  steam  whistles, 
and  tools  too  numerous 
to  mention  find  markets 
in  all  parts  of  the  world, 
including  the  Indies  and 
South  America.  Its  ex- 
port-trade is  to  Vienna, 
Buda-Pesth  and  Berlin, 
and  to  England  also. 

The  largest  steam- 
whistle  ever  manufac- 
tured was  furnished  by 
this  company  to  a  logging 
camp  in  Canada  in  1882.  Its  screech  could  be  heard  14  miles,  and  was  used  to 
call  in  the  loggers  from  their  distant  stations  to  the  main  camp.  In  1877,  two 
years  after  the  formation  of  the  company,  its  supply  of  goods  to  the  oil- regions  of 
Pennsylvania  had  become  so  extended  as  to  require  a  distinct  department  for  their 
manufacture.  The  Oil-Well  Supply  Co.  was  formed,  under  the  management  of  John 
Eaton,  who  then  became  and  has  since  continued  President  of  both  companies. 
The  manufacturing  plant  at  Bridgeport  consumes  daily  about  30  tons  of  iron,  and  six 
to  eight  tons  of  brass  in  the  manufacture  of  goods,  and  gives  employment  to  more  than 
700  hands.     The  company's  offices  are  at  82  to  84  Fulton  Street,  New- York  City. 


EATON,  COLE  &  BURNHAM  CO.,  FULTON  AND  GOLD  STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


865 


The  National  Tube  Works  Company,  the  New- York  office  of  which  is  at 
160  Broadway,  conducts  one  of  the  gigantic  industries  of  the  country.  It  was 
originally  a  Boston  institution,  and  the  office  of  its  Treasurer  remains  there. 
The  New- York  office  is  that  of  its  General  Manager.  Its  principal  works  are  at 
McKeesport,  Pa.  The  establishment  there  covers  forty  acres,  thirty  being  occu- 
pied by  buildings. 

The  product  includes  every  variety  of  wrought-iron  pipe,  boiler-tubes,  pipes 
or  tubes  used  for  artesian,  salt,  oil  or  gas  wells,  rods  and  columns  used  in  mining, 
grate-bars,  hand-rails,  telegraph- 
poles,  gas  and  air-brake  cylin- 
ders, drill-rods,  Converse  patent 
lock-joint,  wrought  iron  kala- 
meined  and  asphalted  pipe  for 
water  and  gas  works  mains  and 
trunk  lines,  and  locomotive  and 
stationary  injectors. 

An  important  branch  of  man- 
ufacture is  that  of  sap  pan  iron, 
kalameined  and  galvanized  sheet 
iron,  cold  rolled  iron  and  steel 
sheets,  and  corrugated  and  curved 
sheets,  for  roofs  and  ceilings.  An- 
other speciality  is  the  celebrated 
"  Monongahela"  brand  of  Besse- 
mer, mill  and  foundry  pig-iron. 

The  company  finds  a  market 
for  its  goods  not  only  in  the 
United  States  but  also  in  Central 
and  South  America,  Mexico, 
Europe,  Australia,  and  Africa. 
The  works  have  a  capacity  of 
250,000  tons  of  tubes  and  pipe 
yearly.  The  company  was  one  of 
the  first  to  use  natural  gas  as  fuel 
in  the  manufacture  of  iron.  The 
gas  is  brought  from  its  own 
wells,  through  twenty  miles  of 
pipe,  to  the  works. 

The  industry  was  established 
in  Boston  in  1867  by  J.  H.  Flagler,      national  tube  works  co.,  new-york  off.ces,  ieo  broadway. 

Two  years  later,  the  National  Tube  Works  Company  was  organized,  and  in  1872  the 
manufacturing  establishment  was  moved  to  McKeesport.  In  189 1  the  company  was 
re-organized  under  the  laws  of  New  Jersey,  with  a  capital  of  $11,500,000;  and, 
with  its  own  industry,  has  consolidated  those  of  the  Republic  Iron  Works  of  Pitts- 
burgh, the  Monongahela  Furnace  Company,  and  the  Boston  Iron  &  Steel  Company 
(located  at  McKeesport),  allied  but  not  competing  concerns.  Branch  offices  are 
maintained  at  Pittsburgh,  St.  Louis  and  Chicago.  The  present  officers  and  direc- 
tors of  the  company  are  E.  W.  Converse,  President ;  D.  W.  Hitchcock,  Vice-Presi- 
dent ;  William  S.  Eaton,  Treasurer ;  P.  W.  French,  Secretary ;  E.  C.  Converse, 
General  Manager ;  Horace  Crosby,  W.  J.  Curtis,  J.  H.  Flagler,  and  F.  E.  Swectser. 

55 


866 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


The  International  Okonite  Company,  Limited. —  Commensurate  with  the 
magical  extension  of  applied  electricity  in  the  last  score  of  years  has  been  the  ever- 
increasing  demand  for  a  more  efficient  form  of  insulation  for  conducting  wire,  an  insu- 
lation which  should  resist  the  corrosive  action  of  all  nature's  elements,  and  insure 
absolute  secrecy  in  the  working  of  each  wire  of  the  hundreds  bound  in  one  cable. 
No  company  has  more  nearly  succeeded  in  fulfilling  these  exacting  conditions  than 
The  Okonite  Company,  Limited,  of  New  York  and  London. 

In  1884  J.  J.  C.  and  Michael  Smith  and  Herman  Gelpcke  organized  the  New- 
York  Insulated  Wire  and  Vulcanite  Company,  for  the  manufacture  of  insulated  wire. 
They  established  an  experimental  plant  at  College  Point,  L.  I.  They  there  began 
the  manufacture  of  a  special  form  of  insulation,  which  from  small  beginnings  was 
destined  to  become  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  continued  growth  of  electrical 
science.     In  1885  the  company  removed  its  plant  to  Passaic,  N.  J.,  its  name  being 


INTERNATIONAL    OKONITE    CO.  'S    WIRE    AND    CABLE    MILLS. 


changed  to  the  "Okonite  Company."  The  active  management  then  passed  into  the 
hands  of  Willard  L.  Candee  and  George  T.  Manson.  Under  their  skilful  executive 
ability  the  business  increased  beyond  all  expectation.  The  plant  became  inadequate 
to  the  demand  made  upon  it.  In  1889  the  present  plant  was  erected  at  Passaic, 
and  the  company  re-organized  under  the  name  of  The  Okonite  Company,  Limited, 
the  managers  of  which  are  Willard  L.  Candee  and  H.  Durant  Cheever.  With  them 
is  associated  George  T  Manson  as  General  Superintendent. 

This  plant  covers  about  a  block,  facing  on  the  Dundee  Canal,  which  is  used  as  a 
water-power.  Its  main  building  is  394  feet  in  length  by  63  in  width.  There  is  a 
wing  at  either  end,  one  of  130x57  feet,  the  other  170x53  feet,  and  other  buildings. 

The  factory  can  produce  every  form  of  the  highest  grade  of  insulated  wire,  from 
the  smallest  used  in  telephone  service  to  the  largest  used  in  submarine  cables.  This 
company's  wire  with  its  efficient  insulation  has  become  known  to  the  electrical  world 
as  a  standard  of  excellence.  It  is  used  by  all  leading  telegraph,  telephone,  electric- 
light,  railroad  and  mining  companies.  The  "Okonite"  trade-mark,  a  unique 
emblem  of  the  company's  business,  is  familiar  to  all  the  electrical  world. 

The  company's  main  offices  are  in  New  York,  at  13  Park  Row.  There  are 
agencies  in  all  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States.  Main  offices  are  at  London, 
and  a  plant,  more  extensive  than  at  Passaic,  at  Manchester,  England. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


867 


The  Fairbanks  Company,  manufacturers  of  and  dealers  in  standard  scales 
and  kindred  goods,  and  steam  supplies,  occupy  as  an  office  the  five-story  marble-front 
building  at  311  Broadway,  between  Duane  and  Thomas  Streets.  This  office  is  the 
general  distributing  and  sales  headquarters.  The  manufactories  of  the  company  are 
located  at  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt.,  and  cover  about  twelve  acres.  Employment  is  given 
to  about  700  skilled  workmen.  Ten  thousand  tons  of  iron  and  steel  are  manufactured 
into  scales  yearly,  the  capacity  of  the  works  being  100,000  scales,  of  every  variety, 
from  the  finest  apothecary's  balance  to  the  large  railway  weighing-machine  of  150 
tons.  It  is  sixty  years  since  the  business  was  established.  In  1823  Thaddeus  Fair- 
banks started  a  foundry  in  St.  Johnsbury,  and  in  1824,  in  association  with  his  brother 
Erastus,  began  to  manufacture  stoves  and  plows.  Afterward  hemp-dressing  machines 
were  added  to  the  list  of  products,  and  at  length  the  firm  engaged  in  the  hemp  busi- 
ness. The  purchase  of  hemp 
involved  much  weighing, 
and  Mr.  Fairbanks,  after 
long  study,  devised  the 
platform-scale  :  A  series  of 
levers  delicately  adjusted  on 
knife-edge  steel  bearings, 
which  is  still  the  accepted 
principle  of  all  practical 
weighing  machines.  This 
was  patented  in  183 1,  and 
out  of  its  manufacture  has 
grown  the  present  establish- 
ment, which  is  the  largest 
scale-manufactory  in  the 
world.  The  business  was  in- 
corporated in  1874,  with  a 
capital  of  $2,500,000.  The 
scales  and  the  processes  of 
manufacture  are  covered  by 
a  great  number  .of  patents. 
For  many  years  the  Fair- 
banks Company  has  fur- 
nished the  Government  with 
scales  of  all  sizes,  from  those 
which  weigh  letters  in  the 
Post  Office  to  those  which 
are  used  in  navy-yards  and 
custom  houses.  The  Fair- 
banks scales  are  also  the 
standard  of  Europe  and 
Africa,  India  and  Australia, 
China  and  Japan,  the  West 
Indies  and  South  America.  The  Fairbanks  Company  also  controls  the  celebrated 
Pratt  &  Cady  asbestos  disc  valves,  and  the  Hancock  inspirators,  and  many  other 
valuable  inventions.  The  company  has  branch -offices  or  agencies  in  large  cities 
all  over  the  world.  There  is  no  article  so  light,  and  none  so  heavy,  that  it  cannot  be 
weighed  on  some  of  the  varieties  of  Fairbanks  scales. 


THE    FAIRBANKS    COMP 


S6S 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Post  &  McCord  are  civil  engineers  and  contractors  for  the  iron  work  in  bridges, 
fire-proof  buildings  and  roofs.  The  firm  consists  of  Andrew  J.  Post,  C.  E.,  M.  A. 
S.  C.  E.,  and  William  H.  McCord.  The  general  offices  of  the  firm  are  at  102  Broad- 
way, New  York,  and  the  works  are  at  North  8th  Street  and  Driggs  Avenue,  Brooklyn. 
This  firm  has  designed  and  constructed  several  important  structures,  among  which 
are  the  roof  of  the  New- Jersey  Central  train-shed  at  Communipaw,  N.  J. ;  that  of 
the  new  train-shed  at  the  Grand  Central  Depot ;  the  roof  of  the  amphitheatre  of  the 
Madison -Square  Garden,  and  the  frame-work  carrying  the  tower  of  the  same  build- 
ing ;  and  the  new  iron  bridge  carrying  the  tracks  of  the  New-York  and  New-Haven 
Railroad  over  those  of  the  New- York  and  Harlem  Railroad,  near  Woodlawn  Ceme- 
tery station.  It  has  also  furnished  and  erected  the  iron  work  of  many  of  the  large 
fire-proof  buildings  in  New  York,  among  them  the  Central-Park  Apartments,  at  58th 


POST    &    MCCORD  ;     ARCHITECTURAL    AND    STRUCTURAL    IRON    WORX3. 

and  59th  Streets  and  Seventh  Avenue  ;  the  Dakota,  at  yzd  Street  and  Eighth  Ave- 
nue ;  the  Chelsea,  on  23d  Street  ;  the  new  Presbyterian  Hospital  ;  Temple  Court,  at 
Nassau  and  Beekman  Streets  ;  the  Corbin  Building,  at  Broadway  and  John  Street  ; 
the  Gallatin  Bank  Building,  on  Wall  Street  ;  the  Mechanics'  Bank  Building,  on  Wall 
Street  ;  the  Wilks  Building,  on  Wall  Street ;  the  8th-Regiment  Armory,  New  York, 
and  the  State  Capitol  at  Trenton,  N.  J.  During  the  summer  of  1892  Post  &  McCord 
supplied  the  iron  work  for  the  new  Charities  Building,  at  22d  Street  and  Fourth 
Avenue  ;  the  power  station  for  the  Broadway  and  Seventh-Avenue  Cable  Railway,  at 
Broadway  and  Houston  Street  ;  and  the  Metropolitan  Realty  Company's  Building. 
Mr.  Post  has  had  large  experience  in  designing  and  building  railroad  bridges,  and 
is  well  known  among  civil  engineers.  Mr.  McCord  has  been  connected  with  some 
of  the  largest  architectural  iron  works,  and  is  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  details 
of  that  line  of  construction.  The  new  method  of  constructing  the  frames  of  fire- 
proof buildings  of  wrought  iron  and  steel  was  adopted  by  this  firm  in  its  infancy, 
and  has  been  elaborated  by  them  to  a  great  extent. 

The  entire  iron  work  used  in  the  construction  of  buildings  and  bridges  comes 
within  the  province  of  Post  &  McCord. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


869 


The  Rand  Drill  Company,  the  office  of  which  is  at  23  Park  Place,  has  played 
an  important  part  in  revolutionizing  the  methods  of  mining  and  tunneling,  and  in 
placing  America  ahead  of  the  world  in  the  production  of  rock-boring  apparatus. 
The  first  drill  made  in  which  the  drilling  tool  was  the  extension  of  the  rod  of  a 
piston,  acted  upon  by  steam  or  compressed  air,  was  indirectly  an  outcome  of  the 
enterprise  begun  by  private  capital  and  completed  by  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  in 
cutting  a  tunnel  through  the  Hoosac  Mountain.  The  use  of  the  Rand  Drill  has 
stimulated  mining  enterprises  greatly,  not  only  by  virtue  of  the  marked  reduction  it  has 
made  in  the  cost  of  cutting  out  ores,  but  also  because  of  the  even  greater  advantage 
of  speed  in  driving  tunnels  and  headings  and  otherwise  opening  up  new  properties, 
by  virtue  of  which  preliminary  work  — work  which  formerly  required  years  to  accom- 
plish—  is  now  completed  in  a  few  months.  Vast  deposits  of  iron  and  copper  in  the 
Lake-Superior  regions  and  elsewhere,  and  of  silver  in  the  Far  West  and  in  Mexico, 
are  now  opened  up  so  expeditiously  and  so  cheaply  that  the  cost  of  the  ores  has  been 


FLOOD    ROCK    EXPLOSION    AT    HELL   GATE    IN    OCTOBER,   1885.       RAND    DRILL   COMPANY'S    DRILLS   AND    EXPLOSIVES. 

permanently  reduced.  In  Australia  and  South  Africa  gold-mining  is  now  carried  on 
by  means  of  the  Rand  Drill.  In  fact,  to  such  an  extent  have  the  mining  enterprises 
of  the  Dark  Continent  been  carried  on  of  late,  that  the  production  of  gold  in  South 
Africa  for  one  month  recently  was  estimated  to  be  two-thirds  of  the  output  of  the 
United  States  during  a  similar  period.  A  great  public  work  in  which  the  Rand 
Drills  were  used  almost  exclusively  was  the  undermining  of  Flood  Rock,  an  impor- 
tant portion  of  the  work  of  improving  the  channel  at  Hell  Gate.  Flood  Rock  was 
successfully  blown  up  on  October  10,  1885,  and  in  the  final  operation  another  pro- 
duct of  this  company,  "Rackarock,"  an  explosive  of  even  greater  power  under  water 
than  dynamite,  but  perfectly  safe  tc  handle,  was  used  extensively.  The  Rand  Drill 
Company  supply  a  large  portion  of  the  demand  for  rock-boring  apparatus  and  safe 
explosives  in  this  country,  and  are  almost  without  competition  in  Australia  in  the 
sale  of  drills.  German  engineers  who  are  well  advanced  in  the  science  of  tunneling 
acknowledge  the  superior  efficiency  of  the  Rand  Drill.  Of  the  explosives  used  in 
Australian  mining  this  company  supplies  about  one-third. 


870 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  Russell  &  Erwin  Manufacturing  Company,  which  occupies  its  own 
large  five-story  marble-front  building,  at  43  to  47  Chambers  Street,  is  one  of  the 
largest  concerns  producing  builders'  hardware  in  the  United  States.  Its  business 
was  founded  in  1839  by  Russell  &  Erwin,  in  New  Britain,  Conn.      Soon  afterward, 

they  established  an 
office  at  92  John 
Street,  New  York, 
and  some  time  later 
they  removed  to 
22  and  24  Cliff 
Street.  The  Rus- 
sell &  Erwin  Manu- 
facturing Company 
was  organized  in 
1 85 1,  to  carry  on 
the  business  of  the 
firm,  and  thus  ranks 
among  the  older 
manufacturing  cor- 
porations. Cor- 
nelius B.  Erwin 
was  its  first  presi- 
dent, and  Henry 
E.  Russell  its  first 
treasurer,  and  they 
held  these  offices 
until  the  death  of 
Mr.  Erwin,  in 
March,  1 885,  when 
Mr.  Russell  be- 
came President  ; 
and    M  a  h  1  o  n    J. 

Woodruff,  who  had  been  assistant-treasurer  for  many  years,  was  elected  Treasurer. 
The  company's  New-York  offices  were  at  the  corner  of  Cliff  and  Beekman  Streets 
until  1868,  when  it  purchased  its  present  building  in  Chambers  Street. 

The  corporation  was  organized  under  a  special  charter,  obtained  from  the  Legis- 
lature of  Connecticut.  Its  principal  manufactories  are  in  New  Britain,  Conn.  They 
consist  of  many  extensive  buildings  of  brick  and  stone,  which  cover  about  nine  acres 
of  ground.  In  1885  the  company  purchased  the  property  of  the  Dayton  Screw  Com- 
pany, at  Dayton,  Ohio,  at  a  cost  of  about  $500,000.  It  operates  the  establishment 
as  a  branch  manufactory,  and  markets  the  products  through  the  New-York  house. 
The  goods  manufactured  by  the  concern  are  those  classed  as  builders'  hardware  and 
house  trimmings,  and  include  bronze,  brass,  wrought-steel  and  cast-iron  door  locks, 
knobs  and  bolts,  and  all  varieties  of  wood  and  machine  screws  and  bolts.  The  com- 
pany maintains  a  warehouse  in  Philadelphia,  and  another  in  London.  Its  export- 
trade  is  very  large,  although  by  far  the  greater  portion  of  its  products  is  sold  in  the 
United  States.  At  the  New-York  house  a  very  large  general  wholesale  hardware 
business  is  conducted.  The  corporation  is  capitalized  at  $1,000,000,  all  of  which, 
with  its  large  surplus,  is  invested  in  its  business.  It  employs  about  1,600  men.  The 
present    officers   and   directors    are    Henry  E.    Russell,   of  New  York,   President  ; 


ERWIN    MANUFACTURING 


AND    47    CHAMBERS    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


871 


Mahlon  J.  Woodruff,  of  New  York,  Vice-President  and  Treasurer ;  Henry  E.  Rus- 
sell, Jr.,  of  New  Britain,  Assistant-Treasurer  and  Secretary;  J.  Andrew  Pickett,  of 
New  Britain,  William  G.  Smythe,  of  New  York,  George  J.  Laighton,  of  Brooklyn, 
and  Thomas  R.  Bishop  of  New  Britain.     Theodore  E.  Smith  is  Assistant  Secretary. 

The  Nathan  Manufacturing  Company  has  had  a  corporate  existence  of  about 
eight  years,  having  in  1884  succeeded  to  the  well-known  firm  of  Nathan  &  Dreyfus, 
their  predecessors  in  the  same  line  of  business  ;  and  in  that  time  its  injectors,  its 
lubricators,  its  ejectors,  boiler-washers,  and  fire-extinguishers  have  become  cele- 
brated and  are  in  use  on  both  continents.  The  company  has  reduced  to  a  science 
the  lifting  and  forcing  of  water,  or  other  fluids,  by  steam. 

Its  injectors  are  speeding  over  the  land  on  the  locomotives  of  the  great  railroad 
lines  ;  and  its  ejectors  are  constantly  engaged  in  lifting  bilge- water  from  the  holds  of 
naval  and  mercantile  steam-vessels  ;  and  are  to  be  found  in  mines  or  tunnels  where 
water  is  required  to  be  raised  speedily.      They  are  widely  known  and  appreciated. 

This  company  has  stood  foremost  in  the  rapid  strides  made  in  the  science  of 
boiler-feeding  and  lubrication  in  the  last  ten  years.  Its  double  and  triple  automatic 
locomotive  sight  feed  cups  are  unsurpassed  in  perfection  of  action.      The  sale  of 


NATHAN    MANUFACTURING    COMPANY'S    FACTORY,    FOOT    OF    106TH    STREET,   NEAR    THE    EAST    RIVER. 

these  cups  in  Europe  and  in  America  is  probably  larger  than  that  of  any  others  in 
the  world.  The  "Monitor"  injector,  an  adaptation  of  the  company's  well-known 
locomotive  injector  of  that  name,  has  been  successfully  applied  to  the  stationary 
boilers.  The  ejectors,  or  water  elevators,  are  the  most  effective  agents  within  recog- 
nized limits  that  can  be  employed  for  raising  water,  or  conveying  fluids  ;  in  many 
cases  they  are  the  only  ones  that  can  properly  do  the  work.  They  are  compact  in 
shape,  small,  and  may  be  readily  moved  from  place  to  place.  Ejectors  of  the  largest 
capacity  require  but  one-twentieth  of  the  space  used  by  the  ordinary  steam-pump, 
and  for  this  reason  are  especially  applicable  to  vessels  for  raising  bilge-water.  They 
are  in  practical  operation  in  the  vessels  of  many  navies,  and  are  especially  service- 


872 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


able  to  steamers  in  times  of  danger,  from  leakage  or  breaking  seas.  They  are  also 
extensively  applied  in  coal-mines  and  tunnels.  It  was  only  when  one  of  these  ejec- 
tors was  pressed  into  service  that  the  water  could  be  kept  clear  in  that  ill-fated 
tunnel,  some  years  ago,  under  the  North  River,  until  the  bodies  of  the  unfortunate 
eighteen  men  who  lost  their  lives  on  that  occasion  were  recovered.  Some  of  the 
largest  ejectors  placed  on  vessels  have  a  capacity  of  throwing  out  300  tons  of  water 
an  hour.     The  smaller  ones  have  proved  effective  and  serviceable  on  steam-yachts. 

A  modification  of  the  company's  ejectors  has  been  applied  to  the  washing  and 
filling  of  locomotive -boilers  with  warm  water.  These  can  also  be  made  to  do  instant 
service  in  extinguishing  fires  where  steam  and  water  are  available,  and  where  their 

steam  fire-extinguishers  are  not  in 
use.  The  works  of  the  company 
are  at  the  foot  of  106th  Street,  near 
the  East  River.  The  principal 
offices  are  at  92  to  94  Liberty  Street, 
New  York.  The  Chicago  office  is 
at  147  to  149  Van  Buren  Street. 

Copeland  &  Bacon,  manufac- 
turers of  hoisting  and  mining  ma- 
chinery, a  firm  composed  of  C.  Ed- 
ward Copeland  and  Earle  C.  Bacon, 
whose  main  offices  are  at  85  Liberty 
Street,  are  widely  known  in  their 
trade  and  in  mining  districts  especi- 
ally for  the  thoroughness  of  their 
work.  Their  specialty,  in  connection 
with  their  hoisting  engine  building, 
is  the  fitting  of  mines  with  complete 
"  Plants."  Their  work  is  found  in 
the  famous  Albert  Mines  of  Capel- 
ton,  P.  Q.,  and  in  nearly  all  of  the 
prominent  asbestos  mines  in  Cana- 
da. The  plant  in  the  Albert  Mines 
consists  of  a  battery  of  500  horse- 
power boilers,  a  250  horse-power 
hoisting  engine  complete  with  ropes 
and  cars,  a  1 00  horse-power  cut-off 
milling  engine,  and  a  complete  con- 
centrating and  crushing  outfit.  Also 
numerous  smaller-sized  engines  for 
the  various  shafts  in  connection 
with  the  mines.  Among  their  other 
extensive  undertakings  have  been 
the  furnishing  of  the  complete  plant 
in  the  construction  of  the  Wee- 
hawken  tunnel  for  the  West-Shore 
Railroad,  and  the  mining  equipment 
copeland  &  bacon,  85  liberty  street.  for  the  Sea-Island  Chemical  Com- 

pany at  Beaufort,  S.  C,  consisting  of  three  large  steam  dredges  and  the  shore  works 
of  inclines  and  hoisting  plant,  with   a   capacity  of  600  tons  a  day  ;  and   facilities 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 


373 


for  loading  steamers  at  the  rate  of  1,500  to  2,000  tons  in  a  day  of  ten  hours. 
Their  machine  shops  and  manufactories  are  at  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  and  at  Sher- 
brooke,  P.  Q.,  Canada;  and  all  of  their  work  is  of  their  own  design  and  done 
under  their  personal  supervision.  In  this  is  found  the  secret  of  their  noteworthy 
success. 

Both  the  members  of  the  firm  are  thoroughly  trained  men,  each  in  his  particular 
lines.  Mr.  Copeland,  the  senior  member,  was  brought  up  in  the  iron  business, 
joining  Mr.  Bacon  in  1874  ;  and  Mr.  Bacon  served  his  time  through  all  the  de- 
partments of  the  Delamater  Iron  Works,  graduating  from  that  great  establishment 
with  the  personal  endorsement  of  Mr.  Delamater  of  the  excellence  of  his  work,  and 
pronounced  by  that  authority  to  be  an  expert  in  the  various  departments  of  the  manu- 
factory. While  engaged  in  the  Delamater  Works,  Mr.  Bacon  developed  inventive 
genius,  designing  a  number  of  mechanical  contrivances  ;  and  soon  after  his  graduation 


BROADWAY,   SIXTH    AVENUE    AND    32D    STREET,   SHOWING    UNION    DIME    SAVINGS    INSTITUTION. 

he  invented  the  compact  and  most  serviceable  hoisting  engine  which  bears  his  name. 
He  early  established  a  business  of  his'  own,  and  the  work  thus  began  was  continued 
by  the  firm  of  Copeland  &  Bacon,  and  rapidly  developed.  The  United-States  Gov- 
ernment has  used  the  Copeland  &  Bacon  engines  for  the  past  twenty  years  ;  the 
United-States  Fish-Commission  steamers,  the  Albatross  and  Fish  Hawk,  and  the 
Blake  of  the  Coast-Survey  service  are  fitted  with  them  ;  and  each  of  the  Light- 
house supply  steamers,  40  or  50  in  number,  carries  a  windlass  designed  by  Mr. 
Bacon  before  he  was  21,  for  Mr.  Copeland's  father,  who  was  at  that  time  consulting 
engineer  for  the  Light-House  Board. 

Mr.  Bacon  is  also  consulting  engineer  for  mines  in  Canada,  Virginia  and  elsewhere, 
and  mining  engineering  is  a  specialty  of  the  firm. 

At  the  warehouse  and  offices  at  85  Liberty  Street  may  be  seen  a  variety  of  the 
Copeland  &  Bacon  machinery. 


874 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Charles  A.  Schieren  &  Co.,  of  Ferry  and  Cliff  Streets,  are  preeminent  as 
manufacturers  of  leather  belting  and  lace  leather.  Their  factory  is  considered  a 
model  establishment  in  its  line,  because  of  its  improved  machinery  and  economic 
appliances.  The  firm  owns  a  number  of  patents,  granted  on  inventions  by  Mr. 
Schieren,  and  under  them  manufactures  such  specialties  as  electric  and  perforated 

belting  for  use  on 
dynamos  and 
swift-running 
electric-light  ma- 
chinery ;  leather- 
link  belting,  for 
use  in  mines  and 
on  machinery  ex- 
posed to  water  ; 
and  planer  belt- 
ing, suitable  for 
w  o  o  d  -  w  o  r  k  i  n  g 
machinery.  The 
leather  for  planer 
belting  is  tanned 
with  a  view  to 
flexibility  and 
durability.  In 
order  to  supply  its 
factory  with  ma- 
terials, the  firm 
operates  three 
oak-leather  tan- 
neries, in  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Mary- 
land, and  one  lace-leather  tannery  in  Brooklyn.  Charles  A.  Schieren,  the  founder  of 
the  firm,  was  born  in  Rhenish  Prussia,  in  1842,  and  with  his  parents  emigrated  to  this 
country  in  1856.  He  had  received  a  public-school  education  in  Germany.  In  his 
youth  he  assisted  his  father  in  conducting  a  cigar  and  tobacco  business  in  Brooklyn. 
In  1864,  as  clerk,  he  entered  the  service  of  Philip  F.  Pasquay,  leather-belting  manu- 
facturer, of  New  York.  By  virtue  of  energy  and  close  application  he  soon  mastered 
the  details  of  the  business,  and  he  became  the  manager  of  the  establishment,  on  the 
death  of  his  employer,  in  1866.  Two  years  later,  with  limited  means,  he  set  up  his 
own  establishment.  In  a  comparatively  short  time  he  was  at  the  head  of  a  prosperous 
manufactory,  which  to-day  ranks  as  one  of  the  largest  in  the  leather-belting  line  in 
the  country.  In  1887  Mr.  Schieren  admitted  as  partner  F.  A.  M.  Burrell,  who  had 
been  in  his  service  as  clerk  for  ten  years.  The  firm  has  branch-houses  in  Chicago, 
Boston  and  Philadelphia,  and  the  products  of  its  factory  are  shipped  to  all  parts  of 
the  civilized  world.  Mr.  Schieren  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Hide  and  Leather 
National  Bank,  and  is  now  its  Vice-President.  He  is  also  identified  with  mfany 
public  institutions  in  Brooklyn,  where  he  resides. 

The  leather  belting  made  by  this  house  comprises  every  length  and  width,  and 
also  of  heavy  and  light  weights,  as  their  users  may  require.  Whatever  is  not 
carried  in  general  stock  can  readily  be  produced  by  the  house  of  Charles  A. 
Schieren  &  Co. 


CHARLES    A.    SCHIEREN    &    CO.,    FERRY    AND    CLIFF    STREETS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


875 


Alfred  Dolge,  manufacturer  of  piano-felt  and  felt  shoes,  whose  office  and  sale- 
rooms are  at  122  East  13th  Street,  has  established  a  new  industry  in  this  country, 
and  has  also  created  a  manufacturing  village.  He  is  of  German  birth,  not  yet  forty- 
five  years  of  age,  and  has  been  in  America  since  he  was  sixteen.  He  had  learned  the 
trade  of  a  piano-maker  in  Saxony,  and  worked  at  it  for  a  time  in  New  Haven. 
Then  he   began  to  import  materials  of  a  superior  quality  for  piano  manufacturers, 


ALFRED    DOLGE'S    DOLGEVILLE    FACTORIES. 


and  at  length,  perceiving  that  all  the  felt  used  for  piano  hammers  was  made  in 
Europe,  he  set  about  manufacturing  it  in  America.  Mr.  Dolge  succeeded  so  well 
that  in  1873,  when  he  was  only  twenty-five  years  old,  his  piano-felt  won  the  first  prize 
at  the  Vienna  Exhibition.  Then  he  went  into  the  wilderness  in  the  southern  portion 
of  the  Adirondack  region,  purchased  a  magnificent  water-power,  and  many  thou- 
sands of  acres  of  spruce  timberland,  erected  sawmills  and  shops  for  turning  spruce 
timber  into  sounding-boards  for  pianos,  and  eventually  removed  his  felt-manufactur- 
ing establishment  to  the  new  settlement,  which,  originally  known  as  Brockett's 
Bridge,  was  after  a  time  rechristened  Dolgeville.  The  reduction  of  tariff,  which 
took  effect  in  1883,  made  competition  with  foreign  makers  of  piano-felt  almost 
impossible.  Then  Mr.  Dolge  turned  his  attention  to  the  manufacture  of  feit  shoes, 
and  this  industry  has  now  grown  to  enormous  proportions.  There  are,  in  the  group 
of  factories  at  Dolgeville,  the  main  felt-mill,  a  felt-shoe  factory,  a  sounding-bor.rd 
manufactory,  a  wood-working  and  planing  mill,  a  grist  mill,  and  several  other  exten- 
sive buildings.  Mr.  Dolge  employs  regularly  about  600  people.  In  the  winter, 
during  the  lumbering  season,  the  number  is  considerably  larger.  More  than  half  a 
million  pounds  of  wool  are  turned  into  felt  every  year.  Three  million  feet  of  spruce 
lumber  are  made  into  sounding-boards  in  the  same  period.  The  capacity  of  the 
felt  shoe  factory  is  fifteen  hundred  pairs  of  felt  shoes  every  day.  And,  in  addition, 
Mr.  Dolge  imports  and  deals  in  a  great  variety  of  materials,  fittings  and  appliances, 
required  in  the  making  of  pianos.  His  catalogue,  in  fact  a  large  profusely  illustrated 
volume,  is  an  interesting  exhibit  of  the  innumerable  articles  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  a  piano.  At  the  New-York  establishment  is  kept  the  complete  line  of  Alfred 
Dolge's  productions. 


876  KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 

Steinway  &  Sons,  at  107-109-m  East  14th  Street,  in  their  own  building  — 
the  white  marble  portico  of  which  has  four  Corinthian  columns,  classic  as  the  lyre 
which  the  double  "S"  of  the  firm-name  forms  —  have  their  offices,  warerooms  and 
Steinway  Hall.  The  hall  attracts  the  artists  that  artists  applaud.  The  offices  are 
known  to  every  lover  of  New  York,  for  the  name  of  William  Steinway  is  the  name 
of  a  peer  among  the  merchants  whom  Brander  Matthews  calls  princes.  The  ware- 
rooms  are  a  quick  stopping  place,  a  halt  for  the  Steinway  pianos.  Their  cases  and 
Actions  are  made  at  Steinway,  Astoria,  L.  I.  There  are  a  dock  and  bulkhead  384 
feet  in  length,  on  the  East  River,  enclosing  a  basin,  100  feet  wide  by  300  feet  long, 
filled  with  logs  ;  there  are  lumber  yards,  metal  foundries,  a  saw  mill,  drying  rooms, 
wherein  are  constantly  500,000  square  feet  of  air-dried  lumber. 

A  sketch  of  Steinway  Hall,  so  famous  in  the  annals  of  music  in  this  country, 
appears  in  this  volume,  in  the  chapter  on  Amusement  Places. 

In  the  Steinway  public-school,  English,  German  and  music  are  taught.  In  the 
Steinway  public  bath  are  50  dressing-rooms.  The  Steinway  public  park,  the  Stein- 
way dwellings,  the  Steinway  residence,  workmen,  artisans  of  the  Steinway  pianos, 
make  of  Steinway  an  Arcadia.  The  finishing  manufactory  of  the  Steinway  piano  is  in 
New- York  City,  and  occupies  the  whole  square  from  Park  to  Lexington  Avenues  and 
from  52d  to  53d  Streets.  There  500  workmen  plane,  saw,  join,  drill,  turn,  string, 
fit,  varnish  and  tune  the  piano  works  and  cases  received  from  the  600  workmen  of 
Steinway,  Astoria.  A  branch  piano  factory  is  in  Hamburg,  Germany.  Warerooms 
in  the  Neue  Rosenstrasse  at  Hamburg  supply  the  Continent  ;  warerooms  in  Lower 
Seymour  Street,  London,  supply  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  At  the  London  Inter- 
national Exhibition  in  1862,  the  Steinway  pianos  obtained  a  First  Prize  Medal;  at 
the  Paris  International  Exhibition  in  1867,  a  Grand  Gold  Medal;  at  the  Vienna 
International  Exhibition  in  1873,  this  flattering  comment  of  the  jury  :  "It  is  much 
to  be  deplored  that  the  celebrated  path-breaking  firm  of  Steinway  &  Sons,  to  whom 
the  entire  pianoforte  manufacture  is  so  much  indebted,  did  not  exhibit."  At  the 
Philadelphia  International  Exhibition  of  1876,  the  Steinway  pianos  obtained  the 
highest  awards  for  the  best  pianofortes  and  the  best  pianoforte  material.  The  dis- 
position of  the  strings  in  the  form  of  a  fan,  patented  in  1859  ;  the  duplex  scale, 
patented  in  1872  ;  the  cupola  metal  frame,  patented  in  1872  and  1875  >  tne  special 
construction  of  the  sound  board,  patented  in  1866,  1869  and  1872  ;  the  metallic 
tubular  frame  action,  patented  in  1868  and  1875  ;  the  tone-sustaining  pedal,  patented 
in  1874  ;  the  personal  attention  given  by  Steinway  &  Sons  to  every  detail  of  their 
manufacture,  account  for  the  excellence  of  the  Steinway  pianos.  The  century  has 
produced  four  musicians  of  genius  greater  than  all  others  :  Berlioz,  Wagner,  Liszt 
and  Rubinstein.  They  have  written  enthusiastic  praise  of  the  Steinway  pianos. 
The  Royal  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  of  Prussia  ;  the  Royal  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  of 
Sweden  ;  the  Empress  of  Russia ;  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  ;  the  Emperor  of  China  ; 
the  Queen  of  England  ;  every  artistic  association,  every  personage  whose  judgment 
is  above  dispute  has  given  by  academic  honors,  by  acquisition  for  personal  use,  by 
words  of  praise,  sanction  to  the  pride  with  which  New-Yorkers  regard  as  the 
supreme  and  visible  expression  of  the  art  of  music,  the  pianos  marked  with  a  lyre 
formed  of  the  initials  of  Steinway  &  Sons.  During  1890  the  Steinways  were  ap- 
pointed piano-manufacturers  to  the  Queen  of  England,  and  the  Prince  and  Princess 
of  Wales  —  and  further,  in  1892,  they  received  from  His  Majesty  Emperor  William 
the  appointment  as  manufacturers  to  the  Royal  Court  of  Prussia. 

The  Steinway  name  appears  among  the  directors,  officers,  and  patrons  of  an 
endless  list  of  social,  financial,  commercial,  political  and  other  institutions. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


877 


878  KING'.S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  New-York  Biscuit  Company  is  a  corporation,  the  business  of  which  is 
conducted  on  an  enormous  scale.  It  was  organized  in  1890,  under  the  laws  of  Illi- 
nois, with  a  capital  stock  of  $10,000,000.  It  now  owns  most  of  the  profitable  plants 
for  the  making  of  biscuits  in  the  East.  Its  products  are  sold  in  every  portion  of  the 
United  States,  and  it  has  also  an  enormous  export  trade.  Its  brands  are  held  in  the 
highest  esteem  all  over  the  world.  The  company's  principal  plant,  completed  and 
set  in  full  operation  in  1892,  is  at  Tenth  Avenue  and  15th  and  16th  Streets,  New 
York.  The  enormous  building,  one  of  the  largest  of  any  kind  in  New- York  City, 
occupies  the  whole  easterly  end  of  the  city  block,  bounded  by  the  streets  named,  and 
is  525  feet  long,  206  feet  wide,  and  six  stories  high.  It  is  arranged  in  the  form  of  a 
hollow  square,  enclosing  a  court-yard  56  feet  wide.  This  court-yard  is  intended  for 
convenience  in  receiving  and  shipping  goods,  and  is  large  enough  to  accommodate  80 
trucks.  The  building  contains  40  ovens,  of  a  capacity  sufficient  to  convert  1,000 
barrels  of  flour  into  biscuits  of  various  sorts,  every  day.  The  ovens,  as  well  as  all 
of  the  machinery  of  the  establishment,  are  of  the  newest  designs,  with  the  latest  and 
best  improvements.  Some  portions  of  the  mechanical  outfit  are  of  special  design, 
and  are  not  in  use  in  other  biscuit  manufactories.  There  are  in  the  mixing-room  40 
mixers,  of  capacity  varying  from  five  to  eight  barrels  of  flour  in  a  single  operation, 
and  they  are  so  arranged  that  the  process  of  fermentation  may  be  hastened  or 
retarded,  as  may  be  desired.  In  full  operation,  the  plant  gives  employment  to  from 
1,000  to  1,200  people.  The  offices  of  the  company  occupy  the  entire  western  end 
of  the  sixth  story  of  the  building,  and  are  larger  than  those  of  any  banking-house  in 
New  York.  The  new  plant,  which  is  the  largest  and  most  thoroughly  equipped  in 
the  world,  represents  in  its  operations  those  formerly  owned  and  operated  by  Holmes 
&  Coutts,  the  Vanderveer  &  Holmes  Biscuit  Company,  John  D.  Gilmor  &  Co.,  and 
Anger  Bros.,  of  New  York,  and  Hetfield  &  Ducker,  of  Brooklyn.  The  company 
also  operates  in  New  York  the  plants  formerly  controlled  by  E.  J.  Larrabee  &  Co. 
and  Brinckerhoff  &  Co. 

While  the  manufacturing  and  trade  interests  of  the  New-York  Biscuit  Company 
naturally  centre  in  this  city,  it  also  owns  and  operates  large  plants  in  various  other 
cities.  The  one  next  in  size  to  the  New- York  establishment  is  located  in  Cambridge- 
port,  Mass.,  and  was  formerly  controlled  by  the  F.  A.  Kennedy  Co.  It  contains  16 
ovens.  It  supplies  the  goods  sold  in  the  New-England  States,  and  is  the  only  very 
large  establishment  of  the  sort  in  that  territory.  The  third  largest  plant  owned  by 
the  company  is  located  in  Chicago.  It  contains  ten  ovens,  and  its  product  is  dis- 
tributed through  the  Northwest,  South,  and  Southwest.  Another  large  plant  is 
that  formerly  operated  by  Sears  &  Co.,  in  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.;  and  still  another, 
that  formerly  owned  by  the  Wilson  Biscuit  Company  of  Philadelphia.  Besides 
these  large  establishments,  the  New-York  Biscuit  Company  also  operates  the  Bent 
&  Co.  plant  of  Milton,  Mass.,  the  product  of  which  is  the  famous  hand-made  water- 
cracker  ;  a  plant  at  Newburyport,  Mass.,  which  produces  Pearson's  creams  and  fine 
pilot  breads;  and  also  establishments  in  Newark,  N.  J.,  and  Hartford  and  New 
Haven,  Conn. 

The  New- York  Biscuit  Company,  by  these  numerous  and  gigantic  plants,  is  not 
only  by  far  the  greatest  producer  in  the  world  of  biscuits,  or  crackers,  but  it  is  also 
enabled  to  produce  them  at  the  lowest  possible  figure  of  cost.  Its  enormous  pur- 
chases of  flour  and  materials  give  it  a  purchasing  advantage  impossible  under  any 
other  circumstances.  Its  varieties  cover  the  whole  range  of  plain  and  fancy  biscuits, 
popularly  called  in  this  country  crackers.  It  supplies  its  widespread  trade  by  means 
of  teams,  railroads  and  vessels  ;  its  products  reach  all  civilized  parts  of  the  world. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


879 


> 

Z 

rn 

m 

c 

$ 

m 

< 

■n 

0 

X 

2 

^ 

U1 

CD 

ro 

± 

0 

09 

r 

H 

X 

H 

H 

O 

O 

O 
2 

"0 

as 

> 

z 

ms> 


880  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK 

B.  Kreischer  &  Sons,  one  of  the  largest  concerns  in  the  country  engaged  in 
the  clay  industry,  have  offices  at  132  Mangin  Street.  Their  works  are  at  Kreischer- 
ville,  Staten  Island,  opposite  Perth  Amboy.  The  house  has  an  interesting  history. 
Balthaser  Kreischer,  its  founder,  was  born  in  Hornbach,  Germany,  March  13,  181 3. 
He  was  educated  in  the  village  school,  and  at  15  years  of  age  was  apprenticed  to  a 
stone-cutter.  Later,  he  learned  the  mason's  trade,  and  was  the  workman  who  laid 
the  corner-stone  of  the  fortress  at  Germerschein,  Prussia.  He  came  to  New  York 
in  1836,  with  a  diploma  as  an  architect,  but  the  only  employment  that  he  could  get 
was  that  of  a  laborer,  on  a  new  building  in  Yorkville,  at  50  cents  a  day.  In  a  very 
short  time,  however,  he  was  foreman  of  the  work,  and  later  the  partner  of  the 
builder.  Presently,  Mr.  Kreischer  invented  a  baker's  oven,  to  be  fired  with  coal 
instead  of  wood.  English  fire-bricks  were  not  uniform  in  size  and  did  not  suit  him. 
None  were  made  in  this  country,  and  he  set  about  manufacturing  them.  One  Sun- 
day he  went  to  New  Jersey  with  a  laborer,  and  found  some  potters'  clay,  which  he 
bought  on  three  months'  credit.  Monday  he  leased  a  lot  of  land  at  58  Goerck  Street, 
and  Tuesday  he  began  to  build  a  manufactory.  His  capital  was  $3,000.  This  was 
in  1845.  Prejudice  was  so  strong  in  favor  of  English  fire-bricks  that  Mr.  Kreischer 
had  to  give  a  bond  in  $2,000  to  the  Manhattan  Gas  Company,  for  which  he  erected 
a  furnace,  that  his  fire-brick  should  prove  to  be  as  good  as  those  imported.  A  few 
years  later  he  controlled  the  market.  The  Goerck- Street  establishment  grew  until 
it  covered  13  lots.  In  1852  Mr.  Kreischer  purchased  extensive  clay  deposits  at 
Charleston,  S.  I.  (since  renamed  Kreischerville~),  built  new  works,  and  then  gave  up 
the  New- York  factory.  In  1871  he  admitted  his  son,  George  F.,  to  partnership, 
and  later  two  other  sons,  Charles  C.  and  Edward  B. ,  and  finally  the  firm  was  incor- 
porated as  B.  Kreischer  &  Sons.  In  1877  the  works  were  burned.  There  was  no 
insurance,  and  the  loss  was  $150,000.  They  were  rebuilt,  covering  three  acres,  in 
three  months..  After  a  time  the  elder  Kreischer  retired  from  active  business,  leav- 
ing George  F.  as  the  manager  of  the  company  and  affairs.  Balthaser  Kreischer  died 
in  1886.  He  had  been"  prominent  in  various  circles.  He  was  one  of  the  original 
trustees  of  the  Dry-Dock  Savings-Bank,  a  past  master  of  one  of  the  oldest  German 
lodges  of  Masons,  and  a  leader  in  charitable  work.  A  monument  to  his  memory 
exists  in  a  church  at  Kreischerville,  which  he  himself  built  and  gave  to  his  work- 
men, and  the  expenses  of  which  are  in  major  part  paid  by  his  sons,  who  own  the 
industry  which  he  founded.  Kreischer's  establishment  has  grown  from  year  to  year, 
and  in  the  summer  of  1892  was  enlarged  to  cover  eight  acres.  It  consumes  from 
200  to  250  tons  of  fire-clay  every  day,  and  turns  out  70,000  brick  every  24  hours. 
Employment  is  given  to  about  250  men.  The  products  include  fire-brick,  pressed 
building  brick,  terra  cotta,  blast-furnace  linings,  gas-retorts  (of  which  the  Kreischers 
were  the  first  manufacturers  in  this  country),  and  everything  pertaining  to  the  clay 
industry.      These  products  include  the  whole  range  of  sizes  and  shapes. 

For  forty-seven  years  the  Kreischer  products  have  held  a  first  place  in  the  mar- 
ket, the  quality  improving  as  the  plant  and  facilities  were  increased.  Moreover, 
the  discovery  of  finer  grades  of  clay,  the  improvements  to  machinery,  the  more 
modern  construction  of  kilns,  have  all  made  it  possible  for  this  great  establishment 
to  keep  at  the  present  time  the  same  foremost  position  it  has  so  long  held.  They 
are  now  introducing  a  higher  grade  of  pressed  building  brick  than  has  heretofore 
been  produced  by  the  dry  or  plastic  processes.  To  meet  this  demand  a  complete 
plant  has  been  erected  for  the  manufacture  of  front  brick,  and  has  been  equipped 
with  all  the  mechanical  appliances  for  making  every  variety  and  shape  of  the 
highest  grade  of  front  or  ornamental  pressed  brick. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


8Si 


882  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 

The  Berwind-White  Coal  Mining  Company  was  incorporated  in  1886  as 
the  successor  of  Berwind,  White  &  Co.,  a  coal-producing  firm  which  had  been  organ- 
ized in  1874  from  the  still  older  firms  of  Berwind  &  Bradley  and  White  &  Lingle. 
The  capital  stock  of  the  present  corporation  is  $2,000,000,  and  its  executive  officers 
are  :  Edward  J.  Berwind,  President  ;  John  E.  Berwind,  Vice-President ;  H.  A. 
Berwind,  Secretary,  and  F.  McOwen,  Treasurer.  The  company  own  and  operate 
extensive  coal-mines  in  the  Clearfield  and  Jefferson  County  regions,  and  are  mining 
what  is  known  as  the  Eureka  Bituminous  Steam  Coal.  They  operate  29  collieries  — 
22  of  which  are  at  and  around  Houtzdale  ;  2  at  Karthaus,  and  5  at  Horatio,  all  of 
which  have  an  aggregate  capacity  of  upward  of  15,000  tons  a  day.  The  tonnage 
of  the  company  for  1891  aggregated  over  3,  500,000  tons.  The  works  of  the  company 
are  among  the  best  equipped  in  the  bituminous  coal  regions,  being  supplied  with 
every  modern  improvement  and  labor-saving  machinery,  and  calculated  to  expedite 
and  economize  the  cost  of  the  production  of  coal,  as  well  as  to  insure  its  reaching  the 
market  in  strictly  first-class  condition. 

The  company  also  own  and  operate  300  coke-ovens,  where  they  are  turning  out 
a  very  superior  grade  of  coke,  which  finds  a  ready  market  among  manufacturers  and 
steel-workers. 

The  Berwind-White  Company  own  3,000  coal  cars  and  a  fleet  of  60  coal  barges, 
used  exclusively  for  the  delivery  of  coal  to  ocean  steamships  in  New  York  harbor. 
The  coal  is  of  the  highest  grade  of  steam  coal,  and  is  supplied  under  yearly  contract 
to  nearly  all  transatlantic  and  coasting  lines  running  from  New  York,  Philadelphia 
and  Boston,  among  these  steamship  lines  being  the  Inman,  the  North  German  Lloyd, 
the  Cunard,  the  Hamburg,  and  the  French  lines,  whose  gigantic  and  palatial  ocean 
greyhounds  have  a  world-wide  reputation.  This  coal  is  also  supplied  to  nearly  all  the 
railways  in  the  Eastern  and  Middle  States,  for  locomotive  use.  It  is  likewise  largely 
used  for  rolling-mills,  iron-works,  forges,  ylass-works  and  lime-kilns,  in  the  burning  of 
brick  and  fire-brick,  and  for  kindred  purposes.  The  mines  are  located  on  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Railroad,  or  lines  accessible  thereto,  over  which  they  ship  to  tide-water  for  ship- 
ments coastwise  and  foreign,  and  to  New  York,  the  New-England  States  and  Canada. 

The  company's  shipping  piers  are  located  at  Greenwich  Point,  Philadelphia  ; 
Harsimus,  Jersey  City,  New-York  Harbor  ;  and  Canton  Piers,  Baltimore.  The  gen- 
eral offices  of  the  company  are  in  the  Bullitt  Building,  Philadelphia  ;  at  55 
Broadway,  New  York  ;  at  19  Congress  Street,  Boston  ;  and  in  the  Rialto  Build- 
ing, Baltimore.  The  Berwind-White  is  the  largest  bituminous  coal  mining  company 
in  America,  employing  5,000  men,  and  an  extensive  staff  of  mining  engineers, 
accountants,  etc. 

The  company's  shipping  point  in  New-York  harbor  is  at  Harsimus  Cove,  Jersey 
City,  just  north  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad's  freight  pier.  It  consists  of  an  exten- 
sive pier  which  reaches  from  Henderson  Street  to  the  North  River,  and  is  sup- 
plied with  two  main  tracks,  with  such  sidings  as  are  required  for  the  proper  handling 
of  coal  cars,  and  so  arranged  as  to  load  six  barges  at  the  same  time.  There  are 
extensive  coal-sheds  capable  of  storing  many  thousand  tons  of  coal,  and  also  a 
weighing-house  and  suitable  offices.  The  pier  reaches  to  deep  water,  and  can  give 
accommodation  to  ships  of  the  deepest  draught,  so  that  coal  may  be  loaded  directly 
to  the  ships  from  the  company's  sheds  or  trains.  The  pier  is  also  the  home  station 
of  the  company's  own  fleet  of  specially  constructed  tugs  and  barges,  which  are  chiefly 
engaged  in  the  transhipment  of  their  coal  to  various  points  in  and  around  the  harbor. 

The  business  transacted  by  the  Berwind-Wrhite  Company  is  by  far  the  most  exten- 
sive in  bituminous  steam  coals,  either  in  Europe  or  the  United  States. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


M3 


884  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  J.  Ottmann  Lithographing  Co.'s  history  began  in  1868,  when  Jacob 
Ottmann,  a  practical  lithographer,  familiar  with  the  business  in  all  its  departments, 
from  office-boy  up,  organized  a  small  lithographing  concern,  which  has  since  grown 
to  be  the  largest  and  foremost  establishment  on  the  American  continent ;  having 
the  most  extensive  buildings  and  the  greatest  number  of  machines,  and  producing 
the  largest  volume  of  work. 

Eight  years  later,  in  1876,  Jacob  Ottmann  printed  the  first  cartoons  of  Puck,  in 
plain  black.  Since  then  the  business  has  grown  up  side  by  side  with  Puck,  an  alli- 
ance which  has  been  beneficial  to  both  parties  in  a  remarkable  degree.  As  Puck's 
drawings  improved  in  excellence,  so  did  the  Ottmann  Company  improve  and  per- 
fect its  mechanical  facilities,  until  now  it  stands  easily  at  the  head  of  all  its  business 
competitors,  in  its  facilities  for  turning  out  the  highest  quality  of  work,  keeping 
thirty  great  lithographic  presses  constantly  going,  and  employing  in  its  various 
departments  over  400  persons. 

But,  although  perfect  of  their  kind,  the  Puck  cartoons,  which  are  necessarily 
printed  under  great  pressure  for  time,  and  in  five  colors  only,  are  not  the  finest  speci- 
mens of  the  company's  work.  In  the  J.  Ottmann  Lithographing  Company's 
counting-room,  in  the  first  floor  of  Puck  Building,  one  may  obtain  an  accurate  idea 
of  the  perfection  to  which  color-printing  on  stone  has  now  advanced.  In  artistic 
profusion  on  the  walls  hang  some  of  the  most  successful  results  of  artistic  modern 
lithography,  —  all  of  them  specimens  of  the  J.  Ottmann  Lithographing  Company's 
work.  They  comprise,  variously,  reproductions  of  oil-paintings,  of  water-colors,  of 
pastels,  and  even  of  natural  objects,  with  such  fidelity  to  the  originals  as  to  bewilder 
the  uninitiated  observer,  who  requires  the  assurance  of  an  expert  that  he  is  not  gaz- 
ing on  the  direct   production  of  brush  or  crayon. 

Some  of  these  reproductions  require  over  twenty  printings  and  the  most  delicate 
handling,  and  have  been  used  as  supplements  and  premiums  for  art  magazines  and 
other  high-class  periodicals.  Others  are  samples  of  maps,  astronomical,  botanical, 
and  anatomical  charts,  and  similar  scientific  work,  demanding  absolute  accuracy  ; 
calendars,  show-cards,  labels,  theatrical,  steamboat  and  railroad  posters,  fashion- 
plates,  illustrated  catalogues,  and  all  the  uses  of  artistic  advertising. 

Lithography  is  also  largely  and  happily  employed  in  printing  bill-heads,  business- 
cards,  policies  of  insurance,  certificates  of  stock,  bonds,  and  other  business  forms,  of 
which  the  J.  Ottmann  Lithographing  Company  has  countless  specimens,  in  as  many 
interesting  and  attractive  designs. 

The  '■'■Puck  Building"  is  a  fitting  monument  to  these  two  great  institutions.  It 
is  a  handsome  edifice,  in  the  style  of  the  Italian  Renaissance,  cleverly  adapted  to 
the  exigencies  of  modern  business.  With  its  recent  addition,  it  is  the  largest  build- 
ing in  the  world  devoted  to  the  business  of  lithographing  and  publishing,  having  a 
floor-area  of  nearly  eight  acres.  The  most  prominent  features  of  the  building  are 
long  lines  of  round  arches  on  the  two  fronts,  with  massive  supports  of  polished 
granite.  Both  fronts  are  divided  by  main  belted  piers  and  pilasters,  and  horizon- 
tally by  string-courses  in  the  third  and  fifth  stories.  In  the  second  story  the  arches 
support  intermediate  pillars,  dividing  the  front  above  into  a  series  of  large  mullioned 
windows.  At  the  angle,  on  a  long  graceful  column,  stands  the  pretty,  emblematic 
figure  of  Puck,  with  a  crayon  as  a  staff  in  one  hand  and  a  mirror  in  the  other.  The 
flagstaff  support,  at  the  height  of  the  sixth  story,  and  the  arches  in  the  recessed 
entrance,  are  of  wrought  iron.  The  general  effect  is  that  of  strength  combined  with 
lightness  and  graceful  simplicity,  an  effect  fitting  to  the  work  of  Puck  and  the  J. 
Ottmann  Lithographing  Company. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


885 


886  KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 

The  New-York  Anderson  Pressed  Brick  Company,  the  office  of  which  is 
in  the  Lincoln  Building,  at  14th  Street  and  Union  Square,  west,  is  one  of  the  three 
great  brick-making  companies  licensed  to  use  the  processes  of  manufacture  invented 
by  J.  C.  Anderson,  of  Chicago.  It  controls  the  territory  included  in  the  States  of 
Connecticut  and  New  Jersey,  and  that  part  of  New  York  lying  east  of  the  meridian 
of  Washington.  It  manufactures  obsidian  brick,  remarkable  for  rich  body  colors  in 
browns,  grays  and  blues  ;  metallic  drossed  brick,  of  bronze  and  other  metal-tinted 
lustres  ;  mossed  brick,  which  simulate  the  moss-grown  material  which  has  been  in 
place  for  years  ;  aluminum  brick,  of  a  silvery  or  bronze  appearance,  upon  which 
neither  heat,  weather,  nor  abrasion  leaves  any  marks,  and  which  are  hard  enough  to 
turn  a  steel  point  ;  brecciated  enamel  brick,  richly  colored  and  glazed,  and  adapted 
for  interior  decorative  work  ;  plain  enamel  and  rock-faced  brick  ;  and  brick  in  a  vari- 
ety of  shapes  and  sizes  and  styles  of  finish,  for  decorative  use.  The  products  of  the 
company's  works  are  used  in  the  finest  and  most  elaborate  buildings  in  New  York  and 
Brooklyn.  In  point  of  fact,  the  external  decorative  architecture  of  buildings  recently 
erected  was  stimulated  in  a  great  measure  by  the  inventions  of  J.  C.  Anderson,  who 
is  the  genius  of  the  brick-making  industry,  and  who  has  developed  it  into  high  art. 
The  United- States  and  foreign  governments  have  granted  to  him  many  times  more 
patents  on  brick  than  have  ever  been  granted  to  any  man  or  corporation. 

The  New-York  company  has  an  immense  establishment  at  Kreischerville,  Staten 
Island,  on  the  shore  of  Staten-Island  Sound.  Its  buildings  cover  several  acres  of 
land.  It  owns  enormous  deposits  of  the  finest  and  rarest  of  clay,  which  is  particu- 
larly valuable,  as  it  yields  itself  readily  to  the  finishing  processes  to  which  the  archi- 
tectural brick  are  treated.  The  company  gives  employment  to  a  large  number  of  men, 
and  the  capacity  of  its  works  is  about  1,000,000  of  high-grade  bricks  each  month. 

One  of  the  most  valuable  of  the  Anderson  inventions  in  use  at  the  company's 
works  is  the  process  of  burning  brick  in  long  tunnel-kilns,  through  which  they  are 
conveyed  by  slow-moving  cars.  At  the  works  at  Kreischerville  there  are  two  tunnel - 
kilns,  400  feet  long,  in  the  centres  of  which  fires  hot  enough  to  melt  steel  burn  per- 
petually. Cars  of  standard  size,  made  of  iron  and  protected  by  fire-proof  material, 
are  loaded  with  green  brick,  10,000  to  a  car,  and,  one  after  another,  are  slowly 
pushed  into  and  through  the  tunnel-kilns.  There  is  a  never-ending  procession  going 
each  way.  Thus  the  green  bricks  are  carried  past  those  which  are  coming  from  the 
centre  of  greatest  heat,  and  by  means  of  the  natural  radiation  they  are  burned  to  a 
cherry  red  before  they  reach  the  fire.  In  the  centre  of  the  tunnel-kiln  they  encounter 
the  final  shrinking  hot  blast,  and  then  move  out,  assisting  to  burn  other  green  brick 
which  are  coming  in.  There  are  thirty  such  cars  in  the  Kreischerville  works.  They 
receive  their  loads  direct  from  the  press,  and  from  these  the  finished  brick  are  loaded 
upon  boats  ready  to  be  sent  to  market,  and  thus  the  labor  of  handling  is  reduced  to 
a  minimum,  and  a  great  saving  is  made. 

Besides  manufacturing  an  absolutely  incomparable  variety  of  the  finest  grades 
of  pressed  and  ornamental  brick,  the  company  is  also  extensive  manufacturers  of 
a  superior  quality  of  the  more  common  grades. 

The  products  of  the  New-York  Anderson  Pressed  Brick  Company's  work  are  in 
great  demand  all  through  the  States  in  which  it  is  licensed  to  carry  on  the  manufac- 
ture and  sale.  The  business  grows  apace,  as  architects  and  builders  become  familiar 
with  the  fine  quality  of  the  brick,  and  recognize  the  facilities  for  furnishing  unusual 
shapes,  colors,  finish  and  sizes.  The  present  officers  of  the  company  are  J.  C. 
Anderson,  President  ;  John  Weber,  Vice-President  ;  Louis  Weber,  Treasurer  ;  J.  C. 
Cushman,  Secretary ;  and  Jules  Fehr,  General  Manager. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK 


887 


888 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


Colgate  &  Co.,  the  largest  and  most  widely  known  manufacturers  of  toilet 
soaps  and  perfumes,  have  been  located  at  the  corner  of  John  and  Dutch  Streets  for 
86  years.  The  firm  is  not  only  the  oldest  in  its  branch  of  trade  in  America,  but  it  is 
one  of  the  few  very  old  business  houses  in  New  York  which  have  remained  on  vir- 
tually the  same  ground  on  which  they  were  established.  Its  main  offices  and  sales- 
rooms are  at  53-55  T°hn  Street.  Other  offices  occupy  the  lower  floor  of  the  build- 
ings 4-6-8  Dutch  Street,  around  the  corner,  the  rest  of  the  five  stories  being  devoted 
to  the  manufacture  of  perfumes.  These  buildings  are  the  oldest  in  the  vicinity,  and 
are  on  the  site  of  the  original  factory.  For  the  manufacture  of  soaps  the  firm  occu- 
pies the  large  group  of  buildings  in  Jersey  City,  bounded  by  York,  Green, 
Hudson  and  Grand  Streets  ;  and  for  shipping  and  storage  purposes,  the  dock  in  the 
Morris  Basins  at  the  foot  of  Grand  Street.  The  buildings  in  this  group  are  of 
various  heights,  the  tallest  being  of  five  stories.  About  600  people  are  employed  in 
the  factories,  and  the  office  staff  consists  of  35  clerks  and  accountants.  The  main 
salesroom  is  the  largest  in  the  city,  devoted  exclusively  to  toilet  soaps  and  perfumes. 
In  the  centre  stands  an  exquisite  show-case  which  contained  the  firm's  exhibit  at  the 
Centennial  in  1876;  a  handsome  affair  of  plate  glass  and  elaborately  carved  wood. 


pa 

1  J  [Til  11  11 


** 


COLGATE    &    COMPANY'S    MANUFACTORY,    IN    JERSEY    CITY. 


Colgate  &  Co.  manufacture  fine  goods  only.  Their  products,  and  especially  their 
Cashmere  Bouquet  toilet  soap  and  perfume,  are  known  the  world  over.  They  are 
sold  in  every  retail  store  in  America  which  deals  in  toilet  articles.  For  their  distri- 
bution in  foreign  countries,  Colgate  &  Co.  have  branch-houses  at  67  Holborn  Via- 
duct,  London;  13  Avenue  de  l'Opera,  Paris;  15  Hare  Street,  Calcutta;  and  54 
Margaret  Street,  Sydney,  Australia.  The  growth  of  the  business  has  been  steady 
and  solid  from  the  outset,  promoted  only  by  the  superior  and  uniform  quality  of  the 
goods.  The  Colgate  productions  have  been  awarded  the  highest  prizes  at  the 
greatest  expositions.  They  cover  the  entire  range  of  toilet  soaps,  toilet  waters  and 
perfumery.  They  are  put  up  in  an  endless  variety  of  exquisite  ways.  As  the  old 
house  grows  older,  it  grows  stronger,  and  its  new  productions  add  still  more  honor 
to  the  long-honored  name  of  Colgate  &  Co. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


889 


F.  W.  Devoe  &  C.  T.  Raynolds,  the  best-known  manufacturers  of  paints, 
varnishes  and  artists'  materials,  have  a  genealogy  as  interesting  as  that  of  an  old 
family.  It  was  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  ago,  in  1755,  that  William  Post  started 
a  small  business  as  painter  and  glazier  at  43  Water  Street,  New  York.  He  extended 
his  business,  his  sons  succeeded  him,  and  various  changes  took  place  in  the  mem- 
bership of  the  firm  until  in  1855,  just  100  years  after  the  beginning  of  the  business, 
it  became  Raynolds,  Devoe  &  Pratt,  still,  however,  occupying  its  old  office  on  Water 
Street.  Later  Mr.  Raynolds  and  Mr.  Pratt  dropped  out,  and  in  1864  the  name 
became  simply  F.  W.  Devoe  &  Co.  In  that  year  the  present  offices  at  the  corner  of 
Fulton  and  William  Streets  were  established.  In  1892  the  old  firm  was  re-united, 
under  the  title  of  F.  W.  Devoe  &  C.  T.  Raynolds.  In  these  offices  to-day  is  to  be 
seen  an  interesting  relic  of  the  original  house,  a  life-size  painting  of  William  Post. 
The  factory  for  the  manufacture  of  paints,  artists'  materials  and  brushes  was  built  in 
1852,  on  Horatio  Street,  New  York.  It  has  been  many  times  enlarged,  until  now 
it  extends  through  to  Jane  Street  and  has  a  floor-space  of  four  acres.  For  35  years 
it  has  been  under  the  superintendence  of  James  F.  Drummond,  a  member  of  the 
firm.  The  articles  there  manufactured  have  obtained  an  enviable  reputation  through- 
out the  country  for  their  purity  and  high  quality.  The  firm  has  another  large  fac- 
tory in  Newark,  N.  J.,  for  the  manufacture  of  varnishes.  These  are  the  largest 
varnish  works  in 
the  country,  and 
are  under  the  per- 
sonal supervision 
of  J.  Seaver  Page, 
also  a  member  of 
the  firm.  That  the 
varnishes  made  at 
this  factory  are  held 
in  high  repute  is 
well  attested  to  by 
the  fact  that  they 
are  considered  as 
standards  of  excel- 
lence, and  are  used 
by  the  Pennsyl- 
vania, the  New- 
York  Central  and 
other  railroads  of 
the  country  where 
their  wearing  quali- 
ties are  put  to  the 
severest  tests.  The 
firm,  in  order  to 
supply  the  great 
West,  has  also 
established  stores 
and  factories  in 
Chicago.  In  1882 
advantage  was 
taken  of  the  firm's  F-  w-  devoe  &  c.  t.  raynolds,  fulton  and  william  st 


89o 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


preeminent  position  to  introduce  at  its  paint-factory  a  department  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  engineers',  architects'  and  mathematical  instruments,  with  the  result  that  these 
also  have  become  known  as  being  the  best  of  their  class.  Little  is  now  left  undone 
by  this  firm  to  give  decorators,  painters  and  artists  the  best  of  materials  for  their 
work. 

John  Dwight  &  Co.  enjoy  the  distinction  of  establishing  the  pioneer  bi-carbo- 
nate  of  soda  factory  in  the  United  States.  Before  1846  pearl-ash  was  almost  exclu- 
sively used  throughout  the  country  for  domestic  purposes.  What  bi-carbonate  of 
soda  was  then  used  was  imported  from  England.  In  that  year  John  Dwight  started 
his  soda  factory,  at  the  foot  of  West  25th  Street,  New  York.  He  there  began  the 
manufacture  of  soda  saleratus  and  bi-carbonate  of  soda.  In  introducing  new  articles, 
subversive  of  old  ideas,  he  threw  clown  the  gage  of  war  to  the  pearl-ash  monopolists 
and  the  English  manufacturers.    By  placing  only  the  very  best  articles  on  the  market 

he  in  time  educated  the  house- 
keepers out  of  the  use  of  the  old- 
fashioned  pearl-ash  saleratus,  and 
gave  them  an  article  much  cheaper 
in  price,  and  of  double  the  carbonic- 
acid  gas  strength.  He  was  aided 
in  this  innovation  by  the  fact  that 
at  that  time,  owing  to  an  extensive 
destruction  of  the  forests  from 
which  the  raw  material  for  the 
pearl-ash  was  obtained,  the  prices 
of  the  old  article  were  materially 
advanced.  His  bi-carbonate  of 
soda  was  successfully  pushed  in  the 
home  markets,  in  opposition  to  the 
English  importations.  And  since 
that  time  these  latter  have  never 
regained  a  foothold  in  this  country. 
The  attempts  to  do  so  have  been 
various.  They  have  been  sold  to 
the  packers  of  saleratus  in  America, 
and  placed  on  the  market  as  pearl- 
ash  saleratus.  But  this  substitute 
could  never  usurp  the  place  which 
Mr.  Dwight's  pure  article  has 
gained.  As  a  result,  the  English 
manufacturers,  in  order  to  sell  their 
goods  at  all  in  this  country,  have 
been  obliged  to  reduce  the  price  of 
their  soda  from  nine  cents  a  pound, 
which  existed  in  1847,  at  tne  ^me 
of  the  inception  of  Mr.  Dwight's 
business,  to  three  cents  a  pound. 
When  it  was  seen  that  John  Dwight 
could  successfully  compete  with  the  long-established  pearl-ash  and  the  English 
bi-carbonate  of  soda,  factories  for  the  manufacture  of  soda  saleratus  sprang  rapidly 
into  existence.       But    from    that    time  to  this,   in    the  midst  of  an  ever-increasing 


JOHN    DWIGHT    &    CO.,   11    OLD    SLIP. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


891 


. 


892 


ICING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


competition,  Mr.  Dwight  has  maintained  his  reputation  of  being  the  pioneer  in  the 
business  and  standing  at  its  head.  In  1847  ne  formed  a  partnership  with  John  R. 
Maurice,  which  was  continued  until  1881.  It  was  dissolved  then  on  accouut  of  Mr. 
Maurice's  increasing  years,  and  Mr.  Dwight  again  carried  on  the  business  alone.  By 
this  time  his  business  had  assumed  extended  proportions,  and  had  become  known  as 
the  most  successful  bi-carbonate  of  soda  manufacturing  firm  in  the  United  States, 
and  the  famous  "  Cow  Brand  "  trade-mark  is  familiar  in  all  households. 

In  1885  ^r-  Dwight  took  his  son,  John  E.  Dwight,  into  partnership,  and  in  1886 
William  I.  Walker  was  admitted  to  the  firm.  These  three  now  constitute  the  firm 
of  John  Dwight  &  Co.,  with  offices  at  11  Old  Slip,  where  Mr.  Dwight  had  estab- 
lished himself  in  1856.  In  1868  the  old  factory  on  25th  Street  was  given  up,  and 
the  present  one,  much  larger,  established  between  11 2th  and  113th  Streets.  At 
this  factory,  besides  the  bi-carbonate  of  soda,  is  manufactured  sal  soda  or  washing 
soda.  This  article  by  its  extensive  consumption  makes  an  additional  branch  to  the 
business,  of  great  importance.  Of  the  large  quantities  of  bi-carbonate  of  soda  required 
annually  in  the  United  States  for  domestic  uses  this  firm  supplies  one-third. 

Fairchild  Brothers  &  Foster,  manufacturing  chemists,  and  manufacturers 
of  digestive  ferments,  were  established  in  1878  by  Benjamin  T.  and  Samuel  W.  Fair- 
child,  and  continued  three  years  under  the  name  of  Fairchild  Brothers,  after  which 
Mr.  Foster  became  connected  with  the  business,  which  then  consisted  of  wholesale 

and  retail  drugs  and 
chemicals.  Before  unit- 
ing in  the  present  enter- 
prise, the  Messrs.  Fair- 
child  underwent  years 
of  experience  as  apothe- 
caries and  chemists,  with 
leading  houses  in  Phil- 
adelphia and  New-York 
City,  and  received  pro- 
fessional college  diplo- 
mas. In  1884  Fairchild 
Brothers  &  Foster  dis- 
posed of  their  wholesale 
and  retail  drug  business, 
and  removed  from  60 
Fulton  Street  to  82-84 
Fulton  Street,  into  their 
present  extensive  offices 
and  warerooms.  A  Lon- 
don agency  is  connected 
with  the  concern.  Since 
then  the  production  of 
"Digestive  Ferments" 
has  become  their  manu- 
facturing specialty.  The 
study  of  "pancreatine" 
and  "pepsin"  as  agents 
in    digestion    awakened 

FAIRCHILD    BROS.    &    FOSTER,    FULTON    AND    GOLD    STREETS.  the      firm's      attention     tO 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK.  893 

the  important  r6le  these  remedies  are  destined  to  perform,  and  made  apparent  the 
necessity  of  finer  grades  of  nearly  all  these  preparations  than  were  in  the  market 
for  both  experimental  and  practical  purposes.  And  as  a  result  this  house  now  leads 
the  world  in  the  production,  in  both  quantity  and  quality,  of  digestive  ferments. 

In  what  is  known  among  apothecaries  and  chemists  as  the  "Pepsin  War," 
Fairchild  Bros.  &  Foster  have  been  unconcerned,  so  far  as  regards  the  originality  of 
their  "Pepsin  in  Scales."  Their  Pepsin  not  being  a  Peptone,  they  have  sought  to 
protect  the  individuality  of  their  product,  and  in  the  furtherance  of  this  have  formally 
adopted  the  title  "Fairchild's  "  to  characterize  their  articles. 

It  may  be  noted  that  one  of  the  brothers,  Samuel  W.  Fairchild,  was  elected 
President  of  the  College  of  Pharmacy  in  1890,  and  since  that  time  has  been  re-elected. 
He  is  also  Chairman  of  the  Drug  Section  of  the  Board  of  Trade  and  Transportation, 
and  was  appointed  by  Governor  Flower  as  one  of  the  three  Commissioners  of  the  1st 
Judicial  District  of  the  State  of  New  York  at  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition. 
Among  the  valuable  and  original  products  the  firm  has  successfully  introduced  are  : 
"Pepsin  in  Scales,"  free  from  any  added  substance  or  re-agent  ;  and  the  permanent 
"powder"  of  this  pepsin.  "  Extractum  Pancreatis,"  the  first  pure  dry  extract  from 
the  pancreas,  exhibiting  all  the  properties  of  this  gland.  "Essence  of  Pepsin," 
made  by  direct  maceration  from  the  fresh  calf-stomach,  representing  the  peptic  and 
rennet  ferments.  "Peptonising  Tubes,"  for  the  pre-digestion  of  milk  and  other 
foods.  "Trypsin,"  for  the  solution  of  the  diphtheritic  membrane.  "  Diastasic 
Essence  of  Pancreas,"  active  in  the  digestion  of  starch.  "  Peptogenic  Milk-Powder," 
for  the  preparation  of  cow's  milk  as  a  food  for  infants.  This  the  originators  and 
manufacturers  consider  the  most  important  and  useful  application  of  the  peptonising 
process,  inasmuch  as  it  affords  a  "humanised  milk"  that  most  resembles  mother's 
milk,  in  its  chemical  and  physiological  properties  and  physical  characteristics.  Also 
the  "Modified  Warburg  Tincture, "  that  has  proven  useful  in  the  treatment  of 
malarial  fevers.  The  "Pure  Bile  Salts,"  Sodium  Glychocolate  and  Taurochocolate, 
—  a  means  of  facilitating  the  absorption  of  Cod-Liver  Oil  inunction. 

Tingue,  House  &  Co.,  whose  office  and  salesroom  are  at  56  Reade  Street, 
just  west  of  Broadway,  are  manufacturers  of  woolens  and  feltings.  They  are  the 
most  extensive  manufacturers  of  feltings  in  the  country.  The  firm  was  organized 
in  1872.  Charles  W.  House  had  been  connected  with  the  business  of  feltings 
from  boyhood.  William  J.  Tingue  had  been  a  jobber  of  woolens,  until  that  branch 
of  trade  was  absorbed  by  the  commission  men.  They  began  the  manufacture 
_,  of  feltings  in  a  plant  in  New  Jersey,  which  they  purchased.  It  was  burned  in 
1874,  and  then  the  firm  purchased  mills  at  Glenville,  Conn.,  which  had  formed  a 
part  of  the  plant  of  Hoyt,  Sprague  &  Co.  These  mills  were  fitted  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  men's  woolens,  and  so  Tingue,  House  &  Co.  added  this  industry  to  their 
own  specialty,  and  developed  it  until  it  has  become  a  very  important  branch  of  the 
business  of  the  house.  The  mills  are  now  known  as  the  Hawthorne  Mills,  the  firm 
having  organized  the  Hawthorne-Mills  Company  on  January  1,  1892,  with  William 
J.  Tingue  as  president,  Charles  W.  House  as  vice-president,  and  James  H.  Hunt  as 
secretary  and  treasurer  and  resident-manager.  The  corporation  is  controlled  ano" 
virtually  owned,  however,  by  the  firm.  The  plant  consists  of  three  large  brick 
buildings,  four  stories  in  height,  and  several  outlying  structures,  besides  the  super- 
intendent's residence  and  cottages  for  the  employees,  the  whole  constituting  a  manu- 
facturing village  of  considerable  importance.  There  are  13  sets  of  cards.  The 
number  of  employees  is  275,  and  the  output  of  the  establishment  amounts  in  value  to 
about  $1,000,000  a  year.     The   mills  are  lighted  with  electricity  by  means  of  an 


894 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK, 


HAWTHORNE    WOOLEN    MILLS,   TINGUE,    HOUSE    &    COMPANY,    OFFICE,    56    READE    STREET. 

Edison  system.  Steam-power  is  supplied  by  a  battery  of  four  boilers,  three  of  which 
are  heated  by  coal-fires,  while  crude  oil  is  burned  under  the  fourth.  There  is  also 
a  water-power  of  considerable  volume,  but  it  is  made  of  service  in  the  washing  and 
dyeing  of  wool,  rather  than  for  motive-power.  The  washing  and  dyeing  department 
is  in  many  respects  the  most  complete  in  the  country.  The  feltings  which  the  con- 
cern produces  are  used  in  an  almost  infinite  variety  of  industries,  while  the  Haw- 
thorne cheviot  is  known  and  used  by  all  the  clothing  manufacturers  of  the  country. 
In  connection  with  their  own  goods,  Tingue,  House  &  Co.  sell  the  entire  production 
of  .plushes  made  by  the  Tingue  Manufacturing  Co.,  at  Seymour,  Conn.,  of  which 
William  J.  Tingue  is  president. 

The  Automatic  Fire-Alarm  and  Extinguisher  Company  (Limited)  of 
New  York  renders  an  invaluable  service  to  the  public  by  means  of  its  efficient 
devices  for  the  protection  of  property  from  loss  by  fire.  Its  apparatus  consists  of 
the  Watkins  Automatic  Fire-Alarm  and  the  Grinnell  Automatic  Sprinkler  ;  both  of 
which  have  been  extensively  used  for  many  years,  and  have  a  record  far  above  all 
other  devices  for  the  early  detection  and  effective  suppression  of  fires.  Both  of  these 
devices  have  the  approval  of  the  fire  departments  and  fire  underwriters,  and  the  insur- 
ance companies  make  a  decided  reduction  in  the  rates  where  either  or  both  are 
introduced.  Nearly  a  thousand  important  buildings  in  New- York  City  alone  are 
protected  by  the  Watkins  Fire-Alarm,  which  comprises  a  series  of  thermostats,  or 
heat  detectors,  placed  at  frequent  intervals  on  the  ceiling  of  each  room,  and  made 
sensitive  to  heat  at  any  required  degree.  In  case  of  a  fire  near  any  of  these  ther- 
mostats an  alarm  is  automatically  sounded  at  the  main  office  of  the  Automatic  Fire- 
Alarm  and  Extinguisher  Company,  where  the  operators,  who  are  on  duty  day  and 
night,  immediately  transmit  the  alarm  to  the  headquarters  of  the  Fire-Depart- 
ment and  the  Insurance  Patrol  ;  the  alarm  designating  the  exact  spot  of  the  fire. 
It  can  be  easily  seen  that  this  immediate  automatic  notice  of  a  fire  means  an 
all-essential  difference  in  the  amount  of  loss  ;  for  it  is  said  that  the  loss  by  fire 
more  than  doubles  every  minute  a  fire  rages.      As  a  matter  of  fact  the  amount  of 


KING'S  HAND/WOK  OF  NEW    YOA'A' 


<s95 


property  already  actually  saved  by  the  early  knowledge  of  fires,  as  announced  by  the 
Watkins  Fire-Alarm,  runs  up  into  millions  of  dollars. 

Of  complementary  value  with  this  Automatic  Alarm  is  the  Grinnell  Automatic 
Sprinkler,  by  means  of  which 
any  number  of  effective 
showers  of.  water  are  instant- 
ly spread  over  the  fire.  It 
is  only  since  the  Grinnell 
Sprinkler  became  so  emi- 
nently successful  that  other 
sprinklers  have  come  for- 
ward as  competitors,  not  one 
of  which  has  made  an  im- 
portant  inroad  on  the 
preeminence  of  the  Grinnell. 

The  Automatic  Fire- 
Alarm  and  Extinguisher  Go. , 
Limited,  of  New  York,  is 
the  sole  owner  of  the  patents 
of  the  Watkins  Fire-Alarm, 
and  controls  the  Grinnell 
Sprinkler  for  New  York, 
which,  together,  constitute 
the  most  complete  fire  pro- 
tection known.  This  com- 
pany is  introducing  its  Wat- 
kins Alarm  throughout  the 
United  States,  and  now  has 
an  enviable  record  of  about 
eighteen  years'  standing  in 
New- York  City.  It  is  a 
stock  corporation,  under 
New- York  laws,  with  a  paid 
capital  of  $300,000.  The 
executive  offices  are  at  413 
Broadway,  occupying  the  greater  part  of  the  building  at  the  corner  of  Lispenard 
Street.  The  President  is  Elijah  S.  Cowles  ;  the  Treasurer,  Richard  S.  Barnes ;  and 
the  Secretary,  Edward  O.  Richards. 

The  New-York  Photogravure  Co.,  at  137  West  23d  Street,  makes  perfect 
pictures  for  artistic,  scientific  and  commercial  purposes,  by  special,  inimitable  photo- 
gravure, photogelatine,  and  half-tone  block  processes.  They  publish  Sit n  and  Shade, 
a  monthly  magazine  with  one  page  of  descriptive  text  and  plates  wherein  the  deli- 
cacy of  the  photogelatine  and  the  strength  and  richness  of  the  photogravure  pro- 
cesses are  amazingly  displayed.  The  President  of  the  company  is  Ernest  Edwards, 
inventor  of  the  photogelatine  process  called  heliotype,  and  manager  of  the  Heliotype 
Printing  Co.  from  1872  to  1886.  The  Art-Director  is  A.  V.  S.  Anthony,  formerly 
Art-Director  for  Ticknor  &  Fields  and  Fields,  Osgood  &  Co. 

The  work  of  the  New- York  Photogravure  Co.  is  in  some  of  the  most  valuable 
art-books  of  the  present  time,  in  Muybridge's  Animal  Locomotion  ;  in  the  Home  and 
Haunts  of  Shakespeare,  published  by  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  ;  in  the  Ada  Rehan, 


AUTOMATIC    FIRE-ALARM    AND    EXTINGUISHER    CO.,    413    BROADWAY, 
CORNER    OF    LISPENARD    STREET. 


S96 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


published  by  Augustin  Daly ;  in  She  Stoops  to  Conquer,  illustrated  by  Abbey,  pub- 
lished by  Harper  &  Bros.;  in  exquisite  publications  of  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  Dodd, 
Mead  &  Co.,  Jos.  Knight  Co.,  and  others.  It  appears  in  catalogues,  in  menus,  in  me- 
morial papers  and  play  bills,  and  is 
everywhere  acclaimed.  It  cannot 
be  rivalled  in  fidelity  of  execution, 
finish  of  workmanship,  delicacy  of 
lines,  softness  of  half-tones,  by  en- 
gravers whose  tools  are  not  light 
and  chemistry.  The  ancient  xylo- 
graphy has  other  merits,  but  not 
these  merits  of  an  art  which  directs 
light  as  the  potter's  art  directs  fire. 
The  New- York  Photogravure 
Co.  has  a  gallery  fitted  to  produce 
negatives  of  all  sizes  up  to  24  x  30, 
by  the  best  orthochromatic 
methods.  From  this  department  to 
the  packing  room  there  is  not  a 
phase  of  any  work,  however  trivial 
apparently,  not  carefully  attended 
with  the  most  zealous  supervision. 
It  seems  easy,  it  is  extremely  diffi- 
cult ;  but  it  is  intensely  fascinating. 
Mr.  Edwards  has  yielded  the 
energy,  the  incessant  labor  of  a 
life-time,  to  that  fascination.  It 
is  due  to  him  that  if  the  reproduc- 
tion of  paintings  made  in  the  United 
States,  may  be  matched  abroad, 
the  reproduction  of  landscapes  from 
original  negatives  remains  an  un- 
equalled, unapproachable  American 
art.  The  New-York  Photogravure 
Co.  gives  of  it  extraordinary  models. 
Sun  and  Shade  reproduces,  not 
only  the  most  notable  paintings  and 
portraits,  but  the  best  work  of  amateur  and  professional  photographers.  If  it  gave 
nothing  but  the  latter  work  it  would  be  deserving  of  the  most  liberal  patronage  that 
it  receives  ;  but  it  is  an  admirable  record  of  the  greatest  paintings  at  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art,  of  living  American  players,  of  portraits  of  celebrated  Americans, 
of  great  American  painters  with  reproductions  of  their  work,  and  it  is  a  monument 
of  the  New-York  Photogravure  Co.,  which  is  a  monument  of  artistic  New  York. 

Wyckoff,  Seamans  &  Benedict,  sole  manufacturers  of  the  Remington 
Standard  Typewriter,  with  a  capital  of  $3,000,000,  have  indeed  become  one  of  the 
gigantic  and  preeminent  manufacturing  establishments  of  America.  Its  executive 
offices  and  main  selling  headquarters  occupy  the  plain  and  unpretentious,  though 
substantial  marble  structure  on  Broadway,  near  the  corner  of  Worth  Street,  and  as 
the  centre  of  such  an  industry  may  well  invite  the  thoughtful  attention  of  all  visitors 
to  the  city.      Here  is  a  business  absolutely  American,    which    has  its  connections 


NEW-YORK    PHOTOGRAVURE    CO.,    137    WEST    23d    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


897 


with  the  very  ends  of  the  earth.  There  is  nothing  in  the  history  of  commercial 
enterprises  more  strikingly  suggestive  than  the  growth  of  this  business.  It  is  esti- 
mated that  there  are  in  the 
neighborhood  often  thousand 
Remington  Typewriters  in 
use  in  New- York  City  and 
the  immediate  vicinity.  From 
very  small  beginnings,  about 
the  year  1873,  the  growth  of 
the  Remington  Typewriter 
business  has  been  simply  un- 
precedented. If,  as  it  has 
been  said,  the  invention  of 
the  typewriter  has  done  more 
to  promote  the  spread  of 
human  intelligence  than  any 
one  invention  since  the  advent 
of  the  printing  -  press,  how 
great  an  influence  upon  the 
world  of  thought  and  action 
has  emanated  from  this  estab- 
lishment. 

Few  have  any  adequate 
conception  of  the  magnitude 
of  the  business  done  annu- 
ally at  327  Broadway.  From 
this  point  general  control  and 
supervision  is  exercised  over 
more  than  a  score  of  branch - 
offices  located  in  the  leading 
cities  of  the  United  States 
and  Europe.  To  this  office 
come  the  reports  of  an  army 
of  representatives  stationed 
in  all  quarters  of  the  globe, 
and  from  thence  issue  orders 
to  the  great  factory  at  Ilion, 
New  York,  where  the  ma- 
chines are  manufactured.      The  organization 


WYCKOFF,   SEAMANS    &    BENEDICT,    327    BROADWAY. 

and    equipment    of 


this   business    is 
thorough  and  admirable  throughout. 

To  the  uninitiated,  the  number  of  typewriters  made  by  the  Remington  factory 
seems  to  be  simply  incredible.  Over  one  hundred  complete  typewriters  each 
day  are  turned  out  by  the  factory,  which  employs  some  seven  hundred  men. 
These  machines  are  readily  sold,  and  the  demand  increases  so  rapidly  that  the  manu- 
facturing department  is  often  kept  running  overtime  so  as  to  fill  the  orders  promptly. 
The  company's  plant  is  now  arranged  with  a  view  to  increasing  the  production  to 
one  thousand  machines  a  week,  in  the  near  future,  as  it  is  believed  that  the  day  is  not 
far  distant  when  the  rapid  growth  of  the  trade  will  require  at  least  this  number. 
Work  is  about  commencing  on  a  brick  and  stone  building  which,  in  itself,  will  be 
larger  than  any  other  typewriter  factory  in  the  world. 

57 


898 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


The  surprising  success  of  the  Remington  is  in  no  small  degree  to  be  attributed 
to  the  policy  of  Wyckoff,  Seamans  &  Benedict.  From  the  first  they  perceived  that 
in  order  to  keep  pace  with  the  demands  of  users,  the  machine,  which  was  at  first  a 
crude  and  unsatisfactory  device,  must  be  constantly  improved.  A  settled  policy  of 
steady  progress   in  this  direction  was,  therefore,  adopted,  and  has   been  faithfully 


WYCKOFF,   SEAMANS    &    BENEDICT  :    INTERIOR    OF    REMINGTON    STANDARD    TYPEWRITER    HEADQUARTERS. 

carried  out  ever  since.  The  result  of  this,  together  with  the  firm's  enterprise  and 
skill  in  making  known  the  merits  of  the  machine,  has  contributed  to  procure  for  the 
Remington  Standard  Typewriter  its  universal  recognition  as  the  standard  writing 
machine  of  the  world. 

Eberhard  Faber,  the  American  representative  of  A.  W.  Faber,  enjcys  the 
distinction  of  having  one  of  the  best-known  names  in  the  educated  world.  It  is  rare 
in  these  days  of  progress  and  inventive  ingenuity  to  find  the  product  of  a  house 
established  130  years  ago  still  at  the  head  of  the  market.  Such  is  a  fact,  however, 
with  the  A.  W.  Faber  celebrated  lead  pencils  and  other  specialties. 

In  1 76 1  Caspar  Faber  began  the  manufacture  of  "  Faber's  Pencils,"  in  the  village 
of  Stein,  near  Nlirnberg,  Germany.  In  1784  Antony  William  Faber,  whose  name 
the  firm  bears  to  this  day,  succeeded  his  father.  In  18 10  Antony  was  succeeded 
by  his  son,  George  Leonard  Faber,  who  in  1839  was  m  turn  succeeded  by  his  son, 
John  Lothar  Faber.  He  enlisted  with  him  the  services  of  his  two  younger  brothers. 
The  youngest,  Eberhard,  moved  to  the  United  States,  where  the  great  increase  of 
the  business  demanded  more  intimate  connections.  He  established  a  branch-house 
at  New  York,  where  centered  the  immense  trade  of  the  United  States,  the  Canadas, 
Central  and  South  America  and  the  West  Indies.  Similar  reasons  called  for  the 
establishment  of  an  agency  in  Paris  ;  which  was  followed  by  another  in  London, 
where  was  centered   the  trade  of  England,   Australia,   the  East  Indies  and  other 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


899 


British  colonies ;  and  one  at  Berlin,  for  German  trade.  The  supplying  of  Italy, 
Russia  and  the  rest  of  Europe  and  the  East  is  carried  on  from  the  factory  at  Stein. 
The   establishment  at   Stein,   like  those  of  Krupp  and  Pullman  elsewhere,   almost 

realizes    the    ideal  Utopia.      Comfortable    houses    are 

erected  for  the  operatives,  and  a  savings-bank,  a  li- 
brary, a  child's  nursery,  and  an  open-air  gymnasium 
have  been  established.  The  Siberian  Lead  Mines, 
wholly  under  the  control  of  A.  W.  Faber,  are  on  the 
summit  of  Mount  Batougal,  about  270  miles  west  of 
Irkutsk,  near  the  Chinese  frontier.  They  yield  vast 
quantities  of  the  purest  graphite  in  the  world,  large 
blocks  being  taken  from  them  with  unbroken  surfaces, 
bright  like  polished  steel,  and  weighing  80  pounds 
and  more. 

Eberhard  Faber  in   186 1   erected  a 
lead-pencil  manufactory,  the  first  in 
this  country,  in  New  York,  at  the 
foot    of    East    42d    Street.      This 
was  burned  out.     In  1872  a  much 
larger   one   was    established    at 
Green  point,    Long 
Island,   which,   besides 
lead-pencils,    produces 
the    best-known     pen- 
holders   in   the  world, 
and   other    stationery 
novelties.       Another 
factory  at  Newark  turns 
out  rubber  bands  made 
from    the    purest    Para 
rubber,   and  an  unsur- 
passed line    of   rubber 
erasers  for  artists,  type- 
writers and  schools.     A 
saw-mill  at  Cedar  Keys, 
Florida,  turns   out   the 
cedar  slabs  for  pencils 
and  penholders. 

The  original  ware- 
rooms  of  the  firm  were 
at  133  William  Street, 
where  the  United- 
States  business  was 
carried  on  for  22  years. 
In  1877,  these  proving  too  small,  the  offices  were  removed  to  718-720  Broadway. 
In  1887  the  block  at  541  to  547  Pearl  Street  was  built,  which  the  firm  now  owns, 
and  of  which  it  occupies  the  first  and  second  floors.  The  Chicago  house  is  at 
141-143  Wabash  Avenue.  It  is  estimated  that  100,000  stores  in  the  United  States 
deal  in  Faber  goods,  which  have  not  failed  at  a  single  leading  Exposition  to  be 
awarded  prizes. 


EBERHARD    FABER, 
545    AND    547    PEARL    STREET,   BETWEEN    BROADWAY    AND    ELM    STREET. 


900 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


signature    of 

constitute    a 

The   busi- 

in    1850,    by 


E.    R.    DURKEE    &    CO.,    135    WATER    STREET,   CORNER    OF    PINE. 


E.  R.  Durkee  &  Co.,  Manufacturers  of  Spices,  Extracts,  Sauces,  Condiments 
and  Food-Preparations,  are  more  universally  known  throughout  the  United  States 

than  any  other  house  in  their  line. 
Their  goods  are  the  acknowledged 
standards  of  excellence,  and  their 
trade-mark  of  the  "Gauntlet," 
coupled  with  the 
the  firm,  always 
guarantee  of  purity 
ness  was  founded 
E.  R.  Durkee,  and  the  industry 
(which  is  a  unique  one)  has  gone 
on  increasing  year  after  year,  until 
now  it  is  one  of  the  most  import- 
ant, in  its  bearing  on  the  daily 
life  of  the  people  in  all  parts  of 
the  country. 

The  firm's  office  and  sales- 
rooms are  at  135,  137  and  139 
Water  Street  ;  and  their  labor- 
atory, factories  and  warehouses 
occupy  several  large  buildings  on 
Water,  Pine  and  Depeyster 
Streets.  Their  mills  in  Brooklyn 
are  very  extensive,  and  well 
equipped  with  the  newest  and  most  approved  machinery.  Several  hundred  trained 
hands  find  employment  in  them,  and  the  whole  business  is  carried  on  under  the  per- 
sonal supervision  of  the  members  of  the  firm.  Many  of  the  processes  of  prepara- 
tion are  their  own  inventions,  and  wholly  controlled  by  the  firm.  To  the  superior 
excellence,  uniformity,  and  reliability  of  the  various  articles  is  due  their  success, 
and  their  products  are  now  shipped  to  every  civilized  quarter  of  the  globe. 

The  members  of  the  firm  are  Eugene  W.  Durkee  and  David  M.  Moore,  who  are 
devoted  to  their  business,  and  whose  sole  aim  is  to  put  up  the  finest  articles  in  their 
line  that  can  possibly  be  produced.  They  continue  to  maintain  the  good  name  that 
has  been  established  over 
forty  years  already.  In  any 
nook  or  corner  of  this  whole 
country  everyone  meets  on 
the  tables  of  the  hotels,  res- 
taurants, and  in  the  private 
homes  some  of  the  products 
of  the  house  of  E.  R.  Durkee 
&  Co.  And  expressions  of 
approval  and  commendation 
at  all  Food  Exhibitions  in- 
dicate that  their  goods  are 
widely  known  and  highly 
appreciated  by  all  who  enjoy 
good  living  and  study  do- 
mestic comfort. 


mill6. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


901 


The  A.  D.  Farmer  &  Son  Type  Founding  Company  has  an  establishment 
at  63  and  65  Beekman  Street,  and  62  and  64  Gold  Street,  that  is  the  result  of  more 
than  three-quarters  of  a  century's  growth  and  development.  It  is  the  successor  in 
direct  line  of  the  famous  old  type-foundry  of  Elihu  White,  established  in  1804, 
and  known  to  all  printers  of  the  past  generation. 

Aaron  D.  Farmer,  who  established  the  present  house,  came  from  Connecticut  to 
New  York  in  1830,  when  a  boy  of  twelve  years,  and  entered  Mr.  White's  establishment, 
at  Lombard  and  Thames  Streets,  as  an  apprentice,  and  here  he  developed  remark- 
able ability,  not  only  as  a  manufacturer  but  also  in  the  business  management,  and 
in  course  of  time  he  became  the 
manager  of  the  establishment. 
Elihu  White  was  succeeded  by 
Charles  T.  White  &  Co.,  and  this 
firm  was  followed  in  1857  by 
Farmer,  Little  &  Co.,  of  which 
house  Aaron  D.  Farmer  was  at  the 
head.  In  1892  two  of  the  partners, 
Andrew  Little  and  John  Bentley, 
were  retired,  and  Aaron  D.  Farmer 
and  his  son,  William  W.  Farmer, 
re-organized  the  house  as  a  private 
corporation,  under  the  style  of  A. 
D.  Farmer  &  Son  Type  Founding 
Company.  During  all  these  years 
the  products  of  the  house  have  held 
first  position  in  the  trade,  and  have 
been  well-known  in  printing-houses 
throughout  the  country.  The  com- 
pany manufactures  all  classes  of 
plain  and  ornamental  type,  borders, 
ornaments,  rules  and  dashes,  and, 
in  fact,  every  article  which  is  re- 
quired in  fitting  out  a  complete 
composing-room.  It  builds  its 
own  casting-machines,  steel- 
punches,  matrices,  and  other  apparatus.  Its  designs  for  ornamental  type  at  e  made 
in  its  own  establishment.  It  also  deals  in  printing-presses  and  other  machinery 
required  in  large  printing  establishments.  It  has  its  own  line  of  patented  devices 
for  the  making  'of  type ;  and  it  owns  or  controls  various  patented  specialties  that 
are  especially  valuable  in  printing  establishments.  The  factory  and  office-building 
is  a  large  brick  structure,  and  has  a  frontage  of  65  feet  on  Beekman  Street,  and  85 
feet  on  Gold  Street,  and  for  the  most  part  is  six  stories  in  height.  As  an  evidence 
of  the  favor  in  which  the  Farmer  type  is  held,  it  may  be  stated  that  many  of  the 
great  New- York  daily  newspapers,  and  also  great  papers  of  other  cities,  are  printed 
with  equipments  furnished  by  the  predecessors  or  the  present  house  of  A.  D.  Farmer 
&  Son  Type  Founding  Company. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  every  important  printing-office — newspaper,  periodical,  book 
or  job — has  the  whole  or  part  of  its  outfit  from  this  establishment.  The  company 
has  an  extensive  branch-house  at  109  Quincy  Street,  Chicago,  where  is  kept  a  full 
supply  of  the  productions  of  the  New-York  house. 


A.  D.  FARMER  &  SON  TYPE  FOUNDING  CO. 
AND  GOLD  STREETS. 


902 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Moss  Engraving  Company,  at  535  Pearl  Street,  corner  of  Elm  Street, 
is  a  corporation,  organized  in  1 880,  to  operate  the  processes  perfected  by  John  C. 
Moss,  who  was  the  inventor  of  photo-engraving.  Its  establishment  was  one  of  the 
first  of  its  class  in  this  country,  and  it  is  to-day  the  largest  and  most  comprehensive. 
It  occupies  five  floors  of  the  building,  which  has  a  frontage  of  75  feet.  This  build- 
ing was  for  many  years  the  home  of  Frank  Leslie's  publications.  The  company  gives 
employment  to  about  150  people.  Its  customers  are  found  in  all  the  civilized 
countries  of  the  globe.  The  business  of  the  company  has  outgrown  its  original  limits. 
It  now  includes  electrotyping  and  art-printing,  as  well  as  photo-engraving,  and  the 
department  of  printing  is  of  fully  as  great  importance  as  is  that  of  photo-engraving. 
A  fully  equipped  printing-office  is  a  portion  of  the  establishment.  Fine  art  work  of 
all  descriptions  included  in  these  branches,  and  particularly  such  as  is  required  for  com- 
mercial purposes,  forms  the  bulk  of  the  company's  output.  A  specialty  is  made  of  etch- 
ings on  copper,  which  are  backed  up  with  metal,  so  that  the  original  plate  may  be 
used  on  the  printing-press,  together  with  electrotypes  of  the  reading  matter.  Another 
specialty  is  the  preparing  of  catalogues  for  manufacturers  and  merchants,  and  this 
has  come  to  be  an  important  branch  of  the  company's  business.  Large  numbers  of 
engravings  are  made  for  the  use  of  newspapers  and  job  printers.  In  fact,  the  per- 
fecting of  the  process  of  photo-engraving,  with  its  speedy  production  of  plates,  ready 
for  the  printer's  use,  has  changed  the  character  of  newspaper  and  commercial  print- 
ing materially,  in  that 
free  use  is  now  made 
of  pictorial  and  orna- 
mental features  which 
were  beyond  the  range 
of  possibility  a  few 
years  ago.  To  this 
great  change  is  due,  in 
a  large  measure,  the 
growth  of  the  business 
of  the  Moss  Engraving 
Company.  The  officers 
of  the  company  at  pres- 
ent are :  Robert  B. 
Moss,  President  ;  M. 
A.  Moss,  Treasurer ; 
James  E.  Ramsey,  Sec- 
retary :  and  James  A. 
Belford,  Superin- 
tendent. 

The  Moss  Engrav- 
ing Company  executes 
every  variety  of  photo- 
engraving, and  its  corps 
of  artists  are  capable  of 
producing  any  originals 
that  may  be  needed. 
Its  patrons  extend 
rgjjlll    into    every    State   and 

MOSS  ENGRAVING   COMPANY,   PEARL   AND   ELM   STREETS.  territory. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


9°3 


S.  M.  Bixby  &  Co.,  the  well-known  manufacturers  of  fine  shoe-blackings  and 
shoe-dressings,  are  worthy  of  special  attention  in  noting  the  successful  enterprises  of 
the  metropolis  during  recent  years.      The  founder  of  the  house,  Samuel  M.  Bixby,  is 
a  native  of  New  Hampshire.      He  began  business  for  himself  at  an  early  age,  and 
still  retains  the  vigor  and  energy  which  have  carried  him  through  a  successful  career. 
The  impression  prevails  among  many  of  those  who  have  used  Bixby's  Blacking  for  a 
number  of  years  that  this  famous  New- York  manufacturer  is  a  man  of  advanced 
years,  and  it  may  be  surprising  to  some  to  know  that  he  is  still  in  the  prime  of  life. 
He  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  blacking  in  i860,  while  he  was  in  the  retail  shoe 
business,  and  the  venture  proved  a  pronounced  success  from  the  start.      The  success 
he  has  achieved  is  well-known  to  the  best  portion  of  the  trade  in  such  goods  every- 
where, and  his  blacking  bears  a  world-wide  reputation.      The  particular  articles  by 
which  S.  M.  Bixby  &  Co.  have  won  their  reputation  are  "Three  Bee"  Blacking  and 
"Royal  Polish,"  the  former  a  paste  blacking  for  men's  boots,  and  the  latter  a  liquid 
dressing,  for  restoring  the  color  and  gloss  to  ladies'  and  children's  shoes.     The  build- 
ing in  which  these  goods  are  manufactured  is  an  imposing  six-story  structure,  sup- 
plied   with    machinery 
and   appliances    neces- 
sary for    the    business, 
and  is  the  largest  one 
in     existence     devoted 
exclusively  to  the  man- 
ufacture of  shoe-black- 
ing.     It  is    located    at 
194    and     196    Hester 
Street,  adjacent  to  the 
busiest  part  of  Broad- 
way,    and    one    block 
from  Canal  and  Centre 
Streets.   The  salesroom 
and  offices  of  the  com- 
pany occupy  a  portion 
of    the     second    floor, 
while  the  shipping  de- 
partment    and     stock- 
rooms are  on   the  main 
floor.      The   remainder 
of    the    space    in    this 
immense     building     is 
divided     into     various 
departments,  where  the 
compounding    and 
putting  up  of  the  black- 
ing is  done.      In  all  departments  the  manufacture  is  an  interesting  one,  and  furnishes 
employment   to   upwards    of    150   hands.      It  is  not  alone   the   excellence   of  their 
blackings  and   dressings   and    the  convenient    and  perfect    form    of   putting   them 
up,   that  have  given   S.   M.    Bixby  &  Co.  the  leading  position  they  occupy  to-day 
in  their  especial  line,  but  their  persistent  and  novel  methods  of  making  the  merits 
of  the  goods  known,  and  a  display  of  an  unflinching  determination  to  be  always 
abreast  of  the  times. 


ER   AND    BAXTER    STREETS 


9°4 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Pope  Manufacturing  Company,  whose  New- York  branch  is  at  12  War- 
ren Street,  is  by  far  the  largest  concern  of  the  kind  in  the  world.  Col.  Albert  A. 
Pope,  the  founder  of  the  bicycle  industries  in  America,  organized  this  company  and 
furnished  its  capital,  in   1877,  and  he  has  ever  since  been  its  president  and  active 

manager.  At  first  the  opposi- 
tion to  the  wheel  was  outspoken 
and  intolerant,  but  this  prejudice 
was  overcome  by  the  free  distribu- 
tion of  the  best  foreign  cycling  lit- 
erature, and  by  interesting  home 
talent.  It  was  in  pursuance  of 
this  policy  that  The  American 
Bicycler  was  written,  and  that 
Col.  Pope  founded  The  Wheelman, 
which  is  flourishing  as  the  Outing 
of  to-day.  The  Columbia  bi- 
cycles were  made  from  the  outset 
by  the  Weed  Sewing  Machine 
Co.,  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  a  corpo- 
ration which  the  Pope  Mfg.  Co., 
finally  absorbed  in  1890,  paying 
the  stock-holders  50  per  cent, 
premium  for  their  holdings.  Ad- 
ditions have  been  made  to  the 
factory,  until  it  has  five  acres  of 
flooring,  and  employs  a  thousand 
people.  Besides  this,  the  com- 
pany own  an  extensive  seamless 
steel  tube  and  forging  plant,  and 
have  recently  purchased  and  ma- 
terially enlarged  the  fine  works  of 
the  Hartford  Rubber  Co.  Most 
of  the  best  records  for  fast  riding 
have  been  made  with  Columbias.  It  was  on  an  Expert  Columbia  that  Stevens  made 
his  famous  tour  around  the  world.  The  Standard  Columbia,  Expert  Columbia, 
and  Columbia  Light  Roadster  were  the  three  best-known  high  wheels,  while  the 
Columbia  Safety,  Light  Roadster  Safety,  and  Century  Columbia  mark  three  im- 
portant steps  of  progress  in  the  more  modern  style  of  bicycles. 

January  I,  1 892,  the  Pope  Mfg.  Co.  took  possession  of  its  fine  new  office-build- 
ing at  221  Columbus  Avenue,  Boston.  Its  architecture  is  of  the  early  Renaissance 
school.  The  front  is  of  Indiana  limestone  and  Perth-Amboy  brick,  with  terra-cotta 
ornamentations.  The  store  on  the  first  floor,  and  the  general  offices,  occupying 
the  entire  second  story,  are  furnished  in  quartered  oak.  The  fifth  story  is  devoted  to 
a  riding  school,  equipped  with  double  padded  rails,  and  a  fine  maple  floor.  The 
company  have  a  paid-in  capital  of  $  1,000,000,  and  a  very  large  surplus.  It  has  a 
number  of  branch  offices  in  various  large  cities,  and  its  agents  are  scattered  everywhere. 
The  New- York  branch  was  opened  in  1882,  and  represents  to-day  a  very  impor- 
tant factor  of  the  business.  Connected  with  the  Warren-Street  store  there  is  a  riding- 
hall.  Here  may  be  found  at  all  times  a  complete  line  of  the  Columbia  bicycles,  tri- 
cycles, and  other  cycles,  together  with  their  hundreds  of  parts  and  attachments. 


POPE    MANUFACTURING    CO.,    12    AND    14    WARREN    STREET. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


9°5 


Amasa  Lyon  &  Company  of  New  York  may  not  be  the  largest  or  oldest 
manufacturers  of  umbrellas,  parasols  and  walking  sticks  in  this  country,  but  there 
is  no  house  in  this  industry  that  stands  so  prominent  for  the  general  high  grade  of 
its  productions.  A  "Lyon"  umbrella  is  indicative  of  taste,  durability  and  reliability 
as  to  shape  and 
color.  The  fa- 
miliar trade-mark 
of  the  upright 
majestic  lion's 
head,  with  the 
assuring  legend  of 
"Sans  Varier," 
and  the  bold  au- 
tograph of  Amasa 
Lyon,  has  become 
known  every- 
where. No  trade- 
mark in  its  line 
is  regarded  as  so 
valuable  in  this 
trade,  and  no  lines 
of  umbrellas  and 
parasols  are  so 
widely  known  as 
those  of  Amasa 
Lyon  &  Co.  The 
best    evidence    of 

their  acknowledged  supremacy  is  the  fact  that  they  are  the  specially  favored 
wares  of  the  leading  establishments  throughout  the  Union  wherever  fine  goods 
of  this  character  are  sold.  The  business  was  established  in  1877  by  Amasa 
Lyon,  who  still  remains  at  the  head  of  the  establishment,  being  the  president 
of  the  corporation  known  as  Amasa  Lyon  &  Co.,  which  was  organized  in  1889. 
The  main  sales-rooms,  exhibition  rooms  and  finishing  shops  are  in  New  York,  at 
the  conspicuous  corner  of  Broadway  and  Great  Jones  Street,  where  they  have 
been  for  about  twelve  years.  The  stick  factory  is  at  the  corner  of  Hudson 
and  13th  Streets,  and  here  are  made  all  the  sticks  used  by  this  concern;  the 
woods  being  imported  from  all  quarters  of  the  globe.  The  silver  and  gold  shops  are 
in  the  Broadway  building,  and  here  are  made  all  the  handles  and  ornaments,  for  the 
style  and  finish  of  which  the  Lyon  goods  are  famous.  Any  one  who  has  the  oppor- 
tunity of  going  through  these  factories  becomes  amazed  at  the  infinite  variety  of 
articles  used  in  the  making  and  ornamenting  of  umbrellas,  parasols  and  canes  : 
woods,  metals,  precious  stones,  ivories,  horns,  etc.,  and  silks,  laces  and  various  fab- 
rics, requiring  for  their  proper  use  exquisite  taste  and  great  skill.  These  are  the 
only  manufacturers  who,  in  their  own  shops,  produce  every  part  of  the  umbrella, 
excepting  the  fabrics  and  frames,  and  even  these  to  a  great  extent  are  made  on 
special  orders,  with  furnished  designs  and  under  exclusive  arrangements.  To  the 
first-class  traveller  throughout  the  continent  one  of  the  New- York  names  that  is 
always  to  be  seen  in  first-class  establishments  is  that  of  Amasa  Lyon. 

The  Amasa  Lyon  productions  rank  equal  to  the  highest  grades  of  those  made 
in  foreign  countries. 


AMASA    LYON    &    COMPANY,   684    BROADWAY,   CORNER    OF    GREAT    JONES    STREET. 


go6 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  Jennings  Lace  Works,  the  office  of  which  is  at  77  Greene  Street,  New  York, 
has  a  manufacturing  establishment  at  Park  Avenue  and  Hall  Street,  Brooklyn,  which 
covers  more  than  an  acre  of  ground.  It  employs  about  700  people,  mostly  women,  in 
making  silk  laces,  mitts  and  gloves.  The  industry  has  been  built  up  by  A.  G.  Jen- 
nings and  his  three  sons.  About  twenty-five  years  ago  the  elder  Jennings  purchased 
twelve  Levers  twist  and  warp  lace  machines,  and  began  the  manufacture  of  silk  nets 
for  the  hair.  He  located  in  a  building  in  Park  Place,  running  through  to  "Barclay 
Street,  New  Yoi'k.  The  business  outgrew  these  quarters,  as  the  manufacture  of  lace 
was  taken  up,  and  in  187 1  Mr.  Jennings  purchased  land  at  Park  Avenue  and  Hall 
Street,  Brooklyn,  and  erected  a  large  five-story  building.  This  gave  room  for  all 
the  processes  of  his  manufacture,  some  ten  in  number,  including  dyeing.  Other 
buildings  have  been  erected  from  time  to  time,  as  the  business  extended.  The  plant 
of  machinery  has  also  been  increased.  It  is  all  intricate  and  costly.  It  has  been 
imported  at  an  expense  of  about  $200,000.  In  1879  tne  Jennings  added  to  their 
products  silk  lace  mitts,  and  a  few  years  later  silk  Jersey  and  Milanese  mitts  and 
gloves.  In  1888  the  firm  was  incorporated  under  its  present  title.  Some  of  the 
styles  of  laces  which  the  Jennings  were  the  first  to  make  in  this  country  are  silk 
guipure,  Chantilly,  Thread,  Spanish,  Maltese,  Point  d'Alen^on,  Duchesse,  Honiton, 
Bretonne,  Mechlin,  and  Brussels,  and  also  silk  veiling.  The  establishment  now 
turns  out  goods  suitable  for  every  purpose  to  which  lace  is  devoted.      There  is  on 

exhibition  at  the 
Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution in  Washing- 
ton a  collection  of 
samples  of  the  first 
laces  made  in  the 
United  States.  It 
was  arranged  by 
the  Jennings  Lace 
Works,  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  Director 
of  the  Institution. 
The  products  of  the 
establishment  have 
won  first  prizes  in 
all  of  the  principal 
industrial  exhibi- 
tions in  the  country. 
The  elder  Jennings 
comes  from  an  old 

Connecticut  family,  and  has  been  an  active  business  man  for  half  a  century.  He 
and  his  sons  have  added  a  new  industry  to  the  list  of  manufacturing  enterprises  of 
America,  and  have  taught  hundreds  of  people  a  new  method  of  earning  a  living. 
They  have  moreover  built  up  an  industry  which  requires  the  highest  order  of 
mechanism,  artistic  skill  and  exquisite  taste. 

Among  the  various  specialties  of  the  Jennings  Lace  Works  are  veilings,  dress 
silk  laces,  millinery  silk  laces,  lace  scarfs,  silk  lace,  Jersey  and  Milanese  mitts  and 
gloves.  This  company  is  also  the  sole  proprietors  of  the  retrograde  stitch  and  other 
patents  for  mitts  and  gloves.  These,  however,  being  only  a  few  of  the  patents 
owned  by  the  Jennings  Lace  Works. 


JENNINGS    LACE    WORKS. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


907 


Joseph  Loth  &  Co.,  manufacturers  of  "Fair  and  Square"  ribbons,  whose 
store  is  at  65  Greene  Street,  were  the  first  business  men  to  invade  the  historic  locality 
at  the  northern  end  of  Manhattan  Island,  known  as  Washington  Heights  ;  a  locality 
that  was  the  site  of  fortifications  and  military  camps  during  the  War  of  the  Revolu- 
tion, and  which  has  been  a  residence  section  of  the  city  for  many  years.  Messrs. 
Loth  &  Company's  factory  occupies  the  block  on  Tenth  Avenue  between  1 50th  and 


JOSEPH    LOTH    &    CO.,    "FAIR    AND    SQUARE"    RIBBON     MANUFACTORY. 


151st  Streets.  It  is  a  handsome  structure  of  Philadelphia  brick  and  granite,  three 
stories  in  height,  and  is  in  appearance  more  like  a  public  building  than  a  factory. 
Good  taste  and  a  degree  of  public  spirit  were  shown  by  the  firm  in  so  designing  the 
outward  aspect  of  their  establishment  as  to  avoid  the  prosiness  of  business  and  keep 
in  harmony  with  the  surroundings.  Messrs.  Loth  &  Co.  have  been  engaged  in  manu- 
facturing "  Fair  and  Square  "  ribbons  since  1875.  Their  present  factory  was  erected 
in  1886,  and  they  now  employ  some  600  operatives.  They  make  fine  goods  only. 
They  have  never  put  any  cheap  grades  upon  the  market,  but  such  is  the  range  and 
scope  of  their  enterprise  that  the  product  of  their  establishment  is  of  14  different 
widths,  165  shades  of  color  and  from  80  to  90  styles.  The  trade-mark,  "Fair  and 
Square,"  is  known  in  every  corner  of  the  United  States.  The  uniform  excellence 
of  the  goods  has  spread  its  fame  far  and  wide,  and  this  has  been  effectively  supple- 
mented by  a  free  and  liberal  use  of  printer's  ink.  This  firm  is  the  only  manufac- 
turer of  ribbons  which  advertises  extensively,  and  their  announcements  are  striking  ana 
effective,  as  well  as  dignified,  as  every  one  whose  range  of  reading  is  wide  already 
knows.  It  is  by  means  of  its  unique  and  liberal  advertising  that  the  firm  keeps  in 
touch  with  the  public.  It  does  not  sell  to  the  consumer.  It  comes  in  direct  con- 
tact only  with  the  trade,  through  the  efforts  of  twenty-three  salesmen,  but  such  is  the 
reputation  of  Joseph  Loth  &  Co.  and  their  "Fair  and  Square"  ribbons  that  the  busi- 
ness has  shown  a  steady  and  substantial  growth  from  the  beginning. 


9oJ 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


The  J.  M.  Horton  Ice  Cream  Co.  is  a  name  familiar  to  all  New-Yorkers, 
Brooklynites,  and  neighboring  residents  ;  for  its  delicious  creams  have  been  enjoyed 
by  all.  To  the  epicureans  of  the  table  they  are  indispensable.  Their  cool  and  soft 
flavors  lie  upon  the  palate  with  a  delicacy  that  only  experience  can  appreciate. 
Upon  transatlantic  liners  ;  upon  the  luxurious  dining-cars  that  speed  from  city  to 
city  ;  at  balls,  at  parties,  at  festivals,  at  all  private  or  public  gatherings  in  or  about 
our  great  metropolis  where  delicacies  vie  with  one  another,  Horton's  cream  is  wel- 
comed as  an  old  friend.  Always  at  its  best,  it  stands  without  an  equal.  And  Mr. 
Horton's  name  has  been  so  closely  associated  with  the  purest  ice  cream  for  many 
years  that  the  two  have  become  synonymous.  Indeed,  a  little  girl  on  being  asked 
how  to  spell  ice  cream,  said,  "  H-o-r-t-o-n."  It  was  22  years  ago,  in  1870,  that 
James  M.  Horton  began  the  manufacture  of  ice  cream  in  New-York  City.  It  took 
the  fastidious  public  but  a  short  time  to  realize  that  there  was  being  placed  before 
them  creams  of  the  purest  quality.  In  four  years  they  had  so  grown  in  popular  favor 
and  their  manufacturing  had  become  so  extensive  that  an  incorporated  company  was 
required  to  carry  on  the  business.  In  1873  the  present  company  was  formed,  witli 
James  M.  Horton,  President;  Joseph  Cozzino,  Secretary;  John  J.  Freeh,  Treasurer; 
and  Hugh  Stewart  and  Chauncey  E.  Horton,  Directors.  The  headquarters  of  the 
company  are  at  305  Fourth  Avenue.  There  are  numerous  branch  depots  scattered 
through  New  York  and  Brooklyn. 

Of  ice  creams,  the  company  manufactures  both  French  and  American  ;  the  former, 
made  of  milk  and  cream  with  eggs  added,  being  more  expensive  and  somewhat 
smoother  to  the  taste  than  the  latter,  which  is  made  without  eggs.  Besides  ice 
creams,  its  water-ices,  charlotte  russe  and  jellies  are  well  known. 

The  Hamburg- American  Packet  steamer  that  left  New  York  on  Christmas  Day, 
1 89 1,  for  a  voyage  around  the  world  carried  one  thousand  bricks  of  the  company's 
creams.  Nearly  every  steamer  that  leaves  New  York  carries  from  100  to  400  bricks, 
each  brick  weighing  about  if  pounds.  For  the  Cleveland  and  Harrison  Inaugural 
balls  at  Washington  there  was  furnished  one  half  car-load  of  these  creams,  a  portion 
of  which  was  made  up  into  appropriate  figures,  such  as  Liberty,  Washington  and 
Columbia.      At  the  New-York  World's  festival  15,000  children  were  fed  with  about 

3,000  pounds  of 
Horton's  ice 
cream.  A  large 
share  of  the  pub- 
lic institutions  of 
the  city  are  daily 
supplied  with  it. 
Indeed,  this  com- 
pany furnishes 
three-fifths  of  all 
the  ice  cream  used 
in  the  city.  The 
main  offices 
of  the  company, 
Fourth  Avenue 
and  23d  Street, 
are  in  the  build- 
ing owned    by  J. 

J.    M.    HORTON    ICC   CREAM    CO.,   FOURTH   AVENUE   AND   23D   STREET.  M.    Horton. 


INDEX. 


Black-faced  or  heavy-faced  figures  indicate  the  pages  of  illustrations. 


Abbey,  H.  E.,  540,  546,  551,  559. 
Abbott,  Austin,  250. 
Abbott,  Frank,  253. 
Aberdeen  Hotel,  134. 
Academies,  241. 
Academy  of  Design,  279,  261, 

278,  64,  65. 
Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  34,  261. 
Academy  of    Medicine,    451, 

450,  252,  301. 
Academy  of   Mt.  St.  Vincent, 

262,  260. 
Academy  of  Music,  550,  66,  545. 
Academy  of  Sciences,  290. 
Accident  Insurance,  640,  641. 
Accounts,  Com.  of,  231. 
Accumulation  Policy,  620. 
Achelis,  Thomas,  823. 
Acton,  Thomas  C  ,  650. 
Actors'  Fund,  408,  550. 
Actors'  Fund  Fair,  544,  44. 
Adams,  Dr.  Wm.,  335. 
Adee,  David,  608. 
Adirondacks,  774. 
Adler,  Felix,  26rT  264,  365. 
Advertiser,  577. 
Advertising  Agency,  761,  762. 
African  Methodists,  57. 
Africans,  48. 

Aged  and  Infirm  Hebrews,  415. 
Aged  Couples'  Home,  406. 
Aged  Women's  Homes,  405. 
Agramonte,  263. 
Agricultural  Dep't,  240. 
Aguilar  Aid  Soc,  415. 
Aguilar  Free  Library,  61,  302. 
Ahavath  Chesed,  367,  368. 
Air  Line,  118,  119. 
Aitken,  John  W.,  686,  805. 
Aitken,  Son  &  Co.,  805,  806. 
Albany,  7,  94. 
Albany  Post  Road,  322. 
Albemarle  Hotel,  210,  134. 
Alcoholic  Pavilion,  422. 
Alden,  H.  M.,  587. 
Aldermen,  Board  of,   222,  223, 

224, 225, 227,  229,  230,  234. 
Aldine  Club,  514,  66,  132,  302. 
Aldrich   Court,  768,  769,  129, 

621. 
Aldrich,  H.  D.,  768. 
Alexander,  James  W.,  509. 
All  Angels'  Church,  329,  327. 
Allan-State  Line,  78. 
Alleghany  Mts.,  108,  104. 
Allen,  Timothy  F.,  253. 
All  Souls'  Church,  326,  325. 
All  Souls'  Unit.  Church,  349, 

35°- 


Almshouse,  28,  459,461,601, 

460,  32,  421,  456,  230. 
Almshouse  Chapel,  457. 
Almshouse  Hospital,  459. 
Alpha  Delta  Phi  Club,  515. 
Aluminum  Brick,  886. 
Amazon  River,  93. 
Amberg's  Theatre,  558,  66. 
Ambulance  Service,  421,  422. 
Am.  Academy  Dramatic  Arts, 

562. 
Am.  Actors'  Amateur  Athletic 

Assoc,  525. 
Am.  Art  Assoc,  283,  282,  280, 

284. 
Am.  Art  Galleries,  283. 
Am.  Art  School,  262. 
Am.  Art  Union.  724. 
Am.  Bankers'  Assoc,  655,  754. 
Am.  Bank  Note  Co.,  851,  850. 
Am.  Bible  Soc,  373,  57. 
Am.  Board  C.  F.  M.,  373 
Am.  Church   Building   Fund, 

373- 
America,  Bank  of,  644,  661, 

660,  662 

America  Cup,  527. 

American  Artists'  Soc,  279. 

Am.  District-Tel.  Co.,  192. 

American  Newspaper  Direc- 
tory, 761,  762. 

Am.  Fine-Arts  Building,  64, 
279. 

Am.  Fine-Arts  Soc,  279. 

Am.  Fire-Ins   Co.,  609,  606. 

Am.  Geographical  Soc  ,  290. 

Am.    Home   Missionary  Soc, 

373- 

Am.  Institute,  290,  807,  61. 

Am.  Institute  Library,  301. 

Am.  Inst,  of  Phrenology,  292. 

Am.  Jockey  Club,  66,  53c. 

Am.  Kennel  Club,  66,  530. 

Am.  Missionary  Assoc  ,  373. 

Am.  Pharmaceutical  Assoc, 
807. 

Am.  Press  Assoc,  281,  566. 

Am.  Protective  Tariff  League, 
818. 

American  Registry,  76. 

Am.  Shipmasters'  Assoc,  747. 

Am.  Society  of  Civil  Engi- 
neers, 290,  301. 

Am.  Sugar-Refining  Co.,  700. 

Am.    Sunday -School    Union, 

373- 
Am.  Surety  Co.,  636,  635,  717. 
Am.    Telephone   &  Tel.   Co., 

196,  678. 


Am.  Tract  Society,  373. 

Am.  Veterinary  College,  255, 
452. 

Am.  Veterinary  Hospital,  255. 

Am.  Water-Color  Soc,  279,  65. 

Am.  Yacht  Club,  527. 

Amusement  Hall,  457. 

Amusement  Places.  —  Play- 
Houses,  Opera  -  Houses, 
Theatres,  Public  Halls, 
Museums,  Outdoor  Sports, 
etc.,  533-564. 

Amusements,  65,  66. 

Anarchists,  42. 

Anchor  Line,  78,  86. 

Anderson  Brick  Co.,  N.-Y., 
887,  886. 

Anderson,  J.  C,  886. 

Andros,  Sir  Edmond,  23,  24. 

Anglo-American  Cables,  189, 
192. 

Animal  Industry,  240. 

Annexed  Dist.,  176. 

Ansonia  Clock  Co.,  853,  852. 

Anthony,  A.  V.  S.,  895. 

Anti-Abolition  Riots,  39. 

Apartment  Houses,  217. 

Apgar,  A.  S.,  478,  597,  640,  666. 

Apollo  Hall,  552. 

Appeals,  Court  of,  235. 

Appleton,  W.  H.,  5<-8. 

Appraisers'  Department,  735. 

Apprentices'  Library,  298, 
382,  408,  61. 

Appropriations,  49. 

Aquarium,  536,  766. 

Aqueduct,  182,  52,  181. 

Aqueduct  Commissioners,  231. 

Arabs,  48. 

Arbitration,  Court  of,  238. 

Arcadian  Club,  200,  503. 

Arch,  159,  158. 

Archbishop's  Residence,  356, 
358. 

Arch  in  Central  Park,  151. 

Architectural  features. — 
Development  in  Architecture 
—  Notable  Office- Buildings 
and  Business  Blocks,  763-786. 

Architectural  League,  279. 

Architecture,  64.  247,  763. 

Arch,  Washington,  159,  158. 

Area,  45. 

Arion  Society,  66,  288,  519,  476. 

Arizona,  78. 

Arkell,  W.  J.,  850. 

Arlington  Hall,  531,  564. 

Armitage,  Thomas,  346. 

Armories,  49T. 


910 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Armory  Commission,  231,  492. 
Armstrong',  Trio,  613. 
Army  Building,  500,  128. 
Arnold,  Aaron,  788,  830. 
Arnold,  Constable  &  Co.,  789, 

787,  788,  790,  689,  830. 
Arnold,  Hicks,  689,  788. 
Aronson,  Rudolph,  550,  556. 
Arrests,  486. 
Arsenal  Building,  488. 
Art  Amateur,  587. 
Art  and  Architecture,  61. 
Art-Collections,  Private,  281. 
Art  Education,  261. 
Art-Galleries,    283,    138,    273, 

298. 
Arthur-Kill  Bridge,  116,  121. 
Artillery,  491. 
Artist-Artisans.  280. 
Artist-Artisans'  Institute,  262. 
Artist  Materials,  889. 
Artists'  Society,  280. 
Art  Museum,   275,   274,  273, 

276,  278,  64,  122,  147,  166,  167. 
Art-Schools,  262,  280,  281. 
Art-Printing,  902. 
Art  Stores,  280, 
Art  Students'  League,  262,  279, 

280. 
Art  Taste.  64. 
Aryan   Theosophical    Society, 

289. 
Asbury   M.  E.  Church,   340, 

341,  153. 
Ascension  Church,  323. 
Assay   Office,   652,    651,    646, 

650,  669,  671,  53,  698,  699,  141. 
Assembly  Districts,  44,  48,  49. 
Assessed  Valuation,  225. 
Assessment  Value,  49. 
Assistant  Treasurer,  6co,  652. 
Associated  Banks,  647,  648,  652. 
Associated  Literary  Press,  591. 
Associated  Press,  566,  572. 
Association  Boat-House,  379. 
Association  for  Improving  the 

Condition  of  the  Poor,  383. 
Association  Hall,  376. 
Assoc,  of  the  Bar,  517. 
Astor  Family,  61,  65,  488,  504. 
Astoria,  68,  179,  123. 
Astor   House,  39,  64,  66,   123, 

130,  211,  616,  862. 
Astor,  J.  J.,  39,  145,  198,  293, 

294*  3°°*  4°5>  477i  5°3>  644,  667, 

684. 
Astor   Library,   294,   293,   39, 

61,  132,  145,  272,  282. 
Astor  Place,  34,   39,    123,    132, 

145,  162,  294,  296,  506,  780. 
Astor-Place  Opera-House,  537, 

40,  296. 
Astor-Place  Riot,  492. 
Astor  Vault,  477. 
Astor,  W.  B.,  293,  294,  312,  477, 

504,  815. 
Astor,  W.   W.,   209,   294,    562, 

668,  706,  718. 
Astronomical  Observatory,  246, 
Asylums  for  Insane   Persons, 

425,456. 
Asylum  for  Lying-in  Women, 

442. 
Asylums,  60. 


Atalanta  Boat  Club,  528. 

Athletic  Clubs,  524. 

Atlantic   Cable,  190,  192,  232, 

648,  766. 
Atlantic  Gardens,  17,  197. 
Atlantic  Mutual  Ins.  Co.,  599, 

598,  706. 
Atlantic  Transport  Line,  78. 
Atlas  Steamships,  91. 
At  wood,  Kimball  C,  64c. 
Auchmuty,  Col.  R.  T.,  265. 
Auction  Goods,  828. 
Auditors  of  Accounts,  224. 
Audubon,  338. 
Audubon  Yacht  Club,  528 
Austin,  Nichols  &   Co.,  838, 

837. 
Australasian  Line,  85,  86. 
Austrians,  216,  240. 
Authors'  Club,  507,  66. 
Automatic     Fire-Alarm     and 

Extinguisher  Co.,  895,  894. 
Avery  Architectural  Library, 

300. 
Avery,  Samuel  P.,  302. 
Azore  Islands,  85. 

Babb,  Geo.  W  ,  Jr.,  612. 
Babcock,  S.  B.,  518. 
Babcock,  S.  D  ,  717. 
Babies'  Hospital,  443. 
Babies'  Shelter,  390,  323. 
Bachelor  Apartments,  218. 
Bacon,  Earle  C,  872. 
Baker,  Geo.  F.,  655,  684. 
Baker,  Geo.  H.,  300. 
Baker,  Wm.  H.,  189. 
Baldwin,  C.  C,  715. 
Baldwin,  Cyrus  W.,  856. 
Baldwin,  Wm.  D.,  856. 
Ball  Ground,  146. 
Ballston  Spa,  846. 
Baltimore  &  Ohio,  52,  98,  114, 

121. 
Bancroft,  George,  290. 
Bancroft  Hotel,  134. 
Bank  Clearings,  731. 
Bank   for   Savings,  721,    720, 

724,  666. 
Banking  Houses,  697. 
Bank  Note  Co.,  851,  850. 
Bank   of    America,  661,   660, 

662,  666,  701,  714. 
Bank  of  Commerce,  671. 
Bank  of   New  York,  25,  656, 

655,  653,  658,  666,  671. 
Bank  of  the  Metropolis,  689. 
Bank  of  the  United  States,  643, 

651,  658,  660,  666,  671. 
Banks,  643,  652,  56. 
Bank  Statement,  655. 
Banta,  Cornelius  V.,  660. 
Baptist  Church,  343,  346, 17,  57, 

566. 
Baptist  Church,  First,  343. 
Baptist  City  Mission,  372. 
Baptist  Home,  407. 
Baptist  Tabernacle,  299,  346. 
Bar  Association,  532. 
Bar  Association    Library,  61, 

3°°i  5X7- 
Barge  Office,  69,  536,  735,  127. 
Bar  Harbor,  87. 
Baring  Bros.,  648,  649,  700,  741. 


Baring,  Magoun  &  Co.,  700. 
Barnard  College,  248,  61. 
Barnard  School,  271. 
Barnard,  F.  A.  P.,  244. 
Barnes,  Catharine  W.,  764. 
Barnes,  Richard  S.,  895. 
Barnum,  P.  T.,  536,  538. 
Barnum's     Museum,   537,    541, 

570. 
Barrett  House,  134. 
Barrow  Street,  76. 
Bartholdi,  42,  64,  161,  16?,  494. 
Bartholdi  Creche,  390. 
Bartholdi  Hotel,  134. 
Barton,  Enos  M.,858. 
Base-Ball  Club,  524. 
Batcheller,  Geo.  C,  826. 
Batteries,  491. 
Battery,  139,  127,  16,  24,  28,  33, 

45,  52,  68,  70,  96,  125,  126,  127, 

141,  187,  196,  212,  765,  7(6. 
Battery    Park,   535,    127,    766, 

767. 
Battery  Place,  69,  127,  767. 
Baxter  Street,  219,  144. 
Bay  and  Harbor,  71. 
Bay  Ridge,  121. 
Bayles,  Robert,  678. 
Bayne,  Samuel  G.,  764,  694. 
Beadleston,  W.  H.,  723. 
Bears,  740. 

Beaver-St.  House,  214. 
Bedloe's   Island,    163,    71,    70, 

160,  500,  64. 
Beekman,  Jas.  W.,  506. 
Beekman's  Swamp,  19,  25. 
Beemer,  J.  G.,  637. 
Beethoven  Maennerchor,  286. 
Beethoven  Bust,  154,  164. 
Belding  Bros.  &  Co.,  835. 
Belgian  Society,  411. 
Bellevue    Hospital,    420,    421, 

60,  61,  252,  251,  254,  418,  449, 

458,  46r. 
Bellevue-Hosp.    Medical     Col- 
lege, 252,  422. 
Bell,  Isaac,  718. 
Bellomont,  Earl  of,  25. 
Bellows,  H.  W.,  350. 
Belmont,  August,  712,574,  684, 

702. 
Belting,  86?,  874. 
Belting  &  Packing  Co.  (N.  V.), 

863,  862. 
Belt  Line  Surface  Roads,  i2r. 
Belvedere,  155,  147. 
Benedict  Chambers,  153,  218. 
Bennett  Building,  777,  776,  56. 
Bennett,  J.  G.,  96,  190,482,  566, 

569,  576,  776. 
Berkeley    Ladies      Club,     268, 

53°- 
Berkeley  Lyceum,  562,  66. 
Berkeley  School,  272,  271. 
Bermuda,  91. 
Berwind-White    Coal     Mining 

Co.,  883,  882. 
Best&  Co.,  801. 
Beth-El,  Temple,  367. 
Bethesda  Church,  353. 
Bethesda  Fountain,  165,  147. 
Beth  Israel  Bikur  Cholim,  369. 
Beth-Israel  Hospital,  438. 
Bible  and  Fruit  Mission,  416. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


911 


Bible    House,  372,   373,    297, 

4i7i  343- 
Bible  Soc.  Library,  6r. 
Bi-carbonate  of  Soda,  890. 
Bicycle  Clubs,  66,  528. 
Bigelow,  Wm.  L.,  604. 
Bijou  Theatre,  556,  134. 
Bill-heads,  884. 
Bindery,  761. 

Biographical  Society,  301*. 
Biscuit  Co.,  N.  Y.,  879,  878. 
Bituminous  Steam  Coal,  882. 
Bixby  (S.  M.)  &  Co.,  903. 
Black  Crook,  560. 
Black  Friday,  42,  648. 
Blacking,  903. 

Blackwell,  Dr.  Emily,  253,  439. 
Blackwell    Homestead.    457, 

456,  460. 
Blackwell's  Island,  456,  457, 

458,   459.   46i,   14,  60,  45, 

230,  235,   402,   418,  421,  422, 

423i  453,  460- 
Blackwell's-Island  Bridge,  179. 
Blair  &  Co.,  699. 
Blair,  Hon.  J.  I..  699 
Blanchard,  Jas.  A.,  523. 
Blankets,  823. 
Blant,  Jos.  F.,  642,  690. 
Blauvelt,  C.  A.,  595. 
Bleecker-Street  Savings-Bank, 

721. 
Blind,  Destitute,  404. 
Blind  Institution,  270. 
Blind  Library,  301. 
Bliss,   Cornelius   N.,  818,  613, 

712. 
Bliss,  Fabyan  &  Co.,  818,  613. 
Bliss,  Geo.,  706,  813. 
Bliss,  Wm.  M.,  681,  682. 
"Blizzard  of  1888,  41,  44,  192. 
Block,  Adriaen,  7,  768. 
Block  House,  148. 
Block  Island,  8. 
Bloomingdale,  45. 
Bloomingdale    Asylum,   427, 

425,  426. 
Bloomingdale     Heights,     152, 

246,  248,  428. 
Bloomingdale     Ref.     Church, 

308,  310. 
B'nai  B'rith,  299. 
B'Nai  Jeshurun,  364. 
Board,  220. 

Boarding-Houses,  218. 
Board  of  Aldermen,  222. 
Board  of  Brokers,  736. 
Board   of    Education,  49,  60, 

231,  243,  266. 

Board   of   Electrical   Control, 
189. 

Board  of  Excise,  229. 

Board  of  Fire    Underwriters, 
491. 

Board  of  Health,  419,  391,  742. 

Board  of  Police,  225,  227. 

Board  of   Taxes  and   Assess- 
ments, 492. 

Board  of  Trade  and  Transpor- 
tation, 750. 

Boat-House,  148,  155. 

Bogardus  Iron  Fronts,  807. 

Bogardus,  Rev.  E.,  304. 

Bogart,  John,  291. 


Bohemians,  503,  578. 
Boiler-Tubes,  865. 
Boiler-Washers,  871. 
Bolivar  Statue,  150,  165. 
Bombardments,  29,  30. 
Bond  List,  737. 
Bonner,  Robert,  580. 
Book-Stores,  132,  138. 
Booth,   Edwin,   156,   470,  514, 

538,  540- 
Booth  Line,  93. 
Booth's  Theatre,  540,  557. 
Bordeaux  Line,  82. 
Boreel  Building,  129,  197,  604. 
Boston,  14,  16,  23,  30,  40,  52,  72, 

77,  87,  93,  94,  97,  119, 120, 126, 

196,  732,  733,  749. 
Boston,  SOI. 
Boston  Road,  29,  40. 
Botanical  Garden,  157,  246. 
Boucicault,  Dion,  48^,  539,  540, 

557- 
Bouck,  W.  C,  649. 
Bouguereau's  Painting,  206. 
Boulevard,  134,  126,  168,  268. 
Bow  Bridge,  153. 
Boweries,  144. 
Bowers,  Henry  E.,611. 
Bowery,  143,  267,  16,20,  144, 

212,314,  319,  341,  403. 
Bowery  Boys,  144. 
Bowery  Branch,  377. 
Bowery    Fire-Ins.    Co.,   596, 

595- 
Bowery  Mission,  387. 
Bowery  Savings   Bank,  723, 

708,  668. 
Bowery  Theatre,  536,  198,  560, 

535,  54i- 
Bowling  Green,  31,  129,743, 
32,  81,  82,  88,  13,  17,  18,  28, 
30,  65,  74,    76,   128,  134,    153, 

197,  347,  694. 

Boys'  Lodging-House,  392. 
Brace,  C.  L. ,  392. 
Bradford,  Gov  ,  20. 
Bradford,  Wm.,  27,  468,  565. 
Bradford's  Map,  9. 
Bradley,  E.  A.,  315. 
Bradstreet     Company,     760, 

761,  4. 
Bradstreet  s,  760,  761,  580. 
Brandies,  844. 

Brass  and  Iron  Fittings,  864. 
Bread  and  Cheese  Club,  503, 
Breese,  Sydney,  468. 
Breslin,  J.  H.,  207,  208,  710. 
Brevoort  House,  210,  66. 
Brewers'  Association,  746. 
Brewers'  Exchange,  746. 
Brewer,  Wm.  A.,  Jr.,  629. 
Brewster,  W.  C,  682,  730. 
Brice,  Calvin  S.,  515. 
Brick-making,  880,  886. 
Brick  Presb.  Church,  332,  333, 

586,  139,  574. 
Bridewell,  32,  453,  460. 
Bridge  of  Sighs,  454. 
Bridgeport,  Conn.,  52,  826. 
Bridges,  169. 

Bridges,  Contemplated,  178. 
Bridge  Street,  17,  19. 
Brigade  Headquarters,  497. 
Briggs,  C.  A.,  258. 


Brinckerhoff,  E.  A.,  660. 
Brinckerhoff,  G.  C,  668,  670. 
Bristol  City  Line,  78. 
British  Occupation,  30. 
Broad  Street,  140,  141,  18,  23, 

25,  26,  30,  33,  142,  304. 
Broad  Street  in  1796,  24. 
Broadway,  33,  17,  18,128,123, 

Broadway  and  Fifth  Ave.,  130. 
Broadway  and    Seventh    Ave. 

R   R.,  694. 
Broadway  and  Sixth  Avenue, 

130. 
Broadway,  at  City-Hall  Park, 

131. 
Broadway  Athenaeum,  539. 
Broadway,  at  32d  Street,  873. 
Broadway  Bank,  723. 
Broadway  Central  Hotel,  133, 

132,  198,  209,  808. 
Broadway,  from  Barclay  Street, 

226. 
Broadway,  from  Bond  Street, 

133. 

Broadway  in  1828,  31. 
Broadway  Ins.  Co.,  600. 
Broadway  Line,  123. 
Broadway  Surface  R.  R.,  42. 
Broadway     Tabernacle,    349, 

813. 
Broadway   Theatre,     134,    540, 

554,  556- 
Brokers,  736. 
Brokers'  Language,  740. 
Bronx  Park,  65,  125,  157,  15S. 
Bronx  River,  45,  157,  183. 
Bronzes,  852. 

Brooklyn,  18,  52,  53,  68,  174. 
Brooklyn      Bridge,     170,     59, 

702,  169,  231,  778,  784,  88. 
Brooklyn  Ferry,  17,  27. 
Brooklyn  Heights,  16,  169. 
Brooklyn  Mills  (E.  R.  Durkee 

&  Co.),  900. 
Brooks  Brothers,  798,  799. 
Brooks'  Clothing  Store  in  1845, 

798. 

Brooks,  Erastus,  570. 
Brooks,  Henry  S.,  798. 
Brooks,  James,  570. 
Brooks,  Rev.  Dr.  A.,  327. 
Broome    Street    Tabernacle, 

353.  352. 
Brougham's  Theatre,  538. 
Brown  Bros.  &  Co.,  698,  660. 
Brown,  Charles  E.,  688. 
Browne,  H.  K.,  64,  160,  162. 
Brown,  J.  C,  706,  721. 
Brown,  P.  A.  H.,  313. 
Brown,  Rev.  Dr.  J.  W.,  320. 
Brown,  T.  McKee,  327. 
Brown,  V.  H.,  674,  722. 
Bruggerhof,  F.  W.,  809. 
Brunswick  Hotel,  209,  66,   139, 

214. 
Bryan,  T.  J.,  289. 
Bryant,   W.    C,   156,  168,   350, 

5°3i  5°8,  566. 
Bryant  Building,  694,  750. 
Bryant    Park,   158,     160,    140, 

156,  162,  538,  539,  787. 
Buck,  Dudley,  263. 
Buckingham  Hotel,  209, 66,  139. 


912 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Buenos  Ayres,  93. 

Buffalo,  98,  ioi,  102,  104,  113. 

Builders'  Hardware,  870. 

Building  Dep't,  231,  764,  542. 

Building-Material  Exchange, 
7S2. 

Buildings,  Number  of,  49. 

Building-Trades'  Club,  518. 

Bulbs,  8oq. 

Bulkley,  Dunton  &  Co.,  845, 
844. 

Bulkley,  Edwin,  844,  845. 

Bull's  Head,  198,  668. 

Bunce,  Seymour  A.,  729. 

Bunner,  H.  C,  582. 

Burbank,  W.  H.,  3. 

Bureau  of  Charities,  230. 

Bureau  of  Corrections,  230. 

Bureau  of  Medical  and  Surgi- 
cal Relief,  252. 

Burford,  Geo.  H.,  621. 

Burgher  Guard,  17,  483. 

Burial  Places,  465. 

Burnet,  Wm.,  26. 

Burnham,  G.  W.,  165,  210. 

Burns'  Coffee- House,  197. 

Burns'  Statue,  154,  164. 

Burr,  Aaron,  34,  467,  566,  656, 
658. 

Burrell,  Dr.  D.  J.,  306. 

Burtnett,  Daniel,  598. 

Burton's    New    Theatre,  537, 

53*. 
Burton,  W.  E.,  472,  540. 
Busk  &  Jevons,  93. 
Bussing  Homestead,  764. 
Butchers'    &    Drovers'    Bank, 

Nat.,  668,  666. 
Butler,  B.  F.,  250. 
Butler,  Charles,  249. 
Butler,  W.  A.,  517. 
Butler,  W.  S.,  297. 
Butter  and  Cheese  Exchange, 

751- 

Butterheld,  Daniel,  730. 
Butterworth,  John,  651. 
Byrnes,  Thomas,  486,  487, 

Cable  Cars,  125,  44,  52,  123. 
Cable  Conduits,  196. 
Cafes,  212. 

Caledonian  Club,  519,  524. 
Caled-onian  Fire-Ins.  Co.,  602. 
Californians,  206. 
Callisen's  School,  272. 
Calumet  Club,  507,  140,  506. 
Calvary  Baptist  Church,  345, 

344- 
Calvary  Cemetery,  482. 
Calvary  Church,  322,  287,  322. 
Calvary  Meth.  Church,  342. 
Calvinists,  534. 
Cambridge,  139,  soq. 
Cambridge  Hotel,  844,  843,  209, 
Camden  &  Amboy  R.  R.,  107. 
Campbellites,  353. 
Camp,  W.  A.,  655. 
Canal  Boats,  141. 
Canal   Street,   142,  10,  36,  130, 

i43- 
Canarsie,  15. 

Cancer  Hospital,  445,  141. 
Candee,  W.  L.,  866. 
Cannon,  H.  W.,  655. 


Capture  of  N.  Y.,  30. 
Caracas,  92. 
Carmansville,  45. 
Carnegie,  Andrew,  300,  548. 
Carnegie  Laboratory,  253. 
Carnegie  Music  Hall,  549,  44, 

64,  548. 
Carpenter,  Reese,  478. 
Carpets,  788,  795. 
Carrigan,  Andrew,  726. 
Carrousel,  146. 
Car  Springs,  862. 
Cartagena,  91. 
Carter,  James  C,  517,  524. 
Carter,  O.  S.,  672. 
Case,  J.  S.,  686. 
Cashmere  Bouquet,  888. 
Casino,  134,  66,  64,  549,  550. 
Casino,  Central  Park,  149, 147. 
Castle  Clinton,  535. 
Castle   Garden,   535,  52,  53, 

127,  212,  498,  536,  538,  766. 
Castle  Williams,  502,  70,  499. 
Castree,  John,  676. 
Catharine  Market,  754. 
Cathedral     of     St.    John     the 

Divine,  331,  64,  329,  434. 
Cathedral  of  St.  Patrick,  374, 

122,  140,  303. 
Catholic    Apostolic  Church, 

354,  353- 

Catholic  Church,  B.  I.,  459. 

Catholic  Club,  375,  516. 

Catholic  Half-Orphan  Asy- 
lum, 434. 

Catholic  Protectory,  269,  398. 

Catholics,  355,  360,  363,  364, 
385,  394,  482. 

Catholic  Schools,  260. 

Catskill  Mts.,  856. 

Cavalry  Troop,  496,  497. 

Cave,  Central  Park,  155. 

Cedar  Slabs,  899. 

Cemeteries,  465,  482. 

Central  Bridge,  176. 

Central  Building,  in,  no. 

Central    Nat.   Bank,  681,  641. 

Central  Park,  765,  375,  218, 
122,  123,  125,  134,  64,  65,  140, 
146,  149,  150,  151,  152,  158, 
164,  165,  166,  167,  184,  187, 
189,  45,  492,  196,  208,  268,  271, 
275,  289,  295,  366,  488,  498, 
156. 

Central-Park  Apartments,  375, 
140. 

Central-Park  Reservoir,  181, 
182,  183. 

Central-Park  Sanatarium,  447. 

Central  Park  West,  277,  141, 
156,  289,  332,  447. 

Central  Presb.  Church,  336. 

Central  Railroad  of  N.  J.,  no, 
ill,  112,  no,  116. 

Central  Stores,  759,  758. 

Central  Trust  Co.,  711,  710, 
712,  632. 

Central  Turn-Verein,  526. 

Centre  Market,  776,  754,  762. 

Centre  Street,  54. 

Century  Club,  508,  66,  302,  746. 

Century  Magazine,  145,  57. 

Chamberlain,  221.  224. 

Chamberlain,  P,  H.,  350,  522. 


Chamber  of  Commerce,  26,  65, 
x97,  232,  236,  238,  593,  649,  660, 
724,  734.  735,  75i»  820. 

Chambers,  T.  W.,  306. 

Champagne,  842,  843,  844. 

Chandler,  A.  B.,  189. 

Chandler,  C.  F.,  247. 

Chapel,  Bloomingdale,  427. 

Chapyi,  E.  H.,  351. 

Chapin,  G.  S.,  729. 

Chapin  Home,  408. 

Chapin's,  Dr.,  School,  272. 

Chapman,  J.  H.,  600. 

Charitable  Institutions,  49,  229, 
383,  456. 

Charitable  Societies   415. 

Charities  and  Corrections,  49, 
57,  60,  230,  234,  383. 

Charity  and  Benevolence. — 
Institutions  and  Associations 
for  the  Poor  and  Unfortu- 
nate—  Homes  and  Asylums, 
and  Temporary  Relief,  383- 
418. 

Charities  Building,  868. 

Charity  Hospital,  457,  459, 
456,  60,  254,  423. 

Charity  Organization  Soc,  391, 
400,  417,  384. 

Charleston.  88. 

Charter  of  Liberties,  24. 

Chatham  Square,  144,  465,  605. 

Chatham-Street  Garden,  540. 

Cheap  Hotels,  212. 

Cheap  Restaurants,  216. 

Cheap  Transportation   Assoc, 

75°- 
Cheever,  A.  D.,  862. 
Cheever,  G.  B.,  337. 
Cheever,  H.  D..  866. 
Cheever,  J.  H.    862. 
Chelsea,  40,  217,  64,  45,  466. 
Chelsea  Square,  257,  256. 
Chemical  Nat.  Bank,  665,  666, 

621,  677,  682,  724. 
Chemical  Soc,  291. 
Chemistry  School.  250. 
Cheney  Brothers,  824. 
Cherry  Street,  ig. 
Chesapeake,  467. 
Cheviot,  804. 
Chiar,  Arthur,  4. 
Chew,  Beverly,  302. 
Chicago,  SOI. 

Chicago  and  Boston  Fires,  610. 
Chicago  Fire,  601,  604. 
ChickeringHall, 66,140,  261,  564. 
Chief  of  Fire  Dept.,  230. 
Children,  Cruelty  to,  388,  389. 
Children's   Aid   Soc,  57,   269, 

391,  392. 
Children's   Charitable  Union, 

398. 
Children  s  Clothing,  801. 
Children's  Fold,  397. 
Children's  Hospital.  60. 
Child's  Hospital,  440. 
China,  794. 
Chinatown,  144. 
Chinese   48,  144.  214,  216,  410. 
Chinese  Rooms,  537. 
Chinese  Temple,  37<>»  369- 
Choate,  J.  H.,  350, 473,  505,  515, 

517,664. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


9*3 


Chocolates,  802. 

Christ  Church,  310,  316,  318. 

Christiaensen,  7. 

Christian  Aid  to  Employment 

Soc,  373. 
Christian  Brothers,  260. 
Christian  Israelites,  57. 
Christmas  Letter  Mission,  416. 
Christopher  Street,  90. 
Church  Chorals,  287. 
Church  Club,  516. 
Churches,  57,  303. 
Church  Extension  Society,  372. 
Church  for  Seamen,  354. 
Church  Hospital,  448. 
Churchman.  584,  583,  566,  145. 
Church  Missionary  Society  for 

Seamen,  371. 
Church  of  Disciples,  353. 
Church  of  England,  303. 
Church  of  Heavenly  Rest,  319. 
Church    of     New    Jerusalem, 

353- 

Cilley,  J.  K.,  686. 
Cillis,  Hubert,  626. 
Cisco,  J.  J.,  650. 
Citizens1  Bridges,  178. 
Citizens'  Ins.    Co.,   598,    597, 

602,  603. 
Citizens'  Line,  94. 
Citizens'  Savings-Bank,  730, 

_  729- 

City  and  County,  221. 

City  Bank,  Nat.,  663,  662. 

City  Club,  524. 

City  Court,  235. 

City  Debt,  49,  230. 

City  Finances,  48. 

City  Hall,  50,  233,  28,  32,  37, 
49,  26,  52,  61,  64,  65,  123,  130, 
142, 156, 190,  212,  231,  234,  235, 
236,  289,  297,  312, 330,  454,  484, 
489,  506,  537,  568,  581,  605,  666, 
682,  795,  854,  862. 

City-Hall  Branch  Elevated, 
R  R..  55- 

City-Hall  Park,  28,  33,  47, 
51,  191.224,573,575,581, 
18,  28,  32,  52,  130,  142,  156, 
168, 174, 198,  218,  228,  231,  236, 
239>  447.  453.  46°.  465.  628,  666, 
677,  776,  778,  780,  784. 

City-Hall  Park  in  1809,  28. 

City-Hall  Place,  224. 

City  Hotel,  198. 

City  Improvement  Soc,  524. 

City  Judge,  229. 

City  Legislature,  249. 

City  Mission  and  Tract  Soc, 

352.  373- 
City  of  Neiv  York,  75,  74,  76, 

68. 
City  of  Paris,  75,  74,  76. 
City  of  Rome,  78. 
City  Prison,  236,  235,  453. 
City  Record,  236,  221,  222,  224, 

576. 
City  Reform  Club,  523. 
Civil  Courts,  235. 
Civil  Engineering  School,  250. 
Civil  Service  Board,  23. 
Claflin  (H.  B.)  Co.,  613,  816. 
Claflin,  John,  682. 
Claremont,  45. 


Claremont  Park,  65,  158. 
Clarendon  Hall,  564. 
Clarendon  Hotel,  210. 
Clark,  Charles  F.,  137,  4,  714, 

761. 
Clark,  Col.  E.,  493,  494. 
Clark,  H.  F.,  476. 
Clark,  J.  S.,  706. 
Claussen,  Henry,  Jr.,  746. 
Clay  Industry,  880. 
Clearing-House,  653,  56,  142, 

646,  649,  652,  654,  655,  662,  667, 

672,  73".  754- 

Clergy  Club,  370.  516. 

Clerk  of  Arrears,  224. 

Clermont,  34,  73. 

Cleveland,  Grover,  210,  568. 

Clews,  Henry,  473. 

Climatic  Cure  Fund,  414. 

Clinical  Soc  ,  451. 

Clinton,  754. 

Clinton,  De  Witt,  232,  244,  289, 
482,  721. 

Clinton,  Gen.,  30,  31. 

Clinton,  George,  26. 

Clinton,  Gov.,  32,  38,  30,  499. 

Clinton  Hall,  145,  296,  537,  722, 
780. 

Clinton  Hotel,  78:.. 

Clinton  Market,  754,  138. 

Clipper,  580. 

Clocks,  790,  852. 

Clothiers,  798. 

Clothing,  56. 

Clover  Pastures,  25. 

Clubs,  66,  503. 

Clyde's  Pier,  88. 

Clyde  Steamship  Co.,  87,  89. 

Clyde,  Thomas,  88. 

Clyde  West-India  and  Central- 
American  Line,  91. 

Coaching  Club,  209. 

Coal  and  Iron  Exchange,  775, 
628,  774. 

Coal  Barges,  882. 

Coal- Mines,  882. 

Cockerill,  J.  A.,  514,  566,  578. 

Coe,  E.  B.,  305. 

Coe,  George  S.,  189,  635. 

Coenties  Slip,  114,  116,  139, 
786,  14,  197. 

Coffee  Exchange,  692,  752. 

Coffee-House,  198,  593. 

Coffee  Roasting,  838. 

Coffin,  C.  A.,  860. 

Coggeshall,  E.  W.,  638. 

Cogswell,  Dr.  J.  C,  293,  294. 

Cohen,  Max,  299. 

Coke,  882. 

Colden,  Cadwailader,  28,  719, 

735- 

Coleman  House,  134. 

Colgate  &  Company,  888. 

Collamore  (Gilman,  &  Co., 
794- 

Collector  of  the  Port,  734. 

Collect  Pond,  453,  ^6. 

Colleges,  241,  60. 

College  of  New  York,  243, 
242,  60,  264. 

College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons, 248,  247,  429,  439, 447, 
34- 

College  Place,  27,  244,  246. 


College  Settlement,  385. 
Collegiate   Church,    304,    305, 

306,  307. 
Collegiate  Church,  7th  Street, 

305. 
Collegiate  Church,  29th  Street, 

305. 
Collegiate    Church,  West  End 

Ave.,  306. 
Collegiate     Grammar     School, 

271,  3°4.  3°6- 
Collegiate   Reformed    Church, 

139,  271,  304. 
Collingwood,  Francis,  291. 
Collins  Line,  74. 
Collis,  C.  P.,  472. 
Collyer,  Robert,  351. 
Colon,  92. 

Colonial  Club,  510,  66,  509. 
Colonnade  Row,  584,  145. 
Colored  Glass  Windows,  285. 
Colored  Home,  413. 
Colored  Mission,  413. 
Colored   Orphan    Asylum,    42, 

338,  413- 
Colored  People,  360. 
Columbia  Bicycles,  904. 
Columbia  Building,  632,  769, 

621,  56,  128,  129,  764. 
Columbia  College,    246,  247, 

244.  34.    6°.  61,   134,    243,  248, 

249,    252,     290,     291,    300,    428, 

439,  468,  626.  • 

Columbia  College  Law  School, 

638. 
Columbia  College  Library,  61, 

300. 
Columbia  Grammar  School, 271. 
Columbia  Heights,  170. 
Columbia  Restaurant,  214. 
Columbia  Yacht  Club,  527. 
Columbus  Fountain,  168. 
Columbus  Hospital,  437. 
Columbus  Statue,  167,  168. 
Columbus  Theatre,  561. 
Combustibles,  490. 
Commerce,  National  Bank  of, 

67  a. 
Commerce  Statute,  151,  166. 
Commercial    Advertiser,     k6*>, 

566. 
Commercial  Association,  742. 
Commercial  Bill  let  in,  576. 
Commercial  Cable,  190,  189,  192. 
Commercial  Preeminence,  731. 
Commercial  Schools,  267. 
Commissioner  of  Jurors,49,  236. 
Common  Council,  222,  232,  421, 

484. 
Common  Pleas  Court,  234,  235. 
Commons,  28,  32,  454. 
Commonwealth  Club,  523. 
Compagnie     Generale     Trans- 

atlantique,  80,  81,  82. 
Compahia  Transatlantica,  01. 
Comptroller,  222,  224,  225,  754. 
Comstock,  Anthony,  463. 
Concert  Saloons,  65. 
Condiments,  900. 
Coney  Island,  53,  67,  48,  93,  121, 

500. 
Coney-Island  Jockey  Club,  66. 
Coney-Island  Steamboats,  68. 
Confectioner,  802. 


914 


KING'S   HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Cong'l  Church  Building  Soc, 

373- 
Congregationalism,    349,    350, 

57- 
Congressional  Districts,  49. 
Connecticut  Militia,  29. 
Conner,  W.  E.,  138,  473,  527. 
Conservatory  of  Music,  264. 
Conservatory  Water,  148. 
Consistory  Building,  306. 
Consolidated  Stock  and  Petro- 
leum   Exchange,    741,    740, 
621,  129,  56. 
Consolidation  Act,  221. 
Constable,  F.  A.,  788. 
Constable,  J.  M.,  722,  788,  656, 

830. 
Constables,  484. 
Contents,  2. 

Continental  Hotel,  211,  134. 
Continental  Trust  Co.,  719. 
Convalescents'  Home,  404. 
Convent,  Sacred  Heart,  260. 
Converse,  E.  C,  850,  865. 
Converse,  E.  W.,  865. 
Cooke,  G.  F.,  313,  470,  534. 
Cooking-Schools,  -zti. 
Cooper,  Edward,  706. 
Cooper  Institute,  299. 
Cooper,  J.  F.,  503. 
Cooper,  Myles,  244. 
Cooper,  Peter,  40,  265,  299,  350. 
Cooper-Union,   267,  264,  355, 

61,  132,  263,  264,  265,  564. 
Cooper-Union  Art-School,  280. 
Cooper-Union  Free   Night 

Schools,  28-). 
Cooper-Union  Library,  299. 
Cooper-Union    Woman's   Art 

School,  280. 
Cop,  484. 

Copeland  &  Bacon,  872,  873. 
Corbin,  Austin,  474. 
Corbin  Bridge,  179. 
Corbin  Building,  863. 
Cornbury,  Lord,  25,  499. 
Cornell,  J.  B.,  342. 
Corn  Exchange,  742. 
Corning,  Erastus,  706. 
Coroners,  238. 
Corporate  Schools,  241. 
Corporation  Borrowings,  704. 
Corporate  Schools,  60. 
Corporation  Counsel,  222,  229. 
Corrections,  453. 
Corsets,  826. 

Cortlandt  Street,  105,  193,  107. 
Cortlandt-Street  Ferry,  107. 
Cosmopolitan  Hotel,  212. 
Cosmopolitan    Magazine,    587, 

690. 
Cosmos  Club,  513. 
Costumes,  793. 
Cotton    Exchange,   747,    655, 

692,  215,  145. 
Cotton  Exchange,  Main  Floor, 

748. 
Cotton  Goods,  820. 
Coudert,  F.  R.,  505,  517,  715. 
Couldock,  C.  W.,  540. 
County  Clerk,  238. 
County  Court-House  51,  237, 

42,  52,  236,  156,  677. 
County  Medical  Soc,  450. 


County  Officers,  238. 
Coarrier  des  Etats-Unis,  568. 
Court  House,  51,  237,  236,  52, 

42,  64,  156,  677. 
Court  of  Arbitration,  236. 
Court  of  Chancery,  25. 
Court  of  Common  Pleas,  49. 
Court  of  General  Sessions,  51, 

54- 

Courts,  221,  234. 
Covenant  Church,  336. 
Cowles,  Elijah  S.,  895. 
Cox,  S.  S.,  164,  145,  162. 
Crackers,  878. 
Crane,  J.  M.,  677,  678. 
Crapes,  824. 
Crematory,  420,  482. 
Cremorne  Mission,  388. 
Criminal  Courts,  235,  236. 
Crippled  Boys'  School,  393. 
Critic,  580. 

Crocker,  Charles,  545. 
Croisic,  Marquis  de,  210. 
Crolius   Wm.  H.,  608. 
Cromwell,  Frederic,  717. 
Cromwell,  Steamship  Co.,  90. 
Crosby,  Howard,  249,  334,  463, 

476. 
Crosby  Street  Synagogue,  365. 
Cross-Town  Lines,  123. 
Crotona  Park.  65,  157,  158. 
Croton  Aqueduct,  175,  39, 176. 
Croton  Dam,  182. 
Croton  Lake,  181. 
Croton  Reservoir,  147,  181,  183. 
Croton  Water-Shed,  181,  52. 
Croton  Water-System,  472. 
Cruelty  to  Animals,  462. 
Cruelty  to  Children,  388,  389. 
Cruger,  John,  735. 
Cruger,  S.  V.  R.,  294. 
Crystal  Palace,  535,  39,   156, 

538. 
Cunard  Line,  77,  69,  73,  674. 
Curacoa,  92. 
Curbstone  Brokers,  740. 
Cushman,  Charlotte,  200,  536. 
Custom  House,  734.  53, 64, 141, 

649,  651,  699,  733,  736,  770. 
Cutler  School,  272. 
Cutting,  R.  L.,  718. 
Cypress  Hill  Cemetery,  482. 

Daily  Papers,  577,  581. 

Dairy,  146. 

Dairy  Kitchen,  214. 

Dakota,  141,  218,  868. 

Dalhousie,  The,  375. 

Daly,  Augustin,  514,  552,  553, 

554- 
Daly's  Theatre,  66,  134,  554. 
Damrosch,  Dr.  L.,  288,  476,  546, 

564- 
Damrosch,  W.  J.,  264,  287,  549, 

564-   „ 
Dana,  C.  A.,  568,  578. 
Dancing  Schools,  269. 
Darling,  A.  B.,  554,  561,  684. 
Dauntless  Rowing  Club,  528. 
David's  Island,  500. 
Davis,  Jefferson,  89. 
Day-Book,  570. 
Day  Nursery,  390. 
Deaconess  Home,  258. 


Deaf  and  Dumb,  270. 

Deaf  and  Dumb  Asylum,  346. 

Deaf  and  Dumb  Inst.,  338. 

Deaf  Mutes,  270,  271,  325. 

Death  Rate,  419. 

Deaths,  49. 

Debating  Societies,  291. 

Debt,  49,  225. 

Debtors'  Prison,  236,  454. 

Declaration   of   Independence, 

Decorations,  286. 
Decorative  Art  Soc,  262,  280. 
Deems,  C.  F.,  351. 
Defense  and  Protection,  483. 
Delamater  Iron  Works,  873. 
Delaware    &     Hudson     Canal 

Co.,  775,  666,  774. 
Delaware,       Lackawanna      & 

Western  R.  R.,  113,  115,  114, 

664,  689,  52. 
Delmonico's,  213,  214,  212,  204, 

206,  140, 
Delmonico's,     Beaver     Street, 

215. 

Delta     Kappa     Epsilon    Club, 

140,  S15. 
Delta  Phi  Club,  515. 
Delta  Upsilon  Club,  515. 
De  Milt  Bequest,  298. 
De  Milt  Dispensary,  452,  448. 
Democratic  Club,  140,  522. 
Dent,  Dr.  E.  C,  424. 
Dentistry,  253. 
Dentistry,  College  of,  253. 
Depew,  C.  M.,  138,  478,  505,  515. 
Deposit,  Nat.  Bank  of,  694. 
Depot  in  Jersey  City,  112. 
Dep't  of  Arts,  250. 
Dep't  of  the  East,  502. 
Dep't  of  Public  Parks,  225. 
Departments  and  Officers,  221, 
Dermatological  Soc,  451. 
Desbrosses  St.,  105,  107. 
Desbrosses  St.  Ferry,  123. 
Desbrosses  St.  Pier,  94. 
Desbrosses  St.  Station,  108. 
Design,  Acad,  of,  64,  65. 
Destitute  Children,  396,  399. 
Detective  Bureau,  487. 
Detectives,  488. 
Deutsch  -  Amerikanische 

Schuetzen  Gesellschaft,  529. 
Deutscher  Liederkranz,  287. 
Deutscherverein,  375,  511. 
De  Veau,  J.  M.,  691. 
De  Vinne  Press,  145. 
De  Vlackte,  18,  32. 
Devoe,  F.  W.,  678. 
Devoe   (F.  W.)  &   C.  T.   Ray- 

nolds,  889. 
Diamond  Cutters,  804. 
Diamonds,  804. 
Diana,  64,  542. 
Diastasic  Essence  of  Pancreas, 

893. 
Di  Cesnola  Collection,  64. 
Dickel's,  268,  528. 
Dickens,  Rev.  John,  372. 
Diet-Kitchen  Assoc,  452. 
Digestive  Ferments,  892. 
Dilks,  G.  W.,  488. 
Dillon,  Gregory,  726. 
Dime-Museums,  66. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


9!5 


Dimocky  H.  F.,  87. 
Dimock,  H.  F.,  710. 
Diocesan  Church  Missions, 322. 
Diocesan  House,  370,  145. 
Discharged  Convicts,  464. 
Disciples  Church,  352. 
Dispensaries,  452,  60. 
Dispensary,  432,  439,  447,  440, 

448,  449. 
Dispensary  for  Women,  440, 

254- 
Distributive  Trade,  732. 
District  Attorney,  229,  49. 
District  Courts,  235. 
Ditson    (Charles    H.)   &   Co., 

589,  590. 
Ditson  (Oliver)  &  Co.,  590. 
Divine  Paternity,  351,  351,  139. 
Dix,  John  A.,  650,  477. 
Dix,  Morgan,  312. 
Dock  Dept.,  226. 
Dodge  Statue,  165. 
Dodge,  W.  E.,  162,  474. 
Dodsworth's,  269. 
Dolge's     (Alfred)     Factories, 

875. 

Dolgeville,  875. 

Domestic  and  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Soc,  371,  373. 

Domestic  Architecture,  784. 

Domestic  Missions,  Reformed 
Church,  372. 

Dominican  Convent,  398. 

Dominican  Church,  264. 

Dommerich,  L.  F.,  819. 

Donald.  James  M.,  675. 

Dongan,  Gov.,  24,  355. 

Dorman,  O.  P.,  832. 

Down-Town  Assoc,  518. 

Down-Town  Club,  610. 

Down-Town    Relief    Bureau, 

385- 
Doyers  Street,  144. 
Draft  Riots,  42,  413,  486,  493, 

798. 
Drama,  533. 

Dramatic  Neius,  583,  582. 
Draper,  J.  W.,  249. 
Dreadnaught :,  38. 
Dress  Goods,  793,  815,  823,  822. 

823,  830,  832. 
Drexel  Building,  141,  698. 
Drexel,  Morgan  &  Co.,  672,  698. 
Drexel-Morgan  Building,  770. 
Driggs,  M.  S.,  606. 
Drills,  869. 

Drinking  Saloons,  216. 
Druggists,  847. 
Drugs  and  Chemicals,  848. 
Drummond,  J.  F.,  889. 
Dry-Dock  Company,  666,  688. 
Dry-Docks,  53,  69. 
Dry-Dock  Savings  Inst  ,  725, 

717,  689,  880. 
Dry-goods,   681,  789,   792,  796, 

797.  33.  8l2,  813,  823,  815,  818, 

819,  820,  822,  823. 
Dry-Goods  Restaurants,  214. 
Duane-Street  Church,  334. 
Du  Bois,  Henri  Pene,  3.' 
Ducking- Stool,  26. 
Duel,  467. 
Duelling     Ground     at     Wee- 

hawken,  34. 


Duke  of  York,  8,  20. 

Duke's  Plan,  The,  8. 

Dunham,  Buckley  &  Co.    813. 

Dunton,  W.  C,  645. 

Durkee,  E.  W.,  900. 

Durkee  (E.  R.)  &  Co.,  900. 

Durland's,  268,  529. 

Durr,  Louis   289 

Dutch  Cottage,  7,  76,  79. 

Dutch  Greenland  Co.,  7. 

Dutch  Inns,  197. 

Dutch  Map.  6. 

Dutch  Merchants,  7. 

Dutch  Reformed,  25. 

Dutch  Regime,  22. 

Dutch  Soldiers,  14. 

Dutch  Vauxhall,  198. 

Dwelling-Houses  49. 

Dwight,  John.  136. 

Dwight  (John)  &  Co.,  891 ,  890, 

Dwight  School,  272. 

Dynamos,  858,  874. 

Eagle  Cage,  149. 

Eagle  Fire-Ins.  Co.,  613. 

Eagles  and  Goat,  165. 

Eagles.  Central  Park,  151. 

Eames,  F.  L.,  738. 

Earle  Guild,  417. 

Earle's  Hotel,  211,  212. 

Earl  of  Stirling,  468. 

Eastchester   48. 

East  86th  Street,  Y.  M.C.  A.,377. 

Eastern  Dispensary,  448. 

Eastern  Lines,  94. 

East  River,  16,  89,  114,  702, 

786,  68,  48,  49,  53,  67,  93,  119, 

169.  179,  188. 
East-River  Bridge,   171,   170, 

73,  169,  42,  52,  125,  130,  178, 

250,  454,  482. 
East-River    Nat.    Bank,    680, 

678,  808. 
East-River  Park,  156. 
East-Side       Boys'       Lodging- 

House,  392. 
East-Side  Ladies'  Aid  Soc,  417. 
Eaton,  Cole  &  Burnham  Co., 

864. 
Eaton,  Dorman  B.,  350. 
Eaton,  John,  864. 
Eaton,  Wm.  S.,  865. 
Ebraucus,  King,  22. 
Eclectic  Dispensary,  449. 
Eclectic  Medical  College,  254. 
Eden  Musee,  561. 
Edgehill  Chapel,  339. 
Edison    Building,    861,    140, 

142. 
Edison   Electric   Illuminating 

Co.,  186,  187,  769. 
Edison,  Thomas  A.,  187. 
Edson,  Franklin,  234. 
Educational    Institutions,   60, 

61,  241,  267. 
Education,  Board  of,  243,  225. 
Edwards,  Ernest,  4,  895,  896. 
Edwards-Ficken,  H.,282,  478, 

5^4- 
Egyptian  Obelisk,  765,   140, 

167,  64. 
Eiffel  Tower,  856. 
Eighth  Avenue,  14T. 
Eighth-Avenue  R.  R.,  123,688. 


Eighth- A  venue  Theatre.  861. 
Eighth    Regiment     495,     491, 

492,  868. 
Eighth- Street     Theatre,     561, 

'45- 
Eighth- Ward  Mission,  395. 
Ejectors, 871. 
Eldorado  Garden,  856. 
Electrical  Subways,  189. 
Electric  Club,  517,  291. 
Electric  Elevator,  856. 
Electric  Illumination,  860. 
Electricity,  866. 
Electric-light  Machinery,  874. 
Electric  Lights   49,  185. 
Electric  Railways,  124 
Electric  Wires,  188. 
Electrotyping,  902. 
Elevated   Railroads,   114,    116, 

120,  121,  124,  143,  52. 
Elevator  and  Station,  124. 
Elevators,    96,    124,    72,    763, 

765,  856,  857. 
Eleventh  Ward  Bank,  688,  717. 
Elgin,  246. 

Ellis  Island,  79,  240,  69,  53. 
Ellsler,  Fanny,  535. 
Elmendorf,  Joachim.  307. 
Ely,  George  W.,  738. 
Emanu-El,  Temple,   366,   365, 

139- 

Embroideries,  814. 

Embury,  Philip,  340. 

Emergency  Hospital,  60. 

Emery  Wheels,  862. 

Emigrant  Houses.  412. 

Emigrant  Industrial  Savings- 
Bank,  726. 

Emmett  Monument,  469,  313. 

Empire-State  Express,  101,  126. 

Empire  Theatre,  134. 

Employment,  Aid  to,  417. 

Employment  of  Poor  Women, 
400, 

Engineers'  Club,  519,  518. 

Engine  House  No.  7,  490. 

Engine  No.  15,  490. 

Englishmen,  519. 

Engraving,  850,  895,  896,  902. 

Eno,  Amos  R.,  684. 

Entrance,  Central  Park,  374. 

Entrance,  Mount  Hope,  481. 

Epernay  Wines,  843,  844. 

Epiphany  Church,  344. 

Episcopal  Churches,  309=330. 

Episcopal  Church,  B.  I  .  459, 
460. 

Episcopal  City  Missionary 
Soc,  401. 

Episcopal  Corporation,  316. 

Episcopal      Diocesan      House, 

584. 
Episcopalians,  29*  310,  316,  287. 
Episcopal  Seminary,  257,  255. 
Equestrian   Washington,    106, 

64.  152,  160. 
Equitable  Building,  625,  766, 

622,  681,  56,  64,   129,  702,  715, 

802,  854. 
Equitable  Life  Assurance  Soc, 

625,  622,  300. 
Ericsson,  John,  471. 
Erie  Canal,  38,  67,  97,  98,  232, 

417,  644,  735. 


910 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Erie  Railroad,  117,  37,  52. 
Ervvin,  Cornelius  B.,  87J. 
Esplanade,  147. 
Essex  Market   762,  754. 
Essex-Market      Court-House, 

231,  453. 
Estimate  and  Apportionment, 

222   225.  300. 
Estimate,    Board   of,  221,  225, 

231. 
Etching  Club,  65,  279. 
Ethnological  Soc,  291. 
European  Plan  Houses,  198. 
Evacuation  Day,  31,  649. 
Evangelical  Aid  Soc,  412. 
Evange'ical  Alliance,  373. 
Evans,  Win.  T.,  814. 
Evarts,  Wm.  M  ,  505,  517,  523, 

664.  _ 
Evening  Express   570. 
Evening  Mail,  571,  570. 
Evening  Post,    567,   566,  580, 

n°,  391,  565,  568. 
Evening  Schools,  242,  60. 
Evening  Sun,  569,  578. 
Evening  Telegram,  576. 
Evening  World,  578. 
Everett  House,  210. 
Evergreen  Cemetery,  482. 
Ewer,  Dr.  F.  C,  318. 
Execution  of  Goff,  14. 
Executive  Dep't,  223. 
Exempt  Firemen's  Fund,  409. 
Explosives,  869. 
Exports  and  Imports,  72,  53. 
Express,  566. 
Extracts,  900. 

Extractum  Pancreatis,  893. 
Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary,  443, 

60. 

Faber.  Eberhard,  899,  898. 
Faber's  Pencils,  898. 
Fabre  Line,  87. 
Faculty  of  Medicine,  251. 
"  Fair  and  Square,"  907. 
Fairbanks  Company,  867. 
Fairchild  Bros.  &  Foster,  892. 
Fairchild,  C.  S.,  714. 
Fairchild,  H   J.,  613. 
Fairchild,  S.  W.,  893,  253. 
Fairmount.  45. 
Falconer  Statue,  150,  166. 
Fallen  Women,  402,  403,  462. 
Fall  River,  93,  69. 
Fall-River  Line,  93. 
Falls  of  Niagara,  562. 
Fancher,  C.  H.,  676,  728. 
Faneuil,  Benjamin,  468. 
Farmer  (A.  D.)  &  Son,  901. 
Farmer's  Bridge,  177. 
Farmers'  Loan  and  Trust  Co., 

718,  664. 
Farmers'  Market.  755. 
Farragut  Monument.  475. 
Farragut's  Grave,  476. 
Farragut  Statue,  168,  162,  64. 
Far  Roc<away,  316. 
Fastest  Long-Distance  Train, 

101. 
Fayerweather,  D.  B.,  474. 
Federal  Hall,  21,  24,  33,  142, 

160,  232. 
Federal  Interests,  53. 


Fellowcraft  Club,  503. 

Fellows,  E.  B.,  605. 

Felt,  875. 

Feltings,  893. 

Felt  Shoes,  875. 

Female  Almshouse,  461. 

Female  Assistance  Soc,  400. 

Female  Asylum,  401. 

Female  Guardian  Soc,  396, 
306. 

Female  Insane  Pavilion,  457. 

Fencers'  Club,  269,  530. 

Fencing  Classes,  269. 

Ferry-Boats,  106,  95,  52. 

Fidelio  Club,  511. 

Fidelity  and  Casualty  Co.,  635. 

Fidelity  Insurance,  635,  636. 

Fiduciary  Institttions. — 
Trust  and  Investment  Com- 
panies, Savings- Banks,  Safe- 
Deposit   Companies,   etc., 

703-733- 
Field,  B.  H.,  721. 
Field,  C.  W.,  156,  570,  766. 
Fifth  Avenue,  146,  302,  134, 

139,  122,  365,  800,  202,  206. 
Fifth-Avenue  Baptist  Church, 

347,  346. 
Fifth  Avenue,    Bird's-eye 

View,  785. 
Fifth-Avenue    Collegiate 

Church,  305. 
Fifth  Avenue,  58th  Street, 

374- 

Fifth    Avenue    from  51st  St., 

"35- 

Fifth-Avenue  Hotel,  201,  685, 
803  >   20J,  36,  40,  66,  530,  538, 

554,    561,   684,   690,   798,   832. 

Fifth-Avenue   Presb.  Church, 

333,  «35,  333.  J4°- 
Fifth-Avenue     Safe     Deposit 

Co.,  730,  686. 
Fifth-Avc,  South,  s8th  Street, 

374. 

Fifth-Avenue  Stage.  122. 
Fifth-Avenue,  Sunday    Morn- 
ing, 381. 
Fifth-Avenue  Theatre,  44,  66, 

■134,  54i.  55i>  539- 

Fifty-ninth  Street,  from  Sixth 
Ave..  375- 

Final  Resting-Places. — Cem- 
eteries, Burial-Places,  Crem- 
atories. Church  Yards  and 
Vaults,  Tombs,  etc,  465-482. 

Finance  Department,  224. 

Finances  of  the  City,  225. 

Financial  and  Commercial 
Associations. — The  Custom 
House,  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, the  Stock,  Produce, 
Cotton  and  otherExchanges, 
Board  of  Trade,  Mercantile 
and  other  Agencies,  Ware- 
houses and  Markets,  731-762. 

Financial  Institutions. — 
United-States  Treasury  and 
Assay  Office,  Clearing 
House,  National  and  State 
Banks,  Bankers,  Brokers, 
etc.,  643-702. 

Financial  Organization,  649. 

Financial  Power,  703. 


Finlayson,    Bonsfield    &   Co., 

834- 

Fire-Alarm  Telegraph,  49,  490. 

Fire  and  Marine  Insurance. 
—  Offices  and  Companies  for 
Assuming  Losses  by  1  ires 
and  Transit,  and  Fire  and 
Marine  Underwriters'  Asso- 
ciations, 593-614. 

Fireboat  Neiv-Yorker   491. 

Fire-bricks,  880. 

Fire  Dep't,  489,  230,  19,  26, 
49,  409.  490,  595,  894. 

Fire  Extinguishers,  871. 

Fire  Insurance,  593,  611. 

Fire     Insurance     Companies, 

595,  596. 
Fire  Losses,  596. 
Fire  Marshal,  230,  490,  594,  606. 
Firemen,  542.  483. 
Firemen  at  Work  in  i8co,  492. 
Hremen's  Monument,  482. 
Fire  Patrol,  593,  594   595. 
Fire-proof  Warehouses,  757. 
Fire  Protection,  488. 
Fires,  49,  594. 
Fire  Underwriters,  594,  595. 


Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 

23' 

Firs 
sh 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 

'3' 
Firs 
Firs 
Firs 


American  Cardinal,  258. 
American  Congress,  31. 
Avenue  Line,  123. 
Battery,  497. 
Boy,  10. 

Brigade   491,  492. 
British  Governor,  22. 
Church  School,  304. 
Clergyman.  14. 
Compound  Engine,  89. 
Cong.  Minister,  349. 
Dutch  Church,  304. 
Engine-House,  489. 
Ferry,  95. 
Fire  Co.,  19,  489. 
Great  Trunk  Line,  37. 
Insurance  Company,  593. 
Judicial  District,  234,  235. 
Lawyer,  19. 

Library  of  Congress,  297. 
Locomotive,  774. 
Market-House.  18. 
Merchants'    Exchange, 

Methodist  Place  of  Wor- 

P,  339- 

National  Bank,  684,  655. 
N.-Y.  Girl,  10. 
Ocean  Steamship,  73. 
Opera,  534. 
Paved  Street,  19. 
Presb.   Church,  330,  25, 

333- 

President,  649. 
Public  School,  241. 
Reformed  Presb.  Organ- 


ization, 339. 
First  Schoolmaster,  14,  241. 
First  Sidewalk,  33. 
First  Soldiers,  14. 
First  South  Church,  307. 
First  Steam  Frigate,  34. 
First  Steam  Vessel,  34- 
First  Steel  Steamship,  89. 
First  Stock  Marine  Insurance 

Co.,  593. 
First  Street-Car,  122,  38. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK 


917 


First  Street-Railway,  122. 

First  Unitarians,  350. 

First  Visitor,  5. 

First  White  Male  Child,  10. 

Fish-Commission   240. 

Fish,  Nicholas,  658,  668. 

Fish,  Preserved,  662,  664. 

Fisk,  James,  Jr.,  496,  559,  553. 

Five  Points,  144,  386. 

Five-Points  house  of  Indus- 
try, 385.  447.  386,  448. 

Five  Points  in  1659,  38. 

Five- Points  Mission,  386, 
387,  269,  300. 

Flagler,  H.  M.,  '38,474. 

Flagler,  J.  H.,  865. 

Flats,  218. 

Fleischmann's  Bakery,  214. 

Flood  Rock  Explosion.  869. 

Florence  Night  Mission,  403. 

Florida,  88. 

Florio-Rubattino  Line,  87. 

Flower,  R.  P.,  138. 

Flower  Surgical  Hospital,  438. 

Flushing,  48. 

Folger,  Charles  J.,  650. 

Font  Hill,  26.'. 

Food  and  Shelter  Depot,  377. 

Foot  Post  to  Albany,  97. 

Fordham,  45,  123,  125,  167,  258, 
403,  409. 

Fordham  Heights,  266,  445. 

Fordham  Hospital,  60,  422. 

Foreign  Bankers,  649,  697. 

Foreign  Commerce.  645. 

Foreign  Fruit  Exchange,  754. 

Foreign  Insurance  Cos  ,  595. 

Foreign  Missions,  371,  372. 

Foreign  Relief  Societies,  410. 

Forest  and  Stream,  580. 

Forget,  Augustin,  82. 

Fornes,  C.  V.,  727. 

Forrest,  Edwin,  40,  260,  534. 

Fort  Amsterdam,  13,  17,  128. 

Fort  Columbus,  70,  498,  499. 

Fort  George,  17,  176,  158,  177. 

Fort  Hamilton,  53,  70,  498,  499. 

Fort  Lafayette,  70,  499. 

Fort  Schuyler,  53,  70,  498,  500. 

Fort  Tompkins,  70,  499. 

Fort  Wadsworth,  501,  53,  70, 
420,  498,  499,  500. 

Fort  Washington,  31. 

Fort  Wood,  71,  70,  161,  498, 
500. 

Forty-Second  St.  in  i863,  39. 

Forum,  57    587. 

Fosdick,  C.  B.,  686,  696. 

Foster,  Paul  &  Co.,  831. 

Foundling  Asylum,  390,  389. 

Fourteenth  Street,  132. 

Fourteenth-St.  Theatre,  558. 

Fourth-Avenue  Line,  37,  123. 

Fourth-Avenue  Presb.  Church, 

37<i»  3  Hi  355- 
Fourth  Nat.  Bank,  68*.  655. 
Fowler  &  Wells  Co.,  292,  291. 
Fraleigh,  C.  P.,  621. 
Franconi's  Hippodrome,  538. 
Frankfort  Street,  59. 
Frank  Leslie's  Illustrated,  580, 

587,  697. 
Frank  Leslie 's  lllustrirte  Zeit- 

ung,  580   697. 


Frank  Leslie's  J^opular  Month- 
ly, 588,  58  . 

Franklin  Square,  592,  19,  142. 

Franklin  Statue,  162,  164,  161. 

Franklin  Theatre,  540. 

Fraunce's  Tavern,  23,  31,  197. 

Free  Banking  Act,  045. 

Freebooters,  25. 

Free  Circulating  Library,  300, 
61,  299. 

Freeland,  William,  271 

Free  Public  Schools,  241. 

Free  School  Society,  34. 

Free-Trade  Club,  522. 

Freight  Depot,  West  St.,  109. 

French  Branch,  Y.M.C.A.,  378. 

French  Evang.  Church,  411. 

French.  F.  O.,  7:4. 

French,  H.  Q.,  474,  473. 

French  Huguenot,  25. 

French  Line,  80,  81,  82,  69. 

Frenchmen,  48,  ^56. 

French,  P.  W.,  865. 

French  Quarters,  214,  216,  341. 

French's  Hotel,  198,  576. 

French,  T.  Henry,  545,  556,  559. 

Fresh-Air  Fund,  391,  57,  416. 

Fresh-Air  Gardens,  68. 

Fresh  Water  Pond,  34. 

Freundschaft  Verein,  511. 

Friendless,  Home  for,  396. 

Friends'  Meeting-House,  355. 

Friesland,  83. 

Frohman,  Daniel,  552,  555. 

h  ruit  and  V  lower  Mission,  415. 

Fruit  Exchange,  754. 

Fruit  Steamers,  72. 

Fulton  Bank,  678,  666. 

Fulton  Club,  507,  678. 

Fulton  Ferry,  94. 

Fulton  Fish  Market,  752,  754. 

Fulton  Fish-Mongers,  754. 

Fulton  Market,  752,  754,  568. 

Fulton,  Robert,  34,  73,  95,  168, 
468,  472. 

Fulton-St.  Prayer-Meeting,  306. 

Funded  Debt,  49,  225. 

Furniture  Storage,  756-759. 

Fur  Trade   39. 

Fiirst-Bismarck,  82. 

Gaelic  Society,  301. 

Gage,  Gen.,  28,  197. 

Galilee  Rescue  Mission,  322. 

Gallatin,   Albert,  468,  653,  667. 

Gallatin  Nat.  Bank,  669,  667, 
668,  655,  868. 

Gallaudet,  Dr.  T.,  325. 

Gallows,  17,  32. 

Galveston,  qo. 

Gansevoort  Market,  754. 

Garden  Theatre,  545,  66,  134. 

Gardiner's  Island,  37. 

Gardner,  Harrison,  820. 

Garibaldi  Statue,  156,  160, 153. 

Garner  &  Co.,  817,  816. 

Gas-Lights,  49,  185. 

Gate  House,  182. 

Gazette,  27,  565. 

Gedney  House,  134. 

Genealogical  Society,  291. 

General  Culture,  241. 

Ghneral  Culture.  —  Educa- 
tional Institutions  —  Univer- 


sities,   Colleges,    Academies, 

and    Seminaries  :   and    Pub- 
lic,    Private    and    Parochial 

Schools,  241-272. 
General  Electric  Co.,  861. 
General  Fund,  229. 
General  Sessions,  229,  235,  236. 
General  Theol.  Sem.,  257,  255, 

301,  61. 
Geographical  Society,  290,  301. 
George  Bruce  Library,  300. 
George  III.,  i8,  30. 
German    American     Ins.    Co., 

608,  610. 
German  American  Real  Estate 

Title  Guarantee  Co.,  642. 
German  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  378. 
German  Clubs,  66,  510. 
German  Dispensary,  448. 
German  Hospital,  436. 
Germania  Life  Ins.  Co..  624. 
German  Odd  Fellows,  532. 
German  Poliklinik,  449. 
German  Population,  144. 
Germans,  356,  48,  394,  216,  44S. 
Gerry,  Elbridge  T.,  389,  527. 
Gibb,  John,  814. 
Gibbens  School,  272. 
Gibbons,  John  J.,  794. 
Gilbert      Manufacturing     Co., 

832. 
Gilder,  R.  W.,  587. 
Gilman  Collamore  &  Co.,  794. 
Gilsey  Estate.  134,  208,  552,  557. 
Gilsey    House,    207,    206,    208, 

134,  710,  66. 
Gladstone   Hotel,  134. 
Gloves,  822,  831,  836. 
Goddard  (J.  W.)  &  Sons,  825. 
Godkin,  E.  L.,  566,  580. 
God's  Acres,  466,  312,  465. 
Goelet    Family,    138,    208,    472, 

665,  666,  7 '7. 
Goethe  Society   291. 
Gold  &  Stock  Telegraph,  738. 
Gold  Bars,  651. 
Gold  Board,  738. 
Golden  Eagle  Inn,  198. 
Golden  Hill,  28. 
Gold  Room,  647. 
Good   Samaritan  Disp.,  448. 
Good  Shepherd,  256,  460,  402. 
Gorham  Mfg.  Co.,  791,  790. 
Gotham  Art-Students,  262. 
Gotham  Club,  507. 
Gotham  Wheelmen,  520. 
Gould,    Jay,  65,    126,    138,    488, 

527<  55Qi  574,  647. 
Gould's  Mausoleum,  474. 
Gouverneur  Hospital,  422. 
Government,  221. 
Governor's  Island  502,70,314, 

498,  499,  26,  45,  14. 
Governor's  Room,  65,  232. 
Grace    Church,    317,  316,  356, 

370,  796,  800,  39,  64,  65,  130. 
Grace  Memorial  House,  316. 
Grace,  W.  R.,  234,  758. 
Graduate  law  School,  251. 
Graduate  Sem.,  250. 
Graef  (C.)  &   Co.    843,  842. 
Grain-Laden  Steamships,  72. 
Gramercy    Park,  40,   156,    210, 

354.  5i3- 


91 5 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Grammar  Schools,  241,  60. 
Grand  Army,  521,  44 
Grand    Central    Station,    99, 
•°3>   77°»    10°i  52>   llrf»  123i 

126,  180,  211,  326,  379,  473,  478, 

756,  770,  868. 
Grand  Hotel,  134. 
Grand  Opera  House,  559,  564. 
Grand  Union  Hotel,  211. 
Grant,  Hugh  J.,  234. 
Grant    Monument,  44,  64,  134. 
Grant.  U.  S.,  152,  200,  341. 
Graves.  Arthur  B.,  681. 
Gravesend,  30. 
Gravity  Road,  774. 
Gray,  Prof.  Elisha,  858. 
Greater  New  York   48. 
Greeley,  Horace.  202,  482,  568. 
Greeley   Statue,   164,   161,  44, 

142,  64   168. 
Green,  Andrew  H.,  48. 
Greene,  Thos.  B.,  604. 
Greenwich,  15,  45,  64,  217. 
Greenwich  Ins.   Co..  597,  596. 
Greenwich  Savings- Bank,  730. 
Greenwich  Street.  26 
Greenwich  Village,  29.  40,  198, 

322,  345,  395,  458. 
Green- Wood  Cemetery,  482. 
Griffin,  Eugene,  860 
Grinnell  Sprinkler,  895,  894. 
Grinnell,  Minturn  &  Co.,  38. 
Grolier  Club,  513,  302. 
Guardian  Assurance  Co.,  610. 
Guernsey  Building,  636. 
Guion  Line.  78,  69. 
GustavusAdolphus  Church,  348. 
Gutenberg,  164. 

Hahnemann  Hospital,  435. 

Hale,  Nathan,  168. 

Half-Moon,  7. 

Half-Orphans,  396. 

Hall,  A.  Oakey,  232,  234,  540. 

Halleck  Statue,  154,  164. 

Hall,  John,  240,  333,  476. 

Hall  of  Records,  228,  31,  32, 
52,  156,  236,  454,  573. 

Halls,  564. 

Hall's,  Dr.,  Church,  135,  374. 

Halsey,  Jacob  L.,  622. 

Hamburg-American    Baltic 
Line,  83. 

Hamburg-American     Steam- 
ships, 82,  80. 

Hamilton,  A.,  28,  34,  166,  232, 
244,  467,  566,  655,  658,  66o. 

Hamilton  Statue,  150,  166. 

Hammerstein,  Oscar,  561. 

Hanover   Fire-Ins.    Co.,    602, 
603,  598. 

Hanover  Nat.  Bank,  674. 

Hanover    Square,  145,  17,  655, 

674.  747- 
Harbor,  71,  92,  67,  68,  73. 
Harbor  Defences,  500. 
Harbor  in  1892,  73. 
Harlem,   138,   124,  19,    29,    125, 

134,  152,  218,  3  7,  330,  453,  691. 
Harlem  Art  Assoc,  262. 
Harlem  Y.  M.  C.  A.,   377. 
Harlem  Bridge,  177,  178,  180. 
Harlem  Club,  508,  509. 
Harlem  Dem.  Club,  522. 


Harlem  Dispensary,  449. 
Harlem  Hospital,  60. 
Harlem  Law  Library,  300. 
Harlem  Mere,  147. 
Harlem  Opera-House,  561. 
Harlem  Railroad,  118,  180. 
Harlem  Republican  Club.  52-. 
Harlem  River,   173,   175,   178, 

782,    45,    52,    65.   67,   c8,   100, 

120,  124,  156,  157,  176,  177,180, 

182,  188,  220,  266,  271. 
Harmonie  Club,  510. 
Harmony  Mills.  816. 
Harper  &  Brothers,  592,    142, 

296,  655. 
Harper.  E.  B.,  634. 
Harper,  James,  40,  234,  484,  727. 
Harper  s  Bazaar,  580. 
Harper's  Magazine,  587.  57. 
Harper's  Weekly.  580. 
Harpers  Young  People,  580 
Harrigan's  Theatre.  555,  134. 
Harriman,  Oliver,  662,  717,  719. 
Harry  Howard  Square,  142. 
Hart's  Island,  60,  230,  418,  423, 

460,  482. 
Hart's  Island  Hospital,  422,  424. 
Harvard  Club,  516. 
Harvard  School,  271. 
Hatch,  Edward  P.,  792. 
Havana,  90,  91. 

Havemeyer  Building.  56,  64,764. 
Havemeyer,  Henry  O.,  138. 
Havemeyer,  John  C,  719. 
Havemeyer,  Wm.  F.,  232,  234. 
Haven,  George  G.,  662.  717. 
Haver,  Sylvester  A.,  812. 
Hawk  &  Wetherbee,  203,  204. 
Hawthorne  Mills,  894. 
Haxtun,  Wm.,  629. 
Haynes,  John  C,  589.  ■ 
Haynes,  Tilly.  209. 
Hays,  D.  C,  738. 
Heald,  Daniel  A.,  604. 
Health  Officer,  227,  22^,  238. 
Healy  Building,  59,  695. 
Heaton,  Clarence  D.,  728. 
Heavenly  Rest,  Church,  318, 

319,  65,  139. 
Hebrew  Actors.  560. 
Hebrew  Americans,  410. 
Hebrew  Orphan  Asylum,  414. 
Hebrew  Charities,  414. 
Hebrew  Children,  415. 
Hebrew-Christian  Church.  355. 
Hebrew  Congregations,  364. 
Hebrew  Families,  365. 
Hebrew  Immigrants,  415. 
Hebrew  Institute,  379. 
Hebrew  Lying-in  Soc,  443. 
Hebrew  Organizations,  303. 
Hebrew  Relief  Society,  414. 
Hebrew  Restaurants,  214. 
Hebrews,  48,  144   355,  368,  431, 

432,  437-  5°7,  5TI!   56r- 
Hebrew  Sheltering  Guardian 

Soc,  414. 
Hebrew  Sheltering  Home,  415. 
Hebrew  Technical  School,  264. 
Hegeman,  John  R.,  630,  677. 
Hegger's  Photographs,  284. 
Heimath,  Isabella,  408. 
Heins  &  LaFarge,  330. 
Heliotype  Printing  Co.,  895. 


Hell  Gate.  85,  869,  26,  37,  42. 
Hell  Gate  Pilots,  239. 
Hempstead,  48. 
Herald,    39,    190,    537,   539,    566, 

569.  570.  776. 
Herrmann's  Theatre,  134,  557. 
Hewitt,  A.  S.,  156,  172,  234,  67  . 
Hickok,  Geo.  S.,  684. 
Hide  and    Leather  Nat.  Bank 

695.  874. 

High  Altar.  359. 

High  Bridge,  175,  782,  176, 
181,  182,  184. 

High-Bridge  Park,  156,  176. 

Higher  Culture.  —  Art  Mu- 
seums and  Galleries,  Scien- 
tific. Literary,  Musical  and 
Kindred  Institutions,  and  Or- 
ganizations, 273-292. 

Highlands,  101. 

High  Service  Station,  183. 

High-Service  Water,  854. 

Hillhouse,    Thos.,  650,  712,  721. 

Hill,  J.  M.,  557,  558. 

hine,  C.  C  ,  624. 

Hippodrome,  538. 

Historical.  —  New  York  of 
the  Past,  from  the  Earliest 
Times  to  the  Present,  5-44. 

Historical  Society,  299,  34,  65, 
289,  29S.  35. 

Hitchcock,"  D.  W.,  865. 

Hitchcock,  Darling  &  Co.,  201. 

Hitchcock,  Hiram,  545. 

Hitchcock,  W.  G.,  686. 

Hitchcock  (W.  G.)  &  Co.,  830. 

Hobart  Hall,  256,  370. 

Hoboken,  27,  34,  96,  113. 

Hoboken  Ferry  Pier,  90. 

Hoffman  House,  205,  685, 
204,  210,  216,  134,  66,  690. 

Hoffman  Island,  71,  238,  420. 

Hoffman,  Josiah  O.,  658,  662. 

Hoisting  Engine,  872. 

Holland,  Dr.  J.  G.,  587. 

Holland  House,  208,  640,  66, 139. 

Holland's  Map,  12. 

Holland  Society,  44,  513,  768. 

Holiey  Bust,  157,  160,  153. 

Holy  Comforter,  404. 

Holy  Communion  Church,  323. 

Holy  Cross  Church,  362,  364. 

Holy  Cross  School,  260,  265. 

Holy  Family  House,  309,  400. 

Holy  Rosary  School,  260. 

Holy  Spirit  Church,  3-5. 

Holy  Trinity,  327,328,  326. 

Homans,  Sheppard.  630,  632. 

Home,  Destitute  Blind,  404. 

Home  for  Aged,  406,  407,  57. 

Home  for  Aged  Hebrews,  416. 

Home  for  Incurables,  403. 

Home  for  Old  Men,  406. 

Home  Ins.  Co.,  604,  603,  605. 

Home  Journal,  580. 

Home  Life  Building,  130,  764. 

Home  Life-Ins.  Co..  627,  626. 

Homer  Ramsdell  Transporta- 
tion Co.,  95,  94. 

Home  Missions,  371. 

Home  of  Industry.  464. 

Homoeopathic     Hospital,    423, 

435-  439'  6°-    _ 
Homoeopathic  Coll.,  253,  438. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK, 


919 


Homoeopathic  School,  61. 

Hone,  Philip,  232,472,492,503, 
721,  662. 

Hop-Dealers'  Exchange,  754. 

Hopper,  Isaac  T.,  Home,  401. 

Horse-Railroads,  37,  122. 

Horse-Shoe  Curve,  7  08. 

Horton  Ice  Cream  Co.,  908. 

Hosack,  Dr.  D.,  246,  289,  443. 

Hose.  862. 

Hospital,  Incurables,  60.  456. 

Hospital  Graduates'  Club,  451. 

Hospital  Newspaper  Soc,  416. 

Hospitals,  60,  241,  420,  452,  464. 

Hospital  Ship,  420. 

Hospital  Sunday  Assoc,  452. 

Hotel  Brunswick,  209. 

Hotel  Cambridge,  844,  843,  209. 

Hotel  de  Logerot,  210. 

Hotel  District,  199,  198. 

Hotel  Imperial,  2c8. 

Hotel  Monico,  211. 

Hotel  Rates  in  1650,  197. 

Hotels,  198,  66. 

Houghton,  Dr.  G.  H.,  324. 

House,  Charles  W.,  893. 

House  of  Industry,  269. 

House  of  Mercy,  370,  402. 

House  of  Refuge,  40,  60,  269, 
460,  461,  724. 

House  of  Relief,  426. 

House  of  Rest,  371. 

Howard,  Gen.,  O.  O.,  498. 

Howard  Mission,  397. 

Hoyt,  Chas.  H.,  553. 

Hoyt's  Madison-Square  Thea- 
tre, 553,  552- 

Hubbard,  Thomas  H.,  692. 

Hubert  Street,  32. 

Hudson,  Henry,  7,  101. 

Hudson  River,  48,  52,  53,  67, 
68,  73,  93,  95,  97,  100,  117,  120, 
134,  148,  244,  260,  643,  644. 

Hudson-River  Day  Line,  94. 

Hudson-River  Tunnel,  179. 

Hughes,  Archbishop,  42,  167, 
258,  356. 

Huguenots,  22,  482. 

Huguenot  Soc,  300. 

Hume,  W.  H.,  398,  414,  509,  634. 

Humboldt  Statue,  154,  166. 

Hungarians,  216. 

Hunter,  Robert,  25. 

Hunter's  Island,  157. 

Huntington,  C.  P.,  374,  65, 
138,  474,  692,  712. 

Huntington,  Daniel,  508,  780. 

Huntington  Mansion,  64. 

Huntington,  W.  R.,  316. 

Hunt,  Richard  M.,  161,  774. 

Hunt,  Wilson  G.,  706. 

Hurlbut,  H.  A.,  635,  684. 

Hydrants,  49. 

Hydraulic  Works,  854. 

Ice  Bridge,  44. 
Ide,  George  E.,  628. 
Idiot  Asylum,  60,  460. 
Immaculate  Virgin,  399. 
Immigrant  Bureau,  240. 
Immigrant  Station,  79. 
Immigration,  53,  412,  240. 
Imperial  Hotel,  208,  64,  66,  134. 
Importers'  Traders'  Club,  518. 


Importers'  and  Traders'  Bank, 

684,  621,  655. 
Imports,  53,  72. 
Inauguration  of  Washington, 

31,  21. 
Incandescent  Lamps,  860,  186. 
Incarnation  Church.  328,  327. 
Incurables,  Ward  for,  459. 
Indian  Councils,  18. 
Indian  Hunter,  151,  165,  64. 
Indians,  20. 
Indian  Slaves,  23. 
Indian  War,  15. 
Indigent  Females'  Home,  405. 
Industrial  Art-Education,  262. 
Industrial  Life-insurance,  629. 
Industrial    Schools,  401,    269, 

264,  400,  412. 
Infant  Asylum,  389,  371. 
Infants'  Hospital,  60. 
Infirmaries,  60. 
Infirmary  for  Women,  439. 
Infirmary,  N.  Y.,  157. 
Indians  Drunk,  197. 
lnman  and  International  Navi- 
gation Co.,  75,  76,  74,  77. 
Inspection  of  Buildings,  227. 
Inspector  of  Combustibles  230. 
Insane  Asylum,  B.  I.,  423. 
Insane  Asylum  for  Males,  63. 
Insane  Asylums,  459,  464. 
Insane  Asylum,  W.  I.,  424. 
Insane  Pavilion,  421. 
Institute  Artist-Artisans,  280. 
Institution     for     Savings     of 

Merchants'  Clerks,  724. 
Institute  of  Mercy,  401. 
Insular  Navigation  Co.,  85. 
Insulated  Wire,  858,  866. 
Insulation,  866. 
Insurance,  637. 
Insurance  Club,  517. 
Insurance  Dep'ts,  594,  595,  606, 

616,  620,  634,  636. 
Insurance  Legislation,  594. 
Insurance  Patrol,  490,  894. 
Insurance  Report,  612. 
Insuring  of  Vessels,  599. 
Intemperate  Men,  447. 
International  Banking-Houses, 

697,  700,  701. 
Internat.  Medical   Missionary 

Institute,  258. 
International  Navigation  Co., 

74.  77- 
International      Okonite     Co., 

866. 
Invalids1  Homes,  403. 
Irish  Emigration  Soc,  411,  726. 
Irishmen,  48,  519. 
Irish  Regiment,  496. 
Iron  Skeletons,  764. 
Iron  Work,  868. 
Iroquois  Club,  522. 
Irving,  591,  503. 
Irving  Hall,  559. 
Irvingites,  353. 
Irving    National   Bank,    676, 

677,  728. 
Irving  Place,  210. 
Irving     Savings     Institution, 

728,  676. 
Irving,  W.,  158,  39,   146,  156, 

162,  293,  294,  763. 


Isabella  Heimath,  408. 
Iselin,  Adrian,  667,  721. 
Iselin,  A.,  Jr.,  712,  717,  668,  754. 
Isham,  Wm.  B.,  689. 
Island  Mission,  416. 
Italian  Club.  449. 
Italian  Immigrants,  418. 
Italian  Institute,  410,  418. 
Italian  Quarter,  145,  269,  464. 
Italian  Restaurants,  216. 
Italians,   48,  356,  410,  160,    165, 
168,  240. 

Jacksonville,  88. 

Jaffray  (E.  S.)  &  Co.,  812. 

Jaffray,  H.  S..  812. 

Jamaica,  48,  92. 

Japanese  Club,  214,  =  19. 

Japanese  Restaurant,  214. 

Jay,  John.  505. 

Jeannette  Park,  139,  786,  158. 

Jefferson  Market,  140,  236,  754. 

Jefferson-Market  Police  Court, 
229,  52.  454. 

Jenkins,  Charles,  680. 

Jenkins,  E.  F.,  389. 

Jennings  Lace  Works,  906. 

Jerome  Park,  176. 

Jersey,  31. 

Jersey  Central  Building,  56. 

Jersey  City,  27,  96,  105,  106, 
107,  180. 

Jesuit  Fathers,  355,  361. 

Jesuit  Institutions,  259. 

Jesup,  Chas.  M.,  712. 

Jesup,  M.  K.,  276,  387,  712. 

Jewelers'  Association,  488. 

Jewish  Cemetery,  465. 

Jewish  Church,  57,  365. 

Jewish  Congregation,  368. 

Jewish  Immigrants'  Protective 
Soc,  410. 

Jewish  Literature,  299 

Jewish  Philanthropies,  410. 

Jewish  Poor,  415. 

Jewish  Reform,  367. 

Jewish  Theol.  Seminary,  258. 

Jews,  365. 

Jobbing  Trade,  811. 

Johnson,  Geo.  P.,  697. 

Johnson,  Isaac  G.,  478,  597,  667. 

Johnson,  Samuel,  244. 

Johnston,  J.  T.,  249,  721. 

Johnston's  Photos.,  43,  501. 

John-Street  M.  E.  Church, 
346,  351,  465,  316. 

John-Street  Theatre,  534. 

Jones,  George,  572. 

Jones,  J.  D.,  600. 

Jones,  John  Q.,  665. 

Journal,  58 1,  27. 

Journalism,  27. 

Journalism  and  Publishing. 
—  Newspapers  and  Periodi- 
cals, Book,  Music  and  other 
Publishing,  565-592. 

Journal of 'Commerce,  566,  568. 

Judaism,  367,  415. 

Judge,  136,  580,  697. 

Judiciary,  49. 

Judson  Memorial  Church,  343, 

344-   153- 
Juillard.  A.  D.,  662,  712,  717. 
Jumel  Estate,  606. 


920 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW   YORK. 


Jumel  Mansion,  22. 

Jurors,  236. 

Juvenile    Asylum,    462,    269, 

338,  461. 

Kean,  Charles,  470. 

Kean,  Edmund,  470. 

Kean  Riot,  534. 

Kearny,  Gen.  Phil.,  469. 

Keener,  William  A.,  247. 

Keene,  Laura,  539. 

Keep,  Mrs.  E.  A.,  444. 

Kelly,  Eugene,  656,   684,  727, 

780. 
Kendrick,  A.  C,  346. 
Kennedy  (F.  A.)  Co.,  878. 
Kennedy,  R.  L.,721. 
Kenny,  W.  J.  K.,  576. 
Kensico  Cemetery,  479,  478. 
Kent's  Commentaries,  247. 
Keppler,  Joseph,  582. 
Kidd,  Capt.  Robert,  25. 
Kidder,  Peabody  &  Co.,  700. 
Kieft,  Wm.,  14,  197,  483. 
Kimber,  A.  C,  314. 
Kindergarten,  270,  271,  243. 
Kindergarten  Assoc,  269. 
Kindergartens,  398. 
Kindergarten  School,  389. 
King,  David  H.,  Jr.,  574,  710. 
King,   Edward,   294,  516,  7j8, 

728. 
King,  George,  735. 
King,  John,  137. 
King,  Richard,  672. 
King's  Arms  Tavern.  17,  197. 
Kingsbridge  Road,  176,  177. 
King's  College,  27,  34.  244. 
King's  Daughters,  418,  417. 
King's  Farm,  14. 
Kingsland.  A.  C,  234,  727. 
Kingsley,  W.  C,  169,  170,  172, 
Kip's  Bay,  30. 
Kitchin's  Map,  15. 
Kit-Kat  Club,  279,  281. 
Kittredge,  A.  E.,  308. 
Knights  Templar,  531. 
Knapp,  Shepherd,  338,  660. 
Knevals,  Caleb  B.,  476. 
Knickerbocker     Canoe    Club, 

528. 
Knickerbocker   Casualty   Co., 

635- 
Knickerbocker  Club,  506,  66. 
Knickerbocker    Fire-Ins.   Co., 

593- 
Knickerbocker  Hotel,  208. 
Knickerbocker  Trust  Co.,  708. 
Knox,  John  Jay,  672. 
Koster  &  Bial's,  561.  564. 
Kreischer  (B.)   &   Sons'    Fire 

Brick  Works,  881,  880. 
Kreischerville,  880,  886. 
Krigier's  Tavern,  17,  197. 

Laces,  906,  814. 
La  Guayra,  91,  92. 
Lackawanna  Building,  56. 
Ladenburg,   Adolph,  545,  702. 
Ladenburg,  Thalmann  &  Co., 

701. 
Ladies'  Christian  Union,  400. 
Ladies'  Deborah  Nursery,  415. 
Ladies'  Fuel  Society   417. 


Ladies'  Health  Protective  As- 
sociation, 451. 

Ladies'  Mission,  418. 

Ladies'  N.-Y.  Club,  530. 

Ladies'  Union  Relief  Associ- 
ation, 417. 

LaFarge,  320, 333,  362,  363,  505. 

Lafayette,  162,  152,  499. 

Lafayette  Place,  145,  132,  293, 
294,  296,  32?,  514,  516,  584. 

Lafayette  Statue,  166,  161.  162. 

Laffan,  W.  M.,  569. 

Lake  Hopatcong,  112,  m.  208. 

Lake  in  Central  Park,  147. 

Lake,  Kensico,  479. 

Lake,  Woodlawn,  475. 

Lamb,  Martha  J.,  588. 

Lambs,  740. 

Lamont,  Daniel  S.,  715. 

Lancashire  Ins.  Co.,  613,  612. 

Lancey,  J.  De.  469. 

Land  of  the  Sky,  117. 

Landon,  C.  G.,  662,  712. 

Lane.  I.  R.,  602. 

Langdon,  Batcheller  &  Co., 
826. 

Langdon,  C.  G.,  478. 

Langdon,  Edwin,  682. 

Langill,  C.  C,  4,  41. 

Lanier,  Charles,  545,  672,  712. 

Las  Novedades,  576. 

Laryngological  Soc,  451. 

La-Salle  Academy,  260. 

La-Salle  Institute,  375. 

Laura  Franklin  Hospital,  442. 

Laura  Keene's  Varieties,  538. 

Law  Dept.,  229,  250. 

Law  Institute,  234,  300. 

Law  Libraries,  300. 

Lawrence  (A.  &  A.)  &  Co.,  820. 

Lawrence,  Capt..  467. 

Lawrence,  F.  R.,  509,  527. 

Law  Schools,  61,  244,  247,  250. 

Lawyers.  19. 

Lawyers'  Club,  300,  517. 

Lawyers'  Title  Ins.  Co.  of  New 
York,  638. 

Lead-Pencils,  899. 

L.  A.  W  ,  529. 

Leake  and  Watts  Orphan 
Home,  393,  394. 

Leary,  Arthur,  684. 

Leather  Belting,  874. 

Leather  Trade,  677,  695. 

Lebanon  Hospital,  60,  437. 

Le  Brun  (Napoleon)  &  Sons, 
626,  630. 

L' Eco  a"  Italia,  572. 

Ledger,  580. 

Leeson  (J.  R.)  &  Co.,  834,  835. 

Leggett  (F.  H.)  &  Co.,  839, 
838   840. 

Legislative  Dept..  222. 

Lehigh  Valley  Railroad,  52. 

Leisler,  Peter,  24,  25. 

Lenox,  471. 

Lenox-Avenue  Unit.,  351. 

Lenox  Hill,  256,  320. 

Lenox  Institute,  271. 

Lenox,  James,  289,  294,  337,  430. 

Lenox  Library,  295,  294,  61, 
64,  65,  140  272. 

Lenox  Lyceum,  66,  288,  562, 
563- 


Lenox,  Robert,  442. 

Leo  Immigrant  House,  412, 
412. 

Leslie,  Mrs.  Frank,  588,  587. 

Leslie,  Frank.  475,  476,  902. 

Leverich,  C.  B.,  656. 

Lexington-Ave.  Opera-House, 
562. 

Liautard.  Dr.  A.,  255. 

Libbey,  Wm.,  704. 

Liberty  Enlightening  the 
World,  163,  160,  42,  70. 

Liberty  Pole,  28. 

Libraries,  61,  241,  293,  301. 

Library,  Columbia  College, 
247. 

Licenses,  229. 

Liederkranz,  287,  519,  66,  288, 
264. 

Life,  580. 

Life  Insurance,  624. 

Life  Insurance  Companies,  616, 
618,  628,  629,  630. 

Life  -  Insurance.  —  Companies 
for  protection  of  widows, 
orphans  and  others,  and  for 
providing  incomes  in  ad- 
vanced age,  etc.,  and  Life- 
insurance  Associations,   615- 

634- 

Life-Insurance  Privilege,  615. 

Life  in  the  Metropolis. — 
Hotels.  Inns,  Cafes,  Restaur- 
ants, Apartment- H  ouses , 
Flats,  Homes,  Tenements, 
etc.,  197-220. 

Life-Underwriters,  616. 

Light  House,  457. 

Lighting  Streets,  185. 

Liliputian  Bazaar,  801. 

Lily  Pond,  148. 

Limburger.  Richard,  701. 

Lincoln  Club,  522. 

Lincoln   Statue,  167,  152,    162, 

345- 

Lind,  Jenny,  127,  536,  538. 

Linens,  814. 

Linings  for  Garments,  825. 

Lioness,  151. 

Lispenard  Meadows,  34. 

Listy,  578. 

Litchfield,  Edward,  613. 

Literary  Culture,  293. 

Literary  Culture.  —  Libra- 
ries, Public,  Club  Society 
and  Private,  293-302. 

Lithographing,  884. 

Littauer  Brothers,  837,  836. 

Little  Church  Around  the 
Corner,  324. 

Little  Mothers'  Aid,  391. 

Little,  Robbins.  294. 

Little  Sisters  of  the  Poor,  406, 
407. 

Little  Wanderers,  397. 

Liverpool,  London  and  Globe 
Ins.  Co.,  610. 

Livingston,  Edward,  232. 

Livingston,  Ref.  Church,  310. 

Livingston,  R.  R.,  34,  36,  244. 

Livingston,  R.  S.,  472. 

Livingstons,  28,   467,   468,    477, 

5°4- 
Livingston,  S.  B.,  642. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


921 


Lloyds   Plate  Glass   Ins.   Co., 

637. 

Local  Dispensaries,  449. 
Local  Traffic,  52. 
Locomotive,  First,  98. 
Lodging-Houses,  Boys',  393. 
Lodging-Houses,  218. 
Loeser  (Frederick)  &  Co.,  814. 
Loew,  E.  V  ,  688,  694. 
Logerot.  Hotel  de,  139,  210. 
London  Theatre,  561. 
London  Steamships,  78. 
Long  Branch,  52,  53,  93,  112. 
Long,  De,  476. 
Long-Distance  Telephone,  192, 

196. 
Long  Island,  48.  53,  60,  67,  70, 

94,  169,  179,  316. 
Long-Island   City,    48,   52,  96, 

120,  179. 

Long-Island  Railroad,  52,  120, 

121,  179. 

Long-Island  Sound,  48,  53,  67, 

68,  93,  118.  141,  156,  157. 
Loomis  Laboratory,  250,  251. 
Loomis.  Mathematician,  250. 
Lord  &  Taylor,  Broadway,793. 
Lord  &  Taylor,  Grand  St.,  792. 
Lord  &  Taylor,  Old  Store,  792. 
Loring,  C.  H.,  291. 
Lorillard,  Jacob,  660. 
Lorillard,  Pierre,  347. 
Loth  (Joseph)  &  Co.,  907. 
Lotos  Club,  509,  66,  136,  312. 
Lounsbury,  P.  C,  478,  640,  666, 

667,  716,  850. 
Lovell.  J.  W  ,  590. 
Lovers'  Walk,  149. 
Lovelace,  Col.  F.,  23,  97,  14. 
Lower  Bay,  48,  67,  70,  238. 
Lower  Broadway,  129. 
Lower  Market  Landing,  19. 
Lower  Quarantine.  71. 
Low,  Nicholas,  655. 
Low,  Seth,  244. 
Loyal  Legion,  521. 
Lubricators,  871. 
Ludlow-Street  Jail,  231,  454, 

230. 
Lumber-Trade  Assoc,  753,  754. 
Lummis,  Wm  .  716. 
Lunacy  Law  Reform,  464. 
Lunatic  Asylums,  230. 
Lusk,  Dr.  W.  T.,  253. 
Lutheran  Cemetery,  482. 
Lutheran  Church,  57,  343,  347, 

348- 
Lutheran    Emigrant    House, 

412. 
Lutheran  Residents,  348 
Lutherans,  17,  261,  346. 
Lutheran  Society,  36. 
Lyceum,  66 

Lyceum  Theatre,  134,  555. 
Lying-in  Hospital,  448,  724. 
Lyman,  H.  D.,  636, 
Lyne's  Map,  11. 
Lyon  (Amasa)  &  Co.,  905. 
Lyon's  School,  272. 

Mac  Arthur,  R.  S.,  345. 
MacCracken,  H.  M.,  249. 
Mackaye.  Steele,  552,  555. 
Mackay,  John  W.,  189,  190. 


Macready  Riot,  145,  537. 
Macy,  W.  H.,  722. 
Macy,  Wm.  H.,  Jr.,  704,  722. 
Madison-Avenue  Baptist,  346. 
Madison  Avenue,  between  69th 

and  70th  Streets.  137. 
Madison-Avenue  Church,  341. 
Madison    Avenue,    from    42d 

Street,  137. 
Madison-Avenue  Line,  123. 
Madison-Av.  Ref.  Ch.,  308. 
Madison  Cottage,  36,  538. 
Madison    Square,    201,    205, 

'99.  63'»  685,  786,  40,  138, 

140,  152,  162, 167,  2  2,  204,  209, 

213,  282,  283,  465,  630,  684,  686, 

690,  787,  798. 
Madison-Square  Bank,  690. 
Madison-Square  Garden   541, 

543,  64  66,  408,  537,  542,  545, 

570,  865. 
Madison-Square  Tower,  64. 
Madison-Square  Presbyterian, 

Church,  334,  335. 
Madis.on-Square   Theatre,   66, 

134,  55°- 

Msennerchors,  287,  164. 

Maennergesangverein    Arion, 
288. 

Magdalen  Asylum,  402. 

Magnetics.  College  of,  254. 

Magoun,  G.  C,  700,  708,  722. 

Maiden    Lane,  18,  23,  24,  169, 
488,  689. 

Mail  and  Express,  577,  57 1, 
130,  570,  572. 

Maillard,  Henry,  803,  802,  268. 

Mail-Routes,  97,23. 

Maimonides  Library,  299. 

Maine  Steamship  Co.,  87. 

Mall,  Central  Park,  149,  147. 

Mallory  Line,  87,  90. 

Manhattan,  5,   7,    68,   96,    176, 
178,  180,  188,  216,  217,  231. 

Manhattan  Athletic  Club,  137, 
524,  66.  268. 

Manhattan  Beach,  120. 

Manhattan  Bicycle  <  lub,  528. 

Manhattan  Building,  658. 

Manhattan  Club,  505,66,  136, 
140,  503,  521,  800. 

Manhattan  Co.,  644,  656,  658, 
706,  716. 

Manhattan  College,  258,  260. 

Manhattan  Dispensary,  436. 

Manhattan  Eye  and  Ear  Hos- 
pital, 444. 

Manhattan  Gas  Company,  880. 

Manhattan  Hospital.  436. 

Manhattan   Island,  45,  48,  52, 
67,  102,  120,  125,  ^48.  355. 

Manhattan  Life-Ins.  Co.,  623, 
129,  621,  622. 

Manhattan  Opera  House,  134. 

Manhattan  Railway,  124. 

Manhattan   Safe-Deposit  and 
Storage  Co.,  618. 

Manhattan     Savings- Institu- 
tion, 727. 

Manhattan    Square,    141,   156, 
276,  289. 

Manhattan   Storage  &  Ware- 
house Co..  756,  757. 

Manhattan  Trust  Co.,  713. 


Manhattanville,  45    123,  260. 

Manhattan  Water  Works  30, 
39,  180. 

Manning,  Capt.  John,  456. 

Manual  Training  Schools,  264. 

Manufactures,  50,  849. 

Manufacturers. — An  Outline 
History  of  some  Preeminent 
Industries  Carried  on  or 
Represented  in  New  York, 
849-908. 

Manuscript  Soc,  287. 

Maps,  6,  8,  9,  11,  12,  13,  15. 

Marble  Arch,  147. 

Marble  Cemetery,  466. 

Marble  Ref.  C  hurch,  305. 

Margaret  Louise  Home,  382. 

Margaret  Strachan  Home,  403. 

Marine  Court.  235. 

Marine  Insurance,  593,  594,  599. 

Mariner's  C  hurch,  376. 

Mariner's  Family  Asylum,  410. 

Marine  Society,  409. 

Marine  Underwriters,  747. 

Maritime  Association,  749. 

Maritime  Exchange,  301,  750. 

Maritime  Insurance,  593,  615 

Market  and  Fulton  Bank.  679, 
507,  678. 

Markets,  7-4. 

Markets,  Sup't  of,  224. 

Marquand,  H.  G.   276,  281,  300. 

Marquand  Pavilion,  421. 

Martin.  Timothy  J.,  794. 

Martyrs'  Monument,  467. 

Masonic  Hall,  530,  480,  564. 

Masonic  Library,  301. 

Masonic  Temple,  531. 

Massage,  (.  ollege  of,  254. 

Materia  Medica  Soc,  451. 

Maternity  Home,  439,  254, 
438. 

Mathematical  Soc,  291. 

Matsell.  George  W.,  4S4,  486. 

Matthews,  Geo.  E..  4. 

Maverick's  Map,  13. 

Mayor,  223,  221,  225,  226,  227, 
229,  230,  232,  243. 

Mayor,  Aldermen  and  Com- 
monalty, 221. 

Mazzini  Statue,  154,  165. 

McAnerney,  John,  670. 

McAuley.  Jerry,  388. 

McCall,  John  A.,  620,  682,  715. 

McCloskey,  John.  258. 

McClure,  S.  S.,  592,  591. 

McComb's-Dam  Bridge,  176. 

McCord,  Wm.  H.,  868. 

McCreery  (James)  &  Co.,  796, 
797,  132. 

McCullough,  J.  G.,  635. 

McCurdy,  R.  A.,  717. 

McGown's  Pass,  148. 

McKim,  Mead  &  White.  570.. 

Mechanical  Engineers,  291. 

Mechanics'  and  Traders'  Ex- 
change. 742. 

Mechanics' and  Traders'  Bank. 
666. 

Mechanics'  and  Tradesmens' 
Soc,  297,  408,  660. 

Mechanics'  Nat.  Bank,  659, 
660,  666,  699,  868. 

Medical  and  Surg.  Soc.  450. 


922 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW   YORK. 


Medical  College  for  Women, 

441.  254. 
Medical  Directory,  450. 
Medical  Inspectors,  419. 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  451. 
Medical  Libraries,  301. 
Medical  Schools,  246,  247,  250. 
Medico-Chirurgical  Soc,  450. 
Medico-Historical  Soc,  450. 
Medico- Legal  Soc,  451. 
Mediterranean  Trade,  86. 
Memorial  Arch,  159,  153. 
Menagerie,  152,  147,  492. 
Mendelssohn  Glee  Club   287. 
Mercantile    Agency,    Brad- 
street.  580,  716. 
Mercantile  Exchange,  751. 
Mercantile    Library,  296,  61, 

132,  272,  298,  537,  145,  722,  780. 
Mercantile  Nat.  Bank,  675, 
Mercantile  Trust  Co.,  715. 
Merchants'     Clerks'     Savings 

Bank,  728. 
Merchants'  Club,  518. 
Merchants'  Coffee  House,  198. 
Merchants'  Exchange  Nat. 

Bank,  666,  667,  649. 
Merchants'    Nat.    Bank,  657, 

694,  658,  661. 
Messiah,  Church,  350,  371. 
Methodist  Book-Concern,  136, 

301.  372,  797. 
Methodist  Church  Home,  409. 
Methodist.  Episcopal   Church, 

387,  341,  351,  397. 
Metropolis,  Bank  of  the,  689. 
Metropolitan  Club,  140,  66,  505. 
Metropolitan  Railway,  124. 
Metropolitan  Hotel,  211,  560. 
Metropolitan    Life    Ins.    Co., 

631,  629,  650. 
Metropolitan    Museum,    274, 

275,  64,  i47>  63,  66,  262,  273, 

370,  896. 
Met.  Museum  School,  262. 
Metropolitan    Opera  -  House, 

547,  65,  5?8,  541,  542,  545,  546. 
Met.  Rowing  Club,  528. 
Metropolitan   Telephone    and 

Tel.  Co.,  193,  194,  195,  196. 
Metropolitan  Trust  Co.,  712. 
Middle  Dutch  Church,  18,  25, 

31,  142,  305,  465,  616. 
Midnight  [Mission,  371   402. 
Milhau's  (J.)  Son,  806. 
Military  Defences,  7J. 
Military   Department    of    the 

East,  53,  70. 
Military    Service    Institution, 

70,  499- 
Militia,  52,  491. 
Millionaires,  56. 
Mills  &  Gibb,  814. 
Mills,  Andrew,  717,  725. 
Mills  Building,  771,  140,  141, 

680,  769,  712,  770,  771,  854,  56, 

681,  142. 

Mills,  D.  O.,  138,  254,  450,  545, 
712,  718,  572,  6^6,  769,  770. 

Mills  (D.  O.)  Training  School, 
255.  254,  450,  770. 

Mills.  Ogden,  572. 

Miner's  Bowery  Theatre,  561. 

Miner's  Theatre,  561. 


Mining  Machinery,  872. 

Minuit.  Peter.  10,  12,  13,  20, 
304,  483,  216. 

Miscellaneous  Insurance. — 
Companies  for  Providing 
against  Accidents,  Explo- 
sions, Broken  Plate-glass, 
Dishonest  Employees,  Loss 
of  Salaries,  and  for  Furnish- 
ing Bonds,  635-642. 

Missionary  College,  258. 

Model  Lodging-House,  451. 

Mohawk    Building,   833,  834. 

Montague,  George,  480,  670, 
684,  723,  730. 

Montefiore  Home,  415,  403. 

Moore,  David  M.,  900. 

Moore  Statue,  154,  166. 

Moravians,  57,  346,  354,  355. 

Morgan,  E    D.,  727. 

Morgan,  J.  Pierpont,  265,  318, 
505,  545,  672,  696. 

Morgan  Line,  90. 

Morgue,  423. 

Morning  A  dvertiser,  578. 

Morning  Journal,  578. 

Morningside  Park,   331,    152, 

65-  !34,  33°- 
Morrisania,   102,  45,   123,  124, 

158,  453- 
Morrison,  D.  M.,  4t8,  716. 
Morse  Building,  783,  782,  521, 

586. 
Morse,  S.  F.  B.,  40,  166,  249, 

250,  261,  294,  468  482. 
Morse  Statue,  150,  166. 
Mortimer  Building,  773,  772. 
Morton,  Bliss  &  Co.,  702. 
Morton  House,  211,  134. 
Morton,  L.  P.,  316,  702. 
Moss  Engraving  Co.,  902. 
Most  Holy  Redeemer,  64. 
Mott  Haven,  100,  45,  123,  124, 

268,  379. 
Mott  Memorial  Library,  301. 
Mott  Street,  144,  403,  466, 
Mott,  Valentine,  168,  251,  252. 
Mount  Hope  Cemet'y,  481,  480. 
Mount  Morris  Bank,  691. 
Mount-Morris  Park,  161,  156. 
Mount-Morris  Square,  136 
Mount-Sinai     hospital,    264, 

432,  60,  431. 
Mount  St.  Vincent,  262,  45. 
Mulberry-Bend  Park,  145,  157. 
Mulberry  Street,  30,  347,  485. 
Municipal  Ordinances,  222. 
Murray  Hill,  28,  30,  38,  210,  282. 
Murray-Hill  Hotel,  210,  66,  214. 
Museum  of  Art,  44,  272. 
Museum  of   Natural   History, 

277,  242,  276,  289,  301. 
Museums,  241. 
Music,  286,  589. 
Music,  Acad,  of,  66,  545,  559. 
Music  Halls,  66,  140,  288,  289, 

345,  3691  542,  548. 
Mutual  Assurance  Co.,  593. 
Mutual     District    Messenger 

Co.,  192. 
Mutual  Insurance  Co.,  598. 
Mutual  Life  Building,  37,  609, 

56,  64,  130,  142.  305,  465,  603, 

642,  7 '5,  736,  854- 


Mutual  Life-Ins.  Co.,  617,  615, 

616,  618,  702. 
Mutual     Reserve     Fund     Life 

Assoc, 633,  632,  130,  634,  778. 

Name  New  York,  22,  23. 
Narrows,  33,  37,  48,  53.  67,  70, 

71,  88,  218,  499,  500,  766. 
Nassau  Street.  26,  142,  528. 
Nathan  Mfg.  Co.,  871. 
Nation,  The.   567,  580. 
National    Academy  of  Design, 

"279,  278,  261,  64,  65,  780. 
National     Banking     Act,     645, 

647,  667. 
National  Banking  Assoc,  655. 
Nat.  Bank  of  Commerce,  671. 
National  Bank  of  Deposit,  694. 
National  Bank  of  the  Republic, 

673.  655. 
National  Banks,  56   647,  652. 
National  City  Bank,  663,  664, 

662,  674. 
National    Guard,   39,    52,    157, 

491,  492. 
Nationalities,  48. 
Nationality  in  Hotels,  211. 
National  Lead  Co.,  648,  692. 
National  Line,  78. 
National  Park  Bank,  683,  682, 

1^0,  717,  780.  692. 
National     Shoe    and     Leather 

Bank,  677. 
National  Tube  Works.  865. 
Natural  History  Museum,  277, 

276,  278.  141,  156,  272. 
Nautical  School,  266,  60. 
Nautilus  Ins.  Co.,  615. 
Naval  Hospital,  56. 
Naval  Reserve,  52,  127, 491,  498, 

536. 
Naval  Station,  53. 
Navy-Yard,  53,  502. 
Negroes,  24. 
Negro   Riot  of  1741,  303,   355, 

453- 
Neighborhood  Guild,  385. 
Nelson,  Stuart  G.,  694,  715. 
Netherlands-Am.  Co.,  84. 
New-Amsterdam  Eye  and  Ear 

Hospital,  445. 
Newark,  50 1. 
Newburgh,  94,  95,  101. 
New  Club,  140,  507. 
New-England    Soc,    166,    412, 

417,  520.  532. 
New  Etching  Club,  279. 
Newgate  Prison,  458. 
New  Haven,  118   119. 
New-Jersey  Cent.  R.  R  ,110,  52. 
New-Jersey  Coast,  112. 
New-Jersey  Southern  R.  R.,  52, 
New  Netherland,  6,  9. 
New    Netherland    Hotel,    209, 

374,  375,  64  66,  139. 
New  Orange,  23. 
New  Park  System,  157. 
News,  577,  576.  578. 
Newsboys     Lodging-House, 

S8,  391. 
Newspaper  Row,  577,  581. 
Newspapers,  56,  778. 
New  Sweden,  20. 
New  Year's,  32. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


923 


N.-Y.  &  Cuba  S.  S.  Co.,  cp. 
N.-Y.  Anderson  Pressed  Brick 

Co.,  887,  886. 
N.-Y.   &    Harlem    R.    R.,  99, 

475.  52,  103,  473. 
N.-Y.  &  New-England  R.  R., 

119,  120. 

N  -Y.  &  N.-J.  Bridge  Co.,  178. 
N.-Y.  &  Northern  Railway,  52, 

120,  176,  177,  480,  481. 
N.-Y.  &  Porto-Rico  Line,  91. 
N.-Y.  &  Sea-Beach  R.  R..  121. 
N.-Y.  Athletic  Club,  525,  66, 

268,  269. 
New  York,  Bank  of,  644. 
N.-Y.  Belting  &  Packing  Co  , 

863,  862. 
New- York    Biscuit   Co.,  879, 

878,  697. 
N.-Y.    Bowery   Fire-Ins.    Co., 

596,  595- 
N.-Y.  Central  &  Hudson  River 

R.  R.,  96,  98,  99,  100,  101, 

102,  103,  181,758,  770,  37, 

52,    I02,    IO4,   120,    I48*,    164,   I76, 

*77,  178,  478,  480,  545,  647,  665, 

774- 
N.-Y.  Central  &  Hudson  River 

R.  R.  Freight  Depot,  758. 
N.-Y.  City  Dispensary,  447. 
N.-Y.  City  Marble  Cemetery, 

471,  470. 
N.-Y.  City  Mission,  57. 
New- York  Club,  506,  66,  140, 

505,  6go. 
N.-Y.  College  of  Music,  264. 
N.-Y.  College    of    Pharmacy, 

254,  253,  806,  807 
N.-Y.    College  of    veterinary 

Surgeons,  255,  452. 
N.-Y.  Drawing  Assoc,  261. 
New- York  Dry-Dock  Co.,  688. 
New  Yorker  Zeitung,  572. 
N.-Y.  Fruit   Exchange,  754. 
New-York  Harbor,  67. 
N.-Y.  Historical  Soc,  64,  724. 
N.-Y.  Hospital,  426,  254,  301, 

425,  428,  443,  451,  848. 
New- York  Hotel,  211,  132. 
New  York  in  1728,  II. 
New  York  in  1746,  18,  19. 
New  York  in  1775,  17. 
New  York  in  1778,  15. 
New  York  in  1789,  13. 
New  York  in  1805,  26. 
New  York  in  1851,  35. 
N.-Y.  Ins.  Co.,  593,  615. 
N.-Y.,  Lake  Erie  &  Western 

R.  R.  117. 
N.-Y.  Life-Insurance  &  Trust 

Co.,  615. 
N.-Y.  Life-Ins.  Co.,  619,  130, 

208,  618,  620. 
N.-Y.  Maennerchor,  286. 
N.-Y.  Marble  Cemetery   471. 
N.-Y.,  New-Haven  &  Hartford 

R-  R-,  99.  52,  118,  119,  177. 
N.-Y.  Observer,  585,  584,  778. 
New  York  of  the  Present. — 

A  Comprehensive  Outline  of 

the  Whole  City — Area,  Popu- 
lation, Wealth,  etc..  45-66. 
N.-Y.,     Ontario    &    Western 

R.  R.,  116. 


N.-Y.  Photogravure  Co.,  896, 

895,  4- 

N.-Y.  Press  Club,  551,  482. 
N.-Y.  Produce  Exchange,  746. 
N.-Y.  Security  and  Trust  Co., 
714. 

New  York,  the  Name,  22. 
N.-Y.  Trade-School,  266,  265. 
N.-Y   Turn-Verein,  527,  526. 
N.-Y.  Underwriters'  Agency, 

603,  598,  602. 
New- York  University, 249,  289. 
N.-Y.  Yacht  Club,  527,  96. 
Niagara   Fire   Ins.   Co.,  601, 

601,  602. 
Niblo's  Theatre,  132,  211,  298, 

503,  535,  541,  560. 
Niblo,  Wm.,  298,  503,  560. 
Nicolls,  Richard,  22,  346. 
Niew  Amsterdam,  10,  19. 
Night-Watch,  25. 
Ninth    National    Bank,    687, 

686,  688,  130,  641. 
Ninth  Regiment,  491,  492,  497. 
Normal  College,  245,  244,  243, 

6o,  242. 
North  America,  Bank,  644. 
North  American  Review,   587. 
North  Battery,  32,  40. 
North  Brother  Island,  60,  419. 
North  Church,  345. 
Northern  Assurance  Co.,  611. 
North  German  Lloyd  Line,  82, 

86,  80. 
North  Meadow,  148. 
North  River,  95,  67,  68. 
North-River  Bank,  666. 
North-River  Bridge,  178,  179. 
Norwich  Line,  94,  119. 
Novelty  in  Restaurants,  214. 
Numbering  of  Houses,  33. 
Numismatic  Society,  291,  301. 
Nurseries,  60,  230,  390. 
Nursery  and  Child's  Hospital, 

440. 
Nurses'  Home,  433. 
Nurses'  Training  School,  254. 

Obelisk,  146,  765,  147. 

Observer,  338,  566. 

Ocean  Traffic,  53. 

Odd  Fellows,  532. 

Odd  Fellows'  Library,  301. 

Oelbermann,  Dommerich  & 
Co.,  819. 

Oelbermann,  E.,  608,  819. 

Office  Buildings,  765,  56. 

Ohio  Society,  520. 

Oil-Weil  Supply  Co.,  864. 

Okonite  Co.,  860. 

Olcott,  F.  P.,  662,  710. 

Old  Custom  House  and  Vicin- 
ity in  1825,  29. 

Old  Dominion  Steamships,  89. 

Old  Fort,  Central  Park,  155. 

Old  Guard,  520,  52 1. 

Old  Merchants'  Exch  ,  732. 

Old  Middle  Church,  304 

One  Hundred  and  Tenth  Street 
Trestle.  121. 

Ophthalmic  Institute,  445. 

Ophthalmic  Hospital,  254,  444. 

Ophthalmological  Society,  450. 

Ophthalmology,  Otology,  254. 


Oratorio  Society,  66,  286,  288, 
476,  548. 

Original  Tram-Car,  122. 

Orphan  Asylum,  395,  140.  394. 

Orphan  Asylum  Society,  395. 

Orr,  Alex.  E.,635,  660,  672,694, 
706,  717. 

Orthopedic  Dispensary,  446. 

Osborn(John),  Son  &  Lo..  842. 

Otis  Bros.  &  Co.,  857,  856,  778. 

Otis  Elevators,  208,  236,  574, 
782,  792,  618,  772. 

Ottendorfer  Library.  448. 

Ottendorfer,  Oswald,  300,  569. 

Ottmann  (J.)  Lithographing 
Co.,  885,  884,  582. 

Our  Lady  of  the  Rosary,  412. 

Overhead  and  Underfoot. — 
Bridges,  Tunnels,  Sewers, 
Water,  Aqueducts,  Reser- 
voirs, Lighting,  Telegraph, 
Telephone,  etc.,  169-196. 

Oyer  &  Terminer,  234,  235,  236. 

Pacific  Mail  Steamships,  92. 
Packard's  College,  267. 
Packet  Lines,  38,  72. 
Paillard    (M.    J.)  &  Co.,  808. 
Palisades,  6-j,  95,  101,  148,  157, 

480,  856. 
Palmer's   Theatre,    550,    551, 

66,  134,  550,  408,  514 
Park  Avenue,  136,  181,  177. 
Park-Avenue  Hotel,  210. 
Park  Commissioners,  225. 
Parker,  James  H.,  691,  692,  697. 
Park  Place,  223. 
Park  Police,  488. 
Park  Presb.  Church,  337,  337. 
Park  Row,  33,  573,  227,    130, 

174,  228,  236,  239,  240,  605,  862. 
Park    Ro w ,   from  Record e r 

Office,  577. 
Parks,  65,  145,  158,  418. 
Parks,  Dep't  of  Pub.,  536. 
Park  Theatre,  33,    134,  534,  540, 

54t,  557,  798. 
Passavant  &  Co.,  822. 
Pasteur  Institute,  446. 
Pastor's, Tony, Theatre,  560,561. 
Patriot  Party,  29. 
Patrol,  485,  72. 
Patti,  Adelina,  538,  544,  564. 
Paulist  Fathers,  361,  362,  363. 
Peabody    (Henry  W.)  &  Co.'s 

Offices,  86. 
Pearl  Street,  10,  17,  18,  23,  197. 
Peck  Slip,  89,  17,  95. 
Pedagogy  School,  248   250. 
Pelham-Bay  Park,  157,  65. 
Penitentiary,  456,  459,  458. 
Pennsylvania     Railroad,     105, 

106,    107,    108,    109,    52,   68, 

96,  104,  119,  126   647. 
Pension  Office,  502,  729. 
People's  Presb.  Church,  336. 
Petroleum  Exchange.  741,  740. 
Pettit,  John,  776. 
Pharmacy.  College  of,  254,  253. 
Phelps,  W.  W.,  664,  706,  718. 
Philadelphia,  32,  34,  40,  45,  72, 

77,  89,   97,  104,  106,    108,  no, 

116,  119,  196,  258,  348,  622,  644, 

646,  732,  733.  749- 


924 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Philharmonic  Soc,  286,  66. 
Phillips  Presb.  Church,  337. 
Philosophy  School,  247. 
Phrenological Journal \  292. 
Physical  Culture,  268. 
Piers, .68.  141,  49. 
Pilgrim  Statue,  151,  166. 
Pillory,  26. 

Pintard,  John,  289,  593,  721. 
Pirates,  25,  161. 
Pitcher,  J.  R.,  641,  664. 
Players,  The,  514,  66,  156,  302, 

5I3- 
Plaza  Hotel,  374,  375,  208,  66, 

i39)  r52)  2I7- 
Pneumatic  Tubes,  192. 
Police,  225,  49,  221,  419,  464,  482, 

483,  484,  488. 
Police  Boat  Patrol,  486. 
Police  Commissioners,  225. 
Police  Courts,  54,  235,  236,  453. 
Police  Headquarters,  485,  486. 
Police  Justices,  40,  229. 
Police  Pension,  487,  216,  229. 
Political  Clubs,  521. 
Political  Divisions,  49. 
Political  Science  School,  247. 
Pope  Manufacturing  Co.,  904. 
Population,  45,  220. 
Port  Society  Library,  301. 
Portuguese,  364,  465. 
Port-Wardens,  238,  239. 
Postal   Telegraph   Cable  Co., 

191,    189,    56,    I30,   102,  626,  628. 

Post  &  McCord,  868. 
Post-Graduate  Medical  School, 

252,  253)  437.  45°- 
Postmasters,  240. 
Post  Office,  37,  47,  226,  227, 

239,  573.  53,  I23)  J42,  130, 

156,  212,  234,  240,  56S,  581,  616, 

778,  780,  784,  862. 
Post-Office  Stations,  240. 
Potter  Building,  779,  581,  778, 

56,  130,  227,  578,  586,  632,  784. 
Potter,  O.  B.,  706,  721,  778. 
Potter's    Field,    40,    153,    465, 

482. 
Powell,  Ramsdell  &  Co.,  94,  95. 
Pratt,  Dallas  B.,  389,  662. 
Preferred   Mutual  Accident 

Association,  640. 
Presbyterian  Home,  405. 
Presbyterian   Hospital,  4  3  1  , 

137,  430,  6o,  868. 
Presbyterian  House,  371. 
Presbyterians,  57,  256,  332,350, 

386,  43T. 
Press,  581,  578,  778. 
Press  Club,  302,  514. 
Prevention  of  Crime,  463. 
Prevention   of   Cruelty,   463 • 
Primary  Schools,  60,  241,  242. 
Printers'1  Ink,   761,  762. 
Printing-House   Square,  573, 

142,  161,  162,  164,  572,  778,  78r\ 

Printing-House  Sq.  in  1868,570. 
Private  Art  Collections,  281. 
Private  Detectives,  488. 
Private  Libraries,  302. 
Private  Schools.  270. 
Private  Watchmen,  488. 
Proctor's   23d-Street  Theatre, 
555.  554.  134,  154- 


Produce  Exchange,  743,  742, 

56,  64,  i?7,  128,    145,    187,  301, 
500,  667,  692,  694,  750,  758,  854. 

Produce  Exchange  Bank,  696. 
Produce  Exchange,  Main 

Floor',  744. 
Progreso  Italo-Amcricano,  576. 
Progress  Club,  511,  140,  511. 
Protectory,  398. 
Protestant  Episcopalians  257, 

57,  3IQ,  395,  4°2,  4  4,  4°6,  4*8, 
433)  446,  448,  583)  615. 

Protection  and  Defence. — 
Police  Department,  Military 
and  Militia,  Army  and  Pen- 
sion Offices,  Fire  Depart- 
ment, Fire  Patrol,  Detect- 
ives, etc.   483-302. 

Provident  Savings  Life- Assur- 
ance Society,  632,  630. 

Provincial  Congress,  29. 

Psi  Upsilon  Club,  515. 

Public  Administration,  229. 

Public  Buildings,  52. 

Public  Charities  and  Correc- 
tion, 384,  383,  398,  416,  413, 
421,  460,  458,  456,  454,  422,  423. 

Public  Parks  Dep't,  49,  273. 

Public  Schools,  60,  231,  241, 
261,  266. 

Public  Works  Dep't  226,  49, 
177,  1F8,  222,  227,  230,  492. 

Publishing,  27,  56,  132,  145. 

Puck,  582,  885,  884. 

Puck  Building,  885. 

Pulitzer,  Albert,  578. 

Pulitzer,  Joseph,  574,  576,  578. 

Pullen,  Eugene  H.,  655,  672. 

Pupils,  241. 

Puritans,  Church  of,  338,  337. 

Pyne,  Percy  R.,  664,  718. 

Quadrangle,  Columbia  Col- 
lege, 247. 
Quarantine,  70,  227,  238,  419. 
Quebec  Steamship  Co.,  oi. 
Quinlan,  Jr.,  Wm.  J.,  666. 
Quintard,  G.  W.,  670,  688,  717. 

Racquet  and  Tennis  Club,  526, 

562,  268,  269. 
Railroad  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  378,  379 
Railroads,  97. 
Ramsdell  Line,  95. 
Randall's   Island,  45,  60,  •  260, 

418,  422,  460,  461. 
Rand  Drill  Co.,  869. 
Randei,  Baremore  &  Billings, 

804. 
Rapid-Transit,  126. 
Raritan  Bay,  67. 
Rate  of  Taxation,  225. 
Rattle  Watch,  19,  483. 
Raynolds,  C.  T.,  889. 
Reading  Rooms,  293,  393. 
Real-Estate   Exchange,    753. 
Real   Estate   Title    Insurance 

Cos.,  638,  642. 
Real-Estate  Valuation,  40. 
Receiving  Department,  459. 
Receiving  Tomb,Kensico,  479 
Reception  Hospital,  60,  419. 
Reception  Pavilion,  423. 
Recorder,  577,  578. 


Recorder  Office,  579. 

Record  of  A  711.  Shipping,  747. 

Red-Cross  Steamships,  87. 

Red  "  D"  Line,  92. 

Red  Star  Line,  83,  84,  77. 

Reformatories,  242,  453. 

Reformatories  and  Correc- 
tions.—  The  Police  Courts, 
Prisons,  House  of  Refuge, 
Penitentiaries,  House  of  Cor- 
rection, etc.,  453-464. 

Reform  Club,  523,  524,  140. 

Ref.  Dutch    Church,     57,    303, 

3°8,  345- 

Reformed  Episcopal,  355. 

Reformed  Presb.  Church,  57. 

Refuge  for  Convicts,  464. 

Register,  238. 

Register  of  Records,  228. 

Register's  Office,  228,  236. 

Reich,  Lorenz,  844,  209,  843. 

Reid,  Whitelaw,  J38,  509,  572, 
770. 

Relief  of  Respectable  Indi- 
gent Females,  405,  404. 

Religious  Instruction,  255. 

Religious  Papers,  566. 

Remington  Typewriter,  896, 
897,  898. 

Rents,  217. 

Renwick,  James,  339,  356. 

Republican  Club,  523,  140. 

Republic,  Nat.  Bank  of,  655. 

Reservoir,  140. 

Reservoir,  Fifth  Avenue,  184. 

Reservoir,  Old,  30. 

Reservoir  Park,  156. 

Reservoirs,.  5?,  147,  183. 

Residence  of  S.  G.  Bayne,  764. 

Restaurants,  212. 

Retail  Establishments.  —  In- 
teresting and  Prominent  Re- 
tail Concerns,  nearly  all  being 
Leading  Houses,  787-810. 

Retail  Stores,  132,  140. 

Revenue,  City,  224. 

Rhinelander's  Sugar -House, 
10,  31. 

Ribbons,  822,  907,  805. 

Richardson,  Leander,  58c. 

Richmond  &  Danville,  117. 

Riding  Club,  528,  529. 

Riding  Schools,  268. 

Riker,  John  L.,  597,  635,  656,  684. 

Riverdale  Presb.  Church,  339. 

Riverdale  Station,  100. 

River-Front,  68. 

Riverside  Drive,  764,  148,  395. 

Riverside  Hospital,  60,  419. 

Riverside  Park,  148,  65, 134, 152, 
160. 

Rivington's  Gazetteer,  27,  29. 

Roberts,  M.  O.,  167,  474,  788. 

Rockaway  Beach,  48,  93,  120. 

Rockefeller,  Wm.,  488,  674,  706. 

Rock,  Mathew,  800. 

Rodoph  Sholom,  367. 

Roebling,  169,  170,  172. 

Roelandsen,  Adam,  14,  241,  304. 

Rogues'  Gallery,  487. 

Rolston,  Roswell  G.,  664,  718. 

Roman  Cath.  Cathedral,  357. 

Roman  Catholic  Orphan  Asy- 
lum, 394. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK, 


925 


Roman  Catholics,  303,355,  431, 

561,  338,  57,  361,  364. 
Rome,  Watertown  &  Ogdens- 

burg  R.  R.,  104. 
Roof-Gardens,  68. 
Roosevelt    Hospital,  429,  60, 

431,  428. 
Roosevelt,  J.  A.,  597,  666,  721. 
Roosevelt,  J.  H.,  60,  428. 
Rossiter  Stores,  758. 
Roumania  Opera-House,  561. 
Rouss,   Charles   Broadway, 

829,  828,  132. 
Rowell(G.  P.)  &  Co.,  761,  762. 
Royal  Blue  Line,  no,  116,  126. 
Royal  Dutch  Line,  93. 
Royal  Exchange,  16. 
Rubinstein  Soc,  287. 
Rule  of  the  City. — The  City, 

County,  State  and  National 

Government  —  Officers  and 

Buildings,  Courts,  221-240. 
Ruptured  and  Crippled,  446. 
Russell  &  Erwin  Co.,  870. 
Russian  Immigrants,  415,  240. 
Russian  Restaurants,  216,  214. 
Rutgers  College,  271,  319,  343. 
Rutgers  Fire-Ins.  Co.,  605. 
Rutgers  Presb.  Church,  531. 

Sabbath  Committee,  373. 
Sacred  Heart  Academy,  260. 
Safe-Deposit  Vault,  684,  686. 
Sagamore  Club,  522. 
Sage,  Russell,  44, 138,  488,  706. 
Sailors'  Snug  Harbor,  409. 
St. -Agnes'  Chapel,  315,  312. 
St. -Ambrose  Chapel,  371. 
St.-Ann's  Church,  318,  325. 
St.-Ann's  Home,  399. 
St. -Andrew's    Church,    323, 

361,  364 
St.-Andrew's    Coffee- Stands, 

216. 
St.-Andrew's  Hospital,  442. 
St.-Andrew's  Church,  342. 
St.-Andrew's  Society,  411. 
St. -Anthony's  Monastery,  772. 
St. -Augustine's    Chapel,  314, 

312,  480. 
St.  Barnabas,  37  r. 
St. -Barnabas'  House,  371,  401. 
St.-Bartholomew's   Church, 

137.  325,  413 

St.-Bartholomew's  Hosp.,  446. 
St.-Bartholomew's   House, 

324.  325- 
St   Benedict,  360. 
St. -Bernard's  Church,  361,  364. 
St. -Catharine's  Convent,  263. 
St. -Cecilia's  Church,  365,  364. 
St. -Christopher's  Home,  307. 
St.-Chrysostom's  Chapel,  313, 

3I2i  3!4- 
St. -Cornelius  Chapel,  314. 
St. -David's  Society,  411. 
St. -Denis  Hotel,  134. 
St.-Elizabeth's  Hospital,  436. 
St. -Francis  Hospital,  435. 
St. -Francis  Xavier,  6r,  361. 
St. -Francis    Xavier     College, 

259. 
St.  Gaudens,  64,  162,  168,  262, 

32:)>  35o- 


St.  George,  96,  116,  121. 

St. -George's  Church,  318,  64, 

157.  310,  312,  318. 
St. -George  s  Club,  519. 
St. -George's  Memorial  House, 

319. 

St. -Ignatius'  Church,  318. 
St. -James  Hotel,  210,  134. 
St. -James'  Lutheran  Church, 

347- 
St. -James'  P.  E.  Church,  320. 
St. -John's  Buryi   g  Ground,  472, 
St. -John's  Chapel,  312,  36,  313. 
St. -John's  College,  258,  61,  167. 
St. -John's  Guild,  391. 
St. -John's  Park,  40. 
St.  John  the  Divine,  329,  246. 
St.  John,  Wm.  P.,  67;,  684. 
St. -Joseph's  Day  Nursery,  390. 
St. -Joseph's   Home,  400,  269. 
St. -Joseph's     Home     for     the 

Aged,  385. 
St. -Joseph's  Hospital,  437. 
St.-Joseph's  Industrial  Home, 

399- 
St.-Joseph's  Institute,  270. 
St.-Joseph's  Orphan  Asylum, 

„  394- 

St. -Joseph  s  Refuge,  402. 

St.-Joseph's  Union,  399. 

St. -Lazarus  Guild,  404,  445. 

St.-Louis  College,  260. 

St.-Luke's  Church,   321,  322, 

406. 
St.-Luke's  Churchyard,  472. 
St.-Luke's  Home,  405. 
St.-Luke's   Hospital,  434,  60, 

140,  254,  323,  433. 
St. -Mark's  Church,  318,  472, 

22,  310,  319,  471. 
St. -Mark's  Churchyard,  471. 
St. -Mark's  Hospital,  437. 
St.  Marys,  50 1,  266. 
St.-Mary's  Free  Hospital,  441. 
St. -Mary's  Lodging-House,  401. 
St.-Mary's  Park,  i=;8,  65,  437. 
St.  Mary  the  Virgin,  321,  327. 
St. -Matthew's  Church,  346. 
St. -Michael's  Church,  321,  329, 

396,  4-2. 
St.  Nicholas,  304,  589. 
St.-Nicholas  Bank,  680,  770. 
St.-Nicholas  Club,  507,  140,  506. 
St.-Nicholas  Soc,  532. 
St.-Patrick's,  466. 
St. -Patrick's   Cathedral,   356, 

357.  358,  359,  64,  65,  140, 

209,  360,  482 
St.-Patrick's  Church,  360. 
St  -Paul's  Chapel,  311,  47,  130, 

312,  394,  470,  665,  682,  683,  862. 
St. -Paul's  Churchyard,  469. 
St.  Paul  the  Apostle,  363,  361. 
St. -Peter's  Church,  348,  358. 
St.  Stephen's,  360. 
St. -Thomas'  Chapel,  320. 
St. -Thomas'     Church,    135, 

321,  65,  320,  93. 
St.  Vincent  de  Paul,  434. 
St. -Vincent  de  Paul  Soc,  38-. 
St. -Vincent  de  Paul's  Asylum, 

398. 
St. -Vincent  Ferrers,  264,  260. 
St. -Vincent's  Hospital,  60,  434. 


Salvation  Army,  376. 

Samaritan  Home  for  Aged,  408. 

Sandy  Hook,  52,  53,  70,  71,  88, 
92,  93,  238,  500,  750. 

Sandy- riook  Bay,  67. 

Sandy-Hook  Pilots,  239. 

Sanitary  Aid  Society,  451. 

Sanitary  Code,  220,  419. 

Sanitary  Commission,  350,  505. 

Sanitary  Condition,  419. 

Sanitary  Organizations.  — 
Board  of  Health  and  Health 
Statistics  —  Hospitals,  Dis- 
pensaries, Morgue,  Curative 
Institutions,  Insane  and 
other  Asylums,  419-452. 

Sanitary  Superintendent,  227. 

Sa7<a)inali,  jt. 

Savings,  Bank  for,  721. 

Savings-Banks,  720-730. 

Savoy,  Hotel,  375,  208,  64,  66, 

139- 
Scandinavians,  342. 
Schieffelin  (W.  H.)  &  Co.,  847. 
Schieren    (Charles  A.)   &   Co., 

874,  696. 
Schiller  Bust,  150,  166. 
School  Buildings,  60. 
School  of  Arts,  246,  247. 
School  of  Mines,  247,  244. 
School-Ship,  501,  266. 
Schurz,  Carl,  566,  524. 
Scotch  Presb.  Church,  332. 
Scottish  Rite  Hall,  531,  564. 
Scott  Statue,  154,  164. 
Scribner's  (Chas.)  Sons,  715. 
Scribner ' s  Magazine,  587,  57. 
Seaboard  Nat.  Bank,  692. 
Seal  of  the  City,  234. 
Seamen's   Bank    for    Savings, 

722,  666. 
Seamen's  Children,  410. 
Seamen's  Friend  So*..,  301,  376. 
Seamen's  Libraries,  301. 
Seawanhaka  Yacht  Club,  527. 
Second  Avenue,  144. 
Second  Battery,  498,  497, 
Second  Collegiate  Church,  307. 
Second     National    Bank,   685, 

684,  670,  696,  730. 
See  House,  370. 
Senatorial  Districts,  49. 
Seventh  Avenue,  140. 
Seventh-Avenue  Line   123. 
Seventh  Nat.  Bank,  670. 
Seventh  Reg.,  493,  40,  491,  496. 
Seventh-Reg.  Statue,  151,  166. 
Seventh-Reg.  Club,  140,  521. 
Seventh-Street  Church,  341. 
Seventy-First  Reg..  491,  492. 
Seward  (W.  H.)  Club,  523. 
Seward,  W.   H..    Statue,  167, 

152,  162. 
Sewers,  188,  49,  169. 
Shaarai  Tephila,  367,  367. 
Shakespeare  Society,  513. 
Shakespeare  Statue,  154,  164. 
Sheldon,  George  P.,  681. 
Sheltering  Arms,  397,  371,  396. 
Shepard,  A.  D.,  850. 
Shepard,  E.  F.,  135,  570,  850. 
Sheriff,  49,  230,  238. 
Sherman  Bank,  696,  697. 
Shillaber,  William,  768. 


926 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


Shipbuilding,  266,  725. 

Ship-Canal,  178. 

Shipping,  53. 

Shoe  &  Leather  Bank,  677. 

Shrines  of  Worship. —  Cathe- 
drals, Churches,  Syna- 
gogues, and  other  Places  of 
Worship  and  Work,  303-382. 

Sichron,  Ephraim,  368,  489. 

Sick  Children's  Mission,  393. 

Sigma  Phi  Club,  515. 

Signal  Corps,  491,  497. 

Silberhorn,  Henry.  595,  670. 

Silks,  797,  822,  823,  824,  835. 

Simmons,  J.  E.,  655,  686. 

Sinking  Fund,  49,  185,  225. 

Sisters  of  Charity,  260. 

Sisters  of  Mercy,  401. 

Sisters  of  Notre  Dame,  394. 

Sisters  of  the  Poor  of  St. 
Francis,  435,  437. 

Sixth  Avenue,  140. 

Sixth-Avenue  Railroad,  123. 

Sixty -Ninth  Regiment,  491, 
492,  496. 

Skin  and  Cancer  Hospital,  445. 

Slaves,  24. 

Sloane  Maternity  Hospital, 
439,  60,  248,  438,  447. 

Sloane,  W.  &  J.,  795,  790,  689. 

Sloan,  Wm.  D.,  135,  248,  438, 
689.  706. 

Sloan,  Samuel,  664,  689,  706, 
718. 

Sloman  Line,  03. 

Slum  Posts,  376. 

Smith,  C.  S.,  660,  736,  820. 

Smith,  Hogg  &  Gardner,  821. 

Smit's  Vley,  23. 

Snug  Harbor,  409. 

Sociability  and  Friendship.— 
Clubs  and  Social  Associa- 
tions, Secret  and  Friendship 
Organizations,  503-532. 

Social  Purity,  464. 

Societe*  Francais,  411. 

Society  of  War  of  1812,  521. 

Society  Library,  297,  296,618. 

Society  for  Ethical  Culture,  261. 

Sons  of  Liberty,  28,  29,  198. 

Sons  of  the  Revolution,  168. 

Sorosis,  140,  291,  530. 

Soulard,  A.  L.,  642,  690. 

South-American  Coast,  93. 

South-American  Shipping,  141. 

South  Battery,  499. 

Southern  Society,  520. 

South  Ferry,  120,  123,  125. 

South  Ref.,  Church,  307,  307. 

South  River,  68. 

South  Street,  92,  139,  702,  141. 

Spanish  Synagogue,  364. 

Sparrow  Cops,  488. 

Special  Sessions,  229,  236,  454. 

Spirit  0/  the  Times,  580. 

Spring.  Gardiner,  249,  333. 

Spuyten  Duyvil,  45,  102,  126, 
134,  176,  177,  339,  389. 

Spuyten-Duyvil  (  reek,  25,  68. 

Staats  Zeitung,  54,  55,  130, 
164,  569. 

Stadt  Huys,  17,  18,  23,  197. 

Stage  Coaches,  26,  122. 

Stamp  Act,  27. 


Standard  Oil  Co.,  72,  128,  474, 

608,  62 1,  648,  674,  694,  854. 
Standard  Theatre,  134,  557. 
Star  Theatre,  66,  132,  538,  557. 
State  Arsenal,  498,  140. 
State  Banks,  56,  643,  652. 
Staten  Island,  23,  27,  48,  53,67, 

71,  96,  116,  121,  169,  179,  238, 

499,  500,  880,  886. 
Staten  Island  R.  R.,121,  114. 
State  Street,  19,  412. 
State  Taxes.  49,  225. 
State  Trust  Co.,  716,  723. 
Station,  Kensico,  479. 
Station,  Mt.  Hope,  481. 
Statue  of  Liberty,  163,  160,  48, 

64,  500,  766. 
Statues,  64, 158,  168. 
Steamboat  Squad,  485. 
Steam  Navigation,  34,  52,  73. 
Steam  Railways,  52,  97. 
Steamship  Lines,  67. 
Steamship  Row,  74. 
Steers,  Henry,  688,  717. 
Steinway  &   Sons,   877,    876, 

717.  689. 

Steinway  Hall,  563,  876. 
Steinway,  Wm.,  642,  689,  715, 

876. 
Stevens,  F.  W.,  95,  666,  667,  721. 
Stevens,  John,  34,  73. 
Stewart,   A.  T.,  210,  281,  472, 

5°5,  539.  658,    666,    713,    800, 

816. 
Stewart    Building,    715,    130, 

231,465. 
Stewart,  J.  A.,  650,  660,  706. 
Stewart  Mansion,  64. 
Stewart's  Store,  132. 
Still  Hunt,  150,  167,  64. 
Stillman,  James,  664,  674,  713, 

718,  758. 

Stillman,  T.  E.,  692,  768. 

Stock  Exchange,  737,  739, 
140,  141 ,  735,  736,  56,  142,  643, 
646,  648,  686,  699,  709,  704,  708, 
716,  719,  732,  740,  741,  770,  772. 

Stock  Ticker,  737. 

Stoddard,  Dr.  C.  A.,  338,  586. 

Stoddart,  Alexander,  602,  603. 

Stokes,  E.  S.,  204,  690. 

Stone,  Mason  A.,  596,  597. 

Stonington  Line,  94. 

Storage  Buildings,  756-760. 

Storrs,  Rev.  R.  S.,  43,  172. 

Stourbridge  Lion,  98,  774. 

Strangers,    Church    of,    352, 

_  334,  351. 

Street-Cars,  52,  68,  122,  127. 
Street  Cleaning,  26,  49,  226,  227. 
Street  Department,  419. 
Street  -  Improvements,  230. 
Street-Lighting,  185. 
Streets   Sewers,  Water,  49. 
Strong,  Wm.  L.,  520,  681,  682, 

7J5- 

Sturges,  Frederick,  672,  722. 

Sturges,  Jonathan,  50^,  671. 

Sturgis  Surgical  Pavilion,  421. 

Stuyvesant,  18,  19,  20,  156. 

Stuyvesant  Ins.  Co.,  164,  613. 

Stuyvesant,  Peter,  17,  20,  144, 
164, 197,  221,  241,  307,  319,  346, 
354,  471,  472,  483,  504,  742- 


Stuyvesant  Square,    355,   253, 

318,  319,  347,  156. 
Subterranean  Transit.  125. 
Sub-Treasury,   43,    650,    713, 

53,  64,  141,  142,  160,    613,    646, 

649,  651,  698,  699,  700,  770. 
Suburban    Elevated     Railway 

Bridge,  179. 
Sun,   581,   569,    570,    25,    130, 

566,  568,  763. 
Sun  and  Shade,  895,  896. 
Sunday,  5th  Avenue,  381. 
Sunday-Schools,  303. 
Superior  Court,  49,  234,  238. 
Suppression  of  Vice,  463. 
Supreme    Court,    49,  234,   235, 

744,  748,  750. 
Surety  Company,  636. 
Surrogate,  235. 
Surveyor's  Department,  735. 
Suspension  Bridge,  477. 
Swamp  Church,  347. 
Swedenborgian    Church,  352, 

57,  352, 
Swedes,  240,  348. 
Swedish  Church.  348. 
Swedish  Luth.  Church,  353. 
Swedish  M.  E.   Church,  342. 
Sweetser,  Pembrook  &  Co.,  815. 
Swinburne  Island,  71,  238,  420. 
Swiss    Benevolent   Soc,    411. 
Swiss  Club,  519. 
Switchboards,  196,  858. 
Switch-Room,  194. 
Symphony   Soc,  286,   66,   288, 

476,  548. 
Syms  Operating  Theatre,  429. 

Table  d'  Hote  Dinners,  214. 

Talmage's   (Dan)    Sons,   841. 

Tammany  Hall,  522,  561,  568. 

Tammany  Society,   521,  32. 

Tank-Steamships,  72. 

Tappen,  K.  D.,  65?,  667,  712. 

Tarrant  &  Co.,  848. 

Taverns,  197. 

Tax  Commissioners,  231. 

Taxes  and  Assessments,  225. 

Tax  Rate,  49,  225. 

Taylor,  Najah,  721,  722. 

Tea-Gardens,  198. 

Telegraph,  38,  468. 

Telegraphy  School,  265. 

Telephone,  194,  195,  196. 

Telephone  and  Telegraph,  858. 

Telephone  Building,  193,  194. 

Telephone  Exchange,  192,  194. 

Telephone     Operating    Room, 
194. 

Temple  Beth-El,  366. 

Temple  Court,  781,  868,  581, 
780,  56.  296,  534,  682,  784. 

Temple  Emanu-El,  366,  36=;,  64. 

Temple  Shearith  Israel,  368. 

Tenement-House  Districts,  269. 

Tenements,  220,  417,  419,  472. 

Tennis,  526. 

Terminal  Warehouse  Com- 
pany, 759,  758. 

Terrace,  Central  Park,  147. 

Thalia  Theatre,  560,  66,  198,  537. 

Theatre  Alley,  535,  682,  780. 

Theatre  Fires,  540. 

Theatres,  533,  65. 


KING'S  HANDBOOK  OF  NEW    YORK. 


927 


Theatres,  Construction  of,  541. 

Theological  Libraries,  301. 

Theology,  251. 

Theosophical  Society,  289. 

Therapeutical  Society,  451. 

Thingvalla  Line,  85. 

Third-Avenue  R.  R.,  123. 

Third- Avenue  Theatre,  567. 

Thirty-Second  Precinct  Police 
Station,  487. 

Thomas,  Chas.  W.,  553. 

Thomas,  Theodore,  286,  563. 

Thompson  Street,  343,  772. 

Thorburn  (J.  M.)  &  Co.,  809. 

Thoroughfares  and  Adorn- 
ments. —  Streets,  Avenues, 
Boulevards,  Alleys,  Ways, 
Parks,  Squares.  Drives, 
Monuments,  Statues,  Foun- 
tains, etc.,  127-168. 

Throat  Hospital,  445. 

Throgg's  Neck,  53,  500. 

Thurber,  Horace  K.,  590. 

Tiemann,  D.  P.,  234,  670. 

Tiffany,  C.  L.,  64,  138,  505,  689, 
717. 

Tiffany  Glass  and  Decorating 
Co.,  285,  308,  315,  347. 

Tiffany,  Louis  C,  286. 

Tigress  and  Young,  64,  167. 

Tilden,  S.  J.,  61,  156,  44. 

Tile  Club,  503. 

Times,  581,  570,  573,  46,  47, 
227»  572,  42,  64*  x3°i  262. 

Tingue,  House  &  Co.,  894,  893. 

Title  Insurance,  638,  642. 

Tombs,  455,  453,  36,  52,  229, 
236. 

Tompkins,  D.  D.,  658. 

Tompkins,  Eugene,  552,  559. 

Tompkins  Market,  749,  754, 
496. 

Tompkins-Market  Armory,  492. 

Tonnage,  53. 

Torrey,  Dr.  John,  250,  651,  652. 

Torrey  Herbarium,  246. 

Tow-Boats,  96. 

Tower,  Charles  P.,  3. 

Townsend  Cottage,  422. 

Townsend's  Civil  War  Record, 
300. 

Trade- Associations,  56. 

Trade-Schools,  266,  408,  270. 

Tradesmens  Nat.  Bank,  664. 

Training  Schools  for  Nurses, 
60,  254,  423,  425,  432,  440,  449. 

Tramp  Steamships,  72. 

Transatlantic  Navigat'n,  36,  74. 

Transfiguration  Chapel,  324. 

Transfiguration  Church,  324. 

Transportation  and  Transit. 
—  Railroads,  Steam,  Ele- 
vated, Cable,  Horse  and 
Electric  —  Stages,  97-126. 

Transverse  Roads,  146. 

Treasure- Vault,  684. 

Treasury  Department,  650. 

Trenholm,  W.  L.,  636,  660,  717. 

Tribune,  570,  581,  592,  572, 
46,  64,  130,  138,  161,  566,  42, 
578,  586i  59*i  77o. 

Tribune  Fresh-Air  Fund,  391. 

Trimble,  Merritt,  721,  724. 

Trinity  Baptist  Church,  345. 


Trinity  Cemetery,  476. 

Trinity  Chapel,  313,  312. 

Trinity  Churchyard,  467,  197, 
466,  469. 

Trinity  Mission  House,  385. 

Trinity  Church,  309,  380,  27, 
645.  M,  25,  26,  30,  36,  64,  65, 
129,  142,  244,  287,  303,  305,  310, 
312,  3*4,  3l6,  3J8,  320,  322,  449, 
465,  466,  468,  621,  772,  850. 

Troop  A  Armory,  528. 

Truancy,  242. 

Trust-Companies,  703,  56,  126. 

Tryon  Row,  569. 

Tunnels,  779,  126. 

Turnverein,  526,  268,  269. 

Turtle  Bay,  29. 

Turtle  Feasts,  198. 

Tweed,  W.  M.,  43,  52,  172,  208, 
232,  236,  512. 

Twelfth  Regt.,  494,  491,  492. 

Twenty-Second  Regt.,  491,  492. 

Twenty-Second  Regt.  Armo- 
ry, 496,  497. 

Twenty-Sixth  Street,  690. 

Typewriters,  896,  897,  192. 

Underground  Cables,  196. 
Union  Bank,  666. 
Union  Boat  Club,  528. 
Union  Club,  504,  66,  136,  140, 

5°3>  5°5.  507- 
Union-College  Alumni,  514. 
Union    Dime    Savings    Inst., 

729,  873,728,  140. 
Union  League  Club,  504,  140, 

66,  521,  503,  505,  64. 
Union  Market,  754. 
Union  Square,  39,  40,  132,  152, 

161,  162,  167,  198,  2ii,  338,  418, 

689,  787,  788. 
Union-Square  Fountain,  165. 
Union-Square    Theatre,     550, 

558. 
Union  Theol.  Seminary,  256, 

61,  251,  248,  301,  333,  335. 
Union   Trust    Co.,  709,    129, 

621,  706. 
United  Bank  Bldg.,  673,  684. 
United  Charities,  383. 
United   Presb.  Church,  57. 
United  Relief  Works,  264,  397. 
United     Service    Club,    520. 
U.-S.  &  Brazil  Steamships,  93. 
LT.-S.  Army  Building,  500. 
United-States  Bank,  566,  645. 
U.-S.  Barge  Office,  69. 
United-States   Bonded   Ware- 
houses, 734. 
United-States  Book  Co.,  590, 

132. 
U.-S.  District  Court,  234. 
U.-S.  Life-Ins.  Co.,  621,  620. 
United-States     Mutual     Acci- 
dent Assoc,  641,  664. 
U.-S.  National  Bank,  693,  691, 

692,  697. 
U.-S.  Naval  Hospital,  502. 
U.-S.  Navy  Yard,  60. 
U.-S.  Trust  Co.,  707,  706,  650, 

66o. 
Universalism,  57,  351. 
Universities,  241,243. 
University  Athletic  Club,  525. 


University  Club,  509,  66,  506. 
University  College,  250. 
University     Medical     College, 

250,  251,  252. 
University  of  New  York,  249, 

39,  61,   132,   153,  243,  244,  300, 

302,  308,  325,  337,  351. 
University  Place,  211,  802. 
Uni  v  ers  i  t  y  -  Place     Presb. 

Church,  334. 
University  bettlement,  385. 
Ursuline  Academy,  260. 

Value  of  Exports,  733. 
Van-Cortlandt  Park,  157,  65. 
Van  Cott,  C,  240,  522. 
Vanderbilt,  C,  374.  34,  57,  164, 

325,  351,  473,  379,  647- 
Vanderbilt  Clinic,  452,  248,  447. 
Vanderbilt  Family,  60,  65,  96, 

126,  482,    488,   C27. 

Vanderbilt,  F.  W.,  717. 
Vanderbilt,  G.  W..  248,  300. 
Vanderbilt  Houses,  135,  138. 
Vanderbilt,    W.    H.,    135,    248, 

281,  438,  4 17 
Van  Ingen  (E.  H.)  &  Co.,  833. 
Van  Twiller,  Wouter,  14,  483. 
Vauxhall  Garden,  28,  30,  198. 
Vermilye,  W.  G.,  660,  666,  658. 
Verplanck,  G.  C,  508,  656,  724. 
Veteran  Assoc,  807. 
Veterinary  Colleges,  254. 
Vietor  (F.)  &  Achelis,  823. 
Vital  Statistics,  616,  618. 

Waldorf,  209,  39,  66,  139,  800. 
Walker  Street,  142. 
Wallabout  Bay,  502. 
Wallace    Henry  E.,  3. 
Wallach's  (H.)  Sons,  827. 
Wallack,    Lester,  132,  53S,  550, 

55i,  557,  534,  £40,  55"»  560. 
Walloons,  9. 
Wall  Street,  21,  27,  711,  771, 

309,  141,  31,  33,  53,  56,  126, 

!2Q,  310,  332,  487,  772,  10. 
Wall-Street  Church,  330. 
Wall  Street,  Assay  Office.  645. 
Wall  Street,    from    Custom 

House,  646. 
Wall  Street  in  1789,  21. 
Wall  Street  in  1800,  25. 
Wall  Street  in  i860,  644. 
Walton  (D.  S.)&Co.,846. 
Warden's  Residence,  457. 
War  Department,  314. 
Ward  Fleet,  91. 
Ward,    J.    Q.    A.,  64,   160,   161, 

162, 164,  165,  166,  168,  494,  649. 
Ward  s  Island,  45,  60,  230,  390, 

418,  422,  423. 
Ward's  Mexican  Line,  90. 
Warehouses,  756,  758. 
Ware,  Wm.  R.,  247,  626. 
Warner,  Col.  Andrew,  724. 
War  of  1812,  37,  644,  662. 
Watch  House,  484. 
Water-Color  Society,  279. 
Water- Front,  67. 
Water  Gate,  18. 
Water-Mains,  49. 
Water-Street  Mission,  388. 
Water-Supply,  52,  180. 


02< 


KING'S   HANDBOOK   OF  NEW    YORK. 


Wat  kins     Automatic    Fire- 

A'.arm.  - 
Waverly  Place.  158,  zn. 
Washington   Arch,    159,    158, 

14      1     1    -    -   - 
Washing-ton  Bridge,  173,782, 

174,  176,52- 

Washington     Building.    767, 

127,    766,    12 

-   ■ 
Washing-ton  Building  Views, 

614.  639. 
Washington,  Fort.  31. 
Washington,   George,  43,  30, 
:2,  07,  101.  :    - 

--.   312,   534.   _    :        19, 

Washington   Heights,    45,   52, 
3,   :  .:.--:       ■  -       :-    . 

:--.   _-:.    :    7. 
Washington  -  Heights    Presb. 

Church,  338,  58  .'. 
Washington     Life  -  Ins.     Co., 

628, 
Washington  Market.  745 ,  5 
Washington  Square   156,157, 

'59.   249 

140,    153.    158,    :  : '■:.    18c 

217,  220,   34I.    344, 

Washington  Statues,  162,  166, 

Washington  Trust  Co..  715. 

Water  Wai  -.  —  The   Harbor 
and    Rivers  —  Piers    and 
Shipping  —  Fortiiica 
and    Quarantine  —  Ex 
and  Imports — Oceanic 
Coastwise  Lines,  etc.,  6 

Weather  Bureau.  766,  624. 

Webb's  Academy.  266. 

Webb's  Home.  ._ 

Webster.  Daniel.  117. 

Webster  Statue.  154,  165. 

Weehawken.  103,  116,  178,467, 
758.  856,  872. 

W  eeks.  Lyman  H.,  3. 

--        -       : 

Welles  Building. 
Wendell.  Evert  J..  4  :.  5 
Wesley.  John. 

West-End  Ave.  Church,  306. 
West-End  Avenue  School,  272. 
West-End  Club. 
West-End  Presb.  Church. 
Western    Electric    Co.,   859, 

_ 
-   rnland,  84,  83, 


Western  Union  Tel.  Co.,  192, 

3:.   :  :.  .    I    :.   73S. 
West  Farms.  45.  123.  125,  157. 
West  57th  Street.  778. 

George,  846. 
West  India  Co.,  10,  12.  17.   1  . 

2C     :  5,  221,    : :.-. 

minster  Hotel.  210. 
Westminster    Presb.    Church, 

335- 
W  est  Point.  101. 

West  Presb.  Church,  334. 

-2d- Street  Branch.  37 
West-Shore  Railroad,  103,  52. 
'.Vest-Shore  Stores.  758. 
".Vest-Side  Dem.  Club,  522. 
West  Street,  no,  141. 
West  Washington   Market, 

755.  734- 
W  etherbee.  G.,  47S,  203.  204. 
Wharves,  t  8. 

Wheelock,  Wm.  A..  68i,  682. 
Whipping-Post.  26. 
Whitehall.   128,  .  123. 

V.'hite  Sqna   r   :..  501. 
White.  Stanford,  64.  158. 
White  Star  Lir.:. 
White  Train,  119,  is 
Whitney,  W.  C.  374,  476,  717. 

B     ESTABLISHME 

—  Some  Gigantic  Firms  and 
Corpora.:  se  Yearly 

Transactions  Involve  Mil- 
lions of  Dollars  ar.d  Extend 
Over  the  Earth 

14 t,  700,  868. 
Willard  Parker  h.  .  spital.  41   . 
Willard  Tract  Repository,  373. 
Willett's  Point,  70,  53,  68,  500. 
-.msbridgf-  i  4. 

msburg    City    Fire-Ins. 
Co.,  607,  6c6,  129. 
Williams,  G.  G.,  621,  635,  665, 

} 
William  btreet,  55,  63,  33, 114. 

L 
Winds  »r  Hotel,  203,  66,  139. 
Windsor  Theatre.  « 
Windward  Islands. 
Winston.  F.  S.,  618/ 
Wolcott.  Oliver,  65S.  662. 
Wolfe,  Miss  C.  L..  27 I .  - 1  >,  370. 
Woman's  Art-School.  2^3,  265. 

an's  Hospital,  438,  _ 
Women's     Legal     Education 
Society,  251. 


Women's  Medical  College,  253. 
Women's  Press  Club,  530. 
Women's  Prison  Assoc.  401. 
Women's     Union      Missionary 

Soc:  .-■ 
Wood,  Edw.,  710,  723. 
Wood,  Fernando,  14 
Woodlawn      Cemeter         474. 
,  .473.  475       " 

W  oodward,  James  T.  ,545,    74 
ster,  Gen.,  2q 
-House,    458,     46; 

60. 
Working  Girls'  Vacation,  400. 
Workingman's    School,    z6g. 
'■'■'   r  dng  Women's    Pro:^ 

Union.  4 : 

■  575-  570,  5*".    SJA      - 

I3C.  -        : "     . 

I  Building.  Views  from. 
46,  47,  50,  51,  54,  55,  58, 
59,  62,  63-  --• 

Worthington  Pumps.  855. 

.     24,  745    --      - 
79*i  854,  855. 

Worth    Monument.    168,  685, 

690,  152.  162,  506. 

damans  6c  Eenedict, 

897, 898, 
Xavier  Club,  516,  516. 
Yacht::  g 
Yale  Alumni.  3:5. 
Yale  University.  :._l.  3:5. 

He  Dispensary. 
Yorkville  Medical  Assoc     451. 

Y.  M.  C.  A..  376,  377.  37^    57, 

j,  503,  524. 
Y.  M.  C.  A. 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  Library 

Young  Men's  Hebrew   Assoc. 

} 
Young   Men's    Institute     377, 

378,  3" 

Young  W  omen  s  Christian  As- 
sociation, 379. 

Young  Women's  Hebrew  As- 
sociation, 313. 

Young  Women's  Home,  400, 
411. 

Zenger.  J.  P  .  2-.  565. 

Zeta  Psi  Club,  515. 

Zion  and  St.  Timothy,  321, 
326. 

Zion  Church,  308. 


}\  > 


PRESERVATION  PB 


Digitize 

*  KET 

Reprint  ordere_ 
Return  to  stacV 


{ 


v~..„  ...-■■■  ^~% 


w